Products and Projects Status Report _______________________________________________________________________________ Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Dwight Alexander, Phone:408-594-1051, Email:dwight.alexander@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Handbook, Seventh Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: The 2012 NESC(R) Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has interpreted the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 90 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Seventh Edition includes provisions for loading on warm island utility installations located between 25 degrees North and 25 degrees South latitudes and revised minimum approach distance requirements based upon recent research. Abstract: Available August 1st 2011. The 2012 NESC(R) Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has interpreted the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 90 years. This allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Seventh Edition includes provisions for loading on warm island utility installations located between 25 degrees North and 25 degrees South latitudes and revised minimum approach distance requirements based upon recent research. Pre-order your NESC Handbook today. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary Application Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 23, 2010 Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: In the new IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary application, the first IEEE Standard application, professional experts and students alike will gain an in-depth understanding and appreciation for the breadth of coverage of IEEE wireless standards terms and definitions—not found in any other single source. There are over 3,200 terms and definitions with complete source citations on this application. You will be able to search for definitions by Standard Number or Alphabetically. The search function automatically identifies terms when you start typing into the search field. Wireless technology, like many other technical fields, has its own set of jargon and acronyms. Many times, these acronyms are used simply to reduce the effort required to describe concepts. the goal of this application is to provide meaning for the acro¬nyms and jargon used in the wireless industry with a par¬ticular emphasis on commercial systems. Technology areas that are addressed in the application include: ad hoc networks, broadband wireless access (BWA), coexistence, integrity/confidentiality, interference, low-rate wireless personal area networks (LR-WPAN), media independent handover, mobile broadband wireless access, mobility, quality of service (QoS), RF/microwave exposure assessment, SAR measurements, vehicular mobility, wireless access, wireless communications, wireless local area networks (WLANs), wireless metropolitan area networks (WMANs), wireless networks security, wireless personal area networks (WPANs), as well as wireless regional area networks (WRANs). You can get this application by going to the www.apple.com, or click on the link below. http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/ieee-standards-wireless- dictionary/id410304754?mt=8 Abstract: In the new IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary application, the first IEEE Standard application, professional experts and students alike will gain an in-depth understanding and appreciation for the breadth of coverage of IEEE wireless standards terms and definitions—not found in any other single source. There are over 3,200 terms and definitions with complete source citations on this application. You will be able to search for definitions by Standard Number or Alphabetically. The search function automatically identifies terms when you start typing into the search field. You can get this application by going to the www.apple.com, or copying and pasting the link below to your browser. http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/ieee-standards-wireless- dictionary/id410304754?mt=8 Key Words: Wireless dictionary, terms, itunes, low-rate PAN, Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Nuclear Power Engineering Active Standards – VuSpec CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2009 **This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI Standards on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection and Homeland Security Project Scope: This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI Standards on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection, and Homeland Security-A virtual library on a CD. It contains a glossary of about 1,3444 terms, indexes, internet resources, and full PDF/HTML search features capabilities. No installation required. Abstract: This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI Standards on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection, and Homeland Security-A virtual library on a CD. It contains a glossary of about 1,3444 terms, indexes, internet resources, and full PDF/HTML search features capabilities. No installation required. Key Words: Nuclear Engineering Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Essentials Collection (VuSpec) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2009 **The CDROM collection also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features such as: navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary; index of keywords guiding you to the right standard; and full-text search modes. Project Scope: The Software & System Engineering Essentials VuSpec integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content that is ideal for students, intro professionals, and practitioners. In addition to the PDF standards, this collection includes the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). Abstract: The Software & System Engineering Essentials VuSpec integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content that is ideal for students, intro professionals, and practitioners. In addition to the PDF standards, this collection includes the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). Key Words: Software & Systems , terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions, dictionary, acquisition, architectural design, assessment, audit, management, management, implementation, management, infrastructure, integration, life cycle model Sponsor: IEEE Title: Preprint Proposals for the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 2009 Project Scope: This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP). Abstract: This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP). Key Words: Preprint proposals, National Electrical Safety Code, NESC , C2, communications, safety; communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety Sponsor: IEEE Title: Instrument Transformers (IEEE C57.13 Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2009 **Includes the following: C57.13-2008, C57.13.1-2006, C57.13.3-2005, C57.13.5-2003 & C57.13.6-2005 Project Scope: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are covered, taking into consideration certain safety features, for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. The aim is to provide a basis for performance and interchangeability of equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Safety precautions are also addressed. Accuracy classes for metering service are provided. The test code covers measurement and calculation of ratio and phase angle, demagnetization, impedance and excitation measurements, polarity determination, resistance measurements, short-time characteristics, temperature rise tests, dielectric tests, and measurement of open-circuit voltage of current transformers. Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are covered, taking into consideration certain safety features, for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. The aim is to provide a basis for performance and interchangeability of equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Safety precautions are also addressed. Accuracy classes for metering service are provided. The test code covers measurement and calculation of ratio and phase angle, demagnetization, impedance and excitation measurements, polarity determination, resistance measurements, short-time characteristics, temperature rise tests, dielectric tests, and measurement of open-circuit voltage of current transformers. Key Words: C57.13-2008, C57.13.1-2006, C57.13.3-2005, C57.13.5-2003, C57.13.6- 2005, accuracy, current transformer, instrument transformer, primary winding, rated secondary voltage, routine tests, secondary winding, type tests, voltage transformer Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009 Project Scope: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians. Project Purpose: The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. Abstract: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians. Key Words: Power Systems Relaying Collection, VuSpec, protective relaying, relay, system, electric, power, apparatus, power system transients, power distribution testing Title: IEEE Electric Machinery Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 2009 **Exclusive VuSpec bonus features include a point-and-click browser interface providing a full-text search, a glossary of terms and an index of keywords to guide you to the correct standard. Project Scope: Electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the-job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This VuSpec collection contains 26 Active IEEE standards, Guides and Recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms... More of electric or mechanical energy. Specific topics include: Synchronous machines / Induction machines / DC and Permanent Magnet machines / / Motor generator sets -Rotating frequency changers / Electric couplings, brakes and dynamometers / Magneto-hydrodynamic energy conversion ducts / Insulation, magnetic, conductor, and super conductor materials as used in electrical machinery / Linear Electric Machinery / Power Electronic controls for electric machinery / Effects of power electronic controls on electric machine components. Abstract: Electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the-job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This VuSpec collection contains 26 Active IEEE standards, Guides and Recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms... More of electric or mechanical energy. Specific topics include: Synchronous machines / Induction machines / DC and Permanent Magnet machines / / Motor generator sets -Rotating frequency changers / Electric couplings, brakes and dynamometers / Magneto-hydrodynamic energy conversion ducts / Insulation, magnetic, conductor, and super conductor materials as used in electrical machinery / Linear Electric Machinery / Power Electronic controls for electric machinery / Effects of power electronic controls on electric machine components. Key Words: IEEE Electric Machinery Collection, VuSpec, Synchronous machines, Induction machines, DC and Permanent Magnet machines, Motor generator sets, Rotating frequency changers, Electric couplings, brakes and dynamometers, Magneto-hydrodynamic, Insulation Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009 **The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. Project Scope: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians. Abstract: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians. Key Words: Power Systems Relaying Collection, VuSpec, protective relaying, relay, system, electric, power, apparatus, power system transients, power distribution testing Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Health Informatics Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009 Project Scope: Enabling safe, high-quality health care delivery, IEEE Health Informatics Medical Devices Communication Standards provide the interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a way that is suitable for a clinical environment. This family of standards provides real-time plug-and-play interoperability and facilitates the efficient exchange of vital signs and medical device data acquired at the point-of-care.Grouped into three categories, these standards support: Semantic interoperability, which focuses on terminologies, data models, and data sets for specific device modalities, such as, ventilators, patient vital signs monitors, and infusion pumps / Application interoperability, which identifies a set of general services that can be used by all systems to discover, configure, and exchange data across a connection, and Lower layer transport technologies. Health informatics and medical devices communication standards help advance the development and application of healthcare by securing the creation and transmission of electronic healthcare information. Abstract: Enabling safe, high-quality health care delivery, IEEE Health Informatics Medical Devices Communication Standards provide the interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a way that is suitable for a clinical environment. This family of standards provides real-time plug-and-play interoperability and facilitates the efficient exchange of vital signs and medical device data acquired at the point-of-care.Grouped into three categories, these standards support: Semantic interoperability, which focuses on terminologies, data models, and data sets for specific device modalities, such as, ventilators, patient vital signs monitors, and infusion pumps / Application interoperability, which identifies a set of general services that can be used by all systems to discover, configure, and exchange data across a connection, and Lower layer transport technologies. Health informatics and medical devices communication standards help advance the development and application of healthcare by securing the creation and transmission of electronic healthcare information. Key Words: data transport, IT, medical, PoC, radio frequency, RF, shared network infrastructure, Wi-Fi, fidelity, medical telemetry system, wireless wide area network, WLAN, WMAN, WMTS, WPAN, WWAN, personal health devices, thermometer, glucose meter, equipment Sponsor: IEEE Title: Power Distribution & Regulating Transformers Standards Collection 2008 CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2008 Project Scope: Includes active IEEE Power Distribution & Regulating Transformers Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF format. Abstract: Includes active IEEE Power Distribution & Regulating Transformers Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF format. Key Words: power distribution, regulating transformers Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Nuclear Power Engineering Collection: VuSpec (Including Historical Standards) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2008 Project Scope: Includes Over 45 Active or Classic IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary Look Up Over 500 Terms and their Official Definitions Derived from the Standards in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Links Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society and ESRC to Stay Informed; Visit the NPEC committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow. • New! Fill-in Online Checklists Use the new interactive PDF version of IEEE Std 1023(TM)-2004 to fill in the Screening and Design Review Checklists from your workstation. Requirements: Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet access required only when viewing optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Abstract: Includes Over 45 Active or Classic IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary Look Up Over 500 Terms and their Official Definitions Derived from the Standards in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Links Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society and ESRC to Stay Informed; Visit the NPEC committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow. • New! Fill-in Online Checklists Use the new interactive PDF version of IEEE Std 1023(TM)-2004 to fill in the Screening and Design Review Checklists from your workstation. Requirements: Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet access required only when viewing optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Key Words: nuclear science, designing, installing electric pipe heating control, Nuclear Power , Generating Stations, turbine, Class 1E power systems, Preamplifiers, Amplifiers, Ionizing Radiation generators, Containment Structures , gamma rays, Nuclear Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection (VuSpec ) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2008 **For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or Distributors. Project Scope: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD- ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. Abstract: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. Key Words: terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions, dictionary, acquisition, agreement, architectural design, assessment, audit, configuration management, decision management, development, disposal, enabling system, implementation, information man Title: IEEE 400 - Shielded Power Cable Systems - Set on CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2008 Abstract: This CD-ROM set includes: 400-2001, 400.1-2007, 400.2-2004 & 400.3-2006 Key Words: 400-2001, 400.1-2007, 400.2-2004 & 400.3-2006, alternating-polarity dc-biased ac voltage, dissipation factor testing, field test, high-voltage dc testing Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 1394-2008 Set (CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 06, 2008 **This CD-ROM contains: IEEE 1394-2008, IEEE 1394.1-2004 & IEEE 1394.3-2003 (High-Performance Serial Bus) Project Scope: IEEE 1394-2008 incorporates the contents of IEEE 1394-1995 as revised by IEEE 1394a-2000, IEEE 1394b-2002, and IEEE 1394c-2006. In addition, over 100 errata have been corrected and several new features have been added as per Annex Q.12. IEEE 1394.1-2004: The model, definition, and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified. IEEE 1394.3-2003: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2). The facilities specified include device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and pla y) binding, and connection management. Abstract: IEEE 1394-2008 incorporates the contents of IEEE 1394-1995 as revised by IEEE 1394a-2000, IEEE 1394b-2002, and IEEE 1394c- 2006. In addition, over 100 errata have been corrected and several new features have been added as per Annex Q.12. IEEE 1394.1- 2004: The model, definition, and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified. IEEE 1394.3-2003: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2). The facilities specified include device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and pla y) binding, and connection management. Key Words: 1394-2008, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, POF, UTP computers, CSR architecture, connect, peer-to-peer, SBP-2, transport protocol, 1394.3, 1394.1 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: All Area Networks (All IEEE 802) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2007 Key Words: Organizationally Unique Identifier, OUI, 48-bit universal LAN MAC address, token bus, token ring, protocol identifiers, LAN, MAN, WAN, service access points, 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG, data processing, information interchange, telecommunications, network interconnection, local area networks, metropolitan area networks, data transmission, physical layer, access, user network accesses, AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures, data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE 802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust security network, RSN, security, security association, TKIP, WEP Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Electric Machinery Standards (PDF on CD-ROM Edition) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Hydroelectric Power Standards (PDF on CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2007 Abstract: This economical CD-ROM presents the basic collection of IEEE Standards sponsored by the Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee of the IEEE Power Engineering Society's Energy Development & Power Generation Committee. It also includes a brief Foreword by the IEEE Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee describing the intent and application of the standards collection, as well as a Bibliography of recommended reference papers. Format: PDF and text files on CD-ROM for all computers (e.g., Windows, Mac, UNIX). Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Key Words: design, hydro, hydroelectric, power, water power Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE): IEEE 1609 Standards Series (CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 14, 2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Hydroelectric Power (VuSpec Edition; CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2007 Abstract: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete resource available for professional electrical engineers, manufacturers, consulting firms, government institutions, utilities, and owners of existing or new hydroelectric power facilities. It includes the complete collection of IEEE Standards sponsored by the Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee of the IEEE Power Engineering Society's Energy Development & Power Generation Committee, as well as two related standards and four essential archived standards. It also includes a hyperlinked Foreword by the IEEE Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee describing the intent and application of the standards collection, as well as a Bibliography of over 85 recommended reference papers, with eight (8) of the most essential papers included (a $280 value). You'll discover numerous referenced works written about machine design, control features, plant layouts, and unique applications such as underground powerhouses and pumped storage projects. Format: HTML and PDF files on VuSpec CD-ROM designed for Microsoft Windows 2000, XP, or newer; individual PDF and HTML files are also viewable on all computers (e.g., Windows, MacOS, UNIX). Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE): IEEE 1609 Standards Series Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 2007 **Includes the following standards in PDF file format: IEEE Std 1609.1- 2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Resource Manager; IEEE Std 1609.2-2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Security Services for Applications and Management Messages; IEEE Std 1609.3-2007, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Networking Services; IEEE Std 1609.4-2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Multi-channel Operation Project Scope: A WAVE system is a radio communications system intended to provide seamless, interoperable services to transportation. These services include those recognized by the US National Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Architecture and many others contemplated by the automotive and transportation infrastructure industries. These services include vehicle-to-roadside as well as vehicle-to-vehicle communications. WAVE Networking Services provides data delivery services between WAVE devices, and management services to all layers. The overall WAVE architecture includes IEEE Std 1609.1T, IEEE Std 1609.2T, IEEE Std 1609.3T, IEEE Std 1609.4T, and IEEE P802.11pT. The IEEE 1609 Family of Standards for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) defines the architecture, communications model, management structure, security mechanisms, and physical access for wireless communications in the vehicular environment. The primary architectural components defined by these standards are the On Board Unit (OBU), Road Side Unit (RSU) and WAVE interface. These standards also define how applications that utilize WAVE will function in the WAVE environment, based on the management activities defined in IEEE Std 1609.1, the security protocols defined in IEEE Std 1609.2, and the network-layer protocol defined in IEEE Std 1609.3. Lastly, they provide extensions to the physical channel access defined in IEEE Std 802.11 to support IEEE Std 1609.4. This family of standards should be used by transportation, automotive, and traffic engineers involved with the design, specification, implementation, and testing of WAVE devices. Network engineers, hardware engineers, and application designers supporting the U.S. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration (VII) Initiative will use these standards as they define the system architecture and as the basis for the interface design of the OBU and RSU devices. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration application designers will use the standards to provide the basis Abstract: A WAVE system is a radio communications system intended to provide seamless, interoperable services to transportation. These services include those recognized by the US National Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Architecture and many others contemplated by the automotive and transportation infrastructure industries. These services include vehicle-to-roadside as well as vehicle-to-vehicle communications. WAVE Networking Services provides data delivery services between WAVE devices, and management services to all layers. The overall WAVE architecture includes IEEE Std 1609.1T, IEEE Std 1609.2T, IEEE Std 1609.3T, IEEE Std 1609.4T, and IEEE P802.11pT. The IEEE 1609 Family of Standards for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) defines the architecture, communications model, management structure, security mechanisms, and physical access for wireless communications in the vehicular environment. The primary architectural components defined by these standards are the On Board Unit (OBU), Road Side Unit (RSU) and WAVE interface. These standards also define how applications that utilize WAVE will function in the WAVE environment, based on the management activities defined in IEEE Std 1609.1, the security protocols defined in IEEE Std 1609.2, and the network-layer protocol defined in IEEE Std 1609.3. Lastly, they provide extensions to the physical channel access defined in IEEE Std 802.11 to support IEEE Std 1609.4. This family of standards should be used by transportation, automotive, and traffic engineers involved with the design, specification, implementation, and testing of WAVE devices. Network engineers, hardware engineers, and application designers supporting the U.S. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration (VII) Initiative will use these standards as they define the system architecture and as the basis for the interface design of the OBU and RSU devices. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration application designers will use the standards to provide the basis Key Words: OBU, onboard unit, Provider Service Identifier, PSID, roadside unit, RSU, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments, WSM; DSRC, resource manager Sponsor: IEEE Title: Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards VuSpec Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2007 **Title Page / Overview of IEEE EMC Standards / History of EMC Regulatory Bodies / Disclaimer / About VuSpec / License Agreement / IEEE EMC Standards: / IEEE Std 139-1988, Revision of IEEE Std 139-1952, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency Emission from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment Installed on User's Premises / IEEE Std 187-2003 IEEE Standard for Measurement Methods of Emissions from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Frequency Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz / IEEE Std 211-1997, Revision of IEEE Std 211-1990, IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation/ IEEE Std 213-1987, Revision of supersedes ANSI/IEEE Std 213-1961 and IEEE Std 214-196,1 IEEE Standard Procedure for Measuring Conducted Emissions in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz from Television and FM Broadcast Receivers to Power Lines/ IEEE Std 299- 2006, Revision of IEEE Std 299-1997, IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures/ IEEE Std 377-1980, IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Spurious Emission from Land- Mobile Communication Transmitters/ IEEE Std 430-1986, Revision of ANSI / IEEE Std 430-1976, IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead Power Lines and Substations/ IEEE Std 469-1988, Revision of IEEE Std 469-1977, IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency Electrical-Noise Tests of Distribution Transformers/ IEEE Std 475-2000, Revision of IEEE Std 475-1983, IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors 300 MHz to 40 GHz / IEEE Std 644-1994, Revision of IEEE Std 644-1987, IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields From AC Power Lines / IEEE Std 776-1992, Revision of IEEE Std 776-1987, IEEE Recommended Practice for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and Communication Lines / IEEE Std 1140- 1994, IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Electric and Magnetic Field Project Scope: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete resource available for professional engineers looking for best practices and techniques covering the compatibility of the electromagnetic effects of systems with both themselves and their intended operating environments. It includes standards, measurement techniques, test procedures, instrumentation, equipment and systems characteristics, interference control techniques and components, educational tutorials, computational analysis, and spectrum management. This unique CD-ROM for Windows computers includes an exclusive hyperlinked Overview from world-renowned EMC expert, Donald Heirman. You will be guided to the right standard available today and will discover what future standards are being developed and why. Major details involved in developing IEEE EMC Standards from the first one on record in 1950 to the ones that have launched new technologies are presented. Single- user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Abstract: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete resource available for professional engineers looking for best practices and techniques covering the compatibility of the electromagnetic effects of systems with both themselves and their intended operating environments. It includes standards, measurement techniques, test procedures, instrumentation, equipment and systems characteristics, interference control techniques and components, educational tutorials, computational analysis, and spectrum management. This unique CD-ROM for Windows computers includes an exclusive hyperlinked Overview from world-renowned EMC expert, Donald Heirman. You will be guided to the right standard available today and will discover what future standards are being developed and why. Major details involved in developing IEEE EMC Standards from the first one on record in 1950 to the ones that have launched new technologies are presented. Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Key Words: above deck; absorber; absorber performance; absorbing clamp; absorption (radio-wave propagation); absorption loss; ac electric field strength meter; accessibility; accessible test location; accreditation; accuracy; accuracy of measurement; action level Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Edition & VuSpec Set (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2007 **For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or Distributors. Project Scope: 2007 NESC bundled with 2007 NESC Special Edition VuSpec CD-ROM: 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC VuSpec CD-ROM: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Abstract: 2007 NESC bundled with 2007 NESC Special Edition VuSpec CD-ROM: 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC VuSpec CD-ROM: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems Sponsor: IEEE Title: Power Cable Ampacity Software with IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) VuSpec (CD- ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2007 **Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables rated through 500 kV. - Includes calculations of the temperature rise and load capability of cable systems. - Software for Microsoft Windows 95, 98, NT 4, 2000, or XP. - Installation Instructions - Software includes search features, electronic index, and navigation controls; convenient time-saving PDF search also available. - Includes the 3,176-page 90 MB complete original PDF of IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) Project Scope: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheats. Why flip through over 3,000 pages when you don't have to. Searchable PDF and convenient software help you perform your cable ampacity work with ease. This standard shall be used in conjunction with the following references: AEIC CS4-93, Specifications for Impregnated- Paper-Insulated Low and Medium Pressure Self-Contained Liquid-Filled Cable. AEIC G 1-68, Guide for Application of AEIC Maximum Insulation Temperatures at the Conductor for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Cables. ICEA P-45-482 (1979), Short Circuit Performance of Metallic Shielding and Sheaths. IEC 287 (1982), Calculation of the Continuous Current Rating of Cables (100% load factor). IEEE Std 738-1993, IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors (ANSI). NEMA WCSO-1988/ICEA P-S3- 426, Ampacities, 15-69 kV 1/c Power Cable Including Effect of Shield Losses (Solid Dielectrics). Abstract: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheats. Why flip through over 3,000 pages when you don't have to. Searchable PDF and convenient software help you perform your cable ampacity work with ease. This standard shall be used in conjunction with the following references: AEIC CS4-93, Specifications for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Low and Medium Pressure Self-Contained Liquid-Filled Cable. AEIC G 1-68, Guide for Application of AEIC Maximum Insulation Temperatures at the Conductor for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Cables. ICEA P-45-482 (1979), Short Circuit Performance of Metallic Shielding and Sheaths. IEC 287 (1982), Calculation of the Continuous Current Rating of Cables (100% load factor). IEEE Std 738-1993, IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors (ANSI). NEMA WCSO-1988/ICEA P-S3-426, Ampacities, 15-69 kV 1/c Power Cable Including Effect of Shield Losses (Solid Dielectrics). Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume II: Computers & Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume I: Critical Infrastructure Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: The IEEE Color Books Industrial Power Pack Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE VuSpec: 2007 Electronic Design Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Abstract: If you are an electronic design automation engineer, architect, verification engineer, or you are responsible for managing a design team or conducting research, then this IEEE Standards VuSpec CD is for you. And, because of its value-driven price and wide range of easy-to-use features, the new 2007 IEEE Design Automation VuSpec also is a must have item for embedded software developers, analysts, marketing & sales professionals, and students who want to get up to speed on the full library or international EDA Standards. VuSpec starts automatically and runs inside your familiar web browser with Adobe Acrobat. VuSpec is your very own EDA web portal on a portable CD you can use anywhere. Semiconductors, wired or wireless communication systems, electronics, medical test equipment, and the entire EDA software industry itself rely on these recognized standards covering Logic, Design, Simulation, RTL & Formal Verification, IP/Cores, ALF, ASIC, IC, PSL, Verilog, and VHDL. VuSpec even covers new methods and best practices for the functional verification language 'e' as well as SystemC and SystemVerilog. IEEE VuSpec searches through all these standards, leading you where you need to be, instantly! Also includes an easy point-and- click navigator, glossary of over 600 official EDA terms with citations back to their referenced standards, bonus links, and a convenient index of nearly 300 keywords to guide you to the proper source. Key Words: 93/217/RVD, 93/218/RVD, ABV, Accellera Property Specification Language, Accellera PSL, Air Force Rome Laboratory, Air Force Wright Patterson Laboratory, ALF, ALF libraries, ALF-based ASIC, Application- specific, Army, Asia-Pacific, ASIC, ASIC Council, ASIC macrocell, ASIC Modeling Specification, Assertion-based, Axis System, behavioral, BIT, block, Block-diagrams, BOOLEAN, British Ministry of Defense, Brunel University, CAD, Cadence, Cadence Design Systems, cell, Cisco, Concurrency, COTS, Customer Service, Cygwin, DASC, Datatype, DCL, Defense, Department of Defense, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE HANDBOOK, derate, Design Automation, DIDs, DoD, DPCS, DPI, DSM, E-based IP, EDA, Eiffel, electrical, Electronic Design Automation, Esterel, European CAD Standardization Initiative, European ESPRIT Project 8370 ESIP, F30602-93-C-0209, F33615-96-C-1908, FDIS 93/212/FDIS Report, FDIS 93/213/FDIS Report, Feedback Form, File- manipulation, FireFox, Floorplanners, Fluidic, format, functional, Functional Verification Language, Gate Ensemble to Verilog-XL, gate-level, GDA Technologies, Government, Hardware simulation, HDL, HILO-2, I/O, IBM, IBM Corporation, IC, IEC 62142, IEC/IEEE 61691-1-1, IEC/PAS 62050, IEEE, IEEE 1076, IEEE 1076.4 TAG, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual, IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages, IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis Packages, IEEE Std 1076, IEEE Std 1076.1-1999, IEEE Std 1076.2-1996, IEEE Std 1076.3-1997, IEEE Std 1076.6-1999, IEEE Std 1076.6-2004, IEEE Std 1076- 1993, IEEE Std 1076-2002, IEEE Std 1164-1993, IEEE Std 1364-1995, IEEE Std 1364-2001, IEEE Std 1364-2005, IEEE Std 1603-2003, IEEE VHDL93, IEEE VuSpec, Infrastructure, integrated circuit, Intel, Internet Explorer, Interoperability, Interval Temporal Logic, Java, JEITA, language, Language Reference Manual, layout, library, LICENSE AGREEMENT, Lockheed Martin, LRM, LSI Logic VHDL behavioral, LTL, Machine-readable, Macrocell, Maintainability, MATH_COMPLEX, MATH_REAL, Mentor Graphics Memory Table Model, Metalogical, Methodology, Microelectronics, MIL-HDBK-454, Mixed- language, modeling, Modula, Multi-language, Nonsynthesizable VHDL, OMF, OMI, OMI-compliant, Open Model Forum, Open Model Interface, Open SystemC Initiative, Open Verilog International, Orthogonality, OSCI, OVI, OVI/VI, Pascal, PATHPULSE, PDEF, PDF, Perl, Personal VGUI, physical, Physical Design Exchange Format, PLI, PLI/VPI, power, Power Calculation System, Programming Language Interface, Prototyping, PSL, PS-TSC, Rambus, Rapid Prototyping of Application-Specific Signal Processors, RASSP, Rational Rose, RFPs, ROMs, RTC, RTL, SDF, SDF 1497, Self-extensibility, SI2, Signal, signal integrity, SIGNED, Silicon Integration Initiative, Simulation, Simulator/model interoperability, SKEW, Specifications, SPEF, SPF, SSIG, ST Microelectronics, Standard Delay Format, Standard Parasitic Exchange Format, Standard Parasitic Format, Standardized ASIC, Standards, STARC, Synopsys, Synthesis, Synthesizability, Synthesizable, Synthesizable register-transfer, Synthesizable RTL, SystemC, System-on-chip, SystemVerilog, SystemVerilog 3.1a, SystemVerilog®, technology, Testbench, Testbench language, Texas Instruments, Time-to-market, timing, Trademark, Tutorial/help, UML, Unified Hardware Design, UNSIGNED, US Army Industrial Engineering Activity, US Army Materiel Command’s Engineering Design Handbook Program, User-definable, V&V, Vendor-independent API, Verification Language, Verilog, Verilog 1364, Verilog compiler/simulator, Verilog HDL, Verilog language, Verilog PLI, Verilog Procedural Interface, Verilog®, Verilog® Hardware Description Language, Verilog® HDL-based RTL, Verisity, Veritime, Versatile Graphical User Interface, VGUI, VGUI tool, Vgui.exe tool, Vgui.ini, VGUI-2, Vguimspc.exe, Vguitut.htm, VHDL, VHDL DID, VHDL language, VHDL library, VHDL Register Transfer Level, VHDL register-transfer, VHDL RTL, VHDL Synthesis Interoperability Working Group, VHDL tool, VHDL®, VHDL-AMS, VHPI, VHSIC, VHSIC Hardware Description Language, VITAL, VITAL ASIC, VITAL_Memory, VLSI, VPI, VSIA, VuSpec, VuSpec Series, Waveform, Waveform file formats, WAVES, Well-structured language, Workgroups, Working, XML, XML-based file format, Y2K, Year 2000 Test Methods, Yoav Hollander Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electric Safety Code - PDF Single User Professional Edition : VuSpec (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2006 Project Scope: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Abstract: Choose to view the 2007 NESC in our new Flash interface or a point-and-click HTML format. Also, includes the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format (unlocked). With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications systems Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electric Safety Code - PDF Single User Standard Edition: VuSpec (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Project Scope: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Abstract: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition. Key Words: communications industry safety, construction of communication lines, construction of electric supply lines, electrical safety, electric supply stations, electric utility stations, high-voltage safety, operation of communications systems Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives 1914-1972 - Single User - Limited Edition: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2006 Project Scope: Single-User License Edition. Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered for the first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914- 1972) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: 12 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted into PDF format, Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user interface, Convenient searchable bookmarks, Integrated navigational links to online resources for real-time and relevant information, DVD jewel case for increased portability. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or newer. Use of this product is subject to the single-user software license agreement on this CD-ROM. Abstract: Single-User License Edition. Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered for the first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: 12 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted into PDF format, Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user interface, Convenient searchable bookmarks, Integrated navigational links to online resources for real-time and relevant information, DVD jewel case for increased portability. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or newer. Use of this product is subject to the single-user software license agreement on this CD-ROM. Key Words: IEEE C2 , NESC , VuSpec Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2005 **Supercedes 2004 version, SE95082. Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Electronic Design Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: Medical Device Communications: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Summary: 9 Active Standards— A complete collection of IEEE Medical Device Communications standards. Portable VuSpec CD-ROM— Goes with you anywhere, with or without optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home. Includes rugged storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product— Includes optional product extensions. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately— No installation, annual fee, or login required. Starts automatically in your favorite web browser. Powerful New VuSpec Interface with Search, Linking, and Navigation Features— Search by keyword in one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire VuSpecTM interface. Click on links and navigate with ease. New Medical Device/Health Informatics Glossary of Terms— Over 300 words, abbreviations, acronyms, and their definitions derived from the official standards. Remarks: Featuring the IEEE 1073™ and ISO/IEEE 11073 families of standards Key Words: Main Menu with links to free software Title Page with product links Foreword from the Chair General Information About IEEE Standards, About VuSpec™, and Product Feedback Form Single-User License Agreement Summary pages allowing you to search on the table of contents, introduction, abstract, and keywords for each standard IEEE Std 1073-1996 Overview and Framework IEEE Std 1073.3.1-1994 Transport Profile-Connection Mode IEEE Std 1073.3.1a™-2000 Amend. 1: Corrections/Clarifications IEEE Std 1073.4.1™, (2000 Edition) Phys. Layer Interface-Cable Connected ISO/IEEE 11073-10101:2004(E) Health informatics-Point-of-care medical device communication-Part 10101: Nomenclature ISO/IEEE 11073-10201:2004(E) Part 10201: Domain information model ISO/IEEE 11073-20101:2004(E) Part 20101: App. profiles-Base std ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004(E) Part 30200: Transp- Cable connected ISO/IEEE 11073-30300:2004(E) Part 30300: Transp-nfrared wireless Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Wireless Dictionary Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2005 Technical Contact: Jennifer Longman, Phone:732-562-6355, Email:j.longman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Purpose: Part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Series, this is a quick- access, pocket guide of commonly used wireless terms. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Incident and Traffic Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering and Technology Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005 Abstract: Summary: • Includes Over 100 Standards! You get a complete collection of active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices, as well as essential Withdrawn Standards in full text search-ready PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts automatically in your Web Browser with Free Adobe® Reader® • Powerful Search Features Search on abstracts, keywords, an entire standard, or across multiple standards • Glossary Look Up Over 1,300 terms and their official definitions derived from the Standards in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index Locate the standard you need fast, from a List of Keywords that automatically finds matching topics as you type a search word! • Links Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering and Nuclear Plasma Society to Stay Informed; Visit the NPEC Committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry. Requirements: Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet access required only when viewing optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Defense Standards: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005 Abstract: This CD contains all active and withdrawn standards adopted by the U.S. Department of Defense, as indicated online in the DOD ASSIST database (http://assist.daps.dla.mil/online/start/). Multiple revisions of the same standard may exist, indicated by the standard year in the designation. The U.S. Department of Defense ASSIST database is the official source of DoD specifications and standards. ASSIST-Online includes more than documents. Users also have direct access to related DoD databases including DSP standardization projects (SD-4), standardization points-of-contact (SD-1), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), MilSpec Reform management data, and HAZMAT/ODC data. Using powerful search and hyperlink features in ASSIST-Online, users may transparently locate and view diverse standardization data across each of these integrated systems. IEEE Standards are NOT included online in ASSIST. This CD was designed to give a single user, access to all of the IEEE Standards with full search capabilities. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE VuSpec™: IEEE Energy Standards CD Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005 Sponsor: IEEE Title: Local, Metropolitan and Wireless Area Networks: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: The ultimate in convenience. All IEEE 802(R) LAN, MAN, and Wireless standards available at your fingertips. Also includes 2 exclusive bonus consolidated standards in PDF: 802.3 2005 Consolidation, and 802.11 2005 Consolidation Nearly 50 Active Standards—A complete collection of the enormously popular IEEE 802® standards. Powerful New VuSpec Interface with Search, Link, HTML, PDF, and Navigation Features—Search by keyword in one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire VuSpecTM interface. Click on links and navigate with ease. New Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks Glossary of Terms—Over 1,750 words, abbreviations, acronyms, and their definitions derived from the official standards. Portable VuSpec CD-ROM—Goes with you anywhere, with or without optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home. Includes rugged storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product— Includes optional product extensions. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately—No installation, annual fee, or login required. Starts automatically in your favorite web browser. Information and Diagrams—The 802® Family of Standards; History; The Standards Process; Committee Organization; Get Involved! Access to Information; What's Next... Abstract: The ultimate in convenience. All IEEE 802(R) LAN, MAN, and Wireless standards available at your fingertips. Also includes 2 exclusive bonus consolidated standards in PDF: 802.3 2005 Consolidation, and 802.11 2005 Consolidation Nearly 50 Active Standards—A complete collection of the enormously popular IEEE 802® standards. Powerful New VuSpec Interface with Search, Link, HTML, PDF, and Navigation Features—Search by keyword in one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire VuSpecTM interface. Click on links and navigate with ease. New Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks Glossary of Terms—Over 1,750 words, abbreviations, acronyms, and their definitions derived from the official standards. Portable VuSpec CD- ROM—Goes with you anywhere, with or without optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home. Includes rugged storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product— Includes optional product extensions. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately—No installation, annual fee, or login required. Starts automatically in your favorite web browser. Information and Diagrams—The 802® Family of Standards; History; The Standards Process; Committee Organization; Get Involved! Access to Information; What's Next... Key Words: 802.11, 802.3, 802, wireless, ethernet, LAN/MAN, network Sponsor: IEEE Title: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Single-User Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Electric Machinery (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Wireless LAN: 2004 Value Pack (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2003 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Low-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE High-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 24, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: Handbook to IEEE Standard 45: A Guide to Electrical Installations on Shipboard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16 Wireless Communication Standards and Study Guide Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Stationary Batteries (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Multi-User Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004 Publication type: Collection Abstract: ***Multi-User License Edition*** Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered for the first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: o 12 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted into PDF format o Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user interface o Convenient searchable bookmarks o Integrated navigational links to online resources for real-time and relevant information o DVD jewel case for increased portability SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or newer. Use of this product is subject to the multi-user software license agreement on this CD-ROM. Key Words: IEEE C2 , NESC , Vu Spec Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2004 Project Scope: Revision of IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001 Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency usage. It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 GHz and 66 GHz, with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz, 10.5 GHz, and 23.5 – 43.5 GHz. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001 Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency usage. It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 GHz and 66 GHz, with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz, 10.5 GHz, and 23.5 – 43.5 GHz. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: coexistence , fixed broadband wireless access (FBWA) , interference , local multipoint distribution service (LMDS) , millimeter waves , multichannel multipoint distribution service (MMDS) , microwaves , multipoint (MP) , point-to-multipoint (PMP) , radio Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). Featuring the NESC+2007 Preprint Proposals for 2007 Edition of the National Safety Code: VuSpec (C2-2007) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2004 Project Scope: Utilities, Consultants, Designers, Engineers, and Non-Engineers alike will welcome this exciting new easy-to-use VuSpec(TM) edition of the official NESC® featuring a preview of the 2007 NESC®. FEATURES: » The Complete Current Edition of the NESC® and the Complete 2007 NESC® Preprint Change Proposals in a New Easy-to-Use HTML Format. » Internet-Enabled CD- ROM Goes With You Anywhere: Works with or without optional internet access. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources for electrical engineers including the Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. Notice to Customers: The 10% discount hyperlinks on this product to non-IEEE referenced standards, available for a limited time only, have expired. This product still works completely and users still have 100% of the 2002 NESC and preprint change proposals for the 2007 NESC. . » Starts Immediately! No installation or login required. » Powerful New Search, Linking, and Navigation Features! No more thumbing through pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Includes time-saving links to the proposed changes for the 2007 NESC®. » Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Abstract: Utilities, Consultants, Designers, Engineers, and Non-Engineers alike will welcome this exciting new easy-to-use VuSpec(TM) edition of the official NESC® featuring a preview of the 2007 NESC®. FEATURES: » The Complete Current Edition of the NESC® and the Complete 2007 NESC® Preprint Change Proposals in a New Easy-to-Use HTML Format. » Internet-Enabled CD-ROM Goes With You Anywhere: Works with or without optional internet access. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources for electrical engineers including the Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. Notice to Customers: The 10% discount hyperlinks on this product to non-IEEE referenced standards, available for a limited time only, have expired. This product still works completely and users still have 100% of the 2002 NESC and preprint change proposals for the 2007 NESC. . » Starts Immediately! No installation or login required. » Powerful New Search, Linking, and Navigation Features! No more thumbing through pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Includes time-saving links to the proposed changes for the 2007 NESC®. » Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Key Words: NESC Preprint Proposals, NESC Change Proposals, C2-2002, C2-2007 , Vu Spec Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection, Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Collection, Special Condition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Substation-- Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Switchgear, Circuit Breakers and Fuses- - Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection Set: Power Substations and Power Switchgear, Circuit Breakers and Fuses-- Special Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC) Handbook Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 100, The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms, Seventh Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: Handbook to IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: Eighth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations 1997-1999 (PDF ONLY) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: An IEEE Guide—How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth™ Spec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2000 Sponsor: IEEE Title: Implementing the IEEE Software Engineering Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2000 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume One: Customer and Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Two: Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Three: Products Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Four: Resources and Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Title: ISO/IEC 15068-2 : 1999 (1387.2-1995), Information technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) system administration—Part 2: Software administration Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that software and information. Key Words: data processing , open systems , operating system , packaging , portable application , POSIX , software , system administration , utilities , ISO/IEC 15068 , ISO/IEC 15068-2 Title: VHDL Tutorial Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook—A Designer's Companion Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1999 Publication type: Standards Press Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Preprint- 1999 Proposals Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. Title: Test Technology Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 1997 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards 1997 Operations Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Electric Machinery Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 1997 Publication type: Collection Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 1997 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Collection of NESC® Interpretations (1943 through 1997) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. Key Words: NESC Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 25, 1996 **Published and distributed in October 1996. Revision of IEEE Standards Style Manual, August 1992. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Preferred editorial style for the preparation of proposed IEEE Standards is established. Many of the frequently asked questions about writing drafts are answered. The optional and required contents of drafts are described, and instructions on submitting drafts for IEEE Standards Board approval and publication are provided. This manual is not intended to be a guide to the procedural development of standards. Key Words: style Title: PASC WWW Interpretations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1996 **These interpretations can be found online at the following address: http://stdsbbs.ieee.org/products/interp/index.html#available Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic & Letter Symbols and Reference Designations Collection - 1996 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1996 Publication type: Collection Title: Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **By Howard W. Johnson. Product number is SP1095. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: Fast Ethernet is the newest and fastest addition to the IEEE Ethernet family of local area network (LAN) standards. An extension to Ethernet, Fast Ethernet provides interoperable service at both 10 Mb/s and 100 Mb/s. With the growing popularity of Fast Ethernet, users need a resource that specifically addresses Fast Ethernet product architectures and products and where the technology is headed--Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network is that resource. A Prentice-Hall publication, this book goes beyond an overview of Fast Ethernet, it equips you with the information you need to query vendors about their products so you can avoid costly installation mistakes. It helps you with your strategic planning by providing details about future developments of the technology. What's more, the point-by-point network comparisons will show you which networks fit which applications. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatibility Collection - 1996 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 29, 1996 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Interest in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) design and measurement has been rapidly increasing over the past several years. Meeting mandatory and voluntary EMC requirements has become an important consideration in planning of new products and in the early stages of product design. IEEE EMC standards give designers and manufacturers, procuring agencies and regulating agencies guidance in selection and development of appropriate requirements. Containing 32 industry recognized EMC standards, this collection addresses measurement techniques, methods of test-site characterization and specifications for instrumentation. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: NESC® Handbook, Fourth Edition A Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: A Discussion of the Grounding Rules, General Rules, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 3rd (1920) through 1997 Editions of the National Electrical Safety Code, American National Standard C2. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Network Systems Tutorial for IEEE Std 802.3: Repeater Functions and System Design Topology Considerations for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Local Area Networks (LANs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Prepared by The IEEE 802.3 System Topology Technical Advisory Group of the LAN/MAN Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society. Product number is SP100. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: An indispensable resource for system installers and subsystem component developers, IEEE's Network Systems Tutorial for IEEE Std 802.3 provides essential background material required to understand the basic functioning of the CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection) packet network. With an exclusive focus on the ISO/IEC (International Organization of Standardization and the International Electrotechnical Commission) 8802-3 10 Mb/s CSMA/CD network, this informative tutorial addresses two vital parameters that determine the constraints on network timing-network acquisition time and maximum framelength. It explains the role of the repeater and its significance in the definition of maximum network size. Moreover, it includes a propagation budget table together with an example of all elements that delay the propagation of a transmitted signal in a CSMA/CD network. Key Words: 802.3 tutorial Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Companion - 1995 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses Standards Collection (C37) - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This all-inclusive volume is the single source of IEEE and ANSI switchgear and substation standards covering circuit breakers, switchgear assemblies, switches, fuses, reclosures and sectionalizers and related substation aspects of equipment. The 99 standards contained in this thorough collection provide for the safe and reliable application of electrical systems' switchgear and substation operation and maintenance. Key Words: C37 collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Surge Protection Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 21 IEEE standards for surge protective devices. These industry accepted standards cover product testing, product classification and application guides. It is the single source of standards related to the implementation and testing of surge protective devices. What's more, it contains extensive information on neutral grounding. Key Words: surge protection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Collection(C57) - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: The 1995 edition of this popular collection contains 64 of the most current IEEE and ANSI standards on power distribution and regulating transformers. These ensure safe and reliable electric power service to consumers worldwide. Topics covered include Class 1E transformers, oil-immersed transformers, overhead-type distribution transformers, underground type three-phase distribution transformers and sealed dry-type transformers. Key Words: C57 collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Protective Relaying Systems Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This edition contains 21 of the latest standards and guides for protective relaying systems. Topics covered include relays and relay systems with electric apparatus, protective relaying for utility-consumer interconnections, ground protection, network transformers, field testing and more. Key Words: protective, relaying systems Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Tentative Interim Amendments 93-1,93-2, and Errata to the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Power Capacitor Standards Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The continuing growth of electrical power systems has increased the need for and use of power capacitors in transmission and distribution systems. This compilation of two bibliographies and five of the most current guides and standards provides a valuable reference tool for those involved in the design, manufacturer, testing and application of power capacitors. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Pole Line Hardware Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 1995 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Covering requirements for ground rods, lag screws, crossarm braces and cable racks, this collection contains 14 of the most current standards used in overhead and underground line construction today. Key Words: pole line, hardware Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Roadway Lighting Equipment Collection (C136) - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1994 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection is comprised of 17 essential standards for roadway lighting used throughout industry today. They cover specifications for performance and interchangeability of roadway lighting system equipment, specifically luminaries, photoelectric controls, support brackets and poles. Key Words: roadway lighting Title: Open Systems Handbook: A Guide to Building Open Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994 **By James Isaak, Kevin Lewis, Kate Thompson, and Richard Straub The product number is SP117 Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This publication focuses on the information and processes needed to make strategic decisions about open systems, while providing a thorough overview of open systems and the work being done to achieve them. What's more, this handbook provides expert guidance on how to apply IT standards and specifications for application portability and interoperability. This publication takes an objective, standards-oriented perspective, concentrating on functionality to obtain business objectives rather than product approaches. Moreover, it offers the most current status of international accepted industry IT standards and specifications for open systems and contains a detailed glossary of OS and standards-related terminology. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Transmission Line Construction Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Containing 5 of the most current IEEE standards guides for assembly and installation of transmission line structures used throughout the power industry today, this collection addresses the different phases of line construction from the installation of foundations through the stringing of overhead conductors. Key Words: transmission line, construction Sponsor: IEEE Title: High-Performance I/O Bus Architecture: A Handbook for IEEE Futurebus+ Profile B Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994 **Product number (book alone) is SP109. Also available with IEEE Stds 892.2 and 896.2a - SP1093. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This handbook is a design guide for developers of the IEEE Futurebus+ modules as specified by the following IEEE Futurebus+ standards: •IEEE Std 896.1-1991 •IEEE Std 896.2-1991 •IEEE Std 896.3-1993 The purpose of this handbook is to provide a reference to many of the concepts, rules, and guidelines that are necessary to understand and to follow so that interoperability of Futurebus+ systems and modules is ensured. Included are engineering details about system architecture, hardware interface, and board layout. Module designers, system intergrators, and original equipment manufacturers should find this handbook useful. Key Words: 896.2, 896.2a, futurebus+, high-performance, I/O Architecture, Profile B Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Fifth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1993- 1995 Interpretations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 21, 1994 **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply station, overhead electric supply, communication lines, underground electric supply, clearances to electric supply, strength requirement for electric supply, communication structures Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Stationary Battery Collection - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Because stationary batteries play such a vital role of providing reliable backup and emergency power, their design, installation and maintenance must be reliable and sound. The best way to make sound design decisions and to maximize service expected from an installed battery system is to comply with the most current standards used throughout industry today, IEEE stationary battery standards. Containing 10 standards, this collection includes the complete set of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery standards used in the planning, design and maintenance of today's battery installations. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Fourth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations, 1991-1993 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1993 **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply stations, overhead electric supply lines, overhead communication lines, underground electric supply lines, underground communication lines, clearances to electric supply, clearances to communication lines, strength Title: Sourcebook on Lead-Acid Batteries Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Product number is SP75. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This highly useful sourcebook contains a wealth of information on lead-acid batteries in one complete volume, including: Leading-edge IEEE transactions papers, informative IEEE conference papers and detailed abstracts of IEEE Lead-Acid Stationary Battery standards. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electricity Metering Collection (C12) - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: IEEE's electricity metering standards provide today's utilities, manufacturers and regulatory bodies worldwide with specific on-the-job information needed to install, measure and test electricity meters. This collection contains 14 current standards on watt-hour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices, instrument transformers, auxiliary devices and much more. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Engineering in Safety, Maintenance and Operation of Lines Collection (ESMOL) - 1993 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1993 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This edition contains 9 standards and guides for engineering in safety, maintenance and operation of lines. Topics addressed include energized power lines, transmission line conductors, in-service maintenance and electrical testing of live-line tools and the protective grounding of power lines. Key Words: ESMOL, safety, maintenance Sponsor: IEEE Title: Atlas Training Manual: A Handbook to IEEE C/Atlas Std 716 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: The ATLAS Training Manual provides a detailed perspective on IEEE Std 716-1989 (C/ATLAS). This training manual is only specific to IEEE Std 716-1989, not to IEEE Std 716-1995. It conveys a simplified building block approach to the standard, so that the knowledgeable user and novice alike can confidently implement the language's various test applications. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Petroleum and Chemical Applications Collection - 1992 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1992 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 10 standards and recommended practices for the petroleum and chemical industry. Topics covered include induction and auxiliary motors, electric submersible and insulated cables and safety practices. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Science Collection - 1991 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 1991 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This volume is a collection of 24 IEEE and ANSI standards on nuclear science. These standards cover test procedures, specifications, calibration and utilization for nuclear instruments and detectors used in industrial and laboratory applications. Key Words: nuclear science Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Collection - 1990 edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 1990 Publication type: Collection Abstract: This collection contains 61 IEEE and ANSI standards used throughout the nuclear industry. Topics covered include criteria and requirements for the electrical systems of nuclear power generating stations, methods and procedures of reliability engineering, recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control, recommended practices for the application of software configuration plans to nuclear power generating stations and much more. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Archive Collection - 1990 Editon Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 1990 Publication type: Collection Abstract: In the nuclear industry archival documents have a unique significance. They are often referred to in day-to-day activities, primarily because each nuclear power generating station owner has committed to a specific issue of a document in its license application. To meet this industry need, IEEE developed the Nuclear Power Archive Standards Collection. This volume contains 51 archive or historical nuclear power standards still referred to in the nuclear industry today. The standards included in this collection are not available as single documents. Key Words: nuclear power, archive Title: A Practical Introduction to the New Logic Symbols - Second Edition by Ian Kampel Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Product number is SP1094. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: This publication offers guidance on the preparation of logic diagrams and their interpretation. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1993 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219- 1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.3 Systems Networking Guide: How to Optimize Your Network Using the ISO/IEC 8802-3 Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 28, 1995 Publication type: Standards Press Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Title: CE Mark: The New European Legislation for Products: Featuring EMC, Low Voltage & Machinery Directives Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This is a subscription product that includes the CE Mark Book, 6 newsletters & one supplement book (Sept/Oct). Publication type: Standards Press Sponsor: IEEE Title: VHDL Interactive Tutorial: A CD-ROM Learning Tool for IEEE Std 1076 VHDL Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This product is available for use in Microsoft Windows® (3.1 and '95), Macintosh®, Sun® OS and Sun Solaris® environments. Publication type: Standards Press Abstract: Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unigue product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on VHDL - not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear links between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensible tool for VHDL product development and users. Key Words: VHDL, interactive, tutorial, CD ROM Title: Electric Metering Collection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Substations Collection-1998 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Switchgear Collection-1998 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers Collection, 1998 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1998 Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: On-Line IEEE Standards (OLIS)—IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Medical Devices Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Electronics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Insulation Coordination Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Antennas and Propagation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electron Devices Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Magnetics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Static Power Converters Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Circuits and Systems Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Cement Industry Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electricity Metering Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Power Dielectrics and Insulation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Electrical Insulation Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Aerospace Electronics Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Instrumentation and Measurement Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Pole Line Hardware Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Title: Roadway Lighting Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Publication type: Electronic Product Sponsor: IEEE Title: Full Set of IEEE Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Lan/Man Security Package Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Token Ring Access Package Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: Token-Passing Bus Access Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: NEC Set 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: NEC 1996 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Title: IEC Multilingual Dictionary of Electricity, Electronics and Telecommunications 1992 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This volume is the North American version of Volume 2 which is distributed in the United States and Canada by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Terms and definitions in English with equivalent terms in French, Russian, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Polish and Swedish. International reference that defines over 15,000 terms. Key Words: IEC, multilingual, dictionary Sponsor: IEEE Title: Switchgear Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: Surge Protective Devices Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: Electro-Magnetic Compatibility Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: Transmission and Distribution Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Title: Substations Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Title: Protective Relaying Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Energy Development/Power Generation Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Insulated Conductors Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Electric Machinery Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Portable Applications (POSIX) Standards Subscriptions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Design Automation Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Communications Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. IMPORTANT NOTE: To expedite service, a signed license agreement must be returned to the IEEE prior to access being granted. To expedite your order, complete and return a signed license agreement in conjunction with your order. You can retrieve this license agreement at: http://standards.ieee.org/catalog/olis/licenses/ip.pdf. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Bus Architecture Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: LAN/MAN Plus Drafts Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Software Engineering Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Power Cable Ampacity Software with IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) on CD- Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 2007 **Includes the 3,176 page 90 MB complete original PDF of IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) Abstract: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheaats. Key Words: ampacity, cable, conductors, dielectric, extruded, insulation, laminar, power, software Sponsor: IEEE Title: All-Inclusive Telecommunications Standards Online Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Exclusive option to Enterprise subscribers! The IEEE's All Inclusive standards package, an internet-based subscription delivered via IEEE Standards Online, provides access worldwide to the most current IEEE standards. IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new, draft or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Standards are available for download in PDF format. Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Color Book Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 25, 2007 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Markus Plessel, Phone:732-562-3989, Email:m.plessel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: INCLUDES THE ENTIRE COLOR BOOK STANDARDS SERIES: IEEE Red Book (IEEE STD 141-1993), IEEE Green Book (IEEE STD 142-1991), IEEE Gray Book (IEEE STD 241-1990), IEEE Buff Book (IEEE STD 242-2001), IEEE Brown Book (IEEE STD 399-1997), IEEE Orange Book (IEEE STD 446-1995), IEEE Gold Book (IEEE STD 493-2007), IEEE Violet Book (IEEE Std 551-2006), IEEE White Book (IEEE STD 602-2007), IEEE Bronze Book (IEEE STD 739-1995), IEEE Yellow Book (IEEE STD 902-1998), IEEE Blue Book (IEEE STD 1015-2006), IEEE Emerald Book (IEEE STD 1100-2005). Replaces the previous set - STDPT95566. Abstract: INCLUDES THE ENTIRE COLOR BOOK STANDARDS SERIES: IEEE Red Book (IEEE STD 141-1993), IEEE Green Book (IEEE STD 142-1991), IEEE Gray Book (IEEE STD 241-1990), IEEE Buff Book (IEEE STD 242-2001), IEEE Brown Book (IEEE STD 399-1997), IEEE Orange Book (IEEE STD 446-1995), IEEE Gold Book (IEEE STD 493-2007), IEEE Violet Book (IEEE Std 551-2006), IEEE White Book (IEEE STD 602- 2007), IEEE Bronze Book (IEEE STD 739-1995), IEEE Yellow Book (IEEE STD 902-1998), IEEE Blue Book (IEEE STD 1015-2006), IEEE Emerald Book (IEEE STD 1100-2005). Replaces the previous set - STDPT95566. Key Words: Color Book, Color Books, IEEE Red Book, IEEE STD 141-1993, IEEE Green Book, IEEE STD 142-1991, IEEE Gray Book, IEEE STD 241-1990, IEEE Buff Book, IEEE STD 242-2001, IEEE Brown Book, IEEE STD 399-1997, IEEE Orange Book, IEEE STD 446-1995, IEEE Gold Book, Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: 2007 Stationary Batteries VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2006 **Replaces SE135 Includes 19 active and 3 withdrawn IEEE standards in the Stationary Batteries family Project Scope: A complete reference with standards, essential papers, and convenient tools wrapped inside an easy-to-use interface that runs inside your web browser. You need this product CD if you are designing, manufacturing, sizing, selecting, installing, maintaining, testing, or operating storage batteries used in stationary and portable applications, including generating stations, substations, energy storage, industrial control, emergency/standby generator sets, emergency lighting, telecommunications, portable computing, and uninterruptible power supplies. Covers rechargeable lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, lithium-ion, and other types of batteries. Abstract: A complete reference with standards, essential papers, and convenient tools wrapped inside an easy-to-use interface that runs inside your web browser. You need this product CD if you are designing, manufacturing, sizing, selecting, installing, maintaining, testing, or operating storage batteries used in stationary and portable applications, including generating stations, substations, energy storage, industrial control, emergency/standby generator sets, emergency lighting, telecommunications, portable computing, and uninterruptible power supplies.Covers rechargeable lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, lithium-ion, and other types of batteries. Includes 19 active and 3 withdrawn IEEE standards in the Stationary Batteries family (also includes photovoltaics, portable computers, and cell phones). SINGLE-USER LICENSE. System Requirements: Microsoft Windows 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or newer. Adobe Reader 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access and Adobe Shockwave Player. Key Words: abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test, active authentication, active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah) charge efficiency, applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead-Acid Battery State, authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon, batteries for photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery conditioning, battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment, battery/battery pack, Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate, calculated photovoltaic (PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (A:L), Calculation of Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect (Fishbone) diagram, cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger, Charging, charging algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication materials, communications interfaces, conception, connection resistance measurements, containment, continuous-float operations, counterfeit batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical, cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling, dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of discharge, Design, design analysis, discharge, discharge rate, documentation, dryout, electrochemical, electrochemical electrodes electrochemistry, electrochemistry, electrolyte, electrostatic discharge (ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge voltage (EODV), energy capacity, Environmental Regulations, equalizing voltage, equipment, equipment applicability, establishing specifications, failure mode, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder, Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel- cadmium, Float, float charge, float operation, float service, float-service, Floyd, full float (constant potential) operation:, full-float, gelled electrolyte, generating equipment, Generating Stations, grid-connected, hazard, high-rate charge, host (host device), hour rate, immobilized electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte, incompatible batteries, inspection, installation, instrument, instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal ohmic value, inverter, Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion, Livium, low-voltage disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR), Maintenance, management standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer, McDowall, measurements, measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment, Monitoring Float Charging Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel- cadmium, nickel-cadmium batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power Generating Stations, O&M requirements, observations, ohmic value, open circuit voltage (cell or battery pack) (VOC), Operating Issues, operation, operational procedures, opportunity charging, overcharge, overcurrent, overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen recombination, packaging technologies, parameters for lead-acid batteries, passive authentication, passive charger, Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb- acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries, performance, performance test, period, Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation, polarization, Portable Computing, positive temperature coefficient resistor (PTC), precautions, premature capacity loss, procedures, process control, product life, product lifetime, Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method, rated capacity, rated capacity (C), rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell), reasonable and foreseeable misuse, Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion, Reference Electrode Measurements, regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation reconnect voltage (Vrr), regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion, Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes, resistance, Safety, Safety Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria, self discharge, self-discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test, shall, shelf life, should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation, solar/photovoltaic applications, standard test conditions (STC), standby operation (battery), Stationary Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery Plants, Storage, string, Substations, subsystem, subsystem interface, subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”, sustaining charge, system, Telecommunications, telephone applications, temperature-compensated charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial, terrestrial photovoltaic, test-discharge, Testing, Testing Standards, thermal runaway, undervoltage, Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries, valve-regulated, valve- regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery, vented cell, vented lead- acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, ventilation, Ventilation Requirements for VRLA Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA batteries, VuSpec interface abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test, active authentication, active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah) charge efficiency, applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead- Acid Battery State, authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon, batteries for photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery conditioning, battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment, battery/battery pack, Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate, calculated photovoltaic (PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (A:L), Calculation of Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect (Fishbone) diagram, cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger, Charging, charging algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication materials, communications interfaces, conception, connection resistance measurements, containment, continuous-float operations, counterfeit batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical, cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling, dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of discharge, Design, design analysis, discharge, discharge rate, documentation, dryout, electrochemical, electrochemical electrodes electrochemistry, electrochemistry, electrolyte, electrostatic discharge (ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge voltage (EODV), energy capacity, Environmental Regulations, equalizing voltage, equipment, equipment applicability, establishing specifications, failure mode, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder, Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel-cadmium, Float, float charge, float operation, float service, float-service, Floyd, full float (constant potential) operation:, full-float, gelled electrolyte, generating equipment, Generating Stations, grid-connected, hazard, high-rate charge, host (host device), hour rate, immobilized electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte, incompatible batteries, inspection, installation, instrument, instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal ohmic value, inverter, Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion, Livium, low-voltage disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR), Maintenance, management standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer, McDowall, measurements, measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment, Monitoring Float Charging Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel-cadmium, nickel-cadmium batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power Generating Stations, O&M requirements, observations, ohmic value, open circuit voltage (cell or battery pack) (VOC), Operating Issues, operation, operational procedures, opportunity charging, overcharge, overcurrent, overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen recombination, packaging technologies, parameters for lead-acid batteries, passive authentication, passive charger, Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb-acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries, performance, performance test, period, Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation, polarization, Portable Computing, positive temperature coefficient resistor (PTC), precautions, premature capacity loss, procedures, process control, product life, product lifetime, Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method, rated capacity, rated capacity (C), rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell), reasonable and foreseeable misuse, Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion, Reference Electrode Measurements, regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation reconnect voltage (Vrr), regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion, Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes, resistance, Safety, Safety Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria, self discharge, self- discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test, shall, shelf life, should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation, solar/photovoltaic applications, standard test conditions (STC), standby operation (battery), Stationary Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery Plants, Storage, string, Substations, subsystem, subsystem interface, subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”, sustaining charge, system, Telecommunications, telephone applications, temperature-compensated charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial, terrestrial photovoltaic, test- discharge, Testing, Testing Standards, thermal runaway, undervoltage, Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries, valve-regulated, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery, vented cell, vented lead-acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, ventilation, Ventilation Requirements for VRLA Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA batteries, VuSpec interface Sponsor: IEEE Title: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2003 Sponsor: IEEE Title: Wireless Media: A Guide to the IEEE 802.15.3 Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2004 Project Scope: Wireless Multimedia covers three main areas: Applications: Typical applications that would benefit from using 802.15.3 devices for wireless connectivity, including specific examples of how the unique properties of 802.15.3 compliant devices enable new applications. Implementation: Summary of the 802.15.3 standard, highlighting special areas that are key to a successful implementation. Examples are included for implementers who are developing compliant devices. -Justification: Discussion and reasoning that went into developing the standard, including background information that details what types of implementations were anticipated when the standard was developed and key details for those deciding what architectures are ideal for developing 802.15.3 products. Title: Implementation Guide to 1512's Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2004 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Preprint Proposal for Revision of the 2002 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: NESC(R) PreprintAvailable on Sept. 1, 2004 Key Words: C2-2002, NESC Preprint Proposals, NESC Change Proposals, C2-2007 Preprint Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electric Safety Code (NESC) CD Plus Pack Featuring the NESC + Preprint Proposals for the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code (VuSpec Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2004 Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer's Companion, Second Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2005 Title: 802.3 Ethernet & the First Mile Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2006 Abstract: On September 7, 2004, the Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) standard, formally known as IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004, was published to the world. The publication of the standard marked the culmination of four years of effort by industry leaders and innovators to address the broadband subscriber access network market and its challenges. More importantly, the publication of EFM introduced a suite of native Ethernet broadband technology, which as a set marked yet another successful extension of Ethernet into a new market and definitively answered the ques¬tion of “what broadband technology best suites my needs” with a set of Ethernet technologies that mirrored their sister traditional Ethernet technologies in price, simplicity and profitability. The IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document is an outstanding resource for someone who wants to build equipment that is compatible with the EFM standard. Ethernet in the First Mile: Access for Everyone brings the standard to life. The authors explain the basic principles behind the standard, presenting the trade-offs that led to the standardization of the specific technologies, and providing a guide to help readers navigate through the formal prose. The authors of this book led the 802.3ah project and now present the evolution of the standard along with thier perspective on the various technologies. This book starts by introducing the Ethernet standards committee, its long and successful history, its language and nomenclature, along with its structure and decision making process. The authors then re-enact the business and technol¬ogy evolution that set the stage for a successful launch of EFM by introducing readers to the preceding and competing technologies that failed to capture the hearts of the consumer and the backing of the industry leaders. Next the EFM standard is introduced by giving an overview of its massive scope and various technology tracks, after which each chapter explains the technical, economic and marketing aspects of the choices made in the EFM Task Force and written into the IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document. The technology discussion is complimented with a practical introduction and discussion of interoperability and testing: things that providers, consumers, builders and suppliers of EFM should be acutely aware of. Finally, a few chapters are devoted to the business cases and considerations associated with deploying EFM. Insights are presented of the leading proponents who helped define the standard along with the parameters and issues that will guide readers to the EFM technology that is best suited to address their needs. Sponsor: IEEE Title: How to Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: IEEE Guide for Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005 Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. Sponsor: IEEE Title: WirelessMAN: Inside the IEEE 802.16 Standard for Wirelss Metropolitan Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006 Abstract: The objective of this book is to provide a detailed overview of the IEEE 802.16 standard for fixed broadband wireless and to include detailed descriptions of the 802.16 Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) operation, with emphasis on the design and the technology behind the standards. This book explains why certain design choices were made and how the recent technological developments, realworld experience and the lessons learned from previous projects were used throughout the 802.16 standards development process to make critical trade-offs. In addition, the chronological development of 802.16 MAC and PHY amendments to the standards and the rationale behind those projects are explained. This book also provides a summary of ongoing projects, related standards, and possible future extensions to IEEE 802.16. The optional and mandatory parts of the 802.16 Standards are clearly indentified and explained thoughout the book wherever applicable. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code VuSpec CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code Handbook Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Project Scope: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards 2010 Collection VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 2010 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: At about $11 per standard, this new powerful collection contains over 130 IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Power Systems Relay. You can search by titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. Made up of 64 Switchgear standards, 34 Substation standards, 35 Relaying standards, this powerful new and improved IEEE VuSpec contains an Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features and an online glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. It also Includes related bonus material, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts, keywords, and extended standard descriptions. This VuSpec is a portable CD-ROM for Microsoft Windows (limited PDF-only access for MacOS, Linux, UNIX, and others) Abstract: At about $11 per standard, this new powerful collection contains over 130 IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Power Systems Relay. You can search by titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. Made up of 64 Switchgear standards, 34 Substation standards, 35 Relaying standards, this powerful new and improved IEEE VuSpec contains an Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features and an online glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. It also Includes related bonus material, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts, keywords, and extended standard descriptions. Key Words: swichgear, substation, fuses, power system relay, circuit breakers Sponsor: IEEE Title: Health Informatics/Medical Device Communications Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Nuclear Engineering Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: Industrial and Commercial Facilities Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Vehicular Technology Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Power Transformers (Distribution and Regulating) Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power System Relay Standards (PDF on CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2007 Abstract: These standard cover all types of relays, including protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, syncronizing and auxiliary. Specific topics include: -Applications -Design -Construction -Operation -Transmission -Generation -Distribution -Utilization Key Words: power, relays Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Power Substation Standards (PDF on CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2007 Abstract: These standards cover all types of substations, including switching stations, transformer stations, and generating station switchyards. Specific topics include: - Automatic/supervisory control systems; - Data acquired within substations; - Single line wiring diagrams; - Insulation coordination; - Gas-insulated and open bus designs; - Structural arrangements; - D.C. stations; - Environmental and Safety Concerns; - Clearances; - Substation Grounding; - Substation Capacitor Banks; - Substation Seismic Design. Key Words: power, substations Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Standards, VuSpec Edition (formerly known as ANSI C37) VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2007 Abstract: New for 2007-2008. Imagine having immediate access to, and easily searching through, all 140 standards. For the first time on VuSpec CD, IEEE offers you this complete collection of all Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay standards. Search by titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. - Over 140 IEEE Standards. A Complete Collection of all IEEE Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Relay Standards. Includes 70 Switchgear standards, 35 Substation standards, 30 Relaying standards, and a handful of key referenced standards from other areas. -Powerful New and Improved IEEE VuSpec Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features -New Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Online Glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. -Portable VuSpec CD-ROM for Microsoft Windows (limited PDF-only access for MacOS, Linux, UNIX, and others) -Includes related bonus material on disc, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts, keywords, and extended standard descriptions. -Ships in your own CD Storage case. Key Words: assemblies, C37, circuit, circuits, circuit breakers, fuses, power, relay systems, relaying, relays, substations, switchgear, vuspec Sponsor: IEEE Signal Processing Society Title: IEEE VuSpec: Surge Protective Devices (VuSpec CD) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2007 Key Words: limitations, ratings, tests, backup protection, breaker-failure relaying, bus protection, electric service, non-utility generation, protective relays, transformer protection, utility-consumer interconnection, silicon-carbide, surge arresters, AC, Power Circuits, discharge current, discharge voltage, duty-cycle voltage rating, lightning protection, maximum continuous operating voltage, MCOV, metal-oxide surge arrester, MOSA, surge arrester, valve arrester, harmonics, noise, power system disturbance, surge- protective device (SPD), swell, voltage sag, voltage surge Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: IEEE Electro-Magnetic Compatibility Standards (PDF on CD-Rom) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2007 Abstract: Contains nearly forty (40) essential active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices listed below for Electromagnetic Compatibility. PDF file format on CD-ROM provides easy full text searching on a single standard or on all standards at the same time. Format: PDF on CD-ROM for all computers (e.g., Windows, Mac, UNIX). Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media. Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: IEEE Electromagnitc Compatibility Standards (VuSpec Edition;CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2007 Sponsor: IEEE Title: Testing, Instrumentation & Measurement, and Metric Practice Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: 1584-2000 & 1584A-2004 ArcFlash Set (CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: - For 1584-2002: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. - For 1584A-2004: Amendment to 1584-2002. This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. Key Words: 1584 , IEEE 1584, arc fault currents, arc flash hazard, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: The IEEE Color Books - Complete Standards Series :VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Supersedes previous set CD-ROM product (STDVU118) Project Scope: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series VuSpec CD-ROM incorporates the 13 volumes that comprise the IEEE Color Books standards series: IEEE Std 141-1993 (R1999), IEEE Red Book / IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE Green Book / IEEE Std 241-1990 (R1997), IEEE Gray Book / IEEE Std 242-2001, IEEE Buff Book / IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Brown Book / IEEE Std 446-1995 (R2000), IEEE Orange Book / IEEE Std 551-2006, IEEE Violet Book / IEEE Std 493-1997, IEEE Gold Book IEEE / Std 602-2007, IEEE White Book / IEEE Std 739-1995, IEEE Bronze Book / IEEE Std 902-1998, IEEE Yellow Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006/Cor1-2007, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1100-1999, IEEE Emerald Book --- REMARKS: Supersedes previous set CD-ROM product (STDVU118) Abstract: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series VuSpec CD-ROM incorporates the 13 volumes that comprise the IEEE Color Books standards series: IEEE Std 141-1993 (R1999), IEEE Red Book / IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE Green Book / IEEE Std 241-1990 (R1997), IEEE Gray Book / IEEE Std 242-2001, IEEE Buff Book / IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Brown Book / IEEE Std 446-1995 (R2000), IEEE Orange Book / IEEE Std 551-2006, IEEE Violet Book / IEEE Std 493-1997, IEEE Gold Book IEEE / Std 602-2007, IEEE White Book / IEEE Std 739-1995, IEEE Bronze Book / IEEE Std 902-1998, IEEE Yellow Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1015- 2006/Cor1-2007, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1100-1999, IEEE Emerald Book --- Key Words: Color Books, 141-1993 Red Book, 142-2007 Green Book, 241-1990 Gray Book, 242-2001 Buff Book, 399-1997 Brown Book, 446 -1995 Orange Book, 551- 2006 Violet Book, 493-1997 Gold Book, 602-2007 White Book, 739-1995 Bronze Book, 902-1998 Yellow Book,1015-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Substations Collection:VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2010 Publication type: Collection Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure, Power generation protection, circuit breakers, availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability, grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Substations Standards Online Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2010 Publication type: Collection Abstract: Online ordering not available. Please contact IEEE for a custom quote for your organization at standards-subscriptions- sales@ieee.org IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new, draft or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online subscribers can opt to sign up for email notifciation to learn when new and drafts standards are added to their package. Standards are available for download in PDF format. The standards available in this online subscription package can be viewed at http://www.ieee.org/web/publications/subscriptions/prod/standards_overview.html Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure, Power generation protection, circuit breakers, availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability, grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Systems and Software Engineering with Applications, & Standards Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2010 **This set consists of Systems and Software Engineering with Applications Handbook, IEEE Std 982.1-2005 and IEEE Std 1633-2 Publication type: Collection Project Scope: Handbook Description: This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing systems. In this book the reader will learn how to quantitatively analyze the performance, reliability, maintainability and availability of software in relation to the total system and to use standards as part of the solution. Furthermore, the reader will learn how to evaluate and mitigate the risk of deploying software-based systems and how to apply many models dealing with the optimization of systems. The book has numerous quantitative examples to help understand interpret model results. This book can be used as a first year graduate course in systems/software engineering; an on-the-job reference for systems and software engineers; and a reference for quantitative models in systems and software engineering. 982.1-2005 Abstract: A Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability for assessing and predicting the reliability, maintainability, and availability of any software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical software systems. 1633-2008 Abstract: The methods for assessing and predicting the reliability of software, based on a lifecycle approach to software reliability engineering, are prescribed in this recommended practice. It provides information necessary for the application of software reliability (SR) measurement to a project, lays a foundation for building consistent methods, and establishes the basic principle for collecting the data needed to assess and predict the reliability of software. The recommended practice prescribes how any user can participate in SR assessments and predictions. Abstract: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were referenced within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of Software. Key Words: 982.1-2005, 1633-2008, software reliability, availability, dependability, maintainability Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Arc Flash Hazard Standards Online Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 19, 2010 Publication type: Collection Project Scope: This subscription includes standards that provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply indetermining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment Abstract: This subscription includes standards provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply indetermining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Key Words: Arc Flash, Arc Flash, Arc-Flash, Arc Flash Hazard Calculations, 1584 Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Online Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 19, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Esaleta Corbin, Phone:732-562-3821, Email:e.corbin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscription grants internet-based access to IEEE NESC, including new, or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online subscribers can opt to sign up for email notification to learn when new and drafts standards are added to their package. This subscription covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. It also consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Abstract: This IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscription grants internet-based access to IEEE NESC, including new, or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online subscribers can opt to sign up for email notification to learn when new and drafts standards are added to their package. This subscription covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. It also consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Key Words: National Electrical Safety Code, NESC, C2 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Foundations for Smart Grid Standards Subscription Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2010 **Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Technical Contact: Markus Plessel, Phone:732-562-3989, Email:m.plessel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: IEEE standards guide smart grid technology and innovation. IEEE standards are used around the globe to help grow business opportunities, maximize research efforts, generate public trust, build order in the marketplace and enhance safety. With an unparalleled collection of standards in diverse technology fields—including over 20 IEEE standards named in the NIST Framework and Roadmap for Smart Grid Interoperability Standards—IEEE can help you lead the way in smart grid technology with key foundational research. IEEE Foundations for Smart Grid increases the bottom line...- Get substantial savings over purchasing individual standards; - Boost your research team’s knowledge with instant information access; - Find essential standards and all related standards in seconds; - Get instant updates and automatic e-mail alerts regarding new standards and drafts. Key Words: Smart Grid Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Modeling and Simulation [M&S] High Level Architecture [HLA] (IEEE 1516- 2010 Series) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: : The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Abstract: : The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: 1516-2010, 1516.1-2010, 1516.2-2010, 1516.3-2003, 1516.4-2007, architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules runtime infrastructure Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Circuits & Fuses - 2010 Standards Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm) Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are also Built In. Project Purpose: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm) Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are also Built In. Abstract: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm) Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are also Built In. Key Words: switchgear, switch, switches, dielectric test, calibration, circuit breakers, circuit, voltage, TRV, frequency, short-circuit, mechanical endurance, short-line fault, switching, high-voltage, generators, testing, inductive load switching, overvoltages, low-voltage, shunt reactor switching, small inductive currents, inductive load switching, overvoltages, shunt reactor switching, small inductive currents, asymmetrical current, effects analysis (FMEA), failure modes, effects, and criticality analysis (FMECA), auxiliary, fuses, ac, transformer, load current-carrying, metering, outdoor, protection, stationary, cable connections, short-time withstand, control wiring, dc switchgear, dc traction power switchgear, substation, , metal-clad (MC) switchgear, metal- enclosed (ME), metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI) switchgear, ground and test (G&T) devices, locking/interlocking, terminal, benchboard, bus, solar, temperature, power, current, distribution-class, distribution, current- limiting, single pole air, , time-current-characteristics, TCC, "dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser, submersible, standard operating duty Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Transmission and Distribution Standards Collection: Vuspec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 06, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Includes over 57 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre- Sorted Keywords • Convenient Internet Links are Built In Abstract: This new and updated Power Transmission and Distribution Standards collection includes over 57 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Convenient Internet Links are Built In Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®): The Archives (1973-2007) Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM - Single User Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 08, 2010 Publication type: Collection Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2007, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Abstract: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2007, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electric supply stations, electric utility stations; electrical safety; high-voltage safety; operation of communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety, C2- 1973; C2-1977; C2-1981; C2-1984, C2-1987, C2-1990, C2-1993, C2-1997, C2- 2002, C2-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Developers Toolkit: Templates, Examples, and Official Standards Terms on CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Project Scope: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219-1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219- 1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Key Words: VuSpec, software, SWEBOK, verification, validation, life cycle process, life cycle reuse Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) Handbook, 2011 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 19, 2010 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: The NEC has changed and staying up-to-code is essential! Make sure you're informed with the single most valuable tool for NEC users -- the 2011 NEC Handbook from NFPA. This is your hands-on source for the practical solutions and Code rationale you need to comply with the new NEC, avoid violations, and keep installations on time and on budget. The 2011 NEC Handbook is loaded with one-of-a-kind features: • Full 2011 NEC text -- no other electrical reference has it! • Expert commentary with coverage of changes in the 2011 NEC's requirements, including new rules focused on workplace safety • First-time commentary for new articles addressing green technologies, alternate energy, high-voltage installations, and other emerging issues • 500+ full-color photos and illustrations such as schematics, floor plans, and cross-sectional graphics not in the Code • For the first time, vertical rules alert you to Code additions, and change dots signal deletions -- exactly like in the NEC. • Commentary is shaded in blue so it's easily distinguished from mandatory provisions. Abstract: The NEC has changed and staying up-to-code is essential! Make sure you're informed with the single most valuable tool for NEC users -- the 2011 NEC Handbook from NFPA. This is your hands-on source for the practical solutions and Code rationale you need to comply with the new NEC, avoid violations, and keep installations on time and on budget. The 2011 NEC Handbook is loaded with one-of-a-kind features: • Full 2011 NEC text -- no other electrical reference has it! • Expert commentary with coverage of changes in the 2011 NEC's requirements, including new rules focused on workplace safety • First-time commentary for new articles addressing green technologies, alternate energy, high-voltage installations, and other emerging issues • 500+ full-color photos and illustrations such as schematics, floor plans, and cross-sectional graphics not in the Code • For the first time, vertical rules alert you to Code additions, and change dots signal deletions -- exactly like in the NEC. • Commentary is shaded in blue so it's easily distinguished from mandatory provisions. Key Words: NEC, 70E, NESC, Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) Softbound, 2011 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 2010 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Adopted in all 50 states, NFPA 70®: National Electrical Code has saved untold lives with comprehensive requirements for electrical wiring and equipment. When the Code advances to incorporate new technologies, you can’t afford to fall behind! You need the 2011 NEC to safeguard people and property, and avoid violations. Major changes in the 2011 NEC meet consumer demand for alternate energy, green technologies, and IT equipment: • New Article 694 has first-time requirements for small wind electric systems. • Revised Article 625 includes updates on safe battery charging for plug-in hybrid vehicles that reduce the risk of explosion. • Revised Article 705 covers interconnecting generators, windmills, and solar and fuel cells with other power supplies. • New Article 840 addresses the increased demand for broadband communications systems with requirements for wireless, routers, and wireless disconnects. Abstract: Adopted in all 50 states, NFPA 70®: National Electrical Code has saved untold lives with comprehensive requirements for electrical wiring and equipment. When the Code advances to incorporate new technologies, you can’t afford to fall behind! You need the 2011 NEC to safeguard people and property, and avoid violations. Major changes in the 2011 NEC meet consumer demand for alternate energy, green technologies, and IT equipment: • New Article 694 has first-time requirements for small wind electric systems. • Revised Article 625 includes updates on safe battery charging for plug-in hybrid vehicles that reduce the risk of explosion. • Revised Article 705 covers interconnecting generators, windmills, and solar and fuel cells with other power supplies. • New Article 840 addresses the increased demand for broadband communications systems with requirements for wireless, routers, and wireless disconnects. Key Words: NEC, 70E, NESC, NFPA Title: 1999 National Electric Code(R) (NEC) Handbook Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Project Scope: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NECs. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NECs. Title: IEEE Standards Dictionary: Glossary of Terms & Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2008 Abstract: In the newly updated IEEE Standards Dictionary, professional experts and students alike will gain an in-depth understanding and appreciation for the breadth of coverage of IEEE standards terms and definitions—not found in any other single source. Key Words: Dictionary, Standards Terms, Electrical, Electronic, IEEE 100, Vocabulary, Terminology, Definitions Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 802.11 Wireless LAN Standards Series and Designer's Companion Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009 Project Scope: The IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer’s Companion, Second Edition is for the system network architects, hardware engineers and software engineers at the heart of this second stage in the evolution of 802.11 wireless LANs and for those designers that will take 802.11 to the next stage. Abstract: The IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer’s Companion, Second Edition is for the system network architects, hardware engineers and software engineers at the heart of this second stage in the evolution of 802.11 wireless LANs and for those designers that will take 802.11 to the next stage. Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code and Handbook and VuSpec Set (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2007 Project Scope: Includes the following: 2007 NESC: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. / The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. / 2007 VuSpec NESC CD-ROM Abstract: Includes the following: 2007 NESC: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. / The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. / 2007 VuSpec NESC CD-ROM Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection VuSpec CD-ROM and Road Map to Software Engineering Book Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 27, 2008 Project Scope: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection – VuSpec CD-ROM: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. / The Road Map to Software Engineering: A Standards-Based Guide (Paperback): Organizes relevant IEEE software and systems standards using two frameworks: the SWEBOK Guide's topical knowledge areas and the widely used IEEE/EIA 12207 standard. This useful guide is endorsed and recommended by the Software and Systems Engineering Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society for both practitioners and students. Abstract: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection – VuSpec CD-ROM: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. / The Road Map to Software Engineering: A Standards-Based Guide (Paperback): Organizes relevant IEEE software and systems standards using two frameworks: the SWEBOK Guide's topical knowledge areas and the widely used IEEE/EIA 12207 standard. This useful guide is endorsed and recommended by the Software and Systems Engineering Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society for both practitioners and students. Key Words: architectural design, configuration management, enabling system, infrastructure, life cycle, process reference model, quality management, stakeholder requirements, life cycle process standard, software integration activity, reuse library interoperability Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and Handbook Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: This set is sold as Hardcover and Softcover and includes the National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and Handbook Set This is not available as in PDF format Abstract: This set is sold as Hardcover and Softcover and includes the National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and Handbook Set This is not available as in PDF format Sponsor: IEEE Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Edition & Handbook Set (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2007 Project Scope: Publication Date: 1 August 2006 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC Handbook: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. Abstract: Publication Date: 1 August 2006 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC Handbook: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of ele Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code & Handbook Set (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (NEC 2008) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2008 Project Scope: SUMMARY (for NEC 2008): Revisions in the 2008 NFPA 70: National Electrical Code boost public safety, emergency preparedness, Code usability, and worker protection. SUMMARY (for NEC 2008 Handbook The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Abstract: SUMMARY (for NEC 2008): Revisions in the 2008 NFPA 70: National Electrical Code boost public safety, emergency preparedness, Code usability, and worker protection. SUMMARY (for NEC 2008 Handbook The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Key Words: NEC, National Electric Code Handbook, electrical safety Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Systems and Software Engineering with Applications, & Standards Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2010 Project Scope: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were referenced within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of Software. Abstract: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were referenced within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of Software. Key Words: 982.1-2005, 1633-2008, software reliability, availability, dependability, maintainability Sponsor: IEEE Title: An IEEE Guide: How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: "... may be the best single resource for Bluetooth Technologists. There is no quicker way to answer your nagging questions about the Bluetooth spec. . . it’s a valuable work that comes highly recommended for all levels of computer networking users.” Ian C. Gifford, Director of Standards, Tyco Electronics Unlike other books on the market that provide an overview of the Bluetooth technology, How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec goes further. It tells you how to actually read the 1600+ page, two volume specification that is comprised of multiple sections—in an easy-to-read style—and provides insight into the order or sequence in which you should read the spec’s sections. How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec is specifically designed to streamline the process of finding information about the Bluetooth technology. The book provides helpful hints about the spec so you have a fuller understanding of the technology and how it impacts you. Based on what you will be doing with the Bluetooth spec or your role in implementing the spec, it helps answer the question, “What do I really have to read and understand ” Abstract: "... may be the best single resource for Bluetooth Technologists. There is no quicker way to answer your nagging questions about the Bluetooth spec. . . it’s a valuable work that comes highly recommended for all levels of computer networking users.” Ian C. Gifford, Director of Standards, Tyco Electronics Unlike other books on the market that provide an overview of the Bluetooth technology, How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec goes further. It tells you how to actually read the 1600+ page, two volume specification that is comprised of multiple sections—in an easy-to-read style—and provides insight into the order or sequence in which you should read the spec’s sections. How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec is specifically designed to streamline the process of finding information about the Bluetooth technology. The book provides helpful hints about the spec so you have a fuller understanding of the technology and how it impacts you. Based on what you will be doing with the Bluetooth spec or your role in implementing the spec, it helps answer the question, “What do I really have to read and understand ” Sponsor: IEEE Title: Advanced Power Quality Analysis - IEEE Emerald Book Self-Study Course + Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Emerald Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam. Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Emerald Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam. Key Words: IEEE Std 1100 , Sponsor: IEEE Title: Guide to the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Covers such topics as: the need for the standards, issues related to information sharing, table top exercises, and how to incorporate the standards into existing communication systems. It also includes implementation guidelines and case studies on the equipment, software and policy changes agencies have made to enhance interaction among 1512 standard users. This guide is freely available at: http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/scc32/imwg/guide.pdf Abstract: Covers such topics as: the need for the standards, issues related to information sharing, table top exercises, and how to incorporate the standards into existing communication systems. It also includes implementation guidelines and case studies on the equipment, software and policy changes agencies have made to enhance interaction among 1512 standard users. This guide is freely available at: http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/scc32/imwg/guide.pdf Sponsor: IEEE Title: How To Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and the need to understand lightning protection. This Guide is available in PDF only. A two-year license is available that allows the reproduction and distribution in print and electronic formats for $950.00. For a license agreement, contact: http://standards.ieee.org/standardspress/contact_staff.html Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and the need to understand lightning protection. This Guide is available in PDF only. A two-year license is available that allows the reproduction and distribution in print and electronic formats for $950.00. For a license agreement, contact: http://standards.ieee.org/standardspress/contact_staff.html Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code Handbook (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Use the only comprehensive "road map" to the 2005 NEC®! Designing, installing, or inspecting today's complex electrical systems and equipment requires a thorough understanding of 2005 NEC requirements and their intent. When you need Code direction, the 2005 NEC Handbook is the most valuable source of facts and commentary combined! Based on the questions from the field, the NEC Handbook provides you with: - Color-coded solutions, examples, and answers to frequently asked questions about NEC use. Commentary is written by electrical professionals closely involved with Code development. - The complete 2005 NEC text and visuals. You won't need to flip back to your Code to apply requirements. - Over 500 illustrations and photos including full-color graphics. Handbook users say the graphics are especially useful for discussing installation requirements with building owners, subcontractors, and inspectors. Now featuring first-time commentary on all-new articles and recently added provisions! From cover to cover, the Handbook features revised commentary that brings you up-to-speed with the 2005 benchmark in electrical safety. For example, it explains the new NEC article governing control panels, and enhances your understanding of the changing provisions for GFCI and AFCI protection. Abstract: Use the only comprehensive "road map" to the 2005 NEC®! Designing, installing, or inspecting today's complex electrical systems and equipment requires a thorough understanding of 2005 NEC requirements and their intent. When you need Code direction, the 2005 NEC Handbook is the most valuable source of facts and commentary combined! Based on the questions from the field, the NEC Handbook provides you with: - Color-coded solutions, examples, and answers to frequently asked questions about NEC use. Commentary is written by electrical professionals closely involved with Code development. - The complete 2005 NEC text and visuals. You won't need to flip back to your Code to apply requirements. - Over 500 illustrations and photos including full- color graphics. Handbook users say the graphics are especially useful for discussing installation requirements with building owners, subcontractors, and inspectors. Now featuring first-time commentary on all-new articles and recently added provisions! From cover to cover, the Handbook features revised commentary that brings you up-to-speed with the 2005 benchmark in electrical safety. For example, it explains the new NEC article governing control panels, and enhances your understanding of the changing provisions for GFCI and AFCI protection. Sponsor: IEEE Title: NEC 2005 Pocket Guide to Electrical Installations Volume 1: Residential Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Save hours of reference time making homes electrically fire safe! Take this NEC Pocket Guide along. Electrical distribution equipment is among the leading causes of home fires. Do more to safeguard installations in single- and multiple-family dwellings by keeping the most- referenced 2005 NEC rules at your fingertips! NFPA's updated Pocket Guide to Residential Installations organizes Code requirements exactly the way they're encountered during a typical installation. You'll quickly access the latest provisions for: * General installations * Branch circuits, feeder, and service calculations * Overcurrent protection * Grounding * Switches * Plus scores of other applications You'll also find tips on constructing more efficient installations. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches. Abstract: Save hours of reference time making homes electrically fire safe! Take this NEC Pocket Guide along. Electrical distribution equipment is among the leading causes of home fires. Do more to safeguard installations in single- and multiple- family dwellings by keeping the most-referenced 2005 NEC rules at your fingertips! NFPA's updated Pocket Guide to Residential Installations organizes Code requirements exactly the way they're encountered during a typical installation. You'll quickly access the latest provisions for: * General installations * Branch circuits, feeder, and service calculations * Overcurrent protection * Grounding * Switches * Plus scores of other applications You'll also find tips on constructing more efficient installations. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches. Sponsor: IEEE Title: NEC 2005 Pocket Guide to Electrical Installations Volume 2: Commercial and Industrial Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: Reduce the risk of errors on electrical jobs in commercial occupancies. Check this updated NEC® Pocket Guide on every job! Work faster, more efficiently, and make sure you're in compliance with the 2005 NEC. NEC Pocket Guide to Commercial and Industrial Installations reflects major Code updates and new provisions impacting industrial occupancies. Whether you're working in offices or industrial plants, you can check your work against key portions of the 2005 NEC, such as requirements for the correct installation of: * Services * Boxes and enclosures * Cables * Generators * Transformers * Emergency systems In addition to the latest Code rules, the Pocket Guide is loaded with reference tables you'll turn to every day. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches. Abstract: Reduce the risk of errors on electrical jobs in commercial occupancies. Check this updated NEC® Pocket Guide on every job! Work faster, more efficiently, and make sure you're in compliance with the 2005 NEC. NEC Pocket Guide to Commercial and Industrial Installations reflects major Code updates and new provisions impacting industrial occupancies. Whether you're working in offices or industrial plants, you can check your work against key portions of the 2005 NEC, such as requirements for the correct installation of: * Services * Boxes and enclosures * Cables * Generators * Transformers * Emergency systems In addition to the latest Code rules, the Pocket Guide is loaded with reference tables you'll turn to every day. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches. Sponsor: IEEE Title: NFPA 70E Handbook for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2004 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion. Abstract: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion. Key Words: NFPA 70E , NEC Sponsor: IEEE Title: NFPA 70E Handbook for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2004 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003 Project Scope: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion. Abstract: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion. Key Words: NFPA 70E , NEC Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Code Handbook (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (NEC 2008) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2008 Project Scope: The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Also available :National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (STDPT95716) & NEC/NEC Handbook Set (STDPT95717) Abstract: The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Also available :National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (STDPT95716) & NEC/NEC Handbook Set (STDPT95717) Key Words: NEC, National Electric Code Handbook, electrical safety, Sponsor: IEEE Title: Tutorial on Hardware and Software Reliability, Maintainability and Availability Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2008 Project Scope: Computer systems, whether hardware or software, are subject to failure. Precisely, what is a failure. It is defined as: The inability of a system or system component to perform a required function within specified limits. A failure may be produced when a fault is encountered and a loss of the expected service to the user results [IEEE/AIAA P1633]. This brings us to the question of what is a fault. A fault is defect in the hardware or computer code that can be the cause of one or more failures. Software- based systems have become the dominant player in the computer systems world. Since it is imperative that computer systems operate reliably, considering the criticality of software, particularly in safety critical systems, the IEEE and AIAA commissioned the development of the Recommended Practice on Software Reliability. This tutorial serves as a companion document with the purpose of elaborating on key software reliability process practices in more detail than can be specified in the Recommended Practice. However, since other subjects like maintainability and availability are also covered, the tutorial can be used as a stand-alone document. While the focus of the Recommended Practice is software reliability, software and hardware do not operate in a vacuum. Therefore, both software and hardware are addressed in this tutorial in an integrated fashion. The narrative of the tutorial is augmented with illustrative solved problems. The recommended practice [IEEE P1633] is a composite of models and tools and describes the "what and how" of software reliability engineering. It is important for an organization to have a disciplined process if it is to produce high reliability software. This process uses a life cycle approach to software reliability that takes into account the risk to reliability due to requirements changes. A requirements change may induce ambiguity and uncertainty in the development process that cause errors in implementing the changes. Abstract: Computer systems, whether hardware or software, are subject to failure. Precisely, what is a failure. It is defined as: The inability of a system or system component to perform a required function within specified limits. A failure may be produced when a fault is encountered and a loss of the expected service to the user results [IEEE/AIAA P1633]. This brings us to the question of what is a fault. A fault is defect in the hardware or computer code that can be the cause of one or more failures. Software- based systems have become the dominant player in the computer systems world. Since it is imperative that computer systems operate reliably, considering the criticality of software, particularly in safety critical systems, the IEEE and AIAA commissioned the development of the Recommended Practice on Software Reliability. This tutorial serves as a companion document with the purpose of elaborating on key software reliability process practices in more detail than can be specified in the Recommended Practice. However, since other subjects like maintainability and availability are also covered, the tutorial can be used as a stand-alone document. While the focus of the Recommended Practice is software reliability, software and hardware do not operate in a vacuum. Therefore, both software and hardware are addressed in this tutorial in an integrated fashion. The narrative of the tutorial is augmented with illustrative solved problems. The recommended practice [IEEE P1633] is a composite of models and tools and describes the "what and how" of software reliability engineering. It is important for an organization to have a disciplined process if it is to produce high reliability software. This process uses a life cycle approach to software reliability that takes into account the risk to reliability due to requirements changes. A requirements change may induce ambiguity and uncertainty in the development process that cause errors in implementing the changes. Key Words: Software, Hardware, Reliability, computer systems, parallel systems, computer system maintenance and availability, software reliability models Sponsor: IEEE Title: National Electrical Safety Code Handbook 2007 (C2-2007 NESC) - David J. Marne Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 26, 2009 Project Scope: A Hands-on Guide to the 2007 NESC that Clarifies Code Rules for You to Achieve Full Compliance! McGraw-Hill's National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Handbook delivers a rule-by-rule annotation of the NESC that clarifies the often confusing Code text and allows you to perform your work confidently and safely. Designed for use with the Code itself, this expert resource guides readers through safety rules for the installation, operation, and maintenance of electrical supply stations and equipment, and also for overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. Abstract: A Hands-on Guide to the 2007 NESC that Clarifies Code Rules for You to Achieve Full Compliance! McGraw-Hill's National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Handbook delivers a rule-by-rule annotation of the NESC that clarifies the often confusing Code text and allows you to perform your work confidently and safely. Designed for use with the Code itself, this expert resource guides readers through safety rules for the installation, operation, and maintenance of electrical supply stations and equipment, and also for overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. Key Words: National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Handbook, C2-2007, NESC-20007, code rules, electrical safety, overhead lines, Sponsor: IEEE Title: Power Quality in Electrical Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2009 Project Scope: This book Identifies and Solves Key Electric-Power-Quality Problems and Ensure Reliable Power Delivery to All Customers. "Power Quality in Electrical Systems" equips you with the latest engineering techniques for providing power quality to all customers, and includes vital information on manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities. Based on an IEEE Professional Education course, the book is a practice-oriented engineering tutorial for solving key electric-power-quality problems. This skills- building resource is designed to improve job performance by taking you step- by-step through voltage distortion…harmonic current sources…power capacitors…corrections for power-quality problems …switched-mode power supplies…uninterruptible power supplies…standby power systems…power-quality measurements…and more. Filled with 100 detailed illustrations, Power Quality in Electrical Systems enables you to (a) Spot and correct key electric- power-quality problems (b) Achieve full compliance with IEEE standards (c) Examine switched-mode power supplies, rectifiers, and other loads that produce interference (d) Catch up on the latest standby power systems (e) Get vital information on power quality for manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities (f) Explore power-quality case studies with problems and worked solutions Abstract: This book Identifies and Solves Key Electric-Power-Quality Problems and Ensure Reliable Power Delivery to All Customers. "Power Quality in Electrical Systems" equips you with the latest engineering techniques for providing power quality to all customers, and includes vital information on manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities. Based on an IEEE Professional Education course, the book is a practice-oriented engineering tutorial for solving key electric-power-quality problems. This skills-building resource is designed to improve job performance by taking you step-by-step through voltage distortion…harmonic current sources…power capacitors…corrections for power-quality problems …switched-mode power supplies…uninterruptible power supplies…standby power systems…power-quality measurements…and more. Filled with 100 detailed illustrations, Power Quality in Electrical Systems enables you to (a) Spot and correct key electric-power-quality problems (b) Achieve full compliance with IEEE standards (c) Examine switched-mode power supplies, rectifiers, and other loads that produce interference (d) Catch up on the latest standby power systems (e) Get vital information on power quality for manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities (f) Explore power-quality case studies with problems and worked solutions Key Words: Power Quality in Electrical Systems, data processing, healthcare facilities, voltage distortion, harmonic current sources, power capacitors, Standby power systems Sponsor: IEEE Title: Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2009 Project Scope: The "Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems" offers you a comprehensive safety regimen, based on the fundamental characteristics of low-voltage electrical systems. Fully explaining the grounding and bonding of low-voltage systems as they relate to article 250 of the National Electrical Code®, this essential safety tool provides an analytical approach to accident control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. The occurrence of accidents in low-voltage (under 1kV) systems is much higher statistically than in higher voltage systems, driving an increasing number of academic and training courses in grounding and other safety techniques in low voltage. This book, designed for working electricians, electrical engineers, and students, takes the fundamentals of low-voltage system behavior and maps that theory to a series of practical safety steps that can be taken in working with these systems. Detailing and explicating the grounding and bonding of low voltage systems, and tying them to the application of article 250 of the National Electrical Code, the book provides an analytical approach to hazard control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. Current IEEE and IEC standards are referenced throughout. Abstract: The "Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems" offers you a comprehensive safety regimen, based on the fundamental characteristics of low-voltage electrical systems. Fully explaining the grounding and bonding of low-voltage systems as they relate to article 250 of the National Electrical Code®, this essential safety tool provides an analytical approach to accident control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. The occurrence of accidents in low-voltage (under 1kV) systems is much higher statistically than in higher voltage systems, driving an increasing number of academic and training courses in grounding and other safety techniques in low voltage. This book, designed for working electricians, electrical engineers, and students, takes the fundamentals of low-voltage system behavior and maps that theory to a series of practical safety steps that can be taken in working with these systems. Detailing and explicating the grounding and bonding of low voltage systems, and tying them to the application of article 250 of the National Electrical Code, the book provides an analytical approach to hazard control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. Current IEEE and IEC standards are referenced throughout. Key Words: Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems, National Electrical Code Sponsor: IEEE Title: CE Marking for Telecommunications: A Handbook to the Telecommunication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009 Project Scope: This publication provides clear insight into the requirements of the European Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (TTE Directive) and its affect on the US exporter and manufacturer. The reader will gain insights into the certification process, approval procedure, CE Marking, trade factors, liability issues as well as numerous useful addresses for future reference as you follow the steps to ready your product for export. Plus, it explores the history, scope, and relation with other directives including Low Voltage and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the complete TTE directive. Abstract: This publication provides clear insight into the requirements of the European Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (TTE Directive) and its affect on the US exporter and manufacturer. The reader will gain insights into the certification process, approval procedure, CE Marking, trade factors, liability issues as well as numerous useful addresses for future reference as you follow the steps to ready your product for export. Plus, it explores the history, scope, and relation with other directives including Low Voltage and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the complete TTE directive. Key Words: CE Marking, Electromagnetic Compatibility, TTE directive, low voltage, telecommunications, equipment Sponsor: IEEE Title: Fault Calculations in Industrial/Commercial Power Systems - IEEE Red Book Self-Study Course Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009 Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam Key Words: 141-1993, Red Book Sponsor: IEEE Title: Advanced Power Quality Analysis - IEEE Emerald Book Self-Study Course Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009 Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam Key Words: 1100-2005, Emerald Book Sponsor: IEEE Title: How To Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2006 Project Scope: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and the need to understand lightning protection. Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and the need to understand lightning protection. Key Words: Lightning, AC power, communication circuits, surge protectors Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards Collection: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 2008 **For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or Distributors. Project Scope: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219-1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219- 1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards! Key Words: C37 Collection, Switchgear, Substations, Relays, Circuit Breaker, Fuse Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 1547 - Electric Power Systems - Set on CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2008 Project Scope: This CD-ROM set includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007 Abstract: This CD-ROM set includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007 Key Words: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007, certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed generation Sponsor: IEEE Title: Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service: An Engineering Perspective Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2009 Project Scope: This book is part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Networks Series. This book describes Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service enhancements. Those enhancements enable the support of real-time applications such as voice and video. The scope of the book includes: - Overview of QoS mechanisms and architectures. - WLAN QoS mechanisms and relationship to QoS general architectures. - Performance analysis and case studies. WLAN QoS planning and engineering are challenging tasks to both network operators and end users. This book is an attempt to satisfy the need for better understanding of WLAN QoS features as well as the related engineering challenges. The reader will be able to understand WLAN QoS mechanisms and features in a simple and clear way beyond that obtained by just reading standard documents. The reader of the book should be able to understand: - WLAN QoS basic operation. How WLAN QoS is related to other QoS architectures especially IP QoS, and the related interworking issues. - How to tackle WLAN QoS main issues including admission control, scheduling, and buffer management. How to engineer a WLAN-based network to support QoS-based applications. Abstract: This book is part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Networks Series. This book describes Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service enhancements. Those enhancements enable the support of real-time applications such as voice and video. The scope of the book includes: - Overview of QoS mechanisms and architectures. - WLAN QoS mechanisms and relationship to QoS general architectures. - Performance analysis and case studies. WLAN QoS planning and engineering are challenging tasks to both network operators and end users. This book is an attempt to satisfy the need for better understanding of WLAN QoS features as well as the related engineering challenges. The reader will be able to understand WLAN QoS mechanisms and features in a simple and clear way beyond that obtained by just reading standard documents. The reader of the book should be able to understand: - WLAN QoS basic operation. How WLAN QoS is related to other QoS architectures especially IP QoS, and the related interworking issues. - How to tackle WLAN QoS main issues including admission control, scheduling, and buffer management. How to engineer a WLAN-based network to support QoS-based applications. Key Words: Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service, WLAN QoS , QoS- based applications Sponsor: IEEE Title: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards: VuSpec Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Summary: • Includes Over 45 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society to Stay Informed; Visit the T&D Committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow Remarks: CD - HTML/PDF/FLASH Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 4.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access (required to view online resources). Abstract: Summary: • Includes Over 45 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on- screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society to Stay Informed; Visit the T&D Committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow Remarks: CD - HTML/PDF/FLASH Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Microsoft®Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe Reader 4.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access (required to view online resources). Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE 1547-2011 Series CD-ROM Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: The 1547 series of interconnection standards is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for standards development. The 1547 standard focuses on the technical specifications for, and testing of, the interconnection itself. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements, response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of distributed resources (DR), including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The 1547.1 standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE 1547 ™. The 1547.2 standard provides technical background and application details to support the understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003. The guide facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and their associated interconnection issues. It provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std 1547-2003. It also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it addresses topics related to DR project implementation to enhance the user's understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. The 1547.3 standard is intended to facilitate the interoperability of distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders implement monitoring, information exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical and business operations of DR and transactions Abstract: The 1547 series of interconnection standards is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for standards development. This CD-ROM includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 1547.2-2008 and 1547.3-2007. The 1547 standard focuses on the technical specifications for, and testing of, the interconnection itself. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements, response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of distributed resources (DR), including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The 1547.1 standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE 1547 ™. The 1547.2 standard provides technical background and application details to support the understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003. The guide facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and their associated interconnection issues. It provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std 1547- 2003. It also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it addresses topics related to DR project implementation to enhance the user's understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. The 1547.3 standard is intended to facilitate the interoperability of distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders implement monitoring, information exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical and business operations of DR and transactions Key Words: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005, 1547.2-2008 & 1547.3-2007, certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed generation, storage energy storage faults flicker fuel cells generators grid harmonics IEEE induction machines inverters interconnection requirements and specifications islanding microturbines monitoring and control paralleling power converters, networks, quality photovoltaic power systems point of common coupling public utility commissions reclosing coordination regulations rule making, federal, national, regional, state standards synchronous machines testing utilities wind energy systems Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2012 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) and Handbook Set Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: 2012 NESC: This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2012 NESC Handbook: The 2012 NESC® Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. Abstract: PRE-ORDER NOW! Available 1 August 2011. 2012 NESC: This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2012 NESC Handbook: The 2012 NESC® Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Title: National Electrical Code(r) (NEC(r)) Softbound and Handbook Set, 2011 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2010 Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: • 2011 NEC Softbound, the bestselling format for electrical contractors and installers. Hundreds of revisions in the 2011 NEC include groundbreaking changes that broaden the Code's scope to cover alternate energy sources, green technologies, IT systems, and high voltage installations. The portable NEC Softbound puts the latest requirements within reach 24/7 -- in the office and on the job site. (Softbound) • 2011 NEC Handbook. Loaded with one-of-a-kind features, this is your reliable source for practical solutions and Code rationale. Only the NEC Handbook has the full 2011 NEC text, expert commentary on NEC use including new applications, and real-world examples from the field. 500+ full-color visuals include schematics, floor plans, flow charts, and photos that depict application of requirements. (Hardbound) Abstract: This Set consists of 2011 NEC Softbound and 2011 NEC Handbook • 2011 NEC Softbound, the bestselling format for electrical contractors and installers. Hundreds of revisions in the 2011 NEC include groundbreaking changes that broaden the Code's scope to cover alternate energy sources, green technologies, IT systems, and high voltage installations. The portable NEC Softbound puts the latest requirements within reach 24/7 -- in the office and on the job site. (Softbound) • 2011 NEC Handbook. Loaded with one- of-a-kind features, this is your reliable source for practical solutions and Code rationale. Only the NEC Handbook has the full 2011 NEC text, expert commentary on NEC use including new applications, and real-world examples from the field. 500+ full-color visuals include schematics, floor plans, flow charts, and photos that depict application of requirements. (Hardbound) Sponsor: IEEE Title: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4, Third Edition Status: New Standard Project Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Esaleta Corbin, Phone:732-562-3821, Email:e.corbin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: IEEE 802.15.4 was developed to address low-cost and low-power design to enable applications in the fields of industrial, agricultural, vehicular, residential, and medical sensors and actuators. This book offers the reader an insider's view of the standard. Features include an overview of the standard, the motivation and vision behind it, background on the technology, technical features and components, application scenarios, and material not covered in the standard related to the network layer functionality for applications. The book also focuses on implementation and system design considerations, including an analysis of system-level, real- world issues that will be important for prospective implementers to consider. Project Purpose: The Third Edition of Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 now includes detailed information from the revised IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard, including amendment IEEE 802.15.4b. Abstract: The Third Edition of Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 now includes detailed information from the revised IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard, including amendment IEEE 802.15.4b. Presented in a concise and easy to read format by experts intimately involved in the development and writing of the standard, this guide is a valuable resource to the standard for those interested in the field of "simple" wireless connectivity. IEEE 802.15.4 was developed to address low-cost and low-power design to enable applications in the fields of industrial, agricultural, vehicular, residential, and medical sensors and actuators. This book offers the reader an insider's view of the standard. Features include an overview of the standard, the motivation and vision behind it, background on the technology, technical features and components, application scenarios, and material not covered in the standard related to the network layer functionality for applications. The book also focuses on implementation and system design considerations, including an analysis of system-level, real-world issues that will be important for prospective implementers to consider. Low-Rate Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 is a MUST READ for anyone who wants to fully understand the inner-workings and possibilities of the IEEE 802.15.4 standard. Key Words: Software, Hardware, Reliability, computer systems, parallel systems Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Sixth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1994- 1996 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code® as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2 Key Words: electric supply, supply stations, overhead electric, electric supply, communication lines, supply lines, undergroun electric, underground lines, clearances, strength requirement Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Operations Manual - 1995 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1995 Status: Superseded Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electric Machinery Collection - 1995 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Abstract: IEEE electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the- job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This collection contains 24 current standards and recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms of electric or mechanical energy. Key Words: electric machinery Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual - 1994 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: stye Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® Preprint 1997 Proposals Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection - 1994 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Abstract: With the rising costs associated with software development and maintenance today, reduced costs and increased efficiency have become two key factors for programmers and engineers developing software solutions. The best way to maximize software development investments is to comply with the most current software engineering standards mandated by industry today, IEEE software engineering standards. Now, all the widely used IEEE software engineering standards are included in the 1994 edition of the Software Engineering Standards Collection. This edition contains 26 of the most up-to-date standards, covering software terminology, software design descriptions, user documentation and software maintenance. Title: Electric Machinery Collection Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: Supplement to IEEE Standards Collection Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses C37 1993 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection 1993 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Collection C37 1993 Edition-Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Style Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Board ByLaws - 1992 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Third Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®,1991- 1993 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric, supply, stations, overhead, communication, lines, underground, clearances Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic and Letter Symbols and Reference Designation Collection — 1992 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Key Words: graphic, letter, symbol Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatability Collection -1992 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Key Words: electromagnetic, compatibility Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standard Board Operations Manual - 1992 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Manual Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code® Interpretations, 1991-1993 Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Key Words: electric supply, overhead, communication lines, underground, clearances, strength, requirements Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1991- 1993 Interpretations Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Vince Condello, Phone:201-836-3214 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Style Manual - 1991 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Summer 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: C62 Complete 1990 Edition: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Manual - 1990 Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: 1990 Annual Activities Report Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems - Complete1989 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Safety, Maintenance, and Operation of Lines (ESMOL): Fall 1990 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards Collection, Spring 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Abstracts/Index Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: 1989 Annual Activities Report Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: Posix International Style Guide Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive Status: Superseded **Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®) Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number SH94550 Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2. Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1984-1987 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1981-1984 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1978-1980 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1961-1977 Inclusive Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE-IPCEA Power Cable Ampacities Status: Superseded **Revised as IEEE Std 835 Publication type: Special Publication Title: Logic Symbols and Diagrams Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: Electrical and Electronics Graphic Symbols and Reference Designations Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations 1988-1990, Inclusive Status: Superseded **A companion to NESC Interpretations 1961-1977, 1978-1980, 1981-1984, and 1984-1987 inclusive Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: elec supply stations, overhd elec supply, communications lines, undergd elec supply, clearances , strength requiremts Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Fall 1990 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: CAMAC Instrumentation and Interface Standards Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Preprint 1993 Proposals Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: NESC Handbook: Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code—Second Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Standards Press Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems, Spring 1991 Edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Collection Title: NESC Interpretation - 5th edition Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Designation: - Title: NESC Archives 1973-2000 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006 Abstract: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2000, NESC®: The Archives (1973- 2000) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2000) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electric supply stations, electric utility stations; electrical safety; high-voltage safety; operation of communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety Designation: 1-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice - General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electrical Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001 **Supersedes 1-1986 (R1992). Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:410-245-8473, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Change title to a recommended practice, revise table 1, add a table to part IV, coordinate the revisions of IEEE 1, 98, and 99 for consistency, review terms and definitions for harmonization with IEC85 and IEC 505-1, revise Foreward. Project Purpose: To make the title consistent with the text. To include all temperature indexes for materials and temperature classes for insulation systems. To harmonize with IEC 85 and 505-1. Abstract: " This recommended practice is intended to serve in the preparation of standards that areprincipally concerned with the thermal endurance of EIM and simple combinations of suchmaterials, with the establishment of limiting temperatures of EIS, and with the provision of generalprinciples for thermal classification of EIS. " Key Words: IEEE 1 Designation: 1-1986 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Designation: 100 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: IEEE Standards Reference InfoBase on CD-Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 1997 **An enhanced version of the IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms. Publication type: Electronic Product Designation: 100-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: The IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Sixth Edition Status: Superseded **This standard is one of a number of information technology dictionaries being developed by standards organizations accredited by the American National Standards Institute. This dictionary was developed under the sponsorship of voluntary standards organizations, using a consensus-based process. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Terms defined in the approved IEEE standards issued by all IEEE standards-generating bodies and accredited standards committees. Additional technical terms already present in the current edition of the dictionary. Acronyms and abbreviations deemed useful to IEEE members. Abstracts of IEEE standards. Project Purpose: To collect the definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations from IEEE standards and combine them into one authoritative document. Designation: 100-1992 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: The New IEEE Standards Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1993 Abstract: Over 30,000 terms and definitions that have been standardized by IEEE are included. Over 10,000 new and revised terms have been added since 1988. New edition includes abstracts of IEEE standards. Includes extensive acronym and abbreviation section. Key Words: dictionary, electrical, electronics, terms, Terminology Designation: 100-1988 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms - Fourth Edition Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1988 Designation: 1000-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Backplane Interface: STEbus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. Technical Contact: Tim Elsmore **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Methods are established for performance testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides, assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies. Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which employs a system that counts all events above a low- energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system with a counting window that establishes upper and lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a system utilizing multiple counting windows. Key Words: ste, bus, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1001-1988 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: IEEE Guide for Interfacing Dispersed Storage and Generation Facilities with Electric Utility Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989 Abstract: The purpose of this IEEE guide is to alert electric utilities, manufacturers of dispersed storage and generation (DSG) equipment, consultants, contractors and DSG owners, and operators to the engineering concerns inherent in operating dispersed generators in parallel with utility systems; to describe proper interface construction techniques and operating procedures for those generators; to emphasize safety aspects involved; and to call attention to possible DSG impact on utility customers. Key Words: DSG, dispersed storage and generation, dispersed generators, utility systems, interface construction, safety Designation: 1002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: The taxonomy will contain a scheme to organize, classify, and relate standards guidelines and recommended practices used in software engineering. The taxonomy will provide recommendations reflecting current state-of-the-art in the application of engineering principles to classification, evolution, and evaluation of Software Engineering Standards. Project Purpose: To make changes to harmonize the standard with existing Software Engineering Standards and update information in appendices on how to apply standard. Designation: 1002-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1987 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The form and content of a software engineering standards taxonomy is described. Applicability is not restricted by software application, size, complexity, critically, or hardware environment. The taxonomy applies to standards (from the related disciplines of engineering management, systems engineering, computer hardware engineering, computer science, and information science) with which a software engineer would be reasonably acquainted and is application independent. The various types of software engineering standards, their functional and external relationships, and the role of various functions participating in the software life cycle are described. The taxonomy can be used in planning the development or evaluation of standards for an organization and could serve as a basis for classifying a set of standards or for organizing a standards manual. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: taxonomy, software, engineering Designation: 1003.0-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide to the POSIX(R) Open System Environment (OSE) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: May 02, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1995 Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress. Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: POSIX, architecture, open, LAN, networks, open system environment, profiles, OSE, application portability, application interoperability Designation: 1003.0 Int'l Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Technical Report—Guide to POSIX® Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1003.1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1003.1-2004 Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009 Project Scope: IEEE Std 1003.1-200x defines a standard operating system interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or "shell"), and common utility programs to support applications portability at the source code level. It is intended to be used by both applications developers and system implementors. IEEE Std 1003.1-200x comprises four major components (each in an associated volume): 1. General terms, concepts, and interfaces common to all volumes of IEEE Std 1003.1- 200x, including utility conventions and C-language header definitions, are included in the Base Definitions volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 2. Definitions for system service functions and subroutines, language-specific system services for the C programming language, function issues, including portability, error handling, and error recovery, are included in the System Interfaces volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 3. Definitions for a standard source code-level interface to command interpretation services (a "shell") and common utility programs for application programs are included in the Shell and Utilities volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 4. Extended rationale that did not fit well into the rest of the document structure, containing historical information concerning the contents of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x and why features were included or discarded by the standard developers, is included in the Rationale (Informative) volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. The following areas are outside of the scope of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x: * Graphics interfaces * Database management system interfaces * Record I/O considerations * Object or binary code portability * System configuration and resource availability IEEE Std 1003.1-200x describes the external characteristics and facilities that are of importance to applications developers, rather than the internal construction techniques employed to achieve these capabilities. Special emphasis is placed on those functions and facilities that are needed in a wide variety of commercial applications. The facilities provided in IEEE Std 1003.1-200x are drawn from the following base documents: * IEEE Std 1003.1™, 2004 Edition (POSIX-1) (incorporating IEEE Stds 1003.1™-2001, 1003.1™-2001/Cor 1-2002 and 1003.1™-2001/Cor 2-2004) * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 1 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 2 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 3 * Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 4 * ISO/IEC 9899:1999, Programming Languages - C. Project Purpose: The basic goal was to promote portability of application programs across UNIX system environments by developing a clear, consistent, and unambiguous standard for the interface specification of a portable operating system based on the UNIX system documentation. POSIX.1-2008 codifies the common,existing definition of the UNIX system. Abstract: This standard is simultaneously ISO/IEC 9945, IEEE Std 1003.1, and forms the core of the Single Unix Specification, Version 3. This 2004 edition includes IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002 and IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004 incorporated into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (the base document). The two Corrigenda address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. These changes are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the base documents that were incorporated into the IEEE Std 1003.1-2001, which is the single common revision to IEEE Std 1003.1-1996, IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, ISO/IEC 9945- 1:1996, ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, and the Base Specifications of The Open Group Single UNIX® Specification, Version 2. Key Words: 1003.1-2008, application program interface (API), argument, asynchronous, basic regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system,built- in utility, byte, child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular expression (ERE), FIFO, file access control mechanism, input/output (I/O), job control, network, portable operating system interface (POSIX®), parent, shell, stream, string, synchronous, system, thread, X/Open System Interface (XSI) Designation: 1003.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for IEEE Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2008. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 14, 2002 Project Scope: 1003.1-1990 and its supplements + 1003.2-1992 plus its supplements + SUSv2 XSH5 + XCU5 + XBD5 + Portability Considerations from 1003.1/1003.2 plus additional rationale and notes from 1003.1 and 1003.2 + amendments to 1003.1/.2 - legacy features - obsolescent features + XNS5.2 & resolutions passed by OGTGnet concerning the included sections of XNS + issues raised by IEEE/ISO Interps against .1/.2 and resolutions passed by OGTGbase concerning the included sections of SUSv2 + harmonization of options vs. feature groups + resolution of XCU text marked OF,OP,PI and UN (on a case by case basis). See the long scope for further detailed information. Project Purpose: Provide a single standard addressing the needs of users of all the documents being revised and supported by as much of the overall industry as possible. Address problems discovered during the lifetimes of the current documents. The current standards are approaching ten years or more in age; and this is the promised revision, whose scope is being expanded by including accepted practice based on the contents of the Single UNIX Specification. Abstract: 2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of theoriginal Base documents. Key Words: "application program interface (API), argument, asynchronous, basic regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system, built-in utility, byte, child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular expression (ERE), FIFO, file access control mechanism" Designation: 1003.1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Superseded **Sold as ISO/IEC 9945-1. Revision of 1003.1-1988. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1991 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Key Words: POSIX, System Application, Portable Operating , C Language Designation: 1003.1-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 22, 1988, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1989 Abstract: The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 are presented. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: Interpretations, portable, operating, systems, interface, computer, environments Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1 2002 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Technical Corrigendum Number 1 Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2008. This corrigendum was made available as ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology-Portable Operating System Interfase (Posix)- Technical Corrigendum 1 Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This technical corrigendum addresses issues raised in defect reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval of this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: a. They are in the scope of the approved standard. b. They contain no new APIs (functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols, non-function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. c. They address contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add consistency between the standard and overriding standards, or address security-related problems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigenda is to address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the Base documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. This will benefit the body of users of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. Abstract: Remarks: This product is only available a PDF, and is not available for sale by resellers. Key Words: IEEE 1003.1 , IEEE 1003.1-2001 , IEEE 1003.1-2001/Cor 1 , IEEE 1003.1/Cor 1 Tentative Publication Date: 30 May 2003 Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Technical Corrigendum Number 2 Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2008. Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This technical corrigendum will address issues raised in defect reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval of this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: (a). They are in the scope of the approved standard. (b). They contain no new APIs (functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols, non- function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. (c). They address contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add consistency between the standard and overriding standards, or address security-related problems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigendum is to address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 and IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the Base documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1- 2001. This will benefit the body of users of IEEE Std 1003.1 and will be the second such technical corrigendum. Abstract: Technical Corrigendum 2 addresses problems discovered since the approval of the 2003 edition of The Open Group Base Specifications, Issue 6, IEEE Std 1003.1, and ISO/IEC 9945. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the original Base documents. Key Words: application program interface (API) , argument , asynchronous , basic regular expression (BRE) , batch job , batch system , built-in utility , byte , child , command language interpreter , CPU , extended regular expression (ERE) , FIFO , file access cont Designation: P1003.1-2008/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial errors made during the preparation of 1003.1-2008 latest version, which covers Portable Operating System Interfaces. This corrigendum includes the corrections made in the errata. Project Purpose: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial errors made during the preparation of 1003.1-2008, latest version, which covers Portable Operating System Interfaces. Designation: 1003.1.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1e Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (October 1994 Edition) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 11, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: computer, computer environment, interfaces, interpretations, portable operating, system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (March 1994 Edition) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994 **1003.1/2003.1/INT, March 1994 Edition Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1 -1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)- Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1 -1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX- Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: POSIX, testing, test methods Designation: 1003.1/I-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer Environments (IEEE Std 1003.1-1988) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 08, 1992 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1 -1988 are presented. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: Interpretations, portable, operating, systems, interface, computer, environments Designation: 1003.10-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology POSIX(R)-Based Supercomputing Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996 Abstract: This standard is related to the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It specifies the set of standards and the requirements needed for portability of supercomputing applications, users, and system administrators. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: AEP, application portability, batch, portable application, profile, queue, resource, supercomputer, supercomputing, user portability Designation: 1003.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Operating Systems Title: POSIX based Transaction Processing Applications Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Elliot Brebner, Phone:612/473-1772 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1003.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1g Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.13-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile (AEP) - POSIX Realtime and Embedded Application Support Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 10, 2004 **Supersedes 1003.13-1999. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for embedded and realtime applications utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profile definitions are expected: a large one for full- function realtime systems, a small one for embedded control systems, and one or more profiles of intermediate size. It will also update the existing profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile PSE51 may be simplified, and PSE53 made slightly larger. Interpretation requests regarding 1003.13-1998 received up to the time of the first 1003.13 revision ballot will be considered as input to this work. The Ada bindings to POSIX (the IEEE 1003.5-series standards) plus P1003.26 (should it be approved before the first 1003.13 Revision ballot), will also be profiled. Note: The above scope is identical to the original 1003.13 scope, except that the original "an intermediate realtime system definitions" becomes "and one or more intermediate realtime system definitions", and the word "embedded" is added. In fact, 1003.13-1998 has four profiles, and is being cited for embedded applications in addition to the traditional realtime applications. The scope of P1003.13a and P1003.13b have also been included above, edited to reflect the revision of 1003.1, and P1003.26 has been added. The 1003.5-series standards are already profiled in 1003.13-1998, and are now explicitly mentioned. Scope from Previous PARs - Original 1003.13-1998 scope (PAR approved 9 December 1997): "The project will define Application Environment Profiles for realtime applications utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profiles are expected: one for full function, realtime systems, one for embedded control systems, and an intermediate realtime systems definition."; Scope of Proposed Project [P1003.13a, January 1994]: "This work will extend the POSIX P1003.13 interfaces to include the interfaces of P1003.4d (formerly P1003.4b) and "P1003.4d" (nickname, real name to be supplied when assigned)."; Scope of Proposed Project [P1003.13b, 19 July 2000]: "This work will amend the four 1003.13 profiles in two ways. Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q services into the profiles. It will also update the profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile may be simplified. Interpretation requests received up to the time of the first ballot draft will be considered as input to this work." Project Purpose: With approval of P1003.1 (the 1003.1 Revision) expected in 2001, the basis upon which the existing (1003.13-1998) and planned (P1003.13a, P1003.13b) profiles depended has changed, and all old and new APIs being profiled are to be found in what will likely become IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. There is substantial embedded/realtime-kernel industry experience with various non-standard variants of all the proposed profiles and their underlying interfaces. Multiple RTOS and RT/Embedded Linux vendors are now claiming compliance (if not conformance) to various 1003.13- 1998 profiles. The purpose of 1003.13, and now of the 1003.13 Revision, is to unify this area. Note: The above purpose is semantically identical to the original purpose, except that the original list of IEEE 1003-series standards to be profiled has been replaced by their sole successor, 1003.1- 2001, and the 1003.5-series standards (Ada bindings to POSIX) and P1003.26 (Device Control) have been added. These changes also have the effect of including the purpose of both P1003.13a and P1003.13b. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.13-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyStandardized Application Environment Profile (AEP)POSIX(R) Realtime and Embedded Application Support" Key Words: "AEP, application portability, data processing environment, embedded, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX profiles, realtime, realtime application environments" Designation: 1003.13-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile - POSIX(R) Realtime Application Support Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.13-2003. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for realtime application utilizing the POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profiles are expected: one for full function, realtime systems, one for embedded control systems, and an intermediate realtime system definition. Project Purpose: With the completion of balloting of P1003.4 system interfaces for realtime and other applications, it is critical to define a coherent grouping of the options to allow realtime users to specify target sets for acquisition. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standardized profiles for open systems. It defines environment profiles for portable realtime applications. Designation: 1003.13a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application Environment Profile - POSIX(R) Embedded Realtime Application Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide additional POSIX profiles that address the embedded realtime Ada application environment. The new profiles will address functionality, options defined in POSIX 5b and 5q, implementation defined features, and undefined behavior. Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime Ada application programs with smaller subsets of POSIX features. The new profiles will define a set of functions and options so the operating system and application programs can meet timing and sizing requirements. Designation: 1003.13b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology-Standardized Application Environment Profile-POSIX Realtime Application Support (AEP)-Amendment of Extended Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This work will amend the four 1003.13 profiles in two ways. Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q services into the profiles.] It will also update the profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime system profile may be simplified. Interpretation requests received up to the time of the first ballot draft will be considered as input to this work. Project Purpose: The 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q standards were not approved at the time 1003.13 was in progress. However, 1003.1d and 1003.1j are now approved, and 1003.1a and 1003.1q are expected to be approved in the very near future. Therefore, it is time to fold their services into the 1003.13 profiles. In addition, recent implementation experience has indicated ways in which the original four profiles can be streamlined. Designation: 1003.14 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Standardized Profile - POSIX Multiprocessor Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The standard will define an Application Environment Profile for multiprocessor application environments. The profile will be based on the relevant P1003.x standards required for applications within POSIX environments on multiprocessor computer systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to (a) develop an IEEE standard AEP for multiprocessor application environments, (b) cooperate with other P1003 working groups to include required extensions to support applications portability across multiprocessors, and (c) submit additional PARs when needed to cover extensions to POSIX for multiprocessor applications environments. Designation: 1003.15 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX®) - Batch Environment Amendments Status: Changed Designation **Formerly P1003.17. Changed Designation to 1003.2d. Project Scope: This standard will define utilities, library routines, system administration interfaces, and application level protocol to provide a network queuing and batch system in a POSIX environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to extend POSIX to provide a network queuing and batch system. These extensions include the following: 1. Utilities for the submission and management of the requests. 2. System administration interface for the creation, management, and authorization of the network queuing and batch processing system. 3. Library routines for application access to utilities and the queue and request database. 4. Application level protocol. 5. Portability of applications, user and system administrators. Designation: 1003.15a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.2d Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.17 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX)—Part 1: Directory Services Application Programming Interface Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1224.2. Project Scope: 1. The standard will define an application programming interface to a directory service, including but not necessarily limited to X.500 functionality. The standard will provide language-independent specification and C-Language binding. 2. The standard will specify related name space(s), with naming rules and schema, that are supported by POSIX systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a standard interface supporting the development of applications that use directory services. The interface will support access to X.500 services and perhaps other directory services. Designation: 1003.18 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Standardized Profile-- POSIX Interactive Systems Application Environment Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Designation: 1003.1a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - [C Language] Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will provide a vehicle for moving forward some now stable work. The proposed amendments to 1003.1 will add interfaces for application portability, particularly in the areas of •Symbolic Links • File tree walkin • UID and GID manipulation •Environment Manipulation •Add interfaces and definitions previously published in 1003.2, but that more properly belong in 1003.1 •Removal of definitions that more properly belong in 1003.2 •Removal of support for "common usage" C language, and requiring ISO 9899 C instead. The standard will also include any technical corrigenda resolved during the interpretation process on 1003.1-1990, identified by October 31, 1995. Project Purpose: To add several well established interfaces to the 1003.1-1990 standard. Designation: 1003.1b-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C language] Status: Superseded **Approval included redesignation (formerly P1003.4). Available as ISO/IEC 9945-1. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for realtime applications. Key Words: POSIX, real time, extensions, LAN, API, data processing, information interchange, open systems, realtime, computer interface, System configuration computer , Portable application, Operating system, C programming language, Application portability Designation: 1003.1c-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment 2: Threads Extension (C Language) Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996. (Formerly 1003.4a.) History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Designation: 1003.1d-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)-- Amendment 4: Additional Realtime Extensions [C Language] Status: Superseded **formerly 1003.4b. Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: This work activity will extend the system interfaces defined by 1003.1 (as amended by 1003.1b, 1003.1c, and 1003.1i) to include the following additional facilities required by realtime applications: an efficient process creation mechanism, additional realtime scheduling policies, interfaces for execution time monitoring, interfaces for interacting with special devices, interfaces for improving I/O performance, and timeouts for blocking functions. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: A strong need exists to extend the POSIX interfaces to provide more complete realtime functions. The existing interfaces of POSIX when including the 1003.1b and 1003.1c extensions, provide the base functions to support the portability of applications with realtime requirements. Examples of needed extensions are additional realtime scheduling policies such as deadline, an interface to allow the solution of the priority inversion problem of existing synchronization mechanisms, possible additional synchronization mechanisms, and address the issue of portability at the device driver interface. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user inter-faces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to system services for spawning a process, timeouts for blocking services, sporadic server scheduling, execution time clocks andtimers, and advisory information for file management. This standard is stated in terms of its Cbinding. Key Words: "API, application portability, C (programming language), data processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, realtime" Designation: 1003.1e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment n: Protection, Audit and Control Interfaces [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.1 for security related functional requirements and system interfaces in the areas of accountability, extended discretionary access control, mandatory access control, security information labeling, and fine-grained capabilities. Project Purpose: Providing P1003.1 developers with the option of using interfaces to implement portable applications with security features, and to determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability, discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities (privilege) to existing P1003.1 interfaces. Designation: 1003.1f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 1: Network-Transparent File Access Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **formerly P1003.8 Technical Contact: Jason Zions, Phone:970-204-9900, Email:jazz@softway.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Project Scope: The Standard will: •Extend (or modify), as necessary, the syntax and semantics of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 and other relevant 1003 Standards into a networked environment, consonant with current and future mechanisms which provide a corresponding network service, and •Define administrative interfaces uniquely required to support such extension (or modification). Project Purpose: The Standard is to both extend and circumscribe IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 and other interfaces in such a way as to enable portable applications to be written without regard to the location of files they manipulate, whether local or remote. In addition, certain aspects of system administration would pertain solely to managing and controlling the mechanisms which would support network-transparent file access; interfaces are needed to permit management and control functions to be performed portably. Designation: 1003.1g-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment 6: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To define a programatic interface for network process-to-process communication. Project Purpose: To provide a programatic interface that allows a portable application to communicate with another entity in a network such that the application may be independent of the underlying protocols. Furthermore, access to protocol-specific features will be made available in a protocol- independent framework. Designation: 1003.1h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) Part 1: System API Extensions - Services for Reliable, Available, and Serviceable Systems [C Language] Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to P1003.25 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for fault management. This work will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX API specifications. The Fault Management extensions to the POSIX specification will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, re-configuration for component isolation, fault recovery, error-logging, notification, and dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the collection and distribution of error information to analyse the errors at the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the application to diagnose and specify corrective actions the scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality which are in common practice. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by application programs. These underlying services may support detection, logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation; classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and recovery. Designation: 1003.1i-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment: Technical Corrigenda to Realtime Extension [C Language] Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1. Designation: 1003.1j-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)-- Amendment 5: Advanced Realtime Extensions [C Language] Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide 'C' language bindings for additional realtime functions for Typed Memory, Absolute Nanosleep, Barrier Synchronization, Reader/Writer Lock, Monotonic Clock, and Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends. Project Purpose: To amend P1003.1 with 'C' binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with realtime and specialized hardware control requirements. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to system services for synchronization, memory management, time management, and thread management. This standard is stated interms of its C language binding. Key Words: "API, application portability, C(programming language), data processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, system configuration computer interface" Designation: 1003.1k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System API Supplement - Removable Media Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will refine the behavior as open(), close(), read(), and write() as they pertain to removable serial media. Adds new API's appropriate to serial media including positioning and statusing. This work may expand the list of errors to include those pertaining explicitly to removable media. This work is based upon existing common practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this work is to standardize the set of API's to position serial removable media and the current behavior of the commonly used I/O functions. Designation: 1003.1m Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment x: Checkpoint/Restart Interface [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will define optional APIs for Checkpointing a process or processes and subsequently restarting that process or processes. The Checkpoint/Restart extensions to the Posix specifications will be comprised of optional APIs for checkpoint setup, checkpoint create, checkpoint restart, and checkpoint remove. These underlying services may support corrective actions for system and application recovery for long running process or processes. A process or set of processes can checkpoint system memory state and execution context to a normal file. This saved information can be used to recover to an earlier state the application process or processes memory state and execution context. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow protable access to underlying recovery services by application programs. These APIs will benefit users of long running applications which run days or weeks which would otherwise be impossible to restart in the event of a system failure or realtime users doing data collection in a time constrained environment. Designation: 1003.1n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment n: Technical Corrigenda to Threads Extension [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: This work will make technical corrections to the IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, as amended by IEEE Stds. 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and 1003.1i-1995. Project Purpose: This work will correct the interfaces to remedy clashes detected when 1003.1c was merged and 1003.i is merged into 1003.1b-1993, as well as some items discovered by early implementors of 1003.1b-1993 and 1003.1c-1995. Designation: 1003.1p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment x: Resource Limit Interfaces [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Insert interfaces to control usage of the following system resources, CPU time, Bytes of memory, number of processes, bytes for a single file, bytes in various file types (e.g. coredump and temporary), maximum number of CPUs, maximum total IOs, and number of open files for application programs. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 1003.1-1990 in the area of resource limits. Designation: 1003.1q-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Portable Operating Systems Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)-- Amendment 7: Tracing [C Language] Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1003.1-2001. Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 22, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Trace management. The APIs are for the handling of event data to satisfy both Realtime and Fault Tolerance software applications. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functions which are in common practice. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying trace managment, services by application programs. These underlying services provide access to stream of event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or hardware, application and/or kernel. Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying trace management services by application programs. These underlying services provide access to streams of event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or hardware, either from the application or the operating system. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding. Key Words: "API, application portability, data processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, tracing, instrumented operating system, instrumented application, trace control, trace analysis, real time, serviceability" Designation: 1003.1r Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface - Amendment xx: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII) [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Petr Janecek, Phone:+44-181-893-3694, Email:petr@janecek.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Removal of technical differences between the approved IEEE 1003.1g standard and the specification of the current industry practice as defined in Networking Services (XNS) Issue 5; X/Open CAE Specification C523; ISBN 1-85912-165-9 Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1g so that it is aligned with current industry practice as reflected in the definition of the Single UNIX published by X/Open. Designation: 1003.1s Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment s: Synchronized Clock (C Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide a 'C' language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1-1996 with 'C' binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with requirements for a synchronized clock. Designation: 1003.2-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993 Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX)ÑPart 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: shell, utility, API, portability, data, processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, user Designation: 1003.2 Int-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Interpretations, December Edition, IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating systems interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.2.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.2c Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.2/INT-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX)ÑPart 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities Designation: 1003.20 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.5b Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.21 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Language Independent) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: A language-independent application program interface specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous and asynchronous interactions, and the use of timeouts. Project Purpose: Real-time distributed Systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The working group will develop an interface to meet these, and related needs. Designation: 1003.22 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide to the POSIX(R) Open Systems Environment--A Security Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: A framework structuring security within Distributed Systems based upon ECMA-Security in Open Systems - A Security Framework, TR/46. Project Purpose: To provide a focus for the definition and placement of security services around which implementations and API standards activities may coordinate. To specify the types of APIs required to support the security services defined in the framework. To identify existing implementations and their relative maturity as potential base specifications for API standards and to identify those areas with no existing, or immature, industry practice which require development effort. To provide a tool to help integrators of secure systems to understand and structure security services within a distributed system. To provide a supplement to the definition of security currently included within P1003.0. It is expected that this guide will eventually be incorporated within, or referenced by, later issues of P1003.0. Designation: 1003.23-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Guide for Developing User Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: To describe a process for developing user Open Environment (OSE) profiles, as opposed to standardized profiles. The guide shall include a framework for documenting user requirements, related information technology services, a transition plan, conformance testing and consideration planning considerations, and examples of user organization OSE profiles. Project Purpose: To provide process guidelines for user organizations to develop and use OSE profiles which support their operational requirements. Benefits include: Provide a starting point for developing user OSE profile; assist development of transition plans; encourage effective use of standards and standardized profiles. Abstract: This guide presents an overview of User Organization Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles and their application. It is intended to assist users, planners, and implementers in developing User Organization OSE Profiles that address the operational requirements of the organization; related information technology services; and the standards, standards options, and interim solutions that will meet those requirements. The guide also includes conformance testing and transition planning considerations as well as examples of user organization OSE profiles. Key Words: "application portability,application interoperability,open system environment,User Organization OSE Profile" Designation: 1003.24 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (C Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Myers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: A C-language binding application program interface for interprocess is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. The functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, connection management, and a lightweight directory services interface. Project Purpose: Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The WG will develop an interface to meet the unique needs of communications in real-time systems. Designation: 1003.25 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Event Logging [C Language] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This work is undertaken to provide a portable API for the purpose of event logging. This interface is to provide for the registration of events to be logged, logging of an event, event notification and event extraction from the current system log or an archived system log. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to fault rcovery. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality in common practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide an interface for event logging that can better support the development of reliable systems. The underlying event logging service is to support detection and logging of error conditions for fault diagnosis. Designation: 1003.25 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Services for Reliable, Available, and Serviceable Systems [C Language] Status: Superseded **Revised PAR for P1003.1h - now a stand-alone document. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Fault Management. This work will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX specifications. The Fault Management extension to the POSIX specifications will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, reconfiguration for component isolation, fault recovery, error logging, notification, and dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the collection and distribution of error information to analyze the errors at the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the application to diagnose and specify corrective actions. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support functionality which are in common practice. Change: This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by application programs. These underlying services may support detection, logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation; classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and recovery. Designation: 1003.26-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) - Part 26: Device Control Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2004 Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This work will define an application program interface to device drivers. The interface will be modeled on the traditional ioctl() function, but will have enhancements designed to address issues such as "type safety" and reentrancy. Project Purpose: Realtime systems often contain numerous special devices, many of which are accessed through device drivers. The purpose of this project is to define an interface to these device drivers. This will benefit both users and writers of device drivers by providing a uniform model of communication between application software and device drivers. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.26-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))Part 26: Device Control Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]" Key Words: API, application portability, C (programming language), data processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, device drivers Designation: P1003.27 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Information technology - POSIX(R) C++ Language Interfaces - Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard develops a binding to the APIs described in IEEE Standard 1003.1, POSIX, expressed in terms of the ISO C++ language and extends parts of the ISO C++ language standard library (ISO 14882) in their relationship with POSIX APIs. This standard is limited to the functionality described in the base standard in terms of the C language, and does not cover any of the Shell and utilities section. This standard may include interfaces and additional requirements on the POSIX C binding to assist with conflict resolution between the POSIX C binding and the ISO C++ language. Where there are existing ISO C++ interfaces that overlap with this scope the intent is for this standard to extend those interfaces rather than to provide alternatives. C++ binding will be provided only where they offer additional benefits to C++ programs over the C binding. This standard will produce a "thin" binding; the intent is to not re-specify the underlying behavior of the interfaces, but solely to specify these interfaces in a different source language. Project Purpose: This standard provides a method to allow portable C++ applications to make use of the POSIX standard interfaces Designation: 1003.2a-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities, User Portability Extension Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-2. Key Words: API, application, portability, data, processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX, shell, utilities, user Designation: 1003.2b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **revision of 1003.2 Technical Contact: Donald Cragun, Phone:650-786-5310, Email:don.cragun@eng.sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: Amend IEEE 1003.2-1992, as supplemented by IEEE Std 1003.2a-1992 to produce a common standard with ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993. Resolve some international comments on ISO/IEC DIS 9945-2 and 9945-2/DAM 1 (P1003.2 and P1003.2a). Resolve issues resulting from requests for interpretations of the original IEEE 1003.2 and 1003.2a documents. Improve the clarity, accuracy and precision of the language in the original 1003.2 and 1003.2a documents correcting deficiencies found in implementing systgems, test suites, or applications bvased on the doecuments. Incorporate interfaces associated with new facilities produced by the P1003.1a project, such as symbolic links. Assume responsibility for definition fo file interchange and archiving formats from P1003.1. This would involve movement of the current section 10 in IEEE Std 1003.1-1996 and the proposed new format from P1003.1a to the clause in P1003.2 that describes the "par" utility. Project Purpose: The process for resolving comments at the international level and the inevitable interpretation difficulties that surface only after a standard is approved and being implemented require thatn an amendment be scheduled to accommodate them. The majority of the work is anticipated to be corrective and clarifying in nature, avoiding widespread adoption of new facilities proposed to the P1003.2 working group at this time. Designation: 1003.2c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities--Amendment n: Protection and Control Utilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.6.2. Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.2 for security related utilities in the areas of extended discretionary access control, mandatory access control, security information labeling, and fine-grained capabilities. Project Purpose: Providing P1003.2 developers with the option of using utilities to implement portable shell applications with security features, and to determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability, discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities (privilege) to existing P1003.2 utilities. Designation: 1003.2d-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities--Amendment 1: Batch Environment Status: Superseded **Formerly 1003.15a. Superseded by 1003.1-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995 Abstract: RSuperseded by 1003.1-2001. This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It is a supplement to IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, which defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex data manipulation. This supplement defines the user interface to a distributed batch queuing environment and includes application environments. Key Words: batch, batch extensions, distributed batch, queuing Designation: 1003.2e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Removable Serial Media Support Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Insert the definition of the mt utility into POSIX.2. This utility includes functionality to control and position serial media and to determine the status of the device. Project Purpose: urpose of this work is to extend the POSIX.2 document by standardizing the mt utility. Designation: 1003.3-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX(R) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC Std 13210:1994. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard defines the general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards. This standard is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods. Key Words: measuring, test, methods, assertion, base assertion, assertion test, extended assertion, test method, test result code, POSIX Conformance Test Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document, Conditional feature Designation: 1003.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—System Interfaces Status: Changed Designation **changed to P2003.1 Designation: 1003.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX®—Shell and Utilities Interfaces Status: Changed Designation **Redesignated 2003.2. Designation: 1003.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1b Designation: 1003.4a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1c Designation: 1003.4b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1003.1d Designation: 1003.5-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Superseded **This standard supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998 Designation: 1003.5-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 07, 1993 Project Scope: To provide an ISO Ada language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990). Abstract: It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions to the application program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ISO 8652:1987 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX). Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language- specific services for Ada, and system databases are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be provided by the Ada compilation system. The emphasis in POSIX is on application programs, so the interfaces in this document are not sufficient to implement an Ada compilation system or a POSIX shell, nor is this standard meant to be sufficient for real-time applications. Key Words: Ada, API, operating system, portable application, POSIX, POSIX language bindings, Open systems, Computer language bindings, Application portability Designation: 1003.5 Int-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1003.5-1992/INT, October 1995 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces, interpretations, portable operating system interface, POSIX Designation: 1003.5/INT-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992 March 1994 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 24, 1994 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces, interpretations , portable operating system interface, POSIX Designation: 1003.5a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology -- POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces -- Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.5 Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james.lonjers@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1003.5b-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)-- Amendment 1: Realtime Extensions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1003.20. Includes IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. Superseded by 1003.5, 1999 Edition. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997 Project Scope: To provide an Ada binding to the realtime POSIX standards. Project Purpose: To provide capabilities so that a realtime application program, written in the Ada programming language can employ POSIX realtime extensions, and can operate identically on all conforming POSIX/Ada/Realtime environments. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652: 1987 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1: 1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993, IEEE Std 1003.1c-1995, and IEEE Std 1003.1I-1995. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language-specific services for Ada, system databases, synchronization, memory management, execution scheduling, clocks and timers, and message passing are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be provided by the Ada compilation system. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: realtime extensions, ADA, API, application portability, computer language bindings, open systems, operating systems, portable application, POSIX, POSIX language bindings, realtime, thread Designation: 1003.5c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - POSIX Ada Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 14519:2001(E) This standard supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: This document is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the applications program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Draft Std 1003.1g. This standard covers the Detailed Network Interface (DNI) for the X/Open Transport Interface (XTI) and BSD sockets. Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an Ada language binding for POSIX.1g, although there is significant demand for one. This project will provide such a standard. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX ®series of standards or applications and user inter-faces to open systems.It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API).This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada)and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1996)(POSIX)as amended by IEEE P1003.1g/D6.6.Terminology and general requirements,process primitives,the process environment,files and directories,input and output primaries,device-and class- specific unctions,language- specific services or Ada,system databases,synchronization,memory management,execution scheduling,clocks and timers,message passing,task management,the XTI and socket detailed network inter-faces,event management,network support functions,and protocol- specific mappings are covered It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be proviced by the Ada. Designation: 1003.5d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces - Binding for Protocol Independent Interfaces - Sockets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james.lonjers@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: This document will develop an ADA language binding to the sockets portion of the POSIX.1g-199x standard. Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an ADA language for POSIX.1g, although there is significant demand for one. This project will provide such a standard for sockets. Designation: 1003.5f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Ada Language) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: An Ada language binding application program interface specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous and asynchronour interactionsk and the use of timeouts. Project Purpose: Real-Time distributed systems require predictable performance and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards. The WG will develop an interface to meet these, and related, needs. Designation: 1003.5g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Ada Language Interrfaces - Part 1: Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment g: Realtime Extension Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide Ada interfaces to support embedded realtime application programs. The interface will include interfaces defined in existing C Amendment PARs. Additional interfaces shall address program loading, semaphores as event notification, and succeed/fail services. 1003.5g will also identify new options for the existing 1003.5b interfaces and new interfaces added by this amendment. Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime application programs with advanced features currently not defined in 1003.5b. The defined functionality will address security, performance, fault tolerance, and size constrains to allow the embedded realtime application to achieve deterministic results. Designation: 1003.5h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Ada Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment h: Synchronized Clock Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide an Ada language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform. Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.5b-1996 with Ada binding interfaces to support source portability of applications with requirements for a synchronized clock. Designation: 1003.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Security Interface Standards for POSIX® Status: Changed Designation **Redesignated 1003.1e and 1003.2c. Key Words: POSIX, security, interface, networks, LAN Designation: 1003.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.1 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.4 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.2 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.7.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1387.3 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Number changed to 1003.1f Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1003.9-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard for InformationTechnology - POSIX(R) FORTRAN 77 Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1993 Project Scope: To provide an ISO FORTAN language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990), using the common subset between FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90, plus the use of longer (Fortran 90) identifier names. Abstract: This standard provides a standardized interface for accessing the system services of ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1- 1990, also know as POSIX.1), and support routines to access constructs not directly accessible with FORTRAN 77. This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ANSI X3.9-1978 and POSIX.1, and a standardized definition of language-specific services. The goal is to provide standardized interfaces to the POSIX.1 system services via a FORTRAN 77 language interface. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, the FORTRAN 77 language library, and system databases are covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: interfaces, POSIX, System interfaces, FORTRAN 77, Application portability, interoperability Designation: 10038-1993 Title: ISO/IEC 10038-1993: Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1D-1990, 802.1i-1992, and 802.5m-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) below the level of the MAC Service, which is transparent to logical link control (LLC) and higher layer protocols, is defined. Transparent Bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) LANs and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs is included. The operation and management of the connecting Bridges is specified. A Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol ensures a loop-free topology and provides redundancy. The Bridging method is not particular to any MAC Type; criteria for additional MAC-specific Bridging methods are defined. Source-Routing Transparent (SRT) Bridges are defined in an annex, and the protocols for the operation of source routing in an SRT Bridge are specified. Key Words: "data processing,information interchange,local area networks,metropolitan area networks,fibre distributed data interface - FDDI -,mode of data transmission ,network interconnection ,models,source routing,Source-Routing Transparent - SRT - Bridge" Designation: 1004-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Planar Transmission Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. It has been recognized that a standard was needed for planar transmission lines, which are an important transmission medium in hybrid and monolithic circuits. The purpose of this standard is to provide a uniform basis of understanding, communication, and definition to benefit those engaged in the use and design of planar transmission lines. The standard provides definitions of the planar transmission line configurations and also their physical and electrical characteristics. Key Words: planar transmission, hybrid circuits, monolithic circuits Designation: 1005-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Floating Gate Semiconductor Arrays Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991 Abstract: This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate memory arrays, specifically, UV erasable EPROM, byte rewritable E2PROMs, and block rewritable “flash” EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered with focus on retention, endurance, and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their hardness to ionizing radiation. Key Words: array, Nonvolatile memory, Floating gate Designation: 1005-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard for Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Floating Gate Memory Arrays Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999 Project Scope: Modify the present FGA standard to include floating gate "flash" EEPROM's that use Fowler-Nordheim tunneling and/or hot electron injection programming techniques. Hot electron injection EPROM's are included for completeness. Project Purpose: Flash EEPROM technology is not currently included in the standard, but is a rapidly growing technology in terms of use. This amendment defines terms used in this technology, explains its operation and limitation. It is intended to assist users in selecting, specifying, using and testing Floating Gate Memory Arrays. Abstract: This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate memory arrays, specifically, UV erasable EPROM, byte rewritable E 2 PROMs, and block rewritableflash EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered with focus on retention, endurance,and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their hardness to ionizing radiation. Key Words: "disturb,endurance,E2EPROM,EEPROM,EPROM,floating gate memories,nonvolatile memory,radiation hardness,reliability,retention,testing" Designation: 1006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1007 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: Standard for Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Digital Telecommunications Circuits and Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bernard E Worne, Phone:919-460-4546, Email:worneb@ttc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: The preparation of a standard providing the specifications for measuring the performance of digital systems and equipment operating at all levels of the digital hierarchy between DSO (64 kbit/s) and STS3 (155.520 Mbit/s). Project Purpose: The proposed standard is to establish the functional and performance requirements for equipment to measure the characteristics of digital telecommunications systems including all digital equipment and transmission media between the two. Designation: 1007-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Pulse-Code Modulation (PCM) Telecommunications Circuits and Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1992 Abstract: Test equipment requirements and methods for testing the transmission characteristics of PCM telecommunications equipment, circuits, and systems are set forth. The requirements are intended for certification, installation, pre-service, out-of-service operational, and in-service operational tests of the PCM transmission facilities. The PCM equipment that may be tested includes primary multiplex equipment containing analog-digital conversion devices, digital multiplex equipment, digital links, and digital sections. This standard is limited to testing at the analog interfaces of the primary multiplex equipment and the digital interfaces at DS1, DS1C, DS2, and DS3 levels of the North American digital hierarchy. Synchronous multiplex equipment and equipment offering other than 64 kb/s coded voiceband channels are not covered in this standard, nor is signaling parameter measurement. Key Words: "analog-digital devices,digital multiplex equipment,digital links,digital sections,multiplex equipment,PCM telecommunications equipment,transmission characteristics" Designation: 1008-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Unit Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Abstract: An integrated approach to systematic and documented unit testing is defined. It uses unit design and unit implementation information, in addition to unit requirements, to determine the completeness of the testing. The testing process described composed of a hierarchy of phases, activities, and tasks and defines a minimum set of tasks for each activity. The standard can be applied to the unit testing of any digital computer software or firmware and to the testing of both newly developed and modified units. The software engineering concepts and testing assumption on which this standard approach is based and guidance and resource information to assist with the implementation and usage of the standard unit testing approach are provided in appendixes. Key Words: unit, Software testing Designation: 1009 Sponsor: IEEE Signal Processing Society Title: Perf Eval Spch Recognizers/Guidelines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Janet Baker, Phone:(617) 965-5200 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983 Designation: 101-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Thermal Life Test Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Statistical analyses of data from thermally accelerated aging tests are described. The basis and use of statistical calculations are explained. Data analysis, estimation of the relationship between life and temperature, and the comparison between two sets of data are covered. Key Words: statistical, analysis, thermal, life, test Designation: 1010-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006 Technical Contact: John Yale, Phone:509-661-4051, Email:john.yale@chelanpud.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: This guide describes the control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, and requirements for centralized and off-site control. Where specific values are given for control parameters, they should be considered as typical. This document does not address civil and structural details of hydroelectric power plants unless required for the understanding of certain control and monitoring functions. Also excluded is a detailed discussion of protective relaying systems, high-voltage switchyards, and navigational and flood control facilities associated with a hydroelectric plant. Hydroelectric applications of variable frequency operation and high-voltage generation are not covered in this guide due to the specialized nature of these applications. Project Purpose: This guide serves as a reference document for practicing engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system configurations, and control modes. Implementation of the concepts described in this guide is covered in companion IEEE guides for control of hydroelectric power plants listed in Clause 2. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1010-1987 This guide is to serve as a reference document for practicing engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system configurations, and control modes. It describes the control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, requirements for centralized and off-site control. Key Words: automation, control systems, hydroelectric, unit controls Designation: 1010-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Superseded **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Donald R McCabe, Phone:303-741-7476 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1010-2006 Abstract: The control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants are described. Typical methods of local and remote control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, requirements for centralized and off-site control, and trends in control systems are included. The various categories that affect the levels of control for a plant, namely, location, mode, and supervision, are described. Block diagrams and descriptions of the control and monitoring requirements for major plant systems and equipment are given. Control sequencing of generating and pumped storage units, centralized control, and off-site control are covered. The information is directed toward practicing engineers in the field of power plant design who have a basic knowledge of hydroelectric facilities. Key Words: plants, Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: 1011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1012-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:roger.fujii@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project does not change from the original scope of the standard. Software V&V is an technical discipline of the systems engineering process. IEEE Std 1012-1986 was a product standard defining the contents of the Software V&V Plan. IEEE Std 1012-1998 was a process standard defining the verification and validation processes in terms of specific activities and tasks. This proposed project will retain the standard as a process standard and will revise and update the definition of the activities and tasks to be consistent with industry usage. The updates are contained to selected sections and the project is scheduled to complete its work in a year with balloting in early 2004. Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct duplication detected during its usage over the past 5 years, make all references consistent with revised standards (IEEE and ISO), and incorporate user changes detected during operational use of the standard. Abstract: Software verification and validation (V&V) processes determine whether the development products of a given activity conform to the requirements of that activity and whether the software satisfies its intended use and user needs. Software V&V life cycle process requirements are specified for different software integrity levels. The scope of V&V processes encompasses software-based systems, computer software, hardware, and interfaces. This standard applies to software being developed, maintained, or reused [legacy, commercial off-the shelf (COTS), non-developmental items]. The term software also includes firmware, microcode, and documentation. Software V&V processes include analysis, evaluation, review, inspection, assessment, and testing of software products. Key Words: I V & V, software integrity level, software life cycle, V & V, validation, verification Designation: P1012 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for System and Software Verification and Validation Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:roger.fujii@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the verification and validation processes that are applied to system, software, and hardware development throughout the system life cycle including acquisition, supply, development, operations, maintenance, and retirement. This standard applies to system, software, and hardware being acquired, developed, maintained, or reused. Software includes firmware, microcode, and documentation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to: o Establish a common framework of V&V processes, activities, and tasks in support of all system, software, and hardware life cycle processes o Define the V&V tasks, required inputs, and required outputs in each life cycle process o Identify the minimum V&V tasks corresponding to a four-level system/software integrity scheme o Define the content of the System and Software Verification and Validation Plan Designation: 1012-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Expand the scope of the standard to include the use of software integrity levels as applied to software V&V, minimum V&V activities and tasks associated with each integrity level, V&V of reusable software, definition of independent V&V and V&V metrics. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document, incorporate essons learned during field experience of users, and clarify definition of V&V processes. Key Words: "software integrity,software life cycle processes,verification and validation" Designation: 1012-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Plans Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987 Abstract: Uniform and minimum requirements for the format and content of software verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their required inputs and outputs that are to be included in SVVPs are provided for both critical and noncritical software. For critical software, specific minimum verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their required inputs and outputs that are to be included in SVVPs are defined. Optional V&V tasks to be used to tailor SVVPs as appropriate for the particular V&V effort are suggested. An overview of V&V is given, and life-cycle V&V, software V&V reporting, and V&V administrative procedures are covered. Key Words: validation, Software verification Designation: 1012a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation - Content Map to IEEE 12207.1 Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software V&V plans as defined in 1012 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace contenct between submect documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Abstract: The relationship between the two sets of requirements on plans for verification and validation of software, found in IEEE Std 1012-1998 and IEEE/EIA 12207.1-1997, is explained so that users may produce documents that comply with both standards. Key Words: "life cycle data plans, qualification test, verification and validation" Designation: 1013-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2007 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes a method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries in stand-alone PV systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing batteries for hybrid and grid-connected PV systems is beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with standalone PV installations are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing examples are given for various representative system applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which include consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV array size, and weather, are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers in sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial stand-alone PV systems. Abstract: A method for determining the energy-capacity requirements (sizing) of both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used in terrestrial stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems is described. Sizing batteries for hybrid or grid-connected PV systems is beyond the scope of this document. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: battery capacity, battery requirements, lead-acid batteries, photovoltaic (PV), photovoltaic power systems, sizing, sizing lead-acid batteries, solar, stand-alone Designation: 1013-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with photovoltaic (PV) systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and considerations of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Sizing examples are given for various representative system applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which include consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV array size, and weather, are beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system signers in sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Abstract: A method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used in terrestrial photovoltaic (PV)systems is described.Installation,maintenance,safety,testing procedures,and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this document.Recom- mended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: "photovoltaic power systems,sizing lead-acid battery" Designation: 1013-1990 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1013-2000. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by 1013-2000. Methods for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are described. The purpose of this document is to assist system designers in sizing batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: Battery sizing, lead, acid, batteries, photovoltaics, Acid-Lead Batteries, Bond Determination, Battery reserve, Photovoltaic power systems, Lead-acid batteries Designation: 1014-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1988 Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987 Abstract: A high-performance backplane bus for use in microcomputer systems that employ single or multiple microprocessors is specified. It is based on the VMEbus specification, released by the VME Manufacturers' Group in August of 1982. The bus includes four subbuses: data transfer bus, priority interrupt bus, arbitration bus, and utility bus. The data transfer bus supports 8-, 16-, and 32-bit transfers over a non-multiplexed 32-bit data and address highway. The transfer protocols are asynchronous and fully handshaken. The priority interrupt bus provides real-time interrupt services to the system. The allocation of bus mastership is performed by the arbitration bus, which allows to implement round robin and prioritized arbitration algorithms. The utility bus provides the system with power-up and power-down synchronization. The mechanical specifications of boards, backplanes, subracks, and enclosures are based on IEC 297 specification, also know as the Euroboard form factor. Key Words: versatile, backplane, bus, VME, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1014 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for 32/64-bit Versatile Backplane Bus VMEbus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1014.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Futurebus+(R)/VME64 Bridge Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. The logical protocol layer for bridging between a Futurebus+ system and a VME64 system in a tightly coupled fashion is defined. Transferring of both data and events is specified. The physical layer is not defined in this standard. Implementors are free to define and use the Bridge in the manner that best fits the application for optimum performance, functionality, and cost trade-offs. The Bridge provides for software transparency such that, at the application level, software is not aware of accesses that reach across a Bridge into the modules of another bus. Key Words: Bus Bridge, Futurebus+, VMEbus, VME64 Designation: 1015-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides information for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are given for coordinating combinations of line-side and loadside devices. Acceptance testing and maintenance guidelines are provided so that reliable operation can be verified and maintained. This recommended practice does not cover the selection and application of circuit breakers such as marine circuit breakers and definite purpose circuit breakers. Project Purpose: Std 1015 provides information for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This project is intended to update information provided based on updates of codes and standards and on product revisions. It will also add information included in the project scope in item 6. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1015-1997. Also included in the revised Color Book Set Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices. Key Words: circuit breakers, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case, insulatedcase circuit breakers, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage power circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protection device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing, Blue Book Designation: 1015-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Blue Book Technical Contact: Keith R Cooper, Phone:724-733-2395, Email:cmbengrg@nb.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997 Project Scope: To develop a publication that represents standard practice in the US for applying low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers uses for industrial and commercial power systems. This guide does not cover circuit breakers such as ground fault interrupters, marine, definite putpose, supplementary and DC circuit breakers. Project Purpose: To assist engineers in the proper application and selection of low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers used in industrial and commercial power systems. This guide will help the application engineer specify the circuit breaker type, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance testing and maintenance, applying circuit breakers at different locations, and protecting specific components. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1015-2006 Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices. Key Words: circuit breaker, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case, insulated-case circuit breaker, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protective device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing Designation: 1015-2006/Cor 1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Applying Low Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 22, 2007 Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007 Project Scope: To implement technical omission/errors to 1015-2006. Project Purpose: To insert table 1 in annex 7a and to fix technical errors. Abstract: To correct technical omission/errors to IEEE Std 1015™-2006 Key Words: circuit breakers, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case, insulated-case circuit breakers, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage power circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protection device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing Designation: 1016-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Systems Design--Software Design Descriptions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1016-1998 Technical Contact: Richard F Hilliard, Phone:978-857-5037, Email:r.hilliard@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Aug 31, 2009 Project Scope: This standard describes software designs and establishes the information content and organization of a software design description (SDD). An SDD is a representation of a software design to be used for recording design information and communicating that design information to key design stakeholders. This standard is intended for use in design situations in which an explicit SDD is to be prepared. These situations include traditional software construction activities, when design leads to code, and “reverse engineering” situations when a design description is recovered from an existing implementation. This standard can be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on digital computers. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. This standard can be applied to the description of high-level and detailed designs. This standard does not prescribe specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance. This standard does not require the use of any particular design languages, but establishes requirements on the selection of design languages for use in an SDD. This standard can be applied to the preparation of SDDs captured as paper documents, automated databases, software development tools, or other media. Project Purpose: This standard specifies requirements on the information content and organization of SDDs. The standard specifies requirements for the selection of design languages to be used for SDD, and requirements for documenting design viewpoints to be used in organizing an SDD. Abstract: This standard describes software designs and establishes the information content and organization of a software design description (SDD). An SDD is a representation of a software design to be used for recording design information and communicating that design information to key design stakeholders. This standard is intended for use in design situations in which an explicit software design description is to be prepared. These situations include traditional software construction activities, when design leads to code, and reverse engineering situations when a design description is recovered from an existing implementation. This standard can be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on digital computers. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. This standard can be applied to the description of high-level and detailed designs. This standard does not prescribe specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance. This standard does not require the use of any particular design languages, but establishes requirements on the selection of design languages for use in an SDD. This standard can be applied to the preparation of SDDs captured as paper documents, automated databases, software development tools or other media. Key Words: 1016-2009, design concern, design subject, design view, design viewpoint, diagram, software design, software design description Designation: 1016-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1016-2009. Technical Contact: Richard F Hilliard, Phone:978-857-5037, Email:r.hilliard@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1998 Project Scope: This is a Recommended Practice for describing software designs. It produces the necessary information content and recommended organization for a Software Design Description. A software design description is a representation of a software system that is used as medium for communicating software design information. The practice may be applied to commercial, scientific or military software which runs on any digital computer. Applicability is not restricted by the size of the the software. This practice is not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance. It is assumed that the quality of design information and changes to the design description will be managed by other project activities. Finally, this document does not support and is not limited to any particular description techniques. It may be applied to proper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or other means of description. In addition it will also establish a correlation between the content of software design descriptions as defined in 1016 and the content of such documents as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The necessary information content and recommendations for an organization for Software Design Descriptions (SDDs) are described. An SDD is a representation of a software system that is used as a medium for communicating software design information. This recommended practice is applicable to paper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or other means of description. Key Words: "software design,software design description,software life cycle process" Designation: 1016-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1987 Abstract: The necessary information content and recommended organization for a software design description are specified. A software design description is a representation of a software system that is used as a medium for communicating software design information. The recommendations, which may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any digital computer, are not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance, or to any particular descriptive technique. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. Key Words: software, design, descriptions, Software development Designation: 1016 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology-Systems Design-Software Design Descriptions Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: 1. Raise Std 1016 from a Recommended Practice to a full Standard; 2. Harmonize with chapter 3 of the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK); 3. Eliminate any conflicts with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0- 1996; 4. Harmonize with IEEE Std 1320.1-1998 (IDEF0) and IEEE Std 1320.2- 1998 (IDEF1X); 5. Address Component-Based Design Project Purpose: The standard is intended for those in technical and managerial positions who prepare and use Software Design Descriptions. It will guide a designer in the selection, organization, and presentation of design information. It will help standards developers ensure that a design description is complete, concise, and well organized. The revision is intended to upgrade the recommended practice to a full standard, harmonize the standard with current versions of IEEE standards as well as the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge. The intent is also to address open issues with the existing standard. Designation: 1016.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide to Software Design Descriptions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The application of design methods and design documentation recommended in IEEE Std 1016-1987 is described. Several common design methods are used to illustrate the application of IEEE Std 1016-1987, thus making the concepts of that standard more concrete. The information in this guide may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any computer. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. Key Words: Software design process, Design view, Design method, Design entity Designation: 1016.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide to Software Design Descriptions Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to 1016.1 Key Words: LAN, software, design, descriptions, networks Designation: 1017-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. This procedure applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase). Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1991 Procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase) and is intended only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Key Words: conductors, cable ampacity, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable Designation: P1017 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010 Project Scope: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. This procedure applies to cable systems rated up to 8 kV (phase to phase). Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for field testing of electric submersible pump cable. Abstract: Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures an guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Designation: 1017-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985 Abstract: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. It applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V. It is intended to apply only to this special purpose cable. Key Words: pump, submersible, cable, field, test Designation: 1017-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985 Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this special- purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures an guidelines for evaluation of the test results. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: conductors, Cable ampacity Designation: 1018-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor new round-and-flat-type oil-well cables used in supplying three- phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The three major cables by components are copper conductors, ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM) insulation, nitrile jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1018-1991 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene– propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, ethylene–propylene diene monomer (EPDM) jacket or lead sheath, and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 140 ºC (284 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of 204 ºC (400 ºF) for EPDM jacket or lead sheath cable. Conductors, insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly, cable construction, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable Designation: P1018 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-- Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor new round-and-flat-type oil-well cables used in supplying three- phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The four major cables components are copper conductors, ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM) insulation, nitrile jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for specifying electric submersible pump cable with Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation. Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (EST) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor, and is rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, barrier(optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Designation: 1018-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985 Abstract: This recommended practice establishes requirements for a three-conductor round-type oil-well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. Cables meeting the requirements of the recommended practice shall be rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 257 F (125 C). Use of cable above rated temperature can cause premature deterioration of the insulation. Voltage ratings are nominal phase-to-phase ratings. Key Words: submersiblle, pump, cable, ethylene, rubber Designation: 1018-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1018-1985. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: In this standard minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor, and is rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284°F. Conductors, insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: dc hi-pot test methods, Test voltages, Test equipment Designation: 1019-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005 Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor round and flat type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The major cable components are copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, polymeric jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible pump cable technology. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1019-1991 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with polypropylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 96 ºC (205 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of –10 ºC (14 ºF). Conductors, insulation, assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered. Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly cable construction, cable testing, field testing, submersible pump cable, testing Designation: P1019 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable-- Polypropylene Insulation Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three- conductor round and flat type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The major cable components are copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, polymeric jacket and galvanized armor. Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for specifying ESP cable with Polypropylene Insulation. Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (ESP) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket and armor. The recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 205 degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered. Designation: 1019-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1985 Abstract: This recommended practice establishes requirements for a three-conductor round-type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. Cables meeting the requirements of the recommended practice should be rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 167 F (75 C). Use of cable above rated temperature can cause premature deterioration of the insulation. The cable defined herein is not recommended for installation below a temperature of 14 F (-10 C). Voltage ratings are nominal phase-to-phase ratings. Key Words: submersible, pump, cable, polypropolyne, insulation Designation: 1019-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable - Polypropylene Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1019-1985. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1019-2004 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (ESP) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket and armor. The recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 205 degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: testing, Cable construction, Ampacity ratings Designation: 101A-1974 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Title: Calculation of Regression Line Status: Superseded **incorporated into IEEE 101-1987 Key Words: 101A Designation: 1020-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Small Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 28, 1988 Technical Contact: Edward T Voelker, Phone:781-401-2455, Email:edward_voelker@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: May 17, 1989 Abstract: Descriptive material intended to assist in the planning for design, development, and operation of small hydroelectric power plant control systems is presented. The controlled electrical and mechanical systems and equipment as well as the control systems are covered. The aim, which is basically tutorial, is to provide a working knowledge of the terminology used in this field and an understanding of the principles of operation of hydroelectric generating units. The control requirements are addressed from an electrical standpoint. For completeness, salient civil features of small hydroelectric projects, are mentioned and equipment protection and operation are discussed. Key Words: Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: P1020 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Control of Small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) hydroelectric power plants . Project Purpose: The document will not contain a purpose clause. Designation: 1020 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Control of Small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with small hydroelectric power plants (100 kVA to 5 MVA). Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to address significant technology changes impacting small hydro plant control issues that have occurred since this guide was originally prepared and to harmonize guidelines contained in this document with two subsequent companion documents,IEEE P1010(D7,June 2002) and IEEE 1249-1996. Abstract: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with small hydroelectric power plants (100 kVA to 5 MVA). Designation: 1021-1988 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interconnection of Small Wind Energy Conversion Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn standard. Guidelines and operating procedures necessary to connect and operate a small wind energy conversion system (SWECS) user, owner, or installer with interface in parallel with an electric utility system are provided for the user, owner, or installer of the SWECS. The interface between the wind system and the utility and the factors relating to equipment protection, power quality, and the safety of operating personnel and the general public are addressed. Installation approval procedures are covered. Key Words: wind, energy, conversion, interconnedtion, utility Designation: 1022 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Acousto-Optic Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Dr. David L Hecht, Phone:415-494-4218 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983 Key Words: acousto, optic, acoustic, devices Designation: 1023-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment, and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Hamilton Fish, Phone:315-685-9106, Email:emcinc@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: This project upgrades the existing guide to a recommended practice for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the significant human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. This document provides recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the significant human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: This project revised the existing document to: Reflect current industry practices; Align the document for compatibility with related IEEE standards; Add technical guidance or references; and, Amend document type in accordance with IEEE guidelines. This document provides guidance to management and engineering personnel for the development of integrated programs for applying human factors engineering to the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1023-1988 This document provides recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to systems and equipment that have significant human interfaces in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Key Words: control room design, ergonomics, human engineering, human error, human factors, nuclear power, nuclear facilities, task analysis, validation, verification Designation: 1023-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 09, 1989 Abstract: Superseded. Guidance is provided to management and engineers who wish to develop an integrated program for the application of human factors engineering (HFE) in the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations. The standard covers the program organization and applicability, the plant design aspects to consider, the HFE methodologies that may be used, and a typical program plan for the application of HFE. It is applicable to new facilities or modifications to existing facilities. Key Words: Nuclear power generation, Human factors Designation: 1024 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (suspension type) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The specification covers the requirements for dead-end suspension composite insulators used on overhead distribution lines operating at nominal voltages up to and including 69kV. The dead-end insulator horizontally supports the line conductor. The suspension insulator vertically supports the line conductor. Both are subjected to tensile and torsional loads. The specification deals with composite insulators havine a core with metal end fittings and a housing and sheds. The core has resin impregnated glass fibers. The housing and sheds consist of elastomers. The metal end fittings are aluminum, steel, or iron. Project Purpose: This revision is being done in view of the technical advances and service experience in the area of non-ceramic distribution suspension insulators. Designation: 1024-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (Suspension Type) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 26, 1989 Abstract: The IEEE recommended practice covers distribution suspension type composite insulators made from a core, weathersheds, and metal end fittings that are used in the distribution of electric energy. The recommendation contains several design tests that are unique to composite insulators. Section 8.1 makes reference to tests on the materials used in the construction of the insulators and Section 8.2 contains a test for mechanical load carrying capability under power arc. Key Words: insulators, polymeric, distribution Designation: 1025-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Concrete Pole Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Administratively withdrawn as overage by ANSI on 6/18/2010. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Good practice that will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed concrete pole structures for overhead transmission lines is presented. Construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor stringing operation are covered. Some aspects of construction related to other materials use in concrete pole structures are covered, but the treatment is not complete. The guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures Key Words: installation, poles, assembly and erection, concrete pole structures, transmission structures Designation: 1026-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Methods for Determination of Compatibility of Materials With Conductive Polymeric Insulation Shields and Jackets Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996 Project Scope: To establish a guide for the evaluation of accessories, components or materials and their effectgs on the semi-conducting system of a cable. Project Purpose: To provide guidance in the form of evaluation procedures for normally known materials such as tapes, sealing compounds, cleaners, etc. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. A test method is provided to qualify various essentially non-volatile, highly viscous fluids or solid materials at 90 degree C, for use with high-voltage cable shields and jackets. A suggested alternative test method for more fluid and more volatile materials is also provided. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: compatibility, semiconducting, cable jacket, cable shield, heat shrinkable, tubing, high voltage jacket, high voltage shield, hot resistivity, resistivity measure, immersion testing, polymeric insulation, thermoplastic cable, polyethylene cable, TPE, volume resistance, resistance , conductive jacket, cross-linked , polyethylene (XLPE) cable, extruded insulation shield Designation: 1027-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Draft Trial-Use Standard Method for Measuring the Magnetic Field Intensity Around a Telephone Receiver Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983 Abstract: A practical method for determining the magnetic-field characteristics of a telephone receiver by means of objective measurements in a test connection is described. The method was developed in response to a need to specify the magnetic field at selected locations around a telephone receiver, required for satisfactory coupling of hearing aids. However, the method is sufficiently general to allow complete mapping of the magnetic field. It is also useful for other applications where knowledge of the magnetic field intensity is required. Key Words: magnetic, field, telephone, receiver, intensity Designation: 1027-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measurement of the Magnetic Field in the Vicinity of a Telephone Receiver Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1027-1984. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January- 2010. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The methodology for measuring the magnetic field strength in the vicinity of a telephone receiver is described. Key Words: magnetic field, telephone receiver Designation: 1028-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Reviews and Audits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1028-1997 Technical Contact: J. Dennis Lawrence, Phone:+1 541 344 4800, Email:d.lawrence@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Jun 16, 2008 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: -- Team participation -- Documented results of the review -- Documented procedures for conducting the review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be non- systematic reviews. The standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of non-systematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. This standard may be used with other software engineering standards that determine the products to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity of reviews. This standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012™-2004 [B6], but it can also be used with IEEE Std 1074™-2006 [B11], IEEE Std 730™-2002 [B2], IEEE Std 12207™-2008 [B15], and other standards. A useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028-2008 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6] were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the procedure in IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6] could be followed until such time as instructions to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028-2008 would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6] would be “returned to” for disposition of the results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6]. This standard may also be used as a stand-alone definition of software review and audit procedures. In this case, local management must determine the events that precede and follow the actual software reviews and audits. In this model, requirements and quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews and audits applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other standards or local management define the context within which a review is performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and software), verification and validation, configuration management, quality assurance and auditing. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their defined procedures, scope, and objectives. Abstract: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: a) Team participation; b) Documented results of the review; and c) Documented procedures for conducting the review. Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be nonsystematic reviews. The standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews; b) Technical reviews; c) Inspections; d) Walk-throughs; and e) Audits. This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. Key Words: 1028-2008, audit, inspection, review, walk-through Designation: 1028-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Reviews Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1028-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2003 Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements for the methods to be used during the evaluation of software products of the software development life-cycle. The review process ensures that: 1) Progress according to plan is assessed, based on an evaluation of product development status. 2) Recommendations are provided for changing project direction or to identify the need for alternative planning. 3) Recommendations are provided for maintaining global control of the project through adequate allocation of resources. 4) Evidence of compliance of products and processes to standards, guidelines, specifications, and procedures is provided. 5) Evidence is provided that specific software elements conform to its specifications. 6) Evidence is provided that development (or maintenance) of the software elements is being done according to plans, standards, and guidelines applicable for the project. 7) Evidence is provided that changes to the software elements are properly implemented, and affect only those systems areas identified by the change specification. 8) Results of reviews are communicated to developers, managers, and responsible personnel in order to provide a history and provide information for work. The revision of 1028 will specify for the software review processes: the scope, the goals, the measures for determining how well the process goals were achieved, any roles unique to the process, the products to which the process is applied, the conditions(s) that must be satisfied before the process can begin, the standard steps to be followed in performing the process, the condition(s) that must be satisfied before the process is considered complete, the minimum set of results resulting from process completion, the measurement procedure, the associated metrics, and the measurement data to be collected, and the evidence needed to determine at a later date that the process was followed. Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems. To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to have disciplined methods for evaluating of software products as they pass along the software development life-cycle. Abstract: This standard is concerned only with the reviews; it does not define procedures for determining the necessity of a review, nor does it specify the disposition of the results of the review. Review types include management reviews, technical reviews, inspections, walk-throughs, and audits. Designation: 1028-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard Software Reviews and Audits Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 29, 1989 Abstract: Definitions and uniform procedures for review and audit applicable to both critical and noncritical software are provided. The processes include management review, technical review, software inspection, walkthrough, and audit. The processes defined are applicable throughout the software life cycle. Key Words: reviews, audits, Software quality, Software development management Designation: 1028 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Reviews Status: Superseded Technical Contact: J. Dennis Lawrence, Phone:+1 541 344 4800, Email:d.lawrence@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from the 1997 version of the document and is as follows: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: a) Team participation b) Documented results of the review c) Documented procedures for conducting the review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be nonsystematic reviews. This standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. It is intended that this standard be used with other software engineering standards that determine the products to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity for reviews. This standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012, 1 but can also be used with IEEE Std 1074, IEEE Std 730, ISO/IEC 12207:1995, and other standards. Use with other standards is described in Annex A. A useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012 were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the procedure in IEEE Std 1012 could be followed until such time as instructions to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028 would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012 would be returned to for disposition of the results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std 1012. In this model, requirements and quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other standards or local management define the context within which a review is performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and software), verification and validation, configuration management, and quality assurance. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their defined procedures, scope, and objectives. Designation: 1028 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Reviews and Audits Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from the 1997 version of the document and is as follows: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following attributes: a) Team participation b) Documented results of the review c) Documented procedures for conducting the review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be nonsystematic reviews. This standard is not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard. It is intended that this standard be used with other software engineering standards that determine the products to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity for reviews. This standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012, 1 but can also be used with IEEE Std 1074, IEEE Std 730, ISO/IEC 12207:1995, and other standards. Use with other standards is described in Annex A. A useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012 were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the procedure in IEEE Std 1012 could be followed until such time as instructions to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028 would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012 would be returned to for disposition of the results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std 1012. In this model, requirements and quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other standards or local management define the context within which a review is performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and software), verification and validation, configuration management, and quality assurance. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their defined procedures, scope, and objectives. Designation: 1029 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Digital Automatic Test Program Generator (DATPG) Output Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Michael Z Lowenstein, Phone:970-858-1399, Email:mzl@harmonicslimited.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984 Key Words: DATPG, output, format Designation: 1029.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Waveform and Vector Exchange (WAVES) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 22, 1992 Abstract: Superseded. This specification is an application of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). This standard covers the dataset structure, header file, WAVES files, external files, execution model, and waveform semantics, and defines three standard packages to support WAVES datasets. Key Words: VHDL, WAVES standard packages, WAVES datasets Designation: 1029.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard For VHDL Waveform and Vector Exchange (Waves) to Support Design and Test Verification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of the project will be to bring WAVES into alignment with the VHDL 1076-1993 standard. The additional task of improving the WAVES language interface between WAVES and VHDL will be addressed. Project Purpose: Waves is an application of VHDL, alignment to the VHDL-1993 standard is necessary. Current users of WAVES have identified defiiciencies in the WAVES VHDL /INTERFACE, the project intends to address and correct them. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn in January 2004 - Not available to Resellers (Revision of IEEE Std 1029.1-1991) This standard is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the development of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, it supports the veriÞcation and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design and test veriÞcation data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware systems. This standard provides the syntactic and semantic framework for the unambiguous expression and aggregation of digital test data and timing information necessary to completely describe a test or set of tests for a digital system. WAVES digital test data (stimulus and expected responses) is described at the logic level. Voltage and current values are not described by WAVES and are beyond the scope of this standard. Key Words: "CAD, design automation, design verification, digital design, test vector, VHDL" Designation: 1029.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Program Generation Information Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: 1029.3 Title: Standard for the Representation of Unit Under Test (UUT) Design Data for Test Generation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 103 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1030-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part 1 - Steady State Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state performance requirements of high-voltage dirrect-current (HVDC) systems. It concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC systems utilizing 12-pulse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way) connections. Key Words: 1030.1 Designation: 1030.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part 1 - Steady-State Performance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project for IEEE Std 1030-1987. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state performance requirements of high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) systems. It concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC systems utilizing 12-puolse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way) connections. Excluded are multi-terminal HVDC transmission systems. Both converters are assumed to use thyristor valves as the main semiconductor valves and to have power flow capability in both directions. No considerations is given to diode valves. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise and bring up to date the previous ANSI/IEEE standard 1030 - 1987. The proposed document is a guide for the Specification of HVDC systems and as such remains a valuable reference for those involved in the specification of HVDC system projects, both new and upgrades or extensions of existing installations. Designation: 1030.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part II- Faults & Switching Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: This guide will describe the aspects of HVDC system performance under transient conditions during faults and switching and which are considered important for specification of HVDC system performance. Project Purpose: To provide guidance to those who prepare specifications for HVDC systems. Designation: 1030.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Specification of HVDC Performance: Part III Dynamic Performance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Project Scope: This is the third and concluding part of a Guide series on specifying the performance of HVDC systems - DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE. The other parts of this series are STEADY-STATE and FAULTS AND SWITCHING. Project Purpose: To provide guidance in specifying the performance requirements for HVDC systems. This technology is relatively new and will benefit from clarification and organization of the important specification aspects of dynamic performance of these important electric power transport systems. Designation: 1031-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Approved Draft Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2011 Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional requirements for transmission static Var compensators (SVCs) using conventional thyristor technology. Many sections will be useful for compensator systems using gate turn-off (GTO) thyristor technology [STATic synchronous COMpensator (STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices, or SVCs associated with high-voltage dc (HVDC) converter stations, or industrial and distribution applications. Although this guide may not directly serve for SVCs primarily associated with industrial drives nor with the correction of load disturbance or phase unbalance, many sections will be useful also for these applications. General terms and conditions forming the commercial part of a specification for a particular project are outside the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This document presents technical sections that may be used as the basis of a functional SVC specification. The wording deliberately uses "should" rather than "shall" because this document is a guide, not a specification. The user of this guide might wish to make this adjustment when converting sections into a specification. The guide describes: *newer developments in SVC component equipment and particularly control systems *updated information on latest practices for SVC applications *clarification on topics which led to misunderstanding in the previous version *an informative Annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission static var compensator. The document is intended to serve as a base specification with an informative annex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application. Key Words: filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR, thyristor valves,TSC, TSR Designation: 1031-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Superseded **This guide supersedes 1031-1991. Technical Contact: Michael H Baker, Phone:+44 1785 257111, Email:michael.baker@tde.alstom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission staticvar compensator. The document is intended to serve as a base specification with an informativeannex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application. Key Words: "filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR, thyristor valves, TSC, TSR" Designation: 1031-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for a Detailed Functional Specification and Application of Static VAR Compensators Status: Superseded **This guide was superseded by 1031-2000. Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 1031-2000. Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Key Words: static, VAR, compensators, procurement, substations, SVC Designation: 1031 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional requirements for static Var compensators in transmission substations, but not those primarily associated with DC converter stations, nor with the correction of disturbing load or phase unbalance. The scope will include harmonics and loss analysis.<br> The scope of the document has not changed. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to:<br> 1. Update in accordance with present practices<br> 2. Expand information needed to prepare a specification<br> 3. To provide an informative annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application.<br> The purpose has changed since the last published document (please see Item #21, below). Abstract: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Designation: 1031 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var Compensators Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional requirements for transmission static Var compensators (SVCs) using conventional thyristor technology. It will not serve for SVCs primarily associated with DC converters nor with the correction of load disturbances or phase unbalance. Nevertheless many sections will be useful for compensator systems using gate turn-off (GTO) thyristor technology [static compensator (STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices, or SVCs associated with high-voltage dc (HVDC) converter stations, or industrial and distribution applications. General terms and conditions forming the commercial part of a specification for a particular project are outside the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This document presents technical sections that may be used as the basis of a functional SVC specification. The wording deliberately uses "should" rather than "shall" because this document is a guide, not a specification. The user of this guide might wish to make this adjustment when converting sections into a specification. The guide describes: *newer developments in SVC component equipment and particularly control systems *updated information on latest practices for SVC applications *clarification on topics which led to misunderstanding in the previous version *an informative Annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission static var compensator. The document is intended to serve as a base specification with an informative annex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to meet a particular application. Key Words: filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR, thyristor valves, TSC, TSR Designation: 1032 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide to Establish Criteria for Work Clearances Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Project Scope: To document criteria for use in establishing safe working clearances for all operating voltages. With increased use of compacted lines, and with decreasing tower clearances at EHV, it is essential that the safe work clearances be established. Key Words: work, clearances, criteria Designation: 1033-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Application of IEEE Std 828 to Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93. History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 24, 1985 Abstract: This document provides the recommended practice for application of ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, to nuclear power generating stations. Key Words: nuclear, generation, stations, IEEE 828 Designation: 1034 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Fire&Smoke Test Proc/Elec Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984 Key Words: fire, smoke, cables, test Designation: 1035-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Test Procedure for Utility-Interconnected Static Power Converters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1989 Abstract: A test procedure that applies to single- and three-phase units rated from 1 kW to 500 kW and may also be applied in principle to larger units is given. The objective is the measurement of electrical parameters at the ac terminals of the power converter. The procedure may serve as a basis for factory or acceptance testing. It focuses on equipment that lends itself to mass production and is readily interconnected to an electric utility, rather than on equipment subject to site-specific design and testing. Test results may be used in evaluating or comparing different types of static power converters. Only equipment with the primary function of delivering electric energy to circuits interconnected with the electric utility is covered by this procedure. Key Words: utility, test, code, power, conditioning Designation: 1036-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1036-1992 History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide applies to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of such capacitors. Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the improved safety and reliability in the utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide covers applications that range from simple capacitor unit utilization to complex capacitor bank situations. Abstract: This guide applies to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitor units rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of such capacitors. Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide covers applications that range from simple capacitor unit utilization to complex capacitor bank situations. Key Words: capacitor, capacitor banks, externally fused, fuseless, internally fused, power factor correction, shunt power capacitors Designation: 1036 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment used in 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 vac and above. Project Purpose: Use of existing standard has indicated some areas of the text where supplemental information would be valuable to the reader. Closer harmonization with other existing standards which cover similar topics and consideration of fuseless and internally fused capacitor technology is also needed. Designation: 1036-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: Guidelines for the application protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Key Words: Voltage control, Shunt power capacitor, Power factor correction Designation: 1036 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this document is as follows:<br> This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide covers applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations. Project Purpose: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered. Designation: 1037-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard Terms and Definitions for Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Abstract: Terms and their definitions for surface acoustic wave devices are provided. The terms and definitions are given in the following categories: wave-ralated terms, transducer-related terms, and device-related terms. Key Words: definitions, SAW, transducers, WAVES, Surface acoustic wave Designation: 104 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1040 Title: Graphic Symbols for Fiber Optics Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984 Key Words: symbols, graphic, fiber, optics, devices Designation: 1041 Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants Status: Changed Designation **Number changed to C62.23 Designation: 1042-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Guide to Software Configuration Management Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The application of configuration management (CM) disciplines to the management of software engineering projects is described. For those planning software configuration management (SCM) activities, this guide provides insight into the various factors that must be considered. For users implementing SCM disciplines, suggestions and detailed examples of plans are provided. An interpretation is given of how ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, can be used for planning the management of different kinds of computer program development and maintenance activities. Key Words: configuration, Software safety, Software maintenance, Software development management Designation: 1043-1996 Sponsor: Voltage Endurance Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Bars and Coils Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 1043-1989. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The voltage endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large rotating machines is covered. Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, voltage endurance testing Designation: 1043-1989 Sponsor: Voltage Endurance Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Bars and Coils Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by 1043-1996. The voltage endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large rotating machines is covered. Key Words: coils, bars, voltage-endurance testing Designation: 1044-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1044-1993 Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides for the core set of attributes for classification of failures and defects. It is recognized that there are other attributes of failures or defects that are of unique value to specific applications or business requirements. This standard is applicable to any software (including operating systems, database management systems, applications, testware, firmware, and embedded software) and to any phase of the project, product, or system life cycle by which the software is developed, operated, and sustained. Classification attributes are unaffected by the choice of life cycle model, and that choice is outside the scope of this standard. Some tailoring of classification attribute values based on the chosen life cycle is expected and consistent with the intent of this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary with which different people and organizations can communicate effectively about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure data.The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary with which different people and organizations can communicate effectively about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure data. Abstract: This standard provides a uniform approach to the classification of software anomalies, regardless of when they originate or when they are encountered within the project, product, or system lifecycle. Classification data can be used for a variety of purposes, including defect causal analysis, project management, and software process improvement (e.g., to reduce the likelihood of defect insertion and/or increase the likelihood of early defect detection). Key Words: 1044-2009, anomaly, bug, classification, defect, error, failure, fault, problem Designation: 1044-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1044-2009. Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994 Abstract: A uniform approach to the classification of anomalies found in software and its documentation is provided. The processing of anomalies discovered during any software life cycle phase are described, and comprehensive lists of software anomaly classifications and related data items that are helpful to identify and track anomalies are provided. This standard is not intended to define procedural or format requirements for using the classification scheme. It does identify some classification measures and does not attempt to define all the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly. Key Words: software, anomalies, faults, failure, Supporting data item, Classification process, Category, Anomaly Designation: 1044 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David Card, Phone:321-779-8203, Email:eicjss@bellsouth.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard is applicable to any software, including critical computer software, commercial applications, system software, support software, testware, and firmware during any phase of a system’s life cycle. This standard defines the minimum requirements for classifying anomalies, as well as providing additional classifications for projects requiring greater detail. The mandatory classifications are the minimum requirements necessary to establish a standard terminology for anomalies within or between projects and organizations. To accomplish the classification task, this standard documents the following subjects: a) Definitions of terms not provided in IEEE Std 610.12-1990 b) A basic process (sequence of steps) for classifying and establishing categories of anomalies relating to software products and providing related data and information c) A standard set of categories and classifications, either mandatory or optional d) A list of supporting data items This standard identifies those essential (mandatory) categories needed to establish a common definition. The categories provide a common terminology and concepts to communicate among projects, software development environments, and personnel. It is assumed that all applicable classifications within a mandatory category shall be used for compliance to this standard. This standard also provides categories for additional detail that are not necessarily essential to all projects. These additional categories are identified as optional. This standard is not intended to define procedural or format requirements for using the classification scheme. This standard identifies some classification measures and does not attempt to define all the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly. The classifications are layered with greater detail in each subsequent layer. For instance, in table 1b the Project phase category has two levels of classifications, and in table 3c the Type category has three levels of classifications. Each project using this classification scheme may choose the level of classification appropriate to that project. Only the first level of classifications is mandatory for each mandatory category. The classifications in this standard are not exhaustive. Some projects will have requirements that are unique. It is assumed that in those situations the project members will create project-specific categories and/or classifications in addition to the classifications stated in this standard. Anomaly reports generated using the classifications stated in this standard facilitate the generation of statistics, trend analysis, process control, and causal analysis. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to update the standard to include current topics such as Orthogonal Defect Classification, Defect Causal Analysis, and the Capability maturity Model - Integrated. The project will also evaluate the need for changes to the corresponding guidebook IEEE 1044.1, 1995. There was no purpose included in the published standard. Designation: 1044 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides for the core set of attributes for classification of failures and defects. It is recognized that there are other attributes of failures or defects that are of unique value to specific applications or business requirements. This standard is applicable to any software (including operating systems, database management systems, applications, testware, firmware, and embedded software) and to any phase of the project, product, or system lifecycle by which the software is developed, operated, and sustained. Classification attributes are unaffected by the choice of lifecycle model, and that choice is outside the scope of this standard. Some tailoring of classification attribute values based on the chosen lifecycle is expected and consistent with the intent of this standard. As depicted in Figure 1 and Figure 2, problems may be precursors to failure recognition. These are the conditions by which a user recognizes the software performing in an undesirable manner. Similarly, actions taken in response to a failure and fault may be documented as a change request. Classification of problems and change requests is outside of the scope of this standard. Understanding the scope of this standard depends upon understanding the definitions in section 3, so it is advisable to read them before proceeding. Scope understanding is also dependent upon understanding the relationship between several conceptual entities, which are depicted graphically in the diagrams below and described textually in Table 1. Although Software Change Request (SCR) and Software Release are not addressed within this standard, they are included in the diagrams to help clarify scope. As examples, these could have been shown in a number of different configurations. The one used here is the relatively simple case in which a Defect may be associated with a single Corrective SCR and each SCR may be associated with, at the most, a single Release. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary with which different people and organizations can communicate effectively about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure data. Designation: 1044.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide to Classification for Software Anomalies Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn This guide provides supporting information to assist users applying the IEEE Std 1044-1993, IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies to decide whether to conform completely or just extract ideas from that standard. This guide will enable users of IEEE Std 1044-1993 to implement and customize IEEE Std 1044-1993 for their organization in an effective and efficient manner. Key Words: anomaly, category, classification, software, supporting data item, anomalies Designation: 1045 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Productivity Measurement Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter C Baxter, Phone:540-372-4500, Email:pbaxter@distributive.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: Scope from the original IEEE 1045 PAR: This standard provides definitions for software productivity metrics and gives directions for selecting and applying them. For the new/proposed standard, the scope is: This project will follow the scope of the existing standard, particularly the definitions and techniques for determining software productivity. As in the current standard, this project will provide adopters with a standard method for quantifying the productivity of software organizations, including the use of productivity for (new) software development, software reuse, and software maintenance. The scope of this project does not require a specific software measurement process (though one is referenced) or a particlar software life-cycle model. This project will adopt the measurement terminology and measurement information model of ISO/IEC 15939, using this terminology to describe software productivity measures. Finally, this project will provide an informative annex that demonstrates the use of the ISO/IEC 15939 measurement process, activities and tasks for determining software productivity. Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the terminology, definitions, process details and application guidance (of software productivity metrics) such that it is consistent with ISO/IEC Standard for Lifecycle process (ISO/IEC 12207), ISO/IEC Software Measurement Process (ISO/IEC 15939). Further, this project will ensure that this standard addresses the measurement approach shared by SEI Capability Maturity Model Integrated (CMMI) and Practical Software and Systemes Measurement Guidebook. Specifically, the updates (to this standard) will include use of ISO/IEC measurement terminology, measurement process model and measurement information model. Designation: 1045-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Productivity Metrics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993 Abstract: Adminstratively withdrawn.This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A consistent way to measure the elements that go into computing software productivity is defined. Software productivity metrics terminology are given to ensure an understanding of measurement data for both source code and document production. Although this standard prescribes measurements to characterize the software process, it does not establish software productivity norms, nor does it recommend productivity measurements as a method to evaluate software projects or software developers. This standard does not measure the quality of software. This standard does not claim to improve productivity, only to measure it. The goal of this standard is for a better understanding of the software process, which may lend insight to improving it. Key Words: attribute, primitive, source, staff-hour, statement, Source statement, Productivity ratio Designation: 1046-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Application Guide for Distributed Digital Control and Monitoring for Power Plants Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: D. J Damsker, Phone:(212) 753-0034 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Alternate approaches to applying a digital control system, for both new construction and existing plant modernization projects, are described, and their advantages and disadvantages are compared. Criteria to be used to judge the suitability of commercially available systems for use in the power generation industry are provided. Terminology is defined, and the objectives of distributed control and monitoring systems are described. The following system application issues are addressed: integrated versus segregated systems functional and geographic distribution, hierarchical architecture and automation, control and protection functions, input/output systems, environmental considerations, and documentation. The data communications structure and the functions that support it are considered. Data acquisition and monitoring (the man/machine interfaces) are discussed. Reliability, availability, and fault tolerance of distributed control and monitoring systems are addressed. Key Words: generation, stations, monitoring, Power plant, Distributed monitoring, Distributed control, Digital Designation: 1047 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: MeasResistanceSemi-Conducting Jackets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984 Key Words: resistance, semiconducting, jackets, measure Designation: 1048-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2003 **Supersedes 1048-1990. Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: Revise guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of- the-art information on protective grounding practices. Project Purpose: The guide does not have the sizing of grounds or the treatment of vehicles adjacent to utility power lines. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1048-2003, IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines" Key Words: "de-energized overhead line maintenace, protective ground set sizing, protective grounding, protective grounding practices, safety, testing and maintenance protective grounds" Designation: P1048 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Clayton C King, Phone:573-682-83821, Email:centralia@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from IEEE 1048-2003 and is as follows: This document provides guidelines for grounding methods to protect workers and the public from voltages that might develop in a jobsite during de-energized maintenance of overhead transmission and distribution lines. Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide guidance for protective grounding in jobsites during de-energized maintenance of power lines. The primary purpose of protective grounding is to limit the voltage differences between any two accessible points at the worksite to an acceptable value. As an IEEE guide, the purpose of this document is to suggest approaches for protective grounding. This guide does not have mandatory requirements. Following the suggestions in this guide helps to mitigate risks, and users should take all reasonable steps necessary to minimize risks during de- energized maintenance of power lines. Designation: 1048-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1048-2003. History: BD APP: Apr 17, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1990 Project Scope: To prepare guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of- the-art information on protective ground practices. Abstract: Superseded by 1048-2003. Guidelines are provided for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de- energized overhead transmission and distribution line maintenance. This guide compiles state-of-the-art information on protective grounding practices employed by power utilities in North America. Key Words: Transmission lines, Protective grounding, Power lines, Grounding practices, Distribution lines Designation: 1049 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Application of Safety Classifications to Instrumentation, Control and Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1984 Key Words: safety, classiification, instrument, control Designation: 105 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1050-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2005 Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 2005 Project Scope: This revision will update the existing standard to incorporate the latest design technology as well as reformat the document for increased user-friendliness. Project Purpose: Advances in control systems technology have raised new technical issues as well as requiring older technical issues to be clarified. Enhancing the document in a manner which mimics how designers of control systems perform their design will greatly increae the value of the Guide. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1050-1996 Instrumentation and control (I&C) equipment grounding methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment, and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations are identified. Key Words: control, generating stations, grounding, I&C, instrumentation Designation: 1050-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1050-1989. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Apr 04, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by 1050-2005 Information about grounding methods for generating station instrumentation and control (I & C) equipment is provided. The identification of I & C equipment methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment is included, as well as suitable noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations. Both ideal thoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Key Words: control equipment, generating stations, grounding, instrumentation Designation: 1050-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations Status: Superseded **ANSI approval extended to 3/97. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by 1050-1996. Guidance for the design of grounding systems for instrumentation and control equipment specific to large central generating stations is provided. The goal is to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references. Requirements for the grounding of systems associated with the interconnection of the station to adjacent substations are considered, since these are a large source of electrical noise. Both ideal theoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Applications relating to advanced energy storage and conversion technologies (photovoltaics, fuel cells, etc.) are not considered. . Key Words: grounding, control, instrument, equipment, generating Designation: 1051-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Parameters to Characterize Digital Loop Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 1/4/93. History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988 Abstract: The purpose of this recommended practice is to suggest a set of transmission performance parameters to be used in the development of standards for low bit-rate digital channels between the user's location and an appropriate test point at the serving office. This recommended practice suggests a set of performance parameters for digital loop transmission between the user location and the serving office. In the case of ISDN the user location is defined as the T-reference point, or the U-reference point. In the case of non-ISDN, the user location is defined as the point in the transmission circuit analogous to the ISDN- defined T or U reference point. This recommended practice is limited to user information bit rates of 200 kb/s or lower. Key Words: parameters, characterize, digital, loop, performance Designation: 1057-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2008 **Revision of IEEE 1057-1994 Technical Contact: William B. Boyer, Phone:505-899-3044, Email:wbboyernm@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines specifications and describes test methods for measuring the performance of electronic digitizing waveform recorders, waveform analyzers, and digitizing oscilloscopes with digital outputs. The standard is directed toward, but not restricted to, general-purpose waveform recorders and analyzers. Special applications can require additional manufacturer information and verification tests not covered in this standard. IEEE Std 1057™ has many similarities to IEEE Std 1241™-2000 [B24],1 which applies to analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). However, IEEE Std 1057 shall be used for waveform recorders, and IEEE Std 1241-2000 shall be used for ADCs. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this standard is to ensure that manufactures and users of waveform recorders have a well-defined set of specifications and test methods so they can understand, describe, and compare the performance of these recorders using a common language. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1057-1994. This standard defines specifications and describes test methods for measuring the performance of electronic digitizing waveform recorders, waveform analyzers, and digitizing oscilloscopes with digital outputs. The standard is directed toward, but not restricted to, general-purpose waveform recorders and analyzers. Special applications can require additional manufacturer information and verification tests not covered in this standard. IEEE 1057 has many similarities to IEEE 1241 Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog to Digital Converters (ADCs) . However, IEEE Std. 1057 shall be used for waveform recorders and IEEE Std. 1241 shall be used for ADCs. Key Words: 1057-2007, effective number of bits, frequency response, noise, sine fitting, step pulse response, total harmonic distortion, transitions levels, waveform recorders Designation: 1057-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1057-2007. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1057-2007. Terminology and test methods for describing the performance of waveform recorders are provided. Key Words: waveform recorders, error sources, digitizing oscillo Scopes, Test methods, Terminology, Performance Designation: 1057 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William B. Boyer, Phone:505-899-3044, Email:wbboyernm@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: We are revising and updating Std. 1057. The revision will incorporate work from the following: comments already received and those to be received from a widespread solicitation of people using the standard, appropriate material developed by the committee in writing a draft 1057 User's Guide, making 1057 consistent with ongoing work on the ADC standard 1241 and the Pulse terms and methods standard. Project Purpose: The existing standard is due to expire soon. The field of waveform recorders is still a thriving one, and a standard is needed to define and measure performance. There have been many technology advances in the past five years in terms of recorder performance and test methods. Thus the existing standard should be updated. The standard is meant to be of use to both manufacturers and users of digitizing waveform recorders to provide standardized, well-defined terms and test methods for evaluating the equipment. Designation: 1057-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: digital, waveform, recorders Designation: 1058-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Superseded **Revision project for IEEE Std 1058.1-1987. Will be bound together in 1 volume with 1058a supplement (app 9/16/98). Superseded by 16326-2009. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of software management plans. A software management plan is the controlling document for managing a software project; it provides the technical and managerial activities necessary to satisfy the requirements for the software project. Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme to prepare and present a software project management plan. Revision to reflect experience of the past 5 years of use. Abstract: The format and contents of software project management plans, applicable to any type or size of software project, are described. The elements that should appear in all software project management plans are identified. Key Words: "management plans,software project management plans" Designation: 1058.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Superseded **Being revised as 1058. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1988 Abstract: Replaced by 1058-1998. The format and content of software project management plans are prescribed. By software project plan is meant the controlling document that defines the technical and managerial processes necessary to satisfy the project requirements. The requirements are applicable to all types of software projects and to software products of any size, complexity, or criticality at any point in the life cycle. All forms of product delivery media, including firmware, embedded systems code, programmable logic arrays, and software-in-silicon are included. Key Words: project, plans, Software development management Designation: 1058.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Software Project Management Plans Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: software, project, management, plans Designation: 1058a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard for Software Project Management Plans Status: Superseded **1058a will be published as part of 1058-1998. This supplement and the base std. will be bound together in one volume. Supereseded by 16326- 2009. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software project management plans as defined in 1058 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1059-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Verification and Validation Plans Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Std 1012 Implement guide. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Guidance in preparing Software Verification and Validation Plans (SVVPs) that comply with IEEE Std 1012-1986 are provided. IEEE Std 1012-1986 specifies the required content for an SVVP. This guide recommends approaches to Verification and Validation (V & V) planning. This guide does not present requirements beyond those stated in IEEE Std 1012-1986. Key Words: software, verification, validation, V & V tasks, Master schedule, Life cycle phases, Baseline change assessment Designation: 106 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1060 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society pw Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1061-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: Methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating software quality metrics. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document; incorporate lessons learned since publication from workshops, teaching classes based on the document, and field experience of users, and clarify relationships with related international standards. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process and product software quality metrics is defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle. Key Words: "direct metric,metrics framework,quality factor,quality subfactor,software quality metric" Designation: 1061-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993 Abstract: A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process and product of software quality metrics is defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle. Although this standard includes examples of metrics, this standard does not prescribe specific metrics. Key Words: methodology, Subfactor, Software quality metric, Metrics framework, Factor, Direct metric Designation: 1062-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by 1062-1998 A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed software. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: software, certification, Supplier, Software acquisition process, Software acquisition life cycle, Modified-off-the-shelf software, Acquirer Designation: P1062 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes a set of useful quality considerations that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process. The recommended practices can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. The software supply chain may include integration of commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS), custom, or open source software. Each organization or individual using this recommended practice will need to identify the specific quality and activities that need to be included within their acquisition process. Security will be included as a quality attribute considered during the acquisition process. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is designed to help organizations and individuals incorporate quality, including security, considerations during the definition, evaluation, selection, and acceptance of supplier software for operational use. It will also help determine how supplier software should be evaluated, tested, and accepted for delivery to end users. This recommended practice is intended to satisfy the following objectives: • Promote consistency within organizations in acquiring software from software suppliers. • Provide useful practices on including quality (including security) considerations during acquisition planning. • Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying supplier capabilities to meet user requirements. • Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying supplier software. • Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of supplier software for referral to end users. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed software. Designation: 1062-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: " A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or moresteps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied tosoftware that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of thesoftware, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed soft-ware. " Key Words: "acquirer,modified-off-the-shelf software,software acquisition life cycle,software acquisition process, supplier" Designation: 1062a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This supl will be incorporated into the base std. Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software acquisition plans as defined in 1062 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1063-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2001 **Supersedes 1063-1987 (R1993). Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user documentation, to include both paper and electronic documentation used in the work environment by users of systems containing software. The standard is limited to the software documentation product and will not include the processes of developing or managing software user documentation. The standard includes printed user manuals, online help, and user reference documentation. It does not apply to specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal training programs. Project Purpose: A timely revision of Std 1063 will update the existing standard, which addresses paper documentation only, to provide requirements for the structure, information content and format of electronic documentation as well. The revised standard will address the interests of software acquirers, producers, and users in standards for consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. Abstract: Minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user docu-mentation, including both printed and electronic documents used in the work environment by usersof systems containing software, are provided in this standard. Key Words: online help,software user documentation,user manual Designation: 1063-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1063-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by 1063-2001. Minimum requirements for the structure and information content of user documentation are provided. They apply primarily to technical substance rather than to style. Editorial and stylistic considerations are addressed only when they impact structure and content. Only traditional documentation, either printed on paper or stored in some other medium in the format of a printed document and used in a manner analogous to the way a printed document is used, is addressed. Key Words: documentation, user Designation: 1064-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Guide for Multifactor Stress Functional Testing of Electrical Insulation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Jun 12, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A guide for developing test procedures for the functional testing of insulation systems used in long-life electrical equipment exposed to more than one factor of influence in service is presented. Included are descriptions of technical problems and practical possibilities that may be helpful either for guidance or as a check list. A sequence of action is recommended, and details of the procedures required for the specification of such tests are provided. The emphasis is on realistically modeling service aging in functional tests and making the tests as simple and practical as possible. Mechanisms of interaction between the factors influencing aging are reviewed. Key Words: stress, interaction, Multifactor testing Designation: 1065 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Digital Bus for NIM Instruments Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: digital, bus, NIM, instruments Designation: 1066 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: NIM Modular Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: NIM, modular, bus Designation: 1067-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC and 750 kV DC Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2005 Technical Contact: Lawrence Schweitzer, Phone:804-448-8809, Email:lschweitzer@myrgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 06, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to check if there is any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present, in one document, sufficient details of presently used methods and techniques to provide for inspection, care, maintenance, and field testing. This guide also presents a new method of testing conductive clothing. This guide is intended to direct attention to appropriate standards and regulations relating to the care or testing of conductive clothing. It is not intended that this guide should replace present proven company procedures, nor imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices and therefore should be universally adopted as company standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those utilities that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and procedures for the use, care, maintenance, and testing of conductive clothing. Abstract: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to check if there is any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing. Key Words: energized, conductivity, clothing, maintenance, power lines Designation: P1067 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages Up to 765 kV ac and +/-750 kV dc Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lawrence Schweitzer, Phone:804-448-8809, Email:lschweitzer@myrgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to check if there is any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present, in one document, sufficient details of presently used methods and techniques to provide for inspection, care, maintenance, and field testing. This guide also presents a new method of testing conductive clothing. This guide is intended to direct attention to appropriate standards and regulations relating to the care or testing of conductive clothing. It is not intended that this guide should replace present proven company procedures, nor imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices and therefore should be universally adopted as company standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those utilities that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and procedures for the use, care, maintenance, and testing of conductive clothing. Abstract: General recommendations for the in-service care, maintenance, and testing of the conductive clothing worn by workers to perform work in high-voltage fields are presented. Key Words: clothing, conductivity, energized, maintenance, power lines Designation: 1067-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý 750 kV dc Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 1067-1990. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by 1067-2005 Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý750kV dc. Key Words: conductive clothing, evaluation, NDE, nondestructive test Designation: 1067-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ± 750 kV dc. Key Words: maintenance, care, testing, conductive, suits, conductive clothing, nondestructive test Designation: 1068-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the Petroleum, Chemical, and Process Industries Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 17, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1068-1996 Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 24, 2010 Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of alternating current (ac) electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in the manufacturer’s instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. For the purpose of this document, the term “motor” is used in lieu of, and shall equate to, the terms wound rotor, generator, and machine. This standard covers reconditioning, repair, and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction motors and of synchronous motors. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less, and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 hp). This standard applies only to the repair of motors, and in cases involving modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and reliability of the motor. Excluded from the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof, and like motors having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), for example, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Factory Mutual (FM),and Canadian Standards Association (CSA). For motors in this category, the user shall verify if the repair facility shall be certified by such an agency. - Any specific or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled generators,submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - Direct current (dc) motors. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used and referenced by users of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the petroleum and chemical industry but can be adapted to other applications or industries. The use of this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher quality, cost- effective, timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs and facilities. Abstract: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of ac motors and generators (machines) that need refurbishment, repair, and/or rewinding, as well as service or repair facilities. It has been developed for the petroleum, chemical, and process industries, and it may be adapted to other areas of interest. The use of this standard is expected to result in higher quality and more cost effective, and timely repairs. A means of evaluating work performed and repair or service facilities is also provided. Key Words: 1068-2009, ac generator, ac machine, ac motor, induction, refurbish, repair, repair facility, rewind, service facility, synchronous Designation: 1068-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 1068-1990. Superseded by 1068-2009. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: General recommendations are provided for owners users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities. Key Words: motors, repair of horizontal motors, repair of vertical motors, rewinding of horizontal motors, rewinding of vertical motors Designation: 1068-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: General recommendations are provided for users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities. Key Words: repair, rewinding, Vertical motors, Horizontal motors Designation: 1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Joseph K Armintor, Phone:281-364-5303, Email:jkarmintor@ra.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers general recommendation for the repair of electric motors, both for users and for owners of repair facilities. It is not intended to support manufacturers instructions or contractual agreements, and applies to NEMA fram 140 and above, with voltage ratings 15 KV and less, verfical and horizontal. The scope statement remains the same from the previous PAR. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide operators and repair shops the ability to achieve higher quality, more cost effective repairs and timely repairs. This revision will address improvements in rewind materials, testing instrumentation, and repair techniques. Designation: 1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of Electric Motors in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines, submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs and facilities. Designation: 1068 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the Petroleum, Chemical and Process Industries Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines, submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs and facilities. Designation: P1068-2009/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the Petroleum, Chemical, and Process Industries - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: Clause 8.5.4, change the last sentence: change "...the stresses noted in Table 7." to "...the stresses noted in Table 9." (ie: the reference to Table 7 is incorrect. The reference needs to be Table 9) Designation: 1069-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precipitator and Baghouse Hopper Heating Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Recommendations on hopper heating system performance and equipment requirements necessary to provide an economical and effective hopper heating system are presented. System characteristics are described, and heat transfer analysis is covered. Heating module design considerations are presented. Control, monitoring, and alarm systems are discussed. Insulation, installation, operation, and maintenance are addressed. Key Words: flue gas, Precipitators, Hopper heating systems, Fly ash removal , Baghouse hoppers Designation: 107-1964 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979 Title: Standard for Rating and Testing Magnetic Amplifiers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1070-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006 Project Scope: This guide will provide the industry with a generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the industry with a generic specification that can be used by companies for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components. This particular design would then be compatible with the modular restoration structures presently in use within the utility industry and allow the highly successful plan of transmission mutual aid to be greatly enhanced. The testing prescribed in this standard provides a high level of confidence between manufacturers and/or suppliers and is intended to promote competitive acquisition practices within the industry. This guide is not intended to be an application guide for complete assembled emergency restoration structures. However, the application and capabilities of emergency restoration structures that utilize the components described in this guide have been well documented by Goodreid and Magwood [B6],1 Rutty, et al. [B11], Aristizabal and Cortez [B2], Lopez Tagle, et al. [B8], Pohlman, et al. [B9] and [B10], Agrawal and Erickson [B1], and Schweiner, et al. [B11]. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1070-1995. A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided. Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy plates, transmission mutual aid Designation: 1070-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by 1070-1995. A generic specification, including design and testing, is provided for transmission modular restoration structure components being widely used today by many electric utilities, both publicly and privately owned. It can be used by electric utilities for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components, to ensure that the particular design is compatible with structures presently in use within the industry. This would enhance transmission mutual aid. Testing is prescribed to provide a high confidence level between manufacturers and/or suppliers and to promote competitive acquisition practices within the industry. Key Words: restoration, transmission, modular, structure, components Designation: 1070-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular Restoration Structure Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 1070-1988. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1996 Project Scope: Provide the industry with a generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components being widely used today by many electric utilities. Project Purpose: To make available to the industry a general specification that can be used for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components. These components would be compatible with those presently in use in the industry enhancing the transmission mutual aid to a great degree. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided. Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy plates, transmission mutual, mutual aid Designation: 1071 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Telecommunications Dictionary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William B Wilkens, Phone:603-267-6524 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1072 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IN-Vivo Bioassay Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Key Words: in-vivo, bioassay Designation: 1073-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Overview and Framework Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 13, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: An overall definition of the IEEE 1073 family of standards is provided, describing the interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a manner suitable for the clinical environment. Key Words: acute care, bedside environment, computerized healthcare information, healthcare information systems, medical devices, medical device system, MDS, patient care information systems, patient data management system, virtual medical device, VMD Designation: 1073.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Overview and Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of the MDDL standards is to define 1073-specific information format and representation methods. This document defines the overall framework of the MDDL standards, as well as information formats and representation methods used in common across the P1073 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of the MDDL standards is to define the semantics and syntax of information interchanged between application entities in a 1073-based system. This document provides application developers with information sufficient to use the overall set of MDDL specifications to model their applications. Designation: 1073.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Common Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the common set of definitions used among a variety of Virtual Medical Device object classes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a common "library" of definitions in order to facilitate common language usage, particularly the "nomenclature" and the general "terminology" and to reduce the overhead of defining and evolving specialized medical device classes. Designation: 1073.1.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 10101: Nomenclature Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a nomenclature for communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented information model that is for medical device communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEEE 11073-1010-2004. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MCD), this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and service model components of the standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The nomenclature is specialized for patient vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas including concepts for electrocardiograph (ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and neurology, as well as specialized units of measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both the architecture and major components of the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area. Key Words: codes, information model, medical device communication, nomenclature, ontology, patient, point-of-care, POC, semantics, service model terminology Designation: 1073.1.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Nomenclature Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To define a nomenclature for object oriented data communications for medical device communications. This project defines terms, attributes, and objects for medical devices. Project Purpose: To define the unique terms and concepts required for medical device data communications. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future uses of medical device data communications. This document references and augments a European pre-standard. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. The scope of this standard is nomenclature for IEEE 1073 upper layer profiles. The purpose of this standard is to define semantics, symbols and codes for nomenclature used in IEEE 1073 protocol data units (PDUs). Key Words: IEEE 1073 , IEEE 1073.1.1.1 , P1073.1.1.1 , 11073-10101 Designation: 1073.1.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Generalized Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that model a medical device generalization, or "Virtual Medical Device", which is used as a basis for future refinement of more specialized medical device classes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a set of object-oriented definitions that serve as a basis for common communications among a variety of medical devices, as well as a "toolkit" for defining additional medical device specializations. Designation: 1073.1.2.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 10201: Domain information model Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a general object-oriented information model that may be used to structure information and identify services used in point-of-care medical device communications. The scope is primarily focused on acute care medical devices and the communication of patient vital signs information. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a general object- oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC), this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services. Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided. Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, ASN.1, information model, medical device communications, medi-cal information bus, MIB, point-of-care, POC, object-oriented, patient, remote control Designation: 1073.1.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Specialized Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991 Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. Designation: 1073.1.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Infusion device Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for patient-connected infusion devices or "pumps". It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient-connected infusion devices and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations- Infusion Device Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Infusion Devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Infusion Devices. Designation: 1073.1.3.10 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Cardiac output Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that measure cardiac output. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that measure cardiac output and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.10 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Cardiac Output Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Cardiac Output. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Cardiac Output. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway gas analyzer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Capnometer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.11 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Capnometer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Capnometers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Capnometers. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.12 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Hemodynamic calculator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for hemodynamic calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between hemodynamic calculators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and- play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.12 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Hemodynamic Calculator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of defintiions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Hemodynamic Calculators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Hemodynamic Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.13 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Pulmonary calculator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for pulmonary calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between pulmonary calculators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.13 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Pulmonary Calculator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Pulmonary Calculators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Pulmonary Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.14 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Respirator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for respirators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between respirators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.14 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Respirator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Respirators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Respirators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.15 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Weighing scale Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for weighing scales. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between weighing scales and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.15 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Scale Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Scales. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Scales. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Vital signs monitor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for patient vital signs monitors. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient vital signs monitors and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and- play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Vital Signs Monitor Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the virtual Device abstraction. This standard defines the virtual Medical Device abstraction for Vital Signs Monitors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Vital Signs Monitors. Designation: 1073.1.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Ventilator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for medical ventilators. It will specialize definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between patient ventilators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Ventilator Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Ventilators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative dedfinition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Ventilators. Designation: 1073.1.3.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Pulse oximeter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for pulse oximeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between pulse oximeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Pulse Oximeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical abstraction for pulse oximeters. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major device classes in a way that maximizes the utility of the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. The project will define the base object for pulse oximeters. The development of base objects allows for standard applications to be developed for healthcare. Designation: 1073.1.3.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Defibrillator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for defibrillators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Defibrillator Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Defibtillators. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for defibrillators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturersand hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - ECG monitoring Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - ECG Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.6 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, ECG Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for ECG's. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical deviceclasses in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for ECG's. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.7 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Blood pressure Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that provide blood pressure information. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that provide blood pressure information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.7 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Blood Pressure Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for blood pressure. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for blood pressure. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.8 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Temperature Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for devices that provide patient temperature information. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between devices that provide patient temperature information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.8 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Temperature Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for temperature. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for temperature. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway meter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Airway flowmeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. Designation: 1073.1.3.9 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device Specializations, Airway Flowmeter Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Airway Flowmeters. Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device classes. This project will define the base object for Airway Flowmeters. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software application vendors. Designation: 1073.1.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) Kernel Data Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the format of medical device data language (MDDL) protocol data units (PDU's). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify mappings between MDDL and the medical device application profile (MDAP) standards. Designation: 1073.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Application Profiles, Framework and Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.2.0 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Application Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is limited to service and protocol definitions that are identified in IEEE 1073.2, "Framework and Overview" and are used by related medical device application profile standards, e.g. P1073.2n. Project Purpose: The definitions augment and in some cases optimize related industry standards, chiefly ISO Systems Management standards, particularly with respect to cost-performance improvements for real-time medical data communication. Designation: 1073.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Applications Profile - Connection Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.2.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 20101: Application profiles - Base Standard Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will define the base message syntax and data encoding for medical device application profiles. The definitions will augment and in some cases optimize related industry standards, chiefly ISO Systems Management standards, particularly with respect to cost-performance improvements for real-time medical data communication. It is limited to upper-layer (i.e., ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services and protocols used for medical device communication. As a base standards, it neither defines application-specific content of messages nor specific application profiles. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide the basis for translating abstract message definitions, defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards, into an encoded data stream that can be communicated between systems. It also provides a common ("base") set of definitions that are used by application profiles to accomplish plug-and-play interoperability between medical devices and with patient care information systems. Abstract: ISO/IEEE Dual Logo The scope of this standard is upper-layer (i.e. ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services and protocols for information exchange under ISO/IEEE 11073 Standards for Medical Device Communications (MDC). This standard is the Base Standard of the IEEE 1073.2™, Medical Device Application Profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through CEN and ISO. Key Words: abstract syntex, alarm, alert, communication, control, information model, medical device, object-oriented, point-of-care, POC, services Designation: 1073.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Application Profile-Basic Capabilities Status: Changed Designation Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This document specifies the base standards, and any restrictions imposed on those standards, to be used in the Applcation, Presentation, and Session layers in connection-oriented medical device communications. The information contained in this document corresponds to an International Organization for Standardization (ISO) application (A-type) international standardized profile (ISP). Project Purpose: This document specifies the Application Protocol Data Units (APDU) and the use of application, presentation, and session layer service elements and protocols for use between P1073 medical dedvice applications entities over a connection-oriented transport service. This document adds the following capabilities to those described in 1073.2.1: Set Attribute, create object, delete object. Designation: 1073.2.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Polling Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (IEEE P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for those typically simple medical devices that use polling-type protocols, where a managing system queries the device for all information that is communicated. The profile is much simpler than others, enabling implementations that require less processor and memory resources within the medical device. Designation: 1073.2.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Baseline Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (IEEE P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards, and thus its name "baseline". It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for those medical devices that use event-driven type protocols. The key benefit of this class of protocol is that the communication bandwidth utilized is only that which is needed. A managing system does not need to unnecessarily "poll" the device for information when it may not be available, thus resulting in more efficient implementations. This profile also defines a more robust service model providing for more complete support of the data model and services defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x standards. Designation: 1073.2.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Asynchronous mode Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073- 1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards. Designation: 1073.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications Transport File - Common Subset Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1073.3.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Transport Profile - Comnection Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a transport profile for medical device communications, especially in acute care settings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994 version of this standard. Designation: 1073.3.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications-- Transport Profile--Connection Mode Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1073.3.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - Connection Mode Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. A local area network (LAN) for the interconnection of computers and medical devices is defined by the specifications and guidelines set forth in this standard. The functions, features, and protocols of the intra-room communications subnet of a bedside communications network known as the Medical Information Bus (MIB) are defined. This communications subnet is the functional equivalent for the MIB of the Transport, Network, Data Link, and Physical layers of the Organization for International Standards (ISO) Reference Model for Open Systems Interconnection (OSI). This standard defines the services and protocols for the MIB Transport, Network, and Data Link layers. Key Words: BCC, Data Link layer, DCC, frame, flow control, HDLC, high-level data link, MIB, Network layer, subnetwork, transport layer, Physical layer, high-level data link control , device communications control, bedside medical device, bedside communications control, Medical Information Bus Designation: 1073.3.1a-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1/Amd. 1, Standard for Medical Device Communications-- Transport Profile--Connection Mode--Amendment 1: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1073.3.1a-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - Connection Mode Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was issued. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues with IEEE 1073.3.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation. Abstract: IEEE Std 1073.3.1a-2000 (Amendment to IEEE Std 1073.3.1-1994) This amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and corrections to IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications--Transport Profile-- Connection Mode. Key Words: "bedside communications controller (BCC), bedside medical device, Data Link layer,device communications controller (DCC), flow control, frame, high-level data link control (HDLC),Medical Information Bus (MIB)," Designation: 1073.3.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA Based - Cable Connected Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: To define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communications. Project Purpose: To provide connection-oriented communications services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications and adapted as appropriate for IEEE 1073 applications. Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 11073-30200:2004 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications in legacy devices is established. Communications services and protocols consis-tent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined. These communication services and protocols are optimized for use in patient-connected bedside medical devices. Key Words: "bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP" Designation: 1073.3.2a Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-2, Standard for Medical Device Communications-- Transport Profile--IrDA Based--Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Designation: 1073.3.2a Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA Based - Cable Connected - Amendment 1: Medical-Device Specific Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: Define and specify a medical-device specific connector for applications that use the IEEE 1073.3.2 standard. Project Purpose: Certain users and manufacturers require communication cables that provide a unique connector specifically defined for use in medical applications, such that there is no risk of making an inappropriate connection. High reliability and ruggedness are also key requirements for these use cases. This project will define a standard option for such connectors. Designation: 1073.3.3-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication - Part 30300: Transport profile - Infrared Wireless Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that support IrDA-infrared communication. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection- oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot' connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification, which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point- of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP) running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared. Abstract: ISO/IEEE Dual logo This standard establishes a connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications that use short-range infrared wireless. This standard defines communications services and protocols consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association, and are optimized for ‘point-of-care’ applications at or near the patient. KEYWORDS: . KEYWORDS: acceptance and performance testing, generators, induction, machines, motors, polyphase Key Words: access point, bedside, device interfaces, infrared, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, medical information bus, MIB, patient, Simple Network Time Protocol, SNTP, point-of-care, POC, point-of-care testing, POCT, wireless Designation: 1073.3.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA- based - Infrared Wireless Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Paul Schluter, Phone:414-362-3610, Email:paul.schluter@med.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that support IrDA-infrared communication. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection- oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot' connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification, which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point- of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP) running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared. Key Words: P1073 , 1073 , P11073 , 11073 , P1073.3.3 , 1073.3.3 Designation: 1073.4.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define physical layer requirements for medical device communications, especially in acute care settings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994 version of this standard. Designation: 1073.4.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-4-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications--Physical Layer Interface--Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1073.4.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical devices in the 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems are specified. Key Words: BCC, DCC, device communication, ESD, HDLC, Manchester biphase , Physical layer, special function signals, high-speed frame encoding, high- level data link control , electromagnetic noise, cable-connected medical device, bedside medical device, bedside communications control, Manchester biphase encoding, Electrostatic discharge , Data Link layer Designation: 1073.4.1a-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer Interface - Cable Connected - Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was issued Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues with IEEE 1073.4.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical devices in the IEEE 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems are specified. Designation: 1073.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Internetworking Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This document specifies the standards for internetworking between a 1073 Bedside Communication Controller and other networks. Examples include bridges, routers, relays, and gateways. Project Purpose: This standard will allow data exchange between Bedside 1073 networks and other information systems. Designation: 1073.6.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application gateway - HL7, Observation reporting interface (ORI) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE 1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes. The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE 1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will specify multiple versions of HL7 as necessary, including version 2.x and version 3, along with usage constraints and guidelines for each. Project Purpose: Though most point-of-care medical devices, especially patient- connected acute care instruments, provide information that can be communicated to an external system and ultimately used by many different clinical applications, such as charting or electronic patient records, there is no standard protocol for formatting and exchanging this information, and thus interoperability requires protocol converters and data translators. The IEEE 1073 standards provide a common means of communicating point-of- care medical device information without requiring additional tools to achive interoperability. This works especially well for device to device communication that requires real-time plug-and-play data exchange. Many clinical applications, though, use HL7 protocols for data exchange, and often only need a small portion of the data set that can be automatically captured from medical devices. Again, though, there is little standardization in how HL7 may be used to convey information sourced from medical devices, and specifically there is no single means for converting IEEE 1073-based data into HL7-based information streams. Standardizing an observation reporting interface between these two environments will reduce the cost and complexity of deploying systems that automatically capture point-of-care medical device data into HL7-based clinical applications, and thus will allow this capability to be more generally used in clinical environments, ultimately resulting in increased patient safety and quality of care. Designation: 10738-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC TR 10738:1993 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5b-1993 Edition] Information technology - Local and Metropolitan area networks - Token ring access method and physical layer specifications - Recommended practice for use of unshielded twisted pair cable (UTP) for token ring data transmission at 4 Mbit/s Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. The recommended practice for using unshielded twisted pair cables (UTP) for transmitting data at 4 Mb/s is described. Signal characteristics, unshielded twisted pair transmission characteristics, medium interface connection, cable routing, bit error rate, safety, and reliability are covered. Key Words: token ring access method, token ring data transmission, token ring networks, unshielded twisted pair cable Designation: 1074-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2006 Technical Contact: Keith R Middleton, Phone:509-375-2686, Email:keith.middleton@pnl.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a process for creating a software project life cycle process (SPLCP). It is primarily directed at the process architect for a given software project. It is the function of the process architect to develop the SPLCP. This methodology begins with the selection of an appropriate software project life cycle model (SPLCM)for use on the specific project. It continues through the definition of the software project life cycle (SPLC),using the selected SPLCM, the activities provided in Annex A, and the portion of the software life cycle that is relevant to the project. The methodology concludes with the augmentation of the software life cycle with organizational process assets (OPAs) to create the SPLCP. The activities that are provided in Annex A cover the entire life cycle of a software system, from concept exploration through the eventual retirement of the software system. This standard does not address nonsoftware activities, such as contracting, purchasing, or hardware development. It also does not mandate the use of a specific SPLCM, nor does it provide a selection of, or a tutorial on, SPLCMs. This standard presumes that the process architect is already familiar with a variety of SPLCMs, with the criteria for choosing among them and with the criteria for determining the attributes and constraints of the desired end system and the development environment that affects this selection. Finally, this standard does not prescribe how to perform the software activities in Annex A. Project Purpose: This standard defines the process by which an SPLCP is developed. It is useful to any organization that is responsible for managing and performing software projects. It can be used where software is the total system or where software is part of a larger system. Abstract: Revision to IEEE Std 1074-1997 This project will develop a revised 1074 Standard for Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process. The scope of the revision will be consistent with the scope of the original document (and IEEE guidance for the revision effort). The standard provides a process for creating a software project life cycle process. Key Words: software project life cycle, software project life cycle model, software project life cycle process Designation: 1074-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This standard provides the set of Activities that constitute the Processes for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand- alone or part of a system. (Non-software activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside the scope of this standard). This standard also provides associated Input and Output information. The proposed revision will differ from the original as follows: (1) The word process will be downplayed, or order to better focus attention on the Activities. Collections of Activities will now be called Activity Groups. (2) All Planning Activities will now be collected into a single Activity Group called Project Planning Activities. (3) The Verification and Validation Process will be replaced by a new Activity Group entitled "Evaluation Activities", which will include specific V&V Activities such as reviews, audits, testing. Project Purpose: To better enable software organizations to develop and/or maintain software on time and within budget. It is envisioned that the primary user of the revised standard will be the Process Architect for a software project. This is the individual whose function is to select a Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) for the project, create the project Software Life Cycle (SLC), and ensure that this SLC is properly followed throughout the lifetime of the project. The revised standard will benefit the Process Architect by clearly defining his or her role, and the steps necessary to fulfill that role. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1074-2006 A process for creating a software life cycle process is provided. Although this standardis directed primarily at the process architect, it is useful to any organization that is responsible formanaging and performing software projects. Key Words: "software life cycle,software life cycle model, software life cycle process" Designation: 1074-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1074-1991. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by 1074-1997 The set of Activities that constitute the Processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand- alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software Activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated Input and Output Information. Key Words: activities, mapping, processes, software life cycle , life cycle model, life cycle process Designation: 1074-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Superceded by 1074-1995. The set of activities that constitute the processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software activities, such as hardware development and purchasing, are outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated input and output information. Key Words: software, life, cycle, process Designation: 1074 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Napier, Phone:253-265-6024, Email:j.napier@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a revised 1074 Standard for Developing Life Cycle Processes. The scope of the revision will be consistent with the scope of the original document (and IEEE guidance with the revision effort). The standard provides a process for creating a software life cycle process. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the existing 1074-1997 standard to be consistent with other IEEE standards, improve standard usability and incorporate industry best practices for software life cycle development that have evolved since the original standard was published. Designation: 1074.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Selected topics covered in IEEE Std 1074-1995, IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes, are addressed in this guide. The guide provides assistance with Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) selection, Activity mapping, and management of a software Life Cycle (SLC). Key Words: software life cycle, processes, cycle model, activities, mapping, developing software Designation: 1075 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1076-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 26, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1076-2002 Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 2009 Project Scope: This standard revises and enhances the VHDL language reference manual (LRM) by including a standard C language interface specification; specifications from previously separate, but related, standards IEEE Std 1164 -1993,1 IEEE Std 1076.2 -1996, and IEEE Std 1076.3-1997; and general language enhancements in the areas of design and verification of electronic systems. Project Purpose: The VHDL language was defined for use in the design and documentation of electronics systems. It is revised to incorporate capabilities that improve the language's usefulness for its intended purpose as well as extend it to address design verification methodologies that have developed in industry. These new design and verification capabilities are required to ensure VHDL remains relevant and valuable for use in electronic systems design and verification. Incorporation of previously separate, but related standards, simplifies the maintenance of the specifications. Abstract: VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Key Words: 1076-2008, computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL Designation: P1076 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jim W Lewis, Phone:503-590-4787, Email:jim@synthworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines the syntax and semantics of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). The acronym, VHSIC (Very High Speed Integrated Circuits), in the language's name comes from the U.S. government program that funded early work on the standard. Project Purpose: VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Since it is both machine and human readable, it supports the design, development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. This document is intended for the implementers of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Designation: 1076-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1076-1993. Superseded by 1076-2008. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002 Project Scope: Develop a standard computer language and environment for use in the design and description of electronic systems from the abstract to logical gate modeling levels. Project Purpose: To provide a syntax, vocabulary and semantics for describing electronic systems. The data is required to support the design, production and maintenance of electronic systems throughout their life cycle. Abstract: Replaced by 61691-1-1 Dual-logo document. Revision of the IEEE Std 1076, 2000 Edition Abstract: VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Key Words: "computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL" Designation: 1076-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2002. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: Add mutual exclusion semantics to the shared variable feature in VHDL. Project Purpose: To address a language feature area that received a significant share of negative ballots and positive ballots with comments on the implementation during the successful VHDL 1076-1993 balloting. The working group was formed to attempt to reach concensus on a better implementation of the language feature. Abstract: " VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notationintended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine read-able and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hard-ware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, andprocurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the lan-guage and the advanced users of the language. " Key Words: "IEEE Std 1076, 2000 Edition.pdf" Designation: 1076-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unique product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on VHDL - not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear links between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensible tool for VHDL product development and users. Key Words: token ring, access method, data transmission, token ring networks, unshielded twisted pair cable, VHDL, Hardware design, Electronic systems, Computer languages Designation: 1076-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by 1076-2002. IEEE standard VHDL language reference manual. Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 1076.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: (Withdrawn)IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007 Project Scope: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1™language, a hardware description language for the description andthe simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on the IEEE 1076™(VHDL) language and extends it to provide capabilities of writing andsimulating analog and mixed-signal models. Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. The revision corrects editorial errors and clarifies aspects of the language definition in the 1076.1-1999 standard, and updates the 1076.1- 1999 standard to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076-2002 specification. Abstract: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076-1993 (VHDL) and extends it with additions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models. Key Words: analog design, computer, computer languages, hardware design, mixed- signal design,VHDL Designation: P1076.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ernst Christen, Phone:503 520 2720, Email:christen@analogy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1(TM) language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. Informally called VHDL-AMS, (VHSIC Hardware Description Language for Analog and Mixed-Signal, where VHSIC stands for Very High Speed Integrated Circuits), the language is built on the IEEE 1076(TM)(VHDL) language and extends it to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models. Project Purpose: To support the design and verification of complex electronic systems containing a mixture of analog and digital devices, the IEEE 1076.1(TM) language provides, as an extension of the IEEE VHDL 1076 language, a comprehensive set of capabilities for the description and simulation of mixed-signal and mixed-technology systems. The revision adds selected new features to the language definition of the 1076.1-2007 standard, and updates the 1076.1-2007 standard to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076-2008 specification. Designation: 1076.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily designed for the description and the simulation of digital hardware systems. As such, it provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling. VHDL 1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the description and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous behavior over time and over amplitude. Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1076.1-2007. This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is bu Key Words: IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 Designation: 1076.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: Original scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily designed for the description and the simulation of digital hardware systems. As such, it provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling. VHDL 1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the description and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous behavior over time and over amplitude. The revision will correct editorial errors and clarify aspects of the language definition in the original document, and will update the document to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076 specification. Project Purpose: Original purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language. The document is to be revised to track changes in the language that it extends. Designation: 1076.1.1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions -- Packages for Multiple Energy Domain Support Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011 **Supersedes 1076.1.1-2004. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1(TM),along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.) The packages are intended for use primarily in the modeling of multiple energy domain systems. The range of operation of the packages is not defined in this standard, but is intended to be valid across a wide range of disciplines and applications. Project Purpose: The definitions of IEEE Std 1076.1 allow users to build simulation models of physical components and subsystems that may belong to multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Such models are built upon sets of properties that are specific to each energy domain and encapsulated in socalled natures. IEEE Std 1076.1 provides a mechanism to define natures, but intentionally does not predefine any standard set of natures as it is expected that this would be done in a subsequent IEEE standard project. The definition of a standard set of natures is crucial to make possible the reuse and exchange of models written in VHDL 1076.1 within and among vendors. Abstract: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1, along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Key Words: IEEE 1076.1.1, interchange, modeling, model interchange, model portability, multidisciplinary, multidisciplinary modeling, packages, portability, standard packages, standard VHDL packages, VHDL, VHDL-AMS Designation: 1076.1.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions---Packages for Multiple Energy Domain Support Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076.1.1-2011. Technical Contact: H. Alan Mantooth, Phone:479-575-4838, Email:mantooth@uark.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 16, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1(TM)-1999,along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.) The packages are intended for use primarily in the modeling of multiple energy domain systems. The range of operation of the packages is not defined in this standard, but is intended to be valid across a wide range of disciplines and applications. Project Purpose: The definitions of IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 allow users to build simulation models of physical components and subsystems that may belong to multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Such models are built upon sets of properties that are specific to each energy domain and encapsulated in socalled natures. IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 provides a mechanism to define natures, but intentionally does not predefine any standard set of natures as it is expected that this would be done in a subsequent IEEE standard project. The definition of a standard set of natures is crucial to make possible the reuse and exchange of models written in VHDL 1076.1 within and among vendors. Abstract: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1TM-1999, along with recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Key Words: interchange, modeling, model interchange, model portability, multidisciplinary, multidisciplinary modeling, packages, portability, standard packages, standard VHDL packages, VHDL, VHDL-AMS Designation: 1076.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages Status: Superseded **This standard includes a 3.5" DOS diskette. Superseded by 1076-2008. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1997 Project Scope: Development of a set of standard math packages for VHDL. Examples are trigometric, hyperbolic, random number generators, etc. Project Purpose: Many modeling activities need computation of standard mathematical functions. IEEE Standard 1076 does not have defined as a part of the language any standard set of mathematical routines. This will correct this problem by defining a Standard mathematical set of Packages to be used with the language. Abstract: The MATH_REAL package declaration, the MATH_COMPLEX package declaration, and the semantics of the standard mathematical definition and conventional meaning of the functions that are part of this standard are provided. Ways for users to implement this standard are given in an informative annex. Samples of the MATH_REAL and MATH_COMPLEX package bodies are provided in an informative annex on diskette as guidelines for implementors to verify their implementation of this standard. Implementors may choose to implement the package bodies in the most efficient manner available to them. Key Words: IEEE, math_complex, math_real, vhdl, vhdl model interoperability Designation: 1076.3-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis Packages Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2008. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Definition of a set of standard packages based on IEEE Std 1076 to describe hardware that can be synthesized using commercially available synthesis programs. Project Purpose: Only some parts of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) are able to be synthesized currently. There are also no current standards describing how to create these needed portable descriptions in VHDL that can be synthesized. This standard will define a set of packages to allow this portability of synthesizable descriptions. Key Words: interpretations, metalogical values, numeric VHDL vector types, signed, synthesis, unsigned Designation: 1076.4-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VITAL Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) Modeling Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076.4-2000. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: To provide a standard method for modeling ASICs in VHDL. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are based on ASICs. Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL, which is a standard hardware description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic design. Abstract: Superseded by 1076.4-2000. The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined. It creates a methodology that promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application- Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: ASIC, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation, HDL, modeling, SDF, timing, verilog, VHDL Designation: 1076.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) Modeling Specification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 1076.4-1995. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: To provide a standard method of modeling ASICs in VHDL. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are based on ASICs. Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL which is a standard hardware description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic design. Abstract: IEC 61691-5: 2004 Dual-logo document replaces IEEE Std 1076.4-2000 (Revision of IEEE Std 1076.4-1995). Abstract: The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined in this standard. This modeling specification defines a methodology which promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL. Key Words: "ASIC,computer,computer languages,constraints,delay calculation,HDL,modeling,SDF,timing,Verilog,VHDL," Designation: 1076.4-2000/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) Modeling Specification---Corrigendum 1: Corrections to Code Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2008. Technical Contact: Ajayharsh Varikat, Phone:+91-9810404071, Email:ajay@cadence.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct minor technical errors identified in the last revision of the standard. Project Purpose: Some implementers of the standard have identified minor technical errors and have addressed them in their implementations. Without corrections to the standard, conforming implementations may exhibit differing behavior. Designation: 1076.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Language Utility Library Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gabe Moretti, Phone:941-497-9880, Email:gabe@eda.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: Development of a set of utility packages written in the IEEE 1076 standard to aid in the development of models and to aid portability of models across vendors. Project Purpose: Vhdl is a broad harware description language that is technology independent. Consequently, in order to obtain transportability of models across segments of the industry, utility libraries reflecting current design practices must be developed. This project will develop this general utitility library. Designation: 1076.6-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level Synthesis Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076.6-2004. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standards IEEE 1076, 1164 and 1076.3. Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools use the current IEEE 1076 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their designs compliant with this developed standard. Abstract: Replaced by 1076.6-2004 (SH/SS95242) Abstract: A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register transfer level (RTL) synthesis is defined. The subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis is defined, along with the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. Key Words: "pragma,register transfer level (RTL),synthesis,VHDL" Designation: 1076.6-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) Synthesis Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 1076.6-1999. Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004 Project Scope: The standard describes a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL RTL synthesis. It defines the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis and defines the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. The intent of this revision is to include a maximum subset of VHDL that can be used to describe synthesizable RTL logic. This includes considering new features introduced by IEEE Std 1076-1993, IEEE Std 1076- 2002, new semantics based on algorithmic styles rather than template-driven, and a set of synthesis attributes that can be used to annotate an RTL description. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a syntax and semantics that can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools use the IEEE 1076 standard. The original standard defined a syntax and semantics that was common amongst all synthesis tools at the time that it was created. The new standard expands the original purpose by including a maximal subset of VHDL that can be synthesized. Key Words: hardware description language, logic synthesis, register transfer level (RTL), very highspeed integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL) Designation: 1076/INT-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations: IEEE Std 1076-1987, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 21, 1992 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: John Willis **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: A series of analyses of various problems regarding the interpretation of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) was carried out by VHDL experts on the VHDL Analysis and Standardization Group, the working group that developed the original IEEE Std 1076-1987. The results of these deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the VHDL community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard. Key Words: interpretations, LRM, VHDL, VHSIC, Hardware, language Designation: 1076a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Supplement to the VHDL Standard Language Reference Manual for Shared Variables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1076b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual -- Simulation Run-Time Application Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing VHDL 1076-2002 standard by adding a simulation run-time application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). The existing standard will be unchanged. The VHPI is in addition to the existing standard. Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools. By reducing the costs of supporting all VHDL simulators, it reduces the barrier of entry for symbiotic tools and increases VHDL users' design and verification productivity. Designation: 1076c-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual - Procedural Language Application Interface Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 1076-2008. Technical Contact: Jim W Lewis, Phone:503-590-4787, Email:jim@synthworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 1076-2002 (VHDL) standard by adding a simulation runtime application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools. Abstract: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 1076-2002 (VHDL) standard by adding a simulation runtime application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1076-2002 Key Words: computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL Designation: 1077 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Design Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: design, management Designation: 1078 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Info Model Descrpt'n Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steven J Piatz **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: language, information, model, description Designation: 1079 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Circuit and Physical Design Description Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 3/10/88 StB meeting Designation: 108-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Trial-Use Recommended Guide for Specification of Electronic Voltmeters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Abstract: No Abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Key Words: electronic volmeters, specification Designation: 1081 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Appli of 730 to NPGS Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John R Matras, Phone:402-331-9131, Email:j_r_matras@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Key Words: nuclear, generation, 730 Designation: 1082-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: Guide for Incorporating Human Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James P Bongarra, Phone:301-415-1046, Email:jxb@nrc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Abstract: A structured framework for the incorporation of human/system interactions into probabilistic risk assessments is provided. Key Words: reliability, analysis, human, action Designation: 1083 Sponsor: Production and Application of Light Title: Recommended Practice for Illuminating Industrial Operation Control Centers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kao Chen, Phone:619-451-9854, Email:chenkao@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985 Designation: 1083-2 Title: Digital recorders for measurements in high-voltage impulse tests - Part 2 Evaluation of software used for the determination of the parameters of impulse waveforms Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **TPAR approved 10 December 1996 Designation: 1084-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Being revised as 610.1 - expect to complete in 1992. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Abstract: This dictionary defines terms in the field of Mathematics of Computing. Topics covered include Boolean algebra, number systems, computer arithmetic, complemenation, shifts, arithmetic errors, error detection and correction, number conversions, numeric codes, mathematical notation, and basic mathematics Key Words: mathematics, computing, terminology Designation: 10857-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 10857:1994, Information Technology -- Microprocessor Systems -- Futurebus+(R) - Logical Protocol specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.1-1991 and 896.1a-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+ architecture with performance and cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods: a) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention (the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+ systems), and b) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance. Futurebus+ takes its name from its goal of being capable of the highest possible transfer rate consistent with the technology available at the time modules are designed, while ensuring compatibility with all modules designed to this standard both before and after. The plus sign (+) refers to the extensible nature of the specification, and the hooks provided to allow further evolution to meet unanticipated needs of specific application architectures. It is intended that this International Standard be used as a key component of an approved IEEE Futurebus+ profile. Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, logical protocol, multiprocessor systems Designation: 1086 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.11. Status: Changed Designation Key Words: computer, terminology, theory, application Designation: 10861-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 10861:1994, Information Technology--High-performance synchronous 32-bit bus: MULTIBUS II Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Std 1296-1987. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high- performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple processor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective, high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry are provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered. Key Words: high performance synchronous, synchronous 32 bit bus, multibus , multibus II, system bus architectures Designation: 1087 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.10. Status: Changed Designation Key Words: computer, hardware, terminology Designation: 1088 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Renumbered as 610.9. Status: Changed Designation Key Words: computing, terminology, environment Designation: 1089 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 109 Title: Signal Generators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: G.U Sorger **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 20, 1972 Designation: 109-1955 Title: Signal Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **To be w/drawn (AIEE451). New PAR filed in 1972 but no action taken. Not on list of withdrawn standards, not on stds listing. Key Words: signal, generators Designation: 1092 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Error Rates Digital TV Lumin'ce Sign'l Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 Key Words: error, rates, digital, TV, luminescence Designation: 1094-1991 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Design and Operation of Windfarm Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Jan 02, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Design information and procedures for the interconnection of multiple wind turbines (a windfarm generating station) with an electrical utility are presented. Issues relating to the interface with the utility and the electrical system between the utility and the individual wind turbines (an intraplant electrical system) are addressed. Recommended practices for monitoring systems, protection systems, and safe operations for personnel and equipment are provided. The aim is to facilitate sound and economic engineering design and safe operations of a windfarm generating station. Key Words: windfarm, interface, station, interconnection, operational, procedure, protection, windturbine, systems protection, Wind-turbine generators, Systems monitoring, Operational procedure, Intraplant electrical system Designation: 1095-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1990 Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990 Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this Guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shafts. All references made in this Guide to "generators" apply equally to "generator/motors". Abstract: This standard describes installation procedures for synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA and above, to be coupled to hydraulic turbines having vertical shafts. Key Words: Turbogenerators, Synchronous motors Designation: 1095 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Installation of Vertical Hydraulic-Turbine Driven Generators/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David J Parker, Phone:941-351-3927, Email:genpowerdp@ibm.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide guidance to the practicing engineer on the installation of vertical hydraulic-turbine- driven generators and reversible generator/motors for pumped storage systems. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the original work on the document in 1989. It is proposed to make revisions to the standard to reflect new developments and options in power plant equipment and to bring the standard into the most current format. Designation: P1095 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shaft. Project Purpose: Large hydraulic turbine-driven generators are shipped as components and completely assembled and installed at the site. The installation, therefore, becomes a continuation of the manufacturing process, and many of the operations involved are those that are normally performed in the factory on smaller generators. Close tolerances must be maintained in the fit and alignment of the various parts. The use of proper installation procedures is essential to achieve satisfactory operation of the unit. Abstract: The procedures for installation, described in this guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shaft. Key Words: assembly, coupling, erection, generator, generator/motor, hydroelectric, installation, runout, shaft, tolerance, vertical Designation: 1096-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Multiplexed High-Performance Bus Structure: VSB Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Shlomo Pri-Tal, Phone:602-438-3168 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 19, 1989 Abstract: Specifications for the subsystem bus of the IEC 821 BUS, referred to as the VSB, are set forth. VSB is a local subsystem extension bus that allows a processor board to access additional memory and I/O over a local bus, removing traffic from the global bus and improving the total throughput of the system. The objectives are: to improve the performance of multiprocessor systems by allowing the design of local subsystems; to specify the electrical characteristics required to design boards that will reliably transfer data over the VSB; to specify the mechanical requirements to be compatible with VSB systems; to specify protocols that precisely define the interaction between the VSB and devices interfaced to it; and to provide terminology and definitions that describe VSB protocols. Key Words: multiplexed, high, bus, VSB, performance, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 1097 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: A standard for the Classification and Dilineation of Responsibility for Carrier/User Protective Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985 Designation: 1099 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Grounding Communications and Signaling Systems, Facilities and Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1985 Designation: 11-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000 **This standard supersedes 11-1980 (R1992). History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: To revise and update the standard and to consider inclusion of inverter driven AC induction motors in this standard. To reconcile with other existing international standards, e.g. IEC 349. Project Purpose: To bring this standard up to date by addressing specific issues submitted as comments during the reaffirmaton ballot. Abstract: This standard applies to rotating electric machinery which forms part of the propulsion and major auxiliary equipment on internally and externally powered electrically propelled rail and road vehicles and similar large transport and haulage vehicles and their trailers where specified in the contract. Designation: 11-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 11-1962. This standard was superseded by 11-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 26, 1982 Designation: 110 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1100-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2006 Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-787-0202, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both safety and noise control) and protection of electronic loads such as industrial controllers, computers, and other information technology equipment (ITE) used in commercial and industrial applications. Project Purpose: The main objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflicting information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the same problem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment electrical performance and protection issues while maintaining a safe installation, as specified in the National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) (NFPA 70, 2005 Edition) [B1]1 and recognized testing laboratories' standards. This recommended practice is not intended to replace or to take precedence over any codes or standards adopted by the jurisdiction where the installation resides. Abstract: The IEEE Emerald Book(TM) presents a collection of consensus best practices for thepowering and grounding of electronic equipment used in commercial and industrial applications.The main objective is to provide consensus recommended practices in an area where conflictinginformation and conflicting design philosophies have dominated. The recommended practicesdescribed are intended to enhance equipment performance while maintaining a safe installation. Adescription of the nature and origin of power disturbances is provided, followed by theory on thevarious parameters that impact power quality. Information on quantifying and resolving power andgrounding related concerns using measurement and diagnostic instrumentation and standardizedinvestigative procedures are included. Recommended power protection equipment and wiring andgrounding system design practices are presented. Information on telecommunications systempower protection as well as grounding, industrial system grounding, and noise control is included.Finally a selection of case studies are presented to support the recommended practices presentedthroughout the book. Key Words: commercial applications, electrical power, electronic equipment, grounding, industrialapplications, power conditioning, power disturbance, power monitor, power quality Designation: 1100 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Gruzs, Phone:614-841-2733, Email:tom.gruzs@liebert.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1100-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: Recommends design, installation and maintenance practices for electrical power, grounding (including both safety and noise control) and protection of electronic loads such as industrial controllers, computers, and other information technology equipment used in commercial and industrial applications. Project Purpose: To revise and update the first edition of Standard 1100, including the addition of information specificaloly for distributed (networked) information technology equipment and telecommunications equipment. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1100-2005 Abstract: Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical powerand grounding (including both power- related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive elec-tronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. Themain objective is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in an area where conflict-ing information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the sameproblem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment performance issueswhile maintaining a safe installation. A brief description is given of the nature of power qualityproblems, possible solutions, and the resources available for assistance in dealing with prob-lems. Fundamental concepts are reviewed. Instrumentation and procedures for conducting asurvey of the power distribution system are described. Site surveys and site power analysesare considered. Case histories are given to illustrate typical problems. Key Words: "commercial applications, electrical power, grounding, industrial applications, sen-sitive equipment" Designation: 1100-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment Status: Superseded **IEEE Emerald Book History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1100-1999. Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power- related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. Key Words: grounding, Sensitive equipment, Industrial applications, Electrical power, Commercial applications Designation: 1101-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microprocessors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn standard. The standard covers three areas: the basic dimensions of subracks, this range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 297-3-1984, for mounting in equipment according to IEC 297-1-1986, and ANSI/EIA RS-310, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes; the dimensions of plug-in units and connectors, this standard gives the dimensions of associated plug-in units and connectors standardized by IEC 603-2-1980, together with applicable detail dimensions of the subrack; and the environmental requirements of subracks, this standard states environmental requirements of subracks and their associated plug-in units. The purpose of the standard is the specification of dimensions that will ensure the mechanical interchangeability and environmental requirements of subracks and of plug-in units. Key Words: microprocessors, mechanical, core, specifications Designation: 1101.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEC 60603-2 Connectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 1998 Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: To correct printing errors causing dimensional relationships to be misunderstood. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to correct printing erros which make IEEE 1101.1 incompatible with IEC 297-4 in certain areas of dimensional relationships. Abstract: The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3 (1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) and ANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes, are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensure mechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guidelines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturing cost savings, and distinct marketing advantages. Key Words: "compatibility, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units, subracks" Designation: 1101.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEC 603-2 Connectors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 1101.1-1998 (SH/SS94691) The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3 (1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) andANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units,printed boards, and backplanes, are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensuremechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guide-lines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturingcost savings, and distinct marketing advantages. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: dimensions, Subracks, Plug-in units, Mechanical interchangeability Designation: 1101.10-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Additional Mechanical Specifications for Microcomputers Using the IEEE 1101.1-1998 Equipment Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 23, 1997 Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to the 19" Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which will ensure mechanically interchangeability of Subracks and Plug-in Units based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4. Abstract: A generic standard that may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to the 482.6 mm (19 in) equipment practice based on IEEE Std 1101.1-1991, IEC 297-3 (1984), and IEC 297-4 (1995). Dimensions are provided that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks and plug-in units. Key Words: dimensions, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units, subracks Designation: 1101.11-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Rear Plug-in Units Specifications for Microcomputers Using IEEE 1101.1 and IEEE 1101.10 Equipment Practice Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1998 Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: May 21, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999 Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics when equipment and installations are required to conform to the 19 inch Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, 1101.10, IEC 297-3 and IEC 297-4 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which will ensure mechanical interchangeability of rear mounted Plug-In units (Transition Modules) in sub racks based on IEEE 1101.1, P1101.10, IEC 297-3 and IEC 297-4. Abstract: Additional dimensions that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks and plug-in units based on IEEE P1101.1 (D1.0, 1997), IEEE Std 1101.10-1996, and the environmental requirements of IEC 61587-1 (May 1998-Draft) and IEC 61587-3 (May 1998-Draft) are specified. Key Words: "backplane, compatibility, connector, inline configuration, inspection dimension, plug-in unit, printed board, shroud, subrack" Designation: 1101.2-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Conduction-Cooled Eurocards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1993 Abstract: Mechanical characteristics of conduction-cooled versions of Eurocard-based circuit card assemblies are described. This specification is applicable to, but not limited to, the VMEbus standard, an internal interconnect (backplane) bus intended for connecting processing elements to their immediate fundamental resources. The aim is to ensure mechanical interchangeability of conduction-cooled circuit card assemblies in a format suitable for military and rugged applications and to ensure their compatibility with commercial, double-height 16 mm, Eurocard chassis. Reaffirmed 2001 Key Words: dimensions, Mechanical interchangeability, Eurocard-based, Conduction-cooled, Circuit card assemblies, Card slot requirements Designation: 1101.3-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Mechanical Standard for Conduction-Cooled and Air-Cooled 10 SU Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The mechanical design requirements for conduction-cooled and air-cooled modules of the 10SU by 6.375 in (161.9 mm) format are established. The specification of dimensions and tolerances is intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of modules within associated subracks. The basic dimension, frames, PWBs, materials, assembly, and chassis interface of single-sided and double-sided modules are covered. Key Words: Printed wiring board (PWB), Heatsink, Direct air impingement, Convection, Conduction Designation: 1101.4-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Joseph Toy, Phone:(812) 854-5933 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The mechanical design requirements for a military module, format E form factor are established. The specificaitons of dimensions and tolerances are intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of military modules within associated subracks. Mechanical characteristics for military applications are also included. Key Words: backplane, Printed wiring board (PWB), Module interface plane, 396- pin connector, 250-pin connector Designation: 1101.4a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 1101.4, IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor, - Errata and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Supplement IEEE Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct various errors and omissions such as incorrect dimensions and missing data, to wit: Refine the extractor pawl interface dimensions and add force requirements. Change Military standards to commercial standards wherever possible; re-dimension wedge-clamp locations;\add requirement for perpendicularity of frame to connector; correct mis-aligned figure (2a). Modify title to be consistent with titles of other 1101. standards in this series. Project Purpose: To supplement and revise IEEe Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct mistakes and clarify ambiguities that are limiting users of this standard from correctly implementing the design and construction of the SEM-E circuit cards described in this document. To make this standard consistent with the other standards in this series, i.e. 1101.5, 1101.6, 1101.8, 1101.9. Designation: 1101.4b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Conduction Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.4-1993, to add new connector, DESC 14933-93002, and the appropriate interface dimensions to the specification. Project Purpose: Several companies and programs desire to use this 372 pin version of the connector currently specified in 1101.4, to support requirements for added structural integrity, and the capability of adding covers to the module. The mechanical standards working groups have decided to add all connectors to extension documents to avoid making the main document unweildy to use, and to make it easier to specify a particular form factor/connector combination. Designation: 1101.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4) modules. Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 MIL- SEM-E (1101.4) module. Conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E modules are not capable of dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can attain this level of cooling with higher reliability than conduction cooled formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and temperature. This standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based on the conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4) modules. Designation: 1101.5.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of the 396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.5.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Exteension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of the 372 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For eas-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will no include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.5.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5 detailing the application of bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules. Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 10SU (1101.3) module. Connduction cooled 10SU modules are not capable of dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can attain far above this level of cooling with higher reliability than conduction cooled formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and temperature. This standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules. Designation: 1101.6.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.6, detailing the application of the 556 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.6 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.6 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.7-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Space Applications Module, Extended Height Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995 Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively cooled environments. The requirements herein serve to specify the mechanical design of the module. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of dimensions and tolerances that will ensure the mechanical intermatability of space and highly ruggedized modules within associated subracks. Modules aspect ratios and materials/processes of current standards do not cover needs. This lack has resulted in emergence of a defacto mechanical standard for space modules, currently being produced by multiple companies. The working group will define parameters to better accommodate high dynamic mechanical stresses, limited thermal dissipation, and use of space qualifiable materials and processes. The defacto space applications standard defined by the Advanced Spaceborne Computer Module will be encompassed. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. The design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively cooled environments are established in this standard. The requirements herein serve to specify the mechanical design of the module. Dimensions and tolerances for racks, modules, printed wiring boards, backplanes, and other connector-related dimensions that are specific to the use of 300-pin and 396-pin connectors are given. These dimensions and tolerances are designed to ensure mechanical function and interoperability. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: module, space applications, SEM Format E extended height, Mechanical interchangeability Designation: 1101.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules, including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other dimensional details. Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This document will provide common interfaces for 10Su size electronic modules. Designation: 1101.8.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.8, detailing the application of the 556 pin EIA E700 connector to the base 1101.8 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.8 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module interface standards based on the conduction cooled Format E (1101.4) modules, including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other dimensional details. Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This document will provide common interfaces for Format E size electronic modules. Designation: 1101.9.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the 396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the 372 pin DESC connector to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1101.9.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form Factor - 428 Pin Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of box/post connectors per DESC 14933-89065 to the 1101.9 standard. Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors will be documented in extensions. Designation: 1102 Title: Fiber Optic Xmsn Loss Budget Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: fiiber, optic, transmission, loss, budget Designation: 1103 Title: Meth of Optical Xmsn System Measurements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1103 Designation: 1104 Title: Meth of Fiber Dispersion Meas&Defs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1104 Designation: 1105 Title: Optical Pwr Meas in Optical Fiber Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: 1105 Designation: 1106-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2005 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries. It also provides guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced. (Scope unchanged from previous version.) Project Purpose: The document should be revised to reflect the latest thinking on maintenance of these batteries, and to resolve issues regarding the capacity calculation method. Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for installation design and for installation, maintenance, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used in stationary standby applications. Key Words: battery tests, capacity test methods, stationary applications, vented nickel-cadmium batteries Designation: 1106-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float applications. It also provides guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced. These recommended practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this document. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This document provides recommendations for installation, periodic maintenance, testing methods and replacement criteria for nickel- cadmium batteries. The practices and procedures described are frequently not available in sufficient detail from the manufacturers. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1105-2005 Abstract: Installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float operations are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also provided. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Key Words: flooded cell, stationary battery, vented nickel-cadmium battery, state of charge determination, continuous-float operation Designation: 1106-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Nickel-Cadmium Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1106-1995. Maintenance procedures, capacity test schedules, and capacity testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of nickel- cadmium batteries designed for continuous-float applications are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also given. Sizing, installation, qualification, other battery types, and application are not considered. Key Words: 1106 Designation: 1107-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Random-Wound Stator Coils Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: R. J Flaherty, Phone:410 820 7027 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jul 08, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997 Abstract: A test procedure for comparing expected life, at rated temperature, of two or more sealed insulation systems is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using random-wound stator coils. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe environmental conditions where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants. It does not cover special requirements such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, or to submersion in liquids. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: stator coils, aging temperature, condensation chamber, environmental conditions, exposure time, humidity exposure, insulation system, mechanical stress, moisture exposure, motorette, prooftesting, random wound machine, machine insulation, screening tests, sealed insulation, service life expectancy, thermal exposure, voltage exposure, water immersion Designation: 11073-00000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication-- Framework and overview Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: 11073-00000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this family of standards is to provide for open systems communications in healthcare applications, primarily between patient-connected medical devices and patient care information systems, optimized for the acute care setting. The scope of this document is to provide the overall definition of the family of standards. It does so by defining a conceptual model, an information model, and a communication model for medical device communications, as well as by specifying constraints for conformance to the set of standards. Project Purpose: This family of medical device communications standards allows hospitals and other healthcare providers to achieve plug-and-play interoperability between medical instrumentation and computerized healthcare information systems, especially in a manner that is compatible with the acute care environment. The purpose of this document is to define the overall architecture for communications between medical devices and host computers and to provide a framework for the overall family of standards. This document defines certain logical and functional entities, and as such no particular implementation is implied by this standard. This revision addresses harmonization efforts with related CEN TC251 WGIV and ISO TC215 WG2 standards, and provides a more accurate overview and framework of the family of standards. Designation: 11073-00000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Framework and overview Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this family of standards is to provide for open systems communications in healthcare applications, primarily between patient-connected medical devices and patient care information systems, optimized for the acute care setting. The scope of this document is to provide the overall definition of the family of standards. It does so by defining a conceptual model, an information model, and a communication model for medical device communications, as well as by specifying constraints for conformance to the set of standards. Project Purpose: This family of medical device communications standards allows hospitals and other healthcare providers to achieve plug-and-play interoperability between medical instrumentation and computerized healthcare information systems, especially in a manner that is compatible with the acute care environment. The purpose of this document is to define the overall architecture for communications between medical devices and host computers and to provide a framework for the overall family of standards. This document defines certain logical and functional entities, and as such no particular implementation is implied by this standard. This revision addresses harmonization efforts with related CEN TC251 WGIV and ISO TC215 WG2 standards, and provides a more accurate overview and framework of the family of standards. Designation: 11073-00101-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--PoC medical device communication Part 00101: Guide-- Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides guidance for using radio frequency (RF) wireless communication technologies for ISO/IEEE 11073 point-of-care (PoC) medical devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using shared information technology (IT) infrastructure. Use cases specific to these technologies are evaluated, and key functional and performance criteria are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and security, coexistence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements such as electromagnetic interference and compatibility (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for each of these areas. Technologies include, but are not limited to, the IEEE 802.11™ and IEEE 802.15™ technologies. Use case environments include traditional clinical settings as well as personal (home and mobile) healthcare. The intent of guide is to be global with respect to wireless spectrum and equipment, although working group participation and expertise have favored detail of scenarios from the United States. Importantly, this guide will not be periodically updated, but instead will act as a source of information for follow-on ISO/IEEE 11073 RF wireless transport standards that will supersede it. These ISO/IEEE 11073 RF wireless transport standards will detail the use of specific wireless networked technology for the purpose of transporting medical data. Periodic updates will be performed on the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards only. Key Words: 11073-00101-2008, data transport, health informatics, information technology, IT, medical device, PoC, point-of-care, radio frequency, RF, shared network infrastructure, Wi-Fi, wireless fidelity, wireless local area network, wireless medical telemetry system, wireless metropolitan area network, wireless personal area network, wireless wide area network, WLAN, WMAN, WMTS, WPAN, WWAN Designation: 11073-00101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Guide for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.1.1. Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: This project provides guidance on the usage of radio-frequency (RF) wireless communication technologies for IEEE 1073 point-of-care medical devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using shared information technology (IT) infrastructures. Use cases specific to these technologies are evaluated and key functional and performance criteria are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and security, co-existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for each of these areas. Technologies include but not be limited to IEEE 802.11 and 802.15. Use case environments include traditional clinical settings, as well as homecare and mobile. Project Purpose: The development and use of RF wireless technologies is increasing at a very rapid rate; however, there are many issues that need to be properly understood and managed in order to ensure that the medical device systems which use them can operate in a safe and effective manner. This is especially the case when devices from different manufacturers and with widely varying quality of service requirements are expected to provide reliable and consistent services using a shared IT infrastructure (e.g., a single 802.11b wireless LAN), such as real-time waveform delivery and alarm notifications. Additional problems arise when different communication systems use technologies which have difficulty co-existing, and thus result in a degradation in the quality of service that can be provided. By analysing the use cases that include IEEE 1073 devices using RF wireless communications interfaces, and by providing guidelines for the management of the performance requirements and issues that are identified, reliability and safety can be significantly improved. Designation: P11073-00103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Overview Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this guideline describes the landscape of transport- independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones, personal computers). The guideline provides a definition of personal telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring, and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are also presented. Project Purpose: This guideline sets a context for other personal telehealth standards in the ISO/IEEE 11073 framework of standards and describes the need for interoperability in personal telehealth environments. Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to manage their own health independently. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this guide describes the landscape of transport-independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones, personal computers). The guide provides a definition of personal telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring, and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are also presented. Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-00103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Technical Report - Overview Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this guideline describes the landscape of transport- independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones, personal computers). The guideline provides a definition of personal telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring, and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are also presented. Project Purpose: This guideline sets a context for other personal telehealth standards in the ISO/IEEE 11073 framework of standards and describes the need for interoperability in personal telehealth environments. Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to manage their own health independently. Designation: 11073-00201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Recommended practice - Profile template Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.2.1 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document presents a set of recommended practices for creating communication profiles that leverage new or existing technology for application within an ISO/IEEE 11073 communicaton framework. A template is defined that specifies the component elements that need to be contained in a profile, as well as instructions for how it should be completed and documented, including the definition and completion of related protocol implementation configuration statements (PICS) needed by referenced standards. Project Purpose: As various organizations and system developers define communication profiles (or "stacks") for point-of-care medical devices, they require guidance for how ISO/IEEE 11073 component standards, as well as other non-ISO/IEEE 11073 standards may be combined and configured to achieve the primary design goal for the family of standards, namely real-time plug- and-play interoperability. Though there is information about protocol implementation conformance statements ("PICS") throughout the standards, there is no general guidance or "template" provided for how to create a complete profile. This document provides recommended practices for how to create these profiles using the specified template in such a manner as to properly use existing standards as well as to provide specifications that may become future standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family. Designation: 11073-10101-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics -- Point-of-care medical device communication -- Part 10101: Nomenclature Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a nomenclature for communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented information model that is for medical device communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Abstract: Replaces the IEEE Std 1073.1.1.1-2004. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care(POC) medical device communication (MCD), this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and service model components of the standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The nomenclature is specialized for patient vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas including concepts for electrocardiograph (ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and neurology, as well as specialized unit of measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both the architecture and major components of the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area. Key Words: codes, information model, medical device communication, nomenclature, ontology, patient, point-of-care, POC, semantics, service model terminology Designation: P11073-10101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/ 11073-10101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard defines a nomenclature for communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented information model that is for medical device communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Designation: 11073-10101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is nomenclature architecture for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC). It consists of three parts: the body of the standard, which defines the overall architecture of the organization and relationships among nomenclature components; normative Annex A and Annex B, which provide specifications of semantics and syntaxes, respectively; and informative Annex C, the bibliography. This standard is intended for use within the context of IEEE Std 1073,1 which sets out the relationship between this and other documents in the POC MDC series. Project Purpose: [from published standard's PAR] The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical device data communication applications. Designation: P11073-10102 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Annotated ECG Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard extends the base IEEE 1073.1.1.1 Nomenclature to provide support for ECG annotation terminology. It may be used either in conjunction with other IEEE 1073 standards (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain information model) or independently. Major subject areas addressed by the nomenclature include ECG beat annotations, wave component annotations, rhythm annotations, and noise annotations. Project Purpose: This standard provides a single, comprehensive and coherent terminology for ECG annotation semantics, making it suitable for any medical device data exchange that requires inclusion of ECG annotations. This consolidates numerous other standard and non-standard terminologies that are in current use, resulting in the harmonization of how ECG annotation information is identified, and thus, interoperability and information exchange at the application level. Designation: P11073-10103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Implantable device, cardiac Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard extends the base nomenclature provided in ISO/IEEE 11073-10101 to support terminology for implantable cardiac devices. Devices within the scope of this nomenclature are implantable pacemakers, defibrillators, devices for cardiac resynchronization therapy, or cardiac monitors. This nomenclature defines the discrete terms necessary to convey a clinically relevant summary of the information obtained during a device interrogation. The nomenclature extensions may be used in conjunction with other IEEE 11073 standard components (e.g., ISO/IEEE 11073-10201 Domain Information Model) or with other standards, such as Health Level Seven International (HL7). Project Purpose: This standard addresses the need for an openly defined, independent standard for representing information collected from industry wide implantable cardiac devices. A broader intent is to enable a standards based exchange of implantable cardiac device information between vendor’s proprietary interrogation systems and clinic electronic medical record systems. Designation: 11073-10103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Implantable device, cardiac Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.3. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project extends the base nomenclature provided in IEEE 1073.1.1.1 to support terminology for implantable cardiac devices (IDC) (e.g., pacemakers). Its primary focus is semantics included in IDC program configuration reports, namely between the IDC programmer and other enterprise-based applications, not between the programmer and the actual implanted device. The nomencalture extensions may be used in conjunction with other IEEE 1073 standard components (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model) or with other standards, such as HL7. Project Purpose: This project enables and standardizes the reporting of IDC configuration information to enterprise-based applications (e.g., clinical orders system). Currently no such standardization exists, typically resulting in the reports being managed as paper documents, and not electronically. Designation: 11073-10104 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Nomenclature - Virtual attributes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.4. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This project focuses on the extension of the ISO/IEEE 11073- 10101 Nomenclature related to semantics for “virtual attributes”, which is an unpopulated partition defined in the base Nomenclature Standard. The primary application of these semantics are for external control of medical devices based on the provisions made within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards. Project Purpose: Though a Virtual Attribute partition was allocated in the base nomenclature standasrd, no specific semantics were defined. This standard extends the base Nomenclature by filling in the Virtual Attribute Partition to support relevant applications, including those within the scope of the IEEE P1073.1.3.x set of device specialization standards or as identified during development of this standard, for example to harmonize with other related standards, particularly HL7. Designation: 11073-10201-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-10201:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Domain information model Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a general object-oriented information model that may be used to structure information and identify services used in point-of-care medical device communications. The scope is primarily focused on acute care medical devices and the communication of patient vital signs information. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a general object- oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC), this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services. Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided. Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, ASN.1, information model, medical device communications, medi-cal information bus, MIB, point-of-care, POC, object-oriented, patient, remote control Designation: P11073-10201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Domain information model Status: Revision Project **This project was originally designated P1073.1.2.1. Technical Contact: Kai Hassing, Phone:+49 7031 14 1064, Email:kai.hassing@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards, this standard addresses the definition and structuring of information that is communicated or referred to in communication between application entities. This standard provides a common representation of all application entities present in the application processes within the various devices independent of the syntax. The definition of association control and lower layer communication is outside the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: [from the PAR of the currently published standard] The purpose of this project is to provide a general object-oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices. Designation: P11073-10202 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Domain information model (DIM) - XML schema format Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard translates the present Medical Device Data Language (MDDL) - Domain Information Model (DIM), ISO/IEEE 11073-10201, to XML schema format. Project Purpose: This document enables or facilitates automated processing by implementors using electronic forms of the DIM. Designation: 11073-10300 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specializations - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of the manner by which device specializations can be defined using the generalized mechanisms defined in IEEE 1073 and related standards for establishing plug-and-play interoperable communications with point-of-care medical devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a general set of heuristics for how specific device specializations can be defined using the more general mechanisms that are defined in other 1073 and related standards, and to provide a framework for device specialization standards. The end result will be consistency across device specializations, and ease of use by those using the standards. Designation: 11073-10316 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Device specialization - Dialysis device Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3.16. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for dialysis medical devices, including renal intensive care devices. It will specialize definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards. The project will define data model and semantics specifically related to dialysis devices, as well as, specifications leveraged from other 1073 device specializations, including infusion device, pulse-oximeter, blood pressure, temperature, and weighing scale. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative definition of communication between dialysis devices and other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. By providing standardized communication for these devices, information from these systems will be more readily acquired and integrated into the healthcare enterprise information infrastructure, ultimately reducing the cost of implementing such systems and increasing the availability of this class of data. Designation: 11073-10400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Common Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative framework of communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information model, application profile, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in a telehealth environment restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard establishes a common core of communications functionality shared by one or more of the personal telehealth device specializations, including common ways of receiving information and managing the devices, and allows vendor extensibility to access non-standardized features. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10404-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10404: Device specialization — Pulse oximeter Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This document is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10404-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play (PnP) interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximetry devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play (PnP) interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, pulse oximeter Designation: 11073-10404-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Pulse Oximeter Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 10, 2009 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximetry devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Key Words: 11073-10404-2008 Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication, Pulse Oximeter Designation: P11073-10404 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Pulse Oximeter Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10406 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Basic Electrocardiograph(ECG) (1 to 3-lead ECG) Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG) devices. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from diagnostic ECG equipment with respect to: including support for wearable ECG devices; limiting the number of leads supported by the equipment to three; not requiring the capability of annotating or analyzing the detected electrical activity to determine known cardiac phenomena. This standard is consistent with the base framework and allows multi-function implementations by following multiple device specializations (e.g., ECG and respiration rate). Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG) devices. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from diagnostic ECG equipment with respect to: including support for wearable ECG devices; limiting the number of leads supported by the equipment to three; not requiring the capability of annotating or analyzing the detected electrical activity to determine known cardiac phenomena. This standard is consistent with the base framework and allows multi-function implementations by following multiple device specializations (e.g., ECG and respiration rate). Key Words: Basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG), medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10406 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Heart Rate Monitor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth heart rate monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth heart rate monitors. In this context, heart rate monitor is being used broadly to cover heart rate monitors that infer heart rate by monitoring a heart’s electrical activity as well as those that infer from pulse measurements. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10406 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Basic Electrocardiograph(ECG) (1 to 3-lead ECG) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG) devices. In this context, these monitoring ECG devices are being used broadly to cover ECG devices that measure electrical activity of the heart over time. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from diagnostic ECG equipment with respect to: - including support for wearable ECG devices - limiting the number of leads supported by the equipment to three, - not requiring the capability of annotating or analyzing the detected electrical activity to determine known cardiac phenomena In addition, determination of heart rate and respiration rate based on derived ECG characteristics are within scope, but they are optional physiological measurements. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10407-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10407: Device specialization — Blood pressure monitor Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10407-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10407-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors Key Words: blood pressure monitor, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10407-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Blood Pressure Monitor Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 10, 2009 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: May 05, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors. Key Words: 11073-10407-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication, Blood Pressure Monitor Designation: 11073-10408-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10408: Device specialization — Thermometer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10408-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometers. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10408-2008 Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometer devices. Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, thermometer Designation: 11073-10408-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10408: Device specialization -- Thermometer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometers. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-andplay interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometer devices. Key Words: 11073-10408-2008, medical device communication, personal health devices, thermometer Designation: P11073-10413 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Respiration rate monitor Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between devices (agents) that monitor respiration rate and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal health devices that monitor respiration rate. In this context, these monitoring devices that adhere to this standard are such that: - respiration rate may not be their primary measurement - respiration rate measurements could be acquired through widely varying means, including, but not restricted to: -- expansion and contraction of a chest belt -- trans-thoracic impedance -- ECG based methods -- Doppler, ultrasound or other external means -- airway-based methods This standard supports the expression and communication of respiration waveforms. This standard also supports both standalone and embedded implementation. The standard specifies how a device that supports multiple respiration acquisition modalities reports the source of the information. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10415-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication--Part 10415: Device specialization--Weighing scale Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10415-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10415-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, weighing scale Designation: 11073-10415-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device Specialization - Weighing Scale Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communcation functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales. Key Words: 11073-10415-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication, Weighing Scale Designation: 11073-10417-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10417: Device specialization — Glucose meter Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10417-2009. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10417-2009. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Key Words: glucose meter, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10417-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10417: Device specialization- Glucose meter Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-andplay interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Key Words: 11073-10417-2008, glucose meter, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: P11073-10417 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10417: Device specialization- Glucose meter Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: P11073-10418 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - International normalized ratio (INR) monitor Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of INR devices. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of INR devices. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Designation: P11073-10418 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE Draft International Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - International normalized ratio (INR) monitor Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal physical activity monitors. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: This standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal International Normalized Ratio (INR) physical activity monitors. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the IEEE Std 11073-16 20601 ISO/IEEE 11073-20601-201011073-20601a-2010 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Key Words: International Normalized Ratio (INR) monitor, medical device communication, personal health 20 devices Designation: P11073-10419 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Insulin pump Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth insulin pump devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal telehealth insulin pump devices. In the context of personal health devices, an insulin pump is a medical device used for the administration of insulin in the treatment of diabetes mellitus, also known as continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion (CSII) therapy. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10420-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Health informatics -- Personal health device communication Part 10420: Device specialization -- Body composition analyzer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 2010 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2011 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal body composition analyzing devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601(TM)-20081 information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth body composition analyzer devices. In this context, body composition analyzer devices are being used broadly to cover body composition analyzer devices that measure body impedances, and compute the various body components including body fat from the impedance. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal body composition analyzing devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE 11073-20601(TM) information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth body composition analyzer devices. In this context, body composition analyzer devices are being used broadly to cover body composition analyzer devices that measure body impedances, and compute the various body components including body fat from the impedance. Key Words: body composition analyzer, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10421-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10421: Device specialization--Peak expiratory flow monitor (peak flow) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 19, 2010 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 2011 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth peak flow monitoring devices (agents) and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of a peak-flow monitoring device. The use case is restricted to personal respiratory monitoring and therefore does not include hospital-based spirometry. Continuous and high-acuity monitoring (e.g., for emergency response) are outside the scope of the use case. In the context of personal health devices, a peak flow meter is a device is used to measure the respiratory function of those managing respiratory conditions such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. The ability to identify declining respiratory status prior to the need for acute intervention improves the quality of life for the individual while reducing the overall costs of care. Respiratory status data are collected by a personal respiratory monitoring device and forwarded to a central data repository for review and action by a health care provider. The data are episodic in nature and are forwarded at designated intervals or when the person is symptomatic. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to IEEE Std 11073-20601(TM)-2008 and does not specify the measurement method. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, a normative definition of communication is established in this standard between personal telehealth peak expiratory flow monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and- play interoperability. Appropriate portions of existing standards are leveraged, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. The use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors is specified in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. A common core of communication functionality is defined for personal telehealth peak expiratory flow monitor devices. Key Words: forced expiratory volume, medical device communication, peak expiratory flow, peak expiratory flow monitor, peak flow, personal health devices Designation: P11073-10422 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Urine analyzer Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal telehealth urine analyzer devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth urine analyzers. In this context, urine analyzers are defined as devices that analyze a urine sample and measure the amount of chemical substances in urine and some properties of urine. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10441-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Part 10441: Device Specialization - Cardiovascular Fitness and Activity Monitor Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2009 Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal cardiovascular fitness and activity monitoring devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices. In this context, cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices are being used broadly to cover cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices that measure physical actions and the body's various physiological responses to that activity. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices. Key Words: 11073-10441-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication, Cardiovascular Fitness, Activity Monitor Designation: P11073-10441 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Part 10441: Device Specialization - Cardiovascular Fitness and Activity Monitor Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal cardiovascular fitness and activity monitoring devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices. In this context, cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices are being used broadly to cover cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices that measure physical actions and the body's various physiological responses to that activity. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10442-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics - Personal health device communication Part 10442: Device specialization - Strength fitness equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal strength fitness devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth strength fitness devices. In this context, strength fitness devices are being used broadly to cover strength fitness devices that measure musculo-skeletal strength-conditioning activities. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better-informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between personal strength fitness devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computes, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth strength fitness devices. In this context, strength fitness devices are being used broadly to cover strength fitness devices that measure musculo-skeletal strength conditioning activities. Key Words: 11073-10442-2008, medical device communication, personal health devices, strength fitness equipment Designation: 11073-10443 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication - Device specialization - Physical activity monitor Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between “wearable” personal telehealth physical activity monitor devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug- and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal physical activity monitors. In this context of wearable devices, physical activity monitoring is being used broadly to cover the continuous sensing, modeling and near real-time transmission of kinematic data (typically acceleration, speed, position, and orientation) of a point in space. Applications of the physical activity monitor include: fall detection, physical reeducation, early disease detection (Parkinson), sports, games, behavior modeling… This standard provides the kinematic data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, but does not provide the algorithms for the above mentioned – event and behavior monitoring/modeling – as these calculations are highly specific to each application and are typically carried out in managers, based on the data transmitted by the physical activity monitor. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Designation: 11073-10471-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10471: Device specialization — Independant living activity hub Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10471-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between independent living activity hubs and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for independent living activity hubs. In this context, independent living activity hubs are defined as devices that communicate with simple situation monitors (binary sensors), normalize information received from the simple environmental monitors, and provide this normalized information to one or more managers. This information can be examined (for example) to determine when a person’s activities/behaviors have deviated significantly from what is normal for them such that relevant parties can be notified. Independent living activity hubs will normalize information from the following simple situation monitors (binary sensors) for the initial release of the proposed standard: fall sensor, motion sensor, door sensor, bed/chair occupancy sensor, light switch sensor, smoke sensor, (ambient) temperature threshold sensor, personal emergency response system (PERS), and enuresis sensor (bed-wetting). Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth independent living activity hub devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth independent living activity hubs. Key Words: independent living activity hub, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10471-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10471: Device specialization--Independent living activity hub Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between independent living activity hubs and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for independent living activity hubs. In this context, independent living activity hubs are defined as devices that communicate with simple situation monitors (binary sensors), normalize information received from the simple environmental monitors, and provide this normalized information to one or more managers. This information can be examined (for example) to determine when a person's activities/behaviors have deviated significantly from what is normal for them such that relevant parties can be notified. Independent living activity hubs will normalize information from the following simple situation monitors (binary sensors) for the initial release of the proposed standard: fall sensor, motion sensor, door sensor, bed/chair occupancy sensor, light switch sensor, smoke sensor, (ambient) temperature threshold sensor, personal emergency response system (PERS), and enuresis sensor (bed- wetting). Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth independent living activity hub devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plugand- play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth independent living activity hubs. Key Words: 11073-10471-2008, independent living activity hub, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-10472-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication--Part 10472: Device specialization--Medication monitor Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of the communication between medication monitoring devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for medication monitors. In this context, medication monitors are defined as devices that have the ability to determine and communicate (to a manager) measures of a user’s adherence to a medication regime. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of their health. Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth medication monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth medication monitor devices. Key Words: 11073-10472-2010, device communication, medication monitor, personal health devices Designation: 11073-20000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This project provides a general description of the IEEE 1073 application profile standards (IEEE 1073.2.x), including the role they play in supporting use cases where point-of-care medical devices are used to communicate vital signs and other device information. The framework of application profile substandards is provided, giving guidance as to how new components can be added to the set and showing users how they may be combined to provid general services needed for specific applications. Profile capabilities include abstract to transfer syntax standards and general services required to establish logical connections between systems, OSI service and presentation layer capabilities, and services needed to perform communication tasks. Additionally the relationship between these standards and other IEEE 1073 groups (e.g., 1073.1.x) are presented, detailing how they can be combined to provide a complete ISO OSI 7-layer communications stack. Project Purpose: Application profiles supply a key component in the IEEE 1073 set of standards, providing the generic services needed to encode and decode information that is transferred between systems, to establish logical associations between systems, to dynamically configure optional capabilities, and to effect exchange of vital signs and medical device data. By providing non-device specific application services, technology can be reused across different device types, as well as more easily extended and maintained. Service profiles may also be created for target applications, using the specific technologies or the minimum set of capabilities required to support the intended use cases. This framework and overview standard supports those who need to either create a profile of application services for a specific device or system interface or need to add new capabilities to support additional use cases. Designation: 11073-20101-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-20101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Base standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 **First edition 2004-12-15 Technical Contact: Elliot Sloane, Phone:610-519-6432, Email:ebsloane@villanova.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the International Organization for Standardization's (ISO's) open systems interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer] services and protocols for information exchange under the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073-20000 medical device application profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European Normalization (CEN) and the ISO. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define MDC upper layer application, i.e., ISO A-type profiles for interchange of data, which are defined by the medical device data language (MDDL) format, or ISO F-type profiles (ISO/IEEE 11073-10000 series). Abstract: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the International Organization for Standardization (ISO's) open systems interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer] services and protocols for information exchange under the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073- 20000 medical device application profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European Normalization (CEN) and the ISO. Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, communication, control, information model, medical device, object-oriented, point-of-care, POC, services Designation: P11073-20101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/ 11073-20101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Base standard Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the International Organization for Standardization's (ISO's) open systems interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer] services and protocols for information exchange under the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073-20000 medical device application profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European Normalization (CEN) and the ISO. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define MDC upper layer application, i.e., ISO A-type profiles for interchange of data, which are defined by the medical device data language (MDDL) format, or ISO F-type profiles (ISO/IEEE 11073-10000 series). Designation: 11073-20102 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profiles - MIB elements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.2.1.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this project is the definition of MIB ("Management Information Base") Element objects as used in the IEEE 1073 family of standards for point-of-care medical device communication. Prototypical MIB Element object definitions are contained in the IEEE P1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model standard. References to MIB Element definitions in specific IEEE 1073 transport standards (e.g., P1073.3.3) shall also be included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide in one document location the definitions for non-transport specific MIB Element objects used in point-of-care medical device communication, as well as references to MIB Element definitions that may be contained in specific IEEE 1073 transport or internetworking standards. Designation: 11073-20103 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Clinical context management (CCoM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.1.3. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension to Standard IEEE 1073.2.1.1, MDAP Base Standard. The scope is the synchronization of medical device operational contextual information, particularly security-related, in RF wireless contexts; patient identification; and clinical patient care logistical, particularly Admit, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) information. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and effective application of IEEE 802-based profiles in the context of medical device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073 in which synchronization of medical device, patient, and clinical logistical information is required among heterogeneous real-time medical data processors. Designation: 11073-20200 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Association control function Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.0. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a profile for utilizing ISO Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) service for an Association Control Service Element (ACSE) in point-of-care medical device communication within the framework of the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards. This service provides for the establishment, release and aborting of an association between a medical device agent and another system acting as a manager. Service establishment includes dynamic negotiation of presentation layer functions such as message encoding and abstract syntax, as well as application layer services to be used. Project Purpose: Association control services provide a core element of the ISO OSI protocols and support the dynamic configuration of presentation and application layer services. For medical device communication, all application profile operational modes must share a common association control service that provides the means for selecting required and optional components. Therefore, this document is referenced by the other application profile mode standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family. Designation: 11073-20201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of care medical device communication-- Application profile-- Polling mode Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: P11073-20201 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Polling mode Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx set of standards. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards. Designation: 11073-20202 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication-- Application profile-- Baseline Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: P11073-20202 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Baseline asynchronous mode Status: Modified New Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073- 1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define application-specific message content. Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point- of-care medical device communication, this standard provides a set of generic services that support asynchronous event-driven communication between agent and manager systems, including association control function extensions for dynamic negotiation of profile configuration options, full support for objects defined in the Domain Information Model (11073-10201), and optional packages that may be layered on top of this "baseline" set of services. Designation: P11073-20301 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application Profile - Optional package, remote control Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.1. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard extends the capabilities of the IEEE 1073 family standards to provide an optional service for remote control of medical devices. It builds upon the capabilities provided by other application profile standards, namely IEEE 1073.2.2.2 Application Profile - Baseline, to enable the discovery, configuration, invocation, and monitoring of remote control services. It also leverages objects defined in the IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain Information Model and terminology defined in the IEEE 1073.1.1.1 Nomenclature standard. Both open and closed loop applications are supported. "Remote" includes both device-external but physicall local control, as well as control of geographically distant devices. Specific device control semantics (e.g., for a ventilator) are not included in this standard. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play interoperability for applications that require remote control of medical devices. It supports a single, consistent service model that supports reliable control applications, including both open and closed loop. Designation: 11073-20302 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application profile - Optional package, symmetric communication Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.2. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for communicating medical devices and systems, both agents and managers, which function both as clients and as servers of information. The standard builds upon services defined in other 1073 Application Profile standards, such as the Baseline Application Profile standard (IEEE P1073.2.2.2), and defines the methods by which agent devices may both publish the data and services that they provide, as well as discover and acquire information provided by managers. Likewise, it defines the methods by which manager systems can not only discover the data and services provided by an agent device, but also publish and supply data and services that are provided by the manager system. It is intended for use by any of the medical device specializations defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards that can benefit from dynamically acquiring information from the device or system to which they are connected. Project Purpose: This standard extends the plug-and-play interoperability for medical devices defined in other 1073 standards, such that devices which can benefit from data and services provided by external communicating systems, have a standardized manner in which to discover and acquire that information. Potential applications include devices that acquire patient information such as ID, height, weight, sex, and age, and then use this information to customize their operation (e.g., pharmacokinetic drug dosing models used by infusion devices, or modes used by ventilators). Another would be devices that acquire drug dosing and pharmacy order information, or adverse drug event database data, ensuring that the right drug is being delivered to the right patient in accordance with the prescribed dosage. By standardizing this type of communications interface, device developers and system applications providers can reap the benefits afforded by greatly enhanced interoperability, ultimately benefiting and enhancing the quality of patient care. Designation: P11073-20401 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health Informatics - Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication - Application Profile - Common Networking Infrastructure Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Internet Protocol (IP) family of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope is enumerating the specific mechanisms necessary for real-time plug-and-play interoperability in the medical device environment. The specific mechanisms cover areas such as obtaining IP addresses, service advertisement & discovery, timely message delivery, network access control, network availability, quality of service, time services, network management services, security and authentication. Also included is any appropriate Ethernet (layer 2) switching and VLAN functionality. Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocol and service profiles consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Internet Protocol (IP) family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. The ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and-play interoperability will be extended to include a broad selection of networking technologies. Designation: 11073-20601-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication-- Part 20601: Application profile--Optimized exchange protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010 **This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transportindependent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems and to provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly used methods and tools wherever possible. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport-independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems and to provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly used methods and tools wherever possible. Key Words: 11073-20601, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-20601-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Health informatics – Personal health device communication – Part 20601: Application profile – Optimized exchange protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008 Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009 Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this project defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems, provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly-used methods and tools wherever possible. Project Purpose: This document addresses a need for an openly defined, independent standard for converting the information profile into an interoperable transmission format so the information can be exchanged to and from personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems, provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly-used methods and tools wherever possible Key Words: 11073-20601-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device Communication Designation: 11073-20601a-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 20601: Application profile--Optimized Exchange Protocol Amendment 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 24, 2011 **Amendment to IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008 History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Abstract: Issues found within IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008 while implementing the standard and/or testing and certifying products are addressed in this amendment. Key Words: 11073, medical device communication, personal health devices Designation: 11073-30200-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: ISO/IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 30200: Transport profile - Cable connected – Amendment 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: To define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communications. Project Purpose: To provide connection-oriented communications services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications and adapted as appropriate for IEEE 1073 applications. Abstract: This standard replaces IEEE Std 1073.3.2-2000-ISO/IEEE Dual Logo A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications in legacy devices is established. Communications services and protocols consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined. These communication services and protocols are optimized for use in patient-connected badside medical devices. KEYWORDS: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP Key Words: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP Designation: P11073-30200a Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Part 30200: Transport profile - Cable connected – Amendment 1 Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: The amendment extends this standard to include IEEE 802.3 100BASE-T and includes analysis of compatability of cable connections between 11073-30200 and IEEE 802.3. Project Purpose: The proposed changes update 11073-30200 to include provision for updates to IEEE 802.3. Abstract: This amendment extends the ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004 standard to include IEEE Std 802.3-2008 100BASE-T and includes analysis of the compatibility of cable connections between ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004 and IEEE Std 802.3-2008. Key Words: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP, IEEE Std 802.3- 2008 Designation: 11073-30300-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-30300:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - Infrared Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004 **First edition 2004-12-15 Technical Contact: Elliot Sloane, Phone:610-519-6432, Email:ebsloane@villanova.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as a companion standard to ISO/IEEE 11073-30200, which specifies a cableconnected physical layer. This standard also supports use cases consistent with industry practice for handheld personal digital assistants (PDAs) and network APs that support IrDA-infrared communication. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide connection-oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This standard extends and complements ISO/IEEE 11073-30200, which specifies a cable-connected physical layer. The use of IrDAinfrared is appropriate for mobile and portable point-of-care (POC) clinical lab instruments (e.g., glucose meters) and other medical devices that require intermittent point-and-shoot connectivity to a data repository. This standard utilizes the work embodied in the Connectivity Industry Consortium (CIC) and NCCLS POCT1 device and AP interface specification (Appendix A), which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for POC medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA Tiny Transport Protocol [TinyTP]) running over two physical layers: cable-connected and infrared. Abstract: This standard establishes a connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications that use short-range infrared wireless. This standard defines communications services and protocols that are consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association (IrDA) and are optimized for point-of-care (POC) applications at or near the patient. Key Words: access point, bedside, device interfaces, infrared, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, medical information bus, MIB, patient, Simple Network Time Protocol, SNTP, point-of-care, POC, point-of-care testing, POCT, wireless Designation: 11073-30400-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: IEEE Health informatics--Point-of-care medical device communication Part 30400: Interface profile--Cabled Ethernet Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Mark Schnell, Phone:+1 919 392 2931, Email:mschnell@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Apr 26, 2010 Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Ethernet family (IEEE Std 802.3-2008) of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and to calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the ISO/IEEE 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and controlling costs. Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocols consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Ethernet family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. By providing this standard, the ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and- play interoperability will be extended to a broad set of network interfaces. Abstract: The application of the Ethernet family (IEEE Std 802.3-2008) of protocols for use in medical device communication is addressed in this document. The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the ISO/IEEE 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and controlling costs. Key Words: 11073, Ethernet, medical device, medical device communications (MDCs), management information base (MIB) Designation: 11073-30400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - Inter-LAN Status: Superseded **This project was originally designated P1073.3.4. Technical Contact: Mark Schnell, Phone:+1 919 392 2931, Email:mschnell@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project focuses on the application of primarily Internet Protocol (IP) and Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) technologies for use in medical device communication. While the scope is primarily Transport-to-Physical Layer methods, significant upper-layer methods such as obtaining IP addresses, discovering servers/services, [near]real-time message delivery, and virtual network management will be included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a comprehensive set of protocols and services consistent with the IEEE 1073, IEEE 802, and Internet Protocol architectures for common use by medical devices in LAN and embedded LAN operating contexts, including bridging with related methods such as RF Wireless. By providing this standard, the design goal of ISO/IEEE 11073 standards to provide real-time plug-and-play interoperability shall be signficantly enhanced when LAN technologies are being utilized. Designation: 11073-30400 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - Cabled Ethernet Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Ethernet family (IEEE 802.3) of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and controlling costs. Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocols consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Ethernet family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. By providing this standard, the ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and- play interoperability will be extended to a broad set of network interfaces. Designation: 11073-30500 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Framework and overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.3.5. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number 1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology). The scope of this standard is to outline more specifically the different follow- on transport standards associated with wireless data transport from IEEE- 1073 point-of-care (POC) medical devices using personal area (WPAN), local area (WLAN), wide area (WWAN), and other networks. The document will outline unique concerns and requirements relating to the use of various RF wireless technologies operating on such networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry, and government regulatory agencies a set of recommendations and performance benchmarks associated with the transport of medical device data using various personal area, local area, and wide area networks. Designation: P11073-30503 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Local area network (wLAN) Status: New Standard Project **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.3. Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is a subset of project number 1073.3.5 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication – RF Wireless Profile – Framework and Overview. The scope of this standard is medical device data communication profiles based on IEEE 802.11 Standards, particularly IEEE 802.11b/g with sufficient Quality of Service and Security attributes for mobile medical device applications across emergency, critical, acute, and sub-acute care areas of hospitals. As a result, multiple subsets of IEEE 802.11, particularly IEEE 802.e (QoS) and IEEE 802.11i (Security); IEEE 802.3 (“Ethernet”), and widely-used Internet protocols, such as DHCP, TCP/ and UDP/IP; will be integrated. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and effective application of IEEE 802.11-based profiles in the context of medical device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073. Designation: 11073-30505 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Wide area (Mobile Phone) Network (wWAN) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.5. Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number 1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology) and a further extension of project number 1073.3.5 (Health Informatics - Framework and Overview Structure for Wireless Medical Data Transport using Personal Area, Local Area, Wide Area, and other Wireless Networks). The scope of this standard is to identify recommended protocols as well as to evaluate expected performance for the transport of medical data between IEEE-1073 point-of-care (POC) and / or body worn sensors along wireless wide area networks (WWAN) via gateway devices (e.g., mobile phones, PDAs) to an end server or attending healthcare professional in a home-based or mobile health scenario. Recommendations are made with the goal of developing common protocols for plug-and-play compatability between medical devices and WWAN gateway equipment. Point-of-care (POC) or body worn sensor data is envisioned to range from non-critical physiologic parameters used for general health maintenance to critical parameters such as real time waveforms and alarms / alerts. The standard also attempts to characterize general expected performance of wireless data transport between point-of- care (POC) or body worn sensor devices and the WWAN gateway given existing technology options, as well as over the WWAN to the end server or attending healthcare professional. Acceptable performance may depend upon the individual case, nature the medical data, and expected quality of service (i.e., data throughput, latency, fidelity, privacy and security, co- existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements, EMI/EMC, power management). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry, and government regulatory agencies a set of recommended technology specifications and performance benchmarks associated with the transport of medical device sensor data across WWAN via a mobile phone or other appropriate gateway device. Designation: 11073-60101 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication - Application gateway - HL7 (ver 2.x), Observation reporting interface (ORI) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE 1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes. The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE 1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will specify multiple 2.x versions of HL7 as necessary, along with usage constraints and guidelines for each. HL7 version 3 usage is out of scope for this project. Project Purpose: This project increases the interoperability of HL7 based systems that exchange medical device data acquired at the point-of-care. As a result, system integration costs may be significantly reduced and the usage of automatically acquired data increased, potentially resulting in increased patient safety, increased quality of health care, and reduced health care costs. Designation: 1108 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Operations Title: Elec Power Load Management Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: PA Bhagchandani, Phone:804-271-2877 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985 Key Words: 1108 Designation: 1109-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Interconnection of User-Owned Substations to Electric Utilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. This standard provides a checklist and selected guidance, for persons not normally practicing in this specialized field, of major technical design areas that should be considered when interconnecting user-owned and utility-owned facilities at substations. Only medium- and high-voltage purchased-power interconnections are addressed. This guide does not discuss the considerable implications of interactive power systems design and operation, nor does it present criteria or directions for the design of substations. Key Words: utility-owned facilities at substations, user-owned facilities at substations, substations, Non-utility generation, Medium-voltage purchased- power, Interconnections, High-voltage purchased-power Designation: 111-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001 Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 2000 Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide-band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies. Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communication facilities serving power stations are excluded due to the special protection requirements involved. Project Purpose: Update Standard 111 to include material on hybrid transformers. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Electronics wide-band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum are covered in this standard. Key Words: "Balance test,balun,communication transformer,data transformer,harmonic distortion,impedance,insertion loss,matching transformers,return loss,transformer,video transformer,wideband" Designation: 111 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Wide Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Std 111-1984. Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies. Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communications facilities serving electric power stations are excluded due to the special protection requirements involved. Provision is made for including data for use in design of feedback amplifiers and control networks or other circuits in which the knowledge of the transformer amplitude and phase-frequency response is needed by the system designer. These transformers are required to transform voltage within specified tolerances of amplitude and phase when operating between specified impedances. Guides to application and test procedures are included. The Appendices contain certain precautions and recommended practices. This standard also pertians to hybrid transformers, primarily used in the telecommunication industry. The hybrid transformer is a wideband transformer used in a manner which makes it part of a capacitance, resistance, and or inductance network and it must have characteristics which permit it to match the network for proper overall performance. Project Purpose: To update Std 111 and to include material on hybrid transformers. Key Words: wide band, transformer Designation: 111-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Transferred from Magnetic Society to Power Electronics Society; ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92 History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985 Designation: 1110-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices and Applications in Power System Stability Analyses Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 2003 Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 2003 Project Scope: Review all 7 chapters of the existing Standard and determine which chapters, if any, need updating or significant additions. Correct, where applicable, existing typographical errors. Suggest, when necessary, new figures, illustrations, or references. Project Purpose: The modeling of synchronous machines for stability studies and analyses is subject to continuing review and possible improvements. Both parameter identification for dynamic analysis and accounting for generator saturation must be included. Emphasis will be placed on discussing various aspects of Synchronous Generator/Power System interactions. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1110-1991. Reaffirmed September 2007. Categorizes three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis models, along with the basic transient reactance model. Discusses some of the assumptions made in using various models and presents the fundamental equations and concepts involved in generator/system interfacing. Covers, generally, the various attributes of power system stability, recognizing two basic approaches. The first is categorized under large disturbance nonlinear analysis; the second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are linearized. Applications of a range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is treated in stability studies, both in the initialization process as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis procedures is addressed. Saturation functions that are derived, whether from test data or by the methods, of finite elements are developed. Different saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle depending upon generator terminal conditions are compared. The question of parameter determination is covered. Two approaches in accounting for generator field and excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for transferring field parameters from one base to another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling, Suggestions for modeling of negative field currents and other field circuit discontinuities are included. Key Words: "modeling practices, saturation practices, stability data determination and application" Designation: 1110-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices in Stability Analyses Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1110-2002. Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by 1110-2002. Three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis models are categorized, along with the basic transient reactance model. Some of the assumptions made in using various models, including the basic model, are discussed, and the fundamental equations and concepts involved in generator/system interfacing are presented. The various attributes of power system stability are covered in a general way, with two basic approaches being recognized. The first is categorized under large- disturbance nonlinear analysis. The second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are linearized. Applications of a range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is treated in stability studies, both in the initialization process, as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis procedures is addressed. Saturation functions that are derived either from test data or by the methods of finite elements are developed. Different saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle, depending upon generator terminal conditions, are compared. The question of parameter determination is thoroughly covered. Two approaches in accounting for generator field and excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for transferring field parameters from one base to another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling. Suggestions for modeling of negative field currents and other field circuit discontinuities are included. Key Words: models, application, analyses, Synchronous generator stability, Stability data determination , Saturation practices, Modeling practices Designation: 1111 Title: Optical Switching Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Key Words: 1111 Designation: 1113 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1114 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Application of Risk Criteria to Nuclear Power Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arnold Roby, Phone:(203) 665-3157 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985 Designation: 1115-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 11, 2000 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Scope of original document remains unchanged. Supporting text will be revised to reflect changes in battery technology. Project Purpose: Newer nickel-cadmium battery technology has given rise to some changes that affect many existing and potential users of this battery chemistry. While the basic sizing method will remain unchanged, the supporting text should be updated to accommodate these changes. Abstract: The sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries used in full float operation for stationary applications is covered in this recommended practice. Key Words: "nickel-cadmium batteries, stationary applications" Designation: 1115-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1115-2000. Technical Contact: Bradford M Radimer, Phone:201 430 6702 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by 1115-2000. Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a nickel-cadmium battery to supply that load are described. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are not included. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also not included. Key Words: Stationary applications, Nickel-cadmium batteries Designation: 1115a-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications Amendment 1: Additional Discussion on Sizing Margins Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2007 Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007 Project Scope: This amendment provides additional guidance on sizing margins that may be applied when nickel-cadmium batteries are used in stationary applications involving an element of charge-discharge cycling. Project Purpose: Nickel-cadmium batteries are often used in stationary applications where the ac power supply may be unreliable, resulting in an increased frequency of charge-discharge cycling. The extent to which available battery capacity may be affected depends on the frequency and depth of cycling, charging regime and the specific cell design. The guidance in this amendment assists system designers in correctly sizing batteries for such applications. Abstract: This amendment provides additional guidance on sizing margins that may be applied when nickel-cadmium batteries are used in stationary applications involving an element of charge-discharge cycling. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1115-2000 Key Words: nickel-cadmium batteries, stationary applications Designation: 1116 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1117 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Chopper Controlled DC Machines/Test Proc Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Designation: 1118.1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for Microcontroller System Serial Control Bus Physical Layer Type C Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bob Goldschmidt, Phone:617 275-0300 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Abstract: This standard specifies the numerical characteristics of the 8×8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8×8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT. Key Words: 8×8 inverse discrete cosine transform, IDCT, visual telephony, reconstruction loop Designation: 1119-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Guide for Fence Safety Clearances in Electric-Supply Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 10, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **W/D by Std Bd 12/10/96 - 97 Edition of NESC includes provisions that SS the guidance offered in 1119. Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1988, ANSI APP: May 18, 1989 Abstract: A method for providing fence safety clearances for electric-supply stations is presented. The purpose is to provide design guidance for the location of fences with respect to live parts within a station. The guide applies to electric-supply stations with voltage between phases up to and including 765 000 V. Key Words: Substations, Power generation protection Designation: 112-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2004 **Supersedes 112-1996. Technical Contact: Franklin H Grooms, Phone:513-931-1243, Email:fhgrooms@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: Revise Sections 6.5 through 6.9 to include current industry practice and experience. Change other sections including Sections 7, 8 and 9 as necessary to support these revisions and to make the test procedure easier to understand and easier to use. Make the resulting procedures harmonize with international standards where feasible. Project Purpose: The existing standard has not kept pace in its entirety with the needs of the industry and newly available technological advances such as described in other standards will be considered for use. The project will assure that this standard maintains its prominent position in the industry. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 112 -1996 This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests of polyphase induction motors and generators. Many of the tests described may be applied to both motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition the test procedure into clauses and subclauses that separately apply to motors or to generators. Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, generators, induction, machines, motors, polyphase Designation: P112 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests of polyphase induction motors and generators. Many of the tests described may be applied to both motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition the test procedure into clauses and subclauses that separately apply to motors or to generators. Whenever the term motor is used, it is to be understood that it may be replaced by the term generator , if applicable. Likewise, whenever machine is used, it may be replaced by either motor or generator, if applicable. Since polyphase power systems are almost universally three-phase systems, the equations in this standard have been written specifically for three phases. When the test is performed on other than three-phase power, the equations shall be modified appropriately. Project Purpose: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests are covered to determine the performance and characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Additional tests, not specified herein, may be required to satisfy specific research or application needs. These procedures shall not be interpreted as requiring the performing of any specific test in a given transaction. Designation: 112-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 112-1991. Superseded by 112-2004. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997 Project Scope: Revisions of Section 6.4 Determination of Efficiency Test Method B - Input-Output With Loss Segregation - Instrumentation Accuracy Requirements - Testing Sequence Required - Temperature correction Procedure - Additional Explanation of Terms Project Purpose: IEEE Std 112-1991 has been adopted by DOE for use in enforcing the US Energy Policy Act of 1992 (HR 2451) requiring manufacturers to be certified through an independent testing or certification program. NIST has developed such a program called NVLAP (National Voluntary Laboratory Accredidation Program). The revision will clarify the procedures under Std 112 to conform to NVLAP requirements and harmonize with CSA Std C3 90. Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: generators, motors, tests Designation: 112-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 112-1984. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 112-1996 and 112-2004. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: generators, motors, tests Designation: 112-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1985 Abstract: Superseded by 112-1991. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, generators Designation: 1120-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for the Planning, Design, Installation, and Repair of Submarine Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2005 Technical Contact: Neal K Parker, Phone:425-462-3756, Email:n.k.parker@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides a list of factors to consider when planning, designing, permitting, installing, commissioning and repairing submarine power cable systems. While many factors are common to both power and communication cable, this guide focuses on power cables. Project Purpose: The existing guide is an outline of factors to be consider, with few explanatory notes. It assumes the user is knowledgeable on the topic of submarine cable systems. This guide is being revised so it will have value to a broader audience, including the inexperienced engineer. This is accomplished by expanding the breadth of topics covered and by adding explanations. Abstract: This guide presents a list of factors to consider when planning, designing, installing, and repairing a submarine power cable. Key Words: Submarine cable, underwater cable Designation: 1120-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Replaced by 1120-2004 (SH/SS95271). IEEE Std 1120-1990, IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables, provides a checklist of factors to be considered in the planning, design, and installation of power and communications cables in a submarine environment. It does not attempt to provide complete cable design criteria. Key Words: Submarine power cable, Submarine communications cable Designation: 1121 Title: Switching Power Supplies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Key Words: 1121 Designation: 1122-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage Impulse Tests Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998 Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008 Project Scope: To describe the necessary tests to be performed on digital recorders to ensure they meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std.4 Project Purpose: To simplify the existing standard and to bring it into alignment with the new proposals in the revision of ANSI/IEEE Std. 4 Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: 1122-1998_body.f5 Designation: 1122-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage Impulse Tests Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: Digital recorders and digital oscilloscopes used for measurements during tests with high-impulse voltages and high-impulse currents are considered. Terms specifically related to the digital recorders used for monitoring high-voltage and high-current impulse tests are defined. The performance characteristics for such recorders, necessary to ensure their compliance with the requirements for high-voltage and for high-current impulse tests, are specified. The tests and procedures that are necessary to show that these performance characteristics are within those specified limits are indicated. Key Words: Oscilloscopes, Measurement-system data handling, Impulse testing Designation: 1123 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Guide for the Measurement of HVDC Ground Electrode Parameters Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Designation: 1124-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for Analysis and Definition of DC Side Harmonic Performance of HVDC Transmision Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 05, 2003 Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This guide is expected to provide definitions, methodology for analysis of dc system harmonics and its effects, and cd filter performance requirements. Project Purpose: Provides necessary information and guidelines which are not readily available from a single source to Electric Utilities, Communication Companies and HVDC equipment suppliers. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1124-2003, IEEE Guide for the Analysis and Definition of DC-Side Harmonic Performance of HVDC Transmission Systems" Key Words: "equivalent disturbing current, filters, harmonic currents, harmonic voltages, HVDC transmission systems, induction, inductive coordination, interference, mitigation methods, mutual impedance, noise, telephone circuits" Designation: 1124 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: DC Side Harmonic/HVDC Xmsn Sys Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986 Abstract: Project scope: This guide is expected to provide definitions, methodology for analysis of dc system harmonics and its effects, and cd filter performance requirements. Project purpose: Provides necessary information and guidelines which are not readily available from a single source to Electric Utilities, Communication Companies and HVDC equipment suppliers. Key Words: 1124 Designation: 1125-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Moisture Measurement and Control in SF6 Gas-Insulated Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Steinar Dale, Phone:(919) 515-6000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1994 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 Guidelines for moisture level measurement, moisture data interpretation, and moisture control in gas- insulated transmission class equipment (GIE) are provided. Key Words: circuit breakers, gas-insulated equipment (GIE), gas-insulated substations (GIS), moisture measurment, SF6 Designation: P1125 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Moisture Measurement and Control in SF6 Gas-Insulated Equipment Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This document establishes guidelines for moisture level measurement, moisture data interpretation, and moisture-control in gas- insulated transmission class equipment Project Purpose: The purpose of these guidelines is to provide guidance and promote understanding among users of Gas Insulated Equipment (GIE). More specifically, the objective is to communicate general knowledge and sufficient understanding so as to ensure successful operation of the equipment. Designation: 1126 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: HVDC Transmission Systems Control & Protection Guide Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-445-5966, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986 Designation: 1126 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Control and Protection of HVDC Transmission Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-445-5966, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Functional performance of the control and protection of HVDC transmission systems. Project Purpose: To provide a guide for specification and control and protection of HVDC transmission systems. Designation: 1127-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Apr 29, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This guide identifies significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations, and documents ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibillity. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Project Purpose: Approvals for new substations or even expansions of existing facilities can be subjected to extensive review for community acceptance and environmental compatibility. A variety of permits are often required by the governing bodies before construction of a substation may begin. Concerns are being voiced by governmental agencies and community groups in areas not considered necessary heretofore in the permitting process. In some instances, land acquired for substations years in advance of construction is deemed impossible to build on under present expectations and requirements. Abstract: Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations are identified, and ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: P1127 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This guide identifies significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations, and documents ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibillity. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Project Purpose: This guide provides guidance on community acceptance and environmental compatibility for new substations or substation expansions. Designation: 1127-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Safe and Reliable Substations for Environmental Acceptance Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 07, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991 Abstract: Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations are identified, and ways to address these concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication facilities are not considered. Key Words: A-weighted sound level, commercial zoning, hazardous material, industrial zoning, noise, residential zoning, wetlands Designation: P1127a Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility - Amendment to remove references to Substation Slide Library Status: Amendment Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: Delete Section 4.2.2 Slide Library A slide library of several hundred slides of aesthetic design choices is available from the IEEE. It is a compililation of landscaping, decorative walls and enclosures, plantings, and site location choices that have been used by various utliities worldwide to ensure community acceptance and environtmental compatability. It is assembled and maintained by Working Group G1 of the Environmental Subcommittee of the IEEE/PES Substations Committee. Warious formats (slides, VHS videotape, and CD-ROM) are being investigated as a vehicle for making this library available at a resonable cost to many users. Contact the IEEE for the latest format. Project Purpose: The slide library is not being maintained and is not available for distribution. Designation: 1128-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Radio-Frequency (RF) Absorber Evaluation in the Range of 30 MHz to 5 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 1998 Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jan 13, 1998 Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for RF absorbers testing in the radiated emission frequesncy range, 30-1000 Mhz, and provide realistic and repeatable figures of merit for the RF absorption characteristics of typical anechoic chamber lining applied to a metallic wall. Abstract: Realistic and repeatable criteria, as well as recommended test methods, for characteriz-ing the absorption properties of typical anechoic chamber linings applied to a metallic surface are described. Parameters and test procedures are described for the evaluation of RF absorbers to be used for radiated emissions and radiated susceptibility testing of electronic products, in the ab-sorber manufacturer and/or absorber user environment, over the frequency range of 30 MHz to 5GHz. Key Words: "anechoic chamber, radiated emissions, RF absorber, semianechoic chamber" Designation: 1129-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring and Instrumentation of Turbine Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE A basic philosophy and guidelines are established for the design and implementation of monitoring systems for cylindrical-rotor, synchronous turbine generators. Monitoring systems are used to display the status of the generator and auxiliary systems while these systems are operating on line. The basic information needed to choose monitoring schemes best suited for each application is provided. This standard does not specify actual equipment or instrumentation, but it does indicate some critical areas where it is important to provide monitoring capability Key Words: cylindrical-rotor, Synchronous turbine generators Designation: 113-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Direct-Current Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 113-1973. Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. Recommendations are made for conducting and reporting generally acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of conventional DC machines. Two categories of tests are provided: tests of dc motors and generators designed for essentially ripple-free operation, and tests of DC motors designed for use with rectifier power supplies. Electrical measurements and power sources for all test procedures are described. Preliminary tests, performance tests, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: test, dc, machines Designation: 1130 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1131-1987 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard Cryostat End-Cap Dimensions for Germanium Semiconductor Gamma-Ray Spectrometers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard establishes fixed dimensions for end-caps in the interests of interchangeability of cryostats from various manufacturers. Seven standard diameters and five minimum lengths are specified for the cylindrical surface separating the environment from the vacuum enclosure around the Ge crystal. Key Words: cryostat, Ge cristal, end-cap, dimensions Designation: 1132 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: A Standard for a Versatile Serial Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ad Willemse, Phone:011-31-40-785-714 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986 Designation: 1133-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Application Guide for Evaluating Nonceramic Materials for High- Voltage Outdoor Applications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 Abstract: This standard is based on the knowledge and experience of manufacturers, researchers, and end users of nonceramic insulating products that are electrically stressed in outdoor environments. The standard discusses the characteristics of nonceramic materials that are needed for long-term reliability in these applications. The standard makes recommendations for principles of evaluation and tests used in the screening and selection of materials. The judicious use of this standard will significantly improve the probability of success in the applications selected. Key Words: 1133 Designation: 1134 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1135 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Requirements for Primary Standards for the Fiber Optics Industry Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 1136 Title: Unguided Light Optical Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Designation: 1137-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for the Implementation of Inductive Coordination Mitigation Techniques and Application Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This Guide offers users assistance in controlling or modifying the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire-line telecommunications facilities in order to operate within acceptable levels of steady-state or surge-induced voltage of the environmental interface (probe wire) defined by IEEE Srd 776. The methodology, application, and evaluation of results for mitigative techniques or devices in general are addressed for all Specific Type A and Specific Type B coordination methods also defined by IEEE Std 776. Abstract: Provides guidance for controlling or modifying the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire line telecommunications facilities in order to operate within the acceptable levels of steady-state or surge induced voltages of the environmental interface (probe wire) defined by IEEE Std 776-1987. Procedures for determining the source of the problem are given. Mitigation theory and philosophy are discussed, and mitigation devices are described. The application of typical mitigation apparatus and techniques and installation, maintenance, and inspection of mitigation apparatus are addressed. Advice for determining the best engineering solution is offered, and general safety considerations are discussed. Key Words: Susceptibility, Power, Noise, Mutual, Mitigation, Influence, Inductive, Impedance, ICEP, Harmonic, Coupling, Coordination Designation: 1137-1991/Cor 1-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Guide for the Implementation of Inductive Coordination Mitigation Techniques and Applications--Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2009 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 19, 2010 Project Purpose: This Corrigendum corrects the Recommended value in Table 3 Longitudinal Balance Performance Thresholds. This Corrigendum also corrects the last sentence in the third paragraph of Clause 8.5. Abstract: This Corrigendum corrects the Recommended value in Table 3 Longitudinal Balance Performance Thresholds. This Corrigendum also corrects the last sentence in the third paragraph of Clause 8.5. Key Words: 1137-1991 Cor1-2009, coordination, coupling, harmonic, ICEP, impedance, inductive, influence, mitigation, mutual, noise, power, susceptibility Designation: 1138-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for Testing and Performance for Optical Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1138-1994 Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers the performance, test requirements, procedures, and acceptance criteria for a transmission line overhead ground wire (a.k.a. shield wire, static wire, earth wire, skywire) with optical fibers commonly known as optical ground wire (OPGW). An OPGW cable has the dual performance functions of a ground wire with telecommunications capabilities. This standard includes functional requirements, such as electrical, mechanical, optical fiber, environmental and packaging, and test requirements related to design, installation, in-service, and maintenance, including routine tests. This standard is not intended to supersede any established safety rules, codes, regulations, or practices associated with the use of OPGW cables. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Project Purpose: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for overhead ground wire (OPGW) designed to be located primarily on overhead power utility facilities. The standard provides performance and testing requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the mechanical and electrical capabilities of the cable and cable components properly maintain mechanical integrity, optical fiber integrity, and optical transmission. Abstract: This standard covers the performance, test requirements, procedures, and acceptance criteria for a transmission line overhead ground wire (a.k.a. shield wire, static wire, earth wire, skywire) with optical fibers commonly known as optical ground wire (OPGW). An OPGW cable has the dual performance functions of a ground wire with telecommunications capabilities. This standard includes functional requirements such as electrical, mechanical, optical fiber, environmental and packaging, and test requirements related to design, installation, in-service, maintenance, including routine tests. This standard is not intended to supersede any established safety rules, codes, regulations, or practices associated with the use of OPGW cables. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Key Words: 1138-2009, fiber optic ground wire, laboratory tests, OPGW, optical ground wire, type tests Designation: 1138-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Construction of Composite Fiber Optic Groundwire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1138-2009. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 26, 1994 Abstract: The construction, mechanical and electrical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for a composite overhead ground wire with optical fibers, commonly known as OPGW are discussed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: fiber optic cable, multimode fiber, optical cable, optical ground wire, single-mode fiber, Stranded metallic wires, Rated breaking strength Designation: 1138 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Fiber Optic Overhead Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for optical overhead groundwire (OPGW) designed to be located primarily on overhead power utility facilities. Project Purpose: The standard provides performance and testing requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the mechanical and electrical capabilities of the cable and cable components properly maintain mechanical integrity, optical fiber integrity, and optical transmission. Designation: P1138-2009/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance for Optical Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines - Corrigendum 1: Stress Strain Temperature Correction Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: Correcting an error in the temperature associated with the Stress Strain clause. Designation: 1139-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology--Random Instabilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1139-1999 Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 2009 Project Scope: This standard covers the fundamental metrology for describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain deviations of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities, especially in regard to the recording of experimental parameters,experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. The annexes cover basic concepts and definitions, time prediction, and confidence limits when estimating deviations and spectral densities from a finite data set. The annexes also cover translation between the frequency domain and time domain instability measures, examples on how to calculate the time-domain measures of frequency fluctuations, and an extensive bibliography of the relevant literature. Systematic instabilities, such as environmental effects and aging, are discussed in IEEE Std 1193™-2003. Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology are covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain deviations of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Key Words: 1139-2008, AM noise, amplitude instability, FM noise, frequency domain, frequency instability, frequency metrology, frequency modulation, noise, phase instability, phase modulation, phase noise, PM noise, time domain, time metrology Designation: 1139-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology - Random Instabilities Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Project Scope: Affects all documents dealing with the reporting or specification of time and frequency measurements and instrumentation. Project Purpose: Revision of 1139-1988. Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Key Words: 1139body.fm Designation: 1139-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology-Random Instabilities Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1139-2008. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Designation: 1139-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency and Time Metrology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 23, 1989 Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard. Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters, experimental conditions, and calculation techniques. Key Words: metrology, frequency metrology, time metrology, random instabilities Designation: 114-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 23, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 114-2001 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors. It is not intended that this standard shall cover all possible tests used in production or tests of a research nature. The standard shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to satisfy the following objectives: a) Promote consistency between electric motor manufacturers regarding the performance evaluation of single-phase induction motors. b) Provide useful practices on evaluating performance during the design of electric motors. c) Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying manufacturer capabilities to meet user requirements. d) Provide useful practices for evaluating and qualifying manufactured electric motors. e) Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of single-phase induction motors delivered to end users. Abstract: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable test to determine the performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors are covered in this standard. Key Words: efficiency, IEEE 114, motor test procedure, single-phase induction motors, speed-torque Designation: 114 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines Title: Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: To review the procedure for testing single-phase induction motors to include all changes in measurement technology and manufacturing developments in the revised testing procedure. Project Purpose: Guide to test procedures for single-phase induction motors. Designation: 114-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Kenneth L Stricklett, Phone:301-975-3955, Email:stricklett@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors, including non- excited synchronous motors. It is not intended that this standard shall cover all possible tests used in production or tests of a research nature. The standard shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction. Project Purpose: The proposed standard is intended to satisfy the following objectives: 1) Promote consistency between electric motor manufacturers regarding the performance evaluation of single-phase induction motors. 2) Provide useful practices on evaluating performance during the design of electric motors. 3) Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying manufacturer capabilities to meet user requirements. 4) Provide useful practices for evaluating and qualifying manufactured electric motors. 5) Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of single-phase induction motors delivered to end users. Abstract: " Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable andacceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single phase induction motors.Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests arecovered. " Key Words: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicble and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single pahse induction motors Designation: 114-1982 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983 Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of single phase induction motors. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered. Key Words: induction motors, single-phase, test procedure, measurements, performance testing Designation: 1140-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Electric and Magnetic Fields from Video Display Terminals (VDTs) from 5 Hz to 400 kHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1994 Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: Procedures for the measurement of electric and magnetic fields in close proximity to video display terminals (VDTs) in the frequency range of 5 Hz to 400 kHz are provided. Existing international measurement technologies and practices are adapted to achieve a consistent and harmonious VDT measurement standard for testing in a laboratory controlled environment. Key Words: magnetic field, electric field, video display terminal (VDT) Designation: 1140.1 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: Standard Measurement Techniques for ELF and VLF Magnetic Fields and Electrical Fields from Desktop Computer Displays and Associated Desktop Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles Abernathy, Phone:508/493-5641 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: To define standard techniques of measurement of magnetic and electric field strengths from the circuits of desktop computer displays and associated desktop devices. Measurement techniques will focus on primary frequencies and harmonics as well as computer display horizontal frequencies and their harmonies. Designation: 1141 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: FORTH: A Computer Language Standard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Guy Kelley, Phone:619-268-3100 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: FORTH, language Designation: 1142-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection, Testing, Application, and Installation of Cables having Radial-Moisture Barriers and/or Longitudinal Water Blocking Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 26, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1142-1995 Technical Contact: Joseph Snow, Phone:9798494096x252, Email:joe.snow@snowbuilding.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010 Project Scope: This guide provides cable manufacturers and users with extensive information on the design, testing, application, and installation of low, medium, and high-voltage power cables, as well as communication, control and instrument cables that make use of metal-plastic laminates as radial- moisture barriers. This guide addresses additional means of protecting cables from the entrance of moisture through the use of polymeric super absorbent materials for longitudinal water blocking of stranded conductors and other spaces within cables. The alternate use of extruded metal sheaths or bare, longitudinally applied, metallic tapes with sealed seams will likewise be addressed. Project Purpose: While metallic sheaths, such as lead and aluminum, have been effective in past years as barriers to moisture, their relative cost, environmental concerns along with installation difficulties have led to the search for alternatives. Alternatively, thin metal-plastic foils are finding application as moisture barriers in low, medium, high, and extra-high voltage power cables. Aluminum, copper, or lead substrates are coated with polymeric coatings on one or both sides and adhesively bonded to the cable jacket or over sheath. The tapes are usually applied longitudinally, with an overlap, or seam, that is adhesively sealed over the core of the cable and under the jacket. In addition, other measures have been taken to block the longitudinal movement of moisture through the conductor and the shield interfaces so that water-impervious cables are now available. This guide will provide information on the use of such coated metals in cable constructions as well as the use of other materials for longitudinal water blocking. Cable users should find this information of value in the selection, specification, installation, and testing of cables having radial- moisture barriers and/or longitudinal water-blocking systems. There is an extensive amount of information in this guide that refers to IEC Standards, British Standards and CIGRE study group recommendations. These organizations, and others, have developed recommendations, standards and specifications that are pertinent to cables with radial-moisture barriers and longitudinal water blocking. Inclusion of a discussion of these documents presents the user of the guide with a more complete picture of the degree to which cables with radial and longitudinal moisture protection have developed. The technology has matured greatly since this guide was first published and inclusion of all pertinent information not only serves to better inform the user of the guide but also documents how extensive and prevalent the technology has become globally. Abstract: Detailed information relating to the design, testing, application and installation of various types of electrical cables in order to prevent the deleterious effect of moisture and chemical ingress and resultant failures in service is provided in this guide. This includes single and multi-conductor cables over a complete range of voltage ratings. Testing criteria and installation methods covered along with many technical references. Key Words: 1142-2009, laminate sheaths, longitudinal water blocking, moisture impervious, powders, radialmoisture barriers, sealed overlap, water- swellable tapes, yarns Designation: 1142 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Selection, Testing, Application and Installation of Cables Utilizing Radial and/or Longitudinal Moisture Barriers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Joseph Snow, Phone:9798494096x252, Email:joe.snow@snowbuilding.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003 Project Scope: The original scope of IEEE 1142-1995 was basically limited to moisture protection guidelines for 5 - 35 kV power cable through the use of metal/plastic laminates as radial barriers. A major revision is now planned to include updated moisture protection technology along with a much broader range of cable types and voltage ratings. Radial barriers that combine moisture protection with shielding functions will also be included. Obsolete technology will be deleted in the update. Project Purpose: The purpose of the original guide was to provide cable users with the then current technology on use of metal/plastic laminates as moisture barriers for medium voltage (5 - 46 kV) cable to prevent moisture ingress and subsequent failures due to insulation degradation. While this purpose is still retained, the expanded scope and updates will provide a broader group of cable users with pertinent information on protecting cables of other types and voltage ranges from moisture and other environmental hazards along with dual electrical shielding applications. Designation: 1142-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Testing, and Application of Moisture- Impervious, Solid Dielectric, 5-35 kV Power Cable Using Metal-Plastic Laminates Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Revised by 1142-2009. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1996 Abstract: The user of underground cables is provided with information on the design, testing, and application of moisture- impervious, medium-voltage, solid dielectric power cable using metal-plastic laminates as moisture barriers. Information is also provided on selection of jacketing materials and installation practices. Other types of moisture barriers, such as extruded metal sheaths and bare metallic tapes with sealed seams, are beyond the scope of this guide. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: cable jackets, metal-plastic laminates, moisture-impervious cable, on-core moisture barrier, pulling tension calculations, semiconducting jackets, sidewall bearing pressure (SWBP) test, under-jacket moisture barrier, water blocking, water-swellable powders, water-swellable tapes Designation: 1143-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 1995 History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995 Abstract: A concise overview of shielding options for various types of interference and recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods, are provided. Key Words: grounding methods, interference, low voltage cables, shielding practice, terminating methods Designation: P1143 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This function of this guide on shielding practice for low voltage cables is to inform and familiarize the reader with shielding practice. Overviews of shielding practice, systems and test methods are provided. These tests may not be standardized; however, they are included to inform the reader and provide an overview as to what has been done to characterize shielding. This guide provides the following: a review of shielding techniques to control electrostatic and electromagnetic interference for varying types of low voltage cable used for power, control and instrumentation services, including signal and communications cable; an overview of the functional characteristics of various types of shielding; suggested tests or techniques for measuring shielding effectiveness; recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this guide is to show how shielding can minimize the effects of electrostatic and electromagnetic interference. A secondary purpose is to provide recommendations on shielding practice for various applications including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods. Designation: 1144-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for sizing nickel/cadmium batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than nickel/cadmium are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electric systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers in siziing nickel/cadmium batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Abstract: A method for sizing nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV) systems is described. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: battery sizing, nickel-cadmium batteries, terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems Designation: 1145-1990 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel- Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1145-1999. History: BD APP: Oct 01, 1990 Abstract: Safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for receiving, storing, commissioning, and maintaining pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems are provided. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems. Key Words: Batteries, Installation, Photovoltaic power systems, Nickel-cadmium battery, Battery maintenance, Battery installation Designation: 1145-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for commissioning, maintenance, and storage of pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power systems. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. While this document gives general recommended practices, battery manufacturers can provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist nickel-cadmium battery users to properly store, install, and maintain nickel-cadmium batteries used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV) systems. Abstract: Jan 2005 - Administratively Withdrawn Safety precautions; installation design considerations; and procedures for receiving, storing, commissioning, and maintaining pocket- and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all PV power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems. Key Words: "battery installation,battery maintenance,nickel-cadmium battery,photovoltaic (PV) power systems" Designation: 1146 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Grounding of Batteries & Battery Subsystems in PV Systems/Recommended Practice Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A Levins, Phone:516-271-6200 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Designation: 1147-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006 Project Scope: This guide describes alternatives that hydroelectric power plant owners should consider when undertaking a rehabilitation of the facilities. It is useful in ensuring that potential improvements are not overlooked in the owner's process. Project Purpose: This guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power for the purpose of providing guidance in the decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric power plants. Abstract: This guide is intended for the hydroelectric power industry to assist hydroelectric power plant owners, operators, and designers in the economic (feasibility) and technical evaluation (electrical aspects) of existing hydroelectric installations for rehabilitation. It addresses conventional hydropower. Portions of this guide are relevant to pumped storage but the unique features of pumped storage are not covered. Feasibility study results may indicate redevelopment of the site. Redevelopment will not be treated in detail in this guide. This guide covers all generating equipment up to and including the main transformer and typical auxiliary equipment. Key Words: cable and raceway, compressed air, control, crane, drainage, excitation, fire protection, generator, governor, grounding heating, hydroelectric, lighting, lubrication, machine shop,plant security, protection, rehabilitation, telephone, transformer, turbine, UPS, ventilating and air conditioning, water Designation: 1147-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1147-2005 This Guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plant design for the purpose of providing guidance in the decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric power plants. It covers general assessment considerations, rehabilitation of waterways, and rehabilitation of equipment. An extensive bibliography is included. Key Words: rehabilitation, Hydroelectric power plant Designation: 1148 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment and Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Prepare a guide that will provide information, identify equipment and structure, and discuss various conditions under whihc cathodic protection can be utilized to minimize corrosion. Various cathodic protection systems will also be discussed in reference to their applicability for power plant equipment. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for corrosion protection of power plant equipment and structures by means of cathodic protection. Corrosion protection is critical to the longevity of buried facilities. Designation: 1148 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment & Structures/Recommended Practice Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Designation: 1149 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Testability Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gordon Robinson, Phone:510-623-5139, Email:gordon_robinson@3mts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: testability, bus Designation: 1149.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 23, 2001 **Supersedes 1149.1-1990, 1149.1a-1993, and 1149.1b-1994. Technical Contact: Chris J Clark, Phone:603-868-7116, Email:cjclark@intellitech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Corrections, clarifications and enhancements of IEEE Std 1149.1a and Std. 1149.1b. Combine these two standards into one document. Project Purpose: As technology has changed, the original 1149.1 standard does not address the new needs of the end users. The purpose of this PAR is to address these new needs in the IEEE 1149.1 standard. The intended users are silicon vendors, silicon designers, board and system electronic manufacturers and test equiment manufacturers. The benefits are additional capabilities and ease-of-use of 1149.1 for the current technology of mix- signal devices, differential logic and programmable devices. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Supersedes IEEE Std 1149.1-1990. Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. Key Words: "boundary scan, boundary-scan architecture, Boundary-Scan Description Language, boundary-scan register, BSDL, circuit boards, circuitry, integrated circuit, printed circuit boards, TAP, test, test access port, VHDL, VHSIC Hardware Description Language, JTAG" Designation: P1149.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines test logic that can be included in an integrated circuit to provide standardized approaches to - testing the interconnections between integrated circuits once they have been assembled onto a printed circuit board or other substrate; - testing the integrated circuit itself; and - observing or modifying circuit activity during the component's normal operation. The test logic consists of a boundary-scan register and other building blocks and is accessed through a Test Access Port (TAP). Project Purpose: 1.2.1 An overview of the operation of IEEE Std 1149.1 This subclause provides a general overview of the operation of a component compatible with this standard and provides a background to the detailed discussion in later subclauses. The circuitry defined by this standard allows test instructions and associated test data to be fed into a component and, subsequently, allows the results of execution of such instructions to be read out. All information (instructions, test data, and test results) is communicated in a serial format. The sequence of operations would be controlled by a bus master, which could be either an automatic test equipment (ATE) or a component that interfaces to a higher-level test bus as a part of a complete system maintenance architecture. Control is achieved through signals applied to the Test Mode Select (TMS) and Test Clock (TCK) inputs of the various components connected to the bus master. Starting from an initial state in which the test circuitry defined by this standard is inactive, a typical sequence of operations would be as follows. The first steps would be, in general, to load serially into the component the instruction binary code for the particular operation to be performed. The test logic defined by this standard is designed such that the serial movement of instruction information is not apparent to those circuit blocks whose operation is controlled by the instruction. The instruction applied to these blocks changes only on completion of the shifting (instruction load) process. Once the instruction has been loaded, the selected test circuitry is configured to respond. In some cases, however, it is necessary to load data into the selected test circuitry before a meaningful response can be made. Such data is loaded into the component serially in a manner analogous to the process used previously to load the instruction. Note that the movement of test data has no effect on the instruction present in the test circuitry. After execution of the test instruction, based where necessary on supplied data, the results of the test can be examined by shifting data out of the component to or through the bus master. Note that in cases where the same test operation is to be repeated but with different data, new test data can be shifted into the component while the test results are shifted out. There is no need for the instruction to be reloaded. Operation of the test circuitry may proceed by loading and executing several further instructions in a manner similar to that described and would conclude by returning the test circuitry and, where required, on-chip system circuitry to its initial state. 1.2.2 The use of IEEE Std 1149.1 to test an assembled product This subclause outlines the use of the boundary-scan circuitry defined by this standard during the process of testing an assembled product such as a printed circuit board. The test problem for any product constructed from a collection of components can be decomposed into three goals: a) To confirm that each component performs its required function; b) To confirm that the components are interconnected in the correct manner; and c) To confirm that the components in the product interact correctly and that the product performs its intended function. This approach can be applied to a board constructed from integrated circuits, to a system constructed from printed circuit boards, or to a complex integrated circuit constructed from a set of simpler functional modules. To simplify the discussion, this description henceforth will concentrate on the case of an assembled printed circuit board constructed from a collection of digital integrated circuits. At the board level, goal a) and goal b) typically are achieved by using in-circuit test techniques; for goal c), a functional test is required. However, in-circuit test techniques have significant limitations when viewed against evolving surface-mount interconnection technology, for example, the difficulty of making reliable contact to miniaturized features of the printed circuit board using a bed-of-nails fixture. How, then, might the above three test goals be achieved if test access becomes limited to the normal circuit connections, plus a relatively small number of special-purpose test connections? Considering goal a), it is clear that the vendor of an integrated circuit used in the board-level design will have an established test methodology for that component. The components could be tested on a proprietary ATE system or by using a self-test procedure embedded in the design. Information on the test methodology adopted is typically not available to the component purchaser. Even where self-test modes of operation are known to exist, they may not be documented and therefore are not available to the component user. Alternative sources of test data for the board test engineer may be the component test libraries supplied with in-circuit test systems or the test programs developed by component users for incoming inspection of delivered devices. Wherever the test data for a component originates, the next step is to use it once the component has been assembled onto the printed circuit board. If access is limited to the normal connections of the assembled circuit, this task may be far from simple. This is particularly true if the surrounding components are complex or if the board designer has tied some of the components’ connections to fixed logic levels or has left component pins unconnected. Normally, it will not be possible to test the component in the same way that it was tested in isolation unless an in-circuit test is achievable. To ensure that built-in test facilities can be used or that preexisting test patterns can be applied, a framework is needed that can be used to convey test data to or from the boundaries of individual components so that they can be tested as if they were freestanding. This framework will also allow access to and control of builtin test facilities of components. Boundary scan coupled with a test access bus provides such a framework. The objective of this standard is to define a boundary-scan architecture that can be adopted as a standard feature of integrated circuit designs, thus allowing the required test framework to be created on assembled printed circuit boards and other products. 1.2.3 What is boundary scan? The boundary-scan technique involves the inclusion of a shift-register stage (contained in a boundary- scan register cell) adjacent to each component pin so that signals at component boundaries can be controlled and observed using scan testing principles. Figure 1-1 illustrates an example implementation for a boundary-scan register cell that could be used for an input or output connection to an integrated circuit. Dependent on the control signals applied to the multiplexers, data can be either loaded into the scan register from the Signal-in port (e.g., the input pin) or driven from the register through the Signal-out port of the cell (e.g., into the core of the component design). As will be discussed in detail in Clause 11, the second flip-flop (controlled by input Clock B) is provided to ensure that the signals driven out of the cell in the latter case are held while new data is shifted into the cell using input Clock A. This flip-flop is not required in all cases but is included in Figure 1-1 to simplify the discussion. The boundary-scan register cells for the pins of a component are interconnected to form a shift-register chain around the border of the design, and this path is provided with serial input and output connections and appropriate clock and control signals. Within a product assembled from several integrated circuits the boundary-scan registers for the individual components could be connected in series to form a single path through the complete design, as illustrated in Figure 1-2. Alternatively, a board design could contain several independent boundary- scan paths. If all the components used to construct a circuit have a boundary-scan register, the resulting serial path through the complete design can be used in two ways: a) To allow the interconnections between the various components to be tested, test data can be shifted into all the boundary-scan register cells associated with component output pins and loaded in parallel through the component interconnections into those cells associated with input pins; and b) To allow the components on the board to be tested, the boundary-scan register can be used as a means of isolating on-chip system logic from stimuli received from surrounding components while an internal self-test is performed. Alternatively, if the boundary-scan register is suitably designed, it can permit a limited slow-speed static test of the on-chip system logic since it allows delivery of test data to the component and examination of the test results. These tests allow the first two goals discussed earlier to be achieved through the use of the boundary-scan register. In effect, tests applied using the register can detect many of the faults that in-circuit testers currently address, but without the need for extensive bed-of-nails access. The third goal—to functionally test the operation of the complete product—remains and can be achieved either by using a functional (through the pins) ATE system or by using a system-level self-test, for example. Note also that by parallel loading the cells at both the inputs and outputs of a component and shifting out the results, the boundary-scan register provides a means of “sampling” the data flowing through a component without interfering with the behavior of the component or the assembled board. This mode of operation is valuable for design debugging and fault diagnosis since it permits examination of connections not normally accessible to the test system. 1.2.4 The use of IEEE Std 1149.1 to achieve other test goals In addition to its application in testing printed circuit assemblies and other products containing multiple components, the test logic defined by this standard can be used to provide access to a wide range of design-for-test features built into the components themselves. Such features might include internal scan paths, selftest functions [e.g., using built-in logic block observer (BILBO) elements], or other support functions. Design-for-test features such as these can be accessed and controlled using the data path between the serial test data pins of the TAP defined by this standard. Instructions that cause internal reconfiguration of the component's system logic such that the test operation is enabled may be shifted into the component through the TAP. Designation: 1149.1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1149. Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 1990 Abstract: Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. Key Words: testability, bus, architecture, Test ports, Printed circuit boards, Circuitry, Circuit boards, Boundary-scan register Designation: P1149.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Test Access Port Interface for Connection to Test Data Registers Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines an interface that provides for connection of test data registers to an IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (TAP) and its associated TAP Controller and Instruction Register. Project Purpose: This standard enables development of interoperable, re-usable elements of the 1149.1 test architecture, particularly those that relate to the interfacing of test data registers. This approach promotes the use of design methodologies wherein such elements can be sourced by different parties. Designation: 1149.1a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture (1149.1) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: A test access port and boundary-scan architecture for digital integrated circuits and for the digital portions of mixed analog/digital integrated circuits are discussed. These facilities seek to provide a solution to the problem of testing assembled printed circuit boards and other products based on highly complex digital integrated circuits and high-density, surface-mounting assembly techniques. The facilities also provide a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features built into the digital integrated circuits themselves. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, so that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. (This publication includes IEEE 1149.1a-1993.) Key Words: boundary-scan, register, circuit, boards, circuitry, printed, test, ports Designation: 1149.1b-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture (1149.1) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1149.1-2001. Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 1995 Abstract: Superseded by 1149.1-2001 A language to describe components that conform to IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 is described in this supplement. The language is based on the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). General characteristics, the overall structure of a boundary-scan description language (BSDL) description, special cases, and example packages are included. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: boundary scan architure, description language, BSDL, test access port, VHDL, VHSIC Harware Description Designation: 1149.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Shared Input/Output Scan Test Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project for Std 1149. Technical Contact: Bulent Dervisoglu, Phone:415-390-2958, Email:bulent@sgi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a scan-based test architecture for integrated circuit components that allows re-use of functional memory elements as part of an I/O-Scan register and also allows the use of a combinational decoder and/or the IEEE 1148.1 Tap Controller as the access mechanism to the components test features. Test features shall be defined to enable coding of intercomponent connections as well as the testing of the component itself. Project Purpose: This project addresses a need seen by many integrated circuit component designers and manufacturers who are unable to provide dedicated circuitry to support test features but wish to use shared logic to do so. Use of shared I/O cells enables component designers to meet their performance and test overhead objectives. Thus, by allowing designers to meet their test objectives without sacrificing performance this standard will extend the use of established scan/boundary-scan techniques for testing components and component assemblies. Furthermore, by providing solutions to address shortcomings of existing techniques and standards, this standard will extend the use of common test techniques and methods. Key Words: testability, bus, serial, digital, interface Designation: 1149.4-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 18, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1149.4-1999 Technical Contact: Bambang Suparjo, Phone:503-685-7084, Email:bambang_suparjo@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines a mixed-signal test bus architecture that provides the means of control and access to both analog and digital test signals such that the testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 has been extended effectively to provide similar facilities for mixed-signal circuits. In addition to testing of interconnections in the conventional sense of IEEE Std 1149.1-2001, the mixed-signal test bus defined by this standard also provides the means for parametric testing and, optionally, the means to access internal test structures. The standard does not mandate implementation details of the test circuitry, although examples of conformant implementations are given for illustration. Further, the standard develops extensions to Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) as a means of describing key aspects of the implementation of this standard within a particular component. At present, the extensions to BSDL defined by this standard specifically omit the description of any and all analog parameters defined by the standard. Project Purpose: Where structures defined by this standard are incorporated into mixed-signal circuits, the testability problems posed by such circuits are mitigated by way of improving the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and supporting mixed-signal built-in test structures in order to reduce both test development time and testing costs and to improve test quality. In particular, these standardized test features allow mixed- signal (analog and/or digital) electronic components, printed circuit assemblies, and electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in test equipment for interconnect test, parametric test, and internal test. A further purpose of this standard is to define the descriptive elements of BSDL and specified extensions sufficient to support the development of automated test algorithms used for testing interconnections between devices that adhere to this standard and, where practical, between such devices intermixed with devices that incorporate IEEE Std 1149.1 or IEEE Std 1149.6 as well. The descriptive elements defined by this standard also largely support the automated construction of analog tests for external components attached to or between components that implement this standard with the caveat that such tests may subsequently require modification to account for undocumented analog features within the conformant components. Abstract: The testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 has been extended to provide similar facilities for mixed-signal circuits. The architecture is described, together with the means of control of and access to, both analog and digital test data. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of the standard) are included for illustration. Also, extensions to the standard BSDL are defined that allow description of key component-specific aspects of such testability features. Key Words: analog test, board testing, boundary scan, BSDL, design for testability, IEEE 1149.4, in-circuit test, mixed-signal test Designation: 1149.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Adam Osseiran, Phone:+41-21-8031194, Email:a.osseiran@ecu.edu.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The Project defines standardized test features to allow mixed- signal (analog or digital) electronic components, Printed Circuit Assemblies or electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in test equipment for interconnect test, parametric test and internal test. Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and to support mixed-signal built-in-test structures in order to reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality. Designation: 1149.4-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1149.4-2010. Technical Contact: Adam Cron, Phone:610-530-0780, Email:a.cron@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 18, 1999 Project Scope: Interface system between mixed-signal electronic components, assemblies, and systems, and external or built-in-test equipment to provide those components, assemblies, and systems with testability attributes. Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal designs and to support mixed-signal built-in test structures in order to reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality. Abstract: " The testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 has beenextended to provide similar facilities for mixed-signal circuits. The architecture is described, togetherwith the means of control of and access to both analog and digital test data. Sample implementationand application details (which are not part of the standard) are included for illustration. " Key Words: IEEE Std 1149.4-1999.pdf Designation: 1149.5-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Module Test and Maintenance Bus (MTM-Bus) Protocol Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Patrick McHugh, Phone:888-694-2641, Email:patrick.f.mchugh@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Aug 14, 1995, ANSI APP: May 07, 1996 Abstract: This Standard specifies a serial, backplane, test and maintenance bus (MTM-Bus) that can be used to integrate modules from different design teams or vendors into testable and maintainable subsystems. Physical, link, and command layers are specified. Standard interface protocol and commands can be used to provide the basic test and maintenance features needed for a module as well as access to on-module assets (memory, peripherials, etc.) and IEEE Std 1149.1 boundary-scan. Standard commands and functions support fault isolation to individual modules and test of backplane interconnect between modules. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: backplane bus, boundary scan, built in self test, maintenance, MTM bus, subsystem, system diagnostics, system test Designation: 1149.6-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Boundary-Scan Testing of Advanced Digital Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2003 Technical Contact: William Eklow, Phone:408-527-0512, Email:beklow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define an extension to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001 to standardize the boundary scan structures and methods required to ensure simple, robust, and minimally intrusive boundary scan testing of advanced digital networks not adequately addressed by existing standards, especially those networks that are AC-coupled, differential, or both, in parallel with IEEE Std. 1149.1 testing of conventional digital networks and in conjunction with IEEE Std. 1149.4 testing of conventional analog networks. This project will be complementary to IEEE 1149.4, specifically targeting parallel testing of advanced digital networks while IEEE1149.4 focuses on serial testing of more traditional analog networks. This project will also specify any software or BSDL extensions to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001 which are required to support this new I/O test structure. Project Purpose: Existing boundary scan test standards (IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001, IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999) do not fully address some of the increasingly common, newer digital network topologies, such as AC-coupled differential interconnections on very high speed (1+ GBps) digital data paths. IEEE Std. 1149.1 structures and methods are intended to test static (that is, DC- coupled), single ended networks. It is unable to test dynamic (that is, AC- coupled) digital networks, since AC-coupling blocks static signals. Differential networks are also inadequately tested by the current IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001, which requires either the insertion of boundary cells between the differential driver or receiver and the chip pads (this often creates an unacceptable performance degradation), or insertion of single boundary cells before the differential driver and after the differential receiver (this reduces controllability and observability to the point that many board assembly defects cannot be detected). IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999 structures and methods are intended for testing analog networks, and in most cases are not able to test these newer digital networks as well. Specifically, IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999 provides the opportunity to inject dynamic (time varying) or analog signals for test, but these structures intended for analog testing are often too intrusive (too high an impact on performance and pin count) for high speed chip designs, and require additional resources and test application time not otherwise required for testing digital circuits. Finally, very high-speed logic imposes new restrictions on test structures that were not considered in IEEE Std. 1149.1. This project will define standard, robust, and minimally intrusive test structures and methods that provide greater detection and diagnostic capability than existing structures and methods for these classes of digital networks. The project will address the physical interface between components, the protocol for sending test data between components and the boundary scan interface. The project will also address any software and BSDL changes that are required to support this proposed standard. Abstract: his standard augments IEEE Std 1149.1 to improve the ability for testing differential and/or ac-coupled interconnections between integrated circuits on circuit boards and systems. Key Words: "AC-coupled signaling,Boundary-Scan,circuit boards,differential signaling,integratedcircuits,interconnect test,printed circuit boards,test" Designation: P1149.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Boundary-Scan Testing of Advanced Digital Networks Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 to standardize the Boundary-Scan structures and methods required to ensure simple, robust, and minimally intrusive Boundary-Scan testing of advanced digital networks. Such networks are not adequately addressed by existing standards, especially for those networks that are AC-coupled, differential, or both. Testing enabled by this standard will operate in parallel with IEEE Std 1149.1 testing of conventional digital networks and in conjunction with IEEE Std 1149.4 testing of conventional analog networks. This standard also specifies software and Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1, which are required to support new I/O test structures. Project Purpose: Existing boundary-scan test standards (IEEE Std. 1149.1, IEEE Std. 1149.4) do not fully address some of the increasingly common, newer digital network topologies, such as AC-coupled, differential interconnections on very high speed (1+ Gbps) digital data paths. IEEE Std. 1149.1 structures and methods are intended to test static (that is, DC- coupled), single-ended networks. It is unable to test dynamic (that is, AC- coupled) digital networks, since AC-coupling blocks static signals. Differential networks are also inadequately tested by IEEE Std. 1149.1, which requires either the insertion of boundary cells between the differential driver or receiver and the chip pads (this often creates an unacceptable performance degradation), or insertion of single boundary cells before the differential driver and after the differential receiver (this reduces controllability and observability to the point that many board assembly defects cannot be detected). IEEE Std. 1149.4 structures and methods are intended for testing analog networks, and in most cases are not able to test these newer digital networks as well. Specifically, IEEE Std. 1149.4 provides the opportunity to inject dynamic (time-varying) or analog signals for test, but these structures intended for analog testing are often too intrusive (too high an impact on performance and pin count) for high speed chip designs, and require additional resources and test application time not otherwise required for testing digital circuits. Finally, very high speed logic imposes new restrictions on test structures that were not considered in IEEE Std. 1149.1. Designation: 1149.7-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Reduced-Pin and Enhanced-Functionality Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2010 **New Standard Technical Contact: Rob Oshana, Phone:512-228-6667, Email:Robert.Oshana@freescale.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Dec 14, 2009, ANSI APP: May 26, 2010 Project Scope: The standard will define a link between IEEE 1149.1 interfaces in Debug and Test Systems (DTS) and IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces in Target Systems (TS). The link defined by this standard introduces an additional layer between these legacy interfaces. This layer may be viewed as an adapter that provides new functionality and features while preserving all elements of the original IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces. The standard will define the link behavior (including timing characteristics of signals), protocols, and functionality of the adapters deployed within the DTS and TS. The standard will not modify or create inconsistencies with IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG). The standard will define a superset of the IEEE 1149.1 specification and achieve compliance with IEEE Std 1149.1TM-2001. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a debug and test interface that meets an expanding set of challenges facing Debug and Test Systems (many of which have emerged since the inception of the original IEEE Std 1149.1) while preserving the hardware and software investments of the many industries currently using IEEE Std 1149.1-2001. Abstract: This specification describes circuitry that may be added to an integrated circuit to provide access to on-chip test access ports (TAPs) specified by IEEE Std 1149.1-2001. The circuitry uses IEEE 1149.1-2001 as its foundation, providing complete backward compatibility, while aggressively adding features to support test and applications debug. It defines six classes of 1149.7 test access ports (TAP.7s), T0 - T5, with each class providing incremental capability, building upon that of the lower- level classes. Class T0 provides the behavior specified by 1149.1 from start-up when there are multiple on-chip TAPs. Class T1 adds common debug functions and features to minimize power consumption. Class T2 adds operating modes that maximize scan performance. It also provides an optional hot-connection capability to prevent system corruption when a connection is made to a powered system Key Words: 1149.7-2009, 1149.1, 1149.7, 2-pin, 2-wire, 4-pin, 4-wire, Advanced Protocol, Advanced Protocol Unit, APU, Background Data Transfer, background data transport, BDX, boundary scan, BSDL, BSDL.1, BSDL.7, BYPASS, Capture- IR, CDX, Chip-Level TAP Controller, CID, Class T0, Class T1, Class T2, Class T3, Class T4, Class T5, CLTAPC, compact JTAG, compliant behavior, compliant operation, control level, controller address, Controller ID, Controller Identification Number, CP, Custom Data Transfer, custom data transport, Data Register, debug interface, debug logic, debug and test interface, DOT1, DOT7, DTI, DTS, DTT, Debug Test System, debug test target, Escape, EOT, EPU, extended operation, Extended Protocol, EXTEST, HSDL, HSDL.7, IDCODE, Instruction Register, JScan, JScan0, JScan1, JScan2, JScan3, JTAG, MScan, MTCP, Multi-TAP Control Path, narrow Star Scan Topology, nTRST, nTRST_PD, optimized scan, OScan, OScan0, OScan1, OScan2, OScan3, OScan4, OScan5, OScan6, OScan7, 1149.1, 1149.7, Pause-DR, Pause-IR, PC0, PC1, RSU, Reset and selection unit, RTI, Run-Test/Idle, scan, scan DR, scan format, scan IR, Scan Packet, scan path, scan performance, scan protocol, scan topology, series, Series Branch, Series Scan, Series Scan Topology, Series-Equivalent Scan, Series Topology, Shift-DR, Shift-IR, SiP, Star Scan, Star Scan Topology, Star Topology, Star-2, Star-2 Branch, Star-2 Scan, Star-2, Scan Topology, Star-4, Star-4 Branch, Star-4 Scan, Star-4 Scan Topology, SP, SScan, SScan0, SScan1, SScan2, SScan3, stall, SSD, Scan Selection Directive, Standard Protocol, star scan, STL, System Test Logic, TAP, TAP controller, TAP controller address, TAP selection, TAP.1, TAP.7, TAP.7, TAPC, TCA, TCKC, TDI, TDIC, TDOC, TDOE, Test Access Port, test and debug, Test-Logic-Reset, TLR, TMSC, Transport Packet, T0, T0 TAP.7, T1, T1 TAP.7, T2, T2 TAP.7, T3, T3 TAP.7, T4, T4 TAP.7, T4(N), T4(N) TAP.7, T4(W), T4(W) TAP.7, T5, T5 TAP.7, T5(N), T5(N) TAP.7, T5(W), T5(W) TAP.7, TP, Update-DR, Update-IR, ZBS, zero bit scan Designation: P1149.8.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Boundary-Scan-Based Stimulus of Interconnections to Passive and/or Active Components Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 that define the boundary-scan structures and methods required to facilitate boundary-scan-based stimulus of interconnections to passive and/or active components. Such networks are not adequately addressed by existing standards, including those networks that are AC-coupled or differential. The selective AC stimulus generation enabled by this standard, when combined with non-contact signal sensing, will allow testing of the connections between devices adhering to this standard and circuit elements such as series components, sockets, connectors, and integrated circuits that do not implement IEEE Std 1149.1. This standard also specifies Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 required to describe and support the new structures and methods. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to codify testability circuitry added to an integrated circuit incremental to the testability provisions specified by IEEE Std 1149.1. This will enable selective AC stimulus generation that, when combined with non-contact signal sensing, allows testing signal paths between devices adhering to this standard and passive and/or active components. Designation: 115-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part I—Acceptance and Performance Testing Part II—Test Procedures and Parameter Determination for Dynamic Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 115-1995 Technical Contact: Haran C Karmaker, Phone:705-748-7734, Email:h.karmaker@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 25, 2010 Project Scope: This guide contains instructions for conducting generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. The tests described may be applied to motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition this guide into clauses applying to motors and clauses applying to generators. It is not intended that this guide shall cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature, but only general methods that may be used to obtain performance data. The schedule of factory and field tests, which may be required on new equipment, is normally specified by applicable standards or by contract specifications. This guide should not be interpreted as requiring any specific test in a given transaction or implying any guarantee about specific performance indices or operating conditions. The term specified conditions for tests as used in this guide will be considered as rated conditions unless otherwise agreed upon. Rated conditions apply usually to the quantities listed on the machine nameplate. Abstract: Instructions for conducting generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, dynamic analysis, parameter determination, synchronous machines Designation: 115-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: (Superseded) IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part I--Acceptance and Performance Testing Part II-Test Procedures and Parameter Determination for Dynamic Analysis Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Stds 115-1983 and 115A-1987. Superseded by 115-2009. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: This guide coniains instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. The tests described may be applied to motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition this guide into clauses applying to motors and clauses applying to generators. It is not intended that this guide shall cover all possible tests, or tests of a research nature, but only those more general methods which may be used to obtain performance data. The schedule of factory and field tests which may be required on new equipment is normally specified by applicable standards or by contract specifications. This guide should not be interpreted as requiring the making of any specific test in a given transaction or implying a guarantee to meet specific performance indices or operating conditions. The term specified conditions for tests as used in this guide will be considered as rated conditions unless otherwise agreed upon. Rated conditions apply usually to the following quantities listed on the machine nameplate. These include MVA, terminal voltage (or kilovolts), armature current, and power factor. Abstract: Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, dynamic analysis, parameter determination, synchronous machines Designation: 115-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 115-1965. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991 Abstract: Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors. Key Words: synchronous, machines, motor, Synchronous machines, Rotating-machine testing Designation: 115 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Haran C Karmaker, Phone:705-748-7734, Email:h.karmaker@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to: a) New test results published in IEEE (see attached) requires revision of section 7.3.6. b) In view of increased interest in vibration tests, a new section on vibration test procedures should be added. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to: a) Section 7.3.6 needs revision. b) A new section on vibration tests needs to be added. c) The 1995 draft needs to be updated to reflect state of the art. Designation: 1150-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Integrating Power Plant Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) Applications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. Abstract: A data model, called the plant information network, that standardizes categories of generating plant data and data relationships is presented. Guidelines are provided for using the model to integrate computer-aided engineering (CAE) applications across the spectrum of plant work activities during the complete cycle of the plant from site selection through decommissioning. Instructions are given to aid the engineering, construction, and operating groups of the utility in specifying integrated CAE applications. The information engineering concepts that are the basis for integrated CAE development are covered. Key Words: plant information networks, cae, applications, computer, aided, data engineering, models, plant data, networks, Data models, Computer-aided engineering, CAE applications Designation: 1151 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Modula II A Modular High Level Programming Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: Modula II, modular, high level, programming, language Designation: 1152 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Object Oriented Programming Language & Environment/Standard for Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: P Deutsch, Phone:415-859-1000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: object, oriiented, programming, language, standard Designation: 1153 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: A Standard for a Page Description Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 1154-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Programmed Inquiry, Learning, or Teaching (PILOT) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: John Starkweather, Phone:415-476-7464 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Language and coding standards for the PILOT programming language are described. PILOT (Programmed Inquiry, Learning, Or Teaching) is a language for the development of conversational interactive sequences often used for the computer-based instruction. The intent is to improve code portability ant to minimize the development of dialects of this language,thereby improving the sharing of courseware among teaching institutions. PILOT syntax, core statements, and the core language are defined. Variables and language extensions are covered. Key Words: learning, teaching, Self-evaluation testing, Programmed inquiry, PILOT programming language, Computer-based instruction, Computer-assisted instruction Designation: 1155 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frederick Bode, Phone:619-297-1024, Email:fbode@vxinl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Review any reported interoperability issues from lessons learned in implementation of IEEE 1155-1992. Review IEEE 1155-1992 and its relationship to the American National Standard for VME64. Project Purpose: To improve IEEE 1155-1992 product interoperability to users, and to provide complete and clear specifications to IEEE 1155-1992 product designers. Designation: 1155 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Upgrade for Serial Bus (VITA 41.3) Integration and other Enhancements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes the electrical and mechanical specifications of the IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Standard that supports an integrated legacy parallel bus and serial bus architecture adopted from VME International Trade Association (VITA) Standard 41.3, and LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation (LXI) Consortium. It also addresses the definition of: (a) a c-size pluggable virtual power module; (b) the direct coupling option of the instrument module to the IEEE- P1505 Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI); (c) enhanced cooling structure; (d) advanced VME Controller/Switch Fabric modules; (e) VME64 connector compliance implementation; ((f) improved noise and ripple isolation for system power source requirements; (g) cooling air flow measurement;(h) LXI protocol/control line implementation; and (i) IEEE-1149 Test Bus implementation. The specification also details: instrument module footprints, connector mechanics and electrical I/O between the backplane and instrument module, cooling/EMI requirements; VXI mainframe mechanical structure, cooling and environmental requirements; and the VXI backplane mechanical and electrical requirements. Project Purpose: The IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Standard advances the VXI standard to support interchangeable use of legacy parallel bus and new higher speed serial bus (LXI) controlled instrumentation modules in a common mainframe/backplane structure. This permits implementers to continue utilizing current VXI technology, while inserting advanced higher speed serial bus VXI instrumentation under LXI control, as they become available, in same instrument slots. The standard also redefines a common power source specification for the industry which is pluggable into the mainframe, along-side of the instrument modules in a designated slot, and may be virtually applied for either system or unit- under-test (UUT) use. The VXI spec also defines an extended instrument module that can be directly coupled to the RFI system, which serves the test system implementer by eliminating cabling interconnections, enhancing signal integrity, and providing added real estate for instrument/switching/other circuitry. Under rigid mechanical and electrical definitions and requirements for the instrument module, mainframe, and backplane, suppliers of these components are assured interoperability between automated test systems (ATS) and their respective relationship with each other. Designation: 1155-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. **25-March-2004: Approved as a Stabilized Standard. Technical Contact: Marlyn Miner, Phone:503-627-7977, Email:marlyn.g.miner@tek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: A technically sound modular instrument standard base on IEEE Std 1014-1987, IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus, which is open to all manufacturers and is compatible with present industry standards, is defined. The VXIbus specification details the technical requirements of VXIbus compatible components, such as mainframes, backplanes, power supplies, and modules. Key Words: high, speed, backplane, instrumentation, VMEbus, VXIbus, Common modular instrument architecture Designation: 1156 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Connectors & Mechanical Packaging for High Reliability Bus Standard for Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Key Words: connectors, mechanical, packaging, reliability, bus Designation: 1156.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer Environmental Specifications for Computer Modules Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions is provided. The information is intended to be used in those cases in which a generic or detail specification for a certain module has been prepared. The intent is to achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and atmospheric stresses. Key Words: Performance level qualification, Environmental withstand conditions Designation: 1156.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Computer Systems Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: This specification is designed for use in conjunction with other documents such as IEEE 1101.n (Mechanical Specification for Micro Connectors and Eurocard Form Factors), IEEE 896.n (Futurebus+), IEEE 1596 (Scalable Coherent Interface), IEEE 1014 (VME Bus), and IEEE 1296 (Multi Bus II). This standard is intended to be used as a core specification. It contains minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems and all of their associated components. It has been created to provide geberal environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above listed computer buses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in general. While this document was specifically created for use with IEEE Computer Society bus standards, nothing herein is intended to restrict its use for other applications, where applicable. A supplier and user may agree to more or less restrictive environmental specifications than those listed below. However, if their specifications are less restrictive than those listed herein, neither supplier nor user may claim conformance to this document. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard set of environmental specifications that computer "crates" can be built to by vendors or ordered to by customers. The lack of such a general standard increases the cost to build, buy and sell computer systems and reduce the reliability of the final parts. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2003. This standard is designed for use in conjunction with other documents such as the IEEE 1101 group of standards, the IEEE 896 group of standards, the IEEE 1596 group of standards, the IEEE 1014 group of standards, and ISO/IEC 10861: 1994. This standard is one of the IEEE P1156.x series for environmental specifications. It is intended to be used as a core specification. It contains minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems and all of their associated components. It has been created to provide general environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above listed computer busses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in general. Key Words: environmental, computer systems, atmospheric stress, computer systems, conducted immunity, corrision, drop heights, earthquote , electrical stress, electromagnetic, EMI, electrostatic , ESD, environmental, fire resistance, flammability, humidity, mechanical stress, performance level, level qualification, shock, sinusoidal vibration, thermal shock, thermal testing, vibration Designation: 1156.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Power Supply Specifications for Computer Systems. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Gilbert, Phone:408-748-1555, Email:lgpwr@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: This activity will create generic power supply specifications to support IEEE bus standards and projects. Project Purpose: There are currently no generic power supply specifications for use with computer bus standards which are thorough and complete. Existing bus specifications only provide a brief incomplete set of specifications for the power supply and often none at all. The lack of such a general standard increases the cost to build, buy and sell computer power supplies and reduces the reliabilitiy of the final products. Designation: 1156.4-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Spaceborne Computer Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will be designed for use in conjunction with P896.10 (Spaceborne Futurebus+ Profile Specifications) for specification of environmental withstand conditions applicable to spaceborne computer modules/circuit boards and all of the components attached to the modules. Project Purpose: Environmental conditions for computer modules intended for use in space vehicles are not currently covered by existing standards. The space vehicle environment is characterized by thermal, mechanical, and electrical conditions not shared by office, industrial, shipboard, and aircraft environments. This environmental standard will promote development of cost-effective, high-reliability computer modules for space. Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions for space electronics is provided. The intent is to achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all spaceborne computer modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which spaceborne computer modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and radiation stresses. Key Words: bus architecture, spaceborne computers, spaceborne modules, spaceborne systems Designation: 1157 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Overview and Framework Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: This document defines the conceptual framework for standardization of healthcare data interchange in terms of a healthcare information model, healthcare data interchange formates, and standardized profiles for ISO/OSI communication protocols. This document also defines a document architecture for the Framework. The scope of the Framework is standardization of healthcare data interchange in the open systems environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide the overall framework and architectural model for modular development of a consistent set of robust and flexible communications standards for the interchange of healthcare data between heterogeneous healthcare systems. Designation: 1157.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Information Model Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Common Healthcare Objects Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Registration Admission/Discharge/Transfer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Date Interchange - Laboratory Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.1.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Radiology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Interchange Format Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - EDI/EDIFACT Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.2 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - ODA/ODIF/SGML Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.2.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - CMIS/CMIP Interchange Formats Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.3 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Communication Profile Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.4 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Semantics and Knowledge Representation of the Medical Record Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1157.5 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Recommendation for Healthcare Data Interchange - User Needs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1158-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determination of Power Losses in High- Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A set of standard procedures for determining and verifying the total losses of a high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) converter station is recommended. The procedures are applicable to all parts of the converter station and cover standby, partial load, and full load losses and methods of calculation and measurement. All line commutated converter stations used for power exchange in utility systems are covered. Loss determination procedures for synchronous compensators or static var compensators are not included. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: HVDC, Power losses, HVDC converter stations Designation: 1159-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1159-1995 Technical Contact: Randy Collins, Phone:864-656-5920, Email:randy.collins@ces.clemson.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Aug 31, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems. It includes consistent descriptions of conducted electromagnetic phenomena occurring on power systems. This recommended practice presents definitions of nominal conditions and deviations from these nominal conditions that may originate within the source of supply or load equipment or may originate from interactions between the source and the load. Also, this recommended practice discusses measurement techniques, application techniques, and the interpretation of monitoring results. Project Purpose: The use of equipment that causes and is susceptible to various electromagnetic phenomena has heightened the interest in power quality. An increase in operational problems has led to a variety of attempts to describe the phenomena. Because different segments of the technical community have used different terminologies to describe these electromagnetic events, this recommended practice provides users with a consistent set of terms and definitions for describing these events. An understanding of how power quality events impact the power system and end- use equipment is required in order to make monitoring useful. Proper measuring techniques are required to safely obtain useful, accurate data. Appropriate location of monitors, systematic studies, and interpretation of results will enhance the value of power quality monitoring. The purpose of this recommended practice is to assist users as well as equipment and software manufacturers and vendors by describing techniques for defining, measuring, quantifying, and interpreting electromagnetic disturbances on the power system. Abstract: This Recommended Practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems. It includes consistent descriptions of conducted electromagnetic phenomena occurring on power systems. The document describes nominal conditions and deviations from these nominal conditions that may originate within the source of supply or load equipment, or from interactions between the source and the load. Also, this document discusses power quality monitoring devices, application techniques, and interpretation of monitoring results. Key Words: 1159-2009, assessment, compatibility, dip, distortion, electromagnetic phenomena, harmonics, imbalance, instruments, monitoring, power quality, rms variation, sag, swell, transient, unbalance Designation: 1159-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1159-2009. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1996 Abstract: This Recommended Practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems Key Words: "data interpretation,electric power quality,electromagnetic phenomena,monitoring,power quality definitions" Designation: 1159.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: Recommended Practice for Power Quality Measurements in A.C. Power Supply Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles Perry, Phone:865-218-8034, Email:chperry@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Scope: "Methods for measurement and interpretation of results for power quality parameters in a.c. power supply systems." This recommended practice will establish the data acquisition attributes necessary to characterize the electromagnetic phenomena listed in Table 2 of IEEE Std.1159-1995 (R2001). This recommended will include definitions, instrumentation categories and technical requirements that are related to the type of disturbance to be recorded. The disturbances will be characterized by converting suitably sampled voltage and current data set into specific power quality categories and with specific attributes within each category. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a single recommended practice for acquiring and interpreting the attributes of power quality disturbances. There are two components to this work. One objective of this recommended is to describe the technical measurement requirements for each type of disturbance in Std 1159-1995 (R2001) to avoid confusion and interpretation of levels or limits specified in other IEEE standards. The second objective is to provide methods for interpreting these measurements into a quantifiable set of descriptors. The draft international power quality measurement standard IEC 61000-4-30 covers some of these issues, but is limited in scope. This project will use the IEC 61000-4-30 draft standard as a core, and expand upon it by adding the work already done by the P1159.1 Task Force and the P1159.2 Task Force. IEEE Std 1159-1995 (R2001) defines disturbances in 24 categories of typical characteristics of power system electromagnetic phenomena. Each category is discussed in several other standards in terms of emission limits, severity levels, planning levels or immunity levels. Measurement requirements are not currently covered by standards. Therefore, levels or limits may be subjected to interpretation. This adds confusion in the rationale for which standards were drafted. Furthermore, equipment which operates on the ac power system does not respond solely to the phenomena listed in 1159-1995 (R2001). Studies have shown that attributes not commonly quantified by measuring equipment may have a significant impact on the equipment's ability to operate during power quality variations. This standard will provide a set of attributes that are important to equipment connected to the ac power system and provide recommended methods of arriving at these attributes from the measurement devices. Designation: 1159.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization of a Power Quality Event Given an Adequately Sampled Set of Digital Data Points Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Morgan, Phone:704-875-2444, Email:larrymorgan1@yahoo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice for converting a suitably sampled voltage and current data set into specific power quality categories and describe specific attributes within each category. The standard will utilize appropriate definitions, categories and sample rates currently being developed by other task forces under SCC22 and Standard 1159-1995. Project Purpose: Emphasis is being placed on compatibility contracts for power quality between that delivered by power suppliers and that needed by equipment manufacturers. Technical digital definitions for events such as sags (dips) and other non-harmonic events are to be developed. The translation from sets of digital data to statistically comparable events would be used for purposes of comparing power suppliers, comparing susceptibility qualities of equipment, and evaluating performance against specifications or contracts. This work extends existing and proposed phenomena definitions to more completely characterize their effects on typical equipment. Designation: 1159.3-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Transfer of Power Quality Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 12, 2004 Technical Contact: John Csomay, Phone:804-771-3664, Email:j.csomay@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will develop a criteria for the transfer of power quality data between instruments and computers. This data includes raw, processed, simulated, proposed, specified and calculated data. The transfer criteria will include the data as well as appropriate data characterization parameters, such as sampling rate, resolution, calibration status, instrument identification, and other pertinent or desired characteristics or data. The recommended practice will provide criteria guidelines for transferring power quality data. Project Purpose: The power quality industry lacks an adequate open and accepted data format standard for the transfer of power quality data between instruments and computers. This lack of a transfer standard significantly inhibits the analysis process of power quality assessments using multi- vendor and multi-device data. The analysis functions of signature patterns, history, and multiple measurement points are almost non-existent because of the lack of the ability to transfer data from multiple sources to a common analysis computer. Acceptance of an industry standard power quality data transfer format will significantly add to the value of all power quality data and open new opportunities for the resolution, planning and understanding of power quality activities. This will serve to satisfy the validation, trending, overlay, spectrum analysis, and other needs of client activities. Abstract: This recommended practice defines a file format suitable for exchanging power quality related measurement and simulation data in a vendor independent manner. The format is designed to represent all power quality phenomena identified in IEEE Std 1159 TM -1995, IEEE Recommended Practice on Monitoring Electric Power Quality, other power related measurement data, and is extensible to other data types as well. The recommended file format utilizes a highly compressed storage scheme to minimize disk space and transmission times. The utilization of globally unique identifiers (GUID) to represent each element in the file permits the format to be extensible without the need for a central registration authority. Key Words: "data interchange, file format, measurement, monitoring, power quality, power quality data interchange format (PQDIF)" Designation: 115A-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Obtaining Synchronous Machine Parameters by Standstill Frequency Response Testing Status: Superseded **incorporated into 115-1995 History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986 Abstract: Superseded; incorporated into 115-1995. The application of standstill frequency response testing methods for obtaining direct- and quadrature-axis stability parameters is described. Measurable parameters at standstill are discussed, and the test method is described. This standard is a supplement to ANSI/IEEE Std 115-1983, IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines. Key Words: 115A Designation: 116-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Carbon Brushes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 116-1958. ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. A procedure for determining certain operating characteristics of carbon, carbon-graphite, electrographite, graphite, and metal-graphite brushes under prescribed test conditions is provided. The procedure applies to all types of rotating AC and DC motors and similar apparatus. The operating characteristics covered are voltage drop, coefficient of friction, wear ratio as affected by low humidity, and commutating ability. Key Words: brushes, carbon, test Designation: 1160-1993 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Crystals for Radiation Detectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1993 Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: This standard applies to the measurement of bulk properties of high-purity germanium as they relate to fabrication and performance of germanium detectors for gamma rays and x rays. Such germanium is monocrystalline and has a net concentration of fewer than 1011 electrically active impurity center per cm3, usually on the order of 1010 cm-3. Key Words: Radiation detectors, High-purity germanium (HPGe) Designation: 1161 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Evaluating the Energy Usage of Forced-Cooling Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: 1161 Designation: 1163 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Interface for IEEE Std 1076-1987 to Computer Aided Design as Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) Tools Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: CAD/CAM, interface, design, manufacturing, tools Designation: 1164 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a standard VHDL package for the purpose of revising a VHDL model interconnect standard. PAR 1164 will be restricted solely to the restandardization and possible enhancement of a VHDL package entitled STD_LOGIC_1164. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means by which VHDL models written by a variety of developers and in a variety of environments can interoperate, and to provide a basis for other standards. Designation: 1164-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1076-2008. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 1993 Abstract: This standard is embodied in the Std_logic_1164 package declaration and the semantics of the Std_logic_1164 body. An annex is provided to suggest ways in which one might use this package. Key Words: standard logic, multivalue, logic system, VHDL model interoperability Designation: 1165 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Recommended Practice for the Interrelationships Between IEEE 1076 VHDL & EIA RS44 EDIF Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: P.H Stanford **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: VHDL, RS44, EDIF, 1076, Interrelation Designation: 1167 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Variable Attenuator Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1168 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Wavelength Measurement Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1169 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Fiber Profile Measurement Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: 1169 Designation: P117 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Nancy Frost, Phone:+1 518 344 7124, Email:nancy.frost@vonroll.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This is a standard test procedure for the thermal evaluation and qualification of electrical insulation systems for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery, where thermal degradation is the dominating aging factor. This procedure compares the relative thermal performance of a candidate Electrical Insulation System (EIS) to that of a reference Electrical Insulation System. This standard covers insulation systems for such machinery with input voltage of up to 1000 Volts at 50/60 Hertz. This standard provides a statistical method for establishing a relative life-temperature relationship for an insulation system. To have any significance, the reference insulation system must be supported with adequate field service data. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in air-cooled, random-wound AC electric machinery with “usual service conditions”. This procedure, on its own, does not cover insulation systems such as exposure to conducting contaminates, radiation, inverter applications, or operation in oils, refrigerants, or other media that potentially degrade insulating materials. For evaluation of sealed insulation systems, refer to the informative annex at the end of this document. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard procedure is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. This test procedure has been prepared to outline useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random- wound stators of rotating electric machines. The motorette procedure described is used for the evaluation of electrical insulation systems. Designation: 117-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 117-1956. (aka ANSI C50.32-1976) See 275 for form- wound; see also 304. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1976 Project Scope: No Scope presented. Project Purpose: The chief purpose of this test procedure is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. The intention is, Þrst to classify according to the recognized thermal classiÞcation A, B, F, H, and above H categories as referenced in the Appendix. The motorette procedure is intended to be used as an Industry Standard for insulation systems in that data obtained in accordance with this standard can be correlated between testing laboratories. A wide variety of synthetic electrical insulation materials is available for application in electric machinery and apparatus. As there is a growing tendency either to rely solely on these materials as electrical insulation, or to employ them with the old familiar materials in novel combinations, there is a corresponding increase in the problems associated with the selection and evaluation of insulations. Consequently a complete insulation system must be evaluated rather than testing only individual insulating materials. Many of the specifications regulating the use of insulation materials were written before the advent of the newer synthetics and were based upon experience gained with the old materials over a long period of time. Difficulties arise, therefore, when an effort is made to classify these new materials or combinations for insulation purposes under IEEE Std 1-1969 General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Machinery and supplementary documents IEEE Std 98-1972, Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation and Establishment of Temperature Indices of Solid Electric Insulating Materials, and IEEE Std 99-1970. Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment. A wide range of properties is available in current synthetic materials, so that it is not feasible to classify them on the basis of their chemical composition alone. Secondly, it is not desirable to wait and acquire the knowledge required to classify them solely on the basis of experience. In the third place, composite systems of insulation, in which materials of different temperature classes are used in different parts of the structure, may give satisfactory service at temperatures higher than normally permitted for the lowest temperature component; and, conversely, compatibility or other problems may arise whereby the highest temperature component is rendered unsuitable for use at its classified temperature.This test procedure has been prepared to outline useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for randomwound stators of rotating electric machines. It is expected that the several insulating materials, or components, making up any insulation system to be tested will Þrst be screened in accordance with speciÞc test procedures for each type of material. Normally materials that have given acceptable performance in these separate screening tests would be included in the system evaluation tests outlined in this procedure. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in "usual service conditions" with air cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dusts, or submersion in liquids. However, these special requirements are beyond the scope of this test procedure. Abstract: Useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random-wound stators of rotating electric machines are given. The chief purpose is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. The procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids, although these special requirements are beyond the scope of this test procedure. Key Words: insulating, materials, random, ac, machinery, C50.32 Designation: 1170 Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1171 Title: Optical Test Instruments Chromatic Dispersion Test Set Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1172 Title: Optical Test Instruments Light Source and Power Meter Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: 1172 Designation: 1173 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard Set of Functional Components of Simulation Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Oryal Tanir, Phone:514-468-5524 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 1174-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard Serial Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 14, 2001 History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This project defines a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin DTE communications prot that follows EIA 574 and related standards. Portions of several standards will be referenced along with specific extensions applying to programmable instruments. The resulting draft will apply to polint-to-point instrument systems composed of a measurement, stimulus or interconnect device and an instrumentation controller. It may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. The document will cover mechanical, electrical and functional requirements of the interface. Project Purpose: Adapt IEEE Std 488.2 syntax, commands and protocols for use with programmable instrumentation using point-to-point serial interfacing instead of or in addition to IEEE Std 488.1. Retain a high level of commonality of programmable interfacing with devices using IEEE Std 488.2 and IEEE Std. 488.1 as the physical layer. Utilize applicable existing communication protocols where possible. Abstract: This project defines a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin DTE communications port that follows EIA 574 and related standards. Portions of several standards will be referenced along with specific extensions applying to programmable instruments. The resulting draft will apply to point-to-point instrument systems composed of a measurement, stimulus or interconnect device and an instrumentation controller. It may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. The document will cover mechanical, electrical and functional requirements of the interface. Key Words: 1174-2000.pdf Designation: 1174 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Serial Interface for Programmable Instruments Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert S Cram, Phone:503-627-1796, Email:bob.cram@tek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1175 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Trial Use Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert M Poston **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1175-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Reference models for tool-to-organization interconnections, tool-to-platform interconnections, and information transfer among tools are provided. The purpose is to establish agreements for information transfer among tools in the contexts of human organization, a computer system platform, and a software development application. To make the transfer of semantic information among tools easier, asemantic transfer language (STL) is also provided. Interconnections that must be considered when buying, building, testing, or using computing system tools for specifying behavioral descriptions or requirements of system and software products are described. Key Words: tools, engineering, computing, system, Tool-to-platform interconnection, Tool-to-organization interconnection, Semantic transfer language (STL), Reference model, Information transfer Designation: 1175.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for CASE Tool Interconnections - Classification and Description Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2003 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003 Project Scope: Introduce and characterize the problem of interconnecting CASE tools with their environment. Distinguish four interrelated contexts for interconnection. Partition interconnection concerns into issues of protocol, syntax, and semantics. Establish an integrating framework for the other parts of the standard; descre their scope of application and their interrelations. This is a significant expansion of Part 1 of 1175. Project Purpose: The material collected into this standard spans many aspects of CASE tool interconnection and serves a variety of software engineering and administrative personnel in the software industry. This overview describes the requirements and problems of CASE tool interconnection and points the reader to the appropriate parts of the standard. The other parts of the standard provide assistance in specifying the protocol, syntax, and semantics issues to be addressed for effectively integrating CASE tools into an organization's processes. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This guide describes the scope of application and interrelationships for the members of the IEEE 1175 family of standards.It points the reader to the appropriate member standard that addresses issues involved in effectively integrating computing system tools into a productive engineering environment. Key Words: "CASE tool integration, CASE tool interconnections, CASE tool interfaces, CASE tool organization issues, CASE tool platform issues" Designation: 1175.2-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for CASE Tool Interconnection - Characterization of Interconnections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: Identify a standard set of attributes that characterize the contexts in which a CASE tool operates. These contexts are organizations, users, platforms, and other tools. The attributes in each context summarize the major factors affecting interconnection of the tool with that context. These are multi-dimensional attributes whose "values" are project-specific, organization-specific, professional, military and/or international standards for these attributes are identified. This is an expansion of Section 2 of the original 1175-1995 standard. Project Purpose: The attributes of CASE tool context are needed by software developers and process support personnel. They are a checklist of interconnecton concerns which must be addressed when selecting, adopting, and using CASE tools. Analysis of a particular tool for these attributes can identify potential discrepancies in its operational interconnections that reduce or eliminate the value of the tool's use in an organization's processes. By cataloguing and characterizing groups of tool implementation factors to be addressed, this recommended practice assists its user's in organizing and using a large number of other industry standards to facilitate the design and realization of large, integrated, multi-vendor software engineering environments. Abstract: Interconnections that need to be understood and evaluated when buying, building, testing, or using Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools are described in this recommended practice. This recommended practice is intended to help people interconnect tools by identifying and characterizing various contexts for tool interconnection. Each context serves to define a group of interconnections pertinent to various functional perspectives. Each group contains interconnections that have a common kind of endpoint in the environment. This recommended practice considers four contexts: an organizational context for a tool, the individual user context for a tool, the platform context for a tool, and a peer context for a tool. Within a context, subsets of interconnections are characterized by a collection of common features applicable to a given functional perspective. The purpose of this recommended practice is to establish sets of interconnection features with which each perspective on a CASE tool's interconnections can be characterized. Key Words: Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, tool communications, tool interconnections Designation: 1175.3-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Reference Model for Specifying Software Behavior Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 2004 Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: Identify a common set of modeling concepts found in commercial CASE tools for describing the oeprational behavior of software product. Establish a uniform, integrated model and a textual syntaxc for expressing the common properties (attributes and realtionships) of those concepts as they have been used to model software behavior. This is a minor revision of Part 3 of the original standard. It is still useful within its defined scope. Project Purpose: This minor revision of Part 3 of standard 1175 is being included in the revised standard for backward compatibility. The new 1175.4 has a much larger domain of applicability and a more rigorous basis for interpretation. Nevertheless, the previous meta-model is still appropriate for interconnecting CASE tools that have modeling concepts limited to conventional tool models of simple software behavior. Abstract: Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools are used to describe the behavior of software using a variety of different design notations. These may be graphical or textual in nature, or may be a combination. This standard provides a reference model of fundamental software concepts that form the building blocks for a number of these commonly used notations. This standard also includes a textual language, the Semantic Transfer Language (STL), for representing software application behavior descriptions. A software behavior description consists of a collection of sentences that conform to the formal syntax of the STL and that are to be interpreted in terms of the software concepts defined in this standard. The STL syntax is designed to be computer-parsable, while at the same time remaining easy for users to read and write. This reference model and transfer syntax may be used for directly recording, storing, and analyzing a software behavior description, as well as for transferring elements of a software behavior description between CASE tools. Key Words: "Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, Semantic Transfer Language (STL), software behavior concept, transfer syntax" Designation: 1175.4-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections--Reference Model for Specifying System Behavior Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2009 Project Scope: Most inter-tool data transfer standards deal with protocol and syntax of the transfer, with a shared semantic basis assumed. This standard provides an explicitly defined metamodel (and meta-metamodel) for specifying system and software behavior. It defines a semantic basis of observables that allows each tool, whatever its own internal ontology, to communicate facts about the behavior of a subject system as precisely as the tool’s metamodel allows. Conventional tool model elements are reduced into simpler, directly observable fact statements about system behavior. This metamodel is much expanded over the original metamodel for software behavior in Part 3 of IEEE Std 1175™-1991. Project Purpose: This reference model provides a common interpretation basis by which tools may express and communicate the observable features of system/software behavior to users and to other tools. Tools incorporating this metamodel in their import/export facilities enable engineers to interconnect best-in-class analysis and specification tools for integrated problem solving. Another feature of this metamodel is that it provides a specification that is directly testable. Finally, the provision of an explicit meta-metamodel enables tool builders to extend the reference metamodel for particular purposes. Abstract: The reference model that provides a common interpretation basis by which tools can express and communicate the observable features of system/software behavior to users and to other tools is presented in this standard. This standard specifies a conceptual metamodel for understanding and describing the causal behavior for a system. The purpose of this conceptual metamodel is to express causal behavior and compositions of causal behavior in a model that integrates all observable operational features of a system into one behavior specification. This conceptual metamodel is useful for analyzing systems, for constructing particular system behavior models, and for using those models in the specification, design, and evaluation of engineered systems. It provides the necessary semantic elements for describing general hardware/software systems, including hardware-only, software- only, or mixed system components, and it allows these different types of components to be treated in a consistent manner, providing a basis for representing a wide variety of systems. Key Words: 1175.4-2008, behavior model, behavior specification, Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, engineering model, model-based testing, modeling principles, requirements, software specification, specification- based testing, system, system testing Designation: P1175.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) Tool Interconnections -- Reference Data Metamodel for System Behavior Specifications Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines a data metamodel for system behavior specifications. The data metamodel provides explicit definitions of typed data elements, information representations, and relationships with which behavior models for subject systems can be instantiated. These elements, representations, and relations serve to reify the conceptual metamodel for system behavior specification described in IEEE Std 1175.4. Project Purpose: While the conceptual metamodel in IEEE Std 1175.4 provides a basis for thinking and talking about the behavior of a system in terms of black-box observables and relationships, the data metamodel provides a basis for capturing, storing, and transferring such descriptions in a data model representation. The data metamodel standardizes the forms of terms and expressions to be used in recording the observable characteristics of a system’s behavior. It also standardizes the relationships by which those terms and expressions are combined to record facts about a system’s behavior. Populating the terms, expressions, and relations of the data metamodel with fact instances for a particular system creates a behavior model for that system. Such a behavior model can be manipulated and analyzed in various ways. It can be checked for completeness and self-consistency. It can be used to infer expected system responses in specified circumstances. It can also be used to determine valid scenarios of system usage. The data metamodel definition can also be used for designing behavior specification repositories, designing transfer interfaces between repositories, designing transfer interfaces between a repository and a system and software engineering tool, and designing user interfaces based on behavior specification repositories. Designation: 1175.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Syntax for Transferring Behavior Specifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Describing a particular system's operational behavior in terms of the reference meta-model in 1175.4 provides a highly structured set of data elements to be exchanged with users or other tools. The purpose of the transfer syntax is to specify a lossless, textual, human-readable form of such data. Existing communication mechanisms are assumed, and standard syntactic constructs are re-used. Two syntax forms are specified, one that is optimized for tool transfer and for efficient text entry, and one that is optimized for human readability and transfer. Project Purpose: The major contribution of 1175.5 here is to provide textual syntax forms that can be read and written by human users as well as by other CASE tools. The syntax also allows the exchange of meta-model information to enable tool builders to use extensions to the reference meta-model for particular purposes. Designation: 1176 Title: Fibre Optic Sensor Types & Classifications According to Operating Modes & Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Michael E Griffin, Phone:612-733-6004 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988 Key Words: fiber, optic, sensor, types, classifications Designation: 1177-1993 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines Status: Superseded **Sold together with std 960-1989. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990 Abstract: 1177-1993 Abstract: Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined. 960-1993 Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. Key Words: fastbus, routines Designation: 1178-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for the Scheme Programming Language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Christopher T Haynes, Phone:812-855-3376, Email:chaynes@indiana.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 17, 1991 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. The form and meaning of programs written in the Scheme programming language, in particular, their syntax, the semantic rules for interpreting them, and the representation of data to be input or output by them, are specified. The fundamental ideas of the language and the notational conventions used for describing and writing programs in the language are presented. The syntax and semantics of expressions, programs, and definitions are specified. Scheme's built-in procedures, which include all of the language's data manipulation and input/output primitives, are described, and a formal syntax for Scheme written in extended Backus-Naur form is provided. Formal denotational semantics for Scheme and some issues in the implementation of Scheme's arithmetic are covered in the appendixes. Key Words: scheme, lisp, Scheme programming language Designation: 1179 Sponsor: Waveguide Flanges Title: Standard for Improved Waveguide Flanges Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mario A Maury, Phone:(714) 987-4715 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Designation: 118-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurement Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 118-1949. 11-Apr-2003: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. Methods of measuring electrical resistance that are commonly used to determine the characteristics of electric machinery and equipment are presented. The methods are limited to those using direct- current or commercial power frequencies of 60 Hz or below, and to those measurements required to determine performance characteristics. The choice of method in any given case depends on the degree of accuracy required and the nature of the circuit to be measured; a guide for selecting the appropriate method is given. Key Words: resistance, measurement Designation: 1180-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for the Implementations of 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Reddeppa N Pothuri, Phone:732-420-6277, Email:naidu@att.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1990, ANSI APP: May 31, 1991 Project Scope: A standard is described to specify the numerical characteristics of the 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The numerical characteristics of the 8x8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop are specified. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT. Key Words: implementations, discrete, cosine, transform, inverse, HYBRID CODING, mismatch error, IDCT accuracy, Inverse discrete cosine transf, Discrete cosine transform (DCT Designation: 11802-5-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 11802-5:1997 (E) [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1H, 1997 Edition], Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Technical reports and guidelines--Part 5: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet V2.0 in Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 1997 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified. Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities. Reaffirmed 2001 Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, collection detection, data processing, ethernet, FDDI, fibre distributed data interface, information interchange, LAN protocols, LAN, local area networks, media access control bridges, MAC, network interconnection, selective translation, selective translation table Designation: 1181-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Latchup Test Methods for CMOS and BiCMOS Integrated- Circuit Process Characterization Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Recommendations are provided for the layout and test methods required to characterize properly latchup behavior in CMOS and BiCMOS integrated circuit processes or other processes that have similar lateral PNPN topographical layout characteristics. The aim is to allow the characterization of an integrated circuit process architecture so that different approaches can be scientifically compared. This allows the evaluation of the process capabilities on a worst-case recommended structure and test method independent of an actual integrated circuit product topographical latchup layout practices. Test structures and test philosophy are covered. Key Words: latchup, test, methods, process, characterization, Integrated- circuit testing, Bipolar--CMOS integrated circuits Designation: 1182 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Guide to Terms and Definitions of Ferroelectric Frequency Control Based Sensors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dr. Jeffrey S Schoenwald, Phone:805-373-4236 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Key Words: ultrasonics, ferroelectric, frequency, control, sensors Designation: 1183 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: Medical Device Software Development/Maintenance Standard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Alan Figler, Phone:206-402-2242, Email:alf1725@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 1988 Key Words: medical, decice, software, development, maintenance Designation: 1184-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006 Project Scope: This guide discusses various battery systems so that the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation design, installation, maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the scope of this document. Battery back-up systems for dc-output rectifiers are also beyond the scope of this document. While this document applies to all UPS systems, it may be impractical to implement some of its guidance and recommendations with small, self-contained systems, such as products intended to back up individual personal computers. This guide divides the available technologies into the following three main categories: ⎯ Vented lead-acid batteries (VLA) ⎯ Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) ⎯ Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd) For each category, the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user selection. The specific advantages for particular applications are also listed. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist those involved with battery systems for uninterruptible power supply systems. Proper design, installation, and maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery system for optimum operation and results. Abstract: Revision of IEEE 1184-1984 Various battery systems are discussed so that the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation design, installation, maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the scope of this document. Battery back- up systems for dc-output rectifiers are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: battery system, Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd), uninterruptible power supply, UPS, valve-regulated leadacid (VRLA), vented lead-acid batteries (VLA) Designation: 1184-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection and Sizing of Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 19, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1994 Abstract: Superseded The characteristics of the various battery energy systems available are described so that users can select the system best suited to their requirements. This guide also describes how the rectifier and the inverter components of the uninterruptible power system (UPS) can relate to the selection of the battery system. Key Words: flooded cell, hydrogen evolution, lead-acid battery, nickel-cadmium battery, Planté plate, UPS, VRLA, vented cell, valve-regulated lead-acid cell, uninterruptible power system Designation: 1184 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This Guide discusses various battery systems so the user can make informed decisions on selection, installation, design, installtion, maintenance, and testing. This Guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery system. Requirements of UPS are beyond the scope of this document. This guide divides the available technologies into the following 3 main categories: vented lead acid batteries, valve-regulated lead acid batteries, nickel- cadmium batteries. Project Purpose: This Guide is intended to asist users of battery systems for uninterruptible power supplies (UPS). Proper design, installation and maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery system for optimum results. Designation: 1185-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cable Installation in Generating Stations and Industrial Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2011 **Supersedes 1185-1994. Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Oct 20, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for wire and cable installation practices in generating stations and industrial facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in commercial, governmental, and public facilities when similar wire or cable types and raceways are used. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating stations and industrial facilities so that potential wire or cable damage may be avoided during the installation and testing process. Abstract: Guidance for the proper installation of cable in generating stations and industrial facilities is provided. Key Words: American wire gauge (AWG), bend radius, cable, cable jamming, cable testing, cable tray, duct bank, ducts, English units, IEEE 1185, installation, jam ratio, kcmil, metric units, outside diameter or overall diameter (OD), pull back, pullby, pulling bend radius, pull tension, sidewall pressure, sleeve, training bend radius, trench, wire Designation: 1185-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1185-2010. Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: Installation methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations are provided. These include cable lubrication methods, conduit-cable pulling charts, pull rope selection criteria, pulling attachment methods, and alternative methods to traditional cable pulling tension monitoring. This guide supplements IEEE Std 422-1986 and IEEE Std 690-1984, which provide specific cable installation limits. This guide may also be of benefit to cable pulling crews in commercial and industrial facilities when similar cable types and raceways are used. Key Words: installation, generating, station, cables, cable pullback, cable pullby, cable pulling tension limiting, , Pull rope selection criteria, Pull rope attachment methods, Conduit-cable pulling charts, Cable lubrication techniques Designation: 1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: The guide provides methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations, and is intended to supplement and enhance the cable installation information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and IEEE Std. 690 (under revision process). Project Purpose: Revision to IEEE 1185 is needed to revise the metric tables to show trade size metric conduit adapted by NEC-2000 code, and to revise related information accordingly. Additionally, coordination of information between IEEE 422 (a withdrawn std), and IEEE 690 needs to be performed to minimize differing interpretations of cable installation information. Designation: 1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practice for Recommeded Practices for Cable Installation at Generating Stations and Industrial Facilities Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope as approved in the PAR dated 10/31/04 reads: "The guide provides methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations and is intended to supplement and enhance the cable installation information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and IEEE std 690 (under revision)." The new revised scope will read "This recommended practice provides guidance for acceptable wire and cable installation practices in generating stations and industrial facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in commercial, governmental and public facilities when similar wire or cable types and raceways are used." A revision to the scope was necessitated by the inclusion of cable installation information from IEEE 690 and IEEE 422, and the change from a guide to a recommended practice. Project Purpose: "The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating stations and industrial facilities so that potential wire or cable damage can be minimized during the installation process. It is also the purpose of this revision to consolidate wire and cable installation information into one document." Designation: 1185 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practices for Cable Installation at Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for wire and cable installation practices in generating stations and related power production facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in industrial, commercial, governmental, and public facilities when similar wire or cables types and raceways are used. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating stations and related power production facilities so that potential wire or cable damage can be minimized during the installation process. Designation: 1186 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practices for the Evaluation of Installed Cable Systems for Class IE Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth Hancock, Phone:609-720-2618, Email:kennethhancock2@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Project Scope: Insulated electrical cable systems for Class 1E circuits installed in raceway, including tray, conduit and duct, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations. Project Purpose: This document will describe recommended practices for evaluating in their existing configuration, i.e. without removal, the adequacy of installed cables to perform their intended function. Key Words: evaluation, cable, system, nuclear, power Designation: 1187-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2002 **Supersedes 1187-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Edward L Davis, Phone:503 264 1788, Email:edward-davis@ccm.jf.intel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This document provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preasembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries in stationary applications. Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices. The general understanding of VRLA batteries has improved since the original release of this document, and this will be reflected in the update. Abstract: This recommended practice provides guidance for the installation and installation designof valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) batteries. This recommended practice is intended for all float-service stationary installations. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semi-portable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope ofthis recommended practice. Alternate energy applications are not covered. Key Words: "acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery installation design, battery maintenance, battery terminal voltage, battery testing, connection resistance measurements, float voltage, internal ohmic measurements, standby power application" Designation: P1187 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Jump, Phone:707-575-9736, Email:michael.jump@cbre.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries. Required safety practices are also included. This recommended practice is applicable to float-service stationary installations. This recommended practice contains several informative annexes. These provide additional tutorial information relating to topics introduced in the body of the document. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, charging equipment, battery protection, and monitoring are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Alternative energy applications are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The portions of this recommended practice that specifically relate to personnel safety are mandatory instructions and are designated by the word shall; all other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend proper installation and design procedures for users of VRLA batteries, including but not limited to, engineers, installers and integrators. Designation: 1187-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1187-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by 1187-2002. Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) storage batteries are provided. Recommended safety practices are also included. This recommended practice applies to all VRLA battery stationary installations. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: acceptance test, alarms, assembly, initial charge, installation design criteria, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, parallel-battery strings, protective equipment, resistance measurements, seismic protection, thermal runaway Designation: 1188-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2006 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: William P Cantor, Phone:717-227-0815, Email:bill.cantor@tpiengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. The maintenance and testing programs described in this recommended practice represent "the best program" based on the information reviewed at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, manufacturer's recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Stationary cycling applications, such as those found in alternative energy applications, are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. This recommended practice does not include any other component of the dc system nor surveillance and testing of the dc system, even though the battery is part of that system. Sizing, installation, qualification, selection criteria, and other battery types and applications are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: There is significantly more data available on methods for maintaining and testing VRLA batteries. Changes also have been made on how VRLA batteries are manufactured and more is known concerning the failure mechanisms of these batteries. The document should be revised to reflect these changes. Abstract: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced Key Words: expected service life, low voltage cells, high voltage cells, value regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Cell Designation: 1188-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1188-2005 Maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications are covered. Guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced is also provided. Key Words: maintenance, testing, replacement, valve-regulated, batteries Designation: P1188a Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications - Amendment 1: Updated VRLA Maintenance Considerations Status: Amendment Technical Contact: William P Cantor, Phone:717-227-0815, Email:bill.cantor@tpiengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The amendment will not include a separate Scope clause and the existing scope of IEEE 1188 will not change. The scope of the amendment is to remove the glossary annex and to export terms under the definition clause. The amendment will also introduce a new annex to cover capacity loss in VLRA batteries and will include some minor word changes to provide clarification to the user of the standard. Project Purpose: This document will not include a separate Purpose clause. The purpose of the amendment is to bring the standard up to date based on comments received during the reaffirmation ballot. Designation: 1189-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 23, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1189-1996 Technical Contact: Jóse A Marrero, Phone:205-992-5527, Email:jamarrer@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 2008 Project Scope: This guide describes methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilizedelectrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of stationary float applications. Installation, maintenance, sizing, and consideration of battery types, other than valve- regulated lead-acid batteries, are beyond the scope of this guide. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to ensure that the reader is aware of all significant issues that should be considered when selecting VRLA batteries, so that the user might make an informed decision. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1187-1996. This guide describes methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of stationary float applications. The purpose of this document is to ensure that the reader is aware of all significant issues that should be considered when selecting VRLA batteries, so that the user might make an informed decision. Key Words: 1189-2007, absorbed glass mat, battery selection, gelled electrolyte, immobilized electrolyte, oxygen recombination, stationary applications, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries Designation: 1189-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Sep2007: withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: Jul 31, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1189-2007. Methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of potential stationary float applications are described. Key Words: selecting, valve-regulated, batteries, stationary, applications, VRLA, absorbed electrolyte, dryout, electrolysis, failure mechanisms, float voltage, gelled electrolyte, grid corrosion , hydrogen evolution, oxygen recombination, safety, thermal runaway Designation: 119-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for General Principles of Temperature Measurement as Applied to Electrical Apparatus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Feb 22, 1973 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines for the application of temperature measurement techniques in measuring the operating temperature and temperature rise of electrical machines, instruments, and apparatus in common use. The guidelines are limited to measurement of temperatures below 500 C; however, some measurement techniques described herein are capable of measuring temperatures above 500 C, and these may be used at the higher temperatures after the validity and safety of the technique for the temperature involved have been confirmed. Key Words: temperature, measurement, apparatus Designation: 1190 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Guide for Calibration of Line Impedance Stabilization Networks (LISN) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert J Egan, Email:b_egan@nac.enet.dec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: calibration, line, impedance, stabilization, networks Designation: 1192 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for a Microcomputer Database Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: M Reinhart, Phone:212-406-7026 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988 Key Words: database, manipulation, language, microcomputer Designation: 1193-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2004 **Supersedes 1193-1994. Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: This project is a revision of the existing guide for measurements of environmental sensitivities of standard frequency generators. It includes effects and metrology of acceleration; temperature, humidity, and pressure; electrical and magnetic fields; ionizing and particle radiation; and aging, warm-up time and retrace. Project Purpose: The purpose is to update effects and metrology of environmental conditions of relevance to frequency generators. The intended audience are manufacturers and users of time and frequency technology. Benefits include information on environmental effects, guide in the measurements of these effects, and aid with the specifications of generators. Abstract: Standard frequency generators that include all atomic frequency standards and precision quartz crystal oscillators are addressed. Key Words: "atomic clock, atomic frequency standard, environmental sensitivities, frequency standard, oscillator, quartz crystal oscillator, standard frequency generator" Designation: P1193 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: Standard frequency generators include atomic frequency standards, quartz oscillators, dielectric resonator oscillators (DROs), yttrium-iron-garnet (YIG) oscillators, cavity oscillators, sapphire oscillators, and thin film resonator (TFR) based oscillators. Excluded are oscillators with a frequency stability worse than approximately 10-4, as well as all other active and passive electronic equipment such as receivers, amplifiers, filters. There are three distinctly different areas of concern for environmental testing and specifications listed as follows: a) Fitness for specific user needs and actual environments (tests attempt to mimic the anticipated environments) b) Characterization of the unit (tests attempt to provide “pure” coefficients for the various environments) c) Reliability and survival (tests attempt to stress the unit by either going to extremes of operating ranges or by repeated application of stimuli, e.g. cycling) This document puts emphasis on b) above. It provides guidance and a conceptual framework rather than a prescription of procedures that must be followed. It emphasizes proper methodology and practice; it cautions against pitfalls. It also is concerned with economic issues, i.e. the potential resource requirements and their minimization in test and measurement. In summary, this IEEE guide is not a specification document, but rather a resource document for deriving specification statements. Project Purpose: This document describes the nature of the environmental effects, as well as of the test methods to evaluate, quantify, and report (i.e., in specifications) the sensitivity of the frequency of standard frequency generators under environmental influences such as magnetic fields, atmospheric pressure, humidity, shock, vibration, acceleration, temperature, ionizing radiation, and intermittent operation. Its primary purpose is to aid in writing specifications and to verify specified performance through measurement. In addition, this document will help to assure consistency and repeatability of environmental sensitivity measurements, and the portability of results on particular frequency sources between the various segments of the time and frequency community. Abstract: Project scope: This project is a revision of the existing guide for measurements of environmental sensitivities of standard frequency generators. It includes effects and metrology of acceleration; temperature, humidity, and pressure; electrical and magnetic fields; ionizing and particle radiation; and aging, warm-up time and retrace. Project purpose: The purpose is to update effects and metrology of environmental conditions of relevance to frequency generators. The intended audience are manufacturers and users of time and frequency technology. Benefits include information on environmental effects, guide in the measurements of these effects, and aid with the specifications of generators. Key Words: 1193 , atomic clock , atomic frequency standards , environmental sensitivities , frequency standard , oscillator , quartz crystal oscillator , standard frequency generator Designation: 1193-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard Frequency Generators Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1193-2003. History: BD APP: Jul 25, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: Standard frequency generators that include all atomic frequency standards and precision quartz crystal oscillators are addressed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: test, standard frequency generators, quartz crystal oscillator, oscillator, frequency standard, environmental sensitivities, atomic frequency standard, atomic clock Designation: 1194-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Backplane Electrical Performance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Number changed to 1194 from 1194.0 Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Apr 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined. Key Words: Transmission lines, Medium-performance backplanes, Measurement techniques, Low-performance backplanes, High-performance backplanes, Bus, Backplane bus Designation: 1194.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991 Abstract: The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: backplane bus, BTL, digital interface, digital circuit, interface circuit, driver, receiver, transceiver, transmission line, Digital interface circuit, Backplane transceiver logic Designation: 1194.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Small Computer Expandibility Module Transceiver Logic Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 1195 Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology Title: Std for Gaseous Corrosivity Classification of Operating or Storage Sites for Electrical or Electronic Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Key Words: gaseous, corrosivity, classification, electrical, equipment Designation: 1196 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 1196-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A simple, high-performance (37.5 Mbyte/s) backplane bus that provides the functions required by multiprocessor systems is defined. NuBus is a synchronous (10 MHz), multiplexed, multimaster bus that provides a fair arbitration mechanism. The logical, electrical, and physical interface standard for circuit boards that allows them to connect to and communicate over a backplane, as well as the backplane environment that must be provided to these boards, is described and specified. The protocol specification covers signal determinacy, bus cycles, transactions, block transfers, attention cycles, arbitration, address space, and utility functions. The physical specification covers timing, dc and ac specifications for signals, backplane (signal) characteristics, voltage and mechanical specifications for triple-height modules. Compliance requirements are stated. Concepts required for a general understanding of the NuBus specification, covering bus lines and bus operation, are included. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. Key Words: simple, 32-bit, backplane, bus, nubus 90, Protocols, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses, transport Designation: 1197 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Diagnosis & Classification of Cable, Joint,& Termination Troubles on Extruded Dielectric Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R. W Allen, Phone:508-845-1335, Email:rallen_pdc@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988 Key Words: diagnosis, classification, extruded, dielectric, cables Designation: 1198 Sponsor: Dielectric Modes Title: Mode Nomenclature of Dielectric Resonators & Waveguides Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jerry Fiedziuszko, Phone:415-852-6868 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1199 Title: Analog Hardware Descriptive Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joel Schoen, Phone:617/271-2230 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 120-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Master Test Guide for Electrical Measurements in Power Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 1989 **Revision of IEEE Std 120-1955 and ASME PTC 19.6-1955. History: BD APP: May 22, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 1989 Project Scope: The methods given here relate to measurements, as made with either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, of power, energy, voltage and current, in direct-current or alternating-current rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or solid state rectifiers and inverters. Measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices were also included. This guide does not deal with measurements of resistance or temperature which are often included in determining the performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these latter measurements will be found in the specific publications dealing with the particular measurement. Abstract: Instructions are given for measuring electrical quantities that are commonly needed to determine the performance characteristics of electric machinery and equipment. Methods are given for measuring voltage, current, power, energy, power factor, frequency, impedance, and magnetic quantities, with either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, in DC or AC rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or solid-state rectifiers and inverters. Ancillary instruments and equipment are discussed. Computer-based techniques and the use of optical fibers in instrumentation are considered. Key Words: measurements, power circuits, master test guide, electrical , Voltage measurement, Rotating-machine testing, Reactive power, Power transformer testing, Power system measurements, Power measurement, Magnetic measurements, Impedance measurement, Frequency measurement, Energy measurement, DC machines, Current measurement, AC machines Designation: 120-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: Elec Msmts/Power Circuits Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 120-1989 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 120-1989 The methods given here include measurements, as made with either indicating or integrating instruments, of power, voltage and current in direct current and alternating-current single-phase and polyphase rotating machinery, trasformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment and mercury rectifiers. It also includes measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices. This code does not include such measurements as resistance and temperature which are often included in determining the performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these latter measurements will be found in the specific codes dealing with the particular measurement; such as AIEE Master Test Code for Temperature Measurement, No. 551. Key Words: measurements, power, circuits Designation: 1200 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Quality Criteria for Software for Analysis of Gamma Spectra for Germanium Detectors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1201.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Uniform Application Program Interface - Graphical User Interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Scott E Preece, Phone:217-384-8589, Email:preece@urbana.mcd.mot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1201.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Recommended Practice for User Interfaces--User Portability/Driveability Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lin Brown, Phone:415-336-5391, Email:lin@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1202-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Flame-Propagation Testing of Wire & Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2006 Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a protocol for exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/h) flaming ignition source for a 20-min test duration. The test determines the flame propagation tendency of singleconductor and multi-conductor cables intended for use in cable trays. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a test protocol and performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray. Abstract: Revision of Std. 1202-1991 This standard provides a protocol for exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW flaming ignition source for a 20 minute test duration. The test determines the flame propagation tendency of single conductor and multi- conductor cables intended for use in cable trays. Key Words: 20 kW, 20 min, 70 000 Btu/h, after burn, cable, char, charring, flame propagation, test protocol, vertical cable tray, wire Designation: 1202 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Minor revisions to include information now available that was not known when the standard was originally written. Project Purpose: Update the standard to reflect current industry practices. Designation: 1202-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Superseded **Sponsorship of P1202 transferred from IAS/PSE to PE/IC in 2002. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Revised by IEEE Std 1202-2006 A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. Key Words: cable tray, flame test facility, cable testing, Flame testing of cables, Cable flame testing Designation: 1202.1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rates of Smoke and Heat of Wire & Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1202.2 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rate of Corrosive Gases of Wire & Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1203 Sponsor: Mining Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Atmospheric Monitoring System for Underground Mining Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H.Kenneth Sacks, Phone:412-386-6617, Email:hes3@cdc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989 Designation: 1204-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for Planning DC Links Terminating at AC Locations Having Low Short-Circuit Capacities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: " Guidance on the planning and design of dc links terminating at ac system locations hav-ing low short-circuit capacities relative to the dc power infeed is provided in this guide. This guide islimited to the aspects of interactions between ac and dc systems that result from the fact that the acsystem is OweakO compared to the power of the dc link (i.e., ac system appears as a high impedanceat the ac/dc interface bus). This guide contains two parts" Key Words: "ac/dc interaction,fault recovery,frequency instability,harmonic transfer,instability,low short-circuit ratio - SCR - ,power,resonance,subsynchronous torsional interaction,temporary overvoltage - TOV -,voltage instability" Designation: 1205-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2000 Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This document provides the guidelines for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating aging degradation effects on class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to supplement existing IEEE nuclear standards in assessing aging degradation effects. The methods described herein can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. The purpose of this revision is to incorporate feedback received from the industry to make the guide more useful and applicable to electrical equipment in nuclear generating stations and, as part of this effort, bring the approaches discussed in the guide into closer conformance with the present industry philosophy. Abstract: The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted. For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted. Key Words: "activation energy, aging, aging assessment, aging effects, aging management, aging mechanisms, Arrhenius, condition monitoring, degradation, environmental monitoring, license renewal, radiation model, residual life, stressor, thermal model" Designation: P1205 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on Electrical Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Rebecca Steinman, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:rls@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating aging effects on electrical equipment used in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidance in assessing and monitoring aging effects and in developing and implementing aging management programs for electrical equipment used in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Designation: 1205-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1205-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 1993 Abstract: The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted. For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted. Key Words: degradation, 1E , failure, maintenance, Life management, Life cycle assessment, Condition assessment, Class 1E equipment, Aging effects Designation: 1205-2000/Cor 1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum 1: Thermal Aging Model Corrections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 2006 Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the corrigendum is to correct three typographical errors of a minor technical nature (two in Clause 6.6.3 and one in Annex D, Clause D.1.7) related to performing thermal aging analysis. Project Purpose: The purpose of the corrigendum is to correct three typographical errors (identified by user feedback) related to the performance of thermal aging analysis. Abstract: Errors identified in IEEE Std 1205-2000 are addressed in this corrigendum. Key Words: Arrhenius weighted temperature, Boltzman constant Designation: 1206-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone Handsets and Headsets Status: Superseded **Superseded by 269-2002. History: BD APP: Mar 23, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by 269-2002. Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of telephone handset or headset by means of using a test connection to obtain objective measurements are provided. The obtained test results may be used as a means of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a handset or headset on a standardized basis. Key Words: telephone handset, telephone headset, transmission perform, Transmission performance Designation: 1207-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric Generating Units Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2011 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This guide complements IEEE standard 125 by providing application details and the impact of plant and system features upon hydroelectric governing performance. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing system application for a better understanding among users. Present standards do not adequately address this need. Designation: 1207-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric Generating Units Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2004 Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will be a complement to IEEE standard 125 by providing application details and the impact of plant and system features upon hydroelectric governing performance. Project Purpose: There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing system application for a better understanding among users. Present standards do no adequately address this need. This standard will provide the guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. Abstract: This guide is intended to complement IEEE Std 125-1988TM, providing application details and addressing the impact of plant and system features upon hydroelectric unit governing performance. It provides guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing system application for a better understanding among users. Key Words: control, governor, governing system, hydroelectric, speed, stability Designation: 1207 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 1209-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Abstract: Adminstratively withdrawn 1999. The evaluation and selection of CASE tools supporting software engineering processes, including project management processes, predevelopment processes, development processes, postdevelopment processes, and integral processes, are addressed. The evaluation and selection processes recommended are based upon the perspective of a CASE tool user. Therefore, the evaluation and selection criteria address only program characteristics visible to the user, such as program inputs and outputs, program function, user interfaces, and documented external program interfaces. Key Words: criteria, User needs, CASE tool selection, CASE tool evaluation Designation: 121 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1210-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling Lubricants With Wire and Cable Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: John M Fee, Phone:651-430-2270, Email:jfee@polywater.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project will detail test methods and acceptable results for evaluating compatibility of cable pulling lubricants with cable coverings. This revision will be updated to include newer cable jackets included in ICEA/NEMA standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise IEEE Std 1210-1996. Evaluation of pulling lubricants had been done on a non-standard basis. Standardization helps cable users as well as manufacturers by providing accepted evaluation methods and critrea. This revision will update to include newer cable jacket materials in ICEA/NEMA specifications. Abstract: Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable pulling lubricants are used to lower the friction on cable as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatibility of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is considered. Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility, compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical properties, volume resistance measurement, wire Designation: 1210-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling Lubricants With Wire and Cable Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to cable lubricants (compounds) and the testing and analysis of their interaction with wire and cable. Cable lubricants are used to lower the tension on cables when they are installed (pulled) into conduits, ducts, or directionally bored holes. These lubricants and/or their residues are in direct contact with the cable exterior covering and may remain so for the life of the cable. Cable lubricants should be compatible with the cable. They should not interfere with the function of any component of the cable system which they contact. Project Purpose: This document will describe standard criteria for testing the interaction of cable pulling compounds (lubricants) with electrical cable jacket or other cable exterior covering. These tests and criteria will be used to determine if the compound is acceptable for use on specific cable types. Abstract: Superseded by 1210-2004 Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable-pulling lubricants are used to lower the tension on cable as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatiblity of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is considered. Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility, compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical properties, volume resistence, wire Designation: 1211 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard Definitions, Symbols and Characterization of Ferroelectric Thin Films, Memory Cells and Device Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dr. Gene H Haertling, Phone:(803) 656-0180 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 1212-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Control and Status Register (CSR) Architecture for Microcomputer Buses Status: Superseded **Incorporated into ISO/IEC 13213:1994. Superseded by 1212-2001. Technical Contact: David V James **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1212-2001 A common bus architecture (which includes functional components—modules, nodes, and units—and their address space, transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitable for both parallel and serial buses is provided in this standard. Bus bridges are enabled by the architecture, but their details are beyond its scope. Configuration information is self-administered by vendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id. Key Words: CSR, architecture, bus, standard, interoperability, microprocessors, node, registers, sets Designation: 1212-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for Microcomputer Buses Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Brian D Batchelder, Phone:360-212-4107, Email:batchelder@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard, a revision of ISO/IEC 13213:1994; its scope reflects accumulated experience with the CSR architecture since it was first promulgated as a standard in 1991. In the intervening years, two bus standards, Scaleable Coherent Interface (SCI), IEEE Std 1596-199x, and Serial Bus, IEEE Std 1394-1995, have been the source of most practical implementation experience. The revised scope of the CSR architecture is given below: a) The overall architectural framework partitions the total available address space into equal spaces available to individual nodes. A node's address space is in turn partitioned into regions which have different usage models, e.g., memory space, private space for vendor uses, configuration ROM and an I/O space (units space) where transactions may have side effects; b) A minimal transaction set (read, write and lock requests and their associated completion responses) required for compliant bus standards. Bus bridges compliant with this architecture, whether in a homogeneous or heterogeneous environment, are also expected to transport this transaction set; c) Fundamental control and status registers (CSRs) are defined to provide a common infrastructure for all compliant buses. In some cases the details of the registers are entirely bus-dependent but the function is common to all compliant buses; d) Message request and response CSRs are specified to enable directed delivery or broadcast of messages to multiple nodes. The message format permits organizations or vendors to define the meaning of the data payload without the need for a centralized registry of all possible formats; and e) Configuration ROM provides self- descriptive data structures that permit nodes to uniformly characterize the device services available. This is critical for buses that permit live insertion and removal of nodes; each newly inserted node contains sufficient information for it to be uniquely identified and for the requisite device drivers to be loaded. Although the original CSR architecture anticipated widespread development of bridges between heterogeneous bus standards and a diversity of addressing modes, both fixed and variable, no such implementations have been made. As a consequence, the most significant changes in scope between the earlier CSR architecture and this standard are the adoption of a single, fixed addressing model and the removal of tutorial material pertaining to the design of bridges. Project Purpose: The cardinal purpose of any revised standard is to correct or resolve ambiguities or deficiencies in the prior standard that have been revealed by applications (or attempted applications) of the earlier standard. This standard also preserves the following objectives of the original standard: a) Scalability. The CSR architecture is intended to be applicable to a wide range of bus standards and furthermore to a wide range of device capabilities implemented by particular products; b) Extensibility. The architecture supports contemporary processor and bus designs and, to the extent that one can anticipate the future, should be a useful framework for similar new designs. In particular, the addressing model is well suited to 32-bit and 64-bit processors. The CSR architecture creates no obstacles for the designers of adapters that bridge between common system memory and I/O buses; c) Open systems interoperability. The configuration ROM data structures, as well as the fundamental CSRs, provide tools which vendors may use to guarantee that their devices will work with each other. The segregation of one unit architecture from another tends to restrict possible adverse affects by one module, node or unit upon another; d) Manageability. The CSR architecture permits the design of systems that require little or no administration and are simple to support. Automatic configuration based upon configuration ROM is a key feature; indeed, it is essential when the applicable bus standard supports live insertion and removal of devices; and e) Parallelism. Although not directly addressed by this standard, the architecture contains no features that might preclude its use in a multiprocessor configuration. The above is a smaller set of objectives than described in ISO/IEC 13213:1994. The working group responsible for the development of this revised standard believes that its usefulness has been enhanced by restricting some of the unrealized goals of the earlier work. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 A common bus architecture (which includes functional components--modules, nodes,and units--and their address space, transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitablefor both parallel and serial buses is provided in this standard. Bus bridges are enabled by the archi-tecture, but their details are beyond its scope. Configuration information is self- administered byvendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id. Key Words: "address space,architecture,bus,computer,CSR,interconnect,microprocessor,register,tra nsaction set" Designation: 1212.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Communicating Among Processors and Peripherals Using Shared Memory (Direct Memory Access - DMA) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1993 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 Primitive yet high-performance means are defined for passing messages across the bus between the Processor and some form of intelligence in the I/O Unit's Function. This message-passing scheme makes minimal demands on the instruction set and hardware required. In addition, several simple conventions are defined for the structure of the messages passed. The intent is to provide a standard architectural framework that supports the detailed definition of application-dependent I/O Unit and Function interface standards. The algorithms and definitions themselves are useful in the design of integrated circuits for I/O. Key Words: Processor, Memory, I/O, Direct memory access, DMA Designation: 1214-1992 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Multichannel Analyzer (MCA) Histogram Data Interchange Format for Nuclear Spectroscopy Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 1993 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993 Abstract: A standard format for data interchange used to transfer pulse height data on magnetic media between laboratories is provided. The terms used in file records are defined. The contents consist only of ASCII characters and can be transmitted over networks and other direct links. Example programs to read data in FORTRAN, BASIC and C are provided. Key Words: data transfer, multichannel pulse height data, histogram data interchange, interchange, multichannel analyzer, nuclear spectroscopy Designation: 1215-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2002 Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: This guide provides general information on the application and operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and supplement the manufacturer's specific recommendations and established utility practices. Project Purpose: This guide covers the application of separable connectors, rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Included are design considerations and guidelines for the construction, installation, and operation of 200 A loadbreak connectors and for 200 and 600 A deadbreak (non-loadbreak) connectors. Abstract: This guide provides general information on the application and operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and supplement the manufacturer’s specific recommenda-tions and established utility practices. Key Words: "connectors, power distribution, switchgear" Designation: P1215 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Harry Hayes, Phone:314-554-3233, Email:hhayes@ameren.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides general information on the application and operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and supplement the manufacturer's specific recommendations and established utility practices. Project Purpose: This guide covers the application of separable connectors, rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Included are design considerations and guidelines for the construction, installation, and operation of 200 A loadbreak connectors and for 200 and 600 A deadbreak (non-loadbreak) connectors. Designation: 1216-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 A, Single-Phase Underground Residential Distribution (URD) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2001 Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: This Application Guide provides information on what a basic faulted circuit indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs to single-phase, 200 amp URD circuits is described. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the first industry document providing application and use guidelines for faulted circuit indicators in the electric power industry. Abstract: This application guide provides information on what a basic faulted circuit indicator (FCI) is designed to do, and describes methods for selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs to single-phase, 200 A, underground residential distribution (URD) circuits is described. Key Words: "overcurrent protection, power distribution" Designation: 1217-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Preservative Treatment of Wood Distribution and Transmission Line Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2001 Technical Contact: Robert Lash, Phone:202 720 2301, Email:bob.lash@wdc.usda.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for specifying preservative treatments for wood structures used on distribution and transmission lines. Project Purpose: To consolidate many treatment methods for wood into one document. Abstract: This guide discusses the preservative treatment of both distribution and transmission wood poles. The guide includes definitions, descriptions of equipment, methods of treatment, information about preservatives, and preparation and specifications for treatment. Key Words: "overhead distribution lines, overhead transmission lines, preservative treatment, wood distribution structures, wood transmission structures" Designation: 1218 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:770-632-6703, Email:nbingel@osmose.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1218 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:770-632-6703, Email:nbingel@osmose.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for inspection, repair, and replacement of wood transmission and distribution line structures. Project Purpose: To provide a guide to engineers that is not now covered by similar documents. Designation: 1219-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Maintenance Status: Superseded **Being revised as P14764. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To address issues and problems of software maintenance and required actions and procedures which can help organizations meet the growing demands of maintaining existing systems. Tools and techniques that may be used to improve the control of software maintenance activities are discusses. Managing the maintenance process and maintenance specific definitions will be included in the standard. In addition it will establish a correlation between the content of software maintenance plan as derfined in 1219 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. 5/9/97 Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 14746: 2006 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: "life cycle,maintenance,software,software maintenance" Designation: 1219-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Maintenance Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1219-1998 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: maintenance, software Designation: 122-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional Performance Characteristics of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1986 Abstract: Superseded by 122-1991. Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines, rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, or either, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed are not covered. Key Words: control systems, steam turbine-generator units, performance Designation: 122-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional and Performance Characteristics of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 122-1985. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: Martin H Ewer, Phone:(215) 887-3039 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines, rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed, are not covered. Key Words: induction turbines, condensing turbines, mixed-pressure, noncondensing , steam turbine, generator units, Noncondensing turbines, Mixed-pressure turbines, Automatic induction turbines, Automatic extraction turbines Designation: 1220-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2005 Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:terry.doran@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: (First para of existing 1.1, Scope): "This standard deÞnes the interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution. This document is intended to guide the development of systems (which include humans, computers, and software) for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to an enterprise within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle sustainment." The scope of the revision is to be unchanged. Project Purpose: (Existing 1.2, Purpose): "The purpose of this document is to provide a standard for managing a system from initial concept through development, operations, and disposal. The inclusion of computers and associated software in today's products has made the need to engineer each of those products as a total system more acute. The human, physical, and software components should all be addressed to optimize overall system performance." The purpose of the revision project is to harmonize the standard with the new ISO/IEC 15288, System Life Cycle Processes. Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform stakeholder needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution are defined. This standard is intended to guide the development of systems for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to a project within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle sustainment. Key Words: acquire, analysis, architecture, building block, design, development , component, hardware, interface, life cycle processes, software, supplier, synthesis, system life cycle, system engineering, technical management, validation, verification Designation: 1220-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This standard defines the tasks which are required throughout the system's life-cycle to transform customer requirements into a system solution. This includes the definition of technical performance measures, the integration of engineering specialties toward the establishment of a system architecture, and the definition of supporting life-cycle processes which balance cost, performance, schedule and risk objectives. The standard is intended for systems for commercial, government, military and space applications. Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document. Incorporate lessons learned during the trial use period from both teaching classes based on the document and field experience of users, and clarify relationships with other standards within the IEEE Software Engineering collection. Abstract: Superseded by 1220-2005 The interdisciplinary tasks, which are required throughout a systemÕs life cycle to trans-form customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution, are defined. In addition,the requirements for the systems engineering process and its application throughout the productlife cycle are specified. The focus of this standard is on engineering activities necessary to guideproduct development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it affordable toproduce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or theenvironment. Key Words: 1220-1998_body.fm Designation: 1220-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Trial Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994 Abstract: lEEE Trial-Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process Key Words: enterprise, SEDS, SEMS, SEMP, system engineering plan, master schedule, systems engineering process Designation: 12207-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and software engineering -- Software life cycle processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2008 **Revision of IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996 Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Jan 31, 2008, ANSI APP: Jun 17, 2008 Project Scope: This International Standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with welldefined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains processes, activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a software product or service and during the supply, development, operation, maintenance and disposal of software products. Software includes the software portion of firmware. This International Standard applies to the acquisition of systems and software products and services, to the supply, development, operation, maintenance, and disposal of software products and the software portion of a system, whether performed internally or externally to an organization. Those aspects of system definition needed to provide the context for software products and services are included. This International Standard also provides a process that can be employed for defining, controlling, and improving software life cycle processes. The processes, activities and tasks of this International Standard—either alone or in conjunction with ISO/IEC 15288—may also be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to provide a defined set of processes to facilitate communication among acquirers, suppliers and other stakeholders in the life cycle of a software product. This International Standard is written for acquirers of systems and software products and services and for suppliers, developers, operators, maintainers, managers, quality assurance managers, and users of software products. This International Standard is intended for use in a two-party situation and may be equally applied where the two parties are from the same organization. The situation may range from an informal agreement up to a legally binding contract. The International Standard may be used by a single party through a self-imposed set of processes. This clause does not prevent the use of ISO/IEC 12207 by suppliers or developers of off-the- shelf software. This International Standard is written for acquirers of systems and software products and services and for suppliers, developers, operators, maintainers, managers, quality assurance managers, and users of software products. This International Standard is intended for use in a two-party situation and may be equally applied where the two parties are from the same organization. The situation may range from an informal agreement up to a legally binding contract. The International Standard may be used by a single party through a self-imposed set of processes. This clause does not prevent the use of ISO/IEC 12207 by suppliers or developers of off-the-shelf software. Abstract: Supersedes Std. 12207.0 and also makes 12207.2 obsolete. This International Standard was jointly developed by ISO/IEC and IEEE. This International Standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It applies to the acquisition of systems and software products and services, to the supply, development, operation, maintenance, and disposal of software products and the software portion of a system, whether performed internally or externally to an organization. Those aspects of system definition needed to provide the context for software products and services are included. Software includes the software portion of firmware. This revision integrates ISO/IEC 12207:1995 with its two amendments and was coordinated with the parallel revision of ISO/IEC 15288:2002 (System life cycle processes) to align structure, terms, and corresponding organizational and project processes. This standard may be used stand alone or jointly with ISO/IEC 15288, and supplies a process reference model that supports process capability assessment in accordance with ISO/IEC 15504-2 (Process assessment). An annex provides support for IEEE users and describes relationships of this International Standard to IEEE standards. Key Words: 12207-2008, acquisition, agreement, assessment, audit, configuration management, development, maintenance, disposal, operation, process reference model, process improvement, quality assurance, retirement, supply, validation, verification Designation: 12207-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 12207, International Standard - Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **This project was formerly known as 1448. The complete title is IEEE/EIA 12207-1996. Superseded by 12207-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1998 Project Scope: ISO/IEC 12207 is an organized set processes, tasks and activities for acquiring and supplying of software covering the life cycle from conceptualization of ideas through retirement. It provides a common framework for reducing the proliferation of standards, procedures, methods, tools, and environments for developing and managing software. it also will provide a basis for international trade for software development, maintenance, and operation. Project Purpose: This international standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes the software portion of firmware. Abstract: This IEThe 12207 Set contains: IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996 - Abstract: ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 contains concepts and guidelines to foster better understanding and application of the standard. Thus this standard provides industry a basis for software practices that would be usable for both national and international business. Key Words: acquisition process, audit, configuration management, development process, maintenance process, operation process, quality assurance, supply process, tailoring process, validation, verification IEEE/EIA 12207.1- 1997- Abstract: ISO/IEC 12207 provides a Designation: 12207 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This project will permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. The scope of the document is substantively unchanged from the previous version: "This International Standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains processes, activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a software product or service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes the software portion of firmware." Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0-1996. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. Designation: 12207-2007-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **International Standard jointly developed by ISO/IEC/IEEE Designation: 12207.0-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **This project was originally known as P1448 and includes 1448a. Superseded by 12207-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain the in sum country foreward including compliance methodology, software life cycle prodess objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite of standards consisting of three parts: ISO 12207, 12207.1, and 12207.2. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will add: (1) enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. (2) provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207, (3) provide additions to meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process standards. Abstract: Superseded by 12207:2008(E) (IEEE Std 12207-2008). This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 contains concepts and guidelines to foster better understanding and application of the standard. Thus this standard provides industry a basis for software practices that would be usable for both national and international business. Key Words: 12207, managing software, industry practices Designation: 12207.1-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1998 **This project was formerly known as P1448.1 History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The standard will provide an integrated set of data descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard will relate the needs of the developer who produces the life cycle data to the presentation needs of the various parties who use the data. It will provide direction to which IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation and organization of the life cycle data. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207. Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment. Provide an integrated content view of data produced by life cycle processes. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.1 provides guidance for recording life cycle data resulting from the life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Key Words: update:2376 Designation: 12207.2-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Implementation Considerations Status: Superseded **This project was formerly known as P1448.2 Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software includes software portion of firmware. The proposed standard will provide guidance for software reuse, software process management indicators, categories for problem reporting, guidance on software/system architecture, development strategies, tailoring and build planning, and software product evaluations, alternate means of compliance for joint reviews, configuration management and acquirer-supplier interaction. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207. Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment by providing more options as to its use. Improve the implementation of ISO 12207. Abstract: Superseded by 12207:2008(E) (IEEE Std 12207-2008). This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.2 provides implementation consideration guidance for the normative clauses of IEEE/EIA 12207.0. The guidance is based on software industry experience with the life cycle processes presented in IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Key Words: 12207.2-1997, acquisition, agreement, assessment, audit, configuration management, development, maintenance, disposal, operation, process reference model, process improvement, quality assurance, retirement, supply, validation, verification Designation: 1221-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Guide for Fire Hazard Assessment of Electrical Insulating Materials in Electrical Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Fire hazards from electrical distribution and utilization systems installed in industrial, residential, and public buildings/areas are covered. A method for practical fire hazard assessment for electrical equipment containing insulating materials, based on relevant fire or failure scenarios drawn from service experience and engineering analysis, is established. The relationship between small-scale material tests and large- scale fire hazard tests is discussed. Written for the electrical engineer responsible for the safety of electrical systems and equipment, this guide provides guidelines for design of insulation systems and selection of insulating materials and aids in the use of codes, regulations, standards, product listings, and testing to improve safety. Key Words: 1221-1993 Designation: 1222-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for Testing and Performance for All-Dielectric Self- Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 1222-2004. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all- dielectric, nonmetallic, self-supporting fiber optic (ADSS) cable. The ADSS cable is designed to be located primarily on overhead utility facilities. Project Purpose: The standard provides both construction and performance requirements for maintenance of the proper optical fiber integrity and optical transmission capabilities of ADSS cable. This standard may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety issues associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. Abstract: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, and environmental considerations for an all-dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead electric power utility and telecommunications facilities. This does not include cables used for underground installations. Key Words: ADSS, all-dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable, IEEE 1222, overhead utility Designation: 1222 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 1222-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1222-2011. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all- dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead or underground electric utility facilities. Project Purpose: The standard provides both construction and performance requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the dielectric capabilities of the cable components and maintenance of optical fiber integrity and optical transmissions are proper. Abstract: SUMMARY: This standard covers construction, mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all-dielectric, non-metallic, self- supporting fiber optic (ADSS) cable. The ADSS cable is designed to be located primarily on overhead utility facilities. This standard provides both construction and performance requirements that insure within the guidelines of the standard that the dielectric capabilities of the cable components and maintenance of optical fiber integrity and optical transmissions are proper. Key Words: IEEE Std 1222-2003 , 1222 , You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Designation: 1222 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, and environmental considerations for an all-dielectric self- supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead electric power utility and telecommunications facilities. This does not include cables used for underground installations. Project Purpose: The standard is being revised to reflect many advances in both the industry and technology and to transfer hardware requirements to standard P1591.2. Designation: 1223 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Guide for the Use of Digital Signal Processing in Analyzing the Records of High Voltage Tests Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terence R McComb, Phone:(613) 993-2660, Email:terry.mccomb@nrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 1224-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation--Application Program Interfaces (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A general-purpose application program interface (API) for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of potentially complex Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) information objects is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The API provides tools for manipulating objects defined using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), shielding the application programmer from much of the complexity of ASN.1 It is designed to be used in conjunction with, but is otherwise independent of, application-specific APIs for OSI. Key Words: API, ASN.1, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, Language independent, Application portability, Abstract syntax notation Designation: 1224.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Application program interfaces (APIs) to X.400-based electronic messaging services are defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. A general-purpose API that makes the functionality of a message transfer system (MTS) accessible to a message store (MS) or user agent (UA), or the functionality of a simple MS accessible to a UA, is provided. An X.400 gateway API divides a message transfer agent (MTA) into two software components, a messaging system gateway and an X.400 gateway service. This standard, and the language bindings derived from it, are intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1224-1993, which provides a general-purpose API for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of OSI information objects. Key Words: X.400, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, OSI, Language independent, Electronic messaging, Application portability, API Designation: 1224.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Directory Services-- Application Programming Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly P1003.17 History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: A application program interface (API) to OSI directory services is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The interface, which supports applications portability at the source-code level, is intended to be used by both applications developers and directory service implementors. Key Words: Portable application, POSIX, Open systems, Directory, Application portability, ASN.1, API Designation: 1224.2 Int-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Std 1224.2-1993/1327.2/INT, October 1995 Edition Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services - Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] and IEEE Std 1327.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this documents. The intent is to give the directory services community resonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: directory services, interpretations, X 500, X.500 Designation: 1224/1224.1/1327-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for Std 1224-1993, Std 1327.1-1993, Std 1224.1-1993 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑOpen Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data ManipulationÑApplication Program Interface (API); IEEE Std 1327-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑOpen Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language InterfacesÑBinding for Application Program Interface (API); and IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑX.400-Based Electronic MessagingÑApplication Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the 1224 community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these standards. Key Words: computer, computer environments, interfaces, interpretations, OM, API, OSI, X.400 Designation: 1226-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) Overview and Architecture Status: Superseded Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993 Abstract: Superseded. The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) is defined, and mandatory requirements for implementations ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET and their interrelationships are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of the ABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used throughout the set are defined. Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layer, base document, component standard, reference document, broad based, environment for test Designation: 1226-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)), Overview and Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: ABBET will provide standards for an integrated environment, realizing the capabilities of test related standards including, at a minimum, active standards sponsored by the IEEE Standards Coordinating Committee 20. The ABBET family of standards consists of a base standard and a series (P1226.1, etc.) of componet standards and guides. This PAR is for the base standard which represents an overview of ABBET and its architecture. The architecture describes the elements of ABBET and their inter-relationships. The ABBET base standard also establishes guidelines and requirements to govern the elements of the ABBET component standards and guides. Project Purpose: To define a standard, broad based, environment which uses other standards relating to design, test, and maintenance activities. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) TM is defined, andmandatory requirements for implementation of ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET andtheir interrelationships are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of theABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used throughout theset are defined. Key Words: "ABBET,product test,diagnostis,software framework" Designation: 1226.1-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for Common Ada Packages for A Broad- Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Ada packages that specify general purpose test support data types and services for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the specification, implementation, and use of the other IEEE ABBET component standards. ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs. Key Words: Ada, ABBET, CAtlas, broad based environment Designation: 1226.10 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Tuntime Services for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for runtime services in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To provide a standard software interface for communications and control of Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) runtime services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.11 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard Test Resource Information for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: To define the test resource information. This is a component standard of IEEE 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: The purpose is to defgine the test resource information that describes test system and the interface to that information in an ABBET environment. There is no current standard which provides this capability. Designation: 1226.12 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Formal Representation and Exchange of Test Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will provide the methodology and formats for the formal representation of test requirements and will define a common format by which such representation can be exchanged. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process evaluation, and test ptogram generation. Designation: 1226.13 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Parametric Data Log Format Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of analysis and historical trend reporting. Designation: 1226.2-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for Ada-Based ATLAS-Level Test Procedure Interface for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993 Abstract: Ada packages that specify data types and services for the Ada-based ATLAS-level test procedure interface for a broad-based environment for test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the development of Ada- based, UUT-directed, signal- oriented test programs. IEEE ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs. Key Words: C/ATLAS, Ada, ABBET Designation: 1226.3-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Software Interface for Resource Management for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Mar 26, 1998 Project Scope: To define the software interface to access Test Equipment Configuration information. This is a component standard of IEEE Standard 1226 9ABBET). Project Purpose: To define the interfaces to services which obtain descriptive and control information about an automatic test system and to define the interfaces to services that perform virtual and real resource management. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Abstract: The services needed to access and manage descriptive information about resources in an automatic test system (ATS) are covered. This information includes data about the automatic test equipment (ATE) instruments, switching, and the test subject adapter. This standard is a com-ponent of the ABBET set of standards. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 1226.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Instrument Drivers for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of instrument resources in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interoperability by providing standard software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) Test Instrumentation Services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.5 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface to Communication Buses for a Broad Based Environment For Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface to test resource communication buses within an ABBET system. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance the reusability and portability of test resource control software by providing standard software interfaces to test resource communication buses. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1226.6-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Guide for the Understanding of the "A Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET)(TM)" Standard Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Apr 15, 1996 Abstract: As a part of the family of IEEE ABBET™ standards, this guide facilitates an understanding of the relationships of IEEE ABBET 1226-1993 and its component standards, as well as the relationship of an ABBET implementation with the design, production, support, and operational environments with which it may be used. Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layers, base document, component standard, information sharing, product life cycle, software reuse, systems architecture Designation: 1226.7 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Trial Use Standard Product Description Interface for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard interfaces to product description data required for development of test. The product description data will include test models of the product physical, circuit, logic, and functional design including BIT and BITE. The test models will support design verification, manufacturing test and diagnostics. This is a component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). The development of standard interfaces to machine processable product description information will support analysis of completed design, manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The standard interfaces will support application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis. Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces to machine processable product description information will support analysis of completed design, manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The standard interfaces will support application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis. Designation: 1226.8 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Trial Use Standard Test Strategy and Requirements Interface for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard interfaces to information used to support products in the following process areas (1) assessment of product testability, (2) test equipment requirements analysis, and (3) test program generation. The interfaces will include: (1) product test requirements, (2) diagnostic performance assessment, (3) test strategies, (4) diagnostic flow generation, (5) automatic test generation, (6) artificial intelligence and expert system interfaces. This is a component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces which are machine processable is intended to support (1) the development of automated test and diagnostics, (2) analysis of design, (3) application of design information across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnostics, and (4) the standard graphical display of information for test developer and user. Designation: 1226.9 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Resource Classes for a Broad Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of resource classes in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET). Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interchangeability by providing standard software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) test resources services. There is no current standard to provide this capability. Designation: 1227-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of DC Electric-Field Strength and Ion Related Quantities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Guidance is provided for measuring the electric-field strength, ion-current density, conductivity, monopolar space-charge density, and net space-charge density in the vicinity of HVDC power lines, in converter substations, and in apparatus designed to simulate the HVDC power-line environment. Key Words: Ion Related, Measurements, DC Electric-Field, Power lines, Net space-charge density, Monopolar space-charge density, Ion-current density, Electric-field strength, Conductivity Designation: 1228-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Safety Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The minimum acceptable requirements for the content of a software safety plan are established. This standard applies to the software safety plan used for the development, procurement, maintenance, and retirement of safety-critical software. This standard requires that the plan be prepared within the context of the system safety program. Only the safety aspects of the software are included. This standard does not contain special provisions required for software used in distributed systems or in parallel processors. Key Words: Software safety program, Software safety plan, Safety-critical software, Safety requirements Designation: 1228 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Planning Software in Safety Related Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Patricia Trellue, Phone:505-845-9734, Email:patrell@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Revise the existing Std 1228. Project Purpose: Change title; Changes to existing technology that have occurred since 1994 that affect the standard. In particular, the increasing use of commercial off-the-shelf software in safety applications will be considered. New development paradigms that have attained commercial and governmental use in safety applications. Designation: 1229 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Definitions for Electrical Heat Tracing Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989 Designation: 123 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1230 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Measurement of Radio Noise from the Testing of High Voltage Hardware and Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert G Olsen, Phone:509-335-4950, Email:olsen@eecs.wsu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989 Designation: 1232-2010 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1232-2002 Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: The AI-ESTATE standard defines formal specifications for supporting system diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and processing of diagnostic information and the control of diagnostic processes. Diagnostic processes include, but are not limited to, testability analysis, diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance support, and diagnostic maturation. Project Purpose: The AI-ESTATE standard provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of the information supporting system testing and diagnosis. The standard defines formal information models and software services specific to several different types of diagnostic reasoners. The purpose is to provide semantically sound definitions of diagnostic knowledge and to specify software exchange and service interfaces that are consistent with the state of the practice in modern test and diagnostic systems (e.g., the use of eXtensible Markup Language [XML] and web services). Abstract: Data interchange and standard software services for test and diagnostic environments are defined by Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AIESTATE). The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces for functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. The services to control a diagnostic reasoned are defined by this standard. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, Bayesian Network, diagnosis, diagnostic inference, diagnostic model, diagnostic services, D-matrix, fault tree, IEEE 1232, knowledge exchange, system test Designation: 1232-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI- ESTATE) Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1232-1995, 1232.1-1997, and 1232.2-1998. Superseded by 1232- 2010. Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002 Project Scope: The standard defines formal specifications for supporting system diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and processing of diagnostic information, and the control of diagnostic processes. Diagnostic processes include, but are not limited to, testability analysis, diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance support and diagnostic maturation. Project Purpose: This standard provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to and understanding of the information supportiing system test and diagnosis. The standard unifies and expands upon the specifications published in IEEE Std 1232-1995, IEEE Std 1232.1-1997, and IEEE Std 1232.2-1998. Abstract: Superseded by IEC/IEEE 62243-2005 (SH/SS95359) AI-ESTATE is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services forthe test and diagnostic environment. The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. This standard thendefines the services to manipulate diagnostic information and to control a diagnostic reasoner. Key Words: "AI-ESTATE, diagnosis, diagnostic inference, diagnostic model, diagnostic services, dynamic context, fault tree, knowledge exchange, system test" Designation: 1232-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE): Overview and Architecture Status: Superseded **Adopted as a full-use standard by StdsBd on16 Sept 97. Superseded by 1232-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY IEEE STD 1232-2002 This document is the base standard for the AI-ESTATE set of standards. The overall concept of AIESTATE, which is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services for the test and diagnostic environment, is defined; mandatory requirements for implementing AI-ESTATE are specified; the elements of AI-ESTATE and their interrelationships are described; guidelines and requirements to govern the documents in the AI-ESTATE set of standards are established; and the terminology used throughout the set is defined. The purpose of the AI-ESTATE set of standards is to standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent test environment and representations of knowledge and data for the functional elements of the intelligent test environment. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial , intelligence, diagnosis, system test, unit under test, UUT Designation: 1232.1-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Data and Knowledge Specification Status: Superseded **Elevated from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 9/16/99. Superseded by 1232-2002. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the form of the data and knowledge needed to support AI-ESTATE. Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the formal specifications of the data and knowledge necessary to perform system test and diagnosis, and to insure the portability of data and knowledge between AI-ESTATE compliant systems. Abstract: Formal models for information used in system diagnosis are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this standard includes several models that form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also provides a formal typing system for the services defined in the AI-ESTATE service specification. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial intelligence, diagnosis, enhanced diagnostic inference model, fault tree model Designation: 1232.2-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Service Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1232-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the services needed to support AI-ESTATE. Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the formal specifications of the services, transactions, and protocols necessary to insure the interoperability of AI-ESTATE compoiant systems. Abstract: Formal software interfaces to system diagnosis tools and applications are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this standard defines services to manipulate information models as defined in IEEE Std 1232.1-1997 and to control a diagnostic reasoner. This standard includes a new information model to manipulate dynamic information obtained during the process of system diagnosis. Service bindings to ANSI C and ANSI Ada are also provided. Key Words: "AI-ESTATE,artificial intelligence,diagnosis,dynamic context model,system test" Designation: P1232.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Guide for the Use of Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: The AI-ESTATE User's Guide provides guidance to developers of IEEE Std 1232-conformant diagnostic applications that utilize the models, services, or exchange formats specified by IEEE Std 1232. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1232 (AI-ESTATE) addresses the complex domain of system test and diagnosis and specifies formal semantic models for information exchange and services to be provided by diagnostic reasoners in this domain. The formality of the semantic models necessitates an in-depth understanding of the associated concepts to ensure interoperability and interchangeability requirements can be satisfied. The AI-ESTATE User's Guide provides this understanding by describing the history, motivation, and key concepts from AI-ESTATE to help developers extract maximum benefit from the standard. In addition, examples of instantiated models, exchange files, and service scenarios are provided. Designation: 1232a Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: IEEE Std 1232-2002 (AI-ESTATE) provides formal models of diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of the information supporting system test and diagnosis. This document corrects and augments several portions of these information models and amends the AI- ESTATE exchange mechanism to include XML. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is two-fold. First, this project will correct errors and deficiencies identified following the publication of IEEE Std 1232-2002. Second, the target user community has been migrating towards using XML as a practical information exchange mechanism. Therefore, this project will incorporate XML Schema into IEEE Std 1232-2002 to improve utilization by the target user community. Designation: 1233-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Apr 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1997 Project Scope: This guide will be used for developing a system requirements specification. A System is a set of interconnected elements constituted to achieve defined objectives by performing specified functions. Development includes the thought process involved in the collection, analysis, and organization of the requirements. This quide addresses conditions for incorporating coperational concepts and confiquration design requirements into the system specifications. It will also describe the necessary content and qualities of a good system specification and present several prototype outlines. Project Purpose: This document will serve as a guide for defining functional, performance and interface requirements for a system. This guide will recommend methods for specifying the requirements and capabilities for systems. System specifications developed using this guide will: 1) Facilitate a contracting agent to specify requirements for a system to potential designers/developers. 2) Provide templates for writing/auditing system specifications, and 3) Provide a general overview of a system which may be required by trainers, support personnel, or other users. Once completed, this guide will provide a foundation on which an IEEE tutorial on Developing System Specification can be built. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing a SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constaints, and design confiquration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements. Key Words: SyRS, requirement, system Designation: 1233-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing an SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constraints, and design configuration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements. Key Words: "requirement,SyRS, system,system requirements specification" Designation: 1233-1996/Cor a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1999 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of systems requirements specification as defined in 1233 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1234-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Fault Locating Techniques on Shielded Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 17, 2007 Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007 Project Scope: This document will be a guide for cable fault locating techniques on shielded power cable systems. This guide will be applicable to all insulated, shielded power cable systems. Project Purpose: Extruded dielectric cables, their joints and terminations require special attention to cable fault locating. The arbitrary use of high voltages and energies during AC, DC, and surge testing of service aged cables overstresses insulation defects which will become faults after the cables are returned to service. The guide will provide information to identify and locate cable faults with minimum risk of further damaging the cable system. The techniques will maintain cable integrity, reduce customer outage time, consider customer equipment sensitivity along with personnel and equipment safety. Abstract: Test and measurements, which are performed on shielded power cables to identify the location of a fault, are described. Whenever possible, the limitations of a particular test and measurement to locate a fault are provided and recommendations are made reg Key Words: arc reflection, cable fault locating, cable testing, grounding, safety, sectionalizing, thumping, time domain reflectometry (TDR) Designation: 1234 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Fault Locating on Shielded Power Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Shantanu Nandi, Phone:630-576-6910, Email:s.nandi@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1235-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Properties of Identifiable Jackets for Underground Power Cables and Ducts Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 10, 2000 History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: Identification markings of underground power cables and ducts. Included are various methods of identifying underground power cables and ducts and the visual, chemical and mechanical prop[erties of the identification materials and/or methods, and their impact on the properties of the overall jacket or conduit and installation practices Project Purpose: To establish a guide for identification markings of jacketed underground power cables and ducts. Abstract: Identification markings of jacketed underground power cables and ducts are established in this guide.Included are various methods of identifying underground power cables and ducts,and the visual,chemical,and mechanical properties of the identification materials and/or methods,and their impact on the properties of the overall jacket or duct as well as their impact on installation practices. Key Words: "duct,identification,jacket,power cables,raised ridge,red stripe" Designation: 1235 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Test Methods for Identifying (URD) Underground Residential Distribution Cable Jackets and/or Conduits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: S. R Szaniszlo, Phone:(514) 640-3706, Email:steveszan@ca.inter.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990 Designation: 1236 Title: Recommended Practice for Performance Measurement Criteria of Fiber Optic Transmission Systems for Voice, Video and Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Pryma, Phone:(708) 677-2600 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1237 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology Application Porgram Interface for Remote Procedure Call Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 1238.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology, OSI Application Program Interfaces--File Transfer, Access, and Management [C Language] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 07, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. A C language Application Program Interface (API) to the OSI File Transfer, Access, and Management (FTAM) protocol is defined. The functions of the API implement high-level file transfer and file management operations using the service of an FTAM initiator and service provider that underlie the API. The API uses the services of the OSI Abstract Data Manipulation API (IEEE Std 122-1993) to facilitate passing of data between the API and the user. Key Words: API, application layer, application portabil, C language, file transfer, FTAM, OM, open systems interconnection, OSI, OSI Abstract Data Designation: 124 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1240-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Reliability of HVDC Converter Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 13, 2001 Technical Contact: Farshad John Hormozi, Phone:818-771-6775, Email:john.hormozi@ladwp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Aug 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001 Project Scope: Reliability of HVDC Converter Stations, including stations that are "back-to-back" for connection of AC systems, and DC transmission terminals. Project Purpose: The proposed Guide will give uwers reliability design evaluation criteria, and methods for assessing the reliability of the stations. The benefit will be assessment of the relative reliability of alternate equipment and station designs, and the determination of the appropriate balance of cost and reliability for a particular application. The intended users are electric power engineers in electric utilities, engineering services firms, design/construction contractors, independent power developers, and equipment manufacturing companies. Abstract: Reaffirmed June 2006 This guide is intended to serve high-voltage direct current (HVDC) converter station reliability by suggesting significant objectives, design, operation, monitoring, and specification details. This guide includes the CIGRÉ performance protocol and reliability-related mathematical concepts. Key Words: "availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability" Designation: 1241-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 14, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1241-2000 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011 Project Scope: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e., they are quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a straight line) as discussed further in 1.3, and the sampling is assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for nonuniform quantization. Project Purpose: This standard identifies ADC error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. The reader should note that this standard has many similarities to IEEE Std 1057. Many of the tests and terms are nearly the same, since ADCs are a necessary part of digitizing waveform recorders. Abstract: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e., they are quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a straight line) as discussed further in 1.3, Analog-to-digital converter background, and the sampling is assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for non-uniform quantization. Key Words: ADC, analog-to-digital converter, code transition level, coherent sampling, DNL, ENOB, histogram, INL, LSB, missing codes, noise power ratio, noncoherent sampling, quantization error, quantization noise, SAR, SFDR, sine fitting Designation: 1241-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1241-2010. Technical Contact: T Michael Souders, Phone:(301) 975-2406, Email:souders@eeel.nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Analog to Digital converters, with or without sample and hold circuitry. 21-Sep-2000 Disapproved because the Sponsor must conduct a recirculation ballot to address substantive changes made to the document subsequent to balloting. The Sponsor is urged to complete coordination with IEC and editorial staff prior to conducting the recirculation ballot. The Sponsor shall also re-examine whether the document was written in accordance with the title and scope of the approved PAR (particularly 'standard' versus 'guide'). Gary Engmann will be the RevCom mentor to the Sponsor. Project Purpose: To provide standard terminology for specifying the performance of A/D converters, and to provide test methods for measuring the performance. The standard will be for general purpose applications and will not focus on highly specialized applications such as video recording. Abstract: IEEE Std 1241-2000 identifies analog-to-digital converter (ADC) error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. This standard also presents terminology and definitions to aid the user in defining and testing ADCs. Key Words: ADC, A/D converter, analog-to-digital, digitizer, terminology, test methods Designation: 1241 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital Converters Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e. they are quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a straight line) as discussed further in clause 1.3, and the sampling is assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for non- uniform quantization. The scope is the same as the first paragraph of the scope from IEEE Std 1241-2000. The second and third paragraphs of the existing scope have been moved to the "purpose". Project Purpose: This standard identifies ADC error sources and provides test methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. The reader should note that this standard has many similarities to IEEE Std 1057-1994. Many of the tests and terms are nearly the same, since ADCs are a necessary part of digitizing waveform recorders. IEEE Std 1241-2000 did not have a "purpose" clause. This information is the same as paragraphs two and three of the scope clause of IEEE Std 1241-2000. Note: IEEE 1057 is presently under revision and the new edition will be referenced if approved prior to approval of this document. Designation: 1242-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special- Purpose Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1999 History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: The scope of this project has been expanded to no only cover power and control cables (per original PAR) but many types of special purpose cables used in the petroleum and chemical industry. This Guide provides the user information on cable standards, specifications, applications, installations, testing and areas of interest on cable pertaining to the petrochemical industry. Special purpose cables such as Type PLTC, Tyhpe ITC Fiber Optic, voice and data, coaxial and others are addressed. Figures showing constructgion of the most commonly used cable types are also included. Project Purpose: No specific guide currently exists for specifying and selecting power, control and spcial purpose cables for use in petroleum and chemical plants. This guide provides application guidelines for the type installations found in petroleum and chemical plants as they relate to electrical mechanical, physical, thermal and environmental properties of the cable. In doing so, it addresses those areas of concern including chemical atmospheres, contamination, corrosion, environmental effects, and fire retardant considerations. It is intended to help eliminate premature cable failure due to improper specifications, selection and application of cable in this industry. Abstract: " Information on the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purposecable, as typically used in petroleum, chemical, and similar plants, is provided in this guide. Mate-rials, design, testing, and applications are addressed. More recent developments, such as strandfilling, low-smoke, zero-halogen materials, and chemical-moisture barriers have been included. " Key Words: 1242-1999_body.f5 Designation: P1242 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special-Purpose Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Donald A Voltz, Phone:713-215-8834, Email:don.voltz@mustangeng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This guide provides information on the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purpose cable, as typically used in petroleum, chemical, and similar plants. It addresses materials, design, testing, installations, and applications. More recent developments such as fire-rated circuit integrity cables have been included. This guide is not intended to be a design document, although many of the problems associated with the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purpose cable for petroleum and chemical plant applications can be avoided by considering the information presented in this guide. It is recognized that there may be other types of cable used in the petroleum and chemical industries, especially considering the global marketplace. This guide should not be interpreted as precluding the use of such cables. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the user with cable designs, applications, and test procedures that are common to the petroleum, chemical, or similar type of industry. It is intended as an informational tool for the new as well as the more seasoned engineer. In this capacity, it contains an extensive single-point refer¬ence and cross-reference list of standards as they apply to the wire and cable industry, including U.S. and Canadian standards. It provides application guidelines for the type of installations found in petroleum and chemical plants as they relate to electrical, mechanical, physical, thermal, and environmental properties of the cable. The use of this guide should help to eliminate premature cable failure due to improper specification, selection, and application of cable in petroleum and chemical plants. Designation: 1243-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 1997 History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: For this guide, a transmission line is any overhead line with a phase-to-phase voltage exceeding 69 kV and an average conductor height of more than 10 m. The transmission line is usually shielded by one or more overhead ground wires (OHGWs), at least for a short distance from a substation. While reference is primarily made to ac transmission characteristics, the guide is also relevant for high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) overhead lines. The guide is written for the transmission-line designer. When given the problem of designing or redesigning a transmission line, the designer should consider certain limiting factors such as the voltage level, the beginning and ending points for the transmission line, and the desired ampacity of the line. Sometimes the exact route, and the type of conductor and structure have already been determined. Usually the designer may choose structural details, the geometry of the structure, the structure height, the exact placement of the OHGWs, the amount and type of insulation, the type of grounding, and other design features of a line. This guide is written to show the designer which choices will improve or degrade lightning performance. Sections of the guide discuss the effect of routing, structure type, insulation, shielding, and grounding. An additional section discusses several special methods, which may be used to improve lightning performance. Finally, in Annex B, a listing and description of the FLASH program is presented. The line designer should be aware that lightning performance is not of primary importance in the economics of line designing. Other factors, such as line length, right-of-way costs, construction costs, material costs, and losses affect the economics of a line design much more than lightning performance. The designer should always balance the costs of higher insulation levels, improved grounding, better shielding, or line relocation against the benefits of improved reliability. Project Purpose: This guide contains simple mathematical equations, tables, and graphs that provide the information needed to design an overhead power transmission line with minimum lightning interruptions. Versions 1.6 and 1.7 of the FLASH program are provided on the diskette included with this guide. Annex B includes a description of the program. The FLASH program uses the models in the design guide along with a description of transmission line features to estimate the lightning outage rate that may be expected. These simplified models may also be adapted to assess the benefits of novel methods for improving lightning performance. Abstract: The effects of routing, structure type, insulation, shielding, and grounding on transmission lines are discussed. The way these transmission-line choices will improve or degrade lightning performance is also provided. An additional section discusses several special methods that may be used to improve lightning performance. Finally, a listing and description of the FLASH program is presented. Key Words: grounding, lightning protection, overhead electric power transmission, shielding Designation: 1243 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kurt Bell, Phone:208-685-6343, Email:kbell@powereng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to review existing guide for accuracy, new lightning data source, revise FLASH Program, incorporate new techniques for grounding assessment, add estimating line arrester energy discharge,add new techniques to improve lightning performance. Project Purpose: This guide is being revised because of new lightning assessment techniques, the need to revise the FLASH program, and present new sources of lightning data. Designation: P1243 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This Guide covers all factors affecting the lightning flashover rate of overhead transmission lines with a phase-to-phase voltage exceeding 38 kV, and an average conductor height exceeding 10 m. These factors include, but are not limited to, lightning activity and stroke characteristics, the stroke attachment process, soil characteristics, insulation strength, line surge arresters, traveling wave analysis, corona, pre-discharge, overhead shield wires, shielding from nearby objects, induced voltages from nearby strokes, and reducing the impact of a flashover. Tower and pole electrical characteristics and grounding methods are addressed. Both AC and DC transmission lines are addressed. The scope excludes medium- voltage distribution lines and low-voltage secondary circuits. Lightning effects on substations, underground cables, and utilization facilities are also excluded. This guide does not explain or evaluate theoretical methods, but to provide guidance for their practical use in line design. Project Purpose: This Guide assists engineers with understanding lightning impacts on electric power transmission lines and with applying methods to reduce the number of lightning-caused flashovers. It complements the open- source IEEE Flash computer program that estimates lightning flashover rates on transmission lines. Designation: 1244 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Guide for Storage System Design Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: This project will produce a clear, abstract, model exposing the design features required for storage systems to provide transparent, secure information access in highly distributed, heterogeneous computing environments. The model produced will describe design alternatives and rationales applicable within the spectrum of valid storage system architectures. Emphasis in the model will be placed on net-attached storage, object-oriented design, open source software, minimal licensing alternatives, and maximum scalability. Project Purpose: The work under this project will serve to revise the popular IEEE Mass Storage System Reference Model version 5 of 1994, and use it as a basis for related IEEE Recommended Practices and Standards. Information is being generated at rates in step with the rapidly improving technologies of processors, and while storage media and hardware are improving rapidly as well, storage system software and architecture lag dangerously behind. At the same time demands for access to information in highly distributed and heterogeneous environments are growing. Traditional approaches are not sufficient to meet these needs, and revolutionary or rapid evolutionary changes are needed in storage system design and software. This Model will guide implementers toward interoperability in meeting such demands by suggesting best use of current and emerging technologies. This Model will inspire commercial designs of storage systems and system components from a broad spectrum of implementers, resulting in a high level of interoperability throughout the world. Designation: 1244.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Object Identifier for Storage Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: P1244.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The MMS standards published by the IEEE define the architecture, data model, and interfaces that are required in any MMS implementation. These standards are not intended as a tutorial or textbook, nor do they provide a cookbook for implementation of an MMS. The standards are organized to be of use to several audiences: a) Those interested in an introduction to the MMS and its capabilities will find this standard, IEEE Std 1244.1-2000, to be a reasonable, though technical, introduction to the system. b) Those interested in implementing applications that utilize the MMS will find this standard, IEEE Std 1244.1-2000, and IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 1 to be helpful. c) Those interested in implementing devices such as robotic libraries or drives will find IEEE Std 1244.1- 2000, IEEE P1244.2/D041900, IEEE Std 1244.4-2000, and IEEE Std 1244.5-2000, to be essential. d) Those interested in implementing the entire MMS will find all standards in the IEEE MMS suite of standards to be required reading. A suite of IEEE 1244 standards describes the MMS. This modular approach to standardizing an MMS per-mits a granularity of conformance not possible otherwise, and allows a degree of independent evolution for the components of an IEEE MMS. Nevertheless, the overall architecture of the IEEE MMS is described in IEEE 1244.1-2000, and fundamental information (including the data model) that is common to all related standards is communicated through that standard. Reference to the MMS Architecture is crucial in under¬standing the MMS, its associated standards, and the components of an MMS implementation. The set of standards that comprise the IEEE MMS suite are listed in Table 1. Table 1— The IEEE MMS suite of standards Standard Description Acronym Document System Architecture IEEE Std 1244.1-2000 IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture MMS available Native Protocols IEEE P1244.2/ D041900 Draft Standard for Session Security, Authentication, Initialization Protocol ; SSAIP available IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 IEEE Standard for Media Management Protocol MMP available IEEE Std 1244.4- 2000 IEEE Standard for Drive Management Protocol DMP available IEEE Std 1244.5-2000 IEEE Standard for Library Management Protocol LMP available Interoperability Protocols P1244.6 Draft Standard for Media Manager Interchange Protocol MMIP — P1244.7 Draft Standard for Media Manager Control Interface Protocol MMCIP — Programming and Command Line Interfaces P1244.8 Draft Standard for C Language Procedural Interface — — P1244.9 Draft Stan dard for User Mount Commands — — P1244.10 Draft Standard for Standard Administrative and Operational Commands — — Data Transfer Protocol P1244.11 Draft Standard for Media Data Mover — — Readers should be aware that these standards are primarily reference documents, and as such, may be organized in a manner that is not conducive to sequential reading. (Feel free, for example, to skim or skip ahead of the Definitions clause, Clause 3 in this standard, as you read.) The authors of the IEEE 1244 standards expect that additional publications that document aspects of the MMS will appear over time. It is intended that the IEEE MMS suite of standards be considered the definitive reference to the standard, and that these additional publications exist to explain, clarify, and amplify the IEEE standards, aspects of implementation, or of management of MMS sites. It is expected that vendors will implement proprietary products that add value to systems that are based on the IEEE MMS. These proprietary products must not change the required aspects of the standard as addressed in the IEEE standards. These products may significantly improve the functionality and usability of a standards-based system. Over time, such proprietary extensions may be proposed as additions to the IEEE standard. Until such time as an extension is transformed into an approved IEEE standard, it must not be referred to as a standard. Project Purpose: This standard describes the motivations for an overall architecture of the MMS. Although the architecture may suggest a particular design or implementation, it is not the IEEE’s intent to favor a specific implementation of the MMS. Indeed, it should be possible to implement the MMS in a number of ways, ranging from a lightweight implementation in a scripting language such as Perl, or a full implementation written in a traditional programming language such as C, C++, or Java. The MMS is a software system for managing physical media. The system has the following properties: a) It is media neutral to allow the management of computer tapes, disk media, disks, optical disks, CD-ROMs, as well as non-computer media such as videotapes or reels of film. b) It is scalable to be comfortable in environments as small as a single individual’s office or home and as large as a multinational corporation, educational or scientific institution, or government archives. c) It is platform neutral and operating system independent to work with existing computer systems from multiple vendors with varying degrees of media-handling sophistication. d) It is distributed to allow access to media and the devices that store and perform data transfer operations on the media by more than one system. A single MMS may manage devices that are connected to many host computer systems, including devices that are physically connected to multiple hosts. Connectivity between elements of the MMS requires the availability of standard TCP/IP. e) It provides a reasonable degree of security and protection for access to the media by ensuring that specific media may be mounted only by those applications that have authority to access that media. All parties are authenticated, and network communication is digitally signed so that it is extremely difficult to forge. f) It is content neutral, and does not have any inherent understanding of the content of the media; indeed, with some media, such as videotape or film, the MMS many not even have access to the content of the media. g) It is application independent to provide appropriate media management functions for diverse applications ranging from backup and hierarchical storage management, to broadcast television automation. Media belonging to multiple applications may be managed by a single MMS; these applications may be multiple instances of the same program, or of different applications. h) It is designed to be modular to allow independent groups to work on components of the MMS independently; the modularity is provided by strong, flexible interfaces that can evolve over time. i) It is language neutral to permit programmers to write applications that interact with the MMS in almost any programming language, and, indeed, to allow the MMS itself to be written in almost any programming language. j) It allows multiple implementations to interoperate seamlessly. The key to the architecture of MMS is to clearly define the basic functionality that the MMS must provide, and to declare specific points in the functionality to provide defined interfaces that allow independent components to interoperate. Designation: 1244.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: To specify the architecture of a distributed, platform- independent, system to manage removable media, including both disk and tape, using robotic and manual methods. The general scheme for managing media, the expected components of the software system, and the data model to be supported by the software system for manageing this media are described by this standard. Details of components of the Media Management System are specified by companion standards. Project Purpose: To provide a standard architecture for media management and enabling components. This architecture and companion components are part of a comprehensive revision of the Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM), needed to achieve scalability and meaningful implementability. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The architecture of a distributed, platform-independent system that manages removable media, including both disk and tape, using robotic and manual methods are specified. The generals chema for managing media, the components of the software system, and the supporting data model used by the software system for managing this media are described by this standard. Details of major components of the system are specified by companion standards. Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, content neutral, data model, device manager, distributed, drive manager, fully scalable, heterogeneous environment, information access, interoperability, language neutral, library management, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)" Designation: 1244.10 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Managment System (MMS) Standard Administrative and Operational Commands Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To specify a set of MMS Standard Administrative and Operational Commands for the Media Management System. The standard defines a command- line, minimally interactive interface for basic interaction with the MMS; these commands could be used to construct interactive interfaces using scripting-based systems such as web CGI scripting or tcl/tk. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set of standard administrative and operational commands which permit extensibility and interoperability. Designation: 1244.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (MOVER) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To provide the definition, architecture, and software interfaces of a server called a "Mover", which transfers data between two endpoints within a distributed storage system. Project Purpose: To provide standard storage system data Mover architecture and software interfaces for use by the IEEE Media Management System (although MOVER is not an MMS component) and other storage systems. To enable industry to reference and use a standard storage system data mover. Designation: 1244.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Physical Volume Library for Storage Systems (SSS.PVL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: P1244.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Session Security, Authentication, Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The IEEE Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) is used by the IEEE Media Manager (MM) when a Media Management System (MMS) Client or an MMS Module wishes to connect to the MM. The SSAIP provides identification, and if desired authentication, of the client, which is a requirement to obtain access to the services of the MM in compliance with the MMS security model. The SSAIP also establishes parameters of the communications between the MMS Client and the MMS Module thereafter, such as language and language type. This standard describes the syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the MMS client or MMS module and the MM. Since this protocol is only used in the context of the MMS, this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture as described in IEEE Std 1244.1- 2000. In addition, the protocols that are implemented on top of the SSAIP protocol are described in IEEE Std 1244.3-2000, IEEE Std 1244.4-2000, IEEE Std 1244.5-2000, IEEE P1244.6, and IEEE P1244.7. The actual security features of the SSAIP rely upon SSL3, X.509, and assume the default (but not mandated) use of SHA within the X.509 certificates. The SSAIP provides for the optional use of SSL, to achieve privacy of communications, when such privacy is desired or necessary. The SSAIP allows for various levels of authentication of the parties involved in the communication, ranging from none, to the use of passwords, to the use of X.509 certificates. This means it is possible with this proposal to have no privacy and no authentication, privacy without any authentication, highly assured authentication and no privacy, etc. Note that the assurance of using X.509 certificates and SHA or similar signatures for authentication remains secure, i.e., the authentication cannot be compromised, without the use of SSL. Not using SSL simply means that the communication may not remain private. Also note that the use of passwords together with SSL is secure,the only weakness in this approach is the setting up of the passwords in the first place, a process which is outside the scope of this standard. Some typical applications, where security considerations may be found to differ, may be as follows: a) Home office: Isolated machine or machines using automated backup to a very small CD-RW or 8 mm library, requiring no privacy and no authentication. A vendor of such a facility can still be MMS- standards compliant. b) Typical in-house business: With checked authentication of the client (to safeguard against careless accidents), but no server authentication and no privacy (U.S. law comes close to guaranteeing lack of privacy in the work situation). c) DOD classified site: High-assurance authentication of the client is required in order to enforce “need to know,” but little or no authentication of the server is needed, nor is privacy needed, because the network is physically protected. d) Business-to-business over the public Internet: Privacy is needed, as well as highly assured authentication of the client to the server, and the server to the client. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the protocol messages that pass between the Media Management System (MMS) Client or MMS Module and the Media-Manager (MM), so that any IEEE 1244 compliant MM and any IEEE 1244 compliant MMS Client or MMS Module may communicate as described in this standard. This protocol determines all relevant behavior and state of the MMS Client or MMS Module and MM, from the time the MMS Client or MMS Module decides to initiate a communication session with the MM until this session is either successfully established or the attempt to establish such a communication session has failed as determined by this protocol. Designation: 1244.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Session Security, Authentication, Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Specify the protocol used to identify, authenticate and establish an initial connection between the software components of the IEEE Media Management System. Details of components of the Media Management System are specified by companion standards. Project Purpose: The Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization protocol enables the IEEE Media Management System to be a secure, distributed system. The protocol allows for future revision of other protocols within the system, and interoperability of an MMS with multiple versions of the different components of the system. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the MMS clientor MMS module and the MM are described. Since this protocol is only used in the context of theMMS, this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture asdescribed in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. Key Words: "application independent, architecture, authentication, automated tape library, X.509 security, session, session initiation, SHA-1, software, SSL, storage, storage management, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)" Designation: 1244.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Physical Volume Repository for Storage Systems (SSS.PVR) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Designation: P1244.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management Protocol (MMP) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The IEEE Media Management Protocol (MMP) is used when an MMS application requests the services of the MM, including the following: a) Access to media b) Device management functions c) Routine operational functions d) MMS administration This protocol specifies the syntax and the semantics associated with various commands and protocol messages that pass between an MMS application and the MM. In addition, this standard defines certain aspects of the operation of the MM itself in response to various events that occur in the MMS, for example, the initiation and termination of various components of the MMS. Since this protocol is only used in the context of the MMS, this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture and the underlying Data Model as described in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. This standard does not dictate or favor any particular implementation scheme for the MM. It is a standard for those interested in implementing applications that utilize the services of the MM. For example, the protocol requires that the MM employ a persistent store to keep track of various pieces of information. However, this specification does not imply any particular structure of the store. An MM implementation shall record errors and conditions that occur during the operation of the MMS. To achieve this, the Data Model defines a specific table, called the MESSAGE table. An MM implementation could provide additional logging capabilities that are beyond those defined by this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the syntax and semantics of a language, the MMP. This language conveys commands between an MMS application and the MM after an application has successfully negotiated a connection through the Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP), IEEE Std 1244.2-2000. This allows any IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 compliant MM and any IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 compliant MMS application to communicate as described in this standard. This standard describes all relevant behavior and states of the MMS and the MM from the time the MMS application successfully establishes a session with the MM, until the session is severed. In addition, this standard specifies the behavior of the MM itself in response to certain MMP commands and events that occur during the existence of the MM, including but not limited to booting the MM and the uncommanded exit of an MMS client. Designation: 1244.3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management Protocol (MMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2001 Project Scope: Specify the Media Management Protocol which is used by client and administrative applications in the Media Management System to allocate, de-allocate, mount and dismount, volumes and to adminster the system. The MMP includes levels of privilige so that, for example, a client application cannot perform administrative funcetions, or an operator console program cannot perform higher-level management functions. Project Purpose: The Media Management Protocol is the interface to the MMS for application and administrative client programs. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1244 family on Storage Systems. All relevant behavior and states of the Media Management System (MMS)and the Media Manager (MM)from the time the MMS application successfully establishes a session with the MM,until the session is severed is described.This standard specifies the behavior of the MM itself in response to certain MMP commands and events that occur during the existence of the MM, including but not limited to booting the MM and the un-commanded exit of a MMS client. Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, content neutral, data model device manager, drive manager, library manager, media management, media neutral, storage management, system architecture, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)" Designation: 1244.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (SSS.MVR) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992 Designation: P1244.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management Protocol (DMP) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard describes the syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the Library Manager (LM) and the Media Manager (MM). Since the LM exists only in the context of a larger Media Management System (MMS), this standard cannot be understood without a thorough understanding of the architecture of the MMS as described in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. In addition, certain elements common to all of the modules in the MMS are described in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000 and IEEE Std 1244.2-2000, and the MM itself, a system which operates as a peer process with the LM, is described in IEEE Std 1244.3-2000. Project Purpose: This standard specifies the protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the LM and the MM of an IEEE MMS. The language that the MM module uses to communicate with the LM and the corresponding language that the LM uses to communicate with the MM are collectively called the Library Management Protocol (LMP). This protocol determines and/or describes all relevant behavior and the state of the MM and the LM. The standardized protocol and semantics of the LMP allow any conforming MM and LM to operate together as components of a single MMS. Designation: 1244.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management Protocol (DMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: Specify the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) used between two software components of the Media Management System (MMS): the central management core and a program that manages a drive which is used to access removable media. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the drive management application- layer protocol in terms of a language. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 Version 1.0 of the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) is specified. Key Words: "data model, drive manager, information access, language neutral, media neutral, storage management, system architecture, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM), Media Management System (MMS)" Designation: 1244.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Storage System Management Interfaces and Managed Object Definitions (SSS.MGT) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1244 family on Storage Systems. The protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the Library Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM)of an IEEE Media Management System (MMS)are specified. This standard specifies version 1.0 of the Library Management Protocol (LMP). Designation: P1244.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management Protocol (LMP) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: Specify the Library Management Protocol (LMP), the interface between two software components of the MMS: the central management core and a program that manages an automated library or a vault. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Managment System component which defines the library management application- layer protocol in terms of a language. Designation: 1244.5-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management Protocol (LMP) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: Specify the Library Management Protocol (LMP), the interface between two software components of the MMS: the central management core and a program that manages an automated library or a vault. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Managment System component which defines the library management application- layer protocol in terms of a language. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the Library Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM) of an IEEE Media Management System (MMS) are specified.This standard specifies version 1.0 of the Library Management Protocol (LMP). Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, data model, drive manager, language neutral, library management, library manager, media management, system architecture, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)" Designation: 1244.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standards for Information Technology for Virtual Storage Services Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Baird, Phone:408/447-2407, Email:bbaird@nsa.hp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1244.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Interchange Protocol (MMIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Interchange Protocol (MMIP), defining a protocol to allow interchange of information between autonomous Media managers. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the media management interchange application-layer protocol in terms of a language. Designation: 1244.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Control Interface Protocol (MMCIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Control Interface Protocol (MMCIP), defining a protocol which permits interfacing the data management component of the MMS with existing library management systems. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System component which defines the media manager control interface application-layer protocol in terms of a language. Designation: 1244.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) C Language Procedural Interface Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Specify the C Language Procedural Interface, defines a set of standard programming interfaces which facilitate construction of components of the MMS, particularly client, administrative, and operational applications, library managers, and drive managers. Although the definition will be for the C programming language, the interface will be developed with a view of implementation in languages such as C++ or Java. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set of programming interfaces. Designation: 1244.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) User Mount Commands Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To specify a set of standard commands allowing users to mount, unmount, acquire, and release media. These commands are specified as a part of a command line interface for systems that offer such interfaces, such as the UNIX shell or NT command line interface. Commands may be embedded in scripts to produce more complex or custom functions, or to allow an application program that is not written for MMS to be adaped for use with MMS. Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media Management System which is constructed using a defined set user commands which permit extensibility and interoperability. Designation: 1245 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Permanent, Non-grounding, Power Connection Systems Used in Substations. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: 1246-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2003 **Supersedes 1246-1997. Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This guide does not address series-capacitor compensated systems. Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations, are covered in this guide. Key Words: grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating Designation: P1246 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding (TPG) systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This guide does not address series-capacitor compensated systems. Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations, are covered in this guide. Key Words: grounding, personnel safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating Designation: 1246-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in Substations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1246-2002. Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: Superseded by 1246-2002. NOT AVAILABLE TO RESELLERS The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations are covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: grounding, personnel safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating Designation: 1247-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1000 Volts Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2006 **NOTE: IEEE PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) is currently under development. Requirements specified by this document will become effective when it is approved as a standard. Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard applies to switching devices, interrupters, and interrupter switches (as defined in IEEE Std C37.100-1992) for alternating current, rated above 1000 volts and used indoors, outdoors, or in enclosures for which a switching rating is to be assigned.While this standard covers the basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures, other standards such as IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993, IEEE Std C37.20.3-1987, IEEE Std C37.20.4-1996, IEEE Std C37.71-1984, and IEEE PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) also contain requirements for switches used in enclosures. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995 [B7]. This standard also does not apply to circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or reclosers. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a basic standard for switching devices, interrupters, and interrupter switches. This broad definition of a switch, encompasses devices that meet the strict definition of an interrupter switch in IEEE Std C37.100-1992, and also encompass devices that utilize insulating media other than air. Technical errors have been identified in some of the testing code. The intent of this revision is to produce a technically correct standard, but not to change any of the approach philosophy. Abstract: The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors. Key Words: enclosed switch, indoor switch, interrupter switch, outdoor switch, switching ability, switching current, switching rating Designation: 1247-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated Above 1,000 Volts Status: Superseded **Project was known as C37.39. History: BD APP: Jul 22, 1998 Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does not apply to load- break separable insulated connectors. Key Words: "enclosed switch,indoor switch,interrupter switch,outdoor switch,switching ability,switching current,switching rating" Designation: 1248-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for the Commissioning of Electrical Systems in Hydroelectric Power Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1998 Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Abstract: Inspection procedures and tests for use following the completion of the installation of components and systems through to commercial operation are provided. This guide is directed to the plant owners, designers, and contractors involved in the commissioning of electrical systems of hydroelectric plants. Key Words: "commissioning, hydroelectric power plant" Designation: 1249-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Computer-Based Control for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 1997 Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: The application, design concepts, and implementation of computer-based control systems for hydroelectric power plant automation is addressed. Functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements, hardware considerations, and operator training are discussed. Recommendations for system testing and acceptance are provided, and case studies of actual computer-based control applications are presented. Key Words: computer-based automation, closed-loop control, data acquisition, hydroelectric, power plant, network bus configurations, system architecture, system performance, alarm processing, automatic generation control, automatic voltage control Designation: P1249 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the guide was to provide guidance to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plants by describing the application, design concepts and implementation of computer-based control systems for hydroelectric power plant automation. It also addresses functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements, tradeoffs, hardware considerations and includes typical application examples. Project Purpose: The guide has not been revised since completion of the original work on the document in 1996. It is proposed to make revisions to the guide to reflect the advances in technology and to provide actual computer implementation in hydroelectric power plants. The guide will be amended with the latest case studies, software functions, HMI and communications solutions. Designation: 1249/IEC 62270 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **This project is a revision of IEEE Std 1249-1996 and IEC 62270:2004 under the IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Maintenance procedure. Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: 125-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 26, 2007 Technical Contact: David Apps, Phone:604-528-2554, Email:david.apps@bchydro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007 Project Scope: This document recommends performance characteristics and equipment for electric-hydraulic governors for all types of hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators of all sizes. This recommended practice is applicable to new governors and rehabilitation of existing governors. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the preparation of procurement specifications for electric-hydraulic speed governors. Abstract: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the preparation of procurement specifications for electric- hydraulic speed governors. Remarks: Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 125-1988 Key Words: control, digital, governor, hydraulic, hydroelectric, speed, stability Designation: 125-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the preparation of procurement specifications for electric- hydraulic speed governors. Remarks: Superseded by IEEE Std 125-2007 Key Words: hydraulic, govern, turbine Designation: 125 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The Standard will recommend minimum performance characteristics and equipment for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic governors for all types of hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators. Project Purpose: The original purpose of the standard was to recommend minimum performance characteristics and equipment relating to governors for controlling hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators and to aid in preparation of procurement specifications. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. The Standard will assist users to prepare procurement specifications for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic governors. Designation: 1250-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Identifying and Improving Voltage Quality in Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1250-1995 Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: The reader of this guide will find discussions of ways to identify and improve voltage quality in power systems, as well as references to publications in this area. More specifically, this guide includes: a) Voltage quality levels from benchmarking studies b) Factors that affect power system performance c) Mitigation measures that improve power system performance d) References to current relevant in-depth IEEE standards and other documents.This guide only addresses subjects in depth where no other power quality reference does so. It is a"gateway" document for power quality that points the way to other documents in this field. Project Purpose: The primary purpose in writing this guide is to assist power delivery system designers and operators in delivering power with voltage quality that is compatible with electrical end-use equipment. Another purpose is to point utility system customers toward power quality solutions that may exist in the power utilization system and equipment. Abstract: The use of some electrical equipment attached to typical power systems creates voltage quality concerns. There is an increasing awareness that some equipment is not designed to withstand the surges, faults, distortion, and reclosing duty present on typical utility distribution systems. Traditional concerns about steady-state voltage levels and light flicker due to voltage fluctuation also remain. These concerns are addressed by this guide by documenting typical levels of these aspects of voltage quality and indicating how to improve them. Other documents that treat these subjects in more detail are referenced. Key Words: benchmarking, disturbance analyzers, faults, harmonic distortion, IEEE 1250, lightflicker, momentary voltage disturbances, noise, performance, power conditioners, susceptible equipment, surge protection, surges, voltage fluctuation, voltage quality Designation: 1250-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Service to Equipment Sensitive to Momentary Voltage Disturbances Status: Superseded **Administratively withdrawn on 15 Jan 2001. Reaffirmed in June 2002. Superseded by 1250-2011. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Abstract: Computers, computer-like products, and equipment using solid-state power conversion have created entirely new areas of power quality considerations. There is an increasing awareness that much of this new user equipment is not designed to withstand the surges, faults, and reclosing duty present on typical distribution systems. Momentary voltage disturbances occuring in ac power distribution and utilization systems, their potential effects on this new, sensitive, user equipment, and guidance toward mitigation of these effects are described. Harmonic distortion limits are also discussed. Key Words: surge protection, power conditioners, momentary voltage disturbances, harmonic distortion, faults, disturbance analyzers, Surges, Sensitive equipment, Noise Designation: 1251 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Collection of Data on Personal Injuries in Generating Stations and Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Greg P Rahman, Phone:415-768-4493, Email:grahman@bechtel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1252 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Frame-based Knowledge Representation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Glenn O Veach, Phone:412/642-6900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: P1254 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Soil Thermal Stability Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This guide covers two approaches for evaluating the impact of soil moisture migration under cable heating. With knowledge of conditions that lead to thermal instability, operating conditions of the cable can be adjusted or a thermally stable backfill can be used to prevent the occurrence of thermal instability. The first approach uses the ‘extended thermal needle test’. The thermal stability test is essentially an extended time thermal resistivity test using a thermal probe and instrumentation identical to that used to measure the thermal resistivity of a soil. The test procedures which can be performed in the field on an in-situ sample or in the laboratory on a small-scale compacted sample are explained in detail. The test results can be used to predict the time to onset of thermal instability of an operating underground power cable at a given heat generation rate. A second approach uses a ‘two-zone model’. This concept considers a dry envelope surrounding the cable and soils at ambient moisture content beyond the critical boundary. Test procedures for determining the ‘critical temperature rise’ are generally outlined in this guide. A migration test cell is utilized to define the regions of the two zone method. Project Purpose: The successful operation of all underground cable systems require that the system dissipate heat so that the maximum temperature limit of the cable conductor is not exceeded. In order for the cable system to successfully dissipate this heat, the thermal properties of the surrounding soil or backfill material must be known and remain thermally stable during the operation of the cable. This guide has been prepared to assist planners and engineers in achieving that goal. Designation: 1254 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 1254 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mack A. Martin, Phone:(404) 683-0070, Email:mamjr@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the understanding of moisture migration in soil during thermal property measurements. Provide guidelines for the measurement and use of soil thermal stability data. Project Purpose: To provide cable engineers with guidelines for measurement and application of thermal stability data Designation: 1255-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of Synchronous Motors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2000 Technical Contact: Thomas A Lipo, Phone:608/262-0287, Email:lipo@engr.wisc.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001 Project Scope: To assist in providing a uniform method for calculating and measuuring torque pulsations which occur during starting of synchronous motors. Synchronous motors as discussed in this guide specifically refer to salient-pole type motors with wound main field circuits with either a continuous or interrupted amortisseur cage/ In modern installations, direct current is applied to the main field by means of slip rings from a static exciter or by a rotating brushless excitation system to establish synchronous operation. Project Purpose: Define electromagnetic torque pulsations which occur during starting of synchronous motors; Recommends a standard equivalent circuit that can be used to analytically describe the behavior of the synchronous motor during starting; provide the definitions and information necessary to properly determine the circuit parameters in the equivalent circuit; supply equations derived from the circuit which can be used to calculate the magnitude of the torque pulsation which would occur during starting; present a uniform technique for the on-line measurement of torque pulsations during starting based on equations derived from the equivalent circuit. Abstract: A uniform method for calculating and measuring torque pulsations that occur during start-ing of synchronous motors is provided. Synchronous motors, as discussed in this guide, applies to all types of excited synchronous motors, including laminated or solid, salient or nonsalient ma-chines, as well as nonexcited synchronous-reluctance motors. Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 1255 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of Synchronous Motors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen B Kuznetsov, Phone:724-657-2072, Email:stephen@powersuper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1256 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for an Open Basic Input/Output System (OBIOS) Software Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L Castelli, Phone:011-39-2-26162329 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Designation: 1258 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Trial Use Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Silicone - Immersed Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frank J Gryszkiewicz, Phone:617-926-4900x213, Email:frankg@doble.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when the transformer was originally manyfactured. This guide also addresses the following: 1.) The theory of combustible gas generation in a silicone-filled transformer. 2.) Recommended procedures for sampling and analysis. 3.) Recommended actions based on the interpretation of results. 4.) A bibliography of related literature. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to write a guide to assist the transformer operator in evaluating Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) data obtained for silicone-filled transformers. Other techniques such as fixed instruments and gas space analysis may well have utility for silicone filled units;\however, due to a lack of data at this time, this guide will focus only on dissolved gas analysis. Designation: 126-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983 Title: IEEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing of Internal Combustion Engine-Generator Units Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Charles A Lennon Jr, Phone:702-293-8817, Email:clennon@ibr8gw80.usbr.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Key Words: speed, govern, internal, engine, generator Designation: 1260-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide on the Prediction, Measurement, and Analysis of AM Broadcast Reradiation by Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1996 History: BD APP: Feb 14, 1996, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007 Abstract: A set of procedures to be followed to cope with reradiation of AM broadcast signals from power lines and other large metallic structures is provided. Reradiation may be described as electromagnetic waves radiated from a structure that has parasitically picked up a signal from the environment. A simplified prediction technique called a survey is described to determine which structures could possibly cause a problem. Guidelines for measurements and data analysis are included. Key Words: AM broadcast, interference prediction, measurement, power lines, reradiation Designation: 1262-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Photovoltaic (PV) Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. Recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate terrestrial flat-plate photovoltaic non-concentrating modules intended for power generation applications are established. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: amorphous silicon devices, bypass diode thermal test, crystalline devices, damp heat test, dry hipot test, dynamic load test, electrical isolation test, electrical performance test, ground-continuity test, hail- impact test, hot-spot endurance test, humidity-freeze cycle test, mechanical loading test, outdoor exposure test, photovoltaic (PV) module, power generation, qualification test report, static load test, surface-cut susceptibility test, thermal-cycle test, twist test, ultraviolet conditioning test, visual inspection, wet hipot test, wet insulation- resistance test Designation: 1264-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Methods and designs to mitigate interruptions and equipment damage resulting from animal intrusions into electric power supply substations thereby improving reliability and minimizing the associated revenue loss are addressed. Key Words: barrier, flashover, mitigation, phase-to-phase, Phase-to-phase fault, Phase-to-ground fault Designation: 1264 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Updating to incorporate industry changes and improvements, since the guide was originally issued. Project Purpose: To identify methods for deterring animals from entering, and if inside, damaging substation facilities. Designation: 1265 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers Status: Superseded **Redesignated C57.12.35 Technical Contact: Ron D Jordan, Phone:619 654 8240 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for overhead, padmounted, and underground type distribution transformers. Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout, print quality, and label life expectancy. This standard assumes the existence of central transformer data bases within utility companies so that bar code labels need only carry basic transformer identificaiton data. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote standardization and uniform use of bar code labels on distribution transformers when specified by the user. Longer term, it is hoped that the bar codes provided as a result of this standard will serve as an integral part of electrical utility material and information management systems. Designation: 1266 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Trial-Use Guide for Evaluation and Development of Substation Life Extension Programs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary Klein, Phone:(816) 822-3068, Email:gklein@burnsmcd.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Investigate the methods and techniques of a systematic approach to life extension of substation facilities. Project Purpose: Develop a guide which will provide prudent technical and economical criteria for development and implementation of substation life extension programs. Designation: 1267-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation Projects Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to investigate the methods, practices, and requirements of both users and suppliers, and to promogate a systematic and coordinated approach for development of specifications for turnkey substation projects. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to develop, for producers and users, methods and procedures for formulating complete specifications for turnkey substations or projects. Abstract: " The technical requirements to engineer, design, specify, fabricate, manufacture, furnish,install, test, commission, and provide as-built documents for air-insulated substations are covered.This guide investigates the methods, practices, and requirements of both users and suppliers in or-der to promogate a systematic and coordinated approach for development of specifications for turn-key substation projects. " Designation: P1267 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation Projects Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to provide methodology, requirements and practices for both the users and suppliers for a systematic and coordinated approach for development of specification for turnkey substation projects. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is help users and suppliers in specifying requirements and guidance for formulating complete specifications for turnkey substations or projects. Designation: 1268-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in the Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2005 Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: This guide contains information on general topics and items pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment. The guide recognizes that mobile substations vary widely regarding the particular devices and equipment used. It is beyond the scope of this guide to provide a specific step-by-step set of instructions for individual units. This guide covers installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to establish general transport, setup, and installation guidelines for the safe use of mobile substation equipment. This guide has been developed with the intent to identify specific areas of concern and offer design assistance in those areas. Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV is provided in this guide. Key Words: grounding, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage Designation: P1268 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Safety in the Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This guide contains information on general topics and items pertaining to safety when installing substation equipment. The guide recognizes that mobile substations vary widely regarding the particular devices and equipment used. It is beyond the scope of this guide to provide a specific step-by-step set of instructions for individual units. This guide covers installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to establish general transport, setup and installation guidelines when using mobile substation equipment, with special regards to safety. This guide has been developed with the intent to identify specific areas of concern and offer design assistance in those areas. Designation: 1268-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Safe Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1268-2005 Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 230 kV is provided. Key Words: grounding, installation, lighting, lightning stroke protection, mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch voltage, transferred voltage Designation: 127-1963 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Standard for Aerospace Equipment Voltage and Frequency Ratings Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Designation: 1275-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 23, 1994 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Open Firmware provides the following: a mechanism for loading and executing programs (such as operating systems) from disks, tapes, network interfaces, and other devices; an ISA-independent method for identifying devices plugged in to expansion buses and for providing firmware and diagnostics drivers for these devices; an extensible and programmable command language based on the Forth programming language; methods for managing user- configurable options stored in nonvolatile memory; a call back interface allowing other programs to make use of Open Firmware services; and debugging tools for hardware, firmware, firmware drivers, and system software. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: ROM, Plug-in device, Initialization, Forth, Firmware, FCode, Debug, Configuration, Boot Designation: 1275.1-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) Supplement for IEEE 1754 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the instruction set architecture (ISA) defined by IEEE Std 1754- 1994: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization, plug-in device, ROM Designation: 1275.2-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus Supplement for IEEE 1496 (SBus) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilites include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by IEEE Std 1496-1993, IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization, plug-in device, ROM Designation: 1275.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware--IEEE P1014 (VME) Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This document will specify the application of IEEE 1275-1994 Boot Firmware to systems conforming to the 32-bit IEEE standard named IEEE 1014-1987 VME Bus, including VME-specific requirements and practices for address formats, interrupts, probing and related properties and methods. Extensions to the 32-bit IEEE standard, introduced in the newer VME64 bus standard ANSI/VITA-1 1995, which specifies a maximum address space of 64 bits, are outside the scope of this document. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by ANSI/IEEE 1014-1987, VME Standard. Designation: 1275.4-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus Supplement for IEEE 896 (Futurebus+(R)) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by the IEEE Futurebus+® standards: ISO/IEC 10857: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], Information technology-Microprocessor systems-Futurebus -Logical protocol specifications; and IEEE Std 896.2-1991: IEEE Standard for Futurebus -Physical Layer and Profile Specification. Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, forth, initialization, plug in device, ROM Designation: 1275.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, Supplement for 680X0 ISA Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: This document will specify the application of Std 1275 Boot Firmware to the 680x0 Instruction Set Architecture, including 680x0-specific requirements and practices for debugging, client program interface, and data formats. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by Std 1275.0 must be augmented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This proposed standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the 680x0 Intruction Set Architecture. Designation: 1275.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, 64 Bit Extensions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: This document will specify user and device interface extensions suitable for use by bindings to 64 bit processors and bindings to 64 bit buses. Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE-1275- 1994 do not include user interface and device interface definitions for native 64 bit-wide device and memory access. 64 bit bindings and implementations need a standardized set of interfaces (including allocating a fixed set of FCode numbers) for dealings with native 64 bit access. This proposed standard establishes such additional requirements. Designation: 1275a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994, IEEE Standard For Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices - Errata, Clarifications and Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This supplement will correct errors in and specify clarifications to IEEE 1275-1994. The project will not include extensions or recommended practice to IEEE 1275-1994. Project Purpose: IEEE 1275-1994 has several errors and inconsistencies as published. This project will publish corrections to those errors and clear up the inconsistencies and publish clarifications to items in the standard that are not well understood by the community or are considered vague and open to differing interpretation by the community. Designation: 1276-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of High-Temperature Insulation Materials in Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 1998 **Upgraded from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 30 March 2000. Technical Contact: Michael A Franchek, Phone:802-751-3539, Email:mfranchek@weidmann-systems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: Prepare a trial use guide for General Requirements for Liquid- Immersed Power Transformers utilizing High Temperature Solid Insulating Materials. Project Purpose: To define consensus of existing practices developed from the use of high temperature insulating materials in as yet unstandardized liquid-filled power transformers. Abstract: Technical information is provided related to liquid-immersed power transformers insulated with high-temperature materials.Guidelines for applying existing qualified high- temperature materials to certain insulation systems,recommendations for loading high- temperature liquid-immersed power transformers,and technical information on insulation-system temperature ratings and test procedures for qualifying new high-temperature materials are included. Key Words: "high-temperature insulation material,hyprid insulation system,liquid-immersed power transformer,loading guide" Designation: 1277-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil- Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1277-2000 Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition and specification of the requirements and test code for dry-type and oil-immersed smoothing reactors for high-voltage direct current (HVDC) power transmission. This standard only applies to smoothing reactors for dc transmission. It does not apply to other smoothing reactors such as reactors for power converters for variable speed drives, etc. Abstract: The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed and dry-type aircore smoothing reactors for high- voltage direct current (HVDC) applications are specified. Test code is defined and appropriate technical background information is presented or identified. Key Words: construction, dry-type air-core, HVDC, oil-immersed, rating, smoothing reactors, test code application Designation: 1277-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil- Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission Status: Superseded **March 2002: Upgraded from Trial Use. Superseded by 1277-2010. Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard applies only to oil-immersed and dry-type smoothing reactors for dc transmission. It does not apply to other smoothing reactors such as reactors for power converters for variable speed drives, etc. Abstract: The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed and dry-type air core smoothing reactors for high- voltage direct current (HVDC) applications are specified. Test code is defined and appropriate technical background information is presented or identified. Key Words: 1277-2000, construction, dry-type air core, HVDC, oil-immersed, rating, smoothing reactors, test code application Designation: 1278-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Protocols for Distributed Interactive Simulation Applications--Entity Information and Interaction Status: Superseded **Revision was redesignated 1278.1. Technical Contact: Frank R Hill, Phone:404-464-4511, Email:fhill@sdslink.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1993 Abstract: Superseded. Revision was redesignated 1278.1. Data messages, called protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs provide information concerning simulated entity states and the types of entity interactions that take place in a distributed interactive simulation (DIS). The messages defined are for interactions that are primarily within visual range. Future versions of this standard will contain additional PDUs required to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported. Key Words: articulated, parts, attached, parts, dead, reckoning, entity, coordinate, Euler, angles, field, guise, PDUs, right-hand, rule, simulation, application, simulation, entity Designation: 1278.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision a redesignation of IEEE Std 1278-1993. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families, which include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, and Radio Communications. Key Words: data messages, protocol data units, PDU, DIS, simulation network Designation: P1278.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard is part of a set of standards and recommended practices for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) applications. Each standard and recommended practice in the set describes one or more of the elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards and recommended practices defines an interoperable simulation environment. This particular standard addresses the application protocols. Project Purpose: This standard defines the data messages, known as Protocol Date Units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network among simulation applications. The messages are organized within specified domains called protocol families. The protocol families included in this standard include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Entity Management, Minefield, Synthetic Environment, Simulation Management with Reliability, Information Operations, Live Entity Information/Interaction, and Non-Real Time. Future versions of this standard may contain additional protocol families or PDUs to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported. Designation: 1278.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ralph J Weber, Phone:256-885-7133, Email:rweber@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the application protocols. Project Purpose: This standard defines the data messages, known as PDUs, which are exchanged on a network between simulation applications. The messages defined are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families. Current protocol families include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Simulation Management, Synthetic Environment, Entity Management, Minefield, Live Entity Information/Interaction and Non-Real Time. Future versions of this standard will contain additional PDUs and protocol families to exchange information about interactions and functions not currently supported. Abstract: Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network among simulation applications are defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families, which include Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Entity Management, Minefield, Synthetic Environment, Simulation Management with Reliability, Information Operations, Live Entity Information/Interaction, and Non-Real Time. Key Words: data messages, Distributed Interactive Simulation, protocol data units (PDUs), Simulation network Designation: 1278.1a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation Application Protocols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: J. Joseph Brann, Phone:407-658-8323, Email:joebrann@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard addresses DIS application protocols to support: Newtonian Collisions, IFF/ATC/NAVAIDS, Underwater Acoustics, Entity Management, Environment, Intercom Communications, Simulation Management with Reliability, and Non Real Time. Project Purpose: The current DIS application protocols do not support the functions and interactions as detailed in section 6. In this supplement the current standard will be extended to define protocols for the above areas which are critical to the overall growth of DIS. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1278 family on Computer Simulation/Distributed Interactive Simulation. Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families , which include Entity Information / Interaction , Warfare , Logistics , Simulation Management , Distributed Emission Regeneration , and Radio Communications . Key Words: "data messages, Distributed Interactive Simulation, protocol data units (PDUs), Simulation network" Designation: 1278.2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Communication Services and Profiles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Christina L Bouwens, Phone:407-243-3742, Email:christina.bouwens@saic.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the several elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the communications services to be used to support distributed interactive simulation appplications. This standard defines the requirements for the communication services to be used to support DIS applications. This standard also provides two communication profiles which adhere to the service requirements. Project Purpose: Communication requirements for interactive simulations are not currently covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group will also define and recommend an overall action plan to clarify and improve industry understanding for distributed interactive communication requirements. Abstract: Communication services to support information exchange between simulation applications participating in the Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) environment are defined. These communication services describe a connectionless information transfer that supports real-time, as well as non-real-time, exchange. Several communication profiles specifying communication services are provided. Key Words: communication , DIS, simulation network, protocol data units, PDU, multicast Designation: P1278.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) - Communication Services and Profiles Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James M. McCall, Phone:(480) 988-6561 x231, Email:james.mccall@mesa.afmc.af.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements for the communications services to be used in a Distributed Interactive Simulation application. This standard supports IEEE Std 1278.1-1995 and IEEE Std 1278.1a-1998. This standard may be used with later versions of IEEE Std 1278.1. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish requirements for communication subsystems that support DIS applications. This standard provides service requirements and associated profiles that can be individually selected to meet specific DIS system operational requirements. Designation: 1278.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Exercise Management and Feedback Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: William V Tucker, Phone:256-461-3120, Email:william.v.tucker@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 30, 1997 Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of the several elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard addresses the exercise control and feedback stations connected into DIS networks. Project Purpose: Exercise management and feedback stations are not currently covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group will define the functions that must be implemented in Exercise Management and Feedback Stations. These functions will allow the exercise manager to control exercise participants and to provide feedback of exercise results to participants; both groups distributed geographically. Abstract: Guidelines are established for exercise management and feedback in Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) exercises. Guidance is provided to sponsors, providers, and supporters of DIS compliant systems and exercises as well as to developers of DIS exercise management and feedback stations. The activities of the organizations involved in a DIS exercise and the top-level processes used to accomplish those activities are addressed. The functional requirements of the exercise management and feedback process are also addressed. This standard is one of a series of standards developed for DIS to assure interoperability between dissimilar simulations for currently installed and future simulations developed by different organizations. Key Words: automated simulation, computer-generated force (CGF), dead-reckoning algorithms, simulation management, simulator networking, validation, verification, warfare simulation, wargames Designation: 1278.4-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation—Verification, Validation, andAccreditation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Dec2002: Upgraded from trial-use to full-use. Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This document has been developed to assist the DIS technician to plan and conduct the Validation and Verification process. This document presents the data flow and connectivity of all proposed Validation and Verification process model steps and provides rationale and justification of each step. Project Purpose: The DIS Validation and Verification process morrors the difficulties of designing, assembling, and testing a collection of models and simulations. Because a variety of applications ca be supported by the use of DIS, the Validation and Verification process must be clearly and completely defined in terms that will ensure a solid understanding by its various users and designers. Abstract: Guidelines are established for the verification, validation, and accreditation (VV&A) of distributed interactive simulation (DIS) exercises. “How-to” procedures for planning and conducting DIS exercise VV&A are provided. Intended for use in conjunction with IEEE Std 1278.3-1996, this recommended practice presents data flow and connectivity for all proposed verification and validation activities and provides rationale and justification for each step. VV&A guidance is provided to exercise users/sponsors and developers. Key Words: accreditation; certification; Distributed Interactive Simulation; simulation; validation; verification; warfare simulation; wargames Designation: 1278.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation: Fidelity Description Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Greg Passmore **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Provide a taxonomy of fidelity characteristics with a consistent and uniform language to describe fidelity at 6 levels: resource, fidelity domain, capability, implementation, characteristic, and descriptor. Project Purpose: Created to address the problem of how to measure, compare, and test for fidelity of interconnected simulations, both individually and collectively. Designation: 1279 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Standard for Information Technology -- CD-ROM Architectural Profile Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mike Rubenfeld, Phone:301/975-3064 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 128-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Guide for Aircraft Electric Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Material comprising this report is directed primarily at the attainment of improved applicatin technique - the attainment of the highest possible quality of performance from a combination of particular devices to perform a given function. The performance qualities exhibited by a composite system composed of numerous devices will be influenced by the character of devices which are interconnected or correlated. The extent to which such composite systems may be benefited by proper application techniques is great. Key Words: aircraft, systems, electric Designation: 1280 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Standard for Information Technology--Data Access Language for Full-Text Information Systems: Structured Full-Text Query Language (SFQL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Neil R Shapiro, Phone:518/393-1526, Email:n.shapiro@earth.execpc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1281 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms Title: Standard for Information Technology -- Use of ISO 9660: 1988 System Use Fields Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 1282 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology - Interchange of ISO 9945-1:1990 Filesystems via the ISO 9660:1988 File Structure Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1991 Designation: 1283-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operation on Conductors, Connectors, and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360.907.4168, Email:JLR.Eng.LLC@q.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: Prepare an IEEE guide describing the effects of high temperature operation on conductors, connectors, and conductor hardware. The guide will no only identify what constitutes elevated temperature operation and its effects on the above overhead line components, but will also suggest some mitigation techniques for consideration. Project Purpose: Provide guidance to utilities when investigating the impacts of elevated temperature operation on their transmission facilities. Such guidance can assist in avoiding or mitigating described adverse thermal effects. Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to provide general recommendations for consideration when designing new overhead transmission lines that will be operated at high temperatures. It may also evaluate existing transmission lines for operation at higher temperatures. Although this guide is intended for overhead transmission lines, most of the discussion will also be applicable to distribution lines. Key Words: conductors, conductor hardware, connectors, creep, high-temperature operation Designation: 1283 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operations on Coonductors, Connectors and Accesssories Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360.907.4168, Email:JLR.Eng.LLC@q.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: P1283 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operation on Conductors, Connectors, and Accessories Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: Scope of the IEEE Guide is to describe the effects and impacts of high temperature operation on conductors, connectors, and conductor hardware. The guide will identify operating metrics which constitute elevated temperature operation based on present industry practices and its effects on overhead line components, plus also suggest potential mitigation options to manage or avoid identified adverse impacts. Project Purpose: Purpose of the IEEE Guide is to provide guidance to the industry as to thermal operating levels which are considered high temperature operation based on present industry practices and characterize the associated adverse effects to the overhead transmission line. Identifying adverse effects and suggesting potential mitigation options will assist in the proper management or avoidance of the described adverse thermal impacts. Designation: 1284-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral Interface for Personal Computers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 24, 2000 **Supersedes 1284-1994. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this revision effort is the same as the original scope for Std1284-1994 with the potential addition of an informational annex to document the register model of common PC implementation of IEEE Std 1284- 1994. Project Purpose: Std 1284-1994 has over 4 years of implementation experience and is currently found on virtually all new PCs and printers. This implementation experience has raised several issues including 1) conflicting text and timing diagrams, 2) unclear text, 3) errors in component values, 4) lack of clear signalling methods for certain boundary conditions. The purpose of this revision effort is to incorporate this learning into the next revision of IEEE STd 1284. Abstract: A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications between hosts and printers or other peripherals is defined. A functional subset of the signaling method may be implemented on personal computers (PCs) or equivalent parallel port hardware with new software. New electrical interfaces, cabling, and interface hardware that provides improved performance while retaining backward compatibility with this subset is detailed. Key Words: "bidirectional parallel communications, computers, interfaces, PCs, personal computers, printers" Designation: 1284-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral Interface for Personal Computers Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1284-2000. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1284, 2000 Edition A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications between hosts and printers or other peripherals is defined. A format for a peripheral identification string and a method of returning this string to the host outside of the bidirectional data stream is also specified. Key Words: bidirectional parallel, computers, interfaces, PCs, personal computers, printers Designation: 1284.1-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Transport Independent Printer/System Interface (TIP/SI) Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jul 29, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for the control of printers. This protocol will be independent of the underlying datastream or page description language used to create the printed page. This protocol will be usable by all classes of printers. This project is limited to management and control of printers and will not include management or control of printing systems or subsystems. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for controlling printers. Each vendor builds some control into the underlying page description language or datastream. Without an independent, openly defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically determine the type of printer being addressed. This protocol will provide a minimun implementation subset which will allow automatic identification and configuration of printers and vendor extensibility to provide for growth and product differentiation. Abstract: A protocol and methodology for software developers, computer vendors, and printer manufacturers to facilitate the orderly exchange of information between printers and host computers are defined in this standard. A minimum set of functions that permit meaningful data exchange is provided. Thus a foundation is established upon which compatible applications, computers, and printers can be developed, without compromising an individual organization's desire for design innovation. Key Words: computers, printer communications, printers, printer command sets Designation: 1284.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Test, Measurement and Conformance to IEEE Std 1284 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mike Moldovan, Phone:818-865-6600, Email:mmoldovan@g3nova.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop all necessary and sufficient test, measurement, and certification procedures for timing, electrical, and mechanical characteristics defined in IEEE Std 1284. This standard will not alter, change or redefine the timing, electrical or mechanical characteristics of IEEE Std 1284. Project Purpose: While IEEE Std 1284 specifies all the required mechanical, electrical and timing characteristics necessary to be in compliance, it does not provide all the necessary procedures and methods to test and certify compliance. In order for manufacturers and independent test houses to be able to state compliance with the standard, a set of consistent and sufficient test procedures are needed. Designation: 1284.3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Interface and Protocol Extensions to IEEE Std 1284 Compliant Peripherals and Host Adapters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This standard, IEEE 1284.3, defines system extensions consistent with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std 1284. These functions include: Multi-port expansion architectures Multiplexor Daisy Chain Application and Device Driver Programming Interface architecture that can be supported across various operating systems. Data link layer services for supporting IEEE Std 1284 parallel ports. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1284 (hereafter referred to as Std 1284) specifies all the required mechanical, electrical, and timing characteristics for a high-speed, bi-directional parallel port for printers and other peripherals. While these parameters define the physical environment and protocol requirements for an operational Std 1284 port, there is a need to standardize a number of extensions and operating system interfaces to help facilitate operation across various system platforms and operating environments. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006 System extensions consistent with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std 1284-2000 are covered. Multiport expansion architectures, daisy chains, an application and devicedriver programming interface architecture, and data link layer services are explored. Key Words: "dasiy chain, data link layer services, device driver programmnig interface architecture, IEEE 1284, multiport expansion architecture, port sharing" Designation: 1284.4-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Data Delivery and Logical Channels for IEEE Std 1284 Interfaces Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: The packet protocol described by this standard allows a device to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control information with another device across a single point-to-point link. the protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basic transportlevel flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed information exchanges are independent and blocking of one has no effect on any other. The protocol shall operate over IEEE 1284-1994 interfaces and may operate over other point-to-point interfaces. Project Purpose: Define and describe an updated PC parallel interface by adding multiple modews of operation which provide for higher speed, bi-directional communication between devices. The IEEE 1284-1994 stgandard does not provide anything beyond a physical protocol. The 1284.4 standard specifies a point-to-point protocol with one or more layers above the physical interface and below the application. These layers take on the functions and characteristics of the transport and session layers of the OSI model. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006 A device to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control informationwith another device across a single point-to-point link allowed by the packet protocol is describedin this standard. The protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basictransport-level flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed information exchanges areindependent, and blocking of one has no effect on any other. The protocol shall operate over inter-faces such as described in IEEE Std 1284-2000. Key Words: update:1960 Designation: 1285-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Storage Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006 Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a scalable interface for use with memory- mapped storage units and other devices. The term "storage unit" can encompass rotating, non-rotating, volatile and non-volatile storage. Issues of concurrency, latency, bandwidth, extensibility, and negotiation will be addressed. The interface is intended for use with either a single storage unit or with many coordinated storage units. Project Purpose: This standard provides an efficient physical-layer independent interface architecture for storage units that attach directly to memory access buses. In this interface model, storage units have an attachment to main memory, rather than an attachment to an I/O channel. This simplifies the storage unit design and supports scheduling of data transfers spanning large numbers of units. Abstract: This document specifies a scalable interface between mass-storage devices and controlling hard-ware/software. The interface has been optimized for low-latency interconnects, assuming that the proces-sor/controller and the storage device can often be co-located on the same printed-circuit board. The interface can also be used with longer-distance bus-like interconnects, including (but not limited to) IEEE Std 1394-1995 Serial Bus and IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface. Key Words: storage interface, mass-storage, controller Designation: 1285 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Scalable Storage Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1286-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices Used in Enclosures Status: Superseded **Number changed to C37.20.6 at 9/16/97 St.Bd. meeting. Superseded by C37.20.6-1997 History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This document will cover the description, design and testing of these devices, which can be inserted in place of drawnout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing in medium voltage applications. Project Purpose: Ground and test devices are not presently covered by standards. Abstract: Drawout type grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in medium-voltage metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV through 38 kV are covered. The description, design, and testing of these accessory devices that are inserted in place of drawout circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing are also covered. Key Words: electrical operation, grounding and testing (G&T) devices, locking/interlocking, manual operation, one or two terminal sets, selector switch, test port Designation: 1288 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Function Point Determination from Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: W. W. Geoff Cozens, Phone:+44-1932-560-474, Email:g.cozens@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1289-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the Design of Computer-Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Robert Waters, Phone:941-697-9435, Email:watersworks@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides system design considerations, identifies information display and control techniques for use with computer-based displays, and provides human factor engineering guidance for the use of these techniques in nuclear power generating stations. Abstract: System design considerations, information display and control techniques for use with computer-based displays, and human factors engineering guidance for the use of these tech-niques in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Key Words: "displays,human factors engineering,nuclear power generating stations" Designation: P1289 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the Design of Computer- Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This document establishes guidelines defining suitable Computer- based Monitor and Control Display formats. The guide also establishes basic practical guidance for the design and implementation details for creating such displays intended to be used on Video Display Units (VDUs) and other electronic displays to monitor and control the operations of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and other Nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: This document is to provide guidance to design teams responsible for designing or reviewing displays to be implemented on a Graphical User Interface (GUI) for the monitoring and control of nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Designation: 129 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1290-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Motor Application, Protection, Control, and Testing in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 1996 Technical Contact: Bruce A Lord, Phone:(207) 622-4868 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This guide applies to motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: This guide presents guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 22, 2005 Motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations are discussed. Guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation are presented. Key Words: generating stations, motor application, motor control, motor protection, motors, motor testing, nuclear power generating stations, valve operation, valve operators, valves Designation: P1290 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Motor Application, Protection, Control, and Testing in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This guide applies to motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: This guide presents guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation. Designation: 1291-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Power Switchgear Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 1993 History: BD APP: Dec 01, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Project Scope: Provide a guide for the measurement of partial discharges on all types of power system switchgear rated 1000 volts and above. The guide will include specific methods of test circuit/specimen calibration to ensure accurate,repeatable measurements may be made for the wide range of apparatus size, insulation types and apparatus capacitance. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2005 This guide defines methods of measuring partial discharges that may occur in energized power switchgear apparatus in flaws, voids, and interfaces of non-self restoring insulation that may then result in dielectric failure of the switchgear. Guidance on instrumentation and calibration technique is also given. Key Words: corona, switchgear, Partial discharge, Dielectric tests, Calibration Designation: 1293-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Non-Gyroscopic Accelerometers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **P1293 is revision combining IEEE Stds 337 and 530. Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Abstract: The specification and test requirements for a linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometer for use in internal navigation, guidance, and leveling systems are defined. A standard specification guide and a compilation of recommended test procedures for such accelerometers are provide. Informative annexes are given on the various types of such accelerometers (force or pendulous torque rebalance with analog or digital output, vibrating beam, and micromechanical) and error effects, on filtering, noise, and transient anaysis techniques, and on calibration and modeling techniques (multipoint tumble analysis, vibration and shock test analyses, and geophysical effects in inertial instrument testing). IEEE 1293 is revision combining IEEE Stds 337 and 530. Key Words: accelerometer, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, pendulous accelerometer, vibrating beam accelerometer, micromechanical accelerometer, power spectal density, vibration and shock, geophysical effects, specification, testing, IEEE 1293 Designation: 1293-1998/Cor 1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,Single-Axis, Nongyroscopic Accelerometers Corrigendum 1: Changes to Annex K and Annex L Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 25, 2008 Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009 Abstract: Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1293-1998. Specification and test requirements for linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometers for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, linear displacement measuring systems, and linear rate measuring systems are defined. The specification format guide and test procedure standard applies to force-rebalance accelerometers (pendulous or translational proof mass), vibrating beam accelerometers (VBAs), and micromechanical accelerometers that range from lesser accuracy to high accuracy devices. Key Words: 1293-1998/Cor 1-2008, accelerometers, force-rebalance mode, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, MEMS, MEMS gyro, micro-electro-mechanical system, nongyroscopic accelerometers, open loop mode, ratiometric output, VBA Designation: 1294 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: See 1390.2 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1295-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X Window System--Modular Toolkit Environment (MTE) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1295.1 History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Graphical user interface (GUI) applications and user interfaces to open systems are covered. This standard defines the application interface to a group of widgets built upon the X Window System X Toolkit Intrinsics. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: API, application portability, data processing, graphical user interface, open systems, operating system, portable application, X Window System Designation: 1295.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Standard for Information Technology -- X Window System -- Open Toolkit Environment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David A Bealby, Phone:415/336-5585, Email:david.bealby@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1296 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Military Form Factor Annex for IEEE 1296-1987 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 27, 1991 Designation: 1296-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Synchronous 32-Bit Bus: MULTIBUS II Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC 10861. Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high- performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple-microprocessor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state- of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry is provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered. This document also contains IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. Key Words: high, performance, 32, bit, bus Designation: 1296.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for 20 MHz and Live Insertion Extensions to Multibus II Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack L Blevins, Phone:217-586-4047, Email:71562.427@compuserve.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1297 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Reuse Process Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rebecca L Joos, Email:joos@cig.mot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Designation: 1298-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Software Quality Management System Part 1: Requirements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adopted from Standards Australia - Std AS 3563.1-1991. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Requirements for a software developer's quality management system are established. Each of the elements of a quality management system to be designed, developed, and maintained by the developer are identified, with the objective of ensuring that the software will meet the requirements of a contract, purchase order, or other agreement (collectively referred to as a contract). Key Words: software development, software quality management Designation: 1299-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated, Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Also known as Std C62.22.1. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: This guide suggests surge arrester installation methods at distribution cable terminal poles in order to minimize the total impressed transient voltage on medium-voltage distribution cables. Grounding electrode techniques, pole ground values, and system ground grid values are not addressed or considered in this document. Key Words: cable,lead length,margin of protection,surge arresters Designation: P1299 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated, Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John P DuPont, Phone:262-691-8303, Email:jdupont@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: This project will review and correct minor errors that were pointed out in the balloting process. This project will review new and more detailed lightning protection information of cable systems. That data will be discussed and studied. The technical information of the guide will be updated to properly reflect that new information. Project Purpose: The original purpose of this document was to provide information as to how to best protect a medium voltage underground cable system from over voltages. The next revision will update that information to provide new information on over voltage protection. Designation: 130 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1300-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Cable Connections for Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Abstract: The coordination of design, material supply, installation, and test procedures required for the connection of a gas- insulated substation (GIS) is described. Preferred dimensions for mechanical and electrical interchangeability for voltage classes of 69kV and above are established. Key Words: cable connection, gas insulated, substation, GIS Designation: P1300 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Cable Connections for Gas Insulated Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Milan Uzelac, Phone:708-388-5010, Email:muzelac@gwelec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This guide establishes typical dimensions for connections of a gas insulated substation (GIS) to extruded, self contained fluid filled and high pressure fluid filled (pipe type) cables in single and three phase arrangements for voltages 72.5 kV and above. The guide applies to both fluid filled and dry type cable terminations with insulating barrier separating SF6 gas in GIS housing from the termination fluid. It also determines the arrangement for dielectric tests of the termination with simulated GIS enclosure. Responsibilities in grounding connections, installation and field tests are also defined. Project Purpose: Connection of a GIS to cables typically requires the coordination of design, material, installation and test procedures of several parties. This guide provides detailed directions for such coordination. The guide establishes limits of supply between cable termination and switchgear manufacturers and assures interchangeability of the terminations and GIS enclosures. Abstract: This guide establishes typical dimensions for connections of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) to extruded, self contained fluid filled and high pressure fluid filled (pipe type) cables in single and three phase arrangements for voltages 72.5 kV to 550 kV. Key Words: Gas-Insulated Substations, GIS, Terminations, Cable Connections Designation: 1301-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Coordination Document Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1992 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components, including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homogeneous, metric, modular, three-dimensional grid as specified in IEC 917. The intent is to provide a single metric equipment practice for worldwide use. Key Words: "The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components, including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector- dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homo" Designation: 1301.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convection-Cooled with 2 mm Connectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1992 Abstract: 1301.1-1991 Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convention-Cooled 2 mm Conn (PDF) Key Words: "Requirements are presented for subracks, plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1301-1991 and with a 2 mm connector as defined in EIA IS-64 (1991). The general arrangement, dimensions, and environmental requi" Designation: 1301.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for the Implementation of a Metric Equipment Practice (IEEE Std 1301-1991) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector-related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm. Key Words: backplane, cabinet, interchangeability, metric, rack, subrack, Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component dimensions Designation: 1301.3-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convection-Cooled with 2.5 mm Connectors Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No longer actively maintained. Technical Contact: Elwood T Parsons, Phone:717-545-6796, Email:etparsons@tycoelectronics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1993 Project Scope: To generate a detailed standard in accordance with IEE 1301 for a 2.5mm Connector which meets IEC 48D (sec) 189 Abstract: Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector- related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm. Key Words: backplane, cabinets, interchangeability, metric microcomputer, Subrack, Rack, Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component dimensions, Metric, Connector Designation: 1301.4-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Coordination Document for Mezzanine Cards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Joseph P Trainor, Phone:508-875-5042, Email:j.trainor@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: This standard establishes the metric modular order and coordination dimensions for mezzanine cards for use on host modules. Key Words: front panel, host module, metric, mezzanine, module Designation: 1302-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterization of Conductive Gaskets in the Frequency Range of DC to 18 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2009 Technical Contact: Johan Catrysse, Phone:+32-59-569034, Email:johan.catrysse@khbo.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to provide manufacturers of gaskets and designers of electronic systems appropriate methods for the characterization of gaskets. This document will guide the user in the selection of the appropriate test method in order to determine the level of shielding provided in the intended application. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance on the strengths and weaknesses of each of the recommended methods, and provide in-depth documentation for each method. Therefore, it identifies limitations and sources of errors of the commonly accepted techniques for measuring gaskets, and provides a basis for comparing the various accepted techniques. It encompasses measurements of the as-installed behavior of gaskets as well as manufacturing-related quality control measurements. Special attention is also given to test methods for small samples of gaskets (also above 1 GHz), correlation between different methods, and to identify possible measuring methods for near-field characterization of gaskets [as used on printed circuit board (PCB) board applications]. Abstract: The scope of the proposed project is to provide manufacturers of gaskets and designers of electronic systems appropriate methods for the characterization of gaskets. It will guide the user in the selection of the appropriate test method in order to determine the level of shielding provided in the intended application. Key Words: 1302-2008, aperture transmission, electromagnetic shielding, EMI gaskets, measurement techniques, reverberation chamber, shielding effectiveness, stirred mode, transfer impedance Designation: 1302-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterization of Conductive Gaskets in the Frequency Range DC to 18GHz Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1302-2008. History: BD APP: May 20, 1998 Abstract: Information to assist users of gaskets in evaluating gasket measurement techniques to determine which reveal the properties critical to the intended application, to highlight limitations and sources of error of the competing measurement techniques, and to provide a basis for com-paring the techniques is provided. Emphasis is placed on those measurement techniques that have been adopted through incorporation into standards, both commercial and military, or that have been used extensively. Key Words: "aperture transmission, electromagnetic interference (EMI) gaskets, electromagnetic shielding, measurement techniques, reverberation chamber, stirred mode, transfer impedance" Designation: 1303-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 1994 Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994 Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs) before they are placed in-service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC. Key Words: Mvar, SVC, var, Static var compensator Designation: P1303 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document is a guide for field testing and commissioning of static var compensators (SVCs). As such, the document establishes general guidelines and criteria for field testing to verify the specified performance of SVC systems. Many clauses will be useful for compensator systems using gate turn-off (GTO)thyristor technology[static compensator (STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices such as insulated gate commutated transistor (IGCT). This guide does not - Cover factory and simulator tests of SVC system components (but it assumes that such tests have been performed beforehand). - Discuss the division of responsibility between user and supplier, since this division is usually defined in the contract between buyer and supplier. Most often, however, the practice is for the equipment, subsystem, and commissioning tests to be performed by the supplier, and the acceptance tests to be performed by the buyer or user. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to help users of SVCs carry out a field test program prior to placing an SVC into service. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is suited to his or her own SVC. Such a test program should cover the following: - Equipment tests within the SVC system - Tests of the various subsystems that comprise the SVC system - Commissioning tests of the complete SVC system - Acceptance testing of the complete SVC system It should be recognized that there are many ways in which a particular SVC may be commissioned, and also that it is not the purpose of this guide to endorse a specific procedure to the exclusion of other methods. Depending on the purpose of the SVC design (transmission type or smaller size used for other purposes) some tests may not be required. In particular, some control system tests may be included in the factory tests. Also, acceptance tests may be integrated into any of the categories listed above. Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs), before they are placed in- service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC. Keywords: Mvar, static var compensator, SVC, var, field tests. Designation: 1303 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Christopher Horwill, Phone:+44 1785 274456, Email:chris.horwill@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document is a guide for field testing and commissioning of static var compensators (SVCs). As such, the document establishes general guidelines and criteria for field testing to verify the specified performance of SVC systems. This guide does not - Cover factory and simulator tests of SVC system components (but it assumes that such tests have been performed beforehand). - Discuss the division of responsibility between user and supplier, since this division is usually defined in the contract between buyer and supplier. Most often, however, the practice is for the equipment, subsystem, and commissioning tests to be performed by the supplier, and the acceptance tests to be performed by the buyer or user. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to help users of SVCs carry out a field test program prior to placing an SVC into service. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is suited to his or her own SVC. Such a test program should cover the following: - Equipment tests within the SVC system - Tests of the various subsystems that comprise the SVC system - Commissioning tests of the complete SVC system - Acceptance testing of the complete SVC system It should be recognized that there are many ways in which a particular SVC may be commissioned, and also that it is not the purpose of this guide to endorse a specific procedure to the exclusion of other methods. Depending on the purpose of the SVC design (transmission type or smaller size used for other purposes) some tests may not be required. In particular, some control system tests may be included in the factory tests. Also, acceptance tests may be integrated into any of the categories listed above. Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs), before they are placed in- service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC. Key Words: Mvar, static var compensator, SVC, var, field tests. Designation: 1304 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for Current Measuring Systems Which Use Optical Techniques for Power Systems Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harold Kirkham, Phone:818-354-9699, Email:harold.kirkham@jpl.nasa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Project Scope: To describe devices, to specify performance characteristics and requirements, to describe tests and calibration techniques. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current measuring systems which use optical techniques to cover the above scope. These systems are not presently covered by any other standard. Designation: 1305 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss artificial neural networks including hardware, software and algorithms related to artificial neural networks. Project Purpose: The subject of artificial neural networks is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accedpted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to artificial neural networks. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of terms recommended for use and to outline algorithm specifications. Designation: 1306 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide for the Evaluation of the Speed and Accuracy of Implementations of Feed-Forward Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alf Jones, Phone:(407) 367-3182, Email:alf@cse.fau.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations which implement supervised learning through minimization of an error function based on the sum of the squares of residual errors. Project Purpose: Since 1986, a large number of implementations of the feed- forward back-error propagation neural network algorithm have been described with widely varying claims of speed and accuracy. At present, buyers and users of software and/or hardware for the purpose of executing such algorithms have no common set of bench-marks to facilitate the verification of vendor claims. The working group proposes to assemble guidelines and sources for test data. Designation: 1307-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Fall Protection for Utility Work Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 2004 **Supersedes 1307-1996. Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This document provides requirements, guidelines and recommendations for a fall protection progra, for substation, general structures and equipment, communication, (including Community Antenna Television-CATV), and transmission and distribution structures. Project Purpose: To document usage of fall protection, encourage further develo0pment in equipment, work methods, and training related to all protection programs within the utility industry. Abstract: Supersedes 1307-1996 Project scope: This document provides requirements, guidelines and recommendations for a fall protection program, for substation, general structures and equipment, communication, (including Community Antenna Television- CATV), and transmission and distribution structures. Project purpose: To document usage of fall protection, encourage further develo0pment in equipment, work methods, and training related to all protection programs within the utility industry. Key Words: IEEE Std 1307-2004 , 1307 , Designation: 1307-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Trial Use Guide for Fall Protection for the Utility Industry Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1307-2004. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996 Abstract: General recommendations for fall protection and worker protection are provided. Sufficient details of the methods, equipment, and training requirements necessary to provide safe and adequate procedures for personnel working at elevated worksites are presented. Key Words: carabiner, engineered system, fall arrester, fall arrest system, fall prevention system, fall protection program, total fall distance, work positioning system, worker certification Designation: 1308-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications for Magnetic Flux Density and Electric Field Strength Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995 Abstract: Specifications that should be provided to characterize instrumentation used to measure the steady state rms value of magnetic and electric fields with sinusoidal frequency content in the range 10 Hz to 3 kHz in residential and occupational settings as well as in transportation systems are identified. The instrumentation, recommended calibration methods, and sources of measurement uncertainty are also described. Key Words: calibration, measurements, quasi-static fields, specifications, measurement uncertainty, magnetic flux density, electric field strength meters Designation: 1309-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005 Technical Contact: John G Kraemer, Phone:319-295-4681, Email:jgkraeme@rockwellcollins.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005 Project Scope: Revision of Std 1309 to include new field probes and sensors that fall within the original scope of Std 1309 and provide minor clarifications on technical points that have been found difficult to interpret or understand. Original Scope: The scope of this standard includes the calibration of electromagnetic field sensors [1] and probes [2], excluding antennas per se, for the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. [1] ANSI/IEEE std. - 1988 Dictionary of Electronical and Electronics Terms, 4th ed. p. 877 (def. 5) [2] IEC Multilingual dictionary of electricity, IEEE & Hiley, 1983, P. 303 (def. 2) Project Purpose: Standard is being revised to include current technologies and to provide minor clarifications on technical points that have been found difficult to interpret or understand. Original Purpose: The manufacturers of electromagnetic field sensors and probes currently calibrate them in accordance with the company standards rather than consensus standards. The result is that calibrations are not consistent. A standard calibration method would produce more uniform results. The calibration shall be readily traceable to NIST. Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic (EM) field sensors and probes are provided. Data recording and reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified. Key Words: calibration, electromagnetic, field probe, field sensor, measurement instrumentation uncertainty, electric field measurement. Designation: P1309 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Zhong Chen, Phone:5125316452, Email:zhong.chen@ets-lindgren.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard includes calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and probes, excluding antennas per se, for the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. The standard defines the characteristics, use and measurement uncertainties for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes. Areas described include: anisotropy effects, temperature effects, probe linearity effects, modulation effects, source and conductor proximity (near-field) effects, response in multi-frequency fields, partial- vs. full- immersion of probe/meter, non-purity and harmonic field effects caused by amplifiers. Specific instructions are provided for proper calibration of probes for different applications. Project Purpose: This standard provides consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and probes. Calibration organizations and other users need uniform calibration methods to obtain consistent results. The calibration methods of this standard will produce results readily traceable to a national measurement institute. Designation: 1309-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes are provided. Data recording and reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified. Key Words: calibration, electromagnetic, field probe, field sensor, probe antenna Designation: P1309a Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Amendment 1 to IEEE Standard Method for the Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Field Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40GHz: Probe characteristics, use and measurement uncertainty: Probe Use Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Nigel J Carter, Phone:44-125-239-2500, Email:njcarter@qinetiq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This project will produce an amendment defining characteristics, use, and measurement uncertainties for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes, beyond the details about calibration setups and uncertainties already contained in IEEE Std 1309. Specific instructions will be provided for proper calibration of probes for different fields of use. Project Purpose: This project will deal with probe use, characteristics and related measurement uncertainties. Areas to be described in the amendment include but may not be limited to: anisotropy effects, temperature effects, probe linearity effects, modulation effects, source and conductor proximity (near-field) effects, response in multifrequency fields, partial- vs. full- immersion of probe/meter, non-purity and harmonic field effects caused by amplifiers. Designation: 131 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1310-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator Bars and Coils for Large Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jul 03, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This procedure is intended for bars/coils for rotating machines rated 11 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to the following machines: — Indirectly cooled combustion turbine generators — Indirectly cooled pumped storage or peaking load hydrogenerators — Indirectly cooled synchronous condensers No pass/fail criteria are presented; rather, the test results on a variety of stator bars and coils are compared. Pass/fail criteria may be established by users of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high- voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This procedure provides a recommended practice for performance of thermal cycle testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of simulated core. Since thermal cycling tests will result in aging of the insulation of the bar or coil, prototype or spare bars or coils obtained from a normal production run must be used in the test. Thermal cycle testing of bars and coils confined in a simulated core, that would simulate the effects of the core, would require different parameters and therefore is not covered by this procedure. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 A test method to determine the relative ablility of high-voltage, form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. Key Words: delamination, form wound stator bars, form wound stator coils, similiar design bar, slot section, virgin bar, virgin coil, thermal cycle testing, similiar design coil Designation: P1310 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator Bars and Coils for Large Rotating Machines Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to indirectly-cooled machine types such as: -- combustion turbine generators -- pumped storage or peaking duty hydrogenerators -- synchronous condensers - cyclic duty water pump motors Various pass/fail criteria are presented and the ones that apply in a specific circumstance must be agreed between the user and the manufacturer prior to commencement of testing. Whether a particular bar or coil has passed or failed is best determined by comparing the test results from a number of stator bars or coils. Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high- voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This procedure provides a recommended practice for performing thermal cycle testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of a simulated core. To ensure the results of the thermal cycling test accurately represent the insulation deterioration expected in service, the bars or coils used in the test should represent in every way the characteristics of the production lot. Thermal cycle testing of bars and coils confined in a simulated core would require different parameters and therefore is not covered by this procedure. Abstract: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to indirectly-cooled machine types such as: combustion turbine generators, pumped storage or peaking duty hydrogenerators, synchronous condensers, cyclic duty water pump motors. Various pass fail criteria are presented and the ones that apply in a specific circumstance must be agreed between user and manufacturer prior to commencement of testing. Key Words: thermal cycling, delamination, cyclic duty, peaking duty, groundwall degradation, indirectly cooled machines, stator winding Designation: 1310 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator Bars and Coils for Large Rotating Machines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to indirectly-cooled machine types such as: — combustion turbine generators — pumped storage or peaking duty hydrogenerators — synchronous condensers - cyclic duty water pump motors No pass/fail criteria are presented; rather, the test results on a variety of stator bars and coils are compared. Pass/fail criteria may be established by users of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high- voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This procedure provides a recommended practice for performing thermal cycle testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of a simulated core. To maximize the probability that the results of the thermal cycling test accurately represent the insulation deterioration expected in service, the bars or coils used in the test must represent in every way the characteristics of the production lot. Thermal cycle testing of bars and coils confined in a simulated core would require different parameters and therefore is not covered by this procedure. Designation: 1312 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Title: Standard for Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will provide preferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide guidance in the development and design of alternating-current electrical systems and equipment. Designation: 1312-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 28, 2007. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Reaffirmation and redesignation of ANSI C92.2-1987. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Perferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment are provided, along with definitions of various types of system voltages. Key Words: alternating current electrical systems, system voltage, voltage ratings Designation: 1313-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Technical Council Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for Power Systems - Insulation Coordination Status: Superseded **was revised as 1313.1 History: ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Equipment for three-phase alternating-current (ac) systems having a system voltage above 1 kV nominal is discussed. Except for some definitions, this standard includes only phase-to-ground insulation. The object of this standard is to guide the preparation of specifications for insulation of the various items of equipment in a given installation. Key Words: atmospheric correction, correction factor, basic lightning impulse, BIL, impulse insulation level, basic switching, BSL, crest valve, ground fault factor, insulation coordination, overvoltage, phase to ground, insulation configuration, phase to phase Designation: 1313.1-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles and Rules Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 1313-1993. Superseded by C62.82.1-2010. Technical Contact: Iuda Morar, Phone:503-813-6937, Email:iuda.morar@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jul 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV. It specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for equipment phase-to-earth and phase-to-insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels. This standard recommends that the selected insulation level should be based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed. Insulation coordination studies usually identify overvoltages in per unit of the crest nominal or maximum system voltage to ground. Although the principles of this standard also apply to transmission line insultation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those identified as standard insulation levels. Project Purpose: The existing insulation coordination standard became obsolete and utility industry needs an updated standard. This standard updates the old standard by introducing new concepts which were developed in the last decade. Abstract: The procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for equipment phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulation systems is specified. A list of standard insulation levels, based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed, is also identified. This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV. Key Words: atmospheric correction, correction factor, basic lightning impulse, BIL, impulse insulation level, basic switching, BSL, crest valve, ground fault factor, insulation coordination, overvoltage, phase to ground, insulation configuration, phase to phase, protective margin, protective ratio, standard withstand voltages, voltage stress Designation: 1313.2-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999 Technical Contact: Iuda Morar, Phone:503-813-6937, Email:iuda.morar@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 29, 2000 Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three- phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. IEEE Std 1313.1-1996 (Part 1) specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand voltages [basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL) and basic switching impulse insulation level (BSL)] for equipment phase-ground and phase-phase insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels. Although he principles of this standard also apply to transmission line insulation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those identified as standard insulation levels. This guide (Part 2) is an application guide with practical examples, intended to provide guidance in the determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation methods and procedures. The insulation coordination examples for selected equipment are designed to explain the principles of Part 1. The guide is intended for air-insulated ac systems; caution should be exercised in the case of gas-insulated systems (GIS). Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures (MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design based on reliability. Abstract: The calculation method for selection of phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulationwithstand votlages for equipment is presented. This guide gives methods for insulation coordinationof different air-insulated systems like transmission lines and substations. The methods of analysisare illustrated by practical examples. Key Words: "atmospheric correction factor,backflash,basic lightning impulse level - BIL -,basic switching impulse insulation level - BSL - ,clearances,crest value,ground fault factor,insulation coordination,insulation design,overvoltage,phase-to-ground insulation configuration,phase-to-phase insulation configuration,protective margin,protective radio,shielding failures,standard withstand voltages,voltage stress" Designation: 1314 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Measuring Astigmatic Length of Semiconductor Lasers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1315 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Generating Far-Field Spacial Mode Distributors of Semiconductor Lasers, and Related Parameter Extraction Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1316 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Test Method for Generating the Characteristic Optical Output Power as a Function of Input Drive Current for Semiconductor Lasers, and Related Parameter Extraction Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1317 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: Standard Method for Measuring Feedback Noise in Semiconductor Lasers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1318-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Wrought Steel Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 068:1991 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CELENEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 1319-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Cast Aluminum Alloy Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 052:1990 & Amendment A1:1990 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 132-1953 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Test Code for D-C Aircarft Rotating Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Key Words: aircraft, rotating, machines, dc, test Designation: 1320 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard IDEF Interface Definition Language (IDL) - User Guide and Glossary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel R Sudnick, Phone:908/949-8032, Email:sudnick@att.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Project Scope: This project will address the standardization of key words and phrases specified in the Users Manuals of both IDEFo and IDEF1x. Standardization of key terms and phrases will serve as the basis for common IDEF (ICAM Definition Language) model data exchange among different software tool applications. Project Purpose: This project will define the formalism required to provide neutral data exchange between different IDEF sofware tools. The IDL is being developed and applied by the IDEF Users Group Modeling Tools and Exhange Formation Working Group and jointly by the National Center for Manufacturing Science Project Group on IDEF repositiories. Key interet and funding support has been provided by General Motors Corporation. Designation: 1320.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics for IDEF0 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semantics of IDEFO language and usage conventions. The IDEFO language deals with constructs, semantics and syntax of the language. It is used to produce a function model which is a structured representation of the functions of a system or environment, and the information and objects which interrelate those functions. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAÂ program, and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEFO in the 1980s. This standard will facilitate model interchange and improve the consistency of all IDEFO models. Abstract: IDEF0 function modeling is designed to represent the decisions, actions, and activities of an existing or prospective organization or system. IDEF0 graphics and accompanying texts are presented in an organized and systematic way to gain understanding, support analysis, provide logic for potential changes, specify requirements, and support system-level design and integration activities. IDEF0 may be used to model a wide variety of systems, composed of people, machines, materials, computers, and information of all varieties and structured by the relationships among them, both automated and non-automated. For new systems, IDEF0 may be used first to define requirements and to specify functions to be carried out by the future system. As the basis of this architecture, IDEF0 may then be used to design an implementation that meets these requirements and performs these functions. For existing systems, IDEF0 can be used to analyze the functions that the system performs and to record the means by which these are done. Key Words: "enterprise,functional modeling language,IDEF0,language,modeling language" Designation: 1320.1.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standards User's Manual for the Integrated Computer Aided Manufacturing (ICAM) Function Modeling Method - IDEF0 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Howard A McQueary, Phone:206-234-2167 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 1320.2-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semanticws of IDEF1X97. IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data modeling language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's standard for data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language suitable for object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models providing a structured representation of the data, the relationships among the data, and the business rules. Identity-style models are object models providing a structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic relationships among them, and the business rules. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial. Abstract: IEEE Std 1320.1-1998, IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language Syntax and Semantics for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject) Key Words: "conceptual schema,data model,IDEF1X,IDEF1X97,identity style,information model,key style,object model" Designation: 1320.2.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - User Guide for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard user guide for IDEF1X97. IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data modeling language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's standard for data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language suitable for object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models providing a structured representation of the data, the relationships among the data, and the business rules. Identity-style models are object models providing a structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic relationships among them, and the business rules. Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial. Designation: 1320.2a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language, Syntax and Semantics for IDEFIX 97 (IDEF object) - Extensions and Example Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The scope includes additional olanguage features deferred from the first release of the standard, and additional informative material on the use of the language. Project Purpose: Produce supplemental information regarding the definition and use of IEEE Standard 1320.2. Additional formally defined language features, deferred from the first release of the standard will enhance its power, giving language users even more powerful analysis and design capabilities. Designation: 1321-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Wrought Aluminum Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 064:1989 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 13210-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 13210:1999, Information Technology -- Requirements and guidelines for test methods specifications and test method implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX(R) standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: 13210-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 13210: 1994, Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX(R) Status: Superseded **Incorporates IEEE Std 1003.3-1991. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: The general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards are defined. This document is aimed primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods. Key Words: assertion, assertion test, base assertion, conditional feature, extended assertion, POSIX, POSIX conformance test suite, test method, test result code Designation: 13213-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 13213:1994, Information technology--Microprocessor systems-- Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Std 1212-1991. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: The document structure and notation are described, and the objectives and scope of the CSR Architecture are outlined. Transition set requirements, node addressing, node architectures, unit architectures, and CSR definitions are set forth. The ROM specification and bus standard requirements are covered. Key Words: CSR architecture, bus architecture, bus standard, interoperability, microprocessors, node addressing, registers, transaction sets Designation: 1322-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Welded Composite Enclosures of Cast and Wrought Aluminum Alloys for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 069:1991 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993 Designation: 1323 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Reuse of Software Process Artifacts - Source Sode Reuse Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nenad Marovac, Phone:619-594-4345, Email:nenad@sdsu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: 1324 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Number changed to 260.3 Status: Changed Designation Designation: 1325-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Reporting Field Failure Data for Power Circuit Breakers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: A format is presented that provides a concise and meaningful method for recording pertinent information on power circuit breaker field failures. It is recommended that this format be utilized in record keeping and directing corrective action to improve field reliability of power circuit breakers. Key Words: power circuit breakers Designation: 1326-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation - Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for measuring conformance to IEEE Std 1224-1993, which defines a general purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Programming Interface (API) in terms that are independent of any particular programming language, are provided. Key Words: API, OSI, Test methods, Language independent, Abstract data manipulation Designation: 1326.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging Application Program Interfaces (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology-- Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) X.400- Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent], are defined. Key Words: X.400, Test methods, Open systems interconnection, OSI, Language independent, Electronic messaging, Application portability, API Designation: 1326.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Directory Services--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, language-independent specification of the applications interface to directory services are defined. Key Words: Portable application, OSI, Directory, Application portability, API Designation: 1327-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A C programming language binding for the general-purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Program Interface (API) in IEEE Std 1224- 1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The API defined in this standard contains two major parts: an interface for accessing the services defined in the programming language independent specification, and an interface for language-specific services. Key Words: API, ASN.1, C language, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object management, Language binding, Application program interface, Application portability, Abstract syntax notation Designation: 1327.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A C language binding to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. Key Words: X.400, Language binding, C language, Application program interface, API Designation: 1327.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Directory Services C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. Abstract: A C programming language binding for the Application Program Interface (API) to directory services in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The interface is designed for operational, rather than for management, interactions with a directory such as knowledge management or schema management. Security features are not generally visible in the interface in order to permit flexibility in security policies. Key Words: Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C language, Application portability, API Designation: 1328-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993 Abstract: Test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327- 1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API), are defined. Key Words: C language, Test methods, Language binding Designation: 1328.1-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces-- Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This standard defines test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327.1-1993, which is a C language binding for IEEE STD 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400- Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]. Key Words: Test methods, Language binding, C language, Application program interface, API Designation: 1328.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to Directory Services C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for the C language binding defined in IEEE Std 1327.2-1993 for the applications interface to directory services defined in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 are specified. Key Words: Test methods, Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C language, Application portability, API Designation: 1329-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Speakerphones Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1329-1999 Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice-switching characteristics of speakerphones that connect directly or indirectly to an analog or digital telephone network. Due to the various characteristics of speakerphones and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all speakerphones. Application of the test procedures to atypical speakerphones should be determined on an individual basis. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice-switching characteristics of speakerphones so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Abstract: This standard provides techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice-switching characteristics of speakerphones that connect directly or indirectly to an analog or digital telephone network. Due to the various characteristics of speakerphones and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all speakerphones. Application of the test procedures to atypical speakerphones should be determined on an individual basis. Key Words: full duplex, half duplex, handsfree, speakerphone, voice switching Designation: 1329 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Hands-Free Telephone Sets Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: 1329-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1329-2010. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephone sets. Project Purpose: Practical methods for makin laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice switching characteristics of hands-free telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Abstract: Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephones (HFTs) are provided. Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to a typical HFTs should be determined on an individual basis. Key Words: Analog handsfree telephone, digital handsfree telephone, electroacoustic transmission characteristics, handsfree telephone, voice switching characteristics, voice transmission characteristics Designation: 1329 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephones (HFTs). Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to atypical HFTs should be determined on an individual basis.<br><br> Although not specifically within the scope of this standard, the methods described are generally applicable to a wide variety of other communication equipment, including cordless, wireless, mobile and IP network communications devices. Performance requirements are not part of this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical and repeatable methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice switching characteristics of HFTs so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Designation: 133 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1331 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Title: Standard for Low Energy Analog Signal Inputs to Protective Relays Status: Changed Designation **This PAR has changed designation to PC37.92 Project Scope: To specify the requirements for low energy analog signals that will be utilized as inputs to protective relays. Some of the requirements to be specified are signal level, frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range. Project Purpose: Devices that develop low energy analog signals are not currently covered by standards. The working group will also define classes of devices that provide low energy analog signals. Designation: 1332-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project will develop for electronic products and systems a standard set of reliability-program objectives which can be used to express reliability requirements when a customer is contracting with a producer for electronic products. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a standard set of objectives which provide an effective structure for the life-cycle activities needed in order to design, manufacture and utilize reliable products and systems. These objectives provide a flexible structuring of the relationship between customers selected specific reliability tasks for producers to perform without regard to an integrated set of objectives the tasks were to achieve. Abstract: Guidance for providing products that satisfy the customer is given. This standard guides suppliers in planning a program that suits their design philosophy, the product concept, and the resources at their disposal, so that every activity adds value. This standard encourages suppliers and customers to cooperatively integrate their reliability processes. Requirements are written to properly establish the contractual or obligatory relationship between the supplier and customer in a product program. Key Words: "electronics, electronic equipment, electronic systems, MIL-STD 785, reliability, reliability program, reliability program standard" Designation: 1332 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: Reliability requirements and tasks for the development and production of military and commerical systems and equipment. Project Purpose: Existing military standards do not encompass reliability programs for the development and production of commercial electronics equipment. Therefore, there is a need for a national standard which outlines general reliability requirements and specific reliability accounting, engineering, and management tasks required for the development and production of reliable electronic systems and equipment. Designation: P1332 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic Products Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides a standard set of reliability program objectives for use between customers and producers, or within product development teams, to express reliability program requirements early in the development phase of electronic products and systems Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to establish a standard set of objectives which provide an effective structure for the life-cycle activities needed to design, manufacture and utilize reliable electronic products and systems across the supply chain. Designation: 1333-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Cable Using the Guided Boring Method Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The method and equipment involved in proper and economical installation of insulated conductors and/or conduits using the guided boring method are covered. The method addresses installations of insulated cable, cable preinstalled in conduit (CIC), and conduit alone. Key Words: boring, cable, cable preinstalled , conduit, guided boring, insulated cable, CIC, cable preinstalled in conduit Designation: 134-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Code for Direct-Current Carbon-Pile Voltage Regulators for Aircraft Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: regulator, voltage, carbon, dc Designation: 1341 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Recomended Practices for Multimedia Extensions to Bus Architectures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1342 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standards Developers' Guide for Bus Architecture Modeling Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1343 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Testing the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: The scope is to develop an omnibus Guide to covedr all field test methods for shielded power cable systems. It is proposed that the IEEE 400 designation be given to the general document that introduces all presently available test methods. Present IEEE 400 would be re-numbered as 400.1 with others to be similarly numbered (such as 400.2 for Very Low Frequency Testing, etc.). Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to cover all presently used field test methods into one document that introduces each procedure. Brief statements of the advantages and disadvantages of each method will allow the reader to obtain an overview of the tests. Uniform procedures and guidelines for the evaluation of each method will enable users to compare results of one or more tests with field performance. Test methods that are sufficiently developed to have a complete Guide will become a portion of the 400 designation - such as the case with dc testing (now IEEE 400) that would become 400.1. Other methods that are sufficiently advanced so that a companion Guide can be developed will become a portion of the total package as they are approved. Very Low Frequency Testing (0.1 Hz) could become IEEE 400.2, Resonant 400.3, etc. Designation: 1344-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: Standard for Synchrophasors for Power Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std C37.118-2005 Abstract: The synchronizing input and the data output for phasor measurements made by substation computer systems is discussed. Processes involved in computing phasors from sampled data, data-to-phasor conversions, and formats for timing imputs and phasor data output from a Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) are also addressed. Key Words: anti-aliasing, digital computer based measurement, GPS, Global Positioning System, Nyquist rate, phase lock, phasor, satellites, synchronism, synchronized phasor, time input Designation: 1346-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Evaluating Electric Power System Compatibility With Electronic Process Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. History: BD APP: May 05, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: The group will develop a recommended practice for evaluating technical and economic compatibility. The scope of the compatibility is industrial and commercial electronic process equipment, facility electrical network, and electric utility feed to the facility. Project Purpose: Develop a standardized methodology for evaluating compatibility that provides a common basis of comparison for equipment manufacturers, utilities, consultants, etc. Abstract: A standard methodology for the technical and financial analysis of voltage sag compatibility between process equipment and electric power systems is recommended. The methodology presented is intended to be used as a planning tool to quantify the voltage sag environment and process sensitivity. It shows how technical and financial alternatives can be evaluated. Performance limits for utility systems, power distribution systems, or electronic process equipment are not included. Key Words: "power quality,power quality monitoring,sensitive equipment,voltage loss,voltage sags" Designation: 1347 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Guide for the Understanding of the Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James E Cottrell, Phone:301-460-5445 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1348-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Adoption of Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) Tools Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Difficulties that may be encountered, and how they can be avoided, by organizations intending to adopt CASE tools are addressed. An overview of the adoption process, including analysis of the organization's needs and readiness for automation, use of a pilot project, and definition of activities necessary to interate the new technology into the organization's standard software engineering proctice, is provided. Key Words: CASE, CASE adoption, pilot project, technology transfer, tool, software Designation: 1349-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2002 Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 20, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: AC Electric Motors in sizes from fractional horsepower up will be considered; primary emphasis will be on the use of general purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and arcing/sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints. Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain generalized caution notes but do not include definitive recommendations for application of general purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas. This guide will document industry experience and established practices for the application of general purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas. Abstract: This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single-phase ac synchronous and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, are covered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of general-purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints. Results of motor surface temperature tests and calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in the guide. Guidance is included for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations. Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division 2 areas. Industry experience and established practices are documented for the application of general-purpose motors in Class I, Division 2 locations and guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide is not a specification and is not intended for use as a specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2 locations. Key Words: "autoignition temperature, Class I, Division 2, classified locations, enclosure sparking, hazardous locations, induction motor, motor, motor enclosure, motor temperature, multisection motor, paint test, rotor, rotor sparking, rotor temperature" Designation: P1349 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: Three-phase and single-phase AC synchronous and induction electric motors in ratings 0.18 kW (1/4 hp) and larger are covered in this Guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2011. Surface temperature test methods and sine wave and non-sine wave applications are covered. Precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking are included. To mitigate hot surface temperatures and sparking, this document provides guidance for selecting, operating, and maintaining motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations.This Guide does not cover AC wound rotor motors and DC electric motors. Motors installed in locations other than Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 as covered in NFPA 70-2011 are not covered in this Guide. This document is not a specification and is not intended to be used as a specification for purchasing motors. The voltage breaks in this document are 1000 V and less, and over 1000 V. Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2011. This Guide documents industry experience and established practices and provides guidance for applying motors in these locations. Abstract: This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application of motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single- phase ac synchronous and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, for sine wave and non-sine wave applications are covered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of general-purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking. Surface temperature test methods and results of motor surface temperature tests and calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in the guide. Guidance is included for selecting, operating, and maintaining motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations. Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 areas. Industry experience and established practices are documented for the application of general-purpose motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations and guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide is not a specification and is not intended for use as a specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2 and Zone 2 locations. Key Words: autoignition temperature, Class I, Division 2, Class I, Zone 2, classified locations, enclosure sparking, hazardous locations, induction motor, motor, motor enclosure, motor temperature, multisection motor, paint test, label test, rotor, rotor sparking, rotor temperature, synchronous motor, T Code, temperature code, adjustable speed drive Designation: 1349 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: Three-phase and single-phase AC synchronous and induction electric motors in fractional ratings 0.18 kW (1/4 hp) and larger are covered in this Guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. Precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints are also covered. This document also provides guidance for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide does not cover AC wound rotor motors and DC electric motors. Motors installed in locations other than Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 as covered in NFPA 70-2005 are not covered in this Guide. This document is not a specification and is not intended to be used as a specification for purchasing motors. The voltage breaks in this document are 1000 V and less, and over 1000 V. Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for open or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide documents industry experience and established practices and provides guidance for applying motors in these locations. Designation: 135-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Aircraft, Missile, and Space Equipment Electrical Insulation Tests Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: This Recommended Practice will be limited to the consideration of test procedures applicable to insulation in flight and support equipment or to manufactured components or subassemblies of such equipment. Test procedures will also be recommended for inspection of equipment insulation to determine its flight worthiness after service, repair, and/or periods of storage. Key Words: aircraft, missile, space, insulation, equipment Designation: 1350 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Guide for Protection of Distribution Transformers with Emphasis on Secondary (Low-Voltage) Side Surges Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Georges H Vaillancourt, Phone:450-446-0605, Email:tc42sec@sympatico.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Designation: 1351-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--ACSE and Presentation Layer Services--Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995 Abstract: A language-independent Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element of the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer are defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications. Key Words: ACSE, API, application layer, application portability, language independent, open systems, open system interconnection, OSI, presentation layer Designation: 1353-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--ASCE and Presentation Layer Services--Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Binding] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 1995 Abstract: A C language binding to IEEE Std 1351-1994, a language-independent standard defining an Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element from the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer is defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications. Key Words: ASCE, API, application layer, application portability, C binding, language binding, open systems interconnection, OSI, presentation layer Designation: 1355 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Heterogeneous Interconnect (HIC), (Low Cost, Low Latency, Scaleable, Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: 1: To correct known errors, particularly in the initialization and disconnection/reconnection sequence of the DS (Data/Strobe encoding) logical layer of the standard. 2: To correct minor inconsistencies, particularly where drawings are inconsistent with accompanying text. 3: To permit the use of modern LVDS circuits (IEEE 1596.3-19996, ANSI/TIA/EIA-644- 1995) as well as the PECL (Pseudo Emitter Coupled Logic) circuits for the DS-DE (Data/Strobe Differential Electrical transmission) signal layer of the standard. 4: Apart from the corrections and the addition of LVDS, to make no further additions to the standard. Project Purpose: The IEEE 1355 standard was originally developed for heterogeneous, high-performance, scalable, modular parallel systems to be constructed with low implementation cost. These characteristics, together with the opportunity that IEEE 1355 gives to build networks with redundant interconnections, led to the standard's use where fault-tolerance is required. Such applications may include satellites in space, IP switches and routers, experimental data acquisition, industrial robotics, networks in the home, and automotive networks. The current standard comes very close to meeting the requirements for fault-tolerance of these applications, but the error in the initialization sequence means that practical implementations must deviate from the standard. The needs of these applications for low power has also resulted in the use of LVDS components, which are almost (but not quite) compatible with the standard. The changes proposed to the standard will bring the standard into line with the requirements of these new applications, and offer a consistent basis for their implementation. Designation: 1355-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low- Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Project Scope: Physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point to point serial scaleable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mbit/sec and at 1 Gbit/sec in copper and optic technologies (as developed in Open Microprocessor systems Initiative/heterogeneous InterConnect Project (OMI/HIC). Project Purpose: To enable high-performance, scaleable, modular, parallel systems to be constructed with low system integration cost; to support communications system fabric; to provide a transparent implementation of a range of high level protocols (communications, e.g. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), message passing, shared memory transactions e.g. SCI, Futurebus+, etc.; to support links between heterogeneous systems. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described. Key Words: flow control, encoding schemes, OMI, HIC, packet routing, parallelism, point to point, serial scalable, scalable, protocols, routing fabric, serial links, serialization, silicon integration, switch chip, transaction layer, wormhole routing, heterogeneous, low latency Designation: 1355-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low- Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ISO/IEC version of IEEE Std 1355. Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 Abstract: Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described. Key Words: "flow control,encoding schemes,OMI/HIC,packet routing,parallelism,point-to-point serial scalable interconnect,protocols,routing fabric,serial links,serialization,silicon integration,switch chip,transaction layer,wormhole routing" Designation: 1355.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Protocols for IEEE Std 1355 on Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 1355.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for SpaceWire - Links, Nodes, Routers and Networks Optizimized for Space Craft Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Josep Rosello-Guasch, Phone:31-71-565-4058, Email:jrosello@estec.esa.nl **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: SpaceWire is based on two existing commercial standards, IEEE 1355-1995 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-644 which have been combined and adapted for use on-board spacecraft. As with IEEE 1355-1995 and most other communications protocols, SpaceWire can be described and defined at a number of different levels: - The Physical Level, defining cables, connectors and cable assemblies; - The Signal Level, defining electrical characteristics, coding, signal timing and EMC specifications; - The Character Level, defining how data and control characters are encoded; - The Exchange Level, defining the way in which a SpaceWire link operates including link initialisation, normal operation, error detection and error recovery; - The Packet Level, defining the way in which data is encapsulated in packets for transfer across a SpaceWire network; - The Network Level, defining the structure and operation of a SpaceWire networ Project Purpose: The overall purpose of the SpaceWire standard is to provide a unified high-speed data-handling infrastructure for spacecraft, connecting together sensors, processing elements, mass-memory units, downlink telemetry sub-systems and Electronic Ground Support Equipment (EGSE). Particular aspects of this purpose are: · to facilitate the construction of high- performance on-board data-handling systems, · to help reduce system integration costs, · to promote compatibility between data-handling equipment and sub-systems, · to encourage re-use of data-handling equipment across several different missions. Designation: 1356 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Profile for a Multiprotocol Plug-in Modules Supporting Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: Develop a physical layer module definition and packaging standard utilizing the P1357 Logical Layer specification and IEEE 1301. Project Purpose: To define the standards required to realize a multiprotocol communications platform. Designation: 1357 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Logical Interconnection of Multi-protocol Plug-in Modules Supporting Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: Develop and define a logical layer for information transfer among a variety of functional components within a multi-protocol environment. Internal architecture will be capable of supporting protocols such as ATM, HIC, Fiber Channel, Scalable Coherent, Interface (SCI), and Futurebus + Cache Coherent transaction set. Project Purpose: Define a standard method for transferring multiprotocol data and events between and among a variety of plug-in modules within a multiprotocol platform. It is an express goal that the platform support the quality of service requirements of P1341 Multimedia and P896.7 Profile C. Designation: 1358 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Signal Processing Applications - Processor Graph Method Software Design Methodology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen Seidman, Phone:205-844-6305 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1359 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Maintenance and Related Practices for Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Powe Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Carl Weary, Phone:214-812-7138, Email:cweary1@tuelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 136-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure and Presentation of Aircraft Generator and Regulator Characteristics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, generator, regulator, characteristics Designation: 1361-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Abstract: This guide is applicable to all stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems where PV is the only charging source. Stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) system parameters and operating conditions are discussed in relation to battery characteristics and expected system performance. Charging parameters for PV systems are suggested to help in the selection of a battery for a specific application. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery selection and system parameters is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. Test results only provide information on initial battery performance. No cycle-life predictions are made. Key Words: "lead-acid battery test procedure, lead-acid battery tutorial, photovoltaic (PV) battery characteristics, PV battery selection, PV systems, PV battery test procedure" Designation: P1361 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead- acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery's operating setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Designation: 1361 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for the Selection, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: This guide is a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, and how battery operating characteristics and PV systems performance are interrelated. The guide provides the PV system designer with information on applicable lead-acid battery type designs. Electrical, physical, mechanical and environmental characteristics are discussed. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed in relation to battery characteristics and expected system performance. Parameters to optimize the system are suggested to help in the selection of a battery selection and system parameters is provided, included discussion on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This guide provides guidance to the PV system designer in understanding lead acid battery performance characteristics in relation to operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection and evaluation based on the system requirements and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery and its performance using a predetermined set of PV system parameters. Guidance is also provided as to how these test results may be interpreted. Abstract: Project scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Key Words: IEEE 1361 Designation: 1361 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test plan for evaluating the selected battery. Designation: 1362-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of Operations (ConOps) Document Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998 History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of concept of operation document. Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme for preparing and presenting a concept of operations document. A concept of operations (CONOPS) document describes the mission of the system and its operational and support environments. The CONOPS describes the functions and characteristics of the computer system within the overall system. The CONOPS represent a consensus among development, support and user organizations on the operational concept of the system being developed. The CONOPS provides the basis for the system requirements document. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The format and contents of a concept of operations (ConOps) document are described. A ConOps is a user-oriented document that describes system characteristics for a proposed system from the usersÕ viewpoint. The ConOps document is used to communicate overall quantitative and qualitative system characteristics to the user, buyer, developer, and other organizational elements (for example, training, facilities, staffing, and maintenance). It is used to describe the user organization(s), mission(s), and organizational objectives from an integrated systems point of view. Key Words: "buyer,characteristics,concept of operation,concepts of operations document,ConOps,developer,operational requirements,scenario,software- intensive system,software system,system,user,user requirements,viewpoint" Designation: 1362a-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of Operations Document: Content Map for IEEE 12207.1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of concept of operations documents as defined in 1362 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Designation: 1363-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2000 Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public- key encryption, and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key techniques offer fundamentaltechnology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of common public-key techniques covereing key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. The purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. Abstract: This standard specifies common public-key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also specifies related cryptographic parameters, public keys, and private keys. The purpose of this standard is to provide a reference for specifications on a variety of techniques from which applications may select. Key Words: "digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key cryptography" Designation: P1363 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Specifications for Public Key Cryptography Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document will provide the specifications of common public- key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also includes specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a wide range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. This document merges the basic techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363-2000 with the additional techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363a-2004. Designation: 1363.1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Specification for Public Key Cryptographic Techniques Based on Hard Problems over Lattices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides specifications of common public key cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices supplemental to those considered in IEEE Std 1363™-2000 [B47]1 and IEEE Std 1363a™-2004 [B48], including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public key encryption, identification and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys, and private keys are also presented. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. IEEE Std 1363-2000 [B47] and IEEE Std 1363a-2004 [B48] have produced a comprehensive reference defining a range of common public key techniques covering key agreement, public key encryption, and digital signatures from several families,namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and elliptic curve families. This standard specifies cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices. These techniques may offer tradeoffs in operating characteristics when compared with the methods already specified in IEEE 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. This standard also provides a second-generation framework for the description of cryptographic techniques, as compared to the initial framework provided in IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public key techniques or security requirements (including key sizes) for this or any family. Rather, the purpose of this standard is to provide the following: a) A reference for specification of a variety of techniques from which applications may select b) The relevant number- theoretic background c) Extensive discussion of security and implementation considerations so that a solution provider can choose appropriate security requirements for itself Abstract: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices supplemental to those considered in IEEE 1363 and IEEE P1363a, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, identification and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Key Words: 1363.1-2008, encryption, lattice-based cryptography, public key cryptography Designation: 1363.2-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Specification for Password-Based Public-Key Cryptographic Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2009 Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009 Project Scope: This standard covers specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques for performing password-based authentication and key establishment, supplemental to the techniques described in IEEE Std 1363™-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a™-2004.1 It includes specifications of primitives and schemes designed to utilize passwords and other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions, including schemes for password-authenticated key agreement and password-authenticated key retrieval. Project Purpose: Ensuring privacy and authenticity in personal electronic transactions is a process that necessarily involves human beings. Memorized secrets are an important factor in human authentication. Many common cryptographic methods for authentication require large, random high-grade secret keys; yet, the secrets that human beings can conveniently memorize and reliably reproduce tend to be low-grade secrets. Passwords are widely used low-grade secrets that are typically not-so- random and relatively small, and introduce risks of brute-force attack when inappropriately used as cryptographic keys. Abstract: This standard covers specifications of public-key cryptographic techniques for password-based authentication and key establishment, supplemental to the techniques described in IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. It is intended as a companion standard to IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. It includes specifications of primitives and schemes designed to utilize passwords and other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions, including schemes for password- authenticated key agreement and password-authenticated key retrieval. Key Words: 1363.2-2008, authentication, key agreement, password, public-key cryptography Designation: 1363.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Specification for Password-Based Public-Key Cryptographic Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques for performing password-based authentication and key exchange, supplemental to the techniques considered in IEEE P1363 and IEEE P1363a. Specifications of primitives, schemes, and protocols designed to safely utilize passwords and other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: Ensuring privacy and authenticity in personal electronic transactions is a process that necessarily involves human beings. Memorized secrets are an important factor in human authentication. Many common cryptographic methods for authentication require large, random high-grade secret keys, yet, the secrets that human beings can conveniently memorize and reliably reproduce tend to be low-grade secrets. Passwords are widely used low-grade secrets that are typically not-so-random and relatively small, and introduce risks of brute-force attack when inappropriately used as cryptographic keys. P1363.2 will specify public-key cryptographic techniques specifically designed to securely perform password-based authentication and key exchange. These techniques provide a way to authenticate people and distribute high-quality cryptographic keys for people, while preventing off-line brute-force attacks associated with passwords. A resulting high quality key may be more confidently used in combination with other cryptographic methods, such as symmetric encryption methods and public-key encryption, identification, and digital signature methods. P1363.2 will provide a reference for a variety of such password- based techniques within a suitable framework. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of password-based techniques or security requirements (including key sizes). Rather, the purpose is to provide: (1) a reference for specification of a variety of techniques from which applications may select, (2) the appropriate theoretic background, and (3) extensive discussion of security and implementation considerations so that a solution provider can choose appropriate security requirements. Designation: P1363.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Identity-Based Cryptographic Techniques using Pairings Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document specifies identity-based cryptographic schemes based on the bilinear mappings over elliptic curves known as pairings. Specific techniques include algorithms to compute the pairings, and specification of recommended elliptic curves and curve parameters over which the pairings are defined. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The proliferation of electronic communication and the internet brings with it the need for privacy and data protection. Public Key Cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public-key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004 have produced a comprehensive reference defining a range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption and digital signatures from several families, namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and elliptic curve families. IEEE P1363.3 will specify Identity-Based Cryptographic techniques based on Pairings. These offer advantages over classic public key techniques specified in IEEE 1363. Examples are the lack of a requirement to exchange or look up public keys of a recipient and the simplified use of short-lived keys. The Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Designation: 1363a-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography - Amendment 1: Additional Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2004 Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques supplemental to those considered in IEEE Std 1363-2000, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted. Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public- key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However, there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applications may select. When the IEEE P1363a project began, work was in progress in the IEEE P1363 project on specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional techniques remained to be specified, which could eventually be added to the IEEE P1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques required further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques in IEEE Std 1363-2000 were relatively more established. To facilitate the completion of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum for discussing additional techniques, the IEEE P1363 working group sought to have separate projects for the two efforts, which would result in separate, companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's intention that the standards will be merged during future revisions. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 1363-2000 This standard specifies additional public-key cryptographic techniques beyond those in IEEE Std 1363-2000. It is intended to be merged with IEEE Std 1363-2000 during future revisions. Key Words: digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key cryptography Designation: 1363a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography: Additional Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques supplemental to those considered in IEEE P1363, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Project Purpose: It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public- key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which applicatons may select. Worl is in progress in the IEEE 1363 project on specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional techniques remain to be specified, which could eventually be added to the IEEE 1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques require further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques in IEEE 1363 are relatively more established. To facilitate the completion of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum for discussing additional techniques, the IEEE 1363 working group seeks to have separate projects for the 2 efforts, which would result in separate, companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's intention that the standards would be merged during future revisions. Designation: 1364-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006 Project Scope: Verilog is a hardware description language (HDL) that was standardized as IEEE Std 1364™-1995 and first revised as IEEE Std 1364-2001. This revision corrects and clarifies features ambiguously described in the 1995 and 2001 editions. It also resolves incompatibilities and inconsistencies of IEEE 1364-2001 with IEEE Std 1800™-2005. The intent of this standard is to serve as a complete specification of the Verilog HDL. This standard contains the following: — The formal syntax and semantics of all Verilog HDL constructs — The formal syntax and semantics of standard delay format (SDF) constructs — Simulation system tasks and functions, such as text output display commands — Compiler directives, such as text substitution macros and simulation time scaling — The programming language interface (PLI) binding mechanism — The formal syntax and semantics of the Verilog procedural interface (VPI) — Informative usage examples — Informative delay model for SDF — The VPI header file Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document, IEEE Std 1364-2001, was to provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language. The reason for the document's revision is to incorporate corrections that have been identified by the working group since 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE. Abstract: The Verilog hardware description language (HDL) is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementers of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI, programming language interface, Verilog, Verilog HDL, Verilog P Designation: 1364-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1364-1995. Technical Contact: Maqsoodul Mannan, Phone:408-432-1001, Email:mannan@dsmtech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was standardized as IEEE 1364-1995. It is currently used by integrated circuit designers to specify their designs at the switch, gate and RTL levels. The proposed project will revise Verilog 1364 to include new constructs which improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design technology. Project Purpose: To provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language. Abstract: Supersedes 1364-1995. Key Words: "computer,computer languages,digital systems,electronic systems,hardware,hard-ware description languages,hardware design,HDL,PLI,programming language interface,VerilogHDL,Verilog PLI,Verilog ®" Designation: 1364-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard Hardware Description Language Based on the Verilog(R) Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1364-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Abstract: The Verilog Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer, computer languages, electronic systems, digital systems, hardware design, hardware description language, HDL, programming language, language interface, PLI, verilog HDL, verilog PLI Designation: 1364 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael T McNamara, Phone:650-934-6888, Email:mac@verisity.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was standardized as IEEE-1364-1995, and revised as 1364-2001. It is currently used by integrated circuit designers to specify their designs at the switch, gate, RTL and system levels. The proposed project will revise Verilog 1364 to clarify features ambiguously described in the 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 revisions, as well as to extend the language by adding new constructs which improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design and verification technology. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a standard that complements IEEE 1076-IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual from the register transfer level downward, by providing an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description Language, as well as incorporating enhancements that have been developed by the industry since the 1364-1995 and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE. Designation: 1364.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: (Replaced)IEEE Standard for Verilog Register Transfer Level Synthesis Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **IEC dual logo adoption IEC/IEEE 62142:2005. Administratively withdrawn 9- January-2010. Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364. Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools currently use the IEEE 1364 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their design compliant with this developed standard. Abstract: Superseded by IEC/IEEE 62142-2005 (SH/SS95358) To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364. To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools currently use the IEEE 1364 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well- defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their design compliant with this developed standard. Standard syntax and semantics for Verilog ® HDL-based RTL synthesis are described inthis standard. Key Words: "hardware description language,HDL,RTL,synthesis,Verilog ®" Designation: 1365 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Floating Offshore Production Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Designation: 1366-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004 **Supersedes 1366-1998. Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This guide identifies distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculation. It includes indices, which are useful today, as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is twofold. First, it is to present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability indices, to identify factors which affect the indices, and to aid in consistent reporting practices among utilities. Secondly, it is to provide guidance for new personnel in the reliability area and to provide tools for internal as well as external comparisons. In the past, other groups have defined reliability indices for transmission, generation, and distribution but some of the definitions already in use are not specific enough to be wholly adopted for distribution. Users of this guide should recognize that not all utilities would have the data available to calculate all the indices. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1366, 2001 Edition SUMMARY Distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculations are defined in this guide. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions. Key Words: circuits, distribution reliability indices, distribution systems, electric power, reliability indices Designation: P1366 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This guide identifies distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their calculation. It includes indices, which are useful today, as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and defined regions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is twofold. First, it is to present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability indices, to identify factors which affect the indices, and to aid in consistent reporting practices among utilities. Secondly, it is to provide guidance for new personnel in the reliability area and to provide tools for internal as well as external comparisons. In the past, other groups have defined reliability indices for transmission, generation, and distribution but some of the definitions already in use are not specific enough to be wholly adopted for distribution. Users of this guide should recognize that not all utilities would have the data available to calculate all the indices. Designation: 1366-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices Status: Superseded **Mar-01: Upgraded from Trial-Use. Superseded by 1366-2003. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1998 Project Scope: To identify a set of terms and definitions which can be used to calculate power distribution reliability indices and factors. Project Purpose: To present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability indices and factors. Abstract: Superseded by 1366-2003. Useful distribution reliability indices, and factors that affect their calculation, are identi- fied. This guide includes indices that are useful today as well as ones that may be useful in thefuture. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and definedregions. Key Words: "circuits,distribution reliability indices,distribution systems,electric power,reliability indices" Designation: 1367 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1368-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Aeolian Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007 Technical Contact: Thomas J Alderton, Phone:850-863-8969, Email:talderton@cox.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007 Project Scope: This guide provides current practices related to field measurements of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors. Project Purpose: The measurement of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors is currently being carried out by use of a variety of devices and methods. The only IEEE document published on this subject was written in 1966 by the IEEE Transmission and Distribution Committee [B15] and is considered to be in need of review. In consultation with CIGRE and CEA, we will endeavor to produce a document that will allow the average utility engineer and the industry in general to improve their understanding of this important evaluation procedure. Abstract: Current practices related to field measurements of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors are covered in this guide. Key Words: aeolian vibration, bending amplitude, overhead conductors, vibration measurement, vibration recorders Designation: 1368 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dale A Douglass, Phone:518-346-8086, Email:da.douglass@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1369 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for a Utility Industry Crytographic Protocol Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 137-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: IEEE Trial-Use Test Procedure for AC 400 Hz Aircraft Induction Motors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, induction, motor Designation: 1371 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Distributed Coherent Memory Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thanos Mentzelopoulos, Phone:214 964 2641, Email:thanos@onramp.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1372 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly P1003.1 Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1373 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Field Test Methods and Procedures for Grid- Connected Photovoltaic Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1374-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power System Safety Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Apr 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This guideline will address the design, equipment applicability and hardware installation of electrically safe stand-alone and grid connected photovoltaic (PV) power design. Project Purpose: Photovoltaic power system designers and installers have a wide range of utility-grade, industrial, commercial, and special purpose cables, over-current devices, disconnects, power conditionners, modules, and other optional equipment to choose from in the design and installation of electrically safe systems. The selection and application of the available equipment is not generally covered in existing standards. This guide will suggest good engineering safety practices for PV system design, equipment selection, and hardware installation. Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. The design, equipment applicability, and hardware installation of electrically safe, stand- alone, and grid-connected PV power systems operating at less than 50 kW output are addressed. Storage batteries and other generating equipment are discussed briefly. Key Words: "ampacity, cable types, PV system" Designation: 1375-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Kurt W Uhlir, Phone:630-910-6998, Email:uhlirk@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: Develop guidance for protection of stationary battery systems up to the first battery disconnecting switch or device. Project Purpose: Philosophy of battery protection as well as dc interruptions or ratings of fuses and circuit breakers are not addressed by current standards. The sub-committee will assist industry by providing guidance in these areas. Abstract: Guidance in the protection of stationary battery systems is provided. For the purposes of this guide, stationary battery systems include the battery and dc components to and including the Þrst protective device downstream of the battery terminals. This guide does not set requirements; rather, it presents a number of options to the dc system designer of the different types of stationary battery system protection available. Designation: 1375-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Protection of Stationary Battery Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Harold E Epstein, Phone:978-777-9494, Email:ieneng@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Abstract: " Guidance in the protection of stationary battery systems is provided. For the purposes ofthis guide, stationary battery systems include the battery and dc components to and including theÞrst protective device downstream of the battery terminals. This guide does not set requirements;rather, it presents a number of options to the dc system designer of the different types of stationarybattery system protection available. " Key Words: "circuit breaker,current limiting,equipment grounding,fuse,grounding,lead-acid batteries,nickel-cadmium batteries,overvoltage protection,short-circuit current,stationary battery,system grounding,temperature compensation,undervoltage protection" Designation: P1375 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Kurt W Uhlir, Phone:630-910-6998, Email:uhlirk@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides guidance for the protection of stationary battery systems. For the purposes of this guide, stationary battery systems include the battery and dc components to and including the first protective device downstream of the battery terminals. The recommendations provided are not intended to set requirements; rather, they present options to the designer of the battery system concerning the types of protection available. This guide discusses the forms of passive and active protection of both grounded and ungrounded stationary battery systems. The characteristics, sizing, application, and ratings of protective devices used in dc circuits and the short-circuit characteristics of batteries and battery chargers are covered. Further discussions are presented regarding dc system time constants, how they are determined, and how they relate to the selection of protective devices. General principles of coordination of protective devices for selective tripping are discussed. The user of this guide is referred to IEEE Std 242for in-depth guidance concerning coordination of protective devices. Project Purpose: This document provides design considerations for the protection of stationary battery systems in a wide variety of industry applications including generating stations, substations, telecommunications, industrial and commercial installations, uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems, and renewable energy systems. Designation: 1376 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard Protocol for Electric Utility Intercontrol Center Data Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terrence L Saxton, Phone:612-473-3250, Email:tsaxton@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: Define a data communications protocol for the exchange of data between electric utility control centers. This protocol will operate over a full 7-layer ISO Open Systems Interconnnect (OSI)-compliant protocol stack to exchange real-time and historical power system monitoring and control data, scheduling data, energy accounting data, and operator messages. Specifically, this protocol will operate over the Manufacturing Messaging Specification (MMS) Application Service element (ASE) and Association Control Service element (ASCE) in layer 7. Project Purpose: Multiple, non-standard protocols exist today for exhanging data between control centers, ranging from EMS vendor proprietary protocols to unique protocols defined by groups of utilities for sharing data. A single standard protocol would facilitate both interoperability of different vendor's systems and even greater opportunities for sharing data between utilities. The working group will develop a service description, protocol specification, and PICS for a new standard protocol. An Application Profile requiring connection-oriented transport service and an interchange format and representation profile (i.e., an A-Profile and F-Profile, respectively, corresponding to the ISO taxonomy) will also be developed. Designation: P1377 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer (End Device Data Tables) Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This Standard defines a Table structure for utility application data to be passed between an End Device and any other device. It neither defines device design criteria nor specifies the language or protocol used to transport that data. The Tables defined in this standard represent data structure that shall be used to transport the data, not necessarily the data storage format used inside the End Device. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an interoperable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the framework and data structures for transporting Utility End Device data to and from End Devices and for use by enterprise systems. This standard is intended to accommodate the concept of an advanced metering infrastructure such as that identified by the Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability of the U.S. Department of Energy; the Smart Metering Initiative of the Ontario Ministry of Energy (Canada) and the stated requirements of Measurement Canada for the approval of a metering device for use in Canada. This standard is to provide a uniform, structured and adaptive data model, such that Utility End Devices and ancillary devices (e.g. home appliances and communication technology) can operate in a “plug and play” and multi-source enterprise AMI environment. This standard extends the definitions provided by IEEE 1377- 1997 standard to include provisions for enterprise level asset management, data management, and uniform data exchange capability, through the use of common and managed XML/TDL and XML/EDL End Device Class models Abstract: This standard provides common structures for encoding data in communication between End Devices (meters, home appliances, IEEE 1703 Nodes) and Utility enterprise collection and control systems using binary codes and XML content. The standard addresses the AMI and SmartGrid requirements as identified by the Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability of the U.S. Department of Energy; the Smart Metering Initiative of the Ontario Ministry of Energy (Canada) and of Measurement Canada. The standard exposes sets of tables that are grouped together into sections that pertain to a particular feature-set and related function such as Time-of-use, Load Profile, Security, Power Quality and more. Each standard Table Set (Data Model) can be expanded or restricted by the Manufacturer of the IEEE 1377 Device or home appliance using XML/TDL descriptive registered syntax (XML-based Table Definition Language) and enterprise data-value management using EDL (Exchange Data Language) in a manner that is machine readable. Published jointly with NEMA and Measurement Canada, this standard provides Tables in support of Gas, Water and Electric sensors and related appliances. It also provides Tables for network configuration and management by referencing its companion standard IEEE 1703. IEEE 1377 is co-published as ANSI C12.19 and MC12.19. Key Words: IEEE 1377, ANSI C12.19, End Device, Utility Tables Designation: 1377 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Industry End Device Tables - Revision 1 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: To develop compatible additions to IEEE 1377-1997 such that the existing standard will satisfy new needs of end device technologies and satisfy needs of existing technologies previously unable to comply with the original standard; IEEE 1377-1997. Project Purpose: Increase compatibility with ANSI C12 work. Support new functionality. Correct technical and editorial errors. Designation: 1377 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Standard (End Device Data Tables) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard shall provide the application layer data format for the utility data to be passed between an End Device and a computer. The data format shall be based upon the data description provided by the Utility Industry including the Water, Gas, and the Electric Utilities. Also, this standard shall include the read/write command structure for interfacing this application layer to a lower communication layer of various communications technologies such as optical port, telephone, and wide area network. It does not define device design criteria nor specify the lower layers of communication protocol used to transport the End Device Table data. This IEEE P1377 standard is congruent with MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19 standards. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define data structures for transporting Utility End Device data to and from End Devices in a uniform and structured manner such that Utility End Devices and ancillary devices can operate in a “plug and play” and multi-source environment. Designation: 1377-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an opern system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality. Abstract: " Functionally related utility application data elements, grouped into a single data structurefor transport are described. Data may be utilized peer-to-peer or upstream to readers or billing sys-tems by being carried by one lower layered protocol to another stack of lower layered protocol. Thedata structure does not change from end device to the user of the data. " Key Words: "decade of tables,end device,function-limiting control (FLC) table,time-of-use (TOU) table" Designation: 1377/C12.19-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an open system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality. Abstract: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications. Designation: 1378-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for Commissioning High-Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations and Associated Transmission Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jul 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Abstract: General guidelines for commissioning high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) convert stations and associated transmission systems are provided. These quidelines apply to HVDC systems utilizing 6-pulse or 12-pulse thyristor-valve converter units operated as a two-terminal HVDC transmission system or an HVDC back-to-back system. Key Words: high-voltage direct current , HVDC, HVDC transmission systems, off- site tests, on-site tests, precommissioning, commissioning Designation: 1379-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Remote Terminal Units and Intelligent Electronic Devices in a Substation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 2001 **Supersedes 1379-1997. Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This project will make the Trial Use document a full Recommended Practice. The present standard was published in March 1998 as a Trial Use Recommended Practice. However, the protocols listed in the document were actually selected by the Task Force in 1995. It has already shown to be a valuable standard and is being widely used in the industry. Project Purpose: The protocols listed in the existing Trial Use Recommended Practice IEEE 1379 have proven to be very useful and should be retained as an industry recommended practice. The intent is to re-validate the existing document and delete the words "Trial Use". Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of remote terminal units (RTUs)and intelligent electronic devices (IEDs)in an electric utility substation is provided.A mechanism for adding data elements and message structures to this recommended practice is described. Key Words: "IED,master station,RTU,slave,supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)systems" Designation: 1379-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Intelligent Electronic Devices and Remote Terminal Units in a Substation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1379-2000. Technical Contact: Kenneth Jackson, Phone:716 385 2281 (H) **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: A common documented protocol and defined data objects to permit uniform interface among intelligent electronic devices and remote terminal units in a substation. Project Purpose: No common communications protocol has been widely adopted for interchanging data among Remote Terminal units (RTUs) and other intelligent electronic devices (IED) in substations. To create the Recommended Practice, the Task Force will examine in detail many existing protocols and profiles, with the goal of adopting (as is) or selecting 1 or more from elements of several others, in order to best meet the evaluation criteria. The evaluation criteria will be determined by consensus among participating utility engineers (users), RTU vendors, IED vendors, and consultants in the field of substations. The recommended practice will also include a basic set of data objects for the application layer of the adopted protocol. A method to allow adding future data objects will be defined and included. The recommended practice will be designated "trial use" because it is intended as a near-term solution which will be incorporated in a larger standards- making effort for utility enterprise-wide communication. Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of Intelligent ElectronicDevices (IEDs) and Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) in an electric utility substation is provided. A mechanismfor adding data elements and message structures to this recommended practice is described. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 138-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure for Aircraft Alternating-Current Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use Key Words: aircraft, generator, ac Designation: 1380 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1381 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Power of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1382 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Transmission System Performance of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1385 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Radio Disturbances in the Range of 800 MHz to 40 GHz Capable of Interfacing with PCS (Personl Communication Service) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dheena Moongilan, Phone:732-834-1806, Email:moongilan@lucent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 1386-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Common Mezzanine Card Family: CMC Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Provide the parent document for a family of mezzanine cards to be used on single slot VME boards, Multibus boards and desktop computers and other computer applications. Also provide the common mechanical definition and common referenced environmental specification for this family of mezzanine cards. These mezzanine cards will be used to provide modular front panel I/O, rear connector I/O and/or general function expansion for host computers. Project Purpose: Several of the popular RISC and CISC microprocessors are using the same logial and electrical layer for their high speed local bus. These same RISC and CISC processors are being incorporated onto single slot VME boards, Multibus boards, desktop computers and other types of computer system. There is a large market need for modular I/O and modular local function expansion via low profile mezzanine cards. This proposed standard will be the parent document for a series of mezzanine cards, plus will define the base line mechanics for these mezzanine cards that can be used on VME, Multibus, desktop computers and other computer based applications with a similar need. The mechanical definition will be based on IEEE 1301.4 and the other hard metric mechanical standards. A suggested set of environmental standards will be referenced for the environmental layer. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The mechanics of a common mezzanine card (CMC) family are defined in this standard.Mezzanine cards, designed to this standard, can be used interchangeably on VME, VME64 andVME64x boards, CompactPCI ¤ boards, Multibus ¤ I and II boards, desktop computers, portablecomputers, servers, and other similar types of applications. Mezzanine cards can provide modularfront panel I/O, backplane I/O or general function expansion or a combination for host computers.Single, wide mezzanine cards are 75 mm wide by 150 mm deep by 8.2 mm high. Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front panel I/O, host computer, I/O, local bus, metric, mezzanine, module, modular I/O, Multibus, PCI, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus" Designation: 1386.1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for PCI Mezzanine Cards: PMC Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Define a family of high speed low profile modular mezzanine cards for VMEbus, Futurebus+(R) desktop computers, and other computer systems with the logical and electrical layers based on PCI Special Interest Group's PCI Specification, Rev 2. The proposed Common Mezzanine Card (CMC) Family standard will be referenced for the mechanical layer. The environmental layer will be specified by the working group. Project Purpose: PCI (peripheral component interface) is a newly defined high speed local bus being used by several CISC and RISC microprocessors. PCI specification defines a 4.2 inch by 12.3 inch board that plugs into a motherboard in a perpendicular fashion. These perpendicular boards are not usable in many computer applications because they use too much vertical space. This proposed standard will define the mechanics of a low profile modular horizontal mezzanine card family that uses the logical and electrical layers of the PCI specification for the local bus. I/O can be via the front panel and/or through the connector to the host computer for rear panel I/O. The proposed CMC family mechanics will be used for the mechanical layer. Abstract: " This standard, in conjunction with IEEE Std 1386-2001, IEEE Standard for a CommonMezzanine Card (CMC) Family, defines the physical and environmental layers of a PCI mezzaninecard (PMC) family to be usable on (but not limited to) single slot VME, VME64 and VME64x boards,CompactPCI boards, Multibus I and Multibus II boards, desktop computers, portable computers,servers, and similar types of applications. The electrical and logical layers are based on the PCIspecification from the PCI Special Interest Group. The PCI mezzanine cards allow for a variety ofoptional function expansions for the host system. I/O functionality from the PMC may be eitherthrough the mezzanine front panel, or via the backplane by routing the I/O signals through themezzanine connector to the host. " Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front panel I/O, metric, host computer, I/O, local bus, mezzanine, module, modular I/O, PCI, Multibus I, Multibus II, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus" Designation: 1386.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for SBus Mezzanine Cards: SMC Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1387.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 1: Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.7 Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Provide a common set of systems administration interfaces and managed object class definitions consistent with other P1003 standards. The interfaces provide access to administrative functionality. The managed object classes provide a foundation for the definition and implementation of such functionality, especially in a heterogeneous, distributed environment. The systems administration functionality addressed may inlcude (but is not limited to) backup and restore, accounting, filesystem managment, and device management. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide systems administration interfaces and supporting managed object definitions to address the following objectives: administrator portability, applications portability and distributed administration. Key Words: interface, administration, computer, operating, environment Designation: 1387.2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 2: Software Administration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1003.7.2. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996 Project Scope: Provide utility program interfaces, service interfaces, managed object definitions, and a standard software packaging layout. Interfaces allow administrators to maintain software products. The managed-object classes provide a common base for the definition and implementation of software administration applications, especially in a distributed environment. The base document for the work is a specification from HP, with reference material drawn from DEC, USL, SNI, ICL, IBM, and SCO. Project Purpose: Software Administration is concerned with the maintenance of software on distributed systems. This maintenance includes, but is not limited to, the creation of distribution media, the loading and installation of software, subsequent verification and listing of installed siftware and possible eventual removal of that software from systems. Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that software and information. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: data processing, open systems, operating system, packaging, portable application, POSIX, software, system , administration, utilities Designation: 1387.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 3: User and Group Account Administration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly 1003.7.3. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: User administration includes, but is not limited to, tasks such as the creation and maintenance of user accounts and groups in both single systems and heterogeneous destributed environments. P1003.7 is committed in this standard to provide the distributed management for a system conformant with IEEE P1003.1 and P1003.2. Project Purpose: Although P1003.1 describes a user database, a group database, and the concept of a user's home directory, utilities to manage these entities are not described by any current POSIX standard. This standard will address the management of these entities as described in IEEE P1003.1 and P1003.2 as well as the management of optional extensions such as an account password. Abstract: System Administration Interface/User and Group Administration for Computer Operating System Environments, is part of the POSIX®series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose of this standard is to provide a common set of utility programs, for the administration of theUser and Group Account entities described in the ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std1003.1-1996) and ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993 (IEEE Std 1003.2-1992) standards. Key Words: "open systems,operating systems,portable application,POSIX,user,group,system administration" Designation: 1387.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 4: Print Administration Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly 1003.7.1 Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Provide utility interfaces, service interfaces and managed object definitions for printing services, usage and management. It includes (but is not limited to) interfaces and managed objects for both computer users and system administrators. Base documents for the work will be the MIT Palladium printing system, the USL "lp" printer interfaces, and the BSD "lpr" printer interfaces. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common set of utility programs, service interfaces and managed object definitions that ensure the ability to print and to manage printing systems. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly C57.132 Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David S Lyon, Phone:414/524-4414 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Designation: 1388-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable medium. Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard format will make the development of test report data generating and data analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely available. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std C57.12.37-2006 A basis for the electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed distribu-tion transformers as defined in the ANSI C57.12.2X standards series is provided. The specific setof test data to be reported and the format in which it is to be reported is detailed along with an ex-tended set of data as an option for the user. Key Words: "distribution transformers, electronic reporting, test data" Designation: 1388 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jerry W Smith, Phone:601-934-0739, Email:jwsmith@power-eng-svc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable medium. Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard format will make the development of test report data generating and data analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely available. Designation: 1389 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for the Management of Test and Maintenance Information Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter Lord, Phone:513-445-4735, Email:peter.lord@daytonoh.ncr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 139-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency Emission from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment Installed on User's Premises Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 1988 **Revision of IEEE Std 139-1952. Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988 Project Scope: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency (rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for evaluation of rf industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's facility. The term, “ISM equipment,” as used here, includes equipment that generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause physical, chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters (dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic equipment, rf plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the equipment does not interfere with radio communications, navigation, and other essential radio services. The engineer responsible for the measurements should take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the maximum emission from the ISM equipment under test (EUT) has been measured. Radio frequency field-strength measurements of installed ISM equipment may be required if any of the following conditions exist: 1) The emission from the EUT was not measured by the manufacturer. 2) Because of its size or special operating conditions, the EUT could not be tested before installation. 3) Installed ISM equipment is suspected of causing interference. 4) ISM equipment has been modified in a way that could affect its rf emissions. 5) As the equipment ages, there is a question about its continued compliance. 6) There is a question about the safety to nearby personnel because of the emissions from the equipment. Measurements should be made under the direction of an engineer skilled in making and interpreting rf field-strength measurements. These measurements are made after the equipment is installed and ready for use at its place of use, and after it has been inspected as described in 2.2. The measurement report should generally be kept on file for at least three years after new measurements are made or after the equipment is no longer in use. There are significant differences between the “open field” or anechoic chamber measurements common in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and electromagnetic interference (EMI) work and the on-site measurements of installed ISM equipment. Some of these differences are described below. 1) The measurement conditions are usually more difficult because of crowded measurement locations, reflections from surrounding walls and equipment, and signals from other sources. 2 2) It is reasonable to take advantage of the shielding provided by walls and other equipment located between the ISM Equipment Under Test (EUT) and the location at which field-strength information is required. While the effect of a single wall may be small, the total effect of other equipment and building structures may be significant. In any case, it is not necessary to make measurements in a way which eliminates the benefits of this shielding. Some equipment is designed to be operated in a shielded enclosure, either because of its own sensitivity to outside interference, or because of its emission characteristics. When measuring the emission from this equipment, take advantage of the attenuation of the enclosure by making the measurements outside the enclosure, with the equipment in its normal operating position. 3) Since the measurement equipment is disconnected, moved, and reconnected many times during a set of measurements, its calibration should be checked frequently. 4) ISM equipment may often be grouped for field-strength measurements, taking one set of measurements for the entire group. 5) Electromagnetic- emission measurements of installed ISM equipment are usually significantly less accurate than laboratory (open field or test chamber) measurements because of lack of control of the measurement environment. The engineer responsible for the measurements should ensure, to the extent practical, that significant inaccuracies do not creep into the measurements from controllable factors. The overall accuracy of the measurements should be taken into account when reporting the results. 6) On-site measurements of installed ISM equipment are usually unique to the particular site because of effects of local shielding. However, they may apply to the same piece of equipment or to identical equipment installed at other sites that provide equivalent shielding and grounding. 7) The emission measured from the ISM equipment is a function of the environment surrounding the equipment. In most industrial locations, the environment is likely to change. Therefore, when measuring emission, 1) make sure the environment is typical of its usual operating condition, and, 2) determine, to the extent possible, if probable environment changes will increase emission. If so, the user should be warned. When measuring emission because of suspected electromagnetic interference, the conditions existing at the time of the suspected interference should be duplicated as closely as possible. Abstract: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency (rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for evaluation of rf industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's facility. The term, “ISM equipment,” as used here, includes equipment that generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause physical, chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters (dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic equipment, rf plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the equipment does not interfere with radio communications, navigation, and other essential radio services. The engineer responsible for the measurements should take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the maximum emission from the ISM equipment under test (EUT) has been measured. Radio frequency field-strength measurements of installed ISM equipment may be required if any of the following conditions exist:1) The emission from the EUT was not measured by the manufacturer. 2) Because of its size or special operating conditions, the EUT could not be tested before installation. 3) Installed ISM equipment is suspected of causing interference. 4) ISM equipment has been modified in a way that could affect its rf emissions. 5) As the equipment ages, there is a question about its continued compliance. Etc. Key Words: EUT, ISM equipment, radio frequency electromagnetic field measurement, rf energy, field-strength measurement Designation: 1390 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture operated over the telephone network. The utility telemetry architecture is capable of supporting many different applications. Telemetry calls may be initiated from either the utility/service provider or the telemetry interface unit on the end user's premises. The utility telemetry architecture is supported by multiple access technologies and incorporates off-hook and on-hook data communications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a generic architecture under which the telecommunications interfaces and functionality of the Utility Telemetry Service will be defined. This architecture will provide to utilities a facility that is readily available, has short set-up times, and allows for automatic meter reading using the capabilities of the switched telephone network. This architecture can be used for a multitude of different transport applications. Revisions will provide consistency with recent technical developments. Designation: 1390-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture operated over the telephone network. The architecture described is a basic transport architecture capable of supporting many different applications. The text is described in terms of a utility meter reading application, but any enhanced service provider (ESP) communication can be transported. Telemetry calls may be initiated by either the utility/service provider (outbound) or the telemetry interface unit (TIU)/CPE (inbound) on the end user's premise. Key Words: automatic meter, meter reading, telemetry, energy management, enhanced service, service provider, meter reading, telephone network, utility communication Designation: 1390.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface Unit. Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard will support this feature. Designation: 1390.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for Switched Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface Unit. Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard will support this feature. Designation: 1390.2-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service - Telemetry Interface Unit (TIU) to Telephone Network Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Jul 02, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define a standard for the communications interface between the telephone network and the device at the customer premise. The device at the customer premise is identified as a Telemetry Interface Unit (TIU) and may provide an interface between the network and devices at the customer premise such as utility meters, alarm devices, control switches and other devices to be determined. Project Purpose: No standard currently exists which provides a definition of On-and Off-Hook methods of using the telephone network for telemetry services of this nature. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service provider, meter reading, telemetry interface unit, telephone network, utility communication" Designation: 1390.3-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading via Telephone - Network to Utility Controller Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: Produce a standard interface between the utility controller and the switched telephone network. Project Purpose: This document will provide a standardized device interface to promote a multivendor environment. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service provider, meter reading, telemetry, telephone network, utility communication" Designation: 1391 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Interfaces for Knowledge-Based System Interoperability in Sensor-Based Processing Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Glenn Wright, Phone:908-291-7600, Email:glenn@gmal.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Designation: 1392 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Virtual Reality Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Blade, Phone:719/471-4476, Email:r.blade@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss virtual reality including hardware, software and algorithms related to virtual reality. Project Purpose: The subject of virtual reality is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use of terms relating to virtual reality. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications in this field. Designation: 1393-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Spaceborne Fiber Optic Data Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Fred J Orlando, Phone:407/951-3983, Email:f.orlando@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 04, 1999, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999 Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a fibre optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and media. The application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospcae sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources and communications resources onboard aerospace platforms. The standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of a highly reliable and fault tolerant fiber optic network, that is compatible with harsh thermal, mechanical, and radiation environments of aerospace applications requiring small size and low power dissipation. Current standards do not cover data rate needs above 200 Mbps. This standard will specify a node-to-node operating data range of 200 Mbps through 1 Gbps. The standard will define physical and logical protocol, and sub-network management functions which allow mixing high-speed synchronous ans asynchronous distributed access for deterministic communications. Abstract: The design requirements for a fiber-optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and me-dia is established. The application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospace sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources, and communications resourcesonboard aerospace platforms. This standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection. Key Words: "data link layer, fiber optic, fiber-optic bus, fiber-optic network, intranet, management layer, network, physical layer, space, space environment" Designation: 1394-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Serial Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 21, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1394-1995. Technical Contact: Les A Baxter, Phone:732-212-1400, Email:les@baxter-enterprises.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard describes a high-speed, low-cost serial bus suitable for use as a peripheral bus, a backup to parallel backplane buses, or a local area network. Highlights of the serial bus include the following: a)Bus transactions that include both block and single quadlet reads and writes, as well as an “isochronous” mode that provides a low-overhead guaranteed bandwidth service. b)A fair bus access mechanism that guarantees all nodes equal access. The backplane environment adds a priority mechanism, but one that ensures that nodes using the fair protocol are still guaranteed at least partial access. c)Automatic assignment of node addresses—no need for address switches. d)A physical layer (PHY) supporting both long-haul and short-haul cable media and backplane buses. e)Variable speed data transmission based on ISDN-compatible1 bit rates from 24.576 Mbit/s for transistor-transistor logic (TTL) backplanes to 49.152 Mbit/s for backplane transceiver logic (BTL) backplanes. For the cable medium, data transmission rates of 98.304 Mbit/s (known as S100), S200, S400, S800, S1600, and S3200 are supported. f)A short-haul cable medium that allows up to 16 physical connections (cable hops), each up to 4.5 m, giving a total cable distance of 72 m between any two devices. Bus management recognizes smaller configurations to optimize performance. g)A long-haul cable medium that permits connections up to 100 m in length over unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable and glass optical fiber (GOF) and up to 50 m over plastic optical fiber (POF). h)Consistency with ISO/IEC 13213:1994 (IEEE Std 1212™, 1994 Edition). Project Purpose: This standard incorporates the contents of IEEE Std 1394™-1995 as revised by IEEE Std 1394a™-2000, IEEE Std 1394b™-2002, and IEEE Std 1394c™-2006. In addition, over 100 errata have been corrected, and several new features have been added per Q.12. Abstract: This standard provides specifications for a high-speed serial bus that supports both asynchronous and isochronous communication and integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses. It is intended to provide a low-cost interconnect between cards on the same backplane, cards on other backplanes, and external peripherals. Interfaces to longer distance transmission media [such as unshielded twisted pair (UTP), optical fiber, and plastic optical fiber (POF)] allow the interconnection to be extended throughout a local network. This standard follows the command and status register (CSR) architecture of IEEE Std 1212-2001. Key Words: 1394-2008, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, plastic optical fiber, POF, unshielded twisted pair, UTP, firewire (TM) Designation: 1394-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 1394-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 1996 Abstract: A high-speed serial bus that interates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses, as well as such nonbus interconnects as the IEEE Std 1596-1992, Scalable Coherent Interface, is specified. It is intended to provide a low-cost interconnect between cards on the same backplane, cards on other backplanes, and external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-1991 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture. Key Words: firewire, fire wire, computers, high speed, serial bus, interconnect, parallel buses, parallel bus Designation: 1394 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This Revision will Incorporate 1394a-2000 and 1394b-2000 into base standard. The 1394 High Speed Serial bus will be revised to keep with current technology and developments in the High Speed Serial Bus marketplace. Project Purpose: The purpose is to merge the existing extensions to create one comprehensive document includeing potential developments from the large 1394 user community. Designation: 1394.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize the model, definition and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses. This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, and is based upon those documents as well as upon IEEE Std 1212-2001, Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses. NOTE---The set of IEEE 1394 standards specifies the interfaces, functions, and operations necessary to ensure interoperability between conforming implementations. These standards are functional descriptions. An implementation may employ any design whose behavior is compliant with the pertinent standards. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, is a cost-effective desktop interconnect for both computer peripherals and consumer electronics. However, the use of High Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g., an interconnect to carry high-speed digital video data between rooms of a house, is hampered by the incomplete architectural and protocol specifications for bridges in the existing standards. This project proposes to adequately specify bridge requirements in order to enable a larger consumer and computer market for High Performance Serial Bus products. Abstract: The model, definition, and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified. Key Words: bridge, bus, computer, high-speed serial bus, interconnect You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Designation: 1394.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize a model for, the definition of and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges which may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses. This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000, and is based upon those documents as well as upon draft standard IEEE P1212, Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses. NOTE-The set of IEEE 1394 standards specifies the interfaces, functions, and operations necessary to ensure interoperability between conforming implementations. These standards are functional descriptions. Conforming implementations may employ any design that does not violate interoperability. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000, is a cost-effective desktop interconnect for both computer peripherals and consumer electronics. However, the use of High Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g., an interconnect to carry high-speed digital video data between rooms of a house, is hampered by the incomplete architectural and protocol specifications for bridges in the existing standards. This project proposes to adequately specify bridge requirements in order to enable a larger consumer and computer market for High Performance Serial Bus products. Designation: 1394.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE Standard Serial Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Renumbered to 2100 Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: 1394.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Peer-to-Peer Data Transport Protocol (PPDT) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2004 Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data transport protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities specified include, but are not limited to device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and play) binding of software device drivers to PPDT devices and service connection management. Project Purpose: This standard creates a layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 suited to a peer-to-peer environment which includes printers, facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present some combination of these capabilities) when a computer is present but it is also intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate with each other in the absence of a host computer. Abstract: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2). The facilities specified include device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and play) binding, and connection management. Key Words: "computers,CSR architecture,connect,peer-to-peer,SBP-2,transport protocol" Designation: 1394.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Peer to Peer Data Transfer Protocol Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities specified include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Device and service discovery - PPDT devices may use uniform discovery procedures to locate other PPDT devices on the same bus. These procedures are extensible to an interconnected net of buses, when specified by IEEE P1394.1, Draft Standard for Serial Bus to Serial Bus Bridges. Once other PPDT devices are identified, facilities are provided to permit client applications to discover services; (b) Self-configurable (plug and play) binding of device drivers to PPDT devices in a dynamic environment where users are free to insert and remove devices at will; and (c) Connection management - A PPDT device (either an SBP-2 initiator or target) may establish and manage uni- or bi-directional connections for data transfer with other PPDT devices. The connections may be blocking or nonblocking, dependent upon application requirements, and operate independently of each other. Although the original impetus for the development of this standard came from participants knowledgeable about printers and printing, the work evolved and became relevant to any application that requires efficient, peer-to-peer transport of data between devices. Project Purpose: Experience with SBP-2 has demonstrated its high efficiency for the confirmed transport of large quantities of data between two devices. For historical reasons, SBP-2 is tailored to an environment where one device is the initiator (client) and the other the target (server); this is not necessarily the most natural approach when client applications and their associated servers may be located within the initiator, target or both. This standard creates a new layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 but that provides building blocks more suited to a peer-to-peer environment. Because SBP-2 is already widely implemented in operating systems, this standard leverages that effort in order to enhance the value of Serial Bus to devices in a wider range of operational circumstances. These include printers, facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present some combination of these functions) when a computer is present, but, it is also intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate with each other in the absence of a computer. Abstract: Superseded by AE371 Project scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities specified include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Device and service discovery - PPDT devices may use uniform discovery procedures to locate other PPDT devices on the same bus. These procedures are extensible to an interconnected net of buses, when specified by IEEE P1394.1, Draft Standard for Serial Bus to Serial Bus Bridges. Once other PPDT devices are identified, facilities are provided to permit client applications to discover services; (b) Self-configurable (plug and play) binding of device drivers to PPDT devices in a dynamic environment where users are free to insert and remove devices at will; and (c) Connection management - A PPDT device (either an SBP-2 initiator or target) may establish and manage uni- or bi-directional connections for data transfer with other PPDT devices. The connections may be blocking or nonblocking, dependent upon application requirements, and operate independently of each other. Although the original impetus for the development of this standard came from participants knowledgeable about printers and printing, the work evolved and became relevant to any application that requires efficient, peer-to-peer transport of data between devices. Project purpose: Experience with SBP-2 has demonstrated its high efficiency for the confirmed transport of large quantities of data between two devices. For historical reasons, SBP-2 is tailored to an environment where one device is the initiator (client) and the other the target (server); this is not necessarily the most natural approach when client applications and their associated servers may be located within the initiator, target or both. This standard creates a new layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 but that provides building bl Key Words: 1394.2 , 1394.3 , Designation: 1394a-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus (Amendment) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1394-2008. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to provide a supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 that defines or clarifies features and mechanisms that facilitate management of Serial Bus resources, at reconfiguration or during normal operation, and that defines alternate cables and connectors that may be needed for specialized applications. The following are included in this supplement: a) Cables and connectors for a 4-pin variant (from the 6-pin already standardized); b) Standardization of the PHY/link interface, previously published as informative annex to IEEE Std 1394-1995; c) Performance enhancements to the PHY layer that are interoperable with the existing standard, e.g., a method to shorten the arbitration delay when the last observed Serial Bus activity is an acknowledge packet; d) A redefintion of the isochronous data pakcet, transaction code A16, to permit its use in either the asynchronous or isochronous periods; e) More stringent requirements on the power to be supplied by a cable power source and a clarification of electrical isolation requirements; and f) Significant corrigenda and clarifications to the existing standard that do not clearly fall within any of the topics described above. The preceding are arranged in no particular order. Project Purpose: Experience with Serial Bus has revealed some areas in which additional features or improvements may result in better performance or usability. This supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 reflects their consideration by a variety of users and their refinement into generally useful facilities or features. Abstract: Amended information for a high-speed Serial Bus that integrates well with most IEEE stan-dard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. This amendment is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals, as described in IEEE Std 1394-1995. This amendment to IEEE Std 1394-1995 follows the ISO/IEC 13213:1994 Command and Status Register (CSR) Architecture. Key Words: "bus, computers, high-speed Serial Bus, interconnect" Designation: 1394b-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement)] Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1394-2008. Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This project will amend the existing 1394-1995 and 1394a-2000 standards to include: a) cables and connectors for gigabit signaling and long distance (up to 100 meters); b) detection of physical loops in the bus topology and their subsequent resolution by selective disabling of PHY port(s); c) circuit design that permits the transmission either data/strobe encoded signals or 8B10B encoded signals; d) extension of the PHY/link interface for higher data rates over either an 8-bit parallel or bit-serial bus; f) protocols to encode bus arbitration signals as symbols; f) a method to encapsulate lower speed transmissions within packets transmitted at the buses maximum operating speed; g) protocols for signal speed negotiation between peer devices at the time the connection is detected; h) port initialization protocols suitable for use over AC coupled connections; and i) various informative annexes that describe testing and compliance procedures for gigabit connections. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling a feasible and attractive extension to the original Serial Bus standard. In particular, the needs of mass storage and home network backbones require higher speeds and longer distances than are specified by IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000. Abstract: Supplemental information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212 ™-2001 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture. Key Words: "bus, Computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect" Designation: 1394b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The project scope is to write a supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 (and the 1394A supplement when that is completed) that defines a new set of higher speed transfers; in particular 8x, 16x and 32x the 1394-1995 base rate of 98.304 Mbit/sec; and allow the distance between nodes to be increased from 4.5 M to 50-100M. These new modes shall be electrically backwards compatible with the 1394-1995 protocols, but may require a new connector to support higher speeds. When operating over longer distances, the new modes may require alternate media (e.g., optical fiber) and the new media may require alternative physical connectors. Project Purpose: The computer industry would like to guarantee a long life for 1394-based products, and there will be requirements for higher speed devices with full backwards compatibility in the near future. Speeds of 800, 1600, ad 3200 Mbit/sec were viewed as adequate for the next ten years. There is also a desire to use 1394 as a home LAN protocol which will necessitate the increase in distance between nodes. Designation: 1394c-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus - Amendment 3 Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1394-2008. Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the base IEEE 1394 document set (i.e., IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) (PHYs) that provide greater than S100 data rate over Category 5 (CAT-5) or better cable. This PHY is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next higher protocol layer. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE Std 1394. This extension will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to be built with a CAT-5 (or better) UTP cable plant instead of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends. Abstract: Supplemental Information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-2001 command and status register (CSR) architecture. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1394-1995 including IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Key Words: bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect Designation: 1394c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Amendment to enhance the physical layer for higher data rates over CAT5 or better rated UTP cable Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the IEEE 1394 base standard (IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) that provide greater than S100 data rate over CAT5 or better cable. This physical layer is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next higher protocol layer. Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over unshielded twisted-pair cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE 1394. This will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to be built with a CAT5 (or better) unshielded twisted pair cable plant instead of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends. Abstract: Supplemental Information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals. This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-2001 command and status register (CSR) architecture. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1394- 1995 including IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Key Words: 1394c-2006, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, POF, UTP Designation: P1394d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Serial Bus - Amendment: IEEE 1394 Single-mode Fiber Fiber Physical Medium (PMD) Specification Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Les A Baxter, Phone:732-212-1400, Email:les@baxter-enterprises.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This document specifies an IEEE 1394 single-mode fiber PMD sublayer that supports baseband operation over single-mode optical fiber. Project Purpose: To allow IEEE 1394 devices to take advantage of the extended distance capabilities of singlemode fiber. Designation: 1395 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: PAR withdrawn - work being incorporated into P1396. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 1396 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Communication Bus (TELECOM Bus): Reference Models Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary A Nelson, Phone:708 304 0000, Email:gnelson@zynrgy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992 Project Scope: To provide a guide to the configurations and uses targeted for the TELECOM Bus family of standards. Project Purpose: To provide a firm background and overview to the environments for which TELECOM Bus systems are envisioned. Key Words: communication, bus, hybrid, switching, applications Designation: 13961-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 13961:2000 (IEEE Std 1596-1992) Information Technology -- Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1397 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard Reference and Topology Model for Automatic Metering and Related Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Stephens, Phone:803/638-3601 x4241 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994 Designation: 1398 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer End-Device Using a Radio Frequency (RF) Networks Medium Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1399 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer End-Device Using a Power Line Carrier (PL) Nerwork Medium Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 140-1950 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio- Frequency Heating Equipment Status: Superseded Abstract: Superseded. IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-Frequency Heating Equipment, describes procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial and other purposes, excluding applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology. These procedures are intended to reduce the amount of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services; they may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs. Key Words: radio-frequency energy leak, radio-frequency heating equipment Designation: 140-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio- Frequency Heating Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 140-1950. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial settings and for other purposes are described. These procedures are intended to reduce the levels of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services. They may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs. Applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology are excluded. Key Words: electromagnetic, interference, ISM equipment, radio-frequency, heating equipment, energy, minimize, Electromagnetic interference, Electromagnetic heating Designation: 1402-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This Guide identifies and discusses security issues related to human intervention during the construction, operation, (except for natural disasters) and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions. Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These intrusions may result in loss, damage, and mis-operation of equipment and facilities. This Guide will present various methods of and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions as identified in an industry survey. Abstract: Security issues related to human intrusion upon electric power supply substations are identified and discussed. Various methods and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions are also presented in this guide. Key Words: IEEE Std 1402-2000.pdf Designation: 1402 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic Security Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roland E Youngberg, Phone:563-333-8139, Email:reyoungberg@midamerican.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This guide identifies and discusses security issues related to human intervention during the construction, operation (except for natural disasters), and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions. Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These intrusions may result in loss, damage, and misoperations of equipment and facilities and may create potential safety and environmental liabilities. This guide presents various methods and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions, as identified in an industry survey. In 1994, an IEEE Substation Security Guide Survey was sent to utilities internationally: the responses from this survey are presented in Clause 7 of this Guide. Refer to IEEE Std 1264-1993 R2004 for methods being used to counteract nonhuman intrusions. Designation: P1402 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Physical Security of Electric Power Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Hassein Bashirian, Phone:404-608-5641, Email:hbashiri@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum requirements and practices for the physical security of electric power substations. It is designed to address a number of threats, including unauthorized access to substation facilities, theft of material, and vandalism. It describes the requirements for positive access control, monitoring of facilities, and delay/deter features which shall be employed to mitigate these threats. This standard also establishes requirements for different levels of physical security for electric power substations. The standard does not establish requirements based on voltage levels, size or any depiction of criticality of the substation. The user will make these decisions based on threat assessment and criticality assignment by the substation owner. Overt attacks against the substation for the purpose of destroying its capability to operate, such as explosives, projectiles, vehicles, etc. are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to define sound engineering practices for substation physical protection that could be applied to mitigate the risks associated with the fact that substations are typically unmanned, and thus susceptible to unauthorized access, theft and vandalism. Designation: 1403 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations vs. Air Insulated Substations Comparisons Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel Charbonnet, Phone:617-424-3145 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1403 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) 4kV and Higher vs Air Insulated Substations (AIS) Comparisons Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: The project deals with the selection of the equipment technology (GIS or AIS) to employ in a substation. This project will develop a checklist of technical and economic factors for considering in decision making on the type of substation to install. Project Purpose: There is presently no independent standard for selection of GIS (or AIS) substation. Frequently, the first cost of major equipment is considered in initial concept design. This guide will provide factors to consider when developing the conceptual design of a substation that could lead to use GIS as a vaiable alternative to AIS. Designation: 1404-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Guide for Microwave Communications System Development: Design, Procurement, Construction, Maintenance and Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Apr 13, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: A guideline which addresses all elements of the requirements for microwave system design, procurement, construction, maintenance and subsequent operations. Project Purpose: To provide prospective users of microwave systems a generic guide that addresses, step by step, the development of and continued operations of any microwave system. Abstract: The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, maintenance, and operation of a microwave system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications have been included in this guide; however, users should select only those steps that apply to their particular system(s) and their procurement policies. Key Words: "communications infrastructure,digital microwave,loop system,microwave spurs,ring system,star system,teleconferencing,terrestrial microwave system" Designation: 1405 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing Faults Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: 1406-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of Gas-In-Fluid Analysis for Electric Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use. History: BD APP: Apr 30, 1998 Project Scope: Guidelines for gas-in-fluids analysis for diagnostic purposes on cable system condition, and as an operation and maintenance tool to determine when corrective action may be reqyuired. Project Purpose: Cable system operators are finding it increasingly important to determine potential problems that may be due to overstressed, overheated, mechanically-damaged, or improperly operated cables. Directly monitoring the cable itself is not possible without de-energizing the system and removing a sample for laboratory evaluation Periodic gas-in-fluid analysis can allow the utility to reliably determine cable condition and undertake proper corrective action. Abstract: The application of the analysis of gases dissolved in the fluids of fluid-filled cable systems is discussed with respect to the procedures for sampling, obtaining the dissolved gas data, and analyzing the results. Key Words: "aging,cable diagnostics,fluid-filled cable,gas analysis,remaining life,transmission cable" Designation: 1407-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage (5 kV-35 kV) Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1407-1998 Technical Contact: John R Densley, Phone:905-569-3654, Email:j.densley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides information on the equipment, cable specimens, test conditions, and measurements to perform accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks, whether the test be a time-to-failure test or a test in which samples are aged for fixed times followed by a diagnostic test such as a step ACBD test. The guide identifies the critical test parameters and describes techniques for their measurement and control. The implementation of the techniques will facilitate a comparison of data obtained by different laboratories. Abstract: This guide provides information on the equipment, cable specimens, test conditions, and measurements to perform accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks, whether the test be a time to failure test or a test in which samples are aged for fixed times followed by a diagnostic test such as a step ac breakdown test. The guide identifies the critical test parameters and describes techniques for their measurement and control. The implementation of the techniques will facilitate a comparison of data obtained by different laboratories. Key Words: 1407-2007, accelerated-aging tests, cable core test, conductor resistance, cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE), ethylene propylene rubber (EPR), total harmonic distortion, tree- retardant XLPE (TRXLPE), water- filled tanks Designation: 1407-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks Status: Superseded **21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use. Superseded by 1407-2007. History: BD APP: Oct 14, 1998 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1407-2007. Accelerated aging tests on extruded medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks are addressed. Information on the equipment, cable samples, test conditions, and measurements to perform the aging tests is provided. Techniques on how to analyze the test data are also inlcuded.The implementation of this guide will allow a better description of the test data obtained by different laboratories. Key Words: "accelerated cable life test (ACLT), accelerated aging test,cross- linked polyethylene (XLPE),ethylene propylene rubber (EPR),medium-voltage cable,tank structure,temperature measurement and profile,test conditions,water-filled tanks" Designation: 1407 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage (1kV-35 KV) Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John R Densley, Phone:905-569-3654, Email:j.densley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the original document included the identification of critical test parameters for performing accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks to facilitate a comparison of data obtained from different labs. Each test parameter is to be revisited with a recommended/commonly used practice provided to narrow the focus of available test parameters. Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document was to provide broad background information on the critical test parameters for performing accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks. Revisons are necessary to distinguish between cable materials and cable design testing and to narrow the focus of available options for the critical test parameters. Designation: P1409 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: David Mueller, Phone:865-470-9222, Email:dmueller@electrotek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This guide introduces and defines the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide also includes definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies, bibliography, and engineering trade-offs. The document addresses power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-2011, which defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-2009 which provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality. Project Purpose: This document provides guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems. It can be a resource to utilities as they enter into the marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as options to solving power quality problems. Designation: 1409 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ambra Sannino, Phone:+46317723832, Email:ambra.sannino@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide which introduces and defines the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide will include definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies, bibliography, and engineering tradeoffs. The proposed document will address power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-1005, which defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-1995 which provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems. It will be a resource to utilities as they enter into the competitive marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as options to solving power quality problems. Designation: 1409 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William A (Bill) Moncrief, Phone:678-736-9609, Email:bmoncrief@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: This guide introduces and defines the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide also includes definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies, bibliography, and engineering trade-offs. The proposed document addresses power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-1005, which defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-1995 which provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality. Project Purpose: This document provides guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems. It can be a resource to utilities as they enter into the marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as options to solving power quality problems. Abstract: This guide provides guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on distribution systems of power providers to improve power quality. It is a resource to electric utility providers as they enter into the competitive marketplace. It provides detailed information about custom power devices as options to solve power quality problems. Key Words: backup stored energy system device, custom power, distribution static compensator, distribution series capacitors, distribution static var compensator, dynamic voltage restorer, flicker, harmonics, power conditioning, power quality, static voltage regulator, transfer switch, voltage fluctuations, voltage sags Designation: 141-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 1994 **IEEE Red Book. Revision of IEEE Std 141-1986. Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. A thorough analysis of basic electrical-systems considerations is presented. Guidance is provided in design, construction, and continuity of an overall system to achieve safety of life and preservation of property; reliability; simplicity of operation; voltage regulation in the utilization of equipment within the tolerance limits under all load conditions; care and maintenance; and flexibility to permit development and expansion. Recommendations are made regarding system planning; voltage considerations; surge voltage protection; system protective devices; fault calculations; grounding; power switching, transformation, and motor-control apparatus; instruments and meters; cable systems; busways; electrical energy conservation; and cost estimation. Key Words: red book, electric power, distribution, energy management, grounding, power cables, power transformers, switches, wiring, Switches/switchgear, Power system measurements, Power distribution, Industrial power system protection, Industrial power system planning, Industrial power system economics Designation: 141 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide update of 1993 edition. No new chapters are anticipated. Revise existing material to include latest technologies. Project Purpose: Maintain current status of the Red Book as a publication reflecting current technology. Designation: 141 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This publication provides a recommended practice for the electrical design of industrial facilities; and distribution, control, and monitoring of electrical energy in industrial facilities. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to be the reference source for the current and updated practices for electrical design of industrial facilities and power distribution in plants in order to increase electrical system reliability. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited industrial experience. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of the industrial facilities. Designation: 141-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986 Abstract: A thorough analysis of basic electrical-systems considerations is presented. Guidance is provided in design, construction, and continuity of an overall system to achieve safety of life and preservation of property; reliability; simplicity of operation; voltage regulation in the utilization of equipment within the tolerance limits under all load conditions; care and maintenance; and flexibility to permit development and expansion. Recommendations are made regarding system planning; voltage considerations; surge voltage protection; system protective devices; fault calculations; grounding; power switching, transformation, and motor- control apparatus; instruments and meters; cable systems; busways; electrical energy conservation; and cost estimation. Designation: 1410-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 21, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1410-2004 History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning- caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-2009. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Abstract: Factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on the line insulation of overhead distribution lines and suggested improvements to existing and new constructions are identified in this guide. Key Words: direct-stroke protection, distribution, flashover, ground conductivity, IEEE 1410, induced over-voltage, insulation, lightning, overhead line, surge impedance Designation: 1410-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1410-1997. Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning- caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Abstract: "IEEE Std 1410-2004, IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines" Key Words: "distribution networks, IEEE guide, IEEE standards, lightning protection, overhead power distribution lines, power overhead lines, power system lightning protection, power system protection, protection performance improvement" Designation: 1410-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1410-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Identify factors which contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines. Suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. Project Purpose: Present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 1410-2004 This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1991. 1 Key Words: This scope will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system volta Designation: 1410 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning- caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1997. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines. Designation: 14102-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:2008 Information Technology- -Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2010 History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011 Project Scope: This International Standard gives guidelines for the evaluation and selection of CASE tools, covering a partial or full portion of the software engineering life cycle. It establishes processes and activities to be applied for the evaluation of CASE tools and selecting the most appropriate CASE tools from several candidates. These processes are generic, and organizations must tailor them to meet organizational needs. The CASE tool evaluation and selection processes should be viewed in the larger context of the organization's technology adoption process. This International Standard provides the following: a) guidance on identifying organizational requirements for CASE tools; b) guidance on mapping those requirements to CASE tool characteristics to be evaluated; c) a process for selecting the most appropriate CASE tool from several tools, based on measurements of the defined characteristics. Primary users of this International Standard are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers can also use this International Standard to describe characteristics of their CASE tools. This International Standard is not intended to apply to: a) software engineering frameworks whose purpose is to provide mechanisms for data, control and presentation integration; b) general purpose tools (e.g. word processors, spreadsheets) which can be used in software engineering activities, nor CASE tools of very narrow scope or specific purpose (e.g. a compiler); c) planning for the implementation of CASE tools within an organization (even though it is recognised that this is an important subject). NOTE A user of this International Standard can make the best possible selection of a CASE tool and yet have no guarantee of a successful implementation. ISO/IEC TR 14471 Adoption of CASE Tools addresses this subject. This International Standard contains a set of processes, activities, and tasks designed to be tailored. The tailoring process is the selection of applicable processes, activities and tasks. Compliance with this International Standard is defined as the performance of the processes, activities, and tasks selected from this International Standard for the evaluation and selection project. Any organization imposing this International Standard as a condition of trade is responsible for specifying the minimum set of required processes, activities, and tasks which constitute compliance for a given application of this International Standard. Abstract: This standard adopts ISO/IEC 14102:2008 and defines both a set of processes and a structured set of computer-aided software engineering (CASE) tool characteristics for use in the technical evaluation and the ultimate selection of a CASE tool. It follows the software product evaluation model defined in ISO/IEC 14598-5:1998. Key Words: computer-aided software engineering (CASE), CASE tools, information technology, life cycle processes, tool evaluation, tool selection Designation: 14102 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:2008 Information Technology - Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This International Standard deals with the evaluation and selection of CASE tools, covering a partial or full portion of the software engineering life cycle. It establishes processes and activities to be applied for the evaluation of CASE tools and selecting the most appropriate CASE tools from several candidates. These processes are generic, and organisations must tailor them to meet organisational needs. The CASE tool evaluation and selection processes should be viewed in the larger context of the organisation’s technology adoption process. This International Standard provides: a) Guidance on identifying organisational requirements for CASE tools. b) Guidance on mapping those requirements to CASE tool characteristics to be evaluated. c) A process for selecting the most appropriate CASE tool from several tools, based on measurements of the defined characteristics. Primary users of this International Standard are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use this International Standard to describe characteristics of their CASE tools. This International Standard is not intended to apply to: d) Software engineering frameworks whose purpose is to provide mechanisms for data, control and presentation integration. e) General purpose tools (e.g., word processors, spreadsheets) which may be used in software engineering activities, nor CASE tools of very narrow scope or specific purpose (e.g., a compiler). f) Planning for the implementation of CASE tools within an organisation (even though it is recognised that this is an important subject). NOTE A user of this International Standard may make the best possible selection of a CASE tool and have no guarantee of a successful implementation. ISO/IEC TR14471 Adoption of CASE Tools addresses this subject. This International Standard contains a set of processes, activities, and tasks designed to be tailored. The tailoring process is the selection of applicable processes, activities and tasks. Compliance with this International Standard is defined as the performance of the processes, activities, and tasks selected from this International Standard for the evaluation and selection project. Any organisation imposing this International Standard as a condition of trade is responsible for specifying the minimum set of required processes, activities, and tasks which constitute compliance for a given application of this International Standard. Project Purpose: None - ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose clause Designation: 1413-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: IEEE Standard Framework for Reliability Prediction of Hardware Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1413-1998 Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides the framework for performing and reporting reliability predictions. It applies to hardware products including electronic, electrical, and mechanical devices and assemblies. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to identify the required elements for an understandable and useful reliability prediction. A reliability prediction made according to this standard shall have sufficient information concerning inputs, assumptions, and uncertainty so the risk associated with using the prediction results can be understood. Abstract: The framework for the reliability prediction for electronic hardware is covered in this standard. This standard identifies required elements for an understandable and credible reliability prediction with information to evaluate the effective use of the prediction results. A reliability prediction generated according to this standard shall have sufficient information concerning inputs, assumptions, data sources, methodology(ies), and uncertainties so that the risk associated with using the prediction results can be considered. This document does not provide instructions for how to perform reliability prediction and does not judge methodologies. Key Words: 1413-2010, assessment of reliability prediction, reliability, reliability prediction Designation: 1413-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: (Superseded) IEEE Standard Methodology for Reliability Predictions and Assessment for Electronic Systems Equipment Status: Superseded **Reference: Mil-HDBK-217. Superseded by 1413-2010. Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999 Project Scope: A standardized medium for developing reliability predictions of electronic systems and equipment. Project Purpose: To provide an approach for developing reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the physics-of- failure approach which (1) has models based on science/engineering first principles (2) has information on materials, architectures and operating stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state temperature, temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as applicable to each root cause of failure mechanism. Abstract: The framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment, including hardware and software predictions at all levels, is covered. Key Words: Mil-HDBK-217 Designation: 1413 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Standard Methodology for Reliability Prediction and Assessment for Electronic Systems and Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: [original] This standard covers the framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment, including hardware and software predictions at all levels. [Revised] This standard covers the framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment at all levels. Project Purpose: [Original] To provide an approach for developing reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the physical-of-failure approach which (1) has models based on science / engineering first principles (2) has information on materials, architectures and operating stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state temperature, temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as applicable to each root cause of failure mechanism. There are underlying assumptions associated with all reliability predictions. These assumptions and level and depth of information used in the prediction process determine the level of risk in using a reliability prediction. This standard identifies required attributes for an understandable, credible reliability prediction. A prediction made according to IEEE Standard 1413 includes sufficient information including inputs, assumptions, uncertainties and outputs, that the risks associated with using the prediction are understood. Designation: 1413.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Using Reliability Predictions Based on IEEE 1413 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: Processes and methodologies for conducting reliability predictions for electronic systems and equipment. Project Purpose: To assist in the selection and use of reliability prediction methodologies satisfying IEEE 1413. Abstract: framework for reliability prediction procedures for electronic equipment at all levels is provided in this guide . Key Words: "baseline,classic reliability,constant failure rate,estimation,failure,goal,item,operat-ing environment,reliability prediction,requirement,system life cycle" Designation: P1413.1 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Developing and Assessing Reliability Predictions Based on IEEE Standard 1413 Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide guidance for conducting and assessing reliability predictions (techniques and methods) for electronic products and systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist in the selection, performance, and comparison of reliability prediction processes and methodologies, in accordance with IEEE standard 1413. Designation: 1414 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for Common Requirements of IEEE Power Switchgear Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 14143.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 Information Technology - Software Measurement - Functional Size Measurement - Part 1: Definition of Concepts Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000 Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 14143 defines the fundamental concepts of Functional Size Measurement (FSM) and describes the general principles for applying an FSM method. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 does not provide detailed rules on how to 1) measure Functional Size of software using a particular method, 2) use the results obtained from a particular method, 3) select a particular method. The definition of FSM in this part of ISO/IEC 14143 is applicable when determining if a method for sizing software is a Functional Size Measurement Method. It does not prevent the development of various methods, but rather provides a basis for assessing whether a particular method conforms to FSM. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 is intended for use by those persons associated with the acquisition, development, use, support, maintenance and audit of software. Project Purpose: The purpose of the adoption is to harmonize IEEE practices for functional size measurement with relevant international standards. The purpose of the standad is to provide criteria for conforming functional measurement methods. Abstract: Implementation notes that relate to the IEEE interpretation of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 are described. Key Words: function point,Functional Size Method,measurement,metrics Designation: 1415-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This guide provides maintenance testing and failure analysis guidance for form-wound, squirrel cage, induction machinery rated up to 15 kV. The guide addresses the following machine systems: — Stator (winding and wore) — Rotor (winding and core) — Vibration and noise — Bearings and shafts — Structure, frame — Ventilation — Accessories Project Purpose: This document is intended for the following purposes: — To provide guidance concerning the appropriateness of various maintenance tests and interpreting the results of those tests with respect to failure analysis and to routine predictive maintenance activities — To provide a methodology by which the most probable cause of any particular machine failure may be determined — To encourage the establishment of routine and uniform data collection so valuable facts of the failure are not destroyed — To facilitate cooperative efforts by users and manufacturers during failure analysis Abstract: This guide describes field test methods that assure that current transformers are connected properly, are of marked ratio and polarity, and after having been in service for a period of time. Key Words: failure analysis, induction machinery, induction motor, maintenance tests, maintenance testing, root cause analysis Designation: 1415 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure Analysis Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995 Project Scope: Document to provide maintenance testing and failure analysis for formwound, squirrel cage, induction machines rated up to 15 kV. The Guide shall address the following systems: stator (winding and core), rotor (winding and core), vibration and noise, bearings and shaft, structure, ventilation, accessories. Project Purpose: Analysis of induction machine failures are not covered by the available standards. The document will provide guidance into performing failure analysis. As part of the failure analysis, certain maintenance tests are suggested. The working group will provide guidance into the appropriateness of the maintenance tests and into the interpreting of the test results. The guidance concerning maintenance testing will be, in general, appropriate to normal maintenance testing (predictive maintenance testing). Designation: 1416-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Interface of New Gas-Insulated Equipment in Existing Gas-Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Jean-Marie Delcoustal, Phone:+33-4-7268-3439, Email:jean-marie.delcoustal@tde.aistom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the project is the interfaces between existing Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment and gas insulated equipment that is added at a later date, and may be of a different design. The project includes the interfaces at Gas Insulated Transmission Line (GITL) equipment, and Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment. Project Purpose: Interface practice is not currently covered by a consensus document. This document will recommend practices, for both users and suppliers, for identification of, and solution to, interface problems. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 Recommendations for the connection of a gas-insulated substation to another gas-insu- lated substation of a different make are given. Key Words: "gas-insulated substation - GIS -,gas-insulated transmission line - GIL -,interface" Designation: 1417-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI EC13-1992 - Cardiac Monitors, Heart Rate Meters, and Alarms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) heart rate and waveform monitors that are intended for use under the operating conditions specified in this standard. Designation: P1418 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI PAC49-1993 - Pacemaker Emergency Intervention System Status: Adoption in Progress Project Scope: This standard covers labeling and performance requirements for a pacemaker emergency intervention system (EIS). The EIS is intended for use in hospitals and clinic emergency rooms to permit conversion of conforming implanted bradycardia cardiac pacemakers to a standard high output mode when the pacemaker is perceived by the examiner to be operating in a nonstandard way or in a wy not understood by the examiner. Designation: P1419 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI DF39-1993 - Automatic External Defibrillators and Remote- Control Defibrillators Status: Adoption in Progress Project Scope: This standard covers minimum labeling, performance, and safety requirements for automatic or semi-automatic (advisory) external defibrillators (AED), remote control defibrillators (RCD), and self-adhesive combination electrodes. Designation: 142-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 04, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide concensus of the expertize on the subject of grounding of industrial and commercial power systems, equipemnt, lightning protection, connection to earth and computer system grounding. Project Purpose: As grounding systems technology advances, this recommended practice must be revised and updated to reflect these changes. Abstract: The scope of this document is to provide consensus of the expertise on the subject of grounding of industrial and commercial power systems, equipment, lightning protection, connection to earth and computer system grounding. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 142-1997 Key Words: connection to earth, electronic equipment grounding, equipmentgrounding, lightning protection, static protection, system grounding, Green Book Designation: 142 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revison project for Green Book. Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 142-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Green Book. Revision of IEEE Std 142-1982. Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 142-2007 (Green Book). This IEEE Standars product is part of the Color Books family. The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap of one phase, are covered. Key Words: system, static, lightning protection, protection grounding, connection to earth, earth, sensitive, electronic equipment, green book, System grounding, Static and lightning protection, Sensitive electronic equipment, Equipment grounding Designation: 142-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Green Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1983 Abstract: The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap of one phase, are covered. The advantages and disadvantages of grounded versus ungrounded systems are discussed. Information is given on how to ground the system, where the system should be grounded, and how to select equipment for the grounding of the neutral circuits. Connecting the frames and enclosures of electric apparatus, such as motors, switchgear, transformers, buses, cables conduits, building frames, and portable equipment, to a ground system is addressed. The fundamentals of making the interconnection or ground-conductor system between electric equipment and the ground rods, water pipes, etc. are outlined. The problems of static electricity—how it is generated, what processes may produce it, how it is measured, and what should be done to prevent its generation or to drain the static charges to earth to prevent sparking—are treated. Methods of protecting structures against the effects of lightning are also covered. Obtaining a low-resistance connection to the earth, use of ground rods, connections to water pipes, etc. is discussed. A separate chapter on sensitive electronic equipment is included. Key Words: grounding, industrial, commercial, power, systems Designation: 1420.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Basic Interoperability Data Model (BIDM) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly known as P1420.2. Dev in coop with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG). Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002 Abstract: The minimal set of information about assets that reuse libraries should be able to exchange to support interoperability is provided. Key Words: reuse library, software, interoperability, BIDM, software reuse Designation: 1420.1a-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Software Reuse- Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Asset Certification Framework [Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly known as 1420.1. Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. Technical Contact: Ed Comer, Phone:407-984-3370, Email:erc@sps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Definition of guidelines for the consistent structure, labeling, and description of asset evaluation and certification techniques for software. Abstract: A consistent structure for describing a reuse library's asset certification policy in terms of an Asset Certification Framework is defined, along with a standard interoperability data model for interchange of asset certification information. Key Words: certification, data model, interoperability, quality factors, reuse libraries, software Designation: 1420.1b-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Intellectual Property Rights Framework Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. Technical Contact: Scott Wells, Phone:423-974-5803 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Draft a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) so that reusable software components may be labeled with information regarding the legal restrictions commonly asserted in the US, such as copyright, patents, licensing and export restrictions. The committee will not deal with international issues, enforcing the legal restrictions, or advocating changes in property rights law. The committee will consider mechanisms for asserting and enforcing legal restrictions for the purpose of describing such mechanisms, but will not develop such mechanisms). Project Purpose: There is a lack of standards for exchanging intellectual property rights information regarding reusable software components. This inhibits interoperability and causes uncertainty about liability risks. This project will provide a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) for labeling intellectual property rights and licensing restrictions that addresses the concerns of academic, commercial and government ruuse libraries. Abstract: This extension to the Basic Interoperability Data Model (IEEE Std 1420.1-1995)incorporates intellectual property rights issues into software asset descriptions for reuse library interoperability. Key Words: "data model,intellectual property rights,interoperability,reuse libraries,rights management,software" Designation: 1420.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Bindings to HTML and SGML Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Timothy Niesen, Phone:508 858 1138, Email:tmn@swl.msd.ray.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: To draft a standard specifying the binding of the BIDM (1420.1) and its supplements, such as the Asset Certification Framework extension (P1420.1a), to the interchange formats associated with the WWW, SGML, and HTML. The committee does not plan to consider bindings to other interchange formats or protocols and does not plan to consider other data models. Project Purpose: The BIDM standard (1420.1) does not currently explain how the BIDM model would be realized in terms of existing interchange protocols. This effort will provide bindings of the BIDM (1420.1) to the HTML and SGML languages that would be utilized by reuse libraries to achieve interoperability using the BIDM. Designation: 1420.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Model Extensions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kay Hohn, Phone:304-284-9006, Email:hohnk@source.asset.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: The committee will draft a proposed standard meta-model that would not replace the BIDM (1420.1), but rather explain how the BIDM and its extensions, like ACF (1420.1a) and intellectual property labeling (proposed 1420.1b) can be derived from it. Project Purpose: The existing meta-model does not cover all the modeling features needed for libraries to extend the model for purposes of specific communities. The proposed standard will define explicitly the meta-model implied by the BIDM, provide a style sheet for graphical representations of BIDM, and provide guidance on how compatible extensions to the BIDM can be made. Designation: 1420.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Reuse Processes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Project renumbered to 1517 - 12/97 Technical Contact: Carma L McClure, Phone:312-337-1147, Email:73733.2037@compuserv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: The project would develop an additional part of IEEE/EIA 12207 to describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to traditional software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed effort is to develop an additional part of the IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software reuse processes and how they would be incorporated into the life cycle process framework already provided by 12207. The primary purpose would be to facilitate communication between acquirer and supplier, particularly regarding questions on the scope of the contract and questions regarding who bears the expense and gains the benefits of reuse efforts. Designation: 1421 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Performance of Implementations of Training-Related Algorithms for Multilayer Perceptron Artificial Neural Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert W Green, Phone:(508) 9998260, Email:r.green@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations of training-related algorithms for multilayer perceptron artificial neural networks. Project Purpose: A large number of implementations of training procedures for multilayer perceptrons artificial neural networks have been described with widely varying claims of performance. At present, buyers and users have no common set of guidelines for evaluation of vendor claims. The working group proposes to fulfill this need by assembling a set of such guidelines. Designation: 1422 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Evolutionary Computation Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: V. Rao Vemuri, Phone:(510) 424-4051, Email:r.vemuri@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss evolutionary systems including hardware, software, and algorithms related to evolutionary systems: genetic and evolutionary algorithms, artificial life and associated topics. Project Purpose: The subject of evolutionary systems is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to evolutionary systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications i the field. Designation: 1423 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Fuzzy Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss fuzzy systems including hardware, software, and algorithms related to fuzzy systems. Project Purpose: The subject of fuzzy systems is treated in a wide variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present time, there is no widely or accepted guide or standard for the use of technical terms relating to fuzzy systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of future publications in this field. Designation: 1424 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition, Specification and Analysis of Systems Using Artificial Networks, Fuzzy Systems, Evolutionary Systems and/or Virtual Reality Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project applies to, and provides the basis for, the definition, specification, performance analysis and application of systems using artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or virtual reality. Systems covered by this standard typically combine a suite of tools to implement an intelligent system. Project Purpose: Many successful applications of intelligent systems combine artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or virtual reality. Guidelines and cautions for the effective combination of these tools into an application are needed to guide the development and evaluation of intelligent systems. It is the purpose of this project to provide a broad outline of such guidelines for the definition, specification, performance analysis and application of computationally intelligent systems. It is anticipated that this project will provide the framework for relating a number of specific standards currently under development or planned. Designation: 1425-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Remaining Life of Impregnated Paper-Insulated Transmission Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 2002 Technical Contact: S. Michael Foty, Phone:416-345-6460, Email:michael.medeiros@hydroone.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: To prepare a guide for the evaluation of the remaining life of impregnated paper insulated transmission cable systems. Project Purpose: Many cable ciircuits are now approaching the end of their theoretical life. There are currently no guidelines for evaluating the remaining life of cables. The guide will provide technical background, brief discussions and advice, with frequent reference to the literature, to those needing to evaluate the remaining life of impregnated paper insulateed transmission cables. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This guide provides technical information regarding factors that can affect the life of an impregnated paper-insulated transmission cable system, and it reviews available methods to evaluate the remaining life of such systems and preventive maintenance to extend their service life Key Words: "extra high voltage (EHV) cable, high-pressure fluid-filled (HPFF) cable, hight-pressure gas-filled (HPGF) cable, impregnated paper-insulated transmission cable systems, self-contained liquid-filled (SCLF) cable, thermal-mechanical bending" Designation: 14252-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Title: ISO/IEC 14252: [IEEE Std 1003.0-1995] Guide to the POSIX(R) Open Systems Environment Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **This is an exact duplicate of IEEE Std 1003.0-1995 and the IEEE will not carry this publication. If you need to purchase the ISO/IEC publication, please contact ANSI @ 212.642.4900 or ISO @ 41.22.919.0111 directly. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress. Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains. Key Words: application portability, application interoperability, open system environments, profiles, POSIX® Designation: 1426-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society Title: ANSI/AAMI EC11-1991 - Diagnostic Electrocardiographic Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Gideon Kantor, Phone:301 946 1043, Email:g.kantor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) systems with direct working devices which are intended for use, under the operating conditions specified in this standard, in the analysis of rhythm and of detailed morphology of complex cardiac complexes. Designation: 1427-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Recommended Electrical Clearances and Insulation Levels in Air Insulated Electrical Power Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007 Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-619-0427, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007 Project Scope: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV, provides recommended electrical operating and safety clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses insulation coordination procedures; provides design procedures for the selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as they relate to substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus arrangements and substation voltage uprating applications. This guide addresses insulation coordination procedures, including the choice of insulation levels and arrester specification, in limited detail and only as relevant to clearance requirements. Detailed and expanded coverage of insulation coordination procedures is provided in other ANSI and IEEE guides and standards (see Clause 2). This guide focuses on open-air bus assemblies and configurations and excludes apparatus clearances (i.e., bushing clearances for transformers, and breakers). Detailed coverage of apparatus clearances is provided in other applicable guides and standards. Project Purpose: Proper electrical clearances are necessary for the design, construction, and operation of electric supply substations. This document develops guidelines for the application of recommended electrical clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated substations. The recommended clearances incorporate both design/operating clearances and safety clearances. Abstract: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV, provides recommended electrical operating and safety clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses insulation coordination procedures; provides design procedures for the selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as they relate to substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus arrangements and substation voltage uprating applications. Key Words: basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL), basic switching impulse insulation level (BSL), clearances, insulation coordination, insulation levels, substation Designation: 1428-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Fiber Optic Cables in Electric Power Generating Stations and in Industrial Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 18, 2005 Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: Fiber Optic Cable intended to operate in electrical power generating stations and in other industrial facilities. Project Purpose: The selection and installation of fiber optic cable for use in electric power generating stations or other industrial facilities, is not currently addressed wsithin IEEE documents. This guide will provide assistance in these areas by identifying limitations, precautions, cable construction considerations, and installation criteria, unique to or associated with fiber optic cables. Abstract: This guide is intended for cables designed for use in power generating stations and industrial facilities, in both the outside plant environment and indoor applications - the latter with adequate consideration for requirements of the National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R).) Key Words: cable construction, electric power generating stations, fiber-optic cables, index of refraction, local area network connections, multimode fibers, numerical aperture, optical cable designs, optical performance, reflectometer, singlemode fibers, telecommunication Designation: 1429 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Cleanrooms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Brian A Rener, Phone:847-328-3555, Email:rener@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical systems in facilities with Cleanrooms. Project Purpose: Cleanroom electrical systems are not currently covered by standards or recommended practices. This document will provide recommended analysis and design practices for electrical systems in facilities that support Cleanrooms. Designation: 1430-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology Software Reuse-Concept of Operations for Interoperating Reuse Libraries [Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: The scope of the guide will be the system-level concepts which form the context for a network of interoperating reuse libraries, including the identification of properties required of standards, policies and technology required for the context. It does not address the structure or organization of governing bodies, and identification of particular standards or detailed policies. Project Purpose: Providing a foundation for identifying the standards, policies, and infrastructure necessary to support large numbers of interoperating reuse libraries. This will provide guidance in the selection or creation of appropriate standards. Abstract: This document describes the concepts necessary and appropriate for Networks of Interoperating Reuse Libraries (NIRLs). The purpose is to provide a context for standardization efforts toward the goal of supporting and enhancing interoperability. Key Words: reuse libraries, software, interoperability, networks Designation: 1431-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004 Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A stadard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis CVG is provided. A complilation of recommended procedures for testing a CVG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Informative annexes cover CVG design features and theoretical principles of operation. Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) specification and test procedures. The CVG is a device which measures inertial angular rate through the Coriolis force produced from a vibrating mass in a non-inertial reference frame. This gyro type encompasses low cost Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems (MEMS) devices on silicon or quartz chips and also inertial navigation grade vibrating shell gyros. Abstract: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis CVG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a CVG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Informative annexes cover CVG design features and theoretical principles of operation. Key Words: Keywords: Coriolis vibratory gyro, force-rebalance mode, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, MEMS, MEMS gyro, micro- electro-mechanical system, open loop mode, ratiometric output, whole angle mode Designation: 1431 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This standard defines the requirements and test procedures for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros (CVG's). The CVG is a device which measures inertial angular rate through the coriolis force produced from a vibrating mass in a non-inertial reference frame. A characteristic attribute of all such gyros is the presence of a sustained mechanical oscillation providing the linear momentum required to produce Coriolis force. Each gyro consists of a resonator, a drive mechanism, and a pickoff. the resonator can be a fork, cylinder, plate, beam, string, ring, sphere, etc., any structure which has characteristic eigermodes of vibration. These vibratory modes may be sustained in a solid, liquid or gas. CVG drive and pickoff mechanisms can employ peizoelectric, piezoresistive, capacitive or other means. Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of Coriolis vibratory gyro specifications and test procedures. An IEEE standard covering Coriolis vibratory gyros is not currently available. Such a standard is expected to be important since CVG's will be the smallest, lowest cost, and most widely applied of the commercial gyro technologies. Designation: 1431-2004/Cor 1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis Vibratory Gyros - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2008 Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 2009 Project Scope: Correction of labeling errors on several figures. Project Purpose: Establish consistent use of symbols and terminology. Abstract: Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1672-2006. http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/errata/1431_Cor1-2008.pdf Designation: 1432 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Recommended Practice for the Specification of Motion Tracking Systems Used in Virtual Reality Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Herschell Murry, Phone:(802) 655-3159, Email:h_murry@polhemus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will address the definition, specification and documentation of motion tracker systems used in virtual reality systems. Project Purpose: The virtual reality community has requested a set of guidelines to help in the interpretation of system capabilities. Guidelines for the definition, specification and analysis of motion tracking systems will be outlined. Designation: 1433 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: A Standard Glossary of Power Quality Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Philip P Barker, Phone:518-374-4699, Email:pbarker@nycap.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: To develop a common set of definitions describing the various types of power quality disturbances and phenomena which occur. Project Purpose: To develop common definitions to the varied interpretations of power quality phenomena as proposed by several IEEE working groups including: P1159, P1250, P1100, P519A, C62. Designation: 1434-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide to the Measurement of Partial Discharges in Rotating Machinery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2000 Technical Contact: William McDermid, Phone:204-474-3787, Email:wmmcdermid@hydro.mb.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Apr 26, 2000, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This guide discusses both on-line and off-line partial discharge (PD) measurements on complete windings of any type, as well as measurements on individual form-wound coils and bars. Measurements selected from those that are outlined may be appropriate for application during the manufacture, installation, operation, and maintenance of windings of ac rotating machinery. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify test methods that may be useful in the measurement of PD activity involving the electrical insulation systems of ac rotating machinery for quality control and to detect winding aging. Abstract: " A review of the nature of partial discharge in machine windings, how it can be measuredunder both off-line and on-line conditions, how it can be measured for individual form-wound coilsor bars, and the significance and limitations of the measured values are covered. " Key Words: "electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, partial discharge, rotating machine windings" Designation: P1434 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for the Measurement of Partial Discharges in AC Electric Machinery Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William McDermid, Phone:204-474-3787, Email:wmmcdermid@hydro.mb.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This guide discusses both on-line and off-line partial discharge (PD) measurements on complete windings of any type, as well as measurements on individual form-wound coils and bars. Measurements selected from those that are outlined may be appropriate for application during the manufacture, installation, operation, and maintenance of windings of ac electric machinery. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify test methods that may be useful in the measurement of PD activity involving the electrical insulation systems of ac electric machinery for quality control and to detect winding aging. Designation: 1435 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Technology to Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Communucations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Bruce C Abernethy, Phone:214-373-7873, Email:babernethy@bwrcorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The application of SONET communications standards network architectural options, capabilities, network management and associated equipment features to ITS voice, data and video communications network requirements. Project Purpose: The use of SONET technology in ITS communication networks is not covered by recommended practices. In fulfilling this need, the working group will define the recommended methods and associated, published standards by which SONET technology can be reliably applied to ITS communications requirements and assuring interoperability between network elements. The project will improve and clarify the understanding of this important technology with the objective of eliminating improper network configurations, errors in interface specifications and data load and network sizing errors. Designation: 1436 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Ground Based Transportation Collision Avoidance Radar Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Martin Grace, Phone:408-778-2000, Email:mgrace@anritsu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this project is a standard for the transmission, reception, and processing of collision avoidance radar signals. The standard will include conformance and performance requirements; methods for measuring system parameters and performance; and a SAE compatible interface with the vehicular ITS system. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a standard that will set forth the performance requirements for collision avoidance radars and promote compatibility among manufacturer's radar systems. The project will also provide specific methods of measuring collision avoidance parameters and performance to increase the comparability among systems and to ensure accurate testing. Designation: 1437 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard For the Integration of Plant Condition Monitoring Elements in Hydroelectric Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Roehl, Phone:503-808-4334, Email:alan.k.roehl@usace.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities. The items monitored may include generators, motors, excitation systems, governors, turbines, pumps, water passage, transformers, switchgear, auxiliary equipment and environment. Project Purpose: The standard will define the information organization, hardware, and communications requirements for compatibility of individual monitoring elements. Use of the standard will allow users to connect individual monitoring elements in an integrated condition monitoring system with minimal effort. Designation: 1438 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide For the Application of Plant Condition Monitoring For Hydroelectric Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities. The items monitored may include generator/motor, turbine/pump, excitation system, governor, transformers, switchgear, water passage, auxiliary equipment and environment. Project Purpose: Condition monitoring of hydroelectric facilities is not currently covered by standards. The document will guide owners, operators, manufacturers and consultants on the issues involved in justifying, spedifying, installing and using integrated condition monitoring systems for the various components of hydroelectric facilities. Designation: 1439 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide for the Specification of Software Interfaces for Artificial Nueral Networks (ANN) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidelines for specification of software interfaces for artificial neural network systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this proposed project is to develop guidelines for software interfaces for artificial neural network systems. This has been requested by government agendies interested in image compression and restoration of ANN codes images using pulse-coupled neural networks (PCNN), and other ANN. Designation: 1440 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence Title: Guide For Definition and Specification of Fuzzy Systems in Applications and Their Interfaces With Other Elements of Computational Intelligence (CI) of the System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Guidelines for the definition and specification of fuzzy systems for applications will be developed. These will include syggestions for interfacing fuzzy systems with other computational intelligence elements of the system; neural networks, evolutionary systems and virtual reality. Project Purpose: Many new products use fuzzy systems and other types of computational intelligence. Guidelines for the definition and specification of such systems will help in the evaluation of their performance and in accurately marketing products. Such guidelines have been requested by industry and government users and producers, particularly those interested in interfaces with neural networks evolutionary systems and virtual reality. Designation: 1441-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Inspection of Overhead Transmission Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:fferracane@ameren.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005 Project Scope: This guide covers the inspection procedures and practices for right-of-way issues, foundations, structures, and wire installation for overhead lines. Project Purpose: The objective of this guide is to provide a convenient tool to facilitate thorough and consistent administrative and quality control techniques for the transmission line owner. The guidelines and procedures presented in this document are intended to not only document the standards expected of the construction inspectors, but also to help ensure that the project is constructed in compliance with the drawings and specifications. The owner's specification is the inspector's primary source of direction when specific guidance is required. In the absence of specific owner's directions, this guide may be used. Abstract: This guide covers various approaches to good inspection practices for the construction of overhead transmission lines. Inspection responsibilities and reporting as well as inspection of various overhead transmission line components are discussed. The guide is intended to be used as a reference for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of overhead transmission lines. Key Words: construction, inspection, transmission lines Designation: 1442 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Field Testing and Monitoring of In-Service Non-Ceramic Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Cartwright, Phone:(561) 845-4857 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: Characterization of service environments, data collection, measurements and analysis of in-service non-ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: Provide technical assistance to organizations interested in monitoring and collecting data from in-service non-ceramic insulators. Define aging, factors that influence aging, methods of monitoring, analysis of data, consequences of aging on insulator performance and recommended practices. Promote collection of comparable data from diverse environments. Promote collection of in-service data that can be compared with laboratory collected data. Designation: 1443 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: Standard for Microwave Network Parameters Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: The project will develop definitions of network parameters, including scattering, impedance, and related parameters. The standard will define these parameters, possibly in more than one form to accommodate current usage. It will also compare and contrast the parameters in their various forms, interrelate them, and state conditions of proper use. The project will focus on the parameters of microwave (transmission-line or waveguide based) circuit theory but will harmonize the results with low- frequency circuit theory. Definitions of characteristic impedance will be considered. Project Purpose: Current definitions of network parameters, particularly scattering parameters, vary greatly, especially when the reference impedence is complex. Many computer-aided design tools use a definitio that differs significantly from that used by measurement instruments; the implications can be dramatic. In both cases, the reults may be incompatible with basic mathematical formulas familiar to engineers. The current IEEE definitions (The New IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms, Fifth Ed.) are inconsistent with other international standards. Designation: 1445-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will define the test program set data embodied in a number of ASCII files for stimulus, response, and diagnostics of digital systems for use on digital Automatic Test Systems. Project Purpose: This standard will develop a definition of digital test information for digital test systems to cover UUT Model, stimulus/response, fault dictionary, probe data, and other forms of data. Any existing defacto standards will be given precedence. Abstract: The information content and the data formats for the interchange of digital test program data between digital automated test program generators (DATPGs) and automatic test equipment (ATE) for board-level printed circuit assemblies are deÞned. This information can be broadly grouped into data that deÞnes the following: UUT Model, Stimulus and Response, Fault Dictionary, and Probe. Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automated test program generator (DATPG), digital test interchange format (DTIF), Fault Dictionary data" Designation: 1446 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Ada-Based Test Program Development (AdaTPD) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Combine and update IEEE Trial Use Std 1226.1-1993 and 1226.2- 1993 into one new full use standard. This wil incorporate revisions of the reference standards (ANSI/ISO/IEC 8652:1995 for Ada and IEEE Std 716-1995 for C/ATLAS) and feedback from trial use experience. Project Purpose: To support development of Ada-based test programs that are independent of any specific test system. The goal of this standard is to reduce life cycle costs by reducing test program set development and maintenance time, and supporting test program reusability and transportability. Designation: 14471-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007 Information Technology -- Software Engineering -- Guidelines for the Adoption of CASE Tools Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2010 History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 2011 Project Scope: Since CASE adoption is a subject of the broader technology transition problem, this Technical Report addresses the adoption practices appropriate for a wide range of computing organisations. This Technical Report neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards, software processes, design methods, methodologies, techniques, programming languages, or life-cycle paradigms. This Technical Report will: - identify critical success factors (CSF); - propose a set of adoption processes; - guide successful adoption in consideration of organisational and cultural environment. The following groups are targeted as potential audiences: - CASE users; - information systems managers; - chief information officers (CIO); - CASE suppliers; - software engineering consultants; - those involved in the acquisition of CASE tools and technology. Therefore this Technical Report addresses aspects of CASE tools adoption. It is best used with ISO/IEC 14102 for CASE tool evaluation and selection. It is complementary to related ISO/IEC documents which deal with the general aspects of these topics. Abstract: This guide adopts ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007. Since computer-aided software engineering (CASE) adoption is a subject of the broader technology transition problem, this guide addresses the adoption practices appropriate for a wide range of computing organizations. ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007 neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards, software processes, design methods, methodologies, techniques, programming languages, or life-cycle paradigms. Key Words: computer-aided software engineering (CASE), CASE tools, information technology, pilot project processes, process, tool adoption, tool evaluation, tool selection Designation: 14471 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Adoption of Guide ISO/IEC TR14471 Information technology - Software engineering - Guidelines for the adoption of CASE tools Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: Since CASE adoption is a subject of the broader technology transition problem, this Technical Report addresses the adoption practices appropriate for a wide range of computing organisations. This Technical Report neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards, software processes, design methods, methodologies, techniques, programming languages, or life-cycle paradigms. This Technical Report will: - identify critical success factors (CSF); - propose a set of adoption processes; - guide successful adoption in consideration of organisational and cultural environment. The following groups are targeted as potential audiences: - CASE users; - information systems managers; - chief information officers (CIO); - CASE suppliers; - software engineering consultants; - those involved in the acquisition of CASE tools and technology. Therefore this Technical Report addresses aspects of CASE tools adoption. It is best used with ISO/IEC 14102 for CASE tool evaluation and selection. It is complementary to related ISO/IEC documents which deal with the general aspects of these topics. Project Purpose: None - ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose clause. Designation: 1448 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Status: Superseded **See 12207.0-1996 Designation: 1448.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.1 Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide an integrated set of data descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard will relate the needs of the developer who produces the life cycle data to the presentation needs of the various parties who use the data. It will provide direction to which IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation and organization of the life cycle data. Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment; and provide an integrated content view of data produced by life cycle processes. Designation: 1448.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Implementation Considerations Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.2 Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide guidance for software reuse, software process management indicators categories for problem reporting, guidance on software/system architecture, development strategies, tailoring and build planning, and software product evaluations, alternate means of compliance for joint reviews, configuration management and acquirer-supplier interaction. Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment by providing more options as to its use; improve the implementation of ISO 12207. Designation: 1448a-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded **Number changed to 12207.0 History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: The base document (ISO/IEC 12207) establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software, a standalone software product, and software service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products. software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain the in sum country foreword including compliance methodology, software life cycle process objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite of standards consisting of 3 parts: 1) 1448 which will include ISO 12207, Software life processes plus the supplement 1448a, which provides the in sum country foreward which includes the IEEE compliance methodology (supported by software life cycle process objectives and software life cycle data objectives), key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. 2) 1448.1, Life Cycle Data, which will provide an integrated set of data content descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207 along with guidance on which existing IEEE standards which provide additional detail. 3) 1448.2, Implementation Considerations, which provide clarifications to 12207 to allow flexibility with prevalent business practices. It will also provide guidance on development strategies and build planning, software reuse, joint management reviews, management indicators, and system architecture. Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will add: 1) Enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. 2) Provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207. 3) Provide additions to meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process standards. Designation: 1449 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for Engineering Considerations Related to Lightning Protection: Device Placement, Grounding, Bonding and Physical System Geometry Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Lawrence Danello, Phone:850-224-4451, Email:omnicom@polaris.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: This standard will address engineering practices and procedures for the location of protectors, grounding and bonding practices and site geometry considerations. This standard will not include the physics of atmospheric lightning. Project Purpose: This standard shall provide an organized and prioritized set of practices and procedures to assist design engineers, procurement specialists and end users in developing systems, selecting devices and installing lightning protection systems based on a standard reference that has proven research and engineered testing to support each recommendation. The systems designed using this Practice and Procedure can be predictably modeled. Designation: 145-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 145-1983. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Project Scope: It is assumed in this standard that an antenna is a passive linear reciprocal device. Thus, where a definition implies the use of an antenna in a transmitting situation, its use in a receiving situation is also implicit, unless specifically stated otherwise. When an antenna or group of antennas is combined with circuit elements that are active, nonlinear, or nonreciprocal, the combination is regarded as a system that includes an antenna. Examples of such cases are an adaptive antenna system and a signal-processing antenna system; the complete conical-scanning, monopulse, and compound interferometer systems also fall in this category. For terms that are quantitative, it is understood that frequency must be specified. For those in which phase or polarization is a significant part of the definition, a coherent source of power is implied. Whenever a term is commonly used in other fields but has specialized significance in the field of antennas, this is noted in the title. When applying terms pertaining to radiation characteristics, such as gain, polarization, beamwidth, etc., to multiple-beam antennas, each port shall be considered to be that of a separate antenna with a single main beam. For polarization diversity systems that may include active devices, these terms apply to each polarization state for which the antenna is adjusted. Throughout this standard, where phasors are used, or are implied, the time convention shall be taken to be exp(jwt). Abstract: Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided. Key Words: antennas, definitions, propagation, terminology Designation: 145 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions used in the current standard. The current standard was originally completed in 1983. Many new terms and concepts for antennas, especially active antennas, are not included. This working group will review the complete entire standard and update existing terms and include new terms that are in use but not in the standard. Project Purpose: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions used in the current standard. Designation: P145 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard establishes definitions for antennas and for systems which incorporate an antenna as a component of the system. Project Purpose: Many individuals and organizations are involved in the design, manufacture, measurement and use of antennas for many different applications. This standard is intended to provide a set of standard definitions for the community so that when terminology is used all will understand its meaning. Designation: 145-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1983 Abstract: Superseded by 145-1993. Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided. Key Words: definitions, antennas, terms Designation: 1450-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This project is to define a standard language that a) facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test information from computer Aided-Engineering (CAE) environments to Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; b) specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test (DUT); c) supports the large bulk test information generated from structured test and integral test techniques for very large scale and ultra large scale integrated circuit designs in a format optimized for transportation and application in Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; d) supports device testing for integrated circuit, very large scale and ultra large scale integrated circuit test environments, but not restrictged from application to other digital test environments. Project Purpose: This standard will serve as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device generation. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test gen-eration tools and test equipment. A test description language is defined that Key Words: "automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST), computer-aided engineering (CAE), cyclize,device under test (DUT), digital test vectors, event, functional vectors, pattern, scan vectors, signal, structural vectors, timed event, wavefor" Designation: 1450 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vectors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This is a revision to 1450, to incorporate a series of clarifications that have been developed as questions about the original standard arose. The clarifications to be added are present under http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/1450/dot0/1450_clarifications.pdf. There are no changes to the original scope, which is: This project is to define a standard language that: a) Facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test information from Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) environments to Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; b) Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test (DUT); c) Supports the large volume of test information generated from structured test such as scan/Automatic Test Pattern Generation (ATPG), integral test techniques such as Built-In Self Test (BIST), and functional test specification for Integrated Circuit designs and their Assemblies, in a format optimized for transportation and application in Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to add clarifications defined during the initial lifecycle of this standard. There are no changes to the original purpose of this project, which is: Existing CAE tools have unique and differing software output interfaces which are not portable into the unique and proprietary IC ATE input interfaces. Third party support environments have not kept pace with the test requirements of VLSIC device and test data generated from structured test (such as ATPG) or integral test techniques such as BIST. Definition of a standard to support representation of this data in an efficient optimal format is beneficial to three parties: the CAE vendors who must create this data, the IC vendors who must support and manipulate this data, and the ATE vendors who must accept this data. With a common standard between CAE and IC ATE environments, the generation, movement, and processing of this test data is greatly facilitated. This standard also allows for immediate access to test equipment supporting this standard, which benefits both ATE vendors and IC vendors reviewing this equipment. This standard will finally serve as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device generation. Designation: 1450.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Design Environments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005 Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 2005 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL to support usage as semiconductor simulation stimulus; including: 1) mapping signal names to equivalent design references, 2) interface between Scan and BIST, and the logic simulation, 3) data types to represent unresolved states in a pattern, 4) parallel or asynchronous pattern execution on different design blocks, and 5) expression-based conditional execution of pattern constructs. Define structures in STIL to support the definition of test patterns for sub-blocks of a design (i.e., embedded cores) such that these tests can be incorporated into a complete higher-level device test. Define structures in STIL to relate fail information from device testing environments back to original stimulus and design data elements. Project Purpose: Enhance the STIL language definition to support the usage of STIL in the design environment. This includes extending the execution concept to support STIL as a stimulus language, to allow STIL to be used as an intermediate form of data, and to allow STIL to capture design information needed to port simulation data to device test environments. In addition, define extensions to support the definition of sub element tests, and to define the mechanisms to integrate those tests into a complete device test. This effort is to be done in conjunction with IEEE P1500 which is defining standards for the definition and integration of embedded cores. Finally, define the constructs necessary to correlate test failure information back to the design environment, to allow debug and diagnosis operations to be performed based on failure information in STIL format. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment. Extensions to the test interface language (contained in this standard) are defined that (1) facilitate the use of the language in the design environment and (2) facilitate the use of the language for large designs encompassing subdesigns with reusable patterns. Key Words: advanced scan architecture, core, environment, fail feedback, lockstep, parallel patterns, parameterized data, pattern tilling, pragma, signal variable, system on chip (SoC), test protocol Designation: 1450.2-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std 1450-1999) for DC Level Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 18, 2003 Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a device under test. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies are: device power supply setup, power sequencing to the device, power supply limiting/clamping. Examples of the DC conditions for commonly used signal references are: VIL, VIH, VOL, VOH, IOL, IOH, VREF, VClampLow, VClampHi. Define structures in STIL such that the DC conditions may be specified either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector. Define structures in STIL to allow specification of alternate DC levels. Examples of commonly used alternate levels are: VIHH, VIPP, VILL. Define structures in STIL such that the DC levels and alternate levels can be selected within a period, much the same as timed format events. Project Purpose: This effort will define constructs in STIL to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute the digital vectors on Automated Test Equipment (ATE). This will complement the IEEE Std. 1450-1999 definition which defines structures for specification of timing and format information, but does not define the DC conditions under which this information should be applied. Abstract: Define structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a device under test. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies are: device power supply setup, power sequencing to the device, power supply limit Key Words: "automated test equipment (ATE), comparator, DC levels, device power supply (DPS), device under test (DUT), driver, driver termination, dynamic load, functional test, parametric measurement unit (PMU), power sequence, slew rate, voltage clamp" Designation: P1450.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for DC Level Specification Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines the following: a) Defines structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a DUT. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies are DPS setup, power sequencing to the device, and power supply limiting/clamping. Examples of the DC conditions for commonly used signal references are VIL, VIH, VOL, VOH, IOL, IOH, VREF, VClampLow, and VClampHi. b) Defines structures in STIL such that the DC conditions may be specified either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector. c) Defines structures in STIL to allow specification of alternate DC levels. Examples of commonly used alternate levels are VIHH, VIPP, and VILL. d) Defines structures in STIL such that the DC levels and alternate levels can be selected within a period, much the same as timed format events. Project Purpose: This standard defines constructs in STIL to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute digital vectors on Automated Test Equipment (ATE). This standard complements the STIL standard, which defines structures for specification of timing and format information, but does not define the DC conditions under which this information should be applied. Designation: 1450.3-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Tester Target Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2007 Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007 Project Scope: — Define structures in STIL for the specification of resource mapping of ATE hardware architectures. An example of resource mapping is the assignment of tester resources to waveform characters that are used in STIL vectors. — Define structures in STIL for including ATE-specific instructions in-line with the STIL data. — Define structures in STIL that allow for “incremental processing” whereby, a set of STIL files may be targeted to multiple ATE systems by allowing separately identified ATE data to coexist. — Define structures in STIL for defining tester rules checks to ensure that the set of generated STIL files conform to the selected resources on one or more ATE systems. — Define structures in STIL for the specification of the resources required for the execution of a set of STIL files on a given ATE system. Project Purpose: Transferring “tester independent” test program/pattern data as represented in STIL to a specific ATE system is a desired capability. It is required to be able to completely and unambiguously specify how the STIL program/patterns are mapped onto a specific tester’s resources. Because of the various different use models for the creation and consumption of test data, it is necessary to enable certain operations (such as rules checking) very early in the process. Likewise it is desirable to allow other operations (such as resource allocation) to be done very late in the process. The STIL language extensions enable the user/creator a standard way of specifying and controlling the application of test program/pattern data to specific ATE systems to the extent necessary for each use model scenario. Abstract: The STIL environment supports transferring tester-independent test programs to a specific ATE system. Although native STIL data are tester independent, the actual process of mapping the test program onto tester resources may be critical, and it is necessary to be able to completely and unambiguously specify how the STIL programs and patterns are mapped onto the tester resources. TRC (which stands for either tester resource constraints or tester rules checking, depending on the usage) is an extension to the STIL language to facilitate this operation. Key Words: Tester rules checking (TRC), tester resource reporting, tester resource targeting, tester resource loading Designation: 1450.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Stnadard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such that test flows are specificed in a structured manner to facilitate automated modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying a common interface between the flow environment and test program components. Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a test program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of the interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall be developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow-Test interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program components is to be developed by a separate workign group (P1450.5). Define structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test component modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support of sub- flows and binning. Project Purpose: Provide additional STIL syntax to describe a test flow in terms sufficient to define a test program flow capable of running on an ATE system. Designation: 1450.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dave Dowding, Phone:970-635-6928, Email:dave_dowding@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such that test flows are specified in a structured manner to facilitate automated modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying a common interface between the flow environment and test program components. Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a test program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of the interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall be developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow- Test interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program components is to be developed by a separate working group (P1450.5). Define structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test component modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support of sub-flows and binning. Project Purpose: STIL is the standard for the interchange of digital test data from the test generation environment (where a great deal of design information is used to generate device tests) to the test and manufacturing environment. The STIL standard initially addressed the essential digital test description information (i.e.. signals, timing, vectors and parameter specifications). Other aspects needed for testing devices were to follow in extension activities such as this standard to address test flow extensions to STIL. This extension will provide the constructs to describe the test program flow and sequencing data needed to compose a test program to run on an Automatic Test Equipment platform. Designation: 1450.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Test Method Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: Define the set of test methods common enough across the semiconductor industry to be standardized and define the parameters for each of the test methods. Define the structures in STIL for specification of the test method and the parameters to the test method. Examples of test method parameters are: debug options, characterization options, test algorithm options, throughput optimizing options, and data logging options. Define in device terms the operation that is to be performed by each test method. Note1 - It may be necessary to describe a sequence of operations that are to be done by the test method and to completely explain the expected algorithm. Note2 - This definiton of test methods is to be part of the STIL documentation. Provide examples of how user defined test methods can be created using the defined STIL structures. Project Purpose: Whereas the test flow extensions to STIL (P1450.4) define the structure for creating the test flow, this standard is to define a set of test methods that are to fit within the STIL framework to address the most commonly needed test functions for digital integrated circuits. Designation: 1450.6-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data---Core Test Language (CTL) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 17, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: Unless the logic inside embedded cores can be merged with the surrounding user-defined logic (UDL), the SoC test requires reuse of test data and test structures specific to individual cores (designs) when integrated into larger systems. This standard defines language constructs sufficient to represent the context of a core and of the integration of that core into a system, to facilitate reuse of test data previously developed for that core. The SoC test also requires that the core be embedded in the SoC to allow for efficient testing of the logic external to the core. To that effect, this standard defines constructs that represent the test structures internal to the core for reuse in the creation of the tests for the logic outside the core. This provides constructs that will allow for the wrapping operation of an unwrapped core and the necessary wrapper specific information for a wrapped core. In particular, CTL shall support IEEE Std 1500-2005 for the information needs for wrapped and unwrapped cores. Semantic rules will be defined for the language to facilitate interoperability between the different entities (the core provider, the system integrator, and the automation tools) involved in the creation of an SoC. This standard is limited to SoC testing with multiple and/or hierarchical cores through digital interfaces.All constructs defined in the CTL shall be consistent with IEEE Std 1450-1999 and extensions (STIL) to support the complete description of the test for cores integrated into SoC environments. Although the preferred syntax for the bulk of the test data is STIL, this language provides constructs for linking other test data representations to incorporate legacy cores. The constructs in the language shall support a vast variety of cores and different test methodologies with particular support for the IEEE 1500 standard for embedded core testing. These constructs shall facilitate the transportation of test information from the core provider to the system integrator and support test automation by providing a consistent and uniform definition of the constructs such that the information provided by a core provider is understood in the same way by the system integrator and the tools developed by EDA. Project Purpose: To develop a language which will provide a sufficient description of a core to support reuse of test data developed for that core after integration into SoC environments, and to enable the creation of test patterns for the logic in the SoC external to the core. Abstract: The Core Test Language (CTL) is a language created for a System-on-Chip flow (or SoC flow), where a design created by one group is reused as a sub-design of a design created by another group. In an SoC flow, the smaller design embedded in the larger design is commonly called a core and the larger design is commonly called the SoC. The core is a design provided by a core provider, and the task of incorporating the sub-design into the SoC is called Core System Integration. Key Words: Core Test Language (CTL), Standard Test Interface Language (STIL), System-on-Chip (SoC), wrapped core, unwrapped core Designation: 1450.6.1-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Describing On-Chip Scan Compression Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Bruce D. Cory, Phone:408-486-2783, Email:bcory@nvidia.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines how the necessary information is passed from scan insertion to pattern generation and from pattern generation to diagnosis such that different tool vendors could be used for each step independent of on-chip scan compression logic used. Abstract: This standard defines how the necessary information is passed from scan insertion to pattern generation and from pattern generation to diagnosis such that different tool vendors could be used for each step independent of on-chip scan compression logic used. Key Words: 1450.6.1-2009, chip design, design automation, on-chip scan compression, pattern generation, scan insertion Designation: P1450.6.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Memory Modeling in Core Test Language (CTL) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007 Project Scope: System on Chip (SoC) test requires reuse of test data and test structures developed for individual cores (designs) when integrated into larger integrated circuits. This activity defines language constructs sufficient to represent the context of a memory-core and of the integration of that memory-core into an SoC, to facilitate development and reuse of test and repair mechanisms for memories. This activity also defines constructs that represent the test structures internal to the memory-core for reuse in the creation of the tests for the logic outside the memory-core. Semantic rules are defined for the language to facilitate interoperability between different entities (the memory-core provider, the system integrator, and the automation tool developer) involved in the creation of an SoC. The capabilities are an extension of IEEE 1450.6-2005. As a result of this extension, CTL's limitations of handling memories are addressed. Project Purpose: To develop an extension to the CTL language that provides a sufficient description of a memory-core to support the development and reuse of test and repair mechanisms for that memory after integration into SoC environment and enable creation of test patterns for the logic on the SoC external to the memory. Designation: 1451.0-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Common Functions, Communication Protocols, and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2007 Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007 Project Scope: This project develops a set of common functionality for the family of IEEE 1451 smart transducer interface standards. This functionality is independent of the physical communications media. It includes the basic functions required to control and manage smart transducers, common communications protocols, and media-independent TEDS formats. It defines a set of implementation-independent APIs. This project does not specify signal conditioning and conversion, physical media, or how the TEDS data are used in applications. Project Purpose: There are currently three approved and three proposed smart transducer interface standards in the IEEE 1451 family of standards. They all share certain characteristics, but no common set of functions, communications protocols, and TEDS formats provides interoperability among these standards. This standard will provide that commonality and will simplify the creation of future standards for different physical layers that are interoperable within the family. Abstract: This standard provides a common basis for members of the IEEE 1451 family of standards to be interoperable. It defines the functions that are to be performed by a transducer interface module (TIM) and the common characteristics for all devices that implement the TIM. It specifies the formats for Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS). It defines a set of commands to facilitate the setup and control of the TIM as well as reading and writing the data used by the system. Application programming interfaces (APIs) are defined to facilitate communications with the TIM and with applications. Key Words: actuator, application programming interface, communication protocol, networkcapable application processor, sensor, smart transducer, transducer electronic data sheet, transducer interface module Designation: 1451.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Network Capable Application Processor Information Model Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2000 Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: This project will establish a standard interface for connecting network capable processors to control networks through the development of a common control network information or object model for smart sensors and actuators. The object model includes transducer block, function block, plysical block, and network block and their underlying structures. This project will not define individual device algorithms or specifics of what is implemented using the model. Project Purpose: Many control network implementations are currently available, each with its own strength and weakness for a specific application class. A common network-independent application model mapping to any sinsor/actuator protocol will reduce effort for interfacing smart sensors and actuators to control netowsrks. It will establish interoperability between sensors/actuators and networks, thus enabling plug and play capability. A standard object model will simplify the support of multiple sensor/actuator control network protocols. Abstract: This standard defines an object model with a network-neutral interface for connecting processors to communication networks, sensors, and actuators. The object model containing blocks, services, and components specifies interactions with sensors and actuators and forms the basis for implementing application code executing in the processor. Key Words: actuators, communication network, object model, sensors Designation: P1451.1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Network Capable Application Processor (NCAP) Information Model Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jay Warrior, Phone:650-485-2086, Email:jay_warrior@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: The project stays within the scope of the original standard, IEEE 1451.1-1999, namely to create a network neutral, common object model for the components of a networked smart transducer together with the interfaces to these components. The project updates the standard, as a consequence of technology and implementation experience, in the following areas: 1) Removes functionality unused in most current implementations. 2) Revises the transducer block abstract class (section 9.5) interface specifications to be compatible with the Application Program Interface(API)s in the IEEE 1451.0 standard. 3) Introduces the concept of interfaces to support multiple inheritances and use the concept to simplify the component, service, and data class hierarchy. 4) Revises the conformance requirements to enable simpler, minimally conformant systems. 5) Provide in an advisory addendum a reference mapping of 1451.1 to java, including an on-the wire protocol specification compatible with internet technologies. Project Purpose: Since its introduction, IEEE 1451.1 has provided a basis for implementations of a light-weight, network neutral application model targeted at reducing the effort in interfacing smart sensors and actuators to a network. The purpose of this project is to reflect changes in underlying networking technologies, focusing on the recognized gap between embedded systems and the enterprise. In addition, the project will seek to simplify the specification by omitting unused functionality as reflected in implementation experience and industry needs; and to interface with the IEEE 1451.0 standard, which was developed subsequent to the original IEEE Std 1451.1-1999. Designation: 1451.2-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 1998 History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard digital interface for connecting transducers (defined here as sensors and actuators) to microprocessors. It will define a transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) and its data formats. It will define an electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and transducers. This interface will be usable by a wide variety of sensors and actuators. This project will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data are used in application. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent digital communication interface standard between transducers and microprocessors. Each vendor builds its own interface. Without an independent, openly defined interface, transducer interfacing and integration are time consuming and all vendors' duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. This interface will provide a minimum implementation subset which will allow self-identification and configuration of sensors and actuators and vendor extensibility to provide growth and product differentiation. Abstract: A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is deÞned. A TEDS and its data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are deÞned. This standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications. Key Words: "communication protocol,digital interface,microprocessor,NCAP,sensor interface,smart actuator,smart sensor,smart sensor interface,smart transducer,smart transducer interface,STIM,TEDS,1451" Designation: P1451.2 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Darold Wobschall **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines serial interfaces between a transducer interface module (TIM) and a network module called network capable application processor (NCAP). It also defines a physical transducer electronic data sheet (PHY TEDS) which enables this standard to be in compliance with the IEEE 1451.0 standard. This standard does not specify signal conditioning or conversion. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for serial interfaces between the IEEE 1451 TIM and NCAP. This standard provides means for transducer devices and equipment interoperability. Designation: 1451.2 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Draft Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Joseph Wiczer, Phone:847-353-8200, Email:jwiczer@sensorsynergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of the revision is to include alternate physical layers to utilize existing, widely available, low-cost data transfer methods in order to reduce complexity and cost. The TEDS will be assessed for inclusion of new features, including additional control functions to improve communications between STIM (Smart Transducer Interface Module) and NCAP (Network Capable Application Processor) and the creation of a stand-alone mode in which supported NCAP network protocols would be specified. This project will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data are used in application. Project Purpose: There is currently a great need for open standards to provide economically viable digital communication interfaces between transducers and microprocessors. The purpose of this revision is to make IEEE-1451.2-1997 more widely usable to a larger set of cost sensitive applications. Without a cost effective, easy-to-implement, independent, openly defined transducer interface standard, the development of remote sensing applications for safety, security, industrial automation, and other remote monitoring/ remote control applications will continue to be hindered. Abstract: IEEE P1451.2 defines a wired point-to-point interface standard for sensors, specifically connectors and communication protocols for SPI, I2C, UART and RS-232-C interfaces together with the corresponding TEDS. This specification focuses on the Communication Modules that connect the TIM and NCAP using the IEEE Std 1451.0-2007 basic standard with brevity as a goal. The purpose of this revision is to make IEEE-1451.2-1997 more usable to a wider set of applications. Key Words: IEEE-1451, 1451, I236 C, NCAP, PHY, RS-232, Serial, Smart Actuator, Smart Sensor, Smart Transducer, SPI, TEDS, TIM, UART, Designation: 1451.2a Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Connection Schemes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stan P Woods, Phone:650-485-5067, Email:stan_woods@agilent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The project will define connection schemes for use with the existing IEEE 1451.2 standard. The intent is to specify connection schemes between Smart Transducer Interface Modules (STIMs) and Network Capabile Application Processors (NCAPS0. The solutions will be compatible with the current electrical interface specified in IEEE 1451.2. The project will examine use models for the standard, appropriate physical environments, cable lengths and connector types to determine the solution. Project Purpose: This project enhances the existing IEEE 1451.2 specification by adding connection schemes between STIMs and NCAPs. Standardizing the physical connections between STIMs and NCAPs simplifies the connectivity issue and will greatly benefit the adopters of IEEE 1451.2 Designation: 1451.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Digital Communication and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats for Distributed Multidrop Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 02, 2010. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Larry A Malchodi, Phone:206-655-5695, Email:larry.a.malchodi@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard thqt defines a digital interface for connecting multiple physically separated transducers. It will leverage off the IEEE P1451.1 and IEEE P1451.2 standards. The standard will define the TEDS format, the electrical interface, channel identification protocols, hot swap protocols, time synchronization protocols, and the read and write logic functions used to access the TEDS and transducer data. The standard will nto specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how an application uses the TEDS data. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent standard for interfacing multiple physically separated transducers that allos time synchronization of data. Without such a standard, custom transducer interface solutions are required which are time-consuming and costly. The standard will provide a minimum implementation that allows multidrop, hot swapping, self-identification and configuration of transducers that may not be located in the same enclosure, but are confined to a relatively small space. Abstract: A digital interface for connecting multiple physically separated transducers to a single processor over a single pair of wires. The interface can support both asynchronous and isochronous data transfers. Several Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS) and their data formats are described. An electrical interface, channel identification protocols, time synchronization protocols, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS, and transducers with a wide variety of attributes are defined. This standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how an application uses the TEDS data. Key Words: "1451, communication protocol, digital interface, event sensor, microprocessor, NCAP, plug and play, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart sensor, smart sensor interface, smart transducer interface, TBIM, TEDS" Designation: 1451.4-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators--Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 06, 2004 Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: May 14, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004 Project Scope: This project will establish a standard that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. The standard will define the protocol and interface. It will also define the format of the transducer TEDS. The transducer TEDS will be based on the IEEE 1451.2 TEDS. The standard will not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Project Purpose: A standard is needed that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information for the purposes of self-identification and configuration. Due to the lack of a standard, some transducer manufacturers have introduced various solutions but have seen limited acceptance. An independent and openly defined standard will reduce risk for potential users, transducer and system manufacturers, and system integrators. This will accelerate the emergence and acceptance of this technology. Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. It also defines the format of the Transducer TEDS. The Transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2(TM) TEDS. The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Key Words: Keywords: appended TEDS, basic TEDS, device configuration file, family code, IEEE 1451.4 interface, IEEE 1451.4 transducer, mixed-mode Interface (MMI), mixed-mode transducer (MMXDCR), network capable application processor (NCAP), plug-and-play, smart transducer, TEDS, template, template ID, transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS), template description language, transparent protocol, template description language, tbom schema, transducer block Designation: 1451.4-2004/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators-- Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats - Corrigendum 1 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. It also defines the format of the transducer TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet). The transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2 ™ TEDS. The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS. Project Purpose: An independent and openly defined standard for MMI (mixed-mode interface) and TEDS serves the following purposes: — Provide interoperability, which enables plug-and-play capability — Simplify the implementation of mixed-mode smart transducer systems — Accelerate the emergence and acceptance of the MMI and TEDS. Designation: P1451.4a Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators--Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats - Amendment Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed changes include: 1) the correction of errors, both editorial and technical of the existing standard, 2) the creation of new parameters in the transducer electronic data sheets (TEDS), TEDS templates, and hooks that can make it easier for other industrial users to apply and use this standard, 3) the provision for interface with the IEEE 1451 standard to enable users to access IEEE 1451.4 transducers via a network, and 4) consideration of provision for global transducer identification. Project Purpose: The amendments reflect the need of industry and correct errors in the existing standard. Designation: 1451.5-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuator -- Wireless Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 2007 Technical Contact: Steven C Chen, Phone:301-670-6779x509, Email:schens@3eti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007 Project Scope: This project establishes a standard for wireless communication methods and data format for transducers (sensors and actuators). The standard defines a TEDS based on the IEEE 1451 concept and protocols to access TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary wireless interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing wireless technology solutions. It does not specify transducer design, signal conditioning, wireless system physical design or use, or use of TEDS. Project Purpose: Many companies are developing various wireless communication interfaces and protocols for sensors. An openly defined wireless transducer communication standard, which may accommodate various existing wireless technologies, will reduce risk for users, transducer manufacturers, and system integrators. It will enhance the acceptance of the wireless technology for transducers connectivity. Abstract: This standard defines a wireless interface for sensors. It specifies radio-specific protocols for this wireless interface. It defines communication modules that connect the wireless transducer interface module (WTIM) and the network capable applications processor (NCAP) using the radio-specific protocols. It also defines the transducer electronic data sheets (TEDS) for the radio-specific protocols. Key Words: network-capable applications processor, sensor, Transducer Electronic Data Sheet, wireless communication protocol, wireless sensor, wireless transducer interface module Designation: P1451.5-2007/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuator - Wireless Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: The corrigendum is changing the normative references and making some minor corrections. Project Purpose: The corrigendum is changing the normative references and making some minor corrections. Designation: 1451.6 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - A High-speed CANopen-based Transducer Network Interface for Intrinsically Safe and Non-intrinsically Safe Applications. Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **CANopen permission obtained for use of CiA DS 404 Technical Contact: Cyrilla Jane Menon, Phone:+1 248 676 9291, Email:menon@can-cia.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This project establishes a CANopen-based network for multi- channel transducer modules. The standard defines the mapping of IEEE 1451 Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) to the CANopen dictionary entries as well as communication messages, process data, configuration parameter, and diagnosis information. It adopts the CANopen device profile for measuring devices and closed-loop controllers. This project defines an intrinsically safe (IS) CAN physical layer. Project Purpose: There are many implementations of CANopen network interfaces based on the CiA DS 404 device profile. In order to make use of the IEEE 1451 Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) concept and to achieve data compatibility from a single-sensor to a high-performance closed-loop controller, it is necessary to harmonize the TEDS parameters. The proposed project allows development of lean gateways and cascaded transducer networks based on a combined specification of IEEE 1451 and CANopen. Designation: 1451.7-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators-- Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Curtis Rozeboom, Phone:309-292-0567, Email:curt.rozeboom@qed.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines data formats to facilitate communications between radio frequency identification (RFID) systems and smart RFID tags with integral transducers (sensors and actuators). The standard defines new transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards. This standard also defines a command structure and specifies the communication methods with which the command structure is designed to be compatible. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for interfacing transducers and RFID tags, and for reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. This standard will reduce the cost and time required to integrate transducer and RFID systems, as well as provide a means for device and equipment interoperability. Abstract: Data formats designed to facilitate communications between radio frequency identification (RFID) systems and smart RFID tags with integral transducers (sensors and actuators) are introduced in this standard. New transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) formats for smart RFID tags, based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards, are defined. Also, a comprehensive command set for smart RFID tags is defined. Key Words: network capable application processor (NCAP), radio frequency identification (RFID) tag, sensor command, sensor integration, sensor interface, sensor standard, smart RFID tags, transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS), transducer interface module (TIM) Designation: 1451.7 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Curtis Rozeboom, Phone:309-292-0567, Email:curt.rozeboom@qed.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This standard defines communication methods and data formats for transducers (sensors and actuators) communicating with RFID tags that follow the ISO/IEC 24753 standard. The standard also defines Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards and protocols for accessing TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing technology solutions. It doesn’t specify transducer design or signal conditioning. Project Purpose: There is currently no openly defined independent interface standard between transducers and RFID tags. Each vendor builds its own interface. Without such standard, transducer interfacing and integration to RFID tags and systems are time-consuming and all vendors’ duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. The purpose of this standard is to provide interfaces and methods for interfacing transducers to RFID tags and reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. It also provides means for device and equipment interoperability. Designation: 14515-1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000, Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX -- Part 1: System interfaces Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: 14515-1:2000 /Amd.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000 /Amd.1: 2003, Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX -- Part 1: System interfaces -- Amendment 1: Realtime extension (C Language) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 04, 2003 **This publication is a revision of IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (ISO approved November 2000) Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: A definition of the requirements placed upon providers of a POSIX Conformance Test Suite for the POSIX.2 standard (ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, IEEE/ANSI Std. 1003.2-1992) is provided. These requirements consist of a list of assertions defining those aspects of POSIX.2 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard is primarily aimed at test suite providers but it also defines to POSIX.2 implementors those aspects of the standard that will be verified by a conformance test suite. KEYWORDS: conformance, POSIX, Shell and Utilities, test methods Designation: 14515-2:2003 Title: Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)-- Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX--Part 2:Shell and utilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. The amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory considerations. Compatibility with existing equipment will be considered. Key Words: 802.3af, Link Section, midspan, MPS, PD, PI, POE, power, Power over Ethernet, PSE Designation: 14519-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 14519:2001, Information Technology -- POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces -- Binding for system application program interface (API) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Adoption of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. Designation: 14519-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Title: ISO/IEC 14519 : 1999 (IEEE Std 1003.5b), Information technology-- POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)--Realtime Extensions Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and userinterfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada language bindings as package specificationsand accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API). Thisstandard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding be-tween ISO 8652 Designation: P1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice -- Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15:2010, Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)---Testing and measurement techniques--- Flickermeter---Functional and design specifications Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Kenneth Sedziol, Phone:513-287-3275, Email:ksedziol@cinergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This part of IEC 61000 gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The flickermeter specifications in this part of IEC 61000 relate only to measurements of 120 V and 230 V, 50 Hz and 60 Hz inputs. Characteristics of some incandescent lamps for other voltages are sufficiently similar to the values in Table 1 and Table 2, that the use of a correction factor can be applied for those other voltages. Some of these correction factors are provided in the Annex B. Detailed specifications for voltages and frequencies other than those given above, remain under consideration. The object of this part of IEC 61000 is to provide basic information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended practice replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519. Abstract: This standard adopts IEC 61000-4-15:2010, which gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The object of IEC 61000-4-15:2010 is to provide basic information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity. Key Words: flicker, voltage fluctuation Designation: 1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Fluctuations and Associated Light Flicker on AC Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: Voltage fluctuations on electric power systems sometimes give rise to noticeable illumination changes from lighting equipment. This phenomenon is often referred to as flicker, lamp flicker, and sometimes voltage flicker. This recommended practice provides specifications for measurement of this phenomena. It does not make any flicker emission specifications for certification of individual products manufactured for use on these systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended practice replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519. Designation: 1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Flicker on AC Power Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for measuring voltage flicker on AC power systems including a recommended measurement protocol. Recommend limits for voltage flicker using the measurement protocol. Project Purpose: The IEEE does not have a standard for measuring or limiting voltage flicker on AC power systems. Two recommended practices, IEEE 519- 1992 and IEEE 144-1993 suggest similar limits for flicker. No standard measurement protocol exists within IEEE. Further, the suggested limits and measurements are very subjective. Better methods are needed to measure and specify voltage quality with regard to flicker. Designation: 1453 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15:2010, Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC--Testing and measurement technique-- Flickermeter—Functional and design specifications Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This section of IEC 61000-4 gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. This section is based partly on work by the "Disturbances" Working Group of the International Union for Electroheat (UIE), partly on work of the IEEE, and partly on work within IEC itself. The flickermeter specifications in this section relate only to measurements of 230 V, 50 Hz inputs and 120 V, 60 Hz inputs; specifications for other voltages and other frequencies are under consideration. The object of this section is to provide basic information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended practice replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519. Abstract: This standard adopts IEC 61000-4-15:2010, which gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The object of IEC 61000-4-15:2010 is to provide basic information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity. Key Words: flicker, voltage fluctuation Designation: 1453-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Fluctuations and Associated Light Flicker on AC Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a recommended practice for measuring voltage fluctuations on AC power systems including a measurement protocol. Recommend limits for the voltage fluctuations using the recommended protocol. Project Purpose: The only requested revision is in the title to change voltage flicker to voltage fluctuations to more accurately reflect and coordinate with other standard definitions of the phenomena. Abstract: Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15 Voltage fluctuations on electric power systems sometimes give rise to noticeable illumination changes from lighting equipment. This phenomenon is often referred to as flicker, lamp flicker, and sometimes voltage flicker. This recommended practice provides specifications for measurement of this phenomenon and recommends acceptable levels for 120 V, 60 Hz and 230 V, 50 Hz AC electric power systems. It does not make any flicker emission specifications for certification of individual products manufactured for use on these systems. Key Words: flicker, illumination, lamp flicker, voltage flicker, voltage fluctuations Designation: P1453.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Adoption of IEC/TR 61000-3-7:2008, Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)- Limits-Assessment of emission limits for the connection of fluctuating installations to MV, HV and EHV power systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This part of IEC 61000 provides guidance on principles which can be used as the basis for determining the requirements for the connection of fluctuating installations to MV, HV and EHV public power systems (LV installations are covered in other IEC documents). For the purposes of this report, a fluctuating installation means an installation (which may be a load or a generator) that produces voltage flicker and / or rapid voltage changes. The primary objective is to provide guidance to system operators or owners on engineering practices which will facilitate the provision of adequate service quality for all connected customers. In addressing installations, this document is not intended to replace equipment standards for emission limits. This report addresses the allocation of the capacity of the system to absorb disturbances. It does not address how to mitigate disturbances, nor does it address how the capacity of the system can be increased. Since the guidelines outlined in this report are necessarily based on certain simplifying assumptions, there is no guarantee that this approach will always provide the optimum solution for all flicker situations. The recommended approach should be used with flexibility and engineering judgment as far as engineering is concerned, when applying the given assessment procedures in full or in part. The system operator or owner is responsible for specifying requirements for the connection of fluctuating installations to the system. The fluctuating installation is to be understood as the customer's complete installation (i.e. including fluctuating and non fluctuating parts). Problems related to voltage fluctuations fall into two basic categories: * Flicker effect from light sources as a result of voltage fluctuations; * Rapid voltage changes even within the normal operational voltage tolerances are considered as a disturbing phenomenon. The report gives guidance for the coordination of the flicker emissions between different voltage levels in order to meet the compatibility levels at the point of utilisation. This report primarily focuses on controlling or limiting flicker, but a clause is included to address the limitation of rapid voltage changes. NOTE The boundaries between the various voltage levels may be different for different countries (see IEV 601-01-28) [16]. This report uses the following terms for system voltage: − low voltage (LV) refers to Un ≤ 1 kV; − medium voltage (MV) refers to 1 kV < Un ≤ 35 kV; − high voltage (HV) refers to 35 kV < Un ≤ 230 kV; − extra high voltage (EHV) refers to 230 kV < Un. In the context of this report, the function of the system is more important than its nominal voltage. For example, a HV system used for distribution may be given a "planning level" which is situated between those of MV and HV systems. Designation: 14536-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Title: ISO/IEC 14536:1995 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.5-1995] Information technology - Microprocessor systems - Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military) Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.5-1993 and 896.5a-1994. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+® architecture. This high- performance bus-based system architecture provides a wide range of performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single- and muliple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857:1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1,1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Key Words: bus architecture, error logging, fault logging, futurebus+, live insertion, military profiles, multiprocessor , node management, open architecture, serial bus, software debug Designation: 1454 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Recommended Practice for the Selection and Installation of Fiber Optic Cable in Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Urban, Suburban, and Rural Environments as Well as Transportation Operations Centers and Associated Campuses Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Robert Barrett, Phone:818-393-2702, Email:r.barrett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: Guidelines for the selection, installation approach, splicing, connectorization of fiber optic cable, and test for urban, suburban, and rural communications requirements as well as operations centers and campuses are to be included. Project Purpose: Fiber optic cable is being deployed on a national basis to meet multimedia communications requirements for Intelligent Transportation systems. There is no known recommended practice that may be utilized to assure that cable is being selected, installed, interconnected and tested to assure performance, communications link reliability and interforce compatibility. Differences in installation requirements for outdoor and indoor are to be included with recommended guidelines. Aerial direct busy and in-conduit installation guidelines will be included. Pre-shipment, pre- installation and post installation test guidelines in conjunction with EIA/TIA 455 test standards options will be included. The Guidelines will provide jurisdictions and agencies which are planning to install fiber as a means for defining requirements. Designation: 1455-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Message Sets for Vehicle/Roadside Communications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 1999 History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for exchanging DSRC information, providing for bi- directional message transmission and device control, in a manner which is compatible with but independent of the ASTM efforts to specify DSRC Layers 1 and 2. This will entail specifying the transponder resources, the transponder resource manager, the application message sets, and the sighals and services such as the Electronic Toll and Traffic Mgmt User's Group, the ATA, the CVO community, the vendor community, and other standards bodies to synthesize existing messaging requirements into a single, open industry standard which supports non-interfereing and interoperable DSRC implementations by the various user agencies. Project Purpose: The ETTM field is rapidly emerging with multiple technologies and incompatible products. In addition, the emergence of the ASTM standard for Layers 1 and 2 has created the potential for significant interference between RF compatible systems. The lack of standard message sets, lower layer protocols, and transponder resource definitions threatens to postpone the deployment of this critical technology to the marketplace. The effort behind this PAR will consolidate and publish a standard to support Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM. The open nature of the developed interface will ensure that it is extensible to other DSRC areas, e.g. CVO credential information exchange, pre-clearance screening, fleet management and private messaging. Abstract: Reaffirmed June 2006 Those characteristics of a dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) system that are independent of the Physical and Data Link Layers (ISO model Layers 1 and 2) are specified. The required and optional features of the roadside equipment (RSE) and the onboard equipment (OBE) are specified. In addition, the Applications Layer (ISO model Layer 7) services and protocols, the RSE resource manager, the corresponding OBE command interpreter, and the application-spe-cific messages are all specified. Standard supports and guidelines are provided for implementing secure DSRC systems. Key Words: "access control,application layer,automatic vehicle identification,AVI,beacon,Commercial Vehicle Operations,CVO,data authentication,data privacy,data security,dedicated short-range communications,DSRC,electronic toll collection,ETC,Layer 7,Mailbox,reader,r" Designation: P1456 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: IRPA/INIRC 1990 - International Radiation Protection Association, International Non-Ionizing Radiation Committee Interim Guidelines on limits of exposure to 50/60 Hz electric and magnetic fields. Health Physics 58 (1): 113-122 Status: Adoption in Progress Project Scope: These guidelines present a set of exposure limits for 50/60 Hz in terms of electric or magnetic fields, both for the general public and occupational personnel as a function of exposure time from a few minutes up to 24 hours. In addition, there are recommended protective measures including education, warning signs, compliance programs and special measures against hazardous RFI (e.g. pacemakers). Project Purpose: The document presents recommended exposure limits and other protective measures to prevent potential bodily harm that may result from human exposures to electric or magnetic fields at 50 or 60 Hz. The guidelines do not apply to deliberate exposure or patients undergoing medical kiagnosis or treatment. Designation: 1457 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Glossary of Electric Machinery Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: E.P Smith, Phone:518-393-3132 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: To create a glossary of terms used in electric machinery. The terms defined in this glossary will eventually be included in the IEEE dictionary. Project Purpose: There are many terms used in electric machinery, but they do not exist in the IEEE dictionary. This glossary being prepared under the proposed standard will define these terms so that they may be included in the future edition of the IEEE dictionary. Precise definitions of these terms will benefit all workers in the field of electric machinery. Designation: 14575-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 14575:2000 (IEEE Std 1355-1995) Information Technology -- Microprocessor systems -- Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC) (Low-Cost, Low- Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The scalable coherent interface (SCI) provides computer-bus-like services but, instead of a bus, uses a collection of fast point-to-point unidirectional links to provide the far higher throughput needed for high-performance multiprocessor systems. SCI supports distributed, shared memory with optional cache coherence for tightly coupled systems, and message-passing for loosely coupled systems. Initial SCI links are defined at 1 Gbyte/s (16-bit parallel) and 1 Gb/s (serial). For applications requiring modular packaging, an interchangeable module is specified along with connector and power. The packets and protocols that implement transactions are defined and their formal specification is provided in the form of computer programs. In addition to the usual read-and-write transactions, SCI supports efficient multiprocessor lock transactions. The distributed cache-coherence protocols are efficient and can recover from an arbitrary number of transmission failures. SCI protocols ensure forward progress despite multiprocessor conflicts (no deadlocks or starvation). Key Words: low control, encoding schemes, OMI/HIC, packet routing, parallelism, point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, protocols, routing fabric, serial links, serialization, silicon integration, switch chip, transaction layer, wormhole routing Designation: 1458-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Selection, Field Testing, and Life Expectancy of Molded Case Circuit Breakers for Industrial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 24, 2005 Technical Contact: Gary Donner, Phone:310-522-6251, Email:gldonner@shellopus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jan 24, 2005 Project Scope: To provide the user with a recommended procedure that is safe and easily understood, for the selection, application, and determination of the remaining life in molded case circuit breakers. Project Purpose: Project is necessary because there is widespread misunderstanding on this subject. Because of these misunderstandings, users are unintentionally installing and applying molded case circuit breakers in situations that are potentially dangerous. The proposed recommended practice will provide suggested recommended practices to safely apply and test molded case circuit breakers. Abstract: A recommended procedure for the selection, application, and determination of the remaining life in molder case circuit breaker is provided. Key Words: available fault values, circuit breaker testing, molded case circuit breakers, molded case circuit breakers basics, molded case circuit breakers life, safety Designation: 1459-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power Quantities Under Sinusoidal, Nonsinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced Conditions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 19, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1459-2000 Technical Contact: Alexander E Emanuel, Phone:508-831-5239, Email:aemanuel@ece.wpi.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides definitions of electric power to quantify the flow of electrical energy in singlephase and three-phase circuits under sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, and unbalanced conditions. Project Purpose: This document provides organizations with criteria for designing and using metering instrumentation. Abstract: This document provides definitions of electric power to quantify the flow of electrical energy in single-phase and three- phase circuits under sinusoidal, non-sinusoidal, balanced, and unbalanced conditions. Key Words: 1459-2010, active power, apparent power, nonactive power, power factor, reactive power, total harmonic distortion Designation: 1459-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power Quantities under Sinusoidal, Non-Sinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced Conditions Status: Superseded **12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use. Superseded by 1459-2010. Technical Contact: Eddy So, Phone:613-990-5806, Email:eddy.so@nrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of electric power quantities under sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, or unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematical expressions that were used in the past, as well as new expressions, and explains the features of the new definitions. Project Purpose: This standard is meant to provide organizations with criteria for designing and using metering instrumentation. Abstract: This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of electric power quantities under sinusoidal, non-sinusoidal, balanced, or unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematical expressions that were used in the past, as well as new expressions, and explains the features of the new definitions. Key Words: "active power, apparent power, nonactive power, power factor, reactive power, total harmonic distortion" Designation: 146-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Fundamental Waveguide Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. NO Abstract Key Words: waveguide, terms, definitions Designation: 1460-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of Quasi-Static Magnetic and Electric Fields Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: This project describes measurement goals associated with characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields, e.g. power frequency and other extremely low frequency fields, and available methods for accomplishing them. The guide should be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1308-1994 (IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications for Magnetic Flux Density Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz), which defines terminology and describes instrumentation, calibration methods, and sources of measurement uncertainty. Project Purpose: The guide compliments IEEE Std 1308-1994 which offers no guidance on performing field measurements. It is intended that the guide fill part of the information gap. The intended users are individuals and groups interested in developing protocols for characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields in different measurement environments. Abstract: A listing of possible measurement goals related to characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields and possible methods for their accomplishment is provided. Key Words: measurement protocols, power frequency, power frequency harmonic fields, quasi-static magnetic fields, quasi-static electric fields Designation: 1461 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Title: Recommended Practice for Power Electronics Module Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dennis M Darcy, Phone:(617) 661-0540, Email:dmdarcy@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop the guidelines for the standardization of the power electronics modules as well as passive support circuitry, so that power modules can be interfaced more readily. The guideline will specify the way of interconnecting circuit components including power modules, busbars, control circuitry, and passive components. The results will enable modular architectures for redundant, scaleable and low-cost systems by using standard building block elements. Project Purpose: Power electronics circuits are being packaged within modules at higher power densities with control electronics integration to a greater degree. Presently, power electronics modules are designed without compatibility between different manufacturers' products. The installation of a power electronics system becomes more and more difficult and costly. This porject is to establish the guidelines for power module manufacturers and the user community so that power module interfaces can be made readily and the unnecessary re-engineering cost can be avoided. Designation: 1462-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: 1462-1998 IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:1995 Information Technology - Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a Computer Aided Software Engineering 9CASE) tool for a software development or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and selection of tools supporting software engineering processes including: project management processes, development processes, and integral processes. Project Purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of their CASE tools. Abstract: Project scope: This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tool for a software development or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and selection of tools supporting software engineering processes including: project management processes, development processes, and integral processes. Project purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of their CASE tools. Key Words: CASE tools,computer-aided software engineering,computer applications,computersoftware,software engineering Designation: 1463 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Title: Standard for Global Positioning System Receiver Test Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stewart P Teasley, Phone:(714) 221-3433, Email:stewart.teasley@nb.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is intended to develop a GPS TEst Standards document containing a group of performance tests applicable to several user classes of commercial GPS receivers. The document is limited to GPS performance tests and is not intended in any way to define the entire requirement set for any user class. Velocity tests as well as environmental and other requirments beyond GPS performance are not included. The user classes selected for inclusion in the standard are marine, land and handheld, while some of the tests appropriate for such applications as aviation, military, and survey are excluded. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce and publish a GPS Test Standards Document jointly with the Institute of Navigation. The standard was originally developed to respond to a stated need for common test procedures and data analysis techniques that could be applied to all GPS receivers. The standard defines the methodology required to test and measure these performance parameters and to present the data in a common format. It is anticipated that the standad will be adopted on a voluntary basis by receiver manufacturers and thus lead to uniform methods of specifying GPS performance. Designation: 1464 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Circuit Simulator Model Validation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allen R Hefner, Phone:(301) 975-2071, Email:hefner@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for validation of Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) models that are used in circuit simulators. The models are to be validated as to the IGBT external terminal behavior only. Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the IGBT models that are used in various circuit simulators. The inability to determine and specify the performance of circuit simulator models is preventing the effective utilization of circuit simulation tools. This project will provide circuit simulator users and model developers a comprehensive way of validating IGBT models. Designation: 1465-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard - Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 12119:1994(E) - Information Technology - Software Packages - Quality Requirements and Testing Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: IEEE Std 1465-1998 is an adoption of ISO/IEC 12119: 1994(E). IEEE Std 1465-1998 may be employed to a) Specify quality requirements for software, and provide instructions on how to test against these requirements. b) Manage and improve the organizationOs quality processes and personnel. c) Establish management and engineering environments based on the quality requirements and methods in ISO/IEC 12119: 1994(E). d) Foster improved understanding between customers and vendors, and among other parties involved in the software product life cycle. e) Facilitate world trade in software. Project Purpose: The intended users of ISO/IEC 12119 are Suppliers of software packages; certification bodies which may wish to establish a third-party certification scheme; testing laboratories which will have to follow the instructions for testing when testing for a certificate or mark of conformity; accreditation bodies for accrediting certification bodies and testing laboratories; auditors of testing laboratories; buyers software packages; users who may profit from better products. Abstract: Quality requirements for software packages and instructions on how to test a softwarepackage against these requirements are established. The requirements apply to software packagesas they are offered and delivered, not to the production process (including activities and intermediate products, such as specifications). Key Words: quality requirements,software,software engineering,software package,testing Designation: 1466 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for the Safe Use of Electromagtnetic Energy Sources, Equipment and Systems Operating Between 3 kHz and 300 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: Preparation of a guidance document for development of RF safety programs. This standard would provide useful guidance to those implementing ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 (IEEE C95.1-1991). Project Purpose: Presently, there exists no recommended approaches for developing safety programs by organizations wishing to implement the use of ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992. Users would include industrial companies, federal, state and local government agencies. These organizations do not have any documentation of recommended ways for developing and implementing safety programs that are directed to the issue of radio frequency fields. This document would fill this gap in practical guidance. Designation: 1467 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Reliability Growth Management and Assessment of Systems with Nonhomogeneous Poisson Failure and Failure-Mode Processes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for managing and assessing the reliability of complex systems (i.e. systems which have failure and failure-mode processes that can reasonably be modeled as non-homogeneous Poisson processes). The guidance will address the planning aspects of reliability ghrowth programs and assessment methodology for measuring reliability growth. Project Purpose: To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189 entitled Reliability Growth Management, with a non-government guide. This guide will contain current acquisition philosophy and terminology, as well as updated information and methodologies for planning and assessing reliability growth of complex developmental systems. Designation: 1468 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard for customer-specified reliability testing requirements utilizing performance-based methods. Performance-based reliability requirements to not specify a statistical test design or underlying modeling assumptions which are considered to be "how to" and thus should be developed by the producers. Performance-based reliability test requirements have 4 elements: quantitative reliability requirements, allowable uncertainties (statistical risk), usage conditions, and failure definitions. This project is limited to providing procedures for a performance-based approach to specifying reliability testing requirements and specifying the information required from the producer's test design to enable the customer to evaluate it. This project will not include specifying "how to" methodology. This standard will be supplemented by two concurrently-proposed standards development projects, P1469-Guide for Producers to Develop Statisical Test Designs for Customer-Specified Reliability Test Requirements, and P1470-Guide for Customer Evaluation of Production-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide performance-based methods which address reliability testing without imposing a statistical test design on the producer, but specify the information required from the producer's test design to enable the customer to evaluate the producer's proposal. It would be beneficial to both the commercial and military reliability communities to develop such a standard. Designation: 1469 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs for Customer- Specified Reliability Test Requirements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for producers developing statistical test designs for customer-specified performance-based reliability testing requirements. With performance-based reliability test requirements, customers do not specify a statistical test design or underlying modeling assumptions, but instead specify the following 4 elements: quantitative reliability requirements, allowable uncertainties (statistical risk), usage conditions, and failure definitions. This project will provide the models and associated statistical procedures needed by producers to develop statistical test designs. This guide will complement the standards development projects Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) and Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs. Project Purpose: To provide producers with the models and associated statistical procedures for developing statistical test designs from requirements developed with the Standard for Customer-Specified Performance- Based Reliability Test Requirmeents (Statistical Test Design Not Specified). It would be beneficial to the reliability community to develop such a guide. Designation: 147-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Waveguide Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1981 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. Definitions of components for waveguide use are presented. The components are considered to be linear, passive, and reciprocal unless otherwise specified in the definitions. The definitions included were drawn from Institute of Radio Engineers and International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) documents. Some definitions are included unchanged, some have been modified or deleted, and several new definitions have been added. Not all possible component varieties are included. Designation: 1470 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for customers evaluating a producer's statistical reliability test design. This guide will complement the standard development projects P1468-Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified) and P1469-Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs for Customer-Specified Reliability Test Requirements. This guide will provide the statistical procedures and assessment methodology needed to evaluate statistical reliability test designs. Project Purpose: To provide customers with the statistical procedures and assessment methodology needed to evaluate the producer's statistical reliability test design. Designation: 1471-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Architectural Description for Software- Intensive Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2000 Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate the expression and communication of architectures and thereby lay a foundation for quality and cost gains through standardization of elements and practices for architectural description. Despite significant efforts to improve engineering practices and technologies, software-intensive systems continue to present formidable risks and difficulties in their design, construction, deployment and evolution. Recent attempts to address these difficulties have focused on the earliest period of design decision-making and evaluation, increasingly referred to as the "architectural level" of system development. The phrases "architectural level" and "architecture" are widely, if imprecisely, used. Their use reflects acceptance of an architectural metaphor in the analysis and development of software-intensive systems. A key premise of this metaphor is that important decisions may be made early in system development in a manner similar to the early decision- making found in the civil architecture profession. Many innovations are resulting from this attention to the architectural level, among them architectural description languages and associated tools and environments, architectural frameworks, models and patterns, and techniques for architectural analysis, evaluation and architecture-based reuse. While these efforts differ considerably in important aspects, sufficient commonality exists to warrant the development of a recommended practice to codify their common elements. These innovations are occurring, and maturing, rapidly within many research and application communities, and they reflect differing interests, influences, insights, and intentions. There is a general consensus on the importance of the "architectural level of systems development," and that that level consists of early decision-making about overall design structure, goals, requirements, and development strategies. However, there has not yet emerged any reliable consensus on a precise definition of a system's "architecture," how it should be described, what uses such descriptions may serve, or where and when it should be defined. The boundaries and relationships between architectural trends and practices and other practices, and between architectural technology and other technology, are not yet widely recognized. In such situations, progress often depends on mediating influences. Potential adopters of architectural practices and technology need a frame of reference within which to address implementation and adoption decisions. Technology developers need a frame of reference within which to communicate the motivating concepts of their technology, and to accumulate and appreciate feedback from early adoption. To these ends, this standard is intended to reflect generally accepted trends in practices for architectural description and to provide a technical framework for further evolution in this area. Furthermore, it establishes a conceptual framework of concepts and terms of reference within which future developments in system architectural technology can be deployed. This standard codifies those elements on which there is consensus; specifically the use of multiple views, reusable specifications for models within views, and the relation of architecture to system context. Project Purpose: An architectural description is used to communicate between client and developer to aid clarification of requirements and their impact on system design. The architectural description is developed in an evolutionary process from the expression of a system concept as a high level abstraction to one of a more detailed and tangible expression that is widely accepted as being an expression of design. An architectural description is used capture style and protocol standards that can be used to facilitate certain common attributes that promote system-to-system consistency. Abstract: This recommended practice addresses the activities of the creation, analysis, and sustainment of architectures of software-intensive systems, and the recording of such architectures in terms of architectural descriptions. A conceptual framework for architectural description is established. The content of an architectural description is defined. Annexes provide the rationale for key concepts and terminology, the relationships to other standards, and examples of usage. Key Words: "architectural description,architecture,software-intensive system,stakeholder con-cerns,system stakeholder,view,viewpoint" Designation: 1471.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for application of Architectural Description IEEE 1471 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will provide guidance for the implementation and application of the conventions that will be described in the IEEE Std 1471. Project Purpose: This guide will provide instruction for knowing, when Architecture is complete, find owners (stakeholders) the Architecture, defining who (audiences) are for the Architecture, selecting of an architect including knowledge and skills, and describing the technical and management duties of the individual. Designation: 1472 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances From Radio-frequency Transmitting Antennas When Using Electric Blasting Caps During Explosive Operations Status: Superseded **Changed designation to C95.4 Technical Contact: George A Koban, Phone:540-653-4296, Email:kobanga@nswc.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project provides recommended practices for the prediction and practical determination of safe distances from radio and radar transmitting antennas when using electric initiators to remotely detonate an explosive charge. Specifically, this document includes mathematical formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances from RF transmitters with spectrum bands from 0.5 Mhz to 300 GHz, including VHF, UHF television antennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar navigation beacons, and portable communication devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide recommendations for the prevention of the inadvertent detonation of electric initiators by radio-frequency electric and magnetic fields generated from transmitting antennas with spectrum bands from 0.5Mhz to 300 GHz. Designation: 1473-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Passenger Trains Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2011 **Supersedes 1473-1999. Technical Contact: Robert Anderson, Phone:816-350-1956, Email:bobanderson@rssdenver.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol for intercar and intracar serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems. While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. This standard will be structured with respect to the OSI seven-layer model. Project Purpose: A standard protocol will permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers performing different on-board functions to share a common communications facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration, reliability, and maintainability will be improved. Abstract: Communications protocols to be used for inter-unit and intra-unit serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains are defined by this standard. Minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems are set forth. While the network is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. Key Words: communications networks, communications protocol, commuter rail transit, IEEE 1473, light-rail transit, rail transit, train bus, vehicle bus Designation: 1473-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Trains Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1473-2010. Technical Contact: Robert Anderson, Phone:816-350-1956, Email:bobanderson@rssdenver.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol for Inter-car and Intra-car serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and controls traffic from multiple systems. While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. The standard will be structured with respect to the OSI seven layer model. Project Purpose: To permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers performing different onboard functions to share a common communications facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration, reliabiity and maintability will be improved. TCRP project G-4 has estimated an expected value of $56.2 million/year savings. Abstract: Communications protocols to be used for intercar and intracar serial data communica-tions between subsystems aboard passenger trains are defined by this standard. Minimum accept-able parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems are set forth. While the network is not vital, it is intended to be capable of carrying vital messages. Key Words: communications networks,communications protocol,commuter rail transit,light rail transit,rail transit,train bus,vehicle bus Designation: 1474 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Standard for Communications Based Train Control Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: David B Rutherford, Phone:716/292-1440, Email:daver@rsepc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Standards for communications based train control (CBTC) individual functional requirements and information flow requirements among functions, independent of implementation architecture. Standards for CBTC functional implementation and information data formats to the extent that viable CBTC implementation architectures are not compromised. Project Purpose: Wide cross section of representatives of rail transit operating authorities. Suppliers and consultants have agreed by ballot that significant interest exists in standardizing all aspects of CBTC to extent practicable. Sponsoring committee estimates cost impact of CBTC standardization at $195 mil/yr. Designation: 1474.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Performance and Functional Requirements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005 Project Scope: Original Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements necessary for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train protection using a CBTC System.--- Revision: There is no change to the words of the scope. The revisions allow for driverless train operation, including automatic people movers. Project Purpose: Original Purpose: There are currently no independent standards defining the performance and functional requirements to be satisfied by CBTC systems. This standard will enhance performance, availability, operations, and train protection, and will facilitate new CBTC applications. ---Revision: There is no change to the purpose. Abstract: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements necessary for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train protection using a CBTC system. Key Words: automation, communications, signaling, train control Designation: 1474.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Communication Based Train Control Performance Requirements and Functional Requirements Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train protection using a communications based train control (CBTC) system. Project Purpose: There are currently no independent standards defining the performance and functional requirements to be satisfied by communications based train control (CBTC) systems. A standard will enhance performance, availability, operations and t4rain protection as well as facilitate new CBTC applications. Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY 1474.1-2004 Abstract: Performance and functional requirements for a communications-based train control (CBTC) system are established in this standard. A CBTC system is a continuous, automatic train control system utilizing high- resolution train location determination, independent of track circuits; continuous, high-capacity, bidirectional train-to-wayside data communications; and trainborne and wayside processors capable of implementing automatic train protection (ATP) functions, as well as optional automatic train operation (ATO) and automatic train supervision (ATS) functions. In addition to CBTC functional requirements, this standard also defines headway criteria, system safety criteria, and system availability criteria for a CBTC system. Key Words: "communications, signaling, train control" Designation: 1474.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Requirements in Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2003 Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: This standard establishes user interface requirements in communications-based train control (CBTC) systems. Project Purpose: This standard will provide for consistent user interfaces that take advantage of the characteristics of communications-based train control (CBTC) systems to enhance service effectiveness of a rail transit system. Abstract: This standard will provide for consistent user interfaces that take advantage of the characteristics of communications- based train control (CBTC) systems to enhance service effectiveness of a rail transit system. Key Words: "automatic train control (ATC),automatic train operation (ATO),automatic train protec-tion (ATP),automatic train supervision (ATS),communications-based train control (CBTC),graphi-cal user interface (GUI)" Designation: 1474.3-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) System Design and Functional Allocations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008, ANSI APP: Sep 23, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a preferred system design and functional allocation for CBTC systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define a preferred CBTC system design/system architecture to achieve the CBTC performance and functional requirements of IEEE Std 1474.1TM-2004,1 and to allocate functions to the major CBTC subsystems. Abstract: This recommended practice establishes a preferred system design and functional allocation for CBTC systems. Key Words: 1474.3-2008, automation, communication, signaling, train control, function Designation: P1474.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Functional Testing of a Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) System Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a preferred approach for functional testing a CBTC system. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define a preferred sequence and extent of off-site and on-site functional testing for CBTC systems with the objective of maximizing test efficiency and effectiveness. Abstract: This recommended practice establishes a preferred approach for functional testing of a communications-based train control (CBTC) system, based on the CBTC system design and functional allocations as defined in IEEE Std 1474.3. Key Words: automation, communication, signaling, train control, testing Designation: 1475-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard for the Functioning of and Interfaces Among Propulsion, Friction Brake, and Train-borne Master Control on Rail Rapid Transit Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1999 History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: This project will develop standards for the interface functionality among propulsion, friction brake and train-borne master constrol. The standards will encompass performance parameters, communication methods and the means for measurement and verification of performance. Third party systems performing functions traditionally carried out in one of the above systems will also be covered. Project Purpose: There presently are numerous functional protocols for interfaces among train-borne master control, propulsion, friction brake, spin-slide control, etc. This has led to a lack of standardization, compatibility and interchangeability with attendant higher first cost and recurrent integration problems. Standards used by car-builders and system suppliers are expected to lower costs, reduce vehicle introduction problems, improve reliability and facilitate upgrades. Standards will ensure prioritization of safety functionality as well. Cost savings/year could approach 15MM when implemented. Abstract: " The interfaces between and among functional systems on rail rapid transit vehicles isprescribed. The systems themselves are treated as ""black boxes;"" requirements for the input sig-nals and the output response are given. For each category of interface, three types are listed in in-creasing technical sophistication. " Key Words: "friction brake,interfacaes,master control, propulson,rail vehicles,rapid transit" Designation: P1475 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for the Functioning of and Interfaces Among Propulsion, Friction Brake, and Train-borne Master Control on Rail Rapid Transit Vehicles Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David R Phelps, Phone:202-496-4885, Email:drperiepa@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies the interface functionality among propulsion, friction brake and train-borne master control. The standard encompasses performance parameters, communication methods and the means for measurement and verification of performance. Third party systems performing functions traditionally carried out in one of the above systems are also covered. Project Purpose: IEEE Standard 1475 contains specifications leading to standardization, compatibility and interchangeability of functional protocols for interfaces among train-borne master control, propulsion, friction brake, spin-slide control, etc., reducing first cost and recurrent integration problems. This standard, in use by car-builders and system suppliers, has lowered costs, reduced vehicle introduction problems, improved reliability and facilitated upgrades. It has further ensured prioritization of safety functionality. Designation: 1476-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Train Auxiliary Power Systems Interfaces Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2000 History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard prescribes the electrical interface between the components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical interface with other train-borne systems. As such this standard treats the auxiliary power system components (static inverters and converters, low voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems and battery chargers) as black boxes and address only their interface requirements. It does not provide standards or recommendations for the following: 1) Rotating machinery, such as motor alternator sets 2) Motive power systems or auxiliary power systems required for locomotives 3) Mechanical mounting or vibration isolation of equipment 4) Car-body wiring, branch circuits, circuit breakers and protection devices to interconnect the auxiliary power components with other car-borne equipment. Project Purpose: Standardize the electrical input and output requirements of the auxiliary power system components. This will be conducive to the development of standardized designs rather than custom designs of car-borne equipment utilizing the suypply voltages of the auxiliary power systems. It will also aid in more clearly defining the electrical interface requirementsd between the major component parts comprising the auxiliary power systems, thus promoting their standardized design. The combined effect should increase the number of potential suppliers and correspondingly result in reduced railcar costs. Abstract: The electrical interfaces among the components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical interface with other train-borne systems are described. As such, this standard treats the auxiliary power system components (e.g., static inverters and converters, low-voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems, and battery chargers) as black boxes and addresses only their interface requirements. Key Words: "auxiliary power systems, battery charger, intermediate-voltage power supply, low-voltage power supply batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries, rail-transit vehicles, static inverters and converters" Designation: 14764-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 14764:2006, Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes - Maintenance Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006 Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes an iterative process for managing and executing software maintenance activities. Use of this standard is not restricted by size, complexity, criticality, or application of the software product. This standard uses a process model to discuss and depict each phase of software maintenance. The criteria established apply to both the planning of maintenance for software while under development, as well as the planning and execution of software maintenance activities for existing software products. Ideally, maintenance planning should begin during the stage of planning for software development. This International Standard provides the framework within which generic and specific software maintenance plans may be executed, evaluated, and tailored to the maintenance scope and magnitude of given software products. This International Standard provides the framework, precise terminology, and processes to allow the consistent application of technology (tools, techniques, and methods) to software maintenance. This International Standard provides guidance for the maintenance of software. The basis for the Maintenance Process and its activities comes from the definitions of ISO/IEC 12207. It defines the activities and tasks of software maintenance, and provides maintenance planning requirements. It does not address the operation of software and the operational functions, e.g., backup, recovery, system administration, which are normally performed by those who operate the software. This International Standard is written primarily for maintainers of software and additionally for those responsible for development and quality assurance. It may also be used by acquirers and users of systems containing software who may provide inputs to the maintenance plan. Project Purpose: This International Standard provides guidance on the management of (or how to perform) the Maintenance Process. It identifies how the Maintenance Process can be invoked during acquisition and operation. This lnternational Standard also emphasizes the following in the Maintenance Process: the maintainability of software products; the need for maintenance service models; and the need for a maintenance strategy and plan. Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1219-1988 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described. Key Words: life cycle, maintenance, software, software maintenance Designation: 1477-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: This standard applies to external and internal audiovisual communication of passenger information, destination/trip information, and announcements related to safety and emergencies, as well as advertisement/community information for rail transit vehicles. It specifies the physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems. This includes the following equipment: passenger information signs,public address system, passenger/crew call intercom system, internal display system, and radio system interface with the public address system. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to establish the minimum interface requirements for passenger information systems in order to enable product interchangeability and component commonality. Abstract: Rail transit vehicle passenger information system interfaces with the vehicle’s carbody, train crew, control system, power system, and passengers are described in this standard. The physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems are specified. Key Words: "passenger information system,rail transit vehicle,trains" Designation: P1477 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This standard applies to external and internal audiovisual communication of passenger information, destination/trip information, and announcements related to safety and emergencies, as well as advertisement/community information for rail transit vehicles. It specifies the physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems. This includes the following equipment: passenger information signs,public address system, passenger/crew call intercom system, internal display system, and radio system interface with the public address system. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to establish the minimum interface requirements for passenger information systems in order to enable product interchangeability and component commonality. Designation: 1478-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2001 Technical Contact: Charles P Elms, Phone:703-968-7883, Email:cpelms@leaelliott.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 26, 2001, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2001 Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability. Abstract: Baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shallboth operate and/or survive are specified in this standard. Key Words: atmospheric pressure,authority having jurisdiction,corrosive elements,equipmentunder test,humidity,temperature,water,vibration. Designation: P1478 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic Equipment Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lowell Goudge, Email:lowell.goudge@sympatico.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability. Designation: 1479 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of Photovoltaic Module Energy Production Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a method for determining the energy production of terrestrial photovoltaic power generation modules for different operating conditions. The document defines module characterization procedures, reference days, and performance models used to calculate energy production. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a method for evaluating photovoltaic module performance in terms of energy production for different environmental and operating conditions. Designation: 148 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Arthur Blaisdell **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987 Designation: 148-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: IEEE Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: waveguide, measurements, component Designation: 1480 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Application Layer (Open System Interchange Layer 7) Language Minimal Services and Parameters for the End-to-End Transport of Table Information in an Automatic Meter Reading Environment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@cntenergy.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define the minimal services and parameters required of any application layer language used for the end-to-end transport of table information in an automatic meter reading environment, if that language is to be compliant with all other relevant standards issued by IEEE SCC31. These communication services and parameters apply only to the application layer and are independent of system topology. Project Purpose: Current technologies are based on vendor proprietary languages and data formats which inhibit the development of an open system and the use of devices which are interchangeable and interoperable. In fulfilling the need of an open system, select services and parameters for application layer languages can be used efficiently by simple as well as complex devices in the transport of standard data formats. Application layer languages which comply with this standard will be capable of evolving new functionality. Designation: 1481-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Open Library Architecture (OLA) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1481-1999 Technical Contact: Harry J Beatty III, Phone:845-892-4212, Email:jbeatty@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard focuses on delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design with support for modeling logical behavior and signal integrity. Project Purpose: To improve the IEEE 1481-1999 standard system for integrated circuit designers to more accurately and more completely analyze semiconductor designs across EDA applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express logical behavior, signal integrity, delay, and power information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA application accuracy. Abstract: Ways for integrated circuit designers to analyze chip timing and power consistently across a broad set of electric design automation (EDA) applications are covered in this standard. Methods by which integrated circuit vendors can express timing and power information once per given technology are also covered. In addition, this standard covers means by which EDA vendors can meet their application performance and capacity needs. Key Words: 1481-2009, chip delay, electronic design automation (EDA), integrated circuit (IC) design, power calculation Designation: 1481-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Delay and Power Calculation System Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1481-2009. Technical Contact: Harry J Beatty III, Phone:845-892-4212, Email:jbeatty@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000 Project Scope: Delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design. Project Purpose: To provide a standard system for integrated circuit designers to consistently calculate chip delay and power across Electronic Design Automation (EDA) applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express delay and power information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA application accuracy. Abstract: Ways for integrated circuit designers to analyze chip timing and power consistently across a broad set of electric design automation (EDA) applications are covered in this standard. Methods by which integrated circuit vendors can express timing and power information once per given technology are also covered. In addition, this standard covers means by which EDA vendors can meet their application performance and capacity needs. Key Words: "chip delay, electronic design automation (EDA), integrated circuit design, power calculation" Designation: 14817 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Transport information and control systems - Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and ITS/TICS data dictionaries (ISO14817:2002) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this PAR is to adopt "Transport information and control systems - Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and ITS/TICS data dictionaries, ISO14817:2002" as IEEE/ANSI/ISO Standard 14817- 200x. Project Purpose: The US TAG for ISO TC204 and IEEE WG P1489/P1488 contributed significant effort to evolve the IEEE Standard 1489-1999, "IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems," IEEE Standard 1488-2002, "IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation Systems," and the "IEEE ITS Data Registry Functional Operating Procedures, 2000," into a single international standard, ISO14817:2002. The intent is to adopt the international standard for use in the US ITS community and as a potential replacement for the IEEE standards. The experts in ISO TC204 agreed that a single international standard for an ITS Data Registry would benefit the global ITS community leading to compatible use of data concepts for developing ITS sysrtems and implementing and operating ITS data registries. The existance of a number of different national standards for a sector-specific data registry is not beneficial for developers and users of ITS systems. Designation: 1482 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:lsbtec@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop standards for wsystems which monitor, collect, process and present operating status and fault information for transit vehicles and consists. This project is limited to monitoring and diagnostics functions and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method (s) and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. This standard will identify functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which should be monitored. Diagnostic features or self-correcting options will be described. The result will be aplicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles, categorized by type. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which information to monitor, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems. All users will benefit from a simplified process for integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Designation: 1482 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard is for systems which monitor, collect and process and present operating status and fault information for transit vehicles and consists. This standard is limited to monitoring and diagnostics functions and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method(s) and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. This standard identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which should be monitored. Diagnostic features or self-correcting options are described. It is applicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles, categorized by type. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which information to monitor, what to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems. They will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Designation: 1482.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Event Recorders Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1999 Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: This standard covers on-board deviceds/systems with crashworthy memory which record data to support accidental incident analysis for rail transit vehciles. this standard is limited to event recorder functions and interrfaces, exclues the data transmission methods and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. this standard identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which shall be captured. Diagnostic features or self-test options are described Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard defining event recorders for rail transit vehicles. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of old rail transit vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which signals to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and build rail transit vehicles and their subsystems. They will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers. Abstract: " On-board devices/systems, with crashworthy memory, that record data to support acci-dent/incident analysis for rail transit vehicles, are covered. The requirements of this standard arelimited to event recorder functions and interfaces. Data transmission methods are excluded. Theinformation in this standard is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other ve-hicle systems. " Key Words: "crashworthiness,input signal,rail transit vehicle event recorder,rail vehicles,rapid transit,self-test" Designation: P1482.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Event Recorders Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Gregson, Phone:250-656-6677, Email:dgregson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard covers on-board devices/systems, with crashworthy memory, that record data to support accident/incident analysis for rail transit vehicles. The requirements of this standard are limited to event recorder functions and interrfaces, exclude the data transmission method(s), and are independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. Functions, parameters, signals, systems, and subsystems that shall be captured are identified. Diagnostic features and self-test options are described. Project Purpose: Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of existing rail transit vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine which signals to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the information. In addition, there can be varying requirements for crashworthiness. This standard identifies a common set of requirements for event recorders for transit systems, including some correlation to Federal requirements for railroads. Users benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers and from having a common method of crashworthiness certification. Designation: 1483-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Verification of Vital Functions in Processor-Based Systems Used in Rail Transit Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000 History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000 Project Scope: This document provides a set of standard verficiation tasks for processor-based equipment used in safety critical applications on rail and transit systems. The scope of the standard shall encompass and be limited to processes which verify the level of safety achieved in the implementation of safety critical functions which are required to be fail-safe. It does not address quality assurance or validation processes which also affect the level of overall system safety achieved. Project Purpose: The purpose of this safety verification process standard is to provide a well-defined and well-structured set of analysis methods and documentation which: fulfills the primary purpose of the verification process, is flexible enough to accomodate all viable design methods, and satisfies the safety requirements of the end user. This standard (1) defines a necessary and sufficient set of analyses at the conceptual, functional, and implementation levels which comprehensively identify and verify all functions required to be implemented as fail-safe (2) defines responsibilities for equipment suppliers and end users. Abstract: A set of standard verification tasks for processor-based equipment used in safety-critical applications on rail and transit systems is covered. This standard also covers processes that verify the level of safety achieved in the implementation of safety-critical functions that are required to be fail-safe. Quality assurance or validation processes that affect the overall level of system safety are not covered. Key Words: "rail, safety, safety critical, software, transit, verification, vital" Designation: 1484 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology for Education - Personal Learning System (PLS) - Learner Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a Learner Model which will characterize a learner (student or knowledge worker) and his or her knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as knowledge, skills, abilities, learning styles, records, and personal information. This standard will allow these elements to be represented in multiple levels of granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest conceivable sub-element. This standard will allow different views of the Learner Model and will substantially address issues of privacy and security. Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on a national standard, whihc they can utilize throughout their education and work life. Designation: 1484.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Education and Training Systems - Architecture and Reference Model Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a Reference Model/Architecture for component-based Computer-Aided Instruction (CAI) systems, specifically including the needs of Intelligent Learning Environment (ILE) and Intelligent Tutoring System software applications. The standard shall (1) define a framework within which to describe CAI system architecture(s), (2) define a vocabulary, including a graphical notation, for describing the architectures of component-based CAI systems, (3) define formats, protocols and methods for information exchange among CAI system components, (4) define required and optional external (programming) interfaces for CAI system components, (5) define requirements, norms and conventions for CAI system component behavior, and (6) specify external services and facilities that CAI system components should use to establish and support information exchange. In addition, this project expects to develop documentation and configuration guidelines for CAI system components. Project Purpose: Initial work on defining standards for Learner Models (P1484) indicates that a common architecture for CAI systems should be developed in parallel. It is clear that Learner Models are expected to function as components of larger CAI systems. A companion architecture specification is required that defines how other CAI system components should interact with a Learner Model. From a broader perspective, standards for CAI system architecture are needed to stimulate industry development of reusable CAI software components. At present, CAI system development is hindered by high production costs that are partly due to a widespread inability to reuse parts of existing systems (including commercial software packages, educational or otherwise). Component software engineering (the technique of building complex software applications from off-the-shelf modules having standard interfaces) promises to significantly reduce CAI system production costs by leveraging the power of component reuse. If this approach is to succeed over the long term, a viable CAI component marketplace must be encouraged. As has been amply demonstrated by the personal computer industry, the existence of architecture standards can provide the cornerstone for such a marketplace. The architecture standards to be developed in this effort should do for the CAI system industry what the Object Management Group's Common Object Request Broker Architecture is doing for the distributed object computing industry. It should establish guidelines (required and recommended) for implementation of CAI system components, and define system services that are to be available to all components. Developers of systems that comply with this architecture can expect to reap several benefits: (1) compliant CAI applications should be easier to maintain and upgrade than today's individually hand-crafted applications; (2) CAI application developers should be able to build new applications reusing parts of their previously-developed compliant applications, thus reducing their development costs; (3) compliant applications should be able to take advantage of distributed object computing; (4) compliant applications should be able to interoperate with commercial software products if those products provide external interfaces; (5) CAI application developers should be able to sell their general-purpose system components in a component marketplace. Abstract: Project scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral, implementation-neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) promotes interoperability and portability by identifying abstract, high level system interfaces, and (3) incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning technology systems. This Standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines (e.g., profiles) for general learning technology systems. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blueprint for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., abstract, high level interoperability interfaces and services are identified. The architectural framework developed in this standard does not address the specific implementation Key Words: 1484.1 , IEEE Std 1484.1 , 1484 Designation: 1484.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems Architecture (LTSA) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, metadata, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral, implementation neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) Provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) Promotes interoperability and portability by identifying critical system interfaces, and (3) Incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning technology systems. The standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines for general learning technology systems and will identify the objectives of human activities and computer processes and their involved categories of knowledge. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blue print for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., critical interoperability interfaces and services are identified. Designation: 1484.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems Architecture (LTSA) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral, implementation-neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) promotes interoperability and portability by identifying abstract, high level system interfaces, and (3) incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning technology systems. This Standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines (e.g., profiles) for general learning technology systems. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blueprint for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., abstract, high level interoperability interfaces and services are identified. The architectural framework developed in this standard does not address the specific implementation details necessary to create learning technology system components. Abstract: High-level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems is speci ed in this standard. Key Words: "encoding,high-level architecture,implementation,interaction,learner,Learning Sys-tems Technology Architecture (LTSA),system component,system notation" Designation: 1484.10 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Computer Based Training (CBT) - Interchange Language Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Willaim A McDonald, Phone:206-662-8485, Email:william.a.mcdonald@fsbti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Define the major media data components of CBT courseware (such as audio, video, animations, and graphics) b) Reference existing industry standard data file formats for these components. These data standards would be incorporated by reference (via standards profiles); c) Define or recommend text-based interchange format for conveying logic, flow, and resources, e.g., a programming language; d) Define semantics, range of implementation-defined variations, interchange syntax, and interchange encoding. Project Purpose: Currently, much computer-based training (CBT) courseware produced is not easily portable from one authoring system to anotyher. The primary reason for this is that the content (Audio, Graphics, Video, Composition, and Logic) are often in a format proprietary to the CBT authoring tools used to create the CBT. The purpose of this standard is, a) To enable developers of courseware to assure customers that the content of their courseware is available in a format which can be interchanged with other current and future authoring tools; b) To enable purchasers of custom developed courseware to specify that courseware content shall be interchangeable; c) To enable developers of courseware to acquire authoring tools that will enable courseware content to be interchangeable; d) To enable developers of authoring tools to develop tools that will enable customers to develop courseware that will have content that is interchangeable; e) To enable the creation of courseware delivery systems that are independent of the content. This standard will facilitate the easy interchange and reuse of CBT courseware between CBT authoring tools. Designation: 1484.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jackie Hyde, Phone:206-662-8484, Email:jack.hyde@fsbti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard may cover describing what is in a course; some aspects of organizing and sequencing individual lessons in a single course; launching or starting assignable units with course management software (CMI software); communicating information between software managing a group of lessons and the lessons themselves; some aspects of describing objectives in a course and relating them to lessons and groups of lessons.; reporting student performance information, and relating performance to objectives. The standard will not cover curriculum design, contents of individual lessons, behavior of a lesson or structure of a lesson, analysis of student performance data. Project Purpose: Today Computer Based Training (CBT) is being written by a diverse number of parties using very diverse tools or authoring systems. Many of the CBT lessons being developed can complement and work well with other lessons developed in different locations with different tools by different people. There is a need to allow these c9omplementary lessons to be brought together and used in a single course. However, this cannot be done without defining a standard set of CMI functions and a matching set of CBT functions. Additionally, there are reasons for courses to be moved from one environment to another - need to save money by purchasing a single CMI system instead of one for each course to be administered; low cost of administering a single CMI system instead of many. Finally, there is a need to analyze student performance data accumulated in a lesson. The purpose of this standard is to allow different lessons to wlrk with different CMI systems; allow courses to move from one CMI system to another with minimal effort; allow modification/expansion of a course by any instructor with his preferred DMI tools; enable easier analysis of student data from different lessons. Designation: 1484.11.1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology--Data Model for Content Object Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 14, 2005 Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of agreed upon data elements and their values between a learning-related content object and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not specify the means of communication between a content object and an RTS nor how any component of a learning environment shall behave in response to receiving data in the form specified. This Standard is based on a related data model defined in the "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines For Interoperability," version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). To balance the need to support existing implementations with the need to make technical corrections and support emerging practice, this Standard selectively includes those data elements from the CMI specification that are commonly implemented; renames some data elements taken from the CMI specification to clarify their intended meaning; modifies the data types of data elements taken from the CMI specification to reflect ISO standard data types and internationalization requirements; removes some organizational structures used in the CMI specification to group data elements that are specific to the AICC community of practice and not generally applicable; and introduces some data elements not present in the CMI specification to correct known technical defects in data elements taken from that specification. Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the data model for content object communication defined in the AICC "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in this data model for the data exchanged between learning-related content and a runtime service used to support learning management. Abstract: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of data elements and their values between a content object and a runtime service (RTS). It is based on a current industry practice called "computer managed instruction" (CMI). The work on which this Standard is based was developed to support a client/server environment in which a learning technology system, generically called a learning management system (LMS), delivers digital content, called content objects, to learners. The data model supports learner data and preferences, interactions, objectives, content-object entry, exit, and status information, time parameters, and scores. Key Words: 1484.computer managed instruction (CMI), content object, data model, interoperability, learning content, learning management system (LMS), runtime service (RTS) Designation: P1484.11.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology-Data Model for Content Object Communication Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:760-468-7067, Email:tyderichards@gmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of agreed upon data elements and their values between a learning-related content object and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not specify the means of communication between a content object and an RTS nor how any component of a learning environment shall behave in response to receiving data in the form specified. This Standard is based on a related data model defined in "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines For Interoperability," version 3.5 [B1], by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC).1 To balance the need to support existing implementations with the need to make technical corrections and support emerging practice, this Standard selectively includes those data elements from the CMI specification that are commonly implemented, renames some data elements taken from the CMI specification to clarify their intended meaning, modifies the data types of data elements taken from the CMI specification to reflect ISO standard data types and internationalization requirements, removes some organizational structures used in the CMI specification to group data elements that are specific to the AICC community of practice and not generally applicable, and introduces some data elements not present in the CMI specification to correct known technical deficiencies in data elements taken from that specification. Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the data model for content object communication defined in the AICC "Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines for Interoperability," version 3.5 [B1], has broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this Standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities in, and correct defects in the AICC data model for the data exchanged between learning-related content objects and an RTS used to support learning management. Designation: 1484.11.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Content to Learning Management System Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part of the standard is Part 1: Data Model for Content to Learning Management System Communication. This Part covers the development of a common data model for content to Learning Management System communication to support multiple communication bindings to the data model. Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of this part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in existing specifications for a common data model for the data exchanged between learning-related content and a learning management system. Designation: 1484.11.1a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Content Object Communication - Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This Amendment corrects technical errors identified in the five year reaffirmation ballot of the 1484.11.1-2004 and defines updates for use in a Web service context. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to correct errors identified in the reaffirmation ballot, update the standard for use in a Web service context, and assist those implementing the IEEE 1484.11.1-2004 standard. Designation: 1484.11.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript Application Programming Interface for Content to Runtime Services Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2004 Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This Standard describes an ECMAScript application-programming interface (API) for content-to-runtime-services communication. This Standard is based on an API defined in the "CMI Guidelines For Interoperability," version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). It defines common API services in the ECMAScript language that enable the communication of information between learning-related content and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not address the data structures that may be transmitted, data security, or communication between an RTS and related management systems. Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the ECMAScript API for content-to-runtime-services communication defined in the AICC "CMI Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this Standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in this ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and a runtime service used to support learning management. Abstract: An ECMAScript application programming interface (API) for content-to-runtime-services communication is described in this standard. It is based on a current industry practice called CMI--computer managed instruction. This API enables the communication of information between content and a runtime service (RTS) typically provided by a learning management system (LMS) via common API services using the ECMAScript language. The purpose of this standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in existing specifications for an ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and an LMS. Keyword: IEEE Std 1484.11.2-2003 , 1484.11.2 , application programming interface , API , computer managed instruction , content object , ECMAScript , ECMAScript API , learning content , learning management system , LMS , runtime service , RTS Key Words: "application programming interface,API,computer managed instruction,contentobject,ECMAScript,ECMAScript API,learning content,learning management system,LMS,runt-ime service,RTS." Designation: 1484.11.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part of the standard is Part 2: ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication. This Part covers the development of the ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services Communication. This Part is harmonized with the existing AICC CMI specification and the ADL SCORM (Sharable Content Object Reference Model) specification. This API enables the communication of information between content and Learning Management System (LMS) via common API services using the ECMAScript language. Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of this Part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in existing specifications for an ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and a learning management system. Designation: 1484.11.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Binding for Data Model for Content Object Communication Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema binding of the data model defined in IEEE Std 1484.11.1TM-2004.1 An implementation that conforms to this Standard shall conform to IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004 data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to specify the encoding of these datamodel instances (see XML Schema Parts 1 and 2), which allows for interoperability and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems. Abstract: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) binding of the data model defined in IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004. The purpose of this Standard is to allow for the creation of IEEE Standard 1484.11.1-2004 data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language as the encoding, which allows for interoperability and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems. Key Words: content object, Content Object Communication Data Model, Extensible Markup Language (XML), IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML binding, XML data instance, XML Schema definition Designation: 1484.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Learning Objects Metadata Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of Learning Object Metadata, defined as the attributes required to fully/adequately describe a Learning Object. The Learning Object Metadata standards will focus on the minimal set of attributes needed to allow these Learnign Objects to be managed, located, and evaluated. The standrd will suppport security, privacy, commerce, and evaluation, but only to the extent that metadata fields will be provided for specifying descriptive tokens related to these areas, the standard will not concern itself with how these features are implemented. Project Purpose: To enable learners or instructors to search, evaluate, acquire, and utilize Learning Objects; to enable the sharing and exchange of Learning Objects across any technology supported learning systems; to enable the development of learning objects in units that can be combined and decomposed in meaningful ways; to enable computer agents to automatically and dynamically compose personalized lessons for an individual learner; to compliment the direct work on standards that are focused on enabling multiple Learning Objects to work together within an open distributed learning environment; to enable, where desired, the documentation and recognition of the completion of existing or new learning and performance objectives associated with Learning Objects; to enable a strong and growing economy for Learning Objects that supports and sustains all forms of distribution; non-profit, not-for-profit and for profit; to enable education, training and learning organizations, both government, public and private, to express educational content and performance standards in a standardized format that is independent of the content itself; to provide researchers with standrds that support the collection and sharing of comparable data concerning the applicability and effectiveness of Learning Objects; to define a standard that is simple yet extensible to multiple domains and jurisdictions so as to be most easily and broadly adopted and applied; to support necessary security and authentication for the distribution and use of Learning Objects. Designation: 1484.12.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 06, 2002 Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 2009 Project Scope: This Standard is a multi-part standard that specifies Learning Object Metadata. This Part specifies a conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this Standard, a learning object is defined as any entity--digital or non- digital-- that may be used for learning, education or training. For this Standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such characteristics may be grouped in general, life cycle, meta-metadata, educational, technical, educational, rights, relation, annotation, and classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this part permits linguistic diversity of both learning objects and the metadata instances that describe them. This conceptual data schema specifies the data elements which compose a metadata instance for a learning object. This Part is intended to be referenced by other standards that define the implementation descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance for a learning object can be used by a learning technology system to manage, locate, evaluate or exchange learning objects. This Part of this Standard does not define how a learning technology system represents or uses a metadata instance for a learning object. Project Purpose: The purpose of this multi-part Standard is to facilitate search, evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance by learners or instructors or automated software processes. This multi-part Standard also facilitates the sharing and exchange of learning objects, by enabling the development of catalogs and inventories while taking into account the diversity of cultural and lingual contexts in which the learning objects and their metadata are reused. By specifying a common conceptual data schema, this Part of this Standard ensures that bindings of Learning Object Metadata have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a result, transformations between bindings will be straightforward. This Part of this Standard specifies a base schema, which may be extended as practice develops. e.g., facilitating automatic, adaptive scheduling of learning objects by software agents. Abstract: A conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object is specified in this standard. Key Words: "category,datatype,extended data element,LangString,learning object,learning objectmetadata (LOM),smallest permitted maximum,value space" Designation: 1484.12.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Object Metadata Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies a conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this standard, a learning object is defined as any entity, digital or non- digital, that may be used for learning, education or training. For this standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such characteristics can be regrouped in general, educational, technical and classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this standard will allow for linguistic diversity of both learning objects and the metadata instances that describe them. The conceptual data schema defined in this standard specifies the data elements of which a metadata instance for a learning object is composed. This standard will be referenced by other standards that will define the implementation descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance for a learning object can be used by a learning technology system to manage, locate, evaluate or exchange learning objects. This standard does not define how a learning technology system will represent or use a metadata instance for a learning object. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate search, evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance by learners or instructors. The purpose is also to facilitate the sharing and exchange of learning objects, by enabling the development of catalogs and inventories while taking into account the diversity of cultural and lingual contexts in which the learning objects and their metadata will be exploited. By specifying a common conceptual data schema, bindings of Learning Object Metadata will have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a result, transformations between bindings will be straightforward. The intent of this standard is to specify a base schema, which can be used to build on as practice develops, for instance in order to facilitate automatic, adaptive scheduling of learning objects by software agents. Designation: 1484.12.1-2002/Cor 1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata - Corrigendum 1: Corrigenda for 1484.12.1 LOM (Learning Object Metadata) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2011 **Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1484.12.1-2002 Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Abstract: This corrigendum clarifies and corrects technical errors, editorial errors, and omissions in IEEE Std 1484.12.1-2002. Key Words: IEEE 1484.12.1, learning object, learning object metadata (LOM), metadata, reuse Designation: 1484.12.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 11404 binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies an ISO/IEC 11404:1996 (Language Independent Datatypes) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.2 must conform to 1484.12.1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide precise data model semantics, as permitted by the 11404 notation. The 11404 notation may be useful for bindings to programming languages and other systems. Designation: 1484.12.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Definition Language Binding for Learning Object Metadata Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2005 Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 2005 Project Scope: ORIGINAL Scope: This Standard specifies an eXtensible Markup Language (XML) binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. An implementation that conforms with this Standard shall conform to IEEE 1484.12.1-2002. ============================================== REVISED Scope: This Standard defines World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) structure and constraints on the contents of XML 1.1 documents that can be used to represent learning object metadata (LOM) instances as defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002, Standard for Learning Object Metadata. This Standard defines the structure and constraints of the XML 1.1 documents in W3C XML Schema definition language. An implementation that conforms to this Standard shall conform to IEEE 1484.12.1-2002. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of interoperable LOM instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language as the encoding. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and semantics of the XML encodings. Key Words: 1484.12.1-2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD Designation: 1484.12.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for XML binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard specifies an XML binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.3 must conform to 1484.12.1. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the XML binding to enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that implement the 1484.12.1 data model. Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and semantics of the XML encodings. Key Words: 1484.12.1–2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD Designation: P1484.12.3-2005/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Definition Language Binding for Learning Object Metadata - Corrigendum 1: Corrigendum to reflect the Learning Object Metadata corrigendum (P1484.12.1-2002-Cor_1) Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This corrigendum reflects the corrigendum made to the Learning Object Metadata standard in P1484.12.1-2002-Cor_1. Project Purpose: The purpose is to make the corresponding corrigendum to 1484.12.3-2005 for the XML schema definition of P1484.12.1-2002. Designation: P1484.12.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Expressing IEEE Learning Object Metadata Instances Using the Dublin Core Abstract Model Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes how to construct IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata (LOM) (IEEE Std 1484-12.1-2002) instances using the Dublin Core Abstract Model (DCAM). It describes how to use the definitions of metadata terms defined by the IEEE Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Data Elements (IEEE Std 1484.12.x-200x) together with DCMI metadata terms for expressing IEEE LOM conforming instances as DCAM description sets. This Recommended Practice does not address the issue of expressing DCAM description sets or DCMI metadata terms using LOM data elements. Project Purpose: There is an increasing demand for interoperable definitions of Dublin Core Metadata Initiative (DCMI) metadata terms and IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) data elements which allow these to be used together in metadata instances. This Recommended Practice addresses this requirement by describing how to use the definitions of metadata terms defined by the IEEE Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Data Elements (IEEE Std 1484.12.x-200x) and DCMI metadata terms together in Dublin Core metadata instances. This represents a partial and short-term solution to the overall issue of metadata interoperability in learning, education, and training contexts. The Recommended Practice also aims to inform the longer-term process of trying to align the abstract models of IEEE LOM and DCAM, as it will provide an analysis of fundamental incompatibilities between the two models. Designation: 1484.12.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) binding for Learning Object Metadata data model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies a W3C RDF (Resource Description Framework) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.4 must conform to 1484.12.1 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the RDF binding to enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that implement the 1484.12.1 data model. Designation: P1484.12.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Data Elements Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This Standard defines a Resource Description Framework (RDF) vocabulary to express the semantics of data elements of the LOMv1.0 base schema of IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata (LOM) (IEEE Std 1484- 12.1-2002). The Standard makes use of modeling primitives from the RDF Vocabulary Description Language (RDF Schema) and the Dublin Core Abstract Model (DCAM). The Standard includes the specification of RDF terms, including properties, classes, vocabularies, syntax encoding schemes and vocabulary encoding schemes, covering the semantics of data elements defined in IEEE LOM. The Standard includes the specification of URIs to use to identify the terms. The Standard does not define new terms for data elements that can be appropriately expressed using sufficiently stable, existing RDF vocabularies (notably Dublin Core). This Standard does not address the construction of conforming IEEE LOM instances using RDF technology. Project Purpose: There is an increasing demand for definitions of IEEE Learning Object Metadata (LOM) data element semantics which allow the expression of IEEE LOM instances in applications using Semantic Web technologies such as the Resource Description Framework (RDF). For some data elements, this expression can be achieved using existing, stable RDF vocabularies. The purpose of this Standard is to define the semantics of data elements not covered by such vocabularies. This Standard forms an important basis for making IEEE LOM useful in this larger metadata context. Designation: 1484.13 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Student Identifier Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax, semantics, encoding, registration, resolution, and authentication of unique student identifiers. A student identifier is a name, e.g., a login name, that is associated with a student. These identifiers will be simple enough for students (even as young as grade school) to memorize, and for non-technical organizations (such as schools) to issue. No other standard system of unique identifiers meets these requirements. Project Purpose: To enable students to use identifiers for sign-on and record keeping. Many students have special needs. To enab le students to easily obtain and remember their student identifiers. To enable students to maintain appropriate control over records stored in multiple places and under the control of multiple organizations. To enable parents, teachers, schools and other organizations to easily issue unique sudent identifiers to their students or members. To enable students to manage their own records, use a records management service, or allow the multiple sources of those records to manage them. To enable recordkeeping organizations to follow common methods. To enable schools and vendors to offer learning services through distributed managmenet systems and distributed student databases. To enable learning systems to gain quick access to student preferences and profiles, such as learning style, physical capabilities, cognitive capabilities, cultural dependencies. Designation: P1484.13.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation for Learning, Education, and Training Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Standard defines a conceptual model for interpreting externalized representations of digital aggregations of resources for learning, education, and training. The conceptual model defines a set of concepts and the relationships among them and is expressed as a formal ontology. Internal compositions and uses of digital resources are not specified nor are processing methods for resource aggregations. Project Purpose: Currently, resource aggregations used in learning, education, and training are defined in a variety of standards and specifications. The conceptual model defined in this Standard facilitates interoperability by providing an ontology that can be used to represent a variety of resource aggregation formats. Interoperability may be achieved by the creation of crosswalks among the various aggregation standards and specifications. In addition, this Standard may serve as a common reference for the development and evolution of standards and specifications for resource aggregations and may assist the development of profiles that maximize interoperability between the various aggregation formats. Designation: 1484.13.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Reference Model for Resource Aggregation for Learning, Education and Training Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard defines a reference model that includes a nomenclature and a conceptual model for digital aggregates of resources for learning, education, and training applications. This Standard facilitates interoperability by enabling the interpretation of externalized representations of resource aggregates and their properties. Particular internal compositions and behaviors of resources are not specified nor are any particular means or methods for processing resource aggregates. Project Purpose: Currently, resource aggregates used in learning, education, and training applications are represented in a variety of formats and are defined in a variety of specifications. Examining the commonalities and differences among different representations of resource aggregates reveals that these formats and specifications sometimes lack a documented nomenclature and underlying conceptual model. Without a common nomenclature and conceptual model to inform the interpretation of these formats and specifications, it is difficult to create applications that can interoperate. This Standard facilitates interoperability by providing a nomenclature and conceptual model that can be used to represent a variety of resource aggregation formats and specifications. Interoperability may be achieved by facilitating the creation of crosswalks among the various aggregation formats and specifications and by enabling the development and evolution of standards and specifications. Designation: P1484.13.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - Metadata Encoding and Transmission Standard (METS) Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and attributes defined in the Metadata Encoding and Transmission Standard (METS) relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: P1484.13.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - ISO 21000-2:2005 Information Technology -- Multimedia Framework (MPEG-21) -- Part 2: Digital Item Declaration Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies the how the elements and attributes defined in ISO 21000-2:2005 Multimedia Framework (MPEG-21) -- Part 2: Digital Item Declaration (MPEG21 DID) relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: P1484.13.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - IMS Content Packaging Information Model (CP) Version 1.2 - Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and attributes defined in the IMS Content Packaging Information Model (CP) Version 1.2 relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: P1484.13.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - IETF RFC 4287 - Atom Syndication Format - Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and attributes defined in Atom Syndication Format (Atom) relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: P1484.13.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - Open Archives Initiative Object Reuse and Exchange Abstract Model (OAI-ORE) - Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: 5.2 Scope of Proposed Standard: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and attributes defined in the Open Archives Initiative Object Reuse and Exchange (OAI-ORE) Abstract Model and expressed in the OAI-ORE Resource Map Implementation in RDF/XML relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1. Designation: 1484.14 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Semantics and Exchange Bindings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will define a semantic framework so that semantic elements defined in one conforming standard can be directly integrated into another conforming standard. Possible examples of semantic elements are data elements, abstract data types, and organizational categories. Common semantic elements will be determined by referencing the requirements of other LTSC working groups. The standard will also define related, common conventions for syntax and protocol bindings needed for information exchange. Project Purpose: Enable semantic integration across Learnign Technology standards and encouragere-use of common semantic elements. Enable a common approach to syntax and protocol bindings across multiple Learning Technology standards. Enable interoperability between applications by defining common conventions for the syntax and protocol bindings used to exchange information. Enable the practical adoption of XML as a data exchange format by defining common encoding conventions. Enable a migration path between legacy and emerging data exchange formats on the basis of a common semantics. Designation: 1484.14.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Data Extension Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes extension techniques that are commonly used when standardizing data models and their bindings in learning technology and related IT applications. In this context, "extension" refers to capabilities beyond those described in a standard. These techniques are general across many application areas. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide guidance for developers of standards and specifications of data models and their bindings regarding commonly used techniques that support competing technical and business interests among users, vendors, and industry. These techniques include interoperability issues that arise when user, vendor, institution, industry, etc., extensions are incorporated into data models and their bindings. The interoperability issues focus on the successful interaction among two or more implementations of a standard and the automation, to the level desired, of these interactions. Examples include several levels of interoperability: Scenario #1: An implementation interoperates only among strictly conforming implementations. Example: The implementation might only include the features of a standard, but no extensions or proprietary features are used. Scenario #2: An implementation interoperates with other implementations from the same vendor, user, or institution. Scenario #3: An implementation interoperates with a wide variety of user-specific, vendor-specific, institution-specific, and/or industry-specific extensions. It is expected that this Guide will be used in connection with the consensus-building process itself for emerging standards and specifications. The use of extensions and their later standardization is a common migration path for new technologies merging into the mainstream. Designation: 1484.14.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based XML Binding Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for XML coding bindings for data models in learning technology and related IT applications based on a defined set of rules. The content of this Guide may be incorporated into standards and specifications to support rule-based XML bindings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for differing types of XML bindings where rule-based XML binding approaches are possible. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can be adopted by multiple standards and specifications. Designation: 1484.14.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based Dotted Name-Value Pair (DNVP) Binding Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for dotted name-value pair bindings for data models in learning technology and related IT applications based on a determined set of rules. The content of this Guide may be incorporated into standards and specifications to support rule-based dotted name-value pair bindings. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for commonly used bindings. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can be adopted by many standards and specifications. [Note: The following summary is provided for the reader who might not be familiar with this kind of notation.] A name-value pair is common information coding technique, for example: [Name] [Value] priority: high. A dotted name may be used to represent more complex naming and information structures, such as: [Name] [Value] preferences.mail.priority: high Designation: 1484.15 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Data Interchange Protocols Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Siegel, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:siegel@farance.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will provide a common lightweight protocol for exchanging data among clients, servers, and peers. The standard addresses data exchange at a finer granularity than HTTP and is intended to perform better in a wide range of network infrastructures, qualities of service, distributed systems, nomadic semantics that can easily be implemented in networking applications and can easily be bound to APIs Project Purpose: A good number of protocols exist for exchanging data, such as FTP, HTTP, CORBA. However, these protocols don't perform well (e.g. HTTP is not good for fine grain data), they don't have enough semantics (e.g. FTP cannot get/put address attributes, properties, or metadata), or they are difficult to interface to (e.g. CORBA cannot be conveniently accessed in Perl or Tcl). A lightweight protocol that was easily implementable and addressed the needs of learning technology would have wide acceptance and integration within many applications because protocols are one of the key elements to portable, interoperable distributed (distance) learning systems. Designation: 1484.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - HTTP Bindings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve Griffin, Phone:919-623-4572, Email:sgriffin@eduprise.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will provide common bindings to http for learning technology services. The standard will specify common URL suffixes (e.g. "cgi-bin" paths), http commands, and/or http Post body contents that will correspond to common learning technology services available through web servers. The standard will include the semantic description, syntax and encodings (in the case of post body contents), and interface definition to these services, and extension mechanisms to support future growth. Project Purpose: Web browsers and servers are commonly available, thus, the desire the leverage existing infrastructure. A common standard would allow the developers of learning content, management systems, learner profile systems, metadata systems, and supporting services to access services via a common web-based interface. Designation: 1484.17 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Content Packaging Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Neal Nored, Phone:404-238-5466, Email:nnored@blackboard.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will describe the packaging of learning content. Learning content, typically, is a collection of components that are copied, transmitted, purchased, executed, and used as a single unit. Units may be combined to make larger units. This standard will describe the format, coding, encoding, environment, attributes, and interactions of this content. This standard will not describe protable content, but will describe a portable method for packaging content. Project Purpose: The nature of web-based learning, internet delivery, intellectual proterty rights, and electronic commerce motivate the need for a single unit of transmission for these learning systems. A single unit would allow, for example, a simple click of a URL in a browser to activate learning content. This packaging format would allow the compilation of not only media components (text, graphics, audio, video), but would support the common packaging of metadata, attributes, and supporting materials - all within a single transmission unit. Higher quality would be possible because the user or system is no longer responsible for piecing the components together - the common packaging format would eliminate mistakes and would increase interoperability. Designation: 1484.18 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Platform And Media Profiles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frank Farance, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:frank@farance.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard profile will identify existing standards and specifications of learning technology platforms and their content. Several standards profiles will be developed for several operating scenarios, such as "browser platform", "workstation platform", "web media types". The standard profile will not specify the technical details, but limitations and enhancements to these standards and specifications. It is expected that these profiles will be updated and amended often enough to track current technology. Project Purpose: Many systems require compatibility for common suite of features such as browsers, operating systems, and content. A standard profile would specify functionality (e.g. Java 1.1, JPEF, GIF-89, C95...) rather than implementations (e.g. Netscape 4.0, Windows 95, Adobe PDF plug- in). A specification based on functionality allows consumers and vendors a wider range of implementations that are conforming. Since many standards and specifications may be implied by compatibility, a standard profile would allow consumers and vendors to point to a single document that references the collection of features. Designation: 1484.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Learner Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a 'Learner Model' which will characterize a learner and his or her knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as knowledge, skills, abilities, learning styles, records, and personal information. This standard will allow these elements to be represented in multiple levels of granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest conceivable sub- element. The standard will allow different views of the Learner Model. Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on a national standard, which they can utilize throughout their education and work life. Designation: 1484.20 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Competency Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard shall specify the mandatory and optional data elements that constitute a Competency Definition as used in a Learning Management System, or referenced in a Competency Profile. The proposed approach is to use a general definition that can be semantically "tightened" or "loosened" in the data itself, while conserving the same data model regardless of how strictly a particular organization or institution requires the data to be formulated.  Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a universally acceptable Competency Definition model to allow the creation, exchange and reuse of Competency Definition in applications such as Learning Management Systems, Competency or Skill Gap Analysis, Learner and other Competency profiles, etc. The standard is needed because there are currently many definitions of the terms "Learning Objective", "Competency" and "Skill", and very little agreement between how those definitions can be used to define reusable data models. This standard also addresses the following needs: a. Enable industry or domain organizations to clearly define and register competencies. b. Allow curriculum developers, trainers and managers to use a common data model to build various competency models, hierarchies and maps c. Enable providers of courses or learning objects to specify prerequisites by referencing existing competency definitions. d. Enable employers to search for and select predefined competencies rather than defining them themselves. e. Enable learners to easily search and find those competencies required by employers, schools, courses, or learning objects. f. Enable developers and managers of training, as well as managers of educational records, to develop databases of persistent, long lived Competency Definitions and certification records that can be created, exchanged among systems, and maintained. g. Enable competency definition users to deal with obsolete or superseded competency definitions in a predictable manner. h. Enable competency record keepers or users to identify the source of the Competency Definition, validation information, and other meta information useful to locate an objective in a repository or collection. i. Enable users of the Learning Objects Metadata Standard developed by a parallel group to integrate competency definition references in Learning Object Metadata. Designation: 1484.20.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology-Data Model for Reusable Competency Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 25, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008 Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and sharing competency definitions, primarily in the context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a competency, independently of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. This Standard enables information about competencies to be encoded and shared. This Standard does not define whether a competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude, or learning outcome, but it can be used to capture information about any of these. Policies regarding reusable competency definitions (RCDs), such as the best practice to look for an existing definition to reuse instead of inventing a new one for the same purpose, are outside of the scope of this Standard. Project Purpose: This Standard is based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium (IMS) specification entitled IMS Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO) [B4].1 Implementations that conform to the IMS specification will conform to this Standard. Abstract: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and sharing competency definitions, primarily in the context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a competency, independently of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. Key Words: 1484.2.1-2007, competency, competency definition, reusable competency definition Designation: 1484.20.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Standard for Reusable Competency Definitions Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and exchanging competency definitions, primarily in the context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a competency, independent of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. This standard enables information about competencies to be encoded and exchanged. It does not define whether a competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude or learning outcome but can be used to capture information about any of these. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to publish an IEEE standard based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium specification for Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO). This standard is to be defined in such a way that implementations that conform to the IMS specification will be conformant to this Standard. Designation: 1484.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Glossary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will list and define the terms used in the other standards being developed by the IEEE Computer Society Learning Technology Standards Committee. The first version of this document will not be a comprehensive glossary for the field of Learning Technology, but it is intended that later versions will be. To the extent possible, additional related terms will be included to round out or support the other terms. Project Purpose: To enable the editors of IEEE Computer Society Learning Technology Standards Comm. working groups to use defined and consistent terminology in drafting their standards. To enable users of LTSC standards to understand the meaning of terms used in these documents. To enable others in the field of Learning Technology to understand and use standard terminology. Designation: 1484.4-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: IEEE Trial Use Recommended Practice for Digital Rights Expression Languages (DRELs) Suitable for eLearning Technologies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2007 Technical Contact: Magda Mourad, Phone:+1-914-433-7240, Email:magdam@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies digital rights (DR) requirements for eLearning technologies. These requirements should be aligned with the most widely known standards-based specifications for Digital Rights Expression Language (DREL) that are being adopted or developed by international, regional, national, and private organizations and consortia. Project Purpose: This recommended practice facilitates the creation, management, and delivery of digital content for eLearning by technology that implements DRELs. This recommended practice should determine what, if any, extensions are needed so that these DRELs can meet the identified requirements. Abstract: This recommended practice facilitates the creation, management and delivery of digital content for eLearning by technology that implements digital rights expression languages. The recommended practice determines what, if any, extensions are needed so that these DREL can meet the identified requirements Key Words: Digital Rights Expression Language, DREL, MPEG-21, Open Digital Rights Access, Open eBook Forum, ODRL, Rights Expression Language, REL Designation: 1484.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Model Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: Theis standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a 'Task Model' which will characterize all static aspects of a given project, including task description, member prerequisites, member roles, schedule, resources, learning objectives, deliverables, and assessment. Project Purpose: To enable employers to provide guidance to students regarding requirements for future employment. To enable students to structure their learning based on employer requirements. To enable students/workers to search, evaluate, and apply for desirable projects or jobs. To enable employers to search, evaluate, recruit, select, and orient desirable students/workers. To facilitate and reduce the cost of matching students with intern assignments. To enable teachers to structure tasks in the same format as intern assignments. Designation: 1484.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Session Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a specification language and environment for managing sessions in learning technology systems, e.g., computer-aided instruction, intelligent learning environments, intelligent tutoring systems. The standard will (1) define the specification language, (2) define the control transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (3) define the data transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (4) define an encoding method for storing and transferring session management "programs". Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common mechanism for exchanging and developing information among the users, proctors, and developers of courseware for individualized instruction. Designation: 1484.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Tool/Agent Communication Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Randy Saunders, Phone:4437783861, Email:r.saunders@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard applies to educational systems consisting of one or more user tools and one or more instructional agents. The standard is intended to address ways that currently-existing tools can be made to comply with the standard as well as ways that newly-developed tools can be developed to take advantage of the standard. Project Purpose: To establish a protocol to govern interaction between software tools and instructional agents. Designation: 1484.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Ontology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will specify a task ontology for computer-based intelligent learning support systems such as Intelligent Tutoring Systems (ITS) and Intelligent/Interactive Learning Environment (ILE). Project Purpose: This is a companion standard to the Dictionary project and also gains mutual benefits among other projects such as Reference Model/Architecture, Standard for Communication between tools and instructional agents, session management, and Advanced Technology Learning Systems Authoring Tools projects. Designation: 1484.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Localisation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will deal with localisation issues for learning technologies. This includes facilitating human language translations (for instance of learning documents or learning object metadata vocabularies), as well as more technical issues (for instance character sets and encodings). Explcitly within scope are locale API issues and technical issues that facilitate support for multicultural communities (for instance descriptions of icon representations or user interface metaphorsso that these can be adapted to local needs. Project Purpose: The purpose is to support the global applicability and understanding of learning technology, so that its appropriate uptake is promoted. The final end users, i.e. the learners, will benefit from this work, as they will be confronted with less inappropriately biased materials. This is especially relevant in the culturally extremely sensitive area of education. Designation: 1485 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Micro-Electronic MOSFET Circuit Simulator Model Validation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Britt Brooks, Phone:214-480-3991, Email:brittb@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for validation of micro-electronic MOSFET models that are used for curcuit simulators. The procedures are to validate the models as to their external terminal behavior only. Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the micro-electronic MOSFET models that are used in various curcuit simulators. The inability to determine and specify the performance of curcuit simulator models is preventing the effective utilization of curcuit simulation tools. This project will provide circuit simulator users and model developers a comprehensive way of validating micro-electronic MOSFET models. Designation: 1486 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard for Measurement of Television Video Signals in the 525 Line Interlaced Format Which Have Been Compressed Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop measuring techniques to quantify the quality of television video images in the 525 line interlaced format when these images have been digitized and compressed and then decompressed. Multiple measurement methods may be required and these may include subjective as well as objective methods. Measurement methods may cover one compression and decompression process, or multiple sequential compression and decompression processes, using the same or different compression algorithms. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a tool for broadcasters and manufacturers of television equipment and related industries to be able to determine the image quality of television video signals which have been digitally compressed. This standard will be used to assist design, selection, maintenance and operation of compression equipment. Designation: 1487 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Engineering of Systems: Concepts and Principles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This standard will define the generally accepted concepts, principles and performance-based requirements common to all application environments. It shall cover the full system life cycle: development, manufacture, verification/test, deployment, distribution, operations, support, training, and disposal. Project Purpose: To provide a common framework for systems engineering across all industry segments, to facilitate establishment of a common systems engineering language, incorporates lessons learned from other industries, common process reduces training requirements and builds expertise, reduced amount of documentation required, access to cutting edge technology in systems engineering products and services, rfocuses systems engineering initiatives along a common guideline, and reduces need for unique program directives for systems engineering. Designation: 1488-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for a template for message sets for intelligent transportation systems (ITS). The template will provide an overall syntax and structure for ITS message sets. Project Purpose: The global interest in interoperability of communication systems in the transportation infrastructure, e.g. vehicles, management centers, and roadside systems has prompted the ITS user community to seek a standard template for message sets. The users of the standard will be the developers of message sets for intelligent transportation systems. The benefit will be the interoperability of systems developed using these message sets. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportationinfrastructure has spawned the development of message sets for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) message sets, includingcommon terms (e.g., object identifier), as well as attributes necessary to document ITS datamessages, is addressed in this standard. Key Words: "attribute,data concept,data element,<QUOTE>dataelement,<QUOTE> data frames,<QUOTE>dataframe,<QUOTE> intelligent transportation systems,message,message set,meta-attribute,template,transportation" Designation: 1489 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: Adopt ISO 14817 as the revise standard supplemented with message set attributes and data registry functional operating procedures consistent with US practices. Withdraw IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and IEEE Trial-Use Standard 1488-2000.] Scope of P1489 PAR Approved 19 September 1996 (IEEE Std 1489-1999). [Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for data dictionaries for intelligent transportation systems. Specific issues relative to the development of ITS data dictionaries will be identified and addressed. These issues may include, but are not limited to, ownership, registration, maintenance, coordination among developers of ITS data dictionaries, resolution of conflicts, and identification of common terms (e.g., time, date, and location). The standard will provide a format for ITS data dictionaries. The format is anticipated to include, but not be limited to, identifying attributes, definitional attributes, relational attributes, and administrative attributes. See Explanation of revision project in Item 16. Project Purpose: Incorporate experience gained from the use of and testing the implementation of ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of standards for ITS applications will be used to make the change. Adopt ISO TC204 developed standard that includes basic provisions from IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and IEEE Trial Use Standard 1488-2000. Develop US specific provisions for supplementing the ISO standard that reflects US usage and requirements. Designation: 1489 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: Revise the requirements for the registration of data concepts, messages, and data frames for use in the ITS domain based on experience gained from practical experience using the ITS Data Registry functional operating procedures. The standard serves as the foundation standard for all ITS functional area data dictionaries. Revise the standard so that it contains the description of data concepts, in formal terms, to promote a high degree of "unambiguous data interchange" among ITS components. Provide for extending the standard for global use through the development of relationships among data concepts used in the ITS domain. Project Purpose: Experience gained while using and testing the implementation of the ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of standards for ITS applications will be used to make the change. Descriptions of all data concepts will be examined to minimize or eliminate ambiguities and inconsistencies identified during the development and harmonization of data concepts and use during ITS field operational tests. The intended users are system integrators and public agency officials developing ITS applications for information interchange under the Federal Highway Administration Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21). Designation: 1489-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: Develop a standard for functional area data dictionaries for intelligent transportation systems. Specific issues will be addressed including documenting and coordinating data elements, ownership and identifying attributes for unambiguous data transfer. Project Purpose: Use of digital communications among intelligent transportation systems, e.g., vehicles, management centers (traffic, transit and emergency) and roadside equipment, has led to development of functional area data dictionaries for communications and unambiguous data reuse between the functional areas. The users of this standard will be the developers of the functional area data dictionaries. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the transportationinfrastructure has spawned the development of data dictionaries for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) data dictionaries, includingcommon terms (e.g., time, date, location), as well as meta-attributes necessary to document ITSdata concepts is addressed in this standard. Key Words: "attribute,classificatin scheme,data dictionary,data element,data element concept,functional-area data dictionary,entity,entity type,generic property domain,information interchange,intelligent transportation systems,ISO/IEC 11179,meta-attribute,metadata st" Designation: 149-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 149-1965. History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Oct 09, 2003 Abstract: This standard is used throughout government, industry and academia in the area of antenna testing. It provides many of the procedures currently used by antenna test organization. However, the technology has passed the standard by in the areas and many areas and equipment are not included. This update will include these. Designation: 149 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 1985 Designation: 149 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A David Olver, Phone:44-171-975-5345, Email:a.d.olver@gmw.ac.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will update the Standard Test Procedure for Antennas. This standard was last updated in 1979. Many changes in antenna testing have occurred since then especially in the area of computer control and automation. Many new methods, test equipment, and test procedures are not included in the existing standard. This update will include all of these. Near field testing will now be included. Project Purpose: This standard is used throughout government, industry and academia in the area of antenna testing. It provides many of the procedures currently used by antenna test organization. However, the technology has passed the standard by in the areas and many areas and equipment are not included. This update will include these. Designation: P1490 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide: Adoption of the Project Management Institute (PMI) Standard: A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide)-2008 (4th edition) Status: Adoption in Progress History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard documents information needed to initiate, plan, execute, monitor and control, and close a single project, and identifies those project management processes that have been recognized as good practice on most projects most of the time. With the third edition, the PMBOK Guide became an ANSI standard in 2004. It is used internationally for training and certification of project managers. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project Purpose: The increasing acceptance of project management indicates that the application of appropriate knowledge, processes, skills, tools, and techniques can have a significant impact on project success. The PMBOK® Guide identifies that subset of the project management body of knowledge generally recognized as good practice. “Generally recognized” means the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and there is consensus about their value and usefulness. “Good practice” means there is general agreement that the application of these skills, tools, and techniques can enhance the chances of success over a wide range of projects. Good practice does not mean the knowledge described should always be applied uniformly to all projects; the organization and/or project management team is responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. The PMBOK® Guide also provides and promotes a common vocabulary within the project management profession for discussing, writing, and applying project management concepts. Such a standard vocabulary is an essential element of a professional discipline. The Project Management Institute (PMI) views this standard as a foundational project management reference for its professional development programs and certifications. As a foundational reference, this standard is neither complete nor all-inclusive. This standard is a guide rather than a methodology. One can use different methodologies and tools to implement the framework. Designation: 1490-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide - Adoption of PMI Standard, A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1490-2003. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This document identifies and describes that subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge which is generally accepted. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. Abstract: The subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge that is generally accepted is identified and described in this guide. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. It does not mean that the knowledge and practices should beapplied uniformly to all projects without considering whether they are appropriate. Key Words: "body of knowledge,project,project management" Designation: 1490-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide Adoption of PMI Standard - A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 1490-1998. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: Susan K Land, Phone:256-876-7004, Email:susan.land@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe that subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. This document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession for talking about project management. Project management is a relatively young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is done, there is relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project Purpose: SESC has previously adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000 added new material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in the field of project management by capturing those practices, tools, techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted. Additionally, clarification text and figures, and corrections, have been added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt the current version of PMBOK, replacing the previous version. Abstract: Supersedes IEEE Std 1490-1998 SUMMARY: IEEE Std 1490-2003 is an adoption, in its entirety, of A Guide to Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide). Project scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe that subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. This document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession for talking about project management. Project management is a relatively young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is done, there is relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project purpose: SESC has previously adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000 added new material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in the field of project management by capturing those practices, tools, techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted. Additionally, clarification text and figures, and corrections, have been added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt the current version of PMBOK, replacing the previous version. Key Words: "body of knowledge, project, project management" Designation: 1491-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005 Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the relative value of such observations. Also discussed are the active supervisory and diagnostic tasks that this equipment may perform. While this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored. Project Purpose: The recent competitive realignments of Utility and telecommunication companies has created a need for unmanned surveillance of stationary battery systems. This guide will propose levels of battery surveillance and methods for achieving useful information for maintenance and replacement purposes. Since communications will play an issue with remote applications, a description of typical arrangements will provide additional insight. Abstract: : Maintaining a fully operational battery system. This guide presents and discusses measurable parameters of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium batteries as used in stationary battery systems and the utilization of such observations. Key Words: airflow, ambient temperature, automated battery monitoring, battery applications, battery current, battery environment, battery monitoring equipment, battery monitoring techniques, battery temperature, battery types, battery voltage, communications interfaces, connection resistance, cycles, grounding, ground fault detection, humidity, ripple current, safety, software, specific gravity Designation: P1491 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in Stationary Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the relative value of such observations. Although this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored. Project Purpose: Today’s mission-critical environment has created a need for unmanned surveillance systems for stationary batteries. This guide will propose parameters for battery surveillance to achieve useful information for maintenance and replacement purposes. Because communications will play an issue with remote applications, a description of typical arrangements will provide additional insight. Abstract: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the relative value of such observations. Although this guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored. Key Words: airflow, ambient temperature, automated battery monitoring, battery applications, battery applications, battery current, battery environment, battery monitoring equipment, battery monitoring techniques, battery temperature, battery types, battery voltage, charge and discharge, communications interfaces, connection resistance, connection, coup de fouet, cycles, grounding, ground fault detection, humidity, measurement parameters, operating environment, ohmic value, reports, ripple current, safety, sensors, software, specific gravity, temperature, voltage. Designation: 1492 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Guide for Synthetic Capacitive Current Switching Tests of AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Status: Changed Designation **See C37.083 Project Scope: Develop a guide to be used when conducting capacitive current switching. This will cover requirements, test circuits, test parameters, test procedures, etc. when using synthetic circuits. Project Purpose: This is a project that was previously authorized. All records seem to have been lost. This will be an aid to both the user, manufacturer and testing laboratory in conducting capacitive current switching tests. Designation: 1493-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables and Accessories Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007 Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007 Project Scope: This guide serves two primary purposes. The first is to outline many of the issues associated with using a solvent as an electric cable cleaner. The second is to provide a variety of tests that can be used for evaluating the performance of solvents intended for cleaning electric cables or cable accessories used by electric utilities. Tests for assessing the compatibility of a cleaning solvent with various cable and cable accessory components and tests for assessing cleaning effectiveness are included within this guide. Although many materials are used in cable systems, this guide covers only the basic cable and cable accessory components with a focus on electric power cables. The guide may be applied to materials outside the scope of this document at the user’s discretion. The compatibility tests include suggested or target acceptance criteria to help assure that the solvent does not harm the component it is intended to clean. As this document is a guide, these values are not requirements. They are only provided as guidelines and are based either on industry standard requirements for materials or on the best judgment and experience of the working group members who prepared the document. They will be modified by the P1493 Working Group as additional data become available. The cleaning effectiveness tests are comparative tests with no specific performance requirements. Throughout this guide, the terms “solvent” and “cleaner” are both used to describe the chemical intended for use as a cable cleaner. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories. Abstract: This guide provides test procedures for evaluating the physical characteristics of cable cleaning solvents and their compatibility with extruded dielectric cable components and cable accessories (joints and terminations). Compatibility is established by placing component samples in contact with the cleaning solvent for a short period and then measuring the physical or electrical properties of the component. The measured values are compared with values for samples that have not been in contact with the cleaner. Suggested performance values are provided. The guide also provides suggested procedures for evaluating the cleaning effectiveness of cable cleaning solvents. These comparative test procedures do not provide absolute performance values. Key Words: cable accessories, cleaning effectiveness, compatibility, extruded dielectric cable Designation: 1493 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables and Accessories Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This projet will develop a protocol for the evaluation of solvents used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will encompass the evaluation categories, test methods and acceptance criteria for evaluation of chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories. Designation: 1494 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Guide for National Profiles and Locales Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nobuo Saito, Phone:81-466-47-5111, Email:ns@sfc.keio.ac.jp **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define what should be included in National Profiles & Locales and how international users of the 945 series of standards can develop National profiles for application deployment in their location. The guide will include topics on how they are developed, how they interface with ISO 9945-1&2, how they are registered within the international community. This work is based on the initial work in this area as represented by WG15 document number 461. Project Purpose: To produce a guide to developing National Profiles and National Locales within the PASC process for use with IEEE/ISO 9945-1 and 9945-2. This work has been assigned to JTC1 NP 22.14776 at the international level. This guide will assist international users of the standard to develop their National profiles consistent with the style and intentions of the base standard. Designation: 1495 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Harmonic Limits for Single-Phase Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Current Distortion Limits for Single-Phase Utilization Equipment Rated Under 600 V and up to 40 A. Project Purpose: To establish equipment harmonic limits, much like IEC 1000-3- 2, which deals with both three-phase and single-phase limits for devices under 16 A and with 230 V nominal rating. Existing Std 519 contains site limits on harmonics, and is primarily three-phase. Designation: 1496-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994 Abstract: An input/output expansion bus with a 32- or 64-bit width is described in this standard. The SBus is designed for systems requiring a small number of expansion ports. SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard. SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard. The dimensions of the Sbus Card are 83.8 mm by 146.7 mm, making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits. The SBus cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel. The form factor is useful in Futurebus+, VMEbus, desktop computers, and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data rates up to 168 Mbytes/s, depending on the implementation options selected. Key Words: Standard for Boot Firmware, high, reliability, I/O bus, SBus Card Designation: 1497-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2001 **IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: SDF (Standard Delay Format) is an existing OVI standard for the representation and interpretation of timing data for use at any stage of the electronic design process. The ASCII data in the SDF file is represented in a tool and language independent way and includes path delays, timing constraint values, interconnect delays and high level technology parameters. Project Purpose: SDF has come to be accepted as a standard by many companies both in the EDA industry and among their customers, but minor differences have gradually arisen, primarily due to the rapid adoption and evolution. IEEE standardization brings with it an opportunity to reduce and eventually eliminate non-standard implementations and usages of SDF, enhance and improve it based on new input, and also to broaden usage around the world. Abstract: IEC 61523-3: 2004 Dual-logo document. Replaces IEEE Std 1497-2001. Abstract: The Standard Delay Format (SDF) is defined in this standard. SDF is a textual file format for representing the delay and timing information of electronic systems. While both human and machine readable, in its most common usage it will be machine written and machine read in support of timing analysis and verification tools, and of other tools requiring delay and timing information. The primary audience for this standard is the implementors of tools supporting the format, but anyone with a need to understand the format’s contents will find it useful. Key Words: "computer,computer languages,delay,delay backannotation,digital systems,electron-ic systems,hardware,hardware design,SDF,timing,timing analysis,timing backannotation,timingverification" Designation: 1498-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: EIA/IEEE Interim Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Software Development: Acquirer-Supplier Agreement (Issued for Trial Use) Status: Superseded **Std available as joint EIA/IEEE J-STD-016-1995. Redesignation per MOU dated 11/30/95. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements an acquirer and a supplier are to achieve in the development of a software system where the term "software development" is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, reengineering, and other activities resulting in software products. Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems. To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to have a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the requirements for the software. the purpose of this standard is to harmonize commercial and government requirements for software life-cycle processes and IEEE and ISO software life-cycle processes. This is anticipated to be done in several phases. This project is phase 1. The proposed standard will complement IEEE 1074, which defines the architecture of the software life- ccle processes. Abstract: This standard defines a set of software development activities and resulting software products. It provides a framework for software development planning and engineering. It is also intended to merge commercial and Government software development requirements within the framework of the software life cycle process requirements of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The term software development is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, re-engineering, maintenance, and all other processes or activities resulting in software products. Key Words: EIA, acquirer, supplier, life cycle Designation: 1499-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard Interface for Hardware Description Models of Electronic Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 16, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999 Project Scope: Development of a standard simulation and related tool interface for component models written in VHDL, Verilog, C and other description languages. Project Purpose: To provide a standard method for interfacing and managing complex electronic models to design automation tools. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent tool interfaces suitable for large designs such as systems on a chip. Abstract: The standard interface for hardware description models of electronic components is de-fined. The primary audiences of this standard are model developers and implementers of software supporting this interface. Key Words: "execution, intellectual property, model integration, model manger, Open Model Interface (OMI), simulator/model interoperability" Designation: 15-1928 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Title: A.I.E.E. Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 150 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1500-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Standard Testability Method for Embedded Core-based Integrated Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Yervant Zorian, Phone:510-360-8035, Email:zorian@viragelogic.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard design-for-testability method for Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores, i.e., reusable megacells. This method will be independent of the underlying functionality of the Integrated Circuit or its individual embedded cores. The method will create the necessary testability requirements for detection and diagnosis of such Integrated Circuits, while allowing for ease of interoperability of cores originated from distinct sources. This method will be usable for all classes of digital cores including hierarchial ones. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for testability of Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores from multiple sources. Typically, each core provider builds some testability hooks into the underlying core. Without an independent, openly defined design-for- testability method, core integrators cannot automatically determine the testability features of the individual cores and integrate them with the testability of the next level circuit description. The design-for- testability method will provide a solution that will allow automatic identification and configuration of testability features in Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores. Abstract: This standard defines a mechanism for the test of core designs within a system on chip (SoC). This mechanism constitutes a hardware architecture and leverages the core test language (CTL) to facilitate communication between core designers and core integrators. Key Words: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse Designation: 1501 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Life Management of Electrical Equipment in Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This application guide will provide recommendations for managing the operating life of electrical equipment used in power generating stations. Programs and activities are identified that may optimize operating life of selected electrical equipment while minimizing the impact on power station availability, and maintaining a reliable and safe generating station. Project Purpose: Life management of electrical equipment and systems is not currently covered in any detail by standards. The working group will particularly emphasize an approach of Condition Based Maintenance which affords the most significant advantages to costs, reliability and availability. Designation: 1502-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Radar Cross-Section Test Procedures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2007 **Formerly known as P360 Technical Contact: Eric K Walton, Phone:614-292-5051, Email:walton.1@osu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes processes for the measurement of the electromagnetic scattering from objects. It is written for the personnel responsible for the operation of test ranges, and not for the design of such ranges. It recommends procedures for testing and documenting the quality of the measurement system, for calibrating the measurement system, for carrying out the radar scattering measurements, and for delivering the measurement data in a useful format to the end user. The document defines radar cross section (RCS), describes different types of test ranges, and reviews methods of characterizing and operating radar scattering measurement ranges. Issues related to test object support systems, types of test ranges, instrumentation, signal polarization, calibration, data analysis, and range uncertainty are also discussed. Project Purpose: Most radar scattering measurement ranges are built for a specific localized purpose. Methods of characterizing the ranges and performing the measurements are developed for the specific needs of each particular test range. This recommended practice is intended to establish guidelines so that operators and users of such ranges can provide results that are useful across the larger community of users. Abstract: This recommended practice describes the process of the measurement of the radar cross section of objects using a test range. The term “radar cross section” is defined, and the characteristics of different types of test ranges are given. The responsibilities of the test range operators are shown to involve test and calibration of the measurement range systems as well as accurately carrying out the measurements. Techniques are described for each stage of this process. Key Words: radar cross section (RCS), radar test range Designation: 15026 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Systems and Software Assurance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: This International Standard provides requirements for the life cycle including development, operation, maintenance, and disposal of systems and software products that are critically required to exhibit and be shown to possess properties related to safety, security, dependability, or other characteristics. It defines an assurance case as the central artefact for planning, monitoring, achieving and showing the achievement and sustainment of the properties and for related support of other decision making. The interaction of the requirements for the assurance case with life cycle processes implies a normative interpretation of the processes from ISO/IEC 15288 ISO/IEC 12207. Finally, the standard provides requirements, in addition to those of ISO/IEC 15289, for information artefacts that result from those processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to assist users who wish to apply the provisions of ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207 to systems required to possess critical properties. It is intended to give relevant requirements and guidance in addition to those of the two life cycle standards. Designation: 15026 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for System and Software Engineering - System and Software Assurance Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard provides life cycle processes expectations and their associated outcomes for systems and software that must satisfy critical requirements. It specifies activities that must be undertaken, to ensure that systems and software are acquired, developed, and maintained in such a way that is likely to satisfy these requirements, and to provide assurance that the implemented system or software does in fact satisfy these requirements throughout its life cycle. The following life cycle processes expectations and their associated outcomes are covered by this Standard: a) Plan assurance activities, b) Establish and maintain the assurance case, and c) Monitor and control assurance activities and products. No assumption is made in this Standard as to the specific nature of the critical requirements. This Standard applies to whatever risk dimensions are relevant to the system or software (e.g. safety, security, prevention of financial loss). This Standard is intended to occupy a position between domain-specific standards, such as IEC 61508 for the safety of programmable electronic systems, and ISO/IEC 15443, Parts 1-3, Famework for IT Security Assurance, and the system and software life cycle framework standards, IEEE Std 15288, System Life Cycle Processes, and IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes. Project Purpose: The life cycle process standards for the system and software life cycles do not adequately address specific process expectations and outcomes for system and software assurance. This Standard provides a life cycle approach to system and software assurance, consistent with, and amplifying the the requirements of IEEE 15288, System Life Cycle Processes and IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes, and providing specific process expectations and outcomes for system and software assurance. Designation: 15026-1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard--Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010 Systems and Software Engineering--Systems and Software Assurance--Part 1: Concepts and Vocabulary Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 2011 Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships, thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the subsequent parts of ISO/IEC 15026, including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in ISO/IEC 15026. Abstract: This trial-use standard adopts ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010, which defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships for software and systems assurance, thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the subsequent parts of ISO/IEC 15026, including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in ISO/IEC 15026. Key Words: argument, assurance case, claim, computers, computer software, data processing, data security, definitions, IEEE 15026-1, integrity level, life cycle, process, product design, quality assurance, quality control, reliability, safety, security, software assurance, software engineering, software engineering techniques, system, systems assurance, systems engineering, uncertainty, vocabulary Designation: 15026-1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Trial-Use Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010 -- Systems and Software Engineering -- Systems and Software Assurance -- Part 1: Concepts and Vocabulary Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This Technical Report defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the other parts of this International Standard including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in this International Standard. Project Purpose: ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose statement Abstract: This Technical Report defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the other parts of this International Standard including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in this International Standard. Designation: P15026-2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and software engineering -- Systems and software assurance -- Part 2: Assurance case Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This International Standard specifies the minimal requirements for the structure and contents of an assurance case. An assurance case includes a top-level claim (or set of claims) for a property of a system or product, systematic argumentation regarding this claim, and the evidence and explicit assumptions that underlie this argumentation. Arguing through multiple levels of subordinate claims, this structured argumentation connects the top-level claim to the evidence and assumptions. Stakeholders can evaluate the assurance case to determine the extent of achievement of the top-level claim by the system or product and whether this achievement is shown within the allowable uncertainty or risk and any related consequences. The results regarding the top-level claim and its support along with related uncertainties and consequences constitute a basis for rationally managing risk, achieving grounds for appropriate confidence, and aiding in decision making. Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this part of ISO/IEC 15026 is to ensure the existence of minimal types of assurance case content and restrictions on assurance case structure thereby improving consistency and comparability among instances of assurance cases and facilitating engineering decisions and other uses of assurance cases. Abstract: This International Standard specifies the minimal requirements for the structure and contents of an assurance case. An assurance case includes a top-level claim (or set of claims) for a property of a system or product, systematic argumentation regarding this claim, and the evidence and explicit assumptions that underlie this argumentation. Arguing through multiple levels of subordinate claims, this structured argumentation connects the top-level claim to the evidence and assumptions. Stakeholders can evaluate the assurance case to determine the extent of achievement of the top-level claim by the system or product and whether this achievement is shown within the allowable uncertainty or risk and any related consequences. The results regarding the top-level claim and its support along with related uncertainties and consequences constitute a basis for rationally managing risk, achieving grounds for appropriate confidence, and aiding in decision making. Designation: P15026-3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and software engineering -- Systems and software assurance -- Part 3: System integrity levels Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 uses and elaborates on the concept of integrity levels with corresponding integrity level requirements that are required to be met in order to show the achievement of the integrity level. It places requirements and offers recommendations on the methods for defining and using integrity levels and their integrity level requirements. It covers systems, software products, and their elements as well as relevant external dependences. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 is applicable to systems and software and is intended for use by: a) Definers of integrity levels such as industry and professional organizations, standards organizations, and government agencies. b) Users of integrity levels such as developers and maintainers, suppliers and acquirers, users, and assessors of systems or software and for the administrative and technical support of systems and/or software products. The definitions of integrity levels are specified by the first and used by the second. One important use is their use by suppliers and acquirers as part of their agreements, for example to aid in assuring safety characteristics of a delivered system or product. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 does not prescribe a specific set of integrity levels or their integrity level requirements. In addition, it does not prescribe the way in which integrity level use is integrated with the overall system (or software) engineering life cycle processes. Project Purpose: [ISO/IEC standards generally do not include a purpose clause. This one is no exception.] Abstract: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 uses and elaborates on the concept of integrity levels with corresponding integrity level requirements that are required to be met in order to show the achievement of the integrity level. It places requirements and offers recommendations on the methods for defining and using integrity levels and their integrity level requirements. It covers systems, software products, and their elements as well as relevant external dependences. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 is applicable to systems and software and is intended for use by: a) Definers of integrity levels such as industry and professional organizations, standards organizations, and government agencies. b) Users of integrity levels such as developers and maintainers, suppliers and acquirers, users, and assessors of systems or software and for the administrative and technical support of systems and/or software products. The definitions of integrity levels are specified by the first and used by the second. One important use is their use by suppliers and acquirers as part of their agreements, for example to aid in assuring safety characteristics of a delivered system or product. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 does not prescribe a specific set of integrity levels or their integrity level requirements. In addition, it does not prescribe the way in which integrity level use is integrated with the overall system (or software) engineering life cycle processes. Designation: 1503 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power Rectifiers Greater Than 100 kw Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anthony Siebert, Phone:414 785 3540, Email:tsiebert@amsuper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project covers all AC to DC converters with ratings greater than 100 kw unless the converter is part of another equipment (such as a drive) for which another IEEE standard exists. APplications for such converters exist in the following industries: electrochemical, marine, electric furnace, battery charging. Project Purpose: Incorporate new device and systems technology along with the material from the standards listed. Start harmonizing with IEC standards. Designation: 1504 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: Guide for the Specification and Application of Active Harmonic Filters Greater Than 10 kw Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: This project covers all active filters with ratings greater than 10 kw regardless of the application. Project Purpose: To facilitate communication between developers, manufacturers and users. To enable consultants to write clear specifications. To help engineers to a better understanding of the theory and application of Active Filters. Designation: 1505-2010 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Receiver Fixture Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1505-2006 Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the development of a common receiver fixture interface (RFI) specification that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common open architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial interest for applications in test, system integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an open architecture. The standard shall also define, within this framework, a set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that support available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduce dependence on proprietary designs and extend life-cycle availability. Technical requirements incorporated shall be those identified by government and industry, including maximum flexibility, scalability, and range of application. Abstract: A mechanical and electrical specification for implementing a common interoperable mechanical quick-disconnect interconnect system for use by industry for interfacing large numbers of electrical signals (digital, analog, RF, power, etc.) is provided. These large interface panels (receiver and fixture panels) are employed primarily in test systems between stimulus/measurement assets and a related unit-under-test (UUT), although any application involving high-density contacts requiring a quick disconnect interface could benefit. The receiver is a receptacle that is mounted to test system mates with multiple fixtures, which serve as the buffer between the UUT and automatic test equipment (ATE). Fixtures translate standard input/output (I/O) signal routing offered at the receiver to a wiring interface that directly connects to the UUT. These UUT interfaces can represent cable connectors, direct plug-in (printed circuit board edge connectors), sensor monitoring, or manual feedback from the test technician. The primary objectives of this standard are: (a) to establish interface standards that permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an open architecture; and (b) to develop within this framework a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduced dependence on proprietary designs and extend life-cycle availability. Key Words: connector, fixture, framework, interface, interoperability, mass- interconnect, quick disconnect, receiver, specification Designation: 1505 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements Title: Standard for Receiver/Fixture Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Development of a common Receiver/Fixture Interface Specification that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common open architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial interests for applications serving test, system integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements, that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. A technical forum has been established from the govt. sponsored CIWG effort under the auspices of the RFI Alliance to promote an open Receiver/Fixture Interface (RFI) Standard. Designation: 1505-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Receiver Fixture Interface Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:ddroste@drs-tem.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Aug 07, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 19, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this document is the development of a common receiver/fixture interface (RFI) specification that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common “open” architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial interest for applications in test, system integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. A joint technical forum has been operational since 1997 under the auspices of the IEEE Std 1505 RFI Working Group and a recently formed industry/government Common Test Interface (CTI) Working Group. Readers of this document are encouraged to comment on details unclear, contradictory, or undefined to the IEEE 1505 RFI Working Group or the IEEE Standards Association for review and change. These organizations can be contacted at the locations described in the preface of this document. As IEEE Std 1505 evolves, additional revisions may be required and reballoted by the IEEE Standards Association. The RFI Working Group serves to encourage vendors to produce same product class types that are intermatable and interchangeable by adhering to performance specifications of this standard. The document has been developed in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Standards Assocation Policies and Procedures per the IEEE-SA Standards Board Bylaws [B23],1 the IEEE-SA Standards Board Operations Manual [B24], the IEEE-SA Standards Companion [B25], and the IEEE Standards Style Manual [B26]. Additional guidance and reference was utilized from The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standard Terms [B15] and SI 10™ American National Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric System [B35]. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an “open architecture.” To develop within this framework, a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduce dependence on proprietary designs and extends life- cycle availability. Technical requirements identified by government and industry include maximum flexibility, scalability, and range of application. Abstract: A mechanical and electrical specification for implementing a common interoperable mechanical quick-disconnect interconnect system for use by industry for interfacing large numbers of electrical signals (digital, analog, RF, power, etc.) is provided. These large interface panels (receiver and fixture panels) are employed primarily in test systems between stimulus/measurement assets and a related unit-under-test (UUT), although any application involving high-density contacts requiring a quick disconnect interface could benefit. The receiver is a receptacle that is mounted to test system mates with multiple fixtures, which serve as the buffer between the UUT and automatic test equipment (ATE). Fixtures translate standard input/output (I/O) signal routing offered at the receiver to a wiring interface that directly connects to the UUT. These UUT interfaces can represent cable connectors, direct plug-in (printed circuit board edge connectors), sensor monitoring, or manual feedback from the test technician. The primary objectives of this standard are: (a) to establish interface standards that permit interchangeability of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an open architecture; and (b) to develop within this framework a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduced dependence on proprietary designs and extend life-cycle availability. Key Words: connector, fixture, framework, interface, interoperability, mass- interconnect, quick disconnect, receiver, specification Designation: 1505.1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map Configuration for High-Density, Single-Tier Electronics Test Requirements Utilizing IEEE Std 1505 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 21, 2008 **New Trial-Use Standard Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:ddroste@drs-tem.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of a pin map utilizing the IEEE 1505™ 1 receiver fixture interface (RFI). The pin map defined within this trial-use standard shall apply to military and aerospace automatic test equipment (ATE) testing applications. Project Purpose: Standardization of a common input/output (I/O) will enable the interoperability of IEEE 1505 compliant interface fixtures [also known as interface test adapters (ITA), interface devices (IDs), or interconnecting devices (ICDs)] on multiple ATE systems utilizing the IEEE 1505 RFI. Abstract: This trial-use standard represents an extension to the IEEE 1505 receiver fixture interface (RFI) standard specification. Particular emphasis is placed on defining within the IEEE 1505 RFI standard a more specific set of performance requirements that employ a common scalable: (a) pin map configuration; (b) specific connector modules; (c) respective contacts; (d) recommended switching implementation; and (e) legacy automatic test equipment (ATE) transitional devices. This is intentionally done to standardize the footprint and assure mechanical and electrical interoperability between past and future automatic test systems (ATS). Key Words: 1505.1-2008, ATE, ATS, fixture, ICD, interface, ITA, mass termination, receiver, scalable, TPS, UUT Designation: P1505.1.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map (IEEE Std 1505.1) Using the IEEE Std 1671.6 Exchange Format Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard expresses the IEEE 1505.1 Common Test Interface (CTI) Pin Map Description related to the static description of a test station receiver interface using the IEEE Std. 1671.6 ATML Test Station format. Project Purpose: This standard supports sharing information between applications associated with Automatic Test Systems (ATS) and test environments across test stations. The IEEE 1505.1 CTI Pin Map information contains the definition of test station capabilities and structure including the Connectors Pin outs and logical resources. Designation: 1505.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map Configuration for Double- Tier Test Requirements Utilizing IEEE Std 1505 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of a two-tier pin map utilizing IEEE 1505 Receiver-Fixture Interface (RFI). This addresses only the second tier that will supplement single (1st tier) of 1505.1 for systems that require assets not included in the 1st tier. The pin map defined within this standard shall apply to mid-size to large military and Aerospace Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) testing applications. Project Purpose: To provide a standardized common I/O Pin Map for the second tier of a two-tier IEEE-1505 Receiver-Fixture Interface to enable the interoperability of compliant interface fixtures (also known as interface test adapters, interface devices, or interconnection devices) on multiple ATE systems. Designation: 1506 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Test Coverage Metric - Condition Independence for Control and Logic Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John J Chilenski **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: A coverage metric, with a linear degree of effort, to be used during the definition, design, and execution of test cases, and analysis of test results. It is applicable to all types of software. It will apply to both the flow of control in the software and the evaluation of computing results which contribute the software decision making. Project Purpose: It provides an objective measurement criteria for evaluating the completeness of a software test set by users, developers, regulators, and testers. it provides a consistent definition for this class of test metric. It provides insight for organizational software process improvement. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Designation: 1508 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Solder-Sweated Split Tinned Copper Connectors 5kV-35kV Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Philip Cox, Phone:901-528-4094, Email:pcox@mlgw.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This standard specifies the requirements for solder-sweated split-tinned copper connectors commonly used for splicing the conductor portion of paper insulated lead covered medium voltage (5-35 kV) cables, although these connectors may be suitable for splicing other types of electrical conductors. The conductor configuration may be solid, round compact stranded,  and compact sector stranded. This standard includes the requirements for conductor sizes from #8 American Wire Gauge (AWG) to 3000 circular mils (kcmil). Project Purpose: After the Edison Electrical Institute no longer published standard specifications, the responsibilities of the EEI standards were transferred to the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. The NEMA Chairman believed that the specification for this type of connector would be better handled in the Accessories (SC10) Subcommittee of the ICC. He then contacted Robert Gear, the Chairman of ICC-SC10. Mr. Gear accepted the EEI TD160 and TD161 for revision and publication by the IEEE. This Standard is intended for use by manufacturers, sellers, buyers, and users of solder sweated split tinned connectors. It will provide standardized sizing, quality assurance, manufacturing processes, and shipping requirements. Designation: 1509 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Guide to the Use of Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: The project will develop a TEDL Users Guide to complement the recently approved IEEE Std 993 TEDL. The guide will concentrate on implementation issues and provide step-by-step instructions for creating test equipment descriptions. Project Purpose: To assist potential users of TEDL to create test equipment descriptions and to explain the benefits of TEDL using examples of current test equipment systems. Designation: 151-1965 Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Audio and Electroacoustics Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1510 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd) Design Automation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve Grout, Phone:919-481-6844, Email:sgrout@cadence.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: The chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd) standard is an EDA representation of an EE product or portion of an EE product implemented as an integrated circuit (IC) chip, including the hierarchical information for logical and physical design. CHDStd will include the interface to cell, macro, and chip-core library information; physical chip internal design, manufacturing properties and design aids; and interface to packaging (physical chip and higher level chip integration packaging such as MCM and PCA/PCB. CHDStd will be interoperable with current EDA chip design and implementation standards. Project Purpose: Provide an interoperable comprehensive electronic design automation (EDA) stanbdard for information supporting design, synthesis, verification, and integration with manufacturing for integrated-circuit based electrical and electronic (EE) products. Complex ICs require greater design productivity and a more reliable, integrated, and interoperable EDA standard than provided by today's EDA standards. This method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent IC product information suitable for large complex chip designs such as structured custom microprocessors. Designation: 1511-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Power Cable, Joint, and Termination Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004 Project Scope: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on cable, joints and terminations used in power systems rated 5kV through 46kV. Users shoudl review the definitions, and technical papers that are listed in the References and in the Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important part of understanding trends and planning for improvements in system reliability. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide an umbrella document for a series of guides that will cover specific methods that may be used in the failure analysis of cable, joints and terminations. A separate guide will be proposed to cover the failure analysis of cable, joints and terminations. The additional guides would have the same document number with a decimal extension similar to the C37 and C57 series of standards. Abstract: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on cable, joints, and terminations used in power systems rated 5kV through 46kV. Users should review the definitions and technical papers that are listed in the References and in the Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important part of understanding trands and planning for improvements in system reliability. Key Words: documentation, examination, failures, failure analysis, flow charts, flow charting Designation: 1511.1-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Shielded Power Cable Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2011 History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This guide covers specific methods of failure mode classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an introduction to the concepts of failure analysis, how it can be used, and the value that can be obtained. The guide covers some of the commonly used methods employed in failure analysis and how these methods can be applied in determining the cause of failure for the components used in the construction of an underground power cable system. Ultimately, the guide will serve as a source for documenting known failure mechanisms and will provide a format for the documentation of new failure mechanism once they have been identified. Abstract: This guide covers specific methods of failure mode classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. Key Words: cable failure, chemical failure mode, distribution material failure report, electrical failure mode, general aging failure mode, IEEE 1511.1, thermal failure mode Designation: 1511.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Shielded Power Cable Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This guide covers specific methods of failure classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. This guide discusses the importance of failure analysis on cables and reviews the different types of failures historically found in cables over the years. With the aging workforce in the utility industry, it is important to pass along the collective knowledge to the next generation regarding cable failure mechanism as it is imperative to improving system reliability. Project Purpose: 1.2 This guide deals with failure analysis of shielded power cable failures. Together with IEEE 1511-2004, the guide provides an introduction to the concepts of failure analysis, discusses use and potential value of failure analysis. The guide covers commonly used methods employed in failure analysis and their application to shielded cables in underground power cable systems. The guide is based on the application of flow charting methods to the analysis of a failure. The guide documents known failure mechanisms and provides a format for the documentation of new failure mechanisms. This guide is the second in a series of guides for analysis of cable system failures. IEEE 1511- 2004 addressed the generic aspects, while each subsequent document addresses failure analysis of a specific component of the underground cable system. The following guides are planned for the series: * IEEE 1511-2004: Guide for investigating and analyzing shielded power cable, joint, and termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV * P1511.1 (This document) Guide for investigating and analyzing shielded power cable failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.2 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing joint failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.3 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.4 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing separable insulated connector failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. Designation: 1512-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is the Base Standard for a family of related standards that address the intercommunication needs of emergency management centers and other types of centers engaged in transportation incident management. Incident in this standard includes information concerning any transportation-related event that is received by the emergency management system, including planned roadway closures and special events, whether or not the incident actually affects traffic flow and whether or not a response is required. This standard specifies common incident management message sets to allow vital data exchange for information and coordination. It provides a common mechanism for this data exchange within the defined National ITS Architecture, with latitude for local agencies to determine what level of cooperation, and hence message exchanges, best meets their requirements. This standard is independent of communication protocols used in any local implementation. It also assumes that the mechanics of communication, such as addressing, are handled by communication management, which is not addressed in this standard. Other companion standards, herein referred to as companion volumes, will provide specific content and usage guidance for other types of centers that could participate in a local incident management system. Companion volumes dealing with the unique needs of transportation management, public safety, and hazardous materials centers have been developed as well. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements (DEs) for the basic underlying communication involved in real- time interagency transportation-related incident management. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Clause 6 and Clause 7 present the specified messages, data frames and data elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats. A complete set of listing in ASN.1 and an XML schema are presented in the annexes. Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of messages used in incident management between emergency management centers and other types of centers, e.g., transportation management centers (TMCs). A minimum set of messages to be accommodated by compliant systems is dictated. Within the framework, there is ample flexibility, in that many messages are in fact composed of lists of optional DEs, so those lists have the function of “vocabularies” of DEs. That is, the actual DEs specified in a local implementation can be selected from those lists. In addition, within some DEs, where there is a list of possible data values (e.g., possible center types and possible causes for evacuation), there are provisions for local implementers to add their own values. This provision provides for both a standardized lexicon for describing events as well as a local derivative list to be used. Because the dispatching systems of each resources that it wishes to exchange data about, this standard provides a flexible set of descriptive elements that can be implemented to provide differing levels of local, regional, and national interoperation. It remains the responsibility of participating local agencies to determine what level of interoperation is suitable for their own needs. In a local implementation, conformance with this standard may require extant interagency agreements to exchange particular messages using particular DEs selected from this standard. Those messages have been structured so that centers using different legacy systems, and centers with different data needs, can still use a set of common messages to exchange information with other centers. Furthermore, this standard shall be implemented in conjunction with related ITS standards that provide other required portions of the entire architecture. The related ITS standards include detailed message formatting with specific center and domain field of use, center-to-center exchange protocols, and messaging processes, including message delivery, security, and gateway functions. This standard acts as a “wrapper,” incorporating such domain-specific knowledge in its own messages to allow exchange of information in each companion volume for each type of center. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512-2000 Includes CD-ROM with ASN and XML files This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency management issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation-management- related data exchange and hazardous-material- and cargo-related data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or not a response is required. Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response, emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management, incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic management center (TMC), transportation system management Designation: 1512-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will be a base standard for Incident Management message sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed responses(s). This standard will be limited to the common incident management message sets for use by emergency management centers. This project shall include the necessary research and compiling, analyzing, and the consolidation of the results into message sets for Incident Management communications. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets required for Incident Management generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and Incident Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the various subsystems and increase effective response time. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1512-2000 This standard will be a base standard for Incident Management message sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed responses(s). This standard will be limited to the common incident management message sets for use by emergency management centers. This project shall include the necessary research and compiling, analyzing, and the consolidation of the results into message sets for Incident Management communications. Key Words: "Abstract Syntax Notation One, emergency management centers, HAZMAT, incidents. message sets, National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture, public safety, traffic" Designation: 1512 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003 Project Scope: This standard will be the base standard for Traffic Incident Management Message Sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). This standard will be limited to common message sets for use by emergency management centers. Project will incorporate changes to message sets referred to yet defined in other standards. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets required for Traffic Incident Management generated and transmitted between emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and Traffic Incident Management providers. The result will be consistant standardized communications among Traffic Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, planning subsystem, etc. Designation: 1512.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Oct 31, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006, referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating information about traffic and infrastructure management in support of real-time interagency transportation-related incident management. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements to describe an incident and form the message infrastructure for communication involved in real-time interagency transportationrelated incident management. Refer to the Base Standard for specification of the scope of the combination of the Base Standard and companion volumes such as this one. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Project Purpose: This standard is part of the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The purpose of that family of standards as a whole is presented in the Base Standard and will not be repeated here. The purpose of this standard is to take the real-world, available-information situation confronting the incident commander and the several involved agencies, and then support the exchange of that information among agencies, to make further information available to the incident commander and involved agencies, to best support them in managing the event. That calls for messages to communicate whatever information is available, often quite partial, among the several involved agencies, to accomplish four decision-support functions, corresponding to the five kinds of information exchange listed earlier in this clause: ⎯ Function 1: To disseminate information about current and future traffic flows in the transportation grid, including in particular impacts of an incident and particular route information, to assist in the real- time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event. ⎯ Function 2: To support the management of traffic to assist in the real-time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event, including establishing reverse links and the use of priority/preemption technologies. ⎯ Function 3: To support the management of TMC assets and other assets, as necessary to manage traffic, to assist in the real-time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or event. ⎯ Function 4: To support the cleanup, repair, and replacement of damaged infrastructure, treating that operation as part of another incident, or as a separate incident. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512.1-2003 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency management issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation-management-related data exchange and hazardous- material- and cargo-related data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportationrelated events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system and whether or not a response is required. Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response, emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management, incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic management center (TMC), transportation system management Designation: 1512.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This standard will be limited to the development of a comprehensive set of messsages specific to Traffic Management. This work will be a functional partition of the Incident Management Base Standard (P1512) and will be developed as a separate project with a separate time schedule. Project Purpose: This standard will produce a standard set of all the message sets required for Incident Management that is unique to Traffic Management communications. These message sets will be generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and Incident Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the various subsystems and increase effective response times. Abstract: Revised by IEEE Std 1512.1-2006 The exchange of vital traffic management data and data to support traffic management decisions, between the Traffic Management Center and other agencies involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets, is addressed in this standard. Key Words: "911,ASN.1,ATMS,CAD,center-to-center,commercial vehicles,data exchange,EMC,emergency services,emergency response,EMS,Hazmat,incidents,incident response,incidentmanagement,incident management system," Designation: 1512.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Public Safety Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use By Emergency Management Centers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management specifically covering information transfer concerning Public Safety, comprised of Law Enforcement, Fire and Rescue, Emergency Medical Services, and other related functions and services. Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. Message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises one companion standard of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard, IEEE Std 1512®- 2000. Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency services, EMS, fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incident command, incident management, incident management system, incident response, incidents, intelligent transportation systems (ITS), law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, TMC, traffic incident management, traffic incidents, traffic management, transportation management system Designation: 1512.3-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2006 Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006 Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006, referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating general and cargo information to other responders in support of real-time interagency transportation-related incident management. It addresses the unique disciplines associated with communications dealing with the control and confinement of hazardous materials during and after an incident. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for the basic underlying communication involved in real-time interagency transportation- related incident management. Refer to the Base Standard for specification of the scope of the combination of the Base Standard and companion volumes such as this one. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Clause 5 and Clause 6 of this standard present the specified messages, data frames, and data elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats. Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of messages concerning cargo and content of vehicles and content of buildings involved in transportation-related events, to support the management of those events. The clearest examples of the need for these messages are in cases where the cargo and/or content include hazardous material or hazardous waste. However, these messages are also often needed where the cargo and/or content is nonhazardous, as described in 1.1. This standard is part of the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The purpose of that family of standards as a whole is presented in the Base Standard and will not be repeated here.In more detail, the purpose of this standard is to support the communication necessary to take the realworld, available-information situation confronting the incident manager, and use off-site databases to make further information available to that manager, to best support this individual in managing the event. That calls for messages that support communications of whatever information is available, often quite partial, to off-site databases and resources, and (often) then among off-site databases and resources, to accomplish the following two decision-support functions: a) To retrieve further information about what the cargo and/or contents are, based on what are often quite partial cues available on site. That information is available in off-site databases managed by shippers, carriers, and fleet and freight management centers. b) To retrieve information about the characteristics of the cargo and/or contents that is important for incident management, such as toxicity, flammability, danger of explosion, size of a potential toxic plume, environmental damage, recommended set-back distances, and evacuation areas. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512.3-2002 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises one companion volume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard: IEEE Std 1512-2006. Other members of that family include other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation management-related data exchange and hazardous-material and public safety data exchange. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether the event actually affects a transportation system and whether a response is required. Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, Center-to-Center, Commerical Vehicles, Dangerous Goods, Data Exchange, EMC, Emergency Response, Emergency Services, EMS, Fire, Hazardous Materials, Hazmat, Incidents, Incident Response, Incident Management, Incident Command, Incident Management System, Intelligent Transportation Systems, Law Enforcement, Message Sets, Police, Public Safety, Traffic Incidents, Traffic Incident Management, Traffic Management, TMC, Transportation System Management Designation: 1512.3-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management specifically covering information transfer concerning Hazardous Materials. Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1512.3-2006 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about hazardous material and othercargo and contents of vehicles and buildings involved in transportation-related events, throughcommon incident management message sets. That data exchange is specifically to supportreal-time interagency transportation-related incident management. Message sets specified areconsistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are describedusing Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) syntax. This standard comprises one companionvolume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard:IEEE Std 1512-2000, IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Useby Emergency Management Centers. Other members of that family that are forthcoming includetwo other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportationmanagement and public safety. Collectively, this family of standards shall be referred to as theIEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of these standards is to support efficient communicationfor the real- time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events includeincidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasterscaused by humans or natural events. These events include any such event that impactstransportation systems, or that causes a report to be received by an emergency managementsystem, whether or not the event actually affects a transportation system, and whether or not aresponse is required. Key Words: "911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, cargo, center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency services, EMS, hazardous materials, hazardous waste, hazmat, HM, IM, incident management, incident response, incidents" Designation: P1512.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use in Entities External to Centers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will address Traffic Incident Management Message Sets which will be exchanged by and between mobile data terminals in response vehicles including mobile command posts and to their respective response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). This standard will be limited to common message sets for use by emergency management including transportation, fire/rescue, enforcement, HazMat, etc. Project Purpose: Produce a set of common message sets required for Traffic Incident Management exchanged between traffic incident responders. This standard will also address Traffic Incident Management Message sets that are exchanged between responders and other field assets in response vehicles, to centers, such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed response(s). Designation: 1512a Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Emergency Management Data Dictionary Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze, and consolidate data elements used in the 1512 family of documents, which cover message sets for highway incident management. This project will consolidate all such data elements into a format that is compliant with IEEE Standard 1489, and that is suitable for submission to the ITS Data Registry. Project Purpose: Emergency Management, alone among the subsystems in the National Architectures, lacks a data dictionary. In order to maintain consistency with the other ITS data dictionaires, IEEE Standard 1489, and the IEEE-Managed Data Registry process, a data dictionary is required. The Incidernt Management Working Group will prepare the data dictionary as a normal associated activity with preparing the rest of teh 1512 family of standards. Designation: 1512b Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Amendment for Data Elements Found In Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency Management Centers, IEEE 1512-2000 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those in the original 1512 Standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found in other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1 language syntax; and published in another ITS Standard. The 1512b effort utilizes the prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data exchange with definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed 1512b standard will provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional change has occurred. In addition to the scope of work identified above, additional revisions and additions to IEEE 1512-2000 will be made to harmonize data concepts throughout the 1512 Family of Standards due to completion the companion volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a). Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1 definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by 1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current practices of ITS. This amendment also provides commentary and/or new ASN.1 definitions to implement data elements used in common by the companion volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3 and P1512a). Guidance relative to the manner in which each volume within the Family of Standards (1512-2000, P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a) will also be included as necessary to facilitate future implementation. After the References and Definitions in Clauses Two and Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides revised definitions and guidance for each data element identified and changed. Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of lives. Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four on the United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs for an Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of intelligent transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management include all message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include the exchange of information about incidents between different centers responding to the incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information Service Providers, other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem, Traffic Management and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set will reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Designation: 1512b Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Amendment for Implementing Foreign Data Elements Found In Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency Management Centers, IEEE 1512-2000 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those in the original IEEE 1512 standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found in other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1 language syntax; and published in another ITS standard. The 1512b effort utilizes the prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data exchange with definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed 1512b standard will provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional change has occurred. Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1 definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by 1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current practices of ITS. After the References and Definitions in Clauses Two and Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides revised definitions and guidance for each data element identified and changed. Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of lives. Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four on the United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs for an Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of intelligent transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management include all message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include the exchange of information about incidents between different centers responding to the incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information Service Providers, other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem, Traffic Management and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set will reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help providers of services to interact more effectively. Designation: 1513-2001 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Concentrator Photovoltaic (PV) Receiver Sections and Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and modules intended for power generation applications. Project Purpose: The qualification tests provided in this document should assist in evaluating concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and modules design performance, reliability, safety, and susceptability to known failure mechanisms. Emphasis is placed on testing for potential degradation of receiver section and module performance resulting from environmental weathering, mechanical loading, or corrosion. The procedures given in this rec. practice provide a common approach for conducting module qualification tests. While acceptable results from these tests should provide reasonable assurance that the modules produced by the same processes as those that pass these tests will perform reliably in field after installation, this recommended practice does not address design, safety, or performance of PV systems. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The minimum tests and inspections required to evaluate photovoltaic concentrating mod-ules, and a common approach (e.g., between producer and purchaser) in conducting qualificationtests are provided. Key Words: "concentrators, modules, photovoltaic (PV), qualification tests, receivers, recommended practices" Designation: 1515-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameter Definitions, Test Conditions, and Test Methods Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2000 History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000 Project Scope: Electronic power subsystems is an integral part of any electronic system. They perform the task of power processing, management, and distribution. To develop an IEEE Rec. Practice for electronic power subsystems. It includes parameter definitions, parameter test conditions, and parameter test methods. It is intended for dc, single-phase, or three- phase ac electronic subsystems with power level up to 20 KW, voltage level up to 600 V, and frequency tupto 400 Hz. Project Purpose: Lack of any standards in electronic subsystems engineering often leads to confusion. Different manufacturers and subsystem developers use similar terms to indicate different things. A standard in this regard will allow manufacturers as well as users to use the same set of terminology. This will in turn allow industry as well as Department of Defense system developers to acquire cost and time effective electronic power subsystems and products with great interchangeability. Abstract: This recommended practice defines many common parameters for ac-dc and dc-dc electronic power distribution components and subsystems. This enables electronic system engineers, manufacturers, and researchers to speak with a common language and hence facilitates effective and efficient communications. Furthermore, implementation of a common specification language will allow the power electronics industry as well as the user communities, including government system developers, to acquire cost and time- effective electronic power subsystems with significantly enhanced interchangeability. Key Words: "electronic power distribution, power supply, specification, specification language" Designation: 1516-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)-- Framework and Rules Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1516-2000 Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and federations (sets of federates working together) must uphold. Project Purpose: This document describes the general principles defining the HLA and delineates the set of rules that apply to HLA federations and federates. Each rule is then described, and the rationale for its inclusion is provided. Many different classes of simulations exist. Each class has changing application characteristics and needs to be flexibly supported to allow for interoperability and reuse across classes and to limit the need to maintain multiple interoperability approaches. The HLA is a common integrated architecture, which has been developed to provide a flexible approach for addressing these interoperability and reuse needs. The related standards need to be considered as a set of products because changes in one are likely to have an impact on the others. Abstract: This standard, describing the framework and rules of the High Level Architecture (HLA), is the capstone document for a family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, High Level Architecture, instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model Designation: 1516-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level ARchitecture (HLA) - Framework and Rules Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1516-2010. Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2001 Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and federations (sets of federates working together must uphold. Project Purpose: There are many different classes of simulations. Each class has changing application characteristics and each needs to be flexibly supported in order to allow for interoperability and reuse across classes and in order to limit the need to maintain multiple interoperability approaches. The High Level Architecture (HLA) is an integrated architecture which has been developed to provide that common architecture. The related standards need to be considered as a set of products - since changes in one is very likely to have impact on the others. Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA)Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline theresponsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation.Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the frameworkof the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA isan integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules runtime infrastructure Designation: 1516.1-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)-- Federate Interface Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1516.1-2000 Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the underlying software services that support interfederate communication in a distributed simulation domain. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed modeling and simulation (M&S). To facilitate interfederate communications, HLA federates interact with an underlying software infrastructure. This specification defines the standard services and interfaces to be used by the federates to support efficient information exchange when participating in a distributed federation execution. (A federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought together to support an objective.) Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed modeling and simulation. The HLA defines an integrated approach that provides a common framework for the interconnection of interacting simulations. This document, the second in a family of three related HLA documents, defines the standard services of and interfaces to the HLA runtime infrastructure (RTI). These services are used by the interacting simulations to achieve a coordinated exchange of information when they participate in a distributed federation. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, when changes are made. They each have value independently. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, HLA, instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, object class, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model, time-constrained, time-regulating Designation: 1516.1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA) Federate Interface Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1516.1-2010. Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the underlying software services that support inter-federate communication in a distributed simulation domain. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed, computer-based modeling and simulation. To facilitate inter-federate communications, HLA federates interact with a runtime infrastructure (analogous to a special-purpose distributed operating system) using a standard application program interface. This specification dedfines the standard services and interfaces to be used by the federates in order to support efficient information exchange when participating in a distributed federation execution. A federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought together to support an objective. Abstract: The high level architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecturefor distributed modeling and simulation. The HLA defines an integrated approach that provides acommon framework for the interconnection of interacting simulations. This document, the second in a family of three related HLA documents, defines the standard services of and interfaces to theHLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI). These services are used by the interacting simulations to achievea coordinated exchange of information when they participate in a distributed federation. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, when changes are made. They each have value independently. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, high level architecture (HLA), instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, object class Designation: 1516.2-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)-- Object Model Template (OMT) Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1516.2-2000 Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 2010 Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording information in High Level Architecture (HLA)object models, to include objects, attributes, interactions, and parameters. It does not define the specific data (e.g., vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object models. Project Purpose: The HLA has been developed to provide a common architecture for modeling and simulation. The HLA requires that federations (sets of federates) and individual federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) be described by an object model that identifies the data exchanged at runtime to achieve federation objectives. This standard defines the documentation of the object model. Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA)—Object Model Template (OMT) specification defines the format and syntax (but not content) of HLA object models. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that advances in technology will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, High Level Architecture, instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model template, rules, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model, time- constrained, time-regulating Designation: 1516.2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA) - HLA Object Model Template (OMT) Specification Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1516.2-2010. Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001 Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording the information in HLA object models, to include objects, attributes, interactions, and parameters. It does not define the specific data (e.g. vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object models. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architec ture for modeling and simulation. The HLA requires that federations (sets of federates) and individual federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) be described by an object model which identifies the data exchanged at runtime in order to achieve federation objectives. This standard defines that information. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1516 family on Computer Simulation/Modeling & Simulation High Level Architecture. Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA) Object Model Template (OMT) specification defines the format and syntax (but not content) of HLA object models. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that advances in technology will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation. Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, data distribution management, federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, joined federate" Designation: 1516.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003 Project Scope: This document defines the processes and procedures that should be followed by users of the High Level Architecture (HLA) to develop and execute federations. It is not intended to replace low-level management and systems engineering practices native to HLA user organizations, but is rather intended as a higher-level framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for modeling and simulation. An HLA federation is a named set of software applications (federates) that interact via the services of the HLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI) in accordance with a common object model in order to achieve some objective (or set of objectives). The purpose of this document is to provide the HLA user community with a recommended practice for how HLA federations are developed and executed. Abstract: The processes and procedures that should be followed by users of the High Level Archi-tecture (HLA) to develop and execute federations are defined in this recommended practice. Thisrecommended practice is not intended to replace low-level management and systems engineeringpractices native to HLA user organizations, but is rather intended as a higher-level framework intowhich such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. Key Words: federate,federation,Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP),HighLevel Architecture (HLA),Object Model (OM),runtime infrastructure (RTI), 1730 Designation: 1516.4-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Verification, Validation, and Accreditation of a Federation - an Overlay to the High Level Architecture Federation Development and Execution Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2007 Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the processes and procedures that should be followed to implement Verification, Validation, and Accreditation (VV&A) for federations being developed using the High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP). This recommended practice is not intended to replace existing VV&A policies, procedures, and guidance, but rather is intended to focus on the unique aspects of the VV&A of federations. It provides a higher-level framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. The VV&A overlay provides implementation-level guidance to VV&A practitioners; however, it does not describe the individual techniques that might be employed to execute the VV&A processes for federations. This VV&A overlay focuses upon the VV&A processes that apply to federations and not the VV&A processes associated with individual simulations (federates), but does consider using the information produced by those processes. Users, developers, and VV&A personnel working with simulations and simulation compositions not based upon the HLA and the FEDEP can also benefit from the guidance in this document since the activities that this overlay describes can be tailored to support any type of distributed simulation application. Project Purpose: The VV&A overlay has been designed to apply across a wide range of functional applications. The purpose of this overlay is to provide a more detailed view of the VV&A processes implied by the FEDEP. Currently, these processes represent the best practices available to the VV&A community. The VV&A overlay is a tailorable process and is offered as guidance to all participants in FEDEP activities. This overlay identifies and describes the recommended VV&A processes that should be followed to assure the acceptability and utility of federations for particular intended uses. The overlay also identifies and describes the information feeding and resulting from those processes as well as the relationships between the FEDEP and the VV&A processes and their respective information products. In addition, this overlay defines those terms uniquely needed to characterize the FEDEP VV&A overlay. This overlay takes special care to use and build upon existing standards, standard terms and their definitions whenever possible. Abstract: This recommended practice defines the processes and procedures that should be followed to implement Verification, Validation, and Accreditation (VV&A) for federations being developed using the High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP). This recommended practice is not intended to replace existing VV&A policies, procedures and guidance, but rather is intended to focus on the unique aspects of VV&A of federations. It is a higher-level framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. The VV&A overlay provides implementation-level guidance to VV&A practitioners Key Words: federate, federation, Federation Development and Execution Process, FEDEP, High Level Architecture, HLA, Verification, Validation, and Accreditation, VV&A Designation: 1517-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--System and Software Life Cycle Processes--Reuse Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1517-1999 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2011 Project Scope: This standard draws on IEEE Std 12207(TM)-2008 to describe system and software reuse processes.1 It describes the relationship of reuse processes to system life cycle processes described in Clause 6 (System Life Cycle Processes) of IEEE Std 12207-2008 and software life cycle processes described in Clause 7 (Software Specific Processes) of IEEE Std 12207-2008. The standard defines processes and specifies requirements for the processes but does not specify particular techniques. The scope of the specified processes is broader than that of IEEE Std 12207-2008 because reuse activities transcend the life cycle of any particular system. The specified processes are suitable on an organization-wide basis. Project Purpose: Most reuse processes are not distinct from the normal life cycle but instead must be integrated into other life cycle processes. Some acquirers require reuse because it has the potential to achieve faster time- to-market, improved quality, and cost avoidance. These considerations compel a process standard that explains how reuse processes may be incorporated into the life cycle. Abstract: A common framework for extending the system and software life cycle processes of IEEE Std 12207(TM)-2008 to include the systematic practice of reuse is provided. The processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each life cycle process to enable a system and/or product to be constructed from reusable assets are specified. The processes, activities, and tasks to enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and management of assets supplied are also specified. Key Words: asset, domain engineering, process, reuse, software life cycle, system life cycle Designation: 1517-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Reuse Processes Status: Superseded **Formerly known as 1420.4. Superseded by 1517-2010. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000 Project Scope: The project would develop material referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 to describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to traditional software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207. The document will define processes and specify requirements for the processes, but will not specify particular techniques. The scope of the specified processes will be broader than that of 12207.0 because reuse activities transcend the life cycle of any particular system. The specified processes would be suitable on an organization wide basis. Project Purpose: Most software reuse processes are not distinct from the normal life cycle byt instead must be integrated into other life cycle processes. Some acquirers are requiring software reuse because it has the potential to achieve faster time to market, improved quality and cost avoidance. These considerations argue for a process standard that explains how software reuse processes may be incorporated into the life cycle. The purpose of the proposed effort is to develop referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software reuse processes and how they would be incorporated into the life cycle process framework already provided by 12207. The primary purpose of the document would be to facilitate communication between acquirer and supplier (who may be either internal or external to the organization), oparticularly regarding questions on the scope of the contract and questions regarding who bears the expense and gains the benefits of reuse efforts. The document would be useful within organizations to describe how reuse processes related to traditional life cycle processes, activities, and tasks. Abstract: A common framework for extending the software life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA Std12207.0-1996 to include the systematic practice of software reuse is provided. This standard specifies the processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each phase of the software life cycle to enable a software product to be constructed from reusable assets. It also specifies the processes, activities, and tasks to enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and management of assets supplied. Key Words: asset,domain engineering,process,software life cycle,software reuse Designation: 152-1953 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: Recommended Practice for Volume Measurements of Electric Speech and Program Waves Status: Superseded Designation: 152-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: IEEE Standard for Audio Program Level Measurement Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 152-1953. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, mainte-nance, and operation of a microwave system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications have been included in this guide; however, users should select only those steps that apply to their par-ticular system(s) and their procurement policies. Key Words: peak, meter, indicator, audio program, program level, Standard volume indicator, Peak-program meter Designation: 1520 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard Programming Interfaces for Networks: Service/signalling control and switch control and programming interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: This project is part of an effort aiming to establish an open architecture in network control and the interface between network control and management functions. In this approach, a three-tiered model is adopted, with a separation of control intelligence, the upper tier, from the control mechanism which is the middle tier. The middle tier resides on top of the hardware and/or the low level software support. This project shall establish a "programming interface" between the upper tier and the middle tier, and a "supporting interface" between the middle tier and the lower tier. The programming interface specifies in industry standard Interface Definition Languages [1-9], a set of programming interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities, including but not restricted to signalling services entities. The supporting interface specifies, in the form of a set of messages, the interfaces that a swtiching unit must implement, in order to provide minimal standard services supporting the higher level software. The types of switching units to be considered in this standard shall include ATM switches, IP routers [27] and circuit switches currently running the SS7 signalling systems. The standard lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service) [10-11, 20-23] functionality through apropriate interfaces. Project Purpose: With the rapid advance in the technological frontiers of computing and communications, there is an opportunity to reconcile the perspectives of these communities in new, more open network architectures based on distributed systems principles. These architectures can support alternative signalling protocols, rapid creation of programmed communications services, enhanced QoS control, and the joint allocation of computing and communications resources. E,powered with modern distributed programming tools, future telecommunication services involving high quality audio/video and multi-point diversity, can be created, re-configured and customized dynamically in response to rapid changes in markets, user demand and competition. The interfaces proposed above permit views of network and switching hardware states to be exposed for independent and flexible signalling service creation. By using the object linking and binding mechanisms provided by distributed object programming environment 1) we can encapsulate different types of signalling protocols, so that they may be accessed from the same generic interface. This will benefit network service developers and application vendors who can realize communication services not specified in standard signalling protocols, and conduct service quality negotiations with network elements. The exposed interfaces will also benefit switch vendors through enhanced external control and management of switching hardware with minimum software development effort. Designation: 1520.2 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for ATM Networks: Serivce/Signaling Control and Switch Control and Programming Interfaces Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This project shall establish a programming interface that specifies in industry standard Interface Definition Languages [1-9], a set of programming interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities, including but not restricted to signalling services entities. This standard is targeted towards ATM switches and lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service) [10-11, 20-23] functionality through appropriate interfaces. Project Purpose: Empowered with modern distributed programming tools, future telecommunication services involving high-quality audio/video and multi- point diversity, can be created, re-configured and customized dynamically in response to rapid changes in markets, user demand and competition. The interfaces proposed above permit views of network and switching hardware states to be exposed for independent and flexible signalling service creation. The interfaces will permit enhanced external control and management of switching hardware. Designation: 1520.3 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for Internet Protocol Network Elements Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This project will define programming interfaces for Internet Protocol (IP) routers, switches and other network elements (NEs). These NEs perform various IP processing functions such as forwarding, routing, switching, address translation and filtering. The programming interfaces will be defined at virtual network device level and network generic services level. The programming interface specifies in Interface Definition Language [1-9], a set of interfaces for distributed access to switching functionalities by services control entities. Project Purpose: This standard will permit views of network and routing/switching hardware states to be exposed, enabling independent and flexible services creation by many providers writing to this standard Application Programming Interface. Providing standard interfaces permits generic views of network states that can be exposed for independent and flexible service creation. Designation: 15205-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 15205:2000 (IEEE Std 1496-1993) SBus -- Chip and Module Interconnect Bus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 30, 2001 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: An input/output expansion bus with a 32-or 64-bit width is described in this standard.The SBus is designed for systems requiring a small number of expansion ports.SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard.SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard.The dimensions of the SBus Card are 83.8 mm by 146.7 mm,making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits.The SBus Cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel.The form factor is useful in Futurebus+,VMEbus,desktop computers,and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data at rates up to 168 Mbytes/s,depending on the implementation options selected. SBus Cards may either serve as Masters on the bus,providing all virtual address information as well as the data to be transferred,or they may serve as Slaves on the bus,providing data transfer according to the require- ments of some other SBus Master.The SBus Master for a data transfer is selected by an arbitration process managed by the single SBus Controller on the SBus.The SBus Controller provides a virtual to physical ad- dress translation service. Designation: 1521-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Measurement of Video Jitter and Wander Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2004 Technical Contact: Aidan P Moore, Phone:416-490-7779x277, Email:aidan.moore@siliconoptix.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 2010 Project Scope: This standard allows the creation of instrumentation technology for consistent measurements of video-related time-interval errors (TIEs). Project Purpose: This standard defines a set of measurements to provide metrics to quantify the timing perturbations of a video signal’s synchronization information. The goal of this measurement standard is to provide consistent and meaningful timing measurements of both digital (discrete-time) and analog (continuous-time) video that can be correlated to video system performance. To achieve this goal, this standard makes use of the traditional engineering concept of analyzing the timing perturbations in terms of a sinusoidal frequency spectrum, rather than applying statistical metrics to time-domain measurements. A partitioning (filtering) of that spectrum is introduced and metrics are assigned for quantifying the timing perturbations so that performance limits, which are directly related to limitations of video timing recovery, buffering and synchronization, can be set and verified. Abstract: SUMMARY: A set of metrics and methods to enable consistent measurement of the components of timing interval error in video synchronization signals is provided. By partitioning the spectra into regions of jitter and lower frequency wander (characterized as frequency offset and drift rate), timing performance can be better quantified for consistent control over nontraditional networks. Key Words: 1521-2003, drift rate, frequency offset, jitter, timing interval error (TIE), wander Designation: 1522-2004 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Testability and Diagnosability Characteristics and Metrics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines technology independent testability and diagnosability characteristics and metrics, particularly those based on relevant standard information models including standard AI-ESTATE (IEEE 1232.1 and P1232.3) information models. Project Purpose: This standard will provide consistent, unambiguous definitions of testability and diagnosability characteristics and metrics. This will provide a common basis for system testability and diagnosability assessment. Abstract: This standard was developed to provide standard, unambiguous definitions of testability diagnosability metrics and characteristics. It builds on fundamental definitions derived from elements in formal information models related to test and diagnosis defined in IEEE Std 1232-2002. Key Words: aggregation fundamentals, cost-related fundamentals, diagnosability, diagnos Designation: 1523-2002 Sponsor: Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Maintenance, and Evaluation of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Silicone Rubber Coatings for Outdoor Ceramic Insulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2003 Technical Contact: Ravi S Gorur, Phone:480-965-4894, Email:ravi.gorur@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: Guide to help utilities in application of RTV silicone rubber coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators. Guide covers details of these aspects. Guide to help testing personnel inevaluation of RTV silicone rubber coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: Lack of knowledge and information on the benefits and limitations of RTV coatings in the industry was responsible for undertaking this project. This project will help address many utility concerns about RTV silicone rubber coatings. Abstract: Various important aspects that are needed for satisfactory long-term performance of High-Voltage Insulator Coatings (HVIC) are presented in this guide. Various possible application scenarios, maintenance issues on coated insulators, factors affecting long-term performance, the question of aging, laboratory accelerated tests, and functional outdoor evaluation are described. Key Words: "aging, evaluation, hydrophobicity, HVIC" Designation: 1524 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Guide for the definition of Thermal Duplicate Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Status: Superseded **This project has been superceded by PC57.145. Technical Contact: Barry L Beaster, Phone:314-679-4838, Email:blbeaster@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To develop a guide that sets the boundaries for a thermal duplicate, as specified in Table 17 of C57.12.00, and provides a set of calculations to permit the thermal performance to be determined. Project Purpose: C57.12.00-1993 does not clearly define when a temperature test is required. A temperature rise test may be omitted whenever a test on a "Thermally duplicate or essentially duplicate unit" is available. The requirements for meeting the thermally duplicate provisions are not specified. Designation: 1525 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Substation Integrated Protection, Control, and Data Acquisition Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:holsteindk@adelphia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: Define standard communication requirements, specify message delivery time between intelligent electronic devices, and specify Abstract Syntax Notation (ASN) .1 data structures of information to be exchanged for substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition. Project Purpose: Utilities will use this standard as part of a specification to develop new substation automation capability, or to modify existing substation automation capability. Vendors will use this standard to build open system communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation automation. Designation: 1526-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone Photovoltaic Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2004 Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: The test methods and procedures included in this document cover stand-alone photovoltaic systems. Procedures provided are for conducting performance testing of individual components and complete systems. The methodology includes testing the system outdoors in prevailing conditions and indoors under simulated conditions. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides test methods and procedures for determining stand-alone photovoltaic system performance and conducting design verification. Test procedures provided in this document are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and laboratories in conducting these performance tests. Abstract: This recommended practice presents tests to determine the performance of stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems and for verifying PV system design. These tests apply only to complete systems with a defined load. Performance testing is conducted outdoors under prevailing conditions over a period of about one month. These tests are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, system users, and laboratories that will conduct the tests. System safety and component reliability issues are not addressed in this recommended practice. Key Words: "design verification, performance testing, stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems" Designation: 1527-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Flexible Buswork Located in Seismically Active Areas Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006 Technical Contact: Jean-Bernard Dastous, Phone:450-652-8341, Email:dastous.jean-bernard@ireq.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is the engineering and design of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to give guidance to the substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the engineering and design of connections, and to provide engineers with the current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high voltage connections and conductors. Abstract: The engineering and design of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations is described. This recommended practice gives guidance to the substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the engineering and design of connections, and provides engineers with the current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high- voltage connections and conductors. Key Words: bus, conductor, conductor slack, connections, earthquakes, electrical equipment, flexible bus, flexible buswork, interconnected equipment, interconnection, seismic, substations Designation: P1527 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Recommended Practice for the Design of Buswork Located in Seismically Active Areas Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides recommended practices for the engineering and design of flexible and rigid bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations located in seismically active areas. Project Purpose: This document provides recommended practices to give guidance to the substation engineer regarding seismic considerations in the engineering and design of connections, and to provide engineers and equipment manufacturers with the knowledge of the dynamic effects of connections on interconnected equipment during seismic events. Designation: 1528-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003 Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same or similar operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95. Abstract: IEEE Std 1528-2003 specifies protocols and test procedures for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR induced inside a simplified model of the head of users of certain handheld radio transceivers. These transceivers are intended to be used for personal wireless communications services, operate in the 300 MHz–3 GHz frequency range, and are intended to be operated while held against the ear. The results obtained by following the protocols specified in this recommended practice represent a conservative estimate of the peak spatial-average SAR induced in the head of a significant majority of persons, subject to measurement and other uncertainties that are defined in this standard. The results are representative of those expected during conditions of normal use of a handheld wireless device. It is not the intent of this recommended practice to provide a result representative of the absolute maximum SAR value possible under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing relative to the head. The measurement of SAR induced in the external tissues of the head, e.g., the external ear (pinna), is not addressed in this standard. The following items are described in detail: measurement concepts, measurement techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, simulated-tissue (phantom) models, including homogeneous anatomical models of the human head and simple phantoms for validation of the SAR measurement system, and the limitations of these systems when used for measuring the spatial-peak mass-averaged SAR. Procedures for calibrating electric field (E-field) probes used for SAR measurements and assessing the SAR measurement and system uncertainties are provided in the annexes. This recommended practice is intended primarily for use by engineers and other specialists who are familiar with electromagnetic (EM) theory and measurement techniques. This standard does not recommend specific SAR limit values since these are found i Key Words: cellular and mobile telephones, dosimetry, handheld wireless transceivers, measurement uncertainty, miniature electric field E-field probes, nonionizing radiation, RFmicrowave exposure assessment, RFmicrowave hazard assessment, SAR measurements, SAR measurement systems Designation: P1528 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz–6 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the peak spatial-average SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95.1 and the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guidelines. Abstract: Project scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same or similar operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the head. Project purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95. Key Words: IEEE std 1528 , 1528 Designation: 1528 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a uniform test method that will satisfy the needs of wireless handset manufacturers that are required to certify that their products meet specific SAR limits. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95. Designation: 1528 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Experimental Techniques Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts and specify techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, models for validation, uncertainities and limitations of systems used for measuring the electric field strength for purposes of determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in simulated tissue models, including anatomical models of the human body. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g. C95.1- 1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify experimental protocols for the measurement of spatial-peak absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers including cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. The SARs will be determined from electric-field strength measurements made insimulated anatomical tissue models. Designation: 1528.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: General Requirements for using the Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Method for SAR Calculations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, anatomical models for compliance assessments, techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to wireless communication devices. Recommendations for standardized anatomical models and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Specific SAR limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify numerical techniques and standardized anatomical models used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users for wireless communication devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices in anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication device manufacturers and wireless service providers that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits, and government agencies. Designation: 1528.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Vehicle Mounted Antenna Configurations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, techniques, vehicle models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to vehicle mounted antennas. Recommended vehicle models and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Antenna locations, operating configurations, exposure conditions and positions of persons exposed to the vehicle mounted antennas are defined. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication devices manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits and government agencies. Specific SAR limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify numerical techniques, anatomical models, and vehicle models used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body when exposed to vehicle-mounted antennas used by wireless communication devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices in standardized anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: 1528.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Mobile Phones/Personal Wireless Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts, techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models. These models are exposed to personal wireless devices, e.g. mobile phones. It recommends and provides guidance on modeling of personal wireless devices and provides benchmark data for simulation of such models. It defines model contents and provides guidance on meshing and test positions at the anatomical models. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-1999. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical techniques, and anatomical models to determine spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of persons exposed to personal wireless devices. SAR will be determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices. It will use standardized anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: P1528.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Requirements for Using the Finite-Element Method for SAR Calculations, specifically involving Vehicle Mounted Antennas and Personal Wireless Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is to describe the concepts, techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the Finite-Element Method when used for determining the peak spatial average specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized models of the human anatomy exposed to wireless communication devices, in particular vehicle-mounted antennas and personal wireless devices such as hand-held mobile phones. Guidance on modeling such devices and benchmark data for simulation are provided. It defines model contents, guidance on meshing and test positions at the anatomical models. This document does not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-2005. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical techniques, anatomical models, and other models of the human anatomy and vehicles to determine the peak spatial average specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of persons exposed to wireless communication devices, in particular vehicle-mounted antennas and personal wireless devices, such as hand-held mobile phones. SAR is determined using a Finite- Element simulation of the electromagnetic field conditions produced by wireless devices in standardized models of the human anatomy. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication devices manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits, and government agencies. Designation: 15287-2-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 15287-2:2000 (IEEE Std 1003.13, 1998 Edition) Information technology--Standardized Application Environment Profile--Part 2: Posix(R) Realtime Application Support (AEP) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 15288-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and software engineering System life cycle processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 15288-2004 Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Jan 31, 2008, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This International Standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties, with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction. This International Standard also provides processes that support the definition, control and improvement of the life cycle processes used within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life cycle processes when acquiring and supplying systems. This International Standard concerns those systems that are man-made and may be configured with one or more of the following: hardware, software, data, humans, processes (e.g., processes for providing service to users), procedures (e.g., operator instructions), facilities, materials and naturally occurring entities. When a system element is software, the software life cycle processes documented in ISO/IEC 12207:2008 may be used to implement that system element. The two standards are harmonized for concurrent use on a single project or in a single organization. When the system element is hardware, refer to other International Standards outside the scope of SC7. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to provide a defined set of processes to facilitate communication among acquirers, suppliers and other stakeholders in the life cycle of a system. This International Standard applies to organizations in their roles as both acquirers and suppliers. It can be used by a single organization in a self-imposed mode or in a multi-party situation. Parties can be from the same organization or from different organizations and the situation can range from an informal agreement to a formal contract. The processes in this International Standard can be used as a basis for establishing business environments, e.g., methods, procedures, techniques, tools and trained personnel. Annex A provides normative direction regarding the tailoring of these system life cycle processes. Abstract: Revision of ISO/IEC 15288-2004. This International Standard was jointly developed by ISO/IEC and IEEE. This International Standard establishes a common process framework for describing the life cycle of man-made systems. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology for the full life cycle, including conception, development, production, utilization, support and retirement. This standard also supports the definition, control, assessment, and improvement of these processes. These processes can be applied concurrently, iteratively, and recursively to a system and its elements throughout the life cycle of a system. Key Words: 15288-2008, acquisition, agreement, architectural design, assessment, audit, configuration management, decision management, development, disposal, enabling system, implementation, information management, infrastructure, integration, life cycle, life cycle model, life cycle stages, maintenance, measurement, operation, planning, process, process improvement, process reference model, process tailoring, process view, product, project portfolio, quality management, requirements, retirement, risk management, service, stages, stakeholder requirements, supply, system, system structure, system-of-interest, tailoring, transition, validation, verification Designation: 15288-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems engineering -- System life cycle processes Status: Superseded **Superseded by 15288-2008. Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005 Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. Its scope is: This ... Standard provides a common process framework covering the life cycle of man- made systems. This life cycle spans the conception of ideas through to the retirement of a system. It provides the processes for acquiring and supplying systems. In addition, this framework provides for the assessment and improvement of the life cycle processes. Project Purpose: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. The IEEE Software Engineering Standards Committee has a set of reference processes for software engineering that is shared with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. Sharing this material permits both organizations to write compatible standards. Adoption of 15288 is the first step to expanding the set of reference processes to encompass systems engineering. Abstract: Superseded by ISO/IEC/15288:2008(E) (IEEE Std 15288-2008). IEEE adoption of ISO/IEC Std 15288-2002 This standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction. This standard is identical with ISO/IEC 15288: 2002 but contains an additional informative annex, Annex E, explaining the relationship of this standard to other IEEE standards. Key Words: adoption, ISO/IEC, life cycle processes, systems engineering Designation: 15288 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This project will permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. The scope of the document is unchanged from the previous version: "This International Standard establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction." Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005. ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. Designation: 15288-2007-2007 Title: Systems and Software Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: P15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Content of Life Cycle Information Products (Documentation) Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This International Standard specifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288:2008 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; the ISO/IEC 12207:2008, primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes, or the ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005 Service Management processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207:2008, ISO/IEC 15288:2008, and ISO/IEC 20000-1 and -1:2005 in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Abstract: This International Standard was developed to assist users of systems and software life cycle processes to manage information items (documents). It is based on the life cycle processes specified in ISO/IEC 12207:2008, Systems and software engineering — Software life cycle processes; ISO/IEC 15288:2008, Systems and software engineering — System life cycle processes; and the service management processes specified in ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005, Information technology -- Service management -- Part 1: Specification; and ISO/IEC 20000-2:2005, Information technology -- Service management -- Part 2: Code of practice. The IEEE Computer Society and ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC7 participated in the joint development of this International Standard. IEEE contributed IEEE 12207.1-1997 Industry Implementation of International Standard ISO/IEC 12207: 1995 (ISO/IEC 12207) Standard for Information Technology—Software life cycle processes— Life cycle data as a source for this standard. Information items are essential to preserving what transpired when using system life cycle processes, and may be identified as deliverable documents. The information items identified in ISO/IEC 15289 aid in planning, producing, and evaluating the results of the life-cycle processes. This International Standard identifies the purpose and content of systems and software life cycle information items (documentation) as required for the various life cycle processes. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types and the specific purpose of the document. This International Standard may be applied to any of the activities and tasks of a project, system or software product, or service life cycle. It is not limited by the size, complexity or criticality of the project. It may be applied to all forms of information items, information item content, and document delivery media. Information items may be combined or subdivided as needed for project or organizational purposes. Key Words: software documentation, information items, data management, information management, document management, description, plan, procedure, records, report, request, specification Designation: 15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: 15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007 Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: 15289 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Content of systems and software life cycle process information products (Documentation) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The information item contents are defined according to generic document types, and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise, project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes, and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced during systems and software life cycles. Designation: 1528a-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques - Amendment 1: CAD File for Human Head Model (SAM Phantom) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006 **4 CAD Files are provided with this Amendment. Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of IEEE Std 1528 is to specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. This amendment addresses ambiguity in the language of certain sections and provides a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of the original project's human head model, which was not included with the original standard. There are no amendments or corrigenda to the original standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to remove editorial and typographical errors, make minor clarifications to the formatting of equations and text, and provide a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of the original project's human head model. A CAD file was not provided with IEEE Std 1528 but could be downloaded from several specified Internet sites. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 1528-2003. This amendment to IEEE Std 1528 addresses certain text ambiguities in IEEE Std 1528-2003 and provides a CAD data file for the human head model from the original project but which was not included with the original standard. Key Words: dosimetry, handheld cellular and mobile telephones, measurement uncertainty, miniature electric field (E-field) probes, specific absorption rate (SAR), specific anthropomorphic mannequin (SAM), SAR measurements, SAR measurement systems Designation: 1528b Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques. Amendment 2: Additional Procedures for SAR Measurement at 3 - 6 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mark Douglas, Phone:919-472-6334, Email:mark.douglas@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz–6 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the peak spatial average SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing relative to the head. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the frequency range of IEEE 1528 to include the frequency range 3 – 6 GHz. This extension would bring the total applicable frequency range of IEEE 1528 to be 300 MHz – 6 GHz. Recommendations are needed for the measurement resolution, the probe geometry, the phantom specifications, the dielectric parameters of tissue equivalent liquids, and other measurement parameters. Designation: 1529 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications Devices: Computational Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kwok Chan, Phone:301-725-1585, Email:kchan@fcc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts, techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific sbsorption rate (SAR) in numerical models, including human anatomical models exposed to hand-held wireless terminals. This document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g. C95.1-1991. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical techniques to determine spatial-peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers, including cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. SAR will be determined by applying FDTD techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by hand-held terminals in anatomically correct models of the human anatomy. Designation: 1530 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Construction of Calibration Artifacts for Cable and Connector Shielding Test Fixtures for Frequencies from 1Hz to 10 Ghz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide recommendations for constructing cable and connector samples with transfer impedance characteristics which are readily calculable with this document. The recommended practice will also facilitate the experimental verification of these samples using round robin measurements among interested parties. These calibration samples (shielding artifacts) should then be used to establish/develop test fixtures and procedures for measuring surface transfer impedance and other electromagnetic shielding characteristics of cables and connectors. Project Purpose: Currently, the measurement of the electromagnetic shielding properties of cables and connectors may be performed using a variety of test fixtures and techniques. A shield with known electromagnetic characteristics is needed to establish the credibility of the test fixture and/or technique. The purpose of this project is to recommend how to construct such a sample or shielding artifact. The project will include a set of standard samples and procedures for designing calibration standards/artifacts for special situations. Designation: 1531-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: Guide for Application and Specification of Harmonic Filters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 24, 2003 Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application and specification of passive shunt harmonic fileters for use on 50 and 60 Hz power systems at 216 volts and above. Project Purpose: No specific standard exists for harmonic filters, although standards do exist for virtually all of the components that are used in a filter. The objective of this document is to define the application and specification criteria which should be considered in designing, controlling and protecting a harmonic filter. Existing standards will be referenced, and additional considerations will be presented as is appropriate. This document would not address harmonic simulations and modeling. It will focus on the equipment. Abstract: Guidelines for specification of components, protection, and control of harmonic filters are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz passive shunt power harmonic filters on low- and medium-voltage electric power systems. This document is the first guide specifically created for harmonic filters, although standards do presently exist for most of the components that are used in a filter. Applications including industrial low-voltage facilities, utility medium-voltage systems, and arc furnace installations are covered. Key Words: "capacitors, harmonic filters, inductors, notch filters, passive filters, power filters, power system harmonics, reactors, switched capacitor filters" Designation: 1532-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Superseded **Supersedes 1532-2000. Superseded by 1532-2002. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: The project will augment the efforts of 1532 by describing a Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extension appropriate for describing the configuration algorithm for 1532 compliant devices. Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary. Project Purpose: This completes the work of 1532 by providing an software automatable mechanism (BSDL) for accessing the configurable properties of 1532 compliant devices. Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary. Abstract: The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices. Devices that implement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1 used for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices implementing this standard may be programmed (written), read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized set of resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard) are included for illustrative purposes. Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable read-onlymemory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),flash ram,in- system (or in-situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device" Designation: 1532-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1532-2001. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: The proposed porject will describe a series of mandatory and optional boundary-scan instructions and associated data registers that will define a standard methodology for accessing and configuring programmable devices that already support IEEE Std 1149.1. Project Purpose: The objective of the ISC standardization effort is to enhance user access to 1149.1-based programmable devices. Devices that adhere to the proposed 1149.1-based ISC standard would form the foundation for the realization of tremendous savings in software product development and manufacturing costs related to ISC. These parts would be immediately integratible into existing systems and tools. In addition, these new tools could leverage easily on the existing 1149.1-based tool sets and knowledge base rapidly incorporating the features of ISC parts. Abstract: The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 TM -2001 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices.Devices that implement this standard will first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-2001, which isused for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard can be pro-grammed (written), read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized setof resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard)are included for illustrative purposes. Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), field programmable gate array (FPGA), flash ram, in-system (or In-Situ) configuration (ISC), in-system programming (ISP), programmable device" Designation: 1532-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 1532-2001. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: This project will develop a revision to IEEE Std 1532 to incorporate adaptive in system configuration algorithms. These algorithms allow for optimized access to technologies in which the associated configuration access times can vary greatly from device to device. In addition, general corrections to errata within the body of the document will be applied if any are identified by the end-user community during the lifetime of this PAR. Project Purpose: In order to increase the general applicability of the standard to a broader array of implementation technologies (specifically flash memory technology), the working group has decided to specify and standardize the description of adaptive configuration algorithms within the context of 1532. These changes will allow flash programmable devices that are 1532 compliant to be more easily developed. Abstract: Std 1149.1 TM -2001 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture)has been adopted by this standard for providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices. Devices that implement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 , which is used for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard may be programmed (written) , read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized set of resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard) are included for illustrative purposes. Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable read-only mem-ory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),Flash RAM,in- system (or in situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device" Designation: 1532-2002/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices - Corrigendum 1 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: Correction of minor technical and editorial errors. Project Purpose: Clarify issues that have been brought forward by end-user submitted questions. Designation: 1534-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 2009 **Revision of 1534-2002. Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice specifies thyristor-controlled series capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with transmission lines. The document addresses issues that consider ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, operation, and maintenance. Project Purpose: This document provides assistance and guidance to planning, substation, commissioning, and operation engineers in the course of specifying TCSC installations. Users of this document should tailor these recommendations to their specific project requirements. Abstract: Recommended practices for specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with transmission lines are provided. Ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, training, documentation, operation, and maintenance are addressed in this standard. Key Words: 1534-2009, power oscillation damping, series capacitors, subsynchronous resonance, TCSC, thyristor valves Designation: 1534-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008. Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommendation for specifying Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations used in series with a transmission line. The document will address issues that consider ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, operation, and maintenance. Excluded from this document are detailed TCSC modeling considerations. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for specifying Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations. This document will provide assistance and guidance to planning, substation, commissioning, and operation engineers in the course of specifying TCSC stations. Users of this document will find that they should tailor the recommendations provided when addressing specific project requirements. Abstract: Recommended practices for specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with transmission lines are provided. Ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, training, documentation, operation, and maintenance are addressed. Key Words: "power oscillation damping, series capacitors, subsynchronous resonance, TCSC, thyristor valves" Designation: 1535 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial & Commercial Power Systems Title: Guide for Commissioning Electrical Systems in Commercial, Institutional, and Industrial Buildings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: C.A Shrive, Phone:513-241-5640, Email:c.shrive@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for use in commissioning the electrical power systems in buildings. This guide will provide a basis for ensuring that building electrical systems are designed, installed, tested, and made operable in conformance with the design intent. Project Purpose: The National Institute of building Sciences (NIBS) is undertaking an effort to develop a set of commissioning standards to address the total building commissioning process. They are doing this in conjunction with professional and technical organizations such as IEEE, who will each develop a standard for a specific system. this project will develop the standard for electrical power systems. Its intended users are owners of buildings, architects, and engineers. No such guide presently exists. NIBS will be developing guides for other than electrical commissioning processes. Designation: 1536-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Battery Physical Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2003 Technical Contact: Stanley Kwa, Phone:646-252-3189, Email:stkwa@nyct.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This standard prescribes the maximum dimensional requirements of each battery tray for a specific number of cells and battery capacity rating. The battery hardware requirement and battery compartment are also prescribed. Project Purpose: The purpose is to standardize the physical dimensional requirement of a battery tray. Currently, there are no overall dimensional standards for a battery tray. The same rating batteries are being produced in different cell sizes by different manufacturers to suit customer battery compartment requirements. This standard will provide an optimal battery compartment allowing interchangeability of batteries supplied by various manufacturers. Thus, it will facilitate joint multi-agency purchasing. Abstract: This standard prescribes the maximum dimensional requirements of each battery tray for a specific number of cells and battery capacity rating. The battery hardware requirement and battery compartment are also prescribed. Key Words: "battery tray,high discharge rate,low discharge rate,medium discharge rate,multi-cellunit" Designation: 1538-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Determination of Maximum Winding Temperature Rise in Liquid-Filled Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000 Technical Contact: Donald W Platts, Phone:610-774-4686, Email:donplatts@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001 Project Scope: Produce a guide for developing mathematical models and test procedures to determine the steady state maximum (hottest spot) and average winding temperature rise over ambient for liquid immersed distribution, power, network, and regulating transformers manufactured in accordance with IEEE C57.12.00. Project Purpose: This guide will provide a basis for the transformer manufacturer and user to concur that a transformer meets the temperature requirements in C57.12.00. Those requirements state that the maximum winding temperature rise shall be determined by either direct measurement or calculations. This guide will describe the requirements for a manufacturer's test program or mathematical model to demonstrate compliance with those requirements. Abstract: " Provides guidance for determining the hottest-spot temperature in distribution and powertransformers built in accordance with IEEE Std C57.12.00-2000. Describes the important criteriato be evaluated by any thermal model that can accurately predict the hottest-spot temperature in atransformer. Provides guidance for performing temperature-rise tests with direct measurement ofthe hottest-spot temperatures, and explains the importance of developing an accurate thermal mod-el to properly locate the temperature sensors. " Key Words: "distribution transformer, hottest-spot temperature, power transformers, temperaturerise test, thermal model" Designation: 1539 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Testing Transmission Cable Systems with Extruded Insulation, Part 1, 69 kV through 161 kV Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Torben Aabo, Phone:518-384-1613, Email:t.aabo@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The guide is intended to help the users of transmission cable systems assure that the components to be specified for the system are of the highest standard and that the cable and accessories are compatible. The guide will address routine testing of cables, sample tests on cables, type tests on cables, type tests on systems, and electrical tests after installation.The proposed guide will incorporate applicable information from AEIC, IEEE and IEC specifications and guides, to make the document applicable to users of transmission cable in the US and abroad. Project Purpose: The use of transmission cables with extruded insulation has been increasing and it appears that the trend will continue up through 500 kV. In order to construct a reliable cable system, the components incorporated must be compatible and of high quality. Therefore, a guide is proposed in order to be able to specify a cable systgem with compatible and quality components. Designation: 154 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1540-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk during software development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. Abstract: Replaced by 16085: 2004 (SH/SS95262) This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A process for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can be added to the existing set of software life cycle processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series of standards, or it can be used independently. Key Words: "acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management, risk treatment" Designation: 1541-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Prefixes for Binary Multiples Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003 Technical Contact: James R Frysinger, Phone:931-657-3107, Email:j.frysinger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral powers thereof. The prefixes are for use with all units, in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate. Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc., are sometimes used to denote powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently adopted IEC standard on the subject. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Names and letter symbols for prefixes that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2 10 n ,where n =1,2,3,4,5,or 6 are defined. Although the prefixes may be used with all units in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate, their primary use is in the field of information technology. Key Words: "binary,binary multiple,computer,exbi,gibi,kibi,mebi,pebi,prefix,tebi" Designation: 1541 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Standard for Binary Prefixes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: We shall clarify the use of unit symbol prefixes to distinguish between powers of 10 and powers of 2. Project Purpose: Usage of kilobyte and megabyte varies; in different cases 1 megabyte means 10 to the 6th power bytes and 2 to the 20th power bytes. This standard will stipulate meaning, reserving k, M, G, etc., as powers to 10 prefixes. This standard will be consistent with, and will support, the work underway in the International Electrotechnical Commission. Designation: 1541 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Standard for Multiples for Binary Prefixes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes and letter symbols that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral powers thereof. The prefixes and symbols are for use with all units, in all fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be appropriate. Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc. are sometimes used to denote powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently adopted IEC standard on the subject. Designation: 1542-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Irrigation Equipment Located Near or Under Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The guide is based on industry practices and presents guidelines for installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks. The guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found.The guide is based on industry practices and presents guidelines for installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks. The guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Project Purpose: The guide is intended for designers, installers, and operators of the irrigation equipment, as well as electric power utilities whose lines are located near or above the irrigation systems. General information is provided on installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation equipment as it relates to safety due to the presence of electric power lines. The following parameters are considered: a) Distance to energized conductors during installation b) Proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks c) Distance between irrigation nozzle and power line conductors during operation of the irrigation system The recommended minimum conductor-to-nozzle distance is based on the maximum allowable body leakage current of 5 mA rms and field tests conducted by the Nebraska Public Power District and the USDA Agricultural Research Service, University of Nebraska. Because of the great variety of conditions, practices, electrical system designs, types of irrigation systems, water conductivity, and ground resistance values, this guide covers these variables only in general terms. However, specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation system and power line parameters that are most representative in the industry. The IEEE makes no representation or warranty as to the adequacy or accuracy of the information in this guide or as to economy, or safety issues associated with the use of this guide. When determining whether or not, and/or how, to use the information in this guide, all factors shall be considered with regard to the specific situation(s). This material is intended to provide a helpful reference for those seeking information on common industry practices so they may consider the experience of others in developing or modifying their own practices. Abstract: The guide is based on industry practices, and guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks are presented. A variety of conditions in general terms is covered in this guide. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Key Words: 1542-2008, farm irrigation systems, irrigation, irrigation systems, sprinklers Designation: 1542 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Installation, Maintenance and Operation of Irrigation Equipment Located Near or Under Power Line Status: Superseded **New Standard Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: The proposed Guide is based on industry practices and presents guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation and of irrigation equipment near or under overhead power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to avoid nuisance shocks. The Guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Project Purpose: The Guide is intended for installers and operators of the irrigation equipment as well as electric power utilities. General and specific information is given for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation equipment as it relates to safety due to the presence of electric power lines. Abstract: The guide is based on industry practices, and guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks are presented. A variety of conditions in general terms is covered in this guide. Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found. Key Words: 1542-2007, ground resistance, irrigation equipment, irrigation systems, leakage current, nuisance shocks, power line, sprinklers, water conductivity Designation: 1543 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Message Sets Sets for Back Office Applications/Roadside (Resource Manager) Communications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Irwin H Morse, Phone:619 679 6165, Email:imorse@sps.globalus.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard for exchanging information, providing for bi- directional message transmission and device control between Back Office Applications and a vehicle to roadside communication (VRC) controller on the roadside. This will entail specifying the application message sets, application registration, and application level acknowledgement for the interface. Work with information sources sucn as the Electronic Toll and Traffic Management (ETTM) User's Group, the ATA, the CVO community, the vendor community, and other standards bodies to synthesize existing requirements into a single, open industry standard that supports interoperable implementations. Project Purpose: This standard will provide an interface between the VRC controller and the back office equipment. The PAR will consolidate and publish a Standard to support Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM. Designation: 1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Railcar Basic Operating Unit Interoperability Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements, content and structure of messages, and interoperability requirements for data communications within rail vehicles and between basic operating units within a train for applications other than Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC). Project Purpose: This standard provides clearly defined message structures and content for intra-train communications, providing for interoperability between disparate systems and equipment. Through consistent use of this standard, functional entities on rail vehicles will be able to communicate seamlessly with each other. Designation: 1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles (TCIP) for Railcar Basic Operating Unit Interoperability - Data Element Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements for communications within and between Basic Operating Units, for applications other than Communications Based Train Control (CBTC). Project Purpose: This standard provides protocol-independent data elements for intra-train communications, allowing development of protocol-specific standards for interoperability between disparate systems and equipment. Designation: 1544 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Rail Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will address the concepts of data dictionaries as applied to rail transit. It will provide the interface profiles required to allow data to be shared and information to be transferred among functional on-board systems, rail transit departments and other operating entities. IEEE Standard 1489 for Data Dictionaries and IEEE Standard 1488 for Message Set Templates will provide guidelines for the data dictionary structures used in this standard. The basic concepts related to ISO/IEC 8824, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) data definition language and enhanced encoding ethods are used for describing the layout of messages exchanged between application programs running in typically dissimilar hardware and software environments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide seamless, platform and protocol independent communication of data and information between and among applications within a rail transit environment. Through consistent use (in conformance with this standard) of these common structures and associated conventions and schemes, data and information can be unambiguously interchanged among the various rail transit subsystems. Designation: 1545-1999 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Parametric Data Log Format Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of analysis and historical trend reporting. Abstract: Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. A language and file format for describing parametric test data is defined. Data types, dataformats, and file formats are included. Key Words: "data type, file structure, parametric data log, parametric test data" Designation: 1546-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF) Application Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001 Technical Contact: Mukund U Modi, Phone:732-323-7002, Email:mukund.modi@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop an aid in the understanding and use of DTIF files. Project Purpose: The application guide will provide information that will be an aid to users in developing tools such as pre-processors and post-processors of DTIF data, and other utilities. Abstract: An aid in the understanding and use of digital test interchange format (DTIF) les is provided in this guide.This information will be an aid to users in developing tools such as preprocessors and postprocessors of DTIF data and other utilities. Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automatic test program generator, digital test interchange format (DTIF), unit under test (UUT)" Designation: 1547-2003 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2003 Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 2009 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria and requirements for interconnection of distributed resources (DR) with electric power systems. Project Purpose: This document provides a uniform standard for interconnection of distributed resources with electric power systems. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. Abstract: This standard is the first in the 1547 series of interconnection standards and is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for standards development. Traditionally, utility electric power systems (EPS--grid or utility grid) were not designed to accommodate active generation and storage at the distribution level. As a result, there are major issues and obstacles to an orderly transition to using and integrating distributed power resources with the grid. The lack of uniform national interconnection standards and tests for interconnection operation and certification, as well as the lack of uniform national building, electrical, and safety codes, are understood. IEEE Std 1547 and its development demonstrate a model for ongoing success in establishing additional interconnection agreements, rules, and standards, on a national, regional, and state level. IEEE Std 1547 has the potential to be used in federal legislation and rule making and state public utilities commission (PUC) deliberations, and by over 3000 utilities in formulating technical requirements for interconnection agreements for distributed generators powering the electric grid. This standard focuses on the technical specifications for, and testing of, the interconnection itself. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements, response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of distributed resources (DR), including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The criteria and requirements are applicable to all DR technologies, with aggregate capacity of 10 MVA or less at the point of common cou Key Words: certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed generation, storage energy storage faults flicker fuel cells generators grid harmonics IEEE induction machines inverters interconnection requirements and specifications islanding microturbines monitoring and control paralleling power converters, networks, quality photovoltaic power systems point of common coupling public utility commissions reclosing coordination regulations rule making, federal, national, regional, state standards synchronous machines testing utilities wind energy systems Designation: 1547.1-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005 Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE Standard P1547. Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources (DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies. Abstract: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE Std 1547(TM) Key Words: distributed resources, interconnection, test procedures Designation: 1547.2-2008 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Application Guide for IEEE Std 1547(TM), IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Thomas S Basso, Phone:303-275-3753, Email:thomas_basso@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides technical background and application details to support understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003. Project Purpose: This document facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing the various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and the associated interconnection issues. Additionally, the background and rationale of the technical requirements are discussed in terms of the operation of the DR interconnection with the electric power system (EPS). Presented in the document are technical descriptions and schematics,applications guidance, and interconnection examples to enhance the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003. Abstract: Technical background and application details to support understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003 are provided. The guide facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and their associated interconnection issues. It provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std 1547-2003. It also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it addresses topics related to DR project implementation to enhance the user's understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. This guide is intended for use by engineers, engineering consultants, and knowledgeable individuals in the field of DR. The IEEE 1547 series of standards is cited in the Federal Energy Policy Act of 2005, and this guide is one document in the IEEE 1547 series. Key Words: 1547.2-2008,diesel generators, dispersed generation, distributed energy, distributed energy resources, distributed generation, distributed power, distributed resources, electric distribution systems, electric power systems, energy storage, Federal, fuel cells, grid, interconnection, inverter, islanding, microturbines, national, networks, paralleling, photovoltaic power systems, rulemaking, regional, state, utility, wind energy systems Designation: 1547.3-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Monitoring, Information Exchange, and Control of Distributed Resources Interconnected with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 16, 2007 Technical Contact: Frank Goodman, Phone:650-855-2872, Email:fgoodman@epri.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2007 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for monitoring, information exchange, and control for distributed resources (DR) interconnected with electric power systems (EPS). Project Purpose: This document facilitates the interoperability of a one or more distributed resources interconnected with electric power systems. It describes functionality, parameters and methodologies for monitoring, information exchange and control for the interconnected distributed resources with or associated with electric power systems. Distributed resources include systems in the areas of fuel cells, photovoltaics, wind turbines, microturbines, other distributed generators, and, distributed energy storage systems. Abstract: This guide is intended to facilitate the interoperability of distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders implement monitoring, information exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical and business operations of DR and transactions Key Words: communications; control; data acquisition; diesel generators; dispersed generation; distributed energy resources; distributed generation; distributed power; distributed resources; distribution system; electric power system; electrical network; energy management; energy storage; fuel cells; grid; IED; information exchange; intelligent electronic devices; interconnection requirements and specifications; meter; microturbines; monitoring; photovoltaic power systems; public utility commission regulations; rulemaking, federal, national, regional, SCADA; standards; state; substations; supervisory; telemetry; utility grid Designation: P1547.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Design, Operation, and Integration of Distributed Resource Island Systems with Electric Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This document provides alternative approaches and good practices for the design, operation, and integration of distributed resource (DR) island systems with electric power systems (EPS). This includes the ability to separate from and reconnect to part of the area EPS while providing power to the islanded local EPSs. This guide includes the distributed resources, interconnection systems, and participating electric power systems. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to be used by EPS designers, operators, system integrators, and equipment manufacturers. The document is intended to provide an introduction, overview and address engineering concerns of DR island systems. It is relevant to the design, operation, and integration of DR island systems. Implementation of this guide will expand the benefits of using DR by targeting improved electric power system reliability and build upon the interconnection requirements of IEEE 1547. Abstract: This document provides alternative approaches and good practices for the design, operation, and integration of distributed resource (DR) island systems with electric power systems (EPS). This includes the ability to separate from and reconnect to part of the area EPS while providing power to the islanded EPSs. This guide includes the distributed resources, interconnection systems, and participating electric power systems. Key Words: circuit island, distributed resources, DR island systems, electric power systems, intentional island, interconnection, lateral island, microgrid, secondary island, substation bus island Designation: P1547.5 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Technical Guidelines for Interconnection of Electric Power Sources Greater than 10MVA to the Power Transmission Grid Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mallur N Satyanarayan, Phone:612-630-4415, Email:mallur.n.satyanarayan@xcelenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines regarding the technical requirements, including design, construction, commissioning acceptance testing and maintenance /performance requirements, for interconnecting dispatchable electric power sources with a capacity of more than 10 MVA to a bulk power transmission grid. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide technical information and guidance to all parties involved in the interconnection of dispatchable electric power sources to a transmission grid about the various considerations needed to be evaluated for establishing acceptable parameters such that the interconnection is technically correct. Designation: P1547.6 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Distribution Secondary Networks Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Joseph L Koepfinger, Phone:412-264-6148, Email:joseph_l_koepfinger@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard builds upon IEEE Standard 1547 for the interconnection of distributed resources (DR) to distribution secondary network systems. This standard establishes recommended criteria, requirements and tests, and provides guidance for interconnection of distribution secondary network system types of area electric power systems (Area EPS) with distributed resources (DR) providing electric power generation in local electric power systems (Local EPS). Project Purpose: This standard focuses on the technical issues associated with the interconnection of Area EPS distribution secondary networks with a Local EPS having DR generation. The standard provides recommendations relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. In this standard consideration is given to the needs of the Local EPS to be able to provide enhanced service to the DR owner loads as well as to other loads served by the network. Equally, the standard addresses the technical concerns and issues of the Area EPS. Further, this standard identifies communication and control recommendations and provides guidance on considerations that will have to be addressed for such DR interconnections. Abstract: This standard builds upon IEEE Std 1547 for the interconnection of distributed resources (DR) to distribution secondary network systems. This standard establishes recommended criteria, requirements and tests, and provides guidance for interconnection of distribution secondary network system types of area electric power systems (area EPS) with distributed resources (DR) providing electric power generation in local electric power systems (Local EPS). Key Words: 1547 Designation: P1547.7 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide to Conducting Distribution Impact Studies for Distributed Resource Interconnection Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert D Saint, Phone:703-907-5863, Email:robert.saint@nreca.coop **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide describes criteria, scope, and extent for engineering studies of the impact on area electric power systems of a distributed resource or aggregate distributed resource interconnected to an area electric power distribution system. Project Purpose: The creation of IEEE Std 1547 “Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems” has led to the increased adoption of distributed resources (DR) throughout distribution systems. This document describes a methodology for performing engineering studies of the potential impact of a distributed resource interconnected to an area electric power distribution system. Study scope and extent are described as functions of identifiable characteristics of the distributed resource, the area electric power system, and the interconnection. Criteria are described for determining the necessity of impact mitigation. Establishment of this guide allows distributed resource owners, interconnection contractors, area electric distribution power system owners and operators, and regulatory bodies to have a described methodology for when distribution system impact studies are appropriate, what data is required, how they are performed, and how the study results are evaluated. In the absence of such guidelines, the necessity and extent of DR interconnection impact studies has been widely and inconsistently defined and applied. Designation: P1547.8 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing Methods and Procedures that Provide Supplemental Support for Implementation Strategies for Expanded Use of IEEE Standard 1547 Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice applies to the requirements set forth in IEEE Std 1547 and provides recommended methods that may expand the usefulness and utilization of IEEE Std 1547 through the identification of innovative designs, processes, and operational procedures. Project Purpose: The purpose of the methods and procedures provided in this recommended practice is to provide more flexibility in determining the design and processes used in expanding the implementation strategies used for interconnecting distributed resources with electric power systems. Further, based on IEEE Std 1547 requirements, the purpose of this recommended practice is to provide the knowledge base, experience, and opportunities for greater utilization of the interconnection and its applications. Designation: 1549-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Microwave Filter Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 2011 Technical Contact: Michael D Janezic, Phone:303-497-3656, Email:janezic@boulder.nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide the standard definitions for microwave filter terms. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to standardize the definitions of microwave filter terms. Abstract: Standardized definition of terms commonly in the field of electrical networks and filters. Key Words: definitions, filters, IEEE 1549, multiplexers, networks, resonators, terms Designation: 1549 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Microwave Filters Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard Snyder, Phone:(201) 492-1207, Email:r.snyder@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Terms and definitions regarding microwave filters, including types of filters and filter responses. Project Purpose: This standard will remedy the confusion in definitions regarding microwave filters. Currently, users generally follow a different set of definitions than do designers. The harmonized definitions should alleviate this problem. Designation: 155-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Key Words: "IEEE Std 155-1960 IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960" Designation: 1551 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for VHDL Electronic Digital System and Interface Design Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim Heaton, Phone:+44-161-427-1975, Email:jim.heaton@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This project will develop standard extensions for the IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard to cover the levels of abstraction and facilities needed for system specification and interface design. The standard will rely on the underlying IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard. The standard will be usable by all classes of the electronics industry. The scope of the standard is limited to digital design. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for system and interface design in the IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard design environment. Each user design team builds some additions to their design environment to raise the level of abstraction to improve the productivity and accuracy of designers. Without an independent, openly defined standard, user design groups cannot fully realise the benefits of these individual efforts through reuse in subsequent projects, across project groups and across division/company boundaries. Designation: 1552 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Structured Architecture for Test Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Provide a standard specifying the application of automatic test equipment subsystems and interfaces. The standard will facilitate the use of VME Extension for Instrumentation (VXI), Versatile Modular European (VME), PCI Extensions for Instrumentation (PXI), Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI), Expansion Module Interface (EXI), Power Module for Instrumentation (PMI), M-Module subsystems and other power level test system related standards within a test system environment. Project Purpose: Support the integration and reconfiguarion of test systems by providing a standard reference for integration of existing standards for test system subsystems. The standard will support system control, instrumentation, power, switching, signal conditioning, modularity, chassis multi-frame design and receiver interface subsystems. Designation: 1553-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Voltage Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Coils and Bars for Hydrogenerators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2003 Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This standard applies to voltage-endurance testing of form-wound stator winding bars and coils having a mica-based insulation system with thermo-setting polyester and/or epoxy resins used in hydrogenerators and pumped storage generators operating in air with a rated line-to-line voltage between 4 000 to 22 000 V, and a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the test parameters for the voltage-endurance test and the number of specimens to be used for each test. It also defines the acceptance criteria and the procedures for retesting in the event of a premature failure during the voltage-endurance test. The details of the test procedure are described in IEEE Std 1043TM- 1996. Abstract: The test parameters and acceptance criteria for voltage-endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large hydrogenerators are covered in this standard. Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, hydrogenerators, voltage-endurance testing Designation: 1554-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inertial Sensor Test Equipment, Instrumentation, Data Acquisition, and Analysis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005 Project Scope: Recommended practices for gyroscope and accelerometer testing are discussed, ranging from the equipment and instrumentation employed to the way that tests are carried out and data are acquired and analyzed. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended for people who test inertial sensors and analyze the results from such testing. The general and specialized test equipment employed in such testing is described, and recommendations are made on techniques for acquisition, filtering, storage, and analysis of the test data in keeping with modern practice. Abstract: Test equipment, data acquisition equipment, instrumentation, test facilities, and data analysis techniques used in inertial sensor testing are described in this recommended practice. Key Words: data acquisition, data analysis techniques, gyro and accelerometer testing, inertial sensor testing, instrumentation, test equipment Designation: 1555 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Standard for Maximum Levels of Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields, 0 to 3 kHz Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to PC95.6. Technical Contact: Kent Jaffa, Phone:801-220-4272, Email:kent.jaffa@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Develop levels for human exposure to electromagnetic fields from 0 to 3 kHz. This standard will be based on the results of an evaluation of the relevant scientific literature and proven effects which are well established and for which thresholds of reaction are understood. Field limits will be derived from threshold current densities or internal electric fields. Project Purpose: To recommend electric and magnetic field exposure levels to prevent established harmful effects in humans exposed to such fields at frequencies between 0 and 3 kHz. Currently there is no voluntary consensus standard over this frequency range. Guidelines have been published by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection and the American Conference of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists. This project compliments the standard developed by SCC28/SC-4 (IEEE C95.1/1999) that covers the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz. Designation: 1556 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for 5.9 GHz Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Radio Service Security and Privacy Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: Develop a draft standard for security and privacy for use in Intelligent Transportation Systems applications using DSRC technology based on the requirements defined by the ASTM 2213-02 (Rev), IEEE 1556 WG, IEEE Draft P1609.1, .2, .3, and the MXME and MAC Extension being planned for the revised IEEE P1609.4 standards for the upper layer DSRC applications as well as the IEEE 802.11a, and IEEE 802 security activities. These applications for DSRC technology are specific to the 5.9 GHz frequency band allocated for ITS use by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and are principally focused on vehicle (mobile)-to-roadside (fixed), roadside (fixed)-to-vehicle (mobile) and vehicle-to-vehicle uses related to public safety, public transit, commercial vehicle and cargo safety. These applications may directly use or build upon security services defined in this standard which will provide for a secure communications link and enable secure applications. Project Purpose: The purpose is to define the essential protective mechanisms for DSRC applications and communications technology. The main benefit is to offer confidentiality, integrity, and availability protection for the DSRC communications link and offer security services which may enable DSRC applications to offer reliable financial transactions, traveler information, incident notification, and emergency notification and response. The provisions of this standard may be applicable to security and privacy of financial transactions (e.g., toll and fare collection), personal privacy, public safety, and collision avoidance. Designation: 1556 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Security & Privacy of Vehicle/Roadside Communication including Smart Card Communication Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the publication of a standard specifying security and privacy requirements for DSRC messaging. Uni- and bi-directional message transmission and device control will be specified, including smart card interfaces re: layers 3 through 7. The WG will obtain information and seek participation of representatives from relevant agencies and industries, including electronic toll/traffic authorities and related industries, the smart card and CVO industries, ITS companies, security standards groups, and trade bodies. Project Purpose: To promote ITS DSRC communication based on good standard which will further national ITS interoperability under TEA-21. To achieve this prupose, it is necessary that a WG A) settle security/privacy issues raised by IEEE P1455 and ASTM Layers 1 and 2 standards, and B) identify all acceptable security methods to be used in any uni- and/or bi-directional DSRC message transmission at specific frequencies. Designation: 1557 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard Test Procedures for Cadmium-Zinc-Telluride (CZT) and Other Wide Bandgap Semiconductor Radiation Detectors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Test procedures and terminology for cadmium-zinc-telluride and othe r wide bandgap semiconductor radiation detectors for detection and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma-rays, x-rays, and charged particles that produce electron-hole pairs in the crystal lattice. Project Purpose: To establish standard test procedures and terminology so that they have the same meaning to manufacturers and users. Designation: 1558-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005 Technical Contact: Paul E Jamieson, Phone:864-433-6451, Email:pjamieson@wabtec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for application software documentation throughout the software development life cycle for rail equipment and systems including assoicated test and maintenance equipment. Project Purpose: Many different requirements for application software documentation are presently being specified for software used in rail equipment and systems and for related applications. This has led to a lack of standardization in the information provided on equipment and systems incorporating software. This standard, when used by the authority having jurisdiction, carbuilders and system/subsystem suppliers is intended to specify documents which improve the understanding of software functionality, facilitate software corrections and upgrades, improve on-time delivery, assist the development of quality software, and lower software acquisition and maintenance costs. Abstract: This standard provides an outline for the software documentation that shall be developed and delivered for rail equipment and systems. Key Words: deliverables, outlines, rail equipment, rail systems, software documentation Designation: P1558-2004/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems - Corrigendum 1: Coordination between IEEE Std 1558TM and recent changes to other software standards Status: Revision of Corrigenda Technical Contact: John Corvin, Phone:864-433-6552, Email:jcorvin@wabtec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: The existing text refers to standards that have subsequently been revised. The corrigendum will correct the references. There may be other items of a similar nature. Project Purpose: The purpose is to clarify obsolete references. Designation: 1558-2004/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems - Corrigendum 1 Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: The existing text refers to a standard that has subsequently been revised. The corrigendum will correct the references. There may be other items of a similar nature. Project Purpose: The purpose is to clarify obsolete references. Designation: 1559-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Systems Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides a source of definitions of terminology used in the development, manufacture, and test of aided and unaided inertial systems used for navigation, guidance, orientation, stabilization, and related applications. This is a companion document to IEEE Std 528™. Project Purpose: There is no consistent definition of terms that have arisen in the evolution of aided and unaided inertial navigation and related systems. This standard is intended to serve as a basic reference for producers and users of such systems, for preparing industry standards, and for the interpretation of published technical reports. Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to aided and unaided inertial systems for navigation, guidance, orientation, stabilization, and related applications are presented. Usage as understood by the inertial systems community is given preference over general technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in this document is usefulness as related to inertial systems technology. Key Words: 1559-2009, inertial systems technology, inertial systems terminology Designation: 156-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Passive Reciprocal Time Invariant Networks, 1960 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: Terms that apply to linear, passive, reciprocal, time-invariant networks are defined. The terms apply to mathematical concepts that represent idealizations of physical phenomena. Thus, the definitions apply to idealized models that are useful in describing properties of physical networks. The question of whether or not a certain term is applicable to a particular physical situation is left to the user. Key Words: linear, reciprocal, time, invariant, Terminology, Passive circuits Designation: 1560-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Power Line Interference Filter in the Range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006 Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:kphipps@eprisolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop a standard method of measurement for evaluating the electromagnetic and radio frequency supression capability of filters in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz. This will apply to EMI/RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase or poly phase systems rated for 600 Volts and below 1000 Amps. The method of measurement will describe general considerations, such as method of standardizing source impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise, attentuation measurement, components, and or derating requirements when supplying non-sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or mismatched impedance enviroments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide measurements that evaluate the performance in pratical installation, involve varying load and source impedance. These factors are not usually considered in design and performance verification testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and end-users could benefit from a standard that better defines the ranges and enviroment, expected effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes. Abstract: Uniform methods of measurements of radio-frequency power-line interference filter attenuation performance in the range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz are set forth. Nonloaded and loaded attenuation measurements are presented with varying source impedance, including radiofrequency current injection with linear and nonlinear load impedances. H- and S-parameter measurements are introduced for modeling results. New methods for placing filter performance criteria on a filter label are also included. Key Words: attenuation measurements, crest factor, dB, electromagnetic interference power-line filters, EMI/RFI filters, insertion loss, LISN, no- load insertion loss, nonlinear load, radio-frequency current injection, S- parameters Designation: 1560 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Interference Filter Suppression Capability in the Range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:kphipps@eprisolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Develop a standard method of measurement for establishing Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) filter suppresion capability in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz. Will apply to EMI/ RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase and or 3 phase systems rated for 600 volts and below 1000 amps. Method of measurement will describe general considerations, such as method of standardizing source impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise, attenuation measurement techniques, components, and/or derating requirements when supplying non- sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or mismatched impedance environments. Project Purpose: Practical installations involve varying load and source impedance, not usually considered in design and performance verification testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and end-users could benefit from a standard that better defines the ranges and environment, expected effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes. Designation: 1561-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Optimizing the Performance and Life of Lead-Acid Batteries in Remote Hybrid Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2008 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides rationale and guidance for operating lead- acid batteries in remote hybrid power systems, taking into consideration system loads and the capacities of the system’s renewable-energy generator(s), dispatchable generator(s), and battery(s). It also provides guidance for selecting an appropriate lead-acid battery technology for various system operating strategies. Project Purpose: Using the information provided in this guide, the performance and life of the lead-acid battery can be optimized for the particular operational strategy selected for the remote hybrid power system. The information provided is intended for use by remote hybrid system designers, system evaluators, owners and operators. Abstract: This guide is applicable to lead-acid batteries that are used as the energy storage component in remote hybrid power supplies. The remote hybrid application, with its dual generator option, i.e., both renewable and dispatchable generation, is advantageous in that the battery can usually be charged at will and under circumstances that may also be advantageous for the dispatchable generator. The normative references provide guidance to battery safety, installation, and maintenance considerations. This guide discusses battery selection, sizing, and management issues, e.g., cycling, charging, and the effect of temperature and charge-discharge rates on performances such as life and capacity. An informative annex discusses the several lead-acid technologies. Key Words: 1561-2007, charge control, deficit-charge cycling, oxygen recombination cycle, remote hybrid power systems, valve-regulated lead- acid (VRLA) batteries, vented lead-acid batteries Designation: 1561 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Sizing Hybrid Stand-Alone Energy Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This guide provides methods and procedures for sizing the major components of hybrid stand-alone energy systems. Such systems generally consist of one or more renewable power-generation sources, a fossill-fueled power generator, an energy storage subsystem and a power-conversion subsystem. The methods include sizing each components in an integrated system according to design criteria including low cost, maximum performance and expected operating environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the major components according to accepted methods to improve the performance, cost-effectiveness and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. These procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users and laboratories with sizing information necessary for well-integrated systems. Designation: 1562-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 12, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: May 12, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides information to assist in sizing the array and battery of a stand-alone photovoltaic system. Systems considered in this guide consist of PV as the only power source and a battery for energy storage. These systems also commonly employ controls to protect the battery from being over- or undercharged, and may employ a power conversion subsystem (inverter or converter). This guide is applicable to all stand- alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems nor grid-connected systems. This guide covers lead-acid batteries only; nickel-cadmium and other battery types are not included. This guide does not include the sizing of the system controller, inverter, wiring, or other system components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the PV array and battery according to accepted methods, to improve the performance, cost-effectiveness, and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. The issues of array utilization, battery-charge efficiency, and system losses are also considered in terms of their effect on system sizing. These procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and laboratories with information necessary for sizing, modeling, and evaluating the performance of stand-alone PV systems. Abstract: A method for properly sizing the PV array and battery for stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source is recommended (in conjunction with IEEE Std 1013(TM)). Load calculations and determination of solar radiation in the sizing of the system need special attention. Additionally, the critical nature of the load in deciding an acceptable annual availability needs to be considered. Key Words: 1562-2007, battery sizing, photovoltaic systems, PV array sizing Designation: P1562 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This guide provides information to assist in sizing the array and battery of a stand-alone photovoltaic system. Systems considered in this guide consist of PV as the only power source and a battery for energy storage. These systems also commonly employ controls to protect the battery from being over- or undercharged, and may employ a power conversion subsystem (inverter or converter). This guide is applicable to all stand- alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems nor grid-connected systems. This guide covers lead-acid batteries only; nickel-cadmium and other battery types are not included. This guide does not include the sizing of the system controller, inverter, wiring, or other system components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the PV array and battery according to accepted methods, to improve the performance, cost-effectiveness, and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. The issues of array utilization, battery-charge efficiency, and system losses are also considered in terms of their effect on system sizing. These procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and laboratories with information necessary for sizing, modeling, and evaluating the performance of stand-alone PV systems. Designation: 1563.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Recommended Practice for Portable Tape Driver Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To provide a reference model for tape driver architectures that is portable across multiple operating system environments, fully featured, and high performance. Project Purpose: To provide a fully realized architecture that industry can base their implementations on that will reduce the effort required to support a new tape device on a given platform and thereby increase the available choice of drives on any given platform. This will benefit the application vendor and the end customer. Designation: 1563.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Common Tape Driver Semantics Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To define a common set of operations and semantics for access to tape drives across multiple operating system platforms. Project Purpose: To ease the task of porting and supporting applications that use tape storage across multiple operating system environments. This will enable application vendors to port to more platforms and thereby increase the end customer's available choices. Designation: 1563.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Common Format for Data on Tape Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To define a self-identifying format and record structure for the storage of data and meta-data on tapes, a structure that contains the key to understanding the format of the data stream as well the data itself. An analogue from the networking world would be the Document Type Definition (DTD) structure used to describe documents in XML (eXtended Markup Language). Project Purpose: To enable data written by one application to be accessible by other applications without those applications having to know how each other encodes data written to tape. Designation: P1564 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Voltage Sag Indices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This guide identifies appropriate voltage sag indices and characteristics as well as the methods for calculating them. Methods are provided for quantifying the severity of individual events (single-event characteristics), for quantifying the performance at a specific location (single-site indices), and for quantifying the performance of the whole system (system indices). Multiple methods are presented for each. The methods are appropriate for use in transmission, distribution, and utilization electric power systems. Project Purpose: This document identifies and defines different characteristics and indices. It does not recommend the use of a specific set of indices, but instead recommends the method for calculating specific indices when such an index is used. The large variation in customers sensitive to voltage sags and power providers supplying them makes it impossible to prescribe a specific set of indices. Instead this document aims at assisting in the choice of index and ensuring reproducibility of the results after a certain index has been chosen. The user of this document may decide to calculate the value for just one index or for a number of different indices, depending on the application. Designation: 1564 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practice for the Establishment of Voltage Sag Indices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Sheehan, Phone:206 224-2231, Email:msheeh@puget.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies useful voltage sag indices for customers, vendors and the electric utilities. The document will identify the method of calculating such indices. The indices are intended to be applied to distribution substations, circuits and defined regions. Project Purpose: Sag indices are needed to indicate the different performance levels experienced at the transmission, subtransmission, substation and distribution circuit levels. In addition, the characteristic exposure that a typical distribution system encounter needs to be quantified in order to guide manufacturers in the appropriate design of ride-through alternatives for user load equipment. The proposed standard should help utilities and manufactures to compute the advantages/disadvantages of various connections to the electrical system. Sag indices will be determined using the work of IEEE 1250-1995, Std 1159-1995, Std 1346-1998, Chapter 9 of IEEE Std 493, and recent surveys of power quality users and utility systems. Designation: 1566-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Performance of Adjustable Speed AC Drives Rated 375 kW and Larger Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2006 Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: May 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if specified in the data sheets; the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the excluded equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to assist users in defining the required performance of a drive system in clear terms. It is not intended to specify a particular technology that must be followed. It is intended to be used with the data sheets given in Annex A and Annex B. Abstract: : This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if so specified in the data sheets; however the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the equipment thus excluded. Key Words: adjustable speed, large drives Designation: P1566 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Performance of Adjustable Speed AC Drives Rated 375 kW and Larger Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if specified in the data sheets; the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the excluded equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to assist users in defining the required performance of a drive system in clear terms. It is not intended to specify a particular technology that must be followed. It is intended to be used with the data sheets given in Annex A and Annex B. Designation: 1566 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Performance Standard for Adjustable Frequency Drives Rated 500 HP and Larger Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Write a performance standard for adjustable frequency drives and their auxiliaries from 500 HP to the largest ratings. These drives are normally medium voltage systems. The standard will concentrate on performance requirements and not specify particular technologies that may become outdated during the currency of the standard. The project will have input from both users and vendors of drives. Project Purpose: Adjustable frequency drives of all ratings are being used in increasing proportions in various industries. At present there are no good industry standards for higher power adjustable frequency drives. This means that much work is repeated by purchasers generating the specifications, and much work is spent by vendors interpreting requirements. A standardized document would reduce overall engineering time for both users and vendors and reduce the level of possible confusion in interpreting requirements. Designation: 1567 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Applying Safer Electrical Systems Design Options Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: H Landis Floyd, Phone:302-999-6390, Email:h.l.floyd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project includes electric power and control systems applied in industrial facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to identify and document design options that exceed generally recognized and accepted design practices, and offer users options to enhance safety of electrical systems. Designation: 1568-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Sizing of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Rail Passenger Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003 Technical Contact: Alexander Sinyak, Phone:215-639-1444, Email:asinyak@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for electrical sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries for application on rail passenger vehicles used for battery back-up of low voltage dc auxiliary power systems. It encompasses various factors that govern the electrical size of the battery including but not limited to number of cells, rated capacity, maximum system voltage, minimum system voltage, correction factors, and margins. It does not describe methods for defining the dc load profile nor address the physical sizing, installation or maintenance of the batteries. Nor does it apply to batteries used for motive power or starting internal combustion engines. Design of the low voltage dc system and sizing of the low voltage power supply and battery charger(s), and consideration of battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides methods for electrical sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries for use aboard rail passenger vehicles. Abstract: method for de ning the electrical load supplied by a nickel-cadmium battery and for sizing the battery to supply that load is described in this recommended practice. Key Words: "ampere hours,available capacity,constant current load,constant power load,fully-charged capacity,nickel-cadmium battery,period,rated capacity,resistive load,state of charge" Designation: 157 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1570-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for the Interface Between the Rail Subsystem and the Highway Subsystem at a Highway Rail Intersection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2002 Technical Contact: William Petit, Phone:585-349-2305, Email:bill.petit@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This standard defines the logical and physical interfaces, and the performance attributes for the data communication interfaces between the rail subsystem and the highway subsystem at a highway rail intersection. Project Purpose: Coordination between the rail subsystem and the highway subsystem is part of creating a National Intelligent Transportation System covering multiple modes of transportation. Existing standards address analog interfaces between these subsystems at the highway rail intersection. This standard will extend that information to include serial digital communication. Standardizing the interface will allow interoperability between a wide variety of equipment and enhance safety through a set of well-defined interface and performance attributes. Abstract: This standard defines the logical and physical interfaces, and the performance attributes for the data communication interfaces between the rail subsystem and the highway subsystem at a highway rail intersection. Key Words: "highway rail grade crossing, highway rail intersection" Designation: 1571 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application and General Specification of Active Harmonic Filter Systems For Low and Medium Voltage Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles A Gougler, Phone:330-854-5337, Email:cgoug@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: This project will develop an application and general specification for the type and use of active harmonic filter systems. Active harmonic filter systems are intended for use in low voltage (up to 1000v ac) and medium voltage (up to 15 kV) applications. Project Purpose: Presently, no standards, specifications, or guidelines exist for active harmonic filter systems. With the increase of components available to support this new technology, utilization of active harmonic filters will also increase. Designation: 1572-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Line Post Insulators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 10, 2005 Project Scope: An application guide for non-ceramic line posts is being drafted. The guide will include handling recommendations, interpretation of manufacturer ratings, contamination considerations, and equivalency with porcelain. Project Purpose: Users of non-ceramic line posts have questions regarding the use of the products which are not answered due to the lack of any official standard. Abstract: An application guide for non-ceramic line posts is being drafted. The guide will include handling recommendations, interpretation of manufacturer ratings, contamination considerations, and equivalency with porcelain. Project purpose: Users of non-ceramic line posts have questions regarding the use of the products which are not answered due to the lack of any official standard. Key Words: composite line post insulators, core, end fittings, grading devices, transmission and distribution lines, weathersheds Designation: 1573-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameters, Interfaces, Elements, and Performance Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2004 Technical Contact: F Dong Tan, Phone:310-814-5250, Email:dong.tan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2004 Project Scope: The Recommended Practice applies to ac-dc and dc-dc electronic power subsystems. The range of power subsystems includes dc, single phase, and three-phase inputs, with elements having power levels from a fraction of a watt to 20 kW. The voltage range is 600 V and below, at a frequency or frequencies of dc -1 kHz. The recommended practice may be used outside the range where applicable. Project Purpose: There are no defined interfaces for power electronic subsystems. The Recommended Practice is intended for designers, integrators and manufacturers of power electronics. This document provides interface definitions and application guidance, including parametric values for power electronic subsystems consisting of single or multiple elements. Abstract: A technical basis for implementation of electronic power subsystems is provided in this recommended practice. It is intended for electronic systems engineers and integrators, electronic power subsystem designers and integrators, as well as power element manufacturers and suppliers. It addresses system-level issues in element or subsystem integration, adaptation, and accommodation. It also defines system-level interface parameters, test methods, and test conditions. It provides for a systems engineering approach to acquisition, adaptation, and integration of electronic power subsystems, facilitates and promotes a modular approach to element or subsystem integration, and enables effective communication between the end users of power electronics and their manufacturers or suppliers. Key Words: "adaptation, commercial or military electronic power distribution, electronic power subsystem, integrators interaction, logistics, power electronics, power supply, specification, specification language, system interface" Designation: P1573 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameters, Interfaces, Elements, and Performance Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Peter Wilson, Phone:+44 23 8059 4162, Email:prw@ecs.soton.ac.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: The Recommended Practice applies to ac-dc and dc-dc electronic power subsystems. The range of power subsystems includes dc, single phase, and three-phase inputs, with elements having power levels from a fraction of a watt to 20 kW. The voltage range is 600 V and below, at a frequency or frequencies of dc -1 kHz. Project Purpose: The Recommended Practice is intended for designers, integrators and manufacturers of power electronics. This document provides interface definitions and application guidance, including parametric values for power electronic subsystems consisting of single or multiple elements. Designation: 1574 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Human Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James P Bongarra, Phone:301-415-1046, Email:jxb@nrc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide recommended practices for conducting Human Reliability Analysis to support risk-informed applications for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to recommend practices to implement steps of the Human Reliability Analysis (formerly Human Action Reliability Analysis) process that focus on the analysis of human interactions identified in IEEE STD-1082 "IEEE Guide for Incorporating Human Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." Also, this standard will assist analysts by providing recommended approaches for analyzing risk important human interactions and human recovery actions and their recovery as associated with nuclear power generating station equipment and systems. This includes the screening, characterization, quantification, and documentation of failed human interactions and failed human recovery actions. Designation: 1575 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Advanced Microcomputer Power Distribution System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: The Advanced Microcomputer Power Distribution System Standard defines a distributed power system using SELV power rails with scalable, redundant, power delivery capabilities to more than 1000 watts per consuming module, with a maintenance/control bus and connector system to provide the high reliability, availability and serviceability needs required for modern server class computer systems. Project Purpose: This standard will provide a common system for distributed, redundant, scalable power systems with a maintenance and control system to meet changing power, reliability, availability, and serviceability needs of server class systems with and interchangeable common connector system. Today's high availability systems have changing power needs over the life of the system and changing system demands, a common supply system available from multiple suppliers will provide a solution for this needed growth. Designation: 1576 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Standard for Lightning Protection System Using the Charge Transfer System for Industrial and Commercial Installations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Donald W Zipse, Phone:610-358-1462, Email:don.zip@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: The charge transfer system ionization design parameters, installation methods for the ionizer(s), grounding system parameters and installation requirements, methods of installation of the connection(s) from the grounding system to the ionizer(s) and details of the operation theory as it applies industrial and commercial installation(s). Project Purpose: This method of preventing lightning strikes is being installed throughout the world at a rate of approximately 500 systems per year, yet there are no standards that users could reference to insure the equipment will function or is being installed correctly. There are several manufactures of the charge transfer system, yet no unbiased industry standards exist. Some manufacturers have "so-called" standards. Designation: 1577 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Object-Oriented Extensions to IEEE Standard VHDL Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: To define new language features and to extend existing language features of VHDL to allow object-oriented and generic modeling of electronic systems. Among the approaches to be considered are: expression of abstract data types, including encapsulated data and applicable operations; inheritance of data and operations; polymorphism of objects; and genericity of types. Project Purpose: Object-oriented and generic modeling offer mechanisms for abstraction and encapsulation of descriptions of designs and testbenches, and thus provide significant potential for reuse. These mechanisms are important for managing the increasing complexity of design descriptions. The overall goal is to increase the productivity of electronic system design engineers. Designation: 1578-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 07, 2007 Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel-cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for drafting model codes. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to assist code-writing organizations. It seeks to develop a full understanding of and describe some electrolyte spill containment and management issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization. Abstract: Descriptions of products, methods, and procedures relating to stationary batteries, battery electrolyte spill mechanisms, electrolyte containment and control methodologies, and fire fighting considerations are provided. Key Words: 1578-2007, caustic, cell, corrosive, electrolyte release, electrolyte spill, irritant, lead-acid battery, lithium battery, Ni-Cd battery, passive neutralization, spill containment, spill control, stationary battery system, thermal runaway, toxic,VRLA Designation: 1578 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Battery Spill Containment Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to spill containment for vented lead acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA), and vented nickel- cadmium (Ni-Cd) stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations in developing a full understanding of spill containment issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization. Designation: 1578 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Battery Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead- acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel- cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations. It seeks to develop a full understanding of electrolyte spill containment and management issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization. Designation: 1578 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead- acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel- cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations. It seeks to develop a full understanding of and describe some electrolyte spill containment and management issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization. Designation: 1579 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Parallel 10 Gb/s Signaling (LiteLink) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David V James **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: Define a byte-wide interface to support unidirectional, supply- voltage independent, point-to-point, 10 Gb/sec data transfers between VLSI network chips on a motherboard, or between limited numbers of cards on the backplane. Project Purpose: To enable cost-effective partitioning of high-bandwidth network processing tasks between multiple VLSI chips. The intent is not to support long distance transmissions, where serial (as opposed to parallel) signaling technologies are appropriate. Designation: 158-1962 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: Methods of Testing Electron Tubes Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1580-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for Use on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 02, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1580-2001 Technical Contact: Rudy Bright, Phone:713-896-5841, Email:mrbright@amercable.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice contains the requirements for single or multiconductor cables, with or without metal armor and/or jacket, and rated 300 V to 35 kV (RMS phase-to-phase), intended to be installed aboard marine vessels, fixed and floating offshore facilities, and in accordance with industry installation standards and the regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). The recommendations define what is considered good engineering practice with reference to the reliability and durability of the cable. Project Purpose: This revision will incorporate the latest developments in marine cable materials and performance enhancements. Abstract: Requirements are given for single or multiconductor cables, with or without metal armor and/or jacket, and rated 300 V to 35 kV, intended to be installed aboard marine vessels, fixed and floating offshore facilities, and in accordance with industry installation standards and the regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). Key Words: marine cable, offshore facilities, platforms, shipboard Designation: 1580-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for Use on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Frank H Rocchio, Phone:609-748-0277, Email:rocchio@okonite.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the design, construction, and properties to comply with the special needs of cables used in Marine Shipboard applications. The recommended practice will cover marine cable constructions and applications for the installation of cable on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms. This recommended practice is needed for cable manufacturer's to comply with the special needs of cables used in Marine applications involving electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. Project Purpose: The recommended practice will cover marine cable requirements and the required properties of various cable materials. It is intended for marine designers and cable manufacturers. Marine cable where materials and properties are changing rapidly can be handled in a more timely basis by covering marine cable in an individual recommended practice. Abstract: Requirements are given for single or multiconductor cables, with or without metal armorand/or jacket, and rated 300 V to 35 kV, intended to be installed aboard marine vessels, fixed andfloating offshore facilities, and in accordance with industry installation standards and the regula-tions of the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). Key Words: marine cable,platforms,shipboard Designation: 1580 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for use on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Rudy Bright, Phone:713-896-5841, Email:mrbright@amercable.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the design, construction, and properties to comply with the special needs of cables used in Marine Shipboard applications. This will cover constructions for the installation of cable on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms. This recommended practice is needed for cable manufacturer's to comply with the special needs of cables used in Marine applications involving electrical apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. The scope statement remains the same from the previous PAR. Project Purpose: This revision of the practice will cover in greater detail the performance requirements for Marine cable and the specific properties of various cable materials. If possible, it will be harmonized with the International Electrochemical Commission (IEC) Marine cable standards. Designation: P1580.1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Insulated Bus Pipe for Use on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to present recommendations for use and installation methods of insulated bus pipe rated 300V to 35kV onboard marine vessels and fixed and floating offshore facilities in accordance with industry installation practices and the regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction. Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this recommended practice is to provide specific directions for the implementation of Insulated Bus Pipe connections and use. Designation: 15802-2-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 15802-2:1995: Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 2: LAN/MAN management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1995 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1B-1992 and 802.1k-1993. ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1B, 1995 Edition Publication type: International Publication Abstract: Administratively withdrawn in January 2004 - Not available to Resellers. Please refer to WE94259. (Incorporating ANSI/IEEE Stds 802.1B-1992 and 802.1k-1993) (Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 15802-2: 1995) This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to ISO/IEC standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an architecture for station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding are defined. Key Words: event forwarding, local area networks, management, metropolitan area networks, LAN, MAN Designation: 15802-3-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Title: [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition] Information Technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Common specifications--Media access control (MAC) bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 1998 Abstract: Superseded **Revision of 802.1D-1990 edition (aka ISO/IEC 10038). 802.1D incorporates P802.1p and P802.12e. It also incorporates and supersedes published standards 802.1j and 802.6k. Superseded by 802.1D-2004. The concept of Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging, introduced in the 1993 edition ofthis standard, has been expanded to define additional capabilities in Bridged LANs aimed at providing for expedited traffic capabilities, to support the transmission of time-critical information in a LAN environment; and providing filtering services that support the dynamic use of Group MAC Addresses in a LAN environment. Designation: 15802-4-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 15802-4:1994, Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Common specifications -- Part 4: System load protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 16, 1994 **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1E-1990 and 802.1m-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn in January 2004 - Not available to Resellers. Please refer to WE16535. (Incorporates ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1E-1990 and ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1m-1993) (Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 15802-4:1994) This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE 802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image to mulitiple destination systems. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed. Key Words: local area networks, management, metropolitan area networks, system load protocol, LAN, MAN Designation: 15802-5-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 15802-5:1998(E), Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Common specifications -- Part 5: Remote Media Access Control (MAC) bridging (ANSI/IEEE std 802.1G, 1998 Edition) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010. History: BD APP: Oct 09, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1997 Project Scope: Specification of the requirements placed on MAC (Meduim Access Control) Bridges which interconnect Local Area Networks using other transmission media or services. Project Purpose: 1-Ensure compatabilities of operation with Bridges which connect Local Area Networks directly. 2-Specify the constraints on the variation of the quality of the MAC Service offered to communication end service. 3-Consider management aspects of the Bridges within the framework by OSI Mgmt. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) bridges, including the aspects of operation of remote MAC bridges that are observable on the interconnected LANs, are specified. A protocol for (optional) use between remote MAC bridges, across the non-LAN communications equipment that interconnects them, to configure the remote bridges within the bridged LAN in accordance with the spanning tree algorithm of ISO/IEC 10038: 1993, is also provided. Key Words: MAC, Sublayer, Interconnection, geographically, LAN Designation: 1581-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Static Component Interconnection Test Protocol and Architecture Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2011 Technical Contact: Heiko Ehrenberg, Phone:512-502-3010, Email:h.ehrenberg@goepel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines a low-cost method for testing the interconnection of discrete, complex memory Integrated Circuits (ICs) where additional pins for testing are not available and implementing boundary scan (IEEE 1149.1) is not feasible. This standard describes the implementation rules for the test logic and test mode access/exit methods in compliant ICs. The standard is limited to the behavioral description of the implementation and will not include the technical design for the test logic or test mode control circuitry. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for test technology in memory devices. Each vendor is free in the way of implementing test hardware functionality in their Integrated Circuits (ICs) to support connectivity tests. Without an independent standard, testability is reduced and test coverage may not be complete - making the test technology less useful for others. This standard will improve interconnect test for discrete memory devices by specifying implementation rules for test logic and test mode access/exit methods included in memory ICs as guidance both to IC vendors implementing the standard, and to test equipment manufacturers supporting this standard. The standard is aimed at ICs that are otherwise not provisioned with Design For Testability (DFT) for any reason, targeting primarily memory devices but also allowing for implementation in other devices, while supporting the highest fault coverage and pin level diagnostics of board level connectivity faults on such devices. Abstract: IEEE Std 1581 defines a low-cost method for testing the interconnection of discrete, complex memory Integrated Circuits (ICs) where additional pins for testing are not available and implementing Boundary-Scan (IEEE 1149.1) is not feasible. This standard describes the implementation rules for the test logic and test mode access/exit methods in compliant ICs. The standard is limited to the behavioral description of the implementation and will not include the technical design for the test logic or test mode control circuitry. Key Words: board test, integrated circuit, interconnect test, memory device, test logic, test mode, transparent test mode Designation: 1581 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Static Component Interconnection Test Protocol and Architecture Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Heiko Ehrenberg, Phone:512-502-3010, Email:h.ehrenberg@goepel.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for testing the interconnection of low-cost complex memory ICs where additional pins for testing are not available and implementing boundary scan (IEEE 1149.1) is not feasible. This protocol will describe the implementation rules for the SCITT test logic in ICs which is needed for testing and describes test mode access/exit. The project is limited to the behavioral description of the implementation and will not include the technical design for the test. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for this new test technology. Each vendor is free in the way of implementing test hardware functionality in their ICs. Without an independent standard, testability is reduced and test coverage may not be complete - making the test technology less useful for others. This Standard will provide the specification of the protocol and implementation rules for the highest fault coverage and diagnosis. This Standard will also provide a specification for test mode access/exit, provide guidance to both IC vendors, implementing the standard, and test manufacturers to support this standard. The standard also allows for implementation in devices other than memories. In contrast to IEEE 1149.1 standard this standard provides a static test method, requires less pins and is lower in cost. Designation: 1582 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Requirements for Rail Transit Automatic Train Control Systems Wayside Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harold C Gillen, Phone:412-688-2776, Email:hcgillen@switch.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: This standard establishes baseline environmental requirements for rail transit automatic train control (ATC) systems wayside equipment. Environmental requirements include temperature, humidity, vibration and electromagnetic interference (EMI). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide environmental requirements that cover the conditions encountered in the application of automatic train control (ATC) systems wayside equipment in the rail transit industry. It will provide consistent requirements that can be used uniformly by the industry. Designation: 1583 Sponsor: SASB/SCC38-SCC38 - Voting System Engineering Title: Standard for the Evaluation of Voting Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Herb Deutsch, Phone:8153978144, Email:hdeutsch@essvote.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: Develop a standard for the evaluation of election voting equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop an evaluation standard for election voting equipment. The standard will provide technical specifications for electronic, mechanical, and human factors that can be used by manufacturers of voting machines or by those purchasing such machines. The tests and criteria developed will assure equipment: Confidentiality, Security, Reliability, Accuracy, Usability, Accessibility. Designation: 1583 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: Standard for the Evaluation of Voting Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: Develop a standard for the evaluation of election voting equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop an evaluation standard for election voting equipment. The standard will provide technical specifications for electronic, mechanical, and human factors that can be used by manufacturers of voting machines or by those purchasing such machines. The tests and criteria developed will assure equipment: · Confidentiality, · Security, · Reliability, · Accuracy, · Usability, · Accessibility. Designation: 1584-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 23, 2002 Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Project Purpose: This guide presents methods for the calculation of arc-flash incident energy and arc-flash boundaries in three-phase ac systems to which workers may be exposed. It covers the analysis process from field data collection to final results, presents the equations needed to find incident energy and the flash-protection boundary, and discusses software solution alternatives. Applications cover an empirically derived model including enclosed equipment and open lines for voltages from 208 V to 15 kV, and a theoretically derived model applicable for any voltage. Included with the standard are programs with embedded equations, which may be used to determine incident energy and the arc-flash-protection boundary.1 Single- phase ac systems and dc systems are not included in this guide. Abstract: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Included are 2 Arc Flash Hazard Calculators and 3 Test Data files An interpretation is available at http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/1584-2002.html Key Words: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short- circuit study, working distances Designation: P1584 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides models and an analysis process for calculating the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The models enable determination of the predicted maximum incident thermal energy and the arc-flash boundary. The process covers the collection of field data, selection of power system operating scenarios, data entry, calculation parameters, and analysis of results. Applications include enclosed electrical equipment and cables for three-phase ac voltages from 208 V to 15 kV and dc systems from 48 V to 800 V. Calculations for single-phase systems and recommendations for personal protective equipment (PPE) to mitigate possible arc-flash hazards are not included in this guide. This edition includes updates based on experience performing arc-flash hazard calculation studies. It does not include changes to the models. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to enable qualified electrical engineers to analyze power systems and quantify the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during operation and maintenance work. Contractors and facility owners need this information to provide appropriate protection for employees in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. Designation: 1584 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: Original scope and revised scope are the same: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The revision will allow an update to the models based on further testing and analysis. It will also allow separation of the text of the standard and the spreadsheet based calculator. Any calculator developed will be issued as a separate item under this PAR. Project Purpose: Purpose of original document: This guide presents methods for the calculation of arc-flash incident energy and arc-flash boundaries in three-phase ac systems to which workers may be exposed. It covers the analysis process from field data collection to final results, presents equations needed to find incident energy and the flash-protection boundary, and discusses software solution alternatives. Applications cover an empirically derived model including enclosed equipment and open lines for voltages from 208 V to 15 kV, and a theoretically derived model applicable for any voltage. Included with the standard are programs with embedded equations, which may be used to determine incident energy and the arc-flash- protection boundary. Single-phase ac systems and dc systems are not included in this guide. The revision will allow further testing and analysis by the working group to improve the accuracy of the models, to extend the range of applications covered, and to determine the pressures generated from arc flashes. Actual testing conducted will be determined by the amount of funding contributed. The working group intends to conduct tests to: extend the test database range of voltages and test box sizes; investigate dc arc flashes; investigate the pressure from arc flashes; correlate used equipment experience to the test database. Continuing analysis has shown ways to improve the R-square of the equations in the model. With additional testing further improvements are expected. Testing with additional box sizes can improve understanding of 208 V and medium voltage arcs. Testing with direct current can allow inclusion of dc equations in the model. Testing for pressure can allow development of pressure based equations and separate treatment of the pressure hazard. Testing with used equipment can enable validation of the model relative to real equipment. Work conducting arc flash studies has yielded an understanding of ways to reduce the incident energy hazard and they can be documented in the second edition. Abstract: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Key Words: arc fault currents , arc flash hazard , arc flash hazard analysis , arc flash hazard marking , arc in enclosures , arc in open air , bolted fault currents , electrical hazard , flash protection boundary , incident energy , personal protective equipme Designation: 1584 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides models and an analysis process for calculating the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The models enable determination of the predicted maximum incident thermal energy and the arc-flash boundary. The process covers the collection of field data, selection of power system operating scenarios, data entry, calculation parameters, and analysis of results. Applications include enclosed electrical equipment and cables for three-phase ac voltages from 208 V to 15 kV and dc systems from 48 V to 800 V. Calculations for single-phase systems and recommendations for personnel protective equipment (PPE) to mitigate possible arc-flash hazards are not included in this guide Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to enable qualified electrical engineers to analyze power systems and quantify the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during operation and maintenance work. Contractors and facility owners need this information to provide appropriate protection for employees in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. Designation: 1584 and 1584A Set Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: 1584 & 1584A Set Arc Flash (Print plus CD-ROM) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Summary: For 1584-2002: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Keywords: 1584 , IEEE 1584, arc fault currents, arc flash hazard, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc- flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-circuit study, working distances. For 1584A-2004: Amendment to 1584-2002 This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. Contents: The Set Contains the Following: - 1584-2002 IEEE Guide for Arc Flash Hazard Calculations: Print version of set: Includes a CD-ROM containing 2 Arc Flash Hazard Calculators and 3 Test Data files. PDF version of set: PDF file zipped with 2 Arc Flash Hazard Calculators and 3 Test Data files. - 1584A-2004 IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations--Amendment 1 Key Words: 1584 , IEEE 1584, arc fault currents, arc flash hazard, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy, person Designation: P1584.1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for the Specification of Scope and Deliverable Requirements for an Arc-flash Hazard Calculation Study in Accordance With IEEE 1584 Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This document provides guidance for the specification and performance of an arc-flash hazard calculation study, in accordance with the process defined in IEEE 1584, Guide for Performing an Arc-Flash Calculations Study (Arc-Flash Study). It outlines the minimum recommended requirements to enable the owner or its representative to specify an arc-flash Study, including scope of work and associated deliverables. Project Purpose: This document defines the recommended minimum guidelines for performing a detailed Arc-Flash Calculation Study (Arc-Flash Study) based on IEEE 1584, IEEE Guide for performing Arc-Flash Calculations. Use of this document should enable persons such as facility owners, contractors, operations, safety, and electrical personnel as well as those responsible for the specification and/or the performance of the study to understand the minimum scope of work and deliverables required. Additionally, by providing a detailed list of deliverable items, accurate proposals can be obtained Designation: 1584a-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations--Amendment 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2004 Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. Project Purpose: The amendment will correct a number of errors in the text and spreadsheet based calculator. This will enable users of the Guide to better understand the Guide text and apply its calculators. Abstract: Amendment to 1584-2002 This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. KEYWORDS: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc- flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-circuit study, working distances Key Words: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short- circuit study, working distances Designation: 1584b-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations - Amendment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: Amend Clause 4 on the process of performing an arc flash hazard calculations study. These changes will be based on what people with extensive experience performing these studies have learned since the Guide was published in 2002. Also, make minor amendments to other Clauses of the Guide to correct minor errors and clarify wording. Project Purpose: 1. When the standard was written, there was little experience in performing these studies. Now the Working Group members have a lot of experience applying the standard and could enable more accurate studies by others by incorporating their knowledge in the Guide. 2. Some of the existing wording in the Guide has been found to be vague or open to interpretation. It is the intent that the changes will clarify this unclear wording and make the standard easier to follow. Designation: 1585-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Medium Voltage (1- 35kV) Electronic Series Devices for Compensation of Voltage Fluctuations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 08, 2002 Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This document provides general guidelines for the preparation of a functional specification for solid state electronic devices used mainly for compensation of voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1 kV-35 kV). This device contains in general :an inverter, rectifier or dc to dc converter, energy storage device, injection transformer connected in series with the load and normally open by-pass switch. In order to interface these devices with the load additional equipment should be provided including current and potential transformer bypass and isolation breakers and three -phase low voltage service for auxiliary power. Project Purpose: The guide includes technical clauses describing the user's requirements, including operation methods and environmental conditions. It specifies basic requirements of solid state electronic devices used for compensation of voltage fluctuations. Also the guide covers the required installation and start up services. Abstract: An approach to prepare a specification for an electronic device connected in series to compensate voltage fluctuations is presented.This guide intends to provide a base specification to allow users to modify specific parts of the document to meet their practical needs. Key Words: "energy storage, injection transformer, inverter, power electronics, power quality, sensitive loads, series compensation, voltage control" Designation: 1586 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Human Interactions With Operating Experience Programs for Nuclear Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce Breslau, Phone:301-903-7343, Email:bruce.breslau@eh.doe.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001 Project Scope: This project will establish methodologies for identification, analysis, dissemination, and utilization of knowledge gained through human interactions with complex systems and other high hazard industry operational activities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to recommend practices that focus on human interactions with complex systems in nuclear facilities and other high hazards industry. The document This recommended practice enables improved sharing within the nuclear and power generating industry to improve system and equipment performance. Proven standardized principles for lessons learned enhance formulation of industry wide issues and sharing of effective practices through more common approaches that enhance communication and cost effectiveness. Designation: 1587 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide for Principles of Qualitative Risk Management for Nuclear Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: G.W Hannaman, Phone:858-826-4964, Email:hannamang@ds-s.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001 Project Scope: This project illustrates techniques to support qualitative risk management of nuclear facilities. The techniques are usable for a wide range of facilities and are especially applicable to facilities containing nuclear materials and other hazards. It uses information produced in risk applications to support continued management. It does not address techniques for risk assessment addressed in other standards, but addresses use of such information in site safety management. Project Purpose: This guide provides techniques for qualitatively integrating the results of base line risk assessments and safety documentation for periodic examination of facilities and evaluation of event experience. Designation: 1588-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 24, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1588-2002 Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john-eidson@stanfordalumni.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines a protocol enabling precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including, but not limited to, Ethernet. The protocol enables heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution, and stability to synchronize to a grandmaster clock. The protocol supports system-wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol allows simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes mappings to User Datagram Protocol (UDP)/Internet Protocol (IP), DeviceNet, and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. It includes formal mechanisms for message extensions, higher sampling rates, correction for asymmetry, a clock type to reduce error accumulation in large topologies, and specifications on how to incorporate the resulting additional data into the synchronization protocol. The standard permits synchronization accuracies better than 1 ns. The protocol has features to address applications where redundancy and security are a requirement. The standard defines conformance and management capability. There is provision to support unicast as well as multicast messaging. The standard includes an annex on recommended practices. Annexes defining communication-medium-specific implementation details for additional network implementations are expected to be provided in future versions of this standard. Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly employing distributed system technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that the benefits will be realized in the multivendor system component market. Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these applications. For example, the Network Time Protocol(NTP) targets large distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements. The protocol in this standard specifically addresses the needs of measurement and control and operational systems in the fields of test and measurement, industrial automation, military systems, manufacturing systems, power utility systems, and certain telecommunications applications. These applications need: - Spatially localized systems with options for larger systems - Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy - Administration- free operation - Applicability for both high-end devices and low-cost, low-end devices - Provisions for the management of redundant and fault- tolerant systems Several different application areas such as industrial automation, telecommunication, semiconductor manufacturing, military systems, and utility power generation have emerged that require the standard to be revised. Abstract: Replaced and Redesignated as IEC 16588-2009. This standard defines a protocol enabling precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing and distributed objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including but not limited to Ethernet. The protocol enables heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution, and stability to synchronize to a grandmaster clock. The protocol supports system-wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol allows simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes mappings to UDP/IP, DeviceNet and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. An Interpretation is available at http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/1588-2008.html Key Words: 1588-2008, boundary clock, clock, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control system, real-time clock, synchronized clock, transparent clock Designation: 1588-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1588-2008. Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john-eidson@stanfordalumni.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define a protocol enabling precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing and distributed objects. The protocol will be applicable to systems communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including but not limited to Ethernet(tm). The protocol will enable heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution and stability to synchronize. The protocol will support system- wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol will allow simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the administrative attention of users. Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly using distributed system technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that the benefits will be realized in the multi-vendor system component market. Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these applications. For example NTP, Network Time Protocol, targets large distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements. The protocol proposed in this PAR specifically addresses the needs of measurement and control systems: · Spatially localized, · Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy, · Administration free, and most importantly, · Accessible for both high-end devices and low-cost, low-end devices. Abstract: Replaced by IEC 61588-2004 (SH95292 or SS95292) Dual-logo document Abstract: A protocol to synchronize independent clocks running on separate nodes of a distributed measurement and control system to a high degree of accuracy and precision is specified. The protocol is independent of the networking technology, and the system topology is self-configuring. Key Words: "clocks, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control systems, real-time clock, synchronized clocks" Designation: 1588 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john-eidson@stanfordalumni.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines a protocol enabling precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing and distributed objects. The protocol will be applicable to systems communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including but not limited to Ethernet™. The protocol will enable heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution and stability to synchronize. The protocol will support system- wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol will allow simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes mappings to UDP/IP, DeviceNet and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. It includes formal mechanisms for message extensions, higher sampling rates, correction for asymmetry, a clock type to reduce error accumulation in large topologies, and specifications on how to incorporate the resulting additional data into the synchronization protocol. The standard permits synchronization accuracies better than 1 nanosecond. The protocol has features to address applications where redundancy and security are a requirement. The standard defines conformance and management capability. There is provision to support unicast as well as multicast messaging. The standard includes a section on recommended practices. Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly using distributed system technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that the benefits will be realized in the multi-vendor system component market. Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these applications. For example, Network Time Protocol (NTP), targets large distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements. The protocol in this standard specifically addresses the needs of measurement and control and operational systems in the fields of test and measurement, industrial automation, military systems, manufacturing systems, power utility systems and certain telecommunications applications. These requirements needs: • Spatially localized but with option for larger systems, • Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy, • Administration free, • Accessible for both high-end devices and low- cost, low-end devices • Provisions for management of redundancy and fault tolerance. A number of different application areas such as industrial automation, telecommunication, semiconductor manufacturing, military systems, and utility power generation have emerged that require the standard to be revised. Designation: 1589 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Standard for Conformance Tests Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Changed designation to P1547.1 Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE Standard P1547. Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources (DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies. Designation: 1590-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Communication Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Using Optical Fiber Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1590-2003 Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents engineering design procedures for the electrical protection of communication facilities serving electric supply locations using optical fiber systems. Services utilizing wire-line protection systems are addressed in IEEE Std 487™-2007. Other telecommunication alternatives such as radio and microwave systems are excluded from this document. Project Purpose: This recommended practice presents safe and reliable methods for the protection of communication facilities serving electric supply locations using optical fiber systems. Abstract: The main emphasis of this recommended practice is the engineering design of optical fiber communication facilities serving, or connected to, electric supply locations. This document includes methods for providing telecommunication facilities serving electric supply locations using optical fiber cables, and their related electronic systems, extending across the zone of influence (ZOI). Key Words: 1590-2009, CFJ, copper-fiber junction, electric power stations, electric supply locations, fiber optic systems, ground potential rise, high-voltage environment Designation: 1590-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Optical Fiber Communication Facilities Serving, or Connected to, Electrical Supply Locations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1590-2009. Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: May 03, 2004 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice presents engineering design procedures for the electrical protection of optical fiber communication facilities serving, or connected to, electric supply locations. Other telecommunication alternatives, such as radio and cable with metallic members are excluded from this document. Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice presents safe and reliable methods for providing telecommunication facilities serving electrical supply locations using optical fiber. Abstract: This Recommended Practice presents engineering design procedures for the electrical protection of optical fiber communication facilities serving, or connected to, electric supply locations. Other telecommunication alternatives, such as radio and cable with metallic members are excluded from this document. Project purpose: This Recommended Practice presents safe and reliable methods for providing telecommunication facilities serving electrical supply locations using optical fiber. Key Words: electrical power stations, electrical supply locations, ground potential rise, high-volt-age environment Designation: 1591 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Ground Wire (OPGW) Status: Superseded **Project Superceded by P1591.1 Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire (OPGW). Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing and procurement specifications for optical ground wire (OPGW) hardware in order to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1591.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Groundwire (OPGW) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire (OPGW). Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing, and procurement specifications for use with optical ground wire (OPGW) hardware in order to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Abstract: Hardware performance, test requirements, procedures, and acceptance criteria for a transmission line overhead ground wire (a.k.a shield wire, static wire, earth wire, skywire) with optical fibers commonly known as optical ground wire (OPGW) are covered. Functional requirements, such as electrical, mechanical, optical fiber, environmental and test requirements related to design, installation, in-service, and maintenance, including routine tests, are covered. Key Words: fibre optic ground wire, laboratory tests, OPGW, optical ground wire, type tests Designation: 1591.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Groundwire (OPGW) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire (OPGW). Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing, and procurement specifications for use with optical ground wire (OPGW) hardware in order to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1591.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with all-dielectric self-supporting (ADSS) fiber optic cable. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish performance and testing specifications for hardware used on ADSS systems in order to standardize testing, simplify procurement specifications, and assure product quality. Designation: 1591.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with all-dielectric self-supporting (ADSS) fiber optic cable. Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover hardware for all-dielectric self-supporting (ADSS) fiber optic cable. Provision of such a standard will simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1591.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Qualifying Hardware for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (WRAP Cable) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard covers hardware for use with all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers mechanical, and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualification of the hardware. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish performance and testing specifications for hardware used on Wrap cable systems in order to standardize testing, simplify procurement specifications, and assure product quality. Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to establish performance and testing specifications for hardware used on WRAP CABLE systems in order to standardize testing, simplify procurement specifications, and assure product quality. Designation: 1591.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Qualifying Hardware for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (WRAP Cable) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers hardware for use with all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers mechanical, and electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance criteria for qualification of the hardware. Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover hardware for helically-applied fiber optic cable systems (WRAP) cable. Provision of such a standard will simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: 15939-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Adoption of ISO/IEC 15939:2007--Systems and Software Engineering--Measurement Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2009 **Adoption of ISO/IEC 15939:2007 Technical Contact: Cheryl Jones, Phone:973-724-2644, Email:cheryl.jones5@us.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: May 21, 2009 Project Purpose: This International Standard identifies the activities and tasks that are necessary to successfully identify, define, select, apply and improve measurement within an overall project or organizational measurement structure. It also provides definitions for measurement terms commonly used within the system and software industries. This International Standard does not catalogue measures, nor does it provide a recommended set of measures to apply on projects. It does identify a process that supports defining a suitable set of measures that address specific information needs. Abstract: This International Standard defines a measurement process applicable to system and software engineering and management disciplines. The process is described through a model that defines the activities of the measurement process that are required to adequately specify what measurement information is required, how the measures and analysis results are to be applied, and how to determine if the analysis results are valid. The measurement process is flexible, tailorable, and adaptable to the needs of different users. This International Standard identifies a process that supports defining a suitable set of measures that address specific information needs. It identifies the activities and tasks that are necessary to successfully identify, define, select, apply, and improve measurement within an overall project or organizational measurement structure. It also provides definitions for commonly used measurement terms. This international standard provides an elaboration of the measurement process from ISO/IEC 15288:2008 and IEEE Std 15288-2008, as well as ISO/IEC 12207:2008 and IEEE Std 12207-2008. Key Words: 15939-2008, measurement, metric Designation: 1594-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for Helically Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (Wrap Cable) for Use on Overhead Utility Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 2008 Project Scope: This standard covers an all-dielectric fiber optic (wrap) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers the mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, packaging and shipping guidelines, and accessories. Project Purpose: Other existing standards do not cover all-dielectric fiber optic (wrap) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. This standard simplifies procurement, standardizes testing, assures product quality, and assists usage. Abstract: This standard covers an all-dielectric fiber optic (wrap) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers the mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, packaging and shipping guidelines, and accessories. Key Words: 1594-2008, all-dielectric, cable, conductor, earth wire, fiber optic, ground wire, helical, helically, messenger, power lines, wrap, wrapped Designation: 1594 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (WRAP Cable) for Use on Overhead Utility Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard covers an all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers the mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories. Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on overhead power facilities. Provision of such a standard will simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and assist usage. Designation: P1595 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard for Quantifying Greenhouse Gas Emission Credits from Small Hydro and Wind Power Projects, and for Grid Baseline Conditions Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: The Standard is intended to cover the measurement and quantification of CO2 reductions for emissions credits for specific renewable generation projects in the electricity supply industry, namely Wind Power and Small Hydro. This requires a "cradle to grave" project life- cycle approach and also the consideration of the Grid Base-line conditions to assess the reduction in emissions from the grid generation displaced by the "clean" power and energy from the project. Natural Resources Canada have agreed to share documents they have developed for Wind Power; Small Hydro and Grid Base-line conditions in a cooperative effort for the development of the Standards, courtesy of an agreement reached between IEEE-SA and Natural Resources Canada. The Natural Resources Canada documents are based on a "cradle to grave" life cycle approach. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish an internationally acceptable basis for measuring,evaluating and quantifying the eligible, real, measurable, verifiable, and unique reduction in CO2 emissions attributable to the specific generation technologies of wind power and small hydro, for use in emissions trading systems. The Standard will help provide an answer to the generic question, how can one country or jurisdiction to a greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions trade be assured and satisfied that it is getting real and true value for a purchased GHG emissions credit from another country or jurisdiction. Designation: 1595 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard for the Quantification of CO2 Emission Credits for Electrical Industry Processes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jim McConnach, Phone:705-645-5524, Email:jsmcconnach@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001 Project Scope: The Standard is intended to cover the measurement and quantification of CO2 reductions for emissions credits in the electricity supply and demand industry, as brought about by technology applications, innovations and improvements. As such it covers "cradle to grave" project life-cycles in all aspects of the industry, ie fuel chain and processing, energy conversion systems (generation); emission control systems (pre and post combustion); delivery systems (transmission and distribution); and end uses (demand side management and conservation). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish an internationally acceptable basis for measuring, evaluating and quantifying the eligible, real, measurable, verifiable, and unique reduction in CO2 emissions attributable to a specific technology project, for use in emissions trading systems. The Standard will help provide an answer to the generic question how can one country or jurisdiction to an emissions trade be assured and satisfied that it is getting real and true value for a purchased emissions credit from another country or jurisdiction. Designation: 1596-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1992 Abstract: The scalable coherent interface (SCI) provides computer-bus-like services but, instead of a bus, uses a collection of fast point-to-point unidirectional links to provide the far higher throughput needed for high-performance multiprocessor systems. SCI supports distributed, shared memory with optional cache coherence for tightly coupled systems, and message-passing for loosely coupled systems. Initial SCI links are defined at 1 Gbyte/s (16-bit parallel) and 1 Gb/s (serial). For applications requiring modular packaging, an interchangeable module is specified along with connector and power. The packets and protocols that implement transactions are defined and their formal specification is provided in the form of computer programs. In addition to the usual read-and-write transactions, SCI supports efficient multiprocessor lock transactions. The distributed cache-coherence protocols are efficient and can recover from an arbitrary number of transmission failures. SCI protocols ensure forward progress despite multiprocessor conflicts (no deadlocks or starvation). Key Words: scalable, coherent, interface, bus architecture, bus standard, cache coherence, distributed memory, fiber optic, interconnect, IO system, link, mesh, multiprocessor, network, packet protocol, ring, shared memory, switch, transaction set, Seamless distributed computer, I/O system Designation: P1596 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will encompass two levels of interface, defining operation over distances less than 10m. The physical layer will specify electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics of connectors and cards. The logical level will describe the address space, data transfer protocols, cache coherence mechanisms, synchronization primitives, control and status registers, and initialization and error recovery facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose is to define an interface standard for very high performance multiprocessor systems that supports a coherent shared-memory model scalable to systems with up to 64K nodes. This standard is to facilitate assembly of processor, memory, I/O, and bus adaptor cards from multiple vendors into massively parallel systems with throughputs ranging up to more than 10^12 operations per second. Designation: 1596.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for SCI to VME (IEEE 1596 to IEEE 1014) Bridge Architecture Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bjorn Solberg, Phone:+47-22-627000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: Multiple vendors may produce bridges between 1596 and 1014 and it is necessary to have a standard architecture to simplify the software support for these bridges. Project Purpose: Multiple vendors may produce bridges between 1596 and 1014 and it is necessary to have a standard architecture to simplify the software support for these bridges. Designation: 1596.10 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for SCI/LAMP Multiport Bus Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Khan Kibria, Phone:714-587-0628, Email:kkibria@iss-us.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard defines one or more protocols and the corresponding signals for user-side interfaces to IEEE Std 1596 interface ICs. Project Purpose: Standard 1596-1992 defines a very high performance interconnect that can be integrated into and dirrectly connect processors, memories, and I/O devices. However, there will be an extended transition period during which it is necessary to interface 1596 to existing chipsets and buses, using a separate 1596-interface IC. Standard 1596 defines one side of that IC, but says nothing about the other side, the user side. This standard will define protocols and signals for the user side of these 1596 interface chips, whihc will make it possible to use the same basic design for products that incorporate 1596 interfaces from a variety of suppliers, and having various cost/performance characteristics. Designation: 1596.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Cache Optimizations for Large Numbers of Processors using the Scalable Coherent Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stein Gjessing, Phone:+47-92695558, Email:steing@simula.no **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Define protocols for reducing the latency of accessing cached data shared by large numbers of processors. This involves combining multiple coherent requests into one before they rech a shared memory controller. These protocols will generate tree-like structures compatible with the linear structures defined by IEEE-P1596. These protocols also support efficient distribution of data (when many processors read shared data) and purging of stale copies (when the previously-shared data is written). The data distribution protocols will include support for combinable operations (such as fetch-and-add). Project Purpose: The IEEE-P1596 draft standard specifies a coherence protocol that works with large numbers of processors. However, these protocols have performance limitations when the number of processors actively sharing the data becomes very large. There is a need to develop compatible extensions to the SCI coherence protocols that reduce the data-access latencies from order N or order log (N), where N is the number of processors. Designation: 1596.3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage Differential Signals (LVDS) for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Stephen Kempainen, Phone:408-721-7269, Email:stephen.kempainen@nsc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Specify a process-technology independent low voltage (less than 1V swing) to point to signal interface optimized for IEEE 1596 (SCI), using a defferential driver connected to a terminated receiver through a constant impedance transmission line. Project Purpose: The IEEE-1596 (SCI) standard specifies an ECL electrical interface. Although compatible with current circuit technologies, the power dissipation and cost of this interface may prevent its use on low-cost systems. Abstract: Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI), specified in IEEE Std 1596-1992, provides computer-bus-like services but uses a collection of fast point-to-point links instead of a physical bus in order to reach far higher speeds. The base specification defines differential ECL signals, which provide a high transfer rate (16 bits are transferred every 2 ns), but are inconvenient for some applications. IEEE Std 1596.3-1996, an extension to IEEE Std 1596-1992, defines a lower-voltage differential signal (as low as 250 mV swing) that is compatible with low-voltage CMOS, BiCMOS, and GaAs circuitry. The power dissipation of the transceivers is low, since only 2.5 mA is needed to generate this differential voltage across a 100 W termination resistance. Signal encoding is defined that allows transfer of SCI packets over data paths that are 4-, 8-, 32-, 64-, and 128-bits wide. Narrow data paths (4 to 8 bits) transferring data every 2 ns can provide sufficient bandwidth for many applications while reducing the physical size and cost of the interface. The wider paths may be needed for very-high-performance systems. Key Words: backplane, bus, cable, differential, low power, point to point, scalable, signal Designation: 1596.4-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for High-Bandwidth Memory Interface Based on Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Signaling Technology (RamLink) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Define a high-bandwidth interface that will permit access to the large internal bandwidth already available in dynamic memory chips. The goal is to increase the performance and reduce the complexity of memory systems by using a subset of SCI protocols. Hierarchical memory systems will be considered, from multi-level caches to main-memory systems. The interface specification will apply to individual memory chips as well as their controllers. The interface should be applicable to commodity parts that will fulfill the requirements of near-future (3-5 years) and subsequent generations of computor systems. Project Purpose: The performance of microprocessors doubles every 2-3 years. The density of main memory components used within these systems also doubles, but memory-access bandwidth has lagged behind. To meet their memory-access bandwidth requirements, designers currently build complex interleaved memory systems, which use 30-40 components. Application of SCI concepts will break through the performance of high-end workstations as well as the entry for low-end computers. Abstract: A high-bandwidth interface optimized for interchanging data between a memory controller and one or more dynamic RAMs is specified. RamLink is an applicable interface for other RAM-like devices as well. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: high bandwidth, sci, scalable coherent interface, signaling technology, ramlink, dynamic RAM Designation: 1596.5-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Shared-Data Formats Optimized for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Processors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: David V James **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Formats for interchanging integer, bit- field, and floating point data between heterogeneous multiprocessors in a Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) system are specified. The defined data formats can also be used to share data among multiprocessors on other bus standards that support the read, write, and lock transaction set defined by IEEE Std 1212-1991 CSR Architecture. The intent is to support efficient data transfers among heterogeneous workstations within a distributed computing environment. Key Words: data formats, data interchange, floating point, integer, shared data, Heterogeneous multiprocessors Designation: 1596.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for the Scalable Coherent Interface for Realtime Applications (SCI/RT) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ralph Lachenmaier, Phone:215-441-1634, Email:lachenmaier@nade.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1996 Project Scope: Define modifications to the IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface that exchange SCI's forward progress guarantees under unknown computing loads for predictable behavior in a priority-structured known computing load. Define extensions to SCI that meet the fault tolerance requirements of typical military or telecom applications. Attempt to make these changes in such a way that a bridge may easily connect SCI and SCI/RT subsystems. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) is a very high performance computer bus replacement designed for multiprocessor use. SCI guarantees forward progress under an inknown computing load, but does not directly relate latency to task priority. Real-time applications require certain deadlines to be met by the multiprocessor system. To accomplish this, the application is thoroughly analyzed and its tasks are assigned various priorities. If access to system resources (including interconnect latency) is determined by task priority, it is possible to use scheduling techniques such as Rate Monotonic Scheduling to determine whether critical tasks might ever miss their deadlines. This project will modify the SCI protocols so that scheduling techniques can be used to determine whether critical tasks might ever miss their deadlines. Designation: 1596.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a High-Speed Memory Interface (SyncLink) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Wilbur C Vogley, Phone:(713) 274-3894, Email:w-vogley@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: To define a protocol based on Ram link, electrical signaling, and mechanical packaging, optimized for interconnecting DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) within a memory system. Project Purpose: We are approaching the point where the capacity of DRAM packages is not well matched to their applications, i.e. one needs a certain number of chips to get the band width the system requires. That many chips provides an unreasonably large amount of memory for low-end but improtant high volume applications like PCs and workstations. To solve this problem one must increase the bandwidth of the DRAM package significantly so that the number of devices is not driven by the bandwidth need, but by system memory requirements. SyncLink will provide cost-effective high performance with a small number of DRAM devices by improving bandwidth per I/O pin. Designation: 1596.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Parallet Links to the Scalable Coherent Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert W Beauchamp, Phone:508-898-7325, Email:bob_beauchamp@dg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define parallel links for the Scalable Coherent Interface (Std 1596) and for Serial Express (1394.2) including the definition of standard cables and connectors, pin assignments for the connectors, and such signal encodings as may be found necessary or desirable for: DC-coupled applications, AC-coupled applications, increasing distance, increasing speed, or reducing error rates. Project Purpose: The existing Scalable Coherent Interface standard defines cable connectors, signal levels, and pinouts, but the specified connector family did not achieve broad acceptance and there is no clear definition of standard cables. Vendors need specifications that allow them to manufacture cable systems that will work reliably. Designation: 1596.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Physical Layer Application Programming Interface for the Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI PHY-API) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Volker Lindenstruth, Phone:06221 54 4303, Email:lindenstruth@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: This project will define a standard C-language API for the IEEE Std 1596 for Scalable Coherent Interface. This API will accommodate a broad range of SCI interface implementations by allowing software to transparently implement functionality that is not provided by the particular hardware. The standard SCI API will support packet mode and transparent mode hardware, specifically without unnecessary overhead in case of transparent hardware. Automatic address mapping from the local address to an SCI address will be supported. Project Purpose: The Scalable Coherent Interface standard defines the protocol for communication at the hardware level. There is no user-software interface layer defined. Furthermore there are many different SCI implementations possible, with different trade-offs between direct hardware implementation and software emulation of features. A standard SCI API will allow writing SCI application software without knowing the specifics of the given physical SCI interface. A standard physical-level SCI API essentially adds a software layer where needed to give an SCI hardware interface a standard appearance to user-level software. This makes it very easy to interchange any SCI hardware in a given system, and will improve software portability between systems. It can also serve as the foundation for higher level layers such as MPI, facilitating their portability as well. Designation: 1596a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard will encompass two levels of interface, defining operation over distances less than 10 m. The physical layer will specify electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics of connectors and cards. The logical level will describe the address space, data transfer protocols, cache coherence mechanisms, synchronization primitives, control and status registers, and initialization and error recovery facilities. This Amendment will ballot the differences between the ISO/IEC edited version and the IEEE version, and amend the IEEE version of the document to remove any differences between the two documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to define an interface standard for very high performance multiprocessor systems that supports a coherent shared-memory model scalable to systems with up to 64K nodes. This standard is to facilitate assembly of processor, memory, I/O, and bus adaptor cards from multiple vendors into massively parallel systems with throughputs ranging up to more than 10**12 operations per second.This Amendment will ballot the differences between IEEE and the ISO/IEC edited version and amend the IEEE version of the document to remove any differences between the two documents. Designation: 1597.1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Validation of Computational Electromagnetics Computer Modeling and Simulations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 18, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines a method to validate computational electromagnetics (CEM) computer modeling and simulation (M&S) techniques, codes, and models. It is applicable to a wide variety of electromagnetic (EM) applications including but not limited to the fields of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), radar cross section (RCS), signal integrity (SI), and antennas. Validation of a particular solution data set can be achieved by comparison to the data set obtained by measurements, alternate codes, canonical, or analytic methods. Project Purpose: This standard provides a formal mechanism for comparing the results of various CEM techniques, codes, and models in a repeatable way against a set of “golden” benchmarks, including standard validation and canonical problem sets. These data are based on theoretical formulations, or obtained as a result of performing high-quality measurements and, in certain cases, based on accurate analyses that have undergone and withstood peer validation. Abstract: This standard defines a method to validate computational electromagnetics computer modeling and simulation techniques, codes, and models. It is applicable to a wide variety of electromagnetic applications including but not limited to the fields of electromagnetic compatibility, radar cross section, signal integrity, and antennas. Validation of a particular solution data set can be achieved by comparison to the data set obtained by measurements, alternate codes, canonical, or analytic methods. Key Words: 1597.1-200, antennas, computational electromagnetics, convergence, electromagnetic compatibility, electromagnetic interference, modeling and simulation, numerical techniques, radar cross section, rating scale, signal integrity, validation Designation: 1597.1 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Validation of Computational Electromagnetics (CEM) Computer Modeling and Simulation Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Develop a standard for validation of CEM computer modeling and simulation codes in differing applications. The standard will provide a basis for analytical and empirical validation of CEM codes and configurations. Several key areas will be addressed, including: Validation by use of canonical models. Specification of canonical modeling elements (primitives) as a function of ensemble parameters (frequency, desired accuracy or fidelity, physics and numerical solution method, etc.); Validation by simulation vs. measurement. Included in the validations will be associated model-based parameter estimation (model- vs. measurement- driven uncertainty estimates). Project Purpose: This standard is being proposed to guide the validation of CEM application models. Concerns persist throughout the EM Community that there are no well-defined methodologies that can be used to achieve code-to-code or simulation-to-measurement validations within a consistent level of accuracy. The proposed standard is to address these concerns and provide a method for the validation of CEM codes and models. Designation: 1597.2-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Validation of Computational Electromagnetics Computer Modeling and Simulations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2011 Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011 Project Scope: This recommended practice is a companion document for IEEE Std 1597.1-2008.1 It provides examples and problem sets to be used in the validation of computational electromagnetics (CEM) computer modeling and simulation techniques, codes, and models. It is applicable to a wide variety of electromagnetic (EM) applications including but not limited to the fields of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), analysis of radar cross section (RCS), signal integrity (SI), and the analysis of antennas. This document shows how to validate a particular solution data set by comparing it to the data set obtained by measurements, alternate codes, canonical, or analytic methods. Project Purpose: This recommended practice serves as an aid to CEM modelers and analysts in the selection and application of appropriate computer modeling and simulation methodologies, physics, and solution techniques to achieve accurate results. It also serves to complement measurements and EM design tasks for a range of progressively complex problems through the use of modeling problem examples for small-to-large scale canonical, benchmark, and standard validation problems. Finally, this recommended practice provides a detailed description of a validation process, i.e., the Feature Selective Validation (FSV) method, which compares a particular solution data set to a reference data set. Abstract: This recommended practice is a companion document for IEEE Std 1597.1-2008. Examples and problem sets to be used in the validation of computational electromagnetics (CEM) computer modeling and simulation techniques, codes, and models are provided. It is applicable to a wide variety of electromagnetic (EM) applications including but not limited to the fields of antennas, signal integrity (SI), radar cross section (RCS), and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). This document shows how to validate a particular solution data set by comparing it to themdata set obtained by measurements, alternate codes, canonical, or analytic methods. Key Words: 1597.2 Designation: 1597.2 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Computational Electromagnetics (CEM) Computer Modeling and Simulation Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for use in CEM computer modeling and simulation applications. This recommended practice will guide EMC design of PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards) to large, complex systems. Areas to be addressed include: general guidelines for development of CEM models; development of modeling methodologies for small-to-large scale "canonical" systems platform types or composite models; methodologies for developing and applying collaborative, multi-disciplinary engineering modeling schemes; and computation of uncertainty for modeling applications. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is being proposed to aid modelers and analysts in the selection and application of appropriate M&S methodologies, physics solution techniques to achieve accurate results and to complement measurements and EMC design tasks. There are currently no standards or recommended practices for CEM M&S applications. Only informal guidelines and recommend rules of thumb have been documented in any form. Designation: 1598 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Test Requirements Model (TeRM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will specify the information content of test requirements, which are defined to be constraints on the behavior of a system under test during test execution. Additionally, this standard will define a common format by which conformant information may be exchanged. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process evaluation, and testability analysis during product design and development. This standard, by virtue of defining consistent semantics and a common exchange format, will facilitate the flow of test requirements information between these tools. Designation: 1598 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Test Requirements Model (TeRM) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This standard will specify the information content of test requirements, which are defined to be constraints on the behavior of a system under test during test execution. Additionally, this standard will define a common format by which conformant information may be exchanged. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process evaluation, and testability analysis during product design and development. This standard, by virtue of defining consistent semantics and a common exchange format, will facilitate the flow of test requirements information between these tools. Designation: 1599-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Defining a Commonly Acceptable Musical Application Using XML Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Goffredo Haus, Phone:390258356222, Email:haus@dico.unimi.it **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice will develop an XML application defining a standard language for symbolic music representation. The language will be a meta-representation of music information for describing and processing said music information within a multi-layered environment, for achieving integration among structural, score, Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI), and digital sound levels of representation. Furthermore, the recommended practice should integrate music representation with already defined and accepted common standards. The recommended practice will be accepted by any kind of software dealing with music information, e.g., score editing, optical music recognition (OMR) systems, music performance, musical databases, and composition and musicological applications. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for representing music information that can describe and process all the different layers that characterize music information. For each layer of music information, there is one or more accepted standard [e.g., MIDI for performances, Notation Interchange File Format (NIFF) for notation, and so on] and/or one or more proprietary formats. None of these can be suitably applied to other layers. This recommended practice will make easier the integration, interchange, and translation from one layer to another of music information across different applications and ven for different users. Abstract: This project will develop an XML application defining a standard language for symbolic music representation. The language will be a meta-representation of music information for describing and processing said music information within a multilayered environment, for achieving integration among structural, score, MIDI, and digital sound levels of representation. Furthermore, the proposed standard should integrate music representation with already defined and accepted common standards. The standard will be accepted by any kind of software dealing with music information, e.g. score editing, OMR systems, music performance, musical databases, and composition and musicological applications. Key Words: 1599-2008, description, multimedia, music, synchronization, XML Designation: 1599 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Recommended Practice for Definition of a Commonly Acceptable Musical Application Using the XML Language Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Goffredo Haus, Phone:390258356222, Email:haus@dico.unimi.it **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop an XML application defining a standard language for symbolic music representation. The language will be a meta- representation of music information for describing and processing said music infromation within a multilayered environment, for achieving integration among structural, score, MIDI, and digital sound levels of representation. Furthermore, the proposed standard should integrate music representation with already defined and accepted common standards. The standard will be accepted by any kind of software dealing with music information, e.g. score editing, OMR systems, music performance, musical databases, and composition and musicological applications. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for representing music information that can describe and process all the different layers which characterize music information. For each layer of music infomration, there is one or more accepted standards (e.g. MIDI for performances, NIFF for notation and so on) and/or one or more proprietary formats. None of them can be suitably applied to other layers. This standard will make easier the integration, interchange, and translation from one layer to another of music information across different applications and even for different users. Designation: 16-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical and Electronic Control Apparatus on Rail Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Jim Dietz, Phone:215-641-8876, Email:jdietz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This standard prescribes design, application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design, application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles. These requirements are the minimum necessary to ensure suitability for use in a rail vehicle environment. Use of this should lead to enhanced levels of reliability, and lower acquisition and maintenance costs. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 16-1955 This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design, application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles. Key Words: apparatus, control, design, electrical, electrohydraulic, electronic, electropneumatic, rail, routine test, test, transit, type test Designation: 16 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation Vehicles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rudy A Van Eck, Phone:213-617-3448 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986 Designation: P16 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Electrical and Electronic Control Apparatus on Rail Vehicles Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard prescribes design, application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design, application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles. These requirements are the minimum necessary to ensure suitability for use in a rail vehicle environment. Use of this should lead to enhanced levels of reliability, and lower acquisition and maintenance costs. Designation: 16-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation Vehicles Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes C48-1931 and AIEE 16A-1951. History: BD APP: Oct 27, 1955 Designation: 1600.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Standard Upper Ontology -- High-Level Concepts, Definitions and Relationships Processable by Computer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will specify an upper ontology that will enable computers to utilize it for applications such as data interoperability, information search and retrieval, automated inferencing, and natural language processing. An ontology is similar to a dictionary or glossary, but with greater detail and structure that enables computers to process its content. An ontology consists of a set of concepts, axioms, and relationships that describe a domain of interest. An upper ontology is limited to concepts that are meta, generic, abstract and philosophical, and therefore are general enough to address (at a high level) a broad range of domain areas. Concepts specific to given domains will not be included; however, this standard will provide a structure and a set of general concepts upon which domain ontologies (e.g. medical, financial, engineering, etc.) could be constructed. Project Purpose: A. AUTOMATED REASONING: The standard will be suitable for automated logical inference to support knowledge-based reasoning applications. B. INTER-OPERABILITY: The standard will provide a basis for achieving Inter-Operability among various software and database applications. 1) Application developers can define new data elements in terms of a common ontology, and thereby gain some degree of interoperability with other conformant systems. 2) Applications based on domain-specific ontologies that are compliant with this standard will be able to interoperate (to some degree) by virtue of the shared common terms and definitions. 3) The SUO will play the role of a neutral interchange format whereby owners of existing applications will be able to map existing data elements just once to a common ontology. This provides a degree of interoperability with other applications whose representations conform to SUO. This entails the SUO being able to be mapped to more restricted forms such as XML, database schema, or object oriented schema. C: APPLICATION AREAS 1) E-commerce applications from different domains that need to interoperate at both the data and semantic levels. 2) Educational applications in which students learn concepts and relationships directly from, or expressed in terms of, a common ontology. This will also enable a standard record of learning to be kept. 3) Natural language understanding tasks in which a knowledge-based reasoning system uses the ontology to disambiguate among likely interpretations of natural language statements. Designation: 1601-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Optical AC Current and Voltage Sensing Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 2010 Technical Contact: Harley Gilleland, Phone:919-676-4855, Email:hargil@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance and interchangeability of equipment covered, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. This standard covers certain electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics of optical current and voltage sensing systems used in the measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission and distribution of alternating current. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current and voltage sensing systems which use optical techniques to cover the above scope. Abstract: The performance of optical current and voltage measurement systems used in the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current electricity, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment is described in this trial-use standard. This standard covers certain physical characteristics of the sensing systems that use optical techniques to measure current and voltage. This standard provides the requirements for the performance characteristics and the test of optical current and voltage sensors of a nominal system voltage of 1 kV and above, the information related to the nature of these sensors, and the information related to the application and use of these sensors. Key Words: current sensor, high voltage, IEEE 1601, instrument transformer, optical sensor Designation: 1602 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Electronic Affidavits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joe Ravenis, Phone:858-627-4654, Email:joe.ravenis@cubic.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop the operational requirements, protocol, and operating procedures for conducting a transaction with a portable electronic affidavit. The operational requirements will be independent of the underlying datastream of affidavit language and data content. The radio frequency communication power, signal interface, initialization, and transmission protocol will be useable by all classes of system transceivers. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for interfacing and performing reads and writes to portable electronic affidavits. All affidavits in existence are hard copy printed/paper based documents. The size, shape, format, etc., of the documents are manifold. Without an independent openly defined set of requirements, protocols, applications and operating system the information on the documents cannot be easily transferred. Furthermore, the data stored on the current affidavits cannot be electronically accessed and executed. This project will provide a fundamental implementation of an electronic affidavit which will allow vendors to uniformly design and develop systems that will perform the automatic authentication of the holder of an electronic affidavit and perform digital transactions on the data contained therein. Designation: 1603-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for an Advanced Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells, and Blocks Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Wolfgang Roethig, Phone:408-588-5349, Email:wroethig@necelam.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: ALF shall serve as the data specification language of library elements for design applications used to implement integrated circuits. The range of abstraction shall include from the register-transfer level (RTL) to the physical level. The language shall model behavior, timing, power, signal integrity, physical abstraction and physical implementation rules of library elements. Project Purpose: The purpose of ALF is to provide a modeling language and semantics for functional, physical and electrical performance description of technology-specific libraries for cell-based and block-based design. Without a standard, design implementation tools would use multiple proprietary and tool-specific library descriptions. The semantics would be defined by tool implementations only, which are subject to change and prone to mis- interpretation. Also there would be redundancy using multiple descriptions for similar library aspects. Therefore a standard is proposed to create a consistent library view suitable as a reference for all design implementation applications. Abstract: Superseded by IEC/IEEE 62265-2005 (SH/SS95361) ALF shall serve as the data specification language of library elements for design applications used to implement integrated circuits. The range of abstraction shall include from the register-transfer level (RTL) to the physical level. The language shall model behavior, timing, power, signal integrity, physical abstraction and physical implementation rules of library elements. The purpose of ALF is to provide a modeling language and semantics for functional, physical and electrical performance description of technology-specific libraries for cell-based and block-based design. Without a standard, design implementation tools would use multiple proprietary and tool-specific library descriptions. The semantics would be defined by tool implementations only, which are subject to change and prone to mis- interpretation. Also there would be redundancy using multiple descriptions for similar library aspects. Therefore a standard is proposed to create a consistent library view suitable as a reference for all design implementation applications. Key Words: behavioral, block, cell, derate, EDA, electrical, format, functional, gate-level, integratedcircuit, language, layout, library, modeling, physical, power, RTL, signal integrity, technology, timing Designation: 1604 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Inclusion of VHDL Library Units in the VHDL Library IEEE Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: The standard will specify a process for determining which items are permitted to reside in the predefined library named STD, defined in IEEE Standard 1076, and the library named IEEE, referenced in associated standards (such as 1164). This standard will also specify requirements on the internal documentation in the source code for such items. Project Purpose: Users expect that only IEEE-approved items reside in library IEEE, but some vendors have placed non-standard items in their version of this library. This standard will prevent the portability and compatibility problems that arise when the contents of the library IEEE contain non- standard items. Designation: 1605 Sponsor: Codes and Standards Title: Guide for Comparison of Existing Installation Requirements for Electrical Distribution and Utilization Equipment in North America and Europe Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Melvin K Sanders, Phone:515-240-6974, Email:sanders.m.k@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This document will compare the installation practices of electrical distribution and utilization equipment such as enclosed high voltage switchgear, low voltage switchgear, transformers, motor control centers, switchboard, panel boards, motor control centers etc. The comparison will compare the requirements contained in the existing installation practices and requirements in North American Standards such as National Electrical Code (NEC) & Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) and European installation practices and requirements contained in relevant IEC and EN documents. The document will not introduce any new requirements not already in the existing documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to utilize the collective experience of North America and Europe by providing a comparison of the installation practices and requirements of electrical distribution and utilization equipment included in their respective standards. Designation: 1606 Sponsor: Codes and Standards Title: Guide for Comparison of Existing Electrical Safety Standards for Employee Workplace in North America and Europe Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William E Anderson, Phone:513-945-4303, Email:anderson.we@pg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This document will compare employee workplace safety requirements included in existing North American & European Standards . The comparison will address requirements contained in North American Standards ( OSHA, NFPA 70E) & European Standard EN 50110 highlighting similarities and differences in the these standards. This document will not introduce any new requirements not already in the existing documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to derive benefit from the collective experience of North America and Europe by providing a comparison of the employee workplace safety requirements included in their respective standards. Designation: 1607 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Electronic Inductors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This recommended practice pertains to applications, definitions, testing information and performance characteristics such as loss evaluation, inductance characteristics and operation limitations regarding inductors. Project Purpose: The information provided in this document is to be ultilized as a guide and is based upon commonly used industry practices. Designation: 16085-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 16085:2006, Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 2007 Project Scope: This project is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7. As a result of balloting in ISO, the statement of scope was modified as follows: "This standard describes a process for the management of risk during systems or software acquisition, supply, development, operations, and maintenance." Project Purpose: As a result of balloting in ISO, the statement of purpose was modified as follows: "The purpose of this standard is to provide suppliers, acquirers, developers, and managers with a single set of process requirements suitable for the management of a broad variety of risks. This standard does not provide detailed risk management techniques, but instead focuses on defining a process for risk management in which any of several techniques may be applied." Abstract: Replaces ISO/IEC 16085:2004 A process for the management of risk in the life cycle is defined. It can be added to the existing set of software life cycle processes defined by the ISO/IEC 12207 or ISO/IEC 15288 series of standards, or it can be used independently Key Words: integrity, risk, risk acceptance, risk analysis, risk management, risk treatment Designation: 16085 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk Management Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the original standard is: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk during software development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207. The revision is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. The scope of the revision is to resolve the issues raised during the fast-track ballot of IEEE 1540 (DIS 16085). Project Purpose: The purpose of the original standard is: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. the standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. The standard is being revised so that it may be jointly adopted by IEEE and by ISO/IEC JTC1/ SC7. Abstract: SUMMARY: A process for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can be added to the existing set of software life cycle processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series of standards, or it can be used independently. KEYWORDS: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP Key Words: acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management, risk treatment Designation: 16085 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering-Life Cycle Processes-Risk Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: Additions to the previously approved scope are shown in brackets: "The scope of the original standard is: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk during [systems and] software development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207 [and IEEE Std 15288]. The revision is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. The scope of the revision is to resolve the issues raised during the fast-track ballot of IEEE 1540 (DIS 16085)." Project Purpose: Additions to the previously approved purpose are shown in brackets: "The purpose of the original standard is: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207 [and IEEE Std 15288]. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. The standard is being revised so that it may be jointly adopted by IEEE and by ISO/IEC JTC1/ SC7." Designation: P1609.0 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Architecture Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes the Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE/DSRC) architecture and services necessary for multi- channel DSRC/WAVE devices to communicate in a mobile vehicular environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the architecture of the DSRC/WAVE operations currently represented by the family of IEEE 1609 standards and IEEE P802.11p. Designation: P1609.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Resource Manager Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines optional services, operating in the station management entities at the network layer, that support remote over- the-air management of Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide optional over-the- air management and data message formats at the network layer. The related local services, that enable WAVE devices utilizing these services, will be managed over-the-air by other WAVE devices utilizing these services. This provides cryptographically secure management communications and device identification for these devices. Designation: 1609.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Resource Manager Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: To create a modified version of the Resource Manager standard originally defined in IEEE 1455. The 1455 version of Resource Manager has been adopted and significantly modified by ISO TC204/WG15. This work is continuing and requires coordination with this IEEE committee. The new IEEE standard will be a version of, or reference, this ISO standard rather than an amendment or modification of 1455. Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a version of the Resource Manager, but reduction to practice has identified numerous changes that are required. In addition, it is now intended for use throughout the world and this also forces significant changes to the existing standard. These changes are underway in ISO TC204/WG15 This project will bring this work back into IEEE in order to satisfy the North American needs. Designation: 1609.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)- Resource Manager Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: Old Scope: To create a modified version of the Resource Manager standard originally defined in IEEE Standard 1455-1999. The IEEE Standard 1455 version of Resource Manager has been adopted and significantly modified by ISO TC204 WG15. This work is continuing and requires coordination with the IEEE Committee. The new IEEE Standard will be a version of, or reference, this ISO standard rather than an amendment or modification of IEEE Standard 1455-1999. New scope: The scope of this project is to specify the services and interfaces of the WAVE Resource Manager, including protective mechanisms for security and privacy, applicable and available to all users of the DSRC and Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (WAVE) mode operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication Commission for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the services and interfaces, including security and privacy protection mechanisms, associated with the DSRC Resource Manager operating at 5.9GHz band authorized by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and to satisfy the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) wireless communications requirements. Designation: 1609.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Resource Manager Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify the services and interfaces of the wireless access in vehicular environments resource manager (WAVE RM), including protective mechanisms for security and privacy, applicable and available to all users of dedicated short range communication (DSRC) and WAVE mode operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication Commission (FCC) for intelligent transportation systems (ITS). NOTE—This version of the standard does not specify explicitly the details of the security interface. Security provisions are in IEEE Std 1609.2™-2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments—Security Services for Applications and Management Messages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable complete interoperability of applications using WAVE in a manner that simplifies the onboard vehicle systems, reducing cost and improving performance. Effective use of the memory pages by applications can also minimize configuration management issues over the life of a system. This standard is intended to enable a wide range of applications to be supported by an OBU of the lowest possible cost. The low cost is enabled by removing the need for the onboard unit (OBU) to interpret application messages. There is no OBU software representing applications using resource manager (RM); thus the processing, memory, and configuration management requirements are removed from the OBU. Instead of putting such processing requirements on the OBU, they are placed on the roadside unit (RSU) or an application processor remote from the RSU. The only processing requirement is that of interpreting the specific commands and message headers defined herein, which is application independent. The OBU merely serves as a mobile mailbox to carry application messages and data from one RSU to another or as a common interface point to transfer data to other onboard systems. By allowing memory to be assigned to an application at any time during the life of the OBU, future applications can be developed and deployed without onboard hardware or software modification. For applications using RM as a mobile mailbox, with no onboard use of the data stored in memory, there are significant security advantages. By having the OBU treat each application’s messages as a bit-stream to be saved and later retrieved from memory, such data can be encrypted in a manner that is not known to the OBU. There is no need for the OBU to support the encryption schemes used by these applications, and such security schemes can be under the total and absolute control of each of these applications. Designation: 1609.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Resource Manager Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 31, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify the services and interfaces of the WAVE RM, including protective mechanisms for security and privacy, applicable and available to all users of DSRC and WAVE mode operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication Commission (FCC) for intelligent transportation systems (ITS). NOTE—This version of the standard does not specify explicitly the details of the security interface. Security provisions are in IEEE Std 1609.2™.1, 2 Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable complete interoperability of applications using WAVE in a manner that simplifies the onboard vehicle systems, reducing cost and improving performance. Effective use of the memory pages by applications can also minimize configuration management issues over the life of a system. This standard is intended to enable a wide range of applications to be supported by an OBU of the lowest possible cost. The low cost is enabled by removing the need for the OBU to interpret application messages. There is no OBU software representing applications using RM; thus the processing, memory, and configuration management requirements are removed from the OBU. Instead of putting such processing requirements on the OBU, they are placed on the RSU or an application processor remote from the RSU. The only processing requirement is that of interpreting the specific commands and message headers defined herein, which is application independent. The OBU merely serves as a mobile mailbox to carry application messages and data from one RSU to another or as a common interface point to transfer data to other onboard systems. By allowing memory to be assigned to an application at any time during the life of the OBU, future applications can be developed and deployed without onboard hardware or software modification. For applications using RM as a mobile mailbox, with no onboard use of the data stored in memory, there are significant security advantages. By having the OBU treat each application’s messages as a bit-stream to be saved and later retrieved from memory, such data can be encrypted in a manner that is not known to the OBU. There is no need for the OBU to support the encryption schemes used by these applications, and such security schemes can be under the total and absolute control of each of these applications. Abstract: This standard specifies a wireless access in vehicular environments (WAVE) dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) application, known as the WAVE resource manager (RM), designed to allow applications at remote sites to communicate with devices known as onboard units (OBUs), which are mounted in vehicles, through devices known as roadside units (RSUs), which are mounted on the roadside. The WAVE RM, acting like an application layer, multiplexes the communications of multiple remote applications, each communicating with multiple OBUs. The purpose of the communication is to conduct information interchange, needed to implement the requirements of the remote WAVE DSRC applications. Key Words: DSRC, WAVE, resource manager Designation: 1609.11-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-- Over-the-Air Electronic Payment Data Exchange Protocol for Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2011 History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010, BD APP: Nov 08, 2010 Project Scope: This standard specifies the application service layer and profile for Payment and Identity authentication, and Payment Data transfer for Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) based applications using IEEE Std 802.11(TM) and IEEE 1609 protocols in Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments. This standard defines a basic level of technical interoperability for electronic payment equipment, i.e., onboard unit (OBU) and roadside unit (RSU). It does not provide a full solution for interoperability, and it does not define other parts of the electronic payment-system, other services, other technologies, and non-technical elements of interoperability. This standard is not intended to define technology and processes to activate and store data into the OBU (personalization). Project Purpose: This standard provides an open standard for the relevant interface in WAVE-based transaction systems, providing a common interoperable service for device identity and payment authentication, and payment data transfer. This allows for interoperability between systems of different vendors and/or operators. Abstract: This standard specifies the electronic payment service layer and profile for Payment and Identity authentication, and Payment Data transfer for Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) based applications in Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments. This standard defines a basic level of technical interoperability (vehicle-to-roadside) for electronic payment equipment, i.e., onboard unit (OBU) and roadside unit (RSU) using WAVE. It does not provide a full solution for interoperability, and it does not define other parts of the electronic payment system, other services, other technologies and non-technical elements of payment interoperability. This standard is not intended to define technology and processes to activate and store data into the OBU (personalization), nor the applications using the payment service. Key Words: EFC, electronic fee collection, electronic payment service, EPS, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments Designation: 1609.11 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)— Over-the-Air Electronic Payment Data Exchange Protocol for Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies the application service layer and profile for Payment and Identity authentication, and Payment Data transfer for Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) based applications in Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments. This standard defines a basic level of technical interoperability for electronic payment equipment, i.e. onboard unit (OBU) and roadside equipment (RSE) using DSRC. It does not provide a full solution for interoperability, and it does not define other parts of the electronic payment-system, other services, other technologies and non-technical elements of interoperability. This standard is not intended to define technology and processes to activate and store data into the OBU ("personalization"). Project Purpose: This standard provides an open standard for the relevant interface in DSRC based transaction systems, providing a common interoperable service for device identity and payment authentication, and payment data transfer. This allows for interoperability between systems of different vendors and/or operators. Abstract: This standard specifies the electronic payment service layer and profile for Payment and Identity authentication, and Payment Data transfer for Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) based applications in Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments. This standard defines a basic level of technical interoperability (vehicle-to-roadside) for electronic payment equipment, i.e. onboard unit (OBU) and roadside unit (RSU) using DSRC. It does not provide a full solution for interoperability, and it does not define other parts of the electronic payment system, other services, other technologies and non-technical elements of payment interoperability. This standard is not intended to define technology and processes to activate and store data into the OBU (personalization), nor the applications using the payment service. Key Words: EFC, electronic fee collection, electronic payment service, EPS, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments Designation: P1609.12 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (WAVE) - Provider Service Identifier (PSID) Allocation Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard specifies allocations of WAVE PSIDs defined in the IEEE 1609(TM) series of standards. Project Purpose: This standard records the WAVE PSID allocation decisions made by the IEEE 1609(TM) working group. Designation: P1609.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security Services for Applications and Management Messages Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines secure message formats and processing for use within the Dedicated Short Range Communication/Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (DSRC/WAVE) system, including methods to secure WAVE management messages and methods to secure application messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration, and replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE management messages and application messages. Designation: 1609.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Application Layer Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: To create an application layer (L7) standard to be used for 5.9 GHz DSRC. The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards will support several protocol stacks, including one representing traditional DSRC systems, TCP/IP, and streaming audio/video. The proposed standard will interface with the lower layer standards being developed by ASTM. Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes an application layer for 915 MHz DSRC, but this will not be suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems. The existing 1455 will be used as a basis, but requires considerable revision for this new class of DSRC. Designation: 1609.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for 5.9GHz Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Application Service Security and Privacy Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the Dedicated Short Range Communications/Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (DSRC/WAVE) system. The standard covers the respective methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of anonymity-preserving vehicle safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security function. Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications makes it vital that security and privacy services be specified that can be used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration and replay. Designation: 1609.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security Services for Applications and Management Messages Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats and the processing of secure messages within the DSRC/WAVE system; and describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Corrected Scope. The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle- originating safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers the respective methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of anonymity-preserving vehicle safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security function. Corrected Purpose. The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration and replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle- originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. It is anticipated that vehicle-originating safety messages will be added in an amendment to this standard. Designation: 1609.2 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security Services for Applications and Management Messages Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the Dedicated Short Range Communications/Wirelss Access in Vehicular Environments (DSRC/WAVE) system. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration, and replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle- originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. Designation: 1609.2-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security Services for Applications and Management Messages Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 31, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration, and replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle- originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. It is anticipated that vehicle-originating safety messages will be added in an amendment to this standard. Abstract: Secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system are defined. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions. Key Words: authentication, Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC), encryption, vehicular communications, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) Designation: 1609.3-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Networking Services Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2010 History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of network and transport layer protocols and services that support multi-channel wireless connectivity between IEEE 802.11 Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) devices. Project Purpose: WAVE Networking Services represent layers 3 and 4 of the OSI communications stack. The purpose of this standard is to provide addressing and data delivery services within a WAVE system, providing multiple higher layer entities access to WAVE communication services. Upper layer support includes in-vehicle applications offering safety and convenience to their users. Abstract: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) Networking Services provides services to WAVE devices and systems. Layers 3 and 4 of the open system interconnect (OSI) model and the Internet Protocol (IP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) elements of the Internet model are represented. Management and data services within WAVE devices are provided. Key Words: Provider Service Identifier (PSID), Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE), WAVE Short Message (WSM) Designation: 1609.3-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Networking Services Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define services, operating at the network and transport layers, in support of wireless connectivity among vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based devices using the 5.9 GHz DSRC/WAVE mode. Project Purpose: WAVE networking services represents layers 3 and 4 of the OSI communications stack. The purpose of this standard is to provide addressing and routing services within a WAVE system, enabling multiple stacks of upper layers above WAVE networking services and multiple lower layers beneath WAVE networking services. Upper layer support includes in-vehicle applications offering safety and convenience to their users. Abstract: WAVE Networking Services provides services to WAVE devices and systems. It represents roughly layers 3 and 4 of the OSI model and the IP, UDP, and TCP elements of the Internet model. The services provided include management and data services within WAVE devices. Key Words: OBU, onboard unit, Provider Service Identifier, PSID, roadside unit, RSU, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments, WSM Designation: 1609.3 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for IP Interface for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC will support multiple protocol stacks, one for the traditional DSRC, one for streaming audio/video, and another for TCP/IP. There may also be others, the architecture is still being finalized. The project will evaluate and define the interfaces between these multiple stacks and the lower layer services of 5.9 GHz DSRC (IEEE 802.11a R/A). Project Purpose: The existing DSRC upper layers (above L2) are well served by existing or proposed standards. With the new DSRC, additional higher layer communication stacks must be supported, including TCP/IP. An architecture and general interface must be defined to support these multiple stacks and appropriate standards written. Designation: 1609.3 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Networking Services Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: Old Scope: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC will support multiple protocol stacks, one for the traditional DSRC, one for streaming audio/video, and another for TCP/IP. There may also be others, the architecture is still being finalized. The project will evalauate and define the interfaces between thesemultiples tacks and the lower layer services of 5.9GHz DSRC (IEEE 802.11a (R/A). New Scope: The scope of this standard is to define services, operating at the network and transport layers, in support of wireless connectivity among vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based devices using the 5.9 GHz DSRC/WAVE mode. Project Purpose: Old Purpose: The existing DSRC upper layers (above L2) are well served by existing or proposed standards. With the new DSRC, additional higher layer communication stacks must be supported, including TCP/IP. An architecture and general interface must be defined to support these multiple stacks and appropriate standards written. New Purpose. The purpose of this standard is to provide connectivity in support of in-vehicle application offering safety alerts and convenience to users, while at the same time offering a level of confidentiality and data security using the 5.9GHz DSRC/WAVE mode Designation: 1609.3 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Networking Services Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define services, operating at the network and transport layers, in support of wireless connectivity among vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based devices using the 5.9 GHz Dedicated Short Range Communications/Wirelss Access in Vehicular Environments (DSRC/WAVE) mode. Project Purpose: WAVE networking services represents layers 3 and 4 of the OSI communications stack. The purpose of this standard is to provide addressing and routing services within a WAVE system, enabling multiple stacks of upper layers above WAVE networking services and multiple lower layers beneath WAVE networking services. Upper layer support includes in-vehicle applications offering safety and convenience to their users. Designation: P1609.3-2010/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Networking Services - Corrigendum 1: Corrections to Annex G Packet format examples Status: Corrigenda of Standard Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: Corrections to Annex G Packet format examples. Designation: 1609.4-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-- Multi-channel Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 07, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1609.4-2006 History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of medium access control (MAC) sublayer functions and services that support multi-channel wireless connectivity between IEEE 802.11 Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) devices. Project Purpose: To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of upper layer data transfers across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of physical layer (PHY) parameters, and describe the multi-channel operation channel routing and switching for different scenarios. Abstract: Multi-channel wireless radio operations, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) mode, medium access control (MAC), and physical layers (PHYs), including the operation of control channel (CCH) and service channel (SCH) interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel operations are described in this standard. Key Words: 1609.4, channel coordination, multi-channel operation, user priority, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) Designation: 1609.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Data Dictionary and Message Sets for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set (DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the future. Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification, additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems. Designation: 1609.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) Media Access (MAC) Extension and MAC Extension Management Entity (MXME) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 09, 2003 Project Scope: Former project scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set (DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the future. Revised Scope: To create a MAC Extension layer standard to be used for 5.9 GHz DSRC. This standard will enable the management and control of each radio channel on the basis of the needs of each data packet. This will also provide channel switching control in accordance with the rules of operation for the applicable channels in the band. The standard must be compatible with all other standards for 5.9 GHz DSRC.] Project Purpose: Former project purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification, additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems. Revised project purpose: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards support multiple radio channels from a common routing in the network layer using IPv6. There needs to be a means of managing these channels on a packet by packet basis in addition to channel switching required by the band rules in effect. This will be a sublayer between the MAC and the LLC. The proposed standard will provide for radio channel management. Designation: 1609.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Multi- Channel Operations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: Initial PAR Scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set (DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the future. Revised Scope: To create a MAC Extension layer standard to be used for 5.9 GHz DSRC. This standard will enable the management and control of each radio channel on the basis of the needs of each data packet. This will also provide channel switching control in accordance with the rules of operation for the applicable channels in the band. The standard must be compatible with all other standards for 5.9 GHz DSRC.] New Revised Scope (2005): The standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations, that uses the IEEE 802.11p, WAVE mode, medium access control and physical layers, including the operation of control channel and service channel interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel operations. Project Purpose: Intial PAR Purpose (2001): The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification, additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems. Revised project purpose (2003): The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards support multiple radio channels from a common routing in the network layer using IPv6. There needs to be a means of managing these channels on a packet by packet basis in addition to channel switching required by the band rules in effect. This will be a sublayer between the MAC and the LLC. The proposed standard will provide for radio channel management. New Revised Purpose (2005): To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of upper layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of physical layer parameters; and describe the multi-channel operation channel routing and switching for different scenarios. Designation: 1609.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Multi- Channel Operation Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations, WAVE mode, medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs), including the operation of control channel (CCH) and service channel (SCH) interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel operations. Project Purpose: To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of upper layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of PHY parameters, and describe the multi-channel operation channel routing and switching for different scenarios. Designation: 1609.4-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Multi-Channel Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 31, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations, WAVE mode, medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs), including the operation of control channel (CCH) and service channel (SCH) interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel operations. Project Purpose: To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of upper layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of PHY parameters, and describe the multi-channel 1 operation channel routing and switching for different scenarios. Abstract: Multi-channel operation is an extension to the IEEE 802.11 ™ WAVE mode that describes how to support a multi-channel system with the IEEE 802.11 medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs) via a control channel (CCH) and multiple service channels (SCHs). Specifically, the multi-channel operation (channel coordination) provides mechanisms for prioritized access, channel routing and coordination, and data transmission. Key Words: channel coordination, multi-channel operation, OBU, RSU, user priority, WAVE, wireless access in vehicular environments Designation: P1609.5 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Communication Manager Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies communication management services for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE). This standard defines communication management services in support of wireless connectivity among vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based devices for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to collect in a single document, the communication management services previously included in 1609.3 and 1609.4 based on experience in use during the trial-use period. Designation: 161-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: Standard Definitions on Electron Tubes Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1610-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 / 600 A, Three-phase Underground Distribution Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2008 Technical Contact: John Banting, Phone:262-691-8308, Email:jbanting@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2008 Project Scope: This application guide provides information on what a FCI is designed to do and describes methods for selecting FCIs for three-phase, 200 / 600 amp underground distribution circuits. This application guide will complement the existing single phase application guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an industry document that provides information for the application and use of FCIs on three-phase circuits in the electric power industry. Abstract: This document specifies an exchange format, using XML, for identifying all of the hardware, software, and documentation associated with a unit under test (UUT). This UUT may be tested and diagnosed using a test program set (TPS) on an automatic test system (ATS). Key Words: 1610-2007, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), unit under test (UUT), XML schema Designation: 1610 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for Three Phase Electric Power Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Banting, Phone:262-691-8308, Email:jbanting@cooperpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This application guide provides information on what a Faulted Circuit Indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for selecting FCI's for use on three phase circuits. This application guide will complement the existing single phase application guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an industry document which provides information for the application and use of FCI's on three phase circuits in the electric power industry. Designation: 1611 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Characterizing Solar Tracker Controllers Used for Solar Electric Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice specification for characterizing the functionalities of the solar tracker controllers used for solar electric systems, both flat plate and concentrators. This recommended practice will be usable by solar tracker vendors as well as the users. Project Purpose: There is currently no industry-wide defined recommended practice for solar tracker controllers. Each vendor designs, builds and specifies the functionality and accuracy without uniform definition. Therefore, it is difficult to specify the requirements for purchasing, to compare the products from different vendors, and to verify the quality of the products. This recommended practice will define the minimum parameters to be specified when defining a solar tracker, and the method to measure these parameters. Designation: 1612 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Wireless Transport of Non-Train-Control Data between Rail Transit Vehicle and Wayside Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jerry L. Graham, Phone:410-266-4086, Email:jgraham@arinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This standard will define the protocols that constitute a suite of communication services for use in the transport of non-train-control data between rail transit vehicle and wayside systems. Project Purpose: A standard protocol is needed to enable wireless communications between rail transit vehicle and wayside systems to share common communications services while reducing development cycle time and risk. Vehicle wiring and weight can be reduced through the elimination of redundant transmitters and receivers, with resulting improvements in systems integration, reliability, and maintainability. In addition, rail vehicle operation can be more tightly integrated with overall transit system operation through the availability, both on the vehicle and at the wayside, of timely information regarding vehicle and off-vehicle system status. Designation: 1613-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 27, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1613-2003 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 2009 Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements for communications networking devices and communications ports in protective relays installed in electric power substations. It does not cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. Other than their communications ports, it does not cover such equipment used in protective relaying applications, for which IEEE Std C37.90TM-2007 [B8],1,2 IEEE Std C37.90.1TM-2002 [B9], IEEE Std C37.90.2TM- 2004 [B10], and IEEE Std C37.90.3TM-2001 [B11] shall apply. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental conditions present in electric power substations and to establish a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices to be installed in those substations. It is a freestanding document, with no normative references to other standards. Abstract: Service conditions, electrical ratings, thermal ratings, and environmental testing requirements are defined for communications networking devices to be installed in electric power substations. This standard establishes a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices and the communications ports of protective relays for use in this harsh environment. Key Words: Service conditions, electrical ratings, thermal ratings, and environmental testing requirements are defined for communications networking devices to be installed in electric power substations. This standard establishes a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices and the communications ports of protective relays for use in this harsh environment. Designation: P1613 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Facilities Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements for communications networking devices and communications ports in protective relays installed in electric power facilities. It does not cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. Other than their communications ports, it does not cover such equipment used in protective relaying applications, for which IEEE Std C37.90TM. IEEE Std C37.90.1TM, IEEE Std C37.90.2TM, and IEEE Std C37.90.3TM shall apply. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental conditions present in electric power facilities and to establish a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices to be installed in those locations. It is a freestanding document, with no normative references to other standards. Designation: 1613-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1613-2009. Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2003 Project Scope: Original "This project covers communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto dialers, Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations." The only change being proposed is to add the words: and Testing to the Title. Project Purpose: Original -To develop standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements for networking devices installed in electric power substations. Revised - add the words: and Testing to the title. Abstract: Service conditions, electrical ratings, thermal ratings, and environmental testing requirements are defined for communications networking devices to be installed in electric power substations. This standard establishes a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices for use in this harsh environment. Key Words: "autodialers, bridges, communications networking device, derating, dielectric test, environmental requirements, ESD test, Ethernet hubs, fast transient test, firewalls, humidity, impulse test, insulation test, modems, RF test, routers, SWC test, switches" Designation: 1613 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This project covers communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto dialers, Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements for communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. The requirements will be based on four existing standards developed by the Power System Relaying Committee(C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2, & C37.90.3). For this application, the requirements are expected to be less severe than for relaying. Abstract: Project scope: Original This project covers communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto dialers, Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. The only change being proposed is to add the words: and Testing to the Title. Project purpose: Original -To develop standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements for networking devices installed in electric power substations. Revised - add the words: and Testing to the title. Key Words: IEEE 1613 Designation: 1613 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, ratings, environmental performance and testing requirements for communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. It does not apply to such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. It does not cover such equipment used in protective relaying applications, for which IEEE Std C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2 and C37.90.3 apply. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental conditions present in electric power substations and to establish a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices to be installed in those substations. It is a free standing document, with only ---- normative references to other standards. Designation: 1613 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lee H Smith, Phone:510-846-8102, Email:lee.smith@dcsystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008 Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, ratings, environmental performance and testing requirements for communications networking devices installed in electric power substations. It does not apply to such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental conditions present in electric power substations and to establish a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices to be installed in those substations. It is a free standing document, with no references to other standards." Designation: 1613 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements for communications networking devices and communications ports in protective relays installed in electric power substations. It does not cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. Other than their communications ports, it does not cover such equipment used in protective relaying applications, for which IEEE Std C37.90,IEEE Std C37.90.1, IEEE Std C37.90.2, and IEEE Std C37.90.3 shall apply. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental conditions present in electric power substations and to establish a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices to be installed in those substations. It is a freestanding document, with no normative references to other standards. Designation: 1613-2003/Cor 1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations - Corrigendum 1 Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1613-2009. Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope is to delete one paragraph to bring IEEE 1613 in conformance with the recently balloted revision to IEEE C37.90, an effort by the Power Systems Relaying Committee. Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct IEEE 1613-2003 per the scope shown. Abstract: Error identified in IEEE Std 1613-2003 are addressed in this corrigendum. Key Words: impulse test requirement, impulse voltage tests, insulation tests Designation: 1613-2003/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations---Corrigendum 1: Removal of provisions for field impulse tests Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope is to delete one paragraph to bring IEEE 1613 in conformance with the recently balloted revision to IEEE C37.90, an effort by the Power Systems Relaying Committee. Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct IEEE 1613-2003 per the scope shown. Designation: 1613a-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations Amendment 1: Adding of one definition, DC power supply requirements (5.1), and Annex E- History Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011 **Amendment to IEEE Std 1613-2009 History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This amendment clarifies requirements and explains the rationale for transient test requirements with the addition of one definition, dc power supply requirements (5.1), and Annex E - History. Project Purpose: Clarifying requirements, explaining the rationale for the transient test requirements. This document will not include a separate Purpose clause. Abstract: This amendment clarifies requirements and explains the rationale for transient test requirements with the addition of one definition, dc power supply requirements (5.1), and Annex E - History. Key Words: auto dialers, bridges, communications networking device, communications ports, derating, dielectric test, electrostatic discharge (ESD) test, environmental requirements, Ethernet hubs, fast transient test, firewalls, humidity, IEEE 1613, impulse test, insulation test, modems, power apparatus, radio frequency (RF) test, routers, serial device, surge withstand capability (SWC) test, switches, temperature range, temperature rise, voltage rating Designation: 1613a-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations Amendment 1: Add Requirements for Altitude and Altitude Derating Factors Status: Superseded **Amendment to IEEE Std 1613-2003 Technical Contact: Lee H Smith, Phone:510-846-8102, Email:lee.smith@dcsystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 2008 Abstract: This amendment adds requirements to IEEE Std 1613-2003 relating to the altitude of installed communications networking devices, and the derating factors for dielectric power frequency tests and rated maximum ambient temperatures if the installation is above a specified altitude. Key Words: 1613a-2008, altitude, altitude derating factors, altitude requirements Designation: 1613a Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations - Amendment: Additions of Definitions, DC Power Supply Requirements, History, and Testing Comments Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: Adding a definition, adding a requirement to dc power supplies, adding two Informative Annexes Project Purpose: Clarifying requirements, explaining the rationale for the transient tests and test methods Designation: 1615-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Network Communication in Electric Power Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2007 Technical Contact: Michael Thesing, Phone:770-414-6685, Email:mike.thesing@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 2007 Project Scope: This document defines a recommended practice for communication and interoperation of devices connected on an electric power substation Internet protocol (IP) network. It does not establish a new underlying communications standard. Instead, the document prescribes a specific set of existing conventions and definitions. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides direction for implementers who wish to produce interoperable communications equipment for an electric power substation network. It also provides criteria for users, system integrators, and equipment manufacturers who need to establish requirements for the transfer of operational and non-operational data as well as configuration management. Abstract: Recommended practices for communication and interoperation of devices connected on an electric power substation Internet protocol (IP) network are provided. For the power engineer new to IP networking, this document provides an introduction to the concepts that need to be mastered as well as specific recommendations to follow when deploying the technologies. For equipment manufacturers and system integrators, it provides direction and requirements to facilitate interoperable electric utility information networks. Key Words: address allocation, communication media, DNP3, electric utility, Ethernet, fiber-optic, IEC 60870-5, IEC 61850, Intelligent Electronic Device (IED), Internet protocol (IP), managed switch, network, network cable, network devices, noise sources, non-operational data, operational data, security awareness, substation, transmission control protocol (TCP), time synchronization, wireless network Designation: 1616-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder (MVEDR) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2005 Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2005 Project Scope: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record, store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined events. This standard defines a protocol for MVEDR output data compatibility and export protocols of MVEDR data elements. This standard does not prescribe which specific data elements shall be recorded, or how the data are to be collected, recorded and stored. It is applicable to event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public raodways, whether offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or integrated within the vehicle. Project Purpose: Many light-duty motor vehicles, and increasing numbers of heavy commercial vehicles, are equipped with some form of MVEDR. These systems, which are designed and produced by individual motor vehicle manufacturers and component suppliers, are diverse in function, and propriettary in nature. The continuing implementation of MVEDR systems provides an opportunity to voluntarily standardize data output and retrieval protocols to facilitate analysis and promote compatibility of MVEDR data. Adoption of the standard will therefore make MVEDR data more accessible and useful to end users. Abstract: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record, store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined events. This standard defines a protocol for MVEDR output data compatibility and export protocols of MVEDR data elements. This standard does not prescribe which specific data elements shall be recorded, or how the data are to be collected, recorded and stored. It is applicable to event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public roadways, whether offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or integrated within the vehicle. Key Words: Crash data, event data recorder, motor vehicle Designation: 1616 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder (MVEDR) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop a minimum workable standard protocol for utilization of tamper proof crashworthy memory devices/systems called Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) on-board all types and classes of highway and roadway vehicles except motorcycles. Project Purpose: Despite years of productive worldwide research and development there is currently no defined, independent standard for controlling on-board Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) in the highway mode of transportation. Each vehicle OEM and aftermarket vendor builds some control into these emerging automotive recorders. Without an independent, openly defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically determine the type of data to capture and share. This protocol will provide a minimum MVEDR implementation subset which will allow uniformity and enhance the value of the crash data extensibility to provide for growth and product differentiation. Designation: 1616a-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) Amendment 1: MVEDR Connector Lockout Apparatus (MVEDRCLA) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 1616-2004 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2010 Project Scope: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record, store and export data related to pre-defined events in usage history. This amendment defines a lockout protocol for MVEDR output data accessibility by securing the vehicle output diagnostic link connector (DLC). This standard does not prescribe data security within the vehicle electronic control units (ECUs) or within the intra-vehicle communication and/or diagnostic networks but instead defines ways and means to permit uniform, but controlled access of electronic scan tools to the DLC for legitimate vehicle emissions status, maintenance and/or repair. This standard also defines a means of maintaining data security on the vehicle via a motor vehicle DLC connector lockout apparatus (MVEDRCLA). The MVEDRCLA is applicable to vehicles and their respective event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public highways. Project Purpose: Change the purpose as follows: Many light-duty vehicles, and increasing numbers of heavy commercial vehicles, are equipped with some form of MVEDR. These systems, which are designed and produced by individual motor vehicle manufacturers and component suppliers, are diverse in function and proprietary in nature, however, the SAE J1962 [Bxx] (ISO 15031-3:2004 [Bxx]) vehicle DLC has a common design and pinout, and is thus universally used to access event data recorder information.2 Data access via the DLC can be accomplished by using scan tools or microcomputers and network interfaces. This same DLC and network interface is also used for re-calibrating electronic control units on a vehicle. Such ECU applications can include restraint controls, engine controls, stability controls, braking controls, etc. This standard defines a protocol to protect against misuse of electronic tools which use the DLC to erase, modify or tamper with electronic controller or odometer readings, or to improperly download data. Implementation of MVEDRCLA provides an opportunity to voluntarily achieve DLC security by standardizing a MVEDRCLA which will act to prevent vehicle tampering, which can include odometer fraud, illegal calibrations leading to emissions violations and theft of personal data. Adoption of this standard will therefore make the common MVEDR/DLC data more secure and credible while still permitting accessibility to legitimate end users. The continuing implementation of MVEDR systems provides an opportunity to voluntarily standardize data output and retrieval protocols to facilitate analysis and promote compatibility of MVEDR data. Adoption of the standard will therefore make MVEDR data more accessible and useful to end users. Abstract: This amendment adds information pertaining to motor vehicle event data recorder connector lockout apparatus (MVEDRCLA) by revision. Key Words: communication equipment, crash data, crash data recorder (CDR), data transfer, data transmission, diagnostic link connector (DLC), diagnostic programs, diagnostic testing, EEPROM, EEPROM data, electronic control unit (ECU), electronic equipment and components, electronic scan tools, event data recorder (EDR), information exchange, litigation, nonvolatile memory, nonvolatile memory data, OBD2 or OBDII, odometer clocking, odometer fraud, odometer spun, odometer tampering, onboard network data security, power control module (PCM) and/or electronic control unit (ECU) flashing, road vehicle components, road vehicle engineering, road vehicles, SAE J1962 connectors, vehicle components, vehicle crash data, vehicle identification number (VIN) tampering and/or theft Designation: 1616a Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) - Amendment 1: Brake and Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Electronic Fault Code Data Elements Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an amendment for brake and transmission electronic control units that requires units to store a full history of electronic fault codes that are time stamped using a recognized clock synchronized with other on-board motor vehicle event data recording devices. Project Purpose: Despite years of productive worldwide research and development there is currently no defined, independent standard for electronic fault codes in heavy vehicles used in the highway mode of transportation. Each vehicle OEM and aftermarket vendor builds some control into brake systems and Electronic Control Units. Without an independent, openly defined communications protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically determine the type of data to capture and share. This communications protocol will provide uniform data elements which will allow uniformity and enhance the value of the crash data extensibility to provide for growth and product differentiation. Designation: 1616a Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) - Amendment 1: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder Connector Lockout Apparatus (MVEDRCLA) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record, store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined events. This amendment defines a protocol for MVEDR output data accessibility and security via the vehicle diagnostic link connector (DLC). This amendment does not prescribe data security within the vehicle electronic control units (ECUs) or controlled area networks (CANs), but instead defines ways and means to permit uniform access of electronic scan tools to the DLC for vehicle emissions status, maintenance and/or repair. This amendment also provides a means of maintaining data security on the vehicle CANs via a motor vehicle event data recorder connector lockout apparatus (MVEDRCLA). It is applicable to event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public highways, whether offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or integrated into the vehicle. Project Purpose: Many light-duty vehicles, and increasing numbers of heavy commercial vehicles, are equipped with some form of MVEDR. These systems, which are designed and produced by individual motor vehicle manufacturers and component suppliers, are diverse in function, and proprietary in nature, however, the vehicle diagnostic link connector (DLC) SAE J1962 and ISO/DIS 15031-3 is commonly used to access event data recorder data by attaching a scan tool connector into the vehicle connector. Using this same DLC also permits re-engineering of electronic control units (ECUs) and electronic control modules (ECMs). Thus, this amendment defines a protocol to protect against misuse of electronic scan tools to erase, modify or tamper motor vehicle event data and odometer readings. The continuing implementation of MVEDR systems provides an opportunity to voluntarily standardize output data security at the DLC by standardizing a motor vehicle event data recorder connector lockout apparatus (MVEDRCLA) to prevent vehicle tampering, odometer fraud, and vehicle VIN theft. Adoption of this standard will therefore make MVEDR data more secure and accessible to end users. Designation: 1617-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Detection, Mitigation, and Control of Concentric Neutral Corrosion in Medium-Voltage Underground Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The primary focus of this guide is unjacketed, underground distribution cable installed direct buried or in conduit. The causes of corrosion in cable concentric neutral wires and straps and the methods available to detect this corrosion are described. The purpose of the concentric neutral and consequences of significant loss of the concentric neutral are discussed. Recommendations are made for the mitigation and control of the cable concentric neutral corrosion. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidance for the detection, mitigation, and control of corrosion in medium-voltage cable concentric neutral wires and straps. Abstract: The primary focus of this guide is unjacketed, underground distribution cable installed direct buried or in conduit. The causes of corrosion in cable concentric neutral wire and strap and the methods available to detect this corrosion are described. The purpose of the concentric neutral and consequences of significant loss of the concentric neutral are discussed. Recommendations are made for the mitigation and control of the cable concentric neutral corrosion. Key Words: 1617-2007, cable, cable systems, concentric neutral, corrosion, insulated conductor, power cable Designation: 1618 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard for Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Issuing and Management Components Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: Digital certificates establish credentials for individuals and other entities in many kinds of network-based transactions where trust is important. This standard (1) specifies components of systems that issue and manage digital certificates; (2) uses international standards for such specifications; (3) permits interoperability of components between systems implemented in a variety of ways; and (4) applies to widely-varying security requirements. Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this standard is to provide specifications of technology enabling essential interoperability of certificate issuing and management components used in Public Key Infrastructure schemes. Further purposes of this standard are to specify a variety of security levels for these components to accommodate a range of situations, and to enhance interoperability by couching these specifications in terms of the International Organization for Standardization Common Criteria framework. Designation: 1619-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Cryptographic Protection of Data on Block-Oriented Storage Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Matt Ball, Phone:(720) 406-5766, Email:matt.ball@quantum.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies elements of an architecture for cryptographic protection of data on block-oriented storage devices, describing the methods, algorithms, and modes of data protection to be used. Project Purpose: This standard defines specific elements of an architecture for cryptographically protecting data stored in constant length blocks. Specification of such a mechanism provides an additional and improved tool for implementation of secure and interoperable protection of data residing in storage. Abstract: This standard specifies cryptographic transform and key archival methods for protection of data in sector-level storage devices. Key Words: 1619-2007, data-at-rest security, encryption, key management, security, storage, XTS Designation: P1619 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Cryptographic Protection of Data on Block-Oriented Storage Devices Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies the XTS cryptographic mode of operation for the AES block cipher and an XML-based key archive format for block- oriented storage devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to expand the XTS cryptographic mode while maintaining backwards compatibility with existing implementations that are compliant with IEEE Std 1619-2007. Designation: 1619 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Architecture for Encrypted Shared Storage Media Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture for protection-use-data in sector-level storage devices, describing the methods, algorithm(s), and modes of data protection to be used. Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard architecture for media security and enabling components. Present non-standard, insecure encrypted storage methodologies are augmented, and users will be able to create higher-assurance, standard, interoperable solutions. Designation: 1619.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: IEEE Standard for Authenticated Encryption with Length Expansion for Storage Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 16, 2008 Technical Contact: Matt Ball, Phone:(720) 406-5766, Email:matt.ball@quantum.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies requirements for cryptographic units that provide encryption and authentication for data contained within storage media. Full interchange requires additional format specifications (such as compression algorithms and physical data format) that are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: This standard is suitable for encryption of data stored on tape because tape easily accommodates length expanding ciphertext. In addition, this standard applies to other storage devices if these support storing extra metadata with each encrypted record. The algorithms of this standard are designed to ensure the confidentiality and integrity of stored data within systems requiring a high level of assurance. Abstract: This standard specifies cryptographic and data authentication procedures for storage devices that support length- expansion, such as tape drives. Such procedures include the following cryptographic modes of operation for the AES block cipher: CCM, GCM, CBC-HMAC, and XTS-HMAC. Key Words: 1619.1-2007, authentication, CBC, CCM, cryptography, data storage, encryption, GCM, HMAC, security, tape drive, variable-length block, XTS Designation: 1619.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard Architecture for Encrypted Variable Block Storage Media Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture for protection-use-data in Variable Block storage devices, describing the methods, algorithm(s), and modes of data protection to be used. Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard architecture for media security and enabling components. Present non-standard, insecure encrypted storage methodologies are augmented, and users will be able to create higher-assurance, standard, interoperable solutions. Designation: 1619.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Authenticated Encryption with Length Expansion for Storage Devices Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies requirements for cryptographic modules that provide encryption and authentication for data contained within storage media. Furthermore, this standard facilitates interchange between two compliant solutions through the specification of standard encryption algorithms. However, full interchange requires additional format specifications (such as compression algorithms) that are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: This standard is especially suitable for encryption of data stored on tape because tape easily accommodates length-expanding ciphertext. In addition, this standard applies to hard disk drives if these support storing extra metadata with each record. The algorithms of this standard are suitable for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of stored data within systems requiring a high level of assurance. By following this standard, a vendor creates encryption devices that a consumer can differentiate from proprietary implementations with generally lower security and limited interoperability. Designation: 1619.2-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Block Encryption for Shared Storage Media Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 08, 2011 Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies an architecture for encryption of data in random access storage devices, oriented toward applications that benefit from wide encryption-block sizes of 512 bytes and above. Project Purpose: This standard specifies an architecture for media security and enabling components. Wide encryption blocks are well suited to environments where the attacker has repeated access to cryptographic communication or ciphertext, or is able to perform traffic analysis of data access patterns. The standard is oriented toward fixed-size encryption blocks without data expansion, but anticipates an optional data expansion mode to resist attacks involving data tampering. Abstract: EME2-AES and XCB-AES wide-block encryption with associated data (EAD) modes of the NIST AES block cipher, providing usage guidelines and test vectors, are described. A wide-block encryption algorithm behaves as a single block cipher with a large plaintext input and ciphertext output, but uses a narrow block cipher [in this case Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)] internally. These encryption modes are oriented toward random access storage devices that do not provide authentication, but need to reduce the granularity of a potential attack. Key Words: data-at-rest security, encryption, encryption with associated data (EAD), encrypt-mix-encrypt-v2 mode of operation (EME2), extended codebook mode of operation (XCB), IEEE 1619.2, security, storage Designation: 1619.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Key Management Infrastructure for Cryptographic Protection of Stored Data Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard specifies an architecture for the key management infrastructure for cryptographic protection of stored data, describing interfaces, methods and algorithms. Project Purpose: This standard defines methods for the storage, management, and distribution of cryptographic keys used for the protection of stored data. This standard augments existing key management methodologies to address issues specific to cryptographic protection of stored data. This includes stored data protected by compliant implementations of other standards in the IEEE 1619 family. Designation: 162-1963 Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Electronic Digital Computers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985 Abstract: NO Abstract Key Words: Definitions, Electronic Digital Computers Designation: 1620-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistors and Materials Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 05, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1620-2004 Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009 Project Scope: This standard describes a method for characterizing organic electronic devices, including measurement techniques, methods of reporting data, and the testing conditions during characterization. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a method for systematically characterizing organic transistors. These standards are intended to maximize reproducibility of published results by providing a framework for testing organic devices, whose unique properties cause measurement issues not typically encountered with inorganic devices. This standard stresses disclosure of the procedures used to measure data and extract parameters so that data quality may be easily assessed. This standard also sets guidelines for reporting data, so that information is clear and consistent throughout the research community and industry. Abstract: This standard describes a method for characterizing organic electronic devices, including measurement techniques, methods of reporting data, and the testing conditions during characterization Key Words: 1620-2008, electrical characterization, FET, flexible electronics, high impedance, nanocomposite, nanotechnology, OFET, organic electronics, organic transistor, printed electronics, printing, transistor Designation: 1620-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistors and Materials Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1620-2008. Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the characterization of organic transistors and materials. The methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the transistors. The characterization methods will be usable for all transistors comprised of organic semiconductor materials. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for characterizing organic transistors and materials and means of reporting performance and other data. This is intended to replace the diverse sets of procedures and measurements currently being used. However, without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of organic semiconductor technology will be severely impeded. These methods will enable the creation of a testing and reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will provide the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Abstract: This standard describes a method for characterizing organic electronic devices, including measurement techniques, methods of reporting data, and the testing conditions during characterization. Key Words: "field-effect transistor, organic electronic technology, organic materials, organic transis-tors, organic semiconductor technology, polymer field-effect transistor" Designation: 1620 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic and Molecular Transistors and Materials Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the characterization of organic and molecular transistors and materials. The methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the transistors. The characterization methods will be usable for all transistors comprised of organic and molecular semiconductor materials. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for characterizing organic and molecular transistors and materials and means of reporting performance and other data. This is intended to replace the diverse sets of procedures and measurements currently being used. However, without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of organic and molecular semiconductor technology will be severely impeded. These methods will enable the creation of a testing and reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will provide the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Designation: 1620.1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistor-Based Ring Oscillators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 28, 2006 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard that specifies methods for the characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators. The methods are applicable to all ring oscillators fabricated from organic semiconductor materials and are independent of the fabrication process. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a standard methodology to characterize organic transistor based-ring oscillators and to allow reporting of their performance and associated data. Abstract: Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of printed and organic ring oscillators are covered. Due to the nature of printed and organic circuits, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. This standard describes the most common sources of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for printed and organic ring oscillators. This standard also gives recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring printed and organic ring oscillators. Key Words: electrical characterization, high-impedance printing, organic transistor, printed electronics, ring oscillator Designation: 1620.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistor Based Ring Oscillators Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This is a full-use standard that specifies methods for the characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators. The methods are applicable to all ring oscillators fabricated from organic semiconductor materials and are independent of the fabrication process. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a standard methodology to characterize organic transistor based-ring oscillators and to allow reporting of their performance and associated data. Designation: 1620.2 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Standard Methods for the Characterization of Printed and Organic Diode Bridge Structures for RF Devices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul Brazis, Phone:847-756-1561, Email:paul.brazis@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes standard methods for the characterization of printed and organic diode bridges for RF devices. The methods are independent of processing routes used to fabricate the electronic devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods are described for use as a uniform reporting standard that is intended to be applicable for characterizing and reporting both research results and manufacturing data, with its primary use expected to shift as printed electronics technology matures. The standard recommends the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Designation: 1621-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Elements in Power Control of Electronic Devices Employed in Office/Consumer Environments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Bruce Nordman, Phone:510-486-7089, Email:bnordman@lbl.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers the user interface for the power status control of electronic devices that ordinary people commonly interact with in their work and home lives, including, but not limited to, office equipment and consumer electronics. Key elements are terms, symbols, and indicators. This standard does not specify maximum power levels, address safety issues, or cover internal mechanisms or interfaces for industrial devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to accomplish a similarity of experience of power controls across all electronic devices so that users will find them easier to use and be more likely to use power management features that save energy. Abstract: This standard covers the user interface for the power status control of electronic devices that ordinary people commonly interact with in their work and home lives, including, but not limited to, office equipment and consumer electronics. Key elements are terms, symbols, and indicators. Key Words: electronic device, power control, power indicator, power state, sleep state, user interface Designation: P1622 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Standard for Voting Systems Electronic Data Interchange Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard specifies electronic data interchange formats used by components of the voting system for exchange of electronic data. Project Purpose: This standard defines common data interchange formats to allow the exchange and interoperability among components of the "Voting System," as well as other related systems, such as reporting and auditing systems. The "Voting System" is composed of a number of components, including the voter registration system, the candidate filing process, the petition system, ballot definition, voting, tabulations and reporting systems. Designation: 1622 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Standard for Voting Equipment Electronic Data Interchange Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project was transferred to C/SAB in June 2009 upon motion of the SASB [after disbandment of SCC38]. Technical Contact: Peter M Zelechoski, Phone:402-970-1242, Email:pzelechoski@essvote.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop electronic data interchange formats to be used by components of the voting system for exchange of electronic data. Project Purpose: The "Voting System" is composed of a number of components, the voter registration system, the candidate filing process, the petition system, ballot definition, voting, tabulations and reporting systems. This standard will develop standard data interchange formats to allow the exchange and interoperability of these various systems. Designation: 1623-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Medium Voltage (1 kV - 35 kV) Electronic Shunt Devices for Dynamic Voltage Compensation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005 Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: This project provides guidelines for preparation of functional specification for solid state shunt device used to compensate voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1-35kV). The device contains in general: an inverter, rectifier or DC converter, energy storage device, coupling transformer connected in parallel. In addition, additional equipment should be provided to assure proper interface with the electric network. The additional equipment includes: voltage and current transformers, disconnect switches, circuit breakers and three phase low voltage service for auxiliary power. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to provide information to utilities and other users to prepare a specification when they intend to purchase a shunt device. The Medium Voltage (1kV-35kV) Electronic Shunt Devices For Dynamic Voltage Compensation are new devices and utility engineers are not familiar with their requirements. Abstract: This document provides general guidelines for the preparation of a functional specification for solid-state electronic shunt devices used mainly for compensation of voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1 kV-35 kV). This device contains in general: an inverter, rectifier or DC converter, energy storage device, and coupling transformer. The device typically is connected in parallel with the network using a coupling transformer. Key Words: coupling transformer, energy storage, inverter, parallel compensation, power electronics, power quality, sensitive loads, voltage control Designation: 1624-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: IEEE Standard for Organizational Reliability Capability Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 05, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009 Project Scope: This document presents a standard that defines the reliability capability of organizations and identifies the criteria for assessing the reliability capability of an organization. This standard is intended to be usable by all organizations that design, manufacture or procure electrical/electronics components or products. Although the concepts described in this standard could be applied to both hardware and software products, the focus of the standard is on hardware products. Project Purpose: The purpose for assessing the reliability capability of an organization is to facilitate the improvement of product reliability. This document does not define an audit process, but rather an assessment process that is suitable for providing data and results as input into an audit process. Reliability capability is defined by key practices and associated metrics. This standard does not seek to create or propose creation of certifying bodies that assess whether an organization meets the definitions of reliability capability. This standard could be used for self-assessment by organizations or for supplier/customer relationship development between members of supply chain. Abstract: Organizational reliability capability and the identification of the criteria for assessing the reliability capability of an organization are defined. Key Words: 1624-2008, assessment, organizational reliability capability, reliability capability, reliability management, reliability program, supply chain Designation: 1624 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Organizational Reliability Capability Definition Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for a protocol defining the self-definition of the reliability of organization-supply chain processes. This protocol will be useable by all organizations which design, manufacturer or procure electrical/electronic components or products. Footnote: This proposed standard does not seek to create or propose creation of certifying bodies that assess if any company meets the definitions of reliability capability. It is proposed that this standard be used only for self assessment by companies or for supplier/customer relationship development between members of supply chain. Project Purpose: This is an independent guide for defining the reliability capability of an organization. The reliability capability will be defined by key processes and associated metrics. These will be used by organizations from which reliable products are sought. Designation: 1624 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Guide for Organizational Reliability Capability Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for defining the reliability capability of organizations. This guide will be reusable by all organizations which design, manufacture or procure electrical/electronics components or products. Although the concepts described in this guide could be applied to both hardware and software reliability capability, the focus of the guide is on hardware reliability capability. Project Purpose: This is an independent guide for defining the criteria for assessing the reliability capability of an organization. The reliability capability will be defined by key processes and associated metrics. This proposed standard does not seek to create or propose creation of certifying bodies that assess if any company meets the definitions of reliability capability. This standard can be used for self-assessment by companies or for supplier/customer relationship development between members of supply chain. Designation: 1625-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Multi-Cell Mobile Computing Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 20, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1625-2004. Technical Contact: Jean M Baronas, Phone:408-352-4557, Email:jean.baronas@am.sony.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for multi-cell mobile computing devices. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end- user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to Li-ion and Li-ion polymer, but future versions of this standard may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: qualification process; manufacturing process control; energy capacity and demand management; levels of management and control in the battery systems; current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Abstract: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for multi-cell mobile computing devices. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end-user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to Li-ion and Li-ion polymer, but future versions of this standard may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: qualification process; manufacturing process control; energy capacity and demand management; levels of management and control in the battery systems; and current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Key Words: 1625-2008, battery, battery pack, cell, host device, lithium-ion (Li-ion), lithium-ion polymer (Li-ion polymer), mobile computing device, pack, portable computing, rechargeable battery, rechargeable battery packs Designation: 1625-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Apr 08, 2004 Project Scope: ORIGINAL SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computers. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. Measurement methods are provided for: Qualification Process and Requirements; Manufacturing Process Control Requirements; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries and packaging technologies. REVISED SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end-user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Project Purpose: ORIGINAL PURPOSE: To reduce the incidence of user problems, the portable computer and battery industries need standardized criteria for qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. REVISED PURPOSE: To reduce the frequency of occurrence of user problems, the portable computing and battery industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Designation: 1625-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1625-2008. Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Apr 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems, including considerations for end-user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to Li-ion and Li-ion polymer, but future versions of this standard may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: qualification process, manufacturing process control, energy capacity and demand management, levels of management and control in the battery systems, current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user experience and operation of batteries in portable computing environments. The battery industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. This standard, and its accompanying annexes, provides no guarantee of protection or safety for battery users. This standard sets forth recommendations for design analyses and certain testing procedures. The level of assurance for protection and safety resulting from applying this standard depends on the implementation by the manufacturer/supplier and the actions of the end user. In the recommendations for design analyses contained herein, this standard contemplates reasonable intended use by the end user, but it does not provide a complete guarantee against hazards to the end user, such as fire, explosion, and leakage. Abstract: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems, including considerations for end-user notification. Key Words: "battery, battery pack, cell, host device, lithium-ion (Li-ion), lithium-ion polymer (Li-ion polymer), notebook computer, pack," Designation: 1625 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computers. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. Measurement methods are provided for: Qualification Process and Requirements; Manufacturing Process Control Requirements; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium- based battery chemistries and packaging technologies. Project Purpose: To reduce the incidence of user problems, the portable computer and battery industries need standardized criteria for qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Abstract: Project scope: ORIGINAL SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computers. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. Measurement methods are provided for: Qualification Process and Requirements; Manufacturing Process Control Requirements; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries and packaging technologies. REVISED SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end-user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: Qualification Process; Manufactu Key Words: IEEE Std 1625-2003 , IEEE 1625 , IEEE P1625 , Designation: 1625 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: David Y. Ling, Phone:650-857-5057, Email:david.ling@hp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user experience and operation of batteries in portable computing environments. The battery industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Designation: 1625 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Multi-cell Mobile Computing Devices Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for multi-cell mobile computing devices. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end- user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user experience and operation of batteries in mobile computing environments. The battery and mobile computing industries need standardized criteria for the design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and to verify the quality and reliability of such cell, batteries and systems. Designation: 1626 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for dc Overhead Contact System Insulation Requirements for Transit Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lou DiMichele, Phone:416-393-4402, Email:lou.dimichele@ttc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum insulation requirements for dc overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop minimum requirements for levels of insulation for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems. This will control hazards and improve life cycle costs. Designation: P1627 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Grounding Practices for dc Electrification Overhead Contact Systems, Including Application of Lightning Arresters, for Transit Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Nick Rassias, Phone:610-650-7730, Email:nrassias@gfnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this standard covers practices for grounding overhead contact systems used in dc electrification for rail, light rail, and trolley bus including the proper application of lightning arresters. Project Purpose: At the present time there are no uniform practices for grounding overhead contact systems used in DC traction electrification or for application of lightning arresters. Such a standard will provide increased protection to passengers, personnel, and equipment, reduce maintenance and initial costs and improve system performance. Designation: 1628-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance of DC Overhead Contact Systems for Transit Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 2009 Technical Contact: Michael N. Lewis, Phone:973-824-6216, Email:michael.n.lewis@parsons.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides overhead contact system maintenance practices and procedures including maintenance techniques, site inspection and test procedures, and maintenance tolerances, for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems. Project Purpose: There are no known Industry-wide guidelines. Guidelines will result in improved reliability and reduced maintenance costs of Overhead Contact Systems for transit. Abstract: This recommended practice provides a set of guidelines that can be used by the operators of new start-up systems seeking guidance in developing manuals, methods, practices and procedures for the safe and effective maintenance of their Overhead Contact System (OCS), or by the maintenance organizations of existing well-established systems to amplify or refine their existing practices. This recommended practice provides general recommendations for performing maintenance work on dc OCS for transit systems. These recommendations are based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations and field experience by many transit agencies. Included are technical explanations to cover certain testing of tools and equipment; field maintenance and care of tools and equipment; work methods for the maintenance of the OCS; and recommended safety practices and procedures for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines. Designation: P1629 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Performance of dc Overhead Current Collectors for Transit Vehicles Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jeffrey Sisson, Phone:617-222-5479, Email:jsisson@mbta.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard provides minimum acceptable performance requirements for overhead current collectors used for light rail vehicles, heavy rail vehicles and trolley bus vehicles. Specific areas to be addressed include oscillation of collectors, arcing and electrical transients, all weather operation, the wire/collector interface, and dewirement and entanglement hazards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop performance requirements for overhead current collectors on transit vehicles to control hazards, improve performance and reliability, and reduce life cycle cost. Abstract: This standard defines the general characteristics of pantographs that enable current collection from an overhead contact system on light rail transit and heavy rail transit systems. The standard contains definitions pertinent to pantographs, including general definitions, specific pantograph terminology, and pantograph components, pantograph dimensions, and operating characteristics. The operating requirements that need to be defined by the purchaser of pantographs are stated. In addition, standard dimensions for the collector head and contact strip, various pantograph mechanical and operational requirements, environmental conditions, and maintainability and documentation requirements are specified. The standard also includes various testing methodologies and requirements Key Words: pantograph, contact strip, collector head, overhead contact system, gradient, tracking, traction, rail vehicle, light rail, heavy rail, streetcar, tramcar, transit, railway. Designation: P1630 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Supporting Structures for Overhead Contact Systems for Transit Systems Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Steve R Adkins, Phone:412-965-6823, Email:sadkins@gfnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This standard determines minimum structural requirements for structural supports used for overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems, including loading, safety factors and deflection. Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing structural requirements for supports used for overhead contact systems. The purpose of this standard is to improve design efficiency for new and existing rail transit projects. Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to provide minimum design requirements for supporting structures types to provide support of overhead contact systems for electrified transit. This standard is developed to govern the design and fabrication of supporting structures for OCS. It is provided to define minimum general design and construction parameters for the following tubular steel pole types: tapered and constant diameter round, tapered and constant diameter multi-sided, sectional and fluted. Key Words: Catenary, Design, Fabrication, Overhead Contact Systems, OCS, Pole, Steel, Structure, Support, Tubular Designation: 1630 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Supporting Structures for dc Overhead Contact Systems for Transit Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Steve R Adkins, Phone:412-965-6823, Email:sadkins@gfnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: This standard determines minimum structural requirements for structural supports used for overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus systems, including loading, safety factors and deflection. Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing structural requirements for supports used for overhead contact systems. Such standards will improve design efficiency for new and existing rail transit projects. Designation: 1631-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of 8-VSB Digital Television Transmission Mask Compliance for the USA Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 09, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Greg Best, Phone:816-792-2913, Email:gbconsulting@kc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a standardized body of theory, techniques, and procedures for measuring the spectral characteristics of 8-VSB transmitters used for terrestrial transmission of digital television (DTV) in the frequency range near their assigned channels. Essential characteristics are specified and measurement procedures are given that ensure that all parties will obtain comparable results. The theory and techniques presented are applicable to all 8-VSB transmitters. However, the specification and interpretation of these measurements is primarily focused on DTV transmitters used within the United States of America. Abstract: This recommended practice provides a standardized body of theory, techniques, and procedures for measuring the spectral characteristics of 8-VSB transmitters used for terrestrial transmission of digital television (DTV) in the frequency range near their assigned channels. Essential characteristics are specified and measurement procedures are given that ensure that all parties will obtain comparable results. Key Words: 1631-2008, 8-VSB, 8-VSB emissions, 500 kHz sub-band, adjacent channel, ATSC digital TV standard, average filter attenuation modeling, band-stop filter, DTV, DTV emissions, FCC emissions compliance, DTV emissions measurement procedure, DTV emissions measurement theory, digital signal intermodulation, emission mask, LPTV DTV transmitter, noise-floor correction, noise bandwidth, pilot frequency offset, simple emission mask, spectrum analyzer, stringent emission mask Designation: P1631 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of 8-VSB Digital Television Transmission Mask Compliance for the USA Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Greg Best, Phone:816-792-2913, Email:gbconsulting@kc.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a standardized body of theory, techniques, and procedures for measuring the spectral characteristics of 8-VSB transmitters used for terrestrial transmission of digital television (DTV)per FCC requirements. Essential characteristics are specified and measurement procedures are given that ensure that all parties will obtain comparable results. The theory and techniques presented are applicable to all 8-VSB transmitters. However, the specification and interpretation of these measurements is primarily focused on DTV transmitters used within the United States of America. Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide manufacturers, installers, TV station personnel, and other concerned parties with a standardized body of information for the purpose of determining whether DTV transmission systems are in compliance with the specifications prescribed in the FCC rules. Designation: 1631 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Superseded Technical Contact: William T. Hayes, Phone:515-242-3116, Email:wt_hayes@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The proposed standard will create a new document to specify techniques of measuring frequency spectrum characteristics of digitally modulated television signals. The techniques will relate to the measure ment of the frequency spectrum, in and out of channel and include definitions fo correctly apply and interpret the measurement techniques. Project Purpose: This project will provide a standard method for measuring the frequency spectrum characteristics of digitally modulated television signals. The standard will be used by manufacturers and engineers to insure compliance with federal regulations and accepted engineering practices. Designation: 1632 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Power of Digitally Modulated Television Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William T. Hayes, Phone:515-242-3116, Email:wt_hayes@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The standard specifies the techniques of power measurement for digitally modulated television signals. The techniques relate to the measurement of the power and address varying power levels and include definitions to correctly apply and interpret the measurement techniques. Project Purpose: This project will provide a standard method for power measurement of a digitally modulated television signals. The standard will be used by manufacturers and engineers to insure compliance with federal regulations and accepted engineering practices. Designation: 16326-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Systems and Software Engineering--Life Cycle Processes-- Project Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2009 **Replaces 1058-1998. Technical Contact: Mark O Henley, Phone:254-867-2423, Email:mark.henley@l-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 2010 Project Scope: There is no separate Scope statement in the final draft International Standard. Project Purpose: This International Standard is intended to aid project managers in managing to successful conclusion those projects concerned with software-intensive systems and software products. This International Standard specifies the required content of the project management plan (PMP). This International Standard also quotes the extracted purpose and outcome statements from the project processes of ISO/IEC 12207:2008 (IEEE Std 12207-2008) and ISO/IEC 15288:2008 (IEEE Std 15288-2008), and adds detailed guidance for managing projects that use these processes for software products and software-intensive systems. Abstract: ISO/IEC/IEEE 16326:2009 provides normative content specifications for project management plans covering software projects, and software-intensive system projects. It also provides detailed discussion and advice on applying a set of project processes that are common to both the software and system life cycle as covered by ISO/IEC 12207:2008 (IEEE Std 12207-2008) and ISO/IEC 15288:2008 (IEEE Std 15288- 2008), respectively. The discussion and advice are intended to aid in the preparation of the normative content of project management plans. ISO/IEC/IEEE 16326:2009 is the result of the harmonization of ISO/IEC TR 16326:1999 and IEEE Std 1058-1998. Key Words: 16326-2009, 1058-1998, management plans, project management plans, software intensive system project management plans, software project management plans Designation: 16326 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Project management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark O Henley, Phone:254-867-2423, Email:mark.henley@l-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 1058-1998 (IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans) to become an international standard by merging it with an existing ISO/IEC Technical Report 16326-1999 (Software engineering -- Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 12207 to Project Management). The current ISO/IEC TR 16326 provides guidance to people responsible for managing the performance of the primary software life cycle processes of ISO/IEC 12207-1995 (IEEE/EIA 12207.0 - Information technology - - Software life cycle processes). The process guidance provided by the current Technical Report will be updated. From IEEE Std 1058 will come normative provisions for the content of a software project management plan. To incorporate both process guidance and document requirements, it is within the scope of the project to develop a one-part standard or a multi-part standard. Furthermore, depending on the pace of SC7 harmonization activities, it is permitted to extend the scope of this effort to system- level project management. Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the current standard, extend it to include project execution as well as planning, to promote it to the status of an International Standard, and to achieve greater harmonization with: a. Software engineering standards of JTC1/SC7, b. The relevant standards of ISO TC176, IEEE, and PMI, c. Emerging systems engineering standards of JTC1/SC7. Designation: 1633-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: IEEE Recommended Practice on Software Reliability Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Norman Schneidewind, Phone:831-656-2719, Email:nschneid@nps.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 13, 2008 Project Scope: Software reliability (SR) models have been evaluated and ranked for their applicability to various situations. Many improvements have been made in SR modeling and prediction since 1992. This revised recommended practice reflects those advances in SR since 1992, including modeling and prediction for distributed and network systems. Situation specific usage guidance was refined and updated. The methodologies and tools included in this recommended practice are extended over the software life cycle (SLC). Project Purpose: The recommended practice promotes a systems approach to SR prediction. Although there are some distinctive characteristics of aerospace software, the principles of reliability are generic, and the results can be beneficial to practitioners in any industry. Abstract: Draft D12 This recommended practice prescribes the methods for assessing and predicting the reliability of software, based on a life cycle approach to software reliability engineering. It provides information necessary for the application of software reliability measurement to a project, lays a foundation for building consistent methods, and establishes the basic principle for collecting the data needed to assess and predict the reliability of software. The document prescribes how any user can participate in on going software reliability assessments and predictions. Key Words: 1633-2008, software reliability Designation: 1634 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems Title: Standard for Common Data Dictionary for Use in Intelligent Transportation Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: This standard is the result of an effort to research, compile, and consolidate common data dictionary terms for use in intelligent transportation systems. The standard describes the common data dictionary terms using meta attributes defined in IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ASN.1). The standard will provide the specification for common data elements such as person, time, date, and location to minimize or eliminate ambiguities and inconsistencies when there are more than one group defining similar data element definitions. The common data dictionary terms are intended to be used with the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Data Registry. Project Purpose: Experience gained from the use of and testing the implementation of ITS Data Registry and field operational tests of standards for ITS applications has indicated that there is a need for a single definitive data dictionary describing the common data elements. Various technology specific data dictionaries have been developed and often each one has standardized on its own the data elements for common variables such as time. This IEEE standard will attempt to replace these with a single data element, which can be used by all of ITS data dictionaries. Designation: P1635 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery systems as applied to: - Vented (flooded) lead acid (VLA) - Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) - Nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues associated with each type of technology. The scope of this document includes only stationary batteries under conditions of expected use. Multiple operating modes are identified. The ventilation practices described in this guide represent “the best practice” based on the information available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, number and size of battery systems, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources and needs in developing an environment that maximizes safety and is conducive to optimum operation of the equipment. These recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Design of a ventilation system for a specific battery installation requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations. Abstract: Ventilation of stationary battery installations is critical to maximize battery life while minimizing the hazards associated with hydrogen production. This guide is applicable to vented lead acid, valve-regulated lead acid, and nickel cadmium stationary battery installations and was written to serve as a bridge between the electrical designer and the HVAC designer. It describes battery operating modes and the hazards associated with each. It provides the HVAC designer with the information to provide a cost effective ventilation solution. Key Words: Ventilation, Battery, Battery Room, Thermal Management, Hydrogen, Battery Gassing, Battery Vaults, Battery Cabinets, Natural Ventilation, Forced Ventilation, Stationary Battery, Ventilation System Maintenance. Designation: 1635 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery systems as applied to: a) Vented (flooded) lead- acid b) Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) c) Nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues associated with each type of technology. The scope of this document includes only stationary batteries under conditions of expected use. Multiple operating modes are identified. Specifically not included in this document are: • Ventilation for spilled electrolyte, as a spill is considered an accident condition. Temporary ventilation for fumes associated with spills due to handling of batteries is addressed in IEEE Std 1578-200A, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management • Recharging stations for motive power or automotive batteries. These stations use different charging regimes from stationary float applications, although the charging gases produced can be managed in accordance with the guidelines in this document • Batteries that are embedded in small equipment such as desk-top Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems and emergency lighting systems • Battery installations in classified (hazardous) environments • Ventilation for gases or other byproducts given off by battery installations involved in fires. The latter are not considered conditions of expected use, and in such circumstances ventilation could be disabled • Lithium-based batteries • Ventilation of the charger, UPS, or other equipment associated with the battery system • Battery Room design for fire or smoke events. The ventilation practices described in this guide represent “the ventilation practices described in this guide are recommended” based on the information available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, number and size of battery systems, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources and needs in developing an environment that is both safe and conducive to optimum operation of the equipment. These recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Design of a ventilation system for a specific battery installation requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Project Purpose: No change to existing purpose. Designation: 1635 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery systems (flooded lead-acid batteries, VRLA and Ni-Cd). For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues associated with each type of technology. Ventilation for electrolyte spills is not discussed in this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations. Designation: 1635 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery systems as applied to: a) Vented (flooded) lead-acid b) Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) c) Nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues associated with each type of technology. The scope of this document includes only stationary batteries under conditions of expected use. Multiple operating modes are identified. Specifically not included in this document are: • Ventilation for spilled electrolyte, as a spill is considered an accident condition. Temporary ventilation for fumes associated with spills due to handling of batteries is addressed in IEEE Std 1578-2007, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management • Recharging stations for motive power or automotive batteries. These stations use different charging regimes from stationary float applications, although the charging gases produced can be managed in accordance with the guidelines in this document • Batteries that are embedded in small equipment such as desk-top Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems and emergency lighting systems • Battery installations in classified (hazardous) environments • Ventilation for gases or other byproducts given off by battery installations involved in fires. The latter are not considered conditions of expected use, and in such circumstances ventilation could be disabled • Lithium-based batteries • Ventilation of the charger, UPS, or other equipment associated with the battery system • Battery Room design for fire or smoke events. The ventilation practices described in this guide are based on the information available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, number and size of battery systems, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources and needs in developing an environment that is both safe and conducive to optimum operation of the equipment. These recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Design of a ventilation system for a specific battery installation requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations. Designation: 1635 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery systems as applied to: a) Vented (flooded) lead-acid b) Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) c) Nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues associated with each type of technology. The scope of this document includes only stationary batteries under conditions of expected use. Multiple operating modes are identified. Specifically not included in this document are: • Ventilation for spilled electrolyte, as a spill is considered an accident condition. Temporary ventilation for fumes associated with spills due to handling of batteries is addressed in IEEE Std 1578-2007, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management • Recharging stations for motive power or automotive batteries. These stations use different charging regimes from stationary float applications, although the charging gases produced can be managed in accordance with the guidelines in this document • Batteries that are embedded in small equipment such as desk-top Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems and emergency lighting systems • Battery installations in classified (hazardous) environments • Ventilation for gases or other byproducts given off by battery installations involved in fires. The latter are not considered conditions of expected use, and in such circumstances ventilation could be disabled • Lithium-based batteries • Ventilation of the charger, UPS, or other equipment associated with the battery system • Battery Room design for fire or smoke events. The ventilation practices described in this guide are based on the information available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, number and size of battery systems, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources and needs in developing an environment that is both safe and conducive to optimum operation of the equipment. These recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Design of a ventilation system for a specific battery installation requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations. Designation: 1636-2009 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 14, 2009 Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of the Standard Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is an implementation independent specification for a software interface to information systems containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex systems consisting of hardware, software, or any combination thereof. These interfaces will support service definitions for creating application programming interfaces (API) for the access, exchange, and analysis of historical diagnostic and maintenance information. The standard will use the information models of IEEE Std 1232 - Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) as a foundation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the IEEE P1636 Standard Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is to specify a software interface for access, exchange, and analysis of product diagnostic and maintenance information. This will address the pervasive need of organizations to assess the effectiveness of diagnostics for complex systems throughout the product lifecycle. The use of formal information models will facilitate exchanging historical maintenance information between information systems and analysis tools. The models will facilitate creating open system software architectures for maturing system diagnostics. Abstract: This document provides an implementation independent specification for a software interface to information systems containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex systems consisting of hardware, software, or any combination thereof. These interfaces will support service definitions for creating application programming interfaces (API) for the access, exchange, and analysis of historical diagnostic and maintenance information. This will address the pervasive need of organizations to assess the effectiveness of diagnostics for complex systems throughout the product lifecycle. The use of formal information models will facilitate exchanging historical maintenance information between information systems and analysis tools. The models will facilitate creating open system software architectures for maturing system diagnostics. Key Words: 1636-2009, AI-ESTATE, Automated Test Markup Language (ATML), diagnostic maturation, Maintenance Action Information, maintenance data, Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA), Test Results and Session Information Designation: 1636 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of the Standard Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is an implementation independent specification for a software interface to information systems containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex systems consisting of hardware, software, or any combination thereof. These interfaces will support service definitions for creating application programming interfaces (API) for the access, exchange, and analysis of historical diagnostic and maintenance information. The standard will use the information models of IEEE Std 1232-2002 - Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) as a foundation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the IEEE P1636 Standard Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is to specify a software interface for access, exchange, and analysis of product diagnostic and maintenance information. This will address the pervasive need of organizations to assess the effectiveness of diagnostics for complex systems throughout the product lifecycle. The use of formal information models will facilitate exchanging historical maintenance information between information systems and analysis tools. The models will facilitate creating open system software architectures for maturing system diagnostics. Designation: 1636.1-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results and Session Information via the eXtensible Markup Language(XML) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 29, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g., between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in storage devices and databases, facilitating online and offline analysis. The test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards. Abstract: This standard is intended to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g., between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in storage devices and databases, facilitating online and offline analysis. The test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards. Key Words: 1636.1-2007, Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), automatic test systems, eXtensible Markup Language (XML), Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA), test results, XML schema Designation: P1636.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results and Session Information via the eXtensible Markup Language(XML) Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment. The standard uses the information models of IEEE Std 1636-2009 - Standard Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) as a foundation. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify a software interface for access, exchange, and analysis of test result information. The standard enables the capture of test results data, facilitating data analysis to assess the effectiveness of test and diagnostic processes applied to complex systems. The test results information model and XML schema define the semantics and exchange format for information to be used among applications implementing the SIMICA family of standards. Designation: 1636.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results via the Extensible Markup Language (XML) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g., between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in storage devices and databases,facilitating online and offline analysis. The test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards. Designation: 1636.2-2010 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Maintenance Action Information via the Extensible Markup Language (XML) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 24, 2010 Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging maintenance action information (MAI) associated with the removal, repair, and replacement of system components to maintain/support an operational system. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of a test system and applications in a maintenance environment where MAI needs to be shared. The standard will facilitate the capture and exchange of unit under test (UUT) specific maintenance information, facilitating online and offline analysis of the maintenance process. The maintenance action schema defines a class of information to be used within the SIMICA family of standards. Abstract: Interoperability between components of automatic test systems (ATS) is promoted and facilitated. The standard facilitates the capture of maintenance action information (MAI) associated with the removal, repair, and replacement of a particular system component (e.g., unit(s) under test) in order to maintain/support that particular operational system. The MAI schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards. The exchange format utilizes the XML formats. Key Words: automated test system (ATS), eXtensible markup language (XML), maintenance action information (MAI), Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA), XML schema Designation: P1636.99 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Common Information Elements Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: The SIMICA family of standards provides an implementation- independent software interfaces to information systems containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex systems consisting of hardware, software, or any combination thereof. This standard defines EXPRESS information models and XML schemas that together define the common information elements supporting these interfaces. Project Purpose: This document will not contain a purpose statement. Designation: 1637-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide to Select Terminations for Shielded Alternating-Current Power Cable Rated 5 kV - 46 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: R.D Fulcomer, Phone:718-828-0220x1432, Email:bfulcomer@plymouthrubber.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: This guide will discuss the reasons why a termination is necessary on a shielded power cable. Included is a short tutorial on termination theory, a general discussion of design and materials and a selection flow chart. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to guide the reader in selecting terminations for shielded-power cable 5 kV – 46 kV. Abstract: A step-by-step process for selecting an appropriate termination that is commensurate with a particular shielded power cable design is provided in this guide. Over the years, shielded power cables have been developed that employ many different insulating materials and many different shielding systems, such that, there are numerous issues to consider when selecting a termination for a particular cable design. Over the same period of time, many different termination methods and designs have been developed that serve the same purpose, but employ different application methodologies. This guide does not attempt to cover every cable and termination design, and is generally restricted to single conductor underground residential distribution (URD) and shielded power cable that have a voltage rating from 5 kV – 46 kV, which includes some industrial cables. By nature, the terminations referred to in this guide are considered to be “live front,” in that the terminations comprise a transition from a shielded power cable system to an energized component or bus that is either bare or simply covered. Key Words: power cable, shielded, termination Designation: 1639 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for transmission of Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) data within Local Area Networks: Distributed MIDI - DMIDI Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Phil Kerr, Phone:+44-141-330-5740, Email:philkerr@elec.gla.ac.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies the communication protocol for the transmission of MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) data for communication between MIDI capable hardware and software within a local area network. Project Purpose: This standard specifies the low-level protocols and high-level addressing schema for interconnecting MIDI capable devices over local area networks. The standard seeks to extend the reach of MIDI by enabling it's transmission over Ethernet and 802.11 networks whilst retaining backwards compatibility with existing hardware and software. Designation: 164-1962 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Methods of Testing Bobbin Cores for Electronic Computers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1640 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Wireless Messaging Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will provide specifications for interoperable protocols and other standards to support Wireless Messaging, historically used in the paging industry, including air protocols, end-to-end application protocols, and exterior and interior network protocols. Project Purpose: Millions of wireless messaging devices are deployed around the world. These devices are connected by various air protocols to wireless messaging service providers, traditionally referred to as paging services. Wireless messaging service providers offer connectivity from the public switched telephone network (PSTN) for numeric display messaging devices, from dedicated text input devices for alpha text display messaging devices, and from computers (PCs) for messaging devices with application layer functionality. By standardizing the various protocols and specifications for device performance, interoperability across various networks, including the Internet, PSTN, LANs and private networks for a wide variety of applications can be assured. Designation: 1640.2 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for TAP (Telocator(TM) Alphanumeric Protocol) - A Wireless Messaging Network Exterior Protocol Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide specifications for interoperable exterior input-output network protocols to support Wireless Messaging, historically used in the paging industry. Project Purpose: Tens of thousands of sources for wireless messaging devices are deployed around the world. These sources are connected by one of several input-output protocols to the exterior of the networks of wireless messaging service providers. Wireless messaging service providers offer connectivity for alpha display messaging devices from text input devices using modems over the public switched telephone network (PSTN). The traditional modem protocol for exterior input-output from a messaging network has been referred to as Telocator alpha protocol (TAP). By standardizing the modem protocol specifications, interoperability across various networks can be assured. Designation: 1640.5 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for TNPP (Telocator(TM) Network Paging Protocol) - A Wireless Messaging Network Interior Protocol Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide specifications for interoperable wireless messaging network interior protocols to support Wireless Messaging, historically used in the paging industry. Project Purpose: Millions of wireless messaging devices are deployed around the world. These devices are connected to wireless messaging service providers. Inside these networks various protocols are used pass messages from internal nodes to other internal nodes, where various processing is performed, such as format conversion, routing, storage, and filtering. In addition, other data related to messaging is passed inside the network, such as for accounting and provisioning. The traditional network protocol for interior data handling has been referred to as Telocator network paging protocol (TNPP). By standardizing these specifications, interoperability across various networks can be assured. Designation: 1641-2010 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Signal and Test Definition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 17, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1641-2004 Technical Contact: Ashley M B Hulme, Phone:+44-1202-872503, Email:ashley.hulme@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides the means to define and describe signals used in testing. It provides a set of common basic signal definitions, built upon formal mathematical specifications, so that signals can be combined to form complex signals usable across all test platforms. The standard provides support for structural textual languages and programming language interfaces for interoperability. Project Purpose: This standard provides a common reference for signal definitions, which may be used throughout the life cycle of a unit under test (UUT) or test system. Such a reference will in turn facilitate information transfer, test reuse, and broader application of test information--accessible through commercially available development tools. Abstract: This standard provides the means to define and describe signals used in testing. It also provides a set of common basic signals, built upon formal mathematical specifications so that signals can be combined to form complex signals usable across all test platforms. Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, automatic test equipment, IEEE 1641, signal definitions, test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT Designation: 1641-2004 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Signal and Test Definition Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1641-2010. Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide the means to define and describe signals used in testing. The standard provides a set of common basic signals, mathematically underpinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals usable across all test platforms. The provision of language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a common signal reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test or test system. This will in turn facilitate information transfer, test reuse and broader application of test information - accessible through commercially available development tools. Abstract: To provide the means to define and describe signals used in testing. The standard provides a set of common basic signals, mathematically under pinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals useable across all test platforms. The provision of language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability. Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions, test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT Designation: 1641.1-2006 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Std 1641, Standard for Signal and Test Definition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006, ANSI APP: May 02, 2007 Project Scope: This guide provides application information and guidance for users who write, develop, implement, and support test requirements, signal definitions, and signal responses using IEEE Std 1641™-2004, known as the signal and test definition (STD) standard.1 Examples of the definition and use of signal models in different environments are included. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to explain how to implement signal definitions and test requirements in conformance with IEEE Std 1641- 2004. It also provides background information, tutorial support, and examples of signal definitions and test requirements for users of the STD standard. Abstract: Guidance in the use of the signal and test definition (STD) standard is provided. STD provides the means to define and describe signals used in testing. This guide describes how to implement, apply, and use a set of common basic signals to form complex signals usable across all test platforms. Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, ATML, ATS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions, test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT Designation: P1641.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Guide for the Use of IEEE Std 1641, Standard for Signal and Test Definition Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This guide provides application information and guidance for users who write, develop, implement, and support test requirements, signal definitions, and signal responses using IEEE Std 1641™, the signal and test definition (STD) standard. Examples of the definition and use of signal models in different environments are included. Project Purpose: This guide explains how signal definitions and test requirements may be implemented in conformance with IEEE Std 1641. It also provides background information, tutorial support, and examples of signal definitions and test requirements for users of the standard. Designation: 1641a Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Signal and Test Definition - Amendment 1: Enhancement of Measurement Capabilities and Technical Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ion A Neag, Phone:703-264-1080, Email:ion@tyx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: The means to define and describe signals used in testing has been identified in IEEE Std 1641-2004. This amendment corrects and enhances various definitions within the standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a common signal reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test or test system. The purpose of the amendment is to resolve issues discovered during use and to improve the usability of the standard. Designation: P1642 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Protecting Public Accessible Computer Systems from Intentional EMI Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: William Radasky, Phone:805-683-5681, Email:wradasky@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will establish appropriate EM threat levels, protection methods, monitoring techniques, and test techniques for different classes of computer equipment. Project Purpose: The users will be those that build computer systems that are to be used by the public but require a high level of security to prevent interference. The users could also be organizations that purchase these computer systems. This project will provide these users with required guidance on threat levels, protection methods, monitoring and testing techniques. Designation: 1643 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Protecting Voting Equipment and Systems from Intentional EMI Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William Radasky, Phone:805-683-5681, Email:wradasky@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will establish appropriate EM threat levels, protection methods, monitoring techniques, and test techniques for voting equipment and systems. Project Purpose: The users will be those responsible for equipment design, specification and system integrity of voting equipment and systems. This project will executed in parallel with a more general effort being proposed for the IEEE EMC Society and will provide specific guidance for voting equipment and systems on threat levels, protection methods, monitoring and testing techniques. Designation: 1644 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Software Nomenclature - Software Naming Conventions for Application Software Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Yvette A Tanious, Phone:202-781-1827, Email:taniousya@navsea.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard Software Naming Convention (SNC) as a recommended practice to be used for developing nomenclature for software applications. The SNC is independent and will not impact the coding or the purpose of the software itself and it will not control the mechanism of the writing or the development of Software codes or programs. Project Purpose: Currently, there are no defined, independent standards for naming software applications. Software developers tend to use their own naming methodology, which lacks uniformity, consistency, and is difficult to interpret. The consequences are many (i.e. difficult to track and manage software, lack of sustainability, lack of control, etc.) The purpose of SNC is to develop a SW product naming convention for any stand alone executable SW application. The proposed SNC would use a unique reference structure that links the software name to its related support system, functionality, and software release date. SNC would improve the tracking, controlling, and managing of software releases. Designation: 1645 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for In Service Classification of Damage to Non Ceramic Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Andrew Schwalm, Phone:585-924-2127x219, Email:aschwalm@victorinsulators.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: In cooperation with IEEE Subcommittee on Engineering in Safety, Maintenance and Operation of Lines (ESMOL), the Task Force will develop a common vocabulary and inspection criteria for the various changes in dielectric materials of transmission, distribution and substation non ceramic insulators that occur with time and exposure. Electronic presentation of the results on an appropriate web site is a target deliverable. Project Purpose: The aim of this project is to develop and promulgate effective information regarding the types of deterioration and damage that occur on Non Ceramic Insulators. This information will assist qualified personnel in determining the relative longevity of insulators that exhibit various types of deterioration and damage. Presently there is no universal method or terminology available to the power industry for accurately determining the extent of damage and deterioration on NCI insulators. The target audience will be Power Engineers and other qualified personnel responsible for the safe and continuous operation of, and maintenance on, high voltage power lines. Benefits are that the Task Force will provide readily available information (in photographic form) illustrating the common types of deterioration and or damage found on NCIs and the potential severity of such damage or deterioration will be described. This is particularly important as at present there is no known method for readily determining the safety status or possible hazard presented to workers or the public of an in- service non ceramic insulator. Designation: 1646-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard Communication Delivery Time Performance Requirements for Electric Power Substation Automation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005 Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:holsteindk@adelphia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines communication delivery time of information to be exchanged within and external to substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition systems. Project Purpose: Uitilities will use communication performance requirements as part of a procurement specification to develop new substation automation systems, or to modify existing substation automation systems. Vendors will use communication performance requirements to build open system communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation automation. Abstract: A standard defining communication delivery times of information to be exchanged within and external to substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition systems is described. Communication capabilities and system capabilities to deliver data on time are also specified. Key Words: automatic control, data acquisition, SCADA, supervisory control, communication, intelligent electronic devices, IED, distributed processing, communication message delivery performance measures Designation: P1646 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard Communication Delivery Time Performance Requirements for Electric Power Substation Automation Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines communication delivery times of information to be exchanged within and external to substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition systems. Project Purpose: Utilities can use communication performance requirements as part of a procurement specification to develop new substation automation systems, or to modify existing substation automation systems. Vendors will use communication performance requirements to build open system communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation automation. Designation: 1647-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for the Functional Verification Language e Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 1647-2006 Technical Contact: Yaron Kashai, Phone:+1 408 914 6335, Email:kashai@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006, BD APP: May 09, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional verification language. This standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of: a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs b) the e language interaction with standard simulation languages c) e language libraries This revision extends the standard to cover novel verification-related features. Project Purpose: This standard serves the community involved with functional verification of electronic designs using the e language. It provides an implementation independent definition of the e language and facilitates the development of e language based design automation tools. The revision project extends the standard to include novel verification related features. The revision project extends the standard to include novel verification related features. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1647-2006. The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional verification language. This standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of: a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs. b) the e language interaction with standard simulation languages. c) e language libraries. This revision extends the standard to cover novel verification-related features. Key Words: 1647-2008, assertion, concurrent programming, constraint, dynamic verification, functional coverage, functional verification, simulation, temporal logic, test generation Designation: P1647 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Draft Standard for the Functional Verification Language 'e' Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Andrew Piziali, Phone:214-455-8577, Email:andy@piziali.dv.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines the e functional verification language. This standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of (a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs, (b) the e language interaction with standard simulation languages and (c) e language libraries. Project Purpose: This standard serves the community involved with functional verification of electronic designs using the e language. It provides an implementation independent definition of the e language and facilitates the development of e language based design automation tools. Abstract: The e functional verification language is an application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of verifying a hardware or software design with respect to its specification. Verification environments written in e provide a model of the environment in which the design is expected to function, including the kinds of erroneous conditions the design needs to withstand. A typical verification environment is capable of generating user-controlled test inputs with statistically interesting characteristics. Such an environment can check the validity of the design responses. Functional coverage metrics are used to control the verification effort and gauge the quality of the design. e verification environments can be used throughout the design cycle, from a high-level architectural model to a fully realized system. A definition of the e language syntax and semantics and how tool developers and verification engineers should use them are contained in this standard. Key Words: assertion, concurrent programming, constraint, dynamic verification, functional coverage, functional verification, simulation, temporal logic, test generation Designation: 1647-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for the Functional Verification Language 'e' Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1647-2008. Technical Contact: Yaron Kashai, Phone:+1 408 914 6335, Email:kashai@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional verification language. The e functional verification language is an application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of verifying electronic designs with respect to their specifications. This standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of the following: a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs b) the e language interaction with standard simulation languages c) e language libraries Project Purpose: Electronic systems are integrated circuits (ICs), boards, or modules combining multiple ICs together, along with optional embedded processors and software components. Electronic systems are built to specifications that anticipate the environment in which such systems are expected to function and define the expected system functionality. Functional verification measures how well a system meets its specification. Even with moderately complex systems this question cannot be answered by inspection. For all modern electronic systems, a sophisticated verification process needs to accompany the design process to ensure compliance with the specification. Many electronic design automation (EDA) tools are used to carry out the functional verification process. The most prominent functional verification method, used to verify virtually all system designs, is called dynamic verification or simulation-based verification . Simulation-based verification makes use of a functional model of the system being designed. The functional model is simulated in the context of a mockup of the anticipated system environment. This mock-up is called the verification environment. There are many requirements a verification environment needs to fulfill. — It needs to create input stimulus and feed it into the system being verified. — It needs to collect the output from the system being verified, as well as the state of selected internal nodes. — It needs to check the output matches the expectations, based on the functional requirements, the state of the system being verified, and the inputs provided. — It needs to measure functional coverage : the extent to which functions of the system being verified have been exercised by the verification environment. — It needs to facilitate error identification, isolation, and debug. For that purpose, test environments contain combinational and temporal assertions, as well as various messaging and logging capabilities. — The verification environment needs to be able to mimic all possible variations and configurations the system being verified might face in practice. — The verification environment needs to be able to throw a wide variety of error conditions at the system being verified, in order to test error handling and error recovery. — The verification environment should be easily controllable, to allow steering by the verification engineers. The verification environment is a primary component in a simulation-based verification process. The environment needs to drive the system being verified through enough diverse scenarios to cover a statistically meaningful portion of the systems state space. Coverage data collected throughout the process should provide the foundation to an informed decision about the production readiness of the system being designed. Sophisticated verification environments are complex software systems, representing a significant investment. Reuse of verification components is a primary way of minimizing this investment. Reusability is typically an artifact of a well thought-out software architecture, but in the case of e , the language itself facilitates reuse through aspect- oriented programming (AOP) constructs and the semantics of generation. The purpose of the e functional verification language is to facilitate the creation of sophisticated verification environments. e features many constructs that automate and support common verification environment tasks. A standard definition of the e language should serve both practicing verification engineers and EDA tool developers. Engineers using e to build verification environments and reusable verification components need to ensure the valuable intellectual property (IP) they create can be interpreted by others. Tool developers need to agree on consistent syntax and semantics to ensure interoperability between tools. These goals are best facilitated by means of an open standard. Abstract: The e functional verification language is an application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of verifying an electronic design with respect to its specification. Verification environments written in e provide a model of the environment in which the design is expected to function, including the kinds of erroneous conditions the design needs to withstand. A typical verification environment is capable of generating user-controlled test inputs with statistically interesting characteristics. Such an environment can check the validity of the design responses. Functional coverage metrics are used to control the verification effort and gauge the quality of the design. e verification environments can be used throughout the design cycle, from a high-level architectural model to a fully realized system. This standard contains a definition of the e language syntax and semantics, and how tool developers and verification engineers should use them. Key Words: assertion, concurrent programming, constraint, dynamic verification, functional coverage, functional verification, simulation, temporal logic, test generation Designation: 1648 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Customer-Supplier Relationship in Agile Software Development Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes key elements of agile approaches to software development that have a direct impact on the relationship between a customer and a supplier engaged in such work. Agile software development anticipates and accommodates evolution of requirements and related development plans, which affect the relationship between customer and supplier. This document is intended to: - provide guidance for managing expectations regarding the goals, objectives and practices of the agile software development effort; - describe the nature, activities and outcomes of how the customer and the supplier work together when using agile approaches; and - help customers and suppliers account for agile approaches in their agreements and contracts. This document is not intended to: - be an introduction to or tutorial on agile software development; and - prescribe specific techniques for implementing the recommendations. Project Purpose: A prerequisite to using this Recommended Practice is a basic understanding of agile software development approaches. The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to define how both customer and supplier relate when using agile approaches. This document establishes the recommended set of activities and outcomes for the application of such approaches, complements existing literature of agile approaches to software development, and provides recommendations that customer and supplier need to apply when using agile approaches. Designation: 1648 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing and Managing Software Development Efforts Using Agile Methods Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:scott.duncan@gmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a process that a software development client should adopt and use in contracting with and working with an Agile software developer. It is intended that both the technical and project management personnel should apply these recommendations to be aware of and control the three aspects of software development: development status of specific features, progress through the development cycle, and expenditure of contract funds. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide software acquirers with a process that is suitable for establishing and managing an Agile-style software development. This Recommended Practice focuses on the definition and control of feature development and does not address aspects of software development independent of the Agile development methodology. Designation: 1649 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Recommended Practice on Information Security Risk Assessment in Power System Operations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frances M Cleveland, Phone:831-338-3175, Email:fcleve@xanthus-consulting.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is the development of Recommended Practices, educational material, and other information related to the assessment of information security risks in power system operations. Project Purpose: Information security has become increasingly important in power system operations. Although security measures have been developed in the broader communications industry and standardization work is currently underway for security in power system communications protocols, very little effort has been undertaken on how to assess security risks in power system operations, and therefore what security measures need to be implemented. Therefore, the purpose of this Working Group will be to develop methods by which the information security risks can be assessed by utilities. These efforts will be closely coordinated with the on-going work on security standards for power system communications in the IEC TC57 WG15, the on-going work on recommended practices for security solutions in IEEE SCC36, the IEEE PES SCC TF on Electronic Security in IEEE PES Standards, and other security industry efforts. Designation: 165-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Analog Computers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Key Words: computer, analog, terms, glossary, definitions Designation: 1650-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Electrical Properties of Carbon Nanotubes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2006 Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs). The methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the CNT's. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for the electrical characterization of CNT's and the means of reporting performance and other data. Without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of CNT technology will be severely impeded. This is intended to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods will enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will recommend the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Abstract: Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes are covered. Due to the nature of carbon nanotubes, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. This standard describes the most common sources of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for carbon nanotubes. This standard also gives recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring carbon nanotubes. Key Words: Carbon nanotube, electrical characterization, high-impedance measurement, nanotechnology Designation: 1650 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Electrical Properties of Carbon Nanotubes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Paul Brazis, Phone:847-756-1561, Email:paul.brazis@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides standard methods for the electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs). The methods are independent of processing routes used to fabricate the CNT's. Project Purpose: This document standardizes the electrical characterization of CNT's and the means of reporting performance and other data. Without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of CNT technology will be severely impeded. This document is intended to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standard recommends the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Designation: 16509-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 16509:1999, Information Technology -- Year 2000 Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: 1651-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Reducing Bird-Related Outages Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 22, 2011 Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:765-494-6912, Email:rsundara@purdue.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide documents proven methods and designs to reduce bird- related outages, such as contamination outages, streamer outages, and electrocution/collision/contact outages on transmission lines, in substations, and on distribution lines, thereby improving reliability and minimizing the associated revenue loss. Project Purpose: Recommended procedures and techniques for reducing bird related contamination, streamer, electrocution and collision (contact) outages on transmission lines, in substations and on overhead distribution lines, including all apparatuses and devices, such as insulators, transformers, surge arresters, capacitor banks, poles etc. are provided. The information in this guide was drawn from electric utilities, suppliers, universities, related industries, and personal observations. Included in this guide are methods for reducing various bird-related outages that have been shown to be effective. The information presented is of particular benefit to utilities that are experiencing various bird related outages, some not even aware of the problem. It is also of value to those utilities that are in the process of erecting new lines in areas where birds are prevalent. Abstract: Methods, techniques, and designs to mitigate bird-related power interruptions and equipment damage resulting from avian interactions with electric facilities are covered in this document. This document addresses electrocutions, collisions, nesting problems, and outages caused by fecal contamination and fecal streamers. The topics include bird impacts to transmission lines, distribution lines, and substations. Woodpecker issues are also addressed. It is believed that resolving these issues will improve system reliability and minimize revenue losses. Key Words: alternate platforms, bird guard, bird spikes, collision, contaminations, electrocution, flashover, IEEE 1651, mitigation, nesting, perch guard, phase to ground fault, phase to phase fault, streamer outages Designation: 1651 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Guidelines for Reducing Bird Related Outages Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:765-494-6912, Email:rsundara@purdue.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This guide documents proven methods and designs to reduce bird related outages, such as contamination outages, straemer outages and electrocution/collision/contact outages on transmission lines, in substations, and on distribution lines, thereby improving the reliability and minimizing the associated revenue loss Project Purpose: Recommended procedures and techniques for reducing bird related contamination, streamer, electrocution and collision (contact) outages on transmission lines, in substations and on overhead distribution lines, including all apparatuses and devices, such as insulators, transformers, surge arresters, capacitor banks, poles etc. are provided.The information in this guide was drawn from electric utilities, suppliers, universities, related industries, and personal observations. Included in this guide are methods for reducing various bird related outages that have been shown to be effective. The information presented is of particular benefit to utilities that are experiencing various bird related outages, some not even aware of the problem. It is also of value to those utilities who are in the process of erecting new lines in areas where birds are prevalent. Designation: 1652-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for the Application of Free Field Acoustic Reference to Telephony Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 20, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques and rationale for referencing acoustic telephony measurements to the free field. It applies to ear related measurements such as receive, sidetone and overall. Project Purpose: A common acoustic reference point is needed for comparing electroacoustic performance of handset, headset, handsfree, and other kinds of telephone terminals. It is also needed for comparing telephone terminals with other devices such as loudspeakers, mobile communication devices, multimedia terminals, and consumer audio equipment. The free field is the appropriate reference point because the results relate closely to what is heard by the listener. Therefore, the free field is a more widely applicable reference point for telephony measurements than the traditional ERP (ear reference point). Abstract: This standard provides the techniques and rationale for referencing acoustic telephony measurements to the free field. It applies to ear related measurements such as receive, sidetone and overall. Key Words: 1652-2008, DRP, drum reference point, ear reference point, ERP, free field, receiver, telephone, telephony Designation: P1653.1 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Standard for Traction Power Rectifier Transformers for Substation Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal Output Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Tristan Kneschke, Phone:+1 215 641 8821, Email:tkneschke@ltk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard covers design, manufacturing, and testing unique to application of power rectifier transformers intended to operate in dc supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 volts dc nominal output. Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing all requirements for traction power transformers. This standard will provide requirements specific to traction power rectifier transformers supplying power to dc supplied transportation equipment. Designation: 1653.2-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Uncontrolled Traction Power Rectifiers for Substation Applications Up to 1500 V DC Nominal Output Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: RW Benjamin Stell, Phone:781-565-5937, Email:bstell@hntb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 02, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers the design, manufacturing, and testing unique to the application of uncontrolled semiconductor power rectifiers for direct current (dc)-supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 V dc nominal output. Project Purpose: Currently, there are no suitable standards governing requirements for traction power rectifiers. This standard provides requirements specific to traction power rectifiers supplying power to dc- supplied transportation equipment. Abstract: Design, manufacturing, and testing unique to the application of uncontrolled semiconductor power rectifiers for dc supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 V dc nominal output are covered in this standard. Key Words: 1653.2-200, commutating reactance, double-way, extra heavy traction, heavy traction, interphase transformer, light transition load, power rectifier, rectifier transformer unit, service rating, traction power substation Designation: P1653.3 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Guide for Rail Transit Traction Power Systems Modeling Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides a description of the data, techniques and procedures used in modeling and analysis of rail transit traction power systems. Project Purpose: This guide provides methods and terminology for rail transit traction power system modeling. Designation: P1653.4 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for dc Traction Power System Field Testing and Acceptance Criteria for System Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Jay Sender, Phone:619-557-4563, Email:jsender@mtdb.sdmts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard defines field testing and acceptance criteria for transportation system applications powered by a dc traction power system up to 1500 volts nominal. Project Purpose: The purpose is to ensure that the installed equipment will function as intended by the plans and specifications, thereby providing reliable service for the anticipated life of the equipment. Abstract: This standard provides field test and acceptance criteria for transportation system applications powered by a dc traction power system up to 1500 volts nominal. Designation: P1653.5 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Controlled Rectifiers for Traction Power Substation Applications Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers design, manufacturing, and testing of controlled semiconductor power rectifiers for dc traction power systems. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides common terminology and standard design, manufacturing, and testing criteria specific to controlled rectifiers supplying power to traction power systems for use by manufacturers, specifiers, and users. Design architectures, calculation methods and limits, and test methods and acceptance criteria for controlled rectifiers will be defined to allow for objective evaluation and acceptance of controlled rectifiers from different vendors. Designation: P1653.6 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding in Systems Supplying Direct Current Traction Power Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the unique requirements for grounding and bonding, including grounding methods and associated bonding practices, in dc Traction Power Systems. Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide system designers, transit authorities, and manufacturers of dc traction power systems components with the unique grounding and bonding practices necessary for building and sustaining transit systems. Designation: 1654-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for RF Protection of Personnel Working in the Vicinity of Wireless Communications Antennas Attached to Electric Power Line Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Nestor Kolcio, Phone:614-873-6473, Email:nkolcio@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 2009 Project Scope: This guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to ensure compliance with the applicable regulations for radio frequency (RF) protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. The guide also providesinformation on power-frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors (RFPM)and RF protective clothing. Project Purpose: Electric utilities are required to meet the requirements established by applicable regulations [e.g., Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Federal Communications Commission (FCC)] for protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. This guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure compliance with these regulatory requirements, including information on RF exposure limits, power-frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RFPM, and RF protective clothing. Abstract: This guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure compliance with the applicable regulations for radio frequency (RF) protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. The guide also provides information on power frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors and RF protective clothing. Key Words: 1654-2009, electrical workers, immunity, power frequency, RF personal monitors, RF protective clothing, RF safety program Designation: 1654 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide For Establishing A Safety Program For Protection Of Electrical Workers In The Vicinity Of Wireless Communication Antennas Adjacent Or Attached To Electrical Power Line Structures Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Nestor Kolcio, Phone:614-873-6473, Email:nkolcio@att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: This Guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure compliance with the applicable regulations for radio frequency (RF) protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. The Guide also provides information on power frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors and RF protective clothing. Project Purpose: Electric utilities are required to meet the requirements established by applicable regulations ( e.g. OSHA, FCC, etc.) for protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. This Guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure compliance with these regulatory requirements, including information on RF exposure limits, power frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors, and RF protective clothing. Designation: 1656-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Testing the Electrical, Mechanical, and Durability Performance of Wildlife Protective Devices on Overhead Power Distribution Systems Rated up to 38 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2011 Technical Contact: Shaun Whitey, Phone:+1 602 371 6646, Email:shaun.whitey@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products installed on overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and including 38 kV. The guide provides test recommendations regarding these products that are in direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts and conductors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to recommend test procedures to evaluate the electrical, mechanical, and durability performance of wildlife protective products. The guide provides the end user with test recommendations to ensure that these products will not compromise the dielectric performance of the supporting structure, will not cause premature failure due to normal environmental conditions, and will minimize the possibility of a momentary or permanent outage to the electrical system in the event of wildlife interaction. Abstract: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products installed on overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and including 38 kV. Test recommendations regarding these products that are in direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts and conductors are provided in this guide. Key Words: tests for wildlife protective products, wildlife deterrent, wildlife guard, wildlife protective product Designation: 1656 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Trial-Use Guide for Testing the Electrical, Mechanical, and Durability Performance of Wildlife Guards and Deterrents Used on Overhead Power Distribution Systems Rated up to 38 k.V. Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Shaun Whitey, Phone:+1 602 371 6646, Email:shaun.whitey@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products used on overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and including 38 kV. The guide provides test recommendations regarding these products that are in direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts and conductors. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to recommend test procedures to evaluate the electrical, mechanical, and durability performance of wildlife protective products. The guide will provide the end user with test recommendations to ensure that these products will not compromise the dielectric performance of the supporting structure, will not cause premature failure due to normal environmental conditions, and will prevent a momentary or permanent outage to the electrical system in the event of wildlife interaction. Designation: 1657-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Personnel Qualifications for Installation and Maintenance of Stationary Batteries Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 2009 Technical Contact: Curtis Ashton, Phone:(303) 707-5699, Email:curtis.ashton@qwest.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the areas of recommended knowledge for installers and maintainers of stationary batteries and related systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. This document covers lead-acid and Nickel-Cadmium battery technologies. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide an outline of the necessary items that should be covered by those developing training programs for stationary battery installation and maintenance personnel. The order in which the items in this document are covered is at the discretion of the training developer/provider. Abstract: This recommended practice defines the areas of recommended knowledge for installers and maintainers of stationary batteries and related systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. This document covers lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery technologies. Key Words: sizing, dc battery charger, nickel-cadmium battery, stationary batteries, installers Designation: 1657 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for Personnel Qualifications for Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Stationary Batteries Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Curtis Ashton, Phone:(303) 707-5699, Email:curtis.ashton@qwest.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: This document defines the areas of recommended knowledge for installers, maintainers and operators of stationary batteries, and related systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide an outline of the necessary items that must be covered by those developing training programs for stationary battery installation, operations, and maintenance personnel. The order in which the items in this document are covered is at the discretion of the training developer/provider. Designation: 1657 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Personnel Qualifications for Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Stationary Batteries Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the areas of recommended knowledge for installers, maintainers and operators of stationary batteries and related systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope of this guide. This document covers lead-acid and Nickel-Cadmium battery technologies. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide an outline of the necessary items that should be covered by those developing training programs for stationary battery installation, operations, and maintenance personnel. The order in which the items in this document are covered is at the discretion of the training developer/provider. Designation: P1658 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods of Digital-to-Analog Converter Devices Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines terminology and test methods to clearly document prevalent world-wide terms used to describe and test Digital to Analog Converters (DAC's). It is restricted to monolithic, hybrid, and module DAC's and does not cover systems encompassing DAC's. Project Purpose: This standard is written to clear up confusion relating to the terms and definitions concerning DAC's. Test methods are defined with expected output and analysis of the data generated from these test methods. Product specifications are defined in clear terms that will be understandable by all international users and manufacturers. Designation: 1658 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods of Digital-to-Analog Converter Devices Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: This project will define the terminology and test methods to clearly document standard world-wide terms used to describe and test Digital to Analog Converters (DAC's). It will be restricted to monolithic, hybrid and module DAC's and not cover systems encompassing DAC's. Project Purpose: This standard is being written to clear up confusion relating to the terms and definitions of DAC's. Test methods will be defined with expected output and analysis of the data generated from these test methods. Product specifications will be defined in clear terms that will be understandable by all international users and manufacturers. Designation: P1659 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Connectors Used In Underground Cable Joints and Terminations for Voltages of 5 - 35 kV Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This Guide defines the test procedure and requirements, which apply to compression and mechanical connectors used in joints and terminations for underground primary network systems using copper and aluminum conductors. This Guide applies to compression and mechanical connectors for underground cable in primary networks for rated voltages 5 kV - 35kV (E0 = 5kV to 35kV). This guide is not applicable to connectors for overhead conductors. 1. The conductor of the cable shall conform to the requirements of ICEA S97-682 with cross sections of no. 6 and larger for copper and no. 4 and larger for aluminum. 2. The maximum continuous operating temperature is less or equal to 90°C. 3. The maximum emergency temperature is less or equal to 130°C Project Purpose: Currently primary cable systems operate more often to design limits, and above. (90°C continuous conductor temperature, long emergency duration, etc.). Since the load factor in underground systems is increasing and redundancy is reduced, underground cable systems (including connectors) are more heavily stressed thermally and mechanically than ever before. Currently there are no published IEEE standards or guides that address these requirements. Existing connector standards such as ANSI 119.1; ANSI 119.4 and UL 486 cover overhead line connectors and/or secondary network applications. Designation: 1659 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Connectors used in Underground Cable Splices and Terminations for Voltages of 5 to 35 kV Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: This standard will define the test procedure and requirements, which apply to compression and mechanical connectors used in joints and terminations for underground primary network systems using copper and aluminum conductors. This standard applies to compression and mechanical connectors for underground cable in primary networks for rated voltages 5 kV - 35kV (E0 = 2.9 KV - 22kV) This guide is not applicable to connectors for overhead conductors. 1. The conductor of the cable shall conform to the requirements of ICEA S97-682 with cross sections of no. 6 and larger for copper and no. 4 and larger for aluminum. 2. The maximum continuous operating temperature is less or equal to 90°C. 3. The maximum emergency temperature is less or equal to 130°C Project Purpose: Currently primary cable systems operate more often to design limits, and above. (90°C continuous conductor temperature, long emergency duration, etc.). Since the load factor in underground systems are increasing and redundancy is reduced, underground cable systems (including connectors) are more heavily thermally and mechanically stressed than ever before. There is currently no IEEE standard or guide present, which adresses these requirements. Existing connector standards like ANSI 119.1; ANSI 119.4 and UL 486 cover overhead line connectors and/or secondary network applications. Designation: 166-1977 Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Hybrid Computer Linkage Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Abstract: Withdrawn. No abstract. Key Words: computer, hybrid, terms, linkage, component Designation: 1660-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Application and Management of Stationary Batteries Used in Cycling Service Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 21, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Garth P Corey, Phone:505-844-1722, Email:gpcorey@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides information on the differences between stationary standby and stationary cycling applications and appropriate battery management strategies in cycling operations. While the primary emphasis is on lead-acid batteries, information is also provided on alternative and emerging storage technologies. The management of battery systems in stationary standby service is covered in other IEEE documents and is beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: This guide is meant to provide assistance to users of stationary battery systems in determining appropriate battery management strategies that may be applied by addressing the primary similarities and differences in battery design and operation for standby versus cycling applications. Abstract: This guide provides information on the differences between stationary standby and stationary cycling applications and appropriate battery management strategies in cycling operations. While the primary emphasis is on lead-acid batteries, information is also provided on alternative and emerging storage technologies. The management of battery systems in stationary standby service is covered in other IEEE documents and is beyond the scope of this guide. Key Words: 1660-2008, battery cycling, battery maintenance, battery operation, standby battery, stationary battery Designation: 1661-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Guide for Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in Photovoltaic (PV) Hybrid Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2008 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008 Project Scope: This guide contains a field test procedure for lead-acid batteries used in PV hybrid power systems. Battery charging parameters are discussed with respect to PV hybrid power systems. The field test procedure is intended to verify the battery’s operating setpoints and battery performance. Discussion on how to interpret test results is also included. This guide is applicable to all PV hybrid power systems where PV and an engine generator are the only charging sources. This guide does not include stand-alone PV-only systems. Project Purpose: This guide provides a field test and evaluation procedure for lead-acid batteries used in PV hybrid power systems. It is intended to help system owners, designers, and funding organizations to select, manage, and verify lead-acid battery performance in PV hybrid power systems. Abstract: This guide is specifically prepared for a PV/engine generator hybrid power system, but may also be applicable to all hybrid power systems where there is at least one renewable power source, such as PV, and a dispatchable power source, such as an engine generator. Taper-charge parameters for PV hybrid systems are suggested to help in preparing the battery for a capacity test. A test procedure is provided to ensure appropriate data acquisition, battery characterization, and capacity measurements. Finally, a process to review test results and make appropriate decisions regarding the battery is provided. No cycle-life predictions are made. Key Words: 1661-2007, Battery Testing, Lead-Acid Battery Charging, Lead-Acid Battery Testing, PV Hybrid Battery Test, PV System Testing Designation: 1662-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Application of Power Electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Ships Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 20, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 2009 Project Scope: This document summarizes current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying power electronics in electrical power systems on ships. It describes analytical methods, preferred parameters, and performance characteristics from a common frame of reference for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems.This document summarizes current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying power electronics in electrical power systems on ships. It describes analytical methods, preferred parameters, and performance characteristics from a common frame of reference for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for analysis and specifications parameters of power electronics equipment for marine electrical power systems. It analyzes the impact of such concepts as power electronics building blocks or integrated power systems on size, life cycle cost, weight, fuel efficiency, and risk reduction of implementation. Abstract: This document summarizes current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying power electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Ships. It describes analytical methods, preferred parameters and performance characteristics from a common frame of reference for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems Key Words: 1662-2008, electric ships, integrated power systems, marine electrical power systems, power electronics, power electronic building blocks, propulsion Designation: 1662 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Guide for the design and application of Power Electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Marine Ships Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: This document will summarize current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying power electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Marine Ships. It will describe analytical methods,preferred parameters and performance charachteristics from a common frame of reference for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for analysis and specifications parameters of power electronics equipment for marine electrical power systems. It will analyze impact of such concepts as Power Electronica Building Blocks or Integrated Power Systems on size, life cycle cost, weight, fuel efficiency and risk reduction of implementation Designation: 1663.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Application of Medium Voltage Gas-Insulated Substations 1kV to 52kV Status: Superseded Technical Contact: George Becker, Phone:860-665-6741, Email:beckegw@nu.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: The guideline will describe engineering criteria including equipment selection, arrangements, ratings, controls, and construction considerations including installation, testing, and operations & maintenance factors. Project Purpose: This guideline will be developed to assist substation engineers with the application, operations and maintenance of gas-insulated medium voltage (1kV to 52kV) installations. The technology in the area of Medium Voltage Gas-Insulated equipment has become competitive with Air- Insulated equipment for switchgear applications. Designation: 1665-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for the Rewind of Synchronous Generators, 50 Hz and 60 Hz, Rated 1 MVA and Above Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: William H Bartley, Phone:860-722-5483, Email:william_bartley@hsb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 19, 2010 Project Scope: The general parameters for this guide apply to 50 Hz or 60 Hz synchronous generators driven by reciprocating engines, steam turbines, combustion turbines, and hydro turbines. The guide generally applies to the stator and rotor of generators with rated outputs of 1 MVA and above. The guide does not address machine auxiliaries or the excitation system. Project Purpose: This guide will provide the generator Owner with insight into the considerations that are necessary when rewinding or refurbishing a generator. Particular emphasis is placed on the complete rewind of each of the components of the stator and rotor. Abstract: The general parameters for this guide apply to 50 Hz or 60 Hz synchronous generators driven by reciprocating engines, steam turbines, combustion turbines, and hydro turbines. The guide generally applies to the stator and rotor of generators with rated outputs of 1 MVA and above. The guide does not address machine auxiliaries or the excitation system. Key Words: 1665-2009, cylindrical-pole rotor, insulation, rotor rewind, salient-pole rotor, stator rewind, synchronous generator Designation: 1666-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard SystemC(R) Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2006 Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines SystemC®1 as an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design. Project Purpose: The general purpose of this project is to provide a C++-based standard for designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. The specific purpose of this standard is to provide a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. This standard is not intended to serve as a users’ guide or to provide an introduction to SystemC, but does contain useful information for end users. Abstract: SystemC(R) is defined in this standard. SystemC(R) is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design for use by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This standard provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC(R) class library so that a SystemC(R) implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementers of the SystemC(R) library, the implementers of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: C++, computer languages, digital systems, discrete event simulation, electronic design automation, electronic system level, electronic systems, embedded software, fixed-point, hardware description language, hardware design, hardware verification, SystemC, system modeling, system-on-chip, transaction level Designation: P1666 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Standard SystemC(R) Language Reference Manual Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines SystemC(R) with Transaction Level Modeling as an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design. Project Purpose: The general purpose of this standard is to provide a C++-based standard for designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. The specific purpose of this standard is to provide a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library including a Transaction Level Modeling library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. This standard is not intended to serve as a users' guide or to provide an introduction to SystemC, but does contain useful information for end users. Abstract: SystemC(R) is defined in this standard. SystemC is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design for use by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This standard provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of the SystemC class library, the implementors of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library. Key Words: C++, computer languages, digital systems, discrete event simulation, electronic design automation, electronic systems, electronic system level, embedded software, fixed-point, hardware description language, hardware design, hardware verification, SystemC, system modeling, system-on-chip, transaction level Designation: 1667-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: IEEE Standard for Authentication in Host Attachments of Transient Storage Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 26, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1667-2006 History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 02, 2010 Project Scope: This project defines a standard protocol for secure authentication and creation of trust between a secure host and directly attached Transient and other Storage Devices, such as a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, portable hard drive, or cellular phone. The protocol has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security, and does not directly address issues of authorization and enforcement. The protocol also does not address devices that are attached using a network connection. However, a device that uses a point-to- point wireless connection such as wireless USB may comply with this protocol. Project Purpose: Industry has witnessed explosive private and corporate growth in use of transient and externally attached storage devices. Although these devices often serve much the same functionality that floppy disks once did, the necessity of authentication (one and two way) on such devices has become paramount. Enterprises are now beginning to require authentication of devices before connection by a host is permitted. No standard way of accomplishing that authentication exists for these devices. This standard will act to ensure the security of the enterprise using these devices while allowing a continued robust market and a convenient method of transporting information for the user. Abstract: This project defines a standard protocol for secure authentication and creation of trust between a secure host and a directly attached Transient and other Storage Devices, such as a USB flash drive, portable hard drive, or cellular phone. The protocol has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security, and does not directly address issues of authorization and enforcement. The protocol also does not address devices that are attached using a network connection. However, a device that uses a point-to-point wireless connection such as WUSB may comply with this protocol. Key Words: 1667-2009, authentication, certificates, discovery, probe, removable storage, security Designation: P1667 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Discovery, Authentication, and Authorization in Host Attachments of Storage Devices Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines discovery, authentication, and authorization protocols between hosts and storage devices over multiple transports. This standard specifies a new Silo Type Identifier (STID) allocation process that uses the IEEE Registration Authority. Project Purpose: "document will not contain a purpose statement" Designation: 1667-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard Protocol for Authentication in Host Attachments of Transient Storage Devices Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1667-2009. Technical Contact: Ariel Sobelman, Phone:650-773-0751, Email:ariel.sobelman@m-systems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007 Project Scope: This project defines a standard protocol for secure authentication of dynamically attached devices, such as USB flash drives. The protocol has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security, and does not directly address that issue. Project Purpose: This project enables the secure functionality of devices such as USB flash drives when connected transiently to hosts. Abstract: This project defines a standard protocol for secure authentication and creation of trust between a secure host and a directly attached Transient Storage Device (TSD), such as a USB flash drive, portable hard drive, or cellular phone. The protocol has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security, and does not directly address issues of authorization and enforcement. The protocol also does not address devices that are attached using a network connection. However, a device that uses a point-to-point wireless connection such as WUSB may comply with this protocol. Key Words: secure authentication, Transient Storage Device Designation: P1668 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Sag and Interruption Ride-Through Testing for End Use Electrical Equipment Less than 1,000 Volts Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This document is a non-industry specific recommended practice for voltage sag ride-through performance and compliance testing for all electrical and electronic equipment connected to low voltage power systems that can experience malfunction or shutdown as a result of reductions in supply voltage lasting less than one minute. The recommended practice includes defining minimum voltage sag immunity requirements based on actual voltage sag data. A section dedicated to the detailed analysis of voltage sags experienced by end users provides insight into real-world voltage sags. Testing procedures and test equipment requirements are clearly defined within this document to reflect this electrical environment including single-phase, phase-to-phase, three-phase, and unbalanced voltage sags. The recommended practice also defines certification and test reporting requirements, including voltage sag ride-through equipment characterization. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to clearly define test methods and ride-through performance for determining electrical and electronics equipment sensitivity to voltage sags. Analysis of real world sags provides the foundation for both the test methods and the criteria, aligning themselves as closely as possible to the end user’s electrical environment. The recommended practice will define the characteristics of the voltage sags depths, durations, phase angle, and vectors required to relate to real world based voltage sag events. The recommended practice will show how different voltage sag testing methods can be used to simulate real world sags. End users will be able to use the recommended practice in their purchase specifications to ensure the required level of performance. In addition, end users can use the voltage sag criteria as a performance benchmark for existing equipment. Designation: 1668 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Sag and Interruption Ride-through Testing for End-use Electrical Equipment Less than 1,000 Volts Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Christopher J Melhorn, Phone:865-218-8013, Email:c.melhorn@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This project will undertake the development of a standard for the response of electrical equipment to voltage sags. The standard will describe a level of performance to be used as a criteria for acceptance of the product. End users will be able to use the standard in their purchase specifications to ensure the required level of performance. The project will apply to any electrical equipment that can experience nuisance shutdowns due to reductions in supply voltage. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard in place that effectively specifies equipment response to voltage sags, with the exception of SEMI F47, which is exclusively for semiconductor equipment. Customers outside the semiconductor industry have no way to ensure equipment performance before purchasing. This standard will provide a minimum performance criteria for customers to specify during the purchasing process. This standard will also recommend a technically defensible test method for determining electrical equipment sensitivity to voltage sags, swells, and interruptions. Designation: 167-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: Test Procedure for Facsimile Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1670 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Techniques for Nanotechnologies including Measurements and Analysis to control CVD Nanoscale Processes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Harvey Mecham, Phone:801-863-8629, Email:mechamha@uvsc.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: This document establishes a foundation standard for CVD processes. It addresses measurement schemes or analytical techniques needed for control of CVD nanoscale processes. Project Purpose: There are no formal standards for CVD techniques as they apply to nanoscale processing. Standardization will enable reproducible results. Designation: 1671-2010 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 20, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1671-2006 Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: ATML defines a standard exchange medium for sharing information between components of ATSs. This information includes test data, resource data, diagnostic data, and historic data. The exchange medium is defined using XML. This standard specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of ATML is to support TP, test asset, and UUT interoperability within an automatic test environment. ATML accomplishes this through a standard medium for exchanging UUT, test, and diagnostic information between components of the test system. The purpose of this standard is to provide an overview of ATML goals, define the ATML family of standards, and specify common data elements for the ATML family of standards. Abstract: This document specifies a framework for the automatic test markup language (ATML) family of standards. ATML allows automatic test system (ATS) and test information to be exchanged in a common format adhering to the extensible markup language (XML) standard. Key Words: ATE description, ATE test results, ATML, ATS, automatic test equipment, automatic test markup language, automatic test system, interface test adapter, ITA, SI, synthetic instrumentation, test configuration, unit under test, UUT description, UUT maintenance, XML instance document, XML schema Designation: 1671-2006 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: ATML defines a standard exchange medium for sharing information between components of automatic test systems. This information includes test data, resource data, diagnostic data, and historic data. The exchange medium is defined using the eXtensible Markup Language (XML). This document specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of ATML is to support test program, test asset, and Unit Under Test (UUT) interoperability within an automatic test environment. ATML accomplishes this through a standard medium for exchanging UUT, test, and diagnostic information between components of the test system. The purpose of this document is to provide an overview of ATML goals as well as to provide guidance for usage of the ATML family of standards. Abstract: This document specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards. ATML defines a standard exchange medium for sharing information between components of an Automatic Test System (ATS), utilizing the eXtensible Markup Language (XML). Key Words: 1671-2006, Automatic Test Equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), XML Schema Designation: 1671.1-2009 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Descriptions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2009 **New trial-use standard Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for exchanging the test description information defining test performance, test conditions, diagnostic requirements, and support equipment to locate, align, and verify the proper operation of a UUT. This is in support of the development of test program sets (TPSs) that will be used in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of Automatic Test Systems (ATSs) (e.g., rehosting test requirements between ATS platforms) where UUT requirement definitions need to be shared. This trial-use standard will also facilitate the preparation or documentation of test program(s). The TestDescription schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. Abstract: This document specifies an exchange format, using the extensible Markup Language (XML), for exchanging the test description information defining test performance, test conditions, diagnostic requirements, and support equipment to locate, align, and verify the proper operation of a Unit Under Test (UUT). This is in support of the development of Test Program Sets (TPSs) that will be used in an automatic test environment. Key Words: 1671.1-2009, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) instance document, automatic test system (ATS), diagnostic requirements, test description, Test Program Set (TPS), test requirements, Test Requirements Document (TRD), XML schema Designation: P1671.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Description Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for specifying test performance, test conditions, diagnostic requirements, and support equipment to locate, align, and verify the proper operation of a Unit Under Test (UUT). This is in support of the life cycle of Test Program Sets (TPSs) that will be used in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is intended for IEC standardization Designation: 1671.2-2008 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML: Exchanging Instrument Descriptions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2008 **New Trial-Use Standard Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the static description of an Instrument. Instances of InstrumentDescription will be utilized in conjunction with instances of other InstrumentDescription in support of the execution of test programs in an automatic test environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of automatic test systems (e.g., between a test executive and a resource allocator) where instrument descriptions need to be shared. This standard will also facilitate the description of tester configuration as well as synthetic/virtual/composite instrumentation. The InstrumentDescription schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. Abstract: This trial-use standard specifies an exchange format, using eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for identifying instrumentation that may be integrated in an automatic test system (ATS) that is to be used to test and diagnose a unit under test (UUT). Key Words: 1671.2-2008, ATML instance document, ATS, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), automatic test system, instrument, instrumentation, synthetic instrument (SI), XML schema Designation: P1671.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Instrument Description Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for both the static description of instrument models, and the specific description of instrument instance information. Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is intended for IEC standardization. Designation: 1671.3-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Information via eXtensible Markup Language (XML): Exchanging Unit Under Test(UUT) Description Information Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an exchange format, using eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for information that uniquely describes a category or type of UUT. The format will include the ability to specify multiple manufacturers for each UUT, as cases may exist where a single UUT is supplied by a variety of manufacturers. This information is intended to support all aspects of the test and maintenance environment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use standard is to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of test and maintenance support systems by defining a common set of identification information for UUTs. The UUTDescription schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. This standard will allow a common UUT description to be transportable across a variety of test and maintenance environments, including but not limited to, the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace, and military industries. Abstract: This document contains downloadable .xsd files from http://standards.ieee.org/downloads/1671.3/ . This document specifies an exchange format, utilizing XML, for identifying all of the hardware, software and documentation associated with a unit under test (UUT). This UUT may be tested and diagnosed using a test program set (TPS) on an automatic test system (ATS) Key Words: 1617.3-2007, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), unit under test (UUT), XML schema Designation: P1671.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Unit Under Test (UUT) Description Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for both the static description of unit under test (UUT), and the specific description of UUT instance information. Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is intended for IEC standardization. Designation: 1671.4-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Information via eXtensible Markup Language (XML): Exchanging Test Configuration Information Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an exchange format, using eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for identifying all of the hardware, software, and documentation that may be used to test and diagnose a UUT on an automatic test system (ATS). Project Purpose: The test configuration provides a framework, which enables test program set data to be exchanged between compliant systems. The data supports the acquisition and itemization of test assets required to be in place prior to testing a UUT on the test system. Abstract: This document specifies an exchange format, utilizing XML, for identifying the test configuration used to test and diagnose a unit under test (UUT) on an automatic test system (ATS). Key Words: 1671.4-2007, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), master configuration control document, master test program set index (MTPSI), station configuration file, XML schema Designation: P1671.4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Configuration Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for identifying all of the hardware, software and documentation that is needed to test and diagnose a unit under test (UUT) on an Automatic Test System (ATS). Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is intended for IEC standardization. Designation: 1671.5-2008 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Information via XML:Exchanging Test Adapter Information Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test adapter information by defining the interface between the UUT and the test station, which includes the description of the test adapter (e.g., physical and electrical characteristics, capabilities/performance, and identification/classification). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standardized format to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of non-manual test systems, by allowing the exchange of test adapter information. The test adapter schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. Each instance document contains the definition of a single test adapter model. The test adapter schema provides a structure for describing test adapter capabilities and structure. This standard will allow test adapter information to be transportable across a variety of automatic test equipment (ATE) within the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace, and military industries. Abstract: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test adapter information by defining the interface between the unit under test (UUT) and the test station, which includes the description of the test adapter (e.g., physical and electrical characteristics, capabilities/performance, and identification/classification). Key Words: 1671.5-2008, ATML instance document, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), automatic test system (ATS), interface device (ID), interface test adapter (ITA), test adapter, test fixture, XML schema Designation: P1671.5 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Adaptor Description Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for both the static description of a test adaptor by defining the interface between the unit under test (UUT) and the test station, and the specific description of test adaptor instance information. Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is intended for ISO IEC standardization. Designation: 1671.6-2008 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging Automatic Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Station Information Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test station information by defining the description of the test station (e.g., physical and electrical characteristics, components, capabilities/performance, and identification/classification). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standardized format to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of non-manual test systems, by allowing exchange of test station information. The Test Station Schema becomes a class of information that can be used within the ATML family of standards. Each instance document contains the definition of a single test station model. The Test Station schema provides a structure for describing test station capabilities and structure. This standard will allow common test station information to be transportable across a variety of ATE within the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace and military industries. Abstract: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test adapter information by defining the interface between the unit under test (UUT) and the test station, which includes the description of the test adapter (e.g., physical and electrical characteristics, capabilities/performance, and identification/classification). Key Words: 1671.6-2008, ATML instance document, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), automatic test system (ATS), test station, XML schema Designation: P1671.6 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Station Description Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for both the static description of a test station, and the specific description of test station instance information. Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is intended for IEC standardization. Designation: 1672-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007 Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007 Project Scope: This document organizes and standardizes the terms and definitions used in the field of ultrawideband (UWB) radar. Project Purpose: The definitions presented in this standard represent a consensus of UWB radar experts at the time of publication. Wherever possible, the definitions have been adopted from governing bodies such as the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) responsible for regulating commercial use of UWB radio and radar systems. For historical perspective, alternative definitions used before the establishment of government standards are also given. UWB radar is a field of radar that is finding multiple applications in the United States and internationally. The purpose of this standard is to promote clarity and consistency in the use of the terminology used in UWB radar applications. Changes to this standard are anticipated, and industry professionals in this area of practice are encouraged to communicate directly concerning issues with the current definitions, suggested changes, and/or the addition of new definitions. Abstract: This standard recommends definitions for promoting clarity and consistency in the use of ultrawideband radar terminology. The definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. http://standards.ieee.org/findstds/errata/1672-2006_Cor1- 2008.pdf Key Words: baseband, carrier-free, GPR, Harmuth orthogonal functions, high resolution radar, impulse radar, nonsinusoidal radar, spread spectrum, terminology, ultrawideband radar, ultrawideband radar, video pulse Designation: 1672-2006/Cor 1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2008 **Second printing: 11 December 2008: A correction to Definition 3:18 is included in this printing Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 2009 Project Scope: This document organizes and standardizes the terms and definitions used in the field of ultrawideband(UWB) radar. Project Purpose: The definitions presented in this standard represent a consensus of UWB radar experts at the time of publication. Wherever possible, the definitions have been adopted from governing bodies such as the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) responsible for regulating commercial use of UWB radio and radar systems. For historical perspective, alternative definitions used before the establishment of government standards are also given. UWB radar is a field of radar that is finding multiple applications in the United States and internationally. The purpose of this standard is to promote clarity and consistency in the use of the terminology used in UWB radar applications. Changes to this standard are anticipated, and industry professionals in this area of practice are encouraged to communicate directly concerning issues with the current definitions, suggested changes, and/or the addition of new definitions. Abstract: Abstract: The terms and definitions used in the field of ultrawideband radar are organized and standardized in this document. Key Words: Keywords: baseband, carrier-free, GPR, Harmuth orthogonal functions, high resolution radar, impulse radar, nonsinusoidal radar, spread spectrum, terminology, ultrawideband radar, ultrawideband radar, video pulse. Designation: 16721 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee Title: Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions - Corrigendum 1: Change in definition of "ultrawideband" to harmonize with IEEE Std 686 and P1672 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: The definition of the term Utrawideband will be harmonized with P686. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization between two IEEE standards. This is an accomodation to P686 by P1672. Designation: P1673 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Requirements for Conduit & Cable Seals for Field Connected Wiring to Equipment in Petroleum and Chemical Industry exposed to pressures above atmospheric (1.5 kilopascals, 0.22 psi). Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop design, evaluation and installation requirements for conduit and cable seals used in the field connected power, control and instrumentation wiring systems to equipment in the petroleum and chemical industry exposed to pressures above atmospheric (1.5 kilopascals , 0.22 psi) and at above or below ambient temperatures. This standard does not cover seals provided by manufacturers as part of listed equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop a set of requirements to evaluate sealing fittings for field installation in cable and conduits systems for equipment subjected to pressures higher than 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) containing flammable or combustible process fluids. It will include recommendations for evaluation and installation of the product. A failure of seals could allow the migration of flammable process fluids and gases to unclassified areas containing ignition sources. Designation: 1673 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Requirements for Conduit & Cable Seals for Field Connected Wiring To Equipment in Petroleum And Chemical Industry exposed to pressures above 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S. Babiarz, Phone:315-477-5110, Email:paul.babiarz@crouse-hinds.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop installation and evaluation requirements for conduit and cable seals used in the field connected power , control and instrumentation wiring systems to equipment in the petroleum and chemical industry exposed to pressures above 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) and at above or below ambient temperatures. This standard does not cover seals provided by manufacturers as part of the listed equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide consistent requirements for installation and evaluation of seal fittings for field installed cable and conduits systems for equipment subjected to pressures higher than 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) containing flammable or combustible process fluids. A failure of seals could allow the migration of flammable process fluids and gases to unclassified areas containing ignition sources. Designation: 1675-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for Broadband Over Powerline Hardware Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Terrence Burns, Phone:602-371-6443, Email:terrence.burns@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide testing and verification standards for the commonly used hardware, primarily couplers, and enclosures, for broadband over power line (BPL) installations, and provide standard installation methods to enable compliance with applicable codes and standards. This standard does not cover repeater/node hardware, data transmission, protocols, or other aspects of BPL related to the internal workings of this technology. Project Purpose: The BPL industry in the United States is in its infancy. For this technology to become widespread, standards must be put in place that will enable utilities to quickly develop a BPL program without the tedious task of investigating every possible hardware solution for safety and usability. A BPL standard will give both the utilities and the BPL industry the ability to confidently pursue a BPL installation. In addition, because of the nature of BPL, non-utility personnel will be working in close proximity to areas that are commonly considered off-limits to all personnel except for qualified linemen. The purpose of this standard is to provide the boundaries of what is strictly the working area for linemen only in the utility environment, and detail construction practices that enable adherence to applicable codes and standards. Abstract: The scope of this standard is to provide testing and verification standards for the commonly used hardware, primarily couplers and enclosures, for broadband over power line (BPL) installations, and provide standard installation methods to enable compliance with applicable codes and standards. This standard does not cover repeater/node hardware, data transmission, protocols, or other aspects of BPL related to the internal workings of this technology. Key Words: 1675-2008, broadband over power line communications, broadband power line, coupler, installation, medium voltage Designation: 1675 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Standard for Broadband over Power Line Hardware Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Terrence Burns, Phone:602-371-6443, Email:terrence.burns@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this standard will be to provide testing and verification standards for the commonly used hardware, primarily couplers and enclosures, for Broadband over Power Line (BPL) installations, and provide standard installation methods to ensure compliance with applicable codes and standards. This project will not cover repeater/node hardware, data transmission, protocols, or other aspects of BPL related to the internal workings of this technology. Project Purpose: The Broadband over Power Line (BPL) industry in the United States is in its infancy. For this technology to become widespread, standards must be put in place that will enable utilities to quickly develop a BPL program without the tedious task of investigating every possible hardware solution for safety and useability. A BPL standard will give both the utilities and the BPL industry the ability to confidently pursue a BPL installation. In addition, because of the nature of BPL, non-utility personnel will be working in close proximity to areas that are commonly considered off-limits to all personnel except for qualified linemen. This standard will provide the boundries of what is strictly the working area for linemen only in the utility environment, and detail construction practices that will provide adherance to applicable codes and standards. Designation: 1676-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Control Architecture for High Power Electronics (1 MW and Greater) Used in Electric Power Transmission and Distribution Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 11, 2011 Technical Contact: Narain G Hingorani, Phone:+1 650 941 5240, Email:nhingorani@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to define and characterize control architecture for high-power electronics from power semiconductor device levels to the power system level. This guide covers the application of power electronics in the areas of Power Quality/Custom Power, Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC), Distributed Generation, Energy Storage applications, etc. with a power range from hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds of MW. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to define hierarchical control architecture, define various parameters/functions that need to be handled within each level, and those that need to be communicated between the levels and their required speed range. When the control functions of many different power electronic systems are investigated and evaluated, a significant degree of common functionality emerges, irrespective of the target application. Using the concept of system levels (or layers), it is possible to define a hierarchical control architecture for high-power electronics- based systems. The intent of this document is to provide a framework and guideline specifically for the control system in order to allow multiple vendors to design and manufacture components, subassemblies, and software, which can be used in a large variety of power electronic products or systems. This guideline will also serve as a foundation for interchangeability among different manufacturers at the layer level with defined interfaces. Abstract: Control architecture for high-power electronics from power semiconductor device levels to the power system level is defined and characterized. Coverage includes the application of power electronics in the areas of Power Quality/Custom Power, Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC), Distributed Generation, Energy Storage applications, etc. with a power range from hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds of MW. Key Words: ac-dc converter, control and protection, control architecture, custom power, DVR, FACTS, HVDC, IEEE 1676, MVA, power electronics, Power Electronics Building Block (PEBB), SSTS, STATCOM Designation: 1676 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Control Architecture for High Power Electronics (1 MW and Greater) used in Electric Power Transmission and Distribution Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Narain G Hingorani, Phone:+1 650 941 5240, Email:nhingorani@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define and characterize control architecture for high power electronics from power semiconductor device levels to the power system level. This project covers the application of power electronics in the areas of Power Quality/Custom Power, Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC), Distributed Generation, Storage applications, with a power range from hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds of MW. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to define hierarchical control architecture, define various parameters/functions that need to be handled within each level and those that need to be communicated between the layers and their required speed levels. When the control functions of many different power electronic systems are investigated and evaluated, a significant degree of common functionality emerges, irrespective of the target application. Using the concept of system levels (or layers), it is possible to define a hierarchical control architecture for the high power electronics based systems. In order to exploit commonality, it is important to consider the division of the control architecture into distinct layers in high power electronics applications. These layers include: System control level that determines the overall mission of the system, converter control level responsible for maintaining overall functions of the power electronics, converter control level with the many common functions of converters irrespective of the final applications and the device level control including the functioning of the power electronics system and its devices. These levels have different communication speed requirements. Designation: P1677 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Application and User Guide for Gas-Insulated Transmission Lines (GIL), Rated 72.5 kV and Above Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Darin Penner, Phone:+1 816 822 3884, Email:dpenner@burnsmcd.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for the planning, permitting, design, equipment specification, installation, commissioning, operation, and maintenance of gas insulated transmission lines. The guide will address technical aspects only. Commercial and legal issues associated with gas insulated transmission lines are not considered. This guide applies to AC transmission lines rated for maximum operating voltage of 72.5 kV and higher. Project Purpose: There is currently no complete guide covering planning, design, installation, and operation of gas insulated transmission lines. The guide produced by this project will fill this void and become a useful reference for electric power engineers considering the installation of gas insulated lines. Designation: 1678 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Braced Post Insulator Assemblies for Overhead Transmission Lines 69 kV and Greater Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tom Grisham, Phone:+1 630 584 1992, Email:griscut@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This guide will cover all types of fixed base and fully articulated braced insulator assemblies using either ceramic or non-ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: The purpose it to provide guidance to transmission line designers for the proper application of all types of braced insulator assemblies. Designation: 1679-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of Emerging Energy Storage Technologies in Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 2010 Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 18, 2011 Project Scope: This document covers recommended information for an objective evaluation of an emerging energy storage technology by a potential user for any stationary application. Energy storage technologies are those that provide a means for the reversible storage of electrical energy, i.e., the device receives electrical energy and is able to discharge electrical energy at a later time. The storage medium may be electrochemical (e.g., batteries), kinetic (e.g., flywheels), electrostatic (e.g., electric double- layer capacitors [EDLCs]), thermal, or some other medium. Devices recharged by non-electrical means, such as fuel cells, are beyond the scope of this document. For the purposes of this document, "emerging" technologies are defined as those technologies recently, or soon to be, made available for sale under customary commercial terms (e.g., defined scope-of-supply, warranted performance). Stationary applications include both standby and cycling operation. The document provides a common basis for the expression of performance characteristics and the treatment of life-testing data. A standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also provided, including assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this document is to ensure that characterization information, including test conditions and limits of applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow valid comparisons to be made. The document does not specify test methods, minimum requirements, or pass/fail criteria. This recommended practice does not describe individual energy storage technologies, nor does it provide guidance on their suitability for a particular application. This document does not cover sizing, installation, maintenance, and testing techniques, except insofar as they may influence the evaluation of a technology for its intended application. Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes a format for the characterization of emerging energy storage technologies in terms of performance, service life, and safety attributes. This format provides a framework for developers to describe their products. The resulting information assists users in evaluating the possible application of emerging energy storage technologies. Abstract: Recommended information for an objective evaluation of an emerging energy storage device or system by a potential user for any stationary application is covered in this document. Energy storage technologies are those that provide a means for the reversible storage of electrical energy, i.e., the device receives electrical energy and is able to discharge electrical energy at a later time. The storage medium may be electrochemical (e.g., batteries), kinetic (e.g., flywheels), electrostatic (e.g., electric double-layer capacitors), thermal, or some other medium. Devices recharged by non-electrical means, such as fuel cells, are beyond the scope of this document. The document provides a common basis for the expression of performance characteristics and the treatment of life-testing data. A standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also provided, including assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this document is to ensure that characterization information, including test conditions and limits of applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow valid comparisons to be made. Key Words: battery, cycling service, electric double-layer capacitor, energy storage, flywheel, standby service, stationary application Designation: 1679 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of Emerging Battery Technologies in Stationary Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document covers recommended information for an objective evaluation of an emerging battery technology by a potential user for any stationary application. For the purposes of this document, emerging battery technologies are defined as those technologies recently, or soon to be, made available for sale under customary commercial terms, e.g., defined scope-of- supply, warranted performance, etc. The document provides a common basis for the expression of performance characteristics and the treatment of life- testing data. A standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also provided, including assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this document is to ensure that characterization information, including test conditions and limits of applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow valid comparisons to be made. The document does not specify test methods, minimum requirements, or pass/fail criteria. While this document primarily targets the characterization of emerging battery technologies, the recommendations are broadly applicable to other energy storage technologies. This recommended practice does not describe individual battery technologies, nor does it provide guidance on their suitability for a particular application. This document does not cover sizing, installation, maintenance and testing techniques, except insofar as they may influence the evaluation of a technology for its intended application. Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes a format for the characterization of emerging battery technologies in terms of performance, service life and safety attributes. This format will provide a framework for developers to describe their products. The resulting information will assist users in evaluating the possible application of emerging battery technologies. Designation: P1679.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Guide for the Characterization and Evaluation of Lithium-Based Batteries in Stationary Applications Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Michael Nispel, Phone:610-725-9549, Email:internationalbattery1@verizon.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This document provides guidance for an objective evaluation of lithium-based energy storage technologies by a potential user for any stationary application. This document is to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1679, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of Emerging Energy Storage Technologies in Stationary Applications. For the purposes of this document, lithium-based batteries include those secondary (rechargeable) electrochemistries with lithium ions as the active species exchanged between the electrodes during charging and discharging. Examples of secondary lithium-based batteries are lithium-ion, lithium-ion polymer, lithium-metal polymer and lithium-sulfur batteries. Primary (non- rechargeable) lithium batteries are beyond the scope of this document. The outline of IEEE Std 1679 is followed in this document, with tutorial information specific to lithium-based batteries provided as appropriate. Examples of tutorial information include technology descriptions, operating parameters, failure modes, safety information, battery architecture, qualification and application considerations. This document does not cover sizing, installation, maintenance and testing techniques, except insofar as they may influence the evaluation of a lithium-based battery for its intended application. Project Purpose: Lithium-based batteries have been used in various, non- stationary applications for many years. They are now beginning to be used in stationary applications, and as such there is a need to provide appropriate information on safety and operating conditions related to these applications. End-users would benefit from having a guide to assist in evaluation of this technology for stationary applications. Used with IEEE Std 1679, this guide describes a format for the characterization of lithium- based battery technologies in terms of performance, service life and safety attributes. This format will provide a framework for developers and manufacturers to describe their products. The resulting information will assist users, integrators and servicing organizations in evaluating the possible use of these batteries in stationary applications and to provide objective criteria for comparative evaluation. Designation: 167A-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Charts (Revised as 167A.1) Status: Superseded **Reprinted. Being revised as 167A.1 Abstract: No abstract Key Words: 167A, facsimile, test chart Designation: 167A.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: Bi-level (Black & White) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of 167A-1987. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: Facsimile test chart for bi-level (black & white). Project Purpose: Provide a bi-level (black & white) facsimile test chart for use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems Abstract: A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided. The chart is composed solely of high- resolution, high contrast black-and-white patterns. Although the chart is designed for Group 3 and Group 4 facsimile, it is also expected to be useful in testing other imaging systems. The received image may be recorded or displayed. This standard offers a means of assessing various technical quality parameters, detecting defects produced in received images, and evaluating the readability of text when the original is black and white. Key Words: facsimile, test chart, black , white, bi-level, imaging systems Designation: 167A.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: High Contrast (Gray Scale) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Project Scope: Facsimile Test Chart for high contrast (gray scale). Project Purpose: Provide a high contrast (gray scale) facsimile test chart for use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems. Abstract: A means of assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided. Key Words: facsimile, imaging systems, test charts Designation: 167A.3-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart - Color Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Facsimile Test Chart for color. Project Purpose: Provide a color facsimile test chart for use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems. Abstract: A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, includ- ing any compatible combination of facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and im- age storage, is provided. Key Words: "facsimile, imaging systems, test charts" Designation: 168-1956 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Facsimile Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawal 3/2/89. Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: NO Abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Key Words: definitions, fascimile Designation: 1680-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Assessment of Electronic Products Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1680-2006 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 2010 Project Scope: The IEEE 1680™ family of standards defines environmental performance criteria for electronic products. The scope of this document is to provide guidelines and implementation procedures for the standards included in the IEEE 1680 family of standards. Each standard in the IEEE 1680 family of standards shall address criteria for a specific product or group of products in at least the following eight categories of environmental performance: reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy conservation, end-of-life management, corporate performance, and packaging. Project Purpose: This standard provides guidelines and implementation procedures for this IEEE 1680 family of standards. The standards within the family will provide clear and consistent performance criteria for the design of electronic products, thereby providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This family of standards is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers may also use this tool to earn recognition in the consumer market, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. Applicability will be specified in each individual standard. Abstract: Guidance and implementation procedures for the IEEE 1680 family of standards is provided, and the methods by which manufacturers may declare electronic products as conforming with the standards in the IEEE 1680 family of standards and by which such conformance may be verified are defined. The standards within the family will provide clear and consistent performance criteria for the design of electronic products, thereby providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This family of standards is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers may also use this tool to earn recognition in the consumer market, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. Key Words: 1680-2009, computer, computer monitor, electronic product, electronic product design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance, notebook computer, personal computer Designation: 1680-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Assessment of Personal Computer Products, including Laptop Personal Computers, Desktop Personal Computers, and Personal Computer Monitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 28, 2006 **Superseded by 1680-2009. Technical Contact: Holly Elwood, Phone:+1 202 564 8854, Email:elwood.holly@epa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 05, 2006 Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for personal computer products, including desktop computers, notebook computers, and computer monitors that are marketed to institutions, and includes key concepts and implementation procedures relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance and packaging. Project Purpose: This Standard provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of personal computer products that are marketed to institutions, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of personal computer products that are marketed to institutions; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product to institutions; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. This Standard is intended to serve as a baseline for further environmental standards for additional electronic products to be developed in the future. Abstract: IEEE Std 1680-2006 provides a set of environmental performance criteria for notebook computers, desktop computers, and computer monitors. In addition, it defines the methods by which manufacturers may declare such products as conforming with the Standard and by which such conformance may be verified. The Standard provides a measure of environmental leadership in product design, manufacture, service and end-of-life management. It is intended for use by institutional purchasers to select personal computer products, and by product manufacturers who wish to sell such products. There are three levels of conformance with this Standard. To achieve the first level, the product shall conform to all of the 23 required environmental criteria. To achieve the second level, the product shall conform to all of the required criteria plus at least 50% of the 28 optional criteria, and to achieve the third level the product shall conform to all the required criteria and at least 75% of the optional criteria. It is intended that this Standard shall be a baseline for further environmental standards for additional electronic products and shall be updated and revised on a periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Key Words: computer, computer monitor, electronic product, electronic product design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance, notebook computer, personal computer Designation: 1680 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Electronic Products Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This Standard defines key concepts and implementation procedures relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance and packaging. Project Purpose: This Standard provides key concepts and implementation procedures for a family of standards related to the environmental assessment of electronic products. The standards within the family will provide clear and consistent performance criteria for the design of electronic products and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. The environmental performance criteria of this Standards are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of electronic products; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. This Standard is intended to serve as a baseline for futher environmental standards for additional electronic products to be developed in the future. Designation: 1680 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Electronic Products Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Holly Elwood, Phone:+1 202 564 8854, Email:elwood.holly@epa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The IEEE 1680 family of standards defines environmental performance criteria for electronic products. The scope of this document is to provide guidelines and implementation procedures for the standards included in the IEEE 1680 family of standards. Each Standard in the IEEE 1680 family of standards shall address criteria for a specific product or group of products in at least the following eight categories of environmental performance: reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance and packaging. Project Purpose: This Standard provides guidelines and implementation procedures for this IEEE 1680 family of standards. The standards within the family will provide clear and consistent performance criteria for the design of electronic products thereby providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This family of standards is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers may also use this tool to earn recognition in the consumer market, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. Applicability will be specified in each individual standard. The environmental performance criteria of the IEEE 1680 family of standards are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of electronic products; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This family of standards is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. This Standard is intended to serve as a baseline for further environmental standards for additional electronic products to be developed in the future. Designation: 1680.1-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Assessment of Personal Computer Products, Including Notebook Personal Computers, Desktop Personal Computers, and Personal Computer Displays Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Wayne Rifer, Phone:503/644-0294, Email:wrifer@concentric.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Apr 22, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines environmental performance criteria for personal computer products, including desktop computers, notebook computers, and computer displays. The environmental performance criteria relate to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy conservation, end-of-life management, corporate performance, and packaging. Guidelines and implementation procedures for this standard are included in the umbrella standard, IEEE Std 1680(TM). Project Purpose: This standard provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of personal computer products, thereby providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers may also use this tool to earn recognition in the consumer market, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of personal computer products; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Abstract: Guidance and implementation procedures for this and other standards in the IEEE 1680(TM) family of standards are provided. A clear and consistent set of environmental performance criteria for the design of personal computer products including notebook computers, desktop computers, and computer displays is provided, thereby providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers may also use this tool to earn recognition in the consumer market, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. This standard shall be updated and revised on a periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Key Words: 1680.1-2009, computer, computer display, electronic product, electronic product design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance, notebook computer, personal computer Designation: 1680.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Personal Computer Products, including Laptop Computers, Desktop Personal Computers, and Personal Computer Monitors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Wayne Rifer, Phone:503/644-0294, Email:wrifer@concentric.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for personal computer products, including desktop computers, notebook computers, and computer monitors, relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance and packaging. Project Purpose: This Standard provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of personal computer products, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of personal computer products; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Designation: P1680.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Environmental Assessment of Imaging Equipment Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Pamela Brody-Heine, Phone:541-633-7254, Email:pamela@brodyheine.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for imaging equipment (as defined by the U.S. ENERGY STAR Imaging Equipment Specification) including copiers, digital duplicators, facsimile machines, multifunction devices, printers, mailing machines and scanners, relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance, packaging, consumables and indoor air quality. Project Purpose: 5.4 Purpose: This Standard for imaging equipment is part of the IEEE 1680 family of standards that provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This Imaging Equipment Standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of imaging equipment; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Abstract: This standard establishes a clear and consistent set of environmental performance criteria for the design of imaging equipment products, providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This standard is also intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and consumer purchasers to identify products that demonstrate environmental leadership. This standard shall be updated and revised on a periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Key Words: copiers, digital duplicators, electronic product, electronic product design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance, facsimile machines, imaging equipment, multifunction devices, printers, mailing machines, scanners Designation: 1680.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Imaging Equipment Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for imaging equipment (as defined by the U.S. ENERGY STAR Imaging Equipment Specification) including copiers, digital duplicators, facsimile machines, multifunction devices, printers, mailing machines and scanners, relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance, and packaging. Project Purpose: 5.4 Purpose: This Standard for imaging equipment is part of the EPEAT family of standards that provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This Imaging Equipment Standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of imaging equipment; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Designation: P1680.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for the Environmental Assessment of Televisions Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Patricia Dillon, Phone:978-346-9462, Email:patty.dillon@verizon.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance for televisions, television combination units, and component television units, relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance, and packaging. This Standard applies to products that are primarily marketed as televisions, and does NOT cover computer displays as defined by IEEE 1680.1. Project Purpose: This Standard for televisions is part of the IEEE 1680 family of standards that provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This Television Standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate, and consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of televisions; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Abstract: This standard establishes a clear and consistent set of environmental performance criteria for the design of televisions, providing an opportunity for manufacturers to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This standard is also intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and consumer purchasers to identify products that demonstrate environmental leadership. This standard shall be updated and revised on a periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Key Words: Televisions, electronic product, electronic product design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance Designation: 1680.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Televisions Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance for televisions, television combination units, and component television units, relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance, and packaging. This Standard applies to products that are primarily marketed as televisions, and does NOT cover computer displays as defined by IEEE 1680.1. Project Purpose: This Standard for televisions is part of the EPEAT family of standards that provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This Television Standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate, and consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of televisions; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Designation: P1680.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Servers Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines environmental performance criteria for computer servers as defined in the Energy Star Server specifications, including managed servers and blade servers, relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance, and packaging. Project Purpose: This standard for servers is part of the electronic product environmental assessment tool (EPEAT) family of standards that provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This server standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of servers; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and associated corporate performance characteristics. This standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Designation: P1680.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Mobile Devices Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance criteria for mobile devices, including cell phones and personal digital assistants (PDAs) and other mobile computing and communication devices, relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate performance, and packaging. Project Purpose: This standard for mobile devices is part of the electronic product environmental assissment tool (EPEAT) family of standards that provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This Mobile Devices Standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of mobile devices; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products. Designation: 1681 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Application of Active Harmonic Filter Systems for AC Low and Medium Voltages (208V to 17.5kV) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A (Bill) Moncrief, Phone:678-736-9609, Email:bmoncrief@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides application and general specification for the use of active harmonic filter systems. Active harmonic filter systems are intended for use in low voltages (208V and up to 1000V) and medium voltages (up to 17.5kV). Project Purpose: Presently, there are no standards, specification or guidelines for active harmonic filter systems. With the increase of components availabe to support this new technology, utilization of active harmonic filters will also increase. Designation: P1682 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualifying Fiber Optic Cables, Connections, and Optical Fiber Splices for Use in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Jan S Pirrong, Phone:508-384-7811, Email:jpirrong@cablelan.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements, directions, and methods for qualifying fiber optic cables, connections, and optical fiber splices for use in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. Cables, connections, optical fibers, and splices within or integral to other devices (e.g., sensors, instruments, panels, etc.) shall be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std. 323-2003, as appropriate. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the fiber optic cable, connections and optical fiber splices within these devices. Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this standard is to provide specific directions for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 for qualification of fiber optic cables, including hybrid cables, connections and optical fiber splices. Designation: 1682 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualifying Fiber Optic Cables, Connections, and Optical Fiber Splices for Use in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jan S Pirrong, Phone:508-384-7811, Email:jpirrong@cablelan.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements, directions, and methods for qualifying fiber optic cables, connections, and optical fiber splices for use in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this standard is to provide specific directions for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 for qualification of fiber optic cables, including hybrid cables, connections and optical fiber splices. Designation: 1682 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Draft Trial-Use Standard for Qualifying Fiber Optic Cables, Connections and Optical Fiber Splices for Use in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Plants Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements, directions, and methods for qualifying fiber optic cables, connections, and optical fiber splices for use in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this standard is to provide specific directions for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 for qualification of fiber optic cables, including hybrid cables, connections and optical fiber splices. Abstract: This standard provides general requirements, directions and methods for qualifying Class 1E fiber optic cables, terminations, field splices, connectors and interfaces for service in nuclear facilities including power generating stations, fuel reprocessing stations and other related installations. Cables, optical fibers, and splices within or integral to other devices (e.g., sensors, instruments, panels, etc.) shall be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std. 323-2003, as appropriate. However, the requirements of this standard may be applied to the fiber optic cable and interfaces within these devices. Key Words: fiber optic cable, fibers, optical fiber, fiber, safety, nuclear, Class 1E, connectors, splices Designation: P1683 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Motor Control Centers Rated Up To and Including 600 Vac or 1000 Vdc with Requirements Intended to Reduce Electrical Hazards While Performing Defined Operations. Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Ben McClung, Phone:304-984-3877, Email:blmcclung@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This Standard provides functional design and factory verification test requirements for Motor Control Centers (MCC) intended to reduce the likelihood of shock and arc-flash injuries. It applies to single and three phase 50 and 60 Hz and dc motor control centers rated not more than 600 V ac or 1000 V dc. These requirements are intended to facilitate performance of defined maintenance tasks on energized equipment [1].The requirements of this Standard are intended to augment the existing requirements of the applicable MCC safety standards for motor control centers, e.g. NEMA ICS 18-2001 “Motor Control Centers” and ANSI/UL 845-2005 “Motor Control Centers” which is a also known as NMX-J-353-ANCE-2006 and CSA C22.2 No. 254-05 (Base MCC Standards). This Standard also identifies field practices and interface relationships between the Specifier, Manufacturer, Installer and User for safety related concerns. The requirements in this standard compliment safety requirements and procedures as stipulated by workplace safety standards and site practices and site procedures, e.g., NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace (NFPA 70E), site practice on Personal Protective Equipment, etc. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to: 1. Provide the functional design requirements for low-voltage motor control centers rated up to up to 600 Vac or 1000 Vdc with features intended to reduce the likelihood of exposure to electrical shock, and the likelihood of internal arcing faults from occurring while qualified persons are performing normal [2] activities on MCCs. 2. Provide guidance to the User for the preparation of specifications for MCCs with these features. 3. Provide high level requirements to the Manufacturers for design and testing of MCCs with these features. The development of detailed verification testing requirements is expected to be in the Base MCC Safety Standards. 4. Provide requirements for the manufacturer's interface relationships to the specifier, installer, and user." This Standard primarily focuses on shock and arc flash hazards and provides requirements aimed at reducing the probability that an incident will occur due to these hazards. As with any electrical power equipment, steps should be taken to address these (and other) hazards. Basic examples are: • Recognize that a hazard exists, e.g., electrical power presenting shock and arc-flash hazards • Warn that a hazard condition exists, define the hazard, recommend the steps that should be taken (if possible) to avoid the hazard, what type protection is needed if the hazard can not be avoided, e.g., follow the steps and direction as required by NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace (NFPA 70E) The prudent step is always to remove the hazard. In the case of an energized MCC, the hazard is removed by turning the power off and ‘locking out or tagging out’ the equipment (Re. NFPA 70E 130.1). But, this de-energizing operation may not be appropriate for certain tasks such as some troubleshooting. Now, NFPA 70E Article 130 “Working On or Near Live Parts” recognizes such tasks and, in the case of MCCs, that the MCC’s enclosure door can be open and qualified persons can be working ‘on or near live parts (energized conductive components)’. Working on or near live parts should be a last resort in the workplace; after all other opportunities for establishing an electrically safe work condition have been exhausted. Work on live parts at 50V or more should only be performed if the employer can demonstrate that de-energizing will introduce additional hazards or is not feasible due to equipment design or operational limitations. (NFPA 70E 130.1) However, in contrast to the stated work situations recognized by NFPA 70E, the intent of the present Base MCC Standards is more restrictive: it is written with the expectation that qualified persons only perform limited inspection activities ‘near’ but in no case perform maintenance activities ‘on’ energized parts. This Standard is to augment the requirements of the Base MCC Standard and its purpose is to identify specific MCC design features and field practices to reduce the likelihood of shock or internal arcing faults when qualified persons are performing normal activities ‘on and near live parts.’ Thus, when an MCC is manufactured in accordance with the Base MCC Standards and augmented with design features proposed by this Standard, the MCC will be better equipped for a broader range of activities to be carried out under the requirements of NFPA 70E Article 130. It is not the intent of this Standard to enable users to perform all possible maintenance tasks ‘on or near live parts,’ but to enable users to perform the types of activities described in this Standard with less likelihood of incident or injury. It is the intent of this standard to reduce the likelihood of shock and arc- flash exposure as well as consequent equipment damage and service interruptions involving MCCs that are constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Base MCC Safety Standards, such as UL 845, and this Standard as compared to MCCs that do not meet or incorporate the features described herein. The ultimate goal of this Standard is the further development of MCC design for the continuous improvement of employee safety when working on energized MCCs. This must be supported by ongoing improvements in safety training and work practices. Designation: 1683 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Motor Control Centers Rated up to 1000 volts with Requirements Intended to Reduce Injuries and Improve Reliability Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ben McClung, Phone:304-984-3877, Email:blmcclung@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides functional design and factory test requirements for motor control centers rated up to 1000 volts AC 50/60 Hz intended to reduce the possibility of injuries caused by shock or internal arcing events to employees performing normal operations on the motor control center. These requirements are also intended to allow more reliable operation. Normal operations are considered to include: - operation of door mounted controls - testing for absence of voltage in unit and on bus - troubleshooting for failed components or faulted conductors in or connected to the unit - replacement of any fuses and resetting of any protective devices which could blow or trip due to an external failure or overload - disconnection and removal of removable units - reinsertion and reconnection of removable units - adjustment of settings in the unit - replacement of indicator lamps. The requirements of this guide are intended to supplement the existing requirements of the applicable standards for motor control centers, including NEMA ICS 18-2001 “Motor Control Centers” and ANSI/UL 845-2005 “Motor Control Centers” (also known as NMX-J-353-ANCE-2006 and CSA C22.2 No. 254-05). Compliance with this standard is optional, and when required, must be specifically stated as a requirement in the purchase contract. Project Purpose: This standard enables equipment suppliers to provide a motor control center (MCC) designed and factory tested with a specific set of features. These features are intended to reduce the rate of user employee shock and arc flash injuries. They are also intended to improve reliability i.e. increase the mean time between failures compared to equipment meeting the base NEMA and ANSI/UL standards referenced above. This standard enables suppliers of MCCs to offer users MCCs meeting an IEEE standard for increased safety and reliability. Equipment specified to this standard may be subject to less onerous operating and maintenance requirements in a future edition of NFPA 70E “Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces.” Designation: 1683 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for Specifying Motor Control Centers Rated Up To 600 V AC or 1000 V DC With Features Intended to Reduce Electrial Hazards While Performing Defined Operations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This Guide provides supplemental approaches for specifying Motor Control Centers. It applies to single and three phase 50 and 60 Hz ac and dc Motor Control Centers rated up to and including 600 V ac or 1000 V dc. Project Purpose: The recommendations in this guide are intended to provide personnel with an additional degree of protection while performing normal duties in close proximity to properly designed, installed and maintained energized equipment. The supplemental approaches in this Guide are intended to augment the existing requirements of applicable standards for Motor Control Centers, e.g. NEMA ICS 18 Motor Control Centers and ANSI/UL 845 Motor Control Centers, also known as NMX-J-353-ANCE and CSA C22.2 No. 254-05 (Base MCC Standards) This Guide complements safety requirements and procedures as stipulated by workplace electrical safety standards and site practices and procedures. Designation: 1684 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Security of Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This project will define requirements and provide guidance in addressing security for digital computers and software used in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: Currently there are no defined security requirements and implementation guidance for digital computers and software used in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. The purpose of this standard is to provide this guidance. Designation: 1685-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for IP-XACT, Standard Structure for Packaging, Integrating, and Reusing IP within Tool Flows Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2010 **New Standard Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 18, 2010 Project Scope: This standard describes an eXtensible Markup Language (XML) schema1 for meta-data documenting intellectual property (IP) used in the development, implementation, and verification of electronic systems and an application programming interface (API) to provide tool access to the meta- data. This schema provides a standard method to document IP that is compatible with automated integration techniques.The API provides a standard method for linking tools into a system development framework, enabling a more flexible, optimized development environment. Tools compliant with this standard will be able to interpret,configure, integrate, and manipulate IP blocks that comply with the IP meta-data description. The standard is based on version 1.4 IP-XACT of The SPIRIT Consortium. The standard is independent of any specific design processes. It does not cover those behavioral characteristics of the IP that are not relevant to integration. Project Purpose: This standard enables the creation and exchange of IP in a highly automated design environment. Abstract: Conformance checks for extensible Markup Language (XML) data designed to describe electronic systems are formulated by this standard. The meta-data forms that are standardized include: components, systems, bus interfaces and connections, abstractions of those buses, and details of the components including address maps, register and field descriptions, and file set descriptions for use in automating design, verification, documentation, and use flows for electronic systems. A set of XML schemas of the form described by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C®) and a set of semantic consistency rules (SCRs) are included. A generator interface that is portable across tool environments is provided. The specified combination of methodology- independent meta-data and the tool-independent mechanism for accessing that data provides for portability of design data, design methodologies, and environment implementations. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 1685-2009, abstraction definitions, address space specification, bus definitions, design environment, EDA, electronic design automation, electronic system level, ESL, implementation constraints, IP-XACT, register transfer level, RTL, SCRs, semantic consistency rules, TGI, tight generator interface, tool and data interoperability, use models, XML design meta-data, XML schema Designation: 1685 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: Standard Structure for Packaging, Integrating and Re-using IP within Tool-flows, (SPIRIT). Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This standard describes a meta-data schema for the description of Intellectual Property (IP) and an Application Programming Interface (API) to provide tool access to this schema. This schema provides a standard method to describe IP that is compatible with automated integration techniques. The API provides a standard method for linking tools into an IP framework, enabling a more flexible, optimized development environment. Tools compliant with this standard will be able to interpret, configure, integrate and manipulate IP blocks that comply with the proposed IP meta-data description. The proposed project will create an IEEE standard based on version 1.5 of the SPIRIT schema and API. The IEEE will refine the schema and API and clarify how they are used in the context of hardware design languages such as IEEE 1364 Verilog, IEEE 1666 SystemC, and IEEE 1076 VHDL. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a well-defined meta- data schema to define the characteristics of Intellectual Property (IP) required for the automation of the configuration and integration of IP blocks; and to define an Application Programming Interface (API) to make this meta-data directly accessible to automation tools. Designation: 1686-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard for Substation Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) Cyber Security Capabilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 11, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Sam Sciacca, Phone:203-732-1716, Email:sam.sciacca@subnet.com; samuel.sciacca@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 2008 Project Scope: The standard defines the functions and features to be provided in substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) to accommodate critical infrastructure protection (CIP) programs. The standard addresses security regarding the access, operation, configuration, firmware revision, and data retrieval from an IED. Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the substation is not part of this standard as this is addressed in other efforts. Project Purpose: The standard defines the functions and features to be provided in substation IEDs to accommodate CIP programs. Specifically, the standard states which safeguards, audit mechanisms, and alarm indications shall be provided by the vendor of the IED with regard to all activities associated with access, operation, configuration, firmware revision, and data retrieval from an IED. The standard also allows the user to define a security program around these features, and alert the user if an IED does not meet this standard as to the need for other defensive measures (technical and/or procedural) that may need to be taken. The encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the substation is not part of this standard as this is addressed in other efforts. Abstract: The functions and features to be provided in substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) to accommodate critical infrastructure protection programs are defined in this standard. Security regarding the access, operation, configuration, firmware revision, and data retrieval from an IED is addressed in this standard. Communications for the purpose of power system protection (teleprotection) is not addressed. Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the substation, including supervisory control and data acquisition, is not part of this standard as this is addressed in other efforts. Key Words: 1686-2007, CIP, critical infrastructure protection, cyber, IED, intelligent electronic device, security, substation Designation: 1686 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Substation Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED) Cyber Security Standards Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Sam Sciacca, Phone:203-732-1716, Email:sam.sciacca@subnet.com; samuel.sciacca@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005 Project Scope: The standard will define the functions and features to be provided in substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) to accommodate critical infrastructure protection programs. The standard will address security regarding the access, operation, configuration, firmware revision and data retrieval from an IED, including the substation RTU. Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the substation will not be part of this standard as this is being addressed in other efforts. Project Purpose: The standard will define the functions and features to be provided in substation intelligent electronic devices(IEDs)to accommodate critical infrastructure protection programs. Specifically, the standard will state what safeguards, audit mechanisms and alarm indications shall be provided by the vendor of the IED with regards to all activities associated with access, operation, configuration, firmware revision and data retrieval from an IED, including the substation RTU. The standard will also allow the user to define a security program around these features, and alert the user if an IED does not meet this standard as to the need for other defensive measures (technical and/or procedural) which may need to be taken. The Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the substation will not be part of this standard as this is being addressed in other efforts. Designation: P1687 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Access and Control of Instrumentation Embedded within a Semiconductor Device Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Kenneth Posse, Phone:+1 970 223 2103, Email:kepos@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard develops a methodology for access to embedded instrumentation without defining the instruments or their features themselves, via the IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (TAP) and additional signals that may be required. The elements of the methodology include a description language for the characteristics of the features and for communication with the features, and requirements for interfacing to the features. Project Purpose: The IEEE 1149.1 standard specifies circuits to be embedded within a semiconductor device to support board test; namely, the Test Access Port (TAP), TAP Controller, and a number of internal registers. In practice the TAP and TAP Controller are being used for other functions well beyond boundary-scan in an ad-hoc manner across the industry to access a wide variety of embedded instruments. The purpose of the IJTAG initiative is to provide an extension to the IEEE 1149.1 standard specifically aimed at using the TAP to manage the configuration, operation, and collection of data from this embedded instrumentation circuitry. Designation: P1688 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Requirements for the Control of Electromagnetic Interference Characteristics of Replaceable Electronic Modules Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Fred Heather, Phone:+1 301 342 6975, Email:heatherf@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard establishes interface and associated verification requirements for the control of the electromagnetic interference (emission and susceptibility) characteristics of replaceable electronic modules (REMs). Such equipment is used only as an integral part of other subsystems or systems, and may not be used independently. This standard is best suited for items that have the following features: removable/replaceable electronic circuit card modules that plug into an equipment rack or frame, with electrical interconnections primarily through edge connectors that interfaces directly with a backplane, and electrical power input derived from the backplane power sources. This standard should not be directly applied to equipment that can be used independently as a stand-alone system or subsystem (separate box intra-connected by a wire harness to other boxes of a subsystem), or to entire system platforms. It is assumed that the rack/frame equipment with its full complement of REM's is tested in some configuration to the equipment electromagnetic interference (EMI) standard such as MIL-STD-461. This standard is best suited for situations where the qualification of the REM is more effective than re-qualification of the rack/frame equipment with the new REM. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide interface and associated verification requirements for the control of the electromagnetic interference (emission and susceptibility) characteristics of replaceable electronic modules (REMs). Designation: 1688 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Module Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Testing Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Fred Heather, Phone:+1 301 342 6975, Email:heatherf@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of the standard is limited to EMI levels and test methods for replaceable electronic modules (i.e. cards, electronic subunits). Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) levels and test methods for characterizing the EMI of replaceable electronic modules. Designation: 1689 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Trial Use Standard for Cyber Security of Serial SCADA Links and IED Remote Access Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This trial use standard defines the general requirements to protect serial communications between master stations and remote terminal units from cyber attack, and remote access to maintenance ports in Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) and other Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs). This standard defines the requirements to retrofit existing communications in such a manner as to minimize the changes needed to existing equipment and software. The test plan defines specific tests and evaluations that should be performed to ensure that the cyber security mechanisms are working properly. Project Purpose: Utilities will use the cyber security requirements as part of a procurement specification to retrofit existing communications to protect against cyber attack. Vendors will use the cyber security requirements to build open system cyber security devices that protect existing asynchronous serial communications and dial-up communications from cyber attack. Designation: 169 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1690 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Standard Methods for the Characterization of Carbon Nanotubes Used as Additives in Bulk Materials Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Krishna Kalyanasundaram, Phone:+1 847 576 9596, Email:krishnak@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides standard methods for the characterization of carbon nanotubes used as additives in bulk materials. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods will enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will recommend the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Designation: 1691-1 Title: Design automation—VHDL language reference manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 1691-2 Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability (Std_logic_1164) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: P1692 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Protection of Communication Installations from Lightning Effects Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This document presents engineering design guidelines for the prevention of lightning damage to communications equipment within structures. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide reliable engineering methods and practices to minimize damages to communications equipment located within a structure. Abstract: The document addresses methods and practices necessary to reduce the risk of damages to communications equipment within structures arising from lightning surges causing GPR (ground potential rise) and similar potential differences. Key Words: lightning, protection, communications equipment, towers Designation: 1693 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Standard for Modular Interconnect Packaging for Scalable Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve Mann, Phone:+1 978 663 2525x126, Email:smann@bco-inc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the electrical and mechanical specifications of a modular interconnect packaging system design for Automatic Test System (ATS). It specifically describes a building block approach based upon the integration of three elements: (1) the outer enclosure and the inner Eurocard standard mechanical chassis that forms the mechanical structure of the building block with alignment features to mate with other enclosures [building blocks]; (2) upgraded IEEE-1155 Standard for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI), that adds serial bus control to the backplane, a new pluggable virtual power source, and extends the VXI module length to directly couple with rear connectors of the IEEE-P1505 Receiver Fixture Interface [RFI] Standard; and (3) the segmentation of the IEEE-P1505 RFI Receiver Framework to match size of the basic building block while also meeting the intent of the IEEE-P1505.1 Common Test Interface (CTI) Pin Map Standard. Project Purpose: The project establishes an integration standard for Automatic Test Systems that will permit integrators to quickly assemble systems under a plug&play architecture. It further defines for the VXI module suppliers an extended interconnect capability that will support direct plug- in of the VXI module to the RFI connector eliminating custom wire requirements. Building block segmentation that supports direct coupled VXI-RFI interconnectivity at the block level, permits scalability of the test system without cable integration of the building blocks. Designation: 1694 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: Standard for Enterprise Strategic Decision Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gary DeGregorio, Phone:847-576-4892, Email:gary.degregorio@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This project defines a standard framework for the enterprise- level management of strategic decisions. It defines common methods and work products for 1) decision planning, analysis, traceability and execution, 2) collaboration within and among enterprises and 3) linkages with other business processes. Project Purpose: This project enables common decision management methods to be used across all parts of an enterprise (or among enterprises), including, but not limited to, strategy, portfolio management, technology/capability management, systems/platform engineering and “product” development. - The term “Product” includes product, platform, software, process, system, solutions, services etc. What we will be standardizing as part of this document primarily includes: 1) Common ontology 2) A common decision management process framework that can be customized for different domains and industries 3) A high-level information model that defines the minimum information that is needed to be passed between decisions as well as between different roles Designation: P1695 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Trial-Use Guide for Assessing Voltages at Publicly and Privately Accessible Locations Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide addresses the normal and abnormal voltages that exist at publicly and privately accessible locations as a result of the delivery and use of electrical energy (often referred to as stray voltage). It focuses primarily on the presence of power frequency related voltages, and discusses definitions, causes, impacts, testing techniques, mitigation strategies, and hazard levels. Project Purpose: There is presently no industry wide guide or standard that describes the variety of publicly and privately accessible voltages resulting from the delivery and use of electrical energy. This guide will help dispel misinformation surrounding this topic and enhance public safety. Designation: 1695 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Trial-Use Guide for Assessing Voltages at Publicly and Privately Accessible Locations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Chuck DeNardo, Phone:+1 414 221 3073, Email:chuck.denardo@we-energies.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This guide addresses the normal and abnormal voltages that exist at publicly and privately accessible locations as a result of the delivery and use of electrical energy (often referred to as stray voltage). It focuses primarily on the presence of power frequency related voltages, and discusses definitions, causes, impacts, testing techniques, mitigation strategies, and hazard levels. Project Purpose: There is presently no industry wide guide or standard that describes the variety of publicly and privately accessible voltages resulting from the delivery and use of electrical energy. This guide will help dispel misinformation surrounding this topic and enhance public safety. Designation: P1696 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Circuit Probes Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Oct 15, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides test method(s) and describes transfer (artifact) standards for characterizing electrical circuit probes and probes systems. The systems may include waveform acquisition hardware and software and signal/waveform analysis software. The probe includes the mechanism by which the circuit is contacted. This method and standard applies to all individual probes having one signal conductor and one ground conductor or two signal conductors, and having an input impedance greater than the impedance of the circuit under test. Project Purpose: This document provides an unbiased means for accurately characterizing circuit probe performance. Designation: 1696 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Circuit Probes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides test method(s) and describes transfer (artifact) standards for characterizing electrical circuit probes and probes systems. The systems may include waveform acquisition hardware and software and signal/waveform analysis software. The probe will include the mechanism by which the circuit is contacted. This method and standard will be applicable to all individual probes having one signal conductor and one ground conductor or two signal conductors, and having an input impedance greater than the impedance of the circuit under test. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, industry-accepted method for characterizing the performance of electrical circuit probes. Each vendor has its own proprietary methods for characterization, leaving probe customers and users without a valid means of comparing probe performance and/or understanding the circuit-loading effect of the probe. This method or these methods developed will provide an industry-accepted, unbiased means for characterizing probe performance. Designation: 1698-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Calculation of Braking Distances for Rail Transit Vehicles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 06, 2009 Technical Contact: David Thurston, Phone:610 358 4396, Email:dthurston@systrausa.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 25, 2010 Project Scope: This guide provides methods and assumptions used in calculating the braking distances of rail transit vehicles. The methods encompass automatic train protection and signal system operation, propulsion and brake system operation, environmental conditions, operator interfaces, tolerances, and failure modes. Project Purpose: The design of automatic train protection and signal systems for rail transit vehicles requires knowledge of braking distance. This guide provides methods of performing braking distance calculations. Abstract: The design of automatic train protection and signal systems for fixed guideway (e.g. rail) transit systems requires knowledge of the braking distance of the vehicles utilized on the systems. Methods and assumptions used in calculating the braking distances of rail transit vehicles are provided in this guide. The methods encompass automatic train protection and signal system operation, propulsion and brake system operation, environmental conditions, operator interfaces, tolerances, and failure modes. Key Words: 1698-2009, automatic train control (ATC), automatic train operation (ATO), automatic train protection (ATP), braking, braking distance, fixed- guideway transit, rail transit, signal systems Designation: P1699 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for the Rosetta Systems Level Design Language Definition Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: W. Perry Alexander, Phone:785-864-7741, Email:perry.alexander@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This standard presents the Rosetta specification language and its base collection of domains. The language definition specifies concrete and abstract syntax, denotational semantics for language constructs, and required libraries for AST definition and reflection. The domain definition specifies a collection of base modeling domains required of all Rosetta implementations. The document includes both formal definitions and descriptive text. Project Purpose: As electronic system complexity continues to grow, so does the need to integrate design information from multiple, heterogeneous design domains, each with their own vocabulary and semantics. The primary purpose of the Rosetta Standard is to define language and semantic support for designing such system. Specifically, this standard defines a language for developing, composing and analyzing specification models from multiple, concurrent domains. Designation: 17 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 170-1964 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Modulation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P1700 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Information System Security Assurance Architecture (ISSAA) Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture of a systematic approach for managing the health/state of the security controls of information systems, including the cost-effective selection, documentation, implementation, and ongoing assessment of security controls, and for making and maintaining system security accreditation decisions. The general schema and description of related components are provided. Project Purpose: Activities critical to societal infrastructure are highly dependent on information systems for continuity and survival. This standard will improve confidence that a system's controls are adequate and effective in protecting information and that interconnecting systems can be trusted. Designation: 1700 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard Security Architecture for Certification and Accreditation of Information Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture of a systematic approach to security certification and accreditation of information systems. The general schema and description of related components are provided. Project Purpose: Activities critical to societal infrastructure are highly dependent on information systems for continuity and survival. This standard will improve confidence that a systemís controls are adequate and effective in protecting information and that interconnecting systems can be trusted. Designation: 1701-2011 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to Complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2011 Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@cntenergy.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This document is identified by three numbers, MC1218-2009, ANSI C12.18-2006 and IEEE 1701-200X. The standard details the criteria required for communications with a Utility End Device by another device via an optical port. The other device could be a hand held reader, a laptop or portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic communications device. It shall provide the optical port lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. The Standard provides details for a complete implementation of an OSI 7-layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC 7498-1. The protocol specified in this document was designed to transport data in Table format. The Table definitions are in ANSI C12.19 (MC1219, IEEE 1377) Utility Industry End Device Data Tables. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source environment and End Device interchangeability is possible. Abstract: This standard provides multi-source and "plug and play" environment for the millions of metering devices in the field now and the future using the ANSI Type 2 optical port interface. It solves the problems associated with single source systems and with multi-source systems based upon proprietary communications protocols. Electric, water, and gas utilities and corresponding vendors can realize cost savings which ultimately shall benefit the client consumers of the utilities. Key Words: ANSI C12.18, ANSI Type II, Optical Port, PSEM Designation: 1701 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard (P1701) is congruent with MC12.18 and ANSI C12.18. This standard details the criteria required for communications with a Utility End Device by another device via an optical port. The other device could be a hand held reader, a laptop or portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic communications device. It shall provide the optical port lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source environment and End Device interchangeability is possible. Designation: 1701 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to Complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This document is identified by three numbers, MC1218-2009, ANSI C12.18-2006 and IEEE 1701-200X. The standard details the criteria required for communications with a Utility End Device by another device via an optical port. The other device could be a hand held reader, a laptop or portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic communications device. It shall provide the optical port lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. The Standard provides details for a complete implementation of an OSI 7-layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC 7498-1. The protocol specified in this document was designed to transport data in Table format. The Table definitions are in ANSI C12.19-2008 (MC1219- 2009, IEEE 1377-2009) Utility Industry End Device Data Tables. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source environment and End Device interchangeability is possible. Abstract: This standard provides multi-source and "plug and play" environment for the millions of metering devices in the field now and the future using the ANSI Type optical port interface. It solves the problems associated with single source systems and with multi-source systems based upon proprietary communications protocols. Electric, Water, and Gas Utilities and corresponding vendors can realize cost savings which ultimately shall benefit the client consumers of the Utilities. Key Words: ANSI C12.18, Optical Port, ANSI Type II, PSEM Designation: 1701 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to Complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document is identified by three numbers, MC1218-2009, ANSI C12.18-2006 and IEEE 1701-200X. The standard details the criteria required for communications with a Utility End Device by another device via an optical port. The other device could be a hand held reader, a laptop or portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic communications device. It shall provide the optical port lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. The Standard provides details for a complete implementation of an OSI 7-layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC 7498-1. The protocol specified in this document was designed to transport data in Table format. The Table definitions are in ANSI C12.19-2008 (MC1219- 2009, IEEE 1377) Utility Industry End Device Data Tables. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source environment and End Device interchangeability is possible. Designation: 1702-2011 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Telephone Modem Communication Protocol to Complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 02, 2011 Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@cntenergy.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard details the criteria required for communication between a C12.21 Device and a C12.21 Client via a modem connected to the switched telephone network. The C12.21 Client could be a laptop or portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic communications device. This standard does not specify the implementation requirements of the telephone switched network to the modem, nor does it include definitions for the establishment of the communication channel. This document provides details for an implementation of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) seven-layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC 7498-1. The protocol specified in this standard was designed to transport data in Table format. The Table definitions are in ANSI C12.19 and in Annex D of this document. This standard specifies the differences between ANSI C12.18-2006 and ANSI C12.19- 1997 and the features and services required to describe a protocol specification for telephone modem communications. Project Purpose: The utility industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via a telephone modem so that multisource environment and End Device interchangeability is possible. Abstract: This standard provides multisource and "plug and play" environment for the millions of metering devices in the field now and in the future using the telephone modem communication interface. It solves the problems associated with single-source systems and with multisource systems based upon proprietary communications protocols. Electric, water, and gas utilities and corresponding vendors can realize cost savings that ultimately shall benefit the client consumers of the utilities. Key Words: ANSI C12.21, IEEE 1702, MODEM, PSEM Designation: 1702 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Telephone Modem Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard details the criteria required for communications between a Utility End Device and a utility host via a modem connected to the switched telephone network. The utility host could be a laptop or portable computer, a master station system, another utility End Device, or some other electronic communications device. This standard does not specify the implementation requirements of the telephone switched network to the modem, nor does it include definitions for the establishment of the communication channel. This document shall provide details for an implementation of the OSI 7 layer model. The protocol specified in this standard is designed to transport data in the Utility End Device Table format provided in IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 standards. (This standard, IEEE P1702, is congruent with MC12.21 and ANSI C12.21) This document specifies the differences between ANSI Std C12.18 – 1996, Protocol Specification for ANSI Type 2 Optical Port and IEEE P1377, Utility Industry End Device Data Tables and those features and services required to describe a protocol specification for Telephone Modem Communications. This standard shall provide the telephone modem lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables, IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via a telephone modem such that a multi- source environment and end device interchangeability is possible. Designation: 1702 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Standard for Telephone Modem Communication Protocol to Complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This Standard details the criteria required for communication between a device and a client conforming to ANSI C12.21 via a modem connected to the switched telephone network. The C12.21 Client could be a laptop or portable computer, a master station system or some other electronic communications device. This Standard does not specify the implementation requirements of the telephone switched network to the modem, nor does it include definitions for the establishment of the communication channel. This document provides details for an implementation of the OSI 7- layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC 7498-1. The protocol specified in this Standard was designed to transport data in Table format. The Table definitions are in ANSI C12.19, and Annex D of this document. This Standard specifies the differences between ANSI C12.18-2006, Protocol Specification for ANSI Type 2 Optical Port and ANSI C12.19-1997, Utility Industry End Device Data Tables, and those features and services required to describe a protocol specification for Telephone Modem Communications. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables via a telephone modem such that multi-source environment and End Device interchangeability is possible. Abstract: This standard provides multisource and “plug and play” environment for the millions of metering devices in the field now and in the future using the telephone modem communication interface. It solves the problems associated with single-source systems and with multisource systems based upon proprietary communications protocols. Electric, water, and gas utilities and corresponding vendors can realize cost savings that ultimately shall benefit the client consumers of the utilities. Key Words: ANSI C12.21, IEEE 1702, MODEM, PSEM Designation: P1703 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Node Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This Standard defines interfaces between IEEE 1377 Devices (ANSI C12.19 Devices) and network protocols. Specific goals identified by the committee in the creation of this Standard were: 1. Defining a Datagram that may convey ANSI C12.19 data Tables through any network This was accomplished by: · Assuming that the data source is ANSI C12.19 data Tables · Defining the Application Layer services (language) 2. Providing a full stack ISO/IEC 7498-1 definition for interfacing a C12.22 Device to a C12.22 Communication Module This was accomplished by: · Defining the physical interface requirements between the C12.22 Device and the C12.22 Communication Module · Defining the interface lower layers ISO/IEC 7498-1; 4 (transport), 3 (network), 2 (data link) and 1 (physical) 3. Providing a full stack definition for point-to-point communication to be used over local ports such as optical ports, or modems This was accomplished by defining a Layer 4 (transport) and Layer 2 (data link) 4. Providing support for efficient one-way messaging (blurts) This was accomplished by: · Defining a compact message format that can be easily transformed to a standard ANSI C12.22 Datagram · Assuring that all needed layers defined in this Standard can support one-way messaging 5. Providing network architecture compatible with this protocol (Some architectural concepts were derived from [HCCS 1: 1987, HCCS 2: 1987, HCCS 3: 1988, DND : 1993, IPPA : 1995, TCPCE : 1997]) This was accomplished by: · Defining different type of nodes such as C12.22 Relay, C12.22 Master Relay, C12.22 Host, C12.22 Authentication Host, C12.22 Notification Host, and C12.22 Gateway · Defining the role and responsibilities of each of these C12.22 Nodes 6. Providing data structure definitions in support of this protocol This was accomplished by: · Defining an ANSI C12.19 Decade to be used by C12.22 Nodes · Defining an ANSI C12.19 Decade to be used by C12.22 Relays · Defining new procedures in support of this protocol · Defining a new Table for enhanced security Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field devices (e.g. meters, communication modules and Utility systems). The purpose of this standard is to define the network framework and means to transport the Utility End Device Data Tables via any Local-area / Wide-area network for use by enterprise systems in a multi-source environment. This standard is intended to accommodate the concept of an advanced metering infrastructure such as that identified by the Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability of the US Department of Energy; the Smart Metering Initiative of the Ontario Ministry of Energy (Canada) and the stated requirements of Measurement Canada for the approval of a metering device for use in Canada. This standard provides a uniform, managed, adaptive and secured network data and message delivery system for Utility End Devices and ancillary devices (e.g. home appliances and communication technology) that can operate in a “plug and play” and “end-to-end” multi-source enterprise AMI environment, in a manner that allows independence from the underlying network implementation (i.e. an End Device can implement this standard by utilizing a transceiver that is independent of the meter’s metrology logic and for the meter not to depend on the design of the network that is serviced by that transceiver). The independence from the underlying native network protects the End Device from premature obsolescence that may occur as networks may come and go. This standard extends the definitions provided by IEEE 1377-2009 standard to include provisions for enterprise level asset management, data management, and uniform data exchange interfaces, through the use of network and relay tables and services In addition it is to provide all the necessary support services needed to deploy, commission, notify, manage and access End Devices in a manner that preserves privacy, security and the integrity of the network. Abstract: This standard provides a set of application layer messaging services that are applicable for the enterprise and End Device ends of an Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI). The application services include those useful for managing the AMI network assets defined by this standard. These messages may be transported over a wide range of underlying network transports such as TCP/IP, UDP, IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.15.4 IEEE 802.16, PLC and SMS over GSM, over a wide range of physical media. Additionally, interfaces are defined for a Communication Module and a Local Port (e.g. an IEEE 1701 optical port). The described protocol is tailored for, but not limited to, the transport of IEEE 1377 Table data. The standard also provides a means by which information can be sent in a secure manner using AES-128 and the EAX’ mode. This standard was developed jointly with ANSI (published asANSI C12.22) and Measurement Canada (published as MC12.22). Key Words: ANSI C12.22, ACSE, End Device, Communication Module, C12.19 Device Designation: 1703 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Node Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document defines interfaces between IEEE P1377 devices and network protocols (IEEE P1377, MC12.19, and ANSI C12.19 standards are congruent). This standard shall provide the Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) lower layers communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables, IEEE P1377, MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19. Specific goals identified by this committee were: 1. Defining a Datagram that may convey IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 data Tables through any network. This is accomplished by: • Assuming that the data source is IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 data Tables. • Defining the Application Layer services (language). • Defining the interface lower layers; layers; 4 (Transport), 3 (Network), 2 (Data Link) and 1 (Physical). 2. Providing a full stack definition for interfacing an end device to a “Network Communication Module”. This is accomplished by: • Defining the physical interface requirements between the end device and the “Network Communication Module”. • Defining the interface lower layers; 4 (network), 3 (transport), 2 (data link) and 1 (physical). 3. Providing a full stack definition for point-to-point communication to be used over local ports such as optical ports, or modems. This is accomplished by defining a Layer 4 (Transport Layer) and Layer 2 (Data Link Layer). 4. Providing support for efficient one-way messaging (blurts) (IEEE P1703, MC.22, and ANSI C12.22 standards are congruent) This is accomplished by: • Defining a compact message format that can be easily transformed to a standard IEEE P1703 or MC12.22 or ANSI C12.22 Datagram. • Assuring that all needed layers defined in this Standard can support one-way messaging 5. Providing network architecture compatible with this protocol. (IEEE P1703, MC12.22, and ANSI C12.22 are congruent) This is accomplished by: • Defining different type of nodes such as IEEE P1703 Relay, IEEE P1703 Master Relay, IEEE P1703 Host, IEEE P1703 Authentication Host, IEEE P1703 Notification Host, IEEE P1703 Gateway. • Defining the role and responsibilities of each of these IEEE P1703 Nodes. 6. Providing data structure definitions in support of this protocol. (IEEE P1377, MC12.19, and ANSI C12.19 standards are congruent) This is accomplished by: • Defining an IEEE P1377 Decade to be used by IEEE P1703 Nodes. • Defining an IEEE P1377 Decade to be used by IEEE P1703 Relays. • Defining new procedures in support of this protocol. • Defining a new table for enhanced security. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility End Device Data Tables via a local Area/Wide Area network interface such that a multi-source environment and end device interchangeability is possible. Designation: P1704 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Communications Module Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This document defines the hardware physical interface and interface signals between IEEE 1703 Devices (such as IEEE 1377 meters or distribution automation devices) and IEEE 1703 communication modules. The communication modules are described as being attachable and removable to/from the IEEE 1703 Devices, and are not intended to be internal to the metering devices. Included in this standard are the physical dimensions, electrical connections, communication hardware interface signals, and module positioning which involves the secure physical mounting, weather elements, and communications propagation considerations. This standard serves as the extension of (but not limited to) IEEE 1703, MC1222, and ANSI C12.22 standards in regard to the communications module hardware interfaces, reference signals, their description and specification. Project Purpose: Utility end devices such as meters are becoming utilized as remote metering devices in Automatic Meter Reading systems. The purpose of this standard is to describe uniform physical characteristics for the communications devices which will be attaching/detaching to the utility end devices. Designation: 1704 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Communications Module Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This document defines the physical interface between IEEE P1377 end devices (such as meters or distribution automation devices) and communication modules. The communication modules are described as being attachable and removable to/from the end device. Included in this standard are the physical dimensions, electrical connections, and module positioning which involves the secure physical mounting, weather elements, and communications propagation considerations. This standard serves as the extension of the proposed standards, IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006, and ANSI C12.22-2006 in regard to the communications module description and specification. Project Purpose: Utility end devices such as meters are becoming utilized as remote metering devices in Automatic Meter Reading systems. The purpose of this standard is to describe uniform physical characteristics for the communications devices which will be attaching/detaching to the utility end devices. Designation: P1705 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Compliance Testing Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communications Protocol Standards Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for building and testing for compliance to the following Utility Industry Metering Communications protocols: 1. The Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1377, ANSI C12.19-2006 and MC12.19-2006) 2. Optical Port Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1701, MC12.18-2006 and ANSI C12.18- 2006) to complement The Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 3. Telephone Port Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1702, MC12.21-2006 and ANSI C12.21-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 4. Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006 and ANSI C12.22-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to test Utility End Devices and ancillary devices for compliance to the communications standards stated in the scope of this document. Designation: 1705 Sponsor: SASB/SCC31- Title: Standard for Compliance Testing Standard for Utility Industry metering communications protocol standards Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This work shall provide the Utility Metering Industry with one document for building and testing for compliance to the following Utility Industry Metering Communications protocols: 1. The Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1377, ANSI C12.19-2006 and MC12.19-2006) 2. Optical Port Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1701, MC12.18- 2006 and ANSI C12.18-2006) to complement The Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 3. Telephone Port Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1702, MC12.21- 2006 and ANSI C12.21-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 4. Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006 and ANSI C12.22-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose of this standard is to define the means to test Utility End Devices and ancillary devices for compliance to the communications standards stated in the scope of this document. Designation: P1706 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Title: Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications over Digital Communication Channels Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mike Meisinger, Phone:773-852-9004, Email:mmeisinger@sandc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This document is a a guide for the application of digital communication for protective relaying systems and schemes, including transmitting and receiving equipment, digital channels, application principals, performance, installation, troubleshooting, testing and maintenance. Reflected in this guide is the knowledge and experience of equipment manufacturers and power utility users. This guide is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in manufacturers' instruction books or any contractual agreement. Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this document is to guide the power system user in applying, installing and operating digital communication channels for the purpose of protective relaying. The guide is prepared not only for those considering digital communication relaying for the first time, but as a reference for the experienced. Designation: P1707 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for the Investigation of Events at Nuclear Facilities Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: J.J. Persensky, Phone:301-415-6759, Email:jjp2@nrc.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This document provides common terminology and recommended practices for initiating and conducting event investigations, analyzing data, producing results, and identifying corrective actions associated with facility personnel, processes, equipment and systems at nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of the recommended practice is to provide common terminology and recommend practices for implementing event investigations and corrective actions at nuclear facilities. This recommended practice provides considerations for preserving data for analysis while implementing early actions to manage the event. This recommended practice is intended to assist analysts in planning the scope, team composition, and timeline for conducting an investigation. The recommended practice also provides methods for data gathering and analysis, as well as cause determination. Corrective actions and extent of condition. can be identified by using this recommended practice. Organizational aspects needed to support the investigation, including management oversight, training, record keeping, and roles and responsibilities are described, along with the recommended attributes of a report on the investigation. Designation: P1708 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Wearable Cuffless Blood Pressure Measuring Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Yuang-Ting Zhang, Phone:(852) 2609-8459, Email:ytzhang@ee.cuhk.edu.hk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: It is intended to establish a standard for the objective evaluation of wearable cuffless blood pressure (BP) measurement devices. The standard is independent of the form of the device or the vehicle the device is attached to or embedded in. The standard is applicable to all types of wearable BP measurement devices that have different modes of operation (e.g. to measure short-term, long-term, snapshot, continuous, beat(s)-to-beat(s) BP or BP variability). This standard is, however, limited to evaluation of devices that does not use a cuff during measurement and does not cover evaluation of all sphygmomanometers that are used with an occluding or inflatable cuff for the indirect determination of BP on the upper arm or wrist. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for wearable cuffless BP measurement devices, which have drawn growing interest in recent years. Existing standards for evaluating sphygmomanometers are only intended for devices that are used with an occluding cuff and therefore, do not cover all aspects needed for the emerging wearable devices. This standard provides guidelines for manufacturers to qualify and validate their products, potential purchasers or users to evaluate and select prospective products, and health care professionals to understand the manufacturing practices on wearable BP devices. Designation: 1709-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for 1 kV to 35 kV Medium-Voltage DC Power Systems on Ships Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2010 Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011 Project Scope: This recommended practice is based on current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying 1 kV to 35 kV MVDC power distribution and DC power delivery systems on ships. Recommendations are made for analytical methods, preferred interconnection interfaces and performance characteristics for reliable integration of MVDC electrical components into the ship electrical power systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for analysis and specifications parameters for 1 kV to 35 kV MVDC power systems on ships. It will describe impact of MVDC on all electrical components and will formulate requirements on proper interfaces, sizing, life cycle cost, weight, efficiency and risk reduction of MVDC power systems implementation. It will compliment the IEEE Std 45-2002. Abstract: Guidelines to specify, procure, design, manufacture and develop manuals, safety procedures, practices and procedures for effective maintenance of medium-voltage direct current (MVDC) electrical power systems is discussed in this recommended practice. Recommendations are made for analytical methods, preferred interconnection interfaces and performance characteristics for reliable integration of MVDC electrical components into the ship MVDC electrical power systems. Key Words: integrated power systems, marine electrical-power systems, medium- voltage DC, MVDC power electronics, power-electronic building blocks Designation: 171-1958 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Information Theory Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1711-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for a Cryptographic Protocol for Cyber Security of Substation Serial Links Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2011 History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010, BD APP: Nov 08, 2010 Project Scope: This trial use standard defines a cryptographic protocol to provide integrity, and optional confidentiality, for cyber security of substation serial links. It does not address specific applications or hardware implementations, and is independent of the underlying communications protocol. Project Purpose: The elevated concern of cyber security throughout the power industry has created a need to protect communications to and from substations. This trial use standard defines a cryptographic protocol known as Substation Serial Protection Protocol (SSPP) that can protect the integrity and optional confidentiality of asynchronous serial communications typically used by substation equipment. SSPP is primarily intended to protect serial SCADA communications, but can be applied to other serial communications - such as the maintenance ports of IEDs. SSPP is largely independent of the underlying communications link and protocol (e.g. Modbus, DNP3), and is appropriate for serial communications over leased lines, dial- up lines, multi-drop links radio, power line carrier, fiber optic, etc. SSPP is suitable for implementation in new equipment or for deployment in bump-in-the-wire devices retrofitting protection to existing systems. Abstract: A cryptographic protocol to provide integrity, and optional confidentiality, for cyber security of serial links is defined in this trial use standard. Specific applications or hardware implementations are not addressed, and the standard is independent of the underlying communications protocol. Key Words: cyber security, encryption, IEEE 1711, integrity, serial link Designation: 1711 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Trial Use Standard for a Cryptographic Protocol for Cyber Security of Substation Serial Links Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David E Whitehead, Phone:509-332-1890, Email:david_whitehead@selgs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This trial use standard defines the cryptographic protocol for cyber security of serial supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) links and engineering access points that implement the requirements of IEEE P1689. Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial use standard is to provide part of a procurement specification that can be used by utilities to ensure that cyber security devices built by different solution providers are interoperable. Solution providers will use cryptographic protocols to build interoperable open system cyber security devices that protect existing asynchronous serial communications against cyber attack. Abstract: This trial use standard defines a cryptographic protocol to provide integrity, and optional confidentiality, for cyber security of serial links. It does not address specific applications or hardware implementations, and is independent of the underlying communications protocol. Key Words: cyber security, serial link, encryption, integrity Designation: 1712 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) Gas Handling for High Voltage Equipment Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Gordon Luke van der Zel, Phone:704-595-2232, Email:lvanderz@epri.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This guide describes significant aspects of handling SF6 gas used in electric power equipment such as gas recovery, reclamation, recycling in order to keep the gas permanently in a closed cycle and avoiding any deliberate release in environment. Project Purpose: To provide state-of-the-art technologies and procedures to minimize SF6 gas emission to a minimum functional level for the electric power equipment to preserve the environment. This Guide will include all the aspects for consideration during commissioning and recommissioning, topping up, refilling, checking the gas quality at site, sampling and shipment for off-site gas analysis, recovering and reclaiming during normal operation and at the end of the life of power equipment while dismantling. This Guide also presents the state-of-the art tools and measuring devices including the necessary personnel protective equipment. The basis for the preparation of this Guide is CIGRE Brochure No. 276 - Guide for preparation of Customised " Practical SF6 Handling Instructions", August 2005 edition which was developed by the Study Committee B3, Task Force B3.02.01. Designation: 1713 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Electrical Shore-to-Ship Connections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kevin L Peterson, Phone:562-497-2999, Email:kevin.peterson@p2seng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard covers system components necessary for connecting large commercial ships including the shore power supply, shore connection boxes, cable connections, ship incoming panel and control system. The standard also addresses safety considerations, maintenance and inspection. Project Purpose: Providing medium voltage shore power connections to ships has initiated many challenges to ports around the world. This standard provides cohesive international recommended practices that are easy to follow and provides methods for connecting container ships, bulk carriers and cruise ships. Designation: P1714 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Industrial Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Donald G Dunn, Phone:281-452-8809, Email:donald.dunn@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: Recommended practice for typical UPS Systems installed in industrial facilities including the application, specification, performance, and testing of the UPS System. UPS systems provide uninterruptible power to process control, standby and other critical equipment. This recommended practice includes UPS System configurations and loads, accepted design practices, control strategies and operating principles, redundancy, reliability, installation, commissioning/startup verification, and maintenance considerations. Also included in this recommended practice are hardware associated considerations for batteries, static switch, ferroresonant transformers, isolation transformers, panelboards, motor control centers, and harmonic and EMI filters. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides cohesive, easy to use guidance for both national and international UPS applications. Designation: P1715 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Power Measurements Under Low Power Factor Conditions Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Eddy So, Phone:613-990-5806, Email:eddy.so@nrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: To provide background information and general recommendations for accurate measurements of power at high voltage under low power factor conditions; identifies suitable measurement techniques including instrumentation to meet these recommendations; identifies on-site test techniques including instrumentation to calibrate power loss measuring systems and recommendations for maintaining their accuracy specifications, including obtaining traceability to higher echelon standards. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent guide for providing background and general recommendations for accurate measurements of power at high voltage under low power factor conditions. The guide identifies suitable measurement and on-site test techniques, including instrumentation, to meet these recommendations and calibration of power loss measuring systems. The guide also provides recommendations for maintaining the accuracy specifications of the power loss measuring systems, including obtaining traceability to higher echelon standards. Designation: P1716 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Managing Natural Disaster Impact on key electrical systems and installations in Petroleum and Chemical Facilities Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Ed Thornton, Phone:281-586-2532, Email:ed.thornton@usa.dupont.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This document provides recommendations and guidelines for managing natural disaster impact on key electrical facilities and systems in petroleum and chemical facilities in order to minimize economic damage by pre-assessment risk evaluation of electrical facilities, by Identification of mitigation techniques and system designs to minimize impact and by outlining procedures for faster recovery of electrical systems after a natural disaster. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide guidelines and recommendations to minimize the economic impact to petroleum and chemical facilities throughout the globe due to natural disasters. The document provides information to users on how to pre assess damage potential based on the defined disasters; protect facilities during natural disasters, and implement processes to be followed for a speedier recovery effort of key electrical systems. The document begins with addressing basic human needs after a natural disaster prior to addressing the financial considerations. Designation: P1717 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Testing Circuit Integrity Cables Using A Hydrocarbon Pool Fire Test Protocol Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Arturo J Maldonado, Phone:239-280-3863, Email:amaldonado@cableusa.cc **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides cable and/or system requirements and methods for performing circuit integrity tests on energized low voltage power, control, and instrumentation cables at temperatures simulating a hydrocarbon pool fire. Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide circuit integrity test methodology and performance requirements for cables and/or cable systems, which may be subjected to a hydrocarbon pool fire. This protocol may be useful when selecting cables for applications where circuit integrity is critical to plant shutdown under hydrocarbon fire conditions. It can also be a useful tool in the development of technology to design cables that maintain circuit integrity during such a fire. Abstract: Standardization of Circuit Integrity Cable testing is beneficial to cable manufacturers, distributors, and users. Uniform procedures, consistent, repeatable results, and measurable test acceptance criteria are required to allow comparisons among competing products and to allow selection of the correct product for the application. Key Words: ROSOV, fire-safe, emergency shutdown, safety systems, cable, wire, circuit integrity, horizontal furnace, 20 minutes, 204 kW/m2, 65,000 Btu/ft2-hr,1121°C (2050°F), hydrocarbons, hydrocarbon pool fire, test protocol, UL 1709, UL 2196, API 14F, API 14FZ, API 2218, ASTM 1529, IEEE- P1810, MIL-DTL-25038, MIL-STD-3020, IEC-60331, BS 6387, Rapid Rise. Designation: P1718 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Temperature Monitoring of Cable Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mohamed Chaaban, Phone:450-652-8359, Email:chaaban.mohamed@ireq.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007 Project Scope: This guide presents an overview of the existing and emerging temperature monitoring systems related to power cable installations. It summarizes the features, benefits and limitations of both discrete and distributed temperature monitoring for cable ratings. This guide also addresses the various aspects of user-interface and data communication issues needed to make the system more effective and more user-friendly. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist users in applying off- line or real time temperature monitoring of power cable systems by addressing the following major issues: 1. Type of cable system installation: existing or new. 2. Circuit length, type of terrain and backfill along the cable route that may favor the use of distributed rather than discrete temperature measurement or vice versa. 3. Advantages/disadvantages of using a real time monitoring vs. off-line monitoring system 4. System complexity, performance, reliability and maintenance 5. Recommended design, operating criteria and data transfer 6. Influence of adjacent circuits. Abstract: This guide presents an overview of the existing and emerging temperature monitoring systems related to power cable installations. It summarizes the features, benefits and limitations of both discrete and distributed temperature monitoring for cable ratings. This guide also addresses the various aspects of user-interface and data communication issues needed to make the system more effective and more user-friendly. Designation: P1719 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Evaluating Stator Cores of AC Synchronous Electric Machines Rated 1 MVA and Higher Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Glenn Mottershead, Phone:905-855-0242x263, Email:gmtrshd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This guide describes methods which may be used to evaluate the condition of stator cores of ac electric machines including generators, motors, and synchronous condensers. The methods outlined herein are generally applicable to machines rated 1 MVA (1340 HP) and higher. However, these methods may be applicable to units of lower rating. This guide is not intended to provide detailed inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide assistance to engineering and maintenance personnel responsible for planning, performing, and assessing results of stator core evaluations. The results of a successful evaluation program may be used to: 1) Identify needed maintenance and repairs. 2) Support strategic decisions relative to core replacement. 3) Provide guidance for developing purchase specifications. 4) Help to optimize the core life from an asset management perspective. Designation: 172-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Guidance & Control Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1984 Abstract: No abstract Key Words: navigation aid, definitions, terms Designation: P1720 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas Title: Recommended Practice for Near-Field Antenna Measurements Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Michael H Francis, Phone:303 497 5873, Email:francis@boulder.nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007 Project Scope: This document describes recommended near-field test practices for the measurement of antenna properties. It provides information on developments in near-field measurements that have occurred since the approval of IEEE Std 149-1979 (IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas). This document recommends near-field measurement practices for the three principal geometries: cylindrical, planar, and spherical, and also recommends measurement practices for the calibration of probes used as reference antennas in near-field measurements. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice document is to provide practical guidance to those who are planning to do near-field measurements. This document also specifies capabilities required of a near- field measurement system. Designation: P1721 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Standard for Objective Measurement of Systemic Arterial Blood Pressure in Humans Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Voicu Groza, Phone:+1 613 562 5800 x 21, Email:groza@site.uottawa.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: The document covers two topics concerning systemic arterial blood pressure in humans. The first topic is objective measurement and analysis of systemic arterial pulses. The second topic is objective measurement of systemic arterial blood pressure. Adaptations, extensions, and connections to existing standards (IEEE 181-2003, IEEE 1073-2000) are considered enabling seamless integration of blood pressure measurement (BPM) with clinical data recording (electronic health monitoring). The standard considers only objective techniques for BPM assuring that the measurement process satisfies the current standards for evaluating and expressing the uncertainty of the measurement results along with traceability, down to the device that was actually used to transduce the signal. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide an objective reference for measuring systemic arterial blood pressure in humans in form of definitions and descriptions of objective techniques and procedures that are independent of specific devices, apparatus, instruments, or computing devices that may be used in blood pressure measurements and as prerequisite to: (1) Capturing, recording, and communication of blood pressure measurement data (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.3.7 - Point of Care ~ Medical Device Communication Standard, Device Specialization – Blood Pressure) (2) Standards for automated apparatus intended for noninvasive blood pressure monitoring (e.g., ANSI/AAMI SP10, “Manual, electronic, or automated sphygmomanometers”) (3) Standards for apparatus that employs systemic arterial pulses techniques (e.g., IEEE P1708 - Standard for Wearable Cuffless Blood Pressure Measuring Devices) Designation: 1722-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time Sensitive Applications in a Bridged Local Area Network Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2011 History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Feb 10, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, data encapsulations, and presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio- and video-based end stations that use standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting quality-of-service requirements for time- sensitive applications by leveraging the concepts of IEC 61883. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate interoperability between stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across LANs providing time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services by defining the packet format protocols and synchronization mechanisms. Abstract: The protocol, data encapsulations, and presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio- and video-based end stations that use standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting quality-of-service requirements for time-sensitive applications by leveraging concepts of IEC 61883 are specified in this standard. Key Words: bridged LAN, IEC 61883, IEEE 802.1 AVB protocols, IEEE 802.1AS, IEEE 802.1BA, IEEE 802.1Qat, IEEE 802.1Qav, IEEE 1722, local area network (LAN), quality of service, timesensitive media streaming, time synchronization Designation: 1722 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert Boatright, Phone:(801) 568-7566, Email:rboatright@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007 Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, data encapsulations, connection management and presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio and video based end stations that use standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting QoS requirements for time-sensitive applications by leveraging concepts of IEC 618831-7. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate interoperability between stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across LANs providing time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services by defining the packet format and stream setup, control, and teardown protocols. Designation: P1722.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Standard Device Discovery, Connection Management and Control Protocol for IEEE 1722 Based Devices Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, device discovery, connection management and device control procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio and video based end stations that use IEEE 1722 based stream on IEEE 802 based networks. Project Purpose: To facilitate interoperability between stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across LANs providing time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services, this standard defines the device discovery, connection management, stream setup, control, and teardown protocols. Designation: P1723 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for SOA (Service-Oriented Architecture) Solution Reference Architecture Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Liang-Jie (LJ) Zhang, Phone:+1 914 784 6132, Email:zhanglj@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: This document provides a standard protocol for creating service- oriented solution architecture. This protocol is independent of the underlying implementation and products used to realize the service-oriented architecture (SOA) based solutions. This protocol is usable in all classes of solution scenarios. This standard is limited to design and modeling of service-oriented solution architecture and does not include design or modeling of service-oriented implementation and supporting infrastructures. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for designing and modeling service-oriented solutions based on service-oriented architecture (SOA). Each vendor builds some design and architectures into the underlying programming language or business process flows. Without an independent, openly defined protocol, applications and other solutions cannot automatically determine the type of solution being communicated and integrated. This protocol provides a minimum implementation subset that allows automatic identification and configuration of service-oriented solutions and vendor extensibility, which will provide for growth and product differentiation. Designation: 1724-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of a Transmission Line Design Criteria Document Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 27, 2011 Technical Contact: Richard N Collins, Phone:517-788-3971, Email:rncollins@cai-engr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This guide provides a template to assist line design engineers in gathering information and organizing it into a coherent design criteria document for use in the design of overhead electric power transmission lines, generally at voltages of 69 kV and higher. The guide will also be useful for the design of lower voltage lines. Project Purpose: This guide assists in application to engineers for the preparation of a design criteria document used for overhead transmission lines. A design criteria documents the data and assumptions used; the sources of the data and assumptions; the conventions, standards, guides, and design manuals used; and the design method(s) used in the design of the transmission line. The guide offers a comprehensive table of contents of the important criteria that should be taken into consideration in the design of transmission lines. The guide discusses the various criteria. The guide does not recommend criteria values, as would a design manual, but lists and discusses the importance of the criteria. The design engineer must determine the values to use based on the location, ambient conditions, and importance of the line. Abstract: A suggested outline for information that should be included in a design criteria for overhead transmission lines is presented in this guide. This guide is not a design criteria or a design manual, it is a listing of the information that is required during the design of a transmission line, and provides guidance for line designers in the collection and documentation of how the line was designed; including the sources of information used in design and the design approach used. Key Words: design criteria, IEEE 1724, load factors, structure loads Designation: 1725-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Cellular Telephones Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1725-2006 Publication type: Standards Press History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable lithium-ion (Li-Ion) and lithium-ion polymer (Li-Ion polymer) batteries for cellular telephone applications. Also included in the standard are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, and pack and cell level charge and discharge controls and overall system considerations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user experience and operation of cell phone batteries. The battery and cellular telephone industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Abstract: Criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable lithium ion and lithium ion polymer batteries for cellular telephone applications are established. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls, and overall system considerations. Key Words: cellular telephones, IEEE 1725, lithium ion batteries Designation: 1725-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Cellular Telephones Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jason Howard, Phone:770-338-3306, Email:jason.howard@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable lithium ion and lithium ion polymer batteries for cellular telephone applications. Also included in the standard are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, and pack and cell level charge and discharge controls and overall system considerations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user experience and operation of cell phone batteries. The battery and cellular telephone industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Abstract: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for quality, and establishes criteria for reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion and Li-Ion Polymer batteries for mobile telephone applications. Also included in the standard are battery pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls, and overall system considerations.. Key Words: ac/dc adapter, ac/dc charger, battery pack, cell, dc/dc adapter, dc/dc charger, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), host device, Li- Ion polymer battery, mobile telephone battery, rechargeable Li-Ion battery Designation: P1726 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Functional Specification of Fixed Transmission Series Capacitor Banks for Transmission System Applications Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mark McVey, Phone:804-257-4637, Email:mark_mcvey@dom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: This Guide provides general guidelines toward the preparations of a functional specification of transmission fixed series capacitor banks (FSC) using overvoltage protection based on three technologies: • metal oxide varistors • metal oxide varistors with a forced triggered bypass gaps, and thyristor protected series capacitors. • thyristor protected series capacitor. This Guide does not apply comprehensively to Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitors Project Purpose: This Guide presents technical clauses that may be used as the basis of a functional FSC specification. No other documents exist to help the user complete a specification of series capacitor document. Designation: P1727 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guideline For Working Procedures On Underground Transmission Circuits With Induced Voltage Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Albert Kong, Phone:(510) 874-2397, Email:axk6@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: This guideline establishes induced voltage working procedures for underground transmission circuits. A transmission circuit when deenergized will have an induced voltage when in a common duct bank with an energized circuit. The induced voltage may be a possible safety hazard. The induced voltage may be determined by modeling the circuits and by measurement. This guide addresses the working procedures to follow when performing work where induced voltage is present. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guideline is to establish working procedures for deenergized underground transmission circuits where induced voltage is present. The guide will describe working procedures to use under this condition. Designation: P1728 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Use of Extruded Shields Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Tim Person, Phone:732-271-2026, Email:persontj@dow.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide provides an overview of the functional requirements and related properties of extruded conductor shields and insulation shields used for the distribution of power at voltages between 5 and 46kV and the transmission of power at voltages of 69kV up to 345kV. This guide does not address the manufacture of extruded shields and cables. Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide guidance to the users of extruded dielectric distribution and transmission power cables on the selection of extruded conductor shield and insulation shield materials for their intended application in the context of the overall cable system. This may be used as a general reference and provides baseline information that may be considered for the approval of extruded conductor shield and insulation shield compounds. Designation: P1729 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution System Analysis Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Thomas E McDermott, Phone:412-650-9719, Email:t.mcdermott@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of the standard includes steady-state, event-based, probabilistic, stochastic, and dynamic analysis of medium-voltage (up to 35 kV) electric utility power distribution systems. Industrial and commercial power distribution systems, harmonic analysis, and electromagnetic transient analysis are all excluded. Project Purpose: Many commercial software products and academic research projects continue to use analysis methods appropriate for transmission systems, but not for distribution systems. Many research papers submitted for publication still address questions that have been well-settled by previous work. The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to focus research attention on areas where legitimate needs exist, and to identify methods that should not be used in software products. Designation: 173-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Guidance & Control Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standards on Navigation Aids: Direction Finder Measurements, 1959 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI wdn. Technical Contact: Bud Wimber, Phone:(818) 719-7920, Email:wimber@littongcs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Apr 10, 1958 Key Words: direction, finder, measurement Designation: 1730-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Simulation Engineering and Execution Process (DSEEP) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 24, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 1516.3-2003 Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Abstract: Recommended practice for Distributed Simulation Engineering and Execution Process (DSEEP) is described. The DSEEP is intended as a high-level process framework into which the lower-level systems engineering practices native to any distributed simulation user can be easily integrated. Simulation architectures include Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS), High Level Architecture (HLA), and Test and Training Enabling Architecture (TENA). Key Words: DIS, distributed simulation, engineering methodology, HLA, IEEE 1730, M&S, system process, TENA, 1516.3 Designation: P1730.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Distributed Simulation Engineering and Execution Process (DSEEP) Multi-Architecture Overlay (DMAO) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This document defines the issues that are either unique to or exacerbated by the use of multiple simulation architectures in the same simulation environment, along with recommended actions for properly addressing these issues. The Recommended Practice for Distributed Simulation Engineering and Execution Process (IEEE 1730) provides the overarching process framework. The alignment of DSEEP activities with those additional tasks necessary to address the multi-architecture concerns collectively define a "how to" guide for developing and executing multi- architecture simulation environments, based on industry best practices. Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose statement Designation: 1733-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Layer 3 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive Applications in Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 2011 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, data encapsulations, connection management and presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio and video based end stations that use standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting quality of service (QoS) requirements for time-sensitive applications by leveraging the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family of protocols and family of IEEE 802.1 Audio/Video Bridging (AVB) protocols. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate interoperability between stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across bridged and routed LANs providing time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services by defining the packet format and stream setup, control, synchronization and teardown protocols by leveraging Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family of protocols and IEEE 802.1 AVB protocols. Abstract: Protocol, data encapsulations, connection management, and presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio and video-based end stations that use standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting QoS requirements for time-sensitive applications by leveraging the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family of protocols and IEEE 802.1 Audio/Video Bridging (AVB) protocols is specified in this standard. Key Words: bridged LAN, IEEE 802.1AS, IEEE 802.1 AVB protocols, IEEE 802.1Qat, IEEE 802.1Qav, IEEE 1733, LAN, QoS, RTCP, RTP, time-sensitive media streaming, time synchronization Designation: 1733 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Layer 3 Transport Protocol for Time Sensitive Applications in Local Area Networks Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, data encapsulations, connection management and presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio and video based end stations that use standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting Quality of Service requirements for time-sensitive applications by leveraging the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family of protocols and IEEE 802.1 Audio/Video Bridging (AVB) protocols. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate interoperability between stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across bridged and routed LANs providing time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services by defining the packet format and stream setup, control, synchronization and teardown protocols by leveraging Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family of protocols and IEEE 802.1 AVB protocols. Designation: P1734 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Quality of Electronic and Software Intellectual Property used in System and System on Chip (SoC) Designs Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This specification defines a standard XML format for representing electronic IP quality information, based on an information model for electronic IP quality measurement. It includes a schema and the terms that are relevant for measuring electronic IP quality, including software that executes on the system. The schema and information model can be focused to represent particular categories of interest to IP users. In the context of this document, the term "IP" will be used to mean Intellectual Property electronic design data. Electronic Design Intellectual Property is a term used in the electronic design community. It refers to a reusable collection of design specifications which represent the behavior, properties, and/or representation of the design in various media. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a unified view of quality measures for IP to facilitate the use and integration of this IP used in electronic system design. This will enable the continuous improvement of IP used for system design and verification by providing a mechanism for qualitative comparison between such IP. The standard IP quality measures and characteristic exchange format defined can be incorporated into a variety of EDA tools. Abstract: This specification defines a standard XML format for representing electronic IP qualityinformation, based on an information model for electronic IP quality measurement. It includes a schema and the terms that are relevant for measuring electronic IP quality, including software that executes on the system. The schema and information model can be focused to represent particular categories of interest to IP users. In the context of this document, the term “IP” shall be used to mean Intellectual Property electronic design data. Electronic Design Intellectual Property is a term used in the electronic design community. It refers to a reusable collection of design specifications that represent the behavior, properties, and/or representation of the design in various media. Key Words: Electronic Design Automation, EDA, XML Design Meta Data, Quality IP Metrics, QIP, XML Schema, Semantic Consistency Rules, SRCs, Design Environment, Use Models, Implementation Constraints, Register Transfer Logic, RTL, Verification IP, VIP, Analog and Mixes Signal, AMS, Micro- Electro-Mechanical Systems, MEMS, Electronic System Level, and ESL. Designation: P1735 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Recommended Practice for Encryption and Management of Electronic Design Intellectual Property (IP) Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies embeddable and encapsulating markup syntaxes for design IP encryption and rights management, together with recommendations for integration with design specification formats described in other standards. It also recommends use models for interoperable tool and hardware flows, which will include selecting encryption and encoding algorithms and encryption key management. The recommendation includes a description of the trust model assumed in the recommended use models. This standard does not specifically include any consideration of digitally encoded entertainment media. In the context of this document, the term “IP” will be used to mean Intellectual Property electronic design data. Electronic Design Intellectual Property is a term used in the electronic design community. It refers to a reusable collection of design specifications which represent the behavior, properties, and/or representation of the design in various media. Examples of these collections include, but are not limited to: · A unit of electronic system design · A design verification and analysis scheme (e.g., test bench) · A netlist indicating elements and the interconnection thereof to implement a function · A set of fabrication instructions · A physical layout design or chip layout · A design intent specification The term is partially derived from the common practice for the collection to be considered the intellectual property of one party. Hardware and software descriptions are encompassed by this term. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to enable design flows that provide interoperability between IP sources, tools, integrators, and users of the IP. There is currently no defined, independent standard for describing IP encryption markup for design information formats. Each design format which incorporates IP encryption describes their markup differently leading to confusing interpretation. Users of those standards also lack a recommended practice for inter-operable use of IP encryption. This document provides guidelines and recommended practice for use of IP protection markup syntax and key management to enable interoperable tool flows with IP and tools from a wide array of suppliers. It includes algorithm selection for encryption and encoding. This document specifies a generic set of embeddable markup syntax suitable for IP protection and rights management of arbitrary text files. These files represent potential inputs and outputs of EDA tools that would otherwise expose IP. The generic syntax of these directives may be suitably modified for a particular file format if there are syntactic conflicts and variations may be described in recommended practices. Designation: 174 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 175 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1754-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Phillip Huelson, Phone:415-967-6929, Email:huelson@netcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994 Abstract: A 32-bit microprocessor architecture, available to a wide variety of manufacturers and users, is defined. The standard includes the definition of the instruction set, register model, data types, instruction op-codes, and coprocessor interface. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: computer, ISA, microprocessor, instruction set architecture Designation: 176 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard on Piezooelectricity Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thrygve R Meeker, Phone:610-437-3310 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Designation: 176-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard on Piezoelectricity Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 176-1949. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. No abstract. Key Words: 176_1987.bk Designation: 177 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurement for Piezoelectric Vibrators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thrygve R Meeker, Phone:610-437-3310 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: A modest revision of the (177-1966) standard will include corrections, improvements, and section additions on bridge, scattering parameter, and improved Pi-network techniques for more accurate measurements of the electrical parameters of higher frequency piezoelectric resonators with higher electromechanical coupling. The revised std should be useful for measurements on both crystalline (quartz) and ceramic(lead zirconia titanate) resonators. Project Purpose: Since the present std (177-1966) was issued, considerable worldwide work on piezoelectric resonator electrical measurement techniques has been reported. This work has led to more accurate measurements of the electrical parameters of piezoelelectric resonators at higher frequencies and at higher electromechanical coupling, including a more comprehensive understanding of the dependence of measured crystal parameters on the measurement fixture and on the measurement conditions. Three of these measurement tchniques (the bridge technique, the improved Pi-network technique, and the scattering parameter technique) are so useful that they should be discussed in the IEEE standard. Including discussion on all three measurement techniques will considerably increase the value of the standard to technical workers in the field. Designation: 177-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurements for Piezoelectric Vibrators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **aka ANSI C83.17-1970 History: BD APP: May 23, 1966 Abstract: The equivalent electric circuit of a piezoelectric vibrator and its parameters are reviewed. The determination of these parameters by the transmission method is described. The method is suitable for frequencies up to about 30 MHz for the commonly encountered ranges of the capacitance ratio r and the figure of merit M, provided that errors due to instrumentation are taken into account. The equations presented in this standard have been formulated to correct these errors. Key Words: piezoelectricity, vibrator Designation: 1775-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard for Power Line Communication Equipment--Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Requirements--Testing and Measurement Methods Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2011 **New standard Technical Contact: Aron Viner, Phone:+1 617 614 6729, Email:aviner@ambientcorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) criteria and consensus test and measurements procedures for broadband over power line (BPL) communication equipment and installations. The standard references existing national and international standards for BPL equipment and installations. It does not include the specific emission limits, which are subject to national regulations. Project Purpose: This standard is a part of a planned IEEE series of BPL standards that will cover major aspects of BPL communication technology: safety, EMC, media, coexistence, interoperability, and education. By providing test and measurement guidance as well as EMC criteria, this EMC standard will serve as a bridge between national spectrum regulations, power utility practice, and other interested party concerns. It is also will clearly identify the basic definitions of the applicable EMC parameters for BPL equipment and installations as well as measurements conditions and settings. Abstract: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) criteria and consensus test and measurements procedures for broadband over power line (BPL) communication equipment and installations are presented. Existing national and international standards for BPL equipment and installations are referenced. This standard does not include the specific emission limits, which are subject to national regulations. Key Words: BPL, BPL emissions, BPL immunity, broadband over power line communication, electromagnetic compatibility, EMC, emissions measurements, IEEE 1775, measurement methods, PLC, power line communication, power line communication equipment, smart grid, testing methods Designation: 1776-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Unsealed or Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre- Insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15 000 V and Below Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 13, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing two or more unsealed or sealed insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for AC electrical machines using form-wound pre-insulated stator coils rated 15 000 V and below. The intent of this test procedure is to evaluate unsealed insulation systems for use with air cooling under usual (normal) service conditions, or sealed insulation systems for use under severe environmental conditions (where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants). This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals, metal dust or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known reference systems, of the same type, having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these tests. The intent of this test procedure is to evaluate unsealed insulation systems for use with ir cooling under usual (normal) service conditions, or sealed insulation systems for use under severe environmental conditions (where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants). This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals, metal dust or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known reference systems, of the same type, having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these tests. Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify unsealed or sealed insulation systems for the machinery used inusual (normal) service or machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established, service-proven (reference) unsealed or sealed systems should also be tested according to this test procedure. This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275™-1992 (for unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429™-1994 (for sealed systems).1In order to provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established, service-proven (reference) unsealed or sealed systems should also be tested according to this test procedure. This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std. 275-1992 (unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std. 429- 1994(sealed systems). Both of these recommended practices have been withdrawn. Abstract: A test procedure (Combination of IEEE Std 275™-1992 and IEEE Std 429™-1994) for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for alternating-current (ac) electrical machines using form-wound pre-insulated stator coils rated 15000 V and below Key Words: 1776-2008, ac electric machinery, insulation system, stator coils, thermal evaluation Designation: 1776 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed and Unsealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre- insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15000 V and Below Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 15000 V and below. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these tests. Project Purpose: This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275- 1992(unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429-1994(sealed systems). The purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the machinery used in normal service and machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established, service-proven systems should also be tested according to this test procedure. Designation: 1776 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Unsealed or Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre- insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15000 V and Below Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 15000 V and below. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these tests. Project Purpose: This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275- 1992(unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429-1994(sealed systems). The purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the machinery used in normal service and machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established, service-proven systems should also be tested according to this test procedure. Designation: 1777 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Recommended Practice for Using Wireless Data Communications in Power System Operations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Frances M Cleveland, Phone:831-338-3175, Email:fcleve@xanthus-consulting.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: These Recommended Practices describe and make recommendations on the functional, performance, security, and on-site testing issues related to using wireless data communication technologies in different aspects of power system operations, including within electric power substations, in underground vaults, along transmission and distribution circuits, within generation and distributed generation plants, for customer electrical and metering equipment, and other electric power environments. These recommended practices focus on the newer wireless data communication technologies such as WiFi, Bluetooth, Zigbee, WiMax, and cellular phone systems. The different types of communication functions include high-speed, high reliability protective relaying, “real-time” monitoring within electric sites with high EMI, control within electric sites, non-operational monitoring and control (e.g. maintenance, archival data, physical plan monitoring, etc.), mobile functions, temporary functions, and emergency functions. Appendices include the Questionnaires utilized to collect the user requirements from power system experts for functions or applications which potentially could use wireless data communications. These user requirements form the basis for the wireless issues that are discussed and the recommendations that are made. Project Purpose: These Recommended Practices provide guidelines to utilities on potential uses and the key issues related to using wireless technologies in different aspects and environments of power system operations. Wireless data communications are becoming widespread in many industries, since they offer significant benefits over wired communications, including low cost installations, rapid deployment, easy user access, and mobility. At the same time, the use of wireless technologies in power system environments presents a number of security and reliability concerns. These concerns include the impact of noisy electrical environments on the wireless media, the reliability of the currently available commercial wireless equipment, the overloading of the available bandwidth (particularly during emergency conditions), and the security of communications. Utilities are therefore wisely skeptical and cautious about introducing wireless communications in their substations. Nonetheless, the potential advantages and low costs of wireless technologies cannot be ignored. Therefore, questionnaires (Use Cases), filled out by power system experts, are used to determine what functions or applications could potentially benefit from using wireless technologies in power system operations. These functions/ applications are then analyzed to determine where wireless technologies could provide viable, secure, safe, and reliable alternatives to wired solutions, and what additional development of wireless technologies are needed, particularly with respect to robustness of equipment, security, and reliability. Designation: 1778 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Esterel v7 Language Reference Manual Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Gérard Berry, Phone:+33 4 92 02 40 65, Email:gerard.berry@esterel-technologies.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This standard is a Reference Manual for the Esterel v7 Language, which is dedicated to the specification and implementation of hardware or software reactive systems. The standard ensures unambiguous definition of the language syntax and semantics, and, therefore, full interoperability between Esterel-based software compilation, circuit synthesis, static analysis, and verification tools. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the Electronic Design Automation, Semiconductor, Systems Design, and Software communities with a well-defined and official IEEE definition of the Esterel v7 language. Esterel v7 is not a minor variant of existing HDLs or software languages that could be defined with an addendum to existing standards. Esterel v7 is unique in its way to formally merge the kind of sequencing only found in software languages, the kind of large-scale synchronous concurrency found in hardware description languages, specific temporal control primitives that drive the life and death of activities, and full support for multiclock designs. For datapath specification, Esterel v7 supports formally defined arbitrary precision exact arithmetic, bitvectors with conversion from and to numbers according to predefined or user-defined numerical encodings, and arrays of arbitrary dimensions and types. Esterel v7 is interoperable with other standards since it can generate synthesizable HDL code (Verilog, VHDL, etc.) as well as executable software code (C, C++, SystemC, etc.). Designation: 178 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P1780 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Inertial Measurement Units (IMU) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides guidelines for the preparation of an IMU specification document and recommended test procedures to verify the IMU specifications noted therein. A standard format guide for the preparation of an IMU specification is defined. Recommended test procedures are derived from those presently used in the inertial community. Informative annexes cover IMU design features and theoretical principles of operation. Project Purpose: This standard provides a common meeting ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. The user is cautioned not to over-specify -- only those parameters that are required to guarantee proper IMU performance in the specific application should be controlled. In general, the specification should contain only those requirements that can be verified by test or inspection. Part II of this standard can also be used as a guide in the preparation of a separate IMU test specification. In general, the intent is for the specification writer to ensure consistency and traceability between Part II test procedures and Part I requirements for performance, mechanical, electrical, environmental, and quality assurance. Designation: 1781 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Application of Extruded Conductor and Insulation Shields for Shielded Power Cables Rated 5 kV to 500 kV AC Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tim Person, Phone:732-271-2026, Email:persontj@dow.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides an overview of the functional requirements and related properties of extruded conductor shields and insulation shields used for the distribution and transmission of power at voltages from 5 kV to 500 kV ac. This guide does not address the manufacture of extruded shields and cables. Project Purpose: This document provides guidance to the users of distribution and transmission power cables on extruded conductor shield and insulation shield materials. The information is intended for use as a general reference for electric power engineers and provides information that may be considered for the design of power cables. Designation: P1782 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Collecting, Categorizing and Utilization of Information Related to Electric Power Distribution Interruption Events Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides information regarding the collection, utilization and categorization of information related to electric power distribution interruption events for the purpose of system reliability comparisons. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to foster uniformity and consistency of collection of data among utilities in the trending and benchmarking of electric power distribution reliability to enable meaningful assessment of the performance of different electric utilities. In addition, this guide is intended to provide education and guidance to those unfamiliar with the assessment, trending and benchmarking practices related to electric power distribution system reliability. Designation: 1783-2009 Sponsor: Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Test Methods and Procedures to Evaluate the Electrical Performance of Insulators in Freezing Conditions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 17, 2009 **New Standard History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009 Project Scope: The guide specifies procedures for testing equipment when external insulation of the test object is subjected to combinations of contamination, ice, snow, or cold fog. The methods are applicable only to tests on equipment with a rated voltage above 1 kV.The guide specifies procedures for testing equipment when external insulation of the test object is subjected to combinations of contamination, ice, snow, or cold fog. The methods are applicable only to tests on equipment with a rated voltage above 1 kV. Project Purpose: The test methods recommended in this guide supplement the general requirements regarding equipment, objects, and procedures for standard high-voltage testing. The guide also describes some recommended methods evaluating the test results. Abstract: The guide specifies procedures for testing equipment when external insulation of the test object is subjected to combinations of contamination, ice, snow, or cold fog. The methods are applicable only to tests on equipment with a rated voltage above 1 kV. Key Words: 1793-2009, cold fog, contamination, high-voltage testing, ice, icing, insulators, salt fog, snow Designation: 1784 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Nanomaterials Characterization and Use in Large Scale Electronics Manufacturing Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Brent Segal, Phone:7817060227, Email:bsegal@post.harvard.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: To fully benefit from the cost, performance, and flexibility of new electronics products manufactured on a large-scale, an industry accustomed to the purchase, use, and engineering of continuum materials must grow to embrace appropriate new practices at the nano-scale. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable the quick, low-risk adoption of nanomaterials into large-scale electronics manufacturing. In addition a best set of common practices will be delineated for use in semiconductor fabs. Designation: 1784 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Large Scale Manufacturing of Nanotechnologies Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to assist in enabling the quick, low-risk adoption of nanomaterials into large-scale electronics manufacturing. In addition a best set of common practices will be delineated for use in semiconductor fabs. Project Purpose: [Since this document is being developed jointly with IEC, there will be no purpose clause (in accordance with IEC style).] Designation: P1785 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for Rectangular Metallic Waveguides and Their Interfaces for Frequencies of 110 GHz and Above. Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides the relevant specifications for hollow metallic rectangular waveguide operating at frequencies of 110 GHz and above. The standard is in two parts: 1) specifications for the waveguide (including aperture dimensions, frequency range, cut-off frequency, etc); 2) specifications for the waveguide interfaces, e.g. flanges (including engineering drawings, etc). This standard considers the tolerances of the waveguide aperture dimensions and the flanges, and the effect these have on the electrical properties (in terms of return loss, transmission loss, etc) of the waveguide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the agreed reference for all organizations using rectangular waveguides at these frequencies. This will enable efficient trade between customers and suppliers, and common design criteria and practices for component, systems and design engineers. Designation: P1785 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for rectangular waveguides and flanges for rectangular waveguides for use at millimeter and sub-millimeter wavelengths Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Nick M Ridler, Phone:44 20 8943 7116, Email:nick.ridler@npl.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This standard provides the relevant specifications for hollow metallic rectangular waveguide operating over the frequency range 110 GHz to 1100 GHz (i.e 1.1 THz). The standard is in two parts: 1) specifications for the waveguide (including aperture dimensions, frequency range, cut-off frequency, etc); 2) specifications for the waveguide flanges (including engineering drawings, etc). This standard considers the tolerances of the waveguide aperture dimensions and the flanges, and the effect these have on the electrical properties (in terms of return loss, transmission loss, etc) of the waveguide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the agreed reference for all organizations using rectangular waveguides at these frequencies. This will enable efficient trade between customers and suppliers, and common design criteria and practices for component, systems and design engineers. Designation: P1786 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Draft Human Factors Guide for Applications of Computerized Operating Procedure Systems at Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities. Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert Waters, Phone:941-697-9435, Email:watersworks@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides guidance for the application of Computerized Operating Procedure Systems (COPS). This guidance concerns the design (i.e., form and function) and use of COPS. In general, this guide does not provide guidance for the technical content of the operating procedures being presented except as needed to address unique aspects of procedure implementation on COPS. Software tools that can be described as computerized procedures but reside outside the control room (such as might be used for maintenance or testing) are also beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: The project is intended to provide application guidance, based on current industry experience, for the design and use of Computerized Operating Procedure Systems (COPS) at nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. The Guide will identify acceptable practices and important considerations for applying COPS to facility operations. The guide is intended to support developers, users, and reviewers of COPS. Abstract: This document provides guidance for the application of Computerized Operating Procedure Systems (COPS). This guidance concerns the design (i.e., form and function) and use of COPS. In general, this guide does not concern itself with the technical content of the operating procedures being presented except as needed to address unique aspects of procedure implementation on COPS. Software tools that can be described as computerized procedures but are implemented outside the control room (such as might be used for maintenance or testing) are also beyond the scope of this document. Key Words: Human Factors, Computerized Procedures, Nuclear Facilities Designation: P1787 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for High Frequency Characterization for Low Temperature Co- Fired Ceramic (LTCC)Materials Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Michael D Janezic, Phone:303-497-3656, Email:janezic@boulder.nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard develops standard test methods to characterize and control Low Temperature Co-Fired Ceramic (LTCC) materials systems. The test methods are independentant of the type of LTCC materials system. The test methods will be usable by all vendors of LTCC to characterize and measure LTCC materials systems in frequencies up to 110GHz. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independant standard for controlling test methods used to characterize and control LTCC. Each vendor of LTCC uses their own methods to characterize LTCC, which vary greatly from vendor to vendor and ultimately frustrates the OEM's or design specifiers. Without standard, openly defined test methods, new and existing LTCC materials systems are limited in use to those who will put forth the effort to fully characterize the LTCC using their own developed test methods. The test methods will allow for a level playing field for all new and existing LTCC materials system vendors, as well as, provide characterization data to OEM's or design specifiers all from the standard test methods provided by this standard. Designation: P1788 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Interval Arithmetic Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Nathalie Revol, Phone:(33) 4 72 72 86 42, Email:nathalie.revol@ens-lyon.fr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies basic interval arithmetic (IA) operations selecting and following one of the commonly used mathematical interval models. This standard supports the IEEE-754/2008 floating point types of practical use in interval computations. Exception conditions will be defined and standard handling of these conditions will be specified. Consistency with the model is tempered with practical considerations based on input from representatives of vendors and owners of existing systems. The standard provides a layer between the hardware and the programming language levels. It does not mandate that any operations be implemented in hardware. It does not define any realization of the basic operations as functions in a programming language. Project Purpose: The standard will improve the availability of reliable computing in modern hardware and software environments by defining the basic building blocks needed for performing interval arithmetic. There are presently many systems for interval arithmetic in use, and lack of a standard inhibits development, portability, and ability to verify correctness of codes. Designation: P1789 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practices of Modulating Current in High Brightness LEDs for Mitigating Health Risks to Viewers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Bradley Lehman, Phone:(617)373-3052, Email:lehman@ece.neu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to: 1) Define the concept of modulation frequencies for LEDs and give discussion on their applications to LED lighting, 2) Describe LED lighting applications in which modulation frequencies pose possible health risks to users, 3) Discuss the concept of dimming of LEDs by modulating the frequency of driving currents/voltage 4) Present recommendations for modulation frequencies for LED lighting and dimming applications to protect against known adverse health effects. Project Purpose: Presently, there are no standards or recommendations on safe modulating frequencies for High Brightness LEDs. Various driving frequencies are being suggested by vendors, some at very low frequencies and others at high frequencies. Past work for fluorescent lighting in the late 1980’s and early 1990’s have shown that modulation at low frequencies for office and residential lighting can cause health related problems, such as headaches, eye strain and epileptic seizure. The detrimental effects depend on factors such as brightness, angle of viewing, wavelength, depth of modulation, among others. The purpose of this propose standard is to 1) describe some possible health risks, such as headaches, eye strain and epileptic seizure, associated with low frequency modulation of High Brightness LEDs in different applications and 2) provide recommended practices to aid design of LED driving systems to modulate at safe frequencies for their particular applications in order to protect against the described health risks. Designation: 179 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P1791 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology Used for Direct Current Electric Transit Overhead Contact Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Chris Pagni, Phone:415.567.0871, Email:bakerst@parknorthsf.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice defines terms used for direct current electric transit overhead contact systems. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides uniform terminology and definition of terms used for direct current electric transit overhead contact systems. Designation: P1792 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Nuclear Power Generating Station Preferred Power Supply Reliability Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses activities related to Preferred Power Supply (PPS) reliability, including design considerations, analytical studies, operational and maintenance considerations, and interface agreements between a Nuclear Power Generating Station and its associated Transmission Entities. Project Purpose: This document provides a recommended practice to enhance the PPS reliability with respect to Nuclear Power Generating Station requirements. Designation: 1792 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practices For Nuclear Power Plant Offsite Power Circuits Reliability Status: Superseded Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the interface and coordination between Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS) and transmission entities for activities related to the reliability of the preferred power supply (PPS) and to ensure a plant’s design and licensing bases are maintained. The activities of this recommended practice include design, maintenance, communication/coordination, analysis, interface agreements, operational requirements, training and identification of nuclear plant licensing requirements (NPLR) and nuclear plant interface requirements (NPIR). Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides guidance to address the application of NPGS requirements to maintain the reliability of the PPS system. Designation: P1793 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Planning and Designing Transition Facilities between Overhead and Underground Transmission Lines Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dennis E Johnson, Phone:770-279-3223, Email:dejohnson@powereng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008 Project Scope: This guide presents factors to be considered in the planning and design of transition facilities between overhead and underground transmission lines. These include the system implications of a hybrid installation as they relate to the transition facility. While this document focuses on transmission lines only, some of the considerations listed in this guide are common to both transmission and distribution installations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to list and describe typical factors that should be considered in the planning and designing of transition facilities between overhead and underground transmission lines. Some of these factors relate to the installation, operation and maintenance of the transmission system. This guide is intended to be comprehensive, but may not be all inclusive. Designation: 1796 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Resilient backplane ring (RBR) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David V James **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: Resilient backplane ring (RBR) is a backplane interconnect based on the dual-ring resilient topology of resilient packet ring (RPR) and the 802 MAC addressing structure. RBR includes features appropriate for the low- latency backplane environment: destination-based flow control, low-power short-haul PHY, backplane-to-backplane links, transport of IEEE-1394 isochronous data, and support of IEEE-1596 memory-update operations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to leverage the benefits of network-compatible resilient interconnects within low-latency backplane environment. Designation: P1797 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Design and Application of Solar Technology in Commercial Power Generating Stations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: R Ramakumar, Phone:405-744-5157 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 06, 2009 Project Scope: This document will summarize current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying photovoltaic technology for Solar Power Generation Stations. It will describe analytical methods, preferred parameters and performance characteristics from a common frame of reference for grid connected power systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for analysis and specifications parameters of photovoltaic equipment for grid connected solar power generation stations. It will analyze impact of such concepts as solar panels, power tracking controls, switching regulators, charge current controllers, battery chargers, inverters and storage batteries on size, life cycle cost, weight, efficiency, power output and risk reduction of implementation. Designation: P1798 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Qualification and Type Tests for Partial Discharge (PD)-Free Electrical Insulation Systems Used in Rotating Electrical Machines Fed from Voltage Converters Status: Adoption in Progress History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This Technical Specification defines criteria for assessing the insulation system of stator/rotor windings which are subjected to pulse width modulation (PWM) drives. This Technical Specification applies to stator/rotor windings of single or polyphase AC machines with insulation systems for converter operation. It describes qualification and type tests on representative samples or on complete machines which verify fitness for operation with voltage source converters. This specification does not apply to – rotating machines which are only started by converters; – rotating electrical machines with rated voltage 300 V r.m.s.; – electrical equipment and systems for traction. Project Purpose: In this technical specification, the necessary normative references and definitions are given together with a review of the effects arising from converter operation. Having established the technical foundation for the evaluation procedure, the conceptual approach is then described. This is to divide the systems into those which are not expected to experience partial discharge activity in their service lives (Type I) and those which are expected to withstand partial discharge activity throughout their service lives (Type II). The Type I systems are dealt with in this specification. They are generally used in rotating machines rated at less than 700 V and tend to have random wound stators. The procedures described here are directed at – qualification of the insulation system; – type testing of the complete stators of service machines. Before undertaking any testing, the manufacturer must decide upon the level of severity that the system will be required to withstand. The severity is based on how large the voltage overshoot and how short the impulse rise time will be at the machine terminals. It is important for the drive system integrator to characterise what the worst-case overshoot voltage and the shortest voltage rise time the winding will experience. The motor designer then makes choices from a table in which the complete ranges of expected values for these two independent parameters are divided into bands. Testing is performed at the extreme value of each band. In qualification testing, the insulation system is used to construct various representative test objects. These are subjected to the range of tests described in IEC 60034-18-21 or IEC 60034-18-31 with the addition of a high frequency voltage test and a partial discharge test. For the latter, it is necessary to use impulse test equipment, as described in IEC 61934. If at the end of the sequence of testing, the test object is partial discharge free under the specified test conditions, the insulation system is qualified for the severity bands that have been selected. The type tests are performed on complete stators to demonstrate that they are partial discharge free under impulse voltage conditions for the bands of severity that the manufacturer has chosen. Designation: P1799 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Quality Control Testing of External Discharges on Form-Wound Coils, Roëbel Bars, Vacuum Pressure Impregnated Stator Insulation and Fully Assembled Stator Windings Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Remi Tremblay, Phone:450-444-2076, Email:tremblay.remi@hydro.qc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides a procedure to detect external discharges in form-wound bars and coils and complete stator windings of rotating machines operating in air with a rated line-to-line voltage greater than 4200 V at power frequency. The guide is applicable to bars, coils and complete stator windings. The guide covers two inspection methods; visual blackout test and the use of corona imaging instruments. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to suggest sample preparation, test parameters, and procedures for detecting external discharges in bars, coils and complete stator windings using the above mentioned methods. It also recommends acceptance criteria and a procedure for a retest in the event of a test failure. Designation: 18-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2002 **Supersedes 18-1992. Technical Contact: Ignacio Ares, Phone:(305) 485-6517, Email:ignacio_ares@fpl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2002 Project Scope: This standard applies to capacitors rated 216V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz. Project Purpose: To revise std 18 as appropriate to better coincide with other national and international standards. The main areas that the group will concentrate on will include the evaluation of several unit ratings covered by std 18 to coincide with NEMA stds, evaluation of internal discharge device to coincide with IEC stds, and the evaluation of various portions of the section covering application and operation of shunt power capacitors to coordinate with IEEE std. 1036. Abstract: Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 Hzor 60 Hz, within the guidelines of IEEE Std 1036-1992, are considered. Key Words: "capacitors, shunt connection, transmission and distribution systems" Designation: P18 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jeffrey H Nelson, Phone:423 751 8275, Email:jeffnelson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard applies to power capacitors rated 216V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz. Project Purpose: IEEE 18 will not have a purpose statement. Designation: 18-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 18-1990. Was ANSI C55.1. Superseded by 18-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: May 26, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by 18-2002. Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz are considered. Service conditions, ratings, manufacturing, and testing are covered. A guide to application and operation of power capacitors is included. Key Words: capacitors, shunt, connection, transmission, distribution, systems, C55.1, shunt power, Transmission and distribution , Shunt connection Designation: 18-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Nov 07, 1980 Abstract: Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz are considered. Service conditions, ratings, manufacturing, and testing are covered. A guide to the application and operation of power capacitors is included. Designation: 180-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Primary Ferroelectric Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 05, 1985 Abstract: Terms applying primarily to ferroelectric materials, including single crystals, polycrystalline ceramics, and semicrystalline polymers, are defined. Because of the coupling that exists between ferroelectric and ferroelastic behavior in some crystalline materials, ferroelastic terms are also defined. When particular terms are related to experimental measurements, the basic measuring techniques are briefly described. Key Words: ferro, ferroelectric, terms, primary, glossary Designation: 1800-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for SystemVerilog--Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification Language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 1800™-2005 and 1364-2005. Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 02, 2010 Project Scope: This SystemVerilog standard (IEEE Std 1800) is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification language. IEEE Std 1364TM- 2005 Verilog is a design language. Both standards were approved by the IEEE- SASB in November 2005. This standard creates new revisions of the IEEE 1364 Verilog and IEEE 1800 SystemVerilog standards, which include errata fixes and resolutions, enhancements, enhanced assertion language, merger of Verilog Language Reference Manual (LRM) and SystemVerilog 1800 LRM into a single LRM, integration with Verilog-AMS, and ensures interoperability with other languages such as SystemC and VHDL. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide the EDA, Semiconductor, and System Design communities with a solid and well-defined IEEE Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification standard language, while resolving errata and developing enhancements to the current IEEE 1800 SystemVerilog standard. The language is designed to co-exist, be interoperable, possibly merge, and enhance those hardware description languages presently used by designers. Abstract: This SystemVerilog standard (IEEE Std 1800) is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification language. IEEE Std 1364TM-2005 Verilog is a design language. Both standards were approved by the IEEE-SASB in November 2005. This standard creates new revisions of the IEEE 1364 Verilog and IEEE 1800 SystemVerilog standards, which include errata fixes and resolutions, enhancements, enhanced assertion language, merger of Verilog Language Reference Manual (LRM) and SystemVerilog 1800 LRM into a single LRM, integration with Verilog-AMS, and ensures interoperability with other languages such as SystemC and VHDL. Key Words: 1800-2009, 1364-2005, assertions, design automation, design verification, hardware description language, HDL, HDVL, PLI, programming language interface, SystemVerilog, Verilog, VPI Designation: P1800 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for System Verilog--Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification Language Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides the definition of the language syntax and semantics for the 1800 SystemVerilog language, which is a unified hardware design, specification, and verification language. The standard includes support for behavioral, register transfer level (RTL), and gate-level hardware descriptions; testbench, coverage, assertion, object-oriented, and constrained random constructs; and also provides application programming interfaces to foreign programming languages. Project Purpose: This standard develops the 1800 SystemVerilog language in order to meet the increasing usage of the language in specification, design and verification of hardware. This revision corrects errors and clarifies aspects of the language definition in the 1800-2009 standard. This revision also provides enhanced features that ease design, improve verification, and enhance cross language interactions. Designation: 1800-2005 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: IEEE Standard for SystemVerilog: Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification Language Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1800-2009. Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006 Project Scope: SystemVerilog is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification language that is based on the work done by Accellera, a consortium of Electronic Design Automation (EDA), semiconductor, and system companies. The proposed project will create an IEEE standard that is leveraged from Accellera SystemVerilog 3.1a. The new standard will include design specification methods, embedded assertions language, test bench language including coverage and assertions API, and a direct programming interface. The proposed SystemVerilog standard enables a productivity boost in design and validation, and covers design, simulation, validation, and formal assertion based verification flows. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide the EDA, Semiconductor, and System Design communities with a well-defined and official IEEE Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification standard language. The language is designed to co-exist and enhance those hardware description languages presently used by designers while providing the capabilities lacking in those languages. Abstract: Draft Version D3a - This standard represents a merger of two previous standards: IEEE 1364-2005 Verilog hardware description language (HDL) and IEEE 1800-2005 SystemVerilog unified hardware design, specification and verification language. The 2005 SystemVerilog standard defines extensions to the 2005 Verilog standard. These two standards were designed to be used as one language. Merging the base Verilog language and the SystemVerilog extensions into a single standard enables users to have all information regarding syntax and semantics in a single document. Key Words: Assertions, Design Automation, Design Verification, Hardware Description Language (HDL), Verilog, Programming Language Interface (PLI), Verilog Programming Interface (VPI), SystemVerilog Designation: 1801-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Design and Verification of Low Power Integrated Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 27, 2009 Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Aug 31, 2009 Project Scope: This standard establishes a format used to define the low power design intent for electronic systems and electronic intellectual property. The format provides the ability to specify the supply network, switches, isolation, retention and other aspects relevant to power management of an electronic system. The standard defines the relationship between the low power design specification and the logic design specification captured via other formats (e.g., standard hardware description languages). Project Purpose: The standard provides portability of low power design specifications that can be used with a variety of commercial products throughout an electronic system design, analysis, verification and implementation flow. Abstract: The power supplied to elements in an electronic design affects the way circuits operate. Although this is obvious when stated, today’s set of high-level design languages have not had a consistent way to concisely represent the regions of a design with different power provisions, nor the states of those regions or domains. This standard provides an HDL-independent way of annotating a design with power intent. In addition, the level-shifting and isolation between power domains may be described for a specific implementation, from high-level constraints to particular configurations. When the logic in a power domain receives different power supply levels, the logic state of portions of the design may be preserved with various state-retention strategies. This standard provides mechanisms for the refined and specific description of intent, effect, and implementation of various retention strategies. Incorporating components into designs is greatly assisted by the encapsulation and specification of the characteristics of the power environment of the design and the power requirements and capabilities of the components; this information encapsulation mechanism is also described in this standard. The analysis of the various power modes of a design is enabled with a combination of the description of the power modes and the collection, generation, and propagation of switching information. Key Words: 1801-2009, corruption semantics, interface specification, IP reuse, isolation, level-shifting, poweraware design, power intent, power domains, power modes, power states, progressive design refinement, retention, retention strategies Designation: P1801 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Standard for Design and Verification of Low Power Integrated Circuits Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard establishes a format used to define the low power design intent for electronic systems and electronic intellectual property. The format provides the ability to specify the supply network, switches, isolation, retention and other aspects relevant to power management of an electronic system. The standard defines the relationship between the low power design specification and the logic design specification captured via other formats (e.g., standard hardware description languages). Project Purpose: The standard provides portability of low power design specifications that can be used with a variety of commercial products throughout an electronic system design, analysis, verification and implementation flow. Designation: P1802 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee Title: Standard for Coaxial Connector Identification Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: John Bies, Phone:1(256)508-0632, Email:john.bies@us.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This standard develops a color-coding protocol to be used to identify various types of coaxial connnectors. Project Purpose: There is no current standard for identifying coaxial connectors except through visual inspection. By specifying a color-coding protocol for the various coaxial connector sizes, it will greatly reduce the chances of connecting incompatible coaxial connectors together, which can often lead to damaged equipment and a degradation in equipment performance. This identification protocol will employ a simple color-coding scheme that will minimize the implementation cost to the coaxial connector manufacturers. Designation: 1802.3-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Conformance Test Methodology- CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Currently Contains Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) Cable (Section 4) Status: Superseded **IEEE Supplement to IEEE Std 802-1990: Methodology and Implementation for AUI Cable Conformance Testing. Superseded by 1802.3-2001. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1802.3-2001 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard. It is comprised of two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to capability and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described. Key Words: LAN, local, networks, AUI, compliance, MAC, MAU, PICS, PIXIT, PLS, Conformance testing Designation: 1802.3-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Conformance Test Methodology for IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access With Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 2007. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Supersedes 1802.3-1991 and 1802.3d-1993. Withdrawn 5-Dec-2007. Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:540-227-0059, Email:thompson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: Editorial merge of existing material. Project Purpose: To editorially merge the front matter from 1802.3 with the technical matter from 1802.3d (10BASE-T Conformance Test) whilst removing obsolete material (AUI Cable Conformance Test). Abstract: Administratively withdrawn December 2007. This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: Methods for the conformance testing of 802.3 Clause 14 (10BASE-T MAU) implementations in order to satisfy conformance requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 (IEEE Std 802.3)specification are provided. Reaffirmed September 2007 Key Words: "AUI, compliance, conformance testing, MAC, MAU, PICS, PIXIT, PLS" Designation: 1802.3d-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Conformance Test Methodology- CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications--Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) (Section 6) Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std 1802.3-1991. Superseded by 1802.3-2001. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 standard, clause 14. It comprises two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to capability and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described. Key Words: Unshielded twisted pair (UTP), Medium attachment unit (MAU), Local area networks, Conformance testing, Compliance, Abstract test suite, 10BASE- T Designation: P1804 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Fault Accounting and Coverage Reporting to Digital Modules (FACR) Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: The standard formalizes aspects of fault models as they are relevant to the generation of test patterns for digital circuits. Its scope includes (i) fault counting (ii) fault classification, and (iii) fault coverage reporting across different ATPG (automatic test pattern generation) tools, for the single stuck-at fault model. With this standard, it will be incumbent on all ATPG tools (which comply to this standard) to report fault coverage in a uniform way, thereby facilitating the generation of a uniform coverage (and hence a test quality) metric for large chips with different cores and modules, for which test patterns have been independently generated. Project Purpose: Digital circuits have various structural representations either in high level hardware description languages (HDLs) which can then be synthesised or in netlist forms. Commercial tools for automatic test pattern generation (ATPG) using algorithmic techniques today operate on a structural netlist of the design under test (DUT). The test quality signoff process mandatorily includes a minimal coverage requirement, to be obtained using these tool generated patterns on the DUT. This motivates the need for standard processes for (i) counting faults across different fault models, (ii) classifying these faults, and (iii) reporting the coverage, across different ATPG tools which are used to generate test patterns for these digital circuits. Such standard processes will make test qualification based on ATPG generated patterns and fault coverage metrics easier and independent of the ATPG tool used. A uniform fault coverage and pattern count based metric can now be generated for large chips with complex functionality which is being integrated into system-on-chips (SOCs) with a heterogeneous mix of modules therein, often consisting of Building Blocks (such as Intellectual Property (IP) cores - which are often sourced from design teams different from those designing the chips themselves), test patterns for which can be generated using different ATPG tools. (As the first step, only the classical stuck-at 0 and stuck-at 1 fault model will be considered. The fault accounting, classification and coverage reporting standard will be extended to cover other fault models subsequently). Designation: P1805 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for Requirements Capture Language (RCL) Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This guide applies to all scenarios where: - IT requirements need to be captured for creating or maintaining a software based system. - Swift, smooth, complete and clear business perspective transfer is needed between business groups and IT departments and / or IT Services companies. - IT requirements need to be automatically sized after requirements capture is over, using Function Points sizing technique, thus, enabling agility in sizing and estimation processes at the start of the lifecycle. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to: - Define a new language, RCL, for the IT Requirements capture. - Enable auto sizing of requirements after the capture is over using Function Point sizing technique. - Show that the "Tree Structure" based requirements capture is better fit for the purpose of IT requirements capture as it is closer to how the world is structured around us and hence the need for a new language. - Standardize the Tree Structure such that it is Function Point compliant, meaning, it should be possible to apply Function Point technique on the Tree elements when the requirements capture is over. - Enable the capture of Functional as well as Non Functional Requirements within the language structure. - Enable system dynamics capture as Events and Logic elements within the tree itself. - Enable swift impact analysis and hence quick and correct decision making. - Enable versioning of requirements as the capture progresses as a tree structure itself. - Enable translation of RCL to other standards such as UML diagrams. - Ensure that the requirements tree structure is future proofed in a way such that it could be easily enhanced later to include the capture of requirements within a full enterprise (non IT as well as IT requirements). In future, the language is intended to be enhanced to be able to capture right from the business motivation, business opportunities and threats, decisions, premise view, people hierarchies, IT systems (current scope), manual processes, events and all other requirements that may possibly arise within an enterprise. Designation: P1806 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Placement of Overhead and Underground Switching and Overcurrent Protection Equipment Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to provide criteria for placement of switching and protective device placement for distribution circuits. The scope covers feeder and branch line equipment. Drivers for device placement, such as reliability and operational considerations are identified. All types of switching and overcurrent (OC) equipment are covered including: • Manual switches • Automated switches • Load break vs. non-load break • Reclosers / Sectionalizers • Fuses (Overcurrent and Current Limiting) • Distribution Automation (DA) device control. A section on predictive reliability calculations for feeders is included to provide a guideline for predicting reliability of circuits vs. device placement and number or frequency of devices. Issues such as fault rate, exposure miles, customer density are discussed and their impact on reliability and device placement addressed. The impact of Distribution Automation equipment and automated sectionalizing equipment and the impact on feeder reliability are also addressed. The net result is to provide means and methodologies for proper placement of switches and protective devices to achieve the desired performance characteristics for a distribution circuit. Project Purpose: This standard develops a guide for where and when switching and overcurrent devices are placed on the distribution system. Designation: 1808-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Collecting and Managing Transmission Line Inspection and Maintenance Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 14, 2011 History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This guide provides reference information to assist electric utilities and their contractors with the development of computer-based means for collecting and managing transmission line inspection and maintenance data and associated asset information including transmission line inventory data. It provides a high-level overview of key principles and considerations learned through experience that will help ensure common pitfalls are avoided and enhance the usability of systems. It is not intended to provide an exhaustive discussion of the many details and specifics that must be accounted for when designing and developing a system for an individual utility's application and needs. Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to provide easy-to-use reference information that will serve as a framework and roadmap for designing efficient and effective systems that will facilitate and/or enhance the following: -- Data collection -- Field and office usability -- Data integrity -- Compatibility with geographic information systems (GIS) and enterprise solutions -- Data exchange with other systems and users -- System expansion and modification -- Transferability of data (from one system to another, i.e., due to system upgrade or implementation of a new system) -- Data analysis -- Reporting -- Security -- Flexibility to adapt to system and regulatory changes Abstract: Reference information to assist electric utilities and their contractors with the development of computer-based means for collecting and managing transmission line inspection and maintenance data and associated asset information is provided. The guide provides a high level overview of key principles and considerations learned through experience that will help ensure common pitfalls are avoided and enhance the usability of systems. It is not intended to provide an exhaustive discussion of the many details and specifics that must be accounted for when designing and developing a system for an individual utility's application and needs. Key Words: 1808, asset management, automated, compliance, data, database, electric, electronic, GIS, inspection, lines, maintenance, regulations, transmission Designation: 181-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Draft Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines terms pertaining to transitions, pulses, and related signals amd defines procedures for estimating their parameters. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to unambiguously and accurately define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses, and related signals and the algorithm for their computation. This helps to communicate requirements between vendors and users, improves understanding and readability of instrument performance specifications, and provides a common ground for parameter and performance comparisons. Abstract: This standard presents approximately 100 terms, and their definitions, for accurately and precisely describing the waveforms of pulse signals and the process of measuring pulse signals. Algorithms are provided for computing the values of defined terms that describe measurable parameters of the waveform, such as transition duration, state level, pulse amplitude, and waveform aberrations. These analysis algorithms are applicable to two-state waveforms having one or two transitions connecting these states. Compound waveform analysis is accomplished by decomposing the compound waveform into its constituent two-state singletransition waveforms. Key Words: aberration, algorithms, compound waveform, histogram, levels, pulse, pulse amplitude, pulse definitions, pulse measurement, states, state boundaries, state levels, transients, transitions, transition duration, waveforms, waveform analysis, waveform definitions, waveform parameters, waveform terms Designation: 181 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Otis M Solomon, Phone:(505) 844-2320, Email:omsolom@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1982 Abstract: Project scope: Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 into a single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses and related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters. Project purpose: IEEE Standards 181 -1977 and 194 -1977 have been withdrawn. Manufacturers and users of pulse generators, waveform recorders, and high- speed digital circuits require clear concise terms for effective communication. Key Words: IEEE 181 Designation: 181-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this revised PAR is limited to revising the title of P181. See item 18 for additional explanatory notes. The scope of the previous PAR is: 'Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 into a single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses and related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters.' Project Purpose: The purpose of this revised PAR is to change the title (see Item 18). The purpose of the previous PAR is: 'IEEE Standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 have been withdrawn. Manufacturers and users of pulse generators, waveform recorders, and high-speed digital circuits require clear concise terms for effective communication.' Abstract: "IEEE Std 181-2003, IEEE Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms" Key Words: "aberration, algorithms, compound waveform, histogram, levels, pulse, pulse amplitude, pulse definitions, pulse measurement, states, state boundaries, state levels, transients" Designation: 181 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Signals Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 into a single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses and related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters. Project Purpose: IEEE Standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 have been withdrawn. Manufacturers and users of pulse generators, waveform recorders, and high- speed digital circuits require clear concise terms for effective communication. Designation: 181-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Aug 29, 1979 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard presents approximately 100 terms, and their definitions, for accurately and precisely describing the waveforms of pulse signals and the process of measuring pulse signals. Algorithms are provided for computing the values of defined terms that describe measurable parameters of the waveform, such as transition duration, state level, pulse amplitude, and waveform aberrations. These analysis algorithms are applicable to two-state waveforms having one or two transitions connecting these states. Compound waveform analysis is accomplished by decomposing the compound waveform into its constituent two-state single-transition waveforms. Key Words: pulse measurement, terms, definitions, algorithms, waveforms Designation: P1810 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for the Installation of Fire-Rated Cables Suitable for Hydrocarbon Pool Fires for Critical and Emergency Shutdown Systems in Petroleum and Chemical Industries. Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Arturo J Maldonado, Phone:239-280-3863, Email:amaldonado@cableusa.cc **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This installation guide provides information on the installation of fire-rated, power, control, and instrumentation cables suitable for hydrocarbon pool fires, as typically used in petroleum, chemical, and similar plants, offshore marine platforms, in emergency and safety shutdown systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide a guide for the installation of fire-rated circuit integrity cables and performance requirements for these cables and/or cable systems, which may be subjected to a hydrocarbon pool fire. This guide may be useful when installing cables for applications where circuit integrity is critical to plant safety shutdown systems under hydrocarbon pool fire conditions. In addition, this guide provides installation practices found in petroleum and chemical plants and marine platforms as they relate to fire rated cables. The use of this installation guide should help eliminate premature cable failure due to improper installation in petroleum, chemical plants, and offshore marine platforms. It addresses materials and installation practices. This installation guide is not intended to be a design document, although many of the problems associated with the specification and selection of power, control, and instrumentation, fire-rated circuit integrity cables for petroleum and chemical plant applications can be avoided by considering the information presented in this guide. Designation: 1810 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Guide for the Selection and Installation of Fire-Rated, Circuit Integrity Cables for Safety, Critical, and Emergency Shutdown Systems in Petroleum and Chemical Industries Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This installation guide provides information on the specification and selection of fire-rated, power, control, and instrumentation circuit integrity cables, as typically used in petroleum, chemical, and similar plants, offshore marine platforms, in emergency and safety shutdown systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide a guide for the installation of fire-rated circuit integrity cables and performance requirements for these cables and/or cable systems, which may be subjected to a hydrocarbon pool fire. This guide may be useful when installing cables for applications where circuit integrity is critical to plant safety shutdown systems under hydrocarbon fire conditions. In addition, this guide provides application guidelines for the type of cable installations found in petroleum and chemical plants and marine platforms as they relate to electrical, mechanical, physical, thermal, and environmental properties of the cable. The use of this installation guide should help to eliminate premature cable failure due to improper specification, selection, and application of cable in petroleum, chemical plants, and offshore marine platforms. This guide addresses materials, testing, applications, and installation practices. This installation guide is not intended to be a design document, although many of the problems associated with the specification and selection fire-rated circuit integrity cables (including power, control, and instrumentation cables) for petroleum and chemical plant applications can be avoided by considering the information presented in this guide. Designation: P1812 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Testing Permanent Magnet Machines Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This guide contains instructions for conducting tests to determine the performance characteristics and machine parameters of permanent magnet machines. The tests described may be applied to motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition this guide into clauses applying to motors and clauses applying to generators. It is not intended that this guide shall cover all possible tests, or tests of a research nature, but only those general methods that may be used to obtain the performance data and machine parameters. The schedule of factory and field tests, which may be required on new equipment, is normally specified by applicable standards or by contract specifications. This guide should not be interpreted as requiring any specific test in a given transaction or implying any guarantee as to specific performance indices or operating conditions. The term specified conditions for tests as used in this guide will be considered as rated conditions unless otherwise agreed upon. Rated conditions apply usually to the quantities listed on the machine nameplate. Project Purpose: Instructions for conducting tests to determine the performance characteristics and machine parameters of permanent magnet machines are covered in this guide. Additional tests may be required by the customers and operators to satisfy specific performance indices. Designation: P1814 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical System Design Techniques to Improve Electrical Safety Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice addresses system and equipment design techniques and equipment selection that will improve electrical safety. The techniques in this Practice are intended to supplement the minimum requirements of installation codes and equipment standards. It does not include communications, programming, or life safety systems such as fire alarm and security. Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice provides a "tool kit" of techniques to enable the system designer to specify equipment features, apply protective schemes, and make informed system installation design choices. Designation: 1815-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Power Systems Communications -- Distributed Network Protocol (DNP3) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2010 **New standard History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011 Project Scope: This document specifies the DNP3 protocol structure, functions, and application alternatives. In addition to defining the structure and operation of DNP3, the standard defines three application levels that are interoperable. The simplest application is for low-cost distribution feeder devices, and the most complex is for full-featured master stations. The intermediate application level is for substation and other intermediate devices. The protocol is suitable for operation on a variety of communication media consistent with the makeup of most electric power communication systems. The standard consists of several clauses each related to an application or function. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to document and make available the specifications for the DNP3 protocol. While a primary focus of this protocol is the Electric Utility Industry, other industries that deliver Energy and Water are also using DNP3. The intent of this DNP3 standard is to meet the goal established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) for a Smart Grid protocol: ⎯ Provides a protocol standard from a recognized standard institution ⎯ Provides interoperability with hundreds of operational systems and thousands of devices ⎯ Provides cyber security based on IEC/TS 62351-5 ⎯ Provides Device data profiles in a format that can be mapped to IEC 61850 Object Models Vendors may use this standard to implement and test the protocol in their products and be assured of interoperability. Users may use the document to specify the features they wish to apply. System Integrators may use this standard to assist in system integration and testing. Abstract: The DNP3 protocol structure, functions, and application alternatives and the corresponding conformance test procedures are specified. In addition to defining the structure and operation of DNP3, three application levels that are interoperable are defined. The simplest application is for low-cost distribution feeder devices, and the most complex is for full-featured master stations. The intermediate application level is for substation and other intermediate devices. The protocol is suitable for operation on a variety of communication media consistent with the makeup of most electric power communication systems. Key Words: Distributed Network Protocol (DNP3), distribution automation, distribution feeder, electric power communication systems, master station, substation automation Designation: P1815 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Electric Power Systems Communications - Distributed Network Protocol (DNP3) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Lee H Smith, Phone:510-846-8102, Email:lee.smith@dcsystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This document specifies the DNP3 protocol structure, functions, and application alternatives. In addition to defining the structure and operation of DNP3, the standard defines three application levels that are interoperable. The simplest application is for low-cost distribution feeder devices, and the most complex is for full-featured master stations. The intermediate application level is for substation and other intermediate devices. The protocol is suitable for operation on a variety of communication media consistent with the makeup of most electric power communication systems. The standard consists of several clauses each related to an application or function. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to document and make available the specifications for the DNP3 protocol. While a primary focus of this protocol is the Electric Utility Industry, other industries that deliver Energy and Water are also using DNP3. The intent of this DNP3 standard is to meet the goal established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) for a Smart Grid protocol: - Provides a protocol standard from a recognized standard institution - Provides interoperability with hundreds of operational systems and thousands of devices - Provides cyber security based on IEC/TS 62351-5 - Provides Device data profiles in a format that can be mapped to IEC 61850 Object Models Vendors may use this standard to implement and test the protocol in their products and be assured of interoperability. Users may use the document to specify the features they wish to apply. System Integrators may use this standard to assist in system integration and testing. Designation: P1815.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Exchanging Information Between Networks Implementing IEC 61850 and IEEE Std 1815 (Distributed Network Protocol - DNP3) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Lee H Smith, Phone:510-846-8102, Email:lee.smith@dcsystems.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This document specifies the standard approach for mapping between IEEE Std 1815 (Distributed Network Protocol (DNP3)) and IEC 61850 (Communications Networks and Systems for Power Utility Automation). Two primary use cases are addressed; A) Mapping between an IEEE Std 1815 based master and an IEC 61850 based remote site and B) Mapping between an IEC 61850 based master and an IEEE Std 1815 based remote site. Mapping aspects included in the standard are: conceptual architecture; general mapping requirements; the mapping of Common Data Classes, Constructed Attribute Classes and Abstract Communication Service Interface (ASCI); the architecture of a gateway used for translation and requirements for embedding mapping configuration information into IEC 61850 System Configuration Language (SCL) and DNP3 Device Profile. This specification addresses a selection of features, data classes and services of the two standards. Designation: P1816 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Preparation of Extruded Dielectric, Shielded Cables Rated 2.5kV through 46kV for the Installation of Cable Accessories Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This document describes best practices for the preparation of extruded dielectric, shielded cables rated 2.5kV through 46kV for the installation of cable accessories. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide information on cable preparation for the installation of cable accessories. It is intended to supplement manufacturer's installation instructions and to aid in establishing user practices. Abstract: This document defines accepted best industry practices for the preparation of extruded dielectric shielded medium voltage cables rated 2.5 kV through 46 kV for the installation of mating accessories. The information is intended to supplement cable accessory manufacturer installation instructions. The guide aims to provide a single source covering the proper methods to prepare cables for termination and jointing to maximize long term, reliable operation of electrical power cable systems. Key Words: Cable, cable preparation, accessory installation, separable connectors, system reliability Designation: P1817 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Consumer-ownable Digital Personal Property Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: May 10, 2010 Project Scope: This standard describes methods, algorithms, protocols, and governance mechanisms involved in the cryptographic protection of copyrighted works from public redistribution and in the preservation of consumer autonomy and privacy. Project Purpose: The purpose of the DPP standard is to create a supplier- and platform-independent form for copyrighted works for sale to consumers as the digital equivalent of tangible personal property; providing significant barriers to counterfeiting or to ripping and illegal file sharing, while enabling consumers to privately own, use, and share their purchases without sacrificing the autonomy and privacy that they associate with personal property ownership. Designation: P1818 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Design of Low Voltage Auxiliary Systems for Electric Power Substations Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This guide will consider the components of both the AC and DC systems and provide guidelines and recommendation for designing the appropriate systems for the substation under consideration. This guide includes the low voltage auxiliary systems from the source(s) to the distribution point(s). Reliability requirements and load characteristics are discussed and distribution methods are recommended. Project Purpose: The low voltage AC and DC auxiliary systems comprise very important parts of the substation equipment. The design of the AC and DC auxiliary systems facilitates the safe and reliable operation of the substation. This guide considers various factors that affect the design of the AC and DC auxiliary systems such as reliability, load requirements, system configurations, personal safety and protection of auxiliary systems equipment. Designation: P1819 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Risk-Informed Categorization and Treatment of Electrical and Electronic Equipment at Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This Standard identifies and discusses criteria for risk- informed categorization and treatment of electrical and electronic components that are designated by the user to be placed into safety significant categories at nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: This standard provides methods to categorize electrical and electronic components using a risk-informed process and provides the recommended treatment of categorized components commensurate with their safety significance. Designation: 182-1961 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standards on Radio Transmitters: Definitions of Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporated in 182A. Archive only. Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: No abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Key Words: radio, transmitters, terms, glossary Designation: P1820 Sponsor: Standards Committee Title: Guide on the Selection of Transmission and Distribution Insulators with Respect to Cold Weather Conditions Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: The guide specifies procedures for selecting external insulation that is likely to be subjected to an outdoor environment that includes combinations of contamination, ice, snow, or cold fog. The selection methods are applicable to insulators, surge arresters, bushings, and other high voltage apparatus with a rated voltage above 1 kV Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide methods to characterize the pollution and icing environment of a location or region and then to select outdoor high voltage insulator types and dimensions to achieve a desired reliability level. Designation: P1821 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Usage of Design Tools for Power Electronic Building Blocks (PEBB) and PEBB Based Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to characterize modeling approaches and simulation tools for the design and system integration of Power Electronic Building Blocks (PEBB). This guide is applicable to power electronics in areas such as Custom Power, Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC), Distributed Generation and Energy Storage applications. These range in power levels from hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds of MW. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present several aspects of modeling and simulation for PEBB block design, utilization and system integration. One aspect covers multi-physics tools for determining parasitic components, EMI analysis and thermal specification. Another aspect considers the performance analysis of the PEBB block as a component of the larger host network. The guide also addresses emerging approaches of model driven specification which are of importance in rapidly specifying the PEBB block size and structure to achieve the desired system level performance. Designation: P1822 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Digital Microscope Analyzer, Whole Slide Image Scanner and Digital Microscope Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wenyu Wei, Phone:(732)372-0504, Email:wenyuus@yahoo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines the electrical and mechanical specifications of the Digital Microscope Analyzer, Whole Slide Image Scanner and Digital Microscope that are used in clinical laboratory medicine. It specifically describes application in Cytology, Hematopathology, Pathology, Telepathology, Toxicology Pathology, molecular biology, and Semiconductor. Special applications may require additional manufacturer information and verification tests. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide common terminology and test methods for describing the performance of Digital Microscope Analyzer, Whole Slide Image Scanner and Digital Microscope. It is meant for users and manufacturers of these instrument systems. The main body presents many performance features, sources of error, and test methods. The tests are meant to be used by manufacturers to locate and correct sources of error in the hardware. The information in this standard can also be applied by users to correct some of the errors by software and architecture processing after the image has been recorded. Designation: P1823 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Universal Power Adapter for Mobile Devices Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: The Universal Power Adapter for Mobile Devices (UPAMD) standard defines a power delivery connection between a power adapter and a power using device in the 10 Watt to 130 Watt range. A communications link between the power adapter and the mobile power using device is also defined. The communications may be used to coordinate the power delivery and provide identification between the power adapter and the power using device. While intended for portable computing and entertainment devices, this standard may also be used with other mobile devices in use around the office, home or vehicle. Project Purpose: The UPAMD standard creates a common interconnect for power delivery in the 10W to 130W power range to portable and fixed devices. This standard supports more universal use and reuse of power adapters replacing brand specific and model specific power adapters. The UPAMD adapter system may be usable in portable computing and entertainment systems, security, household and office equipment within the power range. Universality and reuse are among the primary driving factors. Communications may support the adaption of the powered device performance to the power available. Designation: 1825 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Digital Cameras and Camcorders Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jean M Baronas, Phone:408-352-4557, Email:jean.baronas@am.sony.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for quality, and reliability of rechargeable batteries used in digital camera and camcorder applications. Also included in the standard are battery pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls, and overall system considerations. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to ensure reliable user experience and operation of digital cameras and camcorders. The battery and camera industries benefit from standardized criteria for design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability of those batteries. Designation: P1826 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Power Electronics Open System Interfaces in Zonal Electrical Distribution Systems Rated Above 100 kW Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard identifies Open System Interfaces for High Power Electronics Equipment used in Zonal Electrical Distribution Systems rated above 100 kW. Interfaces are grouped into key and non-key interfaces and are based on technological maturity, accepted practices and allowances for future technology insertions. This standard defines how Openness of System should be verified and validated through rigorous assessment mechanism, interface control management and proactive conformance testing to enable plug-and-play operability independently of components origin. It also formulates specific interface requirements for Open Zonal Electrical Distribution Systems on Ships and Platforms. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide a uniform standard for High Power Electronics Open System interfaces in Zonal Electrical Distribution Systems Rated above 100 kW. The stated specifications and requirements are universally applied to maintain total power system performance and efficiency under changing mission and loads conditions. They will be sufficient for most installations including Ships and Platforms. The document compliments IEEE Standard 1662-2008. Designation: P1827 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Electrical & Control Design of Hydroelectric Water Conveyance Facilities Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical and control design of water conveyance facilities associated with hydroelectric projects including associated penstocks, valves, and gates. The guide includes guidance to plan and prepare designs; however, it does not include details of installation, operation or maintenance guidelines and methodologies. This guide is applicable to design of new facilities and rehabilitation or replacement of existing facilities. Project Purpose: This guide provides a description of the terminology as well as the design practices and principles used in modern electrical and control design of water conveyance facilities associated with hydroelectric projects. The practices and principles are not covered by other guides associated with hydroelectric facilities. This guide is for use by practicing engineers and provides guidance for facility owners and operators. The guide does not cover every possible variation that can be encountered, but it provides a working familiarity with the terminology and principles involved. Designation: P1828 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems with Virtual Components Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Thomas E Starai, Phone:703-620-3023, Email:starai@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard is an over-arching standard for virtual world systems. The over-arching standard provides a reference model and covers subsequent standards for virtual environments. This standard establishes terminology for the Virtual World (VW) components and systems. The reference model covers addresses, interfaces and/or communication protocols between and among system components. Components include supporting devices, like servers, reality engines/environments, virtual objects, scripts and avatars. This standard defines processes, conventions and protocols to promote interoperability of avatars and objects between and among virtual world environments and networked resources. This standard is application agnostic but will provide illustrative use cases. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote a common basis for leverage (software and data reuse) sharing of concepts and work products among virtual world project development projects and to promote effective sharing and integration of virtual world resources in operation. Another purpose of this standard is to establish the means to incorporate the respective strengths of different virtual environments. Designation: P1829 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Conducting Corona Tests on Hardware for Overhead Transmission Lines and Substations Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide establishes uniform procedures for the testing of transmission line and station bus hardware in high voltage laboratories. Two tests are described, the first is a visual corona test, the second is a radio intereference voltage (RIV) test. This guide does not address the permissible radio intereference (RI) limits or specified corona extinction voltages. They are set either by regulation or by agreement between the utility and hardware manufacturer. Project Purpose: A uniform procedure is a prerequisite to assure transmission line and station bus hardware is either free from visible corona or does not add any appreciable radio interference to that already being generated by the transmission line or substation conductors. Designation: 182A-1964 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Transmitters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Includes IEEE l82. Key Words: 182A Designation: 183-1958 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Technical Committee Report: Methods for Testing Radiotelegraph Transmitters (Below 50 MC) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Key Words: radio, telegraph, radiotelegraph, transmitter, test Designation: P1833 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee Title: Guide for the Design of Direct Current Overhead Contact Systems for Transit Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Moises Ramos, Phone:(978) 905-4064, Email:mr.moisesramos@gmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This guide applies to the design of overhead contact system (OCS) used to power heavy rail vehicles, light rail vehicles, streetcars, and electric trolleybuses (ETB), where traction power is supplied from a direct current, overhead contact system, with a nominal voltage of 600 Vdc and above. The guidelines that follow are intended for new systems and for the expansion of systems where a legacy of design standards does not exist. This guide is not intended to replace or supersede existing design standards but rather to formalize the design process. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to develop performance requirements and design guidelines for overhead contact systems that provide for the operation of current collectors mounted on transit vehicles, and to control hazards, improve performance and reliability, and reduce life cycle cost. It is consistent with passenger safety, system reliability, mode of operation, type of vehicle to be used, and maintenance. Designation: P1835 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Draft of Proposed NACE/IEEE Joint Standard for Atmospheric (Above-Grade) Corrosion Control of Existing Electric Transmission, Distribution, and Substation Structures by Coating Systems Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Neal Murray, Phone:7045952624, Email:nmurray@epri.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1) assess structures for atmospheric corrosion; (2) assess the level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing coating system; (3) make informed decisions based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent; and (4) apply repair coatings to the structure if applicable. This standard applies to the repair of above-grade atmospheric coatings. For the purposes of this standard, the atmospheric area to be coated is generally comprised of that portion of the utility support structure above the transition zone. This standard is limited to the above-grade and atmospheric portions of utility support structures. It does not address below-grade coating repair within and below the transition zone. This standard does not address foundations or guy anchoring systems. This standard does not cover the coating of aluminum, weathering steel, concrete, or any material other than steel. Likewise, it does not cover the coating of non-support structures such as fencing, buildings, transformers, or other miscellaneous components within the transmission, distribution, and substation systems. This standard does not cover new construction, transition zone, below-grade, or water immersion. These areas of concern are addressed specifically in other NACE/IEEE standards. This standard does not address mechanical or structural damage, mechanical or structural repairs, or structural integrity. Project Purpose: This standard serves as a resource for preparing specifications to achieve the successful coating of utility structures. Abstract: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1) assess structures for atmospheric corrosion; (2) assess the level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing coating system; (3) make informed decisions based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent; and (4) apply repair coatings to the structure if applicable. This standard applies to the repair of above-grade atmospheric coatings. For the purposes of this standard, the atmospheric area to be coated is generally comprised of that portion of the utility support structure above the transition zone. This standard is limited to the above-grade and atmospheric portions of utility support structures. It does not address below-grade coating repair within and below the transition zone. This standard does not address foundations or guy anchoring systems. This standard does not cover the coating of aluminum, weathering steel, concrete, or any material other than steel. Likewise, it does not cover the coating of non-support structures such as fencing, buildings, transformers, or other miscellaneous components within the transmission, distribution, and substation systems. This standard does not cover new construction, transition zone, below-grade, or water immersion. These areas of concern are addressed specifically in other NACE/IEEE standards. This standard does not address mechanical or structural damage, mechanical or structural repairs, or structural integrity. Designation: 1835 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Atmospheric (Above-Grade) Corrosion Control of Existing Electric Transmission, Distribution, and Substation Structures by Coating Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: The standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1) assess structures for atmospheric corrosion, (2) assess the level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing coating system, (3) make informed decisions based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent, and (4) apply repair coatings to the structure if applicable. -This standard applies to the repair of above-grade atmospheric coatings. For the purposes of this standard, the atmospheric area to be coated is generally comprised of that portion of the utility support structure above the transition zone. Special considerations should be given to the application of atmospheric coating near either the ground line area or where below-grade coatings are present. The atmospheric and below-grade coating systems should be compatible with each other as they often overlap. -This standard is limited to the above- grade and atmospheric portions of utility support structures. It does not address below-grade coating repair within and below the transition zone. - This standard does not apply to the following: -The coating of aluminum, weathering steel, concrete, or any material other than steel. Likewise, it does not include the coating of non-support structures such as fencing, buildings, transformers, or other miscellaneous components within the transmission, distribution, and substation systems. -This standard does not apply to new construction, transition zone, below-grade, or immersion service. These areas of concern are addressed specifically in other NACE standards. -This standard does not apply to mechanical or structural damage, mechanical or structural repairs, or structural integrity. -This standard does not apply to foundations or guy anchoring systems. Project Purpose: This standard assists personnel responsible for maintenance painting of above-grade electrical support structures for utilities and large industrial facilities. It will serve as a resource for preparing specifications to achieve the successful coating of utility structures. Designation: P1836 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) - Limits for Harmonic Current Emissions Produced by Equipment Connected to Public Low-Voltage Systems with Input Current <= 16 A Per Phase Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This Standard is an adaptation of IEC SC77A - IEC 61000-3-2: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-2: Limits - Limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input current <= 16 A per phase), with appropriate deviations. Using IEC 61000-3-2 as a seed document, the document is a unified EMC standard for appropriate applications for use in electrical systems with 60 Hz, 120/240 V nominal values. Project Purpose: This standard provides users the procedures for determining harmonic content on the power line for those systems that use 60 Hz and 120V/240V systems such as those in the United States, Canada and other regions of the world. Designation: P1837 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) - Limits for Harmonic Current Emissions Produced by Equipment Connected to Public Low-Voltage Systems with Input Current > 16 and <= 75 A per phase Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This Standard is an adaptation of IEC SC77A - IEC 61000-3-12: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-12: Limits - Limits for harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low-voltage systems with input current > 16 A and <= 75 A per phase, with appropriate deviations. Using IEC 61000-3-12 as a seed document, the document is a unified EMC Standard for use in electrical systems with 60 Hz, 120/240 V nominal values. Project Purpose: This standard provides users the procedures for determining harmonic content on the power line for those systems that use 60 Hz and 120V/240V systems such as those in the United States, Canada and other regions of the world. Designation: P1838 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Test Access Architecture for Three-Dimensional Stacked Integrated Circuits Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Erik Jan Marinissen, Phone:31-40-274-3227, Email:erik.jan.marinissen@philips.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: The proposed standard is a 'die-centric' standard; it applies to a die that is intended to be part of a multi-die stack. The proposed standard defines die-level features, that, when compliant dies are brought together in a stack, comprise a stack-level architecture that enables transportation of control and data signals for the test of (1) intra-die circuitry and (2) inter-die interconnects in both (a) pre-stacking and (b) post-stacking situations, the latter for both partial and complete stacks in both pre-packaging, post-packaging, and board-level situations. The primary focus of inter-die interconnect technology addressed by this standard is Through-Silicon Vias (TSVs); however, this does not preclude its use with other interconnect technologies such as wire-bonding. The standard will consist of two related items. 1. 3D Test Wrapper Hardware On-die hardware features that enable transportation of test (control and data) signals in the following configurations. * Pre-stacking: From on-die I/Os to die- internal DfT/test features, and vice versa. These on-die I/Os might be functional I/Os; however, if they are not present or not accessible, it might be necessary to add additional test I/Os. * Post-stacking o 'Turn' mode: From on-die I/Os to die-internal DfT/test features, and vice versa. These on-die I/Os might be external I/Os on the die itself, and/or inter-die interconnections coming from (or going to) an adjacent die in the stack. o 'Elevator' mode: From on-die I/Os, through THIS DIE, to the inter-die interconnections to an adjacent die, and vice versa. These on-die I/Os might be external I/Os on the die itself and/or inter-die interconnections coming from (or going to) another adjacent die in the stack. 2. Description + Description Language A description of the Test Wrapper features in a standardized human- and computer-readable language. This description should allow the usage of the die within a multi-die stack for test and test access purposes. The proposed standard does not mandate specific defect or fault models, test generation methods, nor die-internal design-for-test, but instead focuses on generic test access to and between dies in a multi-die stack. The proposed standard is based on and works with digital scan-based test access and should leverage existing test access ports (such as based on IEEE Std 1149.x) and on-chip design-for-test (such as IEEE Std 1500) and design-for-debug (IEEE P1687) infrastructure wherever applicable and appropriate. The proposed standard is 'die-centric', and hence does not aim at 'stack/product-centric' challenges, solutions, and standards, such as the inclusion of Boundary Scan features for board-level interconnect testing. However, the proposed standard should not prohibit the application of such solutions. Project Purpose: For 3D-SICs, three parties are involved: Die Maker(s), Stack Maker(s), and Stack User(s). All circuit features of the stack are included in the individual die designs. Design and integration of test access features needs to be done by the Die Maker(s), not only to serve their own (pre-stacking) test objectives, but also to serve test objectives of Stack Maker and Stack User. After stacking, test (control and data) signals need to be able to travel from the stack's external I/Os up and down through the stack. Hence, the test access features in the various dies of the stack need to function in a concerted and interoperable fashion. Different dies might have their own technologies, design set-up, and test and design-for-test approaches; the standard should not modify those. The standard defines test access features for a die that enable the transportation of test stimuli and responses both for testing THIS DIE and its inter-die connections, as well as for testing OTHER DIES in the stack and their inter-die connections. Designation: P1839 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Below-Grade Corrosion Control of Transmission, Distribution, and Substation Structures by Coating Repair Systems Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Neal Murray, Phone:7045952624, Email:nmurray@epri.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1) identify structures that may be at higher risk for below-grade coating degradation; (2) excavate and inspect the selected structure; (3) assess the level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing coating system; (4) prioritize structures to be repaired based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent; and (5) apply repair coatings to the structure, if applicable. This standard is limited to assessment and repair of coating applied below grade and in the transition zone portions of carbon steel and galvanized steel transmission towers, grillage, and substation structures. It does not address assessment and repair of coatings above the transition zone. This standard does not address structural damage assessment, structural repairs, weathering steel, or structural integrity. This standard does not address concrete foundations or above-grade attachment points including anchor rods, attachment nuts, and noncoated ground sleeves. This standard does not address continuous immersion environments. This standard does not provide guidelines and repair procedures for coating systems for every specific situation because of the complexity and diverse nature of conditions to which buried structures may be exposed. Project Purpose: This standard provides guidelines and repair procedures for coating systems most commonly applied to below-grade structures and typical of what inspection and coating repair crews most often find. Abstract: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1) identify structures that may be at higher risk for below- grade coating degradation; (2) excavate and inspect the selected structure; (3) assess the level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing coating system; (4) prioritize structures to be repaired based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent; and (5) apply repair coatings to the structure, if applicable. This standard is limited to assessment and repair of coating applied below grade and in the transition zone portions of carbon steel and galvanized steel transmission towers, grillage, and substation structures. It does not address assessment and repair of coatings above the transition zone. This standard does not address structural damage assessment, structural repairs, weathering steel, or structural integrity. This standard does not address concrete foundations or above-grade attachment points including anchor rods, attachment nuts, and noncoated ground sleeves. This standard does not address continuous immersion environments. This standard does not provide guidelines and repair procedures for coating systems for every specific situation because of the complexity and diverse nature of conditions to which buried structures may be exposed. Designation: 1839 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Below-Grade Corrosion Control of Transmission, Distribution, and Substation Structures by Coating Repair Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1) identify structures that may be at higher risk for below-grade coating degradation; (2) excavate and inspect the selected structure; (3) assess the level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing coating system; (4) prioritize structures to be repaired based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent; and (5) apply repair coatings to the structure, if applicable. This standard applies to the repair of below-grade structures that have up to 10% degradation of the coated area and are subject to coating repair or, in some cases, local structural repairs. Structures that have more than 10% coating degradation may be subject to structural repairs in addition to coating repairs. For the purposes of this standard, this area is composed of the below-grade portion, the transition zone, and that portion of the coating exposed up to 600 mm (24 in) above grade. -This standard does not address structural damage assessment, structural repairs, weathering steel, or structural integrity. -This standard is limited to assessment and repair of coating applied below grade and in the transition zone portions of carbon steel and galvanized steel transmission towers, grillage, and substation structures. It does not address assessment and repair of coatings above the transition zone. -This standard does not address concrete foundations or above-grade attachment points including anchor rods, attachment nuts, and noncoated ground sleeves. -This standard does not address continuous immersion environments. -This standard does not provide guidelines and repair procedures for coating systems for every specific situation because of the complexity and diverse nature of conditions to which buried structures may be exposed. -Before any of the guidelines of this standard are implemented, the inspection, assessment, and repair process shall be defined and agreed upon in advance by the owner and all parties involved. Acceptance and rejection criteria, in addition to the methods and standards used to make determinations, shall be established prior to commencement of work. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to assist owners, applicators, field repair technicians, subcontractors, inspectors, and those interested in corrosion control of below-grade steel structures by coatings by providing repair procedures for coating systems most commonly applied to below-grade structures, including in-service carbon steel and galvanized steel structures coated with polyurethanes, moisture cure urethane (MCU) coal tar, epoxy, coal tar epoxy, and cold-applied tape systems including petrolatum and polyethylene. Designation: 184-1969 Title: Test Procedure for Frequency-Modulated Mobile Communications Receivers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 185-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Standard Methods of Testing Frequency Modulation Broadcast Receivers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1850-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEEE Standard for Property Specification Language (PSL) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 06, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 1850-2005 Technical Contact: Harry Foster, Phone:650-625-9830 x239, Email:harry@jasper-da.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines the property specification language (PSL), which formally describes electronic system behavior. This standard specifies the syntax and semantics for PSL and also clarifies how PSL interfaces with various standard electronic system design languages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a well-defined language for formal specification of electronic system behavior, one that is compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL®),1 IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE Std 1800™ (SystemVerilog®), and IEEE Std 1666™ (SystemC®), to facilitate a common specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. This standard creates an updated IEEE standard based upon IEEE Std 1850-2005. The updated standard will refine IEEE standard, addressing errata, minor technical issues, and proposed extensions specifically related to property reuse and improved simulation usability. Abstract: The IEEE Property Specification Language (PSL) is defined in this standard. PSL is a formal notation for specification of electronic system behavior, compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL®), IEEE Std 1354 (Verilog®), IEEE Std 1666™ (SystemC®), and IEEE Std 1800™ (SystemVerilog®), thereby enabling a common specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. PSL captures design intent in a form suitable for simulation, formal verification, formal analysis, and hybrid verification tools. PSL enhances communication among architects, designers, and verification engineers to increase productivity throughout the design and verification process. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: 1850-2010, ABV, assertion, assertion-based verification, assumption, cover, model checking,property, PSL, specification, temporal logic, verification Designation: 1850-2005 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: IEEE Standard for Property Specification Language (PSL) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 1850-2010. Technical Contact: Harry Foster, Phone:650-625-9830 x239, Email:harry@jasper-da.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the property specification language (PSL), which formally describes electronic system behavior. This standard specifies the syntax and semantics for PSL and also clarifies how PSL interfaces with various standard electronic system design languages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a well-defined language for formal specification of electronic system behavior, one that is compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEEStd 1076™ (VHDL), IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE P1800™ (SystemVerilog®), and IEEE P1666™(SystemC), to facilitate a common specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. Abstract: Replaced by 62531(E):2007. The IEEE Property Specification Language (PSL) is defined in this standard. PSL is a formal notation for specification of electronic system behavior, compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEE St Key Words: ABV, assertion, assertion-based verification, assumption, cover, model checking,property, PSL, specification, temporal logic, verification Designation: P1851 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard for Design Criteria of Integrated Sensor-based Test Applications for Household Appliances Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines the integrated framework of the test software for household appliances oriented to the data from intelligent sensors, including system framework, interfaces of Web Services, and data exchange formats, which can be divided as: (1) The system framework to integrate the distributed test applications. (2) The description of appliance test environment and test information, including the metadata of the whole test application, the metadata of the appliance to be tested, the metadata of the sensors, and the sensor data. (3) The file format of test data to be exchanged among distributed test applications. (4) The Web Services to transform and transfer monitored data. Project Purpose: This standard defines the file format of test data from household appliances and the Web Services that enable the exchange of such test data. Implementation of this standard solves the interoperability and integration problems for building test applications for household appliances as well as the problems related to the exchange of test data. Designation: 186-1948 Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Amplitude-Modulated Broadcast Receivers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:lsbtec@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1972 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. No abstract Key Words: amplitude-modulated broadcast receivers Designation: P1860 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: Standard for Voltage and Reactive Power in 1000kV or Greater (Ultra High Voltage) AC Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Du Zhigang, Phone:86-10-66598518, Email:zhigang-du@sgcc.com.cn **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies basic requirements of voltage and reactive power, allowed voltage deviation, as well as technical measures for voltage and reactive power allocation and adjustment in 1000kV or greater AC systems. The criteria is applied to 1000kV or greater AC transmission and transformation systems and power sources connected into it. Project Purpose: The intent of this standard is to establish criteria for electric departments in the planning, design, infrastructure, operation and scientific research of a 1000kV or greater AC system. Designation: P1861 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: Standard for Acceptance Tests on Sitehand-Over Test of 1000kV or Greater (Ultra High Voltage) AC Electric Equipment and Commissioning Procedures Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Du Zhigang, Phone:86-10-66598518, Email:zhigang-du@sgcc.com.cn **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard applies to acceptance tests on site of 1000kV or greater voltage level electric equipment. It establishes criteria and requirements for test items, conditions, methods and results.The stated specifications and requirements, both technical and testing, are universally needed for acceptance tests on site and commissioning of 1000kV or greater AC electric equipment, including power transformers, reactors, capacitor voltage transformers, current transformers, gas-insulated switch apparatus, earthing switches, bushing, arresters, suspension insulators and pillar insulators, insulating oil, SF6, secondary circuits, overhead power lines, grounding devices, etc. It will be sufficient for most installations. Project Purpose: This standard specifies overvoltage suppression measures for 1000kV or greater AC transmission lines and their associated overvoltage levels. A calculation method for lightning performance of ultra high voltage (UHV) overhead transmission lines and substations is recommended. According to the insulation characteristics of 1000kV or greater AC transmission lines and substations and potential correlation factors; definitions, principles, rules and an application guide for standard withstand voltages of equipment and clearance distances are determined. Both operation safety and economic rationalization are considered. Designation: P1862 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: Standard for Overvoltage and Insulation Coordination of 1000kV or Greater (Ultra High Voltage) AC Transmission Projects Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Du Zhigang, Phone:86-10-66598518, Email:zhigang-du@sgcc.com.cn **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard applies to three-phase ultra high voltage (UHV) AC systems having a voltage of 1000kV or greater. It specifies the overvoltage and insulation co-ordination of a UHV AC transmission project. It specifies the procedure for selection of the rated withstand voltages of 1000kV or greater equipment and transmission line insulation. This document is for insulation co-ordination purposes only. The requirements for human safety are not covered by this document. Project Purpose: This standard specifies overvoltage suppression measures for 1000kV or greater AC transmission lines and their associated overvoltage levels. A calculation method for lightning performance of UHV overhead transmission lines and substations is recommended. According to the insulation characteristics of 1000kV or greater AC transmission lines and substations and potential correlation factors; definitions, principles, rules and an application guide for standard withstand voltages of equipment and clearance distances are determined. Both operation safety and economic rationalization are considered. Designation: 187-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Methods of Emissions from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Frequency Range of 9kHz to 40GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2004 **Supersedes 187-1990 (R1995). Technical Contact: Edward F Hare, Phone:860 594 0318, Email:ehare@arrl.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: To add new Advanced Televsion System Committee (ATSC) television standards to the present standards and clarify areas in conflict with current US Federal Communication Commission (FCC) requirements. This will include investigation of new TV recievers already being sold in the USA, including National Televsion System Committee (NTSC), ATSC and Digital Satellite System (DSS) and various combinations of these transmission methods. Finally, to expand the current standard which only applies to Table Top TV measurement setups, to include Set Top Box (STB) recievers and Rear Projection TV receivers. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to assure common measurement procedures for RF emissions in present and new technology products during the transition of NTSC analog TV to ATSC and DSS digital TV products in the USA and to ensure FCC accepts this industry need. Abstract: (Revision of IEEE Std 187-1990) Abstract: Spurious radiation from sound and television broadcast receivers of the superheterodyne type are possible sources of interference with other radio services. This standard describes the potential sources of spurious radiation from receivers intended for the reception of sound and television broadcast, and the measurement methods for them. Key Words: antenna radiation, conducted emissions, FM sound broadcast receivers, radiated emissions, spurious emissions, television broadcast receivers Designation: 187-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Standard on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of Spurious Radiation from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 187-1951. Superseded by 187-2003. History: BD APP: Aug 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Dec 27, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by 187-2003. The potential sources of spurious radiation from frequency modulation (FM) and television broadcast receivers and sets up methods of measurement are described. Possible sources of spurious radiation and ways to measure them are set forth. This standard is not intended to apply to equipment other than FM and television broadcast receivers. Key Words: field strength, meter, frequency modulation, open field measure, spurious radiaiton, television broadcast, broadcast receivers, FM, radio receivers, VHF radio receivers, TV receivers, FM receivers, Electromagnetic measurements, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 187-1951 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standards on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of Spurious Radiation from Frequency Modulation and Television Broadcast Receivers Status: Superseded Abstract: Superseded by 187-1990. Key Words: receivers, broadcast, fm, tv, spurious Designation: 187 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard Method of Measurement of Emissions from Television Receivers Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David L Traver, Phone:719-538-4624, Email:davidtraver@adelphia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000 Project Scope: To add new Advanced Television System Committee (ATSC) television standards to the present standards and clarify areas in conflict with current US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) requirements. This will include the investigation of new TV receivers already being sold in the USA, including National Television System Committee (NTSC), ATSC and Digital Satellite System (DSS), and various combinations of these transmission methods. Finally, to expand the current standard which only applies to Table Top TV measurement setups, to include Set Top Box (STB)TV receivers and Rear Projection TV receivers. Project Purpose: This standard is needed to assure common measurement procedures for RF emissions in present and new technology products during the transition of NTSC analog TV to ATSC and DSS digital TV products in the USA and to ensure that the FCC accepts this industry need. Designation: 188 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1888-2011 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: IEEE Standard for Ubiquitous Green Community Control Network Protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2011 Technical Contact: Dong Liu, Phone:8610-58678188, Email:dliu@biigroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: The standard describes a remote control architecture of digital community, intelligent building groups, and digital metropolitan networks; specifies interactive data formats between devices and systems; and gives a standardized definition of equipment, service services, signals, and interactive messages in this digital community network. The digital community remote control network opens application interfaces for public administration, public services, property management services, and individual service services, which enables intelligent interconnection, collaboration service, remote surveillance, and central management to be feasible. Surveillance networks, consumer electronics, remote service systems, public administration systems, security linkage systems, and emergency reaction systems will be integrated into the community network seamlessly. Based on TCP/IP open systems, the network architecture adopts active and emerging technologies, supporting diverse access technologies in the physical layer, supporting IPv4/v6 in the network layer, and integrating well with the next generation converged networks. Project Purpose: The standard aims to provide proper remote control and collaborating management solutions for operators, community administrators, public service providers, government departments, and individual users, so as to use and control facilities in community and building groups effectively, such as sensors, surveillance monitors, HVAC, lighting systems, fire-fighting systems, consumer electronics, and so on; The public environment monitor mechanism is set up to ease energy shortage and environment degradation through remote surveillance, operation, management, and maintenance, leaving a secure, comfortable, and convenient living environment. Energy, environment, and security are taken into consideration to realize reasonable plans and remote control in community networks. Abstract: The standard describes remote control architecture of digital community, intelligent building groups, and digital metropolitan networks; specifies interactive data format between devices and systems; and gives a standardized generalization of equipment, data communication interface, and interactive message in this digital community network. The digital community remote control network opens interfaces for public administration, public service, property management service, and individual service, which enables intelligent interconnection, collaboration service, remote surveillance, and central management to be feasible. Key Words: access interface, actuator, application (APP), communication protocol, component, data structure, energy management, energy saving, facility networking, gateway (GW), IEEE 1888, point, registry, remote control, sensor, SOAP, storage Designation: 189-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: IEEE Standard Method of Testing Receivers Employing Ferrite Core Loop Antennas Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:lsbtec@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1976 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990 Key Words: antennas, ferrite, loop, core Designation: 1896 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Scalable Memory Interface Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: No changes requested Project Purpose: No changes requested Designation: 1896 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Memory Channel Standard Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a flexible, scalable, secure data interface to transfer data to and from storage. This protocol will be technology independent, to be supported by current communications links, and will remove size and distance limitations on data retrieval, with additional data redundancy and data coherency methods. Project Purpose: This project will develop a memory transport protocol capable of supporting data growth and data security requirements in the changing microprocesor environment. Memory is stored data in many forms and locations. This Memory Channel protocol shall be independent of link technology. This protocol shall be capable of transparent, secure, access to large, local and remote memory systems, employing coherent and redundant storage methods. Designation: 19 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 190-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Standard Methods of Testing Monochrome Television Broadcast Receivers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1900.1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Concepts for Dynamic Spectrum Access: Terminology Relating to Emerging Wireless Networks, System Functionality, and Spectrum Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: James Hoffmeyer, Phone:303-828-5240, Email:jhoffmeyer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard provides definitions and explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, cognitive radio, policy- defined radio, adaptive radio, software-defined radio, and related technologies. The document goes beyond simple, short definitions by providing amplifying text that explains these terms in the context of the technologies that use them. The document also describes how these technologies interrelate and create new capabilities while at the same time providing mechanisms supportive of new spectrum management paradigms such as dynamic spectrum access. Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the fields of spectrum management, policy-defined radio, adaptive radio, software-defined radio, reconfigurable radio, and networks and related technologies. Many of the terms used do not have precise definitions or have multiple definitions. This document facilitates the development of these technologies by clarifying the terminology and how these technologies relate to each other. Abstract: This standard provides definitions and explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, cognitive radio, policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, and related technologies. The document goes beyond simple, short definitions by providing amplifying text that explains these terms in the context of the technologies that use them. The document also describes how these technologies interrelate and create new capabilities while at the same time providing mechanisms supportive of new spectrum management paradigms such as dynamic spectrum access. Key Words: 1900.1-2008, cognitive radio, cognitive radio networks, dynamic spectrum access, policy-based radio, software-controlled radio, software- defined radio, spectrum management Designation: 1900.1 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Terms, Definitions and Concepts for Spectrum Management, Policy Defined Radio, Adaptive Radio and Software Defined Radio Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Hoffmeyer, Phone:303-828-5240, Email:jhoffmeyer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This standard will provide technically precise definitions and explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, and related technologies. The document will go beyond simple, short definitions by providing amplifying text that explains these technologies from different perspectives. The document will also describe how these technologies interrelate and can be use in a wide variety of communication service environments to achieve new capabilities while at the same time providing mechanisms supportive of new spectrum management paradigms and spectrum access. Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, reconfigurable radio and networks and related technologies. Many of the terms used do not have precise definitions or have multiple definitions. This document will facilitate the development of these technologies by clarifying the terminology and how these technologies relate to each other. Designation: 1900.1 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Definitions and Concepts for Dynamic Spectrum Access: Terminology Relating to Emerging Networks, System Functionality, and Spectrum Management Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides technically precise definitions and explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, cognitive radio, policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, and related technologies. The document goes beyond simple, short definitions by providing amplifying text that explains these technologies. The document also describe how these technologies interrelate and create new capabilities while at the same time providing mechanisms supportive of new spectrum management paradigms such as dynamic spectrum access. Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, reconfigurable radio and networks and related technologies. Many of the terms used do not have precise definitions or have multiple definitions. This document facilitates the development of these technologies by clarifying the terminology and how these technologies relate to each other. Designation: P1900.1a Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Concepts for Dynamic Spectrum Access: Terminology Relating to Emerging Wireless Networks, System Functionality, and Spectrum Management Amendment: Addition of New Terms and Associated Definitions Status: Amendment Technical Contact: James Hoffmeyer, Phone:303-828-5240, Email:jhoffmeyer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This amendment adds new terms and associated definitions to IEEE 1900.1 Project Purpose: Due to the rapidly evolving field of dynamic spectrum access (DSA) and related technologies, IEEE 1900.1 does not cover all terms in use as of today. This amendment provides definitions for those missing terms only. Designation: 1900.2-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Analysis of In-Band and Adjacent Band Interference and Coexistence Between Radio Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Sep 09, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide technical guidelines for analyzing the potential for coexistence or in contrast interference between radio systems operating in the same frequency band or between different frequency bands. Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the fields of spectrum management, policy-defined radio, adaptive radio, and software-defined radio. A primary goal of these initiatives is to improve spectral efficiency. This recommended practice will provide guidance for the analysis of coexistence and interference between various radio services. Abstract: This recommended practice will provide technical guidelines for analyzing the potential for coexistence or in contrast interference between radio systems operating in the same frequency band or between different frequency bands. Key Words: 1900.2-2008, adaptive radio, coexistence, cognitive radio, dynamic spectrum access, interference, policy-defined radio, software-defined radio, spectrum, spectrum access Designation: 1900.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC41-SCC41 - Dynamic Spectrum Access Networks Title: Standard for Assessing the Spectrum Access Behavior of Radio Systems Employing Dynamic Spectrum Access Methods Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Douglas Sicker, Phone:303-735-4949, Email:douglas.sicker@colorado.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify techniques for testing and analysis to be used during compliance and evaluation of radio systems with dynamic spectrum access (DSA) capability. The standard also specifies radio system design features that simplify the evaluation challenge. Project Purpose: While there has been vigorous research on and prototyping of radio systems with dynamic spectrum access (DSA), the potential for deployment may be affected by the ability of regulatory agencies and industry stakeholder to verify that a system conforms to applicable technical and policy requirements. This standard which focuses on RF system test to make it feasible to provide such assurance. Designation: 1900.3 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Conformance Evaluation of Software Defined Radio (SDR) Software Modules Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Andre Kruetzfeldt, Phone:+1 650 352 4754, Email:andre.kruetzfeldt@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide technical guidelines for analyzing Software Defined Radio (SDR) software modules to ensure compliance with regulatory and operational requirements. Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio and software defined radio, defined in P1900.1. A primary purpose of this initiative is to provide recommended practices that will help assure compliance with requirements for spectrum use by using formal mathematical concepts and methods. The methods developed in this document will provide an initial evaluation to be used before hardware testing and will support the evaluation being developed in P1900.2. This recommended practice will provide guidance for validity analysis of proposed SDR terminal software prior to programming and activation of an SDR terminal or SDR components. Designation: 1900.4-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Architectural Building Blocks Enabling Network-Device Distributed Decision Making for Optimized Radio Resource Usage in Heterogeneous Wireless Access Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Soodesh Buljore, Phone:+33169352566, Email:soodesh.buljore@motorola.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: The standard defines the building blocks comprising (i) network resource managers, (ii) device resource managers, and (iii) the information to be exchanged between the building blocks, for enabling coordinated network-device distributed decision making that will aid in the optimization of radio resource usage, including spectrum access control, in heterogeneous wireless access networks. The standard is limited to the architectural and functional definitions at a first stage. The corresponding protocols definition related to the information exchange will be addressed at a later stage. Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve overall composite capacity and quality of service of wireless systems in a multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) environment, by defining an appropriate system architecture and protocols that will facilitate the optimization of radio resource usage, in particular, by exploiting information exchanged between network and mobile Terminals, whether or not they support multiple simultaneous links and dynamic spectrum access. Abstract: The standard defines the building blocks comprising (i) network resource managers, (ii) device resource managers, and (iii) the information to be exchanged between the building blocks, for enabling coordinated network-device distributed decision making that will aid in the optimization of radio resource usage, including spectrum access control, in heterogeneous wireless access networks. The standard is limited to the architectural and functional definitions at a first stage. The corresponding protocols definition related to the information exchange will be addressed at a later stage. Key Words: 1900.4-2009, architectural building blocks, dynamic spectrum access, heterogeneous wireless networks, network-device distributed optimization of spectrum usage Designation: P1900.4.1 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Interfaces and Protocols Enabling Distributed Decision Making for Optimized Radio Resource Usage in Heterogeneous Wireless Networks Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Paul Houzé, Phone:33 1 45 29 44 06, Email:paul.houze@orange-ftgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This standard uses the IEEE 1900.4 standard as a baseline standard. It provides detailed description of interfaces and service access points defined in the IEEE 1900.4 standard enabling distributed decision making in heterogeneous wireless networks and obtaining context information for this decision making. Project Purpose: This standard facilitates innovative, cost-effective, and multi-vendor production of network side and terminal side components of IEEE 1900.4 system and accelerates commercialization of this system to improve capacity and quality of service in heterogeneous wireless networks. Designation: P1900.4a Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Architectural Building Blocks Enabling Network-Device Distributed Decision Making for Optimized Radio Resource Usage in Heterogeneous Wireless Access Networks - Amendment: Architecture and Interfaces for Dynamic Spectrum Access Networks in White Space Frequency Bands Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Paul Houzé, Phone:33 1 45 29 44 06, Email:paul.houze@orange-ftgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This standard amends the IEEE 1900.4 standard to enable mobile wireless access service in white space frequency bands without any limitation on used radio interface (physical and media access control layers, carrier frequency, etc) by defining additional components of the IEEE 1900.4 system. Project Purpose: This standard facilitates cost-effective and multi-vendor production of wireless access system, including cognitive base stations and terminals, capable of operation in white space frequency bands without any limitation on used radio interface, as well as, accelerates commercialization of this system to improve spectrum usage. Designation: P1900.5 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard Policy Language Requirements and System Architectures for Dynamic Spectrum Access Systems Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines a vendor-independent set of policy-based control architectures and corresponding policy language requirements for managing the functionality and behavior of dynamic spectrum access networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define policy language and associated architecture requirements for interoperable, vendor-independent control of Dynamic Spectrum Access functionality and behavior in radio systems and wireless networks. This standard will also define the relationship of policy language and architecture to the needs of at least the following constituencies: the regulator, the operator, the user, and the network equipment manufacturer. Abstract: This standard defines a vendor-independent set of policy-based control architectures and corresponding policy language requirements for managing the functionality and behavior of dynamic spectrum access networks. Key Words: DSA; DySPAN; Policy Language; Policy Based DSA Radio Systems; DSA Architecture. Designation: 1900.5 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard on Policy Language and Policy Architectures for Managing Cognitive Radio for Dynamic Spectrum Access Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lynn Grande, Phone:508-942-3044, Email:lynn.grande@gdc4s.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines a set of policy languages, and their relation to policy architectures, for managing the functionality and behaviour of cognitive radios for dynamic spectrum access applications in a vendor-independent fashion. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a policy language (or a set of policy languages or dialects), and their relation to policy architectures, for specifying interoperable, vendor-independent control of Cognitive Radio functionality and behavior for Dynamic Spectrum Access resources and services. This standard will also define policy language, architecture, and their relation with each other with respect to the needs of at least the following constituencies: the regulator, the operator, and the network equipment manufacturer. Designation: 1900.6-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Spectrum Sensing Interfaces and Data Structures for Dynamic Spectrum Access and other Advanced Radio Communication Systems. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2011 Technical Contact: Klaus Moessner, Phone:+441483683468, Email:k.moessner@surrey.ac.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines the information exchange between spectrum sensors and their clients in radio communication systems. The logical interface and supporting data structures used for information exchange are defined abstractly without constraining the sensing technology, client design, or data link between the sensor and client. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define spectrum sensing interfaces and data structures for dynamic spectrum access (DSA) and other advanced radio communications systems that will facilitate interoperability between independently developed devices and thus allow for separate evolution of spectrum sensors and other system functions. Abstract: The interfaces and data structures required to exchange sensing-related information in order to increase interoperability between sensors and their clients developed by different manufacturers are defined in this standard. The logical interface and supporting data structures are defined abstractly without constraining the sensing technology, client design, or data link between sensor and client. The entities involved and parameters exchanged in this process. It further elaborates on the service access points, service primitives, as well as generic procedures used to realize this information exchange, are defined by this standard. Key Words: cognitive radio, data structure, distributed spectrum sensing, dynamic spectrum access, IEEE 1900.6, logical interface, sensing information, spectrum sensor Designation: P1900.6a Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Spectrum Sensing Interfaces and Data Structures for Dynamic Spectrum Access and other Advanced Radio Communication Systems Amendment: Procedures, Protocols and Data Archive Enhanced Interfaces Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Klaus Moessner, Phone:+441483683468, Email:k.moessner@surrey.ac.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This Amendment to the IEEE Std 1900.6TM adds procedures, protocols and message format specifications for the exchange of sensing related data, control data and configuration data between spectrum sensors and their clients. In addition, it adds specifications for the exchange of sensing related and other relevant data and specifies related interfaces between the data archive and other data sources. Project Purpose: This amendment provides specifications to allow integrating 1900.6 based distributed sensing systems into existing and future dynamic spectrum access radio communication systems. It enables existing legacy systems to benefit so as to widen the potential adoption of the IEEE 1900.6 interface as an add-on to these systems and to claim standard conformance for an implementation of the interface. In addition it facilitates sharing of spectrum sensing data and other relevant data among 1900.6 based entities and external data archives. Designation: 1901-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Broadband over Power Line Networks: Medium Access Control and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2010 History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: The project defines a standard for high-speed (>100 Mbps at the physical layer) communication devices via electric power lines, so- called broadband over power line (BPL) devices. This standard uses transmission frequencies below 100 MHz. It is usable by all classes of BPL devices, including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-mile connection (<1500 m to the premise) to broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for local area networks (LANs), smart energy applications, transportation platform (vehicle) applications, and other data distribution (<100 m between devices). This standard focuses on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL devices, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and assuring that desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The standard addresses the necessary security questions to provide privacy of communications between users and allow the use of BPL for security-sensitive services. It is limited to the physical layer and the medium access sublayer of the data link layer, as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Basic Reference Model. Project Purpose: New modulation techniques offer the possibility to use the power lines for high-speed communications. This new high-speed medium is open and locally shared by several BPL devices. Without an independent, openly defined standard, BPL devices serving different applications will conflict with one another and provide unacceptable service to all parties. The standard will provide a minimum implementation subset that allows fair coexistence of the BPL devices. The full implementation will provide interoperability among BPL devices, as well as interoperability with other networking protocols, such as bridging for seamless interconnection via IEEE Std 802.1X-2010.1 It is also the intent of this effort to progress quickly toward a robust standard so power line applications may begin to impact the marketplace. The standard also complies with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) limits set by national regulators, so as to enable successful coexistence with wireless and telecommunications systems. Abstract: A standard for high-speed communication devices via electric power lines, so called broadband over power line (BPL) devices, is defined. Transmission frequencies below 100 MHz are used. All classes of BPL devices can use this standard, including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-mile connection to broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for local area networks (LANs), Smart Energy applications, transportation platforms (vehicle) applications, and other data distribution. The balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL devices is the main focus of this standard, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring that desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The necessary security questions are addressed to ensure the privacy of communications between users and to allow the use of BPL for security sensitive services. Key Words: access devices, adaptive power management, broadband over power lines (BPLs), coexistence protocol (CXP), convolutional turbo code, cosine modulated filter banks, fast Fourier transform orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (FFT OFDM), in-home devices, intersystem protocol (ISP), low-density parity check code (LDPC), medium access control (MAC), power line communication (PLC), physical layer (PHY), privacy, quality of service (QoS), security, sine modulated filter banks, wavelet orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) Designation: 1901 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Broadband over Power Line Networks: Medium Access Control and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Jim Mollenkopf, Phone:301-515-7617 x212, Email:jim.mollenkopf@currenttechnologies.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The project will develop a standard for high speed (>100 Mbps at the physical layer) communication devices via alternating current electric power lines, so called Broadband over Power Line (BPL) devices. The standard will use trannsmission frequencies below 100 MHz. This standard will be usable by all classes of BPL devices, including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-mile connection (<1500m to the premise) to broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for LANs and other data distribution (<100m between devices). This standard will focus on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL devices, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring that desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The standard will address the necessary security questions to ensure the privacy of communications between users and allow the use of BPL for security sensitive services. This standard is limited to the physical layer and the medium access sub-layer of the data link layer, as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Basic Reference Model. The effort will begin with an architecture investigation, and this will form the basis for detailed scope of task groups that will work within P1901 to develop the components of the final standard. Project Purpose: New modulation techniques offer the possibility to use the power lines for high speed communications. This new high speed media is open, and locally shared by several BPL devices. Without an independent, openly defined standard, BPL devices serving different applications will conflict with one another and provide unacceptable service to all parties. The standard will provide a minimum implementation subset which allows the fair coexistence of the BPL devices. The full implementation will provide the interoperability among the BPL devices, as well as interoperability with other networking protocols, such as bridging for seamless interconnection via 802.1. It is also the intent of this effort to quickly progress towards a robust standard so powerline applications may begin to impact the marketplace. The standard will also comply with EMC limits set by national regulators, so as to ensure successful coexsitence with wireless and telecommunications systems. Designation: 1901 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Unapproved Draft Standard for Broadband over Power Line Networks: Medium Access Control and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: The project defines a standard for high speed (>100 Mbps at the physical layer) communication devices via electric power lines, so called Broadband over Power Line (BPL) devices. The standard uses transmission frequencies below 100 MHz. This standard is usable by all classes of BPL devices, including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last- mile connection (<1500m to the premise) to broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for LANs, Smart Energy applications, transportation platforms (vehicle) applications, and other data distribution (<100m between devices). This standard focuses on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL devices, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring that desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The standard addresses the necessary security questions to ensure the privacy of communications between users and allow the use of BPL for security sensitive services. This standard is limited to the physical layer and the medium access sub-layer of the data link layer, as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Basic Reference Model. Project Purpose: New modulation techniques offer the possibility to use the power lines for high speed communications. This new high speed media is open, and locally shared by several BPL devices. Without an independent, openly defined standard, BPL devices serving different applications will conflict with one another and provide unacceptable service to all parties. The standard will provide a minimum implementation subset which allows the fair coexistence of the BPL devices. The full implementation will provide the interoperability among the BPL devices, as well as interoperability with other networking protocols, such as bridging for seamless interconnection via 802.1. It is also the intent of this effort to quickly progress towards a robust standard so powerline applications may begin to impact the marketplace. The standard will also comply with EMC limits set by national regulators, so as to ensure successful coexistence with wireless and telecommunications systems. Abstract: Defined is a standard for high speed communication devices via electric power lines, so called Broadband over Power Line (BPL) devices. The standard uses transmission frequencies below 100 MHz. This standard is usable by all classes of BPL devices, including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-mile connection to broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for LANs, Smart Energy applications, transportation platforms (vehicle) applications, and other data distribution. This standard focuses on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL devices, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring that desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The standard addresses the necessary security questions to ensure the privacy of communications between users and allow the use of BPL for security sensitive services. Key Words: BPL, MAC, PHY, PLC Designation: P1901.2 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Low Frequency (less than 500 kHz) Narrow Band Power Line Communications for Smart Grid Applications Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This standard specifies communications for low frequency (less than 500 kHz) narrowband power line devices via alternating current and direct current electric power lines. This standard supports indoor and outdoor communications over low voltage line (line between transformer and meter, less than 1000 V), through transformer low-voltage to medium-voltage (1000 V up to 72 kV) and through transformer medium-voltage to low-voltage power lines in both urban and in long distance (multi- kilometer) rural communications. The standard uses transmission frequencies less than 500 kHz. Data rates will be scalable to 500 kbps depending on the application requirements. This standard addresses grid to utility meter, electric vehicle to charging station, and within home area networking communications scenarios. Lighting and solar panel power line communications are also potential uses of this communications standard. This standard focuses on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of low frequency narrow band (LF NB) devices, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence between different LF NB standards developing organizations (SDO) technologies, assuring that desired bandwidth may be delivered. This standard assures coexistence with broadband power line (BPL) devices by minimizing out-of-band emissions in frequencies greater than 500 kHz. The standard addresses the necessary security requirements that assure communication privacy and allow use for security sensitive services. This standard defines the physical layer and the medium access sub-layer of the data link layer, as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Basic Reference Model. Project Purpose: This standard defines requirements for low frequency narrow band power line communications. It harmonizes technologies operating in the same field, data rate and frequency band. Designation: 1902.1-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Long Wavelength Wireless Network Protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: John Stevens, Email:john@visible-assets.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines the air interface for radiating transceiver radio tags using long wavelength signals(kilometric and hectometric frequencies, <450 kHz). Conforming devices can have very low power consumption (a few microwatts on average), while operating over medium ranges (0.5 to 30 meters) and at low data transfer speeds (300–9600 bps). They are well suited for visibility networks, sensors, effectors and battery operated displays. This standard fills a gap between non-network-based RFID standards (e.g., ISO/IEC CD 15961-3, ISO 18000-6C or ISO 18000-7) and existing high bandwidth network standards such as IEEE 802.11™ and IEEE 802.15.4™. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the air interface for radio tags optimized for use in visibility networks, where presence, identity and associated data can be determined from stationary or moving tagged items, in situ, within relatively arbitrary storage areas. ‘In situ’ in this context means that it is not necessary to either move the tagged items into closer proximity of a reader nor to move a reader into closer proximity of tagged items in order to identify the presence of a tag or to read or modify tag information. In addition to visibility networks, applications for the radio tags described in this document include sensors, effectors, battery operated displays and zero configuration peer to peer networks. This standard will facilitate compatibility and encourage inter-operability of routers, readers, base stations and radio tags from multiple manufacturers. It is expected that additional standards under the IEEE 1902 identifier will provide other physical link options, command sets and standardization of commands and operations for specific vertical market applications. This standard specifies operation in the 47CFR15.209 emission regulation environment where field strength levels are below the threshold of regulation and thus permits operation world wide without requiring action on the part of regulatory bodies or the acquisition of special site licenses. This standard specifies: - The functions and services required by an IEEE 1902.1 compliant device to operate within ad hoc networks. - The MAC procedures to support the delivery of MAC service data units (MSDU). - PHY signaling techniques and interface functions. - Operation of IEEE 1902.1 compliant devices within a wireless network that may co-exist with multiple other overlapping IEEE 1902.1 networks. Abstract: This standard defines the air interface for radiating transceiver radio tags using long wavelength signals (kilometric and hectometric frequencies, <450 kHz). Conforming devices can have very low power consumption (a few microwatts on average), while operating over medium ranges (0.5 to 30 meters) and at low data transfer speeds (300–9600 bits per s). They are well suited for visibility networks, sensors, effectors and battery operated displays. This standard fills a gap between non-network-based RFID standards (e.g., ISO/IEC CD 15961-3, ISO 18000-6C or 7) and existing high bandwidth network standards such as IEEE Std 802. IEEE 802.15.4 Key Words: 1902.1-2009, battery powered, carrier powered, displays, effectors, long wavelength, low frequency, RFID, sensors, transceiver, visibility networks Designation: 1902.1 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Long Wavelength Wireless Network Protocol Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Stevens, Phone:+1 603 418 8721, Email:john@visible-assets.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006 Project Scope: The project will develop a physical layer and data link layer protocol standard for long wavelength (< 450Khz), low speed (300-9600 Baud), low power, medium range (50’ to 100’) industrial visibility networks. It will fill a gap between non-network-based RF-ID standards (e.g., ISO/IEC CD 15961-3, ISO 18000-6C or 7) and existing high bandwidth network standards such as IEEE 802.11 a,b,g and IEEE 802.15.4 e. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce a protocol standard for use in applications where bandwidth is not an issue; but low cost, high tag (client) count, long battery life and use in harsh environments (near steel and water) are key performance criteria. Example applications include visibility of medical devices in hospitals, patient and physician visibility in OR’s, product visibility in retail stores, and livestock visibility. Many cost-sensitive, power “limited” applications exist (e.g., most industrial visibility networks) that may not require high bandwidth, yet do require real-time, peer-to-peer networking with extended battery life. The purpose of the proposed standard will be to provide a definition for full physical interoperability for all components (chips, tags, routers, and handhelds) within a long-wavelength network. Asset tracking systems provide asset history. Tracking is based on portal or beacon readers that read a barcode or RF-ID tag as it passes though a location (door or on conveyor). A "Visibility Network" provides tracking data, but also provides real-time, interactive asset status. A Visibility Network is a real-time on-demand, local area network, so real-time sensor alerts are possible (e.g. temperature, jog, flow), real-time asset location (e.g. asset is on the shelf now or in use in the operating room), real-time asset status (e.g. the box is unopened), and real-time pair-wise linking (the patient and the blood type match) is possible. A Visibility Network may also be interactive in that it can operate efectors (e.g. open locks; flash LED's for pick and place; or display information on an LCD display). Thus, asset tracking provides history (pedigree where asset has been). Visibility Networks provide asset tracking, but also provide real-time, interactive, local area network status of an asset (pedigree and where it is now). Designation: P1903 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for a Next Generation Service Overlay Network Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This standard describes a framework of Internet Protocol(IP)- based service overlay networks and specifies context-aware, (e.g., such as required Quality of Service(QoS) level, type of service such as real-time vs. data, nature of data stream such as I-frame vs. B-frame, and type of terminal such as TV monitor vs. Personal Digital Assistent) dynamically adaptive (e.g., using locally derived information to discover, organize, and maintain traffic flows in the network within a local area network), and self-organizing networking capabilities (e.g., developing network structures based on the needs of the customers and the capabilities of existing network structures), including advanced routing and forwarding schemes, and that are independent of underlying transport networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable network operators, service/content providers, and end-users to provide and consume collaborative services by the deployment of context-aware, dynamically adaptive, and self-organizing networking capabilities. Abstract: This Next Generation Service Overlay Network (NGSON) standard describes a framework of Internet Protocol(IP)-based service overlay networks and specifies context-aware (e.g., such as required Quality of Service (QoS) level, type of service such as real-time vs. data, nature of data stream such as Iframe vs. B-frame, and type of terminal such as TV monitor vs. personal digital assistant), dynamically adaptive (e.g., using locally derived information to discover, organize, and maintain traffic flows in the network within a local area network), and self-organizing networking capabilities (e.g., developing network structures based on the needs of the customers and the capabilities of existing network structures), including advanced routing and forwarding schemes, and that are independent of underlying networks. The NGSON architecture provides advanced service- and transport-related functions to support contextaware, dynamically adaptive, and self-organizing networks. This standard specifies a functional architecture for NGSON. The functional architecture consists of a set of functional entities (FEs), their functions, reference points and information flows to illustrate service interaction and media delivery among FEs and external components. NGSON may operate with different underlying networks such as IMS, NGN, P2P overlay or Web to transmit NGSON signaling messages and/or media among its users and services. Specifications of underlying networks are outside scope of this standard. Key Words: service overlay network, service routing, service composition, context awareness, dynamic adaptation, self organization, content delivery, service discovery and negotiation Designation: P1904.1 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Service Interoperability in Ethernet Passive Optical Networks Status: New Standard Project Publication type: Standards Press History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard describes the system-level requirements needed to ensure service-level, multi-vendor interoperability of Ethernet Passive Optical Network (EPON) equipment. The specifications complement the existing IEEE Std. 802.3 and IEEE Std. 802.1 standards which ensure the interoperability at the Physical layer and Data Link layer. Specifically included in the proposed work are: - EPON system-level interoperability specifications covering equipment functionality, traffic engineering, and service-level QoS/CoS mechanisms; - Management specifications covering: equipment management, service management, and power utilization. Project Purpose: To build upon the IEEE 802.3ah (1G-EPON) and IEEE 802.3av (10G-EPON) Physical layer and Data Link layer standards and create a system- level and network-level standard, thus allowing full “plug-and-play” interoperability of the transport, service, and control planes in a multi- vendor environment. Designation: P1905.1 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Convergent Digital Home Network for Heterogeneous Technologies Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Paul Houzé, Phone:33 1 45 29 44 06, Email:paul.houze@orange-ftgroup.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The standard defines an abstraction layer for multiple home networking technologies. The abstraction layer provides a common data and control Service Access Point to the heterogeneous home networking technologies described in the following specifications: IEEE P1901, IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.3 and MoCA 1.1. The standard is extendable to work with other home networking technologies. The abstraction layer supports dynamic interface selection for transmission of packets arriving from any interface (upper protocol layers or underlying network technologies). End-to-end Quality of Service (QoS) is supported. Also specified are procedures, protocols and guidelines to provide a simplified user experience to add devices to the network, to set up encryption keys, to extend the network coverage, and to provide network management features to address issues related to neighbor discovery, topology discovery, path selection, QoS negotiation, and network control and management. Project Purpose: The abstraction layer common interface allows applications and upper layer protocols to be agnostic to the underlying home networking technologies. The purpose of the standard is to facilitate the integration of P1901 with other home networking technologies. Additionally the purpose of the standard is to define an abstraction layer that allows: Common Network Setup among heterogeneous network technologies defined in the PAR and provide same user experience in the process of adding a device to the network and the same user experience while setting an encryption key; Intelligent network interface and path selection for delivery of packets that provides Improved coverage performance, Improved data rate on poorest link, Improved network capacity, Improved network reliability and QoS, support for end-to-end Quality of Service (QoS) for different traffic classes; Seamless / transparent path switching; Real time mapping of connection links and paths for each traffic class / stream; Green - energy management. Designation: P1906.1 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Nanoscale and Molecular Communication Framework Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Stephen Bush, Phone:518-782-7399, Email:bushsf@research.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This recommended practice contains a conceptual model and a standard terminology for ad hoc network communication at the nanoscale. This recommended practice also contains: (1) a definition of nanoscale networking (2) a conceptual model for ad hoc nanoscale networking (3) common terminology for nanoscale networking, including: (a) a definition of a nanoscale channel highlighting the fundamental differences from a macroscale channel (b) abstract nanoscale channel interfaces with nanoscale systems (c) performance metrics common to ad hoc nanoscale communication networks (d) a mapping between nanoscale and traditional communication networks, including necessary high level components such as a map of major components: coding and packets, addressing, routing, localization, layering, reliability. Project Purpose: A common framework greatly aids in developing useful simulators for nanoscale communication. This includes interconnecting systems of multiple types of nanoscale simulators. A common abstract model enables theoretical progress to proceed from different disciplines with a common language. This framework serves as a recommended practice for additional nanoscale networking standards as industry becomes more involved. Designation: 191 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 192-1958 Title: Methods of Calibration of Mechanically Recorded Lateral Frequency Records Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 193-1971 Title: Method for Measurement of Weighted Peak Flutter of Sound Recording and Reproducing Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 194 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Otis M Solomon, Phone:(505) 844-2320, Email:omsolom@sandia.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1982 Abstract: Revision in progress, expected completion in 1992. Designation: 194-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis Title: IEEE Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Feb 17, 1975 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard provides fundamental definitions for general use in time domain pulse technology. It defines terms for pulse phenomena and pulse parameters which are prerequisite to: (1) Efficient communication of technical information; (2) Standards for methods of pulse parameter measurement; (3) Standards for pulse apparatus; (4) Standards for apparatus which employs pulse techniques. Key Words: pulse, terms, glossary Designation: 195 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1953 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Bioinformatics Data Structures - Framework and Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Vicky Markstein, Phone:650-851-4588, Email:v.markstein@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a framework for standards and protocols, incorporating existing standards where appropriate, to support the bioinformatics sciences with common definition, storage and exchange of information between them. The project will define efforts in the area of nomenclature, databases, access protocols, benchmarks, and validation suites for a variety of bioinformatics data (e.g., genomics, proteomics, transcriptomes, gene ontology, structural ontology, biological pathways, pharmacogenomics and more). Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide a framework standard for the development of new standards where needed, incorporating existing standards where appropriate and providing a consistent interface for the development of common solutions for discovery, collection, access, and use of bioinformatics data. Designation: 1953.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Sequence Ontology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Suzanna Lewis, Phone:+1 510 486 7508, Email:suzi@fruitfly.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The Sequence Ontology is a well developed current working procedure in the Bioinformatics community, this work will formalize that methodology into a standard. The Sequence Ontology (SO) is designed for three different, but related, purposes. The first of these is to provide a structured controlled vocabulary for the description of features that may be describe by their spatial location upon sequences and thus annotate these sequences; the second is to provide a structured controlled vocabulary for the description of genes, in terms of their sequence characteristics; the third is to provide a structured vocabulary for the description of chromosome and sequence variation within organism. The SO will also provide associated tools for applying and using the vocabularies to support the exchange genomic sequence annotation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the SO is to facilitate the exchange and analysis of primary sequence data, whether these sequences are nucleic acids or amino acids. The "locatable feature" node provides terms for describing expressed or control regions on biological sequence, crucial to understanding the transfer and encoding of genetic information. The "sequence attribute" node of SO provides terms for describing "genes", for example, by their cellular location, by the properties of their primary transcripts and by the attributes of their processed transcripts. The "sequence variation features" node of the SO provides terms for the description of sequence variation. This enables organism databases to capture ploidy, chromosomal rearrangements, and mutational descriptions. Designation: 1953.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Bioinformatics Standards for Flow Cytometry Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ryan Brinkman, Phone:+1 604 675 8132, Email:rbrinkman@bccrc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard supports the common definition, storage and exchange of flow cytometry data. Existing standards are incorporated where appropriate. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide a consistent interface for the recording of flow cytometry data and analysis providing for the development of common solutions for the discovery, collection, access and use of flow cytometry data. Designation: 196-1951 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Transducers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 197 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 198 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 199 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for an Extendable High Reliability Enhanced PCI Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will develop a Standard for an Extendable High Reliability Enhanced PCI Bus for transportation, telecommunications, and process control systems. This bus will define and use PCI-style protocol, extending it to include packet messages as defined in the SCI(1596-1992) and Serial Express (P1394.2) projects. This bus will include redundancy and support hot swap of boards for fault tolerant, high availability operation. This project will include the physical and electrical implementation of this bus and define the interface to a high speed serial interconnect such as the Serial Express bus. For telecommunication applications, an optional Time Division Multiplexed bus using international signaling rates from the Synchronous Digital Hierarchy will be defined. Project Purpose: The transportation, telecommunications, and process control industries need reliable high availability fault tolerant systems that support harsh environments and extended temperature ranges, with packet protocols that support serial interconnections to similar systems at speeds form 10 megabits/second to >1gigabit/second. There is no currently no defined standard for such systems that can take advantage of the enormous industrial support for the PCI system by way of silicon, software, adn tools. This standard is intended to fill that need. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Details the set of activities that constitute the processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-alone or part of a system. The management and support processes that continue throughout the entire life cycle, as well as all aspects of the software life cycle from concept exploration through retirement, are covered. Designation: 2-1929 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: A.I.E.E. Standards Report on Standard Definitions and Symbols Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **AIEE-2 (1929) (C42) Designation: 200 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: Reference Designations for Parts and Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989 Designation: 200-1975 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Standard Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronics Parts and Equipments Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Oct 31, 1975, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1975 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn 1997. The formulation and application of reference designations for electrical and electronics parts and equipment are covered. The reference designations of this standard are intended for uniquely identifying and locating discrete items on diagrams and in a set, as well as for correlating items in a set, graphic symbols on diagrams, and items in parts lists, circuit descriptions, and instructions. Three methods are given for forming and applying reference designations: the unit number method, the location numbering method, and the location coding method. A complete reference designation may incorporate reference designations formed by the use of any of these methods at any level from basic parts to complete units. Key Words: reference, designations, parts, equipment, Symbols Designation: 2000.1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000 Terminology Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: To identify terms and concepts pertinent to the resolution of the year 2000 issue and to provide definitions of these terms and descriptions of these concepts. Project Purpose: To provide a common lexicon with descriptions and definitions to the information technology industry for use in the development of year 2000 solutions. Designation: 2000.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000 Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: To add definitions into this terminologyt standard. Specifically, "Date Invariance Range"; and requisite definitions to support this and revise to resolve outstanding issues. Project Purpose: Additional definitions can improve the communications between interested and affected parties related to addressing technology functionality as operations span from the 20th to the 21st century. Abstract: This standard revises IEEE Std 2000.1-1998. It provides a detailed set of definitions. Inaddition, it addresses calendar information that is helpful in understanding the timeline issues surrounding the year 2000 rollover. The definitions section remains the core of the standard. With this expanded set of definitions, the standard now addresses areas that are relevant to both engineering and business environments. An increased degree of specificity has been added to the definition of Year 2000 compliance,making it more precise in its meaning and application. Key Words: "calendar information,date component,remediation techniques,Year 2000 compliant" Designation: 2000.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 16509: 1999 (IEEE Std 2000.1-1998) Year 2000 Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This standard provides concepts, definitions, remediation techniques, and other support- ing terms fundamental to a lexicon for Year 2000 terminology. It addresses key topics pertinent to the development of resolutions to the Year 2000 problem. The core of this standard is the definitions Clause which contains the definition for Year 2000 compliance. Two critical aspects of this definition are: first, the acknowledgment of the significance of documentation associated with technology, and, second, the recognition that compliance is a two-way street, i.e., the proper exchange of date data is paramount for technology to remain compliant. Designation: 2000.2-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Year 2000 Test Methods Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2000 Project Scope: Identify best practices for defining a user-specific test plan for "Y2K" (Year 2000 rollover and related date-specific issues) validation. A taxonomy of system elements and features which are likely to exhibit Y2K failures. A user-customizeable template for test plans and test scenarios for detection of defective (with respect to Y2K) system elements and features. A user-customizeable methodology and process for determining the testing impact of various remediation, validation, and reporting methods. It is not intended that these practices be employable in a mechanical or rote fashion: significant engineering judgment must be exercised by the user of this document in applying its recommendations. Project Purpose: To provide users of computer software, firmware, and hardware systems with recommended practices for assessing the system elements within their organization that may be at risk of failure due to Year 2000 rollover or related date-specific issues. Abstract: This document provides users of computer hardware, firmware, software, or data systems withrecommended practices for assessing and demonstrating the system elements within their organization thatmay be at risk of failure due to the Year 2000 problem and related date-specific issues. This recommendedpractice provides the framework for detailed planning and execution of all steps and tasks involved in testing for Year 2000 compliance. The resulting plan will outline the testing approach and identify system elementsthat are at risk of failure when crossing into the Year 2000 or using data that includes dates after 2000-01-01. Key Words: "bridge,date,real-time clock (RTC), remediation,rollover,system time,test,Year 2000,Y2K" Designation: P20000-1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard - Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 20000-1 Information technology - Service management - Part 1: Service management system requirements Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 defines the requirements for a service provider to deliver managed services of an acceptable quality for its customers. It may be used: a) by businesses that are going out to tender for their services; b) by businesses that require a consistent approach by all service providers in a supply chain; c) by service providers to benchmark their IT service management; d) as the basis for an independent assessment; e) by an organization which needs to demonstrate the ability to provide services that meet customer requirements; and f) by an organization which aims to improve service through the effective application of processes to monitor and improve service quality. This part of ISO/IEC 20000 specifies a number of closely related service management processes. The relationships between the processes depend on the application within an organization and are generally too complex to model and therefore relationships between processes are not shown in this diagram. The list of objectives and controls contained in this part of ISO/IEC 20000 are not exhaustive, and an organization may consider that additional objectives and controls are necessary to meet their particular business needs. The nature of the business relationship between the service provider and business will determine how the requirements in this part of ISO/IEC 20000 are implemented in order to meet the overall objective. As a process based standard this part of ISO/IEC 20000 is not intended for product assessment. However, organizations developing service management tools, products and systems may use both this part of ISO/IEC 20000 and the code of practice to help them develop tools, products and systems that support best practice service management. Project Purpose: This Standards contains no purpose clause Designation: 20000.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005, Information Technology -- Service Management -- Part 1: Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:terry.doran@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This is an IEEE adoption of ISO/IEC 20000-1. The scope of ISO/IEC 20000-1 is: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 defines the requirements for a service provider to deliver managed services of an acceptable quality for its customers. Project Purpose: This standard provides the high level specification of requirements for delivery of managed services. It supports managed service acquisition, proposal, consistency, benchmarking or appraisal, and process improvement. Designation: 20000.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 20000-2:2005, Information Technology -- Service Management -- Part 2: Code of Practice Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:terry.doran@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 20000-2. The scope of ISO/IEC 20000-2 is: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 represents an industry consensus on quality standards for IT service management processes. These service management processes deliver the best possible service to meet a customer’s business needs within agreed resource levels, i.e. service that is professional, cost-effective and with risks which are understood and managed. Project Purpose: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 describes the best practices for service management processes in the form of guidance and recommendations that should be used in conjunction with ISO/IEC 20000-1, Information Technology — Service Management — Part 1: Specification. ISO/IEC 20000-1 defines the requirements for a service provider to deliver managed services of an acceptable quality for its customers. Designation: 2001-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: Recommended Practice for the Internet - Web Site Engineering, Web Site Management and Web Site Life Cycle Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 03, 2003 **Supersedes 2001-1999. Had been developed by C/Internet Best Practices. Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003 Project Scope: Define recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) and related industry guidelines. (Expanded from previous PAR which specifically mentioned HTML and XML) Project Purpose: to address items identified in Annex A (future work) of the approved standard, and identified during balloting which can be well defined. Respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that may result in new material or changes to approved recommendations. (And from previous PAR:) This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited domain of organizational participants) web environments on recommended practices for web page engineering. The objective is to improve the productivity of Intra/Extranet web operations in terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance practices. Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 23026: 2005 Recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extra-net environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C ® ) and related industry guidelines,are defined in this recommended practice. This recommended practice does not address stylisticconsiderations or human-factors considerations in web page design beyond limitations that reflectgood engineering practice. Key Words: "Extranet,Internet,Intranet,Web page,Web site,Web site engineering,Web site lifecycle,Web site management,well-engineered Web page,World Wide Web" Designation: 2001-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Internet Practices - Web Page Engineering - Intranet/Extranet Applications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 2001-2002. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999 Project Scope: Define recommended practices for WWW page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) 3.2 (potentially 4.0) specifications, migration to XML (Extensible Markup Language), and related industry guidelines. Project Purpose: This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited domain of organizational participants) web environments on recommended practices for web page engineering. issues to be considered include copyright, proprietary data declarations, indexing and content classification of pages, use of epoch transparent dates, context (author, responsible organization, currency,...), multinational sensitivities, browser tolerance, accommodation of persons with disabilities, and bandwith efficiencies. The objective is to improve the productivity of Intranet/Extranet web operations in terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance practices. Abstract: Superseded by 2001-2002 This standard defines recommended practices for Web page engineering. It addresses the needs of Webmasters and managers to effectively develop and manage World Wide Web projects (internally via an intranet or in relation to specific communities via an extranet). This standard discusses life cycle planning: identifying the audience, the client environment, objectives, and metrics, and continues with recommendations on server considerations, and specific Web page content. IEEE Std 2001-1999 defines conformance for both Web pages and tools that generate Web pages. This document is intended to reduce site-management costs, reduce legal risks, facilitate user satisfaction, and increase the productivity of Web applications for both maintainers and users. Key Words: "accessibility,Internet best practices,Internet ease-of-use,risk reduction,Web management,Web page engineering,World Wide Web" Designation: 2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Recommended Practice for Internet Practices - Web Page Engineering - Intranet/Extranet Application Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Define recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) and related industry guidelines. (Expanded from previous PAR which specifically mentioned HTML and XML) Project Purpose: To address items identified in Annex A (future work) of the approved standard, and identified during balloting which can be well defined. Respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that may result in new material or changes to approved recommendations. This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers in Intranet and Extranet web environments on recommended practices for web page engineering. The objective is to improve the productivity of Intra/Extranet web operations in terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance practices. Designation: 2001a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Internet - Web Site Engineering, Web Site Management and Web Site Life Cycle - Amendment 1: Requirements for International Adoption Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: IEEE Std 2001 has been approved in fast-track balloting as ISO/IEC 23036. However, balloting comments were received and must be disposed. Disposition of these comments may require minor modifications to IEEE Std 2001 so that the two standards will be identical. The scope of change is restricted to disposing the comments received in the fast-track ballot. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 2001 has been approved in fast-track balloting as ISO/IEC 23036. However, balloting comments were received and must be disposed. Disposition of these comments may require minor modifications to IEEE Std 2001 so that the two standards will be identical. The purpose of this amendment project is to make the necessary changes to IEEE Std 2001. Designation: 2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: Internet Security Practices Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Starkey, Phone:703-494-1341, Email:starkey@digitalaccess.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Define recommended engineering security practices for organizations that connect to the Internet. This standard will assume organizations are implementing internal security practices such as those defined in BSI 7799 (and others to be referenced in this standard). This work will be based on IETF, W3C and related guidelines, as well as experience from CERT/CC (Reg. TM of CMU) and other sources of expertise. This standard will focus on engineering principles that have a multiyear role, as opposed to rapidly changing technical characteristics. This standard will not focus on management practices. Project Purpose: To establish a foundation of engineering practices that can be applied to maintain security of operations when connected to the Internet. The audience for this standard is the technical manager responsible for implementing these security practices. Many of these may also be of value for operation in Intranet, Extranet and other network environments. Assurance of secure operations cannot necessarily be expected as a result of application of this work. This document will also: Reference applicable management practice standards and guidelines (Risk Assessment...); Provide reference(s) to resources providing "current" threat alerts and reporting channels; Identify practices that reduce vulnerabilities resulting from connection to external networks; Provide a basis for dialogue on trusted interoperability with partners. Designation: 2003-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 13210 : 1999 (IEEE Std 2003-1997), Information technology-- Requirements and guidelines for test methods, specifications and test method implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX(R) standards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 2003-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Requirements and Guidelines for Test Methods Specifications and Test Method Implementations for Measuring Conformance to POSIX Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision and redesignation of 1003.3-1991. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: This standard defines broad requirements, and provides guidelines for test method specifications and implementations for all POSIX standards. This standard will revise, enhance, and replace the existing 1003.3-1991 standard. Project Purpose: The revision of the existing standard has three purposes. First, to apply the lessons learned from industry use of the existing standard. To redefine, revise and clarify requirements for test method specifications and implementations. Second, to provide guidelines for satisfying those requirements. Third, to address test method issues resulting from the creation of profile standards. Abstract: This standard defines the requirements and guidelines for test method specifications and test method implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX standards. Test specification standard developers for other Application Programming Interface (API) standards are encouraged to use this standard.This document is aimed primarily at developers and users of test method specifications and implementations. Key Words: "assertion,assertion test,implementation under test,option,conformance,document,conformance test procedure,conformance test software,test method implementation,test method specification,test result code" Designation: 2003.1-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX(R)--Part1: System Interfaces Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **formerly 1003.3.1. This document is now known as ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000 History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 12, 1993 Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006 This standard provides a definition of the requirements placed upon providers of POSIX test methods for POSIX.1 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990; ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990). These requirements consist of a POSIX.1-ordered list of assertions defining those aspects of POSIX.1 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard is aimed primarily at POSIX.1 test suite providers and POSIX.1 implementors. This standard specifies those aspects of POSIX.1 that shall be verified by conformance test methods. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: assertion, Test result code, Test method, POSIX, POSIX Conformance Test Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document, Extended assertion, Conditional feature, Base assertion, Assertion test Designation: 2003.1b-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Test Methods Specifications for Measuring Conformance to POSIX(R) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C Language] Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000 Project Scope: This document will specify the aspects of the POSIX.1b standard that shall be verified by conformance test methods. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard that specifies what should be tested in POSIX.1b. This project will provide a standard for testing conformance to POSIX.1b. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This standard defines the test method specifications for IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 (basedon the document corresponding to the merger of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993). The test method specifications consist of assertions to be tested and related test procedures.As an amendment to IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, this standard is structured to amend those portions ofIEEE Std 2003.1-1992 {4} (the test method specification for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) that correspondto the amended parts of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990. This standard is aimed primarily at providers of testmethods for IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 and at implementors of IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993. Key Words: assertion, assertion test, C programming language, POSIX, POSIX Conformance Document, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Test Suite, realtime, test method specification, test result code Designation: 2003.2-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX(R) - Part II: Shell and Utilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Formerly P1003.3.2. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997 Project Scope: This standard defines the test methods to be used to measure conformance to IEEE 1003.2 (Shell and Utility Application Interface for Computer Operating System Environments). Project Purpose: To define test methods and requirements for implementation of test suites to verify conformance of implementations to the Standard Shell and Utility Application Interface for Computer Operating System Environments. Abstract: A definition of the requirements placed upon providers of aPOSIXConformance Test Suite for thePOSIX.2 standard (ISO/IEC9945-2:1993,IEEE/ANSIStd. 1003.2-1992) is provided. These requirements consist of a list ofassertions defining those aspects ofPOSIX.2 that are to be tested and the associ-ated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard isprimarily aimed at test suite providers but it also defines toPOSIX.2 implementorsthose aspects of the standard that will be verified by a conformance test suite. Key Words: "conformance, POSIX, Shell and Utilities, test methods" Designation: 2003.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Standard for Information Technology - Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to IEEE 1003.5-1992 (Ada) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james.lonjers@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Project Scope: This document will specify the aspects to the IEEE Std 1003.5- 1992 standard to be verified by a conformance test suite. The document will be consistent with an approved IEEE standard for the development of test methods. Project Purpose: There is currently no standard which specifies what should be tested for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. This project will provide a standard for testing IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. It is intended to be used to develop conformance test suites for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. Designation: 201-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Television Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1981, BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1981 Abstract: No abstract Key Words: tv, terms, definition Designation: 201 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Analog Television Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will update a withdrawn standard, and add the word "analog" to the title to indicate that the terms and definitions relate to analog television, sometimes called conventional definition television. The project proposes to include terms in general use by broadcasters and others involved in the production, distribution, and display of broadcast-quality television programs, employing the system currently in use in the USA and some other countries. The system is that developed by the National Television Systems Committee, and generally referred to as the NTSC system. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used a s a general reference for engineers and other technical personnel involved in broadcast-quality television engineering and operations, particularly for newcomers just learning the technology. Designation: P2010 Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Neurofeedback Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes electroencephalography (EEG) Biofeedback (neurofeedback) systems and software to optimize the quality and availability of information available to device users. Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes the minimum standards sufficient to verify that conforming EEG Biofeedback systems provide quality biofeedback results and information that is clear. Designation: 202-1954 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Television: Methods of Measurement of Aspect Ratio and Geometric Distortion Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P2030 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Smart Grid Interoperability of Energy Technology and Information Technology Operation with the Electric Power System (EPS), and End-Use Applications and Loads Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for smart grid interoperability. This guide provides a knowledge base addressing terminology, characteristics, functional performance and evaluation criteria, and the application of engineering principles for smart grid interoperability of the electric power system with end use applications and loads. The guide discusses alternate approaches to good practices for the smart grid. Project Purpose: This standard provides guidelines in understanding and defining smart grid interoperability of the electric power system with end- use applications and loads. Integration of energy technology and information and communications technology is necessary to achieve seamless operation for electric generation, delivery, and end-use benefits to permit two way power flow with communication and control. Interconnection and intra-facing frameworks and strategies with design definitions are addressed in this standard, providing guidance in expanding the current knowledge base. This expanded knowledge base is needed as a key element in grid architectural designs and operation to promote a more reliable and flexible electric power system. Abstract: Now get special pricing on IEEE P2030 Draft, the Industry’s first draft guidelines for Smart Grid interoperability cross- discipline. Only $99 until July 13 (regularly priced at $270). Order today and get the one draft on smart grid technology for one low price. This document provides guidelines for smart grid interoperability. This guide provides a knowledge base addressing terminology, characteristics, functional performance and evaluation criteria, and the application of engineering principles for smart grid interoperability of the electric power system with end use applications and loads. The guide discusses alternate approaches to good practices for the smart grid. Designation: P2030.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC40- Title: Guide for Electric-Sourced Transportation Infrastructure Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 2009 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines that can be used by utilities, manufacturers, transportation providers, infrastructure developers and end users of electric-sourced vehicles and related support infrastructure in addressing applications for road-based personal and mass transportation. This guide provides a knowledge base addressing terminology, methods, equipment, and planning requirements for such transportation and its impacts on commercial and industrial systems including, for example, generation, transmission, and distribution systems of electrical power. This guide provides a roadmap for users to plan for short, medium, and long-term systems. Project Purpose: This guideline provides methods that can be utilized by utilities, manufacturers, transportation providers, infrastructure developers and end users of electric-sourced vehicles and related infrastructure to develop and support systems that allow increased utilization of electric sourced transportation. The transition to alternative-fuel vehicles, including those that use electricity, is inevitable. Servicing of the limited number of electric vehicles operating today can be absorbed by current generation and distribution capacity. The existence of a few hundred thousand of these vehicles, however, is just the first step in a long-term trend. Preparing for rapid growth in electric vehicle use is necessary since new and upgraded supporting infrastructure, whether charging stations, generating capacity or enhanced transmission systems, requires time for deployment. To reduce the amount of new generation required and better utilize the existing generation, energy efficiency methods for electric sourced transportation based on an end-to- end systems approach are outlined in this document. Standards that exist and research that is being performed are pointed out in this document. Where new standards are needed, they are pointed out in this document. This document supports utilities in planning for the most economic method of production to support increasing transportation loads. This document allows manufacturers to understand the standardization requirements and bring products to fruition as the supporting systems and methods are developed and standardized. This document allows end users to understand technologies that can be implemented for their transportation energy needs. A phased implementation is suggested in this document and is based on economic considerations for technologies available today and technologies being developed. While regional political and regulatory issues may alter these methods, this document does not consider the wide range of regional differences available. It is incumbent on the user of the guide to understand the financial differences that these factors may have on their specific planning requirements. This document does not consider non-road forms of transportation. Designation: P2030.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Guide for the Interoperability of Energy Storage Systems Integrated with the Electric Power Infrastructure Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for discrete and hybrid energy storage systems that are integrated with the electric power infrastructure, including end-use applications and loads. This guide builds upon IEEE Standard 2030 Guide for Smart Grid Interoperability of Energy Technology and Information Technology Operation With The Electric Power System (EPS), and End-Use Applications and Loads. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide guidance in understanding and defining technical characteristics of energy storage systems, and how discrete or hybrid systems may be integrated with and used compatibly as part of the electric power infrastructure. Further, the standard fills the need for guidance relevant to a knowledge base addressing terminology, functional performance, evaluation criteria, operations, testing, and the application of engineering principles for energy storage systems integrated with the electric power infrastructure. Designation: P2030.3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Standard for Test Procedures for Electric Energy Storage Equipment and Systems for Electric Power Systems Applications Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Yiming Hou, Phone:+ 86 10 6659 7914, Email:ym2978@epri.sgcc.com.cn **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard establishes test procedures for electric energy storage equipment and systems for electric power systems (EPS) applications. It is recognized that an electric energy storage equipment or systems can be a single device providing all required functions or an assembly of components, each having limited functions. Components having limited functions shall be tested for those functions in accordance with this standard. Conformance may be established through combination of type, production, and commissioning tests. Additionally, requirements on installation evaluation and periodic tests are included in this standard. Project Purpose: Storage equipment and systems that connect to an electric power system (EPS) need to meet the requirements specified in related IEEE standards. Standardized test procedures are necessary to establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test procedures need to provide both repeatable results, at independent test locations, and have flexibility to accommodate the variety of storage technologies and applications. Designation: 205 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard for Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Defilippis **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 205-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: IEEE Standard on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: Revise IEEE Std 205 to specify its application to composite NTSC signals only, define voltage levels associated with IRE units, redraw the roll-off characteristic for IRE filter response, revise circuit examples to substitute solid-state components for vacuum tybes, update text to S.I. units and abbreviations, and revise procedures for use with modern oscilloscopes. Project Purpose: Std 205 is long overdue for updating due to its dated language and methods. Nevertheless, it is a fundamental document in the definition of ITU-R System M waveform levels as used in most of North and South American, Japan, Rep. of Korea, Taiwan and the Phillipines. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 A method of measuring the amplitude levels of an SMPTE 170M-1994; NTSC color ormonochrome television video signal is described. It is concerned with luminance measurements atvarious points in transmission systems where the signals are at video frequencies. The methodsdescribed are limited to the use of waveform monitors, software video processing for amplitudeassessment, or suitable oscilloscopes, and are primarily directed to specifying means of measuringtelevision signal levels for operating purposes. Key Words: "chrominance, filter, luminance, luminance measurement filter, NTSC, SMPTE 170M,video, waveform monitor" Designation: 205-1958 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972 Title: IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. A method of measuring the amplitude levels of an SMPTE 170M-1994; NTSC color or monochrome television video signal is described. It is concerned with luminance measurements at various points in transmission systems where the signals are at video frequencies. The methods described are limited to the use of waveform monitors, software video processing for amplitude assessment, or suitable oscilloscopes, and are primarily directed to specifying means of measuring television signal levels for operating purposes. Key Words: measure, luminance, signal, levels Designation: 206 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard on Measurement of Differential Gain and Differential Phase Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000 Project Scope: This project will review and up-date the current scope of applications of the IEEE Std. 206 1960/1978. The primary application (scope) of the current Standard is intended to be in the field routine operational and maintenance tests of pure composite analog systems only, where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or desirable. The basic techniques described in the current standard are also applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance tests, and detailed maintenance procedures. The scope of the proposed project includes these measurements but will be revised to widened the scope to include hybrid systems (combining analog and digital signal processing) where the current scope does not apply. Project Purpose: The primary application of the current Standard is intended to be in the field routine operational and maintenance tests of pure composite analog systems only, where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or desirable. When measuring performance of hybrid systems (combining analog and digital signal processing), the method described in this document must not be used as significant errors are introduced in Differential Gain and Phase measurements. IEEE STD 746-1984 Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits and international recommendation ITU-R BT.1204 also define methods to measure Differential Gain and Differential Phase in hybrid digital/analog systems. The purpose of this project is to revise Std 206-1960/1978 to include specific Differential Gain and Phase measurement methods similar, if not identical, to those included in these standards. Designation: 206 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard Methods of Measuring Differential Phase and Gain in Video Transmission Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Defilippis **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Designation: 206-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978 Title: IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Differential Gain and Differential Phase Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1959, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1961 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. The primary application of this standard is intended to be in the field of routine operational and maintenance tests, where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or desirable. The basic techniques described here are also applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance test, and detailed maintenance procedures. Key Words: measure, tv, differential, gain, phase Designation: 2063 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for System and Software Life Cycle Processes--Requirements Engineering Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is requirements engineering for systems and software, encompassing the activities associated with requirements definition, analysis, and management. The product descriptions that form the basis of IEEE 830-1998, Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications and IEEE 1233-1998, IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications, will be retained, with appropriate updating to reflect current practice, in informative annexes. This standard will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996, Software Life Cycle Processes and IEEE 15288-2005, System Life Cycle Processes. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to replace two existing product standards, IEEE 830-1998, Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications and IEEE 1233-1998, IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications, with a new process-based standard that elaborates the process objectives and expected outcomes for the engineering of systems and software requirements, as specified in the life cycle framework standards, IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996, Software Life Cycle Processes and IEEE 15288-2005, System Life Cycle Processes. It is expected that this standard will be used in support of process definition under 12207 and 15288. Designation: 208-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera Systems, 1993 Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1995 **Revision of IEEE Std 208-1960. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: The methods for measuring the resolution of camera systems are described. The primary application is for users and manufacturers to quantify the limit where fine detail contained in the original image is no longer reproduced by the camera system. The techniques described may also be used for laboratory measurements and for proof-of-performance specifications for a camera. Key Words: camera systems, video, resolution, video techniques Designation: 208-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978 Title: IEEE Standards on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera Systems, 1961 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **(R78) C16.34 . ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1960 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 208-1995 The methods for measuring the resolution of camera systems are described. The primary application is for users and manufacturers to quantify the limit where fine detail contained in the original image is no longer reproduced by the camera system. The techniques described may also be used for laboratory measurements and for proof-of- performance specifications for a camera. Key Words: measure, video, differential, gain, phase Designation: 21-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE General Requirements and Test Procedure for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings Status: Superseded **Redesignated IEEE Std C57.19.00 History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Jul 23, 1976 Abstract: This standard applies to outdoor power class apparatus bushings which have basic impulse insulation levels of 100 kV and above for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers. Key Words: outdoor power class apparatus, basic impulse insulation levels of 100 kV ,transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers. Designation: 210 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 2100 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE Standard Serial Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Formerly known as 1394.2 Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: To define a point-to-point interconnect that transports IEEE Std 1394-1995 IEEE Std for High Performance Serial Bus at higher bandwidths (in excess of 1 Gigabit/second) over longer distances (at least 25 meters). Project Purpose: The existing IEEE Std 1394 Serial Bus standard is a cost- effective desktop interconnect but has bandwidth and cable-length restrictions. Although this is sufficient for attaching multimedia devices, a longer-distance higher-bandwidth backbone interconnect is needed to interconnect clusters of Serial Bus devices in the home. This interconnect can also be used to connect high-speed computer-peripherals to personal computers. Direct support of Serial Bus Asynchronous/isochronous services allows existing Serial Bus system software to be used. Designation: 211-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: Delete some obsolete terms, add new terms, refine language in some existing terms. Project Purpose: Keep this standard updated. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2003 Terms and definitions used in the context of electromagnetic wave propagation relating to the fields of telecommunications, remote sensing, radio astronomy, optical waves, plasma waves, the ionosphere, the magnetosphere, and magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostatic waves are supplied. Key Words: "electromagnetic wave propagation, terminology" Designation: P211 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This standard is devoted in providing terms for radio wave propagation. As radio wave technology and literature evolve, new terms will be added and obsolete terms will be deleted. Project Purpose: This standard is published for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radio wave propagation terminology . The purpose of the revision is to add new terms, refine language, and delete a number of obsolete terms that no longer appear in radio wave propagation literature or usage. Designation: 211-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 211-1977. History: BD APP: Dec 26, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Terms and definitions used in the context of electromagnetic wave propagation relating to the fields of telecommunications, remote sensing, radio astronomy, optical waves, plasma waves, the ionosphere, the magnetosphere, and magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostatic waves are supplied. Key Words: glossary, terminology, definitions, dictionary, Radio Wave Propagation Designation: 211-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation Status: Superseded **ANSI withdrawal 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 30, 1979 Abstract: Superseded by 211-1990. Terms and definitions used in the context of electromagnetic wave propagation relating to the fields of telecommunications, remote sensing, radio astronomy, optical waves, plasma waves, the ionosphere, the magnetosphere, and magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostatic waves are supplied. Key Words: radio, wave, propagation, definition, terms Designation: 212 Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Abstract: Procedures for testing television and FM broadcast receivers are included. The user is cautioned that this method might not be appropriate for conducted emissions testing of systems or products other than televisions or FM receivers. Other more general methods exist and it is suggested that they be used for review. These include, but are not limited to, ANSI C63.4-1981, American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz. A method for measuring the emissions conducted by the power line from these receivers in the frequency range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz is defined. Standard input signals, the equipment setup, and measurement techniques are described. Designation: 213-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard Procedure for Measuring Conducted Emissions in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz from Television and FM Broadcast Receivers to Power Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE 213-1961 and incorporates (Construction drawings) IEEE 214-1961. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jul 28, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Procedures for testing television and FM broadcast receivers are included. The user is cautioned that this method might not be appropriate for conducted emissions testing of systems or products other than televisions or FM receivers. Other more general methods exist and it is suggested that they be used for review. These include, but are not limited to, ANSI C63.4-1981, American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz. A method for measuring the emissions conducted by the power line from these receivers in the frequency range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz is defined. Standard input signals, the equipment setup, and measurement techniques are described. Key Words: conducted emmission, emissions, broadcast, emmission, broadcast receivers, power lines, FM broadcast, television, TV receivers, Power transmission lines, Power distribution lines, FM receivers, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 214 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard Construction Drawings of Line Impededance Network Required for Measurement of Conducted Interference to the Power Line from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz as Specified in IEEE Std 213-1961. Status: Superseded **(R85) Included in std 213. Key Words: Construction, drawings, 213 Designation: 21450-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and actuators -- Common functions, communication protocols, and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2011 Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.0-2007. This standard provides a common basis for members of the IEEE 1451 family of standards to be interoperable. It defines the functions that are to be performed by a transducer interface module (TIM) and the common characteristics for all devices that implement the TIM. It specifies the formats for Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS). It defines a set of commands to facilitate the setup and control of the TIM as well as reading and writing the data used by the system. Application programming interfaces (APIs) are defined to facilitate communications with the TIM and with applications. Key Words: 21450, 1451.0, actuator, application programming interface, communication protocol, networkcapable application processor, sensor, smart transducer, transducer electronic data sheet, transducer interface module Designation: 21451-1-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 1: Network Capable Application Processor (NCAP) information model Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2010 Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Craig K Harmon, Phone:319-364-0212, Email:harmon@ia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.1-1999. This standard defines an object model with a network-neutral interface for connecting processors to communication networks, sensors, and actuators. The object model containing blocks, services, and components specifies interactions with sensors and actuators and forms the basis for implementing application code executing in the processor. Key Words: 21451-1, 1451.1, actuators, communication network, object model, sensors Designation: 21451-2-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 2: Transducer to microprocessor communication protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2010 Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Craig K Harmon, Phone:319-364-0212, Email:harmon@ia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.2-1997. A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is defined. A Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS) and its data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are defined. This standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications. Key Words: 21451-2, 1451, 1451.2, communication protocol, digital interface, microprocessor, NCAP, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart sensor, smart sensor interface, smart transducer, smart transducer interface, STIM, TEDS Designation: 21451-4-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 4: Mixed-mode communication protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2010 Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Craig K Harmon, Phone:319-364-0212, Email:harmon@ia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.2-1997. A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is defined. A Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS) and its data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are defined. This standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications. Key Words: 21451-2, 1451, 1451.2, communication protocol, digital interface, microprocessor, NCAP, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart sensor, smart sensor interface, smart transducer, smart transducer interface, STIM, TEDS Designation: P21451-7 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEEE/ISO/IEC Draft Standard for Information Technology - Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines data formats to facilitate communications between Radio Frequency IDentification (RFID) systems and smart RFID tags with integral transducers (sensors and actuators). The standard defines new Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards. This standard also defines a command structure and specifies the communication methods with which the command structure is designed to be compatible. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for interfacing transducers and RFID tags, and for reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. This standard will reduce the cost and time required to integrate transducer and RFID systems, as well as providing a means for device and equipment interoperability. Abstract: This part of ISO/IEC/IEEE 21451 defines communication methods and data formats for transducers (sensors and actuators) communicating with RFID tags. This part of ISO/IEC/IEEE 21451 also defines Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based on the ISO/IEC/IEEE 21451 family of standards and protocols for accessing TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing technology solutions. It doesn’t specify transducer design or signal conditioning. There is currently no openly defined independent interface standard between transducers and RFID tags. Each vendor builds its own interface. Without such standard, transducer interfacing and integration to RFID tags and systems are time-consuming and all vendors’ duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. The purpose of this part of ISO/IEC/IEEE 21451 is to provide interfaces and methods for interfacing transducers to RFID tags and reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. It also provides means for device and equipment interoperability. Designation: 216-1960 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Standards on Solid-State Devices: Definitions of Semiconductor Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1959 Abstract: No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. Key Words: definitions, demiconductor, solid-state devices Designation: 218-1956 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Transistors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: transistor, testing, methods Designation: 219 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P2200 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems Title: Standard Protocol for Stream Management in Media Client Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: David Koren, Phone:+97297645000, Email:david.koren@sandisk.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard will define reference architectures and interfaces for intelligently routing and replicating content over heterogeneous networks to portable devices with local storage, without disrupting content providers' direct relationship with end users. Project Purpose: The purpose is to enable the delivery of richer media content to portable devices, in a way which is not limited by cost and bandwidth. Designation: 2200 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Baseline Operating Systems Security (TM) (BOSS TM) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: This standard identifies reasonable security requirements for general-purpose, commercial-off-the-shelf operating systems, expressed in terms of the International Organization for Standardization Common Criteria framework. Project Purpose: Many security features of information technology depend on operating systems currently designed without consistent baseline security requirements. This standard provides such requirements, permitting essential security and enhanced interoperability for general-purpose, commercial-of- the-shelf operating systems, benefiting both producers and consumers by enabling mass-produced technology that is resilient in the face of world- class threats. Designation: 223 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 224 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 22A-1962 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1977 Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Interrupter Switches to Switch Capacitance Loads Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1963 Abstract: 8/90: In process of being rewritten as C37.36 Key Words: 22A Designation: P2301 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Guide for Cloud Portability and Interoperability Profiles (CPIP) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Stephen L Diamond, Phone:650-570-6060, Email:s.diamond@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This guide advises cloud computing ecosystem participants (cloud vendors, service providers, and users) of standards-based choices in areas such as application interfaces, portability interfaces, management interfaces, interoperability interfaces, file formats, and operation conventions. This guide groups these choices into multiple logical profiles, which are organized to address different cloud personalities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist cloud computing vendors and users in developing, building, and using standards-based cloud computing products and services, which should lead to increased portability, commonality, and interoperability. Cloud Computing systems contain many disparate elements. For each element there are often multiple options, each with different externally visible interfaces, file formats, and operational conventions. In many cases these visible interfaces, formats, and conventions have different semantics. This guide enumerates options, grouped in a logical fashion called "profiles," for such definitions of interfaces, formats, and conventions, from a variety of sources. In this way, cloud ecosystem participants will tend towards more portability, commonality, and interoperability, growing the cloud computing adoption rate overall. Designation: P2302 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Standard for Intercloud Interoperability and Federation (SIIF) Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Stephen L Diamond, Phone:650-570-6060, Email:s.diamond@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines topology, functions, and governance for cloud-to-cloud interoperability and federation. Topological elements include clouds, roots, exchanges (which mediate governance between clouds), and gateways (which mediate data exchange between clouds). Functional elements include name spaces, presence, messaging, resource ontologies (including standardized units of measurement), and trust infrastructure. Governance elements include registration, geo-independence, trust anchor, and potentially compliance and audit. The standard does not address intra-cloud (within cloud) operation, as this is cloud implementation-specific, nor does it address proprietary hybrid-cloud implementations. Project Purpose: This standard creates an economy amongst cloud providers that is transparent to users and applications, which provides for a dynamic infrastructure that can support evolving business models. In addition to the technical issues, appropriate infrastructure for economic audit and settlement must exist. Designation: 23026-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 23026:2006, Software Engineering---Recommended Practice for the Internet---Web Site Engineering, Web Site Management, and Web Site Life Cycle Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2006 **This standard is an adoption of IEEE Std 2001-2002. ISO/IEC 23026:2006(E) will replace (be sold instead of) IEEE Std 2001-2002. ISO/IEC 23026:2006(E) does not supersede IEEE Std 2001-2002. IEEE Std 2001-2002 is archived in SOL. Project Scope: This document defines recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C®) and related industry guidelines. This recommended practice does not address stylistic considerations or human-factors considerations in Web page design beyond limitations that reflect good engineering practice. Annex B contains topics which are not sufficiently mature or where there are not specific recommendations for inclusion in the current issue of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to provide guidance to Web page developers in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited domain of organizational participants) Web environments on recommended practices for Web page engineering. The objective is to improve the productivity of Intranet/Extranet Web operations in terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance practices. The 2002 revision of this recommended practice addresses items identified in Annex A of IEEE Std 2001-1999 [B14] which can be well-defined and to respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that have resulted in new material or changes to approved recommendations. Conformance to this recommended practice in developing and publishing a Web site provides a basis for a well-engineered Web site. Abstract: This document defines recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) and related industry guidelines. This recommended practice does not address stylistic considerations or human-factors considerations in Web page design beyond limitations that reflect good engineering practice. Annex B contains topics which are not sufficiently mature or where there are not specific recommendations for inclusion in the current issue of this recommended practice. Key Words: Extranet, Internet, Intranet, Web page, Web site, Web site engineering Web site life cycle, Web site management, well-engineered Web page, World Wide Web Designation: 238 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 24-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings Status: Superseded **Same as C57.19.01 History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1983 Key Words: bushings, apparatus, outdoor Designation: 2407 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board Title: Standard for an Architecture Framework and Reference Model for Personalized Health Informatics Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jose C Lacal, Phone:+1 954 723-6456, Email:ejl038@email.mot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006 Project Scope: This standard will provide an Architecture Framework and Reference Model for Personalized Health Informatics (PHI). Included are high level descriptions of necessary functions, services, interfaces, protocols, and tools. This project will develop standards to facilitate a world of consumer-mandated demand for data to be posted to the consumer’s own health- related record. Project Purpose: These standards will facilitate the development and usage of a comprehensive set of Internet-based tools that place the individual (and his/her dependents) at the center of an encompassing architecture of services that promote and enhance health. This standard is geared towards optimizing an individual's health, mostly outside of the scope of a healthcare provider. This standard is not about personal health records (that is being addressed already by many other organizations). This proposal is to create a "family health dashboard" where all relevant information (nutrition, environmental issues, published research, etc.) are brought together in an easy-to-use tool to enhance a family's health. Designation: 241-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1991 **IEEE Gray Book. Revision of IEEE Std 241-1983. Technical Contact: Tom Sparling, Phone:206-321-6548 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. A guide and general reference on electrical design for commercial buildings is provided. It covers load characteristics; voltage considerations; power sources and distribution systems; power distribution apparatus; controllers; services, vaults, and electrical equipment rooms; wiring systems; systems protection and coordination; lighting; electric space conditioning; transportation; communication systems planning; facility automation; expansion, modernization, and rehabilitation; special requirements by occupancy; and electrical energy management. Although directed to the power oriented engineer with limited commercial building experience, it can be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of commercial buildings. This recommended practice is not intended to be a complete handbook; however, it can direct the engineer to texts, periodicals, and references for commercial buildings and act as a guide through the myriad of codes, standards, and practices published by the IEEE, other professional associations, and governmental bodies. Key Words: commercial, buildings, electric power, load, characteristics, gray book, Wiring, Wire communication, Space heating/cooling, Power supplies, Power distribution, Power cables, Load characteristics, Lighting, Industrial power system planning, Industrial power system control, Elevators, Electric power systems, Commercial buildings Designation: 241 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Commercial Buildings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R Gerald Irvine, Phone:845-357-6156, Email:r.g.irvine@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The IEEE Std 241, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical systems in Commercial Buildings,known as the 'Gray Book', is for designers working on the complexity of integrated systems within commercial buildings. It includes power, telecommunication, HVAC, lighting, and transportation practices in addition to electrical power and distribution. Project Purpose: The revision to the Gray Book is to replace obsolete information and include new practices due to advances in technology, lessons learned, new materials and equipment, and improve commercial buildings fire resistance, security, and the safety of employees, particularly since September 11, 2001. Designation: 241 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Commercial Buildings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R Gerald Irvine, Phone:845-357-6156, Email:r.g.irvine@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004 Project Scope: The Gray Book is intended to cover the design of commercial buildings systems for power sources and distribution, lighting, telecommunications, automation, electrical space conditioning and auxiliary heating, energy management, special considerations for specific building types, and reconstruction and modernization. Project Purpose: The Gray Book is intended to be a resource for the design professional. The book will explain and illustrate recommended practices for design and calculations, provide guidance on navigating design issues, and direct users to other publications and electronic resources, including those of the IEEE, other organizations and government agencies, where needed. Designation: 241-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings (IEEE Gray Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1983 Key Words: electric, power, systems, commercial, buildings Designation: 241 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Systems in Commercial Buildings Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical power systems in commercial buildings. Project Purpose: Ballot to reaffirm existing standards. Discussions in Denver indicated that there are no serious issues that would likely hinder a reaffirmation vote. Designation: 242-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Buff Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2001 **Supersedes 242-1986 (R1991). Technical Contact: Carey J Cook, Phone:773 338-1000 x2502, Email:ccook@sandc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: The proper selection, application, and coordination of the components which constitute system protection for industrial plants and commerical buildings. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 242-1986 is being reviewed and revised to bring it up to date with respect to present protection considerations and practices. A new chapter on the effects of harmonics on protective devices is being added. The chapter covering fuses is being divided into two separate chapters; one for low-voltage fuses and one for medium- and high-voltage fuse. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. System protection and coordination serve to minimize damage to a system and its components, thereby limiting the extent and duration of any service interruption occurring on any portion of the system. The IEEE Buff Book deals with the proper selection, application, and coordination of the components that constitute system protection for industrial plants and commercial buildings. The IEEE Buff Book presents complete information on protection and coordination principles designed to protect industrial and commercial power systems against any abnormalities that could reasonably be expected to occur during the course of system operation. The information is arranged in a convenient step-by- step format for easy comprehension. It is a valuable sourcebook for use at the system design stage, as well as in the modification of existing operations for better system protection. The IEEE Buff Book supports the goal of system protection by efficiently isolating and removing problems. In achieving this goal, certain design features must be utilized. One of the main design features involves the rapid isolation of the affected portion of the system, while maintaining normal operation elsewhere. Another design feature reduces the short-circuit current to minimize damage to the system, its components, and the utilization equipment it supplies. Yet another design feature provides alternate circuits, automatic throwovers, and automatic reclosing devices. These design features for system protection are the focus of the IEEE Buff Book. The errata sheet is available on-line: http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/errata/242-2001_errata.pdf Key Words: bus protection, cable protection, calibration, conductor protection, coordinating time intervals,current transformers, current-limiting fuses,fuse coordination, fuse selectivity, generator grounding, generator protection,high-voltage fuses Designation: 242-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Buff Book. Revision of IEEE Std 242-1975. Superseded by 242-2001. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Abstract: Superseded Standard. This publication presents a step-by-step, simplified, yet comprehensive, form the principles of system protection and the proper application and coordination of those components that may be required to protect industrial and commercial power systems again. Key Words: "This publication presents a step-by-step, simplified, yet comprehensive, form the principles of system protection and the proper application and coordination of those components that may be required to protect industrial and commercial power systems again" Designation: 24748 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and software engineering -- Guide for life cycle management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management of systems and software based on ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207. This guide: - addresses systems concepts and life cycle concepts, models, stages, processes, process application, key points of view, adaptation and use in various domains - establishes a common framework for describing life cycles, including their individual stages, for the management of projects to provide or acquire either products or services - defines the concept and terminology of a life cycle - supports the use of the life cycle processes within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying either products or services - provides guidance on adapting a life cycle model and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a life cycle - describes the relationship between life cycles and their use in ISO/IEC 15288 (systems aspects) and ISO/IEC 12207 (software aspects) - shows the relationships of life cycle concepts to the hardware, human, services, process, procedure, facility and naturally occurring entity aspects of projects - describes how its concepts relate to detailed process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement, project management and risk management - complements domain-specific application guidance in Technical Reports ISO/IEC TR 15271 (Information technology—Guide for ISO/IEC 12207) and ISO/IEC TR 19760 (Systems engineering—Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 15288). Project Purpose: [None. ISO/IEC standards do not have a statement of purpose.] Designation: 24748 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and software engineering -- Guide for life cycle management Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management of systems and software based on ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207. This guide addresses systems concepts and life cycle concepts, models, stages, processes, process application, key points of view, tailoring and use in various domains. Project Purpose: First, this Technical Report establishes a common framework for describing life cycles, including their individual stages, for the management of projects to provide or acquire products or services. It defines the concept and terminology of a life cycle. As a result, this Technical Report supports the use of the life cycle processes within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying products or services. Also, this Technical Report provides guidance on adapting a life cycle model and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a life cycle. It describes the relationship between life cycles and their use in ISO/IEC 15288 (systems aspects) and ISO/IEC 12207 (software aspects). This Technical Report further shows the relationships of life cycle concepts to the hardware, human, process, procedure, facility and naturally occurring entity aspects of projects. It also describes how its concepts relate to detailed process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement, project management and risk management. Designation: 24748-1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide--Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 Systems and Software Engineering--Life Cycle Management--Part 1: Guide for Life Cycle Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 2011 Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management of systems and software based on ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207. This Technical Report: - addresses systems concepts and life cycle concepts, models, stages, processes, process application, key points of view, adaptation and use in various domains; - establishes a common framework for describing life cycles, including their individual stages, for the management of projects to provide or acquire either products or services; defines the concept and terminology of a life cycle; - supports the use of the life cycle processes within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying either products or services; - provides guidance on adapting a life cycle model and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a life cycle; - describes the relationship between life cycles and their use in ISO/IEC 15288 (systems aspects) and ISO/IEC 12207 (software aspects); - shows the relationships of life cycle concepts to the hardware, human, services, process, procedure, facility and naturally occurring entity aspects of projects; - describes how its concepts relate to detailed process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement, project management and risk management; - complements domain-specific application guidance in ISO/IEC TR 19760 and ISO/IEC TR 15271. NOTE When published, ISO/IEC TR 24748-2 and ISO/IEC 24748-3 will cancel and replace ISO/IEC TR 19760 and ISO/IEC TR 15271, respectively. Abstract: This guide adopts ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010, which provides information on life cycle concepts and descriptions of the purposes and outcomes of representative life cycle stages. It also illustrates the use of a life cycle model for systems in the context of ISO/IEC 15288 and provides a corresponding illustration of the use of a life cycle model for software in the context of ISO/IEC 12207. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 additionally provides detailed discussion and advice on adapting a life cycle model for use in a specific project and organizational environment. It further provides guidance on life cycle model use by domains, disciplines and specialties. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 gives a detailed comparison between prior and current versions of ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288, as well as advice on transitioning from prior to current versions and on using their application guides. The discussion and advice are intended to provide a reference model for life cycle models, facilitate use of the updated ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207, and provide a framework for the development of updated application guides for those International Standards. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 is a result of the alignment stage of the harmonization of ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288. Key Words: computers, computer software, data processing, IEEE 24748-1, life cycle processes, software engineering, systems engineering, life cycle management, life cycle models, life cycle stages Designation: 24748-1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 -- Systems and Software Engineering -- Life Cycle Management -- Part 1: Guide for Life Cycle Management Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management of systems and software based on ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207. This guide: - addresses systems concepts and life cycle concepts, models, stages, processes, process application, key points of view, adaptation and use in various domains - establishes a common framework for describing life cycles, including their individual stages, for the management of projects to provide or acquire either products or services - defines the concept and terminology of a life cycle - supports the use of the life cycle processes within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying either products or services - provides guidance on adapting a life cycle model and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a life cycle - describes the relationship between life cycles and their use in ISO/IEC 15288 (systems aspects) and ISO/IEC 12207 (software aspects) - shows the relationships of life cycle concepts to the hardware, human, services, process, procedure, facility and naturally occurring entity aspects of projects - describes how its concepts relate to detailed process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement, project management and risk management - complements domain-specific application guidance in Technical Reports ISO/IEC TR 19760 (Systems engineering -- Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 15288) and ISO/IEC TR 15271 (Information technology -- Guide for ISO/IEC 12207) and their replacements (ISO/IEC TR 24748-2 and ISO/IEC 24748- 3, respectively). Project Purpose: The ISO/IEC format does not provide for a statement of purpose. Abstract: ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 provides information on life cycle concepts and descriptions of the purposes and outcomes of representative life cycle stages. It also illustrates the use of a life cycle model for systems in the context of ISO/IEC 15288 and provides a corresponding illustration of the use of a life cycle model for software in the context of ISO/IEC 12207. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 additionally provides detailed discussion and advice on adapting a life cycle model for use in a specific project and organizational environment. It further provides guidance on life cycle model use by domains, disciplines and specialties. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 gives a detailed comparison between prior and current versions of ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288, as well as advice on transitioning from prior to current versions and on using their application guides. The discussion and advice are intended to provide a reference model for life cycle models, facilitate use of the updated ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207, and provide a framework for the development of updated application guides for those International Standards. ISO/IEC TR 24748- 1:2010 is a result of the alignment stage of the harmonization of ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288. Key Words: decision gate, life cycle, life cycle model, milestone, phase, process, software engineering, stage, systems engineering Designation: P24748-2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide: Adoption of ISO/IEC 24748-2, Systems and software engineering -- Life Cycle Management -- Part 2: Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 15288 (System Life Cycle Processes) Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the the application of ISO/IEC 15288:2008. This guide addresses terminology, as well as system, organization, project, life cycle process, and training concepts, principally through reference to TR 24748-1 and ISO/IEC 15288. It then gives guidance on applying ISO/IEC 15288 from the aspects of planning, application in organizations and on projects, as well as application of ISO/IEC 15288 processes in a life cycle model. This Technical Report is intentionally aligned, both with TR 24748-1 and TR-24748-3 (Guide for application of ISO/IEC 12207) in its terminology, structure and content. Project Purpose: The ISO/IEC format does not provide for a statement of purpose. Designation: P24748-3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide: Adoption of ISO/IEC 24748-3, Systems and Software Engineering-- Life Cycle Management--Part 3: Guide for the Application of ISO/IEC 12207 (Software Life Cycle Processes) Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management of software based on ISO/IEC 12207:2008. Reference to ISO/IEC 12207:2008 is made in this Technical Report by simply referring to the International Standard. This guide addresses software system concepts and life cycle concepts, models, stages, processes, process application, key points of view, adaptation and use in various domains. The intention is that this guide be used in conjunction with ISO/IEC TR 24748-1, Systems and software engineering – Life cycle management – Part 1: Guide for life cycle management. This Technical Report establishes a common framework for describing software life cycles, including their individual stages, for the management of projects to provide or acquire software products. It defines the concept and terminology of a software life cycle. As a result, this Technical Report supports the use of the software life cycle processes within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying software products. In addition, this Technical Report provides guidance on adapting a software life cycle model and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a life cycle. It describes the relationship between life cycles and their use in ISO/IEC 12207. It also describes how the life cycle concepts relate to detailed process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement, project management and risk management. Project Purpose: The ISO/IEC format does not provide for a statement of purpose. Designation: P24748-4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for adoption of ISO/IEC 24748-4, Systems and software engineering -- Life cycle management -- Part 4: Systems engineering management plan Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This International Standard - specifies the required contents of the systems engineering management plan - provides guidelines for the format of the systems engineering management plan - identifies the required processes and guidelines to be implemented for the development of a systems engineering management plan, - describes additional guidance for applying these and other related processes described in ISO/IEC 15288:2008, Project Purpose: ISO/IEC standards generally do not include a distinct statement of purpose. Abstract: This guide adopts ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010, which provides information on life cycle concepts and descriptions of the purposes and outcomes of representative life cycle stages. It also illustrates the use of a life cycle model for systems in the context of ISO/IEC 15288 and provides a corresponding illustration of the use of a life cycle model for software in the context of ISO/IEC 12207. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 additionally provides detailed discussion and advice on adapting a life cycle model for use in a specific project and organizational environment. It further provides guidance on life cycle model use by domains, disciplines and specialties. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 gives a detailed comparison between prior and current versions of ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288, as well as advice on transitioning from prior to current versions and on using their application guides. The discussion and advice are intended to provide a reference model for life cycle models, facilitate use of the updated ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207, and provide a framework for the development of updated application guides for those International Standards. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 is a result of the alignment stage of the harmonization of ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288. Key Words: computers, computer software, data processing, IEEE 24748-1, life cycle processes, software engineering, systems engineering, life cycle management, life cycle models, life cycle stages Designation: 24765-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and software engineering -- Vocabulary Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2010 **Supersedes IEEE Std 610.12-1990. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: in its area of specialization. This International Standard provides a common vocabulary applicable to all systems and software engineering work falling within the scope of ISO JTC 1/SC 7. The scope of each concept defined has been chosen to provide a definition that is suitable for general application. In those circumstances where a restricted application is concerned, a more specific definition might be needed. Terms have been excluded if they were * considered to be parochial to one group or organization; * company proprietary or trademarked; * multi-word terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; * terms whose meaning in the information technology (IT) field could be directly inferred from their common English meaning. Project Purpose: document will not contain a purpose statement Abstract: ISO/IEC/IEEE 24765:2010 provides a common vocabulary applicable to all systems and software engineering work. It was prepared to collect and standardize terminology. ISO/IEC/IEEE 24765:2010 is intended to serve as a useful reference for those in the information technology field, and to encourage the use of systems and software engineering standards prepared by ISO and liaison organizations IEEE Computer Society and Project Management Institute. ISO/IEC/IEEE 24765:2010 includes references to the active source standards for each definition so that the use of the term can be further explored. Key Words: computer, dictionary, information technology, software engineering, systems engineering, terminology, vocabulary Designation: 24765 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Vocabulary Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: Consistent with ISO vocabulary standards, each technical committee is responsible for standard terminology in its area of specialization. ISO/IEC 24765 provides a common vocabulary applicable to all systems and software engineering work falling within the scope of ISO JTC1/SC7. Project Purpose: The purpose of this vocabulary is to serve as a useful reference for those in the Information Technology field, and to encourage the use of systems and software engineering standards prepared by ISO/IEC and liaison organizations IEEE and PMI (Project Management Institute). The goal is to provide definitions that are rigorous, uncomplicated, and which can be understood by all concerned. Designation: P25010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard--- Adoption of ISO/IEC 25010-2010 Systems and Software Engineering--Systems and Software Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE)--System and Software Quality Models Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This International Standard defines: a) A quality in use model composed of five characteristics (some of which are further subdivided into subcharacteristics) that relate to the outcome of interaction when a product is used in a particular context of use. This system model is applicable to the complete human-computer system, including both computer systems in use and software products in use. b) A product quality model composed of eight characteristics (which are further subdivided into subcharacteristics) that relate to static properties of software and dynamic properties of the computer system. The model is applicable to both computer systems and software products. The characteristics defined by both models are relevant to all software products and computer systems. The characteristics and subcharacteristics provide consistent terminology for specifying, measuring and evaluating system and software product quality. They also provide a set of quality characteristics against which stated quality requirements can be compared for completeness. NOTE Although the scope of the product quality model is intended to be software and computer systems, many of the characteristics are also relevant to wider systems and services. ISO/IEC 25012 contains a model for data quality that is complementary to this model. The scope of the models excludes purely functional properties (see C.6), but it does include functional suitability (see 4.2.1). The scope of application of the quality models includes supporting specification and evaluation of software and software-intensive computer systems from different perspectives by those associated with their acquisition, requirements, development, use, evaluation, support, maintenance, quality assurance and control, and audit. The models can, for example, be used by developers, acquirers, quality assurance and control staff and independent evaluators, particularly those responsible for specifying and evaluating software product quality. Activities during product development that can benefit from the use of the quality models include: * identifying software and system requirements; * validating the comprehensiveness of a requirements definition; * identifying software and system design objectives; * identifying software and system testing objectives; * identifying quality control criteria as part of quality assurance; * identifying acceptance criteria for a software product and/or software- intensive computer system; * establishing measures of quality characteristics in support of these activities. Project Purpose: [ISO/IEC standards generally do not have an explicit sub- clause stating purpose. This one is not an exception.] Designation: 25051 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Software engineering --- Software product Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) -- Requirements for quality of Commercial Off-The-Shelf (COTS) software product and instructions for testing Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: The Scope clause of the international standard to be adopted is long. The portion that corresponds to an IEEE scope is as follows: This International Standard establishes: a) Quality requirements for COTS software products; b) Requirements for test documentation for the testing of COTS software products, including test requirements, test cases, and test reporting; c) Instructions for conformity evaluation of COTS software products. NOTE The collection of documents for test is called “test documentation”. It includes also recommendations for safety or business critical COTS software products. Project Purpose: The international standard being adopted has no distinct purpose clause. The portion of its Scope clause that best matches an IEEE purpose is as follows: The intended users of this International Standard include: a) suppliers when: 1) specifying requirements for a COTS software product; 2) advertising performance claims for their product (ISO 9127); 3) assessing their own software products against the claimed performance; 4) issuing declarations of conformity (ISO/IEC 17050); 5) applying for certificates or marks of conformity (ISO/IEC Guide 23); b) certification bodies that may wish to establish a third-party certification scheme (international, regional or national) (ISO/IEC Guide 28); c) testing laboratories which will have to follow the instructions for testing when testing for a certificate or a mark of conformity (ISO/IEC 17025); d) accreditation bodies for accrediting registration or certification bodies and testing laboratories; e) potential acquirers who may: 1) compare the requirements for the intended work task with the information in product descriptions of existing software products; 2) look for certified COTS software product; 3) check if the requirements are otherwise met; f) end users who may profit from better software products; g) organizations: 1) establishing management and engineering environments based on the quality requirements and methods of this international standard; and 2) managing and improving their quality processes and personnel; h) regulatory authorities who may require or recommend the requirements of this International Standard for COTS software products used in safety or business-critical applications. Designation: 251-1984 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Direct-Current Tachometer Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Walter A Maslowski, Phone:(414) 242-8266, Email:wamaslowski@meql.ra.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1983 Key Words: test, procedures, tachometer, generators Designation: 252-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Magnetic Gap Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 252-1977. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Project Scope: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap. Project Purpose: Std 252-1977 has out of date references. The purpose of this project is to update the references and make any other revisions that might be necessary. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap are given. Constants in several equations and forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another number of phases. It is not intended that the procedure cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. The procedure shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all the tests described herein in any given transaction. Key Words: liquid , magnetic gap, polyphase induction, induction motor, test procedures, three phase motor Designation: 252 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Magnetic Gap Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap. Project Purpose: The purpose is to revise the standard because it is at the end of its 5 year period of validity. The IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Gap has out of date references. The purpose of this project is to update the references and make any other revisions that might be necessary. Designation: 252-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Magnetic Gap Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976 Abstract: Superseded by 252-1995. Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap are given. Constants in several equations and forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another number of phases. It is not intended that the procedure cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. The procedure shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction. Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, magnetic, liquid Designation: 255-1963 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Semiconductor Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Key Words: semiconductor devices, symbols, letter symbols Designation: 257-1964 Title: Recommended Practices for Burst Measurements in the Time Domain Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 258-1965 Title: Test Procedure for Close-Talking Pressure-Type Microphones Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 259-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Dry-Type Specialty and General-Purpose Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Robert Simpson, Phone:770-962-6192, Email:rlsseeco@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: To establish a uniform method for preparing samples, conducting tests, and analyzing results for establishing a comparative thermal life of insulation systems intended for use in dry-type transformers described in NEMA St 1-1988 and NEMA st 20-1992. Project Purpose: To revise the title of this standard to match the scope as stated above. It is also the intent of the WG to make revisions based on recommendations and comments received during balloting so that it will be acceptable as the basis for an international standard. Abstract: A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general- purpose transformers can be compared is established. Covered are insulation systems intended for use in the types of transformers described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992. Key Words: aging,evaluation,dry-type,insulation system,thermal,transformers Designation: 259-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Specialty Transformers Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 259-1974. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general- purpose transformers can be compared is established. These insulation systems are intended for use in the types of transformers described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992. Key Words: dry type , specialty , transformers, insulation system, temperature aging, test specimens, insulation Designation: 259-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for Specialty Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Superseded by 259-1994. A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general-purpose transformers can be compared is established. These insulation systems are intended for use in the types of transformers described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992. Key Words: insulation, specialty, transformers, evaluation, test Designation: 260-1978 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units, Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units) Status: Superseded **revised as IEEE 260.1 History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 260.1-1993 (redesignation). No Abstract. Key Words: letter, symbols, units, measurement Designation: 260.1-2004 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 2004 Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004 Project Scope: The standard covers letter symbols for units of measurement. The symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text and equations, in graphs and diagrams, and on panels, labels, and nameplates. Project Purpose: The existing standard on unit symbols will be updated to conform to recent international recommendations, and the section on limited- character sets will be revised to include recommendations that are applicable for email. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 260.1-1993, Letter symbols for units of measurement are covered in this standard. Key Words: letter symbols, limited typography, metric, quantities, SI, units of measurement Designation: 260.1-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: American National Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units, Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units) Status: Superseded **Revision and redesignation of IEEE 260-1978. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Superseded by 260.1-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by 260.1-2004. General principles of letter symbol standardization are discussed. Symbols are given for general use and for use with limited character sets. The symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text and equations; in graphs and diagrams; and on panels, labels, and nameplates. Key Words: abbreviations, letter symbols, measurement, SI, units Designation: 260.2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Standard Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and Electrical Engineering (Revision of IEEE Std 280-1985) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 280-1985. Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: Revision of Standard 280. No change in the scope of the present standard, which is explicit in the title. Project Purpose: Revision of Std 280. Designation: 260.3-1993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: American National Standard Mathematical Signs and Symbols for Use in Physical Sciences and Technology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 02, 1993 **Revision of ANSI Y10.20-1975. Revision formally known as PY10.20 and P1324. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Signs and symbols used in writing mathematical text are defined. Special symbols peculiar to certain branches of mathematics, such as non-Euclidean Geometries, Abstract Algebras, Topology, and Mathematics of Finance, which are not ordinarily applied to the physical sciences and engineering, are omitted. Key Words: letter symbol, mathematical sign, symbols, operation symbol, quantity symbol, unit symbol, physical sciences, Y10.20, P1324, Mathematical symbol, Mathematical notation Designation: 260.4-1996 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: American National Standard Letter Symbols and Abbreviations for Quantities Used in Acoustics Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision and redesignation of ANSI/ASME Y10.11-1984. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Project Scope: To establish a standard set of letter symbols for quantities used in the science and technology of acoustics: also to establish standard abbreviations for a number of acoustical levels and related measures that are in common use. The science and technology of acoustics include sound, ultrasound, and infrasound in all media: gases, especially air; liquids, especially water; and solids are examples of media with which acoustics is concerned. There are many specialties in acoustics, a few of which are: speech, hearing, music, noise control, vibration, shock, and sonar. Project Purpose: To clarify the technical literature of acoustics by providing a standard set of letter symbols for use in mathematical formulations, and a standard set of abbreviations for use in text, especially in tabulations and on graphs; also to encourage the treatment of levels according to the standard rules for all quantities and units; and also to clarify the basic differences among quantity symbols, unit symbols, and abbreviations. This project is a revision of ANSI/IEEE Y10.11(1984). Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Letter symbols for physical quantities used in the science and technology of acoustics are covered. Abbreviations for a number of acoustical levels and related measures that are in common use are also given. The symbols given in this standard are intended for all applications. Key Words: abbreviations, acoustical levels, acoustics, infrasound, letter symbols, physical quantities, sound, sound levels, symbols, ultrasound, units, vibration Designation: 2600-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy Device and System Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of security including but not limited to authentication, authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information security) for manufacturers, users, and others on the selection, installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices (HCDs) and systems; including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices (MFDs). This standard identifies security exposures for these HCDs and systems, and instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in their devices and systems, and instructs users on appropriate ways to use these security capabilities. Project Purpose: In today’s information technology (IT) environment, significant time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers. However, today’s HCDs (printers, copiers, MFDs, etc.) are connected to the same local area networks (LANs) and contain many of the same communications, processing and storage components, and are subject to many of the same security problems as workstations and servers. At this time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of HCDs in the secure installation, configuration, or usage of these devices and systems. Abstract: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of security including but not limited to authentication, authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security, and information security) for manufacturers, users, and others on the selection, installation, configuration, and usage of hardcopy devices (HCDs) and systems, including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices (MFDs), and the computer systems that support these devices. This standard identifies security exposures for these HCDs and systems, and instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in their devices and systems, and instructs users on appropriate ways to use these security capabilities. Key Words: 2600-2008, all-in-one, copier, facsimile, fax, hardcopy device, HCD, information security, MFD, MFP, multifunction device, multifunction product, printer, scanner Designation: 2600 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy System and Device Security Status: Superseded Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (including all aspects of security including but not limited to authentication, authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection, installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices and the computer systems that support these devices. This standard identifies security exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in their devices and systems and instructs users on appropriate ways to use these security capabilities. Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers. However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices, etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain communications, processing and storage components just as subject to security problems as workstations and servers. At this time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy devices or the computer systems that support them in the secure installation, configuration or usage of these devices and systems. Designation: 2600 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy Device and System Security Status: Superseded Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of security including but not limited to authentication, authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection, installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems; including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices. This standard identifies security exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in their devices and systems and instructs users on appropriate ways to use these security capabilities. Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers. However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices, etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain many of the same communications, processing and storage components, and are subject to many of the same security problems as workstations and servers. At this time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy devices in the secure installation, configuration, or usage of these devices and systems. The purpose of this document is to serve as such a standard and its goals are: 1) To provide guidance in the secure architecture, design, and out-of-box configuration of hardcopy devices for manufacturers; 2) To provide guidance in the secure installation, configuration, and use of hardcopy devices for end users and their supporting organizations; and, 3) To act as the basis for Common Criteria [ISO/IEC 15408] evaluation of hardcopy devices (see the Protection Profiles in annexes A through D). Designation: 2600.1-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: IEEE Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment A Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2009 **The PDF version is part of the GetIEEE 2600 Program and is available for free download at: http://standards.ieee.org/getieee/2600/. Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009 Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a restrictive commercial information processing environment in which a relatively high level of document security, operational accountability, and information assurance are required. The typical information processed in this environment is trade secret, mission critical, or subject to legal and regulatory considerations, such as for privacy or governance. This environment is not intended to support life-critical or national security applications. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment A.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment A as defined in IEEE Std 2600-2008. Abstract: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a restrictive commercial information processing environment in which a relatively high level of document security, operational accountability, and information assurance, are required. Typical information processed in this environment is trade secret, mission-critical, or subject to legal and regulatory considerations such as for privacy or governance. This environment is not intended to support life-critical or national security applications. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment A.” The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 2600.1-2009, all-in-one, Common Criteria, copier, disk overwrite, document, document server, document storage and retrieval, facsimile, fax, hardcopy, ISO/IEC 15408, multifunction device (MFD), multifunction product (MFP), network, network interface, nonvolatile storage, office, paper, printer, Protection Profile, residual data, scanner, security target, shared communications medium, temporary data Designation: P2600.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in Std. 2600-2008 Operational Environment A Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a restrictive commercial information processing environment in which a relatively high level of document security, operational accountability, and information assurance are required. The typical information processed in this environment is trade secret, mission critical, or subject to legal and regulatory considerations, such as for privacy or governance. This environment is not intended to support life-critical or national security applications. This environment is defined in IEEE Std 2600-2008 and will be known as “Operational Environment A.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment A as defined in IEEE Std. 2600-2008. Designation: 2600.2-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: IEEE Standard Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in IEEE Std 2600- 2008 Operational Environment B Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 2010 **New Standard History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a commercial information processing environment in which a moderate level of document security, network security, and security assurance are required. Typically, the day-to-day proprietary and nonproprietary information needed to operate an enterprise will be handled by this environment. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment B.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment B as defined in IEEE Std 2600TM-2008. Abstract: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a commercial information processing environment in which a moderate level of document security, network security, and security assurance, are required. Typically, the day-to-day proprietary and non-proprietary information needed to operate an enterprise will be handled by this environment. This environment will be known as Operational Environment B. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 2600.2-2009, all-in-one, Common Criteria, copier, disk overwrite, document, document server, document storage and retrieval, facsimile, fax, hardcopy, ISO/IEC 15408, multifunction device (MFD), multifunction product (MFP), network, network interface, nonvolatile storage, office, paper, printer, Protection Profile, residual data, scanner, security target, shared communications medium, temporary data Designation: 2600.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment B Status: Superseded Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a commercial information processing environment in which a moderate level of document security, network security, and security assurance, are required. Typically, the day-to-day proprietary and non-proprietary information needed to operate an enterprise will be handled by this environment. This environment will be known as "Operational Environment B." Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection profiles for hardcopy devices in Operational Environment B as defined in P2600. Designation: 2600.3-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: IEEE Standard Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in IEEE Std 2600- 2008 Operational Environment C Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010 **New standard History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010 Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a public-facing environment in which document security is not guaranteed, but access control and usage accounting are important to the operator of the environment. A retail copy center, public library, Internet café, and hotel business center are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment C.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment C as defined in IEEE Std 2600TM-2008. Abstract: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a public-facing environment in which document security is not guaranteed, but access control and usage accounting are important to the operator of the environment. A retail copy center, public library, Internet café, and hotel business center are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment C.” Key Words: 2600.3, all-in-one, Common Criteria, copier, disk overwrite, document, document server, document storage and retrieval, facsimile, fax, hardcopy, ISO/IEC 15408, multifunction device MFD, MFP, network, network interface, nonvolatile storage Designation: 2600.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment C Status: Superseded Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a public-facing environment in which document security is not guaranteed, but access control and usage accounting are important to the operator of the environment. A retail copy center, public library, Internet café, and hotel business center are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be known as "Operational Environment C." Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection profiles for hardcopy devices in Operational Environment C as defined in P2600. Designation: 2600.4-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: IEEE Standard Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in IEEE Std 2600(TM)-2008 Operational Environment D Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010 **New Standard History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a small, private information processing environment in which most elements of security are provided by the physical environment, but basic network security is needed to protect the device and its network from misuse from outside of the environment. Small offices and home offices are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment D.” Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment D as defined in IEEE Std 2600TM-2008. Abstract: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a small, private information processing environment in which most elements of security are provided by the physical environment, but basic network security is needed to protect the device and its network from misuse from outside of the environment. Small offices and home offices are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment D. Key Words: 2600.4-2010, all-in-one, Common Criteria, copier, disk overwrite, document, document server, document storage and retrieval, facsimile, fax, hardcopy, ISO/IEC 15408, multifunction device (MFD), multifunction product (MFP), network, network interface, nonvolatile storage, office, paper, printer, Protection Profile, residual data, scanner, security target, shared communications medium, temporary data Designation: 2600.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment D Status: Superseded Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a small, private information processing environment in which most elements of security are provided by the physical environment, but basic network security is needed to protect the device and its network from misuse from outside of the environment. Small offices and home offices are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be known as "Operational Environment D." Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection profiles for hardcopy devices in Operational Environment D as defined in P2600. Designation: 261-1965 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Thermoelectric Devices/Letter Symbols Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **See C37.34e Key Words: letter, symbols, thermoelectric, devices Designation: 263-1965 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Title: Standard for Measurement of Radio Noise Generated by Motor Vehicles and Affecting Mobile Communications Receivers in the Frequency Range 25-1000 megahertz Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 264 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporated into IEEE 111. ANSI withdrawn 3/1/91 Designation: 265-1966 Title: Recommended Practices for Burst Measurements in the Frequency Domain Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P26511 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Software and systems engineering -- Requirements for managers of user documentation Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This clause presents the scope, purpose, organization, and candidate uses of this International Standard. This International Standard supports the requirements of software users for consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. It specifies procedures for managing user documentation throughout the software life cycle. It also includes requirements for key documents produced for user documentation management, including documentation plans and documentation management plans. It applies to people or organizations producing suites of documentation, to those undertaking a single documentation project, and for documentation produced internally as well as to documentation contracted to outside service organizations. Beyond the development and production of a user manual, help system, or set of documentation for a single software product, it applies to a broader range of documentation management situations, including user documentation for those who install, implement, administer, and operate software for end users. Frequently user documentation managers are responsible for the development and reuse of information (content management) for: * multiple updates of user documentation as the software version is updated; * multiple reuses or adaptations of information to support related software products; * multiple translated or localized versions of user documentation; * a portfolio of unrelated documentation projects being managed concurrently within an organization. This International Standard is not intended to advocate the use of either printed or electronic (on-screen) media for documentation, or of any particular information management, content management, documentation testing or project management tools or protocols. The requirements are media-independent, as far as possible. Project Purpose: will not contain a purpose statement Abstract: This standard specifies procedures for managing user documentation throughout the software life cycle. It applies to people or organizations producing suites of documentation, to those undertaking a single documentation project, and to documentation produced internally, as well as to documentation contracted to outside service organizations. It provides an overview of the software documentation and information management processes, and also presents aspects of portfolio planning and content management that user documentation managers apply. It covers management activities in starting a project, including setting up procedures and specifications, establishing infrastructure, and building a team. It includes examples of roles needed on a user documentation team. It addresses measurements and estimates needed for management control, and the use of supporting processes such as change management, schedule and cost control, resource management, and quality management and process improvement. It includes requirements for key documents produced for user documentation management, including documentation plans and documentation management plans. The standard is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce or manage documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of its guidance is applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware as well as software. Key Words: software user documentation, information management, documentation management, documentation management plan Designation: 26512-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Systems and software engineering -- Requirements for acquirers and suppliers of user documentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2011 Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This International Standard supports the interest of software users in having consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. It addresses both available approaches to standardization: a) process standards, which specify the way that documentation products are to be acquired and supplied; and b) documentation product standards, which specify the characteristics and functional requirements of the documentation. As defined in ISO/IEC 12207:2008 (IEEE Std 12207-2008) and ISO/IEC 15288:2008 (IEEE Std 15288-2008), the acquisition and supply activities comprise the agreement processes of the software life cycle. Acquisition and supply of user documentation and user documentation services are specializations of those processes. User documentation services can be acquired and supplied for any part of the software documentation management or information management process, such as: * documentation or information management; * information design and development; * documentation editing and review coordination; * documentation testing, particularly usability testing; * documentation production and packaging; * documentation distribution and delivery; * advice on the selection and implementation of documentation tools and supporting systems; * documentation process improvement. This International Standard provides an overview of the software user documentation and information management processes which may require acquisition and supply of software user documentation products and services. It applies the Agreement processes (acquisition and supply) to software user documentation, and addresses the preparation of requirements for software user documentation. These requirements are central to the user documentation specification and Statement of Work discussed in this International Standard. This International Standard also addresses requirements for primary document outputs of the acquisition and supply process: the Request for Proposal and the Proposal for user documentation products and services. This International Standard is intended for use in acquiring or supplying either printed or electronic (on-screen) documentation. It is independent of documentation development or management tools or methodologies. This International Standard might be helpful for acquiring and supplying the following types of documentation, although it does not cover all aspects of them: * documentation of products other than software; * multimedia systems using animation, video, and sound; * computer-based training (CBT) packages and specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal training programs; * maintenance documentation describing the internal operation of systems software; * documentation incorporated into the user interface. This International Standard is applicable to acquirers and suppliers of user documentation, including a variety of specialists: * business analysts who identify the tasks that the intended users will perform with the software; * managers of the software development process or the documentation process; * managers of the acquisition process, and those who authorize and approve acquisitions; * managers and authors involved in proposal preparation. It can also be consulted by those with other roles and interests in the documentation process: * information designers and architects who plan the structure, format, and content requirements of documentation products in a documentation set or web-accessible suite; * experienced authors and editors who develop the written content for user documentation; * graphic designers with expertise in electronic media; * user interface designers and ergonomics experts working together to design the presentation of the documentation on the screen; * usability testers, documentation reviewers, subject matter experts; * developers of tools for creating on-screen documentation. Abstract: ISO/IEC/IEEE 26512:2011 was developed to assist users of ISO/IEC 15288:2008 (IEEE Std 15288-2008) or ISO/IEC 12207:2008 (IEEE Std 12207-2008) to acquire or supply software user documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the acquirer's standpoint and the supplier's standpoint. ISO/IEC/IEEE 26512:2011 covers the requirements for information items used in the acquisition of user documentation products: the Acquisition Plan, Document Specification, Statement of Work, Request for Proposals, and the proposal. It provides an overview of the software user documentation and information management processes which may require acquisition and supply of software user documentation products and services. It addresses the preparation of requirements for software user documentation. These requirements are central to the user documentation specification and Statement of Work. It includes requirements for primary document outputs of the acquisition and supply process: the Request for Proposal and the Proposal for user documentation products and services. It also discusses the use of a Documentation Management Plan and a Document Plan as they arise in the acquisition and supply processes. ISO/IEC/IEEE 26512:2011 is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of its guidance is applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware as well as software. Key Words: acquisition, information management, proposal, software user documentation, statement of work, supply Designation: 26512 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Requirements for Acquirers and Suppliers of User Documentation Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: It describes the acquisition and supply processes as applicable to user documentation, including how to establish what information users need, how to determine the way in which that information should be presented to the users, and how to specify the required information and its delivery. It is not limited to the initial selection activities in the acquisition/supply processes, but includes activities throughout the information management and documentation processes. It applies to printed user manuals, online help, tutorials, and user reference documentation. This International Standard is intended for use in all types of organizations where a dedicated documentation department is not present or present resources are insufficient to meet client demands, and may be used as a basis for local standards and procedures. Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose statement as it is being developed in ISO format for joint adoption. The following information appears in the Introduction: This International Standard was developed to assist users of ISO/IEC/IEEE 15288:2008, Systems engineering - System life cycle processes, or ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207:2008, Information technology - Software life cycle processes, to acquire or supply software user documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the acquirer's standpoint and the supplier's standpoint. Abstract: This standard was developed to assist users of IEEE/ISO/IEC 15288:2008, Systems engineering –System life cycle processes, or IEEE/ISO/IEC 12207:2008, Information technology – Software life cycle processes, to acquire or supply software user documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the acquirer’s standpoint and the supplier’s standpoint. This standard covers the requirements for information items used in the acquisition of user documentation products: the Acquisition Plan, Document Specification, Statement of Work, Request for Proposals, and the proposal. It provides an overview of the software user documentation and information management processes which may require acquisition and supply of software user documentation products and services. It addresses the preparation of requirements for software user documentation. These requirements are central to the user documentation specification and Statement of Work. It includes requirements for primary document outputs of the acquisition and supply process: the Request for Proposal and the Proposal for user documentation products and services. It also discusses the use of a Documentation Management Plan and a Document Plan as they arise in the acquisition and supply processes. The standard is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of its guidance is applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware as well as software. Key Words: software user documentation, information management, acquisition, supply, proposal, statement of work Designation: 26512 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software and Systems Engineering -- Requirements for Acquirers and Suppliers of User Documentation Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This clause presents the scope, purpose, organization, and candidate uses of this International Standard. This International Standard supports the interest of software users in having consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. It addresses both available approaches to standardization: a) process standards, which specify the way that documentation products are to be acquired and supplied; and b) documentation product standards, which specify the characteristics and functional requirements of the documentation. As defined in ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207:2008 and 15288:2008, the acquisition and supply activities comprise the agreement processes of the software life cycle. Acquisition and supply of user documentation and user documentation services are specializations of those processes. User documentation services may be acquired and supplied for any part of the software documentation management or information management process, such as *documentation or information management; *information design and development; *documentation editing and review coordination; *documentation testing, particularly usability testing; *documentation production and packaging; *documentation distribution and delivery; *advice on the selection and implementation of documentation tools and supporting systems *documentation process improvement. Clause 5 provides an overview of the software user documentation and information management processes which may require acquisition and supply of software user documentation products and services. Clause 6 applies the Agreement processes (acquisition and supply) to software user documentation. Clause 7 addresses the preparation of requirements for software user documentation. These requirements are central to the user documentation specification and Statement of Work discussed in clauses 8 and 9. Clauses 10 and 11 address requirements for primary document outputs of the acquisition and supply process: the Request for Proposal and the Proposal for user documentation products and services. This International Standard is intended for use in acquiring or supplying either printed or electronic (on-screen) documentation. It is independent of documentation development or management tools or methodologies. This International Standard may be helpful for acquiring and supplying the following types of documentation, although it does not cover all aspects of them: *documentation of products other than software; *multimedia systems using animation, video, and sound; *computer-based training (CBT) packages and specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal training programs; *maintenance documentation describing the internal operation of systems software; *documentation incorporated into the user interface. This International Standard is applicable to acquirers and suppliers of user documentation, including a variety of specialists: *business analysts who identify the tasks that the intended users will perform with the software; *managers of the software development process or the documentation process; *managers of the acquisition process, and those who authorize and approve acquisitions *managers and authors involved in proposal preparation The standard may also be consulted by those with other roles and interests in the documentation process: *information designers and architects who plan the structure, format, and content requirements of documentation products in a documentation set or web-accessible suite; *experienced authors and editors who develop the written content for user documentation; *graphic designers with expertise in electronic media; *user interface designers and ergonomics experts working together to design the presentation of the documentation on the screen. *usability testers, documentation reviewers, subject matter experts; *developers of tools for creating on-screen documentation. Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose statement as it is being developed in ISO format for joint adoption. The following information appears in the Introduction: This International Standard was developed to assist users of ISO/IEC/IEEE 15288:2008, Systems engineering - System life cycle processes, or ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207:2008, Information technology - Software life cycle processes, to acquire or supply software user documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the acquirer's standpoint and the supplier's standpoint. Designation: 26513-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC 26513:2009 Systems and Software Engineering--Requirements for Testers and Reviewers of Documentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 27, 2011 **New Standard Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This International Standard supports the interest of software users in receiving consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. This International Standard defines the process in which user documentation products are tested. This International Standard is intended neither to encourage nor discourage the use of either printed or electronic (on-screen) media for documentation, or of any particular documentation testing or management tools or methodologies. This International Standard specifies processes for use in testing and reviewing of user documentation (Clause 5). It is not limited to the test and review phase of the life cycle, but includes activities throughout the Information Management and Documentation Management processes. This International Standard provides the minimum requirements for the testing and reviewing of user documentation (Clause 6), including both printed and on-screen documents used in the work environment by the users of systems software. It applies to printed user manuals, online help, tutorials, and user reference documentation. The order of clauses in this International Standard does not imply that the software user documentation should be tested in this order. In each clause, the requirements are media-independent, as far as possible. The informative checklists found in Annexes A and B may be used at each phase of the documentation process to verify that the appropriate steps have been carried out, and that the finished product has acceptable quality. This International Standard can be helpful for testing and reviewing the following types of documentation: * documentation of products other than software, for example, hardware or devices; * multimedia systems using animation, video, and sound; * computer-based training (CBT) packages and specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal training programs; * documentation produced for installers, computer operators, or system administrators who are not end users; * maintenance documentation describing the internal operation of systems software. This International Standard is applicable to testers, reviewers, and other related roles, including a variety of specialists: * usability testers, documentation reviewers, and subject-matter experts; * information designers and architects who plan the structure and format of products in a documentation set; * usability specialists and business analysts who identify the tasks the intended users will perform with the software. The International Standard can also be consulted by those with other roles and interests in the documentation process. Managers of the software development process or the documentation process should consider the testing of documentation as part of their planning and management activities. Project managers, in particular, have an important role in planning the testing and reviewing of documentation. Testing of the documentation is likely to highlight any defects or nonconformances in tools that are used to create or display on- screen documentation. Similarly, usability testing of the documentation is likely to highlight defects or nonconformances with the presentation or layout of documentation and associated graphics and other media. As a result, there are a number of roles that should be involved in the testing of documentation because their work affects the content, display or presentation of documentation for the user, for example, developers of tools for creating on-screen documentation, graphic designers producing material displayed as part of the documentation, and human-factors experts who identify principles for making documentation more accessible and easily used, also user interface designers and ergonomics experts working together to design the presentation of the documentation on-screen. In some organizations these roles may have different titles, or an individual may perform more than one of these roles. There are other roles that need to understand the test processes for the documentation, for example authors should understand the test processed for the documentation that they have produced and acquirers of documentation prepared by another department or organization might want to know what testing has been performed and the processes followed for the documentation that they are acquiring from a supplier. This International Standard is intended for use in all types of organizations, whether or not a dedicated documentation department is present. In all cases, it may be used as a basis for local standards and procedures. Readers are assumed to have experience or general knowledge of testing or reviewing processes. This International Standard deals with the evaluation of documentation only, and not with the evaluation of the software it supports. Documentation is also included in evaluation of the software product, as in the ISO/IEC 25000 series of standards. In particular, ISO/IEC 25051:2006 Software engineering -- Software product Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) -- Requirements for quality of Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) software product and instructions for testing. The works listed in the Bibliography provide additional guidance on the processes of managing, preparing, and testing user documentation. Abstract: This standard provides requirements for the test and review of software user documentation as part of the life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the viewpoint of the documentation tester and reviewer. It specifies process for use in testing and reviewing of user documentation, and provides the minimum requirements for these activities. It is relevant to roles involved in testing and development of software and user documentation, including project managers, usability experts and information developers, in addition to testers and reviewers. It applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation, and is applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware. Key Words: 26513, documentation review, editing, information management, software user documentation, usability testing Designation: P26513 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard Adoption of ISO/IEC 26513:2009 – Systems and Software Engineering – Requirements for Testers and Reviewers of User Documentation Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This International Standard defines the process in which user documentation products are tested. It is not limited to the test and review phase of the life cycle, but includes activities throughout the Information Management and Documentation Management processes. This International Standard is intended for use in all types of organizations, whether or not a dedicated documentation department is present. It applies to printed user manuals, online help, tutorials, and user reference documentation. This International Standard deals with the evaluation of documentation only, and not with the evaluation of the software it supports. Project Purpose: This International Standard provides the minimum requirements for the testing and reviewing of user documentation, including both printed and on-screen documents used in the work environment by the users of systems software. This International Standard defines the Documentation Management and Validation processes of ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207:2008 from the tester's standpoint. Abstract: This standard provides requirements for the test and review of software user documentation as part of the life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the viewpoint of the documentation tester and reviewer. It specifies process for use in testing and reviewing of user documentation, and provides the minimum requirements for these activities. It is relevant to roles involved in testing and development of software and user documentation, including project managers, usability experts and information developers, in addition to testers and reviewers. It applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation, and is applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware. Key Words: software user documentation, usability testing, documentation review, editing, information management Designation: 26514-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC 26514:2008 Systems and Software Engineering--Requirements for Designers and Developers of User Documentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 27, 2011 **New Standard Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This clause presents the scope, purpose, organization, and candidate uses of this International Standard. This International Standard supports the interest of software users in consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. It includes both approaches to standardization: a) process standards, which specify the way in which documentation products are to be developed; and b) documentation product standards, which specify the characteristics and functional requirements of the documentation. The first part of this International Standard covers the user documentation process for designers and developers of documentation. It describes how to establish what information users need, how to determine the way in which that information should be presented to the users, and how to prepare the information and make it available. It is not limited to the design and development phase of the life cycle, but includes activities throughout the information management and documentation processes. The second part of this International Standard provides minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user documentation, including both printed and on-screen documents used in the work environment by users of systems containing software. It applies to printed user manuals, online help, tutorials, and user reference documentation. This International Standard neither encourages nor discourages the use of either printed or electronic (onscreen) media for documentation, or of particular documentation development or management tools or methodologies. This International Standard may be helpful for developing the following types of documentation, although it does not cover all aspects of them: - documentation of products other than software; - multimedia systems using animation, video, and sound; - computer-based training (CBT) packages and specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal training programs; - documentation produced for installers, computer operators, or system administrators who are not end users; - maintenance documentation describing the internal operation of systems software; - documentation incorporated into the user interface itself. This International Standard is applicable to documentation designers and developers, including a variety of specialists: information designers and architects who plan the structure and format of documentation products in a documentation set; usability specialists and business analysts who identify the tasks that the intended users will perform with the software; those who develop and edit the written content for user documentation; graphic designers with expertise in electronic media; user interface designers and ergonomics experts working together to design the presentation of the documentation on the screen. This International Standard may also be consulted by those with other roles and interests in the documentation process: managers of the software development process or the documentation process; acquirers of documentation prepared by suppliers; usability testers, documentation reviewers, subject-matter experts; developers of tools for creating on- screen documentation; human-factors experts who identify principles for making documentation more accessible and easily used. This International Standard is intended for use in all types of organizations, whether or not a dedicated documentation department is present, and may be used as a basis for local standards and procedures. Readers are assumed to have experience or knowledge of software development or documentation development processes. Users of this International Standard should adopt a style manual for use within their own organizations to complement the guidance provided in the annexes to this International Standard, or adopt an industry-recognized style guide. Annex A provides guidance for the content of a style guide, and Annexes B and C provide guidance on style. The order of clauses in this International Standard does not imply that the documentation should be developed in this order or presented to the user in this order. In each clause, the requirements are media-independent, as far as possible. Requirements specific to either print or electronic media are identified as such, particularly in Clause 12. Annex D provides guidance for the design of printed documentation. The checklists in Annex E may be used at each phase of the documentation process to check that the appropriate steps have been carried out and that the finished documentation satisfies quality criteria. The checklists in Annexes F and G may be used to track conformance with the requirements of this International Standard for documentation processes and products. The bibliography lists works that provide guidance on the processes of managing, preparing, and testing user documentation. Abstract: This standard provides requirements for the design and development of software user documentation as part of the life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the viewpoint of the documentation developer. It also covers the documentation product. It specifies the structure, content, and format for user documentation, and also provides informative guidance for user documentation style. It is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of this standard is also applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware. Key Words: 26514, information design, information development, procedures, software user documentation, user manual Designation: 26514 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard Adoption of ISO/IEC 26514:2008 – Systems and Software Engineering – Requirements for Designers and Developers of User Documentation Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This International Standard supports the interest of software users in consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. The first part of this International Standard covers the user documentation process for designers and developers of documentation. It describes how to establish what information users need, how to determine the way in which that information should be presented to the users, and how to prepare the information and make it available. It is not limited to the design and development phase of the life cycle, but includes activities throughout the information management and documentation processes. The second part of this International Standard provides minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user documentation, including both printed and on-screen documents used in the work environment by users of systems containing software. It applies to printed user manuals, online help, tutorials, and user reference documentation. Project Purpose: This International Standard was developed to assist users of IEEE/ISO/IEC 15288:2008, Systems and software engineering -- System life cycle processes, or IEEE/ISO/IEC 12207:2008, Systems and software engineering -- Software life cycle processes, to design and develop documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the documentation developer's standpoint. In addition to defining a standard process, this International Standard also covers the documentation product. This International Standard specifies the structure, content, and format for documentation, and also provides informative guidance for user documentation style. Abstract: This standard provides requirements for the design and development of software user documentation as part of the life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the viewpoint of the documentation developer. It also covers the documentation product. It specifies the structure, content, and format for user documentation, and also provides informative guidance for user documentation style. It is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of this standard is also applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware. Key Words: software user documentation, information design, information development, procedures, user manual Designation: P26515 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Software and systems engineering -- Developing user documentation in an agile environment Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This clause presents the scope, purpose, organisation, and candidate uses of this International Standard. This International Standard will support the interest of technical authors and associated roles responsible for producing user documentation for software and systems developed within an agile environment. This standard takes a process standard approach to specify the way in which user documentation can be developed in agile development projects. This standard provides requirements on information management and documentation processes appropriate for software projects that are using agile development methods. The first part of this International Standard in Clause 5 covers the differences between agile development methodologies and traditional development methodologies. The second part of this International Standard in Clause 6 describes how the information development lead or project manager may plan and manage the user documentation development team in an agile environment. The third part of this International Standard in Clause 7 covers the relationship between the user documentation process and life cycle documentation process in agile development. This International Standard is intended neither to encourage nor to discourage the use of any particular agile development tools or methods. This Internal Standard provides guidance on processes appropriate for developers of user documentation in software and systems projects that are using agile development methodologies. It will not be limited to the development phase of the life cycle of user documentation, but includes activities throughout the user documentation life cycle. This International Standard is intended for use in all organisations that are using agile development, or are considering implementing their projects using these techniques. It is assumed that readers have experience or general knowledge of traditional user documentation processes. Project Purpose: document will not contain a purpose statement Abstract: This standard specifies procedures for managing user documentation throughout the software life cycle. It applies to people or organizations producing suites of documentation, to those undertaking a single documentation project, and to documentation produced internally, as well as to documentation contracted to outside service organizations. It provides an overview of the software documentation and information management processes, and also presents aspects of portfolio planning and content management that user documentation managers apply. It covers management activities in starting a project, including setting up procedures and specifications, establishing infrastructure, and building a team. It includes examples of roles needed on a user documentation team. It addresses measurements and estimates needed for management control, and the use of supporting processes such as change management, schedule and cost control, resource management, and quality management and process improvement. It includes requirements for key documents produced for user documentation management, including documentation plans and documentation management plans. The standard is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce or manage documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of its guidance is applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware as well as software Key Words: software user documentation, information management, documentation management, documentation management plan Designation: 266-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electronics Power Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: insulation, evaluation, elrctronics, transformers, test Designation: 267-1966 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for the Preparation and Use of Symbols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Trial-Use Abstract: Guidelines to be used in developing and applying those symbols that are employed in the electrical and electronics fields are provided. These include abbreviations, functional designations, graphic symbols, letter combinations, mathematical symbols, reference designations, symbols for quantities, and symbols for units. The guidelines should be useful to any committee engaged in developing standards publications in the areas mentioned. Key Words: preparation, use, symbols Designation: 267 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Title: Recommended Practice for the Preparation and Use of Symbols Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: Guidelines to be used in developing and applying symbols used in the electrical and electronics fields. Project Purpose: To clarify distinctions between abbreviations, various designations and various symbols as used in the electrical and electronics fields. This is to be an updating of the existing Std 267-1966, primarily to reflect changes in the IEEE Committee structure, the reference documents, and IEC terminology. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 267-1966. Designation: 26702-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 26702:2007, Systems engineering -- Application and management of the systems engineering process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2007 History: BD APP: Mar 20, 2005 Project Scope: This standard defines the interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system’s life cycle to transform stakeholder needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution. This standard is intended to guide the development of systems for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to a project within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle sustainment. This standard specifies the requirements for the systems engineering process (SEP) and its application throughout the product life cycle. It does not attempt to define the implementation of each system life cycle process, but addresses the issues associated with defining and establishing supportive life cycle processes early and continuously throughout product development. In addition, the standard does not address the many cultural or quality variables that should be considered for successful product development. The standard focuses on the engineering activities necessary to guide product development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it affordable to produce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or the environment. The requirements of this standard are applicable to new products as well as incremental enhancements to existing products. It applies to one-of-a-kind products, such as a satellite, as well as products that are massproduced for the consumer marketplace. The requirements of this standard should be selectively applied for each specific system- development project. The role of systems engineering within the enterprise environment is described in Annex A. The content of this standard describes an integrated approach to product development, which represents the total technical effort for the following: a) Understanding the environments and the related conditions in which the product may be utilized and for which the product should be designed to accommodate b) Defining product requirements in terms of functional and performance requirements, quality factors, usability, producibility, supportability, safety, and environmental impacts c) Defining the life cycle processes for manufacturing, test, distribution, support, training, and disposal, which are necessary to provide life cycle support for products Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide a standard for managing a system from initial concept through development, operations, and disposal. The inclusion of computers and associated software in today’s products has made the need to engineer each of those products as a total system more acute. The human, physical, and software components should all be addressed to optimize overall system performance. This standard, IEEE Std 1220-2005, may be used in conjunction with ISO/IEC 15288:2002 [B3]. 1 This standard generally prescribes more detailed systems engineering process and management requirements that complete or complement the process activities described in ISO/IEC 15288:2002. However, ISO/IEC 15288:2002 provides additional process definition and guidance that supports life cycle model definition and application of the systems engineering process across a system’s life cycle. Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks, which are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution, are defined. In addition, the requirements for the systems engineering process and its application throughout the product life cycle are specified. The focus of this standard is on engineering activities necessary to guide product development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it affordable to produce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or the environment. Key Words: acquire, analysis, architecture, building block, design, development, component, hardware, interface, life cycle processes, software, supplier, synthesis, system, system life cycle, systems engineering, technical management, validation, verification Designation: 268-1992 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: American National Standard for Metric Practice Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 268-1982. Redesignated as SI 10-1997 History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 15, 1992 Abstract: Guidance for the application of the modernized metric system in the United States is given. Known as the International System of Units (SI), the system is intended as a basis for worldwide standardization of measurement units. Information is included on SI, a limited list of non-SI units recognized for use with SI units, and a list of conversion factors from non-SI to SI units, together with general guidance on proper style and usage. Key Words: conversion, factors, rounding, SI, Metric system, Metric practice, International System of Units, Conversion factors Designation: 268-1982 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Metric Practice, American National Standard Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1982 Key Words: metric, practice Designation: 268A-1987 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: International System of Units Conversion Factors Card Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **A wallet-size Card. Sold in packs of 10. Abstract: . Designation: 269-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 269-2002 History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic characteristics of analog and digital telephones, handsets and headsets. Application is in the frequency range from 100 Hz to 8500 Hz. Although not specifically within the scope of this standard, the methods described are generally applicable to a wide variety of other communications equipment, including cordless, wireless and mobile communications devices. Digital devices that have audio characteristics of a digital telephone can be tested as a digital telephone, even if they do not have a dialpad or other similar telephone functions. USB headsets are one example of devices in this class. Telephones with speakerphone features are covered by IEEE Std 1329(TM). Due to the various characteristics of these devices and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all types of telephones, handsets or headsets. Application of the test procedures to atypical telephones should be determined on an individual basis. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephones, handsets, and headsets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Abstract: Practical methods for making laboratory measurements of electroacoustic characteristics of analog and digital telephones, handsets and headsets. The methods may also be applicable to a wide variety of other communications equipment, including cordless, wireless and mobile communications devices. Measurement results may be used to evaluate these devices on a standardized basis. Application is in the frequency range from 100 Hz to 8500 Hz. This edition incorporates IEEE Std 269a-2007. Other substantive changes have been made since the 2002 edition. Key Words: analog telephones, digital telephones, electroacoustic measurements on telephones, handsets, headsets, IEEE 269, telephony, voice transmission performance Designation: 269-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets Status: Superseded **Supersedes 269-1992 and 1206-1994. Superseded by 269-2010. Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003 Project Scope: Define objective test methods for determining the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets, handsets and headsets. Project Purpose: To provide practical methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Revision is necessary to cover applications to types of telephone sets not in common use and to measurements not required at the 1992 pulbication of the current standard. It also incorporates the content of IEEE 1206-1994 relative to handsets and headsets. Abstract: Practical methods for making laboratory measurements of electroacoustic characteristics of analog and digital telephones, handsets, and headsets are provided in this revised standard. The methods may also be applicable to a wide variety of other communications equipment, including cordless, wireless, and mobile communications devices. Measurement results may be used to evaluate these devices on a standardized basis. Application is in the frequency range 100–8500 Hz. Revised by amendment IEEE Std 269a-2007. Key Words: analog telephones, digital telephones, electroacoustic measurements on telephones, handsets, headsets, telephony, voice transmission performance Designation: 269-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 269-1983. Superseded by 269-2002. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 269-2002. Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of both digital and conventional to wire analog telephone sets by means of objective measurements on a test connection are described. The test results thus obtained may be used as a means of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a telephone set on a standardized basis. The measurements are applicable to telephone sets incorporating carbon or linear transmitters. Measurements are over the frequency range most useful for speech: 100-5000 Hz. The test methods are not intended to be applicable to special devices, such as noise-exclusion transmitters, distant-talking transmitters, insert-type receivers, or noise-exclusion receivers equipped with large ear pads. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: performance, analog, telephone, sets, digital, voice, transmission, Voice transmission performance, Telephony Designation: 269-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone Sets Status: Superseded **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1984 Designation: 269 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic characteristics of analog and digital telephones, handsets and headsets. Application is in the frequency range from 100 to 8,500 Hz. Although not specifically within the scope of this standard, the methods described are generally applicable to a wide variety of other communications equipment, including cordless, wireless and mobile communications devices. Telephones with handsfree or loudspeaking features are covered by IEEE Standard 1329-1999, Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets. Due to the various characteristics of these devices and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all types of telephones, handsets or headsets. Application of the test procedures to atypical telephones should be determined on an individual basis. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephones, handsets and headsets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Designation: P269a Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets - Amendment 1 Status: Amendment Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: The scope includes a few technical corrections and additions, scattered throughout the document, and replacement of Annex M. Designation: 269a-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets Amendment 1 Status: Superseded **Superseded by 269-2010. Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is objective test methods for determining the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets, handsets and headsets. (Original scope -- not changed) Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide practical methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis. Revision is necessary to cover application to types of telephone sets not in common use and to measurements not required at the 1992 publication of the current standard. It also incorporates the content of IEEE 1206-1994 relative to handsets and headsets. (Original purpose -- not changed.) Abstract: The scope of this project is objective test methods for determining the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets, handsets and headsets. Key Words: analog telephones, digital telephones, electroacoustic measurements on telephones, handsets, headsets, telephony, voice transmission performance Designation: 270-2006 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Selected Quantities, Units, and Related Terms, with Special Attention to the International System of Units (SI) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Theodore Wildi, Phone:418-527-8285, Email:wildi@wildi-theo.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006 Project Scope: This standard includes definitions for physical quantities and units commonly used in applied science and technology, and related terms that concern systems of measurement. Particular emphasis is placed on the International System of Units (SI). Project Purpose: IEEE Std 270-1966 attempted to cover not only quantities and units, but also the much broader area implied in its title, “General (Fundamental and Derived) Electrical and Electronics Terms.” This scope proved to be far too broad, and the standard could not be maintained. The purpose of this revision is to present authoritative definitions of physical quantities and units and other terms relating to measurement systems, with particular emphasis on the vocabulary used in IEEE/ASTM SI 10. Abstract: Revision of Std. 270-1966 The definitions for physical quantities and units commonly used in applied science and technology, and for related terms that concern systems of measurement, are included in this standard. Particular emphasis is placed on the International System of Units (Le Système International d’Unités, SI). Key Words: International System of Units, measurement, metric, quantities, SI, units Designation: 270 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 271-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1977 Title: Technical Report on Switching Surge Testing of Extra-High-Voltage Switches Status: Superseded **TU. Being revised as C37.34e Abstract: Redesignated as IEEE C37.34e. The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas- insulated substation (GIS) are covered; its intent is advisory. This guide discusses parameters to be supplied by the purchaser and technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer. Environmental conditions, general and specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are included to aid the user. Key Words: C37.34e, extra high voltage, air switches, switching impulse , wave shape, switches, high voltage Designation: 272-1970 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1976 Title: IEEE Standard for Computer-Type (Square-Loop) Pulse Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 11, 1969 Abstract: This standard pertains to computer-type pulse transformers. These pulse transformers are characterized by their use of a square loop core material as defined below with normal operation into the saturation flux density regions and with typical operation using a specifically defined current input pulse. These transformers exploit the memory characteristic of square-loop core material that makes the output pulse dependent upon the immediate history of the core flux. This type of transformer is used in shift registers, memory across switches, memory readout circuits, transformer logic matrices, and other storage-type devices. It is not the purpose of this standard to include large-scale memories. Wherever numerical requirements are indicated, they may be considered as recommended values. Appendix I contains a core analysis, transformer equivalent circuit, and definitions of associated terms. Appendix II contains definitions pertaining mainly to characteristic testing of computer-type pulse transformers. Key Words: cmputer, pulse, transformers, square, loop Designation: 274-1966 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Integrated Electronics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Abstract: No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. Key Words: definitions, terms, electronics, inteegrated, dictionary Designation: 275 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005 Project Scope: This standard outlines a test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and below. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dusts, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results. Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the machinery within the scope of this standard in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classifcation of new insulation systems before they are service proven. Service-proven systems shall also be tested according to this test procedure. Abstract: A test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is described. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and below. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dust, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results. Designation: 275-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-Insulated Stator Coils, Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 30, 1982 Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulation, systems, electric Designation: 275-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 275-1981. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is described. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and below. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dust, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: electric, machinery, ac, form, wound, preinsulated, stator, coils, insulation, systems, Insulation systems, Form-wound preinsulated stator Designation: 277-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 2007 Technical Contact: Jean Paul Morel, Phone:610-837-3338, Email:jmorel@essroc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007 Project Scope: This document has been developed as a recommended practice for electrical distribution systems in cement plants with the objective of satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability, performance, safety, and low maintenance—all at a reasonable cost. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance in established practices, for the design, application, installation, and protection of electrical distribution systems. It is hoped that this recommended practice will be used to augment some of the principles outlined, as they apply particularly to cement plants. Abstract: This document has been developed as a recommended practice for electrical distribution systems in cement plants with the objective of satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability, performance, safety, and low maintenance—all at a reasonable cost. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 277-1994 Key Words: alternate power source, power distribution, primary distribution voltage, quarry distribution, secondary unit substation, surge arresters Designation: 277-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 277-1983. Dec2005: Withdrawn by ANSI As overage. Superseded by 277-2007. Technical Contact: Michael W Jasberg, Phone:(714) 466-5900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: Electrical distribution systems in cement plants that would result in satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability, performance, safety, and low maintenance-all at a reasonable cost are recommended in this IEEE standard. Power distribution for a new plant and for a plant extension are covered, as is distribution in quarries. Remarks: Superseded by IEEE Std 277-2007 Key Words: alternate power , power source, power distribution, primary distribution, distribution voltage, quarry distribution, secondary unit, unit substation, surge arresters, cement plant, secondary-unit substation, primary distribution voltage, alternate power source Designation: 277 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark A Huber, Phone:+1 518 756 5109, Email:mark.huber@lafarge-na.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: The basic content of the 277-1994 Standard is very sound and complete. The scope of this revision project includes several wording changes, initiated by technological advances in the past few years. In addition to changes in references to other standards, there are several grammatical and punctuation revisions needed. Some tables and figures will also be updated to reflect contemporary cost estimates, etc. Project Purpose: The standard is being revised so that the end users will have an up-to-date tool to help them evaluate power distribution systems. The committee considered a simple reaffirmation, but determined that the standard was outdated enough to merit a revision. Designation: 277-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. Technical Contact: Michael W Jasberg, Phone:(714) 466-5900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1984 Designation: 278 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 279-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978 Title: IEEE Standard: Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1984. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1971, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1972 Abstract: These criteria established minimum requirements for the safety-related functional performance and reliability of protection systems for stationary land-based nuclear reactors producing steam for electric power generation. Fulfillment of these requirements does not necessarily fully establish the adequacy of protective system functional performance and reliability. On the other hand, omission of any of these requirements will, in most instances, be an indication of system inadequacy. For purposes of these criteria, the nuclear power generating station protection system encompasses all electric and mechanical devices and circuitry (from sensors to actuation device input terminals) involved in generating those signals associated with the protective function. These signals include those that actuate reactor trip and that, in the event of a serious reactor accident, actuate engineered safeguards such as containment isolation, core spray, safety injection, pressure reduction, and air cleaning. Designation: 280-1982 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and Electrical Engineering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 280-1968 and ANSI Y10.5-1968. Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2003 Letter symbols used to represent physical quantities in the field of electrical science and electrical engineering are defined. The symbols are independent of the units employed or special values assigned. Also included are selected symbols for mathematics and for physical constants. Key Words: letter, symbols, quantities, science, Electrical engineering Designation: 281-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985 Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: IEEE Std 281-1984 Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968 IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment Designation: 282 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 284-1968 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standards Report on State-of-the-Art of Measuring Field Strength, Continuous Wave, Sinusoidal Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: This document is a Report on the state-of-the-art of measuring field strength of radio-frequency electromagnetic waves, with respect to available and desireable accuracies, general principles of measurement techniques and calibration methods, and references to pertinent literature. Key Words: field, strength, continuous, wave, sinusoidal Designation: 285 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 286-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power Factor Tip-Up of Electric Machinery Stator Coil Insulation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2000 Technical Contact: Franklin T Emery, Phone:256-845-9601x6007, Email:franklin.emery@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Update the withdrawn standard to reflectg new test methods and add necessary theory of test. Update and improve terminology. Project Purpose: Improve the theory of test and expand area of test coverage, update terminology. Intended users: equipment manufacturers, utilities, machine designers, specification authors. Benefits: Better explanation of test procedure and testing. Abstract: The power factor tip-up testing of stator coils and bars for use in large electric machineryis covered in this recommended practice. Key Words: "cell capacitance, electric generators, power factor, stator bar, stator winding, tan delta" Designation: 286 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of Rotating Machinery Stator Coil Insulation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Std 286-1975. Technical Contact: RAY SCHULTZ **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982 Designation: 286-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of Rotating Machinery Stator Coil Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95. Technical Contact: RAY SCHULTZ **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 19, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984 Key Words: power factor, tip-up, rotatting, insulation, coil Designation: 287-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC to 110 GHz) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2007 **Revision of IEEE Std 287-1968 Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify coaxial connectors for precision electrical measurements to 110 GHz. The frequency range of the standard is increased from 65 GHz to 110 GHz since in the market exists a 1 mm connector with a rated upper minimum operating frequency of 110 GHz. The members of the subcommittee felt, in view of this, the scope of the project should be changed to incorporate this advantage. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to present minimum performance requirements for those precision connectors whose upper frequency limits range from 18 GHz to 110 GHz for five line sizes of the pin and socket type, which include 3.5 mm, 2.92 mm, 2.4 mm, 1.85 mm, and 1.0 mm connectors. It also incorporates relevant information on the 14 mm and 7 mm connector types, includes the Type N (7 mm) connector, and introduces the performance requirements needed to standardize pin and socket type connectors. A novel feature in this standard is the use of slotless socket contacts for some pin and socket type connectors to maintain the concept of test port/device under test (DUT) independence. The standard presents updated test methods to utilize automatic vector network analyzers (VNAs) along with current state-of-the-art concepts in connector technology, and displays specification values from individual connector types in a connector summary table. A very important utility of this standard is that it serves as a user’s guide. One unique feature of this standard is that it embodies the general requirements, definitions, measuring methods, and other pertinent information into one document for all eight standard connector types while making use of the “detail specifications” information from each connector type for standardization into Annex C through Annex J, which are listed as follows: Annex C Detail specifications for precision coaxial 14 mm connectors (DC to 8.5 GHz) Annex D Detail specifications for precision coaxial 7 mm connectors (DC to 18 GHz) Annex E Detail specifications for precision coaxial Type N connectors (DC to 18 GHz) Annex F Detail specifications for precision coaxial 3.5 mm connectors (DC to 33 GHz) Annex G Detail specifications for precision coaxial 2.92 mm connectors (DC to 40 GHz) Annex H Detail specifications for precision coaxial 2.4 mm connectors (DC to 50 GHz) Annex I Detail specifications for precision coaxial 1.85 mm connectors (DC to 65 GHz) Annex J Detail specifications for precision coaxial 1 mm connectors (DC to 110 Abstract: This standard presents the combined efforts of IEEE Subcommittee P287 that reflect the knowledge and experience of leading specialists in the development and measurement of precision coaxial connectors from dc to 110 GHz. It presents minimum performance requirements to standardize both hermaphroditic and pin- and socket-type connectors. It provides recommended electrical and mechanical test procedures for general and laboratory precision connectors. A bibliography provides a list of pertinent references for measurement techniques used in determining electrical, mechanical, and dimensional parameters for coaxial connectors. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 287-1968 Key Words: general precision connector (GPC), laboratory precision connector (LPC), minimum performance requirement, pin and socket connector, precision coaxial connector Designation: 287 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC-110 GHz) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Std 287-1968. Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1987 Project Scope: Coaxial connectors for precision electrical measurements above 18 GHz. Project Purpose: This document will include definitions, requirements, mechanical and electrical specifications and recommended test methods. Key Words: precision coaxial, connectors Designation: P287 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements Title: Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC to 110 GHz) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify coaxial connectors for precision electrical measurements to 110 GHz . Current state-of-the-art coaxial connectors are covered by the standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to present minimum performance requirements for those precision connectors whose upper frequency limits range from 18 GHz to 110 GHz. It introduces the performance requirements needed to standardize precision pin and socket type connectors. The standard presents updated test methods to utilize automatic vector network analyzers (VNAs) along with current state-of-the-art concepts in connector technology, and displays specification values from individual connector types in a connector summary table. A very important utility of this standard is that it serves as a user's guide. One unique feature of this standard is that it embodies the general requirements, definitions, measuring methods, and other pertinent information into one document for all eight standard connector types while making use of the "detail specifications" information from each connector type for standardization into separate Annexes. Designation: 287-1968 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Precision Coaxial Connectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 289 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 290-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986 Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Couplings; Part I - General, Rating, Performance Characteristics; Part II - Test Procedures Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI extension to 6/95. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Nov 29, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. The more generally applicable characteristics and conducting and reporting of the tests for determining them are covered. Service conditions, rating, temperature and temperature rise, torque characteristics, speed, losses, and markings are discussed. Methods for electrical measurements, preliminary tests, performance determination, temperature tests, high- potential tests, and miscellaneous tests are given. Key Words: test, electric, couplings Designation: 291 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Typographical corrections, clarifications as required, addition of some material on near-field measurements, addition of material on probes for measuring field strength. Project Purpose: This standard is being used extensively in industry. This project will keep it available, improve it, and make needed additions, which are minor in scale but very useful. Designation: 291-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Standards Report on Measuring Field Strength in Radio Wave Propagation Status: Superseded **incl 302&284 in rev . Abstract: Two standard methods for field-strength measurement are described. The standard-antenna method consists of measuring the received power or open-circuit voltage developed in a standard receiving antenna by the field to be measured and computing the field strength from the measured voltage and the dimensions and form of the standard antenna. The standard-field method consists of comparing voltages produced in an antenna by the field to be measured and by a standard field, the magnitude of which is computed from the dimensions of the transmitting antenna, its current distribution, the distance of separation, and effect of the ground. The measurement procedures are outlined, including calibration of commercial field strength and extension of the methods to microwave frequencies. Methods for measuring power radiated from an antenna under several different conditions are briefly presented, and the important considerations for securing useful and accurate measurements are described. Key Words: electromagnetic, fields, measuring Designation: 291-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 291-1969, revision and redesignation of IEEE Stds 284-1968 and 302-1969. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Apr 02, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: (Revision of IEEE Std 291-1969, Revision and Redesignation of IEEE Std 284-1968 and IEEE Std 302-1969) Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Not available to Resellers. Abstract: Two standard methods for field-strength measurement are described. The standard-antenna method consists of measuring the received power or open-circuit voltage developed in a standard receiving antenna by the field to be measured and computing the field strength from the measured voltage and the dimensions and form of the standard antenna. The standard-field method consists of comparing voltages produced in an antenna by the field to be measured and by a standard field, the magnitude of which is computed from the dimensions of the transmitting antenna, its current distribution, the distance of separation, and effect of the ground. The measurement procedures are outlined, including calibration of commercial field strength and extension of the methods to microwave frequencies. Methods for measuring power radiated from an antenna under several different conditions are briefly presented, and the important considerations for securing useful and accurate measurements are described. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: field strength, receiving antenna, Transmitting antenna Designation: P29148 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Draft Standard for software and systems engineering -- Life cycle processes -- Requirements engineering Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: 1 Scope 1.1 Purpose This International Standard provides: - normative processes and exemplary guidance on implementing the requirements- related processes described in ISO/IEC 12207: 2008 and ISO/IEC 15288: 2008, and - normative specification of the contents of the information items produced through the implementation of these processes. 1.2 Field of application This International Standard is applicable to - those who use or plan to use ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207 on projects dealing with man- made systems, software-intensive systems, software and hardware products, and services related to those systems and products, regardless of project scope, product(s), methodology, size or complexity, - anyone performing requirements engineering activities to aid in ensuring that their application of the requirements engineering processes conforms to ISO/IEC 15288:2008 and/or ISO/IEC 12207:2008, - those who use or plan to use ISO/IEC 15289:xxxx on projects dealing with man-made systems, softwareintensive systems, software and hardware products, and services related to those systems and products, regardless of project scope, product(s), methodology, size or complexity, and - anyone performing requirements engineering activities to aid in ensuring that the information items developed during the application of requirements engineering processes, conforms to ISO/IEC 15289:xxxx. Project Purpose: ISO/IEC standards do not have a distinct purpose statement. Abstract: This International Standard provides: - normative processes and exemplary guidance on implementing the requirements- related processes described in ISO/IEC 12207: 2008 and ISO/IEC 15288: 2008, and - normative specification of the contents of the information items produced through the implementation of these processes. Key Words: ISO/IEC 12207, 15288, 15289 Designation: 292-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Specification Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: This specification defines the requirements for a single-degree-of-freedom spring-restrained rate gyro for [aircraft, missile, spacecraft], applications. The rate gyro shall be capable of providing [(dc, ac) voltage outputs proportional to regular rat Designation: 293-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Recommended rate gyro test procedures derived from those currently in use, including test conditions to be considered, are compiled. In some cases alternate methods for measuring a performance characteristic have been included. This standard is intended to be a guide in the preparation of Section 4 of a specification that follows the format of IEEE Std 292, Specification Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros. Key Words: gyros, restrained, rate, degree, freedom, Testing, Gyroscopes Designation: 294 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 295-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Electronics Power Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 02, 1994 Abstract: Application guidance and test procedures are given for power transformers and inductors that are used in electronic equipment and supplied by power lines or generators of essentially sine-wave or polyphase voltage. Provision is made for relating the characteristics of transformers to the associated rectifiers and circuits. This standard includes, but is not limited to, the following transformers and inductors: rectifier supply transformers for either high- or low-voltage supplies, filament and cathode heater transformers, transformers for alternating-current resonant charging circuits, inductors used in rectifier filters, and autotransformers with fixed taps. Key Words: electronics, power, transformers Designation: 296-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms, Letter Symbols, and Color Code for Hall Effect Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: This standard is withdrawn. Key Words: hall effect, letter, symbols, terms, color Designation: 297 Title: Recommended Practice for Speech Quality Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 299-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007 **Supersedes 299-1997. Technical Contact: Dale Svetanoff, Phone:319-295-4928, Email:dgsvetan@rockwellcollins.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides uniform measurement procedures for determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic (EM) shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable down to 50 Hz and up to 100 GHz). The owner of the shielding enclosure shall provide the frequencies at which the shield will be tested, and the shielding effectiveness (SE) limits for pass/fail. This standard suggests a range of test frequencies that would provide very high confidence in the effectiveness of the shield. This standard dose not define SE limits for pass or fail. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: a) A standard procedure for the measurement of the effectiveness of shielded enclosures, in a broad range of radio frequencies (RFs), including a minimum set of recommended frequencies b) Identical procedures applicable to frequencies other than the standard set c) An optional measurement technique to detect the nonlinear behavior of high-permeability ferromagnetic enclosures (see Annex C) Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 299-1997 Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having all dimension equal to or greater than 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield structures of various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil, or shielding fabrics. Key Words: electromagnetic shielding, screened rooms, shielded enclosures, shielded rooms, shielding, shielding effectiveness Designation: 299-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures Status: Superseded **Superseded by 299-2006. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 1999 Project Scope: This project will add cost effective test methods by minimizing the number of measurements, provide test procedures in the frequency range 20 to 300 MHz, and establish the size of the shielded enclosure for which the standard applies. Project Purpose: Presently, there is a need to reduce the number of measurements needed to show the shielding effectiveness. The standard also does not cover the frequency range between 20 and 300 MHz which is needed to present the shielding effectiveness in the frequency range for which the most common shielded rooms self resonate. In addition, there is a need to modify certain procedures presently in the standard. Finally, there is no stated minimum size of the shielded room for which the standard c an be applied. All of these items need to be addressed in the revision of this standard. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 299-2006 Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the ef- fectiveness of electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having no dimension less than 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield structures of various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil, or shielding fabrics. Key Words: "electromagnetic shielding, screened rooms, shielded enclosures, shielded rooms, shielding, shielding effectiveness" Designation: 299-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 299-1969. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1991 Abstract: Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having no dimension less than 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield structures of various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil, or shielding fabrics. Key Words: double-shield, electromagnetic , shielding enclosures, room-sized enclosure, screened rooms, shielded room, Single shield enclosures, Shielding effectiveness, Electromagnetic shielding encl, Double shield enclosures Designation: 299-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Shielding Effectiveness of High-Performance Shielding Enclosures Status: Superseded **Trial Use. Update draft for LB Replace MIL STD 285 Abstract: Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of room-sized, high- performance electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 14 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively). The types of enclosures covered include single-shield or double-shield structures of various constructions such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with building, and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening hardware cloth, or metal foil. The intent is to reflect current practice and to provide a common reference for suppliers and users on the performance of shielding enclosures. Key Words: shielding, enclosures, effectiveness, performance, measurement Designation: P299.1 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard method for measuring the Shielding Effectiveness of enclosures and boxes having all dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Maria Sabrina Sarto, Phone:39-06-44585-542, Email:mariasabrina.sarto@uniroma1.it **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This project will develop an IEEE standard defining shielding effectiveness test procedures for small enclosures and boxes having linear dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m, in the radio-frequency frequency range. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standard test procedure for the measurement of the effectiveness of shielded enclosures and boxes having all dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m in the radio-frequency range. Designation: 3-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Recommended Practice in the Selection of Reference Ambient Conditions for Test Measurements of Electrical Apparatus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. Designation: 30 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 300-1988 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1988 **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982. Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1989 Abstract: This standard applies to semiconductor radiation detectors that are used for the detection and high-resolution spectroscopy of charged particles. The measurement techniques described were selected to be readily available to all manufacturers and users of charged-particle detectors. Some superior techniques are not included because the methods are too complex or require equipment (such as particle accelerators)which may not be readily available. Test procedures for the associated ampli ers and preampli ers are described in ANSI/IEEE Std 301-1988 [2 ].1 Key Words: IEEE Std 300-1988 Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982 IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors Designation: P3000 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Engineering of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the fundamentals of the planning, design, analysis, construction, installation, start-up, operation and maintenance of electrical systems in industrial and commercial facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide guidance and fundamental principles for the engineering of industrial and commercial power systems. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience with such systems as well as a primer for the younger engineer entering the work force with power system responsibilities. It can also be an aid to students and all engineers responsible for the electrical design of industrial and commercial power systems. Designation: P3001.1 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Planning of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the planning of electrical systems in industrial and commercial facilities. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience with such systems. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3001.11 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Application of controllers and automation to Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application of controllers and automation to industrial and commercial power systems. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience with this equipment. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3001.2 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Evaluating the Electrical Service Requirements of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Peter E Sutherland, Phone:518-374-4699 X13, Email:peter.sutherland@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the evaluation of the electrical service requirements of industrial and commercial power systems. It describes various ways to take power from the serving utility (e.g., radial, loop). It then covers the specific requirements for service entrance equipment, as well as service equipment rooms, vaults and pads, and other ways of connecting to the utility's service point. Special application requirements are also discussed. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3001.5 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Application of Power Distribution Apparatus in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application of power distribution apparatus used in industrial and commercial power systems. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience with this equipment. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3001.8 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for the Instrumentation and Metering of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Peter E Sutherland, Phone:518-374-4699 X13, Email:peter.sutherland@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the instrumentation and metering of industrial and commercial power systems. It describes the importance of metering to achieve a successful energy management process, as well as considerations that must be made when applying the latest metering technology. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3001.9 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Lighting of Industrial and Commercial Facilities Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Peter E Sutherland, Phone:518-374-4699 X13, Email:peter.sutherland@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the lighting of industrial and commercial facilities. It covers various factors and considerations that relate to lighting, and it describes application techniques and controls that save energy and costs. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide facilities engineers with a reference source detailing the fundamentals of lighting and lighting systems used in industrial and commercial power systems. Designation: P3002.2 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Load-Flow Studies of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct load-flow studies of industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3002.3 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Short-Circuit Studies of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct short-circuit studies of industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3002.7 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Motor-Starting Studies in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Farrokh Shokooh, Phone:714 462 0100, Email:oti@etap.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct motor- starting studies for industrial and commercial power systems. The basic concepts involved in such studies are described first. This is followed by a discussion of how to assemble the required data needed for the analysis, how to recognize potential problems associated with the starting of motors, and how to implement corrective measures. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3002.8 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Harmonic-Analysis Studies of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Farrokh Shokooh, Phone:714 462 0100, Email:oti@etap.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct harmonic analysis studies of industrial and commercial power systems. The basic concepts involved in such studies are described first. This is followed by a discussion of how to determine the need for a harmonic analysis study, how to assemble the required data, how to recognize potential problems, and how to implement corrective measures. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3002.9 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Switching-Transient Studies of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Farrokh Shokooh, Phone:714 462 0100, Email:oti@etap.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct switching- transient studies of industrial and commercial power systems. The basic concepts involved in such studies are described first. This is followed by a discussion of how to assemble the required data needed for the analysis, how to recognize potential problems associated with the switching transients, both overvoltage and overcurrent, and how to implement corrective measures to minimize the effects of switching transients. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3003.1 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the System Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-787-0202, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the system grounding of industrial and commercial power systems. The basic reasons for grounding or not grounding the electrical system and the various types of system grounding, as well as the practices commonly used to ground electrical systems are discussed. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3003.2 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Equipment Grounding and Bonding in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-787-0202, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the grounding and bonding of equipment in industrial and commercial power systems. The interconnection and grounding of the non-electrical metallic elements of a system is covered first. This is followed by a discussion of the objectives of equipment grounding, including minimizing electric shock hazard to personnel, providing adequate current carrying capability for ground faults, and ensuring the timely operation of overcurrent protection. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3004.1 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for the Application of Instrument Transformers in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application of instrument transformers used in industrial and commercial power systems. The application of current transformers is covered first, followed by the application of voltage (potential) transformers. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Abstract: This recommended practice covers the selection and application of instrument transformers used in industrial and commercial power systems. The application of current transformers is covered first, followed by the application of voltage (potential) transformers. Designation: P3004.10 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Generator Protection in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the protection of generators used in industrial and commercial power systems. It covers the performance of generators under short-circuit conditions, describes protective devices applicable to generators, and recommends tripping and other protection schemes for single isolated, multiple isolated, and large industrial generators. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3004.11 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Bus and Switchgear Protection in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the protection of bus and switchgear used in industrial and commercial power systems. It provides fault protection and isolation strategies for the substation bus and switchgear, including the bus, circuit breakers, fuses, disconnecting devices, transformers, and the structures on which they are mounted. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3004.13 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Overcurrent Coordination in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents the proper coordination of those components that may be required to protect industrial and commercial power systems against abnormalities that could reasonably be expected to occur in the course of system operation. The principles presented are applicable to both new electrical system design and to the changing, upgrading, or expansion of an existing electrical distribution system, plant or commercial business. This document addresses the characteristics, ratings, and settings of overcurrent protective devices that minimize equipment damage and interrupt short circuits as rapidly as possible. Project Purpose: IEEE's Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE's Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE's Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3004.3 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Low-Voltage Fuses in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application of low-voltage fuses used in industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3004.5 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application of low-voltage circuit breakers used in industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3004.8 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Motor Protection in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the protection of motors used in industrial and commercial power systems. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience in the area of protection and control. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE's Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE's Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE's Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3005.3 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Stored-Energy Systems for use in Emergency and Stand-By Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: J Weber, Phone:973-744-7266, Email:jweber@asco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application of stored-energy systems for industrial and commercial power systems. It describes how to best determine the needs for an emergency or standby power system. This is followed by a discussion of two major types stored energy systems, stationary batteries and mechanical (flywheel). Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3005.4 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Improving the Reliability of Emergency and Stand-By Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: J Weber, Phone:973-744-7266, Email:jweber@asco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to improve the reliability of emergency and stand-by power systems. Some of the factors examined include the specific application of the emergency or standby equipment, environmental concerns, specification and acceptance testing of the equipment, and the operations and maintenance of the equipment. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3005.7 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Metering for Energy Management of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: J Weber, Phone:973-744-7266, Email:jweber@asco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the application of metering for the energy-management of industrial and commercial power systems. Topics covered include why to engage in metering for energy management, types of meters and their application, metering location versus requirements, and metering techniques and practical examples. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3006.7 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Reliability of "24 x 7" Continuous Power Systems in Industrial and Commercial Facilities Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert Arno, Phone:315-339-7076, Email:barno@eypmcf.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to determine the reliability of “7 x 24” continuous power systems in industrial and commercial facilities. The method of reliability analysis by probability methods is described first. This is followed by a discussion of how to evaluate the results and how to implement changes to ensure that the expected degree of reliability is achieved. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3006.8 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Analyzing Reliability Data for Equipment Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert Arno, Phone:315-339-7076, Email:barno@eypmcf.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended describes how to analyze reliability data for equipment used in industrial and commercial power systems. Equipment reliability data collected over the years is presented. This is followed by a discussion key equipment reliability metrics such as failure rate, downtime to repair in hours per failure, and probability of starting (operating) Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: P3006.9 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Collecting Data for Use in Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Assessments of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert Arno, Phone:315-339-7076, Email:barno@eypmcf.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to collect, organize, and present data for use in reliability, availability, and maintainability assessments of industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Designation: 3007.1-2010 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Operation and Management of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 19, 2011 Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the operation and management of industrial and commercial power systems. It covers the fundamental elements of system operation including, but not limited to, proper documentation, system management, control responsibilities, and clearing procedures. Abstract: Recommended practices for the numerous personnel who are responsible for safely operating and managing industrial and commercial electric power facilities are provided. In this recommended practice, plant engineers are provided with a reference source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable operation and management of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems. Key Words: clearing procedures, coordination, documentation, electrical hazards, electrical maintenance, electrical safety program, grounding, inspection, maintenance, management, operating diagrams, operation, protective devices, record keeping, safety, single-line diagram, system control, testing Designation: 3007.2-2010 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Maintenance of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 27, 2010 Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the maintenance of industrial and commercial power systems. It covers the fundamentals of electrical equipment maintenance, how to develop successful maintenance strategies, and the common testing methods used as part of an electrical equipment maintenance program. Abstract: This recommended practice covers the maintenance of industrial and commercial power systems. It covers the fundamentals of electrical equipment maintenance, how to develop successful maintenance strategies, and the common testing methods used as part of an electrical equipment maintenance program. Key Words: failure effect; failure mode; failure modes and effects analysis; failure modes, effects, and criticality analysis; hidden/latent failure; maintenance; predictive maintenance; preventive maintenance; probability; reliability; reliability-centered maintenance; safety-related work practices Designation: P3007.3 Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Electrical Safety in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice covers all aspects of electrical safety in industrial and commercial power systems. It provides personnel with guidelines for understanding the fundamental concepts of the hazards of electricity along with safety-related activities associated with the operation and maintenance of in-plant electrical power distribution systems. Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the document] Abstract: This recommended practice covers all aspects of electrical safety in industrial and commercial power systems. It provides personnel with guidelines for understanding the fundamental concepts of the hazards of electricity along with safety-related activities associated with the operation and maintenance of in-plant electrical power distribution systems. Key Words: electrical hazards, electrical safety program, electrical safety- related maintenance, fire protection, grounding, personal protective equipment, safe electrical work practices, safety single-line diagram Designation: 301-1988 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers used with Detectors of Ionizing Radiation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 1989 **Revision of IEEE Std 301-1976. ERRATA dated: 18 June 1993, amended 12 August 1993 included. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989 Abstract: Procedures are given for testing amplifier and preamplifier systems with linear pulse-shaping networks for use with semiconductor, scintillation, and proportional detectors in the spectroscopy of ionizing radiation. The object is to provide a common language and methodology for users and manufacturers of pulse-amplifier systems. The emphasis in the methods of measurement is to enhance sensitivity and improve accuracy by working around the limitations of the test instruments, particularly oscilloscopes that have only a visual display for readout. A technique is used where possible, thereby reducing basic errors to the inaccuracy of precision resistors. Key Words: amplifiers, preamplifiers, detectors , ionizing radiation, Testing, Semiconductor detectors, Scintillation detectors, Pulse amplifiers, Proportional counters Designation: 301-1976 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers for Semi- Conductor Radiation Detectors for Ionizing Radiation Status: Superseded **Revision published 5/10/89 (IEEE Std 301-1988). Abstract: Superseded by 301-1988. These procedures apply to amplifiers and preamplifiers for semiconductor detectors for ionizing radiation. Key Words: amplifiers, preamplifiers, radiation detectors, ionizing ratiation, semiconductor Designation: 301 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: ERRATA - IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers used with Detectors of Ionizing Radiation Dated: 18 June 1993, amended 12 August 1993. Status: Superseded Designation: 302-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength for Frequencies Below 1000 MHz in Radio Wave Propagation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No abstract Key Words: electromagnetic, field, strength, radio wave, propagation Designation: 303-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Rotating Electrical Machines in Class I, Division 2 and Zone 2 Locations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to auxiliary devices associated with rotating electrical machines operating in Division 2 or Zone 2 areas, classified as Class I under the practice of ANSI/NFPA 70 or Zone 2 areas classified under the practice of IEC/CENELEC EN60079-10:1996. Project Purpose: The following information is intended to bring together a brief description of basic electrical practices in regard to the application and installation of auxiliary devices to rotating electrical machines operating in Division 2 or Zone 2 locations using ANSI/NFPA 70, CEC C22.1-02 (2002), or Zone 2 locations using IEC/CENELEC EN60079-14:1997. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 303-1991 This recommended practice applies to the application and installation procedures of auxiliary devices in or on electric rotating machines that are employed in hazardous locations classified as Class I, Division 2 or Class I Zone 2 under commonly used worldwide regulations. These regulations are: the National Electrical Code (United States); the Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1 (Canada); and combined practices of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC), and Standards Australia / Standards New Zealand (AS/NZS). Included is a list of source documents, definitions and nomenclature. Devices include terminal housings, heaters, surge protection, power factor correction capacitors, shaft grounding, and enclosures. Special marking requirements are also discussed. Key Words: auxiliary devices, Class 1 Division 2, Class 1 Zone 2, arcing/sparking component, rotating electrical machine Designation: 303-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxilary Devices for Motors in Class I, Groups A,B,C, and D, Division 2 Locations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 303-1984. Superseded by 303-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 303-1984. Superseded by 303-2004 (SH/SS95243). Installation procedures and wiring methods and materials are recommended. Termination housings, motor surge protection, and power-factor- correction capacitors are discussed. The aim is to promote consistent application of the devices covered. Key Words: auxiliary, devices, motors, wiring, methods, surge, protection, Motor surge protection Designation: 303-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class 1 - Groups A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 1984 Designation: 303 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class I, Group A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This update of IEEE-303 is to; incorporate recent changes in US electrical code relating to Class I Division 2 changes; incorporate Canadian electrical code requirements for Division 2 areas; and investigate the possibility to expand practices to Zone 2 classified areas. From the 1991 (reaffirmed) document: "This recommended practice is limited to auxiliary devices associated with motors operating in Division 2 areas, classified as Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D locations. This recommended practice is not an attempt to rewrite or otherwise supersede application sections of ANSI./NFPA 70-1990, or any other codes or ordinances. Rather, it is intended to serve as a supplement to existing codes that in this area are not sufficiently specific to serve as a guide to good engineering practice. The guidance contained herein, therefore, is in addition to the ANSI/NFPA 70-1990 requirements for wiring systems for hazardous (classified) locations." Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to keep the standard up to date with US practices, and coordinate Canadian requirements to yield a North American document. From the 1991 (reaffirmed) document: "The following information is intended to bring together a brief description of basic electrical practices in regard to the application and installation of auxiliary devices to motors operating in Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D, Division 2 locations. It should be understood that this information is only a guide to promote consistent application of such devices and must be used with sound engineering judgement." Designation: 304 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Standard for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation Systems for Direct-Current Machines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 23, 1993 Project Scope: IEC Part 2-1, Thermal Evaluation of Wire-Wound Windings, was recently updated by USNC IEC SC2J. Some of the update would be of value for Std 304-1977. Std 304-1977 will therefore be revised to include applicable value features of the IEC standard. Project Purpose: Update to conform and be compatible with IEC standards. Designation: 304-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation Systems for Direct-Current Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 301-1969. See Stds 117; 275 . 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Roy L Balke, Phone:(814) 866-6683 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn standard. Insulation systems for direct-current machines are classified in accordance with their limiting temperatures as determined by test rather than by chemical composition. The intention is to classify according to the recognized A, B, F, and H categories by determining thermal capability in accordance with machine temperature-rise standards. This test procedure has been prepared to indicate accepted tests. It is applicable to insulation systems for use in usual service conditions. This standard does not cover special requirements such as for machines in gas atmospheres being subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids. Key Words: insulation, dc, evaluation, classification, test Designation: 306-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Charging Inductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg. Abstract: This document pertains to the methods of measurement of the electrical characteristics of charging inductors used in radar transmitters, linear particle accelerators, and similar equipment. The most extensive application of charging inductors is in the resonance-charging circuits of pulse-forming networks in line type pulse modulators, where inductors, having a high quality factor, efficiently charge the netwrok capacitance to essentially twice the direct-voltage supply. Key Words: inductors, charging, test, procedure Designation: 307-1969 Sponsor: Space Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms For Solar Cells Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 308-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2002 **Supersedes 308-1991. Technical Contact: James E Stoner, Phone:704-382-4760, Email:j.e.stoner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following systems and equipment in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations: -- Alternating current power systems -- Direct current power systems -- Instrumentation and control (I&C) power systems These systems include the items listed in Table 1. This standard does not apply to the preferred power supply; the unit generators and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network (see Figure 1). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: -- The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under the conditions produced by the applicable design basis events. -- The requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems. -- The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations. -- The requirements for documentation of the Class 1E power systems. Abstract: Class 1E portions of ac and dc power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements for their testing and surveillance. Key Words: "Class 1E power systems, nuclear power station design, nuclear safety" Designation: 308 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Herbert A Robinson, Phone:201/316-7563, Email:hrobin3@entergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following systems and equipment in single unit and multi-unit nuclear generations: 1. Alternating current power systems 2. Direct current power systems 3. Instrumentation and control power systems Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: 1. The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under the conditions produced by the applicable design basis events. 2. The requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems. 3. The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations. The purpose of this revision to the standard is: 1. Incorporate information on degraded grid. 2. Consider additional criteria on the required level of detail in documentation. 3. Investigate whether additional guidance on GDC- 17, as it applies to single failure criteria, is necessary. 4. Address comments received from previous reviews of the standard since the last revision was published. 5. General update to correct references and typographical errors, and review the impact of later revisions of other standards. Designation: P308 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following systems and equipment in single unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations: ---Alternating current power systems ---Direct current power systems ---Instrumentation and control (I&C) power systems This standard does not apply to the preferred power supply; the unit generators and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: - --The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under the conditions produced by the applicable design basis events. ---The requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems. --- The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations. --- The requirements for documentation of the Class 1E power systems. Designation: 308-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 308-1980. Superseded by 308-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 308-2001. Class 1E portions of ac and dc power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements for their testing and surveillance. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: systems, nuclear, safety, station, design, Nuclear safety, Nuclear power station design, Class 1E power systems Designation: 308-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1982 Abstract: Superseded by 308-1991. Class 1E portions of AC and DC power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements for their testing and surveillance. Key Words: 1E, AC, DC, control power system, nuclear power generating station Designation: 309-1970 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Geiger-Müller Counters Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 28, 1969, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: Test conditions are discussed, covering radiation background, ambient temperature, radiation sources, and Geiger-Mueller (G-M) counter test circuits. G-M counter parameters are defined, and methods for measuring them are presented. Requirements for the test equipment used for the measurements are set forth. Key Words: geiger, mueller, counters, radiation, nuclear Designation: 309/N42.3-1999 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Bases for Geiger-Mueller Counters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 1999 Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: Presents test procedures and standard bases for Geiger-Mueller counters so that test results will have the same meaning to all manufacturersd and users. The inclusion of standard bases provides guidance and uniformity. Project Purpose: This is to be a revision of ANSI N42.3/IEEE 309 and will include within it also the material now in ANSI N42.5 on standard bases. The inclusion of the N42.5 material is the reason for including "Standard Bases" in that revised title. Upon issuance of this revised N42.5 should be withdrawn and that is the intent. The stnadard is nearly 30 years old and is in need of updating. Geiger-Mueller counters continue to be produced and used in quanityt. Designation: 31 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 310-1969 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1975 Title: IEEE Standard for Reference-Standard Electrical Resistors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: ANSI APP: May 09, 1975 Abstract: This standard applies to precision electrical resistors exhibiting a high degree of stability and intended for use as reference standards in accurate direct-current resistance measurements. Key Words: reference, standard, electrical, resistors Designation: 311-1970 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standard Specification of General-Purpose Laboratory Cathode-Ray Oscilloscopes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Abstract: This standard applies primarily to general-purpose laboratory cathode-ray oscilloscopes; it does not necessarily apply to specific kinds of oscilloscopes, such as those employing sampling techniques, nor to storage oscilloscopes, spectrum analyzers, television monitors, or other instruments using cathode-ray tube displays. Information for cathode-ray oscilloscopes designed or modified for specific applications and/or environments may require modification of certain listed information or the addition of more information. Key Words: oscilloscopes, laboratory, general, purpose, cathode-ray Designation: 312-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Communication Switching Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1979 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Preferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (AC) systems and equipment are provided, along with definitions of various types of system voltages. Key Words: communication, switching, terms, definitions, glossary Designation: 314-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standards Report on State of the Art of Measuring Unbalanced Transmission-Line Impedance Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1970 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No abstract. Key Words: transmission, unbalanced transmission-line impedence Designation: 315-1975 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams (Including Reference Designation Letters) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1975 **Revision of IEEE Std 315-1971, ANSI Y32.1-1972 and CSA Z99-1972. (aka ANSI Y32.2-1975 and CSA Z99-1975). History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Oct 31, 1975 Abstract: A list of graphic symbols and class designation letters for use on electrical and electronics diagrams is provided. All of the symbols are designed so that their connection points fall on a modular grid, to help those who use a grid basis for the preparation of diagrams. A substantial effort has been made to make this standard compatible with approved International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Recommendations (IEC Publication 117, in various parts). Key Words: graphic, symbols, diagrams, electrical, electronics, Y32.1, Y32.2, Z99 Designation: 315A-1986 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: Supplement to Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 12, 1986 **Supplement to IEEE Std 315-1975 and ANSI Y32.2-1975. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985 Abstract: Symbols approved by the International Electrotechnical Commission since 1975, or for which there is now a greater need in the US arising from international commerce, are provided. Besides the addition of new symbols, some updating of the information in IEEE Std 315-1975 has been undertaken. Key Words: 315A, graphic symbols, electrical, electronic, diagrams, Y32.1, Y32.2, Z99 Designation: 316-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Direct Current Instrument Shunts Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Incorporated into IEEE 120 . History: BD APP: Apr 16, 1968 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard applies to shunts for use in direct current circuits to extend the range of instruments or other measuring devices. Key Words: dc, instrument, shunts Designation: 317-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 317-1976. Technical Contact: John D MacDonald, Phone:716-681-1973x211, Email:j.d.macdonald@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1989 Abstract: IEEE Std 317-1983 has been reaffirmed in 2003. This is also a revision of IEEE Std 317-1976. equirements for the design, construction, qualification, testing, and installation of electric penetration assemblies in nuclear containment structures for stationary nuclear power generating stations are presented. Quality control and quality assurance requirements, and requirements for purchaser's specification are included. The requirements for external circuits that connect to penetration assemblies and for operation, maintenance, or periodic testing after installation are not covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: penetration, containment, structures, generating, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: P317 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John D MacDonald, Phone:716-681-1973x211, Email:j.d.macdonald@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This Standard prescribes the requirements for the design, construction, qualification, test and installation of electric penetration assemblies in nuclear containment structures for stationary nuclear power generating stations. The requirements for external circuits which connect to penetration assemblies are beyond the scope of this standard. This standard does not include requirements for operation, maintenance, or periodic testing after installation. Project Purpose: This Standard presents criteria to facilitate the determination of the features of design, construction, test, qualification and installation relative to the electric penetration assemblies of primary containment of the nuclear facilities. Designation: 319-1971 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978 Title: IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1970 Abstract: No abstract Key Words: piezomagnetic, nomenclature, terms, definitions, glossary Designation: 319-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Title: IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 10/25/96. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Piezomagnetic and magnetostrictive effects are discussed, and the piezomagnetic relations, symbols, and units are presented. The intent is to make possible the comparison of the relative merits of magnetostrictive, electromagnetic, piezoelectric, and electrostrictive transducers on a simple and straightforward basis. The standard applies generally to magnetostrictive materials, except for some uncommon cases. Key Words: electromagnetic, electrostrictive, magnetostrictive, nonmenclature, piezoelectric, transducers, Symbols, Piezomagnetic materials/device, Measurement units Designation: 32-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Dec2002: Sponsor change from PE/SPD to PE/TR. Being revised by PC57.32. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1972, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Project Scope: To review and update requirements and tests for equipment used for neutral grounding devices, and the terminology presently used. Abstract: ANSI/IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaffirmed 1990) IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedure for Neutral Grounding Devices. Key Words: "IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaff 1990) IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices. This standard applies to devices - other than surge arresters - used for the purpose of controlling the ground current or the pote" Designation: 323-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 23, 2004 **Supersedes 323-1983 (R1996). Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 2004 Project Scope: This standard describes the basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations. The principles, methods and procedures described are intended to be used for qualifying equipment, maintaining and extending qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is modified. Meeting the qualification requirements demonstrates and documents the ability of equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable service conditions including design basis events, thereby minimizing the risk of common-cause equipment failure. This standard does not provide environmental stress levels and performance requirements. Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described in this standard. The principles, methods, and procedures described are intended to be used for qualifying equipment, maintaining and extending qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is modified. The qualification requirements in this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable service conditions including design basis events, reducing the risk of common-cause equipment failure. Key Words: "age conditioning, aging, condition monitoring, design basis events, equipment qualification, harsh environment, margin, mild environment, qualification method, qualified life, radiation, safety related function, significant aging mechanism, test plan" Designation: P323 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Nuclear Facilities Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This standard describes the basic requirements for qualifying safety related, Class 1E, and/or important to safety electrical equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations and nuclear facilities. The principles, methods and procedures described are intended to be used for qualifying equipment, maintaining and extending qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is modified. Meeting the qualification requirements demonstrates and documents the ability of equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable service conditions including design basis events, thereby minimizing the risk of common-cause equipment failure. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the methods for equipment qualification for safety related, Class 1E, and/or important to safety electrical equipment and interfaces in nuclear power generating stations and nuclear facilities. Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, post-design-basis-event, and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment, extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified. Key Words: IEEE 323 Designation: 323-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 323-2003. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1991 Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, post-design-basis-event, and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment, extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified. Key Words: class 1E, qualifing, equipment, generating, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 325-1996 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 325-1986. History: BD APP: Oct 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Same as for 325-1986. Following is the abstract for 325-1986: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment, extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified. Project Purpose: To revise Std 325 to bring it current with today's practice and technology. Abstract: Terminology and standard test procedures are established for germanium gamma-ray detectors that are used for the detection and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma rays, X rays, and charged particles that produce hole-electron pairs in the crystal lattice so that these items have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users. Key Words: gamma rays, germanium radiation detectors, X rays Designation: P325 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors Used in Analog and Digital Signal Processing Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to update 325-1996 for modern electronics and add new source-detection geometries. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update the standard to include the impact of improved technology in the electronic signal process and procedures in the use of germanium detectors in new applications. The new technology of Digital Signal Processor (DSP) provides different test methods and electronic signals requiring the changing of test methods and results. The different geometries described in the testing are needed to better describe the functioning of the detector to meet the needs of a more diverse group of users than covered in the original standard. Designation: 325-1986 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 325-1971. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 13, 1986 Abstract: Terminology and standard test procedures for germanium radiation detectors that are used for the detection and high- resolution spectrometry of gamma rays, X rays, and charged particles that produce hole-electron pairs in the crystal lattice are established so they have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users. Key Words: germanium, gamma, ray, detectors, test Designation: 327 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 328 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 332 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 333-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Installation of Packaging Machinery and Associated Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard covers the application of electrical equipment and wiring furnished as part of a packaging machine and associated equipment commencing at the place of connection of the power supply. It shall apply to electrical equipment for use on circuits which operate from a supply voltage of 600 V or less. It shall not be considered adequate for machines intended for use in locations designated as hazardous by ANSI/NFPA 70-1978, National Electrical Code. Key Words: electrical installations, packaging machinery, equipment, wiring Designation: P3333 Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group Title: Standard for the Quality Assessment of Three Dimensional (3D) Displays, 3D Contents and 3D Devices based on Human Factors Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Sanghoon Lee, Phone:82-2-2123-2767, Email:slee@yonsei.ac.kr **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard establishes methods of quality assessment of 3D displays, 3D contents, and 3D devices based on human factors such as photosensitive seizures, motion sickness, and visual fatigue. This standard also identifies and quantifies the following causes of human factors: viewers' characteristics, such as age, gender, posture, and risk level; visual contents, such as disparity, camera setting, flicker, frame rate, contrast, luminance, color, and object velocity; visual environment characteristics, such as light transfer, viewing distance, intensity of illuminance, and viewing freedom; display characteristics, such as display size, color, resolution, refresh rate, and crosstalk; devices, such as 3D glasses and 3D cameras. Project Purpose: This document will not include a Purpose clause. Designation: 334-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2007 Technical Contact: Bill Newell, Phone:203-562-5811, Email:wgnewell@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of continuous duty Class 1E motors, located in mild and harsh environments in nuclear power generating stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions. This standard does not apply to motors used in valve actuators (see IEEE Std 382™-1996 [B2]1). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide direction for the implementation of the requirements of IEEE Std 323™-20032 as they apply to the specific features of continuous duty safety-related electric motor qualification. This standard also provides guidance for qualification of refurbished motors and insulation systems for motor rewinds. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 334-1994 : It is required that Class 1E motors, with their interfaces, meet or exceed the specified performance requirements throughout their service life. This is accomplished through a program that includes but is not limited to, design, qualification, production quality control, shipping, storage, installation, operation, maintenance, periodic testing, and surveillance. This document addresses the qualification portion of the program. This document discusses the requirement for maintenance, repair, and surveillance of motors to maintain qualification of motors throughout their installed life but does not provide detailed guidance as to how these programmatic items must be implemented and maintained. The qualification requirements of this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of the motor and/or insulation system to perform its safety function(s) under specified service conditions. Key Words: age conditioning, age sensitive, aging, condition monitoring, design basis event, formette, harsh environment, insulation, insulation system, interfaces, margin, mild environment, motor, motor qualification, motorette, qualification, qualified life, radiation, safety-related function, significant aging mechanism, test plan, test sequence, type testing Designation: 334-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 28, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 334-2006 Methods and requirements for qualifying continuous duty Class 1E motors for use in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The methods are used for qualifying motors, extending the qualification, and updating the qualification if the motor's design or specified service conditions are modified. The requirements include the principles, procedures, and methods of qualification as they relate to continuous duty Class 1E polyphase squirrel cage ac motors. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: Class 1E motors, harsh environment, mild environment, qualification, seismic, Nuclear power generating station Designation: 334-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Standard for Type Tests of Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1976 Abstract: Superseded. Methods and requirements for qualifying continuous duty Class 1E motors for use in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The methods are used for qualifying motors, extending the qualification, and updating the qualification if the motor’s design or specified service conditions are modified. The requirements include the principles, procedures, and methods of qualification as they relate to continuous duty Class 1E polyphase squirrel cage AC motors. Key Words: nuclear, class 1E, motors, continuous duty, test Designation: 334 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bill Newell, Phone:203-562-5811, Email:wgnewell@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: The standard establishes criteria for qualification of continuous duty Class 1E Electric Motors, located in mild and harsh environments,in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions. This standard does not apply to motors used in valve actuators. Project Purpose: This revision would update the document to the latest revisions of the referenced standards (specifically, IEEE Std 323-2004) and aligns it with the material in these revisions. It adds guidance for qualification of refurbished motors and insulation systems for motor rewinds. Designation: 335 Sponsor: IEEE Industrial Electronics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 336-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Inspection, and Testing for Class 1E Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 336-2005 Technical Contact: Ted Riccio, Phone:361-972-6080, Email:texasriccios@awesomenet.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides considerations for the pre- installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility while in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification, and maintenance. This recommended practice does not apply to periodic testing. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to identify the activities, instructions, and attributes that should be considered in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification, and maintenance for Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment at nuclear facilities. Abstract: Considerations for the pre-installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility while in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification, or maintenance are provided. This recommended practice does not apply to periodic testing. For purposes of this standard, in addition to a nuclear power plant, a nuclear facility is defined as a facility related to the nuclear fuel cycle from fuel processing to reprocessing and waste facilities. Key Words: Class 1E, configuration management, constructability reviews, functional testing, inspection procedures, multi-unit, nuclear facilities, plant design bases, pre-installation, post-installation inspection, post- maintenance test, post-modification test, test plans, test procedures Designation: 336-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Guide for Installation, Inspection, and Testing for Class 1E Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities Status: Superseded **Supersedes 336-1985 (R1991). Superseded by 336-2010. Technical Contact: George Ballassi, Phone:860-433-3389, Email:gballass@ebmail.gdeb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006 Project Scope: This guide provides considerations for the pre-installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility while in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification, and maintenance. This guidance is applicable to initial construction, modification (backfit), and maintenance activities. This guide does not apply to periodic testing. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify the activities, instructions, and attributes that may be considered in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification, and maintenance for Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment at nuclear power stations.Changes to this guide are intended to ⎯ Review and consider “lessons learned” from industry (in particular, for post-modification and postmaintenance testing). ⎯ Provide a more comprehensive, organized “user-friendly” format. ⎯ Review and consider any other related user feedback. Abstract: This guide provides considerations for the pre-installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility. This guidance is applicable to initial construction, modification (backfit), and maintenance activities. This guide does not apply to periodic testing. Key Words: Class 1E, configuration management, constructability reviews, functional testing, inspection procedures,, multi-unit, nuclear facilities, plant design bases, pre-construction inspection, pre-construction testing, pre-installation inspection, pre-installation testing, post-installation inspection, pos-maintenance testing, post-modification testing, test plans, test procedures Designation: 336-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection and Testing Requirements for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 336-1980. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 336-2005 Requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of power, instrumentation, and control equipment and systems during the construction phase of a nuclear facility are set forth. These requirements also cover modifications and those operating phase activities that are comparable in nature and extent to related initial construction activities of the facility. The intent is to establish requirements for safety systems equipment. However, this standard may also be applied to nonsafety systems equipment. Key Words: installation, inspection, instrumentation, control, nuclear, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 337-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Pendulous, Analog Torque Balance Accelerometer Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1971, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Key Words: accelerometer, single-axis, analog, torque, balance, Acceleration measurement Designation: 338-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007 **Supersedes 338-1987 (R2000). Technical Contact: George Ballassi, Phone:860-433-3389, Email:gballass@ebmail.gdeb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007 Project Scope: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post-maintenance and post-modification testing are not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic testing requirements of other nuclear safety-related IEEE standards. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the user not only in designing a periodic test capability but also in defining and optimizing the primary elements of an effective periodic test program (including planning, performance/acceptance criteria, procedures, test intervals, and documentation). Abstract: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post-maintenance and post-modification testing are not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic testing requirements of other nuclear safety- related IEEE standards. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 338-1987 Key Words: firmware, IED, Intelligent Electronic Device, microprocessor, revisions, software Designation: P338 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post-maintenance and post-modification testing are not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic testing requirements of other nuclear safety-related IEEE standards. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the user not only in designing a periodic test capability but also in defining and optimizing the primary elements of an effective periodic test program (including planning, performance/acceptance criteria, procedures, test intervals, and documentation). Abstract: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic surveillance testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic surveillance testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post maintenance and post-modification testing are not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic surveillance testing requirements of other nuclear safety-related IEEE standards. Key Words: functional tests, periodic testing, risk-informed testing, surveillance testing Designation: 338-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1988 Abstract: Design and operational criteria are provided for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power generating station safety systems. Such testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and time-response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs to meet its defined safety function. The system status, associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during operation are also addressed. Key Words: surveillance, testing, safety, periodic, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 338 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Brij M Bharteey, Phone:518-382-0056, Email:spectrum@spectrumtechnologies.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: This standard provides design and operational criteria for performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs to meet its defined safety function. The system status, associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during operation are also addressed. Maintenance is not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic surveillance testing requirements of IEEE Std 603 and 308. Project Purpose: Incorporate user experience; address methods to optimize the surveillance test frequency; provie guidelines for prioritizing surveillance using risk based importance ranking. Designation: 339 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 34 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 340 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 341 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 342 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 342a Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 343 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 344-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: James Parello, Phone:724-722-5545, Email:parellj@westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2005 Project Scope: This document describes recommended practices for establishing seismic qualification procedures that will yield quantitative data to demonstrate that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and/or following one safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) event preceded by a number of operating basis earthquake (OBE) events. The test, analysis, or experienced-based evaluation methods described herein may be used to yield data to demonstrate Class 1E equipment performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide recommended practices and documentation requirements for seismic qualification of Class 1E equipment to verify the equipment’s ability to perform its safety function during and/or after the specified seismic motions. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 344-1987 Recommended practices are provided for establishing procedures that will yield data to demonstrate that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and/or following one safe shutdown earthquake event preceded by a number of operating basis earthquake events. This recommended practice may be used to establish tests, analyses, or experienced based evaluations that will yield data to demonstrate Class 1E equipment performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Common methods currently in use for seismic qualification by test are presented. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic analysis and the other on static coefficient analysis. Two approaches to experienced-based seismic evaluation are described, one based on earthquake experience and the other based on test experience. Key Words: Class 1E, earthquake, earthquake experience, equipment qualification, inclusion rules,nuclear, operating basis earthquake, prohibited features, qualification methods, required response spectrum, response spectra, safe shutdown earthquake, safety function, seismic, seismic analysis, test response spectrum, test experience, type testing Designation: P344 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This document describes recommended practices for establishing seismic qualification procedures that will yield quantitative data to demonstrate that the equipment can meet its performance requirements during and/or following one safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) event preceded by a number of operating basis earthquake (OBE) events. The test, analysis, or experienced-based evaluation methods described herein may be used to yield data to demonstrate equipment performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Project Purpose: This document provides recommended practices and documentation requirements for seismic qualification of equipment to verify the equipment’s ability to perform its safety function during and/or after the specified seismic motions. Designation: 344-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1975. June2004: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by 344-2004 (SH/SS95327). Recommended practices for establishing procedures that will yield data that verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake preceded by a number of operating-basis earthquakes are provided. This recommended practice may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to substantiate performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic analysis and the other on static coefficient analysis. Common methods currently in use for seismic qualification by test are presented. Key Words: seismic, qualification, class 1E, nuclear, equipment, Seismic factors, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 344 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Parello, Phone:724-722-5545, Email:parellj@westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this project will be to review and evaluate the recommendations prepared by the ASME-QME/IEEE-NPEC special working group on standardization of experience based seismic qualification and incorporating into the standard their recommendations as deemed appropriate by the committee. The scope given in section 1.1 of IEEE-344 will be revised to reflect the changes made to the standard related to experience data. With changes to the experience data section (Section 9.0) it is anticipated that the scope will state the following in the revised standard with the words in italics being new. Scope. This document provides standard methods that will yield data, which verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) preceded by a number of operating basis earthquakes (OBE). This standard may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. It also provides an option for using experienced based seismic qualification processes. Project Purpose: Revision to the standard will be developed by the committee pertaining to procedures, practices, guidance, and criteria for the use of experience data benefiting the users (those responsible for seismic qualification). A purpose will be added to the standard (currently IEEE-344 does not have one). The purpose is anticipated to state the following: Purpose. Seismic qualification methods are given that may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Also, experience based seismic qualification procedures, methodology, guidance, and criteria are included as an option for use in a qualification program. Designation: 346-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society Title: Std. Defins. in Power Operations Terminology Incl. terms for Reporting&Analyzing Outages of Electrical Transmission and Distribution Facilities and Interruptions to Customer Svce. Facilitiesandard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology Inc;luding Terms for Reporting and Analyzing Outages of Electrical Transmission Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **SS by Std. 858 and 859 Designation: 347-1972 Title: Standard Method of Measuring Recorded Flux of Magnetic Sound Records at Medium Wavelengths Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 348 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 352-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **ERRATA dated: 4 APR 94 included. Technical Contact: James Liming, Phone:714-962-8289, Email:jl307@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1985 Abstract: The basic principles that are needed to conduct a reliability analysis of safety systems are provided for designers and operators of nuclear power plant safety systems and the concerned regulatory groups. By applying the principles given, systems may be analyzed, results may be compared with reliability objectives, and the basis for decisions may be suitably documented. The quantitative principles are applicable to the analysis of the effects of component failures on safety system reliability. Although they have their greatest value during the design phase, the principles are applicable during any phase of the systemÕs lifetime. They may also be applied during the preoperational phase or at any time during the normal lifetime of a system. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: reliability, nuclear, safety, analysis, generating Designation: 352 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: ERRATA - IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 353 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 354 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 355 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 356-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: IEEE Guide for Measurements of Electromagnetic Properties of Earth Media Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 356-2001 Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to cover measurements of the electrical properties of naturally occurring solids. Not covered are methods that rely on mapping earth structure anomalies unless directly related to electrical properties. There is limited coverage of numerical methods for forward/inverse modeling. Project Purpose: This document is needed for ground plane assessment for locating antennas; formation mapping to obtain geological information; assessment of ore-grade quality, moisture content, salinity; propagation prediction and studies; aquifer studies for water search, nuclear waste disposal, dam location; ground-penetrating radar research; prospecting. Abstract: Measurements of the electrical properties of naturally occurring solids are covered in the scope of this project. Not covered are methods that rely on mapping earth structure anomalies unless directly related to electrical properties. Coverage of numerical methods for forward/inverse modeling is limited. Key Words: conductivity, earth materials, electromagnetic measurement techniques, IEEE 356, permittivity, resistivity Designation: 356 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: Recommended Practice for Radio Methods of Measurement of Earth Macroscopic Electromagnetic Properties Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Designation: 356-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Title: IEEE Guide for Measurements of Electromagnetic Properties of Earth Media Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002 Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to describe the measurement principles of the electrical properties of naturally occurring solid materials, although it will also serve as a guide for the measurement of any solid material. Project Purpose: Document needed for ground plane assessment for locating antennas; formation mapping to obtain geological information; assessment of ore-grade quality, moisture content, salinity; propagation prediction and studies; aquifer studies for water search, nuclear waste disposal, dam location; ground-penetrating radar research; prospectin. Abstract: " The electromagnetic properties of the earth play an important role in the design and implementationof radio communications systems, geophysical prospecting instruments, and subsurface mapping techniques.Measurement techniques include dc resistivity, surface impedance, propagation studies, wave tilt methods,probe impedance methods, mutual impedance methods, transient methods, time domain reflectometry, groundprobing radar, laboratory-based techniques, and free-space reflection measurements. The separation distancebetween the probes and the wavelength of the radiation both affect the volume of earth material measured.This guide provides a summary of current measurement techniques and, where appropriate, inversion methodsfor determining the conductivity and the relative permittivity of the volume under investigation." Key Words: "dc resistivity, earth permittivity measurements, electromagnetic geophysics, ground conductivity measurements, ice, inversion, radio communications, radio reflection, surface impedance, time domain reflectometry" Designation: 356-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Guide for Radio Methods for Measuring Earth Conductivity Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: May 24, 1973 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. This guide is the result of a survey of radio techniques employed for measuring the conductivity of the earth. Results are applicable to the design of communication channels that are influenced by the electrical characteristics of the earth. Emphasized are those techniques used at frequencies where the loss tangent is large. The techniques are classed broadly into those that make use of drill holes into the earth and those that do not. Also, a distinction is made between active and passive methods. Comments and critiques on the various techniques are included. Theoretical and practical details underlying some of the methods are given in the appendixes. Key Words: radio, earth, conductivity, measuring, methods Designation: 358 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 360 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Title: Standard Radar Cross-Section Test - Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **See P1502 Technical Contact: Eric K Walton, Phone:614-292-5051, Email:walton.1@osu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985 Project Scope: This project will write a standard practices guide for the measurement of radar cross section. This guide will discuss RCS measurement practices as they relate to indoor and outdoor measurements in an established range. It will not discuss measurement of foliage, natural events, etc. It will also not discuss near field measurement and other specialty measurements. Project Purpose: This standard will be used by government, industrial, and academic organizations that measure radar cross sections of targets. Currently, there are no written standards on this type of measurement. Many mistakes are being made that are critical to the performance of contracts and studies. Conclusions are being reached with data that is incorrectly measured, misunderstood or processed incorrectly. Additionally, perfectly good measurement practices are being rejected because of the lack of understanding of uses and procedures. This standard seeks to instill an understanding of RCS measurements, how they should be done, and how to manipulate measured results for accurate data collection and processing. Key Words: radar, cross, section Designation: 361 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 362 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 363 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Robert J Davidson Jr, Phone:631-271-6200x22367, Email:robert.j.davidson.jr@us.ul.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 364 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 365 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 366 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 367-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Jointly sponsored with COM/T&A. Revision of IEEE Std 367-1987. Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for the calculation of power station GPR and LI voltages, as well as guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in metallic telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the determination of the following: a) The fault current and the earth return current. (The probability, waveform, and duration of these currents and the impedance to remote earthing points used in these GPR and LI calculations as well as the effective X / R ratio are discussed.) b) The zone of inßuence (ZOI) of the power station GPR. c) The calculation of the inducing currents, the mutual impedance between power and metallic telecommunication facilities, and shield factors. d) The channel time requirements for metallic telecommunication facilities where noninterruptible channels are required for protective relaying. Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 367-1987 as required. Abstract: Guidance for the calculation of power station ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinal induction (LI) voltages is provided, as well as guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values, for use in metallic telecommunication protection design. Key Words: electric power stations, ground potential rise, induced voltage, longitudinal induction voltages, power faults, power stations, telecommunication protection design, telecommunications Designation: P367 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: This std provides quidance for the calculation of power station ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinal induction (LI) voltages and guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in metallic telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the determination of: 1. The fault current and earth return current levels; their probability, wave-form, and duration; and the impedance to remote earthing points used in these GPR and LI calculations as well as the effective X/R ratio. 2. The zone of influence of the power station GPR. 3. The calculation of th inducing currents, the mutual impedance between power and metallic telecommunciation facilities, and shield factors. 4. The channel time requirements for metallic telecommunication facilities where non-interruptible channels are required for protective relaying. Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 367-1987 as required. Designation: 367-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 367-1979. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 367-1996. Guidance is provided for the calculation of interfering voltages and their appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in wire-line telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the determination of the fault current and earth-return current levels; their probability, waveform, and duration; and the impedance to remote earthing points used in these ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinally induced voltage calculations. The zone of influence of the power station GPR; the calculation of the inducing currents; the mutual impedance between power and wire-line telecommunication facilities and shield factors; and the channel time requirements for wire-line telecommunication facilities where noninterruptible channels are required for protective relaying and other purposes are covered. Key Words: ground, potential, induced, fault, rise, Wire communication, Voltage measurement, Power system faults Designation: 368-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Electrical Noise and Harmonic Filter Performance of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawal 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977 Key Words: noise, harmonic, dc, performance, filter Designation: 369 Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 37 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 370 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 376-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Impulse Strength and Impulse Bandwidth Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1977 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. The use of the impulse generator for calibration purposes in electromagnetic compatibility measurements is addressed. In particular, basic information relating to the use of this device is provided, and interpretation of measurements made using instruments based on it is considered. Two methods of measurement of spectrum amplitude and impulse bandwidth are described in detail. The first method uses a video pulse technique. The second uses a substitution method in which the reference is a pulse- modulated sine-wave generator whose parameters are measured. Both techniques are capable of about equal accuracy. Key Words: strength, bandwith, Impulse measurements, Electromagnetic compatibility Designation: 377-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Spurious Emission from Land-Mobile Communication Transmitters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Controlled test conditions, test apparatus, test methods and data presentation, all of which form the basis for establishing the energy levels of spurious emissions of mobile communication transmitters designed to generate FM signals in the frequency range of 25 to 1000 MHz are covered. The purpose is to enable design and system engineers engaged in a variety of development projects to achieve uniform results in recognizing sources and nature of RF spurious emissions emanating from vehicular communications transmitters. Procedures for measuring both broadband and narrowband spectra are provided for both conducted and radiated emissions. Specified limits are not included. However, reference values that are not limited by the state of the art are provided. Transmitter test conditions, apparatus and method are based on standard instrumentation and measuring techniques and do not require any special apparatus other than necessary terminal simulators. The procedures do not cover the associated antenna and transmission lines. Key Words: spurious, emissions, communication, Land mobile radio transmitters, Land mobile radio interference Designation: P378 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC4 - High Frequency Measurement Title: Recommended Practice for Scattering Parameter Measurements and Uncertainty Analysis Using Network Analyzers Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Yeon-Song Lee, Phone:408-778-2000, Email:brian.lee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: Vector Network Analyzers (VNAs) are used to measure reflection and transmission coefficients of multi-port networks at radio, microwave and millimeter-wave frequencies from a few kHz to 110 GHz and beyond. This standard provides a common base for analysis of measurements made on vector network analyzers. A description of terminology is included so that a common language can be used to understand the measurement instruments and parameters, the methods of measurement, and the uncertainty associated with a measurement. Because of the complexities of the measurement parameters, instruments and uncertainties, this standard does not cover all of the possible techniques and analysis methods. Project Purpose: Provide definitions of terms commonly used by users and manufacturers of vector network analyzers. Define and describe measurement techniques, measurement errors, and the use of standards to quantify the effects of these errors. Assist users to specify, and manufacturers to meaningfully describe essential performance parameters. Assist users to verify the specified performance parameters with proven test methods and well defined standards. Provide users with examples to evaluate and express the uncertainty of measurements made using VNAs. Designation: 378 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Scattering Coefficient Measurement Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of IEEE Stds 314-1971 and 378-1986. Technical Contact: William Oldfield, Phone:(408) 778-2000 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Project Scope: One-port and two-port impedance standards and measurement techniques in the frequency range 100 kHz to 110 GHz. Limited to linear passive devices. Techniques to include at least bridges, slotted lines, reflectometers, network analyzers, six-ports, resonance techniques, time and pulse domain, and vector meters. Standards to include requirements for national standards, transfer standards, and calibration standards. Project Purpose: Standards 314 and 387 are obsolete and limited in scope and frequency range. Agreement is needed on methods of determination, use, and uncertainty statement of transmission line standards and measurement techniques. Agreement is needed on the derivation, use and uncertainties in high frequency resistance, capacitance, inductance, and impedance standards and measurement techniques. Requirements on NIST need definition. Key Words: scattering, coefficient, measurement Designation: 378-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC4 - High Frequency Measurement Title: IEEE Standard on Network Analyzers (100 kHz to 18 GHz) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1984 Abstract: One-port and two-port impedance standards and measurement techniques in the frequency range 100 kHz to 110 GHz. Limited to linear passive devices. Techniques to include at least bridges, slotted lines, reflectometers, network analyzers, six-ports, resonance techniques, time and pulse domain, and vector meters. Standards to include requirements for national standards, transfer standards, and calibration standards. Key Words: network, analyzers Designation: 379-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001 **Supersedes 379-1994. Technical Contact: David J Zaprazny, Phone:570-542-1837, Email:djzaprazny@pplweb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This document covers the application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to interpret and provide guidance in the application of the single-failure criterion, discuss failures, and present an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. It is not the function of this standard to identify where the single-failure criterion is to be applied or to force compliance on any system; however, in those cases where the single-failure criterion has been invoked, this standard establishes the requirements for its application. This standard shall be used to establish conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std. 603-1981 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that standard. NOTE--The single-failure criterion is also applied to designated safety functions in other standards, e.g., IEEE Std 308-1992, ANSI/ANS 51.1-1983, and ANSI/ANS 52.1-1983. Application of the single-failure criterion to the aggregate of all plant structures, systems, and components is specified in 3.2.1 of ANSI/ANS 51.1-1983, ANSI/ANS 52.1-1983, and IAEA Safety Series No. 50-P-1 (1990). Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentaion, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the single-failure criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented. Key Words: "actuator, cascaded failure, common-cause failure, design basis event, detectable failure, effects analysis, safety system, single-failure criterion, system actuation, system logic" Designation: P379 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This document covers the application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to interpret and provide guidance in the application of single-failure criterion, discuss the failures, and present an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. Designation: 379-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 379-1988. Superseded by 379-2000. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Abstract: The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentaion, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the single-failure criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented. Key Words: generating station, safety systems, single failure, criterion, single-failure criterion, Nuclear power generating station Designation: 379-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by 379-1994. The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the single-failure criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented. Key Words: failure, criterion, nuclear, single, reliability Designation: 38 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 380 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 381 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Modules for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: G. J Toman, Phone:(215) 654-1620 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 1984 Designation: 381-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Type Tests of Class 1E Modules Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/20/91. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1980 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. The basic requirements of a type test program with the objective of verifying that a module used as a Class 1E equipment in a nuclear power generating station meets or exceeds its design specifications are described. This standard is limited to Class 1E modules from and including the sensor through the logic circuitry of the final actuation devices. Except for those that are part of a module, switchgear, cables, connections, motors, valve actuators, station batteries, and penetrations are not included and are covered by other IEEE documents. Key Words: type, tests, clas 1E, nuclear, modules Designation: 382-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Safety-Related Actuators for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007 Technical Contact: William F. Sadowski, Phone:256-716-4154, Email:bill.sadowski@wylelabs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 2007 Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety- related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions. Project Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety-related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 382-1996 Direction for the implementation of the requirements of IEEE Std 323TM-2003 as they apply to the specific features of safety-related actuator qualification are provided. This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety-related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions. Key Words: actuator components, AOV, HOV, MOV, nuclear power generating stations, safety-related actuators, SOV Designation: 382-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power-Operated Valve Assemblies With Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 382-1985. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Project Scope: This standard describes the qualification of all types of power- driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. Project Purpose: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power- driven valve actuators with safety-related functions. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 382-2006 The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations, is described. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. The minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve actuators with safety-related functions are provided. Key Words: class 1E safety equipment, nuclear power plants, qualification Designation: 382-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power Operated Valve Assemblies with Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 382-1980. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 1986 Abstract: The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations, is described. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. The minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve actuators with safety-related functions are provided. Key Words: qualification, valves, safety, nuclear, actuators Designation: 382 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Safety-Related Power- Operated Valve Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants Status: Superseded Technical Contact: P G McQuillan, Phone:434-528-4400x9714, Email:pmcquillan@flowserve.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard describes the qualification of all types of actuators, including damper actuators, for Safety-Related Power-Operated Valve Assemblies for nuclear power plants. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. Project Purpose: The standard establishes the minimum requirements for qualification of safety-related power driven valve actuators. Designation: 383-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 2004 **Supersedes 383-1974 (R1992). Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004 Project Scope: This standard provides general requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class 1E electric cables,field splices, factory splices, and factory rework for service in nuclear power generating stations. Categories of cables covered are those used for power, control, and instrumentation services, including signal and communication cables. Field cables, wires, and splices are within the scope of this standard. Cables, wires, and splices within or integral to other devices (e.g., instruments, panels, motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std 323TM-1983, as appropriate. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the wire and cable within these devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific direction for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-1983 as it pertains to the qualification of electrical cables and field splices. Abstract: This standard provides general requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class1E electric cables, field splices, factory splices, and factory rework for service in nuclear power generating stations. Categories of cables covered are those used for power, control, and instrumentation services, including signal and communication cables. Field cables, wires, and splices are within the scope of this standard. Cables, wires, and splices within or integral to other devices(e.g., instruments, panels, motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std 323TM-1983, as appropriate. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the wire and cable within these devices. Key Words: class 1E electric cables, factory rework, factory splices, field splices, qualified life, rep-resentative cable, representative splices Designation: P383 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualifying Electric Cables and Splices for Nuclear Facilities Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides general requirements and methods for qualifying electric cables and splices for nuclear facilities. Cable, wire, and splices within or integral to other devices (e.g., instruments, panels, motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std 323. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the cable, wire and splices within these devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide standard methodology for the implementation of IEEE Std 323 as it pertains to the qualification of electrical cables and splices. Designation: 383-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 383-2003. History: BD APP: Feb 28, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1975 Abstract: Superseded by 383-2003. Directions for establishing type tests that may be used in qualifying Class 1E electric cables, field splices, and other connections for service in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Though intended primarily for cable for field installation, this guide may also be used for the qualification of internal wiring of manufactured devices. It does not cover cables for service within the reactor vessel. Key Words: type, class 1E, nuclear, cables, splices Designation: 384-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 384-1992 Technical Contact: Paul L. Yanosy, Phone:412-374-6402, Email:paul.l.yanosy@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 2009 Project Scope: This standard describes the independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems. It sets forth criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant, but does not address the determination of what is to be considered redundant. Project Purpose: This standard establishes the criteria for implementation of the independence requirements of IEEE Std 308™ 1 and IEEE Std 603™. Abstract: The independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems are described. Criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant are set forth. The determination of what is to be considered redundant is not addressed. Key Words: 384-2008, associated circuit, barrier, Class 1E, independence, isolation, isolation device, raceway, separation Designation: 384-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 384-1981. Superseded by 384-2008. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1992 Project Scope: This standard describes the independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems. It sets forth criteria for the independence that can be acheived by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant, but does not address the determination of what is to be considered redundant. Project Purpose: This standard establishes the criteria for implementation of the independence requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and IEEE Std 308-1991. Abstract: The independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems are described. Criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are redundant are set forth. The determination of what is to be considered redundant is not addressed. Key Words: associated, circuit, barrier, Class 1E, independance, isolation device, device, raceway, separation Designation: 384-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1983 Key Words: independence, nuclear, class 1E, circuits, equipment Designation: 385 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 386-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2007 Technical Contact: Frank Stepniak, Phone:973-919-4552, Email:fstepniak62@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2007 Project Scope: This standard establishes definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for loadbreak and deadbreak separable insulated connector systems rated above 600 V, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Project Purpose: Revision to the standard are needed to provide the user with stacking dimensions of assembled 200 A and 600 A medium voltage insulated deadbreak connectors. New test procedures will improve reliability and provide repeatable results for both user and manufacturer evaluations. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 386-2000 Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests are established for loadbreak and deadbreak separable insulated connector systems rated above 600 V and, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems. Key Words: deadbreak connector, elbow connector, loadbreak connector, power distribution systems, separable conductor, separable insulated connector systems Designation: 386-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 386-1985. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1995 Abstract: Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests are established for load-break and dead-break separable insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600A or less, for use on power distribution systems. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: dead break, connector, elbow connector, load break, power distribution, separable conductor, separable insulated, connector systems Designation: 386-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600 V Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1985 Abstract: Service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for load-break and dead-break separable insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems, are established. Included are: corona voltage-level tests, dielectric tests, short-time current test, switching test, fault-closure test, current- cycling tests, accelerated sealing-life test, cable pull-out test, operating-force test, operating-eye test, test-point cap test, test-point tests, and shielding test. Key Words: separable, insulated, connectors, distribution, power, dead-break connector, elbow connector, load-break connector, separable conductor, connector systems Designation: 387-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 387-1984. Technical Contact: Paul R Johnson, Phone:802-451-3178, Email:pjohnso@entergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Project Scope: Criteria for the application and testing of D/G units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. The criteria for the application and testing of diesel-generator units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations is described. Key Words: aging classification, auxiliary equipment, capability, controls, design criteria, design features, load profile, modifications, operation, periodic testing, engine, generator, pre-operational test, production testing, protection, rating, records, reliability program, seismic qualification, site testing, test parameters, type testing Designation: P387 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Paul R Johnson, Phone:802-451-3178, Email:pjohnso@entergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: Criteria for the application and testing of D/G units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the principal design criteria, the design features, testing, and qualification requirements for individual diesel-generator units that enable them to meet their functional requirements as part of the standby power supply under the conditions produced by the design basis events cataloged in the Plant Safety Analysis. Designation: 387-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1984 Abstract: The criteria for the application and testing of diesel-generator units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations is described. Key Words: diesel-generator units Class 1E standby power supplies nuclear power generating stations Designation: 388-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Transformers and Inductors in Electronic Power Conversion Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 1992 Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1992 Project Scope: This standard pertains to transformers and inductors of both the saturating and nonsaturating type that are used in electronic power conversion equipment. Power conversion equipment includes items known as inverters, converters, power conditioners, switching power supplies, switched mode power supplies, and the like. These items are mostly devices used to change dc power from one voltage to another, to change dc power to ac, and to change ac power of one frequency to another frequency. This equipment is best described as utilizing transistors, silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs), or other similar devices that switch power on and off at a high rate in order to achieve the power conversion or regulation desired. Therefore, this standard covers the various transformers and inductors that are used in any of tyhe above mentioned equipment or devices, except for transformers operated directly from the mains. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Transformers and inductors of both the saturating and nonsaturating type are covered. The power transfer capability of the transformers and inductors covered ranges from less than 1 W to the multikilowatt level. The purpose is to provide a common basis between the engineers designing power conversion circuits and the engineers designing the transformers and inductors used in those circuits. Apparatus used in equipment for high-voltage power conversion for distribution by electric utilities is not covered. Key Words: inductors, electronic, power, equipment, transformer, inductor, Converter Designation: 388 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Transformers and Inductors in Electronic Power Conversion Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 389-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and Inductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 1997 **Revision of IEEE Std 389-1990. Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents a number of tests for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronic applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent- power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Some of the tests described are intended for qualifying a product for a specific application, while others are test practices used widely for manufacturing and customer acceptance testing. Section 3 is intended to serve as a guide for particular application categories. The tests described in this recommended practice include those most commonly used in the electronic transformer industry: electric strength, resistance, power loss, inductance, impedance, balance, ratio of transformation, and many others used less frequently. Project Purpose: This recommended practice has been prepared to serve as a guide in the design, testing, and specifying of electronic transformers and inductors. The publication contains many tests and experimental methods for evaluating almost every aspect of electronic transformers performance, including a number of tests for determining transformer environmental charactreristics such as audible-niose generation. The tests and specifications included are aimed primarily at the testing and evaluation of transformers of relatively low apparent-power rating, such as those used in communications, instrumentation, control, small appliance, and computer applications. However, most of these tests are perfectly applicable to transformers of any rating. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. A number of tests are presented for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronics applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent- power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Key Words: common-mode rejection tests, corona tests, current transformer tests, electronic inductors, electronic power transformers, inductance measurements, inrush-current evaluation, insulation tests, large rectifiers, noise tests, product rating, pulse transformers, quality factor, resistance tests, self-resonance, temperature rise tests, terminated impedance measurements, transformer capacitance, voltage-time shielding Designation: 389-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronic Transformers and Inductors Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 389-1979. History: BD APP: May 03, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1990 Abstract: A number of tests are presented for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronics applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Some of the tests are intended for qualifying a product for a specific application, while others are test practices used widely for manufacturing and customer acceptance testing. A guide for particular application categories is included. Key Words: common mode, rejection tests, corona tests, current transformer , electronic inductors, power transformers, inductance , inrush current, insulation tests, large rectifiers, noise tests, product rating, pulse transformers, quality factors, resistance tests, self resonance, temperature rise, terminated rise test, voltage time, time shielding, Voltage-time shielding, Transformer capacitance, Temperature rise tests, Self-resonance, Quality factor, Inductance measurements, Electronic power transformers, Current transformer tests, Common-mode rejection tests Designation: 389-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and Inductors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 09, 1978 Abstract: Superseded This document presents a number of tests for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of electronic transformers and inductors. These tests are primarily desinged for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronic applications, but they are also applicable to many other types of transformers, except transformers of large apparant-power rating used in the electric power industry. Many of the tests described are applicable as means of specifying the required testing of transformers for specific applications. Key Words: testing, electronics, transformers, inductors Designation: 39 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 390-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Pulse Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1987 **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 390-1975 and IEEE Std 391-1976. Transferred from Magnetics Society to Power Electronics Society. Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Pulse transformers for use in electronic equipment are considered. This standard applies to the following transformer types: power output (drivers), impedance matching, interstage coupling, current sensing, and blocking- oscillator transformers. For these transformers, the peak power transmitted ranges from a few milliwatts to many kilowatts, and the peak voltage transmitted ranges from a few volts to many kilovolts. Symbols, performance tests, equivalent circuits, preferred test methods, marking, and service conditions are covered. Key Words: pulse, transformers Designation: 390 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Pulse Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles J Elliott, Phone:631-432-2337, Email:cjelliott@on.aibn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard pertains to pulse transformers for use in electronic equipment. For the various types of these transformers, the peak power transmitted ranges from a few milliwatts to kilowatts; and the peak voltage transmitted ranges from a few volts to many kolovolts. These transformers are required to transmit unipolar or bipolar pulses of voltage or current within specified tolerances of amplitude and time when operated between specified impedances. They are typically used as coupling devices in electronic circuits. In blocking oscillators, they are connected to provide positive feedback in the circuit. In radar or similar use, they are used to couple the modulator to a magnetron, a klystron, a traveling-wave tube or a cross-field amplifier load. Project Purpose: Update the pulse transformer standard by updating applications, definitions and test methods. Designation: 391-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: Hi-Power (>300W, peak) Pulse Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn 3/9/89. Replaced by IEEE Std 390. Key Words: transformer, pulse Designation: 392-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Achieving High Reliability in Electronics Transformers and Inductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI (R85). ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92. History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1977 Key Words: reliability, electronice, transformers, inductors Designation: 393-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1992 **Revision of IEEE Std 393-1977. Transferred from Magnetics Society to Power Electronics Society. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Project Scope: This standard specifies applicable tests to describe the significant properties of magnetic cores used in electronic applications. It is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in electronics transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related devices. However, many of the tests specified herein are general in scope and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards covered by this publication include tests for specifying or measuring, or both, permeability, core loss, apparent core, induction, hysteresis, thermal characteristics, and other properties of all commonly used typoes of magnetic cores. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This standard specifies applicable tests to describe the significant properties of magnetic cores used in electronic applications. It is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in electronics transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related devices. However, many of the tests specified herein are general in scope and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards covered by this publication include tests for specifying or measuring, or both, permeability, core loss, apparent core, induction, hysteresis, thermal characteristics, and other properties of all commonly used typoes of magnetic cores. Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: 393-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: IEEE Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by 393-1991. This publication specifies applicable tests to describe the significant properties of magnetic cores used in electronic applications. This publication is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in electronics transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related devices. However, many of the test specified herein are general in scope and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards covered by this publication include test for specifying or measuring, or both, permeability, core loss, apparant core loss, induction, hysteresis, thermal characteristics, and other properties of all commonly used types of magnetic cores. Key Words: test, procedures, magnetic, cores Designation: 394 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 395 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 396 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 397 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 398-1972 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Photomultipliers for Scintillation Counting and Glossary for Scintillation Counting Field Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 1972 **aka ANSI N42.9-1972. Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1972, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1972 Abstract: Tests for measuring the pulse-height, spurious-pulse, and pulse-timing characteristics of photomultipliers used in scintillation and Cerenkov counters are presented. Five different measurement techniques are described. They are rise-time measurements, fall-time measurements, photocathode transit-time difference measurements, and transit-time spread measurements. Key Words: photo, multipliers, scintillation, counting, test Designation: 399-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Analysis (Brown Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1998 Technical Contact: L. Guy Jackson, Phone:251-626-6890, Email:gjackson@powerplot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Analytical Principle and Recommended Techniques most often employed in the Design, Operation and Trouble-Shooting of Electric Power Systems for Industrial Facilities and Commerical Buildings. Covers Basic Principles and Specific Techniques for Short-Circuit, Load Flow, Transient Stability, Coordination and other Types of Analysis. Project Purpose: Basic Tutorial Guide and Reference Source on Power System Analysis for Electrical Engineers who Design and Operate Industrial Plant and Commercial Building Power Systems. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. Today’s intensely competitive business environment forces plant and building management to be very aware of the total owning cost of power distribution systems. Furthermore, these managers demand assurance of maximum return on capital investments in the power system. Power system studies are used to ensure that this maximum return is achieved, and the IEEE Brown Book is a valuable source of information about the purposes of, and techniques involved in, power system studies. The IEEE Brown Book ties together the essential fundamentals of power system studies; the most common studies for design or operation of a power system; and basic computational methods, including key information on the various types of computer systems and their requirements. By combining field experience in power system engineering with computer systems, engineers can perform detailed studies on both existing and proposed power systems. The planning, design, and operation of industrial and commercial power systems require several studies to assist in the evaluation of initial and future system performance, system reliability, safety, and the ability to grow with production and/or operating requirements. The power system analyses discussed in the IEEE Brown Book can help answer many questions about an existing system, such as the impact of expansion, the stability of the system, and the load distribution of the system. Chapters are devoted to different types of studies, and also include guidance on the preparation for these studies. Some of the studies discussed are: load flow studies, short-circuit studies, stability studies, motor starting studies, harmonic analysis studies, switching transient studies, reliability studies, cable ampacity studies, ground mat studies, coordination studies, and dc auxiliary power system analyses. As a result of focusing on computer studies, the IEEE Brown Book, in conjunction with other IEEE Color Key Words: cable ampacity,dc power system studies,ground mat studies,harmonic analysis,load flow studies,motor-starting studies,power system analysis,power system modeling, power system studies,protective coordination studies,reliability studies,short-circuit studies Designation: 399 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Analysis Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gene A Poletto, Phone:630-842-2304, Email:gpoletto@worldnet.att.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice, commonly known as the IEEE Brown Book, is published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) as a reference source to give plant engineers a better understanding of the purpose for and techniques involved in power system studies. The IEEE Brown Book can also be a helpful reference source for system and data acquisition for engineering consultants performing necessary studies prior to designing a new system or expanding an existing power system. This Recommended Practice will help ensure high standards of power system reliability and maximize the utilization of capital investment. The IEEE Brown Book emphasizes up-to-date techniques in system studies that are Most applicable to industrial and commercial power systems. It complements the other IEEE Color Books, and is intended to be used in conjunction with, not as a replacement for, the many excellent texts available in this field. Project Purpose: While the 1997 edition had many changes; this edition will concentrate on updating and improving the presentation of those chapters. Also, two chapters are outdated, due to computer technology enhancements, and need a complete rewrite. Designation: 399-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis Status: Superseded **IEEE Brown Book. Revision of IEEE Std 399-1980. Superseded by 399-1997 History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by 399-1997. This recommended practice is a reference source for engineers involved in industrial and commercial power systems analysis. It contains a thorough analysis of the power system data required, and the techniques most commonly used in computer-aided analysis, in order to perform specific power system studies of the following: short-circuit, load flow, motorstarting, cable ampacity, stability, harmonic analysis, switching transient, reliability, ground mat, protective coordination, DC auxiliary power system, and power system modeling. Key Words: brown book, industrial power, commercial power, power systems, analysis theory, Power system studies, Power system stability, Power system analysis theory, Power cables, Load flow analysis, harmonics, Grounding Designation: 399-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Power System Analysis (IEEE Brown Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1982 Abstract: Superseded by 399-1990. This recommended practice is a reference source for engineers involved in industrial and commercial power systems analysis. It contains a thorough analysis of the power system data required, and the techniques most commonly used in computer-aided analysis, in order to perform specific power system studies of the following: short-circuit, load flow, motorstarting, cable ampacity, stability, harmonic analysis, switching transient, reliability, ground mat, protective coordination, DC auxiliary power system, and power system modeling. Key Words: power, system, analysis, brown Designation: 4-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Techniques for High-Voltage Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 1995 **Revision of IEEE Std 4-1978. Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Project Scope: Defines test procedures, equipment requirements and analysis aids for testing hardware and apparatus used for electric power distribution, by all electric utilities. Project Purpose: To define terms of general applicability; to present general requirements regarding test objects and test procedure. Abstract: This standard establishes standard methods to measure high-voltage and basic testing techniques, so far as they are generally applicable, to all types of apparatus for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltags, switching impulse voltages, and impulse currents. This revision implements many new procedures to improve accuracy, provide greater flexibility, and address practical problems associated with high-voltage measurements. Key Words: high-voltage testing, testing Designation: 4 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for High Voltage Test Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: The proposed revision will update the current standard, add several new techniques and methods and align more completely with IEC sister standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to make high voltage measurements more consistent. The revision will continue this evolution. Designation: 4 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for High Voltage Test Techniques Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: The proposal is to add an appendix to the existing standard. The appendix will contain information on Atmospheric Correction factors used in high voltage tests according to the scope of the Standard. The proposed appendix contains information taken exactly from the previous version of this Standard. Project Purpose: The Switchgear and Transformer committees of PES still use this older version of correction factors and are asking for it to be added back to the Standard. Currently certain apparatus committees with Standards that refer to IEEE-4 1978, cannot be updated to reference IEEE-4 1995 because the old atmospheric correction factors, that they use daily, had been eliminated from the newer version. Designation: P4 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for High-Voltage Testing Techniques Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard is applicable to - Dielectric tests with direct voltages - Dielectric tests with alternating voltages - Dielectric tests with impulse voltages - Tests with impulse currents - Tests with combinations of the above - Capacitance and dielectric loss measurements This standard is applicable only to tests on equipment with a rated voltage above 1000 V. Procedures are given for applying correction factors to convert test data to standard atmospheric conditions. This standard also specifies procedures for testing equipment when external insulation of the test object is to be subjected to dry, wet, or contaminated conditions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to - Define terms of general applicability - Present general requirements regarding test equipment and procedures - Describe methods for evaluation of test results Designation: 4-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard Techniques for High Voltage Testing Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jan 01, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1982 Abstract: Standard methods of measurement of high voltage and basic techniques for dielectrics, so far as they are generally applicable to all types of apparatus, for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltages, switching impulse voltages, and impulse currents are established. General definitions and test requirements are provided, and test procedures and measuring devices are described. A measuring devices application guide and recommendations for voltage measurements by means of sphere gaps are included. The contents are based on and adhere very closely to IEC high- voltage test techniques documents. Key Words: high, voltage, testing, techniques Designation: 400-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2002 **Supersedes 400-1991. Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide lists the various field test methods that are presently available or under development to perform field tests on insulated, shielded power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV. A summary of advantages and disadvantages of the methods will be included. Users should avail themselves of th technical papers that are included as References and in the Bibliography before deciding whether to perform a test and which test to utilize. In making such decisions, consideration should be given to the performance of the entire cable system, including joints, terminations, and associated equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to replace the present IEEE 400 with a Guide presenting an overview of the various tests presently available for evaluating the insulation of cable systems in the field. This will be the umbrella document for a series of Guides that cover each individual test method. These test methods that have been sufficiently developed to become approved Guides will become subdocuments. The content of the present IEEE 400 will be revised and will become the first subdocument. Abstract: Scope: This Guide lists the various field test methods that are presently available or under development to perform field tests on insulated, shielded power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV. A summary of advantages and disadvantages of the methods will be included. Users should avail themselves of th technical papers that are included as References and in the Bibliography before deciding whether to perform a test and which test to utilize. In making such decisions, consideration should be given to the performance of the entire cable system, including joints, terminations, and associated equipment. Key Words: "alternating-polarity dc-biased ac voltage, dissipation factor testing, field test, high-voltage dc testing" Designation: P400 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems Rated 5kV and Above Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This guide lists the various field test methods that are currently available or under development. The guide covers shielded, insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV and above. The guide describes the tests and gives advantages and disadvantages, suggested applications, and typical results. Complete guides covering some of the test methods listed are available in the form of IEEE 400 “point” documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an overview of the various test methods available for evaluating the insulation of shielded cable systems in the field, and to assist cable owners in selecting one or more appropriate tests for a specific application. Abstract: This guide lists the various field test methods that are currently available or under development. The guide covers shielded, insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV and above. The guide describes the tests and gives advantages and disadvantages, suggested applications, and typical results. Complete guides covering some of the test methods listed are available in the form of IEEE 400 “point” documents. Designation: 400-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 400-1980. Superseded by 400-2001 and 400.1-2007. History: BD APP: Feb 28, 1991, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by 400-2001. Not available to resellers. Procedures and recommended test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance high-direct-voltage testing of shielded power cable systems are set forth. They apply to all types of shielded, insulated power cable. The aim is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results. This guide is not intended to apply to unshielded power cables, communication cables, control cables, high-frequency cables, or other special-purpose cables, nor does it purport to require that testing be performed, either at the time of installation or maintenance. Key Words: cable installation, cable maintenance, cable tests, insulated cable, test procedures, Shielded power cable systems, High direct voltage tests Designation: 400-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Sep 08, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by 400-1991. This guide lists the various field test methods that are currently available or under development with guidance on how to perform each test. The guide covers shielded, insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV unless these voltages are modified by the specific “point” document. Key Words: dc, tests, field, cable, high voltage Designation: 400.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Laminated Dielectric, Shielded Power Cable Systems Rated 5 kV and Above with High Direct Current Voltage Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2007 Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007 Project Scope: This guide presents the recommended practices and procedures for direct voltage acceptance and maintenance testing of shielded, laminated dielectric insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV and above. It applies to all types of laminated power cable systems such as paper-insulated lead covered, pipe-type, and pressurized cables that are intended for the transmission or distribution of electric power. The tabulated test levels assume that the cable systems have an effectively grounded neutral system or a grounded metallic shield. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide uniform practices and procedures for performing direct voltage acceptance and maintenance tests on shielded, laminated power cable systems in the field and to provide guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Abstract: The recommended practices and procedures for acceptance and maintenance testing of shielded, laminated dielectric insulated power cable systems 5 kV and above are presented. Key Words: cable, cable installation, cable maintenance, cable tests, field test procedures, high direct voltage tests, insulated cable, power cable systems, shielded power cable systems Designation: 400.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Shielded Power Cable Systems in the Field Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: Provide uniform procedures for performing high-direct-voltage acceptance test and maintenance tests on shield power cable systems in the field. Provide guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise the content of the present IEEE 400 document to bring it up to date with current industry practices. Designation: 400.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Using Very Low Frequency (VLF) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Hans R Gnerlich, Phone:610-865-3432, Email:hgnerlich@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field on service-aged shielded medium voltage cables with extruded and laminated dielectric insulation. VLF test methods utilize ac signals at frequencies less than 1 Hz. The most commonly used, commerically available, VLF test frequency is 0.1 Hz. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a similar manner to individual cables. Charts are included as an aid in identifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for various cable insulation problems. Project Purpose: The introduction of cables with extruded dielectric insulation has imposed new standards and restrictions on field testing of shielded medium voltage systems. DC testing of shielded medium voltage cable systems frequently causes service-aged cables with solid dielectric insulation to fail after they are returned to service. This guide is intended to provide troubleshooting and testing personnel with information to test shielded medium voltage cable systems using very low frequency techniques. Abstract: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field on shielded power cable systems. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a similar manner to individual cables. Tables are included as an aid to identifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for various cable system insulation problems. Key Words: cable fault locating, cable system testing, cable testing, dielectric spectroscopy, grounding, hipot testing, partial discharge testing, proof testing, safety, tan delta testing, very low frequency (VLF testing Designation: P400.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Field Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Using Very Low Frequency (VLF) Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and other diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field on service-aged shielded medium voltage cables with extruded and laminated dielectric insulation. VLF test methods utilize ac signals at frequencies less than 1 Hz. The most commonly used, commerically available, VLF test frequency is 0.1 Hz. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a similar manner to individual cables. Tables are included of the recommended test voltage levels for installation, acceptance and maintenance tests. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide troubleshooting and testing personnel with information to test shielded medium voltage cable systems using very low frequency techniques. Designation: 400.3-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems in a Field Environment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 05, 2007 Technical Contact: Matthew S Mashikian, Phone:860-427-7621, Email:m.s.mashikian@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: This guide covers the diagnostic testing of new or service-aged installed shielded power cable systems, which include cable, joints, and terminations, using PD detection, measurement, and location. Partial discharge testing, which is a useful indicator of insulation degradation, may be carried out on-line or by means of an external voltage source. This guide does not include the testing of compressed gas insulated systems or continuous on-line monitoring at normal service voltage. Project Purpose: This guide describes diagnostic methods capable of detecting and locating partial discharges from defects and damage in installed shielded power cable systems. The results of PD tests are used to assess the condition of cables and accessories. Abstract: This guide covers the diagnostic testing of new or service-aged installed shielded power cable systems, which include cable, joints, and terminations, using partial discharge (PD) detection, measurement, and location. Partial discharge testing, which is a useful indicator of insulation degradation, may be carried out on-line or off-line by means of an external voltage source. This guide does not include the testing of compressed gas insulated systems or continuous on-line monitoring at normal service voltage. Key Words: cable system testing, cable testing, diagnostic testing, off-line partial discharge testing, on-line partial discharge testing, partial discharge testing Designation: P400.4 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Field-Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Rated 5kV and Above with Damped Alternating Current Voltage (DAC) Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This guide presents the practices and procedures for testing and diagnosis of shielded power cable systems rated 5kV and above using damped alternating current voltages (DAC) . It applies to all types of power cable systems that are intended for the transmission or distribution of electric power. The tabulated test levels assume that the cable systems have an effectively grounded neutral system or a grounded metallic shield. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide uniform practices and procedures for performing damped alternating current voltages (DAC) off-line tests on installed shielded power cable systems in the field and to provide guidelines for evaluation of the test results. Designation: 401 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 402-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Guide for Measuring Resistivity of Cable-Insulation Materials at High Direct Voltages Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 06, 1973 Abstract: 1/92 memo from S. Vogel - Reaff in progress. Submittal expected June 1992 Key Words: resistivity, cable, insulation, direct, voltages Designation: 403 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 404-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2 500v to 500 000v Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007 **Supersedes 404-2000. Technical Contact: Glenn J Luzzi, Phone:973-371-1771x407, Email:g.luzzi@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007 Project Scope: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cables rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V. In addition, it defines test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield restoration devices. This standard also defines a variety of common joint constructions. Joints that connect more than two cables or connect cables with two different conductor sizes are not covered by this standard. However, manufacturers and users are encouraged to use appropriate parts of this standard to evaluate these joints. Project Purpose: The original standard provided manufacturers and users with a consistent set of guidelines for cable joints. This revision is needed to insure cable joint designs are consistent and appropriate for the latest industry-accepted cable designs and also to add qualification guidelines not fully addressed in the current standard. Purpose from Previous PAR - To provide a standard for the qualification and production testing of high voltage joints. This standard will specify uniform testing procedures, levels and requirements that can be used by both manufacturers and users to design and specify underground cable joints which will perform safely and reliably in service. The latest proposed revision of the standard would provide harmonization to appropriate international standards and also extend requirements to those voltage classes not presently covered by any standards. Abstract: Supersedes 404-2000. This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 to 500 000V. In addition, it defines test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield restoration devices. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints, and associated cable shield and cable jacket restoration components, to perform reliably in service. Key Words: cable joints, dielectric integrity tests, extruded dielectric cable, impulse withstand voltage (BIL), laminated dielectric cable, sheath/shield sectionalizers, transition joints, withstand voltage Designation: P404 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2.5 kV to 500kV Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cables rated in preferred voltage steps from 2.5 kV to 500kV. In addition, it defines test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield restoration devices. This standard also defines a variety of common joint constructions. Joints that connect more than two cables or connect cables with two different conductor sizes are not covered by this standard. However, manufacturers and users are encouraged to use appropriate parts of this standard to evaluate these joints. Project Purpose: This standard provides manufacturers and users with a consistent set of qualification test requirements for all cable joints. It also provides production test requirements for many cable joints used on extruded dielectric cables. Material properties and sampling rates are included for joint designs not easily production tested in their final form. The latest proposed revision of the standard would provide closer harmonization to international standards for those cable joints used on extruded dielectric cables rated 69kV and above. It will provide more applicable testing protocols to insure appropriate joint operation in the field for extruded dielectric cable joints in a joint-series. A joint- series being a family of joints designed and manufactured to cover a wide range of cable including various conductor sizes and materials as well as various extruded insulation thicknesses and materials. It will change the format of the design test sequence tables to provide a more clear and concise format to eliminate interpretation errors. Designation: 404-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500-500 000V Status: Superseded **Supersedes 404-1993. Technical Contact: Glenn J Luzzi, Phone:973-371-1771x407, Email:g.luzzi@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: Revision of IEEE 404-1993 to incorporate: 1) general comments resulting from the 1997 reaffirmation balloting attempt; 2) address "usual service conditions" for qualification purposes; 3) provide consistency with international standards IEC 60502-4 and IEC 60840 where appropriate; 4) expand extruded dielectric cable joints requirements to 500kV; and 5) modify the title appropriately. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for the qualification and production testing of high voltage joints. This standard will specify uniform testing procedures, levels and requirements that can be used by both manufacturers and users to design and specify underground cable joints which will perform safely and reliably in service. The latest proposed revision of the standard would provide harmonization to appropriate international standards and also extend requirements to those voltage classes not presently covered by any standards. Abstract: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service. Key Words: "cable joints, dielectric integrity tests, extruded dielectric cable, impulse withstandvoltage (BIL), laminated dielectric cable, sheath/shield sectionalizers, transition joints, withstandvoltage" Designation: 404-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use With Extruded Dielectric Cable Rated 5000-138 000 V and Cable Joints for Use With Laminated Dielectric Cable Rated 2500-500 000 V Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 404-1986. Superseded by 404-2000. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994 Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY 404-2000 / NOT AVAILABLE TO RESELLERS. Errata sheet is available online: http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/errata/404-1993_errata.pdf This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements for cable joints for use with extruded dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 5000--138 000 V and cable joints for use with laminated dielectric cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500--500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: cable joints, BIL, transition joints, withstand voltage, Sheath/shield sectionalizers, Laminated dielectric cable, Impulse withstand voltage , Extruded dielectric cable, Dielectric integrity tests Designation: 404-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use with Extruded Dielectric Cable Rated 5000 V through 46 000 V and Cable Joints for Use with Laminated Dielectric Cable Rated 2500 V Through 500 000 V Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1985 Abstract: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service. Key Words: power, cable, joints Designation: 405 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 407 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 409 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 415-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Planning of Preoperational Testing Programs for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 415-1976. History: BD APP: May 02, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Abstract: Directions for establishing an acceptable pre-operational testing program for Class 1E power systems in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The pre-operational tests are performed after the appropriate construction tests have been completed. Their purpose is to verify that the Class 1E power systems perform their required function as designed. The power systems are considered to include the ac and dc power supplies, but do not include the equipment that utilizes the power. Key Words: preoperational, test, 1E, power, systems Designation: 416-1984 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard ATLAS Test Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985 Designation: 420-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2002 **Revision project for IEEE Std 420-1982. Supersedes 420-1982. Technical Contact: Paul L. Yanosy, Phone:412-374-6402, Email:paul.l.yanosy@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: This standard applies to the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks. It does not apply to individual components, modules, and external field-run cables except as they may affect the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the design requirements for Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks and to establish the methods to verify that these requirements have been satisfied. Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. This standard specifies the design requirements for new and/or modified Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks and establishes the methods to verify that these requirements have been satisfied. Methods for meeting the separation criteria contained in ANSI/IEEE Std 384-1992 are addressed. Qualification is also included to address the overall requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std 323-1983 and ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1987. Key Words: "cabling, control boards, independence, isolation, nuclear, panels, qualification, racks, safety, separation, wiring" Designation: P420 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This standard applies to the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks. It does not apply to: individual components, modules, and external field run cables except as they may affect the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the design and qualification requirements for Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks and to establish the methods to verify that these requirements have been satisfied. Designation: 420-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 420-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Abstract: Design requirements that are unique to Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks are specified. Standards for qualification tests to verify that these design requirements have been satisfied are provided. This standard is not intended to define the selection, design, or qualification of piping, modules, or other equipment mounted on the Class 1E control boards, panels, or racks. It is concerned, however, with the effect such mounted equipment has on the design and qualifications. Qualification and testing of individual Class 1E control board components and modules and external field-run cables are not covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: qualifications, 1E, control, panels, racks Designation: 42010-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 42010:2007, Systems and Software Engineering---Recommended practice for architectural description of software-intensive systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2007 History: BD APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the architectural description of software-intensive systems. A software-intensive system is any system where software contributes essential influences to the design, construction, deployment, and evolution of the system as a whole. The scope of this recommended practice encompasses those products of system development that capture architectural information. This includes architectural descriptions that are used for the following: a) Expression of the system and its evolution b) Communication among the system stakeholders c) Evaluation and comparison of architectures in a consistent manner d) Planning, managing, and executing the activities of system development e) Expression of the persistent characteristics and supporting principles of a system to guide acceptable change f) Verification of a system implementation’s compliance with an architectural description g) Recording contributions to the body of knowledge of software-intensive systems architecture Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to facilitate the expression and communication of architectures and thereby lay a foundation for quality and cost gains through standardization of elements and practices for architectural description. Despite significant efforts to improve engineering practices and technologies, software- intensive systems continue to present formidable risks and difficulties in their design, construction, deployment, and evolution. Recent attempts to address these difficulties have focused on the earliest period of design decision-making and evaluation, increasingly referred to as the architectural level of system development. The phrases archi-tectural level and architecture are widely, if imprecisely, used. Their use reflects acceptance of an architectural metaphor in the analysis and development of software-intensive systems. A key premise of this metaphor is that important decisions may be made early in system development in a manner similar to the early decision-making found in the development of civil architecture projects. Many innovations are resulting from this attention to the architectural level, among them architectural description languages and associated tools and environments; architectural frameworks, models, and patterns; and techniques for architectural analysis, evaluation, and architecture-based reuse. While these efforts differ considerably in important aspects, sufficient commonality exists to warrant the development of a recommended practice to codify their common elements. These innovations are occurring, and maturing, rapidly within many research and application communities, and they reflect differing interests, influences, insights, and intentions. There is a general consensus on the importance of the architectural level of systems development , and that that level consists of early decisionmaking about overall design structure, goals, requirements, and development strategies. However, there has not yet emerged any reliable consensus on a precise definition of a system’s architecture , i.e., how it should be described, what uses such a description may serve, or where and when it should be defined. The boundaries and relationships between architectural trends and practices, and other practices; and between architectural technology and other technology, are not yet widely recognized. In such situations, progress often depends on mediating influences. Potential adopters of architectural practices and technology need a frame of reference within which to address implementation and adoption decisions. Technology developers need a frame of reference within which to communicate the motivating concepts of their technology, and to accumulate and appreciate feedback from early adoption. To these ends, this recommended practice is intended to reflect generally accepted trends in practices for architectural description and to provide a technical framework for further evolution in this area. Furthermore, it establishes a conceptual framework of concepts and terms of reference within which future developments in system architectural technology can be deployed. This recommended practice codifies those elements on which there is consensus; specifically the use of multiple views, reusable specifications for models within views, and the relation of architecture to system context. Abstract: This recommended practice addresses the activities of the creation, analysis, and sustainment of architectures of software-intensive systems, and the recording of such architectures in terms of architectural descriptions. A conceptual framework for architectural description is established. The content of an architectural description is defined. Annexes provide the rationale for key concepts and terminology, the relationships to other standards, and examples of usage. Key Words: architectural description, architecture, software-intensive system, stakeholder concerns, system stakeholder, view, viewpoint Designation: P42010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Architectural Description Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard F Hilliard, Phone:978-857-5037, Email:r.hilliard@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard encompasses those products of system and software development that capture architectural information, referred to as "architectural descriptions". This includes architectural descriptions that are used for the following: a) Expression of the system or software and its evolution b) Communication among the stakeholders c) Evaluation and comparison of architectures in a consistent manner d) Planning, managing, and executing the activities of development e) Expression of the persistent characteristics and supporting principles of a system or software to guide acceptable change f) Verification of an implementation's compliance with an architectural description g) Recording contributions to the body of knowledge of systems and software architecture Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate the expression, communication and review of architectures and thereby lay a foundation for quality and cost gains through standardization of elements of and practices for architectural description. Abstract: This International Standard addresses the creation, analysis and sustainment of architectures of systems through the use of architecture descriptions. A conceptual model of architecture description is established. The required contents of an architecture description are specified. Architecture viewpoints, architecture frameworks and architecture description languages are introduced for codifying conventions and common practices of architecture description. The required content of architecture viewpoints, architecture frameworks and architecture description languages is specified. Annexes provide the motivation and background for key concepts and terminology and examples of applying this International Standard. Key Words: architecting, architecture description, architecture view, architecture viewpoint, architecture model, architecture framework, architecture description language, architecture decision, architecture rationale, system concern, correspondence, correspondence rule Designation: 421.1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Alexander Murdoch, Phone:518-385-9384, Email:alexander.murdoch@ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard defines elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and contains definitions for excitation systems as applied to synchronous machines. These definitions should be useful in the following areas: -- Writing excitation systems specifications -- Evaluating excitation system performance -- Specifying methods for excitation system tests -- Preparing related excitation system standards -- Serving as an educational means for those becoming acquainted with excitation systems -- Modeling excitation systems Project Purpose: This standard provides a common base for terminology in common usage related to excitation control systems. The definitions given in this standard are an adjunct to IEEE Std 100 dictionary in describing terms specifically related to excitation systems. With the advent of new excitation systems and changes in common terminology and usage there are revisions required to keep this standard relevant. Abstract: Defines elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and contains definitions for excitation systems as applied to synchronous machines. Key Words: definitions of excitation controls, excitation block diagrams, excitation control systems, excitation systems terminology, synchronous generator controls Designation: 421.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: This standard defines elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and contains definitions for excitation systems as applied to synchronous machines. The primary purpose is to provide a vocabulary for (1) Writing excitation systems specifications (2) Evaluating excitation system performance (3) Specifying methods for excitation system tests (4) Preparing excitation system standards (5) Serving as an educational means for those becoming acquainted with excitation systems. Project Purpose: This effort is to review and revise the existing standard (Std 421.1-1986) which is one of five of the 421 series standards for excitation systems for synchronous machines. Designation: 421.1-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 421-1972. Superseded by 421.1-2007. History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1985 Abstract: Elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and for excitation systems as applied to synchronous machines are defined. The primary purpose of the standard is to provide a vocabulary for writing excitation systems specifications, evaluating excitation system performance, specifying methods for excitation system tests, and preparing excitation system standards. It is also intended to serve as an educational aid for those becoming acquainted with excitation systems. Key Words: excitation system, synchronous machines Designation: 421.2-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic Performance of Excitation Control Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 07, 1990 **This is a revision of IEEE 421A-1978. Technical Contact: Jay C Agee, Phone:303-445-2309, Email:jagee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Project Scope: This guide includes criteria, definitions, and test objectives for evaluating the dynamic performance of excitation control systems as applied by electric utilities. The term “excitation control system” (see Fig 1) is used to distinguish the combined performance of the synchronous machine, power system, and excitation system from that of the excitation system alone (see IEEE Std 100-1988, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms (ANSI) [1]1 and IEEE Std 421.1-1986, IEEE Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines (ANSI) [2]). The primary purpose of this guide is to provide a basis for evaluating closed-loop performance of excitation control systems for both large and small signal disturbances; confirming the adequacy of mathematical models of excitation control systems for use in analytical studies of power systems; identifying objectives for tests of excitation control systems and their components; and preparing excitation system specifications and additional standards. Portions of this guide will also serve as educational material for people who are becoming acquainted with excitation control systems. Traditionally, large signal performance (see 2.1) has been more closely associated with equipment specification and acceptance testing, while small signal performance (see 2.2) has been more closely associated with stability and model studies. Matching actual disturbance data with model simulations requires that both large and small signal performance criteria be considered during design specification and acceptance testing. Abstract: This standard presents dynamic performance criteria, definitions, and test objectives for excitation control systems as applied by electric utilities. It should be specifically noted that the term excitation control system refers to the entire control system including the synchronous machine and power system as well as the excitation system. Key Words: Small signal disturbances, Large signal disturbances, Excitation system specification, Excitation control systems, Closed loop performance Designation: 421.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic Performance of Excitation Control Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Jay C Agee, Phone:303-445-2309, Email:jagee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996 Project Scope: The working group plans to update the standard in the following areas: references, update all sections, add a subsection on excitation limiters, add new, modern test methods, reduce the size of Appendix B, update all figures and check definitions with new Std 421.1, add testing and explanation of PF/Var Regulators and Controllers. Project Purpose: This project is being done to reflect changes in excitation systems (to digital controllers) and testing methods that have occurred in the past 5 years. Designation: P421.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic Performance of Excitation Control Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Jay C Agee, Phone:303-445-2309, Email:jagee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This guide includes criteria, definitions, and test procedures for evaluating the dynamic performance of excitation control systems for synchronous machines as applied by electric utilities. Project Purpose: To provide a basis for evaluating the closed-loop performance of excitation control systems (including the effects of both the synchronous machine and its excitation system) for both large and small signal disturbance; thus confirming the adequacy of mathematical models of excitation systems for use in analytical studies of electric power systems. Designation: 421.3-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for High-Potential Test Requirements for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision project for Std 421B-1979. Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete excitation systems and their components for synchronous machines. The components of the excitation system are described in IEEE Std 421-1972, Criteria and Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines. Also included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to excitation system stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators, transducers, meters, etc. This standard does not cover the synchronous- machine field winding or field circuit breaker and discharge resistor. Project Purpose: This effort is to review the existing standard (IEEE Std 421B- 1979) which is one of 5 standards in the 421 series on Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines. Abstract: High-potential test voltages for excitation systems used with synchronous machines are established. Test voltages are established based on whether equipment is connected to the exciter power circuit or is electrically isolated from the exciter power circuit. Key Words: "dielectric testing,excitation systems,test voltages" Designation: P421.3 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard for High-Potential Test Requirements for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard C Schaefer, Phone:618-654-2341x757, Email:richschaefer@basler.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete excitation systems and their components for synchronous machines. Also included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to excitation system stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators, transducers, meters, etc. This standard does not cover the synchronous- machine field winding or field circuit breaker and discharge resistor. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide requirements and specific directions for the high-potential testing of complete excitation systems and their components using the most recent information manufacturers have made available. Designation: 421.4-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004 **Supersedes 421.4-1990. Technical Contact: Richard C Schaefer, Phone:618-654-2341x757, Email:richschaefer@basler.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004 Project Scope: Application information is being provided to help specify excitation systems. Scope includes review of this document and revisions/additions based on updated information and equipment. Project Purpose: The application information is being incorporated to give the user the guidelines and background data required to specify excitation systems. Updates based on modern equipment will be provided. The benefit it properly specified equipment that meets user needs. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 421.4-1990 This guide is intended to provide to the specification writer the information to prepare a specification for the purchase of an excitation system. This guide is presented in narrative form with descriptions of functions typical of excitation systems. Narrative is provided describing types of excitation systems and information required for sizing the excitation system. Key Words: communications, compound exciters, digital, excitation guide, exciter types, potential,integral, derivative (PID), potential source exciters, power system stabilizers, redundant controllers, rotating exciters Designation: P421.4 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard C Schaefer, Phone:618-654-2341x757, Email:richschaefer@basler.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This guide provides the necessary material to the specification writer in order to prepare the specification for the procurement of an excitation system for a synchronous machine. The information presented in this guide is given in narrative form with the descriptions and functions of particular features that should be examined in preparing the specifications. This guide also identifies the most modernized industry functions as it pertains to preparing specifications for the procurement. Project Purpose: The specific intent of this guide is to provide the user with guidelines and background data required to specify excitation systems. This guide will illustrate properly specified equipment used in specifying excitation systems. The benefit is to properly specify equipment that meets end user needs. Designation: 421.4-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 421.4-2004. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Replaced by 421.1-2004 (SH/SS95244) Abstract: IEEE Std 421.4-1990, IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System specifications, is intended to be a narrative description of items and functions that should be considered in the preparation of excitation system specifications. This guide applies to excitation systems for synchronous machines rated at 5000 kVA or larger. Key Words: 421.4, exciter, machine regulators, Synchronous machine regulators, Excitation system specification, Excitation control systems Designation: 421.5-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System Stability Studies Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006 Technical Contact: Les Hajagos, Phone:905-272-2191, Email:les@kestrelpower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Oct 25, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: When the behavior of synchronous machines is to be simulated accurately in power system stability studies,it is essential that the excitation systems of the synchronous machines be modeled in sufficient detail (see Byerly and Kimbark [B7]1). The desired models must be suitable for representing the actual excitation equipment performance for large, severe disturbances as well as for small perturbations. A 1968 IEEE Committee Report (see [B18]) provided initial excitation system reference models. It established a common nomenclature, presented mathematical models for excitation systems then in common use, and defined parameters for those models. A 1981 report (see IEEE Committee Report [B20]) extended that work. It provided models for newer types of excitation equipment not covered previously as well as improved models for older equipment. This document, based heavily on the 1981 report, is intended to again update the models, provide models for additional control features, and formalize those models in a recommended practice. To some extent, the model structures presented in this document are intended to facilitate the use of field test data as a means of obtaining model parameters. The models are, however, reduced order models, and they do not represent all of the control loops on any particular system. In some cases, the model used may represent a substantial reduction, resulting in large differences between the structure of the model and the physical system. The excitation system models themselves do not allow for regulator modulation as a function of system frequency, an inherent characteristic of some older excitation systems. The models are valid for frequency deviations of +/-5% from rated frequency and oscillation frequencies up to about 3 Hz. These models would not normally be adequate for use in studies of subsynchronous resonance or other shaft torsional interaction problems. Delayed protective and control functions that may come into play in long-term dynamic performance studies are not represented. See additional information in Annex F. Where possible, the supplied models are referenced to commercial equipment and vendor names shown in Annex I. This information is given for the convenience of users of this recommended practice and does not constitute an endorsement by the IEEE of these products. The models thus referenced may be appropriate for equivalent excitation systems supplied by other manufacturers. A sample set of data (not necessarily typical) for each of the models, for at least one particular application, is provided in Annex H. A suffix "A" is used for the designation of models introduced or modified in IEEE Std 421.5-1992, and a suffix "B" is used for models introduced or modified in this latest recommended practice,IEEE Std 421.5-2005. Modeling work outside of the IEEE is documented in IEC 60034-16:1991 [B17]. Additional background is found in IEEE Committee Report [B19]. Project Purpose: Many of those who perform power system simulations require the complete and accurate representation of the particular excitation systems which are being applied. This document will provide standardized models such that a free and understandable exchange of data can occur and model programmers can include all excitation systems within the standardized models. Abstract: Excitation system models suitable for use in large-scale system stability studies are presented. Important limiters and supplementary controls are also included. The model structures presented are intended to facilitate the use of field test data as a means of obtaining model parameters. The models are, however, reduced order models and do not represent all of the control loops on any particular system. The models are valid for frequency deviations of +/-5% from rated frequency and oscillation frequencies up to 3 Hz. These models would not normally be adequate for use in studies of subsynchronous resonance or other shaft torsional interaction problems. Delayed protective and control features that may come into play in long term dynamic performance studies are not represented. A sample set of data for each of the models, for at least one particular application, is provided. Key Words: excitation limiters, excitation systems, power system stability Designation: 421.5-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System Stability Studies Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 421.5-2005 br> Excitation system models suitable for use in large scale system stability studies are presented. With these models, most of the excitation systems currently in widespread use on large, system-connected synchronous machines in North America can be represented. They include updates of models published in the IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems in 1981 as well as models for additional control features such as discontinuous excitation controls. br> Key Words: excitation systems, power system stability Designation: 421A-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic Performance of Excitation Control Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 421.2-1990 History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1981 Abstract: Superseded by 421.2-1990. This guide includes criteria, definitions, and test procedures for evaluating the dynamic performance of excitation control systems as applied by electric utilities. Primary purposes are to provide a basis for evaluating closed-loop performance of excitation control systems (including both the synchronous machine and its excitation system) for both large and small signal distutbances; confirming the adequacy of mathematical models of excitation systems for use in analytical studies of power systems; specifying methods for performing test of excitation control systems and their components; and preparing excitation system specifications and additional standards. Portions of this guide will also serve as an educational means for people becoming acquainted with excitation control systems. Key Words: 421.2 Designation: 421B-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984 Title: IEEE Standard for High-Potential-Test Requirements for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines Status: Superseded **Being revised as 421.3 History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1981 Abstract: Superseded; revised as 421.3-1997. This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete excitation systems and their components of synchronous machines. The components of the excitation system are described in IEEE Std 421-1972, Criteria and Defintions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines. Also included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to excitation system stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators, transducers, meters, etc. Key Words: 421B Designation: P422 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Design of Cable and Raceway Systems in Electric Generating Stations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This Guide includes cable and raceway systems for fossil fuel electric generating stations and the portions of nuclear generating stations that are not “nuclear safety related”. Project Purpose: The guide presents methods for the design of cable and raceway systems including selection of equipment and materials and the configuration of raceway and cable . Abstract: This Guide includes cable and raceway systems for fossil fuel electric generating stations and the portions of nuclear generating stations that are not “nuclear safety related”. Designation: 422-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 17, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Steve LaPidus, Phone:(201) 886-7821 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Abstract: This guide applies to both nuclear and non-nuclear electric power generating stations -- except for the special requirements of wire and cable installations in Class 1E systems of nuclear stations -- for which the user should refer to ANSI/IEEE Std 690-1984. Key Words: Cable, systems, design, installation, pgs Designation: 425 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 426 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 427 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 428 Title: Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power Controllers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987 Designation: 428-1981 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power Controllers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983 Abstract: These recommendations apply to thyristor ac power controllers that are low voltage, power elctronic, industrial class equipment for the control or switching of ac power. Switching, multicycle control and phase control are included. Cycloconverters are excluded. Examples of application include, but are not limited to, industrial oven controls, static motor starters, static relays, etc. Designation: 429 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines a test procedure for comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 6900 V and below. The intent of this test procedure is to evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe environmental conditions, where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these tests. Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify sealed insulation systems for the machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established, service-proven sealed systems should also be tested according to this test procedure. Designation: 429-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 429-1972. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 1995 Abstract: A test procedure for comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for alternating-current (ac) electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 6900 V and below. Key Words: insulation system, stator coils, thermal evaluation, ac electric machinery Designation: 429 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 43-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2000 Technical Contact: Vicki Warren, Phone:931-670-7829, Email:vtwarren@msn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 06, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 2000 Project Scope: Revise and update the Recommended Practice to reflect the characteristics of newer insulating materials and resistance measurement methods. The revision will address problems that have been encountered in recent years with the application of Polarization Indexes on extremely high resistance insulation systems. Project Purpose: The project will provide an up-to-date Recommended Practice for meausrement of electrical insulation resistance for windings used in rotating machinery rated 1hp, 1KW or greater. Abstract: This document describes the recommended procedure for measuring insulation resis-tance of armature and field windings in rotating machines rated 1 hp, 750 W or greater. It applies to synchronous machines, induction machines, dc machines, and synchronous condensers. Con-tained within this document is the general theory of insulation resistance (IR) and polarization index (P.I.), as well as factors affecting the results, test procedures, methods of interpretation, test limita-tions, and recommended minimum values. Key Words: "absorption current,conductoin current,discharge current,geometric capacitive current,insulation resistance,polarization index, surface leakage current" Designation: P43 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Electric Machinery Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This document describes a recommended procedure for measuring insulation resistance of armature and field windings in rotating machines rated 1 hp, 750 W or greater. It applies to synchronous machines, induction machines, dc machines, and synchronous condensers. It does not apply to fractional-horsepower machines. The document also describes typical insulation resistance characteristics of rotating machine windings and how these characteristics indicate winding condition. It recommends minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance for ac and dc rotating machine windings. Project Purpose: a) Define insulation resistance and polarization index testing of the winding of a rotating machine. b) Review the factors that affect or change insulation resistance characteristics. c) Recommend uniform test conditions. d) Recommend uniform methods for measuring insulation resistance with precautions to avoid erroneous results. e) Provide a basis for interpreting insulation resistance test results to estimate winding suitability for service or for an overvoltage test. In particular, this standard describes typical insulation problems detected by the insulation resistance test. f) Present recommended minimum acceptable insulation resistance values and polarization indices for various types of rotating machines. Designation: 43-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 43-1961. Was ANSI C50.22. Superseded by 43-2000. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 43-2000. Insulation resistance characteristics of rotating-machine windings and the manner in which these characteristics may serve to indicate the condition of the winding are described. The recommended procedure for the measurement of insulation resistance of windings of rotating machines rated 1 hp, 1 kW or greater is presented. The recommended minimum value of insulation resistance of alternating-current and direct-current rotating-machine windings is given. Synchronous machines, induction machines, direct-current machines, and synchronous converters are covered, as well as armature windings and field windings. Fractional-horsepower machines are not included. Key Words: insulation, resistance, rotating, motors, generators, Rotating- machine insulation testing Designation: 43 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ian Culbert, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:iculbert@irispower.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This document describes a recommended procedure for measuring insulation resistance of armature and field windings in rotating machines rated 1 hp, 750 W or greater. It applies to synchronous machines, induction machines, dc machines, and synchronous condensers. It does not apply to fractional-horsepower machines. The document also describes typical insulation resistance characteristics of rotating machine windings and how these characteristics indicate winding condition. It recommends minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance for ac and dc rotating machine windings. Project Purpose: a) Define insulation resistance and polarization index testing of the winding of a rotating machine. b) Review the factors that affect or change insulation resistance characteristics. c) Recommend uniform test conditions. d) Recommend uniform methods for measuring insulation resistance with precautions to avoid erroneous results. e) Provide a basis for interpreting insulation resistance test results to estimate winding suitability for service or for an overvoltage test. In particular, this standard describes typical insulation problems detected by the insulation resistance test. f) Present recommended minimum acceptable insulation resistance values and polarization indices for various types of rotating machines. Designation: P430 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead Power Lines and Substations Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard establishes uniform procedures for the measurement of radio noise generated by corona from overhead power lines. Measurement procedures in this standard are also valid for other power-line noise sources such as gaps and harmonics; however, most of the precautionary information, analysis, and data plotting techniques were written and developed primarily for corona discharges. The procedures are not valid for measuring transient radio noise sources that occur during breaker or disconnect switching operations. The procedure applies in the frequency range of 0.010-1000 MHz; however, the emphasis is on the standard amplitude- modulation broadcasting (0.535-1.605 MHz) and television broadcasting (54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz, and 470-906 MHz) bands. The procedures described for measurements in and near substations are suggested procedures at this time until further information is obtained. This standard is applicable to both ac and dc transmission lines and substations. Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose Designation: 430 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead Power Lines and Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas J McDermott, Phone:(914) 681-6454 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 430-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead Power Lines and Substations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for the measurement of radio noise generated by corona from overhead power lines with meters that conform to ANSI C63.2-1980. The measurement procedures are also valid for other power-line noise sources such as gaps and harmonics; however, most of the precautionary information, analys is, and data plotting techniques were written and developed primarily for corona discharges. The procedures are not valid for measuring transient radio noise sources that occur during breaker or disconnect switching operations. Procedures are suggested for measurements in and near substations. This standard is applicable to both AC and DC transmission lines and substations. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: radio, noise, overhead, lines, Substation measurements, Power transmission electromagnetic, Power system measurements, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 431 Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 432-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electrical Machinery (5 hp to less than 10 000 hp) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Nov 28, 1977 Key Words: insulation, maintenance, rotating, electrical, machinery Designation: 432-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electric Machinery (5 hp to less than 10 000 hp) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 432-1976. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Roy L Balke, Phone:(814) 866-6683 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: **Revision of IEEE Std 432-1976. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of medium and small rotating electrical machines is presented. The guide is intended to apply in general to industrial air- cooled machines rated from 5 hp to 10 000 hp. However, the procedures may be found useful for other types of machines. Key Words: Rotating machine insulation, Power system maintenance, Industrial power system maintenance Designation: 433-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing™ of AC Electric Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 433-1974 History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010 Project Scope: This document describes very low frequency (VLF) testing of ac electric machines. It covers acceptance testing of new machines in the factory or on-site after erection. Also covered is the routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in service. In order to facilitate communication and comparison among investigators, this document recommends that the VLF used be 0.1 Hz ± 10%. Project Purpose: The purposes of this recommended practice are as follows: a) To provide a uniform procedure for testing the stator (armature) insulation of ac electric machines with VLF voltage, in order to obtain consistent results b) To recommend constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels c) To describe VLF test equipment and wave shape d) To define terms that have specific meaning in VLF testing Abstract: This recommended practice describes very low frequency withstand and diagnostic tests that are performed on the stator windings of ac electric machines. Key Words: 433-2009, ac electric machines, ac electric machine testing, diagnostic test, high-potential (hipotential) test, over potential test, proof testing, safety, very low frequency testing, VLF testing, withstand test Designation: 433 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Howard Sedding, Phone:416-207-6000 Et 6172, Email:howard.sedding@kinectrics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document describes very low frequency (VLF) testing of ac electric machines. It covers acceptance testing of new machines in the factory or on-site after erection. Also covered is the routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in service. In order to facilitate communication and comparison among investigators, this document recommends that the very low frequency used be 0.1 Hz. Project Purpose: The purposes of this recommended practice are: (1) To provide a uniform procedure for testing the stator (armature) insulation of ac electric machines with VLF voltage, in order to obtain consistent results. (2)To recommend constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels. (3)To describe VLF-test equipment and wave shape. (4)To define terms which have specific meaning in VLF testing. Designation: 433-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. 8-Dec-09: Revision 433-2009. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. Abstract: Terms that have a specific meaning in VLF testing are defined, and VLF test equipment and wave shape are described. A uniform procedure for testing the armature insulation of large AC machines with VLF voltage is provided. Constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels are recommended. Key Words: testing, machinery, voltage, frequency, Rotating machine insulation testing, AC machines Designation: 434-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machines Rated 2300 V and Above Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Lori Rux, Phone:503-808-4221, Email:lori.rux@usace.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007 Project Scope: This guide describes a procedure that may be used to evaluate and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac electric machines. The tests outlined herein are applicable to the groundwall insulation systems applied to form-wound, pre-insulated armature (stator) winding coils and/or bars of generators, motors, and synchronous condensers rated 2300 V or higher. The basic component of these insulation systems is usually mica combined with reinforcing, bonding, and impregnating materials. This guide is based on the experience of the industry with mica- based systems; any evaluation of other insulation systems should, however, consider the requirements of this guide. This document is not intended for use as a manufacturer’s quality assurance test plan. Nor should it be used for specifying or procuring armature winding coils/bars. Project Purpose: During operation, an insulation system is subjected to electrical, thermal, mechanical, and environmental stresses that act and interact to cause irreversible changes in the properties of the insulation. The applied stresses initiate aging mechanisms that eventually lead to failure. The purpose of this guide is to provide winding manufacturers a means of evaluation in which an insulation system is exposed to influencing factors that simulate or are characteristic of actual service conditions. This guide establishes the basis for evaluating the aging of the electrical insulation system as a result of these influences. Abstract: This guide describes a procedure that may be used to evaluate and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac electric machines. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 434-1991 Key Words: ac, accelerated aging, armature winding, electric machine, electrical insulation, electromechanical, functional evaluation, stator winding, thermal endurance, thermal expansion, thermomechanical, voltage endurance Designation: 434-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Large High-Voltage Machines Status: Superseded History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Classification test methods that may be used to compare insulation systems in use, or proposed for use, in large high- voltage rotating machines are described. Thermal aging, voltage endurance, thermomechanical forces, and electromechanical forces are addressed. Key Words: evaluation, high voltage, machines, Rotating machine insulation testing, Insulation life Designation: 434 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lori Rux, Phone:503-808-4221, Email:lori.rux@usace.army.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2002 Project Scope: This guide describes a procedure which may be used to evaluate and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac electric machines. The tests outlined herein are applicable to the groundwall insulation systems applied to form-wound, insulated stator (armature) winding coils and/or bars of generators, motors, and synchronous condensers rated 6000 V or higher. The basic ingredient of these insulation systems is usually mica combined with reinforcing, bonding, and impregnating materials. This guide is based on the experience of the industry with micaceous systems; any evaluation of nonmicaceous systems should, however, consider the requirements of this guide. This document is not intended for use as a manufacturer's Quality Assurance Test Plan. Nor should it be used for specifying or procuring armature winding coils/bars. Project Purpose: During operation, an insulation system is subjected to electrical, thermal, mechanical, and environmental stresses which may act and interact to cause irreversible changes in the properties of the insulation. The applied stresses initiate aging mechanisms that eventually lead to failure. The purpose of this guide is to provide a means of evaluation in which an insulation system is exposed to influencing factors that simulate or are characteristic of actual service conditions. This guide establishes the basis for evaluating the aging of the electrical insulation system as a result of these influences. This standard is being revised because the working group feels that more definitions are need to be added to the document to further clarify the information presented in the standard. Also, more specific test detail will be added to the document. Designation: 435 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 436-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on Electronics Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 1991 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1991 Project Scope: This guide covers the detection of corona (partial discharge) and the measurement of its magnitude in electronics transformers. Test conditions, test apparatus, and test requirements are included. Project Purpose: Corona (partial discharge) is an ionization phenomenon that can cause deterioration in certain insulation systems. Its presence in electronic equipment can be harmful through its manifestation as circuit noise, spurious voltage or current pulses, or other undesirable effects that lead to circuit malfunctions. Transformers and inductors used in electronic circuits at high voltages can be locations where this harmful phenomenon originates. Even in instances where discharges are not of concern in circuit performance, they be of concern because of their adverse effect on component life. It is, therefore, essential that the insulation system be free of corona discharges at operating voltage stresses. The magnitude or intensity of these discharges is usually of such a low level that very sensitive electronic measuring apparatus and techniques are required to detect them. This guide presents a uniform procedure for making corona (partial discharge) measurements by electrical means on electronics transformers. Methods of applying voltage stress, the use of sine-wave voltage to simulate dc and ac combinations, the types and limitations of voltage stresses encountered, and the acceptable limits of discharge pulse energy are included. Recommended test conditions and the need for negotiation of special tests are discussed. Abstract: A uniform procedure for making corona (partial discharge) measurements by electrical means on electronic transformers is presented. Methods of applying voltage stress, the use of a sine-wave voltage to simulated dc and ac combinations, the types and limitations of voltage stresses encountered, and the acceptable limits of discharge pulse energy are included. Recommended test conditions and the need for negotiation of special tests are discussed. Test apparatus and calibration are described. The aim is to establish a common ground of understanding between transformer and systems design engineers and transformer manufacturers in the development of service and performance requirements. Key Words: corona, partial discharge, insulation breakdown, Transformer insulation Designation: 436-1977 Sponsor: Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on Electronics Transformers Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976 Abstract: Superseded. This guide covers the detection of corona and the measurement of corona magnitude in electronics tranformers. Test conditions, terminology, test apparatus, calibration, and test requirements are included. Key Words: corona measurements, electronics transformers, corona, terminology, partial discharge Designation: 438 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 442-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: A method for measurement of soil thermal resistivity that is based on the theory that the rate of temperature rise of a line heat source is dependent upon the thermal constants of the medium in which it is placed is given. This information will enable the user to properly install and load underground cables. The aim is to provide sufficient information to enable the user to select useful commercial test equipment, or to manufacture equipment that is not readily available on the market, and to make meaningful resistivity measurements with this equipment, in the field or on soil samples in the laboratory. Designs for both laboratory and field thermal needles are described. Key Words: soil, resistivity, Soil measurements, Power transmission lines, Power cable thermal factors, Power cable installation Designation: P442 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurement Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This guide covers the measurement of soil thermal resistivity. A thorough knowledge of the thermal properties of a soft soil will enable the user to properly install and load underground cables. The method used is based on the theory that the rate of temperature rise of a line heat source is dependent upon the thermal constants of the medium in which it is placed. The designs for both laboratory and field thermal needles are also described in this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide sufficient information to enable the user to select useful commercial test equipment, or to manufacture equipment which is not readily available on the market, and to make meaningful resistivity measurements with this equipment. Measurements may be made in the field or in the laboratory on soil samples or both. If the native soil is to be tamped back into the trench at the same density at which it was removed, it may be desirable to make in-situ resistivity measurements along the route of the cable. If the native soil is to be placed in the trench at a density different than undisturbed soil in the same vicinity, laboratory measurements are required on soil samples recompacted to the desired density. In order to draw meaningful comparisons on selected foreign backfill materials, thermal resistivity measurements should be made in the laboratory on soils which are compacted so as to provide maximum dry densities. Designation: 444 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for Motor Drives; Part 1 - Converters DC Motor Armature Supplies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:stevenson-ac@salem.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987 Designation: 444-1973 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for Motor Drives Part 1- Converters for DC Motor Armature Supplies Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:stevenson-ac@salem.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1971, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This standard applies to all types of line-commutated semiconductor power converters employing monocrystalline semiconductor thyristors or diodes, as used in industrial motor-drive applications requiring adjustable direct voltage for dc motor armature or field, or adjustable voltage and frequency in the case of ac motor drives (cycloconverter). It covers thyristor converter circuits, general requirements, test procedures, general recommendations for loading and operating converter units, and thyristor converter transformers. Although written primarily around the requirements of motor drives needing sufficient power to utilize multiphase power converters, this standard is applicable with reasonable interpretation to all line-commutated power converters used in industrial motor-drive applications. Key Words: requirements, thyristor, converters, motor drives, DC motor drives Designation: 446-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 03, 1996 **Revision of Std 446-1987. Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996 Project Scope: As presently stated in IEEE Std 446-1987. Project Purpose: To update IEEE Std 446-1987 by incorporating references to current codes and standards and by including new technology and practices. Abstract: This Recommended Practice addresses the uses, power sources, design, and maintenance of emergency and standby power systems. Chapter 3 is a general discussion of needs for and the configuration of emergency and standby systems. Chapter 9 lists the power needs for specific industries. Chapters 4 and 5 deal with the selection of power sources. Chapter 6 provides recommendations for protecting both power sources and switching equipment during fault conditions. Chapter 7 provides recommendations for design of system grounding, and Chapter 10 provides recommendations for designing to reliability objectives. Chapter 8 provides recommended maintenance practices. Key Words: batteries, emergency generators, emergency power, emergency systems, system design, engine generators, standby power, standby system, stored energy, transfer switch, uninterruptible , power supplies, UPS, UPS batteries, Orange Book Designation: 446 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002 Project Scope: As presently stated in 446-87. This standard presents recommended engineering principles, practices and guidelines for the selection, design, installation, application, operation and maintenance of emergency and standby power systems. This information is primarily presented from a user's viewpoint; however, managing the effects of power system disturbances requires close cooperation between users, electric utilities and equipment manufacturers. This standard addresses the following questions: Is an emergency or standby power system (or both) needed, and what will it accomplish?; What types of systems are available, and which can best meet users' needs?; How should the most suitable system be designed and applied to the existing power system?; What are the maintenance and operating requirements for maintaining system reliability?; Where can additional information be obtained?; What are the design considerations for maintaining system reliability? The following industries and fields are considered specialized and beyond the scope of inclusion and direct address buy this standard: transport, government, military and utility. Project Purpose: To update 446-87 by including new technology and practices. Significant advances in equipment and applications have occurred over the recent past. Their collective impact on the design options available to a user should be made visible so that the designer can implement an appropriate design for the application. This revision to the standard incorporates appropriate advances. Designation: 446 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Charles D Hughes, Phone:803-208-2953, Email:cdhughes@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This standard presents recommended engineering principles, practices, and guidelines for the selection, design, installation, application, operation, and maintenance of emergency and standby power systems. This information is primarily presented from a user's viewpoint; however, managing the effects of power system disturbances requires close cooperation between users, electric utilities, and equipment manufacturers. Project Purpose: To update Std 446-1995 by incorporating references to current codes and standards, and by including new technology and practices. Designation: 446-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commerical Applications Status: Superseded **(IEEE Orange Book) Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 446-1980. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Recommended engineering principles, practices, and guidelines for the selection and application of emergency and standby power systems are presented. Industrial and commercial users' needs are outlined and discussed, and the material is primarily presented from a user's viewpoint. General requirements, protection, grounding, applications by specific industry, and maintenance guidelines are included. Key Words: emergency, standby, power, system, orange book Designation: 447 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 448 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 449-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1999 **Revision of IEEE Std 449-1990. Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 24, 1999 Project Scope: This standard pertains to ferroresonant voltage regulators which operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide substantially constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input voltage, and to controlled ferroresonant regulators which maintain substantially constant output voltage regardless of variations, within limits, of input voltage, temperature, frequency and output load. Guides to application and test procedures are included. Provision is made for relating the rectifiers and circuits. Definitions pertaining to ferroresonance and ferroresonant regulators which have not been found elsewhere are included with an appropriate discussion. This standard includes, but is not limited to, the following types of ferroresonant regulators 1) Series ferroresonant regulators 2) Series-parallel ferroresonant regulars(electrically connected) 3) Ferroresonant transformer regulars(magnetically connected) 4) Controlled ferroresonant regulators Project Purpose: Add new voltage regulator topologies to ferroresonant voltage regulator scheme. New Topology improves overload, stability, size and efficiency over current technology. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in other equipment are covered. Guides to application and test procedures are included. Key Words: "controlled ferroresonant regulators,ferroresonant transformer regulators,series feroresonant regulators,series-parallel ferroresonant regulators" Designation: 449-1984 Sponsor: Electronic Transformers Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators Status: Superseded Abstract: This standard pertains to ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in other equipment. Guides to application and test procedures are included. Key Words: standard, ferroresonant, voltage, regulators Designation: 449-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 449-1984. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 Abstract: Requirements are provided for ferroresonant voltage regulators that operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide substantially constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input voltage. Requirements for controlled ferroresonant regulators that maintain substantially constant output voltages regardless of variations, within limits, of input voltage, temperature, frequency, and output load are also included. The requirements cover definitions, symbols, and circuit schematics; service conditions; ratings; nameplate and other markings; testing; application; and maintenance. Provision is made for relating the characteristics of ferroresonant regulators to associated rectifiers and circuits. Key Words: regulators Designation: 45-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2002 **Supersedes 45-1998. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice will serve as a guide for the selection and installation of electrical equipment for lighting, signaling, communications, power and propulsion in marine applications. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this standard is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Abstract: Recommendations for the design, selection, and installation of equipment on merchant vessels with electrical apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion are provided. Key Words: "marine electrical engineering, marine vessels, shipboard systems, ships" Designation: 45 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: These recommendations establish the minimally acceptable guidelines for the design, selection, and installation of systems and equipment aboard marine vessels applying electrical apparatus for power, propulsion, steering, automation, navigation, lighting, and communications. These recommendations describe present-day acceptable electrical engineering methods and practices. It is recognized that changes and improvements in shipboard requirements may develop that are not specifically covered herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal to the safety and reliability levels established herein and generally in accord with the intent of these standards. In developing these recommendations, consideration was given to the electrical and engineering requirements promulgated by various regulatory agencies, classification societies, and by the International Maritime Organization.s International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (IMO SOLAS), as amended. This recommended practice was developed by a voluntary consensus body to provide assistance and guidance to regulatory agencies governing electrical engineering requirements. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: P45 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Ships Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: These recommendations establish the minimally acceptable guidelines for the design, selection, and installation of systems and equipment aboard marine vessels applying electrical apparatus for power, propulsion, steering, navigation, lighting, and communications. These recommendations describe present-day acceptable electrical engineering methods and practices. It is recognized that changes and improvements in shipboard requirements may develop that are not specifically covered herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal to the safety and reliability levels established herein and generally in accord with the intent of these recommendations. In developing these recommendations, consideration was given to the electrical and engineering requirements promulgated by various regulatory agencies, classification societies, and by the International Maritime Organization’s International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (IMO SOLAS), as amended. This recommended practice is supplemented by the eight documents in the IEEE 45.1 through IEEE 45.8 series. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to systems and components for ships and other marine applications, such as offshore platforms, that generate, control and distribute electric power and provide propulsion, steering and other critical ship control functions based on electric power source. Designation: 45-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 45-1983. Superseded by 45-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Provide marine recommendations intended for selection and installation of equipment on vessels with electric apparatus. Project Purpose: Recommendations to define present-day engineering practices with reference to safety of personnel and of the ship itself. Attention is directed to other standards and requlations for electric installations on shipboard such as those promulgated by Government Regulartory Agencies and Intergovernmental Maritime Organizations. Abstract: Recommendations for the selection and installation of equipment on merchant vessels with electric apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion are provided. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: "marine electrical engineering, marine vessels, shipboard systems, ships" Designation: 45-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 1989 Designation: 45 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard Status: Superseded Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: These recommendations establish the minimally acceptable guidelines for the design, selection, and installation of systems and equipment aboard marine vessels applying electrical apparatus for power, propulsion, steering, automation, navigation, lighting, and communications. These recommendations describe present-day acceptable electrical engineering methods and practices. It is recognized that changes and improvements in shipboard requirements may develop that are not specifically covered herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal to the safety and reliability levels established herein and generally in accord with the intent of these standards. In developing these recommendations, consideration was given to the electrical and engineering requirements promulgated by various regulatory agencies, classification societies, and by the International Maritime Organization.s International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (IMO SOLAS), as amended. This recommended practice was developed by a voluntary consensus body to provide assistance and guidance to regulatory agencies governing electrical engineering requirements. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: P45.1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Design Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The design recommendations for AC power systems, DC power systems, emergency power systems, shore power, power quality and harmonics, electric propulsion and maneuvering systems, motors and drives, thrusters, steering systems on shipboards are established by this document. These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45. Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in IEEE Std 45, P45.1 provides a consensus of recommended practices for design in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: P45.2 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Controls and Automation Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The recommendations for controls, control applications, control apparatus, and automation on shipboards are established by this document. These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45. Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in IEEE Std 45, P45.2 provides a consensus of recommended practices for control applications and automation in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: P45.3 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Systems Integration Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides recommendations on integration of electric systems at the total ship level. The systems integration includes system engineering, design and integration of the entire electrical system, fully integrated into a ship, from concept design through production. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45. Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in IEEE Std 45, P45.3 provides a consensus of recommended practices for systems integration in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: P45.4 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Marine Sectors and Mission Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies the various marine segments and ships covered by IEEE 45 and other standards such as IEEE 1713. It provides grouping of ships and their predominant mission systems for classification and used by other parts of IEEE 45 and other standards. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45. Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in IEEE Std 45, P45.4 provides a consensus of recommended practices for marine sectors and mission systems in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: P45.5 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Safety Considerations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The recommendations for the design for safety on shipboards are established by this document. These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45. Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in IEEE Std 45, P45.5 provides a consensus of recommended practices for safety in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: P45.6 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Electrical Testing Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The recommendations for system testing on shipboards are established by this document. These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45. Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in IEEE Std 45, P45.6 provides a consensus of recommended practices for system testing in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment. Designation: P45.7 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - AC Switchboards Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Dwight Alexander, Phone:408-594-1051, Email:dwight.alexander@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: Design, installation and testing recommendations for generator control panels and switchboards on ship are established by this document. These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45 - Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to supplement the design, installation and testing recommendations in IEEE Std 45. This recommended practice provides new technologies and design practices for generator control panels and switchboards to aid marine electrical engineers in the design, application and installation of this equipment on ships and other marine installations. Designation: 45.7 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Switchboards Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: Design, installation and testing recommendations for generator control panels and switchboards on ship are established by this document. These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45 - Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard. Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to supplement the design, installation and testing recommendations in IEEE Std 45. This recommended practice provides new technologies and design practices for generator control panels and switchboards to aid marine electrical engineers in the design, application and installation of this equipment on ships and other marine installations. Designation: P45.8 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard- Cable Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide recommendations for selection, application, and installation of electrical power, instrumentation, control, data, and specialty marine cable systems on shipboard. These recommendations include the present day technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices. Project Purpose: This subsection of IEEE-45 is intended to provide a concensus of recommended practices for the selection, application, and installation of electrical power, instrumentation, contol, data, and specialty marine cable systems on shipboard. Designation: 450-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2011 History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides recommended maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently-installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used in standby service. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to standby service stationary applications where a battery charger normally maintains the battery fully charged and provides the dc loads. The maintenance and testing programs described in this recommended practice represent "the best program" based on the information available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, manufacturer's recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide the user with information and recommendations concerning the maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries used in stationary applications. Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby service are provided. This recommended practice also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to standby service stationary applications where a charger maintains the battery fully charged and supplies the dc loads. Key Words: acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery maintenance, battery replacement criteria, battery service test, battery terminal voltage, connection resistance measurements, electrolyte level, equalize charge, float voltage, IEEE 450, modified performance test, performance test, service test, specific gravity, standby power applications, state of charge, test-discharge rate, vented lead-acid battery Designation: 450-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing , and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Supersedes 450-1995. Superseded by 450-2010. Technical Contact: Tim Bolgeo, Phone:423-751-8399, Email:rtbolgeo@tva.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: General revision of contents of the standard with no change in the existing scope of the standard. Project Purpose: General revision to standard to incorporate lessons learned from the industry, incorporate recent developments from the industry, and explanation of new testing recommendations from the 1995 version of the standard. Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to full-float stationary applications where a charger maintains the battery fully charged and supplies the dc loads. Key Words: acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery maintenance, battery replacement criteria, battery service test, battery terminal voltage, connection resistance measurements, electrolyte level, equalize charge, float voltage Designation: 450-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 450-1987. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Superseded by 450-2002. History: BD APP: Jan 24, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995 Abstract: Superseded by 450-2002. Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: acceptance test, capacity, maintenance, replacement, battery service test, battery terminal voltage, connection resistance, electrolyte level, equalize charge, float voltage, modified performance, performance test, specific gravity, standby power applic, state of charge, test discharge rate, vented lead-acid batteries, standby power applications, modified performance test, connection resistance readings, battery terminal voltage, battery replacement criteria, Battery installation Designation: 450-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance,Testing, and Replacement of Large Lead Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Key Words: maintenance, lead, storage, batteries, stations Designation: 450 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This document provides recommended maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently-installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to full-float stationary applications where a battery charger normally maintains the battery fully charged and provides the dc loads. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semi-portable equipment, may have other appropriate practices that are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Sizing, installation, qualification, other battery types, and application are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The maintenance and testing programs described in this recommended practice represent the best program based on the information available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions, manufacturers recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing recommendations were developed without consideration of economics, availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in this document. This recommended practice does not include any other component of the dc system, or inspection and testing of the dc system, even though the battery is part of that system. Pre-operational and periodic dc system tests of chargers and other dc components may require that the battery be connected to the system. Details for these tests depend on the requirements of the dc system and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide the user with information and recommendations concerning the maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries used in stationary applications. Incorporate errata sheet. Designation: 451 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 452 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 454-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Recommended Practice for the Detection and Measurement of Partial Discharges (Corona) During Dielectric Tests Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 455-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Measuring Longitudinal Balance of Telephone Equipment Operating in the Voice Band Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 455-1976. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985 Abstract: The basic requirements for a test circuit that can be used to measure longitudinal balance are defined. Resistive elements are specified because they are generally considered easy to duplicate and balance. Standard test conditions and procedures are established. Key Words: measuring, longitudinal, balance, telephone, equipment, Communication system testing Designation: 456 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 457-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Nonlinear, Active, and Nonreciprocal Waveguide Components Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Abstract: No Abstract Key Words: terms, non-linear, active, waveguide, measurements Designation: 458 Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions Title: Electrical & Electronics Engineering Abbreviations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1971 Key Words: electrical, electronic, engineering, abbreviations Designation: 46 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 460-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Measuring Transducer for Converting AC Electrical Quantities into DC Electrical Quantities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard applies to measuring transducers used for converting AC electrical quantities such as current, voltage, power (active or reactive), power factor, phase angle or frequency to direct current or voltage. Within the effective range, a change of output is a function of the corresponding change of input that produces it. An auxiliary supply may be needed to power active circuitry. Key Words: electrical, transducers, converting, ac, dc Designation: 463-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007 Technical Contact: Kenneth P White, Phone:716-278-6414, Email:kpwhite@olin.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 13, 2007 Project Scope: This standard covers means of improved safeguarding of personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the direct current (dc) cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, sodium chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium and zinc. This standard does not cover the following: a) Any electrical equipment that is neither part of the electrolytic process equipment nor installed or used in the cell line working zone b) Electroplating and anodizing facilities c) AC cells or furnaces d) Electrothermal process furnaces e) Arc furnaces f) Melting or heat treating facilities g) Cells for hydrogen production h) Cells used as a source of electric energy Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for practical improved safeguarding of personnel operating or maintaining equipment in electrolytic cell line working zones from electrical hazards. The cell line working zone is defined in Clause 5. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 463-1993 : Means for improved safeguarding of personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the direct current cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, sodium chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc. Key Words: cell line working zone, electrical conductor installations, electrical safety, electrolytic cell line Designation: 463-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988 Abstract: Means of safeguarding personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the dc cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate, chlorine, copper, ßuorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc. Key Words: electrical, safety, electrolytic, cell, zones Designation: 463-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line Working Zones Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 463-1977. Technical Contact: Clay L Pittman, Phone:423 984 2322 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Means of safeguarding personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the dc cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc. Key Words: electrical safety, Electrolytic cell line, Electrical conductor installation, Cell line working zone Designation: 464-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounded 830 V Three-Phase Electrical System for Oil Field Service Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. Technical Contact: Clark R Lockerd, Phone:713 840 4234 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983 Key Words: grounded, 830V, oil, field, service Designation: 466 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 467-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Quality Assurance Program Requirements for the Design and Manufacture of Class 1E Instrumentation and Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979 Designation: 469-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency Electrical-Noise Tests of Distribution Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 469-1977. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988 Abstract: Instruction for the testing of distribution transformers as sources of voice-frequency noise for communication circuits is provided. The tests measure the degree to which a transformer may contribute to electrical noise in communication circuits that are physically paralleling the power-supply circuits feeding the transformer. They provide a standard method for use by the transformer manufacturer, user, and others in the industry for the purpose of better evaluating the design choices that are available and moving toward industry objectives with regard to levels of harmonic exciting current. Key Words: electrical, noise, distribution, transformers, Wire communication, Power transformer testing, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 47 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 470-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standard Application Guide for Bolometric Power Meters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. This standard applies to bolometric power meters as complete instruments and to their constituent parts: bolometric detectors, bolometer units, and bolometer elements. Bolometer power measurement instrumentation is generally used to measure, below 100 mW and above 10 MHz, the average power of electromagnetic waves propogating in a single mode in waveguide or coaxial transmission lines. The power range can be extended by the use of attenuators or directional couplers, or both. Key Words: application, guife, bolometric, power, meters Designation: 473 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for an Electromagnetic Site Survey (10 kHz to 10 GHz) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Elya Joffe, Phone:972-976-57065, Email:eb.joffe@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001 Project Scope: The Standard requires revision, in several areas: a) Revision/extension of the standard from 10 GHz to 40 GHz; b) Updating the Standard to incorporate references to modern test and measurement equipment; c) Modifying the Standard to include time domain characteristics of time- variable waveforms. Project Purpose: This standard which has served a very useful purpose is now dated and in need of revision. The purpose of this revision is to make the standard reflective of current test instrumentation, measurement techniques and measurement environments. Designation: 473-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for an Electromagnetic Site Survey (10 kHz to 10 GHz) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Guidelines for the systematic, documented investigation of the amplitudes of RF electromagnetic fields found at one or more locations with respect to frequency, time, and position are provided. Periodic and random radiated electric and magnetic fields and conducted interference within the frequency range of 10 kHz to 10 GHz are considered. Although several aspects of radio-emission investigation are not addressed directly, including signal identification and discrimination; field emissions from regularly occurring, low-frequency, pulsed sources; and test enclosure fields, much information pertinent to these areas is provided. Key Words: electromagnetic, site, survey Designation: 474 Title: Standard Specifications and Test Methods for Fixed and Variable Attenuators, DC-40 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 474-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982 Title: IEEE Standard Specifications and Test Methods for FIxed and Variable Attenuators, DC-40 GHz Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/8/93. Technical Contact: Bruno O Weinschel, Phone:301-948-8342 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1972 Abstract: 7/90: rev in progress - expect to complete early 1991. Key Words: test, methods, fixed, variable, attenuators Designation: 475-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors 300 MHz to 40 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2000 Technical Contact: Edward F Hare, Phone:860 594 0318, Email:ehare@arrl.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2001 Project Scope: This standard sets forth a test procedure for measurement of radio frequency (RF) emissions from intrusion-alarm field disturbance sensors in the frequency range 300 MHz to 40 GHz. Project Purpose: This project is being proposed in order to update the existing standard to the current state of the art. Abstract: A test procedure for field-disturbance sensors to measure radiated field strength of the fundamental frequency, including second and third harmonics, and of any nonharmonic spurious emission within the frequency range from 0.3 GHz to 40.0 GHz is defined. Power line measurement of electromagnetic emission within the frequency range from 30 MHz to 300 MHz is specified. The intent is to assist manufacturers, standards laboratories, and test engineers in determining compliance with established technical specifications. Perimeter protection systems that employ a balanced transmission line around the property being protected are not covered. Key Words: "field disturbance sensors, field strength measurements, measurement instrumentation,spurious emissions, test sites, test reports" Designation: 475 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors, 300 MHz to 40 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Hugh W Denny, Phone:404-633-9363, Email:hugh.denny@gtri.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001 Project Scope: This standard sets forth a test procedure for measurement of radio frequency (RF) emissions from miscrowave type intrusion-alarm field disturbance sensors in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 40 GHz {See additional comment at item 16} Project Purpose: This project is being proposed in order to update the existing standard to the current state-of-the-art. {See additional comment at item 16} Designation: 475 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David L Traver, Phone:719-538-4624, Email:davidtraver@adelphia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992 Designation: 475-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors (rf Intrusion Alarms) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 475-2000. History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 20, 1983 Key Words: field, disturbance, sensors, intrusion, alarm, Site security monitoring Designation: 477 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 479 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 48-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating- Current Cable Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 21, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 48-1996 History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009 Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation from 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386™- 2006 [B18].1 Cable terminations and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the tests specified in this standard. Abstract: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation from 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386. Cable terminations and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the tests specified in this standard. Key Words: 48-2009, accelerated contamination testing, correction factors, dielectric field tests, environmental exposure, nonstandard service conditions, rating, solar radiation, standard service conditions, test requirements, ultraviolet light Designation: 48-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating-Current Cable Terminations 2.5 kV Through 765 kV Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 48-1990. Superseded by 48-2009. History: BD APP: May 02, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 23, 1996 Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminators used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std. 386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connectors System for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V. Project Purpose: This standard shall provide standard test procedures and requirements for high voltage alternating current cable terminations. Abstract: All indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV are covered, except for separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995. Key Words: alternating currents, cable terminations, accelerated , contamination test, correction factors, dielectric field , environmental, exposure, nonstandard, service conditions, rating, solar radiation, test requirements, ultraviolet light Designation: 48-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating-Current Cable Terminations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 48-1975. History: BD APP: Jan 25, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1990 Abstract: This standard applies to all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on ac cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV except separable insulated connectors. Key Words: high-voltage, cable terminators, alternating currents Designation: 48-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating-Current Cable Terminations Status: Superseded **Revision of 48-1962. Superseded by 48-1990 History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1974 Abstract: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except seperable insulated connectors which are covered by [1]. Cable terminations and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the test specified in this standard. Designation: 48 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating Current Cable Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Jim Braun, Phone:763-323-2802, Email:jimbr@connexusenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std. 386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable insulated Conductor Systems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600 V. Project Purpose: The purpose is to make minor revisions and up-date the document. In addition, IEEE 48 (Termination Standard) will be coordinated with IEEE 404-2000 (IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500 to 500 000 V) to accommodate the testing of both cable accessories simultaneously. Designation: 48 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating Current Cable Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std. 386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable insulated Conductor Systems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600 V. Cable terminations and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the tests specified in this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose is to make minor revisions and up-date the document. In addition, IEEE 48 (Termination Standard) will be coordinated with IEEE 404-2000 (IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500 to 500 000 V) to accommodate the testing of both cable accessories simultaneously. The purpose clause will not be contained in the draft standard. Designation: 481 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 482 Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Testing of Cable, Cable Assemblies and Connector Shielding Properties in the Frequency Range from DC to 40 GHz Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Project Scope: This recommended practice will cover the measurement of shielding properties of coaxial and multi-conductor cables, connectors, and cable assemblies. The frequency range will be DC to 40 GHz. Project Purpose: Provide recommendations in selecting among the various existing and potential alternative test methods and procedures. Key Words: cable, shield, transfer, impedance Designation: 483 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 484-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003 **Supersedes 484-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: John K Coyle, Phone:610-765-5691, Email:john.coyle@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries. Required safety practices are also included. This recommended practice applies to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The portions of this recommended practice that specifically relate to personnel safety are mandatory instructions and are designated by the word shall; all other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should. Sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, charging equipment, dry charged cells, and consideration of other types of batteries are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices. Recent industry practices and developments are to be incorporated. Abstract: This standard provides general requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class1E electric cables, field splices, factory splices, and factory rework for service in nuclear power generating stations. Categories of cables covered are those used for power, control, and instrumentation services, including signal and communication cables. Field cables, wires, and splices are within the scope of this standard. Cables, wires, and splices within or integral to other devices (e.g., instruments, panels, motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std 323TM-1983, as appropriate. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the wire and cable within these devices. Key Words: "alarms, assembly, data collection, float operation, flooded cells, freshening charge, installation design criteria, installation procedures, instrumentation, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, precautions," Designation: 484-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 484-1987. Superseded by 484-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. History: BD APP: Apr 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Project Scope: Expand the scope of the present standard from Generating Stations and Substations to all Stationary applications. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly and charging of vented lead-acid batteries. Abstract: Superseded by 484-2002. Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries are provided. Required safety practices are also included. These recommended practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: alarms, assembly, data collection, float operation, flooded cells, freshening charge, installation design, instrumentation, internal ohmic, ohmic measurements, mounting, precautions, protective equipment, resistance readings, seismic Designation: 484-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 484-1981 and includes Supplement IEEE Std 484a-1984. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 Abstract: Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of large lead storage batteries are provided. Required safety practices are also included. This standard applies particularly to installations at generating stations, including nuclear, and large substations. Portions of this recommended practice that speci fically relate to personnel and nuclear plant safety are mandatory and are designated by the word shall; all other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should. Key Words: installation, lead, storage, batteries Designation: 485-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011 Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2010 Project Scope: Methods for defining the direct current (dc) load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery applications in full float operations are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Abstract: Methods for defining the direct current (dc) load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery applications in full-float operations are described in this recommended practice. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Key Words: battery duty cycle, cell selection, direct current (dc) load, IEEE 485, full-float operation, lead-acid batteries, rated capacity, sizing, stationary applications, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery Designation: 485-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 485-1983. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: Expand the scope of the present standard from generating stations to all stationary applications, except for UPS applications which are covered by Std 1184. Project Purpose: This document describes methods for sizing lead-acid batteries for stationary applications. The batteries for these applications are maintained in a fully charged condition known as full float operation. Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery applications in full float operations are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/485-1997.html Key Words: battery duty cycle, cell selection, dc load, full float operation, lead acid batteries, rated capacity, sizing, stationary applications, valve regulated lead acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery Designation: 485-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1984 Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load in a generating station or a substation and for sizing a lead storage battery to supply that load are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. This standard is based on commonly accepted methods used to define the load and to ensure adequate battery capacity and is applicable to all installations and battery sizes. The installations considered are designed for full-float operation with a battery charger serving to maintain the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load. Key Words: sizing, large, lead, storage, batteries, Substations Designation: 487-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 08, 2007 Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 04, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice presents engineering design practices for special high-voltage protection systems intended to protect wire-line telecommunication facilities serving electric supply locations. The following topics are included in this document: a) A description of the electric supply locations environment, i.e., ground potential rise (GPR), induced voltages, lightning, and switching transients; b)A discussion of special high-voltage protection devices; c)Definitions of service types and service performance objectives for electric supply locations telecommunication services; d)Special protection theory and philosophy; e)Special protection system design guidelines; f)Personnel safety considerations; g)Grounding; h)Cables with metallic members. Other telecommunication alternatives such as radio and optica fiber systems are excluded from this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This recommended practice presents workable methods for the protection of wire-line telecommunication facilities serving electric supply locations. In general, special protective measures, handling procedures, and administrative procedures are necessary to provide for personnel safety, protection against damage to telecommunication facilities and terminal equipment, and reliability of service. Disturbances may arise from a number of causes,including the following: a)Ground (earth)potential rise; b)Longitudinal induction into the serving telecommunication facilities; c)Electrical contact between power and telecommunication conductors; d)Lightning surges and switching transients induced into the telecommunication system. Divided and differing opinions exist between and within the various administrations and users regarding the merits of any one protection method, voltage limits, and equipment design characteristics. This standard is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in the practices of any utility, or in any agreement between a telecommunication and a power utility. Readers of this standard should evaluate all alternative procedures, methods, voltage limits, and equipment characteristics for their own use. Different administrations and users will use either peak or rms for specifying voltage levels. In the case of leased facilities, mutually agreeable methods for the design and installation of protective equipment that may be owned by either party are recommended. Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering electric supply locations are presented. This document covers: the electric supply location environment; protection apparatus; service types, reliability, service performance objective classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and inspection; and safety. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 487-2000 Key Words: electric supply locations, high-voltage tower, power stations, protection, wire-line communication Designation: 487-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Status: Superseded **Project to revise IEEE Std 487-1992. Supersedes 487-1992. Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2001 Project Scope: This project will provide recommended engineering design practices for special high-voltage protection systems intended to protect wire-line telecommunication facilities servind electric supply locations such as power stations and power line supporting structures. Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 487-1992. Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering electric supply locations are presented. This document covers: the electric supply location environment; protection apparatus; services types, reliability, service performance objective classifications, and transmis-sion considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and inspection; and safety. Remarks: Revised by IEEE Std 287-2007 Key Words: "electric supply locations, high-voltage tower, power stations, protection, wire-linecommunication" Designation: 487-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 487-1980. Superseded by 487-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1992 Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering power stations are presented. This document covers: the electric power station environment; protection apparatus; service types, reliability, service performance objective classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and inspection; and safety. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: wire, line, communication, protection Designation: 487-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1981 Abstract: Superseded by 487-1992. Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering power stations are presented. This document covers: the electric power station environment; protection apparatus; services types, reliability, service performance objective classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and inspection; and safety. Key Words: protection, wire, line, communications Designation: P487a Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Amendment 1 - Requirements and Conditions for Placing the Wire-Line-Fiber Cable Junction (CFJ) Inside the Zone of Influence Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: This amendment specifies the necessary requirements and conditions for placing the CFJ (wire-line–fiber cable junction), inside the Zone of Influence Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to provide information on the necessary requirements and conditions for placing the CFJ, inside the Zone of Influence Designation: 487a Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Supplement to IEEE Recommended Practice for Protction of Wire-Line Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Daniel C Jendek, Phone:416/592-8423 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993 Designation: 488.1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: (Replaced)IEEE Standard For Higher Performance Protocol for the Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 2003 **Supersedes 488.1-1987 (R1994). Technical Contact: Robert W Canik, Phone:(512)-683-8519, Email:robert.canik@ni.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003 Project Scope: This standard will build on the interface functions defined in IEEE Std. 488.1-1987 to define a set of interface functions that will enable higher transfer rates between devices adhering to this specification while still maintaining the ability for these devices to communicate with existing IEEE Std. 488.1 devices. Topics within the scope of this standard include: Extensions to the interface functions defined in IEEE Std. 488.1; Definition of new interface functions; Possible extensions to the remote message codes defined in IEEE Std. 488.1; Guidelines for calculating delays required to implement the new protocol at different distances. Project Purpose: The purpose is to develop an extension of the IEEE Std. 488.1 that provides a means for achieving significantly higher data transfer rates (3-10 MB/sec) than the current standard while maintaining compatibility with existing devices. Abstract: Replaced by 60488.1: 2004 (SH/SS95302) Supersedes 488.1-1987 This standard applies to interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems. It applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the a) Data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital (as distinct from analog); b) Number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15; c) Total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables does not exceed 20 m; d) Data rate among devices does not exceed 8 000 000 B/s. The basic functional specifications of this standard may be used in digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these. Different electrical and mechanical specifications may be required (for example, symmetrical circuit configurations, high threshold logic, special connectors, or cable configurations) for these extended applications. Key Words: "GPIB, HPIB, HS488, non-interlocked handshake, three-wire handshake, SCPI" Designation: 488.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 488-1978. Now sold together with Std 488.2-1992. Superseded by 488.1-2003. History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by 488.1-2003. Interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems are considered. The standard applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the: data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital, the number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15, total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables do not exceed 20 m, and the data rate across the interface on any signal line does not exceed 1 Mb/s. The basic functional specifications of this standard may also be used in digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these. Key Words: 488.1, programmable, system data, digital interface, instrumentation, Measurement system Designation: 488.2-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands for Use With IEEE Std 488.1-1987, IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Project Scope: This standard specifies a set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus. This standard also defines communication protocols necessary to effect application independent device- dependent message exchanges and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. This standard is intended to apply directly to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems. It applies to systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. As well aas defining a variety of device-dependent messages, this standard extends and further interprets certain interface functions contained in IEEE Std 488.1 while remaining compatible with that standard. Abstract: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message-handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered. IEEE Std 488.2-1992 , 488.2 , Key Words: controller, device, System interface, System bus, 488.1, 60488-2, Designation: 488.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands for use with ANSI/IEEE Std 488.1-1987 IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation Status: Superseded **formerly IEEE 728. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988 Abstract: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message-handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered. Key Words: 488.2 Designation: 489 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 49 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 491 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 492-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 1999 History: BD APP: Jan 28, 1999, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading and maintenance of Hydro-Generators and generator/motors having salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems. Project Purpose: Various areas of the withdrawn standard will be updated and revised to current practice. Abstract: " General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of synchronoushydro-generators and generator/motors are covered. This guide does not apply to synchronousmachines having cylindrical rotors. In this guide, the term hydro-generator is used to describe asynchronous machine coupled to a hydraulic turbine or pump-turbine. This guide is not intended toapply in any way to the prime mover. " Key Words: "generator,generator/motor,horizontal hydro-generator,hydro- generator,loading,maintenance,operation,pumped-storage system,synchronous hydro-generator,vertical hydro-generator" Designation: 492 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 05, 1981 Designation: 492-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Aug 05, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1989 Abstract: General recommendations are provided for the operation, loading, and maintenance of hydro-generators and generator/motors (pump/turbines), having salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems (as distinct from conductor cooling systems). The term hydro-generator refers to a generator driven by a hydraulic turbine or waterwheel. Types of units and bases of rating are included. Generators with cylindrical rotors are not covered. Key Words: guide, operation, maintenance, hydro, generators Designation: 493-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 25, 2007 Technical Contact: Don O Koval, Phone:780-464-0968, Email:donkoval@shaw.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 12, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: The objective of this book is to present the fundamentals of reliability analysis applied to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems. The intended audience for this material is primarily consulting engineers and plant electrical engineers and technicians. The design of reliable industrial and commercial power distribution systems is important because of the high cost associated with power outages. It is necessary to consider the cost of power outages when making design decisions for new power distribution systems as well as to have the ability to make quantitative “cost-versus- reliability” trade-off studies. The lack of credible data concerning equipment reliability and the cost of power outages has hindered engineers in making such studies. This revision of IEEE Std 493™ overcomes these obstacles. The authors of this book have attempted to provide sufficient information so that reliability analyses can be performed on industrial and commercial power systems without requiring cross- references to other texts. Included are the following: — Basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods — Fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation — Economic evaluation of reliability — Recent cost of power outage data —New extensive mechanical and electrical equipment reliability data—Complete U.S. Army Corp of Engineers Power Reliability Enhancement Program (PREP)database — Examples of reliability analysis of various industrial distribution system operating configurations — 7× 24 continuous power — Voltage sag analysis — Emergency and standby power — Evaluating and improving the reliability of existing electrical system — Preventative maintenance — Reliability and maintainability verification — Standard data collection techniques Project Purpose: The Gold Book is the only standard dedicated solely to the reliability analysis of industrial and commercial power systems. The present comprehensive equipment reliability surveyed data in the Gold Book will be updated by the Power Reliability Enhancement Program (PREP) sponsored database and will be the only database available publicly in the world for reliability analysis of industrial and commercial power systems. Each chapter in this standard will be updated to reflect current practices necessary for reliable operation of today's computer environments and mission critical facilities including voltage sag analysis based on equipment susceptibility characteristics and utility network feeder voltage sag characteristics. Abstract: The objective of this book is to present the fundamentals of reliability analysis applied to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems. The intended audience for this material is primarily consulting engineers and plant electrical engineers and technicians. The design of reliable industrial and commercial power distribution systems is important because of the high cost associated with power outages. It is necessary to consider the cost of power outages when making design decisions for new power distribution systems as well as to have the ability to make quantitative “cost-versus-reliability” trade-off studies. The lack of credible data concerning equipment reliability and the cost of power outages has hindered engineers in making such studies. This edition of the IEEE Std 493 overcomes these obstacles. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 493-1997 Key Words: designing reliable industrial and commercial power systems, equipment reliability data, industrial and commercial power systems reliability analysis, reliability analysis, Gold Book Designation: 493-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Gold Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Present the fundamentals of reliability analysis (i.e., probability methods, cost of interruptions, emergency and standby power, testing to demonstrate the reliability of emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, equipment reliability data, methods of evaluating and improving the reliability of existing plant facilities and the methodologies for assessing the frequency of interruptions to industrial and commercial power systems caused by voltage sags) that should be used in planning and designing reliable industrial and commercial power systems. Project Purpose: The degradation of industrial and commercial power system reliability caused by voltage sags and the testing methodologies required to demonstrate the reliability of emergency and standby power systems are not currently covered by recommended practices. The emergency and standby power chapter in IEEE Std 493-1990 requires an update to reflect current practices. An update of the existing chapter references in this standard is required to reflect new knowledge pertaining to the planning and design of reliable industrial and commercial power systems. Abstract: This IEEE Standars product is part of the Color Books family. The design of reliable industrial and commercial power distribution systems is important because of the high cost associated with power outages and their significant impact on society. It is necessary to consider the cost of power outages when making decisions for new power distribution systems. It is also necessary to have the ability to make quantitative “cost-versus-reliability” trade-off studies. The IEEE Gold Book provides credible data concerning equipment reliability and the cost of power outages so that these trade-off studies can be conducted. The purpose of the IEEE Gold Book is to provide sufficient information so that reliability analysis can be performed on power systems without requiring cross-references to other texts. Information included in the book is the result of extensive surveys of reliability of electrical equipment in industrial plants and the costs of power outages for both industrial plants and commercial buildings. The reliability surveys provide historical experience to those who are not able to collect their own data. The IEEE Gold Book covers many aspects of reliability analysis. The basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, the economic evaluation of reliability, and cost of power outage data are included in the book. Reliability data, as well as electrical preventive maintenance for different types of equipment, are provided. Some concepts of emergency and standby power, such as reliability compliance testing, are also included in the IEEE Gold Book. The book also focuses on the improvement and evaluation of reliability in existing facilities. Voltage sags, and a methodology for estimating the frequency of these sags, are also discussed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: The fundamentals of reliability analysis to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric ower distribution systems are presented Designation: 493-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Superseded **IEEE Gold Book. Revision of std 493-1980. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems are presented. Included are basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment reliability data, examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, and evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed. The presentation is self-contained and should enable trade-off studies during the design of industrial and commercial power systems design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. Key Words: designing reliable, industrial power, commercial power, industrial analysis, commercial analysis, reliability analysis, Equipment reliability data Designation: 493-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Gold Book) Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1982 Abstract: Superseded. The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems are presented. Included are basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods, fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment reliability data, examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, and evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed. The presentation is self-contained and should enable trade-off studies during the design of industrial and commercial power systems design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. Key Words: design, reliable, industrial, commercial, power Designation: 494 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1980 Project Scope: To establish criteria for uniform identification of documents significant to design, construction, testing, operation and maintenance of Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations. Designation: 494-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 28 April 97. aka ANSI N41.28-1976. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1997. Criteria for the uniform identification of documents significant to design, construction, testing, operation, and maintenance of Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations are established. Recommendations for identification of specific parts of these documents are included. Criteria are also established for identification on documents of redundant portions of Class 1E equipment and systems. Key Words: 1E, nuclear power, uniform identification, 1E equipment Designation: 495-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 2007 Technical Contact: David Donovan, Phone:781-910-7724, Email:dave.donovan@joslynhv.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 2008 Project Scope: This test code establishes definitions, service conditions, test procedures, and test conditions for FCIs for use on power distribution systems. Project Purpose: FCIs are commonly used by electric utilities to aid in service restoration. The purpose of this guide is to identify the various tests and test conditions that FCIs must meet to validate their performance. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 495-1986. Definitions, service conditions, test procedures, and test conditions for faulted circuit indicators for use on power distribution systems are established in this test code. Key Words: cable fault locator, fault indicators, faulted circuit indicator, FCI Designation: 495-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Service conditions, test procedures, and conditions for faulted circuit indicators for use on power distribution systems are established. Both design and production tests are covered. Key Words: guide, testing, faulted, circuit, indicators, Power distribution faults Designation: 497-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 497-2002 Technical Contact: Daryl Harmon, Phone:860-731-6174, Email:daryl.l.harmon@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard contains the functional and design criteria for accident monitoring instrumentation for nuclear power generating stations. This standard is intended for new plant designs and for operating nuclear power generating stations desiring to perform design modifications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish selection, design, performance, qualification and display criteria for accident monitoring instrumentation. It provides guidance on the use of portable instrumentation and examples of accident monitoring display configurations. Abstract: Criteria are established in this standard for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accident monitoring instrumentation, and include requirements for display alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation, documentation of design bases, and use of portable instrumentation. Key Words: accident monitoring, display criteria, selection criteria, type variables Designation: 497 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Peter M Kelly, Phone:516/420-3200, Email:pkelly54@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 11, 1987 Designation: 497-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Glenn Lang, Phone:724-733-6403, Email:langge@westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003 Project Scope: The criteria contain the functional and design requirements for accident monitoring instrumentation for nuclear power generating stations. This standard is intended for new plant designs. The guidance provided in this standard may also prove useful for operating nuclear power stations desiring to perform design modifications or design basis evaluations. This standard contains guidance for the selection of variables and establishes design and performance requirements. Guidance on the use of portable instrumentation and defining various display alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation is also included. Project Purpose: The purpose of IEEE Std 497 -2002 is to direct the user in selecting and categorizing post accident monitoring variables; establishing design requirements; and establishing performance requirements. It provides guidance on the use of portable instrumentation and various display alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation. Abstract: Criteria for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accidentmonitoring instrumentation are established in this standard. Included requirements for displayalternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation, documentation of design bases, and use ofportable instrumentation. Key Words: accident monitoring, display criteria, selection criteria, type variables Designation: 497-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93. History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1983 Abstract: Criteria for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accident monitoring instrumentation are established in this standard. Included requirements for display alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation, documentation of design bases, and use of portable instrumentation. Key Words: post, accident, monitoring, instrumentation, nuclear Designation: 497-2002/Cor 1-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum 1: Incorporation of User Feedback through 2005 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Daryl Harmon, Phone:860-731-6174, Email:daryl.l.harmon@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of Corrigendum 1 is the resolution of a small set of feedback issues identified by end users during application of the standard . Corrigendum 1 will also incorporate Errata issued since the release of the standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of Corrigendum 1 is to correct a small set of technical issues identified through user feedback in order to make the standard more useable. Abstract: This corrigendum incorporates user feedback by providing editorial and minor technical corrections to IEEE Std 497-2002. The corrigendum also incorporates published errata into the document. The stakeholders for the project are 1) organizations designing new nuclear power generating stations, 2) owners of operating nuclear power generating stations, and 3) regulatory agencies. Key Words: accident monitoring, display criteria, selection criteria, type variables Designation: 498-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Abstract: This standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and test equipment used to ensure that important parts of a nuclear facility are in conformance with prescribed technical requirements and that data provided by testing, inspection, or maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover modifications and those activities occuring during the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occuring during the initial construction of the facility. Key Words: measuring, test, equipment, nuclear, facilities Designation: 498-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of Std 498-1985 History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and test equipment used to ensure that safety systems of a nuclear facility are in conformance with prescribed technical requirements and that data provided by testing, inspection, or maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover modifications and those activities occurring during the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occurring during the initial construction of the facility. Key Words: calibration, records, traceability, measuring, test equipment, nuclear Designation: 499-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electrical Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 03, 1997 **Revision of IEEE Std 499-1989. Technical Contact: James L Schaadt, Phone:610-866-4400, Email:jachaadt@fast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Project Scope: This recommended practice applies to all electric drives including motors, control, and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants. The recommendations made here are intended as a guide and may be supplemented where special needs exist. They are not intended to apply to power distribution circuits. These recommendations apply to electrical equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less. Voltages higher than this are not covered by this recommended practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define and recommend practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry in order to promote the following: — Safety to personnel and equipment — Maximum reliability with minimum loss of production — Reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment — Clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification — Overall economy Abstract: All electric drives, including motors and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants are covered. Recommendations are not intended to apply to power distribution circuits. These recommendations apply to electrical equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less. Key Words: cement plant, electrical drives, practices Designation: 499 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Reinhold A Errath, Phone:41-56-486-8624, Email:reinhold.errath@ch.abb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: The basic content of 499-1997 standard is very sound and complete. The scope of the revision includes changes initiated by technological advances in the past few years. Project Purpose: The standard is being revised so that the end users will have an up-to-date tool to help them evaulated electric drives and related equipment. Designation: P499 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: Recommended Practices for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electrical Equipment Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James L Schaadt, Phone:610-866-4400, Email:jachaadt@fast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practices document applies to all electric drives including motors, control, and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants. The recommendations made here are intended as a guide and may be supplemented where special needs exist. They are not intended to apply to power distribution circuits. These recommendations apply to electrical equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less. Voltages higher than this are not covered by this recommended practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practices document is to define and recommend practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry in order to promote the following: — Safety to personnel and equipment — Maximum reliability with minimum loss of production — Reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment — Clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification — Overall economy Designation: 499-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electrical Equipment Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Apr 14, 1989, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 1989 Abstract: A recommended practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry is set forth. The recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, controls, and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants, but they do not apply to power distribution circuits. The intent is to promote safety for personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and overall economy. Key Words: electric drives, cement plant, Motor drives, Generators, Cement industry Designation: 499-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: Recommended Practices for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related Electric Equipment Status: Superseded **ANSI Apvd 9/4/84 Abstract: A recommended practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry is set forth. The recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, controls, and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants, but they do not apply to power distribution circuits. The intent is to promote safety for personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and overall economy. Key Words: cement, plant, electric, drives Designation: 4a-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: Standard for IEEE Amendment to High Voltage Test Techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 21, 2001 Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: The proposal is to add an Appendix to the existing standard. The appendix will contain information on Atmospheric Correction factors used in high voltage tests according to the scope of the Standard. The proposed appendix contains information taken exactly from the previous version of this Standard. Project Purpose: The Switchgear and Transformer committees of PES still use this older version of correction factors and are asking for it to be added back to the Standard. Currently certain apparatus committees with Standards that refer to IEEE-4 1978, cannot be updated to reference IEEE-4 1995 because the old atmospheric correction factors, that they use daily, have been eliminated from the newer version. Abstract: his amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and corrections to IEEE Standard Techniques for High-Voltage Testing. Key Words: "atmospheric correction factors, high-voltage testing, testing" Designation: 500 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Guide to the Collection and Presentation of Electrical, Electronic, Sensing Component and Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Project to revise IEEE Std 500-1984. Technical Contact: Joseph R Fragola, Phone:516-764-5218, Email:fragola@prodigy.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Project Scope: Develop a statement to be added to the current published version of IEEE Std 500-1984 to indicate that the users of the document should be cautioned that the data included in the document is over ten years old and therefore might be in some cases obsolete or outdated. Project Purpose: To provide a caution to users of information contained in the standard that some of the data might be obsolete or outdated. Designation: 500-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide To The Collection And Presentation Of Electrical, Electronic, Sensing Component, And Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear- Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electric, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives; (3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies. Key Words: reliability, data, pumps, drivers, valves Designation: 500 P&V-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Data for Pumps and Drivers, Valve Actuators, and Valves Excerpted from ANSI/IEEE Std 500-1984 Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Aris S Candris, Phone:(412) 374-5509 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1984 Abstract: A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electrical, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives; (3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies. Designation: 5001-1999-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE-ISTO Nexus 5001(TM) Forum, IEEE-ISTO 5001-1999 Global Embedded Processor Debug Interface Standard Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 1999 Designation: 502-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Protection, Interlocking, and Control of Fossil-Fueled Unit-Connected Steam Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 1985 Project Scope: This guide presents information regarding the essential subsystems that make up a fossil-feuled unit-connected boiler-turbine- generator (BTG) station and describes typical interlocking, control, and protection for operating them in a coordinated order to ensure proper start- up and safe shutdown. The primary purpose of this guide is to provide a basis for (1) Qualitative evaluating of overall design of a unit-connected fossil fuel plant (2) Writing general operating guides of an educational nature, thereby serving to aid in acquainting personnel with boiler-turbine- generator systems. Every new fossil plant will have its own special operating sequence due to the type of equipment installed and its operating company's practices. However, this guide purports to include in one document a description of various cycles in a power plant, their sequence of operation, and protection procedures. The information contained in this guide should be coordinated with manufacturers' recommendations to establish individual plant designs. Abstract: Information regarding the essential subsystems that make up a fossil-fueled unit-connected boiler-turbine-generator (BTG) station is presented. Typical interlocking, control, and protection for operating the subsystems in a coordinated order to ensure proper startup and safe shutdown are described. The primary purpose is to provide a basis for qualitative evaluation of overall design of a unit-connected fossil-fuel plant, and for writing general operating guides of an educational nature to aid in acquainting personnel with boiler-turbine-generator systems. Key Words: protection, interlocking, fossil fuel, unit connected, stations, Power generation Designation: 503-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard for Measurement and Characterization of Diode-Type Camera Tubes Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 03, 1977 Key Words: measurement, diode, type, camera, tubes Designation: 505 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982 Designation: 505-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Electric power systems in stationary generating stations that provide electric power to the power system are covered. Nomenclature is included for the following interrelated systems: generating unit power system, generating unit auxiliaries power system, station auxiliaries power system, generating unit dc auxiliaries power system, and station dc auxiliaries power system. Nomenclature for instrumentation, controls, or auxiliaries is not included. Key Words: nomenclature, generating, electric, power, systems Designation: 51 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 510-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Safety in High-Voltage and High-Power Testing Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. Safety practices for those who are involved with making measurements on high- voltage sources or with high-power sources of various types, including power-system lines, 60-Hz test transformers, direct- voltage supplies, lightning-impulse generators, and switching-impulse generators are recommended. Electrical hazards involved in temporary measurements, as opposed to metering, relaying, or routine line work, are considered. Safety is considered in connection with testing in laboratories, in the field, in substations, and on lines, and with the test equipment utilized. Cable- fault location, large-capacitance-load testing, high-current testing, and direct connection to power lines are treated separately. Key Words: voltage, high, Power cable testing, Electric variables measurement Designation: 511 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear Waveform Distortion Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of the original STD 511 is for the rapid interpretation of linear (amplitude independent) distortions caused by non ideal (imperfect frequency response and group delay) transmission of primarily, but not limited to, analog composite NTSC (system M) video signals. The results are useful to qualify signals to established proof-of- performance limits and are useful to indicate problems during operational and maintenance tests. Even with the more frequent conversion to digital component form, these measurements may, at least in part, be still valid when the video components are represented as digital data. In particular some of the digital/analog conversion and digital signal processing anomalies manifest themselves as the same linear distortions targeted by this measurement standard. Therefore, the scope of the proposed project is to ammend STD 511's scope and related language within the document to more clearly and specifically cover the affects of analog/digital composite/component video processing on these linear measurements and to include component as well as composite NTSC video. Project Purpose: Although many video signals today are represented as component digital data from content to final production, distribution is still largely analog composite NTSC. NTSC is not expected to be completely replaced as a video distribution format for at least the next 15 years and will likely exist as an interface format for some time after that. The standard has served well in the largely analog video content of the past but with the many current and future conversions from compressed, component digital video to composite analog NTSC form, certain minor revisions are necessary to avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and interpretation of results caused by the constraints and non-linear effects of the component digital signal formats and composite conversion. The purpose is to revise and update the STD 511 linear waveform distortion measurement standard in use today to test conformance of composite NTSC and component linear-signal distortion to established performance limits. As an example, the committee may find it desirable to add a reference to international recommendation ITU-R BT.1204 with regard to the addition of dither for measuring linear distortions on analog/digital video processing. Designation: 511-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear Waveform Distortion Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard describes methods for measuring the linear waveform distortions of TV video signals, that is, distortions which are caused by amplitude-independent (linear) transmission characteristics of television equipment and facilities. The primary application of this standard is for routine operational and maintenance tests, where rapid interpretation of test results is desirable. The techniques described here may also be applicable to laboratory measurements, and detailed mainteance procedures. Key Words: video, signal, transmission, waveform, distortion Designation: 512 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn by IEEE. Same as ANSI Z244. Designation: 513 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Seismic Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Samuel K Oklu, Phone:213-481-4823 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1973 Key Words: seismic, guide, power, transformers, reactors Designation: 515-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004 **Supersedes 515-1997. Technical Contact: David O Brown, Phone:918-641-7221, Email:dbrown@ionet.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2004 Project Scope: The scope includes specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables and heating devices for use in industrial applications, as well as a basis for electrical and thermal design. Applications include unclassified, and both North American Division and Zone classified areas. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide industry with the basic mechanical and electrical requirements for a reliable heating system and to also provide information and requirements for design, installation and maintenance. The standard is being revised for closer harmonization to IEC standards and updated per the 5-year review cycle. Abstract: Supersedes 515-1997 SUMMARY This standard provides requirements for the testing, design, installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing in general industries as applied to pipelines, vessels, pre-traced and thermally insulated instrument tubing and piping, and mechanical equipment. The electrical resistance heat tracing is in the form of series heating cables, parallel heating cables, and surface heating devices. In this standard the terms hazardous (classified) locations and potentially flammable atmospheres refer to the same conditions. Key Words: "constant wattage heaters,electrical design,heating cable,heat loss,heat tracing,parallel heating cables,pipelines,series heating cables, self-regulating heating cables,surface heating devices,thermal design,vessel heater" Designation: P515 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Trace Heating for Industrial Applications Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard H Hulett, Phone:916-939-0394, Email:rhulett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for the testing, design, installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance trace heating in general industries as applied to pipelines, vessels, pre-traced and thermally insulated instrument tubing and piping, and mechanical equipment. The electrical resistance trace heating is in the form of series trace heaters, parallel trace heaters, and surface heating units. In this standard the terms hazardous (classified) locations and potentially flammable atmospheres refer to the same conditions. The requirements also include test criteria to determine the suitability of these heating devices utilized in industrial applications as applied in unclassified (ordinary) and hazardous (classified) locations. Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that process, fluid, or material temperatures are maintained and provide electrical, thermal, and mechanical durability to the trace heating system, such that in normal use its performance is reliable and poses no danger to the user or surroundings. This standard is to serve as a complementary document to the current version of those national and international standards addressing electrical resistance trace heating . Designation: 515-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 515-1989. Superseded by 515-2004. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: Provide specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cable for industrial applications, and provide a basis for electrical and thermal design. Applications include unclassified, Class I, Class II and Division I and Division 2 areas. Project Purpose: 1. Revise standard per five year review cycle and 2. Revise style to conform to new style manual and international requirements with the intent of submitting as an international standard. Abstract: The specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial service are provided, as well as the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Heating cable and surface heating device application recommendations and requirements are made for ordinary (unclassified) and hazardous (classified) potentially flammable atmospheres and locations. Key Words: electrical design, heat tracing, pipelines, series heating cables, surface heating devices, thermal design Designation: 515-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 515-1983. History: BD APP: Aug 30, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by 515-1997, 515-2004. The specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial service are provided, as well as the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Heating cable and surface heating device application recommendations and requirements are made for ordinary (unclassified) and hazardous (classified) potentially flammable atmospheres and locations. Key Words: electrical resistance, heat tracing, industrial , maintenance, Process heating, Cables Designation: 515-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing Status: Superseded Key Words: electrical, resistance, heat, tracing Designation: 515 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The scope includes specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables and heating devices for use in industrial applications, as well as a basis for electrical and thermal design. Applications include unclassified, and both North American Division and Zone classified areas. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide industry with the basic mechanical and electrical performance requirements for a reliable heating system. This standard also provides information and requirements for design, installation, and maintenance. Designation: 515 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Draft Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for the testing, design, installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance trace heating in general industries as applied to pipelines, vessels, pre-traced and thermally insulated instrument tubing and piping, and mechanical equipment. The electrical resistance trace heating is in the form of series trace heaters, parallel trace heaters, and surface heating devices. In this standard the terms hazardous (classified) locations and potentially flammable atmospheres refer to the same conditions. The requirements also include test criteria to determine the suitability of these heating devices utilized in industrial applications as applied in unclassified (ordinary) and hazardous (classified) locations. Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that process, fluid, or material temperatures are maintained and provide electrical, thermal, and mechanical durability to the trace heating system, such that in normal use its performance is reliable and poses no danger to the user or surroundings. This standard is to serve as a complementary document to the current version of those national and international standards addressing electrical resistance heat tracing . Abstract: Specific testing requirements for qua 30 lifying electrical resistance heating cables and heating devices for use in industrial applications, as well as a basis for electrical and thermal design, are included. Applications include unclassified, and explosive atmospheres using both Divisions and Zone methods of classification. Key Words: constant wattage heating cables, electrical design, heating cable, heat loss, heat tracing, parallel heating cables, pipelines, series heating cables, self-regulating heating cables, surface heating devices, thermal design, trace heating, trace heater, vessel heater Designation: 515.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Wayne Williams, Phone:650-474-7964, Email:wwilliams@tycothermal.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides test criteria to determine the suitability of heating devices and fittings that are used for commercial applications. The standard also includes detailed recommendations for the design,installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing in these applications. Commercial applications include installations both inside and outside commercial business buildings, such as office buildings, hospitals, and airports. Typical applications include freeze protection of water pipes; temperature maintenance of hot water piping and other lines and tubing; protection of sprinkler systems; roof, gutter, and pavement deicing; and other applications as shown in Table 1 in 4.1. Commercial applications involving hazardous (classified) locations shall also meet the relevant hazardous location requirements in IEEE Std 515 as well as any other applicable codes and standards. Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that adequate material temperatures are maintained and that electrical, thermal, mechanical, and water-exclusion durability are provided to the heat tracing system. In addition, it should provide that under normal use, the products will exhibit long-term performance reliability without damage to the user or surroundings. This standard is a supplement to those provisions outlined in National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70), Articles 426 and 427. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 515.1-1995 Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heat tracing for commercial service. A basis for electrical and thermal design is included. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating device applications are provided. Key Words: deicing, design, electrical resistance, floor warming, freeze protection, frost heave, heat tracing, heater, heating cable, heating device, installation, maintenance, snow melting, testing Designation: P515.1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides test criteria to determine the suitability of heating devices and fittings that are used for commercial applications. The standard also includes detailed recommendations for the design,installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing in these applications. Commercial applications include installations both inside and outside commercial business buildings, such as office buildings, hospitals, and airports. Typical applications include freeze protection of water pipes; temperature maintenance of hot water piping and other lines and tubing; protection of sprinkler systems; roof, gutter, and pavement deicing; and other applications as shown in Table 1 in 4.1. Commercial applications involving hazardous (classified) locations shall also meet the relevant hazardous location requirements in IEEE Std 515 as well as any other applicable codes and standards. Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that adequate material temperatures are maintained and that electrical, thermal, mechanical, and water-exclusion durability are provided to the heat tracing system. In addition, it should provide that under normal use, the products will exhibit long-term performance reliability without damage to the user or surroundings. This standard is a supplement to those provisions outlined in National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70), Articles 426 and 427. Designation: 515.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 515.1-2005 Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for commercial service and a basis for electrical and thermal design are provided. Heater characteristics are addressed and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating cable applications are provided. Key Words: design, electrical resistance, heater, heating cable, heat tracing, installation, maintenance, testing Designation: 516-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 24, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 516-2003 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2009 Project Scope: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include all of the proven practical methods and procedures; however, these selected comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities. Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines for persons working in vicinity of energized lines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to a) Present, in one guide, sufficient details of some of the methods and equipment presently in use to enable the performance of energized line maintenance with maximum safety. b) Direct attention to appropriate standards and other documents for the acquisition of knowledge on the inspection, care, and use of required tools and equipment. c) Provide guidance for establishing an appropriate work area, taking into consideration safety and the physical effects of the work area on personnel. It is not intended that this guide should replace present proven utility practices or imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices and, therefore, should be universally adopted as utility standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those electric utilities and agencies that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and procedures for maintenance of energized power lines. Abstract: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include all of the proven practical methods and procedures, however, these selected comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities. Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods of the maintenance of energized lines for persons working in vicinity of power lines. Key Words: 516-2009, energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools Designation: 516-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Status: Superseded **Supersedes 516-1995. Superseded by 516-2009. Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@covad.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jan 29, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 22, 2003 Project Scope: This document provides general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to present details of some of the methods presently in use to enable the safe performance of energized line maintenance. It will provide guidance for establishing a safe work area, taking into consideration the physical effects on personnel. Abstract: General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included Key Words: "energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools" Designation: 516-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 516-1987. Superseded by 516-2003. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: Superseded by 516-2003. General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are pro-vided. Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included. Key Words: energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools Designation: 516 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@covad.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include all of the proven practical methods and procedures, however, these selected comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities. Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods of the maintenance of energized lines for persons working in vicinity of power lines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to a) Present, in one guide, sufficient details of some the methods and equipment presently in use to enable the performance of safe, energized line maintenance. b)Direct attention to appropriate standards and other documents for the acquisition of knowledge on the inspection, care, and use of required tools and equipment. c) Provide guidance for establishing a safe work area, taking into consideration the physical effects of the work area on personnel. It is not intended that this guide should replace present proven utility practices or imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices and, therefore, should be universally adopted as utility standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those electric utilities and agencies that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and procedures for maintenance of energized power lines. Designation: 516 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@covad.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include all of the proven practical methods and procedures, however, these selected comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities. Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods of the maintenance of energized lines for persons working in vicinity of power lines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to a) Present, in one guide, sufficient details of some the methods and equipment presently in use to enable the performance of energized line maintenance with maximum safety. b)Direct attention to appropriate standards and other documents for the acquisition of knowledge on the inspection, care, and use of required tools and equipment. c) Provide guidance for establishing an appropriate work area, taking into consideration safety and the physical effects of the work area on personnel. It is not intended that this guide should replace present proven utility practices or imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices and, therefore, should be universally adopted as utility standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those electric utilities and agencies that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and procedures for maintenance of energized power lines. Designation: 516-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power-Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included. Key Words: maintenance, methods, energized, power, lines Designation: 517-1974 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Degree-of-Freedom Rate-Integrating Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 17, 1974 **IEEE Std 529-1980 is a supplement to this std. Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973, ANSI APP: May 30, 1983 Abstract: Correction Sheet to IEEE Std 517-1974. A specification format guide for the preparation of a rate-integrating gyro specification that provides a common meeting ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users is presented. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a rate-integrating gyro is given. Key Words: single, degree, freedom, intergrating, gyros, Gyroscopes Designation: 518 Title: Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991 Designation: 518-1982 Sponsor: Industrial Automation & Control Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 518-1977. Technical Contact: Steven A Larson, Phone:865-574-3201, Email:s.larson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1990 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn 2002. Techniques for the installation and operation of industrial controllers, so as to minimize the disturbing effects of electrical noise on these controllers, are addressed. The identification of noise in control circuits and the classification of noise are discussed. A systems approach to noise reduction is presented. Installation recommendations and wiring practices are covered. Key Words: electrical, equipment, minimize, noise, inputs, Wiring, Electromagnetic interference, Control systems Designation: 519-1992 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1993 **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: This guide applies to all types of static power converters used in industrial and commercial power systems. The problems involved in the harmonic control and reactive compensation of such converters are addressed, and an application guide is provided. Limits of disturbances to the ac power distribution system that affect other equipment and communications are recommended. This guide is not intended to cover the effect of radio frequency interference. Key Words: Reactive power compensation, Harmonics, Harmonic control Designation: 519 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: S Mark Halpin, Phone:334-844-1824, Email:halpin@eng.auburn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will establish limits for the steady state and transient harmonic content of a) current drawn from a utility by a user, b) voltage supplied to a user by a utility, c) voltage on the user's busses, d) current drawn by individual items of equipment on a stand-alone basis, e) limits for voltage notching and ringing on user and utility busses. It will recommend a) methods for calculating harmonic spectra of common loads. It will provide a) application advice for the use of passive and active harmonic filters. It will provide information on: harmonic analysis methods, the effects of harmonics on equipment, system response characteristics, and on definitions and letter symbols. Project Purpose: The work is being done because of deficiencies in the existing standard, especially in relation to limits to notches and converters with pulse numbers greater than 6. Designation: P519 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electric Power Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: S Mark Halpin, Phone:334-844-1824, Email:halpin@eng.auburn.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes goals for the design of electrical systems that include both linear and nonlinear loads. The voltage and current waveforms that may exist throughout the system are summarized and waveform distortion goals for the system designer are established. The interface between sources and loads is described as the point of common coupling; and observance of the design goals will minimize interference between electrical equipment. This recommended practice addresses steady- state limitation. Transient conditions exceeding these limitations may be encountered. This document sets the quality of power that is to be provided at the point of common coupling and is not intended for application to individual pieces of electrical equipment. This document does not cover the effects of radio-frequency interference; however, it does include electromagnetic interference with communication systems. Project Purpose: This revision includes the significant experience gained in the last 15 years with regard to power system harmoncs, their effects on power equipment, and how they should be limited. In addition, this document contains certain material dedicated to the harmonization of IEEE and other international standards where possible. Designation: 519-1981 Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter Title: IEEE Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of Static Power Convertors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Abstract: This guide applies to all types of static power converters used in industrial and commercial power systems. The problems involved in the harmonic control and reactive compensation of such converters are addressed, and an application guide is provided. Limits of disturbances to the AC power distribution system that affect other equipment and communications are recommended. This guide is not intended to cover the effect of radio frequency interference. Designation: P519.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009 Project Scope: IEEE Standard 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, provides procedures for controlling harmonics on the power system along with recommended limits for customer harmonic injection and overall power system harmonic levels. This document provides example applications of the procedures and limits in IEEE 519. Project Purpose: This guide provides examples and suggestions for developing and implementing harmonic limits throughout the electric power system. This assists utilities and building owners. Designation: 519.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mark F McGranaghan, Phone:865-218-8029, Email:m.mcgranaghan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Project Scope: The lastest revision of IEEE Std 519 addresses the need for harmonic control on the power system. Important sources of harmonics are described along with methods to analyze system response characteristics. Harmonic limits are proposed for both the electricity supplier and the electricity customer. The limits for the comsumer are in the form of harmonic current generation limits at the point of common coupling. The electricity supplier limits are in the form of voltage distortion limits. This document will use the proposed limits in IEEE 519 as a starting point and describe methodologies for implementing these limits. Specifically, the document will accomplish the following objectives: 1. Identify methods for measuring harmonic generation by specific nonlinear loads. Provide typical harmonic characteristics and important factors affecting the harmonic generation. 2. Provide methods for evaluating harmonic levels at the point of common coupling (PCC). The concepts of the PPC, direction of harmonic current flow, the maximum demand load current, the short circuit ration (SCR), and the total demand distortion (TDD) will all be described and defined. Measurement procedures for evaluating both the harmonic currents and voltage distortion at the PCC will be described in particular. Statistical procedures for evaluating these harmonic levels will be presented. 3. Provide methods for evaluating expected harmonic levels at new customers. Methods to estimate harmonic currents for combinations of loads will be presented and procedures for evaluating these currents with respect to the harmonic limits will be described. 4. Describe methods for harmonic control at individual customers and on the overall system. Filter design procedures for individual customers, taking into account concerns for interaction with the power system, will be presented. Alternative methods for controlling harmonics in a customer facility will also by described. Filter design for harmonic voltage control on the overall power system will also be described. 5. Describe methods for ongoing harmonic performance monitoring and evaluations. This will include statistical procedures for characterizing harmonic levels and the role of simulations in assessing system performance. 6. Provide example of IEEE-519 application for a range of different customer types and system characteristics. Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for implementation of harmonic limits for individual customers and for the overall power system. Designation: 519.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Mark F McGranaghan, Phone:865-218-8029, Email:m.mcgranaghan@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: IEEE Standard 519-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, provides procedures for controlling harmonics on the power system along with recommended limits for customer harmonic injection and overall power system harmonic levels. This document provides example applications of the procedures and limits in IEEE 519-1992. Project Purpose: This guide will provide examples and suggestions for developing and implementing harmonic limits throughout the electric power system. This assists utilities and building owners. Designation: 519a Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Project Scope: The lastest revision of IEEE Std 519 addresses the need for harmonic control on the power system. Important sources of harmonics are described along with methods to analyze system response characteristics. Harmonic limits are proposed for both the electricity supplier and the electricity customer. The limits for the comsumer are in the form of harmonic current generation limits at the point of common coupling. The electricity supplier limits are in the form of voltage distortion limits. This document will use the proposed limits in IEEE 519 as a starting point and describe methodologies for implementing these limits. Specifically, the document will accomplish the following objectives: 1. Identify methods for measuring harmonic generation by specific nonlinear loads. Provide typical harmonic characteristics and important factors affecting the harmonic generation. 2. Provide methods for evaluating harmonic levels at the point of common coupling (PCC). The concepts of the PPC, direction of harmonic current flow, the maximum demand load current, the short circuit ration (SCR), and the total demand distortion (TDD) will all be described and defined. Measurement procedures for evaluating both the harmonic currents and voltage distortion at the PCC will be described in particular. Statistical procedures for evaluating these harmonic levels will be presented. 3. Provide methods for evaluating expected harmonic levels at new customers. Methods to estimate harmonic currents for combinations of loads will be presented and procedures for evaluating these currents with respect to the harmonic limits will be described. 4. Describe methods for harmonic control at individual customers and on the overall system. Filter design procedures for individual customers, taking into account concerns for interaction with the power system, will be presented. Alternative methods for controlling harmonics in a customer facility will also by described. Filter design for harmonic voltage control on the overall power system will also be described. 5. Describe methods for ongoing harmonic performance monitoring and evaluations. This will include statistical procedures for characterizing harmonic levels and the role of simulations in assessing system performance. 6. Provide example of IEEE-519 application for a range of different customer types and system characteristics. Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for implementation of harmonic limits for individual customers and for the overall power system. Designation: 52 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 521-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 08, 2003 **Supersedes 521-1984 (R1989). Technical Contact: Joseph Bruder, Phone:770-528-7745, Email:joe.bruder@gtri.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 2009 Project Scope: Radar systems operate in frequency bands that since World War II have been identified by letter designations. To recognize and preserve accepted usage, the proposed revision would re-affirm the letter designations for radar, revising the current standard to update it regarding current International Telecommunication Union (ITU) radar band allocations and comments. No change in scope from the current standard is anticipated. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to reaffirm the use of letter band designations for radar-frequency bands, and to update and correct the notes referring to the letter band designations in this standard. Because of recent changes in the ITU regulations, some of the notes need to be updated, and changed to correctly reflect the current frequency allocations. No change in purpose from the current standard is anticipated. Abstract: The Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands was first issued in 1976 and was written to remove the confusion that developed from the misapplication to radar of letter band designations of other microwave frequency users. This standard relates the letter terms in common usage to the frequency ranges that they represent. The 1984 revision defined the application V and W to a portion of the millimeter wave region while retaining the previous letter designators for frequencies. The current (2002) revision keeps the same letter band designations, includes a change in the definition of millimeter wave frequencies to conform to the ITU designation, and revises the notes to Table 1. Table 1 has been modified for international applications by including Regions 1 and 3 in addition to Region 2. Key Words: "frequency, letter band, radar" Designation: 521-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989 Title: IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 521-1976. Superseded by 521-2002. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1985 Key Words: "Since World War II, radar systems engineers have used letter designations as a short notation for describing the frequency band of operation. This usage has continued throughout the years and is now an accepted practice of radar engineers. Radar-frequency" Designation: 522-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn Insulation of Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Electric Machines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 09, 2004 **Supersedes 522-1992 (R1998). Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to make suggestions on testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine the acceptability of the coils. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. Test voltage levels described herein do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, as contrasted to surges associated with normal operation. These suggestions apply to: (1) Individual stator coils after manufacture (2) Coils in completely wound stators of original manufacture (3) Coils and windings for rewinds of used machinery (4) Windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive- maintenance testing) The repetitive voltage surges (spikes) associated with Variable Frequency Drives (VFD's) are also not addressed here. Project Purpose: The purpose of this publication is to: (1) Define surge / impulse testing as applied to the windings of an electric machine; (2) Review the service conditions which affect or change voltage levels in a coil; (3) Recommend devices suitable for measuring surges, with precautions to avoid erroneous results; (4) Describe various points at which surge testing should be performed; (5) Present suggested surge test levels for various types of electric machines. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 522-1992 Suggestions are made for testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 mW (270 hp to 135 000 hp). The test levels described do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, only surges associated with normal operation. The suggestions apply to: (1) individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in completely wound stators; (3) coils and windings for rewinds of used machinery; and (4) windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive-maintenance testing). Coil service conditions, test devices, and test sequence are discussed. Key Words: ac machines, impulses, surges, testing turn insulation, transients Designation: 522-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 522-1977. Superseded by 522-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Abstract: (Revision of IEEE Std 522-1977) and Superseded by 522-2004 (SH95212/SS95212) Suggestions are made for testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. The test voltage levels described do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, as contrasted to surges associated with normal operation. The suggestions apply to: (1) individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in completely wound stators of original manufacture; (3) coils and windings for rewinds of used machinery; and (4) windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive-maintenance testing). Coil service conditions, test devices, and test sequence are discussed. High-frequency test levels for new coils during winding, and for applying surge tests to complete windings, are given. Key Words: ac machines, rotating machine, insulation testing, Power system transients Designation: 522-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981 Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines - For Trial Use Status: Superseded **Correlate w/792 History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976 Key Words: testing, turn, insulation, electric, machines Designation: 523 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Control of Transformer Sound See Status: Superseded **See C57.112 Key Words: control, transformer, sound Designation: 524-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 2004 **Supersedes 524-1992 (R1997) and 524a-1993 (R1998). Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:fferracane@ameren.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Oct 17, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing and grounding of overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires and fiber optic cables. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special conductors such as those used for river and canyon crossing. These conductors may be custom designed and may often require special considerations. Installation of overhead conductors for distributions circuits generally involves similar conditions; however, the specific recommendations of this guide have not been developed to include all situations encountered at distribution voltages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary for maintaining safe and adequate control and grounding of conductors during stringing operations. References are given for those desiring more detailed information. Because the terminology used for many hardware items and for many stringing terms varies from place to place, a list of definitions is included to provide correlation and clarification of the terms most commonly employed. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 524-1992. SUMMARY: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and overhead groundwires. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special conductors such as those used for river and canyon crossing. These conductors may be custom designed and often may require special considerations. Key Words: "overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires" Designation: P524 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing and grounding of overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires and fiber optic cables. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special conductors such as those used for river and canyon crossing. These conductors may be custom designed and may often require special considerations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary for maintaining safe and adequate control and grounding of conductors during stringing operations. References are given for those desiring more detailed information. Because the terminology used for many hardware items and for many stringing terms varies from place to place, a list of definitions is included to provide correlation and clarification of the terms most commonly employed. Abstract: Project scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing and grounding of overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires and fiber optic cables. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special conductors such as those used for river and canyon crossing. These conductors may be custom designed and may often require special considerations. Installation of overhead conductors for distributions circuits generally involves similar conditions; however, the specific recommendations of this guide have not been developed to include all situations encountered at distribution voltages. Project purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary for maintaining safe and adequate control and grounding of conductors during stringing operations. References are given for those desiring more detailed information. Because the terminology used for many hardware items and for many stringing terms varies from place to place, a list of definitions is included to provide correlation and clarification of the terms most commonly employed. Key Words: IEEE 524 Designation: 524-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 524-1980. Superseded by 524-2003. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993 Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment and tools that have been found practical for the stringing of overhead groundwires. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for stringing terms commonly employed. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 524-1980, and superseded by SH/SS17467 then SH/SS95170. General recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and overhead groundwires are provided. The aim is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary to maintain safe and adequate control of conductors during stringing operations. Key Words: guide, overhead, conductors, Terminology, Power transmission lines, Power cable installation, Grounding Designation: 524-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Key Words: installation, transmission, line, conductors Designation: 524a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Guide to Grounding During the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std 524-1992. Superseded by 524-2003. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by SH/SS95170 The design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations are considered, with the objective of minimizing failures and their consequences. The purpose is to give direction to the substation engineer in established practices for the application and installation of metallic cables in electric power transmission and distribution substations. This guide emphasizes reliable electrical service during the design life of the substation. It does not apply to wire and cable systems in generating stations. IEEE Std 524-1993 , 524a , 524 , Key Words: conductor stringing, grounding equipment, grounding practices, overhead transmision, line conductors, protective grounding Designation: 525-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 02, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 525-1992/IncorporatesIEEE Std 525-2007/Cor1:2008 Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:hannaessa.abdallah@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 2007 Project Scope: This document is a guide for the design, installation, and protection of insulated wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences. This guide is not an industry standard or a compliance standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance to the substation engineer in established practices for the application and installation of metallic and optical cables in electric power transmission and distribution substations with the objective of minimizing premature cable failures and their consequences. This guide emphasizes reliable electrical service and safety during the design life of the substation. Regarding cable performance, no single cable characteristic should be emphasized to the serious detriment of others. In addition to good installation, design, and construction practices, a balance of cable characteristics is necessary to provide a reliable cable system. Solutions presented in this guide may not represent the only acceptable practices for resolving problems. This guide should not be referred to or used as an industry standard. It is being presented to aid in the development of wire and cable system installations and is not a compliance standard. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 525-1992. The design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences are covered in this guide. Key Words: 525-2007, acceptance testing, cable, cable installation, cable selection, communication cable, electrical segregation, fiber-optic cable, handling, power cable, pulling tension, raceway, recommended maintenance, routing, separation of redundant cable, service conditions, substation, transient protection Designation: P525 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Debra Longtin, Phone:262-549-9526, Email:dlongtin@atcllc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This document is a guide for the design, installation, and protection of insulated wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences. High voltage (greater than 35 kV) cable systems are not covered in this guide. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance to the substation engineer in established practices for the application and installation of metallic and optical cables in electric power transmission and distribution substations with the objective of minimizing premature cable failures and their consequences. This guide emphasizes reliable electrical service and safety during the design life of the substation. Regarding cable performance, no single cable characteristic should be emphasized to the serious detriment of others. In addition to good installation, design, and construction practices, a balance of cable characteristics is necessary to provide a reliable cable system. Solutions presented in this guide may not represent the only acceptable practices for resolving problems. This guide should not be referred to or used as an industry standard or compliance standard. It is being presented to aid in the development of wire and cable system installations. Designation: 525-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 525-1987. Technical Contact: Alan E Kollar, Phone:330-384-5552, Email:kollara@firstenergycorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 525-2007. Guidance for the design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences is provided. The design of wire and cable systems in gen Key Words: cable, installation, testing, fire protection, raceway, substations, wire cable shield Designation: 525-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1988 Abstract: Superseded by 525-1992. Guidance for the design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences is provided. The design of wire and cable systems in generating stations is not covered. Key Words: design, installation, cable, systems, substations Designation: 525-2007/Cor 1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations - Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 02, 2008 Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:hannaessa.abdallah@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 2008 Project Scope: Correcting the axis labels of a figure J1 located in annex J. Project Purpose: to correct a technical error. Designation: 526 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 528-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2001 **Supersedes 528-1994. Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 02, 2002 Project Scope: To review all of the definitions included in the standard and to revise them as required. New terminology will be added to bring the document up to date with current technology. Project Purpose: This revision is part of the 5 year review cycle for IEEE Standards. Since the last publication of this standard, three major revisions of, or new, inertial sensor standards have been published by the IEEE AESS Gyro and Accelerometer panel. In addition, sigificant advances have been made in related technology for which new standards are being developed. Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented in this standard. Usage asunderstood by the inertial sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of theterms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in this standard is usefulness asrelated to inertial sensor technology. Key Words: "inertial sensor technology, inertial sensor terminology" Designation: 528-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 528-1984. Superseded by 528-2001. History: BD APP: May 04, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994 Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY IEEE STD 528-2001. Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented. Usage as understood by the inertial sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in this document is usefulness as related to inertial sensor technology. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: Inertial sensor terminology, Inertial sensor technology Designation: 528-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Inertial Sensor Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985 Abstract: Withdrawn Status. Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented. Usage as understood by the inertial sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in this document is usefulness as related to inertial sensor technology. Key Words: inertial, sensor, terminology Designation: 529-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: Supplement for Strapdown Applications to IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Rate- Integrating Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 1981 **Supplement to IEEE Std 517-1974. Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983 Abstract: A specification format guide for the preparation of a rate-integrating gyroscope specification is presented. Recommended procedures for testing a rate-integrating gyroscope are compiled. This standard, when combined with IEEE Std 517-1974 (R1980), defines the requirements and test procedures in terms of characteristics unique to the gyroscope or those applications in which the dynamic angular inputs are significantly greater than the limitations identified in IEEE Std 517. Key Words: strapdown, single degree, rate integrating , integrating gyro, Testing, Gyroscopes Designation: 530-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear, Single-Axis, Digital, Torque-Balance Accelerometer Status: Superseded **Under revision with Std 337; combined revisions will be designated IEEE 1293. Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998. History: BD APP: Mar 09, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998. A guide for the preparation of a digital accelerometer specification and test procedure is provided. It is intended to provide common terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. The accelerometer considered utilizes a linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometer sensor with a permanent magnet torquer. The torquing electronics are considered part of the accelerometer. General design, performance, environmental, and reliability requirements are covered. Information on classification of tests, acceptance tests, qualification tests, reliability tests, standard test conditions, test equipment, test methods, and data submittal is given. Key Words: linear, single axis, digital, torque, accelerometer, Torque measurement, Acceleration measurement Designation: 532-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Power, Instrumentation, and Control Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 532-1993 Technical Contact: Paul Caronia, Phone:732-271-7954, Email:caronipj@dow.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2008 Project Scope: This guide covers the selection and testing of jackets and other protective coverings for power, instrumentation, and control cables. It is written for those individuals responsible for optimizing cable designs. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the role of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and organized manner. An effort has been made to avoid the highly technical language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers and chemists to discuss the more detailed application of jackets. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide cable users guidance in the selection of jackets and protective covers to optimize cable design. A secondary purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the types and functions of jackets so that the user can approach the subject in an orderly and logical manner. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 532-1993. This guide covers properties of commonly used jackets as well as selection and testing of jackets. It is written for those responsible for optimizing cable designs. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the role of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and organized manner. An effort has been made to avoid the highly technical language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers and chemists to discuss the more detailed application of jackets. Key Words: 532-2007, cables, jackets, testing Designation: 532 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: Revise the guide which covers the use of jackets and other protective coverings for power cables in underground installations. Project Purpose: Provide cable users guidance in the selection of jackets and protective covers for the purpose of optimizing underground cable installations. A secondary purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the types and rules of jackets so that the user can approach the subject in an orderly and logical manner. Designation: 532-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 532-1982. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 532-2007. This guide covers properties of commonly used jackets as well as selection and testing of jackets. It is written for those responsible for optimizing cable designs. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the role of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and organized manner. An effort has been made to avoid the highly technical language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers and chemists to discuss the more detailed application of jackets. Key Words: cables, jackets, testing, underground cable Designation: 532-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Cables Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Key Words: selecting, testing, jackets, cables Designation: 534 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 535-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007 **Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard describes qualification methods for Class 1E vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside primary containment. Qualification required by IEEE Std 308™-20011 or IEEE Std 765™-2002 can be demonstrated by using the procedures in this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323™-2003. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment, and consideration of other type batteries are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: The revision will address issues raised on the testing process, provide clarified guidance on battery qualification and revise references from the 1986 issue of the standard. Abstract: Qualification methods for Class 1E vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside primary containment are described in this standard. Remarks: Revision of EEE 535-1986 Key Words: battery, battery aging, battery qualification, battery qualification methods, battery seismic testing, Class 1E battery, qualification, vented lead acid battery Designation: P535 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard describes qualification methods for Class 1E vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside primary containment. Qualification required by IEEE Std 308(TM) or IEEE Std 765(TM)can be demonstrated by using the procedures in this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323(TM). Application of batteries in Nuclear Power Generating Stations can be divided into two sections; duty cycles equal to or less than 8 hours and duty cycles greater than 8 hours. This standard provides a process to demonstrate qualification for both applications. This standard is based on the user demonstrating the predominant failure mechanism is positive plate grid corrosion. The following technologies have been demonstrated to meet this criteria for full float service: a)Pasted plate lead-calcium b)Pasted plate lead-antimony c)Tubular plate low antimony lead-selenium alloy To apply this standard to vented lead-acid technologies other than those listed above, the user is required to demonstrate the following for full float service: a)The predominant failure mechanism is positive plate grid corrosion b)The accelerated aging factors in Table 1 are applicable to the battery being tested. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment, and consideration of other type batteries are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: This document will not contain a purpose clause. Designation: 535-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 535-1979. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986 Abstract: Qualification methods for Class 1E lead storage batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside of primary containment are described. Principles and methods of qualification, qualification information, qualification by type testing, type tests and analysis procedures, and documentation are covered. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment, and other types of batteries that are beyond the scope of this standard are not considered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: qualifications, 1E, lead, storage, batteries, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 535 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This standard describes qualification methods for Class 1E vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside primary containment in a mild environment. Qualification required by IEEE Std 308™ or IEEE Std 765™ can be demonstrated by using the procedures in this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323™. Application of batteries in Nuclear Power Generating Stations can be divided into two sections; duty cycles equal to or less than 8 hours and duty cycles greater than 8 hours. This standard provides a process to demonstrate qualification for both applications. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment, and consideration of other type batteries are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: The revision will address issues raised on the qualification process for the new passive Nuclear Steam Supply Systems which have duty cycles of 24-72 hours which are much longer than the duty cycles used as the basis for the initial IEEE 535 standard. Designation: 535 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard describes qualification methods for Class 1E vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations outside primary containment. Qualification required by IEEE Std 308(TM) or IEEE Std 765(TM) can be demonstrated by using the procedures in this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323(TM). Application of batteries in Nuclear Power Generating Stations can be divided into two sections; duty cycles equal to or less than 8 hours and duty cycles greater than 8 hours. This standard provides a process to demonstrate qualification for both applications. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment, and consideration of other type batteries are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: This document will not contain a purpose clause. Designation: 539-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects of Overhead Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 16, 2005 **Revision project for IEEE Std 539-1990. Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 25, 2005 Project Scope: The document defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and currents, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to achieve uniformity in the use of terms relating to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of power lines. The standard defines the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power line corona and fields. Abstract: The scope of this standard is to define the most widely used tems specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and field effects. Key Words: audible noise, corona, electric field, electric field meter, fair weather, field effects, foul weather, freezing rain, magnetic field, perturbed field, radio noise, rain, snow, Trichel streamers, uniform field, wet snow, Designation: 539-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects of Overhead Power Lines Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 539-1979. (IEEE Std 539A-1981 was included in revision.) History: BD APP: Nov 14, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by 549-2005 (SH/SS95331). This standard defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and current, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices. Key Words: audible noise, electric field, magnetic field, radio noise, Electromagnetic interference Designation: 539-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Overhead-Power-Line Corona and Radio Noise Status: Superseded **Superseded by IEEE 539-1990 History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 539-1990. IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects of Overhead Power Lines, defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and current, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices. Key Words: overhead, power, lines, radio, noise Designation: 539A-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Supplement to 539 Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Key Words: 539A Designation: 54-1955 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Title: IEEE Standard, Test Code, and Recommended Practice for Induction and Dielectric Heating Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 541 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 544-1975 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standard for Electrothermic Power Meters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: May 30, 1974 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. This standard applies to electrothermic power meters as complete instruments and to their constituent parts: electrothermic elements, electrothermic units, and electrothermic power indicators. Electrothermic power measurement instrumentation is generally used to measure (below 3 W and above 2 MHz) the average power of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a single mode in waveguide or coaxial transmission lines. The power range can be extended by the use of attenuators or directional couplers, or both. Key Words: standard, electrothermic, power, meters Designation: 545 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Partial Discharge Corona Tst/Xfrmrs Trial Use Status: Superseded **Approved as IEEE Std C57.113. Key Words: partial, discharge, corona, test, transformers Designation: 548-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Standard Criteria and Guidelines for the Laboratory Measurement and Reporting of Fly Ash Resistivity Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997. Technical Contact: Marco W Migliaro, Phone:732-236-0316, Email:m.migliaro@ieee-isto.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Abstract: Uniform criteria and guidelines for laboratory measurement and reporting of fly ash resistivity data obtained in the laboratory are presented. Fly ashes produced from the burning of any rank of coal are covered. Methods for ashing core bore samples of coal that have not been burned previously in a full-scale boiler are considered. Key Words: Resistivity measurement, Power generation, Air Pollution Designation: 55-1953 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Temperature Correlation in the Connection of Insulated Wire and Cables to Electronic Equipment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Abstract: No abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Key Words: temperature correlation, insulated wire, electronic equipment Designation: 551-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Calculating AC Short-Circuit Currents in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 17, 2006 Technical Contact: Jason M MacDowell, Phone:(86 10) 65611166x576, Email:jason.macdowell@ps.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: May 09, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006 Project Scope: Electric power systems in industrial plants and commercial and institutional buildings are designed to serve loads in a safe and reliable manner. One of the major considerations in the design of a power system is adequate control of short circuits or faults as they are commonly called. Uncontrolled short-circuits can cause service outage with accompanying production downtime and associated inconvenience, interruption of essential facilities or vital services, extensive equipment damage, personnel injury or fatality, and possible fire damage. Short-circuits are caused by faults in the insulation of a circuit, and in many cases an arc ensues at the point of the fault. Such an arc may be destructive and may constitute a fire hazard. Prolonged duration of arcs, in addition to the heat released, may result in transient overvoltages that may endanger the insulation of equipment in other parts of the system. Clearly, the fault must be quickly removed from the power system, and this is the job of the circuit protective devices—the circuit breakers and fusible switches. A short-circuit current generates heat that is proportional to the square of the current magnitude, I2R. The large amount of heat generated by a short-circuit current may damage the insulation of rotating machinery and apparatus that is connected into the faulted system, including cables, transformers, switches, and circuit breakers. The most immediate danger involved in the heat generated by short-circuit currents is permanent destruction of insulation. This may be followed by actual fusion of the conducting circuit, with resultant additional arcing faults. The heat that is generated by high short-circuit currents tends not only to impair insulating materials to the point of permanent destruction, but also exerts harmful effects upon the contact members in interrupting devices. The small area common between two contact members that are in engagement depends mainly upon the hardness of the contact material and upon the amount of pressure by which they are kept in engagement. Owing to the concentration of the flow of current at the points of contact engagement, the temperatures of these points reached at the times of peak current are very high. As a result of these high spot temperatures, the material of which the contact members are made may soften. If, however, the contact material is caused to melt by excessive I2R losses, there is an imminent danger of welding the contacts together rendering it impossible to separate the contact members when the switch or circuit breaker is called upon to open the circuit. Since it requires very little time to establish thermal equilibrium at the small points of contact engagement, the temperature at these points depends more upon the peak current than upon the rms current. If the peak current is sufficient to cause the contact material to melt, resolidification may occur immediately upon decrease of the current from its peak value. Other important effects of short-circuit currents are the strong electromagnetic forces of attraction and repulsion to which the conductors are subjected when short-circuit currents are present. These forces are proportional to the square of the current and may subject any rotating machinery, transmission, and switching equipment to severe mechanical stresses and strains. The strong electromagnetic forces that high short-circuit currents exert upon equipment can cause deformation in rotational machines, transformer windings, and equipment bus bars, which may fail at a future time. Deformation in breakers and switches will cause alignment and interruption difficulties. Modern interconnected systems involve the operation in parallel of large numbers of synchronous machines, and the stability of such an interconnected system may be greatly impaired if a short-circuit in any part of the system is allowed to prevail. The stability of a system requires short fault clearing times and can be more limiting than the longer time considerations imposed by thermal or mechanical effects on the equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide information that will facilitate the proper design of electric power circuits such that the equipment is adequately rated and/or protected with respect to short circuit or fault currents, since uncontrolled short circuits can cause a service outage. Abstract: This recommended practice provides short-circuit current information including calculated short-circuit current duties for the application in industrial plants and commercial buildings, at all power system voltages, of power system equipment that senses, carries, or interrupts short-circuit currents. Equipment coverage includes, but should not be limited to, protective device sensors such as series trips and relays, passive equipment that may carry short circuit current such as bus, cable, reactors, and transformers as well as interrupters such as circuit breakers and fuses. Key Words: available fault current, circuit breaker, circuit breaker applications, fuse, power system voltage, reactors, short-circuit applications guides, short-circuit duties, violet book, arc flash Designation: 551 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for Calculating Short Circuit Currents in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. Guy Jackson, Phone:251-626-6890, Email:gjackson@powerplot.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1981 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides short-circuit current information including calculated short-circuit current duties for the application in industrial plants and commercial buildings, at all power system voltages or power system equipment that senses, carries, or interrupts short circuit currents. Project Purpose: To provide adequate control of short-circuits or faults, as uncontrolled short-circuits can cause service outage with accompanying production downtime and associated inconvenience, interruption of essential facilities or vital services, extensive equipment damage, personnel injury or fatality and possible fire damage. Designation: 56 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Electric Machines Rated 1 MVA and Higher Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Douglas Conley, Phone:+1 704 551 5568, Email:douglas.conley@siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This insulation maintenance guide is applicable to rotating electric machines rated from 1 MVA and higher. The procedures detailed herein may also be useful for insulation maintenance of other types of machines. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of rotating electrical machines. Such an evaluation can serve as a guide to the degree of maintenance or replacement which might be deemed necessary, and also offer some indication of the future service reliability of the equipment under consideration. Abstract: Information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of alternating-current rotating electrical machines rated at 10,000 kVA or more, and operating at voltages of 6000 V and above is presented. The significance of maintenance, severe conditions reducing insulation life, and insulation systems in general use are discussed. Visual inspection methods, cleaning procedures, and maintenance tests are described. Designation: 56-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Large Alternating-Current Rotating Machinery (10,000 kVA and Larger) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 56-1958. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Key Words: insulation, maintenance, rotating, AC, motors, Rotating-machine insulation testing, Rotating-machine insulation, Power system maintenance, AC machines Designation: 562 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 563-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide on Conductor Self-Damping Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 03, 1977, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Methods for measuring the inherent vibration damping characteristics of overhead conductors are presented. The intent is to obtain information in a compatible and consistent form that will provide a reliable basis for studying the vibration and damping of conductors in the future, and for comparing data of various investigators. The methods and procedures recommended are not intended for quality-control test purposes. Key Words: Power system measurements, Power cable mechanical factors Designation: 564 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 566-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice For the Design of Display and Control Facilities for Central Control Rooms of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn by Stds Board 3/22/84 Designation: 567-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **issued for trial use 10/80 Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979 Abstract: This standard addresses the central control room of nuclear power generating station and the overall complex in which this room is housed. It is not intended to cover special or normally unattended control rooms, such as those provided for radioactive waste handling or for emergency shutdown operations. Key Words: design, control, room, complex, NPGS Designation: 567 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 57-1959 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Thermal Stability of Enameled Wire in Air Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 570 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: System Voltage Nomenclature Table Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Not pub. Incorporated in 141;100;C84 Key Words: system, voltage, nomenclature, table Designation: 571 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 572-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007 Technical Contact: William L Hadovski, Phone:860-731-6942, Email:william.l.hadovski@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 11, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides basic requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class lE Connection Assemblies for service in nuclear power generating stations. These include connectors, terminations, and environmental seals in combination with related cables or wires as assemblies. Qualification of cable with connectors to this standard does not replace qualification to IEEE Std 383TM -2003.1 This standard does not apply to containment electric penetrations, fire stops, in-line splices, or components for service within the reactor vessel. The qualification requirements in this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of the equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable service conditions (including design basis events) reducing the risks of common cause-equipment failures. This standard does not provide environmental stress levels and performance requirements. NOTE--Other IEEE standards that present qualification methods for specific equipment, specific environments, or specific parts of qualification program may be used to supplement this standard, as applicable. Annex A of IEEE Std 323TM- 2003 lists other standards related to equipment qualification. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific direction for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 on qualification as it pertains to qualification of connectors, terminations, and environmental seals (related to cables as assemblies). Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E Connection Assemblies and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described in this standard. The principles, methods, and procedures described are intended to be used for qualifying Connection Assemblies, maintaining and extending qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the Connection Assembly is modified. The qualification requirements in this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of the Connection Assembly to perform safety function(s) under applicable service conditions including design basis events, reducing the risk of commoncause Connection Assembly failure. Key Words: age, age conditioning, aging, baseline parameter, cable, cable assembly, condition monitoring, Connection Assemblies, connector, equipment qualification, generic qualification, harsh environment, interface, margin, mild environment, nuclear, qualification methods, qualified life, radiation, safety-related function, significant aging mechanism, termination, test plan, test sequence, type testing Designation: 572-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1985 Abstract: General requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class 1E connection assemblies for service in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Connectors, terminations, and environmental seals in combination with related cables or wires as assemblies are covered. Emphasis is placed on multipin, quick, disconnect-type connection assemblies primarily utilized for instrumentation, control, and power. This standard does not apply to containment electric penetrations, fire stops, in-line splices, or components for service within the reactor vessel. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: NPGS, Seals, Power cable connecting, Connectors Designation: 573 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P575 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for Bonding Sheaths and Shields of Single-Conductor Power Cables Rated 5 - 500 kV Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Michael D Buckweitz, Phone:212-460-3236, Email:m.buckweitz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This guide describes the most common special sheath-bonding systems now in use on high-voltage, single-conductor, shielded power cables and methods of calculating sheath voltages and currents, particularly as applied to three-phase systems operating at 60 kV and above, with the cable neutral grounded directly or as part of a special bonding system as described in the standard. Although the guide text on induced voltages and currents in metallic sheaths is written primarily around high- voltage cables operating at 60 kV and above, the fundamental principles in this document apply equally to single-conductor medium-voltage shielded power cables when installed and operated as outlined in the guide. The user is cautioned to make sure that the installation/operating design does not contravene any local or national regulations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the cable engineer with general and specific recommendations for consideration when designing new power cable circuits in order to reduce operational losses and/or to increase the current carrying capacity, as well as determining sheath voltages of cables on electric transmission systems. Designation: 575-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Sheath-Bonding Methods for Single- Conductor Cables and the Calculation of Induced Voltages and Currents in Cable Sheaths Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by StdB 10/25/96. Questions should be directed to Mike Buckweitz, mbuckweitz@generalcable.com History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. The most common sheath-bonding systems now in use, and the methods of calculating sheath voltages and currents, are described. The concern is particularly with three-phase systems operating at 60 kV and above, with the neutral grounded directly or through an impedance. Bonding methods and sheath voltage limiters are covered. Effects on parallel telephone and control cables are considered. Key Words: sheath, bonding, methods, cables, Wire communication cables, Power cable protective coverin, Electromagnetic interference, , Control cables Designation: 576-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001 **Supersedes 576-1989. Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a guide for installation, splicing, terminating and field proof testing of cable systems as used in industrial and commercial applications. It is not intended to be a design document. Although many of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: To revise and update the existing standard 576. To expand the use of this standared for all industrial and commercial applications. The installation practices recommended for the petrochemical industry can also be applied to other industrial and commercial applications. Abstract: A guide for installing, splicing, terminating, and field proof testing of cable systems inindustrial and commercial applications is provided. It is not intended to be a design document, although many of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts within the installation limits of this recommended practice. Key Words: "jamming, minimum bending radius, pulling lubricants, pulling tensions, sidewall pressure, splicing" Designation: P576 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Wayne Madden, Phone:281-821-5500, Email:madden@okonite.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a guide for installation, splicing, terminating and field proof testing of cable systems as used in industrial and commercial applications. It is not intended to be a design document. Although many of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to recommend practices for all industrial and commercial applications. The installation practices recommended for the petrochemical industry can also be applied to other industrial and commercial applications. Designation: 576-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Status: Superseded **Superseded by 576-2000. History: BD APP: Jan 24, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by 576-2000. A guide to installation, splicing, termination, and field-proof testing of cable systems is provided. The aim is to avoid premature cable failure due to improper installation and mechanical damage during installation, and to provide a reference that can be specified for cable installations. This standard is not intended to be a design document; many of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended practice. Key Words: voltage, insulated, cable, test Designation: 577-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 30, 2004 Technical Contact: G.W Hannaman, Phone:858-826-4964, Email:hannamang@ds-s.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004 Project Scope: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems when used to address the reliability considerations discussed in the standards listed in Clause 2. The methods of this standard may also be applied to other systems, including the interactions, if any, between safety-related and non-safety-related systems. The requirements should be applied during the phases of design, fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of systems and components in nuclear facilities. The timing of the analysis depends upon the purpose for which the analysis is performed. This standard applies to the facility owner and other organizations responsible for the activities previously stated. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems found in nuclear facilities, but not to define the need for an analysis. The need for reliability analysis has been identified in other standards that expand the requirements (e.g., IEEE Std 379™ -2000, 1 which describes the application of the single-failure criterion). IEEE Std 352™ -1987 provides guidance in the application and use of reliability techniques referred to in this standard. Abstract: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requisites for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems of nuclear facilities when used to address the reliability requirements identified in regulations and other standards. The requirement that a reliability analysis be performed does not originate with this standard. However, when reliability analysis is used to demonstrate compliance with reliability requirements, this standard describes an acceptable response to the requirements. REMARKS: IEEE Std 577-2004 is a revision of IEEE Std 577-1976. KEYWORDS: nuclear facilities, reliability analysis, safety systems Key Words: nuclear facilities, reliability analysis, safety systems Designation: P577 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Draft Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: James Liming, Phone:714-962-8289, Email:jl307@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008 Project Scope: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety systems when used to address the reliability considerations discussed in industry standards and guidelines. The methods of this standard may also be applied to other systems, including the interactions, if any, between safety and non-safety systems. The requirements should be applied during the phases of design, fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of systems and components in nuclear power generating stations. The timing of the analysis depends upon the purpose for which the analysis is performed. This standard applies to the facility owner and other organizations responsible for the activities previously stated. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety systems found in nuclear facilities, but not to define the need for an analysis. The need for reliability analysis has been identified in other standards (e.g., IEEE Std 379, which describes the application of the single-failure criterion). IEEE Std 352 provides guidance in the application and use of reliability techniques referred to in this standard. Abstract: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety systems when used to address the reliability considerations discussed in industry standards and guidelines. The requirement that a reliability analysis be performed does not originate with this standard. However, when reliability analysis is used to demonstrate compliance with reliability requirements, this standard describes an acceptable response to the requirements. Key Words: nuclear facilities, reliability analysis, safety systems Designation: 577-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 577-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 28, 1977 Abstract: Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems found in nuclear power generating stations are provided. The requirements can be applied during design, fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of systems and components in nuclear power plants. The timing of the analysis depends upon the purpose for which it is performed. Key Words: reliability, protection Designation: 58-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983 Title: IEEE Standard Induction Motor Letter Symbols Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: M. Harry Hesse **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: Sep 25, 1986 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. Key Words: symbols, letter, motor, induction Designation: 580 Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 581-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Metal- Nitrite-Oxide Field-Effect Transistors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976 Abstract: no abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. Key Words: metal, nitrite-oxide, field-effect, transistors Designation: 583-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 **Revision of IEEE Std 583-1975. Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: This standard is intended to serve as a basis for a range of modular instrumentation capable of interfacing transducers and other devices to digital controllers for data and control. It consists of mechanical standards and signal standards that are sufficient to ensure physical and operational compatibility between units regardless of source. The standard fully specifies a data bus (Dataway) by means of which instruments and other functional modules can communicate with each other, with peripherals, with computers, and with other external controllers. Key Words: CAMAC Designation: 583a Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Supplement to Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System (CAMAC) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: Standard currently specifies fuses in power supply. This supplement proposal permits circuit breakers optionally. Designation: 585 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 586-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Laser-Maser Terms Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976 Abstract: no abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Key Words: laser-maser, definitions Designation: 587 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage Title: See C62.41 Status: Superseded Designation: 589 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 59 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 590-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Cable Plowing Guide Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997. History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. This guide is intended to promote improved communication between manufacturers and users in clarifying terminology and identifying user objectives. It attempts to provide the user with a means for determining whether plowing is a feasible method for a specific application, what plow type is best suited for the intended application or types of applications, and those techniques and practices most likely to maximize performance. Key Words: plowing, guide, Power cable installation Designation: 592-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Connectors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2008 **Revision of 592-1990. Technical Contact: Michael Malia, Phone:908-813-2036, Email:michael_malia@tnb.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 2008 Project Scope: This standard covers design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 592-1990. Design test for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV is provided in this standard. Key Words: 592-2007, fault-current initiation, shield resistance Designation: 592-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on Premolded High Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976 Abstract: Superseded. IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors, provides design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV. Key Words: semiconducting, shields, HVgh, cable, joints Designation: 592-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of Std 592-1977. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: This standard provides design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV. Key Words: shield resistance, Fault current initiation Designation: 595-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Serial Highway Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: A serial highway (SH) system using byte-organized messages and configured as a unidirectional loop, to which are connected a system controller and up to sixty-two CAMAC crate assemblies, is defined. In the primary application, the controlled devices are CAMAC crate assemblies with serial crate controllers that conform to a defined message structure. In other applications, some or all of the controlled devices connected to the SH can be equipment that conforms to a subset of the full specification and is not necessarily constructed in CAMAC format or controlled by CAMAC commands. Key Words: serial, highway, interface, system, CAMAC Designation: 596-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Parallel Highway Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 **Revision of IEEE Std 596-1976. Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: The CAMAC parallel highway interface system for interconnecting up to seven CAMAC crates (or other devices) and a system controller is defined. In particular, the signals, timing, and logical organization of the connections from crate controllers and parallel highway drivers to the parallel highway through a standard connector are defined. The internal structures of crate controllers and parallel highway drivers, and the physical construction of the parallel highway system, are defined only as they affect compatibility between parts of the system. Key Words: parallel, highway, interface, system, CAMAC Designation: 597 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Title: Standard Practices & Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor DC Drives Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:stevenson-ac@salem.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991 Designation: 597-1983 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor DC Drives Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:stevenson-ac@salem.ge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 01, 1984 Abstract: Line-commutated semiconductor power converters for general-purpose industrial dc motor drives powered from three-phase or single-phase ac supplies are considered. The objectives are to provide a common vocabulary, common methods of test and specification, and a recommended code of practice. Service conditions, operating characteristics, circuits, ratings, and regulators are covered. Key Words: general, purpose, Thyristor motor drives, DC motor drives Designation: 598 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 599-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Power Systems Data Transmission and Related Channel Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1986 Abstract: no abstract Key Words: power, system, data, transmission Designation: 60 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 600 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Requirements for Organizations That Conduct Qualification Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nissen M Burstein, Phone:434-832-2501, Email:nissen.burstein@framatome-anp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985 Designation: 600-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Requirements for Organizations that Conduct Qualification Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982 Key Words: qualification, testing, safety, equipment, NPGS Designation: P60079-30-1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Explosive Atmospheres - Part 30-1: Electrical resistance trace heating - General and testing requirements for Industrial Applications Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This part of IEC 60079 specifies general and testing requirements for electrical resistance trace heaters for application in explosive gas atmospheres. The standard covers trace heaters that may comprise either factory- or field- (work-site) assembled units, and which may be series heating cables, parallel heating cables or heating pads and heating panels that have been assembled and/or terminated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. This standard also includes requirements for termination assemblies and control methods used with trace heating. The hazardous areas referred to by this standard are those defined in IEC 60079- 10. Where a requirement of this standard conflicts with a requirement of IEC 60079-0, the requirement of this standard shall take precedence. Project Purpose: Since this standard is being revised jointly with IEC, this standard will not have a purpose clause. Designation: P60079-30-2 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Standard for Explosive atmospheres - Part 30-2: Electrical resistance trace heating - Application guide for design, installation and maintenance for Industrial Applications Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This part of IEC 60079 provides guidance for the application of electrical resistance trace heating systems in areas where explosive gas atmospheres may be present, with the exception of those classified as zone 0. It provides recommendations for the design, installation, maintenance and repair of trace heating equipment and associated control and monitoring equipment. It does not cover devices that operate by induction heating, skin effect heating or direct pipeline heating, nor those intended for stress relieving. This part supplements the requirements specified in IEC 60079- 30-1. Project Purpose: Since this standard is being revised jointly with IEC, this standard will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 60092-510 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: Electrical Installations in Ships - Part 510: High Voltage Shore Connection Systems (HVSC) Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard describes high-voltage shore connection (HVSC) systems, on board the ship and on shore, to supply the ship with electrical power from shore during the port lay period. This standard is applicable to the design, installation and testing of HVSC systems and plants and addresses: - high-voltage shore distribution system, - shore-to-ship connection, - transformers/reactors, - semiconductor / rotating convertors, - ship distribution system, and - control, monitoring, interlocking and power management system. This standard does not apply to the electrical power supply during docking periods e.g. dry docking and other out of service maintenance and repair. Project Purpose: IEC standards do not contain a purpose clause. Designation: 601 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 602-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2007 Technical Contact: Hugh O Nash, Phone:615-329-4460, Email:hnash@nlbengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 26, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 25, 2007 Project Scope: IEEE Std 602, commonly known as the IEEE White Book™, is published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) to provide a recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities. It has been prepared on a voluntary basis by design engineers and health care end users as well as electrical and medical manufacturers functioning as the White Book Working Group within the Power Systems Design Subcommittee of the Power Systems Engineering Subcommittee. This recommended practice will probably be of greatest value to the power oriented engineer with limited health care experience. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of health care facilities. However, it is not intended as a replacement for the many excellent engineering texts and handbooks commonly in use, nor is it detailed enough to be a design manual. It should be considered a guide and a general reference on electrical design for health care facilities. Project Purpose: Update existing text which serves as a reference book for electrical design engineers, contractors, hospital operating personnel, hospital architects, and hospital equipment manufacturers and service providers. Abstract: A recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities is provided. The term health care facility as used here encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that contain hospitals, nursing homes, residential custodial care facilities, clinics, ambulatory health care centers, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or parts of buildings within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities, logically fall within the scope of this recommended practice. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 602-1996 Key Words: anesthesizing, clinical, critical branch, emergency system, equipment system, essential electrical system, examination, fire alarm, ground-fault circuitinterrupter, ground-fault protection, grounding, life safety branch, medical, nurse call, patient care, recovery, safety, standby generator, surgical, transfer switch, treatment, wet location Designation: 602-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities Status: Superseded **IEEE White Book. Technical Contact: Hugh O Nash, Phone:615-329-4460, Email:hnash@nlbengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996 Abstract: A recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities is provided. The term health care facility as used here encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that contain hospitals, nursing homes, residential custodial care facilities, clinics, ambulatory health care centers, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or parts of buildings within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities, logically fall within the scope of this recommended practice. Remarks: Superseded by IEEE Std 602-2007 Key Words: anaesthetizing, clinical, critical branch, emergency system, equipment system, essential electrical system, examination, fire alarm, ground fault circuit interrupter, ground fault protection, grounding, life safety branch, medical, nurse call, patient care, recovery, safety, standby generator, surgical , transfer switch, treatment, wet location Designation: 602-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities Status: Superseded **IEEE White Book History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Abstract: These recommended practices will aid electrical systems designers in achieving safety of life and preservation of property through operational considerations to reduce electrical failures; to allow maintenance with a minimum need for specialized services; to present design considerations that recognize the flexibility of electrical systems in terms of layout and placement while fulfilling the requirements for proper electrical installation; and to promote coordination of design with professional associates. Key Words: electric, systems, health, care, facilities Designation: 603-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 05, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 603-1998 Technical Contact: Royce Beacom, Phone:3013495476, Email:goldenpanther76@gmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 2010 Project Scope: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations. To satisfy the criteria in this standard, interface requirements may be imposed on the other portions of the safety system as shown in Figure 1. Safety system functional and design criteria are also contained in other standards. Abstract: Minimum functional and design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems are established in this standard. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote appropriate practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety. Key Words: 603-2009, actuated equipment, associated circuits, Class 1E, design, failure, maintenance bypass, operating bypass, safety function, sense and command features, sensor Designation: 603-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 603-2009. History: BD APP: Jul 01, 1998 Project Scope: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations. (No change from existing revision). Project Purpose: The safety system criteria established herein are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to prevent or mitigate the consequences of design basis events. (No change from existing revision). The standard will be revised to clarify the application to computer based safety systems and to advanced nuclear power generating station designs. Clarification will also be considered in the use of the term "Class 1E" and in the treatment of EMI/RFI. Consideration will be given to IEEE documents issued or revised since issuance of Standard 603-1991. Abstract: Minimum functional and design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems are established in this standard. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventative interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety. Key Words: "actuated equipment,associated circuits,Class 1E,design,failure maintenance bypass,operating bypass,safety function,sense and command features,sensor" Designation: 603-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety. Key Words: Sensor, Sense and command features, Safety function, Protection, Operating bypass, Maintenance bypass, Failures, Design, Class 1E, Associated circuits, Actuated equipment Designation: 603-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1985 Abstract: Superseded. Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety. Key Words: criteria, safety, systems, nuclear, power Designation: 603 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael H Miller, Phone:864-885-4411, Email:mhmiller@duke-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This project reviews the existing standard for areas to be revised as contained in the forward and through user feedback. This project will also review other (IEC, etc.) standards organizations for harmonization with associated international standards. The scope from the 1995 project is as follows: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: (The standard will not include a Purpose Clause) This project revises the existing document to: 1) Reflect current industry practices, 2) Align the document for compatibility with related IEEE Standards, 3) Review associated international standards for harmonization opportunities, 4) Review forward of 1998 version for items requiring potential additions or revisions. Abstract: Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post- accident monitoring display instrumentation, preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety. Key Words: Sensor , Sense and command features , Safety function , Protection , Operating bypass , Maintenance bypass , Failures , Design , Class 1E , Associated circuits , Actuated equipment , IEEE 603 Designation: 60488-1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: IEC 60488-1 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 488.1(TM)-2003): Higher Performance Protocol for the Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation - Part 1: General Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2004 Abstract: Superedes IEEE Std 488.1-2003 This standard applies to interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems. It applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the a) Data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital (as distinct from analog) b) Number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15 c) Total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables does not exceed 20 m d) Data rate among devices does not exceed 8 000 000 B/s The basic functional specifications of this standard may be used in digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these. Different electrical and mechanical specifications may be required (for example, symmetrical circuit configurations, high threshold logic, special connectors, or cable configurations) for these extended applications. Key Words: GPIB, HPIB, HS488, non-interlocked handshake, three-wire handshake Designation: 60488-2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: IEC 60488-2 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 488.2(TM)-1992): Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation - Part 2: Codes, formats, protocols and common commands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004 **International Standard IEC 60488-2 First edition 2004-05 IEEE 488.2 IEC/IEEE dual logo document Project Scope: This standard specifies a set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus. This standard also defines communication protocols necessary to effect application independent device- dependent message exchanges and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. This standard is intended to apply directly to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems. It applies to systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. As well aas defining a variety of device-dependent messages, this standard extends and further interprets certain interface functions contained in IEEE Std 488.1 while remaining compatible with that standard. Project Purpose: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device- dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message- handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered. Abstract: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. Key Words: IEEE Std 60488.3-1992 , 60488.3 , 488.2 codes, communication protocols, commands, deminitions, instrument system applications Designation: 605-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Bus Design in Air Insulated Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 605-1998 / Incorporates IEEE Std 605a-2010 Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:hannaessa.abdallah@aps.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The information in this design guide is applicable to both rigid bus and strain bus designs for outdoor and indoor,air-insulated, alternating current substations. Ampacity, radio influence, vibration, and electromechanical forces resulting from gravity, wind, fault current, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor and insulator strength calculations are included. This guide does not consider the following: a) The electrical criteria for the selection of insulators (see IEEE Std 1313.2-1999TM [B22]) b) The seismic forces to which the substation may be subjected (see IEEE Std 693TM-2005 and IEEE Std 1527TM-2006) c) The design of mounting structures d) Design considerations for contaminated environments (see IEEE Std 1313.2-1999 [B22]) e) Installation methods f) Design of direct current buses Project Purpose: Substation rigid and strain bus structure design involves electrical, mechanical, and structural considerations. It is the purpose of this guide to integrate these considerations into one document. Special considerations are given to fault current force calculations. The factors considered include the decrement of the fault current, the flexibility of supports, and the natural frequency of the bus. These factors are mentioned in ANSI C37.32-1996 but are not taken into consideration in the equations presented in that standard, including intended users and benefits to users. Abstract: A proper design of the substation bus ensures a safe and reliable operation of the substation and the power system. Two different types of buses are used in substations, the rigid bus and the strain (cable). This guide provides information on the different bus arrangements used in substations stating the advantages and disadvantages of each. Also it provides information as related to each bus type and construction. Once the bus type is selected, this guide provides the calculation tools for each bus type. Based on these calculations, the engineer can specify the bus size, forces acting on the bus structure, number of mounting structures required, and hardware requirements. Key Words: ampacity, bus support, corona, electromagnetic, finite-element, forces, ice, mounting structure, rigid bus structures, short circuit, strain-bus structures, substation design, wind Designation: 605-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: (Superseded) IEEE Guide for the Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures Status: Superseded **Superseded by 605-2008. Technical Contact: Aung Thaik, Phone:610-395-4445 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Aug 07, 1998 Project Scope: Design criteria and analysis of rigid bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air insulated, alternating current substations for determination of ampacity, radio influence, vibration, forces due to gravity and wind and short circuit current, thermal expansion, and the effects of same. Project Purpose: Expand and improve on the guidance given in the withdrawn standard. Abstract: Rigid-bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air insulated, and alternating current substations are covered. Portions of this guide are also applicable to strain bus structures or direct current substations, or both. Ampacity, radio influence, vibration, and forces due to gravity, wind, fault cur-rent, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor and insulator strength calculations are included. Key Words: "ampacity,bus support,mounting structure,rigid-bus structures,strain-bus structure" Designation: 605-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Lenard N Ferguson, Phone:704-382-6570 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985 Abstract: Rigid-bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air-insulated, and alternating-current substations are covered. Portions of this guide are also applicable to strain-bus structures or direct-current substations, or both. Ampacity, radio influence, vibration, and forces due to gravity, wind, fault current, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor and insulator strength calculations are included. Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure Designation: 605-1998/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Draft Guide for the Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures- --Corrigendum 1: Bus Design in Air Insulated Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-619-0427, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this corrigendum is to correct formulas in the existing standard 605. Project Purpose: To provide correct formulas in the existing standard. Designation: 605a-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Bus Design in Air-Insulated Substations—Amendment 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 605-1998 / Incorporates IEEE Std 605a-2010 History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: Three Annexes will be updated and corrected and main body of the guide will be corrected. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to incorporate all the technical corrections and changes to improve the document after RevCom has approved it. This will provide a correct and more valuable guide to the substation engineer. Abstract: A proper design of the substation bus ensures a safe and reliable operation of the substation and the power system. Two different types of buses are used in substations, the rigid bus and the strain (cable). This guide provides information on the different bus arrangements used in substations stating the advantages and disadvantages of each. Also it provides information as related to each bus type and construction. Once the bus type is selected, this guide provides the calculation tools for each bus type. Based on these calculations, the engineer can specify the bus size, forces acting on the bus structure, number of mounting structures required, and hardware requirements. Key Words: 605a-2010, ampacity, bus support, corona, electromagnetic, finite- element, forces, ice, mounting structure, rigid bus structures, short circuit, strain-bus structures, substation design, wind Designation: 606 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Measurement of Colorimetry and Transfer Characteristics (Gamma) in TV Camera Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: LJ Thorpe **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982 Key Words: measurement, colorimetry, transfer, characteristics, tv Designation: 610 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Dictionary of Computing Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anne Keller Geraci, Phone:716 393-6936, Email:a.geraci@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will consolidate all the definitions from the existing P610 glossaries into a single full-use standard dictionary, arranged in pure-alphabetical order. Project Purpose: To establish a single, consolidated dictionary of terminology related to computers and computing. By combining all the glossaries into one dictionary, we can provide a valuable lexicographic resource to all IEEE members and working groups. Designation: 610-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Computer Dictionary: Compilation of IEEE Standard Computer Glossaries Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Compilation of IEEE Stds 1084, 610.2, 610.3, 610.4, 610.5 and 610.12. Publication type: Collection History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This dictionary is a compilation of IEEE standard glossaries covering the fields of mathematics of computing, computer applications, modeling and simulation, image processing and pattern recognition, data management, and software engineering. Every effort has been made to include all terms within the designated subject areas. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company-proprietary or trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning. Key Words: terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions, dictionary, 610 Designation: 610.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Project to revise Std 1084. Technical Contact: Hugh L Porteous, Phone:+44 114 253 3292 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: To define terms which are in general use in mathematics of computing. Project Purpose: To define mathematics of computing terminology. Designation: 610.10-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Hardware Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Terms pertaining to computer hardware are defined. Terms falling under the categories of computer architecture, computer storage, general hardware concepts, peripherals, and processors and components are included. Key Words: glossary, hardware, technology, computer, terminology, definition Designation: 610.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Glossary of Theory of Computation Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: To define terms which apply to Theory of Computation Project Purpose: To define theory of computation terms. Key Words: glossary, theory, computation, terminology, dictionary Designation: 610.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard Glossary for Software Engineering Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This project is being withdrawn and replaced with P729 History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: To define terms used in software engineering. Project Purpose: To provide basis for effective communication among software engineers. Designation: 610.12-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology Status: Superseded **Revision and Redesignation of IEEE Std 729-1983. Superseded by 24765- 2010. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jan 31, 2003 Project Scope: This glossary defines terms in the field of Software Engineering. Topics covered include addressing; assembling, compiling, linking, loading; computer performance evaluation; configuration management; data types; errors, faults, and failures; evaluation techniques; instruction types; language types; libraries; microprogramming; operating systems; quality attributes; software documentation; software and system testing; software architecture; software development process; software development techniques; and software tools. Every effort has been made to include all terms that meet these criteria. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company proprietary or trademarked; multi-word terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning. This glossary is an update and expansion of IEEE Std 729-1983, IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology (ANSI) L3I.l It increases the number of terms from approximately 500 to 1300, and updates or refines the definitions of many terms included in the initial glossary. A few terms that were included in the initial glossary have been moved to other glossaries in the 610 series. Some definitions have been recast in a system, rather than software, context. Every effort has been made to preserve the fine work that went into the initial glossary. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms are established. Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Software engineering, Definitions Designation: 610.12 (H)-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology (HyperCard Stack) Status: Superseded **This is an electronic version of Std 610.12-1990 Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1991 Abstract: This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms are established. Key Words: Software, glossary, terminology, definitions, dictionary Designation: 610.13-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Languages Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1993 Abstract: This glossary defines terms that pertain to computer languages. It includes types of computer languages, such as page description languages, and names of computer languages. The languages included are those that are standard languages, languages of historical significance, and those in wide usage at the time this standard was developed. Key Words: glossary, programming, dictionary, Computer terminology, Computer languages, Computer glossary Designation: 610.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Applications Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987 Abstract: Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Topics covered include automated language processing, automatic indexing, business data processing, character recognition, computer- aided design and manufacturing, computer- assisted instruction, control systems, critical path method, library automation, medical applications, micrographics, office automation, operations research, personal computing, scientific and engineering applications, telecommunications applications, and word processing. The terms included in this glossary are intended for users of computer systems. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company-proprietary or trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning. Key Words: glossary, terminology, applications, computer Designation: 610.3-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Modeling and Simulation Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jan 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 1989 Abstract: Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization, company-proprietary or trademarked, multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words, or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning. Key Words: glossary, modeling, simulation, terminology, dictionary Designation: 610.4-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Image Processing and Pattern Recognition Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Abstract: This glossary identifies terms currently in use in the field of image processing and pattern recognition. Standard definitions for those terms are established. Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Pattern recognition, Image processing Designation: 610.5-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Data Management Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Identifies terms in use in the field of data management. Standard definitions for those terms are established. Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, definitions, Data management Designation: 610.6-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Graphics Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Terms in the field of computer graphics are defined. Topics covered include general computer graphics concepts, computer graphics hardware and hardware concepts, primitives and attributes, input devices, image concepts and techniques, display techniques, visual effects, windows and viewports, CRT terminology, and three-dimensional technology. Terms considered to be parochial to one group or organisation, company proprietary or trademarked, multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words, and terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning are excluded. Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Definitions, Computer graphics Designation: 610.7-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Networking Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995 Abstract: Terms that pertain to data communications and networking, from the following areas, are defined: data transmission, general communications, general networks, local area networks, network communications security, network errors, networking hardware, network management, network nodes, network signaling, open system architecture, packet, protocols, standards and standards organizations, telephony. The glossary is primarily a compilation of terms defined in individual IEEE standards, but also includes a number of common terms. Key Words: glossary, computer, networking, terminology Designation: 610.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Glossary of Artificial Intelligence and Robotics Applications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: To define terms which apply to artifical intelligence and robotics applications. Project Purpose: To define artifical intelligence and robotics terms. Key Words: glossary, artificial, intelligence, terminology, dictionary Designation: 610.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Glossary of Computer Security & Privacy Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Project Scope: To define terms which apply to computer security and privacy applications. Project Purpose: To define computer security and privacy terms. Key Words: glossary, security, privacy, terminology, dictionary Designation: P61014 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Title: Standard for Programmes for Reliability Growth Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Milena Krasich, Phone:508-435-7925, Email:milena_krasich@raytheon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This International Standard specifies requirements and gives guidelines for the exposure and removal of weaknesses in hardware and software items for the purpose of reliability growth. It applies when the product specification calls for a reliability growth programme of equipment (electronic, electromechanical and mechanical hardware as well as software) or when it is known that the design is unlikely to meet the requirements without improvement. A statement of the basic concepts is followed by descriptions of the management, planning, testing (laboratory or field), failure analysis and corrective techniques required. Mathematical modelling, to estimate the level of reliability achieved, is outlined briefly. Project Purpose: The document is being jointly developed with IEC and will not contain a purpose clause. Designation: 61523-3-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 61523-3 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1497(TM)-2001): Delay and Power Calculation Standards - Part 3: Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design Process Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The Standard Delay Format (SDF) is defined in this standard. SDF is a textual file format for representing the delay and timing information of electronic systems. While both human and machine readable, in its most common usage it will be machine written and machine read in support of timing analysis and verification tools, and of other tools requiring delay and timing information. The primary audience for this standard is the implementers of tools supporting the format, but anyone with a need to understand the format’s contents will find it useful. Key Words: computer, computer languages, delay, delay backannotation, digital systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, SDF, timing, timing analysis, timing backannotation, timing verification Designation: 61588-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEC 61588 Ed.2 (IEEE Std 1588-2008): Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2009 **Revision of IEC 61588:2004 Project Scope: This standard defines a protocol enabling precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including, but not limited to, Ethernet. The protocol enables heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution, and stability to synchronize to a grandmaster clock. The protocol supports system-wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol allows simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes mappings to User Datagram Protocol (UDP)/Internet Protocol (IP), DeviceNet, and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. It includes formal mechanisms for message extensions, higher sampling rates, correction for asymmetry, a clock type to reduce error accumulation in large topologies, and specifications on how to incorporate the resulting additional data into the synchronization protocol. The standard permits synchronization accuracies better than 1 ns. The protocol has features to address applications where redundancy and security are a requirement. The standard defines conformance and management capability. There is provision to support unicast as well as multicast messaging. The standard includes an annex on recommended practices. Annexes defining communication-medium-specific implementation details for additional network implementations are expected to be provided in future versions of this standard. Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly employing distributed system technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that the benefits will be realized in the multivendor system component market. Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these applications. For example, the Network Time Protocol (NTP) targets large distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements. The protocol in this standard specifically addresses the needs of measurement and control and operational systems in the fields of test and measurement, industrial automation, military systems, manufacturing systems, power utility systems, and certain telecommunications applications. These applications need: ⎯ Spatially localized systems with options for larger systems ⎯ Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy ⎯ Administration-free operation ⎯ Applicability for both high-end devices and low-cost, low-end devices ⎯ Provisions for the management of redundant and fault-tolerant systems Several different application areas such as industrial automation, telecommunication, semiconductor manufacturing, military systems, and utility power generation have emerged that require the standard to be revised. Abstract: A protocol is provided in this standard that enables precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating via packet networks. Heterogeneous systems are enabled that include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution, and stability to synchronize. System-wide synchronization accuracy and precision in the sub-microsecond range are supported with minimal network and local clock computing resources. Simple systems are installed and operated without requiring the management attention of users because the default behavior of the protocol allows for it. Key Words: boundary clock, clock, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control system, real-time clock, synchronized clock, transparent clock Designation: 61588-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology Title: IEC/IEEE Precision clock sychronization protocol for networked measurement and control systems Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: IEC 61588: 2004 Dual-logo document. Will replace IEEE Std 1588-2002. A protocol to synchronize independent clocks running on separate nodes of a distributed measurement and control system to a high degree of accuracy and precision is specified. The protocol is independent of the networking technology, and the system topology is self-configuring. Key Words: clocks, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control systems, real-time clock, synchronized clocks Designation: 61691-1-1-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 61691-1-1 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1076(TM)-2002): Behavioural Languages - Part 1-1: VHDL Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: IEC 61691-1-1: 2004 Dual-logo document. Will replace IEEE Std 1076-2002. VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language. Key Words: computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, VHDL Designation: 61691-4-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 61691-4 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1364(TM)-2001): Behavioural Languages - Part 4: Verilog(C) Hardware Description Language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: IEC 61691-4: 2004 Dual-logo document. Will replace IEEE Std 1364-2001. The Verilog ®Hardware Description Language (HDL)is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI, programming language interface, Verilog HDL, Verilog PLI, Verilog Designation: 61691-5-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 61691-5 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1076.4(TM)-2000): Behavioural Languages - Part 5: Standard VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) Modeling Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: IEC 61691-5: 2004 Dual-logo document. Will replace IEEE Std 1076.4-2000. The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Speci cation is de ned in this standard.This modeling speci cation de nes a methodology which promotes the development of highly accurate, ef cient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Speci c Integrated Circuit)components in VHDL. Key Words: ASIC, computer, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation, HDL, modeling, SDF, timing, Verilog, VHDL Designation: 61691-6-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Behavioural languages - Part 6: VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2009 **New standard Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Abstract: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076™-2002 (VHDL) and extends it with additions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models. Key Words: 61691-6:2009, 1076.1-2007, analog design, computer, computer languages, hardware design, mixed-signal design, VHDL Designation: 61691-7-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: Behavioural languages - Part 7: SystemC Language Reference Manual Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2009 **New standard Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This standard defines SystemC as an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design. Project Purpose: The general purpose of SystemC is to provide a C++-based standard for designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. The specific purpose of this standard is to provide a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. This standard is not intended to serve as a users’ guide or to provide an introduction to SystemC, but does contain useful information for end users. Abstract: SystemC is defined in this standard. SystemC is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design for use by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This standard provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementers of the SystemC class library, the implementors of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library. Key Words: 61691-7:2009, 1666-2005, C++, computer languages, digital systems, discrete event simulation, electronic design automation, electronic systems, electronic system level, embedded software, fixed-point, hardware description language, hardware design, hardware verification, SystemC, system modeling, system-on-chip, transaction level Designation: 618-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard Measurement of Luminance Signal-to-Noise Ratio in Video Magnetic-Tape Recording Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985 Key Words: luminance, signal, noise, ratio, video Designation: 619 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Measurement of Moire in Video Magnetic Tape Recording Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982 Project Scope: Scope and Purpose: The proposed standard specifies test equipment characteristics and test methods for measurement of spurious frequency components (moire), as well as the particular method to be used in each of several categories of applications for evaluation of analog video magnetic tape recorders. Key Words: measurement, moire, video, tape, recording Designation: 62-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Electric Power Apparatus - Part 1: Oil Filled Power Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 62-1978. Technical Contact: Jane Ann Verner, Phone:202-872-2812, Email:javerner@pepco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2005 Diagnostic tests and measurements that are performed in the field on oil-immersed power transformers and regulators are described. Whenever possible, shunt reactors are treated in a similar manner to transformers. Tests are presented systematically in categories depending on the subsystem of the unit being examined. A diagnostic chart is included as an aid to identify the various subsystems. Additional information is provided regarding specialized test and measuring techniques. Key Words: oil filled transformer, regulators, reactors, diagnostic evaluation, off-line testing, field testing, windings, bushings, insulating fluids, tapchangers, core, tanks, safety, diagnostic field, power apparatus, diagnostic evaluation, Oil filled transformers Designation: 62-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing Power Apparatus Insulation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Abstract: Diagnostic tests and measurements that are performed in the field on oil-immersed power transformers and regulators are described. Whenever possible, shunt reactors are treated in a similar manner to transformers. Tests are presented systematically in categories depending on the subsystem of the unit being examined. A diagnostic chart is included as an aid to identify the various subsystems. Additional information is provided regarding specialized test and measuring techniques. Key Words: insulation, apparatus, testing, field, power Designation: 62.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Electric Power Apparatus - Electrical Machinery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 **This project is jointly sponsored by PE/EM and PE/I&M Technical Contact: Thomas R Wait, Phone:415-973-3864, Email:trw1@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This is a guide for determining applicable tests and inspection techniques for various types of large rotating electric machines. It provides short discussions relating to the capabilities and limitations of each test, typical test procedures and in some cases, how to interpret the expected range of results. This is to be a companion document to P62 Part 1-1995. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist maintenance personnel in determining what diagnostic tests should be planned for their rotating electrical machines, what should be expected of the tests and in general, how to perform the tests. This guide brings together all commonly performed appropriate tests for electrical machines in one document and references other individual standards so more detailed information may be attained. Abstract: This is a guide for determining applicable tests and inspection techniques for various types of large rotating electric machines. It provides short discussions relating to the capabilities and limitations of each test, typical test procedures and in some cases, how to interpret the expected range of results. This is to be a companion document to P62 Part 1-1995. Key Words: brushless machine, commutator, damper winding, partial discharge, stator core, stator winding, thermocouple Designation: 620-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Guide for the Presentation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel Cage Induction Machines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of Std 620-1987. Technical Contact: Nirmal K Ghai, Phone:512-258-4710, Email:nghai@austin.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: Squirrel Cage Induction Motors, 250 HP and above and designed for specified load an application conditions will be covered. Project Purpose: The purpose is to define thermal limit curves and to establish a standard procedure for the construction and presentation of these curves. The working group will also attempt to harmonize this standard with ANSI/IEEE 37.96. This guide will replace the ANSI/IEEE Std. 620 (Trial Use Guide). Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to define thermal limit curves and to establish a standard procedure for the construction and presentation of these curves. The working group will also attempt to harmonize this standard with ANSI/IEEE 37.96. Key Words: machine thermal , thermal protection, rotor cage windings, stator coils, windings, thermal limit curves, three phase , squirrel cage, induction machines Designation: 620 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Guide for the Presentation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel Cage Induction Machines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Determine if the Standard Needs Revision - Squirrel Cage Induction motors, 250 HP and above and designed for specified load and application conditions will be covered. Project Purpose: The purpose is to revise the standard because it is at the end of its 5 year period of validity. The purpose is to define thermal limit curves and to establish a standard procedure for the construction and presentation of these curves. The Working Group will also attempt to harmonize this standard with ANSI/IEEE 37.96. This guide will replace the ANSI/IEEE Std. 620 (trial use guide). Designation: 620-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Guide for Construction and Interpretation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel-Cage Motors Over 500 hp Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Mar 13, 1989 Abstract: Thermal limit curves for induction machines are defined. A procedure is established for the presentation of these curves, and guidance for the interpretation and use of these curves for machine thermal protection is provided. Key Words: thermal, limit, curves, squirrel-cage, motors Designation: 62032-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: IEC 62032 Ed.1 (IEEE Std C57.135(TM)-2001): Guide for the Application, Specification and Testing of Phase-Shifting Transformers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Theory, application of phase-shifting transformers, and the difference of specification and testing to standard system transformers are described. Various types of phase-shifting transformers and how to select the optimal design to achieve required control of power flow are covered. An understanding of the terminology, types, construction, and testing specifical to phaseshifting transformers is provided. Key Words: advance phase angle, dual-core design, main transformer, power transfer, phaseshifting transformer, retard phase angle, series transformer, single-core design, special tests You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access Designation: 62050-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 62050 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1076.6(TM)-2004): IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) Synthesis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1076.6-2004 / Dual logo standard This document specifies a standard for use of very high-speed integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL) to model synthesizable register-transfer level digital logic. A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register-transfer level synthesis is defined. The subset of the VHDL language, which is synthesizable, is described, and nonsynthesizable VHDL constructs are identified that should be ignored or flagged as errors. Key Words: hardware description language, logic synthesis, register transfer level (RTL), very high speed integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL) Designation: 621 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 62142-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 62142 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1364.1(TM)-2002): Standard for Verilog(R) Register Transfer Level Synthesis Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1364.1-2002/ Dual logo standard To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364. Key Words: hardware description language, HDL, RTL, synthesis, Verilog® Designation: 622-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 622-1979. Dec2005: Withdrawn by ANSI As overage. 17-Jan-2006: Transfer of ownership from PE/ED&PG to PE/NPE. Technical Contact: Randy C Jamison, Phone:603-773-7810, Email:randy_jamison@fpl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 23, 1987 Abstract: Recommended practices for designing, installing, and maintaining electric heat tracing systems are provided. These electric heat tracing systems are applied, both for critical process temperature control and for process temperature control, on mechanical piping systems that carry borated water, caustic soda, and other solutions. Electric heat tracing systems are also applied on water piping systems to prevent them from freezing in cold weather. The recommendations include identification of requirements, heater design considerations, power systems design considerations, temperature control considerations, alarm considerations, finished drawings and documents, installation of materials, startup testing, temperature tests, and maintenance of electric pipe heating systems. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: heat, tracing, systems, stations, Process heating, Power generation maintenance, Nuclear power generation, Cables Designation: 622 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electrical Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide recommended practices for designing and installing electric heat tracing systems in nuclear power generating stations. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the revision work on the document in 1987. It is proposed to make revisions to the standard to reflect current practices in the industry. Designation: P622 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Randy C Jamison, Phone:603-773-7810, Email:randy_jamison@fpl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides recommended practices for designing and installing electric heat tracing systems in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide recommendations that may be used in the design, installation, and maintenance of electric heat tracing systems as applied to mechanical piping systems in nuclear power generating stations. Designation: 62243-2005 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEC 62243 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1232(TM)-2002): Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI- ESTATE) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1232-2002 / Dual logo standard AI-ESTATE is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services for the test and diagnostic environment. The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. This standard then defines the services to manipulate diagnostic information and to control a diagnostic reasoner. Key Words: AI-ESTATE, diagnosis, diagnostic interference, diagnostic model, diagnostic services, dynamic content, fault tree, knowledge exchange, system test Designation: 62265-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 62265 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1603(TM)-2003): Standard for an Advanced Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells, and Blocks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1603-2003 / Dual logo standard ALF is a modeling language for library elements used in IC technology. ALF enables description of electrical, functional, and physical models in a formal language suitable for electronic design automation (EDA) application tools targeted for design and analysis of an IC. This standard provides rules that describe ALF and how tool developers, integrators, library creators, and library users should use it. Key Words: behavioral, block, cell, derate, EDA, electrical, format, functional, gate-level, integratedcircuit, language, layout, library, modeling, physical, power, RTL, signal integrity, technology, timing Designation: 62271-111-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: IEC 62271-111 Ed.1 (IEEE Std C37.60-2003-Compilation): High Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear — Part 111: Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault, and Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for alternating current systems up to 38 kV Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 12, 2006 **This document is an IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document. It is a compendium of IEEE Std C37.60-2003 and IEEE Std C37.60-2003/Cor 1-2004. Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: This Standard applies to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and up to 38 kV. The following is also included in section 1: In order to simplify this standard where possible, the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs) has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser or fault interrupter or both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in substation, special considerations may apply. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise existing standard including, but not limited to: a) general update to bring the standard in line with current technology; b) update information on BIL, altitude correction, temperature rise; c) add information on other interrupting/insulating media (e.g. SF6); d) add transient recovery voltage requirements; e) add voltage ratings common to systems outside of North America Abstract: This Standard applies to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and up to 38 kV. The following is also included in section 1: In order to simplify this standard where possible, the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs) has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser or fault interrupter or both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in substation, special considerations may apply. Key Words: dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser, submersible, standard operating duty, switchgear Designation: P62271-37-082 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Standard for High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 37-082: Standard practice for the measurement of sound pressure levels on alternating current circuit-breakers Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Leslie T Falkingham, Phone:44-1788-542-121, Email:leslie.falkingham@areva-td.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard provides methods for the measurement of sound pressure level produced by outdoor alternating current circuit-breakers in a free-field environment. These methods may also be used indoors or in restricted field, provided that precautions are observed in the measurement and interpretation of the results. Project Purpose: As this standard is being developed jointly with IEC, the document will not contain a purpose clause. Designation: 622A-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Pipe Heating Control and Alarm Systems for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1984 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control and alarm systems, as applied to mechanical piping systems that require heat, are provided. The recommendations include selection of control and alarm systems, accuracy considerations, local control usage, centralized control usage, qualification criteria of controls and alarms, and calibration and testing of controls and alarms. The intent is to ensure design consistency and reliable operation of electric pipe heating control and alarm systems, which in turn will ensure that piping system fluids will be available for use not only during station operation but also during normal shutdown. Key Words: electric, heating control, alarm systems, power generating, generating stations, Process heating, Nuclear power generation, Cables Designation: 622B-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing and Startup Procedures for Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989 Abstract: Recommendations that may be used to ensure that an electric heat tracing system is installed correctly, is properly tested and commissioned, and is functioning correctly are provided. The recommendations cover the sequence for testing materials and components of the electric heat tracing system, installation, preoperational testing of the system, verification of system performance, and the necessary records to be filed. Although this standard is written for power generating stations, the techniques presented can be used on electric heat tracing systems in any application. Key Words: testing and startup, 622B, electric heat, heat tracing, tracing systems, power generating, generating stations, Process heating, Power generation, Nuclear power generation, Cables Designation: 623-1976 Sponsor: IEEE Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Graphic Symbols for Grid and Mapping Diagrams Used in Cable Television Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **(AKA ANSI Y32.21-1976 and NCTA 006-0975) History: ANSI APP: Jan 16, 1989 Abstract: A list of graphic symbols for the designation of electrical, electronic, and pole line devices for layout drawings of cable television (CATV) systems is provided. This standard does not use reference designation and class designation letters. Key Words: graphic, symbols, grid, mapping, diagrams, Cable TV Designation: 624 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 625-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety in the Cement Industry Status: Superseded **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 625-1979. Superseded by 625-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by 625-2001. Practices for improving electrical maintenance and safety in the cement industry are defined and recommended. These practices apply to all electrical equipment commonly used in cement plants, such as substations, power transformers, motor controls, generators, distribution systems, instruments, and storage batteries. The purpose is to promote safety to personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased equipment life, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and overall economy. Key Words: bank connections, bus voltage, capacitor units, delta connected, banks protection, y-banks, relaying methods, Protection of banks, Equipment considerations, Delta-connected banks Designation: 625-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practices to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety in the Cement Industry Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978 Abstract: Superseded by 625-1990. Assists in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt capacitors used in substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of protection for the most commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design trade-offs are also discussed. This guide covers protection of filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of pole-mounted capacitor banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus. Key Words: improved, electrical, maintenance, safety Designation: 625-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety in the Cement Industry Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supersedes 625-1990. Technical Contact: Satish H Sheth, Phone:831-458-5708 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: May 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: These recommendations apply to all electrical equipment such as substations, power transformers, motor controls, generators, distribution systems, instruments and storage batteries commonly used in cement plants. They will provide sound, basic guidelines in improving maintenance and safety in the industry. Project Purpose: To serve as a guide to poant engineers, electrical supervisors, instrument engineers and designing consultants in improving electrical maintenance and safety in cement plants. Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 These recommended practices are intended as a reference document for use bymembers of cement industry electrical maintenance departments. The procedures necessary for anefficient maintenance operation are summarized, and detailed information on maintenanceprocedures for many of the electrical devices more commonly found in the cement industry isprovided. Key Words: "cement, control devices, electrostatic precipitator, equipment records, generators, grounding, instruments, lighting, maintenance, medium- voltage controllers, medium-voltage switchgear, motor control centers, motors, oil circuit breakers" Designation: 62525-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE StandardTest Interface Language (STIL) for DigitalTest Vector Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007 **Replaces IEEE Std 1450-1999 (STD/STDPD94734) Project Scope: This standard defines a test description language that: a) Facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test vector data from CAE environments to automated test equipment (ATE) environments; b) Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of digital test vectors to a device under test (DUT); c) Supports the volume of test vector data generated from structured tests such as scan/automatic test pattern generation (ATPG), integral test techniques such as built-in self test (BIST), and functional test specifications for IC designs and their assemblies, in a format optimized for application in ATE environments. In setting the scope for any standard, some issues are defined to not be pertinent to the initial project. The following is a partial list of issues that were dropped from the scope of this initial project: — Levels: A key aspect of a digital test program is the ability to establish voltage and current parameters (levels) for signals under test. Level handling is not explicitly defined in the current standard, as this information is both compact (not presenting a transportation issue) and commonly established independently of digital test data, requiring different support mechanisms outside the current scope of this standard. Termination values may affect levels. — Diagnostic/fault-tracing information: The goal of this standard is to optimally present data that needs to be moved onto ATE. While diagnostic data, fault identification data, and macro/design element correspondence data can fall into this category (and is often fairly large), this standard is also focused on integrated circuit and assemblies test, and most debug/failure analysis occurs separately from the ATE for these structures. Note that return of failure information (for off-ATE analysis) is also not part of the standard as currently defined. — Datalogging mechanisms, formatting, and control usually are not defined as part of this current standard. — Parametric tests are not defined as an integral part of this standard, except for optional pattern labels that identify potential locations for parametric tests, such as IDDQ tests or alternating current (AC) timing tests. — Program flow: Test sequencing and ordering are not defined as part of the current standard except as necessary to define collections of digital patterns meant to execute as a unit. — Binning constructs are not part of the current standard. — Analog or mixed-signal test: While this is an area of concern for many participants, at this point transfer of analog test data does not contribute to the same transportation issue seen with digital data. — Algorithmic pattern constructs (such as sequences commonly used for memory test) are not currently defined as part of the standard. — Parallel test/multisite test constructs are not an integral part of the current environment. — User input and user control/options are not part of the current standard. — Characterization tools, such as shmoo plots, are not defined as part of the current standard. Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need in the integrated circuit (IC)1 test industry to define a standard mechanism for transferring the large volumes of digital test data from the generation environment through to test. The environment today contains unique output formats of existing CAE tools, individual test environments of IC manufacturers, and proprietary IC ATE input interfaces. As each of these three arenas solves individual problems, together they have created a morass of interfaces, translators, and software environments that provide no opportunity to leverage common goals and result in much wasted efforts re-engineering solutions. As device density increases, the magnitude of test data threatens to shift the test bottleneck from the generation process to the processes necessary solely to maintain and transport this data. These two factors threaten to eliminate any productive work performed in this area unless a viable standard is defined. With a common standard for CAE and IC ATE environments, the generation, movement, and processing of this test data is greatly facilitated. This standard also allows for immediate access to test equipment supporting this standard, which benefits both ATE and IC vendors reviewing this equipment. This standard also serves as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device generation. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment. A test description language is defined that: (a) facilitates the transfer of digital test vector data from CAE to ATE environments; (b) specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of digital test vectors to a DUT; and (c) supports the volume of test vector data generated from structured tests. Key Words: automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST), computer-aided engineering (CAE), cyclize, device under test (DUT), digital test vectors, event, functional vectors, pattern, scan vectors, signal, structural vectors, timed event, waveform, waveshape Designation: 62525-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEC 62525 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1450(TM)-1999): Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Project Scope: This standard defines a test description language that:a)Facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test vector data from CAE environments to auto-mated test equipment (ATE) environments;b)Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of digital testvectors to a device under test (DUT);c)Supports the volume of test vector data generated from structured tests such as scan/automatic testpattern generation (ATPG), integral test techniques such as built-in self test (BIST), and functionaltest specifications for IC designs and their assemblies, in a format optimized for application in ATE environments. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test gen-eration tools and test equipment. A test description language is defined that: (a) facilitates the trans-fer of digital test vector data from CAE to ATE environments; (b) specifies pattern, format, andtiming information sufficient to define the application of digital test vectors to a DUT; and (c) sup-ports the volume of test vector data generated from structured tests. Key Words: automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST), computer-aided en-gineering (CAE), cyclize, device under test (DUT), digital test vectors, event, functional vectors, pat-tern, scan vectors, signal, structural vectors, timed event, waveform, waveshape Designation: 62526-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEC 62526 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1450.1(TM)-2005): Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Semiconductor Design Environments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007 **Replaces IEEE Std 1450.1-2005 (STD/STDPD95344) Project Scope: Structures are defined in STIL to support usage as semiconductor simulation stimulus, including (1) mapping signal names to equivalent design references, (2) interface between scan and built-in self test (BIST) and the logic simulation, (3) data types to represent unresolved states in a pattern, (4) parallel or asynchronous pattern execution on different design blocks, and (5) expression-based conditional execution of pattern constructs. Structures are defined in STIL to support the definition of test patterns for sub-blocks of a design4 (i.e., embedded cores) such that these tests can be incorporated into a complete higher level device test. Structures are defined in STIL to relate fail information from device testing environments back to original stimulus and design data elements. 4 Syntax in this document that is used in the definition of patterns for sub-blocks is summarized in Annex O. Project Purpose: The STIL language definition is enhanced to support the usage of STIL in the design environment, which includes extending the execution concept to support STIL as a stimulus language, to allow STIL to be used as an intermediate form of data, and to allow STIL to capture design information needed to port simulation data to device test environments. In addition, define extensions to support the definition of subelement tests and to define the mechanisms to integrate those tests into a complete device test. This effort is to be performed in conjunction with IEEE Std 1500TM-2005 [B6] and IEEE P1450.6 [B5], which are defining standards for the definition and integration of embedded cores. Finally, define the constructs necessary to correlate test failure information back to the design environment, to allow debug and diagnosis operations to be performed based on failure information in STIL format. Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment. Extensions to the test interface language (contained in this standard) are defined that (1) facilitate the use of the language in the design environment and (2) facilitate the use of the language for large designs encompassing subdesigns with reusable patterns. Key Words: advanced scan architecture, core, environment, fail feedback, lockstep, parallel patterns, parameterized data, pattern tiling, pragma, signal variable, system on chip (SoC), test protocol Designation: 62527-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEC 62527 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1450.2(TM)-2002): Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for DC Level Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007 **Replaces IEEE Std 1450.2-2002 (STD/STDPD95069) Abstract: This standard extends IEEE Std 1450-1999 (STIL) to support the definition of DC levels. STIL language constructs are defined to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute digital vectors on automated test equipment (ATE). STIL language extensions include structures for: (a) specifying the DC conditions for a device under test; (b) specifying DC conditions either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector; (c) specifying alternate DC levels; and (d) selecting DC levels and alternate levels within a period, much the same as timed format events. Key Words: : automated test equipment (ATE), comparator, DC levels, device power supply (DPS), device under test (DUT), driver, driver termination, dynamic load, functional test, parametric measurement unit (PMU), power sequence, slew rate, voltage clamp Designation: 62528-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEC 62528 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1500(TM)-2005): Standard Testability Method for Embedded Core-based Integrated Circuits Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007 **Replacement of IEEE Std 1500-2005 (STD/STDPD95335) Project Scope: IEEE Std 1500 has developed a standard design-for-testability method for integrated circuits (ICs) containing embedded nonmergeable cores. This method is independent of the underlying functionality of the IC or its individual embedded cores. The method creates the necessary requirements for the test of such ICs, while allowing for ease of interoperability of cores that may have originated from different sources. Project Purpose: The aim of IEEE Std 1500 is to provide a consistent scalable solution to the test reuse challenges specific to the reuse of nonmergeable cores, while preserving the IP aspects that are often associated with these cores. This objective is achieved through provision of a core-centric methodology that enables successful integration of cores into SoCs. IEEE Std 1500 provides a bridge between core providers and core users and also facilitates the automation of test data transfer and reuse between these two entities via the use of the IEEE P1450.6 CTL. This automation relies on information requirements (the information model) placed on the core provider to ensure that the core can be successfully integrated by the core user. The result is shorter time to market for core providers and core users. The data transfer and reuse from the core provider to the core user are based on the premise that the core test data are left unchanged, while the test protocol is adapted from the IEEE 1500 hardware interface to the SoC. Abstract: This standard defines a mechanism for the test of core designs within a system on chip (SoC). This mechanism constitutes a hardware architecture and leverages the core test language (CTL) to facilitate communication between core designers and core integrators. Keywords: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse Key Words: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse Designation: 62529-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEC 62529 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1641(TM)-2004): Standard for Signal and Test Definition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007 **Replaces IEEE Std 1641-2004 (STD/STDPD95282) Technical Contact: Ashley M B Hulme, Phone:+44-1202-872503, Email:ashley.hulme@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This standard provides the means to define and describe signals used in testing. It also provides a set of common basic signals, mathematically underpinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals usable across all test platforms. The provision of language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability. 1 The numbers in brackets correspond to the numbers of the bibliography in Annex L. This standard is divided into seven clauses: — Clause 1 provides an introduction to this standard. — Clause 2 provides definitions of terms and lists abbreviations. — Clause 3 describes the structure of the STD standard. — Clause 4 specifies the signal modeling language (SML). — Clause 5 specifies the STD basic signal components (BSCs). — Clause 6 defines the test signal frameworks (TSFs). — Clause 7 describes the test procedure language (TPL) layer. This standard also contains the following annexes: a) Annex A provides the Signals Modeling Language that is used to construct the BSCs and the TSFs. b) Annex B provides BSC descriptions. c) Annex C provides dynamic signal model description, states, and state transitions. d) Annex D provides the interface definition language (IDL) description for the BSCs. e) Annex E provides a TSF. This framework provides a formal description of signals similar to the signals defined in IEEE Std 716-1995. It also serves to illustrate how complex test signal models can be built up from BSCs. f) Annex F provides the IDL description for the TSF provided in Annex E. g) Annex G defines the requirements for a carrier language. h) Annex H provides the formal TPL description. i) Annex I provides the extensible markup language (XML) description mapping signal models into XML descriptions. j) Annex J provides XML description mapping the TSF provided in Annex E into XML descriptions. k) Annex K provides a description of how ATLAS nouns and noun modifiers are supported by STD. l) Annex L provides a bibliography of related documents. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common signal reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test (UUT) or test system. Such a reference will in turn facilitate information transfer, test reuse, and broader application of test information—accessible through commercially available development tools. Abstract: This standard provides the means to define and describe signals used in testing. It also provides a set of common basic signals, mathematically underpinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals usable across all test platforms. Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions, test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT Designation: 62530-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 62530 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1800(TM)-2005): Standard for SystemVerilog - Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification Language Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007 **Replaces IEEE Std 1800-2005 (STD95376) Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This standard specifies extensions for a higher level of abstraction for modeling and verification with the Verilog® hardware description language (HDL). These additions extend Verilog into the systems space and the verification space. SystemVerilog is built on top of IEEE Std 1364™1 for the Verilog HDL. This standard includes design specification methods, embedded assertions language, testbench language including coverage and assertions application programming interface (API), and a direct programming interface (DPI). Throughout this standard, the following terms apply: — Verilog refers to IEEE Std 1364 for the Verilog HDL. — Verilog-2001 refers to IEEE Std 1364-2001 [B4]2 for the Verilog HDL. — Verilog-1995 refers to IEEE Std 1364-1995 [B3] for the Verilog HDL. — SystemVerilog refers to the extensions to the Verilog standard (IEEE Std 1364) as defined in this standard. SystemVerilog adds extended and new constructs to Verilog, including the following: — Extensions to data types for better encapsulation and compactness of code and for tighter specification — C data types: int, typedef, struct, union, enum — Other data types: bounded queues, logic (0, 1, X, Z) and bit (0, 1), tagged unions for safety — Dynamic data types: string, classes, dynamic queues, dynamic arrays, associative arrays including automatic memory management freeing users from deallocation issues — Dynamic casting and bit-stream casting — Automatic/static specification on a per-variable-instance basis — Extended operators for concise description — Wild equality and inequality — Built-in methods to extend the language — Operator overloading — Streaming operators — Set membership — Extended procedural statements — Pattern matching on selection statements for use with tagged unions — Enhanced loop statements plus the foreach statement — C-like jump statements: return, break, continue — final blocks that execute at the end of simulation (inverse of initial) — Extended event control and sequence events — Enhanced process control — Extensions to always blocks to include synthesis consistent simulation semantics — Extensions to fork…join to model pipelines and for enhanced process control — Fine-grain process control — Enhanced tasks and functions — C-like void functions — Pass by reference — Default arguments — Argument binding by name — Optional arguments — Import/export functions for DPI — Classes: object-oriented mechanism that provides abstraction, encapsulation, and safe pointer capabilities — Automated testbench support with random constraints — Interprocess communication synchronization — Semaphores — Mailboxes — Event extensions, event variables, and event sequencing — Clarification and extension of the scheduling semantics — Cycle-based functionality: clocking blocks and cycle-based attributes that help reduce development, ease maintainability, and promote reusability — Cycle- based signal drives and samples — Synchronous samples Project Purpose: SystemVerilog is built on top of IEEE Std 1364. SystemVerilog improves the productivity, readability, and reusability of Verilog-based code. The language enhancements in SystemVerilog provide more concise hardware descriptions, while still providing an easy route with existing tools into current hardware implementation flows. The enhancements also provide extensive support for directed and constrainedrandom testbench development, coverage-driven verification, and assertion-based verification. 1Information on references can be found in Clause 2. 2The numbers in brackets correspond to the numbers in the bibliography in Annex K. — Race-free program context — Assertion mechanism for verifying design intent and functional coverage intent — Property and sequence declarations — Assertions and coverage statements with action blocks — Extended hierarchy support — Packages for declaration encapsulation with import for controlled access — Compilation-unit scope nested modules and extern modules for separate compilation support — Extension of port declarations to support interfaces, events, and variables — $root to provide unambiguous access using hierarchical references — Interfaces to encapsulate communication and facilitate communication-oriented design — Functional coverage — DPI for clean, efficient interoperation with other languages (C provided) — Assertion API — Coverage API — Data read API — Verilog procedural interface (VPI) extensions for SystemVerilog constructs — Concurrent assertion formal semantics Abstract: This standard provides a set of extensions to the IEEE 1364™ Verilog® hardware description language (HDL) to aid in the creation and verification of abstract architectural level models. It also includes design specification methods, embedded assertions language, testbench language including coverage and an assertions application programming interface (API), and a direct programming interface (DPI). This standard enables a productivity boost in design and validation and covers design, simulation, validation, and formal assertion-based verification flows. Key Words: assertions, design automation, design verification, hardware description language, HDL, PLI, programming language interface, SystemVerilog, Verilog, Verilog programming interface, VPI Designation: 62531-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation Title: IEC 62531 Ed. 1 (2007-11) (IEEE Std 1850-2005): Standard for Property Specification Language (PSL) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007 **Replaces IEEE Std 1850-2005 (STD/STDPD95377) Technical Contact: Harry Foster, Phone:650-625-9830 x239, Email:harry@jasper-da.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This standard defines the property specification language (PSL), which formally describes electronic system behavior. This standard specifies the syntax and semantics for PSL and also clarifies how PSL interfaces with various standard electronic system design languages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a well-defined language for formal specification of electronic system behavior, one that is compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL), IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE P1800™1 (SystemVerilog®), and IEEE P1666™ (SystemC), to facilitate a common specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixedlanguage designs. Abstract: The IEEE Property Specification Language (PSL) is defined in this standard. PSL is a formal notation for specification of electronic system behavior, compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL®), IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE P1666™ (SystemC®), and IEEE P1800™ (SystemVerilog®), thereby enabling a common specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. PSL captures design intent in a form suitable for simulation, formal verification, formal analysis, and hybrid verification tools. PSL enhances communication among architects, designers, and verification engineers to increase productivity throughout the design and verification process. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language. Key Words: ABV, assertion, assertion-based verification, assumption, cover, model checking, property, PSL, specification, temporal logic, verification Designation: 62539-2007 Sponsor: Standards Committee Title: IEC 62539 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 930 (TM)-2004): Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Breakdown Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2007 Project Scope: Electrical insulation systems and materials may be tested using constant stress tests in which times to breakdown are measured for a number of test specimens, and progressive stress tests in which breakdown voltages may be measured. In either case, it will be found that a different result is obtained for each specimen and that, for given test conditions, the data obtained may be represented by a statistical distribution. This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze such data. The purpose of this guide is to define statistical methods to analyze times to breakdown and breakdown voltage data obtained from electrical testing of solid insulating materials, for purposes including characterization of the system, comparison with another insulator system, and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or voltages. Methods are given for analyzing complete data sets and also censored data sets in which not all the specimens broke down. The guide includes methods, with examples, for determining whether the data is a good fit to the distribution, graphical and computer-based techniques for estimating the most likely parameters of the distribution, computer-based techniques for estimating statistical confidence intervals, and techniques for comparing data sets and some case studies. The methods of analysis are fully described for the Weibull distribution. Some methods are also presented for the Gumbel and lognormal distributions. All the examples of computer-based techniques used in this guide may be downloaded from the following web site “http:// grouper.ieee.org/groups/930/IEEEGuide.xls.” Methods to ascertain the short time withstand voltage or operating voltage of an insulation system are not presented in this guide. Mathematical techniques contained in this guide may not apply directly to the estimation of equipment life. Abstract: Abstract: This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze times to break down and breakdown voltage data obtained from electrical testing of solid insulating materials, for purposes including characterization of the system, comparison with another insulator system, and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or voltages. Remarks: IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Standard / Replaces IEEE Std 930-2004 Key Words: breakdown voltage and time, Gumbel, Lognormal distributions, statistical methods, statistical confidence limits, Weibull Designation: 62582-1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 1: General Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This International Standard contains requirements for application of the IEC/IEEE 62582-series of methods for condition monitoring in electrical equipment important to safety of nuclear power plants. It also includes requirements which are common to all methods. The IEC/IEEE 62582-series of standards specify condition monitoring methods in sufficient detail to enhance the accuracy and repeatability, and provide standard formats for reporting the results. The methods specified are applicable to electrical equipment containing organic or polymeric materials. Some methods are especially designed for the measurement of condition of a limited range of equipment whilst others can be applied to all types of equipment for which the organic parts are accessible. Although the scope of the standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series is limited to application of instrumentation and control systems important to safety, the condition monitoring methods may be applicable also to other components which include organic or polymeric materials. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. For technical background of condition monitoring methods, reference is made to other IEC standards, e.g. IEC 60544-5. Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEEE Std 323. General information on management of ageing can be found in IEC 62342 and IEEE 1205. NOTE - The procedures defined in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series are intended for detailed condition monitoring. A simplified version of the procedures may be appropriate for preliminary assessment of the need for detailed measurements. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 62582-1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEC/IEEE International Draft - Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 1: General Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This International Standard contains requirements for application of the 62582-series of methods for condition monitoring in electrical equipment important to safety of nuclear power plants. It also includes requirements which are common to all methods. The 62582-series of standards specify condition monitoring methods in sufficient detail to enhance the accuracy and repeatability, and provide standard formats for reporting the results. The methods specified are applicable to electrical equipment containing organic or polymeric materials. Some methods are especially designed for the measurement of condition of a limited range of equipment whilst others can be applied to all types of equipment for which organic parts are accessible. Although the scope of the standards in the 62582-series is limited to application of instrumentation and control systems important to safety, the condition monitoring methods may be applicable also to other components which include organic or polymeric materials. Standards in the 62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. For technical background of condition monitoring methods, reference is made to other IEC standards, e.g. IEC 60544-5. Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEC 60780 and IEEE 323. General information on management of ageing can be found in IEC 62342 and IEEE 1205. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Abstract: This International Standard contains requirements for application of the IEC/IEEE 62582- series of methods for condition monitoring in electrical equipment important to safety of nuclear power plants. It also includes requirements which are common to all methods. Key Words: condition indicator, condition monitoring, equipment qualification, qualified condition, qualified life, service life Designation: 62582-1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 1: General Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This International Standard contains background and guidelines for application of the 62582-series of methods for condition monitoring of electrical equipment important to safety of nuclear power plants. It also includes some elements which are common to all methods. The 62582-series of standards specify condition monitoring methods in details needed to ensure accuracy and repeatability, and provide standard formats for reporting the results. The methods specified are applicable to electrical equipment containing organic or polymeric materials. Some methods are especially designed for measurement of conditions of a limited range of equipment whilst others can be applied to all types of equipment for which the organic parts are accessible. Although the scope of the standards in the 62582-series is limited to application of instrumentation and control systems important to safety, the condition monitoring methods may be applicable also to other components which include organic or polymeric materials. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 62582-2-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 2: Indenter modulus Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This International Standard contains methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using the indenter modulus technique in the detail necessary to produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for the selection of samples, the measurement system and measurement conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. IEC/IEEE 62582-1 General includes requirements for the application of the IEC/IEEE 62582-series and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEEE Std 323. This standard is intended for application to non-energised equipment. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 62582-2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 2: Indenter modulus Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using the indenter modulus technique in the detail necessary to produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for the selection and pre-conditioning of samples, the measurement system, test and procedures, and data reporting. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 62582-2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEC/IEEE Draft International Standard - Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 2: Indenter modulus Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This International Standard contains methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using the indenter modulus technique in the detail necessary to produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for the selection of samples, the measurement system and measurement conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the 62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. 62582-1 General includes background and guidelines for application of the 62582-series and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEC 60780 and IEEE 323. This standard has only been investigated for use on non-energised equipment. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Abstract: This International Standard contains methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using the indenter modulus technique in the detail necessary to produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for the selection of samples, the measurement system and measurement conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Key Words: indenter modulus Designation: P62582-3 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE/IEC Draft Standard for Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 3: Elongation at break Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using tensile elongation techniques in the detail necessary to produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for sample preparation, the measurement system and conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582- series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. IEC/IEEE 62582-1 General includes requirements for the application of the IEC/IEEE 62582 series and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEEE Std. 323. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Abstract: This International Standard contains methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using tensile elongation techniques in the detail necessary to produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for selection of samples, the measurement system and conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. IEC/IEEE 62582-1 General includes requirements for the application of the IEC/IEEE 62582 series and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEEE Std 323. This standard is intended for application to non-energised equipment. Designation: P62582-3 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 3: Elongation at break Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This part of IEC 62582 specifies condition monitoring by elongation at break measurements in such details that are necessary for accurate and reproducible measurement results. It includes the requirements on the measurement system, the measurement procedure, measurement conditions, collection and preparation including pre-conditioning of the specimen, and the presentation and reporting of the measurement results. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 62582-4-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods Part 4: Oxidation induction techniques Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using oxidation induction techniques in the detail necessary to produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for sample preparation, the measurement system and conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582- series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. IEC/IEEE 62582-1 General includes requirements for application of the IEC/IEEE 62582-series and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEEE Std 323. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 62582-4 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Nuclear Power Plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods Part 4: Oxidation induction techniques Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in I & C systems using oxidation induction techniques in the detail necessary for reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for sample preparation, the measurement system and test conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 62582-4 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEC/IEEE Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods Part 4: Oxidation induction techniques Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using oxidation induction techniques in sufficient detail to allow reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for sample preparation, the measurement system and conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the 62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. 62582-1 General includes background and guidelines for application of the 62582-series and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEC 60780 and IEEE 323. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Abstract: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control systems using oxidation induction techniques in the detail necessary to produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for sample preparation, the measurement system and conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Designation: P62582-5 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Nuclear Power Plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods Part 5: Optical time domain reflectometry Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009 Project Scope: This part of IEC 62582 specifies condition monitoring by optical time domain reflectometry (OTDR) measurements in detail that is necessary for accurate and reproducible measurement results. It includes the requirements on the measurement system, measurement conditions, preparation including pre-conditioning of the specimen to be measured, the measurement procedure, and the presentation and reporting of the measurement results. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Designation: 62624-2009 Title: Test methods for measurement of electrical properties of carbon nanotubes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 04, 2009 Publication type: Standards Press Project Scope: This standard provides methods for the electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes(CNTs). The methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the CNTs. Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for the electrical characterization of CNTs and the means of reporting performance and other data. Without openly defined standard test methods, the acceptance and diffusion of CNT technology will be severely impeded. This standard is intended to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods will enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will recommend the necessary tools and procedures for validation. Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1650-2005. Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) are covered. Due to the nature of CNTs, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. The most common sources of measurement error, particularly for highimpedance electrical measurements commonly required for CNTs, are described. Recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring CNTs are given. Key Words: carbon nanotube, electrical characterization, high-impedance measurement,nanotechnology Designation: P62646 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Nuclear Power Plants - Control rooms - Computer based procedures Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements and recommendations for designing, developing, validating, maintaining and implementing all types of procedures that a utility may decide to computerize. Plant operating procedures specifically refers to procedures that are used to monitor and control the plant from designated contol locations such as the main control room or supplementary control points. To the extent that other plant procedures, e.g. maintenance, are similar to plant operating procedures, the guidance provided in this standard may be applied at the discretion of the user. As a first step, this standard provides guidance for making a utility policy about which procedures to computerize and to what extent. Procedures which will then be computerized are designated as computer based procedures (CBP). As CBP are basically operating procedures, there are many common points between paper based procedures and CBP. Therefore this standard focuses only on what is specific to CBP. Project Purpose: This document is being jointly developed between IEC and IEEE; therefore, there is no purpose statement. Designation: P62659 Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee Title: Standard for Large Scale Manufacturing of Nanoelectronics Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: To fully benefit from the cost, performance, and flexibility of new electronics products manufactured on a large-scale, an industry accustomed to the purchase, use, and engineering of continuum materials must grow to embrace appropriate new practices at the nano-scale. The standard fits in the overall strategy of IEC/TC 113 and IEEE NTC to develop standards for nanomanufacturing within the electro technical industry. It defines standardized processes to incorporate nanomaterials into products with new properties and performance enabled by those nanomaterials. This requires that these processes are compatible to other processes currently used in large scale electronics manufacturing. The standard provides a common reference for specifying and purchasing the nanomaterial, then using it in a large-scale manufacturing setting to create the devices to be measured accordingly. Project Purpose: [Since this document is being developed jointly with IEC, there will be no purpose clause (in accordance with IEC style).] Designation: 627-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 627-1980 Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 2010 Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for qualification of equipment used in nuclear facilities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles and guidance to demonstrate the qualification of equipment. Qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the equipment design to perform its required function or functions over the expected range of normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and in-service test conditions.The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles and guidance to demonstrate the qualification of equipment. Qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the equipment design to perform its required function or functions over the expected range of normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and in-service test conditions. Abstract: Guidance on basic qualification principles and appropriate methods of demonstrating the qualification of equipment used in nuclear facilities is provided in this standard. The principles, methods, and procedures described are intended to be used for qualifying equipment. Key Words: 627, equipment qualification, margin, qualification documentation, qualification program, safety, safety related, service condition, significant aging mechanisms Designation: 627 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Design Qualification of Safety-Related Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for design qualification of safety-related equipment used in nuclear power generating systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles and guidance to demonstrate the design qualification of safety-related equipment. Design qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the equipment design to perform its safety functions over the expected range of normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and in- service test conditions. Designation: 627-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Design Qualification of Safety Systems Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for design qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles and guidance to demonstrate the design qualification of safety systems equipment. Design qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the equipment design to perform its safety functions over the expected range of normal, abnormal, design-basis event, post design-basis event, and in- service test conditions. Abstract: Basic principles for design qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Specification criteria, the development of a qualification program, and documentation are addressed. All types of safety systems equipment--mechanical and instrumentation as well as electrical--are covered. Principles and procedures for preparing specific safety systems equipment standards are established. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: design, qualification, safety, related, equipment, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: P62704-1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Standard for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz. Part 1: General Requirements for using the Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Method for SAR Calculations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard describes the concepts, anatomical models for compliance assessments, techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to wireless communication devices. Recommendations for standardized anatomical models and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Specific SAR limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1 and IEEE C95.1a. Designation: P62704-2 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Standard for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz. Part 2: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Vehicle Mounted Antenna Configurations Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard describes the concepts, techniques, vehicle models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite- difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to vehicle mounted antennas. Recommended vehicle models and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Antenna locations, operating configurations, exposure conditions and positions of persons exposed to the vehicle mounted antennas are defined. Intended users of this practice are (but are not be limited to) wireless communication devices manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR limits and government agencies. Specific SAR limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-2005 and IEEE C95.1a-2010. Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose clause. Designation: P62704-3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC39- Title: Standard for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz. Part 3: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Mobile Phones/Personal Wireless Devices Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts, techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical models. These models are exposed to personal wireless devices, e.g. mobile phones. It recommends and provides guidance on modeling of personal wireless devices and provides benchmark data for simulation of such models. It defines model contents and provides guidance on meshing and test positions at the anatomical models. This document does not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1 and IEEE C95.1a. Project Purpose: This standard will not contain a purpose clause Designation: 628-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001 **Supersedes 628-1987 (R1992). Technical Contact: John P Carter, Phone:617-589-1518, Email:jack.carter@shawgrp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jan 05, 2001, ANSI APP: May 23, 2001 Project Scope: This standard contains the requirements for the design, installation and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits external to electric equipment and components for nuclear pwoer generating stations. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effects upon metallic raceway systems, and since non-metallic raceway systems are limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions are not considered in this document. The embedments or structural members to which a support is attached are beyond the scope of this document. Project Purpose: It is the intention of the working group to address at least the following areas in this proposed revision of IEEE 628: expand upon the requirements for use of non-metallic raceways in embedded applications, allow use of experience data as a means of qualifying the raceway system, evaluate impact of later revisions of standards referenced in IEEE 628: incorporate when/if possible. The purpose of the standard will remain as is in IEEE 628-1987 which is to provide criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations. It also prescribes methods for the structural qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits. Abstract: Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection design,installation,and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations is provided. I talso prescribes methods for the structural qualifocation of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits. Key Words: "cable tray, conduit, design-by-rule, duct line, raceways, seismic" Designation: P628 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Draft Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Dale T Goodney, Phone:315-349-7956, Email:d.t.goodney@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This standard contains the requirements for the design, installation and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits external to electric equipment and components for nuclear power generating stations. Because aging and radiation have no known detrimental effects upon metallic raceway systems, and because non-metallic raceway systems are limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions are not considered in this standard. The embedments or structural members to which a support is attached are beyond the scope of this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations. It also prescribes methods for the structural qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits. (unchanged from IEEE 628-2001) Abstract: Criteria for the minimum requirements 1 in the selection design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1 E circuits for nuclear power generating stations is provided. It also prescribes methods for the structural qualification of raceway systems for Class 1 E circuits. Key Words: cable tray, conduit, design-by-rule, duct line, raceways, seismic Designation: 628-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Superseded by 628-2001. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 12, 1986 Abstract: Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations are provided. Methods for the structural qualification of such raceway systems are prescribed. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effect upon metallic raceway systems, and since nonmetallic raceway systems are limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions are not considered, nor are the embedments or structural members to which a support is attached. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: raceway, systems, class, 1E, circuits, Wiring, Power cables, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 629 Title: Semiconductor Power Rectifiers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ben C Johnson, Phone:830-620-4454, Email:ben.johnson@thermon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1975 Key Words: semiconductor, power, rectifiers Designation: 630 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Title: DC Motor Protection in Drive Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1975 Key Words: dc, motor, protection, drive, systems Designation: 632 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Switchgear Insulating Materials & System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1976 Key Words: switchgear, insulating, materials, and, system Designation: 634-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Cable-Penetration Fire Stop Qualification Test Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Richard R Licht, Phone:612-733-7079 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides direction for establishing a type test for qualifying the fire performance of penetration fire stops when mounted in fire resistive wall and floor assemblies. Update the standard with addition of positive pressure testing, method for criteria, and add appendix for usage of test. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a type test to assure that penetration fire stop assemblies meet the requirements to obtain a fire rating by passing a standardized fire test under laboratory conditions. The requirements include the principles and procedures for testing. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 634-1978 This standard is applicable to fire stops of various materials and construction. Cablepenetration fire stops are intended for use in fire-resistive barriers. Tests conducted in conformance with this standard will record the performance of fire stops during the test exposure. The resistance of a fire stop to an external force imposed by a hose stream or water spray will also be considered in this standard. The intent of this standard is to develop data to assist in determining the suitability of a fire stop for use where fire resistance is required. Key Words: cable-penetration, fire-resistant, fire-resistive barrier, fire stop, fire test, fire test facilities, fire test procedure, F-rating, penetration seal, thermocouple, time-temperature curve, Trating Designation: 634-1978 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Cable Penetration Fire Stop Qualification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90. History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. This standard provides direction for establishing type tests for qualifying the performance of cable penetration fire stops when mounted in rated fire barriers. Key Words: cable, penetration, fire, stop, qualification Designation: 635-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004 **Supersedes 635-1989 (R1994). Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This project will revise the existing standard 635, "Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables". The references will be updated and the text will be revised to increase readability. Tables will be updated to match current requirements. Project Purpose: The 635 guide was developed to help cable users and engineers understand the benefits and deficiencies of aluminum sheaths for power cables. The need for this information continues. As a result the guide will be revised to reflect the latest requirements and references thereby allowing the guide to continue to be a useful tool for the power delivery industry. Abstract: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004 **Supersedes 635-1989 (R1994). Project scope: This project will revise the existing standard 635, Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables. The references will be updated and the text will be revised to increase readability. Tables will be updated to match current requirements. Project purpose: The 635 guide was developed to help cable users and engineers understand the benefits and deficiencies of aluminum sheaths for power cables. The need for this information continues. As a result the guide will be revised to reflect the latest requirements and references thereby allowing the guide to continue to be a useful tool for the power delivery industry. Abstract: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables Key Words: "aluminum sheath, high-voltage power cable, low-voltage power cable, medium-voltage power cable, metal clad cables" Designation: 635-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 635-1980. Superseded by 635-2003. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by 635-2003. This standard outlines requirements and establishes design guidelines for the selection of aluminum sheaths for extra-high, high, medium-, and low-voltage cables. It establishes basic installation parameters for aluminum-sheathed cables. It also provides references to industry standards and codes incorporating design and installation requirements of aluminum-sheathed cables. Key Words: power cables, design, Smooth aluminum sheath, Corrugated aluminum sheath Designation: 635-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables Status: Superseded Abstract: This guide covers power cables incorporating aluminum sheaths, except those of the SF rigid bus type. Key Words: aluminum, sheaths, for, cables Designation: 636 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 637-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for the Reclamation of Insulating Oil and Criteria for Its Use Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James A Thompson, Phone:605-534-3571, Email:jathompson@trservice.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Project Scope: The scope of this guide covers mineral insulating oil commonly defined as transformer oil; definition and description of reclaiming procedures; the test methods used to evaluate the progress and end point of the reclamation process, and what criteria recommended for the use of reclaimed oils are considered suitable. This guide does not cover the use of oil in new apparatus under warranty. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Detailed procedures are provided for reclaiming used mineral insulating oils (transformer oils) by chemical and mechanical means to make them suitable for reuse as insulating fluids. Reclamation procedures are described, as are the test methods used to evaluate the progress and end point of the reclamation process and the essential properties required for reuse in each class of equipment. Suitable criteria for the use of reclaimed oils are identified. The use of oil in new apparatus under warranty is not covered. Key Words: reclamation, insulating, criteria, use, Oil insulation Designation: 638-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 1992 **One page errata is included. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements to demonstrate the adequacy of new Class IE transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear power generating station as defined in IEEE Std 323-1983 [16]1, to perform their required safety functions under postulated service conditions. This standard applies to single and three phase transformers rated 601 V to 15 000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled rating). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific qualification procedures for Class lE transformers to demonstrate their capability to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983 [16]. The transformer must perform its intended function under all specified service conditions. Abstract: Procedures for demonstrating the adequacy of new Class 1E transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear power generating station, to perform their required safety functions under postulated service conditions are presented. Single- and three-phase transformers rated 601 V to 15,000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled rating) are covered. Because of the conservative approach used in the development of this standard for new transformers, the end-point criteria cannot be used for in-service transformers. Key Words: type, tests, NPGS, Seismic qualification, Design qualification, Class 1E transformers Designation: P638 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Craig A Swinderman, Email:craig.swinderman@meppi.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements to demonstrate the adequacy of new Class 1E transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear power generating station as defined in IEEE Std 323-1983, to perform their required safety functions under postulated service conditions. This standard applies to single and three phase transformers rated 601 V to 15 000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled rating). Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific qualification procedures for Class 1E transformers to demonstrate their capability to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983. The transformer must perform its intended function under all specified service conditions. Designation: 638-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: ERRATA - IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 639 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: Hybrid Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Bruce Thackwray, Phone:815-344-2900, Email:bruce@lenco-elect.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1976 Key Words: hybrid, transformers Designation: 640-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Station Noise Control Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg Technical Contact: W.W Avril **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983 Key Words: guide, power, station, noise, control Designation: 641-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Metal Nitride Oxide Semiconductor Arrays Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988 Abstract: This standard has ten sections: an introduction to the MNOS device and memory array; symbols and definitions; references that contain added detail on specific concepts; MNOS arrays and functional operations; MNOS array retention; MNOS array endurance property; reliability considerations for MNOS arrays; the testing methodology necessary to establish the unique properties of the MNOS array for both the consumer and the producer; radiation effects on MNOS arrays; and nonvolatile memory technology, called floating-gate. Key Words: metal, nitrite, oxide, semiconductor, arrays Designation: 643-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Roger E Ray, Phone:954-344-9822x208, Email:roger.ray@pulsartech.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005 Project Scope: The purpose of this guide will be to provide application information to users of carrier equipment as applied on power transmission lines. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on distribution lines below 69 kV will not be covered. Detailed equipment design information wioll be avoided as this is primarily the concern of equipment manufacturers. Material on power line carrier channel characteristics will be presented along with discussions on intrabundle conductor systems and insulated shield wire systems. Procedures will be provided for the calculation of channel performance. Data for the calculations will be drawn from various sections of the guide. The coupling components considered will be line traps, coupling capacitors, line tuners, coaxial cables, hybrids, and filters. Frequency selection practices and future trends will also be discussed. An effort will be made to coordinate this Guide with the CIGRE Guide and IEC Standards. Project Purpose: This Guide was published in 1980 and is in need of revision and addition of new material. The primary users of this Guide will be utility engineers and manufacturers who apply p9ower line carrier equipment to the power system. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 643-1980 The purpose of this guide is to provide application information to users of carrier equipment as applied on power transmission lines. Since the major applications of the power-line carrier (PLC) is for protective relaying, special consideration for these applications has been included. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on distribution lines below 69 kV is not specifically covered. Detailed equipment design information is avoided as this is primarily the concern of equipment manufacturers. Key Words: carrier equipment, intrabundle conductor systems, insulated shield- wire systems, power-line carrier, power transmission lines Designation: 643-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 1982 Abstract: Scope: The purpose of this guide is to provide application information to users of carrier equipment as applied on powertransmission lines. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on distribution lines is not specifically covered. Detailed equipment design information is avoided as this is primarily the concern of equipment manufacturers. Key Words: guide, power, line, carrier, applications, Power distribution communication, Couplers Designation: 644-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of Std 644-1987. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Revision of IEEE Std 644-1987. Uniform procedures for the measurement of power frequency electric and magnetic fields from alternating current 9ac) overhead power lines and for the calibration of the meters used in these measurements are established. The procedures apply to the measurement of electric and magnetic fields close to ground level. The procedures can also be tentatively applied (with limitations, as specified in the standard) to electric fields near an energized conductor or structure. Key Words: ac power lines, electric field, magnetic field, measurement Designation: 644-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Uniform procedures for the measurement of power frequency electric and magnetic fields from alternating current (AC) overhead power lines and for the calibration of the meters used in these measurements are established. The procedures apply to the measurement of electric and magnetic fields close to ground level. The procedures can also be tentatively applied (with limitations, as specified in the standard) to electric fields near an energized conductor or structure. Key Words: electric, magnetic, fields, ac, power Designation: 645-1977 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Detectors for Ionizing Radiation (Supplement to ASNI/IEEE Std 325-1971) Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 646 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 647-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Axis Laser Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 2006 Technical Contact: Cleon Barker, Phone:505-585-7470, Email:csbarker@tularosa.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006 Project Scope: This standard defines the specification and test requirements for a single-axis laser gyro for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, or angular rate measuring systems, including the electronics necessary to operate the gyro and to condition the output signals. Project Purpose: This standard provided a common meeting ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. The user is cautioned not to overspecify—only those parameters that are required to guarantee proper instrument performance in the specific application should be controlled. In general, the specification should contain only those requirements that can be verified by test or inspection. Part II of this standard can also be used as a guide in the preparation of a separate laser gyro test specification. In general, the intent is for the specification writer to ensure consistency and traceability between Part II test procedures and Part I requirements for performance, mechanical, electrical, environmental, and quality assurance. Abstract: IEEE Std 647-1995 Specification and test requirements for a single-axis ring laser gyro (RLG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis RLG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing an RLG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Key Words: dithered gyro, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, optical gyro, resonant cavity, ring laser gyro, RLG, Sagnac effect, Sagnac gyro Designation: 647-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Axis Laser Gyros Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 647-1981. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 647-2006 Abstract: The specification and test requirements for a single-axis laser gyro for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems is defined. A standard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis laser gyro is provided. A complication of recommended procedures for testing a laser gyro, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Key Words: gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, laser gyro, optical gyro, ring laser gyro , RLG, sagnac effect Designation: 647-1981 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Axis Laser Gyros Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **A 1995 revision is now available. History: BD APP: May 21, 1981 Key Words: specification, single, axis, laser, gyros Designation: 649-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert L Francis, Phone:256-716-4315, Email:robert.francis@wylelabs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: This standard describes the basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh and mild environment applications in nuclear power generating stations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to: Define specific qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification requirements of IEEE Std 323(TM)- 20031, 2 and IEEE Std 344(TM)-2004. Provide guidance in establishing a qualification program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications. Abstract: The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh and mild environment applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. In addition to defining specific qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification requirements of IEEE Std 323(TM)-2003, this standard is intended to provide guidance in establishing a qualification program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications. Key Words: aging, analysis, class 1E, environmental qualification, harsh environment, mcc, mild environment, motor control center, operating experience, operational aging, qualification, qualified life, seismic, test Designation: 649-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 649-1980. Draft 8, dated 26 APR 91, was approved. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh- and mild-environment applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. In addition to defining specific qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, this standard is intended to provide guidance in establishing a qualification program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: class, 1E, motors, nuclear, generating, stations, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection, Motor drives Designation: 649-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualilfying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Apr 21, 1983 Key Words: qualifying, motor, control, centers, NPGS Designation: 650-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2006 Technical Contact: Dennis E Dellinger, Phone:614-846-7500, Email:dennis.dellinger@ameteksci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 24, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations outside containment in nuclear power generating stations. The application of this equipment in the plant’s electrical system is not within the scope of this standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std 308TM-2001 [B3],1 IEEE Std 603TM-1998 [B6] and IEEE Std 946TM-2004 [B8], exist for this purpose. In addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as ANSI/NEMA PE 5- 2003 [B1] and IEEE Std 944TM-1986 [B7]. Performance requirements are not specified in this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific procedures to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323TM-2003.2 For the purpose of this standard, battery chargers, inverters, and the associated ancillary equipment must perform their safety function under specified service and environmental conditions. The demonstration that an installed battery charger or inverter will meet its design specification requires many steps in a program of design, fabrication, quality assurance, qualification, transportation, storage, installation, maintenance, periodic testing, and surveillance. This standard treats only the qualification area of this program. The result of the qualification program may provide a basis for determination of long-term maintenance requirements. Qualification may be accomplished in several ways: type testing, operating experience, or analysis. These methods may be used individually or in combination. The qualification methods in this standard employ a combination of type testing and analysis. Operating experience is of limited use as a sole means of qualification. Operating experience is, however, of great use as a supplement to testing, as the experience may provide an insight into the change in behavior of materials and components through time under actual service and maintenance conditions. Qualification by analysis shall include a justification of the methods, theories, and assumptions used. In general, battery chargers and inverters are too complex to be qualified by analysis alone, although analysis is effective in the extrapolation of test data and the determination of the effects of minor design changes to equipment previously tested. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 650-1990 Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. These methods may also be used to qualify similar electronic equipment for use in applications outside containment, where specific standards for such equipment are not available. The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-2003. Key Words: battery charger, inverter, qualification Designation: 650-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 650-1979. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1991 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations. The application of this equipment in the plant's electrical system is not within the scope of this standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std 308-1980, IEEE Std 603-1980, and IEEE Std 946-1985, exist for this purpose. In addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as ANSI/NEMA PE 5-1985. Performance requirements are not specified in this standard. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 650-2006. Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. Key Words: battery charger, inverter, qualification Designation: 650-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1981 Abstract: Superseded by 650-1990. Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. Key Words: 1E, battery, chargers, inverters, NPGS Designation: 650 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Dennis E Dellinger, Phone:614-846-7500, Email:dennis.dellinger@ameteksci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear generating stations. The application of the equipment in the plant's electrical system is not within the scope of this standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std. 308-1980 [9], IEEE std. 603-1980 [18], and IEEE Std 946-1985 [19], exist for this purpose. In addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as ANSI/NEMA PE 5-1985 [3]. Performance requirements are not specified in this standard. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific procedures to meet the requirements of IEEE 323-1983 [10]. For the purpose of this standard, battery chargers and inverters must perform their safety function under specified service conditions. The demonstration that an installed battery charger or inverter will meet its design specification requires many steps in a program of design, fabrication, quality assurance, qualification, transportation, storage, installation, maintenance, periodic testing, and surveillance. This standard only treats the qualification area of this program, The result of the qualification program may provide a basis for determination of long-term maintenance requirements. Qualification may be accomplished in several ways: type testing, operating experience, or analysis. These methods may be used individually or in combination. The qualification methods in this standard employ a combination of type testing and analysis. Operating experience is of limited use as a sole means of qualification. Operating experience is, however, of great use as a supplement to testing, as the experience may provide an insight into the change in behavior of materials and components through time under actual service and maintenance conditions. Qualification by analysis shall include a justification of the methods, theories, and assumptions used. In general, battery chargers and inverters are too complex to be qualified by analysis alone, although analysis is effective in the extrapolation of test data and the determination of the effects of minor design changes to equipment previously tested. "Additional statements may be added to cover the explanations of modernizing the standard to incorporate currently available equipment designs and procedures." Designation: 652 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 653 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 654 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 655 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for the Design of Overhead Power Lines With Respect to Corona Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Gela, Phone:413/499-5710, Email:ggela@eprisolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: The scope of this guide includes interference in the AM broadcast radio frequency sspectrum (0.535-1.65 MHz) and VHF television reception (54-216 MHz). Many of the corona-generated interference studies in the past years pertained to frequencies below 30 MHz. The scope includes description of corona in power facilities, characterization of corona effects, summary of corona effects measurements, environmental impact of corona, suggested design limits, and corona effects prediction methods. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide a comprehensive summary of the effects of corona in consideration of the design of overhead AC power lines. Good engineering design, construction and operating practices for high voltage power lines and an understanding of the effects of corona can lead to minimization of these effects. This guide will be a particularly uselful tool and reference for new utility engineers and those who have been recently re-assigned to work on overhead AC power lines. Key Words: design, overhead, power, lines, corona Designation: 656-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead Transmission Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 1992 History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for manual and automatic measurement of audible noise from overhead transmission lines. Their purpose is to allow valid evaluation and comparison of the audible noise performance of various overhead lines. Definitions are provided, and instruments are specified. Measurement procedure are set forth, and precautions are given. Supporting data that should accompany the measurement data are specified, and methods for presenting the latter are described. Key Words: Overhead transmission lines, Audible noise Designation: 656-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead Transmission Lines Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985 Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for manual and automatic measurement of audible noise from overhead transmission lines. Their purpose is to allow valid evaluation and comparison of the audible noise performance of various overhead lines. Definitions are provided, and instruments are specified. Measurement procedures are set forth, and precautions are given. Supporting data that should accompany the measurement data are specified, and methods for presenting the latter are described. Key Words: audible, noise, overhead, transmission, lines Designation: 657 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P65700-19-03 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Standard for Bushings for DC application Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This International Standard applies to outdoor and indoor bushings of any voltage used on d.c. systems, of capacitance graded or gas insulated types for use as components of oil-filled converter transformers and smoothing reactors, as well as air to air d.c. bushings. This standard does not apply to the following: - cable terminations (potheads); - bushings for instrument transformers; - bushings for test power supplies; - bushings applied with gaseous insulation(other than air at atmospheric pressure) external to the bushing; - bushings for industrial application; - bushings for traction application; - bushings for distribution class transformers; This standard makes reference to IEC 60137 for general terms and conditions and defines the special terms used, operating conditions, ratings, test procedures as well as general mechanical and electrical requirements for bushings for d.c application. Project Purpose: As this document is being developed jointly with IEC SC36A, this document will not contain a purpose clause. Designation: 658 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 659 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 66 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 660-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard for Semiconductor Memory Test Pattern Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Rochit Rajsuman, Phone:408-727-2222, Email:r.rajsuman@advantest-ard.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1986 Designation: 661-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Method for Determining Objective Loudness Ratings of Telephone Connections Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 1979 History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Feb 15, 1983 Project Scope: The procedures given in this standard may be used for determining the loudness rating of partial and complete telephone connections. For complete telephone connections, comprising overall and sidetone transmission paths, the procedures involve measurement of acoustic input and output pressures. For partial telephone connectiond comprising transmitting, receiving, or connection paths, the procedures involve measurement of acoustics pressures and electric voltages. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe a practical and reproducible method of determining the loudness ratings of telephone connections. Loudness rating may be measured directly using appropriate test instruments and facilities, as specified in this standard, or may be computed using amplitude-frequency characteristics of the connection measured in accordance with IEEE Std 269-1971. Abstract: To describe a practical and reproducible method of determining the loudness ratings of telephone connections. Loudness ratings may be measured directly using appropriate test instruments and facilities, as specified in this standard, or may be computed using the amplitude-frequency characteristic of the connection measured in accordance with IEEE Std 269-1971. . Key Words: objective, loudness, telephone, connections Designation: 662 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to present a common language and terminology to be used in specifying semiconductor memory devices and to publish a recommended data sheet format, using these, to improve communication between vendor and user. The scope of this project is to revise and update IEEE Std 662-1992 to reflect current practice and terminology for SC Memory in the industry. Project Purpose: To provide the SC memory industry, both manufacturers and users with a common language to be used to describe the devices' performance and characteristics. Designation: 662-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1982 Key Words: semiconductor, memory, terminology Designation: 662-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 662-1980. Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992 Abstract: Guidelines under which data sheets for new semiconductor memories are to be generated are provided. Adherence to these guidelines is intended to produce data sheets that are concise and that consistently define the operation and characteristics of semiconductor memory devices. Terminology relevant to product description, product specification, and user information is covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: terminology, Semiconductor memory devices Designation: 664-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Laboratory Measurement of the Power Dissipation Characteristics of Aeolian Vibration Dampers for Single Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 1993 **Revision of IEEE Std 664-1980. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. The current methodologies, including apparatus, procedures, and measurement accuracies, for determining the dynamic characteristics of vibration dampers and damping systems are described. Some basic guidance is provided regarding a given method's strengths and weaknesses. The methodologies and procedures described are applicable to indoor testing only. Key Words: aeolian, decay method, forced response method, inverse standing wave radio, ISWR, overhead conductors, power dissipation , power method, vibration dampers Designation: 664-1980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide on the Measurement for the Performance of Aeolian Vibration Dampers for Single Conductors Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 27, 1982 Abstract: Superseded by 664-1993. The current methodologies, including apparatus, procedures, and measurement accuracies, for determining the dynamic characteristics of vibration dampers and damping systems are described. Some basic guidance is provided regarding a given method’s strengths and weaknesses. The methodologies and procedures described are applicable to indoor testing only. Key Words: Aeolian, vibration, dampers, single, conductors Designation: 665-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 665-1987. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Grounding practices that have generally been accepted by the electric utility industry as contributing to effective grounding systems for personnel safety and equipment protection in generating stations are identified. A guide for the design of generating station grounding systems and for grounding practices applied to generating station indoor and outdoor structures and equipment, including the interconnection of the station and substation grounding systems, is provided. Key Words: electric utilities, generating stations, grounding system, substation grounding Designation: 665-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Coord 628 Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1986 Abstract: Grounding practices that have generally been accepted by the electric utility industry as contributing to effective grounding systems for personnel safety and equipment protection in generating stations are identiÞed. A guide for the design of generating station grounding systems and for grounding practices applied to generating station indoor and outdoor structures and equipment, including the interconnection of the station and substation grounding systems, is provided. Key Words: generating, station, grounding Designation: 666-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007 Technical Contact: Thomas R Sims, Phone:(205)-257-5298, Email:trsims@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006 Project Scope: While this design guide applies to all types of power generating stations, it is particularly applicable to stations in which the electric power service system is required to perform continuously. When electric power for auxiliary loads is supplied from the power grid, the service system begins at the point where the tap from the power grid terminates, either at a station service bus or at the terminals of the transformer that supplies the bus. When service to auxiliary loads is from independent generators or electric storage batteries that are not normally operated as power supplies to the power grid, the station service system includes the generators and storage batteries. The service system includes all of the electric power using devices it serves, such as motors, resistance heaters, rectifiers, etc. This guide contains a listing of typical power plant auxiliary loads and criteria for their power service and examples of single- line diagrams for a typical plant. It also includes tables of typical power service parameters to illustrate the range of typical values for each parameter, and it identifies the approximate effect of theminimum and maximum value of each parameter on the load. Each clause, as appropriate, has a bibliography of U.S. industry codes and standards and other reference documents that provide detailed guidance in the design and specification of station service system components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to update the guide in general, including: 1. General update of references and correction of typo errors, and review the impact of the latest revisions of other standards on this document; 2. Evaluate and consider expanding the level of details in the guide; 3. Address comments received since the guide was published in 1991; 4. Add clarifying text where indentified to be needed; 5. Expand information in sections where more state of the art data is available. Abstract: This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for electric power generating stations. The discussions and recommendations in this guide provide the practices, criteria, and range of system parameters that relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering documents. This guide is not a handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good power service systems for generating stations. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 666-1991 Key Words: auxiliary systems, cable, motor, relay, short circuit, transformer, voltage Designation: 666-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James E Stoner, Phone:704-382-4760, Email:j.e.stoner@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Abstract: Superseded by 666-2007. This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for electric power generating stations. The discussions and recommendations contained herein provide the practices, criteria, and range of system parameters that relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering documents. This guide is not a handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good practice for the many different types of electric power service systems for generating stations. Key Words: cable, motor, relay, transformer, voltage, Short circuit, Auxiliary systems Designation: 6665-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Title: This is a test: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: This is a test: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency. Key Words: IEEE, Recommended, Practice, for Insulation, Machinery, Large AC Rotating Machinery, High, Voltage at Very Low Frequency Designation: 66660-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standards Reference InfoBase on Standards Reference InfoBase on Standards Reference InfoBase on CD-Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2010 Abstract: Access interpretations and downloadable documents. Get connected to the IEEE 802® drafts service and much more. Key Words: standards, historical, standards, interpretations, downloadable, documents Designation: 667 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 668-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Heating Applications to Melting Furnaces and Forehearths in the Glass Industry Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986 Abstract: The provisions of this recommended practice apply to (a) All electrical equipment and wiring between the point of connection in the power supply substation and the connection to the furnace or forehearth electrodes for the purpose of heating the glass by the passing of electric current through it. (2) All electrical equipment and wiring that is connected directly to resistance heating devices that supply energy to the furnace of forehearth. (3) All sensors and devices used to measure, alarm, or regulate energy, mass flow, and temperature. (4) The adequate electrical insulation from ground of the refractories containg the molten glass. (5) The adequate electrical grounding og equipment and services. (6) All equipment and procedures pertaining to safeguarding personnel. Designation: 669 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Title: Contour Characterization/Electronic Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Bruce Thackwray, Phone:815-344-2900, Email:bruce@lenco-elect.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977 Key Words: contour, characterizatio, electronic, transformers Designation: 67-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Geoffrey S Klempner, Phone:416-592-5651, Email:geoff.klempner@nuclearsafetysolutions.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Nov 29, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 2006 Project Scope: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators, termed turbine generators, having cylindrical rotors. It does not apply to generators having salient pole rotors. The generators covered by this guide are to have rated outputs of 10 MVA and above. Cylindrical-rotor, two-pole and four-pole generators below this rating are generally covered by NEMA MG 1.1 This guide is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. Because of the rapid development in generator design and because of the ingenuity of individual generator designers, many variations are incorporated in existing machines. Therefore, it is not possible in this guide to assign specific values or fixed methods. The most that this guide can accomplish is to offer accepted and tried values and methods and give warning where hazards might be encountered. The user should keep in mind that this guide is written to cover the turbine generator. This guide is not intended to apply in any manner to the prime mover. Project Purpose: This standard is for the use of the users (power utilites) and manufacturers of turbine generators. The reason for the revision is that it has been ten years since it was previously revised and it needs updating due to the changes in the operating regimes of utilities today. The standard needs to include such things as two-shifting operation information and to consider the advances in machine designs. Abstract: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators that have cylindrical rotors. Key Words: cylindrical rotors, operation and maintenance of turbine generators, reactive capability, rotor windings, stator windings, turbine-driven synchronous generators Designation: 67-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 67-1972. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 67-2006 General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators having cylindrical rotors are provided. The manufacturer's and user's responsibility is discussed, and the classification of generators and the basis on which they are rated are covered. Mechanical considerations are also addressed. Key Words: cylindrical rotors, operation, Maintenance, turbine generators, turbine driven, synchronous , reactive capability, rotor windings, stator windings, Turbine-driven synchronous generator Designation: 67-1972 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980 Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators Status: Superseded **ANSI(R81). History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1971, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1972 Abstract: Superseded by 67-1990. This standard covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators that have cylindrical rotors. Key Words: turbiine, generators, operation, maintenance Designation: 671-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Nongyroscopic Inertial Angular Sensors: Jerk, Acceleration, Velocity, and Displacement Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: A guide is presented for the preparation of a specification and test procedure for an inertial angular sensor that provides a common meeting ground of terminolgy and practice for manufacturers and users of an array of sensors that have been developed to meet needs not easily met by traditional spinning-rotor gyroscopes. A test procedure for verifying that the specifications have been met is given. The standard is not intended to compete with existing standards for specific devices with highly specific models and error sources, such as spring-restrained rate gyros, but to provide a uniform guide for those inertial angular sensors that have not been covered elsewhere. Key Words: gyroscope, angular, sensors, Mechanical variables measurement, Inertial navigation Designation: 671-1985/Cor 1-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Nongyroscopic Inertial Angular Sensors: Jerk, Acceleration, Velocity, and Displacement Corrigendum 1: 4.7.2.6 Short-Term Stability and Annex A Sensor Dynamic Block Diagrams Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 10, 2010 **Corrigendum to IEEE Std 671-1985 (Reaff 2008) History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010 Abstract: IEEE Std 671-1985 provides specifications and test requirements for a non-gyroscopic inertial angular sensor that may measure angular jerk, acceleration, rate, or displacement with or without response down to zero frequency. A standard specification format is provided. A compilation of recommended test procedures, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Informative annexes cover design features and theoretical principles of operation. This corrigendum makes changes to 4.7.2.6 to delete a sentence that does not belong there, to add a subclause that was inadvertently left out, and to renumber the existing subclauses. Changes are also being made to fix the block diagrams in Annex A, to correct a misspelling of inertia, and to add a missing symbol. Key Words: angular acceleration, angular displacement, angular jerk, angular rate, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, non-gyroscopic inertial angular sensor Designation: 674 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 675-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Multiple Controllers in a CAMAC Crate (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: A method for incorporating more than one source of control into a CAMAC crate is defined. The aim is to provide for the use of auxiliary controllers in order to extend the capabilities and fields of application of the CAMAC modular instrumentation and interface system of ANSI/IEEE Std 583-1982. Key Words: multiple, controllers, CAMAC, crate Designation: 676-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Alarm Monitoring and Reporting Systems for Fossil-Fueled Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: H Jimenez **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986 Abstract: This guide provides guidelines for the organization of fossil-fuled power generating plant alarm and monitoring information into types and catagories, taking into consideration information usefulness and limitations. This guide further serves to establish guidelines for correlating type and category of alarm and monitoring information with the appropriate information display devices. Key Words: alarm, monitoring, reporting, systems, PGS Designation: 677 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 678 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 679 Title: Safe Headway Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977 Designation: 680-1978 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard Techniques for Determination of Germanium Semiconductor Detector Gamma-Ray Efficiency Using a Standard Marinelli (Re-entrant) Beaker Geometry Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 683-1976 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Block Transfers in CAMAC Systems (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1976 Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 1977 Abstract: The recommended block-transfer algorithms are discussed, and those given in the basic CAMAC specification are described. These algorithms are well established and are supported by existing hardware. Some new algorithms are then discussed. Compatibility, hardware design, and software considerations are addressed. Key Words: block, transfers, CAMAC, systems Designation: 685 Sponsor: Mining Industry Title: Underground Mining Power Distribution Centers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Lloyd A. 'Pete Morley, Phone:205-348-0672, Email:l.morley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1977 Designation: 686-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 21, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 686-1997 Technical Contact: Joseph Bruder, Phone:770-528-7745, Email:joe.bruder@gtri.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 2008 Project Scope: This standard is devoted to providing radar definitions. The standard includes terms formerly found in IEEE Std 172-1971, with the exception of a few terms that are common in both fields, and new and updated terms. IEEE Std 172-1983 was withdrawn in 1983. As radar technology and literature evolve, new terms will be added and obsolete terms deleted. Project Purpose: This standard is published for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radar terminology. The definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. The purpose of the revision is to add new terms, revise others, and delete a number of obsolete terms that no longer appear in radar literature or usage. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 686-1997. This standard is devoted to providing radar definitions. The standard includes terms formerly found in IEEE std 172-1971, IEEE Standard Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms, with the exception of a few terms that are common in both fields, and new and updated terms. IEEE std 172-1983 was withdrawn in 1983. As radar technology and literature evolve, new terms will be added and obsolete terms deleted. Key Words: 686-1008, radar, terminology Designation: 686-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions Status: Superseded **Superseded by 686-2008. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Project Scope: The present standard defines some 430 radar terms (many of which are brief definitions, cross-references, or identification as acronyms). Of these, some 230 will remain unchanged, 140 will be modified to some degree, 60 will be deleted. 50 new terms will be defined. Project Purpose: Revisions, additions, and deletions as necessary to reflect radar literature and usage as it has developed since the last revisions. Abstract: Definitions for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radar termi- nology are provided. The definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. Key Words: "radar, terminology" Designation: 686-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions Status: Superseded Key Words: standard, radar, definitions Designation: 686-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by StB 10/25/96 History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1990 Abstract: Definitions for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radar terminology are provided. The definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. Key Words: Terminology, Radar Designation: 69 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 690-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2005 Technical Contact: Malcolm V Thaden, Phone:910-681-3694, Email:m.v.thaden@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides direction for the design and installation of safety related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in nuclear power generating stations. Also provided is guidance for the design and installation of those non-safety related cable systems that may effect the function of safety related systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to identify existing standards and to establish requirements pertaining to safety related cable systems in nuclear power generating stations. Solutions are recommended for areas of concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance requirements, and installation acceptance testing and documentation. The purpose of the proposed revision is to update references and requirements. Abstract: Direction for the design and installation of safety related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in nuclear power generating stations is provided. Guidance for the design and installation of those nonsafety related cable systems that may affect the function of safety related systems is also provided. Key Words: circuit, electrical cable system, nuclear power generating station Designation: 690 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Steve LaPidus, Phone:(201) 886-7821 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 690-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Direction for the design and installation of safety-related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in nuclear power generating stations is provided. Existing standards are identified and guidance is provided for the design and installation of those non-safety-related cable systems that may affect the function of safety-related systems. Solutions are recommended for areas of concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance requirements, and installation acceptance testing and documentation. Key Words: design, cable, systems, 1E, circuits Designation: 691-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design and Testing Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2001 History: BD APP: Dec 06, 2000, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008 Project Scope: This guide will have chapters dealing with structural loadings, subsurface investigations and the design of spread footing type foundations, drilled shafts, piles, anchors and load tests. Project Purpose: There is currently no comprehensive guide available for the design of transmission line structure foundations. Abstract: The design of foundations for conventional transmission line structures, which include lattice towers, single or multiple shaft poles, H-frame structures, and anchors for guyed structures is presented in this guide. Reaffirmed September 2007 Key Words: nchor,foundation,guyed structure,H-frame structure,lattice tower,multiple shaft pole,single shaft pole,transmission line structure , 691 Designation: 691 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design and Testing Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Project Scope: The guide will have chapters dealing with structural loads, subsurface investigations, and the design of spread footing type foundations, drilled shafts, piles, anchors and load tests. Project Purpose: There is a need for a comprehensive design guide for foundations for transmission line structures. Designation: 691-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Request for extension denied at 6/91 Stds Bd mtg. Upgrade from Trial Use expected in 1992. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991 Key Words: transmission, structure, foundation, design Designation: 692-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 692-1997 Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related detection, assessment, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. Project Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. These criteria assist in the selection and application of equipment to detect, monitor, display, and record security conditions and events. Abstract: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related detection, assessment, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. Key Words: 692-2010, access control, central alarm station (CAS), cyber security, duress alarms, integrated security system, intrusion detection, line supervision, perimeter intrusion alarm, portal security lighting, remote video surveillance, secondary alarm station (SAS), security lighting, security systems, threat assessment, uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system, voice communications Designation: 692 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: Original Scope: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related detection, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. Scope of revised standard: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related detection, assessment, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. {change is in italics.} Project Purpose: Original Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. The criteria assists in the selection and application of equipment to detect, monitor, display, and record security conditions and events. The security system defined here is not intended to be a safety system as defined by IEEE Std. 603-1991. Purpose of proposed revision: The revised standard will address the following actions (which result from prior commitments made during the previous revision activity and more recent user feedback): a. Resolve comments from the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America related to security lighting approaches and requirements, b. Consider any relevant technological developments in the security area since the previous revision, c. Expand the definitions to include terms descriptive of design features discussed in the standard (for example: seismic magnetic buried lines), d. Improve the consistency of the way in which design basis and its associated documentation are addressed, e. Reevaluate where current prescriptive requirements can possibly be replaced with performance requirements, f. Maintain flexibility and consistency with any current industry and NRC initiatives to revise 10 CFR Part 73, g. Consider the addition of appropriate quality assurance guidance where relevant, and h. Review and incorporate any other user feedback on IEEE Std. 692,] i. Address security related assesment requirements. Designation: 692-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 692-1986. Superseded by 692-2010. Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: This standard includes criteria for design, testing and maintenance of security system equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Station. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems and components used by the security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security related detection, surveillance, access control, communication and data acquisition. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish criteria for the design of an integrated security system for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. The criteria assists in the selection and application of equipment to detect, monitor, display and record security conditions and events. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 22, 2005 Criteria are provided for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. Requirements are included for the overall system, interfaces, subsystems, and individual electrical and electronic equipment. This standard addresses equipment for security-related detection, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. Key Words: access control, alert, central alarm station, duress alarms, integrated security system, intrusion detection, line supervision, perimeter intrusion alarm, portal security lighting, remote video surveillance, secondary alarm station, security lighting, security systems, uninterruptible power supply system, UPS, voice communications Designation: 692-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 692-1997 Criteria are provided for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. Requirements are included for the overall system, interfaces, subsystems, and individual electrical and electronic equipment. This standard addresses equipment for securityrelated detection, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition. Key Words: criteria, security, systems, NPGS, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 693-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Rulon R Fronk, Phone:562-865-2926, Email:rulonray@verizon.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: The Recommended Practice contains recommendations for the seismic design of substation buildings, structures, and equipment. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is for new substations and planned additions or improvements to existing substations. It is not intended that existing substations must be retrofitted to these recommended practices. For instruction on how to include this recommended practice in specifications, refer to 5.2. IEEE Std 693 is designed as an integrated set of requirements for the seismic qualification of electrical power equipment. Users should use IEEE Std 693 as a whole. Do not modify or remove any requirement,except as allowed herein. Abstract: Seismic design recommendations for substations, including qualification of each equipment type, are discussed. Design recommendations consist of seismic criteria, qualification methods and levels, structural capacities, performance requirements for equipment operation, installation methods, and documentation Key Words: anchorage, conductor, electrical equipment, damping, dynamic analysis, loads, required response spectrum, projected performance, seismic qualification, shake table, sine-beat, static coefficient analysis, support structure, suspended equipment, time history. Designation: P693 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Eric Fujisaki, Phone:510 874-4032, Email:emf1@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2010 Project Scope: The recommended practice contains recommendations for the seismic qualification of substation equipment and the design of substation buildings and structures. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is for new substations and planned additions or improvements to existing substations. It is not intended that existing substations must be retrofitted to these recommended practices. Instructions on how to include this recommended practice in specifications are provided. IEEE Std 693 is designed as an integrated set of requirements for the seismic qualification of electrical power equipment. Users should use IEEE Std 693 without modifification or removal of any requirement, except as allowed herein. Designation: 693-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: The recommended practices contain recommendations for the seismic design of substation building, structures and equipment. Project Purpose: To provide a recommended practice that will provide the requirements necessary to seismically qualify electric station power facilities and to bring the existing recommended practices into conformance with the lastest technology and practice. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 693-2005 Recommendations for seismic design of substations, including qualification of each equipmenttype, are discussed. Design recommendations consist of seismic criteria, qualification methods and levels,structural capacities, performance requirements for equipment operation, installation methods, anddocumentation. Key Words: Author: Unknown Designation: 693-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: Guidelines and criteria for the design of substations that can withstand the effects of earthquakes are provided. These recommendations comprise an up-to-date summary of aseismic design practices that will be useful to substation engineers for effective aseismic design of substations and related facilities. Seismic criteria and performance requirements are set forth, qualification methods are discussed, and design and construction practices are presented. Key Words: design, substations, Seismic factors Designation: 694-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Assembly Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Geoff Baldwin, Phone:408-285-2544 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1985 Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Withdrawn standard Key Words: Author: Technical Committee on Microcomputers and Microprocessors of the IEEE Computer Society Designation: 695-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The format of linkable, relocatable, and absolute object modules is specified. MUFOM, the Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules, is designed to apply to a variety of target machines. It permits the linking and relocating functions to be isolated from the specification of target architecture, so that a user may employ a single program for these functions across all CPUs. It applies to binary computers of arbitrary word size and architecture. Two levels of compliance are specified, minimum and full. The minimum compliance level affords sufficient flexibility to link separately compiled modules, to relocate addresses in simple ways, and to load the resulting absolute object modules with a minimal loader. The full compliance level affords all of the functionality of the minimum level and adds to it arbitrary address-expression handling, type checking capability, librarian control commands, and other useful functions for full generality. Key Words: microprocessor, universal, object, format, modules, Microcomputer software Designation: 696-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard 696 Interface Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Sep 08, 1983 Abstract: This standard applies to interface systems for computer system components interconnected by way of a 100-line parallel backplane commonly known as the S-100 bus. It applies to microprocessor computer systems, or portions of them, where: (1) Data exchanged among the interconnected devices is digital. (2) A maximum of 22 devices are interconnected. (3) The total transmission path length among interconnected devices is less than or equal to 25 in (63.5 cm). (4) The maximum switching rate of any signal on the bus is less than or equal to 6 MHz Withdrawn standard Key Words: backplane, bus, s100, interface, devices Designation: 697 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 698 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 699 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 7-4.3.2-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 7-4.3.2-2003 History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 2011 Project Scope: This standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603-2009, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, to address the use of computers as part of safety systems in nuclear power generating stations. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-2009, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-2009 are specified. Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-2009, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Key Words: commercial grade item, diversity, safety systems, software, software tools, software verification and validation Designation: 7-4.3.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Supersedes 7-4.3.2-1993. Superseded by 7-4.3.2-2010. Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004 Project Scope: The original scope will be clarified as follows: The standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603 for computers used as components of safety systems in nuclear power generating stations. Note: The existing scope unnecessarily includes a definition of computers. Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of safety systems. The purpose of this revision is to improve the usability of this standard and to address industry comments. The proposed project will clarify existing commercial grade item dedication requirements and guidelines; make the existing verification and validation requirements consistent with the requirements in IEEE Std 1012; add requirements for self-diagnostic and fault detection; and, overall, improve the usability of this standard and its consistency with IEEE Std 603. Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-1998 are specified. Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Key Words: commercial grade item, diversity, safety systems, software, software tools, software verification and validation Designation: 7-4.3.2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Was ANSI C68.1. Revision of ANSI/IEEE-ANS-7-4.3.2-1982. Superseded by 7- 4.3.2-2003. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 are specified. Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1991, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Key Words: commercial grade , diversity, safety systems, software tools Designation: 7-4.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, to address the use of computers as part of safety systems in nuclear power generating stations. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of safety systems. Designation: 7-4.3.2 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Warren Odess-Gillett, Phone:412-374-3341, Email:warren.r.odess_gillett@us.westinghouse.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, to address the use of computers as part of safety systems in nuclear power generating stations. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system. Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design requirements for computers used as components of safety systems. **This stated purpose will not be included in the standard. Designation: 7-4.3.2-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: American National Standard Application Criteria for Programmable Digital Computer Systems in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 1982 Key Words: *7432 Designation: 70 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 700 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 703 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 70E-2009 Title: NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2009 Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2009 Publication type: Standards Press Project Scope: Now NFPA 70E--the Standard developed for OSHA--is revised to address safety gaps and increase electrical worker protection, while helping companies comply with OSHA 1910 Subpart S and OSHA 1926 Subpart K. Major changes recognize new hazards and address safety gaps. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) protects personnel and can significantly reduce the risk of injury in an arc flash. To help electrical engineers calculate incident energy--the vital first step in determining the correct type of PPE for a given task--revised Annex D consolidates all equations, adds new tables, and offers more options to detailed calculations. Abstract: Now NFPA 70E--the Standard developed for OSHA--is revised to address safety gaps and increase electrical worker protection, while helping companies comply with OSHA 1910 Subpart S and OSHA 1926 Subpart K. Major changes recognize new hazards and address safety gaps. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) protects personnel and can significantly reduce the risk of injury in an arc flash. To help electrical engineers calculate incident energy--the vital first step in determining the correct type of PPE for a given task--revised Annex D consolidates all equations, adds new tables, and offers more options to detailed calculations. Key Words: NFPA 70E , NEC, NESC Designation: 71 Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 716-1995 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Test Language for All Systems - Common/Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (C/ATLAS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 716-1989. Technical Contact: Ion A Neag, Phone:703-264-1080, Email:ion@tyx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1995 Abstract: A high order language for testing is defined. This language is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent of any specific test system, and has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipement. Key Words: abbreviated, C/ATLAS, common, test language, unit under test, UUT Designation: 716 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Narayanan Ramachandran, Phone:301-263-2746, Email:narayan23@hotmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: A test oriented language independent of test equipment, providing a standard abbreviated english language used in the preparation and documentation of test procedures that can be implemented with automatic and semi-automatic equipment. Final published standard shall be available in both print and electronic format. Project Purpose: To determine a high order language used for the writing of test programs for units undef test (UUT) so that ese programs can operate on various makes and models of automatic test equipment Abstract: A high order language for testing is defined. This language is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent of any specific test system, and has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipement. Designation: 716-1989 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard C/ATLAS Test Language Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 08, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by 716-1995. Common ATLAS (C/ATLAS), a high-order language for testing is defined. C/ATLAS is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent of any specific test system. It has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipment. Key Words: C/ATLAS, test, language, C Designation: 716.1 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Guide for User's Guide for the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test Description (P716) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002 Project Scope: This Guide may tutor the intended user of the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test Description (P716). Project Purpose: To provide examples of usage, notes and explanatory material describing the application of the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test Description (P716). Designation: 716a Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Narayanan Ramachandran, Phone:301-263-2746, Email:narayan23@hotmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: To provide supplementary capability to a test-oriented language independent of test equipment. Provide a standard abbreviated English language used in the preparation and documentation of test procedures that can be implemented with automatic and semi-automatic equipment. Final published supplement shall be available in both print and electronic format. Project Purpose: To define and add supplementary capabilities to a high order language used for the writing of test programs for Units Under Test (UUT) so that these programs can operate on various makes and models of Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) and take into account emerging test technologies. Designation: 72 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 725 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 726-1982 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Real-Time BASIC for CAMAC (Computer Automated Measurement and Control) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982 **Rev of Std 726-1979. Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981 Abstract: This standard defines ANSI Standard Real-Time BASIC, in which the declarations and real-time statements are defined for use with CAMAC hardware. It covers real-time capabilities, declarations, parallel activities, CAMAC input and output, the CAMAC Q and X signals, CAMAC LAM handling, message passing, shared data, and bit manipulation. The aim is to achieve maximum compatibility between different implementations of ANSI BASIC for use with CAMAC. Key Words: real, time, BASIC, CAMAC, Computer languages Designation: 727 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 728-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: Code&Format Conventions for 488 Status: Superseded **Upon revision became IEEE 488.2 Key Words: code, format, conventions, 488 Designation: 728 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation Title: Code&Format Conventions for 488 Status: Superseded **Revised and redesignated IEEE Std 488.2. Designation: 729 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Fundamental Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: To define the fundamental terms relating to software engineering concepts, as they apply in all areas, for the preparation of and use of software engineering standards, and for mutual understanding in global communications. Project Purpose: To clarify and standardize terms as they apply to the field of software engineering to provide a basis for clear and concise communication about the software engineering body of knowledge as defined in the IEEE collection of software engineering standards. Designation: 729-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology Status: Superseded **Redesignated to IEEE Std 610.12-1990. History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1983 Designation: 73 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 730-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 23, 2002 **Supersedes 730-1998. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Robert W Shillato, Phone:530-672-9438 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2003 Project Scope: This standard establishes a required minimum contents for Software Quality Assurance plans. It is directed toward the development and maintenance of software. The orientation is toward delineating all of the planned and systematic actions on a particular project that would provide adequate confidence that the software product conforms to established technical requirements. This standard has been harmonized with the requirements for software quality assurance plans as defined in 730 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes. Project Purpose: To perform the required five-year revision of Std 730. This standard also will be harmonized with the requirements for software quality assurance plans as specified in IEEE/EIA 12207.1. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. To clarify inconsistencies in existing document and bring it into compatibility with IEEE Std 828 and maintain compatibility with IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Abstract: The standard specifies the format and content of software quality assurance plans. It meets the IEEE/EIA 12207.1 requirements for such plans. Key Words: "assurance,quality,software quality" Designation: P730 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements for planning and executing Software Quality Assurance activities in support of a software project. It is directed toward the development and maintenance of software. The focus is toward the systematic process activities on a particular project that would provide adequate confidence that the software product conforms to established technical requirements. The standard also provides a means of satisfying the requirements of an organization's Quality Manual for a software project. It has been harmonized with the requirements of the Quality Assurance process of IEEE 12207:2008 and the documentation content requirements of ISO/IEC 15289:2006. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for Software Quality Assurance activities in support of a software project. In considering adoption of this standard, regulatory bodies should be aware that specific application of this standard may already be covered by one or more IEEE or ANSI standards documents relating to quality assurance, definitions, or other matters. It is not the purpose of this document to supersede, revise, or amend existing standards directed to specific industries or applications. Designation: 730-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans Status: Superseded **Superseded by 730-2002. History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard establishes a required minimum contents for Software Quality Assurance plans. It is directed toward the development and maintenance of critical software, that is, where the failure could cause large financial or social losses. The orientation is toward delineating all of the planned and systematic actions on a particular project that would provide adequate confidence that the software product conforms to established technical requirements. This standard correlates the content of software quality assurance plans as defined in 730 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the software life cycle process objectives for software quality assurance among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. To clarify inconsistencies in existing document and bring it intyo compatibility with IEEE Std 828 and IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Abstract: Uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for preparation and content of Software QualityAssurance Plans (SQAPs) are provided. This standard applies to the development and maintenance of critical software. For non-critical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the requirements of this standard may be applied. Key Words: "critical design review,preliminary design review,software configuration management plan,software design description,software quality assurance plan,software requirements review,software requirements specification,software verification and validation plan" Designation: 730-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans Status: Superseded **Formerly 730.1. History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 1990 Abstract: Superseded Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the preparation and content of Software Quality Assurance Plans (SQAPs) are provided. The standard also provides a standard against which such plans can be compared and assessed. It applies to the development and maintenance of critical software. For noncritical software, or for software already developed, a subset of the requirements of this standard may be applied. Key Words: assurance plans, Software quality Designation: 730-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Software Quality Assurance Plans Status: Superseded **See 730.1 Key Words: software, quality, assurance, plans Designation: 730 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Planning Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:scott.duncan@gmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007 Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements for planning Software Quality Assurance activities in support of a software project. It is directed toward the development and maintenance of software. The orientation is toward planning the systematic actions on a particular project that would provide adequate confidence that the software product conforms to established technical requirements. The standard also provides a means of satisfying the planning requirements of an organization's Quality Manual for a software project. It has been harmonized with the requirements of the Quality Assurance process of IEEE/EIA 12207.0 and the documentation content requirements of ISO/IEC 15289. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for Software Quality Assurance activities in support of a software project. In considering adoption of this standard, regulatory bodies should be aware that specific application of this standard may already be covered by one or more IEEE or ANSI standards documents relating to quality assurance, definitions, or other matters. It is not the purpose of this document to supersede, revise, or amend existing standards directed to specific industries or applications. Designation: 730.1-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996 Abstract: This standard applies to the definition and application of function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and generating plants and in installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus. Key Words: software life cycle, software metrics, software quality, assurance plans Designation: 737 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Weathering of Polymetric Cables Accessories Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1978 Key Words: weathering, polymetric, cables, accessories Designation: 738-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2007 Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360.907.4168, Email:JLR.Eng.LLC@q.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006, ANSI APP: Jul 11, 2007 Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to present a method of calculating the current-temperature relationship of bare overhead conductors. Conductor surface temperatures are a function of the following: a) Conductor material properties b) Conductor diameter c) Conductor surface conditions d) Ambient weather conditions e) Conductor electrical current The first two of these properties are specific chemical and physical properties. The third may vary with time and be dependent upon ambient atmospheric conditions other than weather. The fourth, weather, varies greatly with the hour and season. The fifth, conductor electrical current, may be constant or may vary with power system loading, generation dispatch, and other factors. The equations relating electrical current to conductor temperature may be used in either of the following two ways: -- To calculate the conductor temperature when the electrical current is known -- To calculate the current that yields a given maximum allowable conductor temperature For the purposes of this standard, either the electrical current is assumed constant for all time or it is assumed to undergo a step change from an initial current to a final current. The ambient weather conditions are assumed to be constant with time in both the steady-state and transient calculation methods described in this standard. This standard includes mathematical methods and indicates sources of the values to be used in the calculation of conductor temperatures and conductor thermal ratings. However, because there is a great diversity of weather conditions and operating circumstances for which conductor temperatures and/or thermal ratings must be calculated, the standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-current relationships for specific conductors or weather conditions. Each user must make their own assessment of which weather data and conductor characteristics best pertain to their area or particular transmission line. The calculation methods in this standard are also valid for the calculation of conductor temperature under fault conditions. Abstract: weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-ampacity relationships for a large number of conductors, but rather provides a standard method of doing such calculations. Key Words: bare overhead lines, current-temperature relationship Designation: P738 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature Relationship of Bare Overhead Conductors Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Thomas J Alderton, Phone:850-863-8969, Email:talderton@cox.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: The standard describes a numerical method by which the core and surface temperatures of a bare stranded overhead conductor are related to the steady or time-varying electrical current and weather conditions. The method may also be used to determine the conductor current which corresponds to conductor temperature limits. The standard does not recommend suitable weather conditions or conductor parameters for use in line rating calculations. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a well-documented method by which the temperatures, steady-state, transient, and real-time thermal ratings of overhead power line conductors can be calculated given suitable weather, conductor parameters, and (for ratings) maximum conductor temperatures. Designation: 738-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors Status: Superseded **Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 738-1993 A simplified method of calculating the current—temperature relationship of bare overhead lines, given the weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature—ampacity relationships for a large number of conductors in a large number of conditions. Key Words: bare overhead lines, current temperature, relationship Designation: 738-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard for Calculation of Bare Overhead Conductor Temperature and Ampacity Under Steady-State Conditions Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Key Words: calculation, bare, overhead, conductor, temperature Designation: 739-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 18, 1996 **The Bronze Book. Technical Contact: Carl E Becker, Phone:843-232-0408, Email:beckercarl@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: This standard is needed to set engineering recommendations for including energy management in the electrical design, operation and maintenance of a facility. An up-to-date methodology to chose the proper equipment and evaluate its worth is needed. In addition, the latest technologies of metering, lighting, powering and generating equipment need to be mentioned. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update the present Bronze Book to include the lastest technologies and expand its scope. The present standard is primarily directed at industrial facilities. The proposed revision will include commercial buildings and an expanded coverage of energy controllers, monitoring and controlling equipment, and cogeneration/peak shaving. Abstract: This recommended practice serves as an engineering guide for use in electrical design for energy conservation. It provides a standard design practice to assist engineers in evaluating electrical options from an energy standpoint. It establishes engineering techniques and procedures to allow efficiency optimization in the design and operation of an electrical system considering all aspects (safety, costs, environment, those occupying the facility, management needs, etc.). Key Words: break even analysis, congeneration, demand control, electrical energy, electric rate structure, energy audit, energy balance, energy conservation program, energy monitoring, energy rate method, energy savings, heating, ventilating, HVAC, levelized cost analysis, life cycle costing, metering, power bill, process energy, process modification, product energy rate, space conditioning, utility rate structure, LLC, Bronze Book Designation: 739 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems Title: Recommended Practice for Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial Facilities Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James A Ruggieri, Phone:703-250-3671, Email:forensic@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001 Project Scope: This Standard on "Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial Facilities" provides information on the equipment, processes and analysis techniques to assist a planner/designer in reducing energy cost in industrial and commercial facilities. The standard is designed to guide an engineer or designer in the process of determining means to reduce energy costs, to evaluate alternatives and to effect a means of energy cost reduction. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to bring the existing standard to the current level of technology and equipment availability and performance. In addition, this revision process is intended to improve the means of conveying the available information and to add information and material that has been given to the Energy Systems Committee since the last edition of the standard. The purpose is not to set minimum standards for energy usage Designation: 739-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and Cost-Effective Planning in Industrial Facilities Status: Superseded **IEEE Bronze Book History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1985 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 739-1995 This recommended practice serves as an engineering guide for use in electrical design for energy conservation. It provides a standard design practice to assist engineers in evaluating electrical options from an energy standpoint. It establishes engineering techniques and procedures to allow efficiency optimization in the design and operation of an electrical system considering all aspects (safety, costs, environment, those occupying the facility, management needs, etc.). Designation: 74-1958 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1974 Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Industrial Control (600 Volts or Less) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 741-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 01, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 741-1997 Technical Contact: Harvey C Leake, Phone:623-393-6986, Email:hleake@apsc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2008 Project Scope: This standard provides the principal design criteria, design features, and testing requirements for the protection of Class 1E power systems and equipment supplied from those systems. It identifies special protection features that are needed where the requirements of nuclear power generating stations necessitate supplementing accepted industry practices. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 741-1997. This standard prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes testing and surveillance requirements. It does not include plant physical design requirements to protect against events such as pipe whip, fire, dropped load, etc. Key Words: 741-2007, Class 1E, Power Systems, Electrical Equipment, Protection, Nuclear Power Generating Stations Designation: 741-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 741-1990. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 2002 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 741-2007. This standard prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes testing and surveillance requirements. It does not include plant physical design requirements to protect against events such as pipe whip, fire, dropped load, etc. Key Words: design requirements, nuclear power generating stations, surveillance, valve actuator motor Designation: 741-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Draft 6 was approved. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment are prescribed. The purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action are described. Both design and documentation requirements are included. Key Words: Valve actuator motor, Surveillance, Nuclear power generating station, Design requirements Designation: 741-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985 Abstract: This document prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does not include plant physical design requirements to protect against events such as pipe ehip, fire, dropped load, etc. Key Words: protection, 1E, power, systems, equipment Designation: 743-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission Characteristics of Analog Voice Frequency Circuits Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 11, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 1985 Abstract: Prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does not include physical plant design requirements to protect against certain events. . Key Words: characteristics, analog, voice, frequency, circuits Designation: 743-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems Title: IEEE Standard Equipment Requirements and Measurement Techniques for Analog Transmission Parameters for Telecommunications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of Std 743-1984. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: Telecommunications transmission measuring equipment for measuring the analog transmission characteristics of networks and circuits, including digitally encoded analog signals, analog components of digital services, e.g. ISDN, HDSL, etc., and other complex signals. Project Purpose: To update Std 743-1984 to reflect new measurement technology, and to provide measurements: 1) for new telecom services which did not exist earlier, 2) using new measuring techniques that will more accurately measure impairments to data services, 3) for reducing labor and testing time, and 4) specifications that will assure equipment interworking. In addition, obsolete measuring methods will be removed. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn Performance requirements for test equipment that measures the analog transmission parameters of subscriber loops, message trunks, PBX trunks, and ties lines are specified. Requirements for these measurements with DS1 bit stream access are also provided. The measurement of loss, noise, and impulse noise on non-loaded cable pairs used for digital subscriber lines is addressed. Key Words: active speech level, ADSL, amplitude jitter, digital bit stream, digital subscriber, dropouts, echo canceller, suppressor disabling, echo path loss, envelope delay , frequency shift, gain hits, HDSL, impulse noise, intermodulation , distoration, ISDN, loss, network impulse, noise, phase hits, phase jitter, return loss, round trip delay, signal to total, distortion ratio, timing offset, 23 tone Designation: 746 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000 Project Scope: This standard describes methods for measuring the performance of uniformly coded analog-to-digital (A/D) converters and digital-to-analog (D/A) converters for pulse code modulation (PCM) television video signals. This project will review and up-date the current scope of the IEEE Std. 746- 1984 to ensure a complete performance characterization of the converters. Certain minor revisions are also necessary to avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and interpretation of results caused by the constraints and non-linear effects of the component digital signal formats and composite conversion. In addition, this document will incorporate information about changes made to other related standards such as the IEEE Stds. 511 and 206. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise and update the expired Std 746-1984 document. This standard is still in use today to test conformance of composite NTSC and component analog signal distortions to established performance limits of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits. Although many video signals today are represented as component digital data from content to final production, distribution is still largely analog composite NTSC. NTSC is not expected to be completely replaced as a video distribution format for at least the next 15 years and will likely exist as an interface format for some time after that. The standard has served well in the largely analog video content of the past. However, with the many current and future conversions from compressed, component digital video to composite analog NTSC form, certain minor revisions are necessary to avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and interpretation of results caused by the constraints and non-linear effects of the component digital signal formats and composite conversion. Designation: 746-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1985 Abstract: This standard describes methods for measuring ther performance of uniformly coded alnalog-to-digital (A/D) coverters and digital-to-analog (D/A) converters for pulse code modulation (PSM) television video signals. Excluded are A/D and D/A converters that employ nonlinear processes for bit reduction television circuits, as for example, sub-Nyquist encoding, differential PCM, transform coders, etc. This standard is intended primarily for CCIR System M, 525-line/60-field television circuits. The performance to be measured should be relevant to the subjective quality of the television picture. Measurements not related to the quality of the video signal are excluded from this standard. Where possible, television type test signals are used to accomodate clamping circuits in the converters. Key Words: a/d, d/a, converters, video, circuits Designation: 748-1979 Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Title: IEEE Standard for Spectrum Analyzers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard applies to frequenct scanning spectrum analyzers. Key Words: standard, spectrum, analyzers Designation: 749-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard Periodic Testing of Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 02, 1984 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. This standard applies to the periodic testing of diesel-generator units applied as standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations. Key Words: diesel, generator, standby, power, supplies Designation: 75 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: P751 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Design of Wood Transmission Structures Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Keith E Lindsey, Phone:626-969-3471x125, Email:keith.lindsey@lindsey-usa.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This design guide covers the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. It includes definitions, applications of loads, structure applications, characteristics of natural wood and laminated members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, non-wood members, erection, framing and quality assurance. Project Purpose: To provide Transmission Line Designers with a standard guide in the design of wood structures. Designation: 751 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Wood Transmission Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision project of Std 751-1991. Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Project Scope: "Design Guide Standard" covering the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. Guide to Cover: definitions, application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, non-wood members, erection and framing, quality assurance. Project Purpose: 5-Year Review of Standard - Upgrade to Guide from Trial Use. Designation: 751 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Wood Transmission Structures Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Design guide standard covering the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. Guide to cover: definitions, application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, non-wood members, erection and framing, and quality assurance. Project Purpose: 5 year review of existing standard and upgrade to Guide from Trial Use Guide. Designation: 751-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Trial-Use Design Guide for Wood Transmission Structures Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990 Abstract: Discusses the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. The guide includes definitions, application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, nonwood members, erection and framing, and quality assurance. Key Words: wood, transmission, structures, Overhead lines Designation: 752-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Requirements for Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Performance of Tone Address Signal Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986 Abstract: Methods that can be used to measure the performance of tone-address signaling systems used with voice frequency telecommunications equipment are established. Functional requirements for test equipment needed to make the measurements are also established. The intent is to ensure uniform and meaningful equipment specifications, performance characteristics, and test results limited to the parameters of tone signaling systems that affect address signal performance. Key Words: tone, address, signal, systems, Communication systems operation, Communication system performance Designation: 753-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Functional Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Performance of Dial-Pulse (DP) Address Signaling Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1984 Abstract: 9/90: Revision in progress. Key Words: dial, pulse, address, signaling, systems Designation: 754-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 754-1985 Technical Contact: George Daniel Zuras, Phone:408-225-7321, Email:ieee2007@nonabelian.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies formats and methods for floating-point arithmetic in computer systems — standard and extended functions with single, double, extended, and extendable precision — and recommends formats for data interchange. Exception conditions are defined and standard handling of these conditions is specified. Project Purpose: This standard provides a method for computation with floating- point numbers that will yield the same result whether the processing is done in hardware, software, or a combination of the two. The results of the computation will be identical, independent of implementation, given the same input data. Errors, and error conditions, in the mathematical processing will be reported in a consistent manner regardless of implementation. Abstract: This standard specifies formats and methods for floating-point arithmetic in computer systems: standard and extended functions with single, double, extended, and extendable precision, and recommends formats for data interchange. Exception conditions are defined and standard handling of these conditions is specified. Key Words: 754-2008, arithmetic, binary, computer, decimal, exponent, floating- point, format, interchange, NaN, number, rounding, significand, subnormal Designation: 754-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic Status: Superseded **Superseded by 754-2008. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Project Scope: Develop formats and specifications for signle and duble precision floating point arithmetic which maintains maximum validity of results within available word length. Abstract: A family of commercially feasible ways for new systems to perform binary floating-point arithmetic is defined. This standard specifies basic and extended floating-point number formats; add, subtract, multiply, divide, square root, remainder, and compare operations; conversions between integer and floating-point formats; conversions between different floating-point formats; conversions between basic-format floating-point numbers and decimal strings; and floating-point exceptions and their handling, including nonnumbers. Key Words: binary, Floating-point arithmetic Designation: 754 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic Status: Superseded Technical Contact: George Daniel Zuras, Phone:408-225-7321, Email:ieee2007@nonabelian.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies formats and methods for floating-point arithmetic in computer systems: standard and extended functions with single, double, extended, and extendable precision, and recommends formats for data interchange. Exception conditions are defined and standard handling of these conditions is specified. Project Purpose: This standard provides a method for computation with floating- point numbers that will yield the same result whether the processing is done in hardware, software or a combination of the two. The results of the computation will be identical, independent of implementation, given the same input data. Errors, and error conditions, in the mathematical processing will be reported in a consistent manner regardless of implementation. Designation: 755-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Trial-Use Extending High Level Language Implementations for Microprocessors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Trial-Use Technical Contact: Clyde R Camp, Phone:972-727-3945, Email:c.camp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991 Key Words: extending, high-level, language, implementations, microprocessors Designation: 758-1979 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Subroutines for Computer Automated Measurement and Control (CAMAC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 1979 Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 1990 Abstract: A set of standard subroutines that provide access to CAMAC facilities in a variety of computer programming languages is described. The subroutines are specifically intended to be suitable for use with FORTRAN, although they are not restricted to that language. The subroutines have been grouped into three subsets in order to provide different standard levels of implementation. The lowest level requires only two subroutines, but, nevertheless, gives access to most of the facilities that can be found in CAMAC. In higher levels of implementation, subroutines are added that permit procedures to be written in more mnemonic terminology, provide better handling of LAMs, permit procedures to be independent of the type of CAMAC highway used, and provide efficient block-transfer capability. Key Words: subroutines, CAMAC Designation: 759-1984 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor X-Ray Energy Spectrometers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991 Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 Test procedures for X-ray spectrometers consisting of a semiconductor radiation detector assembly and signal processing electronics interfaced to a pulse-height analyzer/computer are presented. Energy resolution, spectral distortion, pulse-height linearity, counting rate effects, overload effects, pulse-height stability, and efficiency are covered. Test procedures for pulse-height analyzers and computers are not covered. Key Words: semiconductor, Energy, Spectrometers, dectectors, X-ray spectroscopy Designation: 76 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Transformers Title: Transformer Askarel in Equipment, Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance of (SH10769) Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 762-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit Reliability, Availability, and Productivity Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Andrew Ford, Phone:610-666-8964, Email:ford@pjm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006 Project Scope: This document standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity performance measures while recognizing the power industry’s needs, including marketplace competition. This standard also includes equations for equivalent demand forced outage rate (EFORd), newly identified outage states, discussion of commercial availability, energy weighted equations for group performance indexes, definitions of outside management control (OMC), pooling methodologies, and time-based calculations for group performance indexes. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity. It was originally developed to overcome difficulties in the interpretation of electric generating unit performance data from various systems and to facilitate comparisons among different systems. The standard also makes possible the exchange of meaningful data among systems in North America and throughout the world. Abstract: This standard provides a methodology for the interpretation of electric generating unit performance data from various systems and to facilitate comparisons among different systems. It also standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity performance measures. This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity while recognizing the power industry’s needs, including marketplace competition. Included are equations for equivalent demand forced outage rate (EFORd), newly identified outage states, discussion of commercial availability, energy weighted equations for group performance indexes, definitions of outside management control (OMC), pooling methodologies, and time-based calculations for group performance indexes. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 762-1987 Key Words: available state, EFORd, equivalent demand forced outage rate, forced outage, maintenance outage, OMC, outside management control, planned outage, pooling methodology, transition between active states, unavailable state, weighted factor Designation: 762-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit Reliability, Availability, and Productivity Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE TU Std 762-1980. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Abstract: Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity. It was developed to overcome present difficulties in the interpretation of electric generating unit performance data from various systems and to facilitate comparisons among different systems. The standard should also make possible the future exchange o meaningful data among systems in North America and throughout the world. Scope: This document standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity performance measures. A generating unit includes all equipment up to the high-voltage terminal of the generator step-up transformer. Reliability in this standard encompasses measures of the ability of generating units to perform their intended function. Availability measures are concerned with the fraction of time a unit is capable of providing service, and account for outage frequency and duration. Productivity measures are concerned with the total power produced by a plant with respect to its potential power production. Therefore, productivity measures consider magnitude of outage as well as frequency and duration of outage. NOTE — This standard was developed for application at the unit level; the definitions are applicable below the unit level in most cases. There are some exceptions, however, such as the definition of in service, which applies only at the unit level. Because of these exceptions, care should be taken when using this standard below the unit level. Key Words: 762_19871.front Designation: 763 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 765-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2006 Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the PPS and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and AAC source. Figure 1 is a typical interface diagram of the PPS with related power systems. Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power generating stations (NPGSs) and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with the PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 765-2002 The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and AAC source is described Key Words: AAC, alternate ac source, Class 1E, NPGS, nuclear power generating station, PPS, preferred power supply, switchyard, transmission system Designation: P765 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS) Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008 Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the PPS and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and AAC source. Figure 1 is a typical interface diagram of the PPS with related power systems. Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power generating stations (NPGSs) and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with the PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. Designation: 765-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Supersedes 765-1995. Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Feb 07, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 20, 2002 Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system and the alternate ac (AAC) source. This revision adds an annex which identifies the type of interface requirements needed to ensure offsite power reliability from an Independent System Operator. The scope fo the standard remains unchanged. Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with the PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. The purpose of this standard remains unchanged. This standard is being revised and an annex provided to define the attributes of the PPS that are required to ensure PPS reliability when offsite power is supplied by an entity other than the nuclear utility, such as an ISO. It is intended to provide utilities with the necessary guidance and structure to ensure PPS reliability in a deregulated environment and ensure the nuclear plant(s) licensing reqiurements and design criteria are not compromised. Abstract: Revised by IEEE Std 765-2006 The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. Key Words: "AAC, alternate ac source, PPS, preferred power supply, switchyard, transmission system" Designation: 765-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 765-1983. Superseded by 765-2002. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: alternate ac source, PPS, switchyard, transmission system, preferred power supply Designation: 765-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989 Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1984 Abstract: The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. Designation: 770X3.160-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Title: IEEE/ANSI Standard for the Programming Language Extended Pascal Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1990 Abstract: The standard provides an unambiguous and machine-independent definition of the computer programming language Extended Pascal by specifying requirements for a processor and for a conforming program. Its purpose is to facilitate portability of Extended Pascal programs for use on a wide variety of data processing systems. Two levels of compliance are defined for both processors and programs. Key Words: Pascal, extended Pascal, portability, data processing systems, programming Designation: 770X3.97-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Standard Pascal Computer Programming Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Superceded by 770X3.160-1989 and ISO/IEC 7185: 1990. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1982 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. This standard specifies the semantics and syntax of the computer programming language Pascal by specifying requirements for a processor and for a conforming program. Key Words: Pascal, programming language, syntax, semantics, programming Designation: 771-1998 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Ion A Neag, Phone:703-264-1080, Email:ion@tyx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: This guide is being updated to align with the current ATLAS standards, IEEE std 716-1995 and ARINC specification 626-3. Material which depends on the withdrawn IEEE Std 416-1984 is being removed. Project Purpose: The ATLAS standards IEEE Std 716-1995 and ARINC specification 626-3 were published in 1995. The guide requires to be updated to align with the current standards and to give guidance to their user communities. This PAR replaces the earlier time expired PAR for the project. Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Guidance in the use of ATLAS test languages is provided. ATLAS may be used to de- scribe test requirements independent of any specific test equipment, and examples of best practice in the use of ATLAS are given. Key Words: 771 FM Designation: 771-1989 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification Status: Superseded **Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96 History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: Superseded. This guide has been written as an applications manual for engineers and authors who will be writing test procedures in ATLAS (Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems). It is not intended to be a substitute for an instruction manual in the ATLAS language, but, rather, a practical extension to such a manual. The purpose is to provide principles of good practice in the use of ATLAS for the writing of test procedures. Key Words: atlas Designation: 771-1984 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: ATLAS;Guide to the Use of Status: Superseded Designation: 772 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: Electrical Perf Composite Insulators Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979 Designation: 773 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: Health&Envir Assmnt/Dielectric Fluids Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979 Designation: 774 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: Guide to Assess the Fire Hazards of Insulating Liquids Used in Electric Transformers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979 Designation: 775-1993 Sponsor: Radiation Effects Title: IEEE Guide for Designing Multistress Aging Tests of Electrical Insulation in a Radiation Environment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Guidelines for evaluating electrical insulation materials that are subjected to more than onesignificant aging stress are provided. The focus is on materials or equipment intended for use in nuclearfacilities, such as power stations, where thermal, moisture, and radiation stresses frequently are ofimportance. Factors to consider in accelerated aging programs are identified. Only the design of tests isaddressed. Specific procedures are not prescribed. Key Words: "electrical insulation,multistress aging,single stress aging" Designation: 776-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and Communication Lines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of Std 776-1987. Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effect that may be produced thereby; guidance is offered for the control or modification of the environment and the susceptibility of the affected systems in order to maintain an acceptable level of interference. To aid the user of this recommended practice in calculating induction between power and telecommunication lines, the concept of an interface is developed. This recommended practice permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits. Abstract: The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits. Key Words: Inductive coordination, Electric supply, Communication lines Designation: 776-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Guide for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and Communication Lines Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1987 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 776-1992. The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits. Key Words: inductive environment, interference, electric power systems, wire- line telecommunications systems, induction Designation: 786-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Xfrmr Failure Rprtng & Rlblty Anlysis Status: Superseded **C57 LB (C57.117) . Designation: 788 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 789-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Performance Requirements for Communications and Control Cables for Application in High Voltage Environments Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989 Abstract: The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits. Key Words: high voltage , control cables, environments, Inductive coordination, Electric supply, Communication lines Designation: 79 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 790-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Guide for Medical Ultrasound Field Parameter Measurements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Aug 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard describes procedures for measuring ultrasound field parameters such as pressure, power, and intensity. It is intended for use by persons involved in measurement of acoustic fields produced by medical ultrasound instruments. Key Words: ultrasound, field parameter, medical, Thermal techniques, Radiation force, Optics, Hydrophone, Acoustic field measurement Designation: 791 Sponsor: Mining Industry Title: Recommended Electrical Practice for Underground Gassy Mines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ben C Johnson, Phone:830-620-4454, Email:ben.johnson@thermon.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979 Project Scope: Included should be all electrical use, be it ac or dc distribution or utilization. Surface or ground. Project Purpose: To establish electrical safety standards applicable only to underground gassy mines (e.g., coal, trona, etc.). Designation: 792-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Impulse Voltage Capability of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form- Wound Stator Coils Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Approved for trial-use 10 Sept 87. Approved for full use 14 JUN 95. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: A test procedure for the evaluation of the impulse voltage capability of insulation systems of form-wound ac rotating electrical machinery is outlined. The procedure is primarily directed toward providing a qualification test for the turn insulation in regard to its ability to withstand impulses that might be impressed on the terminals of a machine and that result from switching surges, lightning, or other disturbances. The standard also presents information on the ability of the ground insulation to withstand impulses. The procedure provides a basis for the accumulation, analysis, and reporting of information concerning impulse-voltage withstand strength of ground and turn insulation, both new and aged. The use of multifactor aging tests, combining thermal and electrical aging in order to address the withstand capability of micaceous insulation, is recommended. Key Words: impulse voltage, insulation systems, AC electric, form wound, stator coils Designation: 795 Sponsor: Mining Industry Title: Surface Mines Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1979 Designation: 796-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer System Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrew 7/28/2000. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 17, 1984 Abstract: A general-purpose microcomputer system bus is defined, and the device-independent electrical and functional interface requirements that a module shall meet in order to interconnect and communicate unambiguously by way of the system are specified. Signal definitions and timing and electrical specifications are covered in detail for users who evaluate or design products that will be compatible with the IEEE Std 796 system bus structure. Only with the interface characteristics of microcomputer devices are covered; design specifications, performance requirements, and safety requirements of modules are omitted. The use of the standard will enable independently manufactured devices to be connected into a single functional system, permit products with a wide range of capabilities to be introduced to the system simultaneously, and result in a system with a minimum of restrictions on the performance characteristics of devices connected to the system. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: system, bus, multibus, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 797 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 799-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Handling and Disposal of Transformer Grade Insulating Liquids Containing PCBs Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Henry A Pearce, Phone:(412) 376-3182 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The procedures for handling askarels and mineral insulating oil that contain PCBs are described in detail. Analytical procedures for the detection and measurement of the PCBs in electrical insulating liquids are provided. Regulations covering the identification and the disposal of electrical insulating liquids containing PCBs in the US and its territories are included. Handling of spills and leaks, labeling and record keeping, transportation, storage for disposal, and personnel protection are included. Key Words: insulating liquids, PCB, transformer grade, Polychlorinated biphenyls Designation: 80-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 04, 2000 **This guide supersedes 80-1986 (R1991). Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 18, 2000 Project Scope: This guide is primarily concerned with outdoor ac substations, either conventional or gas-insulated. Distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations are included. With proper caution, the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors.1 No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems peculiar to dc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide guidance and information pertinent to safe grounding practices in ac substation design. The specific purposes of this guide are to a) Establish, as a basis for design, the safe limits of potential differences that can exist in a substation under fault conditions between points that can be contacted by the human body. b) Review substation grounding practices with special reference to safety, and develop criteria for a safe design. c) Provide a procedure for the design of practical grounding systems, based on these criteria. d) Develop analytical methods as an aid in the understanding and solution of typical gradient problems. The concept and use of safety criteria are described in Clause 1 through Clause 8, practical aspects of designing a grounding system are covered in Clause 9 through Clause 13, and procedures and evaluation techniques for the grounding system assessment (in terms of safety criteria) are described in Clause 14 through Clause 20. Supporting material is organized in Annex A through Annex G. This guide is primarily concerned with safe grounding practices for power frequencies in the range of 50-60 Hz. The problems peculiar to dc substations and the effects of lightning surges are beyond the scope of this guide. A grounding system designed as described herein will, nonetheless, provide some degree of protection against steep wave front surges entering the substation and passing to earth through its ground electrodes.2 Other references should be consulted for more information about these subjects. Abstract: " Outdoor ac substations, either conventional or gas-insulated, are covered in this guide.Distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations are also included. With proper caution,the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations, or to sub-stations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems peculiar todc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope ofthis guide. " Key Words: "ground grids, grounding, substation design, substation grounding" Designation: P80 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Richard P Keil, Phone:937-416-3324, Email:rpkeil@cai-engr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This guide is primarily concerned with outdoor AC substations, either conventional or gas-insulated. These include distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations. With proper caution, the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems peculiar to DC substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide. Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide guidance and information pertinent to safe grounding practices in AC substation design. The specific purposes of this guide are: a) To establish, as a basis for design, the safe limits of potential differences that can exist in a substation under fault conditions between points that can be contacted by the human body; b) To review substation grounding practices with special reference to safety, and develop criteria for a safe design; c) To provide a procedure for the design of practical grounding systems, based on these criteria; d) To develop analytical methods as an aid in the understanding a ns solution of typical gradient problems; e) To provide benchmark cases using various commercial software programs. This guide is primarily concerned with safe grounding practices for power frequencies in the range of 50-60 Hz. The problems peculiar to DC substations and the effects of lightning surges are beyond the scope of this guide. Designation: 80-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 80-1976. This guide was superseded by 80-2000. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Outdoor AC substations, either conventional or gas-insulated, are covered in this guide. Distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations are also included. With proper caution, the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems peculiar to dc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide. Designation: P80000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Standard for Quantities and Units Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Ambler E Thompson, Phone:301-975-2333, Email:ambler@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: The standard provides names, symbols, and definitions for quantities and units used in engineering and science. Where appropriate, conversion factors are given. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to assist users of ISO/IEC 80000 Quantities and units to standardize quantity names, units and letter symbols for the physical quantities needed in the fields of engineering and science. Designation: 80000-3 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Standard for Quantities and Units -- Part 3: Space and Time Status: Superseded History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007 Project Scope: The standard will give names, symbols, and definitions for quantities and units of space and time. Where appropriate, conversion factors will be given. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to assist users of ISO/IEC 80000-3 Quantities and units, Part 3: Space and Time, to standardize quantity names, units and letter symbols for the physical quantities needed in the field of space and time. Designation: 80000-4 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Title: Standard for Quantities and Units -- Part 4: Mechanics Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007 Project Scope: The standard will give names, symbols, and definitions for quantities and units of mechanics. Where appropriate, conversion factors will be given. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to assist users of ISO/IEC 80000-4 Quantities and units, Part 4: Mechanics, to standardize quantity names, units and letter symbols for the physical quantities needed in the field of space and time. Designation: P80005-1 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE/ISO/IEC Draft Standard for Cold Ironing - Part 1: High Voltage Shore Connection (HVSC) Systems- General Requirements Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Kevin L Peterson, Phone:562-497-2999, Email:kevin.peterson@p2seng.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This international standard (standard) describes HVSC systems, on board the ship and on shore, to supply the ship with electrical power from shore. This standard is applicable to the design, installation and testing of HVSC systems and addresses: * HV shore distribution system, * shore-to-ship connection and interface equipment, * transformers/reactors, * semiconductor / rotating convertors, * ship distribution system, and * control, monitoring, interlocking and power management system. This standard does not apply to the electrical power supply during docking periods, e.g. dry docking and other out of service maintenance and repair. NOTE 1 Additional and/or alternative requirements may be imposed by the National Administration or Authorities within whose jurisdiction the ship is intended to operate and/or by the Owners or Authorities responsible for a shore supply or distribution system. NOTE 2 It is expected that HVSC systems will have practicable applications for ships requiring 1 MW or more or ships with HV main supply. NOTE 3 Low-voltage shore connection systems are not covered by this standard. Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not have a purpose clause. Abstract: This international standard (standard) describes HVSC systems, on board the ship and on shore, to supply the ship with electrical power from shore. This standard is applicable to the design, installation and testing of HVSC systems and addresses: * HV shore distribution system, * shore-to-ship connection and interface equipment, * transformers/reactors, * semiconductor / rotating convertors, * ship distribution system, and * control, monitoring, interlocking and power management system. This standard does not apply to the electrical power supply during docking periods, e.g. dry docking and other out of service maintenance and repair. NOTE 1 Additional and/or alternative requirements may be imposed by the National Administration or Authorities within whose jurisdiction the ship is intended to operate and/or by the Owners or Authorities responsible for a shore supply or distribution system. NOTE 2 It is expected that HVSC systems will have practicable applications for ships requiring 1 MW or more or ships with HV main supply. NOTE 3 Low-voltage shore connection systems are not covered by this standard. Designation: 802-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 07, 2002 **Supersedes 802-1990. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This document serves as the foundation for the family of IEEE 802®1 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs). It contains descriptions of the networks considered as well as a reference model (RM) for protocol standards. Compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards is defined, and a standard for the identification of public, private, and standard protocols is included. Project Purpose: Revision of existing IEEE 802-1990 standard to reflect the current IEEE 802 architecture and its suite of standards. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001 ® , IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 ® Standards. It defines compliance with the family of IEEE 802 ® Standards; it describes the relationship of the IEEE 802 ® Standards to the Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model [ISO/IEC 7498-1:1994] and explains the relationship of these standards to the higher layer protocols; it provides a standard for the structure of LAN MAC addresses; and it provides a standard for identification of public, private, and standard protocols. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: "IEEE 802 standards compliance, Local Area Networks (LANs), LAN/MAN architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)" Designation: P802 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard contains descriptions of the IEEE 802 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs), and Personal Area Networks (PANs)networks considered as well as a reference model (RM) for protocol standards. Compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards is defined, and a standard for the identification of public, private, and standard protocols is included. Project Purpose: This standard serves as the foundation for the family of IEEE 802 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs), and Personal Area Networks (PANs). Designation: 802-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard: Overview and Architecture Status: Superseded **Formerly 802.1A. Superseded by 802-2001. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802-2001 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This document provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 Standards, defines compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards, describes the relationship of the IEEE 802 Standards to the Open Systems Interconnections Basic Reference Model [ISO 7498:1984] and explains the relationship of these standards to the higher layer protocols, and provides a standard for identification of public, private, and standard protocols. Key Words: LAN, overview, architecture, interconnection, component, Metropolitan area networks, Local area networks Designation: 802.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local Area Networks: Architecture & Overview Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Redesignated 802-1990 Technical Contact: William P Lidinsky, Phone:(630) 840-8067, Email:lidinskyw@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986 Key Words: local, architecture, overview, lan, networks Designation: 802.10-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS) Currently Contains Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2) Status: Superseded **Contains: IEEE Std 802.10b-1992, Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2) History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993 Abstract: IEEE standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN security (SILS). Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, security, LAN MAN, security association, interoperable, secure data exchange, Metropolitan area networks, Local area networks Designation: 802.10-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To refine the Security Assoc. Identifier (SAID) field of the current Standard to support Multicast Key Center (MKC) identification. Neither the SDE PDU format, nor the elements of procedure are changed by this refinement. Additionally, this revision will incorporate supplements 802.10e, 802.10f, 802.10g, and 802.10h. Project Purpose: To allow independent Multicast Key Centers to assign unique SAID's. The current Standard only permits a global MKC, or necessitates out-of-band coordination among all MKC's to prevent re-use of the same SAID - both alternatives create an intractable implementation problem. Abstract: Withdrawn -- please refer to WE94694. This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. IEEE 802.10 provides specifications for an interoperable data link layer security protocol and associated security services. The Secure Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is supported by an application layer Key Management Protocol (KMP) that establishes security associations for SDE and other security protocols. A security label option is specified that enables rule-based access control to be implemented using the SDE protocol. A method to allow interoperability with type-en-coded Medium Access Control (MAC) clients is also provided, as well as a set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the SDE sublayer and its protocol exchanges. Key Words: "decipherment,encipherment,local area networks,security,metropolitan area networks,secure data exchange,security,security association" Designation: 802.10a-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS): The Model (Clause 1) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999 Project Scope: The SILs model describes the architectural framework that 802.10 is using to provide security in IEEE 802 LANs and MANs and delineates the scope of each of the other two standards and relationships between them. The two protocol standards described in the Model are Secure Data Exchange (SDE) and Key Management (KMP). The model also describes how SDE and KMP work in end stations and bridges, as well as how they are used to protect management traffic. Project Purpose: The Model addresses issues that apply to all of SILs. It enables implementers and users of SILS to understand how the SILS protocols operate together and how each protoc9ol individually operates in an OSI environment, as well as an IEEE 802 environment. The Model also describes implementations of SILS protocols in end stations, as well as transparent implementations in IEEE 802 bridges. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. An architectural description of the functions and location of SILS components is provid-ed. The SILS components and their relationships to applications, communications protocols, sys-tem management, and security management are described. Key Words: Interoperable LAN Designation: 802.10b-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS) - Part B: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993 Abstract: A security protocol that can be used to protect IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs) is described. This Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Layer 2 security protocol can be used to provide the security services of confidentiality and connectionless integrity. In conjunction with key management or system management, the security services of data origin authentication and access control may also be provided. Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, LAN, security, MAN, secure data exchange Designation: 802.10c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)--Key Management (Clause 3) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jan 21, 1998 Project Scope: To define a standard for services, protocols, data formats, and interfaces that will allow secure IEEE 802 LAN products to interoperate. IEEE 802.10 has specified three areas for standardization: Secure Data Exchange, Key Management, and Security Management, and the objects necessary to manage each protocol. The goals of each of these areas of SILS are to be as independent as possible of any particular encryption algorithm, such as DES or RSA, and of the transmission media. The work in each area is based on the OSI Seven Layer model (IS 7498) and on the OSI Security Architecture (IS 7498/2). The Key Management Standard specifies a Layer 7 protocol that will provide secure automated management of the cryptographic keys to be used by the Secure Data Exchange at Layer 2 or by Security Management at Layer 7. The standard will draw on work already done for Key Management by other standards groups. The ANSI X9.E9 group has written a Key Management standard for use by the Banking Community. ECMA TC32/TG9 has proposed a framework for secure applications, and the Secure Data Network System (SDNS) project has developed a key management standard for use with public key algorithms. The 802.10 Key Management standard will consider each of these standards to determine if the standard or some form of the standard is appropriate for use with LANs. The appendices to the SILS Key Management standard will provide explanatory information for the standard. The Rationale for Security Services Appendix will explain why the services that Key Management provides are appropriate for the management of cryptographic keys on LANs and how those services address the threats posed to the security of automated key distribution on LANs. The Examples of Algorithms Appendix will give an example of the use of Key Management withparticular algorithms. The Philosophy of Key Management Appendix will provide guidelines on the manual aspects of key management such as the secure distribution of Initialization Keys. Project Purpose: The purpose is threefold. First, the standard must specify the minimally acceptable security services to be supported primarily by encryption for IEEE 802 LANs. Second, the standard must define logical and physical mechanisms for achieving these services; this includes the managed objects required to support the processing to provide the services. Finally and most important, the standard must maximize interoperability of products in an open systems interconnection architecture. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. A cryptographic key management model and a key management OSI Basic Reference Model Application Layer protocol are specified. Key Words: "association control service element - ACSE -,asymmetric cryptographic algorithm,center-based key distribution,certificate-based key distribution,cryptographic keying material,key management model,key management protocol - KMP -,manual key distribution,symmetric cryptographic algorithm" Designation: 802.10d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Interoperable LAN Security (SILS) Part D - Security Management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Kenneth G Alonge, Phone:703-750-4000 X122, Email:alonge_ken@geologics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990 Project Scope: To define a standard for services, protocols, data formats, and interfaces that will allow secure IEEE 802 LAN products to interoperate. IEEE 802.10 has specified three areas for standardization: Secure Data Exchange, Key Management, and Security Management, and the objects necessary to manage each protocol. The goals of each of these areas of SILS are to be as independent as possible of any particular encryption algorithm, such as DES or RSA, and of the transmission media. The work in each area is based on the OSI Seven Layer model (IS 7498) and on the OSI Security Architecture (IS 7498/2). The Security Management Standard will specify a Layer 7 set of services, and if necessary a protocol, that will provide secure management of the objects associated with the Secure Data Exchange protocol, the Key Management protocol, and the Security Management protocol. The standard will use any work in progress on Security Management. If, at any time, a Security Management standard is developed by ISO, that standard will be closely evaluated for use on LANs and comments will be submitted to change the ISO standard rather than continuing the definition of security management within 802.10. The approaches to be evaluated by 802.10 for security management are the use of ISO, CMIP, Common Management Information Protocol (DIS 9596/2), and the use of IEEE 802.1, Systems Management. The use of the Secure Data Exchange to provide confidentiality and integrity for CMIP or 802.1 will be explored. Also, 802.10 will investigate the definition of a separate protocol that does not depend on the security services of the Secure Data Exchange, but provides all the security services required for secure management at Layer 7. The goals of the 802.10 Security Management definition are to assure first that 802.10 objects can be managed securely and second that the security management protocol could be used by other protocols to manage their objects securely. Project Purpose: The purpose is threefold. First, the standard must specify the minimally acceptable security services to be supported primarily by encryption for IEEE 802 LANs. Second, the standard must define logical and physical mechanisms for achieving these services; this includes the managed objects required to support the processing to provide the services. Finally and most important, the standard must maximize interoperability of products in an open systems interconnection architecture. Modern LANs provide users connectivity to network resources. Distributed applications and shared resources allow users easy access to the network data. The intended result is that data is readily available to all users. However, as use of LAN resources increases in commercial and military environments, the data security threat increases. Manufacturing design data, financial analysis data, and health data cannot be protected from modification, disclosure, or unauthorized access without LAN security. The communciation required between these systems cannot be achieved without interoperability of the security mechanisms protecting these systems. To assure secure interoperability, the SILS Security Management standard must consider the issues of cryptography and of IEEE 802 LAN compatibility. The cryptography issue is to define Security Management to be as independent of any particular algorithm as possible. The issue of IEEE 802 LAN compatibility is that the security mechanisms of Security Management should not require changes to the existing IEEE 802 LAN standards. This should not become an issue as Security Management could be defined either as a Layer 7 set of service or as a Layer 7 protocol or could use the existing 802.1 System Management protocol, so it would not affect the existing 802 protocol. Designation: 802.10e-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 802.10b: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) Sublayer Management (Subclause 2.8) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 20, 1994 Abstract: A method to allow Ethernet V2.0 Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Units (PDUs) to be protected with the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is provided. Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, LAN, security, MAN, secure data exchange, security association Designation: 802.10f-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-IEEE Standards: Recommended Practice for SDE on Ethernet V2.0 in IEEE 802 LANs (Annex 2H) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: A set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) sublayer and its protocol exchanges is specified. Key Words: managed objects, secure data exchange, information Designation: 802.10g-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.10 Supplement: IEEE Standard Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Security Label (Annexes 2I, 2J, and 2K) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Key Words: access control, local area network, metropolitan area network, security-data exchange, security labels Designation: 802.10h-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Annex 2L) Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.10-1998 History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: This document will provide the PICS Proforma for the Secure Data Exchange Protocol. Project Purpose: This document defines the minimum conformance requirements for the Secure Data Exchange Protocol. The Supplement will be used by vendors to test for conformance. Abstract: The secure data exchange (SDE) protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma is provided. The SDE PICS proforma defines the information to be supplied by protocol implementors claiming conformance with IEEE Std 802.10, Clause 2, Secure Data Exchange (SDE). Key Words: proforma, protocol implementation, conformance statement, secure data exchange, security association, security protocol, security services Designation: 802.11-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2007 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Nov 30, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define one medium access control (MAC) and several physical layer (PHY) specifications for wireless connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations (STAs) within a local area. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide wireless connectivity to automatic machinery, equipment, or STAs that require rapid deployment, which may be portable or hand-held, or which may be mounted on moving vehicles within a local area. This standard also offers regulatory bodies a means of standardizing access to one or more frequency bands for the purpose of local area communication. Specifically, this standard -- Describes the functions and services required by an IEEE 802.11(TM)- compliant device to operate within ad hoc and infrastructure networks as well as the aspects of STA mobility (transition) within those networks. -- Defines the MAC procedures to support the asynchronous MAC service data unit (MSDU) delivery services. -- Defines several PHY signaling techniques and interface functions that are controlled by the IEEE 802.11 MAC. -- Permits the operation of an IEEE 802.11-conformant device within a wireless local area network (WLAN) that may coexist with multiple overlapping IEEE 802.11 WLANs. -- Describes the requirements and procedures to provide data confidentiality of user information being transferred over the wireless medium (WM) and authentication of IEEE 802.11-conformant devices. -- Defines mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for operation in the 5 GHz band. The regulations and conformance tests are listed in Clause 2 -- Defines the MAC procedures to support local area network (LAN) applications with quality of service (QoS) requirements, including the transport of voice, audio, and video. Abstract: This revision specifies technical corrections and clarifications to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANS) as well as enhancements to the existing medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) functions. It also incorporates Amendments 1 through 8 including a corrigendum. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 2.4 GHz, 4.9 GHz, 5 GHz, advanced encryption standard, AES, carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance, CCMP, Counter mode with Cipher-block chaining Message authentication code Protocol, confidentiality, CSMA/CA, DFS, dynamic frequency selection, international roaming, LAN, local area network, MAC, medium access controller, PHY, physical layer, QoS, quality of service, radio frequency, RF, temporal key integrity protocol, TKIP, TPC, transmit power control, wireless LAN, WLAN, Wi-Fi, WiFi Designation: P802.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define one medium access control (MAC) and several physical layer (PHY) specifications for wireless connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations (STAs) within a local area. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide wireless connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations within a local area. This standard also offers regulatory bodies a means of standardizing access to one or more frequency bands for the purpose of local area communication. Abstract: This revision specifies technical corrections and clarifications to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANS) as well as enhancements to the existing medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) functions. It also incorporates Amendments 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 Key Words: 2.4 GHz, 3650 MHz, 4.9 GHz, 5 GHz, 5.9 GHz, advanced encryption standard, AES, carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance, CCMP, channel switching, Counter mode with Cipher-block chaining MAC, confidentiality, CSMA/CA, DFS, direct link, dynamic frequency selection, high throughput, international roaming, LAN, local area network, MAC, measurement, medium access control, medium access controller, Message authentication code Protocol, MIMO, MIMO-OFDM, multiple input multiple output, network management, off-channel direct link, PHY, physical layer, power saving, QoS, quality of service, PHY, physical layer, radio, radio frequency, RF, radio resource, temporal key integrity protocol, TKIP, TPC, transmit power control, tunneled direct link setup, wireless access in vehicular environments, wireless LAN, wireless local area network, WLAN Designation: 802.11-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Status: Superseded **802.11, 2003 Edition Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1999 Project Scope: To rectify a number of errors in the current standard and to accommodate input from the JTC1 review to result in a single JTC1/IEEE standard. Project Purpose: To correct errorsfound in reviewing interpretation requests to the current standard and from JTC1 review. Abstract: The scope of this standard is to develop a medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specification for wireless connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations within a local area. Key Words: "The scope of this standard is to develop a medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifica-tionfor wireless connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations within a local area." Designation: 802.11-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997 Project Scope: To develop a Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specification for wireless connectivity for fixed, portable and moving stations within a local area. Project Purpose: To provide wireless connectivity to automatic machinery, equipment or stations that require rapid deployment, which may be portable, or hand-held or which may be mounted on moving vehicles within a local area. To offer a standard for use by regulatory bodies to standardize access to one or more radio frequency bands for the purpose of local area communication. Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999 The medium access control and physical characteristics for wireless local area networks are specified in this standard, part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium access control unit in this standard is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the availability of spectrum. This standard contains three physical layer units: two radio units, both operating in the 2400-2500 MHz band, and one baseband infrared unit. One radio unit employs the frequency-hopping spread spectrum technique, and the other employs the direct sequence spread spectrum technique. Key Words: infrared, LAN, local area network, wireless, radio frequency, ad hoc network Designation: 802.11.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of 802.11 Wireless Performance Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to provide a set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies, and test conditions to enable measuring and predicting the performance of 802.11 WLAN devices and networks at the component and application level. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to enable testing, comparison, and deployment planning of 802.11 WLAN devices based on a common and accepted set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies and test conditions. Abstract: Draft Version D1.01. Recommended practices for evaluating and measuring the performance of IEEE Std 802.11 Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) devices and networks at the component and application level are described. A set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies and test conditions are provided that enable such measurements to be made and permit prediction of the performance of installed WLAN devices and networks. Key Words: P802.11.2, Wireless Performance Prediction, metric, test methodology, performance measurement Designation: 802.11a-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifications: High Speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz band Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a Higher Speed PHY for use in fixed, moving or portable Wireless Local Area Networks. The PHY will be used in conjunction with the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC). The 802.11 MAC will be reviewed to assure its capability to operate at the speeds targeted. Project Purpose: To create a higher speed wireless access technology suitable for data, voice and image information services. Abstract: Superseded by ISO/IEC 8802-11: 2005 (SH/SS95357) IEEE Std 802.11a-1999 [ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1:2000(E)] (Supplement to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition) Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: High-speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band Key Words: "5 GHz, high speed, local area network (LAN), orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), radio frequency, unlicensed national information infrastructure (U-NII), wireless" Designation: P802.11aa Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: MAC enhancements for robust audio video streaming Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This amendment specifies enhancements to the 802.11 MAC (Medium Access Control)for robust audio video streaming, while maintaining co- existence with other types of traffic. The MAC enhancements specified in this amendment enable: • Graceful degradation of audio video streams when there is insufficient channel capacity, by enabling packet discarding without any requirement for deep packet inspection, • Increased robustness in overlapping BSS environments, without the requirement for a centralised management entity, • Intra-Access Category prioritization of transport streams by modifying EDCA timing and parameter selection without any requirement for deep packet inspection, • Improved link reliability and low jitter characteristics for multicast/broadcast audio video streams, • Interworking with relevant 802.1AVB mechanisms (802.1Qat, 802.1Qav, 802.1AS) Project Purpose: This amendment specifies a standard for robust audio video stream transport over 802.11 for consumer/enterprise applications. Designation: P802.11ac Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: Enhancements for Very High Throughput for operation in bands below 6GHz Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This amendment defines standardized modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) that enable modes of operation capable of supporting: o A maximum multi-station (STA) throughput (measured at the MAC data service access point), of at least 1 Gbps and a maximum single link throughput (measured at the MAC data service access point), of at least 500 Mbps. o Below 6 GHz carrier frequency operation excluding 2.4 GHz operation while ensuring backward compatibility and coexistence with legacy IEEE802.11 devices in the 5 GHz unlicensed band. Project Purpose: The purpose of the amendment is to improve the 802.11 wireless local area network (LAN) user experience by providing significantly higher basic service set (BSS) throughput for existing WLAN application areas and to enable new market segments for operation below 6 GHz including distribution of multiple multimedia/data streams. Designation: P802.11ad Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: Enhancements for Very High Throughput in the 60 GHz Band Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This amendment defines standardized modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) to enable operation in the 60 GHz frequency band (typically 57-66 GHz) capable of very high throughput. The MAC and PHY specified in this amendment: • Enables a maximum throughput of at least 1 Gbps, as measured at the MAC data service access point (SAP) • Enables fast session transfer between PHYs • Maintains the 802.11 user experience • Provides mechanisms that enable coexistence with other systems in the band including IEEE 802.15.3c systems Project Purpose: The purpose of the amendment is to improve the 802.11 user experience by providing significantly higher throughput for local area networking Designation: P802.11ae Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications; Amendment: Prioritization of management frames Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This amendment defines mechanisms for prioritizing IEEE 802.11 management frames using existing mechanisms for medium access. Project Purpose: This amendment enables improved performance of IEEE 802.11 networks and the applications that use these networks, by providing mechanisms to prioritize IEEE 802.11 management frames using existing mechanisms for medium access. Designation: P802.11af Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications; Amendment: TV White Spaces Operation Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: An amendment that defines modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC), to meet the legal requirements for channel access and coexistence in the TV White Space. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to allow 802.11 wireless networks to be used in the TV white space. Designation: P802.11ah Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Amendment- Sub 1 GHz License-Exempt Operation Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This amendment defines an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Physical layer (PHY) operating in the license-exempt bands below 1 GHz, e.g., 868-868.6 MHz (Europe), 950 MHz -958 MHz (Japan), 314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, 470-510 MHz, and 779-787 MHz (China), 917 - 923.5 MHz (Korea) and 902-928 MHz (USA), and enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to support this PHY, and provides mechanisms that enable coexistence with other systems in the bands including IEEE 802.15.4 and IEEE P802.15.4g. The data rates defined in this amendment optimize the rate vs range performance of the specific channelization in a given band. This amendment also adds support for: -transmission range up to 1 km -data rates > 100 kbit/s while maintaining the IEEE 802.11 WLAN user experience for fixed, outdoor, point to multi point applications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment defines operation of license- exempt IEEE 802.11 wireless networks in frequency bands below 1 GHz excluding the TV White Space bands. Designation: P802.11ai Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Amendment- Fast Initial Link Setup Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This amendment defines modifications to the IEEE 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) to enable a fast initial link set-up of IEEE 802.11 stations (STAs). Project Purpose: This amendment defines mechanisms that provide IEEE 802.11 networks with fast initial link set-up methods which do not degrade the security offered by Robust Security Network Association(RSNA)already defined in IEEE 802.11. Designation: 802.11b-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer (PHY) Extension in the 2.4 GHz band Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000 Project Scope: The project will evaluate the possibility orf taking advantage of the provisions for rate expansion that are in place on the current standard PHYs. The 802.11 MAC defines a mechanism for operation of stastions supporting different data rates in the same area. The current 802.11 standard already defines the basic rages of 1Mbit/s and 2 Mbit/s for both Frequency Hopping *FH) and Direct Sequence (DS) PHYs. The two rates are supported by having same header for both rates with length and rate information passed in the header at the lowest ("basic") rate; then the body of the packet is transmitted at the rate chosen and with the corresponding modulation method. The header structure of the two PHYs already supports passing rate information up to 4.5 Mbit/s (in 0.5 Mbit/s increments) for FH and up to 25.5 Mbit/s (in 0.1 Mbit/s increments) for DS. The proposed PAR targets further developing the provisions for enhanced data rate capability of 802.11 networks. The 802.11 MAC incorporates already the interpretation of this information and the computation of expected packet duration even if the specific station does not support the rate at which the packet was sent. The 802.11 MAC is compatible and will accommodate the higher PHY rates. Project Purpose: To extend the performance and the range of applications of the 802.11 compatible networks in the 2.4 GHz band by increasing the data rate achieveable by such devices. This technology will be beneficial for improved access to fixed network LAN and internetwork infrastructure (including access to other wireless LANs) via a network of access points, as well as creation of high performance ad-hoc networks. The purpose of 802.11a is also for higher data rates, however, that project is for operation in the 5 GHz band, whereas this project is for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Abstract: Superseded by ISO/IEC 8802-11: 2005 (SH/SS95357) Changes and additions are provided for IEEE Std 802.11b-1999 to support the higherrate Physical Layer for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Key Words: "LAN, Local Area Network, Wireless, Radio Frequency" Designation: 802.11b/Cor 1-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Corrigenda to IEEE 802.11b-1999, Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer (PHY) Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Vic Hayes, Phone:+31-30-60-97-528 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to correct deficiencies in the MIB definition of 802.11b. Project Purpose: As the MIB is currently defined in 802.11b, it is not possible to compile an interoperable MIB. This project will correct the deficiencies in the MIB. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: Changes and additions are provided for IEEE Std 802.11b-1999 to support the higher rate Physical Layer for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Reaffirmed 2003 Designation: 802.11c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges - Supplement for support by IEEE 802.11 Status: Superseded **Incorporated into 802.1D, 1998 Edition. Superseded by 802.1D-2004. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 Support of the Internal Sublayer Service by specific MAC Procedures to cover bridge operation with IEEE 802.11 MACs. This supplement to IS 10038 (802.1D) will be developed by the 802.11 Working Group in cooperation with the 802.1 Working Group. Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.11 specific information to the IS 10038 (802.1D) standard. Designation: 802.11d-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 3: Specification for operation in additional regulatory domains Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: This supplement will define the physical layer requirements (channelization, hopping patterns, new values for current MIB attributes, and other requirements to extend the operation of 802.11 WLANs to new regulatory domains (countries). Project Purpose: The current 802.11 standard defines operation in only a few regulatory domains (countries). This supplement will add the requirements and definitions necessary to allow 802.11 WLAN equipment to operate in markets not served by the current standard. Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 ¤ for Wireless Local Area Networks providing specifications for conformant operation beyond the original six regulatory domains of that standard. These extensions provide a mechanism for an IEEE Std 802.11 access point to deliver the required radio transmitter parameters to an IEEE Std 802.11 mobile station, which allows that station to configure its radio to operate within the applicable regulations of a geographic or political subdivision. This mechanism is applicable to all IEEE Std 802.11 PHY types. A secondary benefit of the mechanism described in this amendment is the ability for an IEEE Std 802.11 mobile station to roam between regulatory domains. Key Words: "international roaming, local area network (LAN), mobility, radio, roam, roaming, wireless, wireless network" Designation: 802.11e-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: Medium Access Method (MAC) Quality of Service Enhancements Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 2006 Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to improve and manage Quality of Service, and provide classes of service. Consider efficiency enhancements in the areas of the Distributed Coordination Function (DCF) and Point Coordination Function (PCF). Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to expand support for LAN applications with Quality of Service requirements. Provide improvements in the capabilities and efficiency of the protocol. These enhancements, in combination with recent improvements in PHY capabilities from 802.11a and 802.11b, will increase overall system performance, and expand the application space for 802.11. Example applications include transport of voice, audio and video over 802.11 wireless networks, video conferencing, and media stream distribution. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition (Reaff 2003) as amended by IEEE Std 802.11a-1999, IEEE Std 802.11b-1999, IEEE Std 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, IEEE Std 802.11d-2001, IEEE Std 802.11g-2003, IEEE Std 802.11h-2003, IEEE Std 802.11i-2004, and IEEE Std 802.11j-2004 This amendment defines the medium access control (MAC) procedures to support local area network (LAN) applications with quality of service (QoS) requirements. The procedures include the transport of voice, audio, and video over IEEE 802.11 wireless LANs (WLANs). Key Words: BA, block acknowledgement, carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance, CSMA/ CA, priority, polling, power save, QoS, quality of service, traffic stream Reference Standards: ISO/IEC 15802-3, Information Technology--Telecommunications and infor Designation: 802.11e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to Standard [for] Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Medium Access Method (MAC) Enhancements Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Vic Hayes, Phone:+31-30-60-97-528 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to improve and manage Quality of Service, provide classes of service, and enhanced security and authentication mechanisms. Consider efficiency enhancements in the areas of the Distributed Coordination Function (DCF) and Point Coordination Function (PCF). Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to expand support for LAN applications with Quality of Service requirements. Provide improvements in security, and in the capabilities and efficiency of the protocol. These enhancements, in combination with recent improvements in PHY capabilities from 802.11a and 802.11b, will increase overall system performance, and expand the application space for 802.11. Example applications include transport of voice, audio and video over 802.11 wireless networks, video conferencing, media stream distribution, enhaced security applications, and mobile and nomadic access applications. Designation: 802.11F-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for Multi-Vendor Access Point Interoperability Via an Inter-Access Point Protocol Across Distribution Systems Supporting IEEE 802.11 Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003 Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for an Inter-Access Point Protocol (IAPP) which provides the necessary capabilities to achieve multi- vendor Access Point interoperability across a Distribution System supporting IEEE P802.11 Wireless LAN Links. This IAPP will be developed for the following environment(s): (1) A Distribution System consisting of IEEE 802 LAN components supporting an IETF IP environment. (2) Others as deemed appropriate. This Recommended Practice Document shall support the IEEE P802.11 standard revision(s). Project Purpose: IEEE P802.11 specifies the MAC and PHY layers of a Wireless LAN system and includes the basic architecture of such systems, including the concepts of Access Points and Distribution Systems. Implementation of these concepts where purposely not defined by P802.11 because there are many ways to create a Wireless LAN system. Additionally many of the possible implementation approaches involve concepts from higher network layers. While this leaves great flexibility in Distributions System and Access Point functional design, the associated cost is that physical Access Point devices from different vendors are unlikely to inter-operate across a Distribution System due to the different approaches taken to Distribution System design. As P802.11 based systems have grown in popularity, this limitation has become an impediment to WLAN market growth. At the same time it has become clear that there are a small number of Distribution System environments that comprise the bulk of the commercial WLAN system installations. This project proposes to specify the necessary information that needs to be exchanged between Access Points to support the P802.11 DS functions. The information exchanges required will be specified for, one or more distribution Systems; in a manner sufficient to enable the implementation of Distribution Systems containing Access Points from different vendors which adhere to the recommended practices. Abstract: Recommended practices for implementation of an Inter-Access Point Protocol (IAPP) on a Distribution System (DS) supporting ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999 and IEEE 802.11™ wireless local access network (WLAN) links are described. The recommended DS utilizes an IAP that provides the necessary capabilities to achiee multi-vendor Access Point (AP) interoperability within the DS. This IAPP is described for a DS consisting of IEEE 802® LAN components utilizing an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Internet Protocol (IP) environment. Throughout this recommended practice, the terms ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999, IEEE 802.11, and IEEE Std 802.11-1999 are used interchangeably to refer to the same document, ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999, and its amendements and supplements published at the time this recommended practice was adopted. Key Words: IAPP,Inter-Access Point Protocol,Internet Protocol,IP,IEEE 802.11,IEEE Std802.11-1999,ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999 Designation: 802.11g-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003 Project Scope: To develop a higher speed(s) PHY extension to 802.11b. Project Purpose: To develop a new PHY extension to enhance the performance and the possible applications of the 802.11b compatible networks by increasing the data rate achievable by such devices. This technology will be beneficial for improved access to fixed network LAN and inter-network infrastructure (including access to other wireless LANs) via a network of access points, as well as creation of higher performance ad hoc networks. Abstract: Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition, as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b- 1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001, are provided in this standard to support the further higher data rate extension for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Key Words: "LAN, local area network, radio frequency, wireless" Designation: 802.11h-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard [for] Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Spectrum and Transmit Power Management Extensions in the 5 GHz Band in Europe Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) standard and 802.11a High Speed Physical Layer (PHY) in the 5GHz Band supplement to the standard; to add indoor and outdoor channel selection for 5GHz license exempt bands in Europe; and to enhance channel energy measurement and reporting mechanisms to improve spectrum and transmit power management (per CEPT and subsequent EU committee or body ruling incorporating CEPT Recommendation ERC 99/23). Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC and 802.11a PHY with network management and control extensions for spectrum and transmit power management in 5GHz license exempt bands, enabling regulatory acceptance of 802.11 5GHz products. Provide improvements in channel energy measurement and reporting, channel coverage in many regulatory domains, and provide Dynamic Channel Selection and Transmit Power Control mechanisms. Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 8802-11: 2005/Amd. 5: 2006 (E) This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for operation in the 5GHz band in Europe. Key Words: "dynamic frequency selection (DFS), local area network (LAN),transmit power control (TPC)" Designation: 802.11i-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks- Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Amendment 6: Medium Access Control (MAC) Security Enhancements Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 14, 2005 Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to enhance security and authentication mechanisms. Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to provide improvements in security. Abstract: This amendment defines security mechanisms for IEEE 802.11. It includes a definition of WEP for backward compatibility with the original standard, IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition. It defines TKIP and CCMP, which provide more robust data protection mechanisms than WEP affords. This amendment introduces the concept of a security association into IEEE 802.11, and defines security association management protocols called the 4-Way Handshake and the Group Key Handshake. Finally, it specifies how IEEE 802.1X may be utilized by IEEE 802.11 LANs to effect authentication. Key Words: "AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures, data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE 802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust security network" Designation: 802.11j-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications--Amendment 7:4.9 GHz-5 GHz Operation in Japan Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to enhance the 802.11 standard and amendments, to add channel selection for 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz in Japan to additionally conform to the Japanese rules for radio operation. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to obtain Japanese regulatory approval by enhancing the current 802.11 MAC and 802.11a PHY to additionally operate in newly available Japanese 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz bands. Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11® for Wireless Local Area Networks providing mechanisms for operation in the 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz bands in Japan. This amendment is based on IEEE Std 802.11™, 1999 Edition (Reaff 2003), as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a™-1999, 802.11b™-1999, 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, 802.11d™-2001, 802.11g™-2003, 802.11h™-2003, and 802.11i™-2004. Designation: 802.11k-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 1: Radio Resource Measurement of Wireless LANs Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2008 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11™-2007 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: May 09, 2008 Abstract: Draft Version D13.0. This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 for Wireless Local Area Networks providing mechanisms for Radio Resource Measurement. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.11k-2008, local area network (LAN), measurement, network management, radio, radio resource Designation: 802.11k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Radio Resource Measurement of Wireless LANs Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will define Radio Resource Measurement enhancements to provide interfaces to higher layers for radio and network measurements. Project Purpose: The original standard has a basic set of radio resource measurements for internal use only. These measurements and others are required to provide services; such as roaming, coexistence, and others; to external entities. It is necessary to provide these measurements and other information in order to manage these services from an external source. Designation: 802.11ma Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment x : Technical corrections and clarifications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to maintenance changes (editorial and technical corrections) to 802.11-1999, 2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001). Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate accumulated maintenance changes (editorial and technical corrections) into 802.11-1999, 2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001). Designation: P802.11mb Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment: Accumulated maintenance changes Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007 Project Scope: This amendment incorporates changes accumulated due to responses to interpretation requests, development of other amendments, and development of minor changes to functionality. Project Purpose: This amendment collects the latest information learned from use of the base standard and the development of other amendments, disseminating it in a compact and organized format. Designation: 802.11n-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Telecommunications and Information Ixchange between Systems -- Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -- Specific Requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 5: Enhancements for Higher Throughput Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11™-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k™-2008, IEEE Std 802.11r™-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y™-2008, and IEEE Std 802.11w™-2009 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Mar 01, 2010 Abstract: This amendment defines modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) so that modes of operation can be enabled that are capable of much higher throughputs, with a maximum throughput of at least 100Mb/s, as measured at the MAC data service access point (SAP). The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.11-2007. 802.11w-2009, high throughput, MAC, medium access control, MIMO, MIMO-OFDM, “multiple input,multiple output,” PHY, physical layer, radio, wireless local area network, WLAN Designation: 802.11n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Enhancements for Higher Throughput Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define an amendment that shall define standardized modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) so that modes of operation can be enabled that are capable of much higher throughputs, with a maximum throughput of at least 100Mbps, as measured at the MAC data service access point (SAP). Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to improve the 802.11 wireless local area network (LAN) user experience by providing significantly higher throughput for current applications and to enable new applications and market segments. Designation: 802.11p-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 6: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k-2008, IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y-2008, IEEE Std 802.11n-2009, and IEEE Std 802.11w-2009 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 2011 Project Purpose: Insert a new list item after the first dashed list item: -- Describes the functions and services that allow an IEEE 802.11(TM)-compliant device to communicate directly with another such device outside of an independent or infrastructure network. Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing wireless communications while in a vehicular environment. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 5.9 GHz, wireless access in vehicular environments Designation: 802.11p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Amendment to Standard [for] Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications-Amendment 6: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to create an amendment of IEEE 802.11 to support communication between vehicles and the roadside and between vehicles while operating at speeds up to a minimum of 200 km/h for communication ranges up to 1000 meters. The amendment will support communications in the 5 GHz bands; specifically 5.850-5.925 GHz band within North America with the aim to enhance the mobility and safety of all forms of surface transportation, including rail and marine. Amendments to the PHY and MAC will be limited to those required to support communications under these operating environments within the 5 GHz bands. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 802.11 standard to make it suitable for interoperable communications to and between vehicles. The primary reasons for this amendment include the unique transport environments, and the very short latencies required (some applications must complete multiple data exchanges within 4 to 50ms). Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11™ for Wireless Local Area Networks providing wireless communications while in a vehicular environment. Key Words: P802.11p, 802.11, 5.9 GHz, wireless access in vehicular environments. Designation: 802.11r-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 2: Fast Basic Service Set (BSS) Transition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2008 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11™-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k™-2008 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: May 09, 2008 Abstract: Draft Version D9.0 This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 for Wireless Local Area Networks providing mechanisms for Fast BSS Transition. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.11r-2008, LAN, local area network, wireless LAN, WLAN Designation: 802.11r Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [for] Information Technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Fast BSS-Transition Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project are enhancements to the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) layer to minimize or eliminate the amount of time data connectivity between the Station (STA) and the Distribution System (DS) is absent during a Basic Service Set (BSS) transition, limited to the state necessary for the operation of the MAC. This Project Authorization Request (PAR) will apply only to the STA<->Access Point (AP) state within the same Extended Service Set (ESS), and will not apply to the Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS) case. Security must not be decreased as a result of the enhancement. Timing criteria and timing conditions will be defined by the Task Group. (See also section 19) Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to improve BSS transitions within 802.11 ESSs and to support real time constraints imposed by applications such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP). Designation: P802.11s Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks- Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications-Amendment 10: Mesh Networking Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007 Project Scope: This amendment describes an IEEE 802.11 Mesh network with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System (WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop topologies. Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11 standard provides a four-address frame format for exchanging data packets between stations for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of this amendment is to provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between stations over self- configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in a Mesh using the four-address frame format or an extension. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007. This amendment describes protocols for IEEE 802.11 stations to form self-configuring multi-hop topology networks that supports both broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery.  Key Words: P802.11s, 802.11, Wireless LAN, Medium Access Control, Mesh, Multi- hop Designation: 802.11s Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: IEEE 802.11 ESS Mesh Networking Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an IEEE 802.11 Extended Service Set (ESS) Mesh* with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System (WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop topologies. Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11-1999 (2003 edition) standard provides a four- address frame format for exchanging data packets between Access Points (APs) for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of the project is to provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between APs over self- configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in an ESS Mesh using the four- address frame format or an extension. Designation: 802.11s Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment: ESS Mesh Networking Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an IEEE 802.11 Extended Service Set (ESS) Mesh with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System (WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop topologies. Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11-1999 (2003 edition) standard provides a four- address frame format for exchanging data packets between Access Points (APs) for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of the project is to provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between APs over self- configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in an ESS Mesh using the four- address frame format or an extension. Designation: 802.11u-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks- specific requirements-Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Amendment 9: Interworking with External Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2011 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k-2008, IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y-2008, IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, IEEE Std 802.11n-2009, IEEE Std 802.11p-2010, IEEE Std 802.11z-2010, and IEEE Std 802.11v-2011 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011 Abstract: This amendment specifies enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 medium access control (MAC) that support wireless local area network (WLAN) interworking with external networks. It enables higher layer functionalities to provide overall end-to-end solutions. The main goals of this amendment are aiding network discovery and selection, enabling information transfer from external networks, enabling emergency services, and interfacing subscription service provider networks (SSPNs) to IEEE 802.11 networks that support interworking with external networks. Key Words: E911, emergency alert system, emergency services, generic advertisement service, interface, interworking, interworking with external networks, media-independent handover, MIH, network advertisement, network discovery, network selection, QoS mapping, SSP, SSPN, subscriber service provider, wireless LAN Designation: 802.11v-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment 8: IEEE 802.11 Wireless Network Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2011 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11(TM)-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k(TM)- 2008, IEEE Std 802.11r(TM)-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y(TM)-2008, IEEE Std 802.11w(TM)-2009, IEEE Std 802.11n(TM)-2009, IEEE Std 802.11p(TM)-2010, and IEEE Std 802.11z(TM)-2010 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Purpose: Insert the following dash list item at the end of the list of items in 1.2: -- Defines mechanisms and services for Wireless Network Management of STAs that include BSS transition management, channel usage and coexistence, collocated interference reporting, diagnostic, multicast diagnostic and event reporting, flexible multicast, efficient beacon mechanisms, proxy ARP advertisement, location, timing measurement, directed multicast, extended sleep modes, traffic filtering, and management notification. Abstract: This amendment provides Wireless Network Management enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 MAC, and PHY, extending radio measurements to effect a complete and coherent upper layer interface for managing IEEE 802.11 devices in wireless networks. Key Words: Radio Resource Management, Wireless Network Management Designation: 802.11w-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements. Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 4: Protected Management Frames Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11™-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k™-2008, IEEE Std 802.11r™-2008, and IEEE Std 802.11y™-2008 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 22, 2010 Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing mechanisms for protecting management frames. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.11-2007, 802.11w-2009, local area network (LAN) Designation: 802.11y-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems -- Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 3: 3650-3700 MHz Operation in USA Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 03, 2008 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k-2008 and IEEE Std 802.11r-2008 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009 Abstract: Draft Version 10.0. Draft Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007. This document defines enhancements to the 802.11 PHY and MAC to support operation in the 3650–3700 MHz band in the United States of America. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.11y-2008, 3650 MHz, wireless local area network, WLAN Designation: 802.11z-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment 7: Extensions to Direct-Link Setup (DLS) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k-2008, IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y-2008, IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, IEEE Std 802.11n-2009, and IEEE Std 802.11p-2010 Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 2011 Abstract: This amendment provides direct-link setup enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 MAC and PHY, extending direct-link setup to be independent of the access point (AP), and adding power save capabilities. The direct-link setup is made independent of the AP by tunneling the protocol messages inside data frames. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: channel switching, direct link, off-channel direct link, power saving, tunneled directlink setup Designation: 802.12-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Std 802.12-1990, IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Networks: Demand Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1996 Abstract: The media access control characteristics for the Demand Priority access method are specified. The layer management, physical layers, and media that support this access method are also specified. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and ISO/IEC 8802 models. Specifications for 100 Mb/s operation over 100 = balanced cable (twisted-pair) category 3 through 5, 150 = shielded balanced cable, and fibre optic media are included. Key Words: balanced cable, data processing, LAN, MAN, twisted pair, star topology, models, repeater, 100 Mb/s operation, media access control, local area network, fibre optic, demand-priority access method, Network interconnection, Mode of data transmission Designation: 802.12a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 12: Demand-Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specifications: Supplement for Operation at Greater than 100 Mb/s Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Patricia Thaler, Phone:1 916 570 2707, Email:pthaler@broadcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: Specify physical layers for operation at speeds higher than 100 Mbps. Define MAC and RMAC parameter values for such operation. define an optional burst mode capability which allows an end node to send multiple packets per grant up to a defined time limit. Define any needed network management extensions for higher speed and burst mode operation. The speed will not exceed 4 Gb/s. Project Purpose: To provide a higher speed backbone for 100 Mbps and slower networks and to provide a higher speed LAN to support end node performance increases. Designation: 802.12b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and Metropolitan area networks--LAN/MAN - Type specific requirements--Supplement to Part 12: Demand-Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specification: Two-Pair Balanced Cable Physical Medium Dependent (2-TP PMD), Medium Dependent Interface (MDI), and Link Specifications for 100 Mb/s Operation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Patricia Thaler, Phone:1 916 570 2707, Email:pthaler@broadcom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996 Project Scope: To define a PMD, MDI, and link specifications for 100 Mb/s operation over 2-p[airs of a category 5 cable. Project Purpose: To provide a 2-pair category 5 physical layer supporting the Demand Priority MAC and Media Independent Interface (MDI). Designation: 802.12c-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to Information Technology--Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 12: Demad-priority access method, physical layer and repeater specifications: Full-Duplex Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Mar 25, 1998 Project Scope: To enhance the Demand Priority MAC to provide full duplex operation when connecting two nodes (the term nodes includes bridges/switches). Define an optional burst mode capability which allows an end node to send multiple packets per grant up to a defined time limit. This will include definition of configuration field bits in the training packet to indicate availability of full duplex mode and burst mode and definition of related network management objects. Full duplex mode will be compatible with the existing and future simplex physical layers. Project Purpose: To support full duplex data transmission between switches, between an end node and a switch, and between a pair of end nodes. Full duplex data transmission provides for more efficient operation, especially in cases where the data exchange is symmetrical. Also, to support burst mode which improves efficiency for half duplex operation. Abstract: ADMINISTRATIVELY WITHDRAWN 14 JANUARY 2001 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: "burst mode,demand-priority access method,direct connect,flow control,full duplex,local area networks,MAC Control,management,media access control,repeater" Designation: 802.12d-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan area networks--Demand Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specifications: Redundant Links Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE Std 802.12-1995. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997 Project Scope: Provide a supplement to the 802.12 standard that defines the implementation and use of redundant repeater uplinks for fault recovery. This will include definition of network management objects related to controlling redundant links, topoloty rules for redundant links, and standby operation mode including the procedure for transition from standby to active link operation. The provision of a redundant uplink will be optional. Implementation and use of redundant links for end nodes may also be defined. This work will be applicable independent of data rate. Project Purpose: To enhance usability of 802.12 Demand Priority LANs in situations that require high reliability. Abstract: Revisions to the IEEE 802.12 Demand Priority Access Method allowing optional implementation of redundant links to facilitate automatic recovery of network connectivity in case of link or repeater failure anywhere in the network path are specified. Rules for connecting redundant links within a network are defined. Key Words: demand priority access method, fault tolerance, network interconnection, media access control, local area network, LAN, MAN, redundant link, repeater Designation: 802.12e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 1D Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges - Supplement for support by IEEE 802.12 Status: Superseded **Formerly P802.1q. Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 Support of the Internal Sublayer Service by Specific MAC Procedures to cover bridge operation with IEEE 802.12 MACs. This supplement to 802.1D will be developed by the 802.12 WG in cooperation with the 802.1 WG. Therefore, the project has an 802.12 number. Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.12 specific information to the 802.1D standard. Designation: 802.14 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Networks: Broadband Cable Access Method and Physical Layer Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Russell, Phone:706-645-3925, Email:rrussell@knology.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To provide for digital communication services over a branching bus system constructed from fiber and/or coaxial cable, as used in the cable TV distribution networks. The traffic types will be constant bit rate(CBR), variable bit rate(VBR); connection-oriented(CO) and connectionless(CL) data. Sources both in the headend and within the network will be provided for; transmission may be one-to-one, one-to-many, many-to-one, and many-to-many. By specifying a MAC and PHY(s), the standard will be architecturally consistent with 802 compatibles LANs. Compatibility with emerging technologies such as video compression and ATM will also be maintained insofar as consistent with efficiency and good economics. Coexistence with existing analog video transmission and with forthcoming digitally-encoded television signals will be maintained. It is expected that the standard will allow for flexibility in the assignment of frequencies for transmission to and from the headend. Both symmetric and asymmetric data flows will by provided for, with data rates consistent with the capabilities of the media; distances to approximately 160 kilometers round trip will be accommodate. Project Purpose: The standard will provide a protocol to support expanded communication services over existing and evolving cable TV distribution networks. The need for such a standard, as evidenced by the 5 criteria, is discussed in the appended material. Designation: 802.14a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for a High Capacity PHYsical Layer for IEEE 802.14 Upstream Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert B Russell, Phone:706-645-3925, Email:chairman@walkingdog.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: TransportConsider all known High Capacity Physical candidates for possible adaptation to IEEE 802.14 upstream transport. Develop a single HC PHY via following criteria. Technical feasibility, improved channel availability under actual operating conditions, expansion of operational envelope under which channel availability goals are met, price/performance trade analysis, ease of implementation, potential for enhancement of service provider's revenue generation and lower operating costs, minimal impact upon existing 802.14 standard. Project Purpose: Perform analyses and write technical reports in support of HC PHY. Develop draft for HC PHY characterized by providing a higher degree of flexibility in the choices available for modulation and coding. The HC PHY should provide HFC system designers with an enhanced toolbox which can be used to cope optimally with upstream channel characteristics, reduce transmission overhead, and thus maximize throughput in upstream direction. The HC PHY should provide the following enhancements. provide modulation and coding options for maximization of delivered capacity, achieve higher robustness against narrowband interference and burst noise, maximization of channel utilization, minimize latency. Designation: 802.15.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - telecommunications and information exchange Systems between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements - Part 15.1a: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications for Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 14, 2005 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 31, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to incorporating the changes between 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth specification 1.1) and Bluetooth Specification 1.2 into 802-15-1-2002. The scope of the original project was: To define PHY and MAC specifications for wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal Operating Space (POS). A goal of the WPAN Group will be to achieve a level of interoperability which could allow the transfer of data between a WPAN device and an 802.11 device. A Personal Operating Space (POS) is the space about a person or object that typically extends up to 10 meters in all directions and envelops the person whether stationary or in motion. The proposed WPAN Standard will be developed to ensure coexistence with all 802.11 Networks. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate editorial changes, the errata from 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth spec 1.1), the functional changes between 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth1.1) and Bluetooth specification 1.2 into 802-15-1-2002. Specifically these include: Format (new volume structure, cleaner formatting); Fixes (Errata from the SIG and IEEE applied, Language cleanup (nomenclature + IEEE)); Features (Architectural Overview, Faster Connections, Adaptive Frequency Hopping for improved coexistence, Extended SCO, Scatternet / Scattermode / Absence Masks, Anonymity Mode, L2CAP Flow & Error Control, LMP Improvements / HCI Improvements); Full Backward Compatibility with 802-15-1-2002 ( Bluetooth Specificaton 1.1) Abstract: Methods for communicating devices in a Personal Area Network. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: WPAN, Personal Area Network, Bluetooth, ISM, Communications protocol Designation: 802.15.1-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Frank Heile, Phone:408-984-2805 X.2219 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Apr 15, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002 Project Scope: To define PHY and MAC specifications for wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal Operating Space (POS). Project Purpose: To provide a standard for low complexity, low power consumption wireless connectivity to support interoperability among devices within or entering the POS. This includes devices that are carried, worn, or located near the body. The proposed project will address Quality of Service to support a variety of traffic classes. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: The lower transport layers [(Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP), Link Manager Protocol (LMP), baseband, and radio] of the Bluetooth™ wireless technology are defined. Bluetooth is an industry specification for short-range radio frequency (RF)-based connectivity for portable personal devices. The IEEE 802.15.1 Task Group has reviewed and provided a standard adaptation of the Bluetooth specifications (version 1.1) medium access control (MAC) (L2CAP, LMP, and baseband) and physical layer (PHY) (radio). Also specified is a clause on service access points (SAPs), which includes a logical link control (LLC)-MAC interface for the ISO/IEC 8802-2 LLC. A normative annex is included that provides a Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma, and an informative high-level behavioral ITU-T Z.100 specification and description language (SDL) model for an integrated Bluetooth MAC sublayer are also specified. Key Words: "ad hoc network, Bluetooth, Bluetooth wireless technology, circuit switching, FH-CDMA, frequency-hopping code division multiple access, mobile, mobility, nomadic, packet switching, piconet, radio, radio frequency, scatternet, short-range" Designation: 802.15.2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.2: Coexistence of Wireless Personal Area Networks with Other Wireless Devices Operating in Unlicensed Frequency Bands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 28, 2003 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 2009 Project Scope: To develop a Recommended Practice for an IEEE 802.15 Wireless Personal Area network that coexists with other selected wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest modifications to other IEEE 802.15 standard(s) to enhance coexistence with other selected wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest recommended practices for IEEE 802.11 devices to facilitate coexistence with IEEE 802.15 devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. Project Purpose: Usage models exist that presume coexistence of IEEE 802.15 devices with other wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. The purpose of this project is to facilitate coexistence of IEEE 802.15 WPAN devices with selected other wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. The intended users of this recommended practice include IEEE 802 Wireless LAN developers as well as designers and consumers of wireless products being developed to operate in unlicensed frequency bands. Abstract: This recommended practice addresses the issue of coexistence of wireless local area networks and wireless personal area networks. These wireless networks often operate in the same unlicensed band. This recommended practice describes coexistence mechanisms that can be used to facilitate coexistence of wireless local area networks (i.e., IEEE Std 802.11b™-1999) and wireless personal area networks (i.e., IEEE Std 802.15.1™-2002). The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: "coexistence, collaborative, collocated, interference, mechanisms, non-collaborative,WLAN, WPAN" Designation: 802.15.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Recommended Practice for Wireless Personal Area Networks Operating in Unlicensed Frequency Bands Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: To develop a recommended practice for an IEEE 802.15 Wireless Personal Area Network that coexists with other selected wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest modifications to other IEEE 802.15 standard(s) to enhance coexistence with other selected wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest recommended practices for IEEE 802.11 devices to facilitate coexistence with IEEE 802.15 devices oeprating in unlicensed frequency bands. Project Purpose: Usage models exist that presume coexistence of IEEE 802.15 devices with other wireless devices oeprating in unlicensed frequency bands. The purpose of this project is to facilitate coexistence of IEEE 802.15 WPAN devices with selected other wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. The intended users of this recommended practice include IEEE 802 Wireless LAN developers as well as designers and consumers of wireless products being developed to operate in unlicensed frequency bands. Designation: 802.15.3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2003 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for high data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal Operating Space (POS). A goal of the WPAN-HR (High Rate) Task Group will be to achieve a level of interoperability or coexistence with other 802.15 Task Groups. It is also the intent of this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups such as 802.15.2. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for low complexity, low cost, low power consumption (comparable to the goals of 802.15.1) and high data rate wireless connectivity among devices within or entering the Personal Operating Space (POS). The data rate will be high enough, 20 Mbps or more, to satisfy a set of consumer multimedia industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will also address the Quality of Service capabilities required to support multimedia data types. Abstract: The protocol and compatible interconnection of data and multimedia communication equipment via 2.4 GHz radio transmissions in a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN) using low power and multiple modulation formats to support scalable data rates is defined in this standard. The Medium Access Control (MAC)sublayer protocol supports both isochronous and asynchronous data types. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: "ad hoc network,mobility,PAN,Personal Area Network,radio frequency,Wireless,WPAN,UWB,ultra-wideband,signals,low-rate,OFDM,Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing" Designation: 802.15.3a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension for the High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004 Project Scope: From: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3. To: This project will define an alternative PHY clause, in the frequency range of up to 24GHz, for a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3. Project Purpose: The intent of this project is to provide a standard for a low complexity, low cost, low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.3 (comparable to the goals for 802.15.3). The data rate will be high enough, 110 Mb/s or more (see 18a), to satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will address the requirements to support multimedia data types in multiple compliant co-located systems and also coexistence (18b). Key Words: "PAN,Personal Area Network,radio frequency,Wireless,WPAN,UWB,ultra- wideband,signals,low-rate,OFDM,Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing" Designation: 802.15.3a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension for the High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3. Project Purpose: The intent of this project is to provide a standard for a low complexity, low cost, low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.3 (comparable to the goals for 802.15.3). The data rate will be high enough, 110 Mb/s or more (see 18a), to satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will address the requirements to support multimedia data types in multiple compliant co- located systems and also coexistence (18b). Designation: 802.15.3b-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: Standard for IEEE Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN): Amendment to MAC Sublayer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: This amendment contains changes to the IEEE Std 802.15.3 required to improve implementation and interoperability. This will include minor optimizations while preserving backward compatibility. In addition, this amendment will correct errors, clarify ambiguities, and add editorial clarifications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to improve the ability of IEEE Std 802.15.3 to support emerging wireless multimedia applications; e.g., multimedia streaming, time synchronization, low latency data transfer, and peripheral connectivity. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.3-2003 The protocol and compatible interconnection of data and multimedia communication equipment via 2.4 GHz radio transmissions in a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN) using low power and multiple modulation formats to support scalable data rates is defined in this standard. The Medium Access Control (MAC) sublayer protocol supports both isochronous and asynchronous data types. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: channel time reuse, handover, implied acknowledgment, multicast, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: 802.15.3c-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Amendment 2: Millimeter-wave-based Alternative Physical Layer Extension Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.3-2003 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Mar 01, 2010 Abstract: This amendment defines and alternative physical layer (PHY) for IEEE Std 802.15.3-2003. Three PHY modes have been defined that enable data rates in excess of 5 Gb/s using the 60 GHz band. A beam forming protocol has been defined to improve the range of communicating devices. Aggregation and block acknowledgment have been defined to improve the medium access control (MAC) efficiency at the high data rates provided for by the PHY. Key Words: 802.15.3-2009, 802.15.3c-2009, 60 GHz, aggregation, beam forming, block acknowledgment, millimeter wave, uncompressed video, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: 802.15.4-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to produce specific enhancements and corrections to IEEE Std 802.15.4, all of which will be backwards compatible with IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. These enhancements and corrections include resolving ambiguities, reducing unnecessary complexity, increasing flexibility in security key usage, considerations for newly available frequency allocations, and others. IEEE Std 802.15.4 defines the physical layer (PHY) and medium access control (MAC) sublayer specifications for low-data-rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable, and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the personal operating space (POS) of 10 m. It is foreseen that, depending on the application, a longer range at a lower data rate may be an acceptable tradeoff. It is the intent of this revision to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as IEEE 802.15.2 and IEEE 802.11/ETSI- BRAN/MMAC 5GSG. Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to extend the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4 and to remove ambiguities in the standard. Implementations of the 2003 edition of this standard have revealed potential areas of improvements. Additional frequency bands are being made available in various countries that are attractive for this application space. Abstract: IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low- data-rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes improvements revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: P802.15.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Part 15.4: Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs) Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines the physical layer (PHY) and medium access control (MAC) sublayer specifications for low-data-rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable, and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the personal operating space (POS) of 10 m. Physical layers (PHYs) are defined for - devices operating in the license free 868-868.6 MHz, 902-928 MHz and 2400-2483.5 MHz bands, - devices with precision ranging, extended range, and enhanced robustness and mobility, - devices operating according to the Chinese regulations, Radio Management of P. R. of China doc. #6326360786867187500 or current document, for one or more of the 314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz frequency bands, and - devices operating in the 950-956 MHz allocation in Japan and coexisting with passive tag systems in the band. Project Purpose: The standard provides for ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate is high enough (250 kb/s) to satisfy a set of simple applications, but is also scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (20 kb/s or below) for wireless communications. In addition, one of the alternate PHYs provides precision ranging capability that is accurate to one meter. Multiple PHYs are defined to support a variety of frequency bands including - 868-868.6 MHz, - 802- 928 MHz, - 2400-2483.5 MHz, - 314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz band for LR-WPAN systems in China, and - 950-956 MHz in Japan. Abstract: IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low-data- rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes improvements revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: P802.15.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 15.4: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Status: Revision Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This Standard defines the physical layer (PHY) and medium access control (MAC) sublayer specifications for low-data-rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable, and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the personal operating space (POS) of 10 m. Physical layers (PHYs) are defined for - devices operating in the license free 868-868.6 MHz, 902-928 MHz and 2400-2483.5 MHz bands, - devices with precision ranging, extended range, and enhanced robustness and mobility, - devices operating according to the Chinese regulations, Radio Management of P. R. of China doc. #6326360786867187500 or current document, for one or more of the 314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz frequency bands, and - devices operating in the 950 MHz -956 MHz allocation in Japan and coexisting with passive tag systems in the band. Project Purpose: The standard provides for ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate is high enough (250 kb/s) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but is also scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (20 kb/s or below) for wireless communications. In addition, one of the alternate PHYs provides precision ranging capability that is accurate to one meter or better with improved the communication range, robustness and mobility. Multiple PHYs are defined to support a variety of frequency bands including - 868-868.6 MHz, - 802-928 MHz, - 2400-2483.5 MHz, - 314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz band for LR-WPAN systems in China, and - 950 MHz-956 MHz in Japan. Abstract: IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low-data- rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes improvements revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: 802.15.4-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: May 12, 2003 Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2.and 802.11/ETSI- BRAN/MMAC 5GSG. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum of 250kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (20kbps or below) for wireless communications. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.15.4-2006 IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low- data-rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes improvements revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. Key Words: "ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, personal area network (PAN), radio frequency (RF), short range, wireless, wireless personal area network (WPAN)" Designation: 802.15.4 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for STANDARD FOR Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2 and 802.11/ETSI-BRAN/MMAC 5GSG. Project Purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum of 200kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (10kbps or below) for wireless communications. The project may also address the location tracking capabilities required to support uses of smart tags and badges. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Project scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2 and 802.11/ETSI-BRAN/MMAC 5GSG. Project purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum of 200kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (10kbps or below) for wireless communications. The project may also address the location tracking capabilities required to support uses of smart tags and badges. Key Words: IEEE 802.15 , IEEE 802.15.4 , IEEE P802.15 , IEEE P802.15.4 Designation: P802.15.4-2006/Cor 1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) - Corrigendum 1 Status: Corrigenda of Standard History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Std 802.15.4. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that standard. It does not contain new material. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Std 802.15.4. Designation: 802.15.4a-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs): Amendment 1: Add Alternate PHYs Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2007 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007 Project Scope: Insert the following new paragraph at the end of 1.2: In addition, alternative physical layers (PHYs) for data communication devices with precision ranging, extended range, and enhanced robustness and mobility are specified. Project Purpose: Insert the following new paragraph at the end of 1.3: This standard also provides an international standard for an ultra-low complexity, ultra-low cost, ultra-low power consumption alternate PHY for IEEE Std 802.15.4™ (comparable to the goals for IEEE Std 802.15.4- 2003). To satisfy an evolutionary set of industrial and consumer requirements for wireless personal area network (WPAN) communications, the precision ranging capability will be accurate to one meter or better,and the communication range, robustness, and mobility improved over IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. The requirements to support coexisting networks of sensors, controllers, and logistic and peripheral devices in multiple compliant co-located systems are addressed. Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low data rate, low power and low complexity, short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). Remarks: Amendment of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2006. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: 802.15.4c-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Amendment 2: Alternative Physical Layer Extension to support one or more of the Chinese 314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz bands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.4-2006 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2009 Abstract: This amendment defines alternate PHY and modifications to the MAC needed to support the PHY that complies with the applicable Chinese regulations, Radio Management of P. R. of China doc. # 6326360786867187500 or current document, for one or more of the 314–316 MHz, 430–434 MHz, and 779–787 MHz frequency bands. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.15.4c-2009, ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: 802.15.4d-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)Amendment 3: Alternative Physical Layer Extensionto support the Japanese 950 MHz bands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.4™-2006 Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2009 Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.4-2006 is limited to defining a new PHY and such changes to the MAC as are necessary to support a new frequency allocation (950 MHz) in Japan. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.15.4d-2009, ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN Designation: P802.15.4e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Part 15.4: Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs) Amendment to the MAC sub- layer Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: The intention of this amendment is to enhance and add functionality to the 802.15.4 MAC to a) better support the industrial markets and b) permit compatibility with modifications being proposed within the Chinese WPAN. Specifically, the MAC enhancements are limited to: * TDMA: to provide a)determinism, b)enhanced utilization of bandwidth * Channel Hopping: to provide additional robustness in high interfering environments and enhance coexistence with other wireless networks * GTS: to increase its flexibility such as a) supporting peer to peer, b)the length of the slot, and c) number of slots * CSMA: to improve throughput and reduce energy consumption * Security: to add support for additional options such as asymmetrical keys * Low latency: to reduce end to end delivery time such as needed for control applications Project Purpose: This functionality facilitates Industrial applications (such as addressed by HART 7 and the ISA100 proposed standards), and those enhancements defined by the proposed Chinese WPAN standard that aren't included in TG4c. This amendment addresses coexistence with wireless protocols such as 802.11, 802.15.1, 802.15.3, and 802.15.4. Designation: 802.15.4e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) - Amendment: Amendment to the MAC sub-layer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: The intention of this amendment is to enhance and add functionality to the 802.15.4-2006 MAC to a) better support the industrial markets and b) permit compatibility with modifications being proposed within the Chinese WPAN. Specifically, the MAC enhancements are limited to: • TDMA: to provide a)determinism, b)enhanced utilization of bandwidth • Channel Hopping: to provide additional robustness in high interfering environments and enhance coexistence with other wireless networks • GTS: to increase its flexibility such as a) supporting peer to peer, b)the length of the slot, and c) number of slots • CSMA: to improve throughput and reduce energy consumption • Security: to add support for additional options such as asymmetrical keys • Low latency: to reduce end to end delivery time such as needed for control applications Project Purpose: This functionality facilitates Industrial applications (such as addressed by HART 7 and the ISA100 proposed standards), and those enhancements defined by the proposed Chinese WPAN standard that aren't included in TG4c. This amendment addresses coexistence with wireless protocols such as 802.11, 802.15.1, 802.15.3, and 802.15.4. Designation: P802.15.4f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Part 15.4: Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs) Amendment: Active Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) System Physical Layer (PHY) Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This amendment defines a Physical Layer (PHY), and those Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) modifications required to support it, for Active Radio Frequency Indentification (RFID) readers and tags. It allows for efficient communications with active RFID tags and sensor applications in an autonomous manner in a promiscuous network, using very low energy consumption (low duty cycle), and low PHY transmitter power. The PHY parameters are flexible and configurable to provide optimized use in a variety of active RFID tag operations including simplex and duplex transmission (reader-to-tag and tag-to-readers), multicast (reader to a select group of tags), uni-cast as in reader to a single tag, tag-to-tag communication, and multi-hop capability. The PHY specification supports a large tag population (hundreds of thousands) which may consist of a number of densely populated (closely situated or packed) tags within a single reader field and supports basic applications such as read and write with authentication and an accurate location determination capability. The communication reliability of the system is very high for applications such as active tag inventory counting or auditing. The active RFID device frequency band(s) used are available world-wide, with or without licensing, and the active RFID PHY is capable of avoiding, or operating in the presence of interference from other devices operating within the Active RFID's frequency band of operation. Where unlicensed bands are utilized, this amendment also addresses coexistence with other 802 wireless standards operating in the same bands. Project Purpose: This amendment provides for low cost, ultra low energy consumption, flexible and highly reliable communication means and air interface protocol for Active RFID and sensor applications. The air interface supports a wide range of needs for active RFID systems and enable improved performance and flexibility for mass deployments of active RFID systems around the world. Designation: 802.15.4f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) - Amendment: Active Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) System Physical Layer (PHY) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This amendment defines a Physical Layer (PHY), and those Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) modifications required to support it, for Active Radio Frequency Indentification (RFID) readers and tags. It allows for efficient communications with active RFID tags and sensor applications in an autonomous manner in a promiscuous network, using very low energy consumption (low duty cycle), and low PHY transmitter power. The PHY parameters are flexible and configurable to provide optimized use in a variety of active RFID tag operations including simplex and duplex transmission (reader-to-tag and tag-to-readers), multicast (reader to a select group of tags), uni-cast as in reader to a single tag, tag-to-tag communication, and multi-hop capability. The PHY specification supports a large tag population (hundreds of thousands) which may consist of a number of densely populated (closely situated or packed) tags within a single reader field and supports basic applications such as read and write with authentication and an accurate location determination capability. The communication reliability of the system is very high for applications such as active tag inventory counting or auditing. The active RFID device frequency band(s) used are available world-wide, with or without licensing, and the active RFID PHY is capable of avoiding, or operating in the presence of interference from other devices operating within the Active RFID’s frequency band of operation. Where unlicensed bands are utilized, this amendment also addresses coexistence with other 802 wireless standards operating in the same bands. Project Purpose: This amendment provides for low cost, ultra low energy consumption, flexible and highly reliable communication means and air interface protocol for Active RFID and sensor applications. The air interface supports a wide range of needs for active RFID systems and enable improved performance and flexibility for mass deployments of active RFID systems around the world. Designation: P802.15.4g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Part 15.4: Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs) Amendment: Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Data Rate Wireless Smart Metering Utility Networks Status: Revision of Amendment Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: (See explanatory notes in Secton 8.1) This Standard defines an amendment to IEEE 802.15.4. It addresses principally outdoor Low Data Rate Wireless Smart Metering Utility Network requirements. It defines an alternate PHY and only those MAC modifications needed to support its implementation. Specifically, the amendment supports all of the following: * Operation in any of the regionally available license exempt frequency bands, such as 700MHz to 1GHz, and the 2.4 GHz band. * Data rate of at least 40 kbits per second but not more than 1000 kbits per second * . Achieve the optimal energy efficient link margin given the environmental conditions encountered in Smart Metering deployments. * Principally outdoor communications * PHY frame sizes up to a minimum of 1500 octets * Simultaneous operation for at least 3 co-located orthogonal networks * Connectivity to at least one thousand direct neighbors characteristic of dense urban deployment Provides mechanisms that enable coexistence with other systems in the same band(s) including IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16 systems. Project Purpose: To provide a global standard that facilitates very large scale process control applications such as the utility smart-grid network. This amendment supports large, geographically diverse networks with minimal infrastructure. Smart Metering Utility Networks can potentially contain millions of fixed endpoints. The communication range, robustness, and coexistence characteristics required for this class of application have not been met with existing 802 standards (See explanatory notes in Section 8.1). Designation: 802.15.4g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) - Amendment: Physical Layer(PHY) Specifications for Low Data Rate Wireless Smart Metering Utility Networks Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: (See explanatory notes in Secton 8.1) This Standard defines an amendment to IEEE 802.15.4. It addresses principally outdoor Low Data Rate Wireless Smart Metering Utility Network requirements. It defines an alternate PHY and only those MAC modifications needed to support its implementation. Specifically, the amendment supports all of the following: • Operation in any of the regionally available license exempt frequency bands, such as 700MHz to 1GHz, and the 2.4 GHz band. • Data rate of at least 40 kbits per second but not more than 1000 kbits per second • . Achieve the optimal energy efficient link margin given the environmental conditions encountered in Smart Metering deployments. • Principally outdoor communications • PHY frame sizes up to a minimum of 1500 octets • Simultaneous operation for at least 3 co-located orthogonal networks • Connectivity to at least one thousand direct neighbors characteristic of dense urban deployment Provides mechanisms that enable coexistence with other systems in the same band(s) including IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16 systems. Project Purpose: To provide a global standard that facilitates very large scale process control applications such as the utility smart-grid network. This amendment supports large, geographically diverse networks with minimal infrastructure. Smart Metering Utility Networks can potentially contain millions of fixed endpoints. The communication range, robustness, and coexistence characteristics required for this class of application have not been met with existing 802 standards (See explanatory notes in Section 8.1). Designation: P802.15.4j Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Amendment: Alternative Physical Layer Extension to support Medical Body Area Network (MBAN) services operating in the 2360-2400 MHz band Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This amendment defines a physical layer for IEEE 802.15.4 in the 2360 to 2400 MHz band which complies with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) MBAN rules. This amendment defines modifications to the MAC needed to support this new physical layer. Project Purpose: This amendment describes support for Medical Body Area Networks (MBAN) operating in the band from 2360 to 2400 MHz. The FCC rules define the use of the MBAN band. This amendment allows 15.4 and MAC amendments to be used in the MBAN band. Designation: P802.15.4k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Amendment - Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Energy, Critical Infrastructure Monitoring Networks (LECIM) Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard is an amendment to IEEE 802.15.4. It addresses principally those applications such as critical infrastructure monitoring. It defines an alternate PHY and only those MAC modifications needed to support its implementation. The amendment supports: ' *Operation in any of the regionally available licensed, license exempt, and special purpose frequency bands ' *Simultaneous operation for at least 8 co-located orthogonal networks ' *Application data rate of less than 40 kbits per second ' *Propagation path loss of at least 120 dB ' *>1000 endpoints per mains powered infrastructure ' *Asymmetric application data flow ' *Extreme difference in capabilities and performance between endpoint devices and coordinating devices (collectors) ' -coordinator may support all standardized modulations (MCS) and data rates ' -coordinator may be required to support antenna diversity or antenna beam steering ' -end point must be able to conserve energy ' *Reliable operation in dramatically changing environments (no control over environment) This amendment also provides mechanisms that enable coexistence with other systems in the same band(s) including IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16 systems. (See explanatory notes in Section 8.1) Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to facilitate point to multi- thousands of points communications for critical infrastructure monitoring devices. The amendment addresses the application's user needs of minimal network infrastructure, and enables the collection of scheduled and event data from a large number of non-mains powered end points that are widely dispersed, or are in challenging propagation environments. To facilitate low energy operation necessary for multi-year battery life, the amendment minimizes network maintenance traffic and device wake durations. In addition, the amendment addresses the changing propagation and interference environments. Designation: 802.15.5-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 15.5: Mesh Topology Capability in Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Jul 28, 2009 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide a recommended practice to provide the architectural framework enabling WPAN devices to promote interoperable, stable, and scaleable wireless mesh topologies and, if needed, to provide the amendment text to the current WPAN standards that is required to implement this recommended practice. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to facilitate wireless mesh topologies optimized for IEEE 802.15 WPANs. Mesh Topology provides the following features to WPANs: - Extension of network coverage without increasing the transmit power or the receiver sensitivity - Enhanced reliability via route redundancy - Easier network configuration - Better device battery life Abstract: The scope is to provide a recommended practice to provide the architectural framework enabling WPAN devices to promote interoperable, stable, and scaleable wireless mesh topologies and, if needed, to provide the amendment text to the current WPAN standards that is required to implement this recommended practice. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.15.5-2009, address assignment, block addressing, broadcast, carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance, high-rate WPAN mesh, HR- WPAN mesh, multicast, low-rate WPAN mesh, LR-WPAN mesh, mesh, mesh coordinator, server routing, wakeup interval, multiple hop, multi-hop, local link state, logical tree, portable, portability, power saving, reliable broadcast, sensor network, traceroute, unicast, wireless PAN, WPAN Designation: P802.15.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.6: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)used in or around a body. Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This ia a standard for short range, wireless communication in the vicinity of, or inside, a human body (but not limited to humans). It can use existing ISM bands as well as frequency bands approved by national medical and/or regulatory authorities. Support for Quality of Service (QoS), extremely low power, and data rates up to 10 Mbps is required while simultaneously complying with strict non-interference guidelines where needed. This standard considers effects on portable antennas due to the presence of a person (varying with male, female, skinny, heavy, etc.), radiation pattern shaping to minimize SAR* into the body, and changes in characteristics as a result of the user motions. *SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) measured in (W/kg) = (J/kg/s). SAR is regulated, with limits for local exposure (Head) of: in US: 1.6 W/kg in 1 gram and in EU: 2 W/kg in 10 gram. This limits the transmit (TX) power in US < 1.6 mW and in EU < 20 mW. Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide an international standard for a short range (ie about human body range), low power and highly reliable wireless communication for use in close proximity to, or inside, a human body. Data rates, typically up to 10Mbps, can be offered to satisfy an evolutionary set of entertainment and healthcare services. Current Personal Area Networks (PANs) do not meet the medical (proximity to human tissue) and relevant communication regulations for some application environments. They also do not support the combination of reliability (QoS), low power, data rate and noninterference required to broadly address the breadth of body area network applications. Designation: P802.15.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Short-Range Wireless Optical Communication Using Visible Light Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines a PHY and MAC layer for short-range optical wireless communications using visible light in optically transparent media. The visible light spectrum extends from 380 to 780 nm in wavelength. The standard is capable of delivering data rates sufficient to support audio and video multimedia services and also considers mobility of the visible link, compatibility with visible-light infrastructures, impairments due to noise and interference from sources like ambient light and a MAC layer that accommodates visible links. The standard adheres to applicable eye safety regulations Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a global standard for short-range optical wireless communication using visible light. The standard provides (i) access to several hundred THz of unlicensed spectrum; (ii) immunity to electromagnetic interference and noninterference with Radio Frequency (RF) systems; (iii) additional security by allowing the user to see the communication channel; and (iv) communication augmenting and complementing existing services (such as illumination, display, indication, decoration, etc.) from visible-light infrastructures. Abstract: This standard defines a PHY and MAC layer for short-range optical wireless communications using visible light in optically transparent media. The visible light spectrum extends from 380 to 780 nm in wavelength. The standard is capable of delivering data rates sufficient to support audio and video multimedia services and also considers mobility of the visible link, compatibility with visible-light infrastructures, impairments due to noise and interference from sources like ambient light and a MAC layer that accommodates visible links. The standard adheres to applicable eye safety regulations Designation: P802.15.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements--Part 15.7: Standard for Short-Range Wireless Optical Communication using Visible Light Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines a PHY and MAC layer for short-range optical wireless communications using visible light in optically transparent media. The visible light spectrum extends from 380 to 780 nm in wavelength. The standard is capable of delivering data rates sufficient to support audio and video multimedia services and also considers mobility of the visible link, compatibility with visible-light infrastructures, impairments due to noise and interference from sources like ambient light and a MAC layer that accommodates visible links. The standard will adhere to any applicable eye safety regulations Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a global standard for short-range optical wireless communication using visible light. The standard will provide (i) access to several hundred THz of unlicensed spectrum; (ii) immunity to electromagnetic interference and noninterference with Radio Frequency (RF) systems; (iii) additional security by allowing the user to see the communication channel; and (iv) communication augmenting and complementing existing services (such as illumination, display, indication, decoration, etc.) from visible-light infrastructures. Abstract: This standard defines a PHY and MAC layer for short-range optical wireless communications using visible light in optically transparent media. The visible light spectrum extends from 380 to 780 nm in wavelength. The standard is capable of delivering data rates sufficient to support audio and video multimedia services and also considers mobility of the visible link, compatibility with visible-light infrastructures, impairments due to noise and interference from sources like ambient light and a MAC layer that accommodates visible links. The standard will adhere to any applicable eye safety regulations Designation: 802.16-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 29, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 802.16-2004 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of combined fixed and mobile point-to-multipoint broadband wireless access (BWA) systems providing multiple services. The MAC is structured to support multiple PHY specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment. Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access, encourages consistent worldwide spectrum allocation, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband wireless access systems. Abstract: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of combined fixed and mobile point-to-multipoint broadband wireless access (BWA) systems providing multiple services. The MAC is structured to support multiple physical layer (PHY) specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment. The standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access, encourages consistent worldwide spectrum allocations and accelerates the commercialization of broadband wireless access systems. The standard is a revision of IEEE Std 802.16-2004, and consolidates material from IEEE 802.16eTM-2005, IEEE 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005, IEEE 802.16fTM-2005 and IEEE 802.16gTM-2007, along with additional maintenance items and enhancements to the management information base specifications. This revision supersedes and makes obsolete IEEE Std 802.16-2004 and all of its subsequent amendments and corrigenda. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.16-2009, broadband wireless access (BWA), cellular layer, fixed broadband wireless access, MAN, management information base (MIB), microwave, mobile broadband wireless access, OFDM, OFDMA, radio, standard, wireless access systems (WAS), WirelessMAN®, wireless metropolitan area network, WiMAX, 4G Designation: 802.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Changed Designation **Changed Designation to P802.16.1 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems operating between 10 and 66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Designation: P802.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of combined fixed and mobile point-to-multipoint broadband wireless access (BWA) systems providing multiple services. The MAC is structured to support the WirelessMAN-SC, WirelessMAN-OFDM, and WirelessMAN-OFDMA PHY specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment. Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access, encourages consistent worldwide spectrum allocation, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband wireless access systems. Designation: 802.16-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded **Supersedes 802.16-2001. This is standard 802.16-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005 Project Scope: This revised standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer and multiple physical layer specifications, of fixed broadband wireless access systems supporting multiple services. It consolidates IEEE Standards 802.16, 802.16a, and 802.16c, retaining all modes and major features without adding modes. Content is added or revised to improve performance, ease deployment, or replace incorrect, ambiguous, or incomplete material, including system profiles. Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access, ecnourages consistent worldwide spectrum allocations, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband wireless access systems. Abstract: It consolidates IEEE Standards 802.16 , 802.16a , and 802.16c , retaining all modes and major features without adding modes. Content is added or revised to improve performance, ease deployment, or replace incorrect, ambiguous, or incomplete material, including system profiles. Project purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wire line broadband access, encourages consistent worldwide spectrum allocations, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband wireless access systems. Key Words: fixed broadband wirelss access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN standards Designation: 802.16-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 24, 2002 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems operating between 10 and 66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Abstract: Conformance to IEEE Std 802.16-2001 as amended by IEEE Std 802.16a ™ -2003 and IEEE Std 802.16c ™ -2002) Abstract: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC 9646-1:1994 and 9646-2:1995 and ITU-T X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10–66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE 802.16. Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN standards" Designation: 802.16 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems operating between 10 and 66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Designation: 802.16 Edition Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 802.16-2001/Conformance01-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 1: Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air Interface Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 24, 2003 Project Scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to implement the protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented and what limitations might prevent interworking. It allows a customer of the product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product meets the customer's requirements. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Project scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16 . Project purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to implement the protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented and what limitations might prevent interworking. It allows a customer of the product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product meets the customer's requirements. Key Words: "broadband wireless access (BWA), compliance test, fixed broadband wireless access networks, local multipoint distribution service (LMDS), metropolitan area network, microwaves, millimeter waves, point-to- multipoint, wireless access systems (WAS), WirelessMAN standards" Designation: 802.16-2004/Cor 1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Corrigendum to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2009. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006 Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Standard 802.16-2004. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that standard. It does not contain new material. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Standard 802.16-2004. Abstract: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Std 802.16-2004. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that standard. It does not contain new material. Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access networks, mobile broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN™ standards, IEEE 802 Drafts, IEEE P802 Drafts Designation: 802.16-2004/Cor 2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Corrigendum 2 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Std 802.16. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that standard. It does not contain material that introduces enhancements or new features. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is only to correct errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Std 802.16-2004 as amended by IEEE Std 802.16e-2005, IEEE Std 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005 and IEEE Std 802.16f-2005. Designation: 802.16.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded **Changed designation to 802.16 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems oeprating between 10 and 66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Designation: 802.16.1b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems including License-Exempt Frequencies Status: Superseded **Changed designation to P802.16b Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the medium access control layer and physical layers of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. Physical layers are specified for both licensed and license-exempt bands. This Amendment expands the scope of the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands (thereby defining the Wireless High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area Network [WirelessHUMANTM] Standard). It specifies the physical layer and medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed broadband wireless metropolitan area network systems, including point-to- multipoint. The standard enables access to data, video, and voice services with quality of service in unlicensed (i.e., license-exempt) bands designated for public network access. It will focus on the 5-6 GHz range and may be applied to unlicensed bands between 2 and 11 GHz. It will address strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed applications. The project will utilize or modify applicable elements from the following: · MAC: IEEE 802.16 · PHY: IEEE 802.11a; ETSI BRAN HIPERLAN/2 Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. This Amendment enhances the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands. It will identify techniques to tolerate interference in the unlicensed bands and facilitate strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed band systems such as 802.11 and 802.15. It will encourage consistent worldwide spectrum allocation and accelerate the commercialization of unlicensed broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of unlicensed frequencies will address a market that includes residences, small office-home office (SOHO), telecommuters, and small and medium enterprises (SME). Designation: 802.16.2-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: This project revises IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001. In particular, it specifies extensions and modifications addressing two distinct topics. The first is coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the frequency range 10-66 GHz. The second is coexistence among fixed broadband wireless access systems operating in licensed bands within the frequency range 2-11 GHz. Updates to the existing content will also be considered. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Revision is to provide additional coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and system integrators. The specifications will facilitate the deployment and operation of fixed broadband wireless access systems while minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001 Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency usage. It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 GHz and 66 GHz, with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz, 10.5 GHz, and 23.5 – 43.5 GHz. Key Words: coexistence , fixed broadband wireless access (FBWA) , interference , local multipoint distribution service (LMDS) , millimeter waves , multichannel multipoint distribution service (MMDS) , microwaves , multipoint (MP) , point-to-multipoint (PMP) , radio Designation: 802.16.2-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16.2-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Jul 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 2001 Project Scope: This project covers development of a Recommended Practice for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access (BWA)systems operating from 10-66 GHz (with a focus on 23.5-43.5 GHz)in order to minimize interference so as to maximize system performance and/or service quality. This practice will provide for coexistence using frequency and spatial separation and will cover three areas. First,it will recommend limits of in-band and out-of-band emissions from BWA transmitters through parameters including radiated power,spectral masks and antenna patterns. Second,it will recommend receiver tolerance parameters, including noise floor degradation performance, for interference received from other BWA systems. Third,it will provide coordination parameters,including separation distances,and power flux density limits,to enable successful deployment of BWA systems with tolerable interference. The scope includes interference between systems deployed across geographic boundaries in the same frequency band and systems deployed in the same geographic area in different frequency bands (including different systems deployed by a single license-holder in sub-bands of the licensees authorized bandwidth). The scope does not cover coexistence issues due to intrasystem frequency re-use within the operator 's licensed band,and it does not consider the impact of interference created by BWA systems on non-BWA terrestrial and satellite systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide coexistence guidelines to license holders,service providers,deployment groups,and system integrators.The equipment parameters contained within this practice will benefit equipment and component vendors and industry associations by providing design targets. The benefits of this practice will include: · Coexistence of different systems with higher assurance that system performance objectives will be met. · Minimal need for case-by-case interference studies and coordination between operators to resolve interference issues. · Preservation of a favorable electromagnetic environment for deployment and operation of BWA systems, including future systems compliant to IEEE 802.16 interoperability standards. · Improved spectrum utilization. · Cost-effective system deployment. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.16.2-2004 Abstract:This IEEE recommended practice provides guidelines for minimizing interference in fixed broadband wireless access (BWA)systems operating in the frequency range 10 to 66 GHz, with particular focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. It analyzes coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design,deployment,coordination,and frequency usage. Key Words: "coexistence, fixed broadband wireless access (BWA), interference, local multipoint distribution service (LMDS), millimeter wave, multipoint, point-to-multipoint, radio, wireless metropolitan area network (WirelessMAN) standard" Designation: 802.16.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Coexistence of Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: This project covers development of a Recommended practice for the design and coordinated deployment of broadband wireless access (BWA) systems to minimize interference so as to maximize system performance and/or service quality. This practice will provide for coexistence using frequency and spatial separation and will cover three areas. First, it will recommend limits of in-band and out-of-band emissions from BWA transmitters through parameters including radiated power, spectral masks and antenna patterns. Second, it will recommend receiver tolerance parameters, including noise floor degradation and blocking performance, for intereference received from other BWA systems as well as from other terrestrial and satellite systems. Third, it will provide coordination parameters, including band plans, separation distances, and power flux density limits, to enable successful deployment of BWA systems with tolerable interference. The scope includes interference between systems deployed across geographic boundaries in the same frequency band and systems deployed in the same geographic area in different frequency bands (including different systems, deployed by a single license-holder in sub-bands of the licensees authorized bandwidth). The scope does not cover coexistence issues due to intra-system frequency re-use wihin the operator's licensed band, and it does not consider the impact of interference created by BWA systems on non-BWA terrestrial and satellite systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and system integrators. The equipment parameters contained wihtin this practice will benefit equipment and component vendors and industry associations by providing design targets. The benefits of this practice will include: Coexistence of different systems with higher assurance that system performance objectives will be met; Minimal need for case-by-case interference studies and coordination between operators to resolve interference issues; Preservation of a favorable electromagnetic environment for deployment and operation of BWA systems, including future systems compliant to the 802.16 interoperability standard; Optimization of coverage and spectrum utilization; Cost-effective system deployment. Designation: 802.16.2a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001 Project Scope: This project will develop extensions and modifications to IEEE 802.16.2-2001 addressing two distinct topics. The first topic is the coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the frequency range 10-66 GHz, with a focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. Two types of point-to-point systems will be considered: those used by fixed BWA operators and those used as individually assigned links, commonly licensed on a "first-come, first-served" basis. The second topic is coexistence among fixed BWA systems operating in licensed bands within the frequency range 2- 11 GHz. Clarifications and updates to the existing standard will also be considered. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to provide additional coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and system integrators, covering coexistence with point-to-point systems (primarily from 23.5 - 43.5 GHz) and coexistence among licensed fixed BWA systems operating in the 2-11 GHz frequency range. The equipment parameter values contained within this amended practice will benefit license holders, equipment and component vendors, and industry associations by facilitating the deployment and operation of fixed BWA systems while minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination. A further purpose is to encourage voluntary procedures that facilitate a simpler licensing process for systems operating below 11 GHz, particularly in the 2.5 GHz MMDS/ITFS bands in the USA. Abstract: Abstract :This standard provides recommendations for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design,deploy- ment,coordination,and frequency usage.It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 and 66 GHz,with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz,10.5 GHz,and 23.5-43.5 GHz. Key Words: IEEE Std 802.16.2a-2003 , 802.16.2a , P802.16.2a , Coexistence , fixed broadband wireless access (BWA) , interference , local multipoint distribution service (LMDS) , multichannel multipoint distribution service (MMDS) , millimeter waves , microwaves , Designation: 802.16.2a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002 Project Scope: This project specifies extensions and modifications to IEEE Standard 802.16.2-2001 addressing two distinct topics. The first is coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the frequency range 10-66 GHz, with a focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. The second topic is coexistence among fixed BWA systems operating in licensed bands within the frequency range 2-11 GHz. Clarifications and updates to the existing standard will also be considered. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to provide coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and system integrators, covering coexistence with point-to-point systems (primarily from 23.5-43.5 GHz) and coexistence among licensed fixed BWA systems operating in the 2-11 GHz frequency range. The specifications will facilitate the deployment and operation of fixed BWA systems while minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination. Designation: 802.16.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems in Licensed Bands from 2 to 11 GHz Status: Changed Designation **Changed designation to P802.16a Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems (e.g. those supporting data rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data, video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed bands designated for public network access. It applies to systems operating between 2 and 11 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences, Small Office/Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters, and Small and Medium Enterprises (SME). Designation: 802.16/Conformance02-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 2: Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air Interface Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003 Project Scope: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC Standards 9646-1, and 9646-2 (1995) and ITU-T Standards X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. Project Purpose: This document describes the structure of the suite of tests and the test purposes for WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. It therefore provides the second of three specifications (per ISO/IEC 9646-1 and 9646-2) required to support conformance and interoperability testing of devices built to the specifications in IEEE 802.16. Abstract: (Conformance to IEEE Std 802.16-2001 as amended by IEEE Std 802.16a ™ -2003 and IEEE Std 802.16c ™ -2002) Abstract: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC 9646-1:1994 and 9646-2:1995 and ITU-T X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10–66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE 802.16. Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area network, microwaves, millimeter waves, WirelessMAN™ standards" Designation: 802.16/Conformance02-200x Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 2: Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air Interface Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC Standards 9646-1, and 9646-2 (1995) and ITU-T Standards X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. Project Purpose: This document describes the structure of the suite of tests and the test purposes for WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. It therefore provides the second of three specifications (per ISO/IEC 9646-1 and 9646-2) required to support conformance and interoperability testing of devices built to the specifications in IEEE 802.16. Designation: 802.16/Conformance03-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 3: Radio Conformance Tests (RCT) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC(TM) Air Interface Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2004 Project Scope: This standard represents the Radio Conformance Test (RCT) specification for base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (TM) (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Standard 802.16. Project Purpose: These radio conformance test specifications form the basis of conformance and interoperability testing at the radio interface. Abstract: This standard represents the Radio Conformance Tests (RCT) specification for base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC™ (10–66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE 802.16. Key Words: "compliance, fixed broadband wireless access network, microwaves, millimeter waves, radio conformance test, WirelessMAN™ standards, wireless metropolitan area network" Designation: 802.16/Conformance04-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE 802.16 - Part 4: Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma for Frequencies below 11 GHz Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2007 Project Scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the air interface specified in IEEE P802.16-REVd for frequencies below 11 GHz. Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within the air interface specified for frequencies below 11 GHz in IEEE P802.16- REVd. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to implement the protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented. It allows a user of the product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product meets the user's requirements. Abstract: Conformance to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 This amendment updates and expands IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to allow for mobile subscriber stations. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: broadband wireless access (BWA), compliance test, fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area network, microwaves, point-to- multipoint, wireless access systems WAS), WirelessMAN® standards Designation: 802.16a-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Medium Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer Specifications for 2-11 GHz Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Jan 29, 2003, ANSI APP: May 27, 2003 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint (and, in license-exempt bands, optional mesh topology) broadband wireless access systems (e.g., those supporting data rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data, video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed bands designated for public network access and license-exempt bands. It applies to systems operating between 2 and 11 GHz, where such services are permitted. This Amendment expands the scope of the IEEE Standard 802.16 by extending it to bands between 2-11 GHz, whereas the scope of the original project was limited to 10-66 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, provide mechanisms for coexistence with other license-exempt band systems such as 802.11 and 802.15, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences, Small Office-Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters and Small and Medium Enterprises (SME). Abstract: Supeseded by IEEE Std 802.16-2004 (Amendment to IEEE Std 802.16 ™ -2001) Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.16- 2001 by enhancing the medium access control layer and providing additional physical layer specifications in support of broadband wireless access at frequencies from 2-11 GHz. The resulting standard specifies the air interface of fixed (stationary) broadband wireless access systems providing multiple services. The medium access control layer is capable of supporting multiple physical layer specifications optimized for the frequency bands of application. The standard includes particular physical layer specifications applicable to systems operating between 2 and 66 GHz. It supports point-to-multipoint and optional mesh topologies. Key Words: "broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, WirelessMAN standards" Designation: 802.16a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Standard Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Media Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer for 2-11 GHz Status: Superseded Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems (e.g., those supporting data rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data, video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed bands designated for public network access. It applies to systems operating between 2 and 11 GHz. Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences, Small Office-Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters and Small and Medium Enterprises (SME). Designation: 802.16b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Standard Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Media Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer for License- Exempt Frequencies Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: This standard specifies the medium access control layer and physical layers of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to- multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables transport of data, video, and voice services. Physical layers are specified for both licensed and license-exempt bands. This Amendment expands the scope of the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands (thereby defining the Wireless High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area Network [WirelessHUMAN™] Standard). It specifies the physical layer and medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed broadband wireless metropolitan area network systems, including point-to- multipoint. The standard enables access to data, video, and voice services with quality of service in unlicensed (i.e., license-exempt) bands designated for public network access. It will focus on the 5-6 GHz range and may be applied to unlicensed bands between 2 and 11 GHz. It will address strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed applications. The project will utilize or modify applicable elements from the following: · MAC: IEEE 802.16 · PHY: IEEE 802.11a; ETSI BRAN HIPERLAN/2 Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost- effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. This Amendment enhances the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands. It will identify techniques to tolerate interference in the unlicensed bands and facilitate strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed band systems such as 802.11 and 802.15. It will encourage consistent worldwide spectrum allocation and accelerate the commercialization of unlicensed broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of unlicensed frequencies will address a market that includes residences, small office-home office (SOHO), telecommuters, and small and medium enterprises (SME). Designation: 802.16c-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 1: Detailed System Profiles for 10-66 GHz Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2004. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003 Project Scope: s Amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16-2001, which concerns system profiles that list sets of features and functions to be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16-2001 will also be corrected. The scope is limited to 10-66 GHz Project Purpose: To aid the deployment of interoperable systems by defining and naming a set of system profiles to which manufacturers can test compliance, and by correcting errors and inconsistencies. Abstract: This amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16-2001, which concerns system profiles that list sets of features and functions to be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16-2001 are also corrected. The scope is limited to 10–66 GHz. Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area network, millimeter waves, microwaves, WirelessMAN standards" Designation: 802.16d Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Detailed System Profiles for 2-11 GHz Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This Amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16, which concerns system profiles that list sets of features and functions to be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16 will also be corrected. The scope is limited to 2-11 GHz. Project Purpose: This standard aids the deployment of interoperable systems by defining and naming a set of system profiles to which manufacturers can test compliance. It also corrects errors and inconsistencies. Designation: 802.16e-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment for Physical and Medium Access Control Layers for Combined Fixed and Mobile Operation in Licensed Bands Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2009. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to support subscriber stations moving at vehicular speeds and thereby specifies a system for combined fixed and mobile broadband wireless access. Functions to support higher layer handoff between base stations or sectors are specified. Operation is limited to licensed bands suitable for fixed/mobile use below 6 GHz. Fixed 802.16-2004 subscriber capabilities shall not be compromised. In addition to mobility enhancements, this document contains substantive corrections to IEEE 802.16-2004 regarding fixed operation. Project Purpose: This standard will increase the market for broadband wireless access solutions by taking advantage of the inherent mobility of wireless media. It will fill the gap between very high data rate wireless local area networks and very high mobility cellular systems. It will support fixed and mobile services for both enterprise and consumer markets. Abstract: This amendment updates and expands IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to allow for mobile subscriber stations. Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, mobile broadband wireless access network, WirelessMAN standards Designation: 802.16e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment for Physical and Medium Access Control Layers for Combined Fixed and Mobile Operation in Licensed Bands Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16/802.16a to support subscriber stations moving at vehicular speeds and thereby specifies a system for combined fixed and mobile broadband wireless access. Functions to support higher layer handoff between base stations or sectors are specified. Operation is limited to licensed bands suitable for mobility between 2 and 6 GHz. Fixed 802.16a subscriber capabilities shall not be compromised (See Item #18). Project Purpose: This standard will increase the market for broadband wireless access solutions by taking advantage of the inherent mobility of wireless media. It will fill the gap between very high data rate wireless local area networks and very high mobility cellular systems. It will support fixed and mobile services for both enterprise and consumer markets. Designation: 802.16f-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 1: Management Information Base Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2009. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2006 Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to define a management information base(MIB) for the MAC and PHY and associated management procedures. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a definition of managed objects to enable standards-based management of IEEE 802.16 device. Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.16-2004 by defining a management information base (MIB) for the MAC and PHY and associated management procedures. Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access network, management information base (MIB), metropolitan area network(MAN), microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN® standards Designation: 802.16g-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 3: Management Plane Procedures and Services Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.16-2009. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to the MAC and PHY management entities of IEEE Standard 802.16-2004, as amended by P802.16e, to create standardized procedures and interfaces for the management of conformant 802.16 devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide conformant 802.16 equipment with procedures and services to enable interoperable and efficient management of network resources, mobility, and spectrum, and to standardize management plane behavior in 802.16 fixed and mobile devices. Abstract: This standard defines management procedures as enhancements to the IEEE 802.16 air interface standard for fixed and mobile broadband wireless systems. It specifies the management functions, interfaces, and protocol procedures. Key Words: broadband wireless access, BWA, cellular layer, fixed broadband wireless access, MAN, management information base, MIB, microwave, mobile broadband wireless access, OFDM, OFDMA, radio, standard, WAS, wireless access systems, wireless metropolitan area network, WirelessMAN® Designation: 802.16h-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Amendment 2: Improved Coexistence Mechanisms for License-Exempt Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 30, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.16-2009 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 2011 Abstract: This amendment specifies improved mechanisms, as policies and medium access control enhancements, to enable coexistence among license-exempt systems based on IEEE Std 802.16 and to facilitate the coexistence of such systems with primary users. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: broadband wireless access, BWA, coexistence, Coexistence Control Channel, coexistence mechanism, Coexistence Protocol, Coexistence Signaling, contention-based protocol, license-exempt, OFDMA, radio, standard, WAS, wireless access systems, WirelessMAN(R), WirelessMAN-CX, WirelessMAN-UCP, wireless metropolitan area network Designation: 802.16i Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Mobile Management Information Base Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This document provides mobility enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16 MIB for the MAC, PHY and associated management procedures. The project will use protocol-neutral methodologies for network management to develop resource models and related solution sets for the management of devices in a multi-vendor 802.16 mobile network. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a definition of managed objects to enable the standards-based management of 802.16 devices. Abstract: Draft D5 Designation: 802.16j-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Amendment 1: Multihop Relay Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.16-2009 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2009 Abstract: This document specifies OFDMA physical layer and medium access control layer enhancements to IEEE Std. 802.16 for licensed bands to enable the operation of relay stations. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.16j-2009, broadband wireless access (BWA), MAN, microwave, mobile, multihop relay, OFDM, OFDMA, radio, standard, wireless access systems (WAS), WirelessMAN®, wireless metropolitan area network Designation: 802.16k-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 2: Bridging of IEEE 802.16 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 14, 2007 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D to support Bridging of the IEEE 802.16 MAC. This involves: (a) Adding one subclause to Clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.16 MAC service; (b) minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex A. Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard in recognition of the 802.16 Media Access Control (MAC). Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.1D, as previously amended by IEEE Std 802.17a-2004, to support the bridging of the IEEE 802.16 medium access control Key Words: local area networks, LANs, MAC Bridges, transparent bridging, VLANs, wireless metropolitan area networks, WMAN Designation: 802.16m-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Approved Draft Amendment Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Advanced Air Interface Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2011 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.16-2009 Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Abstract: This amendment specifies the WirelessMAN-Advanced Air Interface, an enhanced air interface designated as "IMT-Advanced" by the International Telecommunication Union--Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R). The amendment is based on the WirelessMAN-OFDMA specification and provides continuing support for legacy subscriber stations. Key Words: IEEE 802.16m, IMT-Advanced radio interface, WirelessMAN-Advanced Air Interface, wireless metropolitan area networks Designation: P802.16n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Amendment: Higher Reliability Networks Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: This amendment specifies protocol enhancements to the IEEE 802.16 medium access control layer (MAC) for enabling increased robustness and alternate radio path establishment in degraded network conditions. Limited orthogonal frequency-division multiple access physical layer (OFDMA PHY) extensions are included for enabling operation with radio path redundancy and direct communication between subscriber stations. Also mobile base stations and mobile relay stations are supported. Project Purpose: This amendment addresses higher reliability requirements that are not supported by IEEE Std. 802.16 presently. Designation: P802.16p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Amendment to Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Enhancements to Support Machine-to-Machine Applications Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This amendment specifies IEEE Std 802.16 medium access control (MAC) enhancements and minimal orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) physical layer (PHY) modifications in licensed bands to support lower power consumption at the device, support by the base station of significantly larger numbers of devices, efficient support for small burst transmissions, and improved device authentication. Project Purpose: This amendment decribes enhancements to enable a range of Machine-to-Machine applications in which the device communications require wide area wireless coverage in licensed bands, and are automated rather than human-initiated or human-controlled for purposes such as observation and control. Designation: 802.17-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines a resilient packet ring access protocol for use in local, metropolitan, and wide area networks, along with appropriate physical layer specifications for transfer of data packets at rates scalable to multiple gigabits per second. Project Purpose: The standard defines a very high-speed network protocol that is optimized for packet transmission in resilient ring topologies needing service quality differentiation, efficient use of bandwidth, fair use of bandwidth, ease of use, and robustness. Abstract: This draft standard defines the medium access control characteristics, physical layer interface methods and layer management parameters for the resilient packet ring (RPR) access method for ring topologies. A set of protocols for detecting and initializing the shared ring configuration, recovering from failures, and regulating fair access to the shared medium are also described. Specifications are provided for interface to a number of physical layers, supporting data rates up to 10 Gb/s. System considerations and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided in this standard. Key Words: fairness, layer management, metropolitan area network (MAN), medium access control, physical layer, protection switching, resilient packet ring (RPR), ring topology, topology detection Designation: 802.17-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 2005 Project Scope: Define a Resilient Packet Ring Access Protocol for use in Local, Metropolitan, and Wide Area Networks, along with appropriate Physical Layer specifications for transfer of data packets at rates scalable to multiple gigabits per second. Project Purpose: The standard will define a very high-speed network protocol that is optimized for packet transmission in resilient ring topologies. Current standards are either optimized for TDM transport, or optimized for mesh topologies. There is no high-speed (greater than 1 billion bits per second) networking standard in existence, which is optimized for packet transmission in ring topologies. Abstract: This standard defines the medium access control characteristics, physical layer interface methods and layer management parameters for the resilient packet ring (RPR) access method for ring topologies. A set of protocols for detecting and initializing the shared ring configuration, recovering from failures, and regulating fair access to the shared medium are also described. Specifications are provided for interface to a number of physical layers, supporting data rates up to 10 Gb/s. System considerations and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided in this standard. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: fairness, layer management, metropolitan area network (MAN), medium access control, physical layer, protection switching, resilient packet ring (RPR), ring topology, topology detection Designation: 802.17a-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 1: Bridging of IEEE Std 802.17 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 2004 **Amends IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D:2004 to support Bridging of 802.17 MACs. This involves: Adding one subclause to clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC service; Minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex A. Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard recognition of the 802.17 Media Access Control (MAC). Abstract: Amendment #1 to IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D-2004 to support Bridging of IEEE Std 802.17 MACs. This involves: Adding one subclause to clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC service; Minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex A. Related Products: IEEE Std 802.17-2004, IEEE 802.1D-2004. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: bridging, IEEE 802.1D, IEEE 802.17, internal sublayer service, media access control bridges, resilient packet ring (RPR) Designation: 802.17a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Common Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002 Project Scope: Amend 802.1D:1998 to support Bridging of 802.17 MACs. This involves: Adding one subclause to clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC service; Minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex A. Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard recognition of the 802.17 Media Access Control (MAC). Designation: 802.17b-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment 1 - Spatially Aware Sublayer Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 23, 2007 Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007 Project Scope: This standard defines a resilient packet ring access protocol for use in local, metropolitan, and wide area networks, along with appropriate physical layer specifications for transfer of data packets at rates scalable to multiple gigabits per second. Project Purpose: 802.17-2004 provides spatial reuse for ring-local unicast transmissions. This limits spatial reuse to host stations (e.g. routers) attached to the ring and precludes other devices that(eg. bridges). The amendment will extend the class of frame types and device types that can achieve spatial reuse to significantly improve bandwidth efficiency on Resilient Packet Rings. Abstract: This amendment enables a Service Provider to use the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.17-2004 to offer improvements in bandwidth utilization, by means of spatial reuse, for applications of RPR that involve bridging clients. Remarks: Amendment of IEEE Std 802.17-2004. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: bridging, fairness, layer management, medium access control, metropolitan area network (MAN), physical layer, protection switching, resilient packet ring (RPR), ring topology, spatial reuse, topology detection Designation: 802.17b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Resilient Packet Ring Access Method & Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment 1 - Spatially Aware Sublayer Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This project amends 802.17-2004 adding one or more new clauses defining optional extensions to support increased spatial reuse on the media. 802.17-2004 allows spatial reuse for ring local unicast transmissions, this amendment adds support for spatial reuse of other frame transmissions (e.g. remote bridging as seen in 802.1 D/Q). Changes to existing clauses of 802.17-2004 are permitted if required to support the new clauses. Project Purpose: 802.17-2004 provides spatial reuse for ring-local unicast transmissions. This limits spatial reuse to host stations (e.g. routers) attached to the ring and precludes other devices that(eg. bridges). The amendment will extend the class of frame types and device types that can achieve spatial reuse to significantly improve bandwidth efficiency on Resilient Packet Rings. Designation: 802.17c-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 17: Resilient packet ring (RPR) access method and physical layer specifications Amendment 2: Protected inter-ring connection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.17-2004 as amended by IEEE Std 802.17b-2007 Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2010 Abstract: A service provider’s use of the architecture and protocols of IEEE 802.17 to support ring interconnection through dual station homing, providing 50 ms protection, loop prevention, and load balancing of traffic between rings, is added by this amendment. Key Words: bridging, fairness, layer management, medium access control, metropolitan area network (MAN), physical layer, protection switching, resilient packet ring (RPR), ring topology, spatial reuse, topology detection Designation: 802.19 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 19: Methods for assessing coexistence of wireless networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen Shellhammer, Phone:858-658-1874, Email:shellhammer@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes methods for assessing coexistence of wireless networks. The document defines recommended coexistence metrics and methods of computing these coexistence metrics. The focus of the document is on IEEE 802 wireless networks, though the methods developed here may be applicable in other standards development organizations and development communities. Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend methods to evaluate the coexistence of wireless networks. Designation: P802.19.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 19: TV White Space Coexistence Methods Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: The standard specifies radio technology independent methods for coexistence among dissimilar or independently operated TV Band Device (TVBD) networks and dissimilar TV Band Devices. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to enable the family of IEEE 802 Wireless Standards to most effectively use TV White Space by providing standard coexistence methods among dissimilar or independently operated TVBD networks and dissimilar TVBDs. This standard addresses coexistence for IEEE 802 networks and devices and will also be useful for non IEEE 802 networks and TVBDs. Designation: 802.1aa Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Port Based Network Access Control - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1X:2001 Port based Network Access Control standard. Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1X:2001 Port based Network Access Control standard. Designation: 802.1AB-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-- Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 17, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 802.1AB-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol facilitates the identification ofstations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs, their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols. This standard defines a protocol that a) Advertises connectivity and management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802 access protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management information schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing connection information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility with the IETF PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B14]). Project Purpose: An IETF MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B14]), as well as a number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network’s physical topology and associated systems within that topology. This standard specifies the necessary protocol and management elements to a) Facilitate multi-vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management tools to discover and make available physical topology information for network management. b) Make it possible for network management to discover certain configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can result in impaired communication at higher layers. c) Provide information to assist network management in making resource changes and/or reconfigurations that correct configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions identified in b) above. Abstract: A protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from adjacent stations in IEEE 802® LANs are defined in this standard. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1AB-2009, link layer discovery protocol, management information base, topology discovery, topology information Designation: 802.1AB-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1AB-2009. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol facilitates the identification of stations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs, their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols. This standard defines a protocol that: a) Advertises connectivity and management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802 access protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management information schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing connection information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility with the IETF PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15] Project Purpose: An IETF Standard MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]), as well as a number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network's physical topology and associated systems within that topology. However, there is no standard protocol for populating these MIBs or communicating this information among stations on the IEEE 802 LAN. This standard specifies the necessary protocol and management elements to: a) Facilitate multi-vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management tools to discover and make available physical topology information for network management. b) Make it possible for network management to discover certain configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can result in impaired communication at higher layers. c) Provide information to assist network management in making resource changes and/or reconfigurations that correct configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions identified in b) above. Abstract: This document defines a protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from adjacent stations in 802 LANs. Key Words: link layer discovery protocol, management information base, topology discovery, topology information Designation: 802.1AB Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol facilitates the identification of stations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs, their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols. This standard defines a protocol that: a) Advertises connectivity and management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802 access protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management information schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing connection information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility with the IETF PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15] Project Purpose: An IETF Standard MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]), as well as a number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network's physical topology and associated systems within that topology. However, there is no standard protocol for populating these MIBs or communicating this information among stations on the IEEE 802 LAN. This standard specifies the necessary protocol and management elements to: a) Facilitate multi- vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management tools to discover and make available physical topology information for network management. b) Make it possible for network management to discover certain configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can result in impaired communication at higher layers. c) Provide information to assist network management in making resource changes and/or reconfigurations that correct configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions identified in b) above. Designation: P802.1AC Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Media Access Control (MAC) Service Definition Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define the Medium Access Control Service found in Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, and the Internal Sublayer Service and Extended Internal Sublayer Service provided within MAC Bridges, in abstract terms of: a) their semantics, primitive actions and events; and b) the parameters of, interrelationship between, and valid sequences of, these actions and events. Project Purpose: The MAC service was originally defined within an ISO/IEC standard (ISO/IEC 15802-1), and the Internal Sublayer Services are defined within IEEE 802.1D and IEEE 802.1Q. The purpose of this standard is to revise the documentation of these existing services within a single, common service definition standard. It is not the purpose of this project to make technical changes to these services. Designation: 802.1AC Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Media Access Control (MAC) Service Definition Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002 Project Scope: To define the Medium Access Control Service found in Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, and the Internal Sublayer Service and Extended Internal Sublayer Service provided within MAC Bridges, in abstract terms of: a) their semantics, primitive actions and events; and b) the parameters of, interrelationship between, and valid sequences of, these actions and events. Project Purpose: The MAC service was originally defined within an ISO/IEC standard (ISO/IEC 15802-1), and the Internal Sublayer Services are defined within IEEE 802.1D and IEEE 802.1Q. The purpose of this standard is to revise the documentation of these existing services within a single, common service definition standard. It is not the purpose of this project to make technical changes to these services. Designation: 802.1ad-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks---Amendment 4: Provider Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 26, 2006 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop an architecture and bridge (-1-) protocols, compatible and interoperable with existing Bridged Local Area Network protocols and equipment, to: (a) provide separate instances of the MAC service (-3-) to multiple independent users of a Bridged Local Area Network (-1-, -2-) in a manner that does not require cooperation among the users, and requires a minimum of cooperation between the users and the provider of the MAC service, and to define basic management of users' MAC services. References: -1- IEEE Std. 802.1D, -2- IEEE Std. 802.1Q, -3- IEEE Std. 802, -4- IEEE P802.1S. Project Purpose: This standard will enable a Service Provider to offer the equivalent of separate LAN Segments, Bridged or Virtual Bridged LANs, to a number of users, over the Provider's bridged network. This Standard will enable the use of the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.1Q, and provide for interoperability and consistent management. Abstract: This amendment enables a service provider to use the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.1Q to offer the equivalent of separate LANs, Bridged Local Area Networks, or Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks to a number of customers, while requiring no cooperation between the customers, and minimal cooperation between each customer and the service provider. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs) Designation: 802.1AE-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Security Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify provision of connectionless user data confidentiality, frame data integrity, and data origin authenticity by media access independent protocols and entities that operate transparently to MAC Clients. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate secure communication over publicly accessible LAN/MAN media for which security has not already been defined, and allow the use of IEEE Std 802.1X, already widespread and supported by multiple vendors, in additional applications. Abstract: This standard specifies how all or part of a network can be secured transparently to peer protocol entities that use the MAC Service provided by IEEE 802® LANs to communicate. MAC security (MACsec) provides connectionless user data confidentiality, frame data integrity, and data origin authenticity. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: authorized port, data origin authenticity, integrity/confidentiality, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MAC security and tack, MAC Service, MANs, metropolitan area networks, MSAP, port-based network access control, secure association, security, service access point, transparent bridging Designation: P802.1AEbn Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Security Amendment 1: Galois Counter Mode-Advanced Encryption Standard-256 (GCM-AES-256) Cipher Suite Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies the optional use of the GCM-AES-256 Cipher Suite in addition to the existing Default Cipher Suite, GCM-AES-128. Project Purpose: This standard specifies the optional use of AES-256 for MAC Security using GCM (Galois Counter Mode) and will update the 802.1AE-2006 references to support that specification. Abstract: This amendment specifies the GCM-AES-256 Cipher Suite as an option in addition to the existing mandatory to implement Default Cipher Suite, GCM-AES-128. Key Words: authorized port, confidentiality, data origin authenticity, integrity, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MAC security, MAC Service, MANs, metropolitan area networks, port based network access control, secure association, security, transparent bridging Designation: 802.1af Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Port-Based Network Access Control - Amendment 1: Authenticated Key Agreement for Media Access Control (MAC) Security Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004 Project Scope: This standard extends 802.1X to establish security associations for 802.1ae MAC Security, and provide media access method independent association discovery. This standard facilitates the use of additional industry standard authentication, authorization, and key management protocols. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate secure communication over publicly accessible LAN/MAN media for which security has not otherwise been defined, and allow the use of IEEE Std 802.1X, already widespread and supported by multiple vendors, in additional applications. Abstract: Draft Version D1.7. LAN service access points (ports) to secure communication between authenticated and authorized devices. This standard specifies a common architecture, functional elements, and protocols that support mutual authentication between the clients of ports attached to the same LAN and secure communication between the ports, including the media access method independent protocols that are used to discover and establish the security associations used by IEEE Std 802.1AE MAC Security. Key Words: P802.1af, Wireless LAN, local area networks, LANs, metropolitan area networks, MANs Designation: 802.1ag-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 5: Connectivity Fault Management Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2007 **Amendment to Std 802.1Q -2005 as amended by IEEE Std 802.1ad-2005 and IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support transport fault management. These allow discovery and verification of the path, through bridges and LANs, taken for frames addressed to and from specified network users, detection, and isolation of a connectivity fault to a specific bridge or LAN. Project Purpose: Bridges are increasingly used in networks operated by multiple independent organizations, each with restricted management access to each other’s equipment. This standard will provide capabilities for detecting, verifying and isolating connectivity failures in such networks. Abstract: Amendment to Std 802.1Q -2005 as amended by IEEE Std 802.1ad-2005 and IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007. : This amendment specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support connectivity fault management. These allow discovery and verification of the path. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: fault management, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MANs, metropolitan area networks, OAM, transparent bridging, VLANs Designation: 802.1ah-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 7: Provider Backbone Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 14, 2008 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: Insert the following text and bullets immediately after bullet z: To allow scaling of Provider Networks to at least 224 Service Virtual LANs, this standard further specifies the operation of Provider Backbone Bridges (PBBs) by means of an architecture and bridge protocols compatible and interoperable with Provider Bridged Network protocols and equipment, allowing interconnection of multiple Provider Bridged Networks. To this end, it aa) Introduces Backbone Edge Bridges that, by exchanging backbone frames that encapsulate the addresses, VLAN tags, and data of customer frames, support the virtual, media independent, equivalent of a number of independent instances of the service provided by media dependent frame transmission procedures. ab) Extends the parameters of the Internal Sublayer Service (ISS) and Enhanced Internal Sublayer Service (EISS) to include a connection identifier, capable of referencing the backbone addresses and other parameters, used to convey customer frames from one Backbone Edge Bridge (BEB) to all, or one of, the other BEBs supporting a particular backbone service instance. ac) Specifies the format of the Backbone Service Instance tag (I-TAG) that encapsulates the customer addresses, and introduces a Backbone Service Instance Identifier (I-SID) that allows each BEB to support a number of backbone service instances and permits the unambiguous identification of up to 224 backbone service instances within a single Provider Backbone Bridged Network (PBBN). ad) Provides a model of Backbone Edge Bridge operation in terms of VLAN-aware bridge components that allows the use of Provider Bridges as Backbone Core Bridges, with PBBN traffic carried as frames containing I-TAGs on particular Backbone VLANs (B-VLANs) potentially coexisting with PBN traffic carried as frames without I-TAGs on other Backbone VLANs. ae) Specifies the interfaces that a Provider Backbone Bridged Network can provide to transport service frames. These comprise a Port-based service interface that assigns all received untagged and priority-tagged frames to a single S-VLAN transported over a single backbone service instance, an S-tagged service interface capable of mapping individual S-VLANs to different backbone service instances, and an I- tagged service interface capable of mapping frames from one set of backbone service instances to another. af) Describes the use of redundant bridges and access LANs to protect backbone service access against failure of any of those systems or components. ag) Specifies the management of Backbone Edge Bridges in terms of the model of operation [item ad) above], making use of defined management objects for the individual VLAN- aware bridge components, and adding managed objects to facilitate service creation. ah) Describes the use of connectivity fault management (CFM) to detect and isolate faults in the connectivity provided to individual S-VLANs across the PBBN, in the connectivity provided to the group of S-VLANs supported by a single backbone service instance (identified by an I-SID), and in the connectivity provided to individual B-VLANs within the backbone itself. ai) Specifies extensions to the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) to allow network administrators to protect against loops through peered PBBNs without requiring coupling of spanning trees that operate independently for each PBBN. Abstract: Draft Version D4.2. This amendment defines an architecture and bridge protocols for interconnection of multiple Provider Bridged Networks, allowing a Provider to support up to 224 service instances. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1ah-2008, Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MANs, metropolitan area networks, MRP, MSTP, Multiple Registration Protocol, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol, Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol, MVRP, Provider Bridged Local Area Networks, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, virtual LANs Designation: 802.1aj-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 11: Two-Port Media Access Control (Mac) Relay Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q™-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 17, 2010 Project Scope: Insert the following text at the end of this subclause: Additionally, this standard specifies the function of a Two-Port MAC Relay (TPMR), along with protocols and procedures that support its operation. A TPMR is a type of bridge that has only two externally accessible Ports, and supports a subset of the functionality of a MAC Bridge. A TPMR is transparent to all frame-based media independent protocols, except those explicitly addressed to it and those that are destined for reserved MAC addresses that the relay function of the TPMR is defined not to forward. It is remotely manageable through at least one of its external MACs, and signals a failure of either MAC’s LAN through the other MAC. A TPMR should only be attached to point-to-point LANs. The conformance requirements for a TPMR are stated in 5.15 and 5.16. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q defines the architecture, procedures and protocols associated with relay devices that are able to interconnect two LANs. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1aj-2009, 802.1Q-2005, MAC Relay, network interface device, Provider Bridged Networks, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, Virtual LANs, VLANs Designation: 802.1ak-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 07: Multiple Registration Protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 2007 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007 Project Scope: In addition, this standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP). MRP allows participants in an MRP Application to register attributes with other participants in a Bridged Local Area Network. Two applications are defined—one to register VLANs [Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol (MVRP)] and one to register MAC addresses [Multiple MAC Registration Protocol (MMRP)]. MVRP will furthermore provide for the rapid healing of network failures without interrupting services to unaffected VLANs. To this end, it specifies the following: a) MRP and the operation of the MRP protocol entities.1, 2 b) The generic frame formats used in MRP protocol exchanges. c) The Multiple MAC Registration Protocol (MMRP) application of MRP, and the frame formats that it uses. d) The Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol (MVRP) application of MRP, and the frame formats that it uses. Project Purpose: The use of bridges by Ethernet Service Providers has greatly increased the number of VLANs and Group MAC Addresses in Provider Bridged Networks. The time and bandwidth required by the existing GVRP and GMRP protocols to register this information has become a dominant factor in the fault recovery time of a Provider Bridged Network. In a large network, localized topology changes can affect the service over a much larger portion of the network. This standard replaces GARP with MRP, greatly improving both situations. Abstract: Draft Version 2.0. This corrigndum to IEEE Std 802.1ak corrects errors in the MRP protocol specification. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, MRP, MMRP, MVRP, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, virtual LANs Designation: 802.1ap-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -- Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 8: Management Information Base (MIB) Definitions for VLAN Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2009 **Amendment to 802.1Q-2005. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2009 Abstract: This amendment includes management information base (MIB) definitions in IEEE Std 802.1Q. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1ap-2008, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, Management Information Base, MANs, metropolitan area networks, MIB, Simple Network Management Protocol, SMIv2, SNMP, Structure of Management Information version 2, transparent bridging, VLANs Designation: P802.1aq Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 8: Shortest Path Bridging Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard specifies shortest path bridging of unicast and multicast frames, including protocols to calculate multiple active topologies that can share learnt station location information, and support of a VLAN by multiple, per topology, VLAN identifiers (VIDs). Project Purpose: This amendment will augment the existing, successful, multi- vendor interoperable bridging specifications to allow use of shortest path communication within administratively defined network regions, while retaining concurrent support for all existing capabilities and configurations. Designation: 802.1AR-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Secure Device Identity Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2009 **New standard History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 26, 2010 Project Scope: This standard specifies unique per-device identifiers (DevID) and the management and cryptographic binding of a device to its identifiers, the relationship between an initially installed identity and subsequent locally significant identities, and interfaces and methods for use of DevIDs with existing and new provisioning and authentication protocols. Project Purpose: This standard defines a standard identifier for IEEE 802 devices that is cryptographically bound to that device, and defines a standard mechanism to authenticate a device’s identity. A verifiable unique device identity allows establishment of the trustworthiness of devices. This facilitates secure device provisioning. Abstract: A secure device identifier (DevID) is cryptographically bound to a device and supports authentication of the device’s identity. Locally significant identities can be securely associated with an initial manufacturer-provisioned DevID and used in provisioning and authentication protocols to allow a network administrator to establish the trustworthiness of a device and select appropriate policies for transmission and reception of data and control protocols to and from the device. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1AR-2009, access control, authentication, authorization, certificate, LANs, local area networks, MAC security, MANs, metropolitan area networks, PKI, port-based network access control, secure association, secure device identifier, security, X.509 Designation: 802.1AR Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Secure Device Identity Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: This standard specifies unique per-device identifiers (DevID) and the management and cryptographic binding of a device to its identifiers, the relationship between an initially installed identity and subsequent locally significant identities, and interfaces and methods for use of DevIDs with existing and new provisioning and authentication protocols. Project Purpose: There is presently no standard identifier for IEEE 802 devices that is cryptographically bound to that device, nor is there a standard mechanism to authenticate a device’s identity. A verifiable unique device identity allows establishment of the trustworthiness of devices. This facilitates secure device provisioning. Designation: 802.1AS-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Timing and Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2011 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Feb 10, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol and procedures used to ensure that the synchronization requirements are met for time-sensitive applications, such as audio and video, across bridged and virtual bridged local area networks consisting of local area network (LAN) media where the transmission delays are fixed and symmetrical; for example, IEEE 802.3 full- duplex links. This includes the maintenance of synchronized time during normal operation and following addition, removal, or failure of network components and network reconfiguration. It specifies the use of IEEE 1588 specifications where applicable in the context of IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 and IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005.1 Synchronization to an externally provided timing signal (e.g., a recognized timing standard such as UTC or TAI) is not part of this standard but is not precluded. Project Purpose: This standard enables stations attached to bridged LANs to meet the respective jitter, wander, and time synchronization requirements for time-sensitive applications. This includes applications that involve multiple streams delivered to multiple endpoints. To facilitate the widespread use of bridged LANs for these applications, synchronization information is one of the components needed at each network element where time-sensitive application data are mapped or demapped or a time-sensitive function is performed. This standard leverages the work of the IEEE 1588 Working Group by developing the additional specifications needed to address these requirements. Abstract: This standard defines a protocol and procedures for the transport of timing over bridged and virtual bridged local area networks. It includes the transport of synchronized time, the selection of the timing source (i.e., best master), and the indication of the occurrence and magnitude of timing impairments (i.e., phase and frequency discontinuities). Key Words: best master, frequency offset, grandmaster, IEEE 802.1AS, phase offset, synchronization, syntonization, time-aware system Designation: 802.1AX-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Link Aggregation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 03, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Apr 07, 2009 Project Scope: Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group, such that a MAC Client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. To this end, it specifies the establishment of data terminal equipment (DTE) to DTE logical links, consisting of N parallel instances of full duplex point- to-point links operating at the same data rate. This standard defines the MAC independent Link Aggregation capability, and general information relevant to specific MAC types that support Link Aggregation. Project Purpose: Link Aggregation allows the establishment of full duplex point-to-point links that have a higher aggregate bandwidth than the individual links that form the aggregation. This allows improved utilization of available links in bridged LAN environments, along with improved resilience in the face of failure of individual links. Abstract: Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group, such that a Media Access Control (MAC) Client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. To this end, it specifies the establishment of data terminal equip­ment (DTE) to DTE logical links, consisting of N parallel instances of full duplex point-to- point links operating at the same data rate. This standard defines the MAC independent Link Aggregation capability, and general information relevant to specific MAC types that support link aggregation. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1AX-2008, Aggregated Link, Aggregator, Link Aggregation, Link Aggregation Group, local area network, management Designation: P802.1AXbk Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Link Aggregation Amendment: Protocol Addressing Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This standard specifies changes to the addressing used by the link aggregation control and marker protocols. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to change the constraints on the addresses used by the protocols defined in the 802.1AX standard in order to allow an aggregated link to span Two-Port Media Access Control (MAC) Relays and to span Provider Bridged Networks. Designation: 802.1B-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network: LAN/MAN Management Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 15802-2. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to ISO/IEC standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an architecture for station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding are defined. Key Words: local area network, management, Metropolitan area networks Designation: P802.1BA Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Audio Video Bridging (AVB) Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines profiles that select features, options, configurations, defaults, protocols and procedures of bridges, stations and LANs that are necessary to build networks that are capable of transporting time sensitive audio and/or video data streams. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify defaults and profiles that manufacturers of LAN equipment can use to develop AVB- compatible LAN components, and to enable a person not skilled in networking to build a network, using those components, that does not require configuration to provide working Audio and/or Video services. Abstract: This standard defines profiles that select features, options, configurations, defaults, protocols and procedures of bridges, stations and LANs that are necessary to build networks that are capable of transporting time sensitive audio and/or video data streams. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs), time sensitive data streams, audio video bridging, AVB. Designation: 802.1D-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 09, 2004 **Supersedes 802.1D-1998, 802.1t-12001, 802.1w-2001, and 802.11c-1998. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2004 Project Scope: Revision of the standard to: Change the title of the standard to its original form, prior to the publication of the 1998 edition as an ISO/IEC standard; incorporate technical and editorial corrections, including those currently documented under P802.1y; incorporate existing published amendments (802.1t, 802.1w); remove the Spanning Tree protocol defined in Clause 8 and attendant textual corrections. Project Purpose: Maintenance and removal of material that is now redundant. Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.1D-2004, IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges" Key Words: "active topology, filtering, GARP, GMRP, LANs, local area networds, MAC Bridges, MAC Service, MANS, metropolitan area networks, multicast registration, transparent bridging, quality of service, RSTP, spanning tree" Designation: 802.1D-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Network MAC (Media Access Control) Bridges Status: Superseded **Revision of 802.1D-1990 edition (aka ISO/IEC 10038). 802.1D incorporates P802.1p and P802.12e. It also incorporates and supersedes published standards 802.1j and 802.6k. Superseded by 802.1D-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999 Project Scope: IEEE Std 802.1D specifies the operation of MAC Bridges, which interconnect IEEE 802 Standard Local Area Networks (LANS). Project Purpose: To implement correction, of both editorial and minor technical nature, to IEEE Std 802.1D. Abstract: The concept of Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging, introduced in the 1993 edition of this standard, has been expanded to define additional capabilities in Bridged LANs aimed at providing for expedited traffic capabilities, to support the transmission of time-critical information in a LAN environment; and providing filtering services that support the dynamic use of Group MAC Addresses in a LAN environment. Key Words: LAN, media access control bridges, MAC Bridge management Designation: 802.1D-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 10038. Superseded by 802.1D-1998. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1D-1998 An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802® Local Area Networks (LANs) below the MAC Service boundary is defined. MAC Bridges, as specified by this standard, allow communications between end stations attached to separate LANs, each with its own separate MAC, to be transparent to logical link control (LLC) and network layer protocols, just as if the stations were attached to the same LAN. Key Words: LAN, MAC, sublayer, interconnection, bridging Designation: 802.1E-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: Standard for Local Area Network: System Load Protocol Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 15802-4. Draft 7, dated 25 Mar 90, was approved. 16- Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE 802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image to multiple destination systems. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed. Key Words: LAN, load, protocol, local, networks Designation: 802.1F-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Common Definitions and Procedures for IEEE 802 Management Information Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Nov 09, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1994 Abstract: Management information and procedures applicable across the entire family of IEEE 802 LAN/MAN standards within the architectural framework for LAN/MAN Management specified in IEEE Std 802-1990 are identified. Common management information, such as attributes to represent MAC address and managed objects to represent configurable gauges, are specified. The need of developers of LAN/MAN management specifications for common procedures to develop, describe, and register management information is addressed. Key Words: LAN, MAN, management, Metropolitan area networks, Local area networks Designation: 802.1G Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 5: Remote Media Status: Changed Designation **See 15802-5:1998 Designation: 802.1H Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended Practice for Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet in Local Area Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies extensions to the behavior of MAC Bridges to facilitate interoperability in bridged networks containing a mixture of IEEE 802.3 LANs and other types of LANs. To avoid future incompatibilities, this Technical Report provides guidelines for the identification of protocols operating over IEEE 802 MACs, with particular emphasis on protocols that use the Ethernet Type field. Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice provides guidelines for protocol identification and translation rules for bridges to support interoperability between IEEE 802.2 and Ethernet Type – based protocols. Designation: 802.1H-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice for Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet Version 2.0 in 802 Local Area Networks Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **This is now available as ISO/IEC Technical Report 11802-5: 1997. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 02, 1996 Project Scope: For the purpose of facilitating the interoperability of ISO/IEC 10038 MAC Bridges and end stations in bridged LANs comprising CSMA/CD networks containing a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet end stations and other types of LANs, this Technical Report specifies extensions to the behavior of MAC Bridges. To this end this Technical Report a) Extends the Bridge service interface model to support multiple MAC services on a single LAN and to add a Bridge-Tunnel service interface. b) Defines the Selective Translation Algorithm used by a Bridge to convert between Ethernet and ISO/ IEC 8802 frame formats. c) Defines the protocols used by a Bridge to convey Ethernet frames across ISO/IEC 8802 LANs, the Bridge-Tunnel Encapsulation Protocol, and the RFC1042 Encapsulation Protocol. Additionally, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities, this Technical Report provides guidelines for the development of nonstandard ISO/IEC 8802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge. Project Purpose: The following are the express goals of this Technical Report: a) Preservation of full interoperability between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs. b) Enhancement of interoperability between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs and nonstandard LANs (i.e., Ethernet). c) Encouragement of vendors to migrate to ISO/IEC 8802-based protocols. d) Preservation of existing interoperability mechanisms between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs and nonstandard LANs. e) Engendering the design of new ISO/IEC 8802 protocols, and the migration of existing Ethernet protocols, in a fashion that is compatible with Bridges and ISO/IEC 8802 end stations. The following is not a goal of this Technical Report: Providing communication between two end stations, with the same physical LAN protocol, which are otherwise not capable of communicating when attached to a single LAN. Abstract: Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified. Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities. Key Words: carrier sense, multiple access, CSMA/CD, data processing, ethernet, fibre distributed data interface, FDDI, information exchange, LAN protocol, LAN, MAN, MAC bridges, interconnection, network interconnect, translation table, selective translation table Designation: 802.1i-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Network MAC Bridges - Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Supplement Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 10038. Supplement to 802.1D-1990. Superseded by 802.1D-1998. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1992 Abstract: This standard is a supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990. The scope and field of application of IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 are extended to transparent bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) local area networks (LANs) and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs. Key Words: FDDI Designation: 802.1j-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to Information technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems- Local area networks-Media access control (MAC) bridges: Managed objects for MAC bridges Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 [ISO/IEC 10038-1993].On 6/98 Rev agenda to be incorporated into 802.1D Superseded by 802.1D-1998 History: BD APP: Oct 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1997 Project Scope: The encoding in ISO GDMO* format of the managed objects and operations specified for MAC Bridges in IEEE Std 802.1D *Guidelines Document for Managed Objects Project Purpose: To facilitate management of IEEE Std 802.1D MAC Bridges using OSI Management Protocols. Abstract: Managed object classes and their components that permit remote management of ISO/IEC 10038-conformant MAC bridges by means of suitable management protocols, including the services and protocols defined in ISO/IEC 15802-2: 1995, LAN/MAN Management; and those defined in ISO/IEC 9595: 1991, CMIS; and ISO/IEC 9596-1: 1991, CMIP; are defined. The managed object definitions are documented in the notation defined in ISO/IEC 10165-4: 1992, GDMO. Key Words: 802.1D, MAC, data processing, layer managed objects, layer management, LAN, local area networks, managed objects, metropolitan area networks, MAN, network interconnection Designation: 802.1k-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to LAN/MAN Management: Discovery and Dynamic Control of Event Forwarding (Clause 11) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 15802-2. Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1B-1992. 16-Jan- 04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1b-1995 Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. Key Words: LAN, Management, MAN, dynamic control Designation: 802.1m-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998 Title: Standard for System Load Protocol Supplement: Managed Object Definitions and Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 15802-4. Supplement to 802.1E. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Sep 29, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Defines managed object classes for the System Load Protocol, compatible with the IEEE 802.1B and ISO/IEC CMIP protocols and defines a PICS Proforma for the System Load Protocol. These items are specified in the form of changes to the base text of IEEE Std 802.1E-1990. Designation: 802.1p Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Supplement to Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges: Traffic Class Expediting and Dynamic Multicast Filtering Status: Superseded **On 6/98 RevCom approved incorporation into 802.1D Project Scope: Specifications of mechanisms in MAC bridges to expedite delivery of time critical traffic and to limit the extent of high bandwidth multicast traffic within a Bridged Local Area Network. Specification of mechanisms to classify traffic as supporting time critical services or requiring multicast filtering on the basis of MAC frame information. Specification of optional protocol mechanism in MAC bridges to support dynamic registration for time critical delivery or filtering services by end stations. Specification of optional protocols between MAC Bridges to convey registration information in a Bridged Local Area Network. Project Purpose: To improve support of time critical and multicast intensive applications, including "multi-media" interactive applicatios, across bridged LANs. To reduce the degree to which the level of multicast traffic and the loading levels selected for timely information delivery limit the number of attached stations and the throughput of Bridged Local Area Networks. To facilitate Bridged Local Area Network support of the "hierarchical multicast" capabilities developed for internets, in a way that is compatible with their emerging network layer protocols. Key Words: local area networks, media access control bridges, traffic class expediting, multicast address filtering, MAC Bridge management, traffic class, 802 Designation: 802.1Q-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Approved Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--- Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges and Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Draft Version D.01/ (Incorporates IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005, IEEE Std 802.1ad- 2005, IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ag-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ah-2008, IEEE Std 802-1Q-2005/Cor-1-2008, IEEE Std 802.1ap-2008, IEEE Std 802.1Qaw- 2009, IEEE Std 802.1Qay-2009, IEEE Std 802.1aj-2009, and IEEE Std 802.1Qav- 2009 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges that interconnect individual Local Area Networks (LANs), each supporting the IEEE 802 MAC service using a different or identical media access control method, to provide Bridged Local Area Networks and Virtual LANs (VLANs). Project Purpose: MAC Bridges, as specified by this standard, allow the compatible interconnection of information technology equipment attached to separate individual LANs. Abstract: This standard specifies how the MAC Service is supported by Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, the principles of operation of those networks, and the operation of VLAN-aware Bridges, including management, protocols, and algorithms. The amendments that were specified in IEEE Std 802.1AD enable a service provider to use the architecture and protocols defined in this standard to offer the equivalent of separate LANs, Bridged Local Area Networks, or Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks to a number of customers, while requiring no cooperation between the customers, and minimal cooperation between each customer and the service provider. Key Words: P802.1Q, Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Designation: 802.1Q-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006 Project Scope: For the purpose of compatible interconnection of information technology equipment using the IEEE 802 MAC Service supported by interconnected IEEE 802 standard LANs using different or identical media access control methods, this standard specifies the operation of MAC Bridges that support Virtual LANs (VLANs). To this end it a) Positions the support of VLANs within an architectural description of the MAC Sublayer; b) Defines the principles of operation of the VLAN-aware Bridge in terms of the support and preservation of the MAC Service, and the maintenance of Quality of Service; c) Specifies an Enhanced Internal Sublayer Service provided to the Media Access Independent functions that provide frame relay in a VLAN- aware Bridge; d) Establishes the principles and a model of Virtual Bridged Local Area Network operation; e) Identifies the functions to be performed by VLAN-aware Bridges, and provides an architectural model of the operation of a Bridge in terms of Processes and Entities that provide those functions; f) Specifies a frame format that allows a VLAN Identifier (VID) and priority information to be carried by VLAN tagged user data frames; g) Specifies the rules that govern the addition or removal of VLAN tags to and from user data frames; h) Specifies the rules that govern the ability to carry user data in either Canonical format or Noncanonical format in VLAN-tagged frames; i) Establishes the requirements for automatic configuration of VLAN topology; j) Establishes the requirements for VLAN-aware Bridge Management in a Virtual Bridged Local Area Network, identifying managed objects and defining management operations; k) Defines the operation of the Multiple Spanning Tree algorithm and protocol (MSTP); l) Describes the protocols and procedures necessary to support interoperation between MST and SST Bridges in the same Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks; m) Specifies the requirements to be satisfied by equipment claiming conformance to this standard. Project Purpose: The standard provides common interoperable solutions to the establishment of Virtual LAN Bridged infrastructures. Revision is needed in order to deal with editorial and technical corrections, to remove obsolete material, and also to reflect changes necessary as a result of enhancements to IEEE Std 802.1D - Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges, upon which IEEE Std 802.1Q depends. Abstract: This standard specifies how the MAC Service is supported by Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, the principles of operation of those networks, and the operation of VLAN-aware Bridges, including management, protocols, and algorithms. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, locat area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs) Designation: 802.1Q-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Superseded **BSR-9 originally submitted 16-Dec-2003. ANSI error. Resubmiitted on 10 March 2004. History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999 Project Scope: To develop an architecture and bridge (1) protocols for the logical partitioning of a Bridged Local Area Network (1-2-3) that provides separate instances of the MAC service (4) to administratively defined groups of users, independent of physical location. The architecture and protocols will be compatible and interoperable with existing Bridged Local Area Network equipment and will support a range of implementations. Project Purpose: This standard will provide an architecture, protocols, and mappings for bridges to provide that interoperability and consistent management. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This standard defines an architecture for Virtual Bridged LANs, the services provided in Virtual Bridged LANs, and the protocols and algorithms involved in the provision of those services. Key Words: local area networks, media access control bridges, virtual LAN, MAC Bridge management Designation: 802.1Q,2003 Edition-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2003 **Number changed to P802.12e at 9/19/96 StdsBd mtg. Publication type: Special Publication Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 of 802.1D (Support of the Internal Sublayer Service by Specific MAC Procedures) to cover bridge operation with IEEE 802.12 MACs. Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.12 specific information to the 802.1D standard. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 Family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: This standard defines an architecture for Virtual Bridged LANs, the services provided in Virtual Bridged LANs, and the protocols and algorithms involved in the provision of those services. Incorporates the base standard IEEE Std 802.1Q-1998 and its amendments; IEEE Std 802.1u-2001, 802.1v-2001 and 802.1s-2002 Key Words: local area networks , MAC Bridge management , media access control bridges , virtual LANs , IEEE 802.1 , IEEE 802.1u , IEEE 802.1v , IEEE 802.1s , IEEE 802.1Q Designation: 802.1Q-2005/Cor 1-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 07: Multiple Registration Protocol - Corrigendum 1: Corrections to the Multiple Registration Protocol Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2008 **Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009 Project Scope: This corrigendum defines corrections to the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP) protocol data unit (PDU) format. Project Purpose: The existing PDU format defined in IEEE Std 802.1ak is incorrect, and in its current form, cannot be interpreted by the protocol state machines. The changes defined in this corrigendum make corrections to the PDU format that allow the state machines to interpret the PDUs correctly. Abstract: This corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 corrects errors in the MRP protocol specification. Key Words: 802.1Q-2005, Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, metropolitan area networks, MAC Bridges, MRP, MMRP, virtual LANs, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Designation: 802.1Qat-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 14: Stream Reservation Protocol (SRP) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011 Project Scope: Insert the following text and bullets (renumbered appropriately) immediately after the existing text of this clause: To enable the end-to- end management of resource reservation for QoS guaranteed streams, this standard further specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects, usable by existing higher layer mechanisms, that allow network resources to be reserved for specific traffic streams traversing a bridged local area network. To this end it a) Specifies the use of Dynamic Reservation Entries (8.8.7) in the filtering database to control the forwarding of frames associated with a particular Stream. b) Specifies a Stream Reservation Protocol (SRP). SRP facilitates the registration, de- registration and maintenance of stream reservation information in relevant bridges to establish end-to-end stream paths. Abstract: This amendment specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects, usable by existing higher layer mechanisms, that allow network resources to be reserved for specific traffic streams traversing a bridged local area network. The PDF of this IEEE 802 standard is available at no cost, compliments of the IEEE 802 group. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: Audio/Video Bridging, Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MRP, Multiple Registration Protocol, resource reservation, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, virtual LANs Designation: 802.1Qau-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-- Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 13: Congestion Notification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 03, 2010 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support congestion notification. These allow a Virtual Bridged Local Area Network or a portion thereof, with a limited bandwidth-delay product, to transfer long-lived data flows with a significantly reduced chance of frame loss compared to a network without congestion notification. To this end, it aa) Defines a means for VLAN-aware Bridges that support congestion notification to form Congestion Managed Domains within a Virtual Bridged LAN. ab) Defines a means for detecting congested queues in end stations and VLAN-aware Bridges, for signaling such congestion to the end stations sourcing the frames causing the congestion, and for those end stations to control the rate of transmission of those frames. Abstract: This amendment specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects that support congestion management of long-lived data flows within network domains of limited bandwidth-delay product. This is achieved by enabling bridges to signal congestion to end stations capable of transmission rate limiting to avoid frame loss. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1Qau-2010, congestion, congestion notification, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges,transparent bridging, VLANs Designation: 802.1Qav-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks-- Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 12: Forwarding and Queuing Enhancements for Time-Sensitive Streams Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 05, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 23, 2010 Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q defines enhancements to the forwarding and queueing functions of a VLAN Bridge to support the transmission of time sensitive data streams. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1Qav-2009, 802.1Q-2005, Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, time-sensitive data streams, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs) Designation: 802.1Qav Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment: Forwarding and Queuing Enhancements for Time-Sensitive Streams Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard allows bridges to provide guarantees for time- sensitive (i.e. bounded latency and delivery variation), loss-sensitive real-time audio video (AV) data transmission (AV traffic). It specifies per priority ingress metering, priority regeneration, and timing-aware queue draining algorithms. This standard uses the timing derived from IEEE 802.1AS. Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) tag encoded priority values are allocated, in aggregate, to segregate frames among controlled and non- controlled queues, allowing simultaneous support of both AV traffic and other bridged traffic over and between wired and wireless Local Area Networks (LANs). Project Purpose: Bridges are increasingly used to interconnect devices that support audio and video streaming application. This standard will specify enhancements to bridge relay function to provide performance guarantees to allow for time-sensitive traffic in a local area network and harmonize delay jitter and packet loss for wired (e.g., IEEE 802.3 - "Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications"), wireless (e.g., IEEE Std 802.11 - "Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications"), and mixed wired/wireless L2 networks. Designation: 802.1Qaw-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks-- Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 9: Management of Data Driven and Data Dependent Connectivity Faults Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 25, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q™-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009 Project Scope: Insert the following at end of subclause 1.1, relettering the bullet points so that they follow in order from those in the existing text. This standard specifies connectivity fault management protocols, procedures, and managed objects that provide confirmation of successful transmission of frames conveying specified data. This capability supports diagnosis of faults sensitive to, or caused by, particular data patterns, and their isolation to part of the transmission path. Connectivity verification can be carried out from any single point with bridged connectivity to maintenance points on the path, can isolate failures to communicate in a specific direction, and can be carried out while service is being provided to other users of the data path. To this end it a) Defines the extensions to connectivity fault management capabilities defined by Clause 18 through Clause 22 to facilitate diagnosis and isolation of faults sensitive to, or caused by, particular data patterns in frames transmitted by a service user; b) Describes the protocols and procedures for data driven and data dependent connectivity fault management (DDCFM). Abstract: This amendment extends the connectivity fault management capabilities introduced in IEEE Std 802.1ag-2007 to include tools to facilitate diagnosis and isolation of faults sensitive to, or caused by, particular data patterns in frames transmitted by a service user. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1Qaw-2009, fault management, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MANs, metropolitan area networks, OAM, transparent bridging, VLANS Designation: 802.1Qay-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks-- Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 10: Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic Engineering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 05, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q™-2005 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 2009 Project Scope: Insert the following text and bullets immediately after bullet z re-lettering as needed: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to allow support of provisioning systems that explicitly select traffic engineered paths within Provider Backbone Bridged Networks by allowing a network operator to disable unknown destination address forwarding, source address learning and spanning tree protocols for administratively selected VLAN Identifiers, while allowing other network control protocols to dynamically determine active topologies for other services. These interoperable capabilities are supported by management of individual bridges by SNMP using an SMIv2 MIB, by extensions to the other control protocols specified in this standard, by the use of CFM with the addresses and VLAN Identifiers that specify traffic engineered connections, and by 1:1 path protection switching capable of load sharing. To this end, it: a) Enables construction of active topologies by an external agent that is responsible for setting up Ethernet Switched Paths (ESPs) by splitting the B-VID space between distributed spanning tree protocols and provisioned control. b) Supports discard of frames with unknown destination addresses for B-VIDs under provisioned control. c) Supports the operation of Continuity Check, Loopback, and Linktrace protocols on provisioned traffic engineered paths. d) Supports 1:1 protection switching capable of load sharing for Traffic Engineered service instances. e) Provides required extension to SNMP management by SMIv2 MIB modules. This standard does not specify operation of Ethernet Switched Paths (ESPs) through multiple Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic Engineered (PBB-TE) Regions. All the Backbone Edge Bridges specified for use in a PBB-TE Region are IB-BEBs. Abstract: This amendment specifies changes to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005, as amended by IEEE Std 802.1ad-2005, IEEE Std 802.1ag-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ah-2008, and IEEE Std 802.1ap-2008, that support provisioning systems that explicitly select traffic engineered paths within Provider Backbone Bridged Networks. Changes are applied to the base text of IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 as amended by IEEE Std 802.1ad-2005, IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ag-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ah-2008, and IEEE Std 802.1ap-2008. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1Qay-2009, Bridged Local Area Networks, Connectivity Fault Management, LANs, local area networks, metropolitan area networks, MAC Bridges, MANs, Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP), Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol (MVRP), Provider Backbone Bridge, Provider Bridged Local Area Networks, Traffic Engineering, virtual LANs, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Designation: P802.1Qaz Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment XX: Enhanced Transmission Selection for Bandwidth Sharing Between Traffic Classes Status: Revision of Amendment History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects for enhancement of transmission selection to support allocation of bandwidth amongst traffic classes. When the offered load in a traffic class doesn't use its allocated bandwidth, enhanced transmission selection will allow other traffic classes to use the available bandwidth. The bandwidth- allocation priorities will share bandwidth between bursty traffic loads while coexisting with the strict priority mechanisms already defined in Std 802.1Q, carrying traffic requiring minimum latency. It includes definition of a control protocol that controls the application of Enhanced Transmission Selection and Priority-based Flow Control. Project Purpose: Networks prioritize traffic to provide different service characteristics to traffic classes. It is desirable to be able to share bandwidth between priorities carrying bursty high offered loads rather than servicing them with strict priority while allowing strict priority for time- sensitive and management traffic requiring minimum latency. Also, when traffic at a priority level doesn't use its allocation, it is desirable to allow other priorities to use that bandwidth. For example, IEEE P802.1Qau will specify congestion management. Congestion managed traffic classes can share a network with traditional best effort LAN classes. Enhanced transmission selection provides uniform management for the sharing of bandwidth between congestion managed classes and traditional classes on a single bridged network. Priorities using enhanced transmission selection will coexist with priorities using 802.1Qav queuing for time-sensitive streams. A control protocol provides a mechanism for exchanging configuration of Enhanced Transmission Selection, Priority-based Flow Control and other data center bridging technology parameters across the link providing a means of establishing a consistent configuration across the link. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q defines enhancements to transmission selection to support allocation of bandwidth amongst traffic classes, plus a protocol for controlling the application of Data Center Bridging features. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs), Data Center Bridging, Enhanced Transmission Selection Designation: 802.1Qaz Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment: Enhanced Transmission Selection for Bandwidth Sharing Between Traffic Classes Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies enhancement of transmission selection to support allocation of bandwidth amongst traffic classes. When the offered load in a traffic class doesn’t use its allocated bandwidth, enhanced transmission selection will allow other traffic classes to use the available bandwidth. The bandwidth-allocation priorities will share bandwidth between bursty traffic loads while coexisting with the strict priority mechanisms already defined in Std 802.1Q, carrying traffic requiring minimum latency. It will include managed objects to support bandwidth allocation. Project Purpose: Networks prioritize traffic to provide different service characteristics to traffic classes. It is desirable to be able to share bandwidth between priorities carrying bursty high offered loads rather than servicing them with strict priority while allowing strict priority for time- sensitive and management traffic requiring minimum latency. Also, when traffic at a priority level doesn’t use its allocation, it is desirable to allow other priorities to use that bandwidth. For example, IEEE P802.1Qau will specify congestion management. Congestion managed traffic classes can share a network with traditional best effort LAN classes. Enhanced transmission selection will provide uniform management for the sharing of bandwidth between congestion managed classes and traditional classes on a single bridged network. Priorities using enhanced transmission selection will coexist with priorities using 802.1Qav queuing for time-sensitive streams. Designation: P802.1Qbb Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment: Priority-based Flow Control Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects that enable flow control per traffic class on IEEE 802 full-duplex links. Data Center Bridging networks (bridges and end nodes) are characterized by limited bandwidth-delay product and limited hop-count. Traffic class is identified by the VLAN tag priority values. Priority-based flow control is intended to eliminate frame loss due to congestion. This is achieved by a mechanism similar to the IEEE 802.3x PAUSE, but operating on individual priorities. This mechanism, in conjunction with other Data Center Bridging technologies, enables support for higher layer protocols that are highly loss sensitive while not affecting the operation of traditional LAN protocols utilizing other priorities. In addition, PFC complements Congestion Notification in Data Center Bridging networks. Operation of priority-based flow control is limited to a domain controlled by a Data Center Bridging control protocol that controls the application of Priority- based Flow Control, Enhanced Transmission Selection, and Congestion Notification. Project Purpose: Data Center Bridging networks employ higher layer protocols that depend on the delivery of data frames without frame loss due to congestion. These protocols were designed for an underlying transport that approaches lossless behavior and therefore do not include appropriate response to frame loss due to congestion (e.g. back-off, slow restart, etc.). This amendment enables multiple data center networks, including those serving loss sensitive protocols (e.g. inter-processor communitcation, storage, etc.), to be converged onto an IEEE 802 network. Abstract: This amendment specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects that enable flow control per traffic class on IEEE 802 point-to-point full duplex links. This is achieved by a mechanism similar to the IEEE 802.3 Annex 31B PAUSE, but operating on individual priorities. Key Words: 802.1, local area networks, LANs, transparent bridging, MAC Bridges, VLANs, priority, flow control. Designation: P802.1Qbc Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks — Virtual Bridged Local Area Network — Amendment: Provider Bridging - Remote Customer Service Interfaces Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard allows a service-tagged (S-tagged) service interface connecting two independently administered Provider Bridged Networks to be used to handle traffic (identified by a single service virtual local area network (S-VLAN) identifier) for a given customer port attached to one provider backbone network (PBN) as if the customer were directly attached to the other PBN using a Port-based or customer tagged (C- tagged) service interface. Project Purpose: Metro Ethernet service providers need to provide service to customer locations not directly accessible to their network. Such "out-of- footprint" access may be obtained via other (access) service providers; however, the primary service provider has an interest in minimizing the amount of provisioning required of an access provider. This standard meets this need by specifying Provider Bridging technology that allows the primary service provider to treat customers connected via an access network as if they were directly connected to the primary service provider's network. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std. 802.1Q specifies the use of S-VLANs to provide customer service interfaces in one Provider Bridged Network for customer interface LANs attached to another Provider Bridged Network. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, metropolitan area networks, MAC Bridges, MANs, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, Provider Bridged Local Area Networks, Provider Bridge, Provider Edge Bridge, Remote Customer Service Interface, RCSI Designation: P802.1Qbe Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -- Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment: Multiple I-SID Registration Protocol Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support topology change signaling to alter the binding (held in an I-Component) of Customer addresses to Backbone addresses on a per- Backbone Service Instance Identifier (I-SID) basis. This is accomplished by extending the use of the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP). Project Purpose: MIRP provides the capabilities necessary when topology changes occur in networks attached to a Provider Backbone Bridged Network. A Backbone Edge Bridge (BEB) signals to other potentially affected BEBs the need to alter certain learned associations between Customer MAC Addresses and Backbone MAC Addresses. An access cloud that has an Itagged connection to a Backbone network signals both its requirements for specific services, and topology change events in those services. Abstract: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support topology change signaling to alter the binding (held in an I-Component) of Customer addresses to Backbone addresses on a per-I-SID basis. This is accomplished by extending the use of the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP). Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, MRP, MIRP, MMRP, MVRP, Provider Backbone Bridges, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, virtual LANs. Designation: P802.1Qbf Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment: Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE) Infrastructure Segment Protection Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies procedures and managed objects to provide 1:1 (M:1 if practical) protection switching, without modifying data or control frames and using connectivity fault management (CFM), for a group of Traffic Engineered Service Instances (TESIs) that traverses a sequence of local area networks (LANs) and intervening bridges. Operator requests and operational modes consistent with those supported by PBB-TE TESI Protection are specified. Project Purpose: This standard allows service providers to: • Address the relatively high failure rate of particular links or bridges within a network. • Address the likelihood of concurrent failures occurring in different segments of a network. • Allow maintenance activities to be performed independently in different segments of the network. • Allow maintenance activities to be performed in one segment of a network without disabling protection in another segment. • Localize changes in traffic distribution due to failure or maintenance actions. Abstract: This standard defines profiles that select features, options, configurations, defaults, protocols and procedures of bridges, stations and LANs that are necessary to build networks that are capable of transporting time sensitive audio and/or video data streams. Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs), time sensitive data streams, audio video bridging, AVB. Designation: P802.1Qbg Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment: Edge Virtual Bridging Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects that: - Provide for the discovery, configuration, and control of a pair of direct-attached limited-function Service VLAN (S-VLAN) components to extend the services of a customer bridge to remote ports and enable coexistence of multiple services on station-resident ports.(e.g. port aggregation services, embedded bridging) - Provide for discovery, configuration, and control of a Reflective Relay Service for a bridge port when it is connected to a Port Aggregation Service. - Define the requirements for, and operation of, a Port Aggregation Service required to allow the loop free operation of the Reflective Relay Service. - Provide for discovery of, and coordinated configuration of, station-embedded Port Aggregators and station embedded Customer VLAN (C-VLAN) Components. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to allow multiple virtual stations to share a common bridge port to obtain the services of bridge relay. The standard enables coordinated configuration and management of bridge services for virtual stations. Designation: P802.1Qbh Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment: Bridge Port Extension Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This amendment specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support Port Extension. A Port Extender attaches to a MAC port of an 802.1Q bridge and provides additional MAC ports that are logically ports of the 802.1Q bridge to which it is attached (i.e. the "Controlling Bridge"). The protocols, procedures, and managed objects specified in this amendment are expected to specify new behavior in bridges that support port extension as well as the behavior of Port Extenders themselves. In addition, the protocols, procedures, and managed objects specified in this amendment support the cascading of Port Extenders. To the extent technically reasonable, all frame filtering and relay functions remain in the Controlling Bridge. Use of a Service Virtual LAN Tag (S-TAG) for Multichannel capability as being defined in Edge Virtual Bridging is envisaged to achieve this objective. A new on-the-wire indication (e.g. a new tag) is envisioned to support remote replication for purposes including frame flooding and group address support. Project Purpose: The purposes of this project include: - To reduce the management cost of networks comprising large number of bridges (such as those commonly found in a data center environments) through significant reduction in both the number of devices to be managed and the management traffic required. - To decrease total cost of ownership by reducing initial capital expenditure along with management and operational costs. Designation: P802.1Qbp Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment: Equal Cost Multiple Paths (ECMP) Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects to support utilizing multiple possible next hop choices for frames within a single service in Shortest Path Bridging MAC Mode (SPBM) networks. This is accomplished by applying one of a set of standard functions per frame at ingress and using the result as an input to all subsequent choices among multiple next hops as the frame transits the SPBM network. These functions are selected to ensure that frames belonging to the same data flow take the same path. Frames belonging to other flows can take other paths. It is anticipated that a new Tag will be defined possibly including a Time to Live (TTL) field. The standard defines Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) enhancements that can be used to proactively monitor and diagnose the paths that data takes through the network. Project Purpose: This standard provides the additional capability to use many more equal cost paths than 802.1aq's current Equal Cost Tree (ECT) mechanism due to improved scaling properties with respect to network diameter. This standard would be used in conjunction with an 802.1aq based control plane and would use specific Base Virtual Local Area Network identifiers (B-VIDs) and new ECT-ALGORITHMs as defined by 802.1aq. This standard may include multipath function information and may use time to live (TTL) loop mitigation. Corresponding new EtherTypes would be used to identify the new Tag formats. It is expected that both the current 802.1aq ECT and ECMP would be used at the same time in the same network (for different traffic/service categories) but differentiated by B-VID. This standard enhances Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) to monitor and diagnose the richer connectivity provided. Designation: 802.1r Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to ISO/IEC 15802-3 (802.1D): Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - GARP Proprietary Attribute Registration Protocol (GPRP) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William P Lidinsky, Phone:(630) 840-8067, Email:lidinskyw@acm.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: Definition of a new GARP Application, making use of and extending the existing specififcation of GARP contained in 802.1D, that will allow vendor-defined attribute values to be registered and distributed among GARP-aware Bridges in a Bridged LAN. Project Purpose: This supplement to Std 802.1D defines an additional GARP Application aimed at allowing vendor-specific attribute values to be distributed via GARP in a standard and interoperable manner, and allowing vendor-specific attribute values that may have a wider application within other vendor's equipment to be made available for more general use. Designation: 802.1s-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to 802.1Q Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Multiple Spanning Trees Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: To develop an architecture and protocols for the use of multiple instances of the Spanning Tree Protocol (-1-) within a network employing VLANs (-2-). The architecture and protocols will be compatible and interoperable with existing Virtual Bridged Local Area Network equipment and will support a range of implemenntations. Project Purpose: 802.1Q Virtual LANs provides the equivalent of separate LANs over a single bridged LAN, using a single instance of the Spanning Tree Protocol. Despite multiple independent implementations employing multiple instances of the Spanning Tree Protocol, there is currently no interoperability between different vendors, nor a coherent management framework for different techniques. This standard will provide an architecture, protocols, and mappings for bridges to provide that interoperability and consistent management. Abstract: Superseded by 802.1D Key Words: "local area networks, media access control (MAC) bridges, MAC bridge management,multiple spanning tree, virtual LANs" Designation: 802.1t-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1D-2004. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Maintenance - Technical and editorial corrections to the 802-1D- 1998 standard. Project Purpose: Maintenance - Technical and editorial corrections to the 802- 1D-1998 standard. Abstract: Superseded by 802.1D-2004. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition is intended to documentmaintenance items identified in the text of IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998). The document identifies any proposed changes to the text that have arisen as aconsequence of maintenance activity. These are documented in the usual form for Amendments toIEEE 802â standards; i.e., as an explicit set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to thetext of ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998, will create a corrected document. Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, MAC bridges, media access control (MAC) bridges, multicast address filtering, traffic class expediting" Designation: 802.1u-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Corrigendum 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: Manintenance - anticipated technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1Q-1998 standard. Project Purpose: Anticipated technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1Q standard. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to IEEE 802.1Q,1998 Edition is intended to document maintenance items identified in the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition.IEEE Std 802.1u-2001 identifies any proposed changes to IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition that have arisen as a consequence of maintenance activity.The changes are documented in the usual form for an amendment to IEEE 802 standards;i.e.,as an explicit set of editing instructions that,if correctly applied to the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition,will create a corrected document. Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge managment, media access control bridges, virtual LANS" Designation: 802.1v-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: VLAN Classification by Protocol and Port: Amendment to 802.1Q Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001 Project Scope: IEEE 802.1Q specifies a single PVID variable (Port VLAN Identifier) for each port of a switch. The configurable value of this single PVID variable specifies the VLAN into which frames untagged at ingress to the port are to be classified. The project will develop a supplement to 802.1Q to specify optional additional classification rules per port based on the protocol (as designated in the frame by 802 family portocols identifiers) in the received untagged frame. The project will consider compatibility and interoperability with existing 802.1Q bridges. Project Purpose: Classifying multiple protocols into a single VLAN often imposes VLAN boundaries that are inappropriate for some of the protocols, requiring th presence of a non-standard entity to relay between VLANs the frames bearing the protocols for which the VLAN boundaries are inappropriate. The non-standard relay makes the boundaries of the VLANs transparent to the relayed protocols, depriving those protocols of the benefits of the VLANs. The proposed supplement will benefit users of multi- protocol LANs by permitting them to specify VLAN structures suitable for each protocol present in a LAN, and removing the need for a non-standard relay function between VLANs. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition describes enhancements to allow for classification of incoming packets by methods other than source port.Specifically,it defines rules for classification based on data-link layer protocol identification.The document identifies proposed changes to the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition that have arisen as a consequence of this activity.These are documented in the usual form for amendments to IEEE 802 standards;i.e.,as an explicit set of editing instructions that,if correctly applied to the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition,will create a corrected document. Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, media access control bridges, virtual LANS" Designation: 802.1w-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Common Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges: Amendment 2 - Rapid Reconfiguration Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1D-2004. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Specificatoin of enhancements to the auto-configuring mechanisms and management controls in 802.1D-1998 that constrain user data frames to all or part of a loop free topology. Where redundant alternate bridges and/or connecting LANs are available, these enhancements will provide faster reconfiguration and restoration of the MAC service if LAN component failure occurs. Project Purpose: LAN based applications, including new voice and multi-media solutions, are increasingly mission critical and require much improved network availability and scalability. An availability strategy that includes redundant bridges and LAN media, together with rapid failure detection and reconfiguration, allows the use of currently available cost effective LAN components. Techniques that are broadly compatible with 802.1D-1998, but not interoperable, are now emerging from multiple vendors. The proposed project will provide users with interoperable solutions. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3: 1998) and IEEE Std 802.1t-2001 defines the changes necessary to the operation of a MAC Bridge in order to provide rapid Spanning Tree reconfiguration capability. Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, MAC Bridges, media access control (MAC) bridges, Rapid Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol (RSTP)" Designation: 802.1X-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Port-Based Network Access Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 05, 2010 **Revision of IEEE Std 802.1X-2004 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010 Project Scope: For the purpose of providing compatible authentication, authorization, and cryptographic key agreement mechanisms to support secure communication between devices connected by IEEE 802® Local Area Networks (LANs), this standard a) Specifies a general method for provision of port-based network access control. b) Specifies protocols that establish secure associations for IEEE Std 802.1AE™ MAC Security. c) Facilitates the use of industry standard authentication and authorization protocols. Project Purpose: IEEE 802 LANs are deployed in networks that convey or provide access to critical data, that support mission critical applications, or that charge for service. Protocols that configure, manage, and regulate access to these networks and network-based services and applications typically run over the networks themselves. Port-based network access control regulates access to the network, guarding against transmission and reception by unidentified or unauthorized parties, and consequent network disruption, theft of service, or data loss. Abstract: Port-based network access control allows a network administrator to restrict the use of IEEE 802 LAN service access points (ports) to secure communication between authenticated and authorized devices. This standard specifies a common architecture, functional elements, and protocols that support mutual authentication between the clients of ports attached to the same LAN and that secure communication between the ports, including the media access method independent protocols that are used to discover and establish the security associations used by IEEE 802.1AE MAC Security. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.1X-2010, access control, authentication, authorization, controlled port, key agreement, LANs, local area networks, MAC security, MAC Service, MANs, metropolitan area networks, port-based network access control, secure association, security, service access point, uncontrolled port Designation: 802.1X-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Port-Based Network Access Control Status: Superseded **Supersedes 802.1X-2001. Superseded by 802.1X-2010. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is the use of the physical access characteristics of IEEE 802 LANs in order to provide a means of authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port. The reason for revising the standard is to reflect editorial and technical corrections, and to better facilitate its use in 802.11 Wireless LANs. Project Purpose: The standard provides common interoperable solutions using standards based authentication and authorization infrastructures already supporting schemes such as dial up access. Revision is needed in order to deal with editorial and technical corrections, and also to reflect changes necessary in the light of deployment in 802.11-based infrastructures. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 802.1X-2001 Port-based network access control makes use of the physical access characteristics of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LAN) infrastructures in order to provide a means of authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port that has point-to-point connection characteristics, and of preventing access to that port in cases in which the authentication and authorization process fails. Key Words: authentication, authorization, controlled port, local area networks, metropolitan area networks, port access control, uncontrolled port Designation: 802.1X-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Port Based Network Access Control Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1X-2004. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Specification of: (a) mechanisms to allow network access decisions, made using existing standard higher layer authentication and authorization protocols, to be enforced at individual ports of a networked system; (b) encoding of those protocols over 802 LANs where no suitable encoding is yet defined. The project will not define or require systems that are enforcing network access decisions to: (c) process or interpret authentication information; (d) modify user data frames to secure conversations; (e) filter user data frames based on layer 2 or higher layer adressing or protocol information. The access control mechanism will be usable on LAN ports of all types of systems attached to a LAN, including bridges, routers, servers and other end stations. Project Purpose: There is no standard mechanism that allows a network administrator to control access to and from a LAN segment based on the authenticated state of a port user. Simple network connectivity affords anonymous access to enterprise data and the global Internet. As 802 LANs are deployed in more accessible areas, there is an increasing need to authenticate and authorize basic network access. The proposed project will provide common interoperable solutions using standards based authentication and authorization infrastructures already supporting schemes such as dial up access. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Port-based network access control makes use of the physical access characteristics of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LAN) infrastructures in order to provide a means of authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port that has point-to-point connection characteristics, and of preventing access to that port in cases in which the authentication and authorization process fails. Key Words: "authentication, authorization, controlled Port, Local Area Networks, Port Access Control, uncontrolled Port" Designation: 802.1y Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 3: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1D:1998 MAC Bridge standard and its amendments (802.1t, 802.1w). Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1D:1998 MAC Bridge standard and its amendments (802.1t, 802.1w). Designation: 802.1z Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 4: Technical and Editorial Corrections Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections tot he 802.1Q:1998 Virtual Bridged LAN standard and its amendments (802.1u, 802.1v). Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1Q:1998 Virtual Bridged LAN standard and its amendments (802.1u, 802.1v). Designation: 802.2-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 2: Logical Link Control Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It describes the functions, features, protocol, and services of the logical link control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO 8802 Local Area Network Protocol. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are two types of operation for data communication between service access points. In one type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the other, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. Key Words: logical, link, control, local, area, Protocols, Local area networks Designation: 802.20-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 20: Air Interface for Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Supporting Vehicular Mobility -- Physical and Media Access Control Layer Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2008 **New Standard Technical Contact: Arnold M Greenspan, Phone:561-638-7328, Email:amgrrg@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2008 Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical and medium access control layers of an air interface for interoperable mobile broadband wireless access systems, operating in licensed bands below 3.5 GHz. The system is optimized for IP-data transport, with peak data rates per user in excess of 1 Mbps. Abstract: These technical requirements of this standard form a compatibility standard for mobile broadband wireless access systems. The requirements standard ensures that a compliant Access Terminal (AT) or User Terminal (UT) can obtain service through any Access Network Node (AN) or Base Station (BS) conforming to properly selected modes of this standard, consistent with equipment and operator requirements, thus providing a framework for the rapid development of cost-effective, interoperable multivendor mobile broadband wireless access systems. This compatibility standard is targeted for use in a wide variety of licensed frequency bands and regulatory environments. This specification standard includes provisions provides for future service additions and expansion of system standardized extension capabilities. The architecture defined by this specification standard permits such expansion without the loss of backward compatibility to older access terminals or user terminals. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.20-2008, access node, access terminal, base station, broadband, LAN, local area networks, MAN, metropolitan area networks, user terminal, vehicular mobility, wireless access Designation: 802.20.2-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE 802.20 Systems--Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Mark Klerer, Phone:908-997-2069, Email:m.klerer@flarion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 2010 Project Scope: This standard represents the PICS Proforma, per ISO/IEC 9646-7 and ITU-T X.296, for the conformance specification of base stations or access nodes, and access terminals or user terminals, based upon the air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.20. Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within the air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.20. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to implement one or more of the protocol modes. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented. It allows a user of the product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product meets the user's requirements. Abstract: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement Proforma, per ISO/IEC 9646-7 and ITU-T X.296, for conformance specification of access nodes and access terminals based on the air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.20. Key Words: 802.20.2-2010, PICS, Protocol, Implementation, Conformance, Statement, Proforma, Designation: 802.20.3-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Minimum Performance Characteristics of IEEE 802.20 Terminals and Base Stations/Access Nodes Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2010 **New standard Technical Contact: Mark Klerer, Phone:908-997-2069, Email:m.klerer@flarion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2010 Project Scope: This standard details definitions, method of measurements and minimum performance characteristics for IEEE 802.20 MBWA terminals and base stations (BSs)/access nodes (ANs). The test methods are specified in this document; however, methods other than those specified may suffice for the same purpose. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify minimum performance characteristics for IEEE 802.20 implementations. Service providers deploying equipment meeting this specification can expect to meet a particular service level with user terminals that also comply with this specification. Abstract: This standard specifies minimum performance parameters and the associated test methodologies for implementation of IEEE 802.20 compliant systems. Key Words: 802.20.2-2010, LAN, MAN, mobile, wireless Designation: 802.20a-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Part 20: Air Interface for Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Supporting Vehicular Mobility--Physical and Media Access Control Layer Specification Amendment 1: Management Information Base Enhancements and Corrigenda Items Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.20-2008 Technical Contact: Mark Klerer, Phone:908-997-2069, Email:m.klerer@flarion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011 Abstract: This amendment enhances IEEE 802.20 Management Information Base (MIB) clauses to include additional information and MIB documentation (i.e., a discussion of security impacts, and cross references to the text for appropriate parameters within the MIB, itself) to conform with the applicable parts of the IETF's 2008 guidelines for MIBs. The amendment also corrects any errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities associated with the MIB clause of IEEE Std 802.20-2008. Key Words: 802.20, Management Information Base, MIB Designation: 802.20b-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 15: Bridging of IEEE 802.20 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 19, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 Technical Contact: Mark Klerer, Phone:908-997-2069, Email:m.klerer@flarion.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Nov 08, 2010 Abstract: This amendment specifies the mechanism for the support of bridging of IEEE 802.20 networks. Key Words: 802.20, bridging Designation: 802.21-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Media Independent Handover Services Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 21, 2009 **New Standard Technical Contact: Ajay Rajkumar, Phone:973-386-6249, Email:ajayrajkumar@lucent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines extensible IEEE 802® media access independent mechanisms that enable the optimization of handover between heterogeneous IEEE 802 networks and facilitates handover between IEEE 802 networks and cellular networks. Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve the user experience of mobile devices by facilitating handover between IEEE 802 networks whether or not they are of different media types, including both wired and wireless, where handover is not otherwise defined; and to make it possible for mobile devices to perform seamless handover where the network environment supports it. These mechanisms are also usable for handovers between IEEE 802 networks and non IEEE 802 networks. Abstract: This standard specifies IEEE 802® media access-independent mechanisms that optimize handovers between heterogeneous IEEE 802 systems and between IEEE 802 systems and cellular systems. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.21-2008, management, media independent handover, mobile node, mobility, seamless, point of attachment, point of service Designation: P802.21a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Independent Handover Services - Amendment for Security Extensions to Media Independent Handover Services and Protocol Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Vivek G Gupta, Phone:4088-765-7766, Email:vivekggupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008 Project Scope: This standard defines mechanisms (i) to reduce the latency during authentication and key establishment for handovers between heterogeneous access networks that support IEEE 802.21 (ii) to provide data integrity, replay protection, confidentiality and data origin authentication to IEEE 802.21 MIH (Media-Independent Handover) protocol exchanges and enable authorization for MIH services. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to improve the user experience of mobile devices by minimizing the delay during handover between heterogeneous access networks through optimization of network access authentication and key establishment. Security-related message exchanges during handover can increase the latency significantly and in many cases service continuity cannot be met without such optimization. Additionally, this standard will secure MIH protocol exchanges and enable authorization of MIH services. Without such security in place, MIH protocol entities and MIH services are vulnerable to various security attacks. Designation: P802.21b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Media Independent Handover Services - Amendment: Handovers with Downlink Only Technologies Status: Amendment Technical Contact: Vivek G Gupta, Phone:4088-765-7766, Email:vivekggupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009 Project Scope: This amendment defines mechanisms that enable the optimization of handovers between IEEE 802.21 supported technologies and downlink-only (DO) technologies Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to improve user experience by developing mechanisms that facilitate handovers between IEEE 802.21 supported technologies and DO technologies. Designation: P802.21c Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 21: Media Independent Handover Services Amendment:Optimized Single Radio Handovers Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This amendment defines enhancements to enable optimized single radio handovers between heterogeneous IEEE 802 wireless technologies and extend these mechanisms for single radio handovers between IEEE 802 wireless technologies and cellular technologies. These enhancements are based on media access independent mechanisms. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to enhance the user experience by enabling optimized single radio handover solutions between heterogeneous networks. This standard defines mechanisms to reduce latency and enable service continuity during handover. Designation: P802.22 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN) - Specific requirements - Part 22: Cognitive Wireless RAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Policies and procedures for operation in the TV Bands Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009 Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the cognitive medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of point-to-multipoint wireless regional area networks comprised of a professional fixed base station with fixed and portable user terminals operating in the VHF/UHF TV broadcast bands between 54 MHz and 862 MHz. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to enable deployment of interoperable 802 multivendor wireless regional area network products, to facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access and extending the deployability of such systems into diverse geographic areas, including sparsely populated rural areas, while preventing harmful interference to incumbent licensed services in the TV broadcast bands. Abstract: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer(MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of the fixed and portable point-to-multipoint wireless regional area networks operating in spectrum allocated to the Television Broadcasting Service in the frequency range 54 MHz to 862 MHz. Key Words: broadband wireless access network, fixed and portable user terminals, regional area network, cognitive radio, radio spectrum sensing, WRAN standards Designation: 802.22 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN) - Specific requirements - Part 22: Cognitive Wireless RAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Policies and procedures for operation in the TV Bands Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of fixed point-to- multipoint wireless regional area networks operating in the VHF/UHF TV broadcast bands between 54 MHz and 862 MHz. Project Purpose: This standard is intended to enable deployment of interoperable 802 multivendor wireless regional area network products, to facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access and extending the deployability of such systems into diverse geographic areas, including sparsely populated rural areas, while preventing harmful interference to incumbent licensed services in the TV broadcast bands. Designation: 802.22.1-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 22.1: Standard to Enhance Harmful Interference Protection for Low-Power Licensed Devices Operating in TV Broadcast Bands Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2010 Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This standard specifies methods to provide enhanced protection to protected devices such as those used in the production and transmission of broadcast programs [e.g., devices licensed as secondary under Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) in the USA and equivalent devices in other regulatory domains] from harmful interference caused by license-exempt devices (e.g., IEEE P802.22) that also are intended to operate in the TV Broadcast Bands. Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard and efficient method for license-exempt devices to provide enhanced protection to low-powered licensed devices that are entitled to protection from harmful interference, and that share the same spectrum. This standard may be applicable in global regulatory environments. Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and data formats for communication devices forming a beaconing network that are used to protect low-power, licensed devices operating in television broadcast bands from harmful interference generated by license-exempt devices, such as Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN), intended to operate in the same bands. The devices being protected are devices licensed as secondary under Title 47, Part 74, Subpart H in the USA and equivalent devices in other regulatory domains. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: ad hoc network, beacons, TV white space, Wireless Regional Area Networks, WRAN Designation: P802.22.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN) - Specific requirements - Part 22.2: Recommended Practice for the Installation and Deployment of IEEE 802.22 Systems Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This document recommends best engineering practices for the installation and deployment of IEEE 802.22 systems to help assure that such systems are correctly installed and deployed. Project Purpose: This document provides detailed technical guidance to installers, deployers, and operators of IEEE 802.22 compliant systems to help assure that such systems are correctly installed and deployed. Designation: P802.23 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks- Emergency Services for Internet Protocol (IP) Based Citizen to Authority Communications Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This standard defines a media independent framework within IEEE 802 to provide consistent access and data that facilitate compliance to applicable civil authority requirements for communications systems that include IEEE 802 networks. This includes a data link layer interface for a consistent view of IEEE 802 networks by IP (Internet Protocol) based citizen-to-authority emergency services capabilities from the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Emergency Context Resolution with Internet Technologies (ECRIT). This standard specifies a layer 2 entity and associated behaviors with a uniform structure of management information for transferring data required by an emergency services request. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to support compliance to civil authority requirements complementary to IETF ECRIT specifications for citizen to authority emergency services functionality. This standard intends to encompass voice, data and multi-media requests across IEEE 802 using a new Layer 2 entity and associated behaviors and provide a uniform Structure of Management Information (SMI) for transferring required data for emergency services requests. (Note: The purpose as stated here will not be included in the standard.) Designation: 802.2a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Standard for Flow Control Techniques for Bridged Local Area Networks Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Provide updates to the existing 802.2 Standard. Designation: 802.2b-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Standard for Acknowledged Connectionless-Mode Service and Protocol (Type 3 Operation) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2. Designation: 802.2c-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Part 2: Logical link control--Supplement 3: Conformance requirements Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Draft is sold as ISO/IEC 8802-2:1994/Amd. 3. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998 Project Scope: Provides a means, for the implementor of the standard, to indicate the options supported and the choices made in the implementation of the standard, so that an appropriate set of tests can be employed by testing centers in the conformance testing process. Project Purpose: Provide the required Portocol Implementation Conformance Statement(PICS) Proforma for LLC Type 1 Operation, LLC Type 2 Operation and LLC Type 3 Operation. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metro-politan area networks (MANs) that deals with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. The functions, features, protocol, and services of the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO/IEC 8802 LAN protocol, are described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the medium access control (MAC) sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for data communication between service access points. In the first type of oper-ation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection, but sta-tions are permitted to both send data and request the return of data simultaneously. Designation: 802.2d-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 2: Logical Link Control Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Supplement to 802.2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2. Designation: 802.2e-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 2: Logical Link Control - Bit Referencing Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2. Designation: 802.2f-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Managed objects definition for logical link control (LLC) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998 Project Scope: Define LLC Management Objects for Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3 Operations, including their attributes, actions, and event notifications. Project Purpose: Provide updates to the existing IEEE 802.2 Standard to reflect the management aspect of the LLC Types of Operations. Designation: 802.2g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks: Logical Link Control (LLC) Type 4 High Speed, High Performance Operation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: David E Carlson, Phone:732-264-2581, Email:dcarlson@netlabs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: For use in emerging high performance LANs and MANs. Project Purpose: To provide an LLC protocol, for use in bridged and single segment LANs and MANs, that supports high-speed implementations, efficient high performance operations, error detection across bridged LANs/MANs, and the ability for multiple connections between the same pair of LSAPs. This protocol would be capable of coexisting with LLC Type 1, 2 and 3 operations. Protocol features used to accomplish support of high speed implementations might include features such as fixed header sizes, limited options, and the decoupling of the transmitter and receiver functions. Protocol features used to accomplish support of efficient, high performance operations, might include features such as rate control, lightweight connection control, selective retransmission, multi-peer connections, and stream-oriented service. Designation: 802.2h-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Optional toleration of duplicate information transfer format protocol data units (IPDUs) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to 802.2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998 Project Scope: Provide a procedural option in Type 2 operation that will allow a receiver to tolerate the receipt of an already correctly received I PDU by discarding it instead of initiating a Frame Reject (FRMR) exception condition that would require the reset of the logical link control procedure. Project Purpose: Improve the overall throughput capability in those situations where the receiver is capable of making an acceptable judgement regarding the acceptableness of the I PDUs received, even when some of those frames are duplicates of frames already properly and correctly received. Designation: 802.3-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2005 including all approved amendments Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 12, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines Ethernet local area, access and metropolitan area networks. Ethernet is specified at selected speeds of operation; and uses a common media access control (MAC) specification and management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) provide an architectural and optional implementation interface to selected Physical Layer entities (PHY). The Physical Layer encodes frames for transmission and decodes received frames with the modulation specified for the speed of operation, transmission medium and supported link length. Other specified capabilities include: control and management protocols, and the provision of power over selected twisted pair PHY types. Abstract: Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 10 Gb/s using a common media access control (MAC) specification and management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected Physical Layer devices (PHY) for operation over coaxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters which are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.3-2008, 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; local area network; management; medium dependent interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding sublayer; Physical Layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG; Backplane Ethernet Designation: P802.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Ethernet Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard defines Ethernet local area, access and metropolitan area networks. Ethernet is specified at selected speeds of operation; and uses a common media access control (MAC) specification and management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) provide an architectural and optional implementation interface to selected Physical Layer entities (PHY). The Physical Layer encodes frames for transmission and decodes received frames with the modulation specified for the speed of operation, transmission medium and supported link length. Other specified capabilities include: control and management protocols, and the provision of power over selected twisted pair PHY types. Designation: 802.3-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Formerly known as 802.3-REVam. Superseded by 802.3-2008. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006 Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process. This project will not add any significant new functionality. Project Purpose: This project is expected to merge at least four amendments into the base standard. It also adds maintenance changes submitted through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process (www.ieee802.org/3/maint) to fix errors and ambiguities in the published standard. This will provide a single base document for ongoing work and satisfy IEEE-SA SB requirements. Abstract: Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 This corrigendum clarifies and corrects isolation text including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium Dependent Interfaces. Key Words: 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG Designation: 802.3-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for IT - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements - Part 3: CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance Revision #6 Status: Superseded **Full revision PAR had been numbered as P802.3ag. However, this standard is 802.3-2002. It supersedes all previous 802.3 base documents and amendments through 802.3ad. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:540-227-0059, Email:thompson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Jan 14, 2002, ANSI APP: May 13, 2002 Project Scope: Maintenance changes and current 802.3 Standard Project Purpose: Define parameters for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications. Add accumulated maintenance changes and provide general review of current 802.3 Standard (1998 Edition and 802.3ab, 802.3ac 802.3ad) Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control characteristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet) as well as PHY type 1000BASE-T. Repeater specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications and additions to support Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLANs) as specified in IEEE P802.1Q are also provided. Also specified is an optional Link Aggregation sublayer which multiple physical links to be aggregated together to form a single logical link. Key Words: Aggregated Link; Aggregator; Auto Negotiation; Category 5; copper; data processing; Ethernet; gigabit; information interchange, Link Aggregation; local area networks, management; MASTER-SLAVE; medium dependent interface Designation: 802.3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Incoporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std 802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Superseded **Incoporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std 802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). See produict number: http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore/Product.aspx product_no=WE94892 Key Words: "data processing, Ethernet, information interchange, link aggregation, local area networks" Designation: 802.3-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local Area Networks: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) - (ETHERNET) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 1984 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control characteristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE- FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet). Repeater specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASETX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided. Key Words: LAN, CSMA/CD, ethernet, local, networks Designation: 802.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement for 802.3 - (First Maintenance Ballot) Status: Superseded Designation: 802.3 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications, Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements- Status: Superseded **Incorporating ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition, IEEE 802.3r-1996, 802.3u- 1995, 802.3x&y-1997, 802.3z-1998, and 802.3aa-1998. Superseded by 802.3- 2002 (802.3ag). Designation: 802.3-2002-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **This standards supersedes 802.3ag. Superseded by 802.3-2005. History: BD APP: Jan 14, 2002 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process. The project will not add any significant new functionality. Key Words: Aggregated Link; Aggregator; Auto Negotiation; Category 5; copper; data processing; Ethernet; gigabit; information interchange, Link Aggregation; local area networks, management; MASTER-SLAVE; medium dependent interface; mode of data transmission; mode Designation: 802.3-2005/Cor 1-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Corrigendum 1 Status: Superseded **Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2005. Superseded by 802.3-2008. Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 28, 2006 Project Scope: This corriegendum clarifies and corrects isolation text including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium Dependent Interfaces Project Purpose: The current text is technically not implementable for powered interfaces, and implementers must now make common sense deviations from the specifications of 802.3 to build power sourcing equipment. Abstract: This corrigendum clarifies and corrects isolation text including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium Dependent Interfaces Key Words: DTE, Power via the MDI, POE, Power over Ethernet, isolation Designation: 802.3-2005/Cor 2-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Corrigendum 2: IEEE Std 802.3an-2006 10GBASE-T Correction Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.3-2008. Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007 Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct Equation 55-55 Project Purpose: Somehow during the draft development, a Log10 term in the equation was missed. No one in the ballot group commented on it. The change does not qualify as an errata and therefore is being done as a corrigendum. Designation: 802.3-2008/Cor 1-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Corrigendum 1: Timing Considerations for PAUSE Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 01, 2010 **Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 17, 2010 Project Scope: The scope is to correct the PAUSE reaction delay value so that it is sufficient for all IEEE Std 802.3 'Physical Layer entity (PHY) types. Project Purpose: The PAUSE reaction delay value specified is not sufficient for all PHYs. Abstract: The correction to the PAUSE reaction timing delay for the 10GBASE-T port type is addressed in this corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2008. Key Words: 802.3(TM)-2008/Cor 1-2009, 802.3, 802.3bb, 802.3-2008/Cor-1, PAUSE Designation: 802.3-REVam-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Renamed to 802.3-2005. Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006 Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process. The project will not add any significant new functionality. Project Purpose: This project is expected to merge at least four amendments into the base standard. It also adds maintenance changes submitted through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process (www.ieee802.org/3/maint) to fix errors and ambiguities in the published standard. This will provide a single base document for ongoing work and satisfy IEEE-SA SB requirements. Abstract: Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 10 Gb/s using a common media access control (MAC) specification, management information base (MIB), and capability for Link Aggregation of multiple physical links into a single logical link. The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected physical layer (PHY) interfaces for operation over coxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters which are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include: various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitian area network applications, and the provision of power over selected twisted pair PHY types. Key Words: 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG Designation: 802.3.1-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Approved Draft Standard for Management Information Base (MIB) Definitions for Ethernet Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: This standard contains the Management Information Base (MIB) module specifications for IEEE Std 802.3, also known as Ethernet. It includes the Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2) MIB module specifications formerly produced and published by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), and the Guidelines for the Definition of Managed Objects (GDMO) MIB modules formerly specified within IEEE Std 802.3, as well as extensions resulting from recent amendments to IEEE Std 802.3. The SMIv2 MIB modules are intended for use with the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), commonly used to manage Ethernet. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to publish the SMIv2 and GDMO MIB module specifications in a single document that is separate from IEEE Std 802.3, and that can be published in a machine-readable format. Future amendments and revisions to IEEE Std 802.3.1 will be performed to update the MIB specifications as required to track future amendments and revisions to IEEE Std 802.3. Abstract: This standard contains the Management Information Base (MIB) module specifications for IEEE Std 802.3, also known as Ethernet. It includes the Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2) MIB module specifications formerly produced and published by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), and the Guidelines for the Definition of Managed Objects (GDMO) MIB modules formerly specified within IEEE Std 802.3, as well as extensions resulting from amendments to IEEE Std 802.3. The SMIv2 MIB modules are intended for use with the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), commonly used to manage Ethernet. Key Words: MIB, SNMP, SMIv2, GDMO, Ethernet, network management, 802.3, Designation: 802.3a-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Section 10, Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium Specification, Type 10BASE2 Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: local, area, networks, CSMA/CD, sec 10 Designation: 802.3aa-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T), Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T) Status: Superseded **Supersedes 802.3u-1995. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Limited to updating 802.3u to correct possible inaccuracies. Project Purpose: To correct and update Std. 802.3u using a group of revisions known as Group #1. Designation: 802.3ab-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Physical Layer Parameters and Specifications for 1000 Mb/s Operation over 4 pair of Category 5 Balanced Copper Cabling, Type 1000BASE-T Status: Superseded **Incorporated in 802.3,2000 Edition. The front matter of this standard includes a dedication to the memory of Valerie Zelenty. Superseded by 802.3- 2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 2000 Project Scope: Define physical layer characteristics and specifications for 1000 Mb/s operation on 4 pair of 100 ohm Category 5 balanced copper cabling as defined by EIA/TIA-568-A, Annex E or its equivalent as built from material specified by ISO/IEC 11801:1995. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to provide 1000 Mb/s operation over installed Category 5 generic facilities balanced copper cabling. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 Family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: Type 1000BASE-T PCS, type 1000BASE-T PMA sublayer, and type 1000BASE-T Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) are defined. This supplement provides fully functional, electrical and mechanical specifications for the type 1000BASE-T PCS, PMA, and MDI. This supplement also specifies the baseband medium used with 1000BASE-T. Key Words: "Auto-Negotiation,Category 5,copper,Ethernet,gigabit,MASTER- SLAVE,medium dependent interface,physical coding sublayer,Physical Layer,physical medium attachment" Designation: 802.3ac-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) frame extensions for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLAN) tagging on 802.3 networks Status: Superseded **Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Specifications of 802.3 frame when carrying Virtual Bridged Local Area network (VLAN) tag information. Necessary adjustments to 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters e.g. maxFrameSize to accommodate Virtual Bridged Local Area Network tagged framesual Bridged Local Area Network (VLAN) tag information. Necessary adjustments to IEEE Std 802.3 clause 30 management attribute definitions to accommodate Virtual Bridged Local Area Network tagged frames. Project Purpose: To adjust the 802.3 frame format to align IEEE Std 802.3 with IEEE 802.1Q. Abstract: Information technology - telecommunications and information exchange between systems - local and metropolitan area networks - specific requirements. Supplement to Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications. Frame extensions for Virtual Bridged Local Area Network (VLAN) tagging on 802.3 networks Key Words: "data processing,Ethernet,information interchange,local area networks,local area networks,management,models,mode of data transmission,network interconnection,repeater,type field" Designation: 802.3ad-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications-Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments Status: Superseded **Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Specify a DTE to Dte logical link which consists of n parallel instances of an 802.3 point-to-point link segment. The logical link will support existing 802.3 MAC Clients. Define the necessary management objects and protocols to support link aggregation, including identification, addition and deletion of link segments to and from the logical link. Project Purpose: To increase link availability and bandwidth between DETs by specifying the necessary mechanisms for parallel link segment aggregation. Abstract: Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002 Key Words: "Aggregated Link, Aggregator, Link Aggregation Group, Physical Layer" Designation: 802.3ae-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Local & Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Media Access Control (MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 2002 Project Scope: Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics and management parameters for transfer of LLC and Ethernet format frames at 10 Gb/s using full duplex operation as defined in the 802.3 standard. In addition to the traditional LAN space, add parameters and mechanisms that enable deployment of Ethernet over the Wide Area Network operating at a data rate compatible with OC-192c and SDH VC-4-64c payload rate. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to an operating speed of 10 Gb/s and to expand the Ethernet application space to include Wide Area Network links in order to provide a significant increase in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base of 802.3 interfaces, previous investment in research and development, and principles of network operation and management. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics and management parameters for transfer of LLC and Ethernet format frames at 10 Gb/s using full duplex operation as defined in the 802.3 standard. In addition to the traditional LAN space, add parameters and mechanisms that enable deployment of Ethernet over the Wide Area Network operating at a data rate compatible with OC-192c and SDH VC-4-64c payload rate. Key Words: "10 Gigabit Ethernet, fiber, LAN PHY, WAN PHY, XAUI, XGMII, XSBI" Designation: 802.3af-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power Via Media Dependent Interface (MDI) Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. The amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory considerations. Compatibility with existing equipment will be considered. Project Purpose: To provide power for a new class of devices with 802.3 interfaces enabled by progress in silicon technology. These devices are characterized by low power requirements and LAN connectivity. Abstract: This amendment is based on the current edition of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 plus changes incorporated by IEEE Std 802.3ae-2002. Abstract: Support for optionally powering a 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX or 1000BASE-T DTE device via the Power Interface (PI) using physical layers defined in Clauses 14, 25, and 40. The Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) is located at an end point or midspan, separate from and between the MDIs, and provides power to the Powered Device (PD) over the Link Section. The PSE detection protocol distinguishes a compatible PD from non-compatible devices and precludes the application of power and possible damage to non-compatible devices. The PSE monitors the Maintain Power Signature (MPS)and removes power when it is no longer requested or required. Optional management function requirements are specified. Four interpretations are available for IEEE STD 802.3af-2003: http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/802.3af-2003.html Key Words: "802.3af, Link Section, midspan, MPS, PD, PI, POE, power, Power over Ethernet, PSE" Designation: 802.3ah-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access With Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, and Management Parameters for Subscriber Access Networks Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 2005 Project Scope: Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of the MAC operation, physical layer specifications, and management parameters for the transfer of 802.3 format frames in subscriber access networks at operating speeds within the scope of the current IEEE Std 802.3 and approved new projects. Project Purpose: To expand the application of Ethernet to include subscriber access networks in order to provide a significant increase in performance while minimizing equipment, operation, and maintenance costs. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of the MAC operation, physical layer specifications, and management parameters for the transfer of 802.3 format frames in subscriber access networks at operating speeds within the scope of the current IEEE Std 802.3 and approved new projects. Key Words: "Ethernet in the First Mile, EFM, Ethernet Passive Optical Network, EPON, Ethernet over DSL, Multi-point MAC Control," Designation: 802.3aj-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance 7 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003 Project Scope: IEEE Std 802.3, which addresses the CSMA/CD access method and physical layer specifications will be enhanced through necessary amendments and corrigenda. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 802.3 will be kept current and reflective of current implementation and application requirements, in accordance with the IEEE 802.3 Working Group maintenance process, defined at http://www.ieee802.org/3/maint/index.htm. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 IEEE Std 802.3, which addresses the CSMA/CD access method and physical layer specifications will be enhanced through necessary amendments and corrigenda. Key Words: "802.3aj, 1000BASE-T, auto-negotiation, NEXT page" Designation: 802.3aj Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Maintenance Revision #7 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002 Project Scope: Maintenance changes. Project Purpose: Add accumulated maintenance changes. Abstract: Project scope: Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. The amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory considerations. Compatibility with existing equipment will be considered. Project purpose: To provide power for a new class of devices with 802.3 interfaces enabled by progress in silicon technology. These devices are characterized by low power requirements and LAN connectivity. Key Words: IEEE802.3 , IEEE802.3a , IEEE802.3aj , IEEE 802.3 , IEEE 802.3a , IEEE 802.3aj Designation: 802.3ak-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation, Type 10GBASE-CX4 Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae- 2002 (and any other approved amendment or corrigendum) to add a copper Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) option for 10 Gb/s operation, building upon the existing 10GBASE-X Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) specifications. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a lower-cost option for interconnection of closely located equipment (within ~15m of cable), typically within a stack or between equipment racks within a room. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 The scope of this project is to specify additions to and appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae- 2002 (and any other approved amendment or corrigendum) to add a copper Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) option for 10 Gb/s operation, building upon the existing 10GBASE-X Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) specifications. Key Words: "802.3ak, 10GBASE-CX4,10 Gigabit Ethernet, cable assembly, physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer, XAUI" Designation: 802.3an-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems – LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements Part 3: CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation, Type 10GBASE-T Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.3-2008. Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 24, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify a Physical Layer (PHY) for operation at 10 Gb/s on standards based structured copper cabling, using the existing Media Access Controller, and with extensions to the appropriate physical layer management parameters, of IEEE Std 802.3. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a lower-cost, twisted pair copper cabling option for 10Gb/s interconnection of equipment up to 100 m. Abstract: This standard specifies IEEE 802 media access-independent mechanisms that optimize handovers between heterogeneous IEEE 802 systems and between IEEE 802 systems and cellular systems. Key Words: 802.3an, 10GBASE-T, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, Auto-Negotiation, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, structured cabling, XAUI, XGMII Designation: 802.3ap-2007 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: Ethernet Operation Over Electrical Backplanes Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.3-2008. Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 to specify operation at 1000 Mb/s and 10 Gb/s across an electrical backplane leveraging the existing MAC. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide standards based Ethernet interconnection of server and telecommunication blades over a modular platform backplane. Industry trends for LAN, SAN and other applications are migrating to backplane interconnects, and this project will optimize Ethernet operation for backplanes. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 (as amended by IEEE Std 802.3an-2006, IEEE Std 802.3aq-2006, 802.3as-2006, and then there is IEEE Std 802.3-2005/Cor1-2006. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 includes the new Clause 69 through Clause 74. Clause 69 provides an overview of Ethernet operation over electrical backplanes. Clause 70 through Clause 72 define three new PMDs developed for operation over electrical backplanes. 1000BASE-KX specifies 1 Gb/s serial operation, 10GBASE-KX4 specifies 10 Gb/s 4- lane operation, and 10GBASE-KR specifies 10 Gb/s serial operation. Clause 73 specifies an Auto- Negotiation function for use over electrical backplanes. Finally, Clause 74 specifies an optional forward error correction (FEC) sublayer for 10GBASE-R PHYs for improved link performance. Key Words: 1000BASE-KX, 10GBASE-KX4, 10GBASE-KR, 10GBASE-R, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 802.3ap, Auto-Negotiation, Backplane Ethernet, backplane, forward error correction (FEC), Gigabit Ethernet, physical medium dependent sublayer (PMD) Designation: 802.3aq-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.3-2008. Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 as amended to add a Physical Layer (PHY) for operation at 10 Gb/s on standards based structured fiber cabling, using the existing MAC and with extensions to the appropriate physical layer management parameters of IEEE Std 802.3. Project Purpose: This project will define a lower-cost, 10Gb/s serial PHY that supports a link distance of at least 220m over installed FDDI-grade multimode fiber. The specification should enable migration to smaller form factor pluggable modules. Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 specifies a new PMD, 10GBASE-LRM, for serial, 10 Gb/s operation over up to 220 m of 62.5 µm and 50 µm multimode fiber, including installed, FDDI grade multimode fiber Key Words: 802.3aq, 10GBASE-LRM, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, multimode fiber, physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer Designation: 802.3ar Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment: Enhancements for congestion management Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of MAC operation and management parameters of IEEE Std 802.3 to provide rate control and support of IEEE 802 congestion management. Project Purpose: This project will enable accelerated deployment of Ethernet into emerging limited-topology applications that require improved delay, delay variation and frame loss characteristics. Designation: 802.3as-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks- - Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.3-2008. Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007 Project Scope: Specify the IEEE 802.3 frame format when optional envelope information is present while preserving the original MAC service data unit. Also, specify related adjustments to IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and management attribute definitions. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the size of the IEEE 802.3 frame format to accommodate IEEE 802.1ad Provider Bridging, IEEE 802.1AE MACSec and other applications requiring envelope information. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 extends the IEEE 802.3 basic frame format with the addition of an envelope frame to accommodate additional prefixes and suffixes required by higher layer encapsulation protocols such as those defined by IEEE 802.1 (e.g., Provider Bridges, MAC Security), ITU-T or IETF (e.g., MPLS). Key Words: 802.3as, basic frame, envelope frame, frame expansion, frame format extension, frame size, Q-tagged frame Designation: 802.3at-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment 3: Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via the Media Dependent Interface (MDI) Enhancements. Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 2009 **Amendment of IEEE Std 802.3(TM)-2008 Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Mar 01, 2010 Abstract: A protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from adjacent stations in IEEE 802 LANs are defined in this standard. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.3-2008, 802.3at-2009, LAN/MAN Designation: 802.3at Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information technologyTelecommunications and information exchange between systemsLocal and metropolitan area networksSpecific requirementsPart 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Amendment: DTE Power via the MDI Enhancements Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to augment the capabilities of the IEEE Std 802.3 standard with higher power levels and improved power management information. The project will augment the methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. Optional augmented power limit will be made available for certain structured cabling systems. Compatibility with existing equipment will be maintained. Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to include higher power applications while providing enhanced power management information to reduce total system cost. Designation: 802.3av-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment 1: Physical Layer Specifications and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Passive Optical Networks Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3(TM)-2008 Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: May 24, 2010 Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 extends Ethernet Passive Optical Networks (EPONs) operation to 10 Gb/s providing both symmetric, 10 Gb/s downstream and upstream, and asymmetric, 10 Gb/s downstream and 1 Gb/s upstream, data rates. It specifies the 10 Gb/s EPON Reconciliation Sublayer, 10GBASE-PR symmetric and 10/1GBASE-PRX Physical Coding Sublayers (PCSs) and Physical Media Attachments (PMAs), and Physical Medium Dependent sublayers (PMDs) that support both symmetric and asymmetric data rates while maintaining complete backward compatibility with already deployed 1 Gb/s. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.3-2008, 802.3av-2009, 10 Gb/s Ethernet Passive Optical Networks (10G-EPON), forward error correction (FEC), Multi-Point MAC Control (MPMC), Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Media Attachment (PMA), Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), PON, Point to Multipoint (P2MP), Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) Designation: 802.3az-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment 5: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, and Management Parameters for Energy-Efficient Ethernet Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 27, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 specifies changes to several existing physical layers to enable energy-efficient operation of Ethernet. Changes to 10BASE-T include a reduction in transmit voltage requirements. Changes to 100BASE-TX, 1000BASE- T, 10GBASE-T, 1000BASE-KX, 10GBASE-KX4 and 10GBASE-KR include the definition of a Low Power Idle (LPI) mode and mechanisms to communicate and manage the entry and exit into and out of LPI and the operation of this mode. New Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) TLVs are defined for negotiating system level energy-efficiency parameters. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, 1000BASE-KX, 1000BASE-T, 10GBASE-KR, 10GBASEKX4, 10GBASE-T, Backplane Ethernet, Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE), IEEE 802.3az, LLDP, Low Power Idle Mode (LPI), TLV Designation: 802.3b-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3: Broadband Medium Attachment Unit and Broadband Medium Specifications, Type 10BROAD36 (Section 11) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: Section 11, local, area, networks, LAN Designation: 802.3ba-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area networks—Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment 4: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, and Management Parameters for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s Operation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 2010 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011 Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 includes changes to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 and adds Clause 80 through Clause 88, Annex 83A through Annex 83C, Annex 85A, and Annex 86A. This amendment includes IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters, Physical Layer specifications, and management parameters for the transfer of IEEE 802.3 format frames at 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.3ba, 802.3, 40 Gb/s Ethernet, 40GBASE-CR4, 40GBASE-KR4, 40GBASE- LR4, 40GBASE-R, 40GBASE-SR4, 100 Gb/s Ethernet, 100GBASE-CR10, 100GBASE-ER4, 100GBASE-LR4, 100GBASE-R, 100GBASE-SR10, AN, Auto-Negotiation, Backplane, BP, CAUI, CGMII, CPPI, FEC, MMF, SMF, Optical Transport Network, OTN, XLAUI, XLGMII, XLPPI Designation: 802.3bc-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks- - Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment 2: Ethernet Organizationally Specific Type, Length, Value (TLVs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2009 **Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3(TM)-2008 Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2010 Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 transfers the IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLVs, specified in IEEE Std 802.1AB(TM)-2009, Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery, to IEEE Std 802.3. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: 802.3bc-2009, Ethernet, LLDP, type, length, value (TLVs) Designation: P802.3bd Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: MAC Control Frame for Priority-based Flow Control Status: Amendment History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009 Project Scope: This standard defines a MAC Control Frame to support 802.1Qbb Priority-based Flow Control. Data Center Bridging networks (bridges and end nodes) are characterized by limited bandwidth-delay product and limited hop- count. Traffic class is identified by the VLAN tag priority values. Priority-based flow control is intended to eliminate frame loss due to congestion. This is achieved by a mechanism similar to the IEEE 802.3x PAUSE, but operating on individual priorities. This mechanism, in conjunction with other Data Center Bridging technologies, enables support for higher layer protocols that are highly loss sensitive while not affecting the operation of traditional LAN protocols utilizing other priorities. In addition, PFC complements Congestion Notification in Data Center Bridging networks. Operation of priority-based flow control is limited to a domain controlled by a Data Center Bridging control protocol that controls the application of Priority-based Flow Control, Enhanced Transmission Selection, and Congestion Notification. Project Purpose: Data Center Bridging networks employ higher layer protocols that depend on the delivery of data frames without frame loss due to congestion. These protocols were designed for an underlying transport that approaches lossless behavior and therefore do not include appropriate response to frame loss due to congestion (e.g. back-off, slow restart, etc.). This amendment adds the frame format to support 802.1Qbb Priority- based Flow Control. Abstract: This standard defines a MAC Control Frame to support 802.1Q Priority-based Flow Control Key Words: Ethernet; Data Center Bridging; MAC Control; Priority-based Flow Control; pause Designation: 802.3bf-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Approved Draft Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer SpecificationsAmendment: Media Access Control (MAC) service interface and management parameters to support time synchronization protocols Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011 Project Scope: Amend IEEE Std 802.3-2008 to extend the Media Access Control service interface and add management parameters to provide support for the IEEE 802.1AS time synchronization protocol. Project Purpose: Provide an accurate indication of the transmission and reception initiation times of certain packets as required to support IEEE P802.1AS. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3 defines the Time Synchronization Service Interface (TSSI) to indicate when the Start Frame Delimiter (SFD) crosses the generic Medium Independent Interface (xMII), together with management objects indicating transmit and receive data delay between the Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) and xMII for the given Physical Layer devices (PHY). Both features are required to support time synchronization protocols, e.g., IEEE P802.1AS or IEEE Std 1588. Key Words: 802.3bf, 802.1AS, time synchronization protocol Designation: 802.3bg-2011 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment 6: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for Serial 40 Gb/s Ethernet Operation Over Single Mode Fiber Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2011 History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to add a single-mode fiber Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) option for serial 40 Gb/s operation by specifying additions to, and appropriate modifications of, IEEE Std 802.3-2008 as amended by the IEEE P802.3ba project (and any other approved amendment or corrigendum). Project Purpose: This project will define a 40 Gb/s serial PMD that supports a link distance of at least 2km over single-mode fiber that is optically compatible with existing carrier 40Gb/s client interfaces (OTU3/STM-256/OC- 768/40G Packet over SONET (POS)), which will enable interconnection between equipment in carrier networks or as uplink interconnections from enterprises, data centers, or other network operators into carrier networks. Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3™-2008 specifies a new Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, 40GBASE-FR, for serial 40Gb/s operation over up to 2 km of single-mode fiber. Key Words: 40 Gb/s Ethernet, 40GBASE-FR, IEEE 802.3bg, Optical Transport Network, OTN,Physical Medium Dependent sublayer, PMD sublayer, single-mode fiber, SMF Designation: 802.3c-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Repeater Unit for 10 Mb/s Baseband Networks (Sections 9.1 - 9.8) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: repeater, unit, section 12, LAN Designation: 802.3d-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium Specification for a Vendor Independent Fiber Optic Inter Repeater Link (Section 9.9) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: fiber optic, repeater, link, local, area Designation: 802.3e-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Physical Signaling, Medium Attachment, and Baseband Medium Specifications, Type 1BASE5 STARLAN (Section 12) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1989 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: physical, signal, medium, attachment, baseband Designation: 802.3F Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Physical Signaling Medium Attachment & Baseband Medium Specification/Type 1BASE5 Multi-point Extension Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Suppl to 802.3 . Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:540-227-0059, Email:thompson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987 Designation: 802.3h-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management (Section 5) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 11, 1991 Abstract: This Local Area Network (LAN) standard defines the Layer Management specification for networks based on the CSMA/CD access method. It provides the formal description of the relationship between the CSMA/CD Layer Entities and the Layer Management facilities. Key Words: LAN, layer, management, local, networks Designation: 802.3i-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - System Considerations for Multisegment 10 M/S Baseband Networks (Section 13) and Twisted-Pair Medium Attachmen Unit and Baseband Med Spec, Type 10BASE-T (Section 14) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1991 Abstract: This Local Area Network standard specifies the Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and one specific unshielded twisted-pair medium for use with the MAU. This MAU is specified for use in a 10 Mb/s baseband CSMA/CD LAN. Guidelines for its application in a repeatered multisegment hetergeneous CSMA/CD network are included. Key Words: LAN, medium, twisted pair, baseband, 10baset Designation: 802.3j-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Fiber Optic Active and Passive Star-Based Segments, Type 10BASE-F (Sections 15-18) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2002, as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae-2002 10Gb/s Ethernet and IEEE Std 802.3af-2003 DTE Power via MDI, contains a set of maintenance requests approved for ballot at the November 2002 IEEE 802.3 closing plenary as part of project IEEE P802.3aj Maintenance 7. Key Words: conformance requirements, fiber optic, star-based segments, type 10BASE-F, LAN, MAN Designation: 802.3k-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Repeaters (Section 19) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 The supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1992 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1992 Edition] defines a set of mechanisms that enable management of ISO/IEC 8802-3 10 Mb/s baseband repeater units. The managed objects are defined in accordance with IEEE 802.1 and ISO/IEC standards for network management. Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, LAN, collision, detection, layer, management, local, area, networks, hub, repeater Designation: 802.3l-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Section 14.10) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1992 defines conformance requirements for Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) implementations for local and metropolitan area networks. Key Words: local, area, networks, metropolitan, carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, collision, detection, MAU Designation: 802.3m-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Second Maintenance Ballot) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3n-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Third Maintenance Ballot) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3p-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Medium Attachment Units (MAUs) (Section 20) Published with 802.3q-1993. Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3q-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Guidelines for the Development of Managed Objects (GDMO) (ISO 10164-4) Format for Layer Managed Objects (Clause 5) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, collision, detection, CSMA/CD, LAN, DTES, layer management, objects, managed, objects, medium, attachment, units, MAU Designation: 802.3r-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Type 10BASE5 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Subclause 8.8) Status: Superseded **Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jul 29, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-1998 A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for Type 10BASE5 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) (clause 8) is provided. The PICS proforma is used to evaluate the conformance of a particular implementation of the standard. Key Words: dynamic conformance testing, medium attachment unit, MAU, PICS proforma, protocol implementation conformance, static conformance review, Type 10BASE5 Designation: 802.3s-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Fourth Maintenance Ballot) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3t-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Informative Annex for Support of 120 Ohm Cables in 10BASE-T Simplex Link Segment Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3u-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Supplement - Media Access Control (MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, Medium Attachment Units and Repeater for 100Mb/s Operation, Type 100BASE-T (Clauses 21-30) Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE Std 802-3. Superseded by 802.3aa-1998. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996 Project Scope: 1. The CSMA/CD access method of IEEE 802.3 will be retained without change. Therefore, the only change to Clause 4 Media access Control and Clause 6 PLS Service Specifications will be to add a subclause 4.4.2.3 containing the parameterized values for 100 Mb/s operation of the MAC. Management definitions will be provided that build upon the existing set with minimal changes. 2. The link segment phyical layer specification and the multiport repeater specification will be optimized for operation over 100 meter TP links supporting one or more of the horizontal wiring schemes specified in EIA/TIA-568:1991 and TSB-36. The architecture will be sufficiently open that other physical later specifications may be added as future projects. A media independent interface (MII) will be defined which will allow operation of multiple physical later implementations under the MAC. 3. It is recognized that there may be some minor editorial changes required for editorial alignment. For example: "The PLS is found in chapter7" would require correction.l Project Purpose: This standard will provide a higher speed capability for 802.3 LANs at 100 Mb/s, made possible by recent developments in high spped signaling, particularly on unshielded twisted pair and advances in silicon technology. It will afford significant performance improvements with minimal vendor and customer investments by leveraging the infrastructure of 802.3 research, development and market deployment. The design focus for Higher Speed CSMA/CD is better performance for existing applications that are characterized by bursty traffic. This standard is also expected to support emerging applications in the market. Abstract: Superseded by 802.3aa-1998. The ISO/IEC CSMA/CD Media Access Control (MAC) is coupled with a family of new Physical Layer specifications to achieve 100 Mb/s operation. Known collectively as 100BASE-T, this family of Physical Layer specifications includes 100BASE-T4, which uses four pairs of ISO/IEC 11801: 1995 Category 3, 4, or 5 balanced cable; 100BASE-TX, which uses two pairs of Category 5 balanced cable or 150 ohm shielded balanced cable; and 100BASE-FX, which uses two multi-mode fibers. The two 100BASE-X specifications (100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX) reused portions of the 100 Mb/s physical signaling specifications originally developed for Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI). Key Words: fast ethernet, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T, 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-X, Auto-Negotiation, management, MII, repeater Designation: 802.3v-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Informative Annex for Support of 150 Ohm Cables in 10BASE-T Link Segment Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3. Designation: 802.3w Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Standard for Enhanced Media Access Control Algorithm Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:540-227-0059, Email:thompson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: To develop a normative supplement to the IEEE 802.3 standard. This supplement will specify an optional enhancement to the MAC algorithm that improves performance, and is fully compatible and interoperable with the existing MAC. Project Purpose: The supplement will provide a formal state machine specification of the enhancement to the MAC algorithm, with appropriate descriptive text. Designation: 802.3x-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Specification for 802.3 Full Duplex Operation Status: Superseded **Published with IEEE Std 802.3y-1997. Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 1997 Project Scope: To define the specification for bi-directional, simultaneous transmission and reception of IEEE 802.3 frames over media capable of supporting simultaneous bi-directional signaling (twisted pair and/or fiber). Flow control mechanisms will be addressed as relevant. Project Purpose: This standard will provide a higher performance option to the existing standard that allows performance to be optimized for IEEE 802.3 LANs (currently 10 and 100 Mb/s). This performance enhancement is made possible by the separate transmit and receive channels of twosted pair and/or fiber technologies. This standard will allow significant performance improvement and will provide a basis for interoperation of products referred to as 802.3 Full Duplex. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 Necessary changes and additions are made to provide for an additional, full duplex mode of operation on a speed-independent basis. Changes are made to the MAC and selected Physical Layer implementations (10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASE-T) to support full duplex. A mechanism for pause-based flow control is also added.p> Abstract 802.3y: Changes and additions to the 100BASE-T portion of IEEE Std 802.3 are provided to specify an additional 100 Mb/s transceiver type 100BASE-T, which can support full duplex operation over two pairs of Category 3 or better cabling. Key Words: 100BASE-T2, Category 3, flow control, full duplex, MAC Control, management, Media Independent Interface, MII, pause, repeater Designation: 802.3y-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Physical Layer Specification for 100 Mb/s Operation on Two Pairs of Category 3 or Better Balanced Twisted Pair Cable (100BASE-T2) Status: Superseded **Published with IEEE Std 802.3x-1997. Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 1997 Project Scope: A physical layer will be defined for 100BASE-T networks operating over cabling plants where two pairs of ISO/IEC 11801 Category 3 or better balanced twisted pair cabling are available. The standard will additionally be compatible with all other currently planned work. Project Purpose: This standard will allow 100 Mb/s operation on the majority of balanced cable (e.g. twisted pair) plants in use today, including virtually all of the cabling specified in the 10BASE-T standard. It will increase the availability of the 100 Mb/s speed to 802.3 LANs where only two pairs of Category 3 or better balanced cabling are available. This is a significant share of the current 10BASE-T user base. Abstract: Changes and additions to the 100BASE-T portion of IEEE Std 802.3 are provided to specify an additional 100 Mb/s transceiver type 100BASE-T, which can support full duplex operation over two pairs of Category 3 or better cabling. Key Words: 100BASE-T2, Category 3, flow control, full duplex, MAC Control, management, Media Independent Interface, MII, pause, repeater Designation: 802.3z-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, Repeater and Management Parameters for 1,000 Mb/s Operation, Supplement to Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: Define Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics, repeater functions and management parameters for transfer of 802.3 and Ethernet format frames at 1,000 Mb/s. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to an operating speed of 1,000 Mb/s in order to provide a significant increase in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base of CSMA/CD nodes, previous investment in research and development, and principles of network operation and management. Designation: 802.4-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: Standard for Token-Passing Bus Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-4. History: BD APP: Feb 27, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This local area network (LAN) standard deals with all elements of the token-passing bus access method and its associated physical signaling and media technologies. To facilitate interconnection of stations by way of a LAN using the token-passing bus access method, this standard specifies the characteristics of the transmission medium; the signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the Medium Access Control (MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer; and the actions, entities and values used by management. There are four medium characteristics and signaling methods: 5 and 10 Mb/s phase-coherent FSK; 1, 5, and 10 Mb/s broadband; 10 and 20 Mb/s fiberoptic; and 1 Mb/s phase-continuous FSK. Key Words: LAN, token-passing, bus, Protocols, Local area networks Designation: 802.4a-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local Area Network: Fiber Optic Token Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-4. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986 Abstract: Add additional physical layer and media specifications utilizing fiber optic media to IEEE Std 802.4. Key Words: fiber, optic, token, bus Designation: 802.4b-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local Area and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.4 Supplement: Enhancements for Physical Layer Diversity (Redundant Media Control Unit) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to 802.4-1990. History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993 Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990[ANSI/IEEE 802.4-1990] provides a recommendation for employing diversity in the Physical Layer of token- passing bus systems conforming to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 for local and metropolitan area networks. Key Words: physical, local, area, metropolitan, diversity, redundant, media, control, token-passing, bus, access, method Designation: 802.4C Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Thru air media supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the IEEE 802.5 Token-Passing Ring standard are defined. These extensions implement a Dual Ring local area network (LAN) topology that provides full interoperability between stations conforming to IEEE Std 802.5, including coexistence on the same ring, and recovery from all single media failures with full capability restored. The Dual Ring Topology and operation described are intended for applications that require very high availability and recovery from media and station failures. Key Words: lan, air, media, local, networks Designation: 802.4D Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Broadband Media Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, broadband, media, conformance, test Designation: 802.4E Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: MAC Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, MAC, conformance, test, networks Designation: 802.4F Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Phase Coherent FSK Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, phase, coherent, FSK, conformance Designation: 802.4G Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Fiber Optic Media Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Key Words: fiber, optic, media, conformance, lan Designation: 802.4h-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Alternative Use of BNC Connectors and Manchester-Encoded Signaling Methods for Single-Channel Bus Physical Layer Entities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998 Project Scope: To allow the alternative use of BNC-connectors and Manchester Encoded Signaling methods for Single Channel Bus Physical Layer Entities. Project Purpose: The changes will allow alternative specifications requested by users of the standard and are designed to enhance ease of installation, reliabiity and maintainability. Abstract: Administratively withdrawn This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.4-1990] provides the functional, electrical, and mechanical characteristics of single-channel differential and Manchester-data-encoded bus Physical Layer Entities (PLEs). Key Words: BNC connectors, differential Manchester encoding, eye pattern, local area network, MAC-Symbol encoding, Manchester-encoded signaling, Physical Layer Entity, single-channel bus, token-passing bus access method Designation: 802.5 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998 Project Scope: To create a single ISO/IEC Token Ring standard, by performing a technical merge and clarification of ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998 and its amendments. The scope does not include the development of new technical capabilities, but does provide for clarification and correction of existing functions and features. Project Purpose: To provide a single cohesive document describing the various capabilities and options for Token Ring as defined within the family of IEEE 802.5 standards. Various sections of the standard were written at different times, based on slightly different models. Therefore, the revision is required to rewrite the standard bringing all sections together under the same global view. Designation: 802.5-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1990 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.5-1997 This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a LAN using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and priority stacks, is defined. The medium access control (MAC) protocol is defined. The finite state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mbit/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC), is also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard. Key Words: LAN, Medium Access Control Protocol, MAC Protocol, compatible interconnection Designation: 802.5-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local Area Networks: Token Ring Bus Access Method and Physical Layer Specification Status: Superseded Key Words: lan, token-ring, physical, layer, bus Designation: 802.5-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004 Project Scope: This project will consider updates, corrections to errors and improved clarification to the Std 802.5-1995. Project Purpose: During development of P802.5r, a number of areas in Std 802.5- 1995 were found in need of revision. Designation: 802.5a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: LAN: Station Management Supplement to 802.5-1985 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This supplement is section 6 of 8802-5:1992. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Key Words: LAN, station, management, local, area Designation: 802.5b-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1991 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Key Words: token, ring, configuration, lan, local Designation: 802.5b-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s - 1993 Edition Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Was ISO/IEC TR 10738. History: ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Key Words: token, ring, access, method, data, transmission, networks, unshielded, twisted, pair, cable Designation: 802.5c-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications: Recommended Practice for Dual Ring Operation with Wrapback Reconfiguration Status: Superseded **Supplement to IEEE 802.5-1989. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the IEEE 802.5 Token-Passing Ring standard are defined. These extensions implement a Dual Ring local area network (LAN) topology that provides full interoperability between stations conforming to IEEE Std 802.5, including coexistence on the same ring, and recovery from all single media failures with full capability restored. The Dual Ring Topology and operation described are intended for applications that require very high availability and recovery from media and station failures. Key Words: token, ring, configuration, LAN, local Designation: 802.5d-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Interconnected Token Ring LANs Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Key Words: interconnected, token ring, LAN, local Designation: 802.5e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Token Ring Station Management Entity Specifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to 802.5 Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, station, management, entity Designation: 802.5f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: 16 Mbit /s Token Ring Operations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to 802.5 Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, 16 mbit/s, local, networks Designation: 802.5g-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications--Conformance Testing Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Supplement to 802.5 (Appendix C for 802.5A) History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Project Scope: and Purpose- Provide a set of specifications as the basis for Conformance (to the Standard) testing of IEEE 802.5. Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Key Words: LAN, conformance, testing, local, networks Designation: 802.5h Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Operation of Logical Link Control III on Token Rings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Supplement to 802.5 Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, logical, link, control Designation: 802.5i Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Token Ring - Early Token Release Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, early, release, networks Designation: 802.5j-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Trial Use Standard for Information Processing Systems-Local Area Networks-Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Spec.-Fiber Optic Media Station Attachment Status: Superseded **Available as ISO/IEC TR 11802-4. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1b-1995 The functional, electrical, optical, and mechanical characteristics of a fibre optic interface for connecting a 4- or 16-Mbit/s token ring station to the trunk coupling unit of a token ring are specified. This technical report is based upon a fibre optic transmitter, a channel of multimode graded-index fibres, and a direct-detection photodiode receiver; and includes signaling provisions for bypass of the station from the ring and self-test capabilities. Key Words: Trunk coupling unit, Token ring, Optical transmitter (OTX), Optical receiver (ORX), Local area network (LAN), Fibre optic station attachment, Fibre optic medium interface (FOMI), Fibre optic interface (FOI) Designation: 802.5j-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Fibre Optic Media Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Will be published with IEEE Std 802.5r-1996 as 8802-5 : 1998 Amd 1. Supersedes 802.5j-1993. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998 Project Scope: To upgrade from Trial Use to Full Use, the standard which adds to the token ring standard the means for fiber optic media station attachment to the token ring network. This effort will consider comments from users of the trial use standard to include specifications for both fiber for the lobe and trunk in the supplement. Project Purpose: This project will update the existing Token Ring Trial Use Fiber Standard to Full Use Supplement to 802.5-1995. The current trial use Fiber standard is being used by a number of companies and significant interest is present to spend the effort to make a full use supplemental standard to 802.5. Designation: 802.5k Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Token Ring Media Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Aug 28, 1987 Key Words: lan, token ring, media, local, networks Designation: 802.5l Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Maintenance of Token Ring Standard Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Designation: 802.5m-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Token Ring LAN Access Method: Specification and PICS Proforma for Source Routing Transparent Bridge Operation (SRT) Status: Superseded **Available in ISO/IEC 10038. This work will be incorporated into 802.1D. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Designation: 802.5n Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Operation of 4 and 16 M/bits Token Ring Local Area Networks on Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Media Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991 Project Scope: Extend the IEEE 802.5-1989 Standard to include operation of Token Ring at 4 and 16 Mbit/s over UTP media. Maintain interoperability with stations that comply to that specification when they are attached to UTP> Project Purpose: To specify the operation of Token Ring over UTP media. The objectives of this specification are to achieve the following: 1. Ensure compatability with existing shielded twisted pair (STP) station attachment implementations. 2. Allow interoperability of UTP and STP on the same ring. 3. Maintain compatability with the Recommended Practice for use of UTP for Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s (802.5B) where advantageous. 4. Support of lobes consistent with TR 41.8.1 recommendations both at 4 and 16 Mbit/s for the set of active and/or passive TCU devices. 5. Support at least 72 lobe-attached stations. 6. All valid UTP cabling and TCU configurations will allow attachment of any UTP station at any Token Ring UTP interface. Designation: 802.5p-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Standard for Information Processing Systems--Local Area Networks--Part 2: Logical Link Control--Annex X: End system Route Determination Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Revision and redesignation of 802.2-1989. Incorporated into 802.2, 1994 edition. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5. Designation: 802.5q Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information processing systems-Local Area Networks-Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specification-Media Access Control Revision Status: Superseded **802.5q was incorrectly numbered as if it were a supplement, but in fact, it is a revision of 802.5. Project Scope: Revise the existing media access control(MAC) sections of the token ring standard to provide improved clarity and specificity. In addition the joining ring and beacon test capabilities shall be included and the 16-bit addressing removed from the standard. This change will align the standard with current implementations. Project Purpose: In the process of the development of conformance test documents it has become apparent that greater clarity and specificity in the standard is required for the writing of test specifications for the token ring. In addition certain improvements which have been implemented in token ring have been demonstratred as being most desirable for enhanced operation and therefore should be included. Designation: 802.5r-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Dedicated Token Ring Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Will be published with IEEE Std 802.5j-1996 as 8802-5 : 1998 Amd 1. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997 Project Scope: Define dedicated attachment of existing token ring stations. In addition, expand the station's capability to simultaneously transmit and receive independent data streams for all frames. define station concentrator functions in sufficient detail to produce an interface between station and concentrator that assures interworking. Project Purpose: As presently defined, each token ring station shares the ring's total available bandwidth. This dedicated attachment extension to 802.5-1995 will provide a significant increase in available bandwidth to each station. Additionally, it will decouple the operating speed of the concentrator from its attaching stations. Designation: 802.5t-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications 100 Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Jan 13, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2000 Project Scope: Generate a standard for 100 Mbit/s 802.5 Token Ring LANs based on the present 802.5 Token Ring MAC. It will support 2-pair Category 5 (100 ohm) and STP (150 ohm) cabling as specified in IS-11801 (and EIA/TIA 568A). The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and ports. MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5, modified only to meet the specifications for the Tc PHY. The frame format between MAC and LLC is being preserved Project Purpose: To provide a cost effective solution for current IEEE 802.5 Token Ring users by specifically developing a standard for a High Speed Token Ring LAN based on the present IEEE 802.5 MAC, for incorporation into present 802.5 Token Ring environments with minimal increase in LAN complexity. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This supplement specifies the changes required to ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5, 1998 Edition, (Base standard) and ANSI/IEEE 802.5r, 1998 Edition, and ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5j, 1998 Edition, (Amendment 1 standard) to support 100 Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring (DTR) operation. The Base standard, together with the Amendment 1 standard, specifies shared and dedicated (point-to-point) Token Ring operation at both 4 Mbit/s and 16 Mbit/s using either the TKP Access Protocol or the TXI Access Protocol. This supplement extends Token Ring operation to 100 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. Extensions to the medium access control (MAC) have been made to accommodate the requirements for high media rates (100 Mbit/s and above). Key Words: "data processing interconnection, dedicated token ring, fill duplex operation, local area network (LAN), medium access control (MAC), 100 Mbit/s operation, token ring" Designation: 802.5u Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan area networks Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Optical fiber Physical Layer Specification for 100 Mbit/s Token Ring operation Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997 Project Scope: Provide the appropriate extensions to the standard for 100 Mbit/s 802.5 Token now being written to include support for multi-mode Optical Fibre as specified in IS-11801 (and EIA/TIA 568A). The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and ports. MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5, modified only to meet the specifications for the Fx, Fibre PHY. The frame format between MAC and LLC is being preserved). Project Purpose: To provide a cost effective fibre optic solution for current IEEE 802.5 Token Ring users by specifically developing a standard for a High Speed Token Ring LAN based on the present IEEE 802.5 MAC for incorporation into present 802.5 Token Ring environments with minimal increase in LAN complexity. Designation: 802.5v-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Gigabit Token Ring Operation Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 04, 2001, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 2001 Project Scope: Define IEEE 802.5 Token Ring (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics, and management parameters for transfer of 802.5 format frames at 1,000 Mb/s or faster. The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and ports. MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5. The frame format between MAC and LLC is being preserved Project Purpose: To extend the IEEE 802.5 protocol to an operating speed of 1,000 Mbit/s or faster, to provide a significant increase in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base of Token Ring nodes, previous investment in research and development, and principles of network operation and management. Abstract: This amendment specifies the changes required to IEEE 802.5, 1999 Edition (ISO/IEC8802-5:1998 base standard), IEEE Stds 802.5r and 802.5j, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998/Amd. 1:1998), and IEEE Std 802.5t-1999, to support 1000 Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring (DTR) operation. The base standard together with Amendment 1 specifies shared and dedicated (point-to-point) Token Ring operation at both 4 and 16 Mbit/s using either the TKP Access Protocol or theTXI Access Protocol. IEEE Std 802.5t-2000 extends Token Ring operation to 100 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. This standard extends Token Ring opera-tion to 1000 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. Extensions to the Media Access Control have been made to accommodate the requirements for the 1000 Mbit/s media rate. Key Words: "Token Ring operation, TKP Access Protocol, TXI Access Protocol, DTR C-Port and Station" Designation: 802.5w-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Corrigenda to Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: Correct errors in 802.5-1998 and its amendments. Project Purpose: Correct errors in 802.5-1998 and its amendments. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This corrigendum to Local and Metropolitan Area Network standards, IEEE Std 802.5, 1998 Edition and IEEE Stds 802.5r and 802.5j, 1998 Edition, is part of a family of local area net-work (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Errors that have been identified in the two standards are corrected. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: "data processing interconnection, dedicated token ring, fibre optic media, full duplex operation, insertion key, LAN, MAC, token ring" Designation: 802.5x Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Source Routing - Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1Q Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: Extend 802.1Q to specify support for the source route bridging method. Project Purpose: To enable source routing users to take advantage of virtual bridged LANs, while retaining the capabilities of source routing. Designation: 802.5z Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to - Information Technology Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999 Project Scope: Specify a DTE to DTE logical link which consists of n parallel instances of an 802.5 point-to-point link segment. The logical link will support existing 802.5 MAC Clients. Project Purpose: To increase link availability and bandwidth between DTEs by specifying the necessary mechanisms for parallel link segment aggregation. Designation: 802.6-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6. Draft 15, dated 1 Oct 90, was approved. History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 30, 1991 Project Scope: The Standard will define a Dual Bus subnetwork incorporating a shared Medium physical layer of two unidirectioonal buses, a non-isochronous media access control sublayer based on Distributed Queueing and an isochronous media access control sublayer based on centralized time slot allocation. The standard will allow for bridges to interconnect two or more Dual Bus subnetworks to form a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN). The Dual Bus subnetwork and MAN shall be capable both of operating in the public telecommunications network environment and of incorporation in the public network structure, and shall meet the operations, administration, maintenance and performance requirements of this environment for criteria such as reliability, availablity and security. The Dual Bus subnetworks and MAN shall operate at selected rates exceeding 1 Mbps and consistent with public network rates. The Dual Bus subnetworks and MAN shall be capable of operating over areas in excess of 50 kilometers in diameter. The performance and efficiency shall be essentially independent of subnetwork size and rate. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to enable public network providers to offer Metropolitan Area Network service. The services to be provided include telephony, high speed and high quality isochronous service, ISDN access and high speed and high quality packet service such as LAN interconnection, host interconnection, and workstation connection across a metropolitan area. The standard will use the installed and planned base of publioc digital transmission equipment. This will include media such as optical fibre accessed through standard physical interfaces including CCITT G.703. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deal with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It defines a high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional bus subnetwork. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Medium Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other IEEE 902 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service users, but their implementation is not required for conformance. Key Words: LAN, metro, area, networks Designation: 802.6a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Multiple Port Bridging for Metropolitan Area Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988 Key Words: lan, multiple, port, bridging, metropolitan Designation: 802.6b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Premises Extension of DS3-Based 802.6 MAN Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: The standard will define a Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) which will allow the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer protocol as defined by 802.6 to be mapped into a premises extension of 802.6 subnetworks based upon the DS3 PLCP. Media and connectors will be included. Commonality with other premises extensions will be an objective. Equivalent international rates may also be addressed. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable a Metropolitan Area Network service to be provided over premises extensions to public or private DS3 based transmission systems. The interface to the public network is the electrical DSX3; an economical extension for premises use is needed. Designation: 802.6c-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) for DS1-Based Systems (Clause 12) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Sold together with 802.6h-1993. History: BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994 Abstract: A Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) in which the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer is mapped into a public network standard DS1 transmission system is provided. The relationship of DS1 to the PLCP and the DS1 PLCP frame format are covered. Designation: 802.6d-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Standard for SONET (SDH) Based Physical Layer Convergence Procedures for 802.6 MAN Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6. History: BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6. Designation: 802.6e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Eraser Node for DQDB Metropolitan Area Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: The standard will define the operations of an eraser node for the 802.6 Distributed Queue Dual Bus. Actions to be taken by the eraser node in making slots available for reuse will be specified, based on the use of the PSR (Previous Slot Received) bit in the header. Existing nodes will continue to run normally. Project Purpose: Additions of slot recycling to the 802.6 standard family will permit total throughput to be raised substantially. In case of random traffic the improvement approaches a factor to two as eraser nodes are added; if there are localized communities of interest on the network, the improvement will be greater still. Designation: 802.6f-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Info technology-Telecomm and information exchange between systems- Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 6: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6. History: BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994 Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6. Designation: 802.6g Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Layer Management for the 802.6 Metropolitan Area Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Project Scope: This standard will provide layer management facilities for the 802.6 MAC and Physical layer. The base 802.6 standard will be covered and additional physical layer convergence procedures may also be included. It will include appropriate GDMO as described in IS 10165-4. Project Purpose: To provide for control of DQDB network, including the settings of optional parameters, the collection of statistics, and fault recovery actions. The requirements of P802.1B (Overview, Interworking, and Network Management) and P802.1F(Guidelines for the Development of Layer Management Standards), where applicable, will be followed. Designation: 802.6h-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Isochronous Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Sold together 802.6c-1993. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: Enhancements to the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) subnetwork of a MAN standard are defined that support applications requiring periodic, recurring bandwidth. The use of Pre-Arbitrated functions to support a variety of isochronous service rates is addressed, although the use of Queued Arbitrated functions will be standardized at a future date. Procedures for establishing, maintaining, and releasing an isochronous connection are not addressed. Designation: 802.6i Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Remote LAN Bridging Using the 802.6 MAN Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990 Designation: 802.6j-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Connection- Oriented Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network(MAN) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Enhanced Queued Arbitrated (QA) Functions, which can support applications requiring bandwidth guarantees and delay limits on a DQDB subnetwork, are specified. Connection-Oriented Convergence Functions (COCFs) using the enhanced QA Functions, which are necessary to support connection-oriented service, are also specified. Key Words: COCF, Distributed Queue, DQDB, Queued Arbitrated, QA, Variable Bit Rate, VBR, connection-oriented service, Guaranteed Bandwidth (GBW) Designation: 802.6k-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges IEEE Standard 802.6 Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a MAN Status: Superseded **Superseded by 802.1D-1998 History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993 Abstract: This supplement to IEEE Std 802.1 specifies modifications and additions to IEEE 802.1d to extend its scope and field of application to transparent bridging between 802.6 Subnetworks of Metropolitan Area Networks and between 802.6 and FDDI and IEEE 802 Local Area Networks. Key Words: distributed, queue, dual , bus, media, access, control, bridges, local, networks, metropolitan Designation: 802.6l Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Interface for IEEE 802.6 Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: This document provides specifications for a point-to-point extension to the 802.6 MAN, supporting the same services that are supported on a mulitpoint 802.6 network. Project Purpose: This standard will enable users to have a lower cost connection of a single terminal to a metropolitan area network. Designation: 802.6m Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for a Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: Revisions and corrections to the 802.6 Standard document and removal of 16 bit address obtion. Project Purpose: To provide clarifications, corrections, and revisions and to support additional services whose characterization has evolved since the drafting of the standard. Designation: 802.7-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: Local Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice: Broadband Local Area Networks Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Oct 19, 1989, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1990 Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn. This standard specifies the design, installation, and test parameters for broadband cable medium. The medium supports the communication of IEEE 802.3b, IEEE 802.4, video, and narrowband radio frequency (RF) modem devices. The broadband bus topology consists of amplifiers, coaxial cable, and directional couplers that create a full duplex directional medium. Inbound signals flow from user outlet transmitters to a central headend location. The headend processes the signals and then transmits the signals via an outbound path to all user outlets. Key Words: LAN, Local area networks, Broadband communication Designation: 802.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practice for Fiber Optic Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. Paul Benson, Jr, Phone:770 798 2883, Email:jpbenson@lucent.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will provide a common set of recommendations to physically configure, loss budget, and test fiber optic implementations of IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks. It applies to IEEE 802 implementations that incorporate led optical sources. Physical configurations will be related to standardized cable distribution systems. The loss budget design process will apply to all approved 802 multimode fiber PMD sublayers. Test methods will ensure complicance to 802 fiber optic path loss requirements and check installation integrity. Project Purpose: To provide users and implementors of 802 local and metropolitan area networks with a common set of practices for multimode fiber optic media. Designation: 802.9 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Integrated Services LAN Interface at the MAC and PHY Layers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: Modify the Clause 1 of IEEE Std 802.9-1994 to reflect the addition of technologies developed as supplements. Specifically, label the three basic ISLAN technologies that have been standardized. Project Purpose: Improve the overall readability in order to understand the distinction in the IEEE Std. 802.9-1994 (ISLAN-T and ISLAN 20-T) and IEEE 802.9a (ISLAN 16-T) supplemental standard 1995, and other subsequent supplemental standards. Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified. Designation: 802.9-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard for Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1995 Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified. Key Words: LAN, IVD, voice, interface, access unit (AU), data link layer, hybrid multiplexer , HMUX, integrated services , digital network , (ISDN), terminal equipment, (ISTE), local area network, logical link control, managed object, management info base, medium access control, sublayer, metropolitan area network, physical (PHY) layer, physical signaling, private switching network, protocol data unit , service access point, time division multiplexer (TDM, protocol data unit (PDU), private switching network, physical medium dependent, metropolitan area network (MAN, medium access control (MAC) su, management information base (M, layer management entity, integrated services terminal e, integrated services digital ne, hybrid multiplexer (HMUX), Local area network (LAN) Designation: 802.9a-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard Specification of ISLAN 16-T (Supplement to 802.9-1994.) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Oct 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: The architecture, frame structure, service specifications, Physical (PHY) Layer, management, and signalling of the ISLAN16-T interface are defined. The relationship of the ISLAN16-T network to the ISO/IEC 8802-3 network is also defined. Key Words: 10 base T, CSMA, data link layer, GDMO, hybrid multiplexer, HMUX, integrated services, ISDN, isochronous services, LAN, terminal adapter , UTP, wide area network, WAN, signaling, premise based , ISLAN Designation: 802.9b Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement for Functional Specification for AU to AU Interworking IEEE- 802.9 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: George Fargo, Phone:972-855-8768, Email:gfargo@intecom.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993 Project Scope: This standard will specify procedures for P, C, B and D channel services for interworking between IEEE 802.9 Access Units. This standard will specify the Access Unit Architectural Model and Recommended procedures to enable the provisioning to support P, C, B and D Channel Services for interworking across an Access Unit which serves one 802.9 subnetwork, for the purpose of connecting to integrated services workstations connected to another 802.9 subnetwork, served by the latter IEEE 802.9 Access Unit. As part of this work topic, the minumum/optical MIB elements for the Access Unit required to effect AU to AU interworking will be specified. With the access unit's dual role as both an agent to a LAN manager and an agent to the WAN manager, the necessary procedures to coordinate the AU will also be specified in the course of this work. Project Purpose: Since the application users will find it necessary to construct a network consisting of multiple IEEE 802.9 subnetworks (each consisting of an access unit with its subtending integrated services workstations), it is important that an architectural model and a common set of procedures be defined to facilitate open systems interworking rather than allow proprietary (incompatible) hub designs to evolve. Key Words: AU to AU Designation: 802.9c-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) Proforma Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 1996 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. The Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) proforma for IEEE Std 802.9-1994 is provided. The MOCS specified in this supplement pertains to ISLAN4-T, which uses 4.096Mbit/s Physical Layer transport and ISLAN20-T, which uses 20.48 Mbit/s Physical Layer transport. Standardization of ISLAN16-T (IEEE Std 802.9a-1995) and ISLANAU-AU, which specifies the AU-to-AU interworking (IEEEP802.9b) is in progress at this time; therefore, the specification of MOCS for ISLAN16-T and ISLANAU-AU is not included in this supplement. Key Words: hybrid multiplexer, HMUX, implementation under test, intregrated service, IUT, IS, ISDN, LAN, MAN, system parameters, system under test, SUT, physical signalling (PS) sublayer, protocol data units, protocol capabilities, physical medium dependent (PMD) Designation: 802.9d-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to 802.9-1994. History: BD APP: Nov 09, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn Key Words: hybrid multiplexer, HMUX sublayer, implementation , IUT, integrated services, digital network, ISDN, LAN, MAC, PMD, physical medium , physical signalling, PS, protocol capability, protocol data units, PICS, conformance , proforma, system parameters, system under test, SUT Designation: 802.9e Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Supplement to IEEE 802.9:Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Cell Bearer Mode Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Generate a standard which allows for a mode supporting the transport of ATM cells in the isochronous information stream of an IEEE 802.9 interface. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate the use of the IEEE 802.9 ISLAN as a medium for the delivery of ATM structured information to the desktop. Designation: 802.9f Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Supplement to Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Remote Terminal Line Power for Integrated Services Terminal Equipment (ISTE) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995 Project Scope: Generate a standard which will allow power to be provided to IEEE 802.9 OSTEs for basic communications services over the same twisted pair cabling that provides the physical layer connectivity for theIEEE 802.9 ISTE. Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate the utilization of the IEEE ISLAN Standard ISTEs in creating an integrated desktop environment in which the ISTE functions as a primary means of communications for voice as well as video and packetized data. This standard will allow a means of providing power to the ISTE in the event of a general power failure so that the ISTE may still be used for emergency functions as a minimum. Designation: 802a-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture - Amendment 1: Ethertypes for Prototype and Vendor-Specific Protocol Development Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 2003 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003 Project Scope: Provision of a small number of Ethernet type values for prototype and experimental use. Provision of a mechanism for vendor assignment of protocol identifiers for use with proprietary protocols. Project Purpose: The existing Ethernet Type number space is a finite resource. In order to develop protocols that will use an Ethernet Type value as a protocol identifier, it is necessary for vendors to apply for type values from this limited number space, both for development purposes and for assignment to the final protocol. This can lead to wastage of the number space for no useful purpose. This amendment to IEEE Standard 802 will allow prototype and experimental protocols to be developed without consuming type values, and will also provide a means whereby protocol developers can assign permanent protocol identifier values without consuming type values. Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001, IEEE Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 Standards. This amendment to IEEE Std 802 identifies a set of Ethertypes that may be used for prototype and vendor specific use, and defines how the ethertypes should be used. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: Ethertype protocol development, Local Area Networks (LANs), LAN/MAN architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs), protocol identifier, protocol type Designation: 802b-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture - Amendment 2: Registration of Object Identifiers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004 Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this amendment is to define an Object Identifier hierarchy used within IEEE 802 for uniform allocation of Object Identifiers used in 802 standards. Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to establish a consistent practice within IEEE 802 for the development and allocation of object identifiers. Consistency of Object Identifier allocation will facilitate implementation and operation of IEEE 802 compliant equipment. Abstract: IEEE Std 802b-2004 amends IEEE Std 802-2001 (Amendment to IEEE Std 802 ® -2001, as amended by IEEE Std 802a ™ -2003). Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001, IEEE Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 standards. This amendment to IEEE Std 802-2001 specifies an Object Identifier hierarchy used within IEEE 802 for uniform allocation of Object Identifiers used in IEEE 802 standards. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. Key Words: Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs), LAN/MAN architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Object Identifiers Designation: 803-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities - Principles and Definitions Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 1984 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This recommended practice provides unique identification principles and definitions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning component function identifiers, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, provides a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of the concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: power plants, unique , Power system identification, Nuclear power generation Designation: 803.1-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities--Component Function Identifiers Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 803A-1983. Technical Contact: Lewis T Gordon, Phone:(615) 576-5312 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992 Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006. This recommended practice provides component function identifiers that, when used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, provides a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil- fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included. This recommended practice is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: unique, identification, EIIS, power plants, Component function identifier Designation: 803A-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Unique Identification in Power Plants and Related Facilities - Component Function Identifiers Status: Superseded **revised at 803.1 History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1984 Abstract: This recommeded practice provides a single source of component function identifiers which, along with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, implementation instructions, and system descriptions, makes up a concept, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil fueld power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and realted facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant projects are not included in this issue. Key Words: 803A Designation: 803A Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Superseded **see 803.1 Designation: 804-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Implementation of Unique Identification System in Power Plants and Related Facilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 1984 Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system descriptions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: EIIS, unique, identification, power plant, Power system identification, Power generation, Nuclear power generation Designation: 804A Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: EIIS/Hydro Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986 Designation: 805-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Nuclear Power Plants and Related Facilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Lewis T Gordon, Phone:(615) 576-5312 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1984 Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of nuclear power plant system descriptions that, along with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and implementation instructions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of light water nuclear power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. The system descriptions concentrate on system function and include such internal details as are necessary to clearly support the system function description. They are not intended to serve as design input. Fossil, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included. This standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: power plants, Power system identification, Nuclear power generation Designation: 806-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Fossil-Fueled Power Plants and Related Facilities Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of fossil-fuled power plant system descriptions which, along with related recommended practices concerning unique identification pronciples and definitions, component function identifiers, and implementation instructions, makes up a concept for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of fossil-fuled power-plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Nuclear, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included in this recommended practice. Designation: P807 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Hydroelectric Facilities Status: Modified New Project History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a unique identification system for hydro facilities that segregates and incorporates plant, unit, system, and component identifiers as a minimum. Project Purpose: This recommended practice can be used as a unique identification system to delineate failure reporting, maintenance management, and design. The unique identification system is structured to allow expansion of the identifiers in a standard format to the level of detail that may be required. Abstract: This recommended practice provides a unique identification system for hydroelectric facilities that segregates and incorporates plant, unit, system, and component identifiers as a minimum. Key Words: device, component, identification, tagging, coding, reporting Designation: 807 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: EIIS/Hydro Plants Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984 Designation: 807 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Hydroelectric Facilities Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a unique identification system for hydro facilities that segregates and incorporates plant, unit, system, and component identifiers as a minimum. Project Purpose: At present there is no standard practice for hydro facility identification. This recommended practice can be used as a unique identification system to delineate failure reporting, maintenance management, and design. The unique identification system is structured to allow expansion of the identifiers in a standard format to the level of detail that may be required. Designation: 81-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal Measurements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 1983 **This is part 1 of the standard; part 2 is 81.2; ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95. Revision of IEEE STd 81-1962. Oct2003: Ownership transfer from PE/PSIM to PE/SUB. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984 Abstract: The present state of the technique of measuring ground resistance and impedance, earth resistivity, and potential gradients from currents in the earth, and the prediction of the magnitude of ground resistance and potential gradients from scale-model tests are described and discussed. Factors influencing the choice of instruments and the techniques for various types of measurements are covered. These include the purpose of the measurement, the accuracy required, the type of instruments available, possible sources of error, and the nature of the ground or grounding system under test. The intent is to assist the engineer or technician in obtaining and interpreting accurate, reliable data. The test procedures described promote the safety of personnel and property and prevent interference with the operation of neighboring facilities. Key Words: resistivity, earth, ground, impedance, potentials Designation: P81 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010 Project Scope: The test methods and techniques used to measure the electrical characteristics of the grounding system include the following topics: a) Establishing safe testing conditions. b) Measuring earth resistivity. c) Measuring the power system frequency resistance or impedance of the ground system to remote earth. d) Measuring the transient (surge) impedance of the ground system to remote earth. e) Measuring step and touch voltages. f) Verifying the integrity of the grounding system. g) Reviewing common methods and procedures for performing ground testing. h) Reviewing instrumentation characteristics and limitations. i) Reviewing various factors that can distort test measurements. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present practical instrumentation methods that may be used for measuring soil resistivity; the impedance to remote earth; step and touch potentials; and current distributions in ground grids associated with electric utility facilities. These grids typically consist of interconnected grounding systems ranging in complexity from a few ground rods to large grids with many ground rods or wells, buried conductors and external ground connections. External ground connections may include overhead, shield, ground and neutral wires; underground cable sheaths and neutrals; counterpoises, grid tie conductors, metallic pipes and other connections that provide additional paths to remote earth. This guide is intended to assist the engineer or technician in obtaining and interpreting accurate, reliable data. The factors that influence the choice of instruments are discussed along with a presentation of field techniques for various types of measurements. These factors include the purpose of the measurement, the accuracy required, the types of instruments available, possible sources of error, and the nature of the ground or grounding system under test. It also describes test procedures that promote the safety of personnel and property, and seeks to minimize operating interferences with neighboring facilities. Designation: 81 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Donald N Laird, Phone:626-302-8616, Email:donald.laird@sce.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005 Project Scope: This project will provide a single document with practical solutions for various testing methods and interpretation of results for measurements used in the design of new and evaluation of existing grounding systems. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal Measurements and IEEE 81.2 - 1991 Guide for Measurement of Impedance and Safety Characteristics of Large, Extended or Interconnected Grounding Systems have not been reviewed/revised for more than 14 years. The purpose of the new standard is to combine both documents and update content for new technologies and testing methods. Designation: 81.2-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Impedance and Safety Characteristics of Large, Extended or Interconnected Grounding Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 25, 1992 **This is part 2 of the standard; part 1 is std. 81-1983. Oct2003: Ownership transfer from PE/PSIM to PE/SUB. Technical Contact: Dennis F DeCosta, Phone:517-788-3051, Email:dfdecosta@cai-engr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992 Abstract: Practical instrumentation methods are presented for measuring the ac characteristics of large,extended or interconnected grounding systems. Measurements of impedance to remote earth, step and touch potentials, and current distributions are covered for grounding systems ranging in complexity from small grids (less than 900 m 2), with only a few connected overhead or direct burial bare concentric (2) neutrals, to large grids (greater than 20 000 m 2), with many connected neutrals, overhead ground wires (sky wires), counterpoises, grid tie conductors, cable shields, and metallic pipes. This standard addresses measurement safety; earth-return mutual errors; low-current measurements; power-system staged faults; communication and control cable transfer impedance; current distribution (current splits) in the grounding system; step, touch, mesh, and profile measurements; the foot-equivalent electrode earth resistance; and instrumentation characteristics and limitations. Key Words: grounding, systems, impedance, safety Designation: 810-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Standard for Hydraulic Turbine and Generator Integrally Forged Shaft Couplings and Shaft Runout Tolerances Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994 Project Scope: This standard applies to the dimensions of integrally forged shaft couplings and to the shaft runout tolerances. Shafts and couplings included in this standard are used for both horizontal and vertical connections between generators and turbines in hydroelectric installations. This standard does not include data on fabricated shafts, shaft stresses, and bolt tensioning. Industry experience suggests that the torque capacity of shafts having diameters greater than 72 inches is usually better provided by fabricated rather than forged shafts. Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system descriptions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself. Key Words: hydraulic turbine, generator, forged shaft , shaft couplings, shaft runout, runout tolerances, Hydroelectric power generation Designation: P810 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard for Hydraulic Turbine and Generator Shaft Couplings and Shaft Runout Tolerances Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011 Project Scope: This standard applies to the dimensions for all types of shaft couplings and shaft runout tolerances for hydraulic turbines and generators. Shafts and couplings included in this standard are used for both horizontal and vertical connections between generators and turbines in hydroelectric installations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide dimensions and tolerances for all types of shafts and couplings to ensure correct installation in hydroelectric applications. Designation: 810 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Standard for Hydraulic Turbine and Generator Integrally Forged Shaft Couplings and Shaft Runout Tolerances Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007 Project Scope: This standard applies to the dimensions of integrally forged shaft couplings and to the shaft runout tolerances. Shafts and couplings included in this standard are used for both horizontal and vertical connections between generators and turbines in hydroelectric installations. Project Purpose: This standard details dimensions of integrally flanged shafts and couplings, such as are used for the connection between the generator and turbine in hydroelectric installations. Designation: 811 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 812 Title: Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 812-1984 History: PAR APP: Mar 12, 1987 Designation: 812-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Sponsor was formerly the Communications Society. Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1985 Abstract: No Abstract Designation: 813-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Two-Degree-of- Freedom Dynamically Tuned Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 05, 1989 **Errata sheet (of page 16) is available. Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1988, ANSI APP: May 04, 1989 Abstract: A format guide for the preparation of a two-degree-of-freedom dynamically tuned gyro (DTG) specification is given that provides a common ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a DTG is also given. The requirements and test procedures are defined in terms unique to the DTG. They cover applications of the gyro as an angular motion sensor in navigation and control systems. They apply to two modes of use: (1) as a strap-down sensor in operating environments typical of aircraft and missile applications, and (2) as a sensor in gimballed platform applications in which the dynamic angular inputs to which the gyro is subjected are benign relative to the accuracy required. In the case of the strap-down DTG, the characteristics of the external capture loops are considered to the extent necessary to define the gyro performance. Key Words: two degree , degree of freedom, tuned gyros, Testing, Gyroscopes Designation: 814 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 816-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Smoke Generation of Solid Materials Ued for Insulations and Coverings of Electric Wire and Cable Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984 Abstract: These methods of test cover two laboratory procedures for measuring smoke generated by solid materials considered for use as insulations and coverings of electric wire and cable. The test methods are only applicable to evaluations of single materials as standard size molded samples. Designation: 817-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Flame-Retardant Coatings Applied to Insulated Cables in Cable Trays Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of flame-retardant coated cables in a vertical cable tray are covered. This standard applies to single and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing coated and uncoated cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flame ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. Key Words: cable flame testing, cable tray, flame test facility, flame testing, flame retardant, cable coating, insulated cable Designation: 818 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear Title: Format/Overcrnt Prtect Device TC Curves Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1980 Designation: 82-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 03, 2003 Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003 Project Scope: This test procedure applies to both switching impulse and lightning impulse tests on cables or cable systems incorporating laminated or extruded insulations. The term laminated cable, as used in this procedure, includes: high-pressure pipe cable, low-pressure gas-filled cable, self-contained liquid-filled cable, solid-paper cable, and other taped cable designs. A cable system is a cable with one or more accessories attached. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators, impulse testing, or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by indicating specific procedures for a specific type of cable system or cable system component. This test procedure does not apply to cables or cable systems that utilize gas or gas spacers as the sole insulating medium. This test procedure applies to individual cable accessories only when referenced by the specific accessory standard. Project Purpose: This test procedure is intended as a guide for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable systems). It can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or cable systems. The purpose of this revision is to change to metric measurements. We will also clarify and update the test and reporting procedures based on lab research and user experience since the previous publication. Abstract: A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable systems) is provided in this standard. This procedure can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or for cable systems. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators, impulse testing, or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by providing specific procedures for impulse testing on specific type of cables, accessories, or cable systems. Key Words: "BIL testing, cable, cable systems, impulse testing, insulated conductors" Designation: 82-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994 Abstract: A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable systems) is provided. This procedure can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or for cable systems. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators, impulse testing or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by indicating specific procedures for a specific type of cable system or cable system component. Key Words: cable, cable systems, impulse voltage, insulated conductors Designation: 82-1963 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Key Words: conductors, insulated, impulse, test, voltage Designation: 820-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics associated with telephone loops from the subscriber signaling and analog voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes only those business and residential lines in the North American public switched network where no special performance requirements are involved. This standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and circuit provisioning methods. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe quantitatively the performance characteristics of telephone loops and indicate current acceptable performance criteria. Abstract: Common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and circuit provisioning methods are provided in this standard. Key Words: performance characteristics, performance classifications, telephone loop Designation: 820-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984 Abstract: This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics associated with telephone loops from the subscriber signaling and analog voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes only those business and residential lines in the North American public switched network where no special performance requirements are involved. This standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and circuit provisioning methods. Key Words: telephone loop, loop performance, signaling Designation: 821 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: RecPrac for Content of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for Class lE Equipment used in NPGS Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: Stephen E Grier, Phone:937-331-4507, Email:stevegrier@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987 Designation: 822 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recording Strctrd Narrtvs in PGS Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: A.J McElroy **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980 Designation: 823-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems Title: IEEE Standard Methodologies for Specifying Voicegrade Channel Transmission Parameters and Evaluating Connection Transmission Performance for Speech Telephony Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 13, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 13, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard provides network planners with the methodology and models for calculating the transmission performance of connections made up of one channel or of two or more tandem channels. The performance parameters covered include connection loss, idle-circuit and quantisation noise, and talker echo path loss and delay. The methodology is given for determining the speech transmission performance and grade of service of a complete voice connection including the terminals (telephone sets), and evaluating the relative performance of alternative speech connections. Key Words: transmission, voicegrade communications channels, voice connection, transmission Designation: 824-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011 Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitor Banks in Power Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Supersedes 824-1994. Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005 Project Scope: The scope is a standard for series capacitor banks that are connected in series with the utility transmission system. The banks include capacitors and all the accessory equipment necessary to form a complete equipment. The scope is the same as the existing standard, however it is requested that the word "bank" be included in the title to clarify that the standard includes all of the associated equipment. Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to include additional approaches for capacitor unit fusing and references to new IEEE and IEC standards for related equipment. An additional purpose is to increase the precision and clarity of the wording to make it more consistent with actual industry practice. Abstract: This standard represents a significant update to IEEE 824-1994. Series capacitor bank component and bank duty cycle ratings, equipment insulation levels, protective functions, component testing, instruction books, nameplates, and safety are covered in this standard. Key Words: bypass gap, capacitor bank, capacitor segment, discharge reactor, metal-oxide varistor, protective level, reactive compensation, series capacitor, series compensation, SSR, trigger circuit, triggered gap, varistor Designation: 824-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 824-1985. Superseded by 824-2004. History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994 Abstract: Capacitors and assemblies of capacitors, insulation means, switching, protective equipment, and control accessories that form a complete bank for inserting in series with a transmission line are applied. Included are requirements for safety rating, and protective device levels. Functional requirements for alarm devices, maintenance, design and production tests, and a guide for operation are included. Functional requirements for protective devices are addressed, including varistors and bypass gaps. Key Words: bypass gap, series capacitor, trigger circuit, capacitors, Self- triggered gap, Force-triggered gap Designation: 824-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984 Abstract: Capacitors and assemblies of capacitors, insulation means, switching, protective equipment, and control accessories that form a complete bank for inserting in series with a transmission line are applied. Included are requirements for safety, rating, and protective device levels. Functional requirements for alarm devices, maintenance, design and production tests, and a guide for operation are included. Functional requirements for protective devices are addressed, including varistors and bypass gaps. Designation: 825 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 827 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 828-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2005 Technical Contact: John Scott, Phone:925-423-7655, Email:scott7@llnl.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 31, 2005 Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan (also referred to as “the Plan”). This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software; e.g., where failure would impact safety or cause large financial or social losses. It also applies to noncritical software and to software already developed. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type of software. Project Purpose: The SCM Plan documents what SCM activities are to be done, how they are to be done, who is responsible for doing specific activities, when they are to happen, and what resources are required. It can address SCM activities over any portion of a software product’s life cycle. This standard is consistent with the IEEE Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK) project Stoneman release on the topic of configuration management and with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0™. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 828-1998 The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan are established via this standard. This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software (e.g., where failure would impact safety or cause large financial or social losses). It also applies to noncritical software and to software already developed. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type of software. Key Words: configuration control, configuration control board, configuration identification, configuration item, configuration review, configuration status accounting, release management, software configuration management, software configuration management plan Designation: P828 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Software and Software Systems Configuration Management Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Charlene Walrad, Phone:650-593-1833, Email:cwalrad@daven.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011 Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum required processes for Software and Software Systems Configuration Management (SSCM). The application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type of software or software within systems. Project Purpose: This standard describes SSCM processes to be established, how they are to be accomplished, who is responsible for doing specific activities, when they are to happen, and what resources are required. It can address SSCM activities over any portion of a software product's life cycle. This standard is consistent with the IEEE Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK) on the topic of configuration management and with IEEE/EIA Std 12207:2008 Systems and software engineering - Software life cycle processes.(TM) and IEEE/EIA Std 15288: 2008 Systems and software engineering - System life cycle processes. Abstract: This standard establishes the minimum 1 required processes for Software and Systems Configuration Management (SSCM). The application of this standard applies to any form, class, or type of software or system. (It does not address the hardware components of systems.) This revision of the standard expands the previous version to explain the processes involved in SSCM, including identifying and acquiring configuration items, controlling changes, reporting the status of configuration items, as well as software builds and release engineering. Its predecessor defined only the contents of a software configuration management plan. This standard addresses what SSCM activities are to be done, when they are to happen in the lifecycle, and what planning and resources are required. It also describes the content areas for an SSCM Plan. The standard supports IEEE/EIA Std 12207 and IEEE/EIA Std 15288 and adheres to the terminology in ISO/IEC/IEEE Std 24765 and the information requirements of IEEE Std 15289. Key Words: change control, configuration accounting, configuration audit, configuration item, release engineering, software builds, software configuration management, system configuration management Designation: 828-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: This standard establishes a required format and set of minimum contents for Software Configuration Management plans. It identifies requirements for configuration identification, configuration control, configuration status accounting and reporting, and configuration audits and reviews. It applies to entire life cycle of critical software. It also applies to non critical software and to software already developed. The application of the standard is not restricted to any form, class or type of software. In addition, it will establish a correlation between the content of software configuration management plans as defined in 828 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. Abstract: Superseded by 828-2005 (SH/SS95326) The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management Plan (SCMP) areestablished, and the specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a software product's life cycle are defined. Key Words: "configuration control board, configuration items,software configuration management,software configuration management activities" Designation: 828-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 25, 1991 Abstract: Superseded. This standard establishes the minimum required contents of a software configuration management plan and defines the specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a software products life cycle. Key Words: control board, activities, Configuration items, Configuration control board Designation: 828-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 1984 Key Words: software, configuration, management, plans Designation: 828 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Configuration Management Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Charlene Walrad, Phone:650-593-1833, Email:cwalrad@daven.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008 Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum required process considerations for the Software Configuration Management (SCM)function. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type of software. This revision effort moves the existing standard for a plan to a standard for software engineering processses for the SCM function. Project Purpose: The SCM standard defines what SCM activities are to be done, how they are to be done, who is responsible for doing specific activities, when they are to happen, and what resources are required. It can address SCM activities over any portion of a software product’s life cycle. This standard is consistent with the IEEE Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK) project Stoneman release on the topic of configuration management and with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0™. Designation: 829-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software and System Test Documentation Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 18, 2008 **Revision of IEEE Std 829-1998 Technical Contact: Claire Lohr, Phone:703-391-9007, Email:lohrsys@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 13, 2008 Project Scope: This standard applies to all software-based systems. It applies to systems and software being developed, acquired, operated, maintained, and/or reused [e.g., legacy, modified, Commercial-Off-the-Shelf (COTS), Government-Off-the-Shelf (GOTS), or Non-Developmental Items (NDIs)]. When conducting the test process, it is important to examine the software in its interactions with the other parts of the system. This standard identifies the system considerations that test processes and tasks address in determining system and software correctness and other attributes (e.g., completeness, accuracy, consistency, and testability), and the applicable resultant test documentation. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to: - Establish a common framework for test processes, activities, and tasks in support of all software life cycle processes, including acquisition, supply, development, operation, and maintenance processes - Define the test tasks, required inputs, and required outputs - Identify the recommended minimum test tasks corresponding to integrity levels for a four-level integrity scheme (see the used example in 4.1) - Define the use and contents of the Master Test Plan and the Level Test Plan(s) (e.g., for component, integration, system, and acceptance test) - Define the use and contents of related test documentation (Test Design, Test Case, Test Procedure, Anomaly Report, Test Log, Level Test Report, Interim Test Report, and Master Test Report) Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 828-1998. Test processes determine whether the development products of a given activity conform to the requirements of that activity and whether the system and/or software satisfies its intended use and user needs. Testing process tasks are specified for different integrity levels. These process tasks determine the appropriate breadth and depth of test documentation. The documentation elements for each type of test documentation can then be selected. The scope of testing encompasses software-based systems, computer software, hardware and their interfaces. This standard applies to software-based systems being developed, maintained, or reused (legacy, COTS, Non-Developmental Items). The term software also includes firmware, microcode and documentation. Test processes can include inspection, analysis, demonstration, verification and validation of software and software-based system products. Key Words: 829-2008, integrity level, life cycle, test documentation, testing Designation: 829-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Test Documentation Status: Superseded **Superseded by 829-2008. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: The standard covers the development and use of software test documentaiton. It defines the format, contents and use of such documentation. (1983) The standard describes a set of basic test documents which are associated with the dynamic aspects of testing (that is, the execution of procedures and code). The standard defines the purpose, outline and contest of each basic document. The standard does not call for specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or tools, and does not specirfy the documentation of their use. (1997) In addition a correlation between the content of software test documentation as defined in 829 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE 12207.1, will be added as an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject. Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. The current capability of 829 may be used to meet requirements in the following clauses of ISO 9001: 4.10, Inspection and testing; and 4.12, Inspection and testing status. Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 829-2008. A set of basic software test documents is described. This standard speciÞes the form and content of individual test documents. It does not specify the required set of test documents. Key Words: "test case specificaiton,test design specification,test incident report,test item transmittal report,test log,test plan,test procedure specification,test summary report" Designation: 829-1983 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Standard for Software Test Documentation Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1982, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: A set of basic test documents that are associated with the dynamic aspects of software testing (that is, the execution of procedures and code) is described. The purpose, outline, and content of each basic document are defined. Although the documents described in the standard focus on dynamic testing, several of them may be applicable to other testing activities. Documentation on electronic media as well as paper is covered. The standard does not call for specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or tools, and does not specify the documentation of their use. It also does not imply or impose specific methodologies for documentation control, configuration management, or quality assurance. Key Words: documentation, Software testing Designation: 829 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Standard for Software Test Documentation Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Claire Lohr, Phone:703-391-9007, Email:lohrsys@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: (1983) The standard describes a set of basic test documents which are associated with the dynamic aspects of testing (that is, the execution of procedures and code). The standard defines the purpose, outline and content of each basic document. The standard does not call for specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or tools, and does not specify the documentation of their use. (Scope addition - 1997) In addition a correlation between the content of software test documentation as defined in 829 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data will be added an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject. (Scope change - 1998) Change format compliance from normative to informative status. ] Project Purpose: To make it easier to use with related standards by bringing it into compatibility with the international standard for software life cycle processes IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Also, bring it into full consistency with the related IEEE Std 1008 and Std 1012. To harmonize the documentation content with state of the art testing methodologies and tools. Designation: 83 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Test on Insulating Tapes in Laminar Insulated Power Cables Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James A Moran, Phone:518/371-4796, Email:jamjor@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991 Project Scope: Provide a test method for determining radial power factor to any form of laminar insulation. Project Purpose: Provide a recommended practice to test various laminar insulated power cables. Designation: 83-1963 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Tests on Insulating Tapes in Paper-Insulated Power Cable Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Nov 20, 1963, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This method of test covers the procedure for determining the radial power factor of insulating tapes in power cable. Key Words: power, factor, radial, cables, testing, paper insulated, insulating tapes, factor tests Designation: 830-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 20, 1998 History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998 Project Scope: The general area of requirements for software systems as specified by either potential customers/users or designers/producers and constituting the substance of an agreement between them. To establish a correlation between the content of software requirements specifications as defined in 830 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering standards and with related international standards. This will help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products. Guidelines for compliance with IEEE/ EIA12207.1- 1997 are also provided. Key Words: "contract,customer,prototyping,software requirements specification,supplier,system requirements specifications" Designation: 830 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Software Requirments Specifications Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Edward R Byrne, Phone:410-778-2768, Email:flatland@compuserve.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999 Project Scope: This standard describes the content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS), incuding the functionality, external interfaces, performance, other attributes and design constraints. It presents several sample SRS outlines. It will be turned from a Recommended Practice (should) to a full Standard (shall). Project Purpose: This project has three goals: (1) Upgrade the current Recommended Practice to a full Standard; (2) Ensure consistency with IEEE/EIA Std 12207. This is currently incorporated as Annex B (1998 supplement to IEEE 830); the intent is to move appropriate portions of this annex into the body of the Standard; (3) Ensure that the Standard can be used for real time programming. Abstract: The variety of software products in the market today coupled with rising costs associated with software development have created a strong need for quality software requirements specifications. The best way for today's software engineers to develop quality software efficiently and to avoid costly errors is to adhere to the indstry recognized standard for writing SRS, IEEE Std 830. IEEE std 830 covers the provisions of a good software requirement specification, while addressing the role of SRS in software developmnet. If you're developing software or need to select in-house and commercial software for your business, order IEEE Std 830 today! Designation: 830-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 830-1984. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products. Key Words: contract, customer, prototyping, supplier, System requirements specifications Designation: 830-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Requirements Specifications Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Sep 30, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 20, 1984 Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products. Key Words: software, requirements, specifications Designation: 831 Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 832 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Partial Disch/Instru Xfrmrs(Corona) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anthony J Jonnatti, Phone:727-785-2788, Email:premo2@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980 Designation: 833-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: Recommended Practice for the Protection of Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations from Water Hazards Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2006 Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This document presents recommended practices for providing the electric systems and equipment in nuclear power plants with protection from water hazards. Project Purpose: This document recommends methods and design features that, if implemented, would provide water-hazard protection to class 1E and non-class systems and equipment from direct sources of water (for example, water spray from decontamination activities) and indirect sources of water (for example, water running along cables and raceways). It is not the purpose of this recommended practice to classify water-hazard protection features as nuclear safety related or non-nuclear safety related. This determination is application specific and is made by the user utilizing the specific nuclear generating station design basis and guidance from other standards. Abstract: Guidance regarding protection of electrical equipment from sources of water directed onto or around electrical equipment are provided. Key Words: jet impingement, line break, spray, water, water hazards Designation: 833-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations from Water Hazards Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 Abstract: Superseded. This document recommends methods and design features that, if implemented, would provide water-hazard protection to class 1E and non-class 1E systems and equipment from direct sources of water (for example, water spray from decontamination activities) and indirect sources of water (for example, water running along cables and raceways). It is not the purpose of this recommended practice to classify water-hazard protection features as nuclear safety related or non-nuclear safety related. This determination is application specific and is made by the user utilizing the specific nuclear generating station design basis and guidance from other standards. Key Words: electric equipment, water hazards, generating stations, Water, Seals, Nuclear power generation protection, Electrical equipment enclosure Designation: 835-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994 **Revision and redesignation of S-135-1 and S-135-2 and IPCEA Publication P- 46-426. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995 Abstract: Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables rated through 500 kV are provided. Key Words: ampacity, cable, dielectric, extruded, laminar, power, black book, IPCEA, S-135 Designation: 835 Disk-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Table (Electronic) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 1995 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables rated through 500 kV are provided. Designation: 836-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear Accelerometers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 17, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 836-2001 Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the conduct and analysis of precision tests that are to be performed on linear accelerometers using centrifuge techniques. The term “precision,” in this context, refers to tests that are conducted to evaluate accelerometer parameters, as opposed to tests conducted to establish environmental survivability only. Evaluation may take the form of determining the coefficients of the accelerometer’s model equation, except for bias and scale factor, which are most accurately determined by static multiposition tests. Alternatively, evaluation may establish only that the accelerometer output complies with specific error limit criteria. Project Purpose: The principal error sources encountered during precision centrifuge testing of linear accelerometers are described, along with the test practices and data reduction techniques that have been found most efficient in minimizing or compensating for them. Abstract: This recommended practice describes the conduct and analysis of precision tests that are to be performed on linear accelerometers using centrifuge techniques. The term “precision,” in this context, refers to tests that are conducted to evaluate accelerometer parameters, as opposed to those conducted to establish environmental survivability only. Evaluation may take the form of determining the coefficients of the accelerometer’s model equation, except for bias and scale factor, which are most accurately determined by static multi-position tests. Alternatively, evaluation may only establish that the accelerometer output complies with specific error limit criteria. Key Words: 836-2009, accelerometer, accelerometer test, centrifuge, linear accelerometer Designation: 836-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear Accelerometers Status: Superseded **Supersedes 836-1991 (R1997). Superseded by 836-2009. Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001 Project Scope: Generate errata and/or revisions to the existing Std. 836-1991. Project Purpose: To incorporate changes, corrections and additions found since publication of the original document. Abstract: This recommended practice provides a guide to the conduct and analysis of precision centrifuge tests of linear accelerometers, covering each phase of the tests, beginning with the planning. Possible error sources and typical methods of data analysis are addressed. The intent is to provide those involved in centrifuge testing with a detailed understanding of the various factors affecting the accuracy of measurement, both those associated with the centrifuge and those in the data collection process. Model equations are discussed, both for the centrifuge and for a typical linear accelerometer, each with the complexity needed to accommodate the various identified characteristics and error sources in each. An iterative matrix equation solution is presented for deriving the various model equation coefficients for the accelerometer under test from the centrifuge test data. Key Words: "accelerometer, accelerometer test, centrifuge, linear accelerometer" Designation: 836-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear Accelerometers Status: Superseded **Superseded by 836-2001. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 836-2001. A guide to the conduct and analysis of precision centrifuge tests of linear accelerometers is provided, covering each phase of the tests beginning with the planning. Possible error sources and typical methods of data analysis are addressed. The intent is to provide those involved in centrifuge testing with a detailed understanding of the various factors affecting accuracy of measurement, both those associated with the centrifuge and those in the data collection process. Model equations are discussed, both for the centrifuge and for a typical linear accelerometer, each with the complexity needed to accommodate the various identified characteristics and error sources in each. A new iterative matrix equation solution for deriving from the centrifuge test data the various model equation coefficeints for the accelerometer under test is presented. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: centrifuge, accelerometer test, Linear accelerometer Designation: 837-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 09, 2003 Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003 Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to make appropriate changes in the areas of corrosion test, pass/fail criteria based on the resistance measurements and electromagnetic force test. Project Purpose: Users of the standards have experienced several difficulties in corrosion using nitric acid. Also, pass/fail criteria is found to be confusing the not practical in many situations. This revision would address these difficulties and appropriate changes will be made. Abstract: Direction and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding are provided in this standard. This standard particularly addresses the connection used within the grid system, the connection used to join ground leads to the grid system, and the connection used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. Key Words: "conductor,conductor combination,connection,connection thermal capacity,controlconductor,current loop cycle,equalizer,grid system,permanent connection" Designation: 837 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Electrical Power Substation Grounding Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994 Designation: P837 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Dave Kelley, Phone:480-963-1084, Email:dekelley@cox.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008 Project Scope: This standard provides direction and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding. It particularly addresses the connection used within the grid system, the connection used to join ground leads to the grid system, and the connection used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to give assurance to the user that a connection meeting the requirements of this standard will perform in a satisfactory manner over the lifetime of the installation, provided that the proper connection is selected for the application and that the connection is installed correctly. Grounding connections that meet the test criteria stated in this standard for a particular conductor size range and material should satisfy all of the criteria for connections as outlined in IEEE Std 80-2000. Designation: 837-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 837-1984. Superseded by 837-2002. Technical Contact: Gary R Engmann, Phone:913-710-2183, Email:g.engmann@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jan 03, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989 Abstract: Directions and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding are provided. Particular attention is given to the connectors used within the grid system, connectors used to join ground leads to the grid system, and connectors used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. The purpose is to give assurance to the user that connectors meeting the requirements of this standard will perform in a satisfactory manner over the lifetime of the installation provided, that the proper connectors are selected for the application and that they are installed correctly. Parameters for testing grounding connections on aluminum, copper, steel, copper-clad steel, galvanized steel, stainless steel, and stainless- clad steel are addressed. Performance criteria are established, test procedures are provided, and mechanical, current-- temperature cycling, freeze--thaw, corrosion, and fault-current tests are specified. Key Words: permanent connection, substation grounding, Power distribution testing, Connectors Designation: 837-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connectors Used in Substation Grounding Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 837a Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding - Amendment: Standard For Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding - Amendment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to add specific Electromagnetic Force (EMF) testing circteria for grounding connectors that are used for connecting the ground grid to equipment and strucutres. Project Purpose: Currently there are not specific EMF testing criteria for grounding connectors that are used for connection to equipment and strucutres. There are many methods of connecting ground risers to structures and equipment. These methods and associated connectors need to be qualified with a test plan that best simulates the field conditions including the rigors of EMF that would result during asymmetrical fault conditions. Designation: 838 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: Performing Overload Heat Runs Status: Superseded **now C57.119 Technical Contact: Robert L Grubb, Phone:262-549-9699 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 839-1986 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Guide on Procedures for Testing Single-Phase and Polyphase Induction Motors for Use in Hermetic Compressors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Lloyd B Wilson, Phone:256-734-1260, Email:lloyd.b.wilson@motes.wci.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1986 Abstract: This guide specifiers test procedures to determine the efficiency and other performance characteristics of hermetic motors. Hermetic motors are elctric motors designed to operate as integral parts of compressor units in refrigerators, air conditioners, and heat-pump systems. Such motors are normally manufactured for sale as component parts (that is, rotors and stators) intended for assembly by the compressor manufacturer. For this reason, the procedures set forth here are designed to determine characteristics of a given rotor and stator under a standardized set of ambient conditions. Because of the wide variety of environmental conditions possible within a compressor, no attempt is made to simulate such operation. This guide deals with both single-phase and polyphase hermetic induction motors. Where test equipment or methods are critical to the accurate determination of motor performance, one or more suggested approaches are described. Designation: 84 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 840 Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology Title: Discrete Passive Components Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: J. W Balde, Phone:(908) 788-5190, Email:balde@idconsulting.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980 Designation: 841-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry--Premium-Efficiency, Severe-Duty, Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors--Up to and Including 370 kW (500 hp) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 2009 **Revision of IEEE Std 841-2001 Technical Contact: David C Rains, Phone:281 799 0700, Email:dcrains@wegelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Sep 01, 2009 Project Scope: This standard applies to premium-efficiency totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC), horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW (500 hp), and 4000 V nominal, in National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe-duty applications (commonly referred to as premium-efficiency severe-duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a specification that deals with mechanical and electrical performance, electrical insulation systems, corrosion protection, and electrical and mechanical testing for severe-duty TEFC squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW (500 hp), for petroleum and chemical industry application. Many of the specified materials and components in this standard stem from experience with severely corrosive atmospheres and the necessity for safe, quiet, reliable, premium efficiency motors. Abstract: This standard applies to premium efficiency totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC), horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW (500 hp), and 4000 volts in National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications (commonly referred to as premium efficiency severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors. Key Words: 841-2009, NEMA frame motors; polyphase induction motor, severe duty motors, squirrel cage motors, totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC) motors Designation: 841-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and Including 370 kW (500 hp) Status: Superseded **Supersedes 841-1994. Superseded by 841-2009. Technical Contact: David C Rains, Phone:281 799 0700, Email:dcrains@wegelectric.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001 Project Scope: Update IEEE 841-1994 based upon industry and manufacturer's experience since 1994. Maintain current scope of standard in include low and medium voltage TEFC motors with random - and form-wound coils in frame sizes 143T and larger. Project Purpose: The revised standard will provide a specification that deals with mechanical and electrical design, electrical insulation systems, corrosion protection and electrical and mechanical testing for severe duty TEFC squirrel-cage, polyphase induction motors for petroleum and chemical industry applications. These applications require attention to the severely corrosive atmosphere and to the need for safe, quiet, reliable, energy- efficient motors. Abstract: This standard applies to high-efficiency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors. Key Words: "NEMA frame motors, polyphase induction motors, severe duty motors, squirrel cage motors, totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC) motors" Designation: 841-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and Including 500 hp Status: Superseded **Revision of Std 841-1986. Superseded by 841-2001. Technical Contact: Richard L Doughty, Phone:302-453-8542, Email:r.l.doughty@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 1994 Abstract: This standard applies to high-efficiency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Exluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: NEMA frame motors, severe duty motors, squirrel cage motors, totally enclosed fan, TEFC, Totally enclosed fan-cooled , Polyphase induction motors Designation: 841-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Chemical Industry Severe Duty Squirrel- Cage Induction Motors-600 V and Below Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard L Doughty, Phone:302-453-8542, Email:r.l.doughty@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986 Abstract: This standard applies to high-efÞciency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and additional speciÞc features required for explosion-proof motors. Designation: 844-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2000 **Supersedes 844-1991. Technical Contact: Carlos Leal, Phone:(512) 396-5801 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to update the standard as it relates to present codes and industry practices. In addition, this project will devellp guidelines with respect to the installation, testing, operation and maintenance of the conductors and terminations for all heating methods described in IEEE 844. Project Purpose: In accordance with IEEE requirements the 844 Recommended Practice is up for review. The publication in its present form does not address specific design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance guidelines with respect to conductors and terminations. Where applicable to IEEE 844, new industry practices will be reviewed and adopted. Abstract: Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation, and maintenance of impedance, induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation and control and monitoring are addressed. General considerations for heating systems are discussed, covering selection criteria, design guidelines and considerations, power systems, receiving and storage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then discussed for each of the above types of systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These rec- ommended practices are intended to apply to the use of these heating systems in general industry. Key Words: "heating systems, impedance heating, induction heating, process heating, skin-effect heating, thermal insulation" Designation: 844-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 844-1985. Superseded by 844-2000. Technical Contact: C. James Erickson, Phone:302-737-5547, Email:cjerickson@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by 844-2000. Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance of impedance, induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation and control and monitoring are addressed. General considerations for heating systems are discussed, covering selection criteria, design guidelines and considerations, power systems, receiving and storage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then discussed for each of the above types of systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These recommended practices are intended to apply to the use of these heating systems in general industry. Key Words: heating systems, impedance heating, induction heating, process heating, thermal insulation, Skin-effect testing Designation: 844-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Designation: 845-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005 Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of Human-System Performance in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Robert Waters, Phone:941-697-9435, Email:watersworks@comcast.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999 Project Scope: This document provides guidance for evaluting human-system performance related to systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power generating stations. It summarizes specific evaluation techniques and presents rationale for their applications within the integrated systems approach to plant design, operations, and maintenance described in IEEE Std 1023. Project Purpose: The reasons for modifying IEEE Std 845 are: *Coordinate it with IEEE Std 1023 so that they better complement each other and reduce areas of redundancy. *Make its guidance more consistent with the integrated systems approach described in IEEE Std 1023. *Improve the consideration of all related factors, such as procedures, training, human-human interactions, etc., in the evaluation of human-system performance. Abstract: " Guidance for evaluating human-system performance related to systems, equipment, andfacilities in nuclear power generating stations is provided. Specific evaluation techniques andrationale for their application within the integrated systems approach to plant design, operations,and maintenance described in IEEE Std 1023-1988 are summarized. " Key Words: "design,human-system performance,integrated systems,maintenance,nuclear power generating stations,and operation" Designation: 845-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Guide to Evaluation Man-Machine Performance in Nuclear Power Generating Station Control Rooms and Other Peripheries Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1988 Abstract: Superseded. This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man- machine performance in nuclear power generating station control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is supplied as to the available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the commercial nuclear industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to their use and where further related information can be obtained. Key Words: man machine, control rooms, peripheries, generating stations, Nuclear power generation, Human factors Designation: 846 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 847 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Digital Television Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996 Project Scope: This project will update a withdrawn standard, with a slight revision of the title in that the word "digital" has been moved to just prior to the word "television", for consistency with the proposed standard on analog television. The terms will include some terms in general use at the present time as well as terms that are expected to come into use by broadcasters and others involved in the production, distribution, and display of broadcast-quality digital television, including high definition television (HDTV). Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a general reference for engineers and other technical personnel involved in the evolving new field of digital television, including digital high definition television. Designation: 847-1982 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Digital Terms Relating to Television Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **ANSI withdrawn 3/8/93. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1982 Designation: 848-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003 Title: IEEE Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating of Fire-Protected Cables Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Aug 05, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997 Project Scope: This standard provides a detailed test procedure for determining the ampacity or derating factor in the following installation configurations: 1) Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops. 2) Conduits covered with a protective material. 3) Tray covered with a protective material. 4) Cable directly covered or coated with a fire- retardant material. 5) Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure for use in establishing the ampacity or ampacity derating factor for cables installed in fire protected conduits, trays, or free-air drops, cable penetration fire stops, or electrical separation wrap systems. Abstract: A detailed test procedure is provided for determining the ampacity or derating factor in the following cable installation configurations: block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops; conduits covered with a protective material; tray covered with a protective material; cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material; and free-air drops enclosed with a protective material. Key Words: ampacity derating factor, cable penetration fire stops, electrical separation wrap systems, fire-protected cable systems, fire protected conduits Designation: P848 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating Factor for Fire-Protected Cable Systems Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: Ajit K Gwal, Phone:202-694-7123, Email:ajitg@dnfsb.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This standard provides a test procedure for determining the ampacity derating factor in the following cable installation configurations: -- Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops -- Conduits covered with a protective material -- Tray covered with a protective material -- Cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material -- Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material The standard is applicable to cables installed and sized to IEEE Std 835 for conduits and free-air drops, and NEMA WC51/ICEA P-54-440 for cable tray. IEEE Std 835 does provide ampacities for cables in a tray with a fixed spacing and may be used for cable penetration fire stop configurations only. This standard does not endorse the use of or provide application guidance for the installation of cable penetration fire stops and fire-protective materials. Cable designs are available that can withstand and remain functional during direct exposure to a fire. The user should refer to IEEE Std 634 for the qualification requirements of cable penetration fire stops. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure for use in establishing the ampacity derating factor for cables installed in fire-protected conduits, trays, free-air drops, cable penetration fire stops, or electrical separation wrap systems. Designation: 848 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating Factor for Fire-Protected Cable Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Ajit K Gwal, Phone:202-694-7123, Email:ajitg@dnfsb.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006 Project Scope: This standard provides a test procedure for determining the ampacity derating factor in the following cable installation configurations:<br> — Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops<br> — Conduits covered with a protective material <br> — Tray covered with a protective material <br> — Cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material<br> — Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material <br> The standard is applicable to cables installed and sized to IEEE Std 835-1994 for conduits and free-air drops, and NEMA WC51-1991/ICEA P-54-440 for cable tray. IEEE Std 835-1994 does provide ampacities for cables in a tray with a fixed spacing and may be used for cable penetration fire stop configurations only. <br> This standard does not endorse the use of or provide application guidance for the installation of cable penetration fire stops and fire-protective materials. Cable designs are available that can withstand and remain functional during direct exposure to a fire. The user should refer to IEEE Std 634-2004 for the qualification requirements of cable penetration fire stops. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure for use in establishing the ampacity derating factor for cables installed in fire-protected conduits, trays, free-air drops, cable penetration fire stops, or electrical separation wrap systems. Designation: 849 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Handler-Tester Interface Signals Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ron Leckie, Phone:408-437-9700 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985 Key Words: handler, tester, interface, signals Designation: 85 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Test Procedure for Airborne Noise Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: R. G Bartheld, Phone:404-998-3872 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979 Designation: 85-1973 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986 Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Aug 05, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Rev of IEEE Std 85-1965. Technical Contact: R. G Bartheld, Phone:404-998-3872 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1972 Abstract: Approved methods for conducting tests and reporting results to effect the uniform determination of rotating-electric- machine sound under steady- state conditions with an accuracy of ý 3 dB are defined. Three acoustical environments are considered: free field, reverberant field, and semireverberant field. Installation and operation of the machine is discussed. The test procedure assumes the presence of pure tones or the predominance of discrete frequencies in the sound spectrum. Key Words: airborne, sound, measurement, rotating, motors Designation: 850 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 851 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Application of Flame Retardant Coatings and Tapes Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Resauli, Phone:630-469-3428 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Project Scope: Scope and Purpose: To cover state of the art technology on flame retardant coatings, and tapes used by industry to control cable fires. To include characteristics of suitable coatings and tapes plus selection and application information including effect on ampacity and degree of fire protection available. Project Purpose: No guidance currently exists regarding the proper application of flame retardant and arc resistant blankets, coatings and tapes to electrical cable systems. Without identification of the key parameters which should be addressed, users risk personal injury and economic loss from cable fires and faults. Designation: 852 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 853 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan H Cookson, Phone:(412) 256-2160 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: Scope includes endurance measurement of circular cross-section enameled wire under center-grounded alternating voltage, 50 Hz or higher, in circulating air at room temperature. Project Purpose: To specify a method of measuring voltage endurance of enameled round wire, and to indicate the manner of analysis and interpretation of the data. Designation: 853-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 14, 1984 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. The scope of this recommended practice covers the application of center grounded applied coltage but not voltage wave shapes in which either the positive or negative peak voltage is at ground potential. Designation: 854-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Radix-Independent Floating-Point Arithmetic Status: Superseded **Superseded by 754-2008. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 1987 Abstract: A family of commercially feasible ways for new systems to perform floating-point arithmetic is defined. This standard specifies constraints on parameters defining values of basic and extended floating-point numbers; add, subtract, multiply, divide, square root, remainder, and compare operations; conversions between integers and floating-point numbers; conversions between different floating-point precisions; conversion between basic precision floating-point numbers and decimal strings; and floating-point exceptions and their handling, including nonnumbers. It is intended that an implementation of a floating-point system conforming to this standard can be realized entirely in software, entirely in hardware, or in any combination of software and hardware. Retrofitting issues are not considered. Key Words: radix, independent, Floating-point arithmetic Designation: 855 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:jdm@cs.wvu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993 Project Scope: Define modifications to IEEE Std 855-1990 to remove Appendix I "PL/M Language Binding" and appropriate other references to the PL/M language. Project Purpose: IEEE Std 855-1990 has been approved by JTC1 as a Draft International Standard (DIS); DIS balloting comments have identified as problematic the detailed non-normative reference in Appendix I to the proprietary PL/M language. There is no compelling reason to retain Appendix I, and it would be undesirable to have divergent IEEE And ISO/IEC standards. Abstract: This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man-machine performance in nuclear power generating station control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is supplied as to the available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the commercial nuclear industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to their use and where further related information can be obtained. Designation: 855-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Microprocessor Operating Systems Interfaces (MOSI) Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:jdm@cs.wvu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985 Key Words: operating, suystem, interface, mosi, tu Designation: 855-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:jdm@cs.wvu.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Nov 06, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Describes the IEEE Std 855-1990, IEEE standard for microprocessor operating system interfaces (MOSI), which defines an interface between application programs and their operating environments. It is designed to be compatible with most operating systems in common use in microcomputer environments, within the scope of services that the various operating systems provide. It can be used to access the services of a variety of operating systems in both small-scale and large-scale environments. Key Words: interface, microprocessor, operating system, MOSI, Operating environment Designation: 856 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 857-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for HVDC Thyristor Valves Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Chuan Hsier T Wu, Phone:213-367-0650, Email:chuan-hsier.wu@ladwp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Abstract: Information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage directcurrent (HVDC) power transmission systems are provided. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of auxiliary equipment associated with the valves. Key Words: Thyristor-levels, Multiple-valve unit (MVU), HVDC thyristor valves, HVDC power transmission system Designation: 857-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for High-Voltage Direct- Current Thyristor Valves Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 857-1990. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January- 2010. Technical Contact: Chuan Hsier T Wu, Phone:213-367-0650, Email:chuan-hsier.wu@ladwp.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997 Project Scope: Test procedures for thyristor valves used in the transmission of high voltage DC power. Project Purpose: Revise the existing recommended practice to provide information and recommendations that are current with anticipated technological advances. Abstract: Information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) power transmission systems are provided. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of auxiliary equipment associated with the values. Key Words: HVDC thyristor valves, HVDC power transmission systems, multiple- valve unit, MVU, thyristor levels Designation: 858-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985 Abstract: Terms in the field of power operations are defined. Key Words: 858-1987, terminology, Power operations Designation: 858-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of Std 858-1987. History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Terms in the field of power operations are defined. Key Words: terminology, Power operations Designation: 859-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Terms for Reporting and Analyzing Outage Occurrences and Outage States of Electrical Transmission Facilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Replaced Std. 346 History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and analyzing outage occurrences of transmission facilities. Use of systematic, precise definitions, which is essential for meaningful exchange of data, is promoted. The outage definitions and indices are intended for use in system planning models, operations and maintenance planning, and system design. The definitions and indices may not be sufficiently detailed to cover the information required for equipment design. Key Words: outage occurrences, outage states, electrical transmission, Power transmission reliability Designation: 86-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Definitions of Basic Per-Unit Quantities for AC Rotating Machines Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989 Abstract: no abstract Key Words: basic, per-unit, quantities, rotating, AC Designation: 87 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 88 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 8802-11-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:2005, Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: 8802-11-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11: 1999 [IEEE Std 802.11-1999(R2003)] Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Status: Superseded Abstract: Remarks: Includes IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition; IEEE Std 802.11a.-1999; IEEE Std 802.11b.-1999; IEEE Std 802.11b.- 1999/Cor 1-2001; and IEEE Std 802.11d.-2001 The medium access control (MAC) and physical characteristics for wireless local area networks (LANs) are specified in this standard, which is part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium access control unit in this standard is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the availability of spectrum. This standard contains five physical layer units: four radio units, operating in the 2400-2500 MHz band and in the bands comprising 5.15-5.25 GHz, 5.25-5.35 GHz, and 5.725-5.825 GHz, and one baseband infrared (IR) unit. One radio unit employs the frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) technique, two employ the direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) technique, and another employs the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) technique. Key Words: ad hoc network, infrared, LAN, local area network, mobility, radio frequency, wireless Designation: 8802-11/Amd 1-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1: 2000 (E), Information Technology-- Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems--Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications--Amendment 1: High-Speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Changes and additions to IEEE 802.11a-1999 (ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999(E)) are provided to support the new high-rate physical layer (PHY) for operation in the 5 GHz band. Reaffirmed 2003 Interpretations are available at http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/802.11a-1999.html Designation: 8802-11:2005/AMD4-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:2005/AMD4 [IEEE Std 802.11g-2003] Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications--Amendment 4: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2006 Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 802.11g-2003 Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition, as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a- 1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001, are provided to support the further higher data rate extension for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Key Words: LAN, local area network, radio frequency, wireless Designation: 8802-11:2005/AMD5-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/AMD5 (E) [IEEE Std 802.11h-2003] Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications--Amendment 5: Spectrum and Transmit Power Management Extensions in the 5 GHz band in Europe Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2006 Project Scope: Defines mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for operation in the 5 GHz band in Europe. The regulations and conformance tests are listed in Clause 2. Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 802.11h-2003 This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for operation in the 5GHz band in Europe. Key Words: dynamic frequency selection (DFS), local area network (LAN), transmit power control (TPC) Designation: 8802-11:2005/AMD6-2006 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:2005/AMD6, Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems- Local and metropolitan area networks- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment 6: Medium Access Control(MAC) Security Enhancements Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2007 Abstract: Security mechanisms for IEEE 802.11 are defined in this amendment, which includes a definition of WEP for backward compatibility with the original standard, IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition. This amendment defines TKIP and CCMP, which provide more robust data protection mechanisms than WEP affords. It introduces the concept of a security association into IEEE 802.11 and defines security association management protocols called the 4-Way Handshake and the Group Key Handshake. Also, it specifies how IEEE 802.1X may be utilized by IEEE 802.11 LANs to effect authentication. Key Words: AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures, data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE 802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust security network, RSN, security, security association, TKIP, WEP Designation: 8802-12-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Part 12: Demand-priority access method, physical layer and repeater specifications, ISO/IEC 8802-12: 1998, Information technology-- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks --Specific requirements-- Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1998 Publication type: International Publication Abstract: Access control characteristics for the demand-priority access method are specified. The layer management, physical layers, and media that support this access method are also specified. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and ISO/IEC 8802 models. Specifications for 100 Mb/s operation over 100 W balanced cable (twisted-pair) Categories 3 through 5, 150 W shielded balanced cable, and fibre-optic media are included. Optional implementation of redundant links to facilitate automatic recovery of network connectivity in case of link or repeater failure anywhere in the network path is specified. Rules for connecting redundant links within a network are defined. Key Words: 802-12: 2008 Designation: 8802-15-14-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 15-4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Craig K Harmon, Phone:319-364-0212, Email:harmon@ia.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: 8802-2-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 2: Logical Link Control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 1998 Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deals with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. The functions, features, protocol, and services of the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO/IEC 8802 LAN protocol, are described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the medium access control (MAC) sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for data communication between service access points. In the first type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection, but stations are permitted to both send data and request the return of data simultaneously. Key Words: local area networks, protocols; logical link control Designation: 8802-2-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Information Processing Systems -- Local Area Networks -- Part 2: Logic link control Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1989 History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989 Project Scope: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It describes the functions, features, protocol, and services of the logical link control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO 8802 Local Area Network Protocol. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are two types of operation for data communication between service access points. In one type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the other, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It describes the functions, features, protocol, and services of the logical link control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO 8802 Local Area Network Protocol. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are two types of operation for data communication between service access points. In one type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the other, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. Designation: 8802-2-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-2:1994: Information Technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link control Status: Superseded **Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.2-1989, 802.2a-1993, 802.2b-1993, 802.2d-1993, 802.2e-1993, and 802.5p-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LANs) and metropolitan area network (MANs) that deals with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. The functions, features, protocol, and services of the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO/IEC 8802 Local Area Network Protocol, are described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for data communication between service access points. In the first type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection, but stations are permitted to both send data and request the return of data simultaneously. Key Words: Local area networks, protocols, logical link control, LAN Designation: 8802-2,Amd.3-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-4, Amd 3 IEEE [P802.2C]Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link control AMENDMENT 3: Conformance requirements Status: Superseded **Amendment to 8802-2:1994 (Draft 802.2c) Publication type: International Publication Abstract: Conformance requirements for ISO/IEC 8802-2: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.2, 1994] are provided. Key Words: logical link control, protocols, local area networks, LAN Designation: 8802-3-2000 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000 (IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition) Information Technology--Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2000 **This version is superseded by 802.3-2000 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 8802-3-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996: Information technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.3a-1988, 802.3b-1985, 802.3c-1985, 802.3d-1987, 802.3e-1987, 802.3h-1990, 802.3i-1990, 802.3j-1993, 802.3k-1992, 802.3l- 1992, 802.3m-1995, 802.3n-1995, 802.3p-1993, 802.3q-1993, 802.3s-1995, 802.3t-1995 and 802.3v-1995. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition], specifies the media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method. It also specifies the media, Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and physical layer repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband and broadband systems, and it provides a 1Mb/s baseband implementation. Specifications for MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 1BASE5, 10BASE-T, and 10BASE-F are included. System considerations for multisegment 10Mb/s baseband networks are provided. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and 8802 models. The 8802-3 internal model is defined and used. Key Words: attachment unit interface (AUI), data processing, ethernet, information interchange, local area networks, LAN, management, mode of data transmission, network interconnection, models, repeater Designation: 8802-3-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:1993: Information technology - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Status: Superseded **Contains IEEE Stds 802.3-1988, 802.3c-1985, 802.3d-1987, 802.3b-1985, 802.3i-1990 and corrections resulting from Maintenance Ballot #1. Publication type: International Publication Designation: 8802-3-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Status: Superseded Publication type: Special Publication Key Words: data, processing, information, interchange, local, area, networks, mode, data, transmission, network, interconnection, models Designation: 8802-3-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Status: Superseded **Approved by ISO/IEC/ANSI. Supersedes 8802-3 : 1989. History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990 Designation: 8802-3-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Status: Superseded **This publication is a revision of 802.3 (ISO apprvd 1988). History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1989 Designation: 8802-4-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990: Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 4:Token-passing bus access method and physical layer specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 1990 **Revision of IEEE Std 802.4-1985. Publication type: International Publication History: BD APP: Feb 27, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990 Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) and metropolitan area network (MAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. The following are specified in this standard: the electrical and/or optical and physical characteristics of the transmission medium; the electrical or optical signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the medium access control (MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer above it; and the actions, entities, and values used to manage the MAC sublayer and physical layer entity. Key Words: LAN Designation: 8802-5-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998, Information Technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific requirements -- Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 1998 Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a LAN using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and priority stacks, is defined. The medium access control (MAC) protocol is defined. The finite state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mbit/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC), is also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard. Key Words: 802 family, LAN, MAN, medium access control, Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement, PHY Designation: 8802-5-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1992: Information technology- Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 802.5-1989. Revision to harmonize IEEE & ISO versions. Publication type: International Publication History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992 Key Words: data, processing, interconnection, local, area, network, medium, access, control Designation: 8802-5 Amd 1-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998, Amd.1 (ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5 and 802.5j, 1998 Edition) Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements- Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specification-Amendment 1: Dedicated token ring operation and fiber optic media Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 1998 Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. The requirements for dedicated token ring (DTR) operation are specified, including the changes and additions to the Medium Access Control (MAC) layer to provide for an additional full-duplex mode of operation (switching), and for interconnection of shared LAN segments to switch ports. Also specified are the characteristics of a fibre optic interface for connecting a 4 Mbit/s or 16 Mbit/s token ring station to the trunk coupling unit (TCU) of a token ring, including station, port, and channel requirements. Fibre optic trunk signaling recommendations are also made. Designation: 8802-6-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-6:1994: Information technology- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 6: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 1994 **Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.6-1990, 802.6d-1993 and 802.6f-1993. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deals with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. A high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional bus subnetwork is defined. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Media Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other IEEE 802 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service Users, but their implementation is not required for conformance. Designation: 8802-6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer specifications (with Amendments 1, 2, and 3) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: International Publication Designation: 8802-9-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-9:1996 Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 9: Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 1997 **This edition contains editorial changes to IEEE Std 802.9-1994, which occurred during ISO/IEC approval. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified. Key Words: access unit (AU), data link layer, hybrid multiplexer (HMUX), integrated services digital network, ISDN, intergrated services terminal equipment, ISTE, layer management entity, LAN, logical link control, managed object, management information base (MIB), MAC, medium access control, MAN, physical medium dependent, physical signalling, private switching network, protocol data unit (PDU), service access point, time division multiplexer (TDM) Designation: 8802.2-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 2: Logical link control Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989 Designation: 8802.5-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1995 : Information Technology Processing Systems - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specifc requirements, Part 5:Token ring access method and physical Layer Specification Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1995 **Revision of 8802-5:1992 and incorporates TR 10738:1992. Publication type: International Publication History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1995 Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5: 1995, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open System Interconnection Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a local area network using the token- passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and frame check sequence, are defined, as are medium access control (MAC) frames, timers, and priority stacks. The MAC protocol is defined. The finite-state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mb/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC) are also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard. Designation: 89 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 896 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard For Futurebus+(R) - Logical and Physical Layers Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph D George, Phone:208-523-4565, Email:joeg@clearcore.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard which will add new features to Futurebus. A new bus management protocol/Control and Status Register Interface will be developed. A new method of handling interrupts will be developed. A new high speed protocol will be developed to replace packet mode. A new protocol for the efficient transfer of ATM cells and other packet switched formats will be added. New mechanical form factors will be added. The standard wil be a stand alone document containing all the information necessary to develop Futurebus systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to increase the performance and decrease the cost of systems based on Futurebus. Currently specified form factors and protocol are limiting market acceptance. Designation: 896.1-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specifications for Multiprocessor Architectures: Futurebus Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1988 Abstract: Superseded. The standard specifies the functional, electrical, and mechanical requirements for a set of signal lines that constitute a backplane bus, and for the interfacing of boards connected to that bus. The bus provides the means for the transfer of binary digital information between boards over a single backplane. The number of physical modules is restricted to 24 due to electrical and mechanical constraints, even though slot addressing allows up to 31 modules. The modules may contain any combination of one or more processors and immediate peripherals such as memory, peripheral, and communication controllers. Key Words: Futurebus, backplane bus specifications Designation: 896.1-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R) -- Logical Protocol Specification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Sold as ISO/IEC 10857 with 896.1a. Technical Contact: Paul L Borrill, Phone:(415) 336-9187or9053, Email:paul.borrill@eng.sun.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1992 Abstract: IEEE Std 896.1-1991 provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+architecture with performance and cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods: (1) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention (the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+systems), and (2) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance. Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus+, logical protocol, multiprocessor systems Designation: 896.10-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Futurebus+(R) Spaceborne Systems - Profile S Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 1997 Project Scope: Profile S of the IEEE 896.X series will address the subset of 896.1 to be adopted as well as electrical, mechanical packaging, environmental, and other considerations Current backplane protocol standards do not address the unique requirements associated with spaceborne processing systems. This standard will establish and specify the requirements (bus, mechanical and electrical) to support implementation of spaceborne Futurebus+ based processing systems.required for spaceflight. This profile will leverage heavily the work ongoing in the 896.5 Military Profile, the 896.9 Fault Tolerance Working Group, and the 896.8 Desktop Profile. Project Purpose: Current backplane protocol standards do not address the unique requirements associated with spaceborne processing systems. This standard will establish and specify the requirements (bus, mechanical and electrical) to support implementation of spaceborne Futurebus+ based processing systems. Abstract: In the Futurebus+® series of standards, tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed are provided. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to the ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 (ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition) Futurebus+(R) Logical Layer Specification, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for a spaceborne profile. It is to this profile that products will claim conformance. Other specifications may be required in conjunction with this standard. Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, spaceborne computers, spaceborne modules, spaceborne systems Designation: 896.11 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for IEEE 1355 Links on Futurebus+(R) Backplane Connector Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Colin Whitby-Strevens, Phone:408-974-6239, Email:colinws@apple.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994 Project Scope: This standard will define the allocation of I/O pins on the FB+ E connector for links conforming to the standard currently under development within IEEE P1355 (Heterogeneous InterConnect), and, by reference to P1355, the electrical and logical properties of the links, thus defining a 'P1355 enhanced slot'. This standard will also define the pins to be used on the FB+ connector for P1355 links for interfacing to routing boards, thus defining a 'routing board slot'. The standard will define the connectivity of P1355 enhanced slots and routing boards slots (where provided). With this exception, the architecture of P1355 links on the back panel and the architecture of P1355 links on routing boards will be left open. Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide point-to-point bandwidth for interworking FB+ cards from different originators by using P1355 lins in addition to the bandwidth available from the standard FB+ interface. Up to 16 data links per P1355 enhanced slot are envisaged, supporting a bidirectional bandwidth between each card and the backplane in excess of 1 Gbytes/sec. Up to 60 links are envisaged for the routing board slot, supporting a bandwidth in excess of 3 Gigabytes/sec. A major goal of the standard is to leave open the richest possible range of link topologies of P1355 routing board architectures and link backplane architectures (and in particular not preventing fixed topologies or active backplane topologies), whilst satisfying the constraints which will allow the interworking of application boards. The standard will not affect the use of standard FB+ interfaces, except for routing boards slots. Designation: 896.12 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Fault Tolerance Classification of Computer-Based Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard J Sergo, Phone:215-830-1900 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994 Project Scope: 1. Establish the baseline definition, criteria and metrics for fault tolerance and system integrity for computer-based systems. 2. Establish a standard methodology for enhancing and extending the established baseline definitions, criteria and metrics for computer-based systems. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a uniform classification structure for the application, specification, evaluation and selection of fault tolerant computer-based systems. Designation: 896.1a-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Errata, Correction and Clarification of IEEE 896.1-1991, Futurebus+(R) Logical Layer Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Samuel H Duncan, Phone:508-568-5104, Email:duncan@poboxa.enet.dec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Designation: 896.2-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specification for Multiprocessor Architectures: Futurebus+(R) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Joseph D George, Phone:208-523-4565, Email:joeg@clearcore.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1992 Abstract: Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std. 896.1-1991, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.1-1991; P896.3, Futurebus+ Recommended Practices; P1212.x, Control and Status Register Architectures; IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits; and IEEE Std 1301.x, Metric Equipment Practices for Microcomputers. Key Words: Futurebus+, Physical layer, Node management, Multiprocessor systems, Live insertion, Bus architecture, Application environment profiles Designation: 896.2a-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R) -- Physical Layer and Profile Specification: Errata, Corrections, and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Supplement to IEEE Std 896.2-1991. Technical Contact: Samuel H Duncan, Phone:508-568-5104, Email:duncan@poboxa.enet.dec.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994 Abstract: This supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.2a-1991. Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.3-1993; IEEE Std 1212-1991; IEEE Std 1194.1- 1991; and the IEEE 1301 series of standards. Key Words: application , environment profiles, bus architecture, futurebus, live insertion, mulitprocessor, node management, physical layer Designation: 896.3-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Futurebus+(R) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Michael Humphrey, Phone:602-951-8866 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Oct 13, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1994 Abstract: The system layer issues associated with bus-based computer systems are described. It is intended to be a tool for Futurebus+ board and system designers. As such, the intent of this recommended practice is to characterize a variety of systems topics as they relate to Futurebus+. When used in conjunction with other IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open- architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing spectrum are available. The specifications that may be required in conjunction with this recommended practice are: ISO/IEC 10857:1994, IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std 896.5-1993, IEEE Std 1149.1-1990, IEEE Std 1156.1-1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1212.1-1993, IEEE Std 1301.1-1991, and IEEE P1394/D6.8, March 1994. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: backplane bus, bus architecture, futurebus+, Shared memory systems, Multiprocessor systems Designation: 896.3a Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Recommended Practices for the Electrical Environment Within Backplane Tranceiver Logic (BTL) Futurebus+(R) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993 Project Scope: To define reommended practices that ensure an electrical system environment that conforms to the Futurebus+ family of profiles utilizing Backplance Transceiver Logic (IEEE 1194.1). To include, but not limited to, profiles A, B, F, T, and Mil 12-SU. Project Purpose: To address system level issues relating to the implementation of electrical parameters defined with the Futurebus+ family of specifications including: Termination Power Systems, Crosstalk, Ground Bounce and DC Power Distribution. In addition, specific test methods and procedures will be defined to assist the integrator in achieving overall system conformance. Designation: 896.4-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+(R) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Stephen J Cecil, Phone:812/854-2409, Email:sjc303@crinc-ns.nwscc.sea06.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994 Abstract: A suite of abstract test cases for verifying the conformance of products based on the Futurebus+ family of standards and a means of selecting the exact set of test cases necessary for testing any given product are provided. The test suite is abstract in that it was not created with a specific test environment in mind. It can be effectively used in conjunction with logic simulators during product development as well as with physical testers after prototype or production units are available. This standard is intended for use by Futurebus+ product suppliers and users and by independent test labs. Consistent use of this standard should promote comparability and, therefore, mutual recognition of test results produced by different testers. Key Words: AEP, block copy, interactive BICS, Implementation under test (IUT), BIXIT proforma, BICS proforma, Application environment profile Designation: 896.4a-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+(R) - Errata, Corrections and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **This product contains 3 discs. Supplement to IEEE Std 896.4-1993. Technical Contact: Stephen J Cecil, Phone:812/854-2409, Email:sjc303@crinc-ns.nwscc.sea06.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Project Scope: Correction and clarification of errors and ambiguities in the hardcopy publication of IEEE Std 896.4-1993 and its accompanying diskettes. This effort will be limited to the scope of IEEE Std 896.4-1993, covering test requirements for clauses 3 through 9 of the ISO/IEC 10857:1994 and clauses 3 and 4 of IEEE Std 896.2-1991 and its errata supplement IEEE Std 896.2a-1993. Project Purpose: Members of the development community have asked for clarification and have identified errors in the published standard and its accompanying diskettes. The purpose of this project is to ensure consistency of implementations. Abstract: Errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.4-1993, as well as a new diskette version of the conformance test suite to replace the original test suite distributed with the 1993 publication of the standard, are provided. IEEE Std 896.4- 1993 defines a suite of tests that govern the testing of the requirements of Futurebus+® as defined originally in IEEE Std 896.1-1991 and IEEE Std 896.2-1991. This supplement also updates IEEE Std 896.4-1993 so that the requirements of ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition] and IEEE Std 896.2a-1994 are tested. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: appplication environment profile, AEP, BICS proforma, BIXIT proforma, block copy, implementation under test, IUT, interactive BICS Designation: 896.5-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC 14536. Technical Contact: Ralph Lachenmaier, Phone:215-441-1634, Email:lachenmaier@nade.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std 896.1-1991, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance.Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.1-1991, IEEE Std 896.2- 1991, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std 1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1194-1, 1991, IEEE P1394, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and IEEE Std 1301.1-1991. Key Words: Software debug, Serial Bus, Open architecture, Node management, Multiprocessor systems, Military profiles, Live insertion, Futurebus+, Fault logging, Error logging, Bus architecture Designation: 896.5a-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military): Errata, Corrections, and Clarifications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available as ISO/IEC 14536. Supplement to IEEE Std 896.5-1993. Technical Contact: Jeffrey G Lear, Phone:317/322-2811, Email:learj@po2.nawc-ad-indy.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. The supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.5-1993. Futurebus+ standards provide system developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.2a-1994, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4- 1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE P1394, the IEEE 1301 series of standards, and ISO/IEC 13213 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1212, 1994 Edition]. Key Words: Software debug, Serial Bus, Open architecture, Node management, Multiprocessor systems, Military profiles, Live insertion, Futurebus+*, Fault logging, Error logging, Bus architecture Designation: 896.6 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Futurebus+(R) Telecommunications Systems, Profile T (Telecommunications) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert Widlicka, Phone:614-860-2382, Email:r.widlicka@att.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Project Scope: Modules, subsystems and systems that comply with the Telecom Profile are intended for use by telecommunications applications as well as applications with similiar needs. Telecommunications systems are characterized by their high availability, maintainability and fault tolerance. Such systems must operate continuously, have a long lifetime, and be easily upgradable. The Telecom Profile is to be consistent with world wide telecommunications standards such as International Telephone and Telegraph Consutative Committee (CCITT), European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI), and Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS). Project Purpose: There are currently no existing open computer backplane buses targeted specifically for telecommunications applications. The existence of a quality standard in this area will reduce the time and cost of systems creation and configuration. This will facilitate significant reductions in time to market for new products and services utilizing computer technology. Because of these features, this profile will be a significant benefit to users and providers of telecommunications equipment and services and to their customers. Designation: 896.7 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for an Interconnect Between Futurebus+(R) Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991 Designation: 896.8 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: PAR WITHDRAWN 3/17/94- Standard for Small Computer Expandibility Module for Futurebus+ Systems, Profile D (Desktop) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 17, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Kyle M Black, Phone:916-785-4552 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 896.9-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard for Fault Tolerant Extensions to the Futurebus+(R) Architecture Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995 Abstract: This standard is one in a family of Futurebus+TM standards. The Futurebus+ standards provide a set of tools with which to implement a bus architecture with performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This standard provides fault tolerant extensions to Futurebus+ standards. As such, this standard provides the logical layer requirements for the transmission of data in a fault tolerant environment. When used in conjunction with other IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open-architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing spectrum are available. Key Words: bus architecture, computers, data transmission, fault tolerance, Futurebus+, Multiprocessor systems Designation: 90 Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 900 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 90003-2008 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide--Adoption of ISO/IEC 90003:2004 Software Engineering-- Guidelines for the Application of ISO 9001:2000 to Computer Software Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 14, 2008 **This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 90003:2004 Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:scott.duncan@gmail.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 2009 Project Scope: This International Standard provides guidance for organizations in the application of ISO 9001:2000 to the acquisition, supply, development, operation and maintenance of computer software and related support services. It does not add to or otherwise change the requirements of ISO 9001:2000. Annex A (informative) provides a table pointing to additional guidance in the implementation of ISO 9001:2000 available in ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 and ISO/TC 176 standards. The guidelines provided in this International Standard are not intended to be used as assessment criteria in quality management system registration/certification. Abstract: This standard provides guidance to users of IEEE standards as to how to meet the quality management expectations of ISO 9001:2000 clauses and sub-clauses in a software development context by adopting ISO/IEC 90003 (the software development guidance document for ISO 9001) and adding an informative annex to cross-reference IEEE S2ESC standards to relevant ISO 9001 material. This standard is identical to ISO/IEC 90003 but contains an additional informative annex, Annex C, cross-referencing material in ISO 9001 with material in S2ESC standards that could be helpful in meeting the intent of ISO 9001, as well as a second additional annex, Annex D, which is a bibliography of the specific IEEE standards referenced. Key Words: 90003-2008, adoption, ISO/IEC, quality management, software development Designation: 902-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Yellow Book) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998 Technical Contact: Michael J Foley, Phone:303-797-7125, Email:m.foley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Oct 30, 1998 Project Scope: The document will cover the maintenance, operation and safety of low and medium voltage electric power systems serving industrial and commercial facilities. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for the numerous personnel responsible for operating industrial and commercial electric power facilities. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. The IEEE Yellow Book provides plant engineers with a reference source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable maintenance and operation of industrial and commercial power systems, regardless of system size or complexity. The most effective utilization of the information contained in this guide would be its inclusion in a long-term maintenance and operation strategy that is tailored to the individual needs of each power system. This strategy would ensure long-term reliability and would include a procedure for auditing performance. To ensure the safety, reliability, maintenance, and operation of systems, the IEEE Yellow Book establishes specific procedures. Information is provided to offer guidance for the establishment of administrative and control procedures, as well as the organizational capabilities necessary to ensure reliable system operation. The level of performance reliability is stressed and several maintenance strategies are reviewed, including record-keeping, testing and inspection methods, and auditing maintenance and operation performance. Several chapters in the book are entirely devoted to safety issues, such as the review of safety equipment and recommendations for the management of unusual or hazardous activities. Key Words: electrical hazards, electrical maintenance, operation protective devices, record keeping, fire protection, grounding, infrared Designation: 902 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Guide for Maintenance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001 Project Scope: The scope of the project is to provide plant engineers with a reference source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable maintenance and operations of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems. These fundamentals, which are independent of size or complexity, include: system design, reliability, documentation, inspection/testing methods, auditing performance, safety procedures. Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide guidelines for personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of industrial and commercial power systems. The first edition of the guide references U.S. based practices. The WG and the Safety, Operations and Maintenance Subcommittee have committed to expand the practices in its' first revision so that it may have international applicability. Designation: 902 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering Title: Guide for Maintencance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Yellow Book) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Yellow Book Technical Contact: Erling C Hesla, Phone:425-347-1927, Email:e.hesla@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 28, 1981 Designation: 903 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems Title: Energy Monitoring & Control Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Joseph R Fragola, Phone:516-764-5218, Email:fragola@prodigy.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984 Designation: 905 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Rail Transit Intra System EML Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Designation: 91-1984 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 1984 **This standard is published with 91A. History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1982 Abstract: Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic functions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their applications are provided. The symbols are presented in the context of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). The supplement provided additional internationally approved graphic symbols and made corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984. Key Words: symbols, graphic, logic, functions Designation: 915 Title: Electrical and Electronic Diagrams Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **Revision of Y14.15-1966 Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 917 Title: Graphic Symbols for Use on Equipment Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 91a/91-1991 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions (Includes IEEE Std 91a-1991 Supplement, and IEEE Std 91-1984) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1991 History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991 Abstract: An international language by which it is possible to determine the functional behavior of a logic or circuit diagram with minimal reference to supporting documentation is defined; as such, it is designed to allow a single concept to be expressed in one of several different ways, according to the demands of a particular situation. Consequently, this standard does not attempt, nor intend, to establish single correct symbols for particular devices. The symbols for representing logic functions or devices enable users to understand the logic characteristics of these functions or devices without specific knowledge of their internal characteristics. Definitions and an explanation of symbol construction are provided. Information is presented on: qualifying symbols associated with inputs, outputs, and other connections; dependency notation; combinational and sequential elements; and symbols for highly complex functions. The symbols and representation techniques are compatible with IEC Pub. 617, Part 12.Supplement Abstract: Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic functions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their applications are given. The symbols are presented in the center of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). This supplement provides additional internationally approved graphic symbols and makes corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984. Key Words: graphic, symbols, logic, functions Designation: 92 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 925 Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 926 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: PV Energy Performance Ratings Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Designation: 927 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: PV Energy Performance Calculations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Designation: 928 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: Recommended Practice for Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000 Project Scope: This recommended criteria for performance criteria applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems (The scope is similar to the existing IEEE 928 recommended practice.) Project Purpose: To bring the criteria up to date and in line with changes that have occurred over the past 15 years in the national and international industry Designation: 928-1986 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Project Scope: This standard for performance criteria applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems (flat plate and concentrators) regardless of size or application. Its principal purpose is to present an overall framework into which all other terrestrial solar photovoltaic power system performance ancillary standards can be developed. Abstract: Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. General performance criteria for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are established, and an overall framework for all detailed terrestrial photovoltaic power system performance standards is provided. Criteria for subsystem performance and standard test methods to be used for performance measurements are recommended. System installation, operation, and maintenance are covered. Since thermal conditioning elements may be part of the system design, some consideration is given to the thermal subsystem. The criteria apply to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems. Key Words: array, terrestrial, Photovoltaic power systems Designation: 929-1988 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Residential and Intermediate Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **This recommended practice was superseded by 929-2000. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991 Abstract: Superseded by 929-2000. Recommendations and requirements that ensure operation of the terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) system that is compatible with the electric utility are provided. Factors relating to personnel safety, equipment protection, and power quality are addressed. The standard applies to utility-interconnected residential and interm ediate-size PV power systems capable of two-way energy flow with the utility. It addresses the interface between the PV system and the utility, and provides technical recommendations for the characteristics of the interface. Power quality, equipment protection, and safety of personnel are covered. Key Words: PV, photovoltaic systems, photovoltaie, Power system protection, Photovoltaic power systems, Occupational health and safety Designation: 929-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). **This recommended practice supersedes 929-1988 (R1991). History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000 Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the interface, functions, and requirements necessary in the interconnection of a PV power system with an electric utility. It also describes the acceptable and safe practices for accomplishing those functions and meeting the requirements. Project Purpose: Provide recommendations and requirements that apply to the interconnection of a Photovoltaic system with an electric utility. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Key Words: "islanding,nonislanding inverter,photovoltaic,utility connection" Designation: 930-2004 Sponsor: Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: (Replaced) IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Breakdown Data Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005 Technical Contact: Gian Carlo Montanari, Phone:+390512093481, Email:giancarlo.montanari@mail.ing.unibo.it **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2005 Project Scope: To prepare a guide describing statistical methods to analyze breakdown test data (at constant or increasing voltage) for purposes including characterization of an insulation system, comparison with other systems and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or voltages. The statistical methods included in the guide are based on Weibull, lognormal and Gumbel distributions. Project Purpose: To provide statistical tools for the processing of life or breakdown voltage tests. Abstract: This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze times to breakdown and breakdown voltage data obtained from electrical testing of solid insulating materials, for purposes including characterization of the system, comparison with another insulator system, and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or voltages. Key Words: breakdown voltage and time, GUmbel, Lognormal distributions, statistical methods, Weibull Designation: 930-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Voltage Endurance Data Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: Replaced by 930-2004 (SH/SS95269) This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze the data for time- to-failure from constant-stress voltage endurance tests or breakdown voltage from progressive-stress tests on specimens or systems of electrical insulation. Methods to compare test data are also given. The methods are principally applied to data from tests on solid insulation, but may also apply to the analyses of data from tests on gas, liquid, and composite systems. The statistical methods discussed here do not take into consideration the physical mechanism of voltage aging. The methods assume that the only aging stress is alternating voltage of constant frequency. The methods may not apply if there is more than one aging stress. Methods to ascertain the short time withstand voltage or operating voltage of an insulation system are not presented in this guide. The mathematical techniques contained in this guide may not directly apply to the estimation of equipment life. Key Words: statistical analysis, electrical , insulation, voltage, endurance data Designation: 931 Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society Title: X-ray Lithgrphy Sys Full-Field Exposure Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981 Designation: 933-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for the Definition of Reliability Program Plans for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: James Liming, Phone:714-962-8289, Email:jl307@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear power generating stations. The document emphasizes reliability programs during the operating phase of such stations; however, the general approach applies to all phases of the nuclear power generating station life cycle (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning). Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to describe a basic framework (i.e., the program elements, guidelines on implementation, element interaction, and their scope of application) directed at improving nuclear power generating station performance through the effective implementation of reliability programs. It is oriented toward station availability, encompassing balance-of-plant and safety-related equipment. Effective implementation of these guidelines should also improve plant safety by reducing challenges to safety systems in addition to enhancing reliable operation of the components of those safety systems. Abstract: Guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear power generating stations are developed. Reliability programs during the operating phase of such stations are emphasized; however, the general approach applies to all phases of the nuclear power generating station life cycle (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning). Key Words: Author: IEEE Designation: P933 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Definition of Reliability Program Plans for Nuclear Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities Status: Modified Revision Project History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear generating stations and other nuclear facilities. The document emphasizes reliability programs during the operating phase of such facilities; however, the general approach applies to all phases (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning) of the facility. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to describe a basic framework (i.e., the program elements, guidelines on implementation, element interaction, and their scope of application) directed at improving nuclear generating station and other nuclear facility performance through the effective implementation of reliability programs. It is oriented toward facility availability, encompassing balance-of-plant and safety equipment. Effective implementation of these guidelines should also improve facility safety by reducing challenges to safety systems in addition to enhancing reliable operation of the components of those safety systems. Abstract: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear generating stations and other nuclear facilities. The document emphasizes reliability programs during the operating phase of such facilities; however, the general approach applies to all phases (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning) of the facility. Key Words: problem analysis, reliability analysis, reliability program plan Designation: 933 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Title: IEEE Guide for the Definition of Reliability Program Plans for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: James Liming, Phone:714-962-8289, Email:jl307@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008 Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear power generating stations. The document emphasizes reliability programs during the operating phase of such stations; however, the general approach applies to all phases (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning) of the nuclear power generating station. Project Purpose: Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to describe a basic framework (i.e., the program elements, guidelines on implementation, element interaction, and their scope of application) directed at improving nuclear facility performance through the effective implementation of reliability programs. It is oriented toward facility availability, encompassing balance-of-plant and safety equipment. Effective implementation of these guidelines should also improve facility safety by reducing challenges to safety systems in addition to enhancing reliable operation of the components of those safety systems. Designation: 934-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Replacement Parts for Class 1E Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987 Abstract: Basic requirements for the selection and utilization of replacement parts for Class 1E equipment in nuclear power generating stations, in both the construction and operation phases, are set forth. Selection, categories, and replacement of parts are covered. The requirements are intended to ensure that replacement parts selected and utilized for Class 1E equipment in nuclear power generating stations will not degrade the safety of the stations. They apply to parts which could result in the failure of the Class 1E equipment to perform its intended function or in degradation of the plant safety systems or the Class 1E equipment. Key Words: replacement parts, class 1E, Nuclear power generation protection Designation: 935-1989 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Guide on Terminology for Tools and Equipment to Be Used in Live Line Working Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1989 Abstract: Terminology for tools and equipment used in live line working is given to permit identification of the tools and equipment and to standardize their names. Detailed definitions are not given for all the terms used in live line working, only the necessary details, without indications of their components and their methods of use are provided. The following are covered: insulating sticks; universal to ol fittings; insulating covers and similar assemblies; bypassing equipment; small individual hand tools; personal equipment; equipment for positioning a worker; handling and anchoring equipment; measuring and testing equipment and hydraulic and miscellaneous equipment. Reaffirmed 2001 You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: live line, tools, equipment, terminology, Power transmission maintenance, Power distribution maintenance, Power cables, Electric shock Designation: 935 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide on Terminology for Tools and Equipment to be Used in Live-Line Working Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Orville J Plum, Phone:408-282-7120, Email:ojp2@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This Guide applies to terminology for tools and equipment used in live line working. Project Purpose: To standardize the terms in IEEE/ESMOL documents for tools and equipment used in live line working without indicating their components or method of use. Designation: 936-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Title: IEEE Guide for Self-Commutated Converters Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986 Abstract: This guide applies to self-commutated electronic power converters; that is, converters in which commutation is accomplished by components within the converter. In converters using switching devices that have turn-off capability, such as transistors or gate turn-off thyristors, interruption of the current results in a voltage that commutates the current to another branch. In converters using circuit-commutated thyristors, the commutating voltages required to transfer current from one branch to another are normally supplied by capacitors. The type of power conversion may be dc to ac, dc to dc, ac to dc, or ac to ac. Designation: 937-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 13, 2007 Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid secondary batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power systems. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included. While this document gives general recommended practices, battery manufacturers may provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist lead-acid battery users to properly store, install, and maintain lead-acid batteries used in PV systems. Abstract: Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid secondary batteries for photovoltaic power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included. Even though general recommended practices are covered, battery manufacturers may provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 937-2000 Key Words: battery, battery installation, battery maintenance, photovoltaic power system Designation: 937-2000 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000 Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintaining of lead-acid storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included. While this document gives general recommended practices, battery manufacturers may provide specific instructions for battery installation and maintenance. Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist lead-acid battery users to property store, install, and maintain lead-acid batteries used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic systems. Abstract: Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid storage batteries for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are included. This standard applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain storage subsystems. The installations addressed apply to the operation of an ac, ac/dc, or dc system with the battery, PV generating subsystem, and load all connected in parallel. Key Words: "battery installation, battery maintenance, photovoltaic power system, sizing lead-acid battery" Designation: 937-1987 Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems Status: Superseded **Superseded by 937-2000. History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1987 Abstract: Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid storage batteries for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are included. This standard applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain storage subsystems. The installations addressed apply to the operation of an ac, ac/dc, or dc system with the battery, PV generating subsystem, and load all connected in parallel. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: lead acid, batteries, PV systems, Power generation maintenance, Photovoltaic power systems Designation: 94-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society Title: IEEE Recommended Definitions of Terms for Automatic Generation Control on Electric Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of IEEE Std 94-1970. History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 13, 1992 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The need for standard terminology in the field of automatic generation control (AGC) became apparent when it was noted that authors of technical papers covering this technology frequently used different terms to convey identical meanings. This inconsistency of terms and requests for standardization from operating organizations of interconnected power systems in both the United States and Canada led to the original development of these definitions. This publication is the second revision of these terms. It illustrates the continuing need to standardize commonly used terminology unique to AGC. In addition, term definitions are intended principally as references, not as tutorial substitutes for training in this control field. The definitions provide simplified, unambiguous meanings for individuals having a basic understanding of AGC technology. Key Words: terminology, definitions, control, electric, power, systems, automatic, Power generation control, Electric power systems Designation: 94-1970 Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Automatic Generation Control on Electric Power Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 10, 1988. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 942 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology Title: Digital Semiconductor/Program Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Key Words: digital, semiconductor, program, language Designation: 943-1986 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Guide for Aging Mechanisms and Diagnostic Procedures in Evaluating Electrical Insulation Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985 Abstract: Background information necessary for proper construction of aging mechanisms and selection of diagnostic procedures when designing tests for functional evaluation of insulation systems for electrical equipment is presented. Aging mechanisms of insulation systems and methods for ascertaining correlation of aging during testing and aging during actual service are described. Diagnostic techniques for use in functional tests are also listed. The intent is primarily to aid committees in standardizing tests within the scope of their responsibilities. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: mechanisms, diagnotic procedures, insulation systems, Insulation testing, Insulation life Designation: 944 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Radhakrishna V Rebbapragada, Phone:510-874-2220, Email:rvr6@pge.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001 Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to define the application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service in power generating stations. It is to cover application requirements, such as load information and service conditions, performance requirements and design, routine testing requirements for inverters with or without rectifier/charger, and transfer switches only. This scope continues to be current and pertinent. Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the work on the document in 1985. It is proposed to make revisions to the recommended practice to reflect new developments and options in UPS equipment. Designation: 944 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Sam P Martinovich, Phone:(212) 839-2950 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990 Abstract: The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and requirements for design application, procurement documents, and testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy storage capability. Equipment or component design requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing are not addressed. Designation: 944-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1986 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and requirements for design application, procurement documents, and testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy storage capability. Equipment or component design requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing are not addressed. Key Words: UPS, Uninterruptible power systems, Power generation testing Designation: 945-1984 Sponsor: SASB/SCC14- Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preferred Metric Units for Use in Electrical and Electronics Science and Technology Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 2009 Abstract: Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice. Key Words: metric, metric units, electronics science, Measurement units Designation: 946-2004 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Systems Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005 Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and non-nuclear power generating stations. The components of the dc auxiliary power system addressed by this recommended practice include lead-acid storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control, and protection is also provided. The ac power supply to the battery chargers; the loads served by the dc systems, except as they influence the dc system design; and dedicated engine starting (cranking) battery systems are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Project Purpose: This standard is widely recognized as being a very useful standard and it needst o be revised in order to continue its functional life as an active standard. State-of-the-art information will be incorporated. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 946-1992 Guidance for the design of the DC auxiliary power systems for nuclear and non-nuclear power generating stations is provided by this recommended practice. The components of the DC auxiliary power system addressed by this recommended practice include lead-acid storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: battery, battery charger, cross-tie, dc, duty cycle, generating station, ground detection, instrumentation, nuclear, short circuit Designation: 946-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Stations Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 946-1985. Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993 Abstract: Superseded by 946-2004 (SH/SS95307). Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and large fossil-fueled power generating stations is provided. The components of the dc auxiliary power system, including lead storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment, are addressed. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided. Key Words: dc auxiliary power systems, Nuclear generating stations, Fossil- fueled generating stations Designation: 946-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Safety-Related DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Bob G Treece, Phone:312-269-2150 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1985 Abstract: Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and large fossil-fueled power generating stations is provided. The components of the dc auxiliary power system, including lead storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment, are addressed. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided. Designation: 948 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: Measurement of Color Noise in Video Magnetic Tape Recording Systems Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982 Project Scope: Determine the physical characteristics of those random disturbances in chrominance components which are perceived as "noise" in color portions of the decoded television signal from a video magnetic tape recorder. Project Purpose: Develop standard measurement methods for quantifying color noise in a way that enables correlation of measurement data with picture impairment arising from various elements in video magnetic recording systems. Designation: 949-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Media-Independent Information Transfer Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Trial-Use Technical Contact: Clyde R Camp, Phone:972-727-3945, Email:c.camp@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985 Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to define a format for the transmission of files and their attributes between computer systems, independent of the medium of transmission. It is intended that any information medium capable of representing a consecutive sequence of 8-bit bytes should be adaptable to the format specified in this standard. The format is designed to facilitate the human interface to file selection from transmissions by foreign systems. Key Words: media, independent, information, transfer Designation: 95-2002 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric Machinery (2300 V and Above) With High Direct Voltage Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 12, 2002 **Supersedes 95-1977 (R1991). Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002 Project Scope: This project will present uniform methods for testing insulation with direct voltages. It applies to AC electric machines. It covers acceptance testing of new equipment in the factory or in the field after erection and routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in service. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to bring IEEE Std 95 up to the state of the art since it has been in use for more than five years. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This recommended practice provides information on the use of high direct voltage for proof tests and for periodic diagnostic tests on the groundwall insulation of stator (armature)windings in ac electric machines. Key Words: "electric machine windings, electrical insulation, high direct voltage" Designation: 95-1977 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Direct Voltage Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 95-1962. Superseded by 95-2002. History: BD APP: Sep 05, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992 Abstract: Superseded by 95-2002. Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: installation, large, rotating, testing, AC, high direct, AC rotating, insulation testing Designation: 95 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Title: Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery (2300 V and Above) With High Direct Voltage Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This project will present uniform methods for testing insulation with direct voltages higher than 5000 V. It applies to large AC rotating machines rated at 10,000 kVA or greater and rated at 6000 V or higher. It covers acceptance testing of new equipment in the factory or in the field after erection, and routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in service. The current standard (whether active or withdrawn) will be brought up to date. Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide uniform procedures for performing high direct voltage acceptance test and routine maintenance tests on the main ground insulation of windings of large AC machines, to provide uniform procedures for analyzing the variations in measured current so that any possible relationship of the condition of the insulation can be more effectively studied, and to define terms which have a specific meaning. Designation: 951-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009 Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1997 **Revision of IEEE Std 951-1988. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997 Project Scope: This guide presents various approaches of good practice which will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures. This guide covers construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor stringing operation. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document design and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection of structures and the installation of insulators and hardware. Abstract: Various good practices that will enable users to improve their ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures are presented. Construction considerations after foundation installation, and up to the conductor stringing operation, are also covered. The guide focuses on the design and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection of metal transmission structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures. Key Words: guyed structures, helicopters, lattice structures, metal transmission structures, tubular steel structures Designation: 951-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1989 Abstract: Various good practices that will enable users to improve their ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures are presented. Construction considerations after foundation installation, and up to the conductor stringing operation, are also covered. The guide focuses on the design and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection of metal transmission structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures. Key Words: Power transmission lines Designation: 952-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008 Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single- Axis Interferometric Fiber Optic Gyros Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998 Abstract: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency (rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for evaluation of rf industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's facility. The term, “ISM equipment,” as used here, includes equipment that generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause physical, chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters (dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic equipment, rf plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the equipment does not interfere with radio communications, navigation, and other essential radio services. Key Words: "fiber gyro,fiber optic gyro,gyro,gyroscope,IFOG,inertial instrument,inertial sensor,inerferometric fiber optic gyro,optical gyro,Sagnac effect, Sagnac gyro" Designation: 953 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Surge Protective Devices Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 954 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers Title: HiTemp Hydrocrbn Lqd Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: John Sheppard **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982 Designation: 955 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 956 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Achieving Electromagnetic Compatibility Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Gordon Allen, Phone:(416) 259-7886 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982 Designation: 957-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2005 Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:765-494-6912, Email:rsundara@purdue.edu **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Apr 25, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 03, 2005 Project Scope: Simplify document, reduce ambiguities, review White Papers to add new material, emerging industry practices, eliminate outdated material, add non-ceramic insulators. Project Purpose: General Revision. Abstract: Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and hazardous chemical contaminants) of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided. Key Words: cleaning, electrical insulators Designation: 957-1995 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 957-1987. Superseded by 957-2005. History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1995 Abstract: Superseded by 957-2005 Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and hazardous chemical contaminants) of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided. Key Words: cleaning, electrical , insulators Designation: 957-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1988 Abstract: Superseded. Information on the equipment needed and the methods that can be used to clean contaminated electrical insulators are presented. The intent is to document the state of the art for cleaning insulators (excluding nuclear contaminants) of all types. Energized and de-energized systems are considered. The standard does not prescribe specific procedures, but rather reflects the experience of many individuals who have safely cleaned contaminated insulators. Key Words: insulators, cleaning, insulators, cleaning Designation: 958 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Application of AC Adjustable Speed Drives for Electric Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989 Project Scope: This guide applies to dc link type, ac adjustable speed drives for use in electric power generation plants. The guide does not address other drives systems such as dc, wound rotor slip energy recovery systems or cycloconverters. The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries medium voltage systems (nominally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). The guide includes drive system terminology, drive classifications, typical applications and their unique characteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging, interfaces and interactions. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for electric generating station applications. Designation: 958 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Guide for Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2,400 to 13,800 Volt Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999 Project Scope: This Guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries medium voltage systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes drives system terminology, drive classifications, typical applications and their unique characteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging- interfaces and interactions. Project Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for electric generating station applications. Designation: 958-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: IEEE Guide for Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2400 to 13,800 Volt Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011. Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003 Project Scope: Original Scope: The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes drives system terminilogy, drive classifications, typical applications and their unique charasteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging - interfaces and interactions. Revised Scope: This guide applies to DC link type, AC adjustable-speed drives (ASDs) as illustrated in Figure 1-1 and does not address other drive systems such as cycloconverters. The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems for use in electric power generation stations designed for connection to electric service rated between 2400 volts and 13,800 volts. The guide includes ASD terminology, theory of operation, and a discussion of the factors that can influence equipment selection. It also defines drive system classifications and addresses typical applications. Drive system design considerations, and the interactions between the ASD and the supply system and the driven load are also discussed. Finally, guidance on ASD specifications and installation are provided. Project Purpose: Original Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for electric generating station applications. Revised Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide a fundamental understanding of the operation, selection, and application of ASDs for use in electric power generation plant motor-driven systems connected to electric service rated at 2400 volts to 13,800 volts. Abstract: Project scope: Original Scope: The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes drives system terminilogy, drive classifications, typical applications and their unique charasteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging - interfaces and interactions. Revised Scope: This guide applies to DC link type, AC adjustable-speed drives (ASDs) as illustrated in Figure 1-1 and does not address other drive systems such as cycloconverters. The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems for use in electric power generation stations designed for connection to electric service rated between 2400 volts and 13,800 volts. The guide includes ASD terminology, theory of operation, and a discussion of the factors that can influence equipment selection. It also defines drive system classifications and addresses typical applications. Drive system design considerations, and the interactions between the ASD and the supply system and the driven load are also discussed. Finally, guidance on ASD specifications and installation are provided. Project purpose: Original Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for electric generating station applications. Revised Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide a fundamental understanding of the operation, selection, and application of ASDs for use in electric power generation plant motor-driven systems connected to electric service rated at 2400 volts to 13,800 volts. Key Words: adjustable-speed drive (ASD) systems Designation: 959-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for an I/O Expansion Bus: SBX Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1988 Abstract: An I/O expansion bus for microcomputers that is independent of processor or board type is specified. Each expansion interface supports up to 16 8-bit I/O ports directly. Enhanced addressing capability is available using slave processors or FIFO devices. In addition, each expansion interface may optionally support a DMA channel capable of data rates up to 2 16-bit Mwords/sec. These features are supported for both 8- and 16-bit data paths. The specification has been prepared for those users who intend to design or evaluate products that will be compatible with the bus. For this purpose, functional, electrical, and mechanical specification is covered in detail. The intent of the specification is to guarantee compatibility between baseboards and expansion modules while not restricting the actual designs any more than necessary. Key Words: i/o, extension, bus, sbx Designation: 96-1969 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term, Intermittent, or Varying Duty Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of AIEE No 1A-1941. Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. Abstract: General principles for rating electric apparatus for short- time, intermittent, or varying duty are established. Four methods of rating are presented: continuous rating, continuous plus short-time overload or nominal rating, short-time rating, and periodic rating. The factors to be considered in selecting the method of rating for any particular case are indicated. Key Words: rating, apparatus, electric Designation: 96 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Title: General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term, Intermittent, or Varying Duty Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 960-1989 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999 Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines Status: Superseded **Shipped with 1177. Not sold individually. (Revision of std 960-1986) Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Aug 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990 Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. Key Words: specifications, compatability, modular electronic units, modules, mechanical, signal, protocol, electrical Designation: 960-1986 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: Standard for FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. Designation: 960/1177-1993 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 26, 1994 **Revision of IEEE Stds 960-1989 and 1177-1989. Individual stds are not available separately. Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994 Abstract: 960-1993 Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. 1177-1993 Abstract: Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined. Key Words: FASTBUS Designation: 960/1177-1989 Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control System Status: Superseded **Shipped with 1177-1989. (Not sold individually) History: BD APP: Oct 11, 1989, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990 Designation: 961-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Microcomputer Bus System: STD Bus Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan- 2001. Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1988 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. An 8-bit microcomputer bus system derived from the industry bus known as the STD bus is described. The STD bus is a modular packaging and interconnect scheme for 8-bit microprocessor card systems. The bus size and bus organization were selected to serve the interface between any 8-bit microprocessor and a variety of memory and I/O functions. Logical, timing, electrical, and mechanical specifications are provided. The body of the standard provides a core specification for the device-independent parameters. Appendixes provide device-dependent parameters for various processors. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers. Key Words: eight, bit, bus, system, std bus, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses Designation: 97 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Title: Standard for Specifying Service Conditions in Electrical Standards Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard F Weddleton, Phone:407-281-2420, Email:dick_weddleton@swpc.siemens.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985 Project Scope: This is a revision of IEEE Std 97-1969 to update the standard and to include data on service conditions being left out of a revision of IEEE Std 1. Designation: 97-1969 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Service Conditions in Electrical Standards Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1970 Abstract: no abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. Key Words: service, conditions, electric, standards Designation: 970 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Advanced Backplane Bus VERSA Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Key Words: advanced, backplane, bus, VERSA bus Designation: P971 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Installation and Removal of Power Cables Installed in Duct Systems Status: Modified New Project Technical Contact: Donald Johnsen, Phone:+1 708 280 7655, Email:djohnsen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008 Project Scope: This guide is to provide a basic text for the installation of power cable(s) in duct systems in private or public rights of way. The guide contains historical, existing and new methods, equipment and tools to assist in understanding installation of practices. This guide is not all inclusive, for equipment and tools continue to change and improve through time. The guide also presents work practices and awareness of both personnel and handling of equipment. This guide has these further benefits: Properly installed cable(s) and appropriate accessory operation, will reduce failure problems. In addition to presenting cable installation procedures and techniques, this guide includes pre-construction inspection and planning suggestions and cable removal procedures and techniques. Project Purpose: There is currently no guide or standard that covers historical as well as current practices of cable installation and removal. Newer technologies are available now that is not available to utilities and construction companies in an organized manner. Purpose clause will not be included in the document. Designation: 971 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Distribution Cable Installation Methods Duct System Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 971 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: Guide for the Installation and Removal of Power Cables Installed in Duct Systems Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Donald Johnsen, Phone:+1 708 280 7655, Email:djohnsen@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This project will provide a guide for the installation of power cables in duct systems. The guide will cover past and present installation practices and review available equipment and tools. This guide will cover pre-construction planning and cable removal techniques. Project Purpose: There is currently no guide or standard that covers historical as well as current practices of cable installation and removal. Newer technologies are available now that is not available to utilities and construction companies in an organized manner. Designation: 972-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Connections of Insulated Aluminum Conductors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 Stds Bd mtg. Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985 Designation: 973-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Switching System Performance in a Telecommunications Environment Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96 History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Abstract: This standard provides definitions of switching system performance in a telecommunications environment. It includes parameters in seven categories: (1) customer access; (2) network reliability; (3) billing; (4) transmission; (5) operating company; (6) customer signaling; (7) network service; The dimensions and critical aspects of each parameter are presented without numerical values. The definitions will facilitate a description of switching requirements for different networks and applications. Each application may be characterized by its own set of parameters and values. This standard provides definitions that will promote a consistent interpretation of performance by users, service providers, manufacturers, and designers Key Words: parameters, switching systems, telecommunications, maintenance, customer service, operations Designation: 974 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications Title: Audio Channels Used for Pwr Sys Telecont Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 975 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: CATV Terminology Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 976 Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society Title: TV Special Effect Terms Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **. Technical Contact: R.C Thomas **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982 Designation: 977-2010 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line Structures Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2011 **Revision of IEEE Std 977-1991 Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:fferracane@ameren.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010 Project Scope: This guide presents various approaches to good practice that could improve the installation of transmission line structure foundations. This guide covers only the construction aspects of the installation of the foundations. Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present, in one document, the construction considerations necessary for the installation of transmission line structure foundations. Abstract: Various approaches to good construction practices that could improve the installation of transmission line structure foundations are presented. Spread foundations, drilled shaft foundations, pile foundations, and anchors are treated. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures. Key Words: anchor, foundation, pile, transmission line structure Designation: 977-1991 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997 Title: IEEE Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line Structures Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991 Abstract: Various approaches to good construction practices that could improve the installation of transmission line structure foundations are presented. Spread foundations, drilled shaft foundations, pile foundations, and anchors are treated. This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission structures. Key Words: anchor, foundation, pile Designation: 978-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990 Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Maintenance and Electrical Testing of Live- Line Tools Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991 Abstract: Administratively withdrawn Recommendations for in-service inspection, maintenance, and electrical testing of live-line tools are provided. Both job-site and shop or laboratory procedures are covered. Only the electrical aspects are discussed, namely, ac, dc, high-potential test, and watts-loss procedures. All electrical values, unless otherwise stated, are 50 Hz--60 Hz rms values. Not all of the proven practical methods and procedures are included. However, the choice of methods is based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, decades of testing, and the field experiences of many utilities. Key Words: Power transmission maintenance, Power distribution maintenance, Power cables, Electric shock Designation: 979-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004 Title: IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **Revision of IEEE Std 979-1984. Technical Contact: A.J Bolger, Phone:(604) 528-2879 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Oct 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995 Abstract: Guidance is provided to substation engineers in determining the design, equipment, and practices deemed necessary for the fire protection of substations. A list of publications that can be used to acquire more detailed information for specific substations or substation components is presented. Key Words: substation design, fire, Substations, Safety, Fire protection Designation: 979 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Substation Fire Protection Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Don Delcourt, Phone:604-528-3080, Email:don.delcourt@bchydro.bc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000 Project Scope: The scope of this document is to outline the Fire Protection practices for electric power substations 1kVAC, or greater, and at 1.5 kV DC, or greater. Project Purpose: This project will revise and update the existing guide for Substation Fire Protection. In addition, new sections covering fire hazard assessment and Pre-fire planning for substation will be added. The project will provide guidance to Substation design engineers, and operators, on design, fire hazard assessment and pre-fire planning aspects of Substations. Designation: P979 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Substation Fire Protection Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Don Delcourt, Phone:604-528-3080, Email:don.delcourt@bchydro.bc.ca **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The 1994 guide was developed to identify substation fire protection practices that generally have been accepted by industry. The revision will include changes in industry practices for substation fire protection. New Sections on fire hazard assessment and pre-fire planning will be added. Project Purpose: The purpose of the 1994 document is to give design guidance, fire hazard assessment, and pre-fire planning in the area of fire protection to substation engineers. Existing fire protection standards, guides, etc., that may aid in the design of specific substations or substation components, are listed in the annex. The revision will update that guidance. Abstract: Guidance is provided to substation engineers in determining the design, equipment, and practices deemed necessary for the fire protection of substations. Key Words: fire, fire protection, risk, hazard, safety, substation design, substations Designation: 979-1984 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988 Title: IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection Status: Superseded Technical Contact: R.W Wray **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Jan 23, 1989 Abstract: Substation fire-protection practices that generally have been accepted by the electric utility industry and existing fire- protection standards and guides that may aid in the design of components are identified. The purpose is to give design guidance to the substation engineer in the area of fire protection. The following are covered: control and relay buildings; transformers; separation and location of oil-filled equipment; cable installation; fire detection systems; fire extinguishing systems; substation components; indoor substations; and fire fighting Key Words: fire-protection practices, electric utility industry and existing fire- protection standards , design of components Designation: 98-2002 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007 Title: IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 27, 2002 **Supersedes 98-1984 (R1993). Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:410-245-8473, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2008 Project Scope: Update reference standards, technical review for consistency with IEEE 1 (work in progress), change "temperature class" to "temperature index", change "systems tests" to "materials test", and revise in accordance with IEEE Style. Project Purpose: To maintain technical consistency with reference standards and insulation material standards development. Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Principles for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance of solid electrical insulating materials in air are given in this standard. Key Words: "diagnostic test, relative temperature index, temerature idndex, thermal capability, thermal endurance" Designation: 98-1984 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993 Title: IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 98-1972. Superseded by 98-2002. History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985 Abstract: Principles are given for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance of solid electrical insulating materials and simple combinations of such materials. The results of accelerated thermal endurance tests, which are conducted according to prescribed procedures, may be used to establish temperature indexes for insulating materials. The test procedures apply to materials before they are fabricated into insulating structures identified with specific parts of electric equipment. Tests for specific insulating materials are not covered. The procedures may or may not apply to the aging characteristics of dielectric fluids or of porous materials impregnated with dielectric fluids. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulating, materials, Insulation thermal factors, Insulation testing Designation: 980-1994 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001 Title: IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995 Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations; identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills; and provides guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plan. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations. It is not the intent of this guide to interpret the applicability of the governmental regulations or the oil-containment systems presented. Such interpretation is left to each individual user. The guide is intended to identify concerns, offer solutions, and let users make their own evaluations. This guide applies only to insulating oil containing less than 50 ppm of PCB, which is considered to be non-PCB oil. Non-PCB oils have a PCB content that has been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as nonhazardous to the public, and they are not deemed to be toxic substances. While the effectiveness of the containment methods described in this guide is generally not affected by the PCB content of the oil, the regulations governing cleanup and handling of oil spills containing PCB are much more restrictive. Project Purpose: Containment and control of oil spills at electric supply substations is a concern for most electric utilities. The environmental impact of oil spills and their cleanup is governed by several federal, state, and local regulations, necessitating increased attention in substations to the need for secondary oil containment, and an SPCC plan. Beyond the threat to the environment, cleanup costs associated with oil spills continue to escalate, and the adverse community response to any spill is becoming increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies the applicable governmental regulations, the sources of oil spills, and the typical methods used to contain and control them. It discusses the need for an SPCC plan and provides the typical plan requirements. It documents survey-reported considerations for oil-spill containment, control, and cleanup; the methods used; and their effectiveness. In June 1992 an IEEE questionnaire was sent to 190 utilities in the U.S. and Canada, surveying their experiences. Of these utilities, 59 responded. Where relevant, the survey results are referenced in the body of this guide. Abstract: The significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations are discussed; the sources of oil spills are identified; typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills are discussed; and guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan are provided. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations. Key Words: collecting pit, oil-containment methods, oil-containment system, oil discharge, oil spill, primary oil containment, retention pit, secondary oil containment, spill prevention control, countermeasures plan, SPCC Designation: P980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Modified Revision Project Technical Contact: James Sosinski, Phone:517-788-2054, Email:jhs@cpet.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil spillage in electric supply substations; identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills; and provides guidelines for preparation of a typical spill prevention, control and mitigation plan. This guide applies only to non- polychlorinated biphenyl (non-PCB) insulating oil. It is not the intent of this guide to interpret governmental regulations or the applicability of the oil-containment systems presented with respect to compliance to those regulations. Interpretation is left to each individual user. Project Purpose: Containment, control and mitigation of oil spills are a concern for owners and operators of electric supply substations. The environmental impact of oil spills and their mitigation is regulated by governmental agencies, necessitating increased attention in substations to the need for secondary oil containment. Beyond the threat to the environment, mitigation costs associated with oil spills continue to escalate, and the adverse community response to any spill is becoming increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies some governmental regulations, sources of oil spills, and typical methods and plans to contain, control and mitigate them. (Definition: "Oil" includes mineral oil and alternative insulating fluids) Designation: 980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Anne-Marie Sahazizian, Phone:416-345-6657, Email:am.sahazizian@hydroone.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998 Project Scope: Revision of 980-1994 for compatibility with the latest governmental requirements, and to incorporate technological developments. Project Purpose: To keep IEEE 980 compatible with the latest governmental requirements, and to keep the document current with technological developments. Designation: 980-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1986 Abstract: The significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations are discussed; the sources of oil spills are identified; typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills are discussed; and guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan are provided. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations. Key Words: oil spillage, regulation, substations, spill control, non-PCB oil Designation: 980 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations Status: Superseded Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006 Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations; identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills and provides guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plan. This guide applies only to insulating oil containing less than 50 ppm of PCBs, which is considered to be non-PCB oil. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations. It is not the intent of this guide to interpret the applicability of governmental regulations or the oil containment systems presented. Such interpretation is left to each individual user. The guide is intended to identify concerns, offer solutions and let users make their own evaluations. Project Purpose: Containment and control of oil spills at electric supply substations is a concern for most electric utilities. The environmental impact of oil spills and their cleanup is governed by several federal, state and local regulations necessitating increased attention on substations to the need for secondary oil containment and a SPCC plan. Beyond the threat to the environment, cleanup costs associated with oil spills continue to escalate and the adverse community response to any spill is becoming increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies the applicable governmental regulations, the sources of oil spills and the typical methods used to contain and control them. It discusses the need for a SPCC plan and provides the typical plan requirements. Designation: 981 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Instrument System Protocol for Use with IEEE Std 888 Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Eric Sacher, Phone:520-282-6831, Email:esacher@serendipsys.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982 Designation: 982.1-2005 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006 Technical Contact: Allen P Nikora, Phone:818-393-1104, Email:allen.p.nikora@jpl.nasa.gov **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies and classifies measures of the software aspects of dependability. It is an expansion of the scope of the existing standard; the revision includes the following aspects of dependability: reliability, availability, and maintainability of software. The applicability of this standard is any software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical systems, where high reliability, availability, and maintainability are of utmost importance. These systems include, but are not limited to, systems for military combat, space missions, air traffic control, network operations, stock exchanges, automatic teller machines, and airline reservation systems. Project Purpose: This standard provides measures that are applicable for continual self-assessment and improvement of the software aspects of dependability. Abstract: A Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability for assessing and predicting the reliability, maintainability, and availability of any software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical software systems. Key Words: availability, dependability, maintainability, and reliability Designation: 982.1-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software Status: Superseded History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 10, 1989 Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 982.1-2005 A set of measures indicative of software reliability that can be applied to the software product as well as to the development and support processes is provided. The measures can be applied early in the development process to indicate the reliability of the delivered product. The aim is to provide a common set of definitions that allows a meaningful exchange of data and evaluations to occur, and that serves as the foundation on which researchers and practitioners can build consistent methods. The standard is designed to assist management in directing product development and support toward specific reliability goals. Key Words: dictionary, measures, produce, relaible, software Designation: 982.2 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: Guide for the Use of Standard Dictionary of Measures of Software Aspects of Dependability Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Norman Schneidewind, Phone:831-656-2719, Email:nschneid@nps.navy.mil **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995 Project Scope: Provide the conceptual insights, implementation considerations and assessment suggestions for the application of IEEE Std 982.1. The scope of this Guide will be expanded to match the expanded scope of the 982.1 Revision. Project Purpose: IEEE STd 982.2 is 10 years old and much additional information on the topic has been developed since that time. This project will update the standard in order to include such information and to expand the scope of the guide. Specifically, the following topics will be included in the project: Update the Guide to correspond to changes made in IEEE 982.1. Designation: 982.2-1988 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 10, 1989 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. This guide provides the underlying concepts and motivation for establishing a measurement process for reliable software, utilizing IEEE Std 982.1-1988, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software. It contains information necessary for application of measures to a project. It includes guidance for the following: applying product and process measures throughout the software life cycle, providing the means for continual self-assessment and reliability improvement; optimizing the development of reliable software, beginning at the early development stages with respect to constraints such as cost and schedule; maximizing the reliability of software in its actual use environment during the operation and maintenance phases; and developing the means to manage reliability in the same manner that cost and schedule are managed. The guide is intended for design, development, evaluation (e.g., auditing or procuring agency), and maintenance personnel; software quality and software reliability personnel; and operations and acquisition support managers. It is organized to provide input to the planning process for reliability management. Key Words: dictionary, measures, produce, reliable, Software metrics, Software development management Designation: 983-1986 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Title: IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Being revised under PAR 730.2 History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 20, 1986 Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to explain and clarify the contents of each section of a Software Quality Assurance Plan (SQAP) that satisfies the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std 730-1984. Key Words: software, quality, assurance, planning Designation: 984 Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 985 Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Title: Rail Transit Intra-System EMC Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982 Designation: 986 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Performance and Testing Specification of HVDC System Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Clifford C Diemond, Phone:503-222-2109 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. Designation: 987-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 02, 2010. This historical standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678 IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US). Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2002 Project Scope: This guide is based on utility field experiences, results of Research Lab tests, and manufacturers' recommendations. the guide deals with composite insulators, which include a core, weathersheds and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially aligned glass fibers. The weathersheds are of polymeric materials. Project Purpose: The revision is being done in view of technical advances and service experience in the area of composite insulators. Abstract: A guide to the application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is provided. It is based on utility field experience, results of research aboratory tests, and manufacturers ’recommendations. The guide deals with composite insulators, which include a core, weathersheds, and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially-aligned glass fibres. The weathersheds are of polymeric materials. Key Words: "composite insulators, non-ceramic insulators, polymer insulators" Designation: 987-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985 Abstract: A guide to the application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is provided. It is based on utility field experience, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers recommendations. The guide deals with composite insulators, which include a core, weathersheds, and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially-aligned glass fibres. The weathersheds are of polymeric materials. Designation: 988 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation Title: Control & Data Networks Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: N.R Pillai **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982 Designation: 989 Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 99-2007 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electrical Equipment Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2008 Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:410-245-8473, Email:papayne@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 2008 Project Scope: This recommended practice provides criteria for the preparation of test procedures for accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and for the specification of tests based on conditions of use. The objective of these test procedures is to provide for the functional evaluation, by test, of insulation systems for electrical equipment. The evaluation of insulating materials and simple combinations thereof is provided for by a separate material test guide, IEEE Std 98™-2002.1 For a detailed discussion of the principles on which this recommended practice and IEEE Std 98-2002 are based, see IEEE Std 1™-2000. Tests based on IEEE Std 98-2002 may be considered as preliminary tests for insulation system evaluation, but should not be used as accepted tests for the classification of systems. Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides a general form for the preparation of test procedures and suggests the points to be considered by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for equipment. Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 99-1980. A general form is provided for the preparation of test procedures. Points to be considered by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for electric equipment are suggested. The test procedures involve accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and specify tests that the committees deem pertinent, based on conditions of use. The objective of the procedures is to provide for the functional evaluation, by test, of insulation systems for electric equipment. Key Words: Std 99-2007, diagnostic factor, EIS (electrical insulation system), insulation system, test procedures, test specimen, thermal aging, thermal endurance, thermal evaluation Designation: 99-1980 Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment Status: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 99-1980. History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983 Abstract: Points to be considered by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for electric equipment are suggested. The test procedures involve accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and specify tests that the committees deem pertinent, based on conditions of use. The objective of the procedures is to provide for the functional evaluation, by test, of insulation systems for electric equipment. Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulating, equipment Designation: 990-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Ada As a Program Design Language Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1987 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard -- Recommendations reflecting the state of the art and alternate approaches to good practice for establishing characteristics of program design languages (PDLs) based on the syntax and semantics of the Ada programming language are provided. Capabilities for general methodology support, specific design support, and product and management information support, as well as the relationship of the PDL to Ada, are covered. The use of an Ada PDL is not covered. Key Words: ADA, program, design, language Designation: 991-1986 Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994 Title: IEEE Standard for Logic Circuit Diagrams Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1986 History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985 Abstract: This standard provides guidelines for preparation of diagrams depicting logic functions. It includes deÞnitions, requirements for assignment of logic levels, application of logic symbols, presentation techniques, and labeling requirements with typical examples. The techniques are presented in the context of electrical/electronic systems, but also may be applied to nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: diagrams, Logic functions, Logic circuits Designation: 992 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 993 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Designation: 993-1997 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1997 Project Scope: This project will develop a standard to define a high order language used to describe the capabilities, configuration and control of test equipment. This standard is intended to apply principally to ATE system applications using Atlas test programs but it may also apply to ATE system applications using non-atlas test programs. Project Purpose: The trial-use standard has been implemented by vendors. Further development was required to widen its use in the ATE community to generate a full-use standard. This PAR replaces the earler time-expired PAR for this project. Abstract: A language useful for describing Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface Test Adapters (ITA), is defined. Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can also be used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments. Key Words: adaptation model, ATE, Automatic Test Equipment, ATLAS, configuration model, device model, TEDL, Test Equipment Description Language Designation: 993-1990 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96 Publication type: Trial-Use History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A language useful for describing Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface Test Adapters (ITA), is defined. Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can also be used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments. Key Words: Trial-use standard, Test equipment description lan, TEDL, Resource description, Models, Formal syntax, Elements, ATLAS, ARINC Designation: 994 Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Designation: 9945-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: Information technology Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Base Specifications, Issue 7 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2009 Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: IEEE Std 1003.1-2008 defines a standard operating system interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or ‘‘shell’’), and common utility programs to support applications portability at the source code level. It is intended to be used by both application developers and system implementors. Abstract: Revision and Adoption of IEEE Std 1003.1-2008, this standard defines a standard operating system interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or ‘‘shell’’), and common utility programs to support applications portability at the source code level. It is intended to be used by both application developers and system implementers. Key Words: 1003.1-2008, application program interface (API), argument, asynchronous, basic regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system, built-in utility, byte, child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular expression (ERE), FIFO, file access control mechanism, input/output (I/O), job control, network, portable operating system interface (POSIX), parent, shell, stream, string, synchronous, system, thread, X/Open System Interface (XSI) Designation: 9945-1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:2003 (E) Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 1 Base Definitions Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003 **This is sold only as a set with 9945-2, 9945-3, and 9945-4 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945-1-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1003.1, 1996 Edition] Information technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))-Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Superseded **Incorporating IEEE Stds 1003.1-1990, 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and 1003.1i-1995. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for realtime applications. When options specified in the Threads Extension are included, the standard also defines interfaces appropriate for multithreaded applications. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: API, application , portability, C language, data processing, information, interchange, open systems, operating systems, POSIX, programming, realtime, system configuration, computer interface, threads Designation: 9945-1-1990 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995 Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990: Information technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language] Status: Superseded **Also known as IEEE Std 1003.1-1990. Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945-2-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-2:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 2: System Interfaces Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003 **This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-3, and 9945-4 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945-2-1993 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993: Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 2: Shell and Utilities Status: Superseded **Incorporates IEEE Stds 1003.2-1992 and 1003.2a-1992. Publication type: International Publication Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex manipulation. When the User Portability Utilities Option is included, the standard also defines a common environment for general-purpose time-sharing users on character-oriented display terminals. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: API, data processing, open systems, operating systems, portable application, POSIX, shell , utilities, user portability Designation: 9945-3-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-3:2003(E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 3: Shell and Utilities Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003 **This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-2, and 9945-4 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945-4-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945-4:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 4: Rationale Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003 **This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-2, and 9945-3 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 9945:2002/Cor 1-2003 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications Title: ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))-- Technical Corrigendum 1 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Designation: 995-1987 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of Alternating- Current Adjustable Speed Drives: Part I - Load Commutated Inverter Synchronous Motor Drives Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: Walter A Maslowski, Phone:(414) 242-8266, Email:wamaslowski@meql.ra.rockwell.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987 Abstract: This recommended practice proposes a method for determining the efficiency of large, adjustable-speed AC motor-drive systems consisting of a load commutated inverter and a synchronous machine, in which a DC-linked converter is connected between the line and the load. This recommended practice is directed primarily to high-capacity systems (exceeding 1000 hp) and drive systems, which normally include equipments such as transformers, reactors, thyristor power converters, and synchronous machines. The method recommends that the existing test standards for the system equipments be used as reference, supplemented by test and calculations include herein to account for operating characteristics of the adjustable-speed drive systems. Key Words: 995.1 Designation: 995.2 Sponsor: Industrial Drives Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of AC Adjustable Speed Drives Part II - Self Commutated Inverter Induction Motors Drives Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Richard G Hoft, Phone:314/882-3491 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986 Key Words: 995.2 Designation: 996 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: A Standard for an Extended Personal Computer Backplane Bus Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Scott Hopkinson, Phone:(714) 641-2743, Email:scott@corollary.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986 Project Scope: To derive a set of specifications for 8, 16 and 32 bit backplane standard from IBM and other personal computer manufacturers. Project Purpose: To codify the current 8 bit and 16 bit bus structures for personal computers and extend the structures to 32 bits wide. Key Words: extended, personal, computer, backplane, bus Designation: 996.1 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee Title: Standard for Compact Embedded-PC Modules Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Rick Lehrbaum, Phone:408/522-4823, Email:rickl@ampro.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992 Project Scope: Define a reduced form-factor implementation of the IEEE P996 draft standard. Project Purpose: Devices designed in accordance with draft standard P996 are too big for many embedded computer applications. This project will define a consistent version of reduced-size P996. Designation: 997-1985 Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Oceanic Engineering & Technology Title: IEEE Standard Serial ASCII Instrumentation Loop (SAIL) Shipboard Data Communication Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg Technical Contact: J Syck, Phone:203-444-5999 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985 Abstract: Distributed multi-computer master stations and distributed remote terminal units (RTUs) are introduced. Submaster RTUs used in an automated distribution system with downstream feeder RTUs is defined. Local area networks with master stations are discussed. Intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) with respect to their interface to RTUs and master stations are defined. New surge withstand capability (SWC) standards and their applicability to SCADA is shown. An example channel loading calculation is provided. Designation: 998-1996 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002 Title: IEEE Guide for Direct Lightning Stroke Shielding of Substations Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Gary R Engmann, Phone:913-710-2183, Email:g.engmann@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Apr 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996 Project Scope: The scope of this guide is the identiÞcation and discussion of design procedures to provide direct stroke shielding of outdoor distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations. All known methods of shielding from direct strokes were investigated during the preparation of this guide, and information is provided on two methods found to be widely used: a) The classical empirical method b) The electrogeometric model A third approach, which involves the use of active lightning terminals, is brießy reviewed in clause 6. This guide does not purport to include all shielding methods that may have been developed. The guide also does not address protection from surges entering a substation over power or communication lines or the personnel safety issues. Users of this guide should thoroughly acquaint themselves with all factors that relate to the design of a particular installation and use good engineering judgment in the application of the methods given here, particularly with respect to the importance and value of the equipment being protected. Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide design information for the methods historically and typically applied by substation designers to minimize direct lightning strokes to equipment and buswork within substations. The general nature of lightning is discussed in clause 2 and the problems associated with providing protection from direct strikes are described in clause 3. The methods reviewed in this guide for designing a system of protection are explained in clauses 4 and 5, and sample calculations are given in annex B to illustrate use of the methods. Clause 7 contains an extensive bibliography for further study of the subject. Abstract: Design information for the methods historically and typically applied by substation designers to minimize direct lightning strokes to equipment and buswork within substations is provided. Two approaches, the classical empirical method and the electrogeometric model, are presented in detail. A third approach involving the use of active lightning terminals is also briefly reviewed. Key Words: direct stroke shielding, lightning stroke protection, substations Designation: P998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: Guide for Direct Lightning Stroke Shielding of Substations Status: Revision Project Technical Contact: Robert S Nowell, Phone:404 506 2735, Email:rsnowell@southernco.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007 Project Scope: This guide identifies and discusses design procedures to provide direct stroke shielding of outdoor distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations. Known methods of shielding from direct strokes were investigated during the preparation of this guide, and information is provided on two methods found to be widely used: a) The classical empirical method b) The electrogeometric model A third approach, which involves the use of non-conventional lightning terminals and related design methods is also reviewed. This guide does not purport to include all shielding methods that may have been developed. The guide also does not address protection from surges entering a substation over power or communication lines or the personnel safety issues. Users of this guide should thoroughly acquaint themselves with all factors that relate to the design of a particular installation and use good engineering judgment in the application of the methods given here, particularly with respect to the importance and value of the equipment being protected. Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide design information for the methods historically and typically applied by substation designers to minimize direct lightning strokes to equipment and buswork within substations. The general nature of lightning is discussed, and the problems associated with providing shielding from direct strikes are described. The methods reviewed in this guide for designing a system of shielding are explained, and sample calculations are given to illustrate use of the methods. An extensive bibliography for further study is included. Designation: 999-1992 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Master/Remote Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) Communications Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Technical Contact: James S Oswald, Phone:(215) 674-2000, Email:joswald@kemaconsulting.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1993 Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The use of serial digital transmission by surpervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems having geographically dispersed terminals is addressed. These types of systems typically utilize dedicated communication channnels, such as private microwave channels or leased telephone lines, which are limited to data rates of less than 10 000 bits/s. Wideband local networks used for high-speed data acquisition and control functions are excluded. This standard covers the communication channels, channel interfaces, message format, information field usage, and communication management. A standard message protocol is defined to the octet level, rather than to the bit level; most details at the bit level are left to the manufacturers of SCADA equipment to define and implement. Key Words: Serial data transmission, SCADA systems, SCADA equipment, Communications Designation: C12.1-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard Code for Electricity Metering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1989 **Revision of ANSI C12.1-1982. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 10, 1988 Abstract: Acceptable performance criteria for new types of AC watthour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices, instrument transformers, and auxiliary devices are established. Acceptable in-service performance levels for meters and devices used in revenue metering are stated. Information on recommended measurement standards, installation requirements, test methods, and test schedules is included. Some of the provisions outlined in this standard apply to direct current watthour meters. Acceptable in-service performance levels for these meters are provided. Key Words: electricity metering, Wattmeters Designation: C12.10-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Electromechanical Watthour Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 1988 **Revision of ANSI C12.10-1978. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987 Abstract: Class designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test-current values, internal wiring arrangements, pertinent dimensions, rotor markings, register requirements, and other general specifications are covered for both detachable and bottom- connected electromechanical watthour meters. Combination devices utilizing the essential elements of watthour meters are also covered insofar as their application is practicable. The terminal arrangements and mounting dimensions covered by this standard are essentially those adopted by the watthour meter industry from 1928 to 1936. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: electromechanical, watthour meters Designation: C12.11-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Instrument Transformers for Revenue Metering, 10 kV BIL Through 350 kV BIL (0.6 kV NSV through 69 kV NSV) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 1988 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Revision of ANSI C12.11-1987. Publication type: Special Publication Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 13, 1987 Abstract: The general requirements, metering accuracy, thermal ratings, and dimensions are established for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers for revenue metering. Both indoor and outdoor types are covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: revenue metering, instrument , transformers, BIL, Voltage transformers, Power system measurements, Energy measurement, Current transformers Designation: C12.13-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Electronic Time-of-Use Registers for Electricity Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 1991 **Revision of ANSI C12.13-1985. Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Oct 24, 1991 Abstract: Electronic time-of-use registers for use in conjunction with electricity meters are covered. The following features are included: numbers and format of displays; voltage, frequency, and temperature ratings; demand intervals; multiplying constants; timing systems; other general requirements; and communication requirements. Test procedures and performance requirements are given. Specifications for the watthour meter are not covered. Key Words: electronic, time of use, registers, electricity meters, Wattmeters, Time measurement, Testing Designation: C12.13-1985 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: Time-of-Use Registers for Electromechanical Watthour Meters, American National Standard Status: Superseded Abstract: Revision ballot in progress 1/91 - not an IEEE Std (Sue). Designation: C12.14-1982 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987 Title: American National Standard for Magnetic Tape Pulse Recorders for Electricity Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 1982 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1981 Abstract: Minimum requirements for magnetic tape pulse recorders for electricity meters are recommended. The voltage, frequency ratings, recording format, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications are covered. The intent is to ensure recorder reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: magnetic tape pulse, pulse recorders, electricity meters, Watthour meters, Magnetic tape recording Designation: C12.15-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Solid-State Demand Registers for Electromechanical Watthour Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 1990 Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990 Designation: C12.16-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Solid-State Electricity Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 19, 1991 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Technical Contact: George E Page, Phone:404-362-5815 **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1991 Abstract: Acceptable performance criteria for solid-state electricity meters are established. Detachable socket, type S, and bottom- connected, type A, as well as any other arrangement agreed upon between the manufacturer and the user are included. Class designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test current values, service connection arrangements, pertinent dimensions, form designations, and environmental tests are covered. Key Words: solid state, electricity, metering, Watthour meters Designation: C12.17-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Cartridge-Type Solid-State Pulse Recorders for Electricity Metering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 17, 1991 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Mar 19, 1991 Abstract: Minimum requirements for cartridge-type solid-state pulse recorders for electricity metering are recommended. Voltage and frequency ratings, performance requirements, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications for such recorders are covered. The intent is to assure recorder reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing. Key Words: cartridge, pulse recorders, electric metering, recorders, Watthour meters, Recording Designation: C12.4-1984 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Mechanical Demand Registers Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 1984 **Revision of ANSI C12.4-1978. History: ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1984 Abstract: The voltage and frequency rating, full-scale values, scale classes, demand intervals, multiplying constants, timing mechanism, and other general features of mechanical demand registers required for use on watthour meters are covered. Single- pointer-form, cumulative-form, and multiple-pointer-form registers are included. Although mechanical demand registers are designed for use as accessories in watthour meters, items relating to watthour meters are not covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: mechanical, demand registers, Watthour meters Designation: C12.6-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992 Title: American National Standard for Marking and Arrangement of Terminals for Phase-Shifting Devices Used in Metering Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 1987 **Revision of ANSI C12.6-1978. Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Sep 19, 1986 Abstract: Phase-shifting devices designed to provide the proper lagged voltages required for kVAR and kVA measurement are covered. Terminal marking for universal devices, as well as devices for specific types of services, is considered. The number of terminals and the provision of diagrams of internal connections are specified. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: marking, phase shifting, metering, Wattmeters, Watthour meters, Phase shifters Designation: C12.7-1993 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994 **Revision of ANSI C12.7-1987. No longer available through the IEEE Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The general requirements and pertinent dimensions applicable to watthour meter sockets rated up to and including 600 V, and up to and including 320 A continuous duty per socket opening, are covered. Electrical ratings, performance requirements, and construction requirements are specified. Key Words: conduit connection, knockout, ringless socket, socket jaw, Watthour meter socket, Socket ceiling ring, Single-stator watthour meter, Multistator Designation: C12.7-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets Status: Superseded **Available in C12 Collection -1993. History: ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993 Designation: C12.8-1981 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991 Title: American National Standard for Test Blocks and Cabinets for Installation of Self-Contained A-Base Watthour Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1981 **Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Abstract: The dimensions and functions of test blocks and cabinets used with self-contained A-base watthour meters are covered. Standard ratings are defined, and general requirements are addressed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: self contained, A base, watthour meters, test blocks Designation: C12.9-1993 Title: American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated Meters Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994 **Revision of ANSI C12.9-1987. No longer available through the IEEE. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: The dimensions and functions of meter test switches used with transformer-rated watthour meters in conjunction with instrument transformers are covered. Key Words: current switch, meter test switch, test jack, test plug, voltage switch, Transformer-rated meter Designation: C12.9-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering Title: American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated Meters Status: Superseded **Available in C12 Collection-1993 only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1993 Abstract: The general requirements and pertinent dimensions applicable to watthour meter sockets rated up to and including 600 V, and up to and including 320 A continuous duty per socket opening, are covered. Electrical ratings, performance requirements, and construction requirements are specified. Key Words: test switches, transformer rated, meters Designation: C135.1-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This standard covers requirements for the carriage bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, double end bolts and nuts used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: A need exists for a stamdard indicating the basic dimensional and performance requirements for the above bolts and nuts used on overhead lines. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. The requirements for inch-based carriage bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, and double-end bolts and nuts, commonly used in overhead line construction and where the applied load is primarily a tensile load, are covered. Key Words: "double-arming bolts,double-end bolts,double-end nuts, inch-based carriage bolts,machine bolts" Designation: C135.1 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005 Project Scope: This standard covers the requirements for inch-based carriage bolts machine bolts, double-arming bolts, and double-end bolts and nuts commonly used in overhead line construction. Metric bolts and nuts are not covered by this standard. Project Purpose: The proposed revision of this standard will provide shear strength data for the hardware covered by this standard to allow the design engineer to properly design connections in overhead transmission and distribution structures considering both the tensile stength of the hardware, as currently listed, and the shear strength data being proposed. Designation: C135.11 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Guy Attachments, Wrap and Wire Hooks, Guy Strain Plates and Pole Eye Plates Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for zinc coated ferrous guy attachments, wrap and formed guy hooks, guy strain plates and pole eye plates used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: This standard is needed for the material to meet the basic dimensional, strength, and testing rquirements. Designation: C135.11 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-coated Ferrous Guy Attachments, Wrap and Formed Guy Hooks, Guy Strain Plates, and Pole Eye Plates for Overhead Line Construction Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006 Project Scope: This standard specifies the dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for zinc-coated, ferrous guy attachments, wrap and formed guy hooks, guy strain plates and pole eye plates used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: This standard specifies the material and basic dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for essential hardware used in the construction of overhead power lines. Designation: C135.14 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Staples with Rolled or Slash Points for Overhead Line Construction Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance requirements for rolled or slash point ferrous, copper coated and aluminum coated staples used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: A standard is needed for the staples used in constructing overhead lines. Designation: C135.2-1999 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Threaded Zinc-Coated Ferrous Strand-Eye Anchor Rods and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999 Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance requirements for threaded zinx-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts commonly used for overhead line construction. Project Purpose: A need exists for a standard for the anchor rods and nuts used in guying overhead lines. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Requirements for threaded zinc-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts commonly used in overhead line construction are covered in this standard. Key Words: "anchor rods,anchor rod threads,bend test,nuts,nut threads,strand- eye,tensile load test,zinc-coated" Designation: C135.2-1987 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: American National Standard For Threaded Zinc-coated Ferrous Strand-eye Anchor Rods And Nuts For Overhead Line Construction Status: Superseded Abstract: Requirements for threaded zinc-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts commonly used in overhead line construction are covered in this standard. Key Words: threaded zinc coated, strand- eye anchor rods and nuts, overhead line construction Designation: C135.20-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010 Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Insulator Clevises for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 1998 Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance requirements for zinc-coated ferrous insulator clevises used for overhead line construction. Project Purpose: There is a need for a standard for the clevises for spool-type insulators commonly used for supporting or dead-ending conductors for overhead line construction. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Zinc-coated ferrous clevises for spool-type insulators commonly used for supporting or dead-ending conductors in line construction are covered. The specifications for spool- type insulators used with these clevises are covered in ANSI C29.3-1986. Key Words: clevis pin, dead-end loading, side loading, spool-type insulators, swinging insulator clevises, zinc-coated ferrous clevises Designation: C135.3-2001 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Lag Screws for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 06, 2001 Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001 Project Scope: This proposed standard shall cover the basic dimensional and performance requirements for zinc-coated ferrous lag screws. Project Purpose: A standard is required for the fetter drive and gimlet point type lag screws used for pole line construction. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Abstract: Zinc-coated steel lag screws of the fetter drive, gimlet point, and twist drive types commonly used in overhead line construction are covered in this standard. Key Words: "Cold bend test, fetter drive, gimlet point, lag screws, twist drive, zinc-coated." Designation: C135.30 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Ground Rod Electrode, Clamp & Coupling Specification Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. **This is a revision of ANSI C135.30-1988. Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for materials, test, performance, and manufacture of ground rod electrodes, and threaded and threadless ground rod couplings and clamps commonly used in overhead line construction. It applies to ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings of copper or steel alloyed materials. Specifically included are ground rod electrodes of copper-coated steel, hot-dip galvanized steel and solid stainless steel for grounding applications. Project Purpose: This standard revises and expands requirements previously described in ANSI C135.30-1988, "ANSI American National Standard for Zinc- Coated Ferrous Ground Rods for Overhead or Underground Line Construction." The ANSI standard covered only zinc-coated (galvanized) ferrous ground rods. The information has been updated to reflect current nationally accepted requirements in compliance with the 2007 publication of the NESC. It is intended that ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings conforming to this standard will also conform to the requirements of the NESC (ANSI/IEEE C2-2007, National Electrical Safety Code) and the NEC (ANSI/NFPA 70-2005, National Electrical Code, thus becoming truly a national standard. Designation: C135.30 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Ground Rod Electrode, Clamp & Coupling Specification Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005 Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for materials, test, performance, and manufacture of ground rod electrodes, and threaded & threadless ground rod couplings. It applies to ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings of copper or steel alloyed materials. Specifically included are ground rod electrodes of copper-coated steel, hot-dip galvanized steel and solid stainless steel for grounding applications. Project Purpose: This standard revises and expands requirements previously described in ANSI C135.30-1988, "ANSI American National Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Ground Rods for Overhead or Underground Line Construction." The ANSI standard covered only zinc-coated (galvanized) ferrous ground rods. In addition, this new standard incorporates requirements from ANSI Approved/NEMA Standard GR-1-2001, "Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings." The information has been updated to reflect current nationally accepted requirements in compliance with the 2002 publication of the NESC. It is intended that ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings conforming to this standard will also conform to the requirements of the NESC (ANSI/IEEE C2- 2002, National Electrical Safety Code) and the NEC (ANSI/NFPA 70-2005, National Electrical Code, thus becoming truly a national standard. Designation: C135.61-1997 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing of Overhead Transmission and Distribution Line Hardware Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1998 Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007 Project Scope: This standard will cover the testing and acceptance requirements for overhead transmission and distribution line hardware. Project Purpose: A standard is needed for the testing and acceptance requirements for overhead line construction. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Requirements for mechanically testing load- rated line hardware for use on transmission and distribution facilities are described. Items specifically addressed in this standard include clevis and eye fittings, Y-clevis fittings, socket fittings, ball fittings, chain links, shackles, triangular and rectangular yoke plates, suspension clamps, and strain clamps. This standard is intended to cover routine acceptance testing. It is not intended for initial design tests. Key Words: "acceptance testing, load-rated line hardware" Designation: C135.62-2009 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2009 **New standard Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2010 Project Scope: Dimensions and strength requirements for anchor shackles used in overhead transmission and distribution line hardware are covered in this standard. Abstract: Dimensions and strength requirements for anchor shackles used in overhead transmission and distribution line hardware are covered in this standard. Key Words: C135.62-2009, anchor, shackle Designation: C135.62 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996 Project Scope: This standard covers the dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for zinc-coated forged anchor shackles used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: This standard is needed for the material to meet the basic dimensional, strength, and testing requirements. Designation: C135.62 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles Status: Superseded Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007 Project Scope: This standard covers the dimensional, strength, and testing requirements for zinc coated forged anchor shackles used in overhead line construction. Project Purpose: This standard is required to properly specify the manufacturing requirement of anchor shackles. This hardware is commonly used in the industry and this standard will provide an industry wide manufacturing standard. Designation: C135.63-1998 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006 Title: IEEE Standard for Shoulder Live Line Extension Links for Overhead Line Construction Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998 Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999 Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and strength requirements for shoulder live line extension links used for overhead line construction. Project Purpose: A need exists for a standard for the shoulder extension links used for overhead live line work. Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Dimensions and strength requirements for shoulder live line extension links used in overhead transmission and distribution hardware are covered. Key Words: "ball,socket,eye,clevis,oval eye fitting" Designation: PC135.64 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide for Slip and Pull-Out Strength Testing of Bolted Dead End Strain Clamps Status: New Standard Project Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009 Project Scope: This Guide defines testing procedures for the slip and pull-out strength testing of bolted dead end strain clamps for use on transmission and distribution lines. This Guide covers initial certification testing. For routine acceptance testing, refer to IEEE Std C135.61-2007. Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide a repeatable and standardized methodology for performing mechanical slip and pull-out strength testing for a bolted dead end clamp and a conductor combination. A bolted dead end clamp and a conductor combination tested in accordance with this Guide should give reasonable assurance to the user that the clamp and conductor combination will perform in a satisfactory manner, provided they have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Designation: C135.64 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Guide For Design Testing of Bolted Deadend Strain Clamps Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004 Project Scope: The scope of this project is to devise a guide to the acceptable testing practices and requirements for bolted clamping devices used for dead-ending electrical wire conductors onto a supporting structure. The guide will be limited to procedures to test and classify the capability of the deadending clamp. As these devices are not individually tested, production samples of the Device, as designed, are submitted to testing laboratories to prove that the design meets the use criteria. The Guide would direct this testing process. Project Purpose: There are no North American standards which apply to bolted deadending devices for wire used in the utility industry. A guide to the design testing of such devices brings needed uniformity to the capability of such devices. Designation: C135.7 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Spool Type Secondary Racks for Overhead Line Construction Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE. Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer-service@ieee.org. History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997 Project Scope: This standard will cover the basic dimensional and performance requirements for the zinc-coated spool type secondary racks commonly used for overhead line construction. Project Purpose: There is a need for a standard for the pole-mounted secondary racks used to support wire for overhead lines. Designation: PC135.80 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Fasteners for Overhead Line Construction Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers the requirements of inch-based: 1. zinc- coated ferrous carriage bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, double- end bolts, washerhead bolts, eye bolts, eyenuts and washer nuts, 2. zinc- coated ferrous lag screws of the fetter drive, gimlet point, and twist drive type, 3. washers, 4. staples, commonly used in overhead line construction. Metric bolts, nuts and lag screws are not covered by this standard. Project Purpose: This combined standard will provide a one source standard for fasteners commonly used in overhead distribution and transmission lines. It will replace several active and archived standards that are currently in use to specify these fasteners. Designation: PC135.90 Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution Title: Standard for Pole Line Hardware for Overhead Line Construction Status: New Standard Project History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010 Project Scope: This standard covers the requirements of inch-based hardware commonly used in wood pole overhead line construction. Metric hardware is not covered by this standard. Project Purpose: This standard will combine several existing IEEE, ANSI and NEMA standards which are either currrent or archived. These standards provide the user and manufacturer with established manufacturing specifications. The current use of several standards requires work on each standard on a five year cycle which has resulted in some of these standards being archive. The combine standard will prove for a timely review process for the standards and will provide the industry with a current standard for widely used pole line hardware. Designation: C136.1-1991 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1991 Abstract: This is a guide for the proper selection of filament lamps for use in roadway lighting equipment covered by the following American National Standards: C136.4 thru C136.7 and C136.11. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.1-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002 History: ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1996 Key Words: filament, lamps Designation: C136.10-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Locking-type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacles-Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1988 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting Designation: C136.10-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Locking-Type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacle Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.10-1988. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Equipment that may be physically and electrically interchanged to operate within established values is covered in this standard, such as locking-type photocontrol devices, locking-type mating receptacles, and shorting and nonshorting caps. Key Words: lighting equipment, locking type, photocontrol, mating receptacle, roadway lighting, lighting equipment Designation: C136.11-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple Sockets (Available in the C136-1994 Collection only.) Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. Revised by C136 08/31/94. History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1988 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting Designation: C136.11-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple Sockets Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.11-1985. The 1985 version is available in the C136-1994 Collection only. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Medium and mogul multiple sockets as used in luminaires designed and intended for use in lighting roadways and other areas open to general use by the pubic are covered. This standard provides interchangeability of lamps, minimum safety standards for operating personnel, and minimum performance criteria. Key Words: lamps, luminaries, medium sockets, multiple sockets, mogul sockets, roadway lighting equipment Designation: C136.12-1985 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Mercury Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1985 Key Words: C136, lamps, lighting, mercury lamps, roadway equipment, roadway lighting equ Designation: C136.12-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Mercury Lamps--Guide for Selection Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.12-1985. History: ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Methods for selecting mercury lamps that are recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment are given. Appropriate circuits and ballasts are also included. Key Words: mercury lamps, roadway lighting, roadway equipment Designation: C136.13-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for Wood Poles Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Metal pipe, tubing, and structural brackets for wood poles designed to support luminaires of generally spherical, ellipsoidal, or rectangular shapes used in roadway lighting are covered. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.13-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for Wood Poles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of C136.13-1987 History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Designation: C136.14-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Jan 29, 1988 Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit the interchange of enclosed side-mounted luminaires for horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.14 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Key Words: luminaires, side, horizontal, discharge Designation: C136.15-1986 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-intensity- Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires - Field Identification Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1986 Abstract: This standard is intended to provide a simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high- intensity-discharge or low-pressure-sodium lamp installed in a luminaire. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.15-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--High- Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires--Field Identification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.15-1986. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. A simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high-intensity-discharge or a low-pressure sodium lamp installed in a luminaire is provided. Key Words: lamp field identification, roadway lighting equipment Designation: C136.16-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Enclosed Post Top-Mounted Luminaires Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 06, 1989 Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that will permit interchange of post top- mounted luminaires whose center of mass is approximately over the mounting tenon. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.16-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed Post Top-Mounted Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.16-1990. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Abstract: Dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that will permit interchange of post top-mounted luminaires whose center of mass is approximately over the mounting tenon are covered. Key Words: "post top-mounted luminaires,roadway lighting equipment" Designation: C136.17-1985 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting- Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps - Mechanical Interchangeability of Refractors Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: May 25, 1985 Abstract: This standard covers the dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1980. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.17-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity-Discharge Lamps--Mechanical Interchangeability of Refractors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1997 Abstract: The dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1988, American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment—Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High- Intensity Discharge Lamps, are covered. Key Words: mechanical interchangeability, side-mounted luminaires, refractors Designation: C136.18-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Luminaires for Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Physical,operational,maintenance,and light- distribution features that permit use of high-mast luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered.It is not intended that compliance with this standard will permit interchangeability with existing roadway equipment without thorough engineering review and evaluation. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.18-1999 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: " Physical, operational, maintenance, and light-distribution features that permit use ofhigh-mast luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered. It is not intended thatcompliance with this standard will permit interchangeability with existing roadway equipment with-out thorough engineering review and evaluation. " Key Words: High-Mast Luminaires, horizontal, veritical, discharge, Discharge Lamps Designation: C136.19-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986 Abstract: This guide covers the selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.19-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - High- Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide for Selection Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. The selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment is covered. Key Words: lamps, luminaires, medium base, mogul base Designation: C136.2-1985 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Luminaires - Voltage Classification Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1985 Abstract: This standard covers three voltage classifications for luminaires used for roadway lighting. Key Words: C136, roadway lighting Designation: C136.2-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaires Voltage Classification Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.2-1985. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Three voltage classifications for luminaires used in roadway lighting are covered. General testing methods for determining the dielectric withstand and the transient voltage withstand are given. This standard applies to luminaire electrical insulation between ungrounded current-carrying members and noncurrent-carrying members that may be grounded by design or accident. Key Words: lighting equipment, luminaires, withstand voltage testing Designation: C136.20-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic (FPR) Lighting Poles Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Nov 13, 1989 Abstract: This standard applies to fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) roadway lighting poles. It includes nomenclature, dimensional data, performance criteria, and some interchangeability features for standard poles s well as those poles that must meet breakaway requirements as described in Std Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals, AASHTO LTS-1-1975. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.20-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic (FPR) Lighting Poles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Key Words: fiber, reinforced, plastic, poles Designation: C136.21-1987 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top- Mounted Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986 Abstract: This standard covers the attachment features of vertical tenons on pole tops or brackets used in roadway lighting that permit the interchangeability of post-top-mounted luminaires. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.21 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top- Mounted Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Key Words: Lighting - Vertical Tenons, tenons, luminaire Designation: C136.22-1988 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1988 Abstract: This standard covers internal luminaire identification labels for all styles of luminaires used in roadway lighting. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.22 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Key Words: luminaires,labeling,internal labeling Designation: C136.23-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting-Enclosed Architectural Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Jan 24, 1997 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Physical, operating, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit use of architectural luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered. Specific features for horizontal, pendant, and vertical architectural luminaires, together with various types of lamps to meet the individual needs of special architectural roadway lighting applications, are included. Key Words: architectural luminaires, lighting, luminaires, roadway lighting equipment Designation: C136.24-1994 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Non-locking Type Photocontrols for Roadway Lighting Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.25 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: HID Starter Receptacle for Roadway Lighting Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.26 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Guide for Photocontrols and Luminaires for Roadway Lighting Trouble- Shooting Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.27-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment-Tunnel Lighting Luminaires Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Luminaires used for illuminating roadway tunnels are covered. The requirements in this standard are limited to general attributes of tunnel luminaires due to the wide variety of designs possible. Key Words: lamps, luminaires, roadway lighting, lighting equipment, tunnel lighting, tunnels Designation: C136.28 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Load Testing for Photocontrols for Roadway Lighting Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.3-1989 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire Attachments (Available in C136-1994 Collection only.) Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1989 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, lamps , lighting equipment, luminaire, attachements, roadway lighting eqi Designation: C136.3-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire Attachments (Revision of ANSI C136.3-1989) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI C136.3-1989. History: ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Attachment features of luminaires used in roadway lighting equipment are covered. The features covered apply to luminaries that are side- or post-top-mounted. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Key Words: lamps, lighting equipment, luminaire attachment, luminaries, roadway lighting Designation: C136.31-1999 Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment-Luminaire Vibration Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. The minimum vibration withstand capability and vibration test methods for roadway luminaries are covered. Designation: C136.31 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Guidelines for Pole and Luminaire Testing for Roadway LIghting Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.32-1999 Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Enclosed Setback Luminaries and Directional Floodlights for High-Intensity-Discharge Lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1999 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Dimensional, maintenance, and electrical features that permit the interchange of similar style enclosed luminaires having the same light distribution classification or type for high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting equipment are covered. Luminaires covered by this standard are generally yoke, trunnion, or tenon mounted. Key Words: "floodlights,high-intensity discharge lamp,luminaires,tenon mounted,trunnion,yoke" Designation: C136.32 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Enclosed Setback Luminaires or Directional Floodlights for HID Lamps Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Designation: C136.33-1999 Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Plug-in Type Receptacle and Plug for High-Intensity-Discharge (HID) Lamp Ignitors Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: Adminstratively WIthdrawn Covers the physical features, dimensions and electrical requirements of mating receptacles for plug-in type HID lamp ignitors used in readway luminaires. The receptacle shall provide electrical connections so that it may be used for either 55v or 100v high pressure sodium lamp ignitors, ieth 2-wire or 3-wire, and also be used for metal halide lamps required ignitors Key Words: plug-in, receptacle, ignitor, HID Designation: C136.33 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: Plug-in Type Receptacle for HID Lamp Ignitors Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Project Scope: Covers the physical features, dimensions and electrical requirements of mating receptacles for plug-in type HID lamp ignitors used in readway luminaires. The receptacle shall provide electrical connections so that it may be used for either 55v or 100v high pressure sodium lamp ignitors, ieth 2-wire or 3-wire, and also be used for metal halide lamps required ignitors Key Words: plug-in, receptacle, ignitor, HID Designation: C136.4-1989 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles (Only available in C136-1994 Collection only.) Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: May 18, 1989 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, lighting roadways, luminaires, lighting equipment, series sockets, sockets, socket receptacles, sockets Designation: C136.4-1995 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Reaffirmation of ANSI C136.4-1989. History: ANSI APP: Oct 16, 1995 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Equipment for luminaires for lighting roadways is covered in the following categories: series sockets having medium impact strength and intended for service at high temperatures, series sockets having high impact strength and intended for service at limited temperatures, and series-socket receptacles in the 5000 V classification. Key Words: lighting roadways, luminaires, sockets, series-socket receptacles, roadway lighting equipment Designation: C136.5-1969 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts (Available in C136-1994 Collection only.) Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. Reaffirmed by C136 Committee on 08/08/95 and now available as SH94326. History: ANSI APP: May 17, 1989 Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, film cutouts, lighting equipment, roadway lighting equ, series roadway light Designation: C136.5-1996 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts (Reaffirmation of C136.5-1969) Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Reaffirmation of C136.5-1969. Publication type: Special Publication History: BD APP: Jan 12, 1996 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Operating and dimensional features of single- shot film cutouts used with series roadway lighting equipment and circuits are covered. The film cutouts function by dielectric breakdown and subsequent partial fusing of components. Key Words: film cutouts, lighnting equipment, roadway lighting, series roadway Designation: C136.6-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Metal Heads and Reflector Assemblies - Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Oct 04, 1990 Abstract: This standard covers dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical assembly. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.6-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Metal Heads and Reflector Assemblies--Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Revision of ANSI C136.6-1990. Publication type: Special Publication History: ANSI APP: May 20, 1997 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies are covered. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical assembly. Key Words: lighting, luminaires Designation: C136.9-1990 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability Status: Superseded **Available in C136 Collection only. History: ANSI APP: Oct 04, 1990 Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to permit mechanical interchangeability of the socket support assemblies. Key Words: roadway lighting Designation: C136.9-1997 Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181. **Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. History: ANSI APP: Jan 30, 1997 Key Words: socket, support, metal, head Designation: C2-2012 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2012 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Abstract: PRE-ORDER Now! - Available August 1st 2011. This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Pre-order your NESC Today. Key Words: communications industry safety, construction of communication lines, construction of electric supply lines, electrical safety, electric supply stations, electric utility stations, high-voltage safety, operation of communications systems, operation of electric supply systems, power station equipment, power station safety, public utility safety, safety work rules, underground communication line safety, underground electric line safety Designation: C2-2007 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006 Project Scope: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of communications sys­tems; operation of electric supply systems; power station equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules; underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety. Designation: C2-2002 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electric Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. Not available to resellers or distributors. Designation: C2-2000 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2000 Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code(R) C2-1997 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996 Publication type: Special Publication Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. Set includes the 1997 edition of the NESC and the Fourth Edition of the NESC Handbook. Key Words: communication, industry safety, communication lines, electric supply line, supply stations, utility stations, electrical safety, high voltage safety, power station, public utility , safety work rules, underground, electric line safety Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code(R) 1997 Edition First Errata Sheet - dated 3 September 1996 (Includes TIA 97-1) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1996 **(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/) Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code(R) 1997 Edition Second Errata Sheet - 28 February 1997 Status: Approved Publication of IEEE **(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/) Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Tentative Interim Amendment 97-1 to the 1997 National Electrical Safety Code(R) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 27, 1996 **(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/) Publication type: Special Publication Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 1997 National Electrical Safety Code(R) on CD-Rom Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1997 **One CD-Rom and a 24 page booklet. This electronic product is built into an information database using FolioVIEWS®, a full-text search software. System Requirements: you must have a PC running Microsoft Windows® 3.1 (or higher) or Windows95® with the following specifications: 486 or Pentium, 8 megabytes of RAM, VGA monitor, 10 megabytes of disk space. Publication type: Electronic Product Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: 1997 National Electrical Safety Code(R) Diskette package Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1997 **Three diskettes and a 24 page booklet. This electronic product is built into an information database using FolioVIEWS®, a full-text search software. System Requirements: you must have a PC running Microsoft Windows® 3.1 (or higher) or Windows95® with the following specifications: 486 or Pentium, 8 megabytes of RAM, VGA monitor, 10 megabytes of disk space. Publication type: Electronic Product Designation: C2-1997 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Designation: C2-1992 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 1992 Technical Contact: Sue Vogel, Phone:732-562-3817, Email:s.vogel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Designation: C2-1990 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: Tables from the National Electrical Safety Code(R) (NESC) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1989 History: ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1989 Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. The tables from the 1990 edition of the National Electrical Safety Code are presented in a larger, more legible format. Key Words: safety, electric supply stations, installation, work rules Designation: C2-1990 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electric Safety Code Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1989 Technical Contact: Sue Vogel, Phone:732-562-3817, Email:s.vogel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. History: ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1989 Abstract: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons form hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electricity supply and communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment are included. The provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. Designation: C2 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC) The Archives: 1973 - 2000 (Single User) Status: Approved Publication of IEEE Abstract: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2000, NESC®: The Archives (1973- 2000) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2000) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Key Words: NESC Designation: C2 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) - Mobile Device Edition Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2010 **iSilo Reader ™ required to view. iSilo must be installed on mobile device in advance of purchase for proper download. Don’t have iSilo? Purchase now www.isilo.com/download/index.htm. Publication type: Standards Press Technical Contact: Markus Plessel, Phone:732-562-3989, Email:m.plessel@ieee.org **For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering, please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail email to customer- service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the standard number. Project Scope: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Project Purpose: The NESC covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Abstract: IMPORTANT: iSilo™ Reader Required for Viewing IEEE Mobile Publications. The iSilo™ Reader is a one-time, $19.99 USD purchase that enables IEEE Mobile Publications to be viewed on a mobile device. The iSilo™ Reader operates on the following mobile device platforms: BlackBerry, iPhone, Windows Mobile Smartphone, Windows CE Handheld PC, Pocket PC and Palm. Before placing your order, please ensure that you verify your mobile device model and platform by viewing iSilo™ device/platform information at http://www.isilo.com/info/device.htm. Purchase the iSilo™ Reader - http://www.isilo.com/download/index.htm Upon completion of your iSilo™ purchase, you can return to this screen and continue shopping. ABOUT The NESC: The NESC covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. (File Size 5gb) Key Words: NESC, C2-2007, communications industry safety; construction of communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; communications systems; mobile Designation: C2-1987 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Jun 23, 1986 Abstract: Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and equipment are included. The rules and provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. Designation: C2-1984 Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code Title: National Electrical Safety Code Status: Superseded History: ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1983 Abstract: Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-